Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                
Scribd Logo
Upload

Welcome to Scribd!

  • 107 views

    Chemical Formulary4

    Uploaded by

    xigajoj513
    This document is the preface to Volume IV of The Chemical Formulary. It introduces the new volume by noting that additional formulae gathered over the past year were sufficient to warrant a fourth volume. It expresses gratitude to educators, chemists, engineers, and manufacturers who recommended publishing the new information as soon as possible. The preface also mentions that schools and colleges are making greater use of previous volumes to stimulate practical chemistry learning. Table of Contents sections include Adhesives, Beverages, Cosmetics and Drugs, and others.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Chemical Formulary4

    Uploaded by

    xigajoj513
    107 views644 pages
    This document is the preface to Volume IV of The Chemical Formulary. It introduces the new volume by noting that additional formulae gathered over the past year were sufficient to warrant a fourth volume. It expresses gratitude to educators, chemists, engineers, and manufacturers who recommended publishing the new information as soon as possible. The preface also mentions that schools and colleges are making greater use of previous volumes to stimulate practical chemistry learning. Table of Contents sections include Adhesives, Beverages, Cosmetics and Drugs, and others.

    Copyright

    © © All Rights Reserved

    Available Formats

    PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Did you find this document useful?

    Is this content inappropriate?

    This document is the preface to Volume IV of The Chemical Formulary. It introduces the new volume by noting that additional formulae gathered over the past year were sufficient to warrant a fourth volume. It expresses gratitude to educators, chemists, engineers, and manufacturers who recommended publishing the new information as soon as possible. The preface also mentions that schools and colleges are making greater use of previous volumes to stimulate practical chemistry learning. Table of Contents sections include Adhesives, Beverages, Cosmetics and Drugs, and others.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Download as pdf or txt
    107 views644 pages

    Chemical Formulary4

    Uploaded by

    xigajoj513
    This document is the preface to Volume IV of The Chemical Formulary. It introduces the new volume by noting that additional formulae gathered over the past year were sufficient to warrant a fourth volume. It expresses gratitude to educators, chemists, engineers, and manufacturers who recommended publishing the new information as soon as possible. The preface also mentions that schools and colleges are making greater use of previous volumes to stimulate practical chemistry learning. Table of Contents sections include Adhesives, Beverages, Cosmetics and Drugs, and others.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Download as pdf or txt
    You are on page 1of 644

    The

    Chemical Formulary
    A Collectiojz of Valuable, Timely, Practical
    Commercial Formulae and Recipes for
    Making Thousands of Products in
    Many Fields of Industry

    VOLUME IV

    Editor-in-Chief

    H. BENNETT ‘
    V
    I S.
    'V

    i.
    t
    H i
    :

    CHEMICAL PUBLISHING CO.. INC.


    212 Fifth Avenue New York 10, N. Y.
    Copyright, 1939

    By
    Chemical Publishing Co., Inc.

    MANUPACTUBED IN THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA


    ,

    EDITOR-IN-CHIEF
    H. Bennett

    Board of Editors
    Allen, Austin, O. A. C. Horn Co.
    Bliss,A. Eichard Birmingham Research Laboratories
    Block, D. Julian Block Laboratories
    Blumenthal, S. Shirley Laboratories
    Bramann, George M. Niacet Chemicals Corjj.
    Childs, James Procter & Gamble
    Con ’e, Samuel H. Consulting Chemist
    Cooper, George I. Consulting Chemist
    Corbett, James F. Pacific Mills
    Crawford, John W. Consulting Dyeing Chemist
    Degering, Edward E. Purdue University
    Goldsmith, Henry Glyco Products Co., Inc.
    Dorian, Michael A. Lacquer Chemist
    Engle, 0. 0. United Clay Mines Corp.
    Evans, Bobert G. N. Bunting Brass & Bronze Co,
    Fiene, Frederick Consulting Food Chemist
    Fox, Edward Consulting Rubber Chemist
    French, Sidney J. Colgate University
    Fyfe, Herman S. Agfa Anseo Corp.
    Hamilton, Charles H. RaffiSwanson Inc.
    Jacobson, 0. A. West Virginia University
    Jansson, Gustave E. Condit Electric Mfg. Co.
    Johnstone, James 0. Metals Refining Co.
    Jones, Hilton Ira Naselmo Corp.
    Kennedy, John N, The Muralo Co.
    Kingman, Wm. A. Consulting Coating Chemist
    Klein, Hugo Chas. Bruning Co., Inc.
    Kokatnur, V. B. Autoxygen Ine.
    Lawless, Theo. K. North Western University
    Lawrence, W. S. Kaumagraph Co,
    Levey, Harold A. Consulting Chemist
    Levitt, B. Consulting Soap Chemist
    Lincoln, Bert. H. Continental Oil Co.
    Lougovoy, B. H. Consulting Chemist
    Marlies, Charles A. College of the City of N. S'.
    Marquardt, J. C. N. Y. State Agric. Exp. Station
    Matthews, Horris W. Burroughs Bros. Mfg. Co.
    Mendelsohn, Simon Snow feng Baking Powder Co,
    Messman, Henry C. Barada & Page Inc.
    Metro, Francis G. Porter Chemical Co.
    Noble, B. J. Consulting Latex Chemist
    Ohison, Walter D. American Can Co.
    Palmer, Henry F, Zylos Rubber Co.
    Patzig, Monroe L. Patzig Laboratories
    'Perrin, B., A. J-R Chemical Co,
    Pinnock, D. E, Wood & Seliek Ine.
    Easch, Carl H. Riverside Chemical Co.
    Eobertson, G, Boss University of California
    BOARD OF EDITORS
    Rooney, J. T. Consulting Chemist
    Rutstein, Leo Rutstein Laboratory <& Library
    Sehenker, Herbert S. Independent By-Products & Research Corp,
    Schuyler, Wm. H. Bucknell University Junior College
    Sbnidman, L. Rochester Gas & Electric Corp.
    Siever, Chas. M. Consulting Pharmacist
    Sklarew, S. Special Chemicals Corp.
    Stewart, Jeffery R. Consulting Paint Chemist
    Sweeney, 0. R. Iowa State College
    Tanner, Lee Tropic Chemical Works Laboratory
    Timpson, L. G. M. Pyrene Mfg. Co.
    Tuma, Vladimir Consulting Chemist
    Van Heeden, Arthur Consulting Technologist
    Wang, Sidney R. Co-Operative Distributors Inc.
    Young, Frederick L. Consulting Chemist
    PREFACE
    Chemistry as taught in our schools and colleges is confined to synthesis,
    analysis —
    and engineering and properly so. It is part of the proper foundation
    for the education of the chemist.
    Many a chemist on entering an industry soon finds that the bulk of the
    products manufactured by his concern are not synthetic or definite chemical
    compounds but are mixtures, blends or highly complex compounds of which he
    knows little or nothing. The literature in this field, if any, may be meagre,
    scattered or antiquated.
    Even chemists, with years of experience in one or more industries, spend
    considerable time and effort in acquainting themselves on entering a new field.
    Consulting chemists, similarly, have problems brought to them from industries
    foreign to them, A definite need has existed for an up-to-date compilation of
    formulae for chemical compounding and treatment. Since the fields to be
    covered are many and varied, an editorial board was formed, composed of
    chemists and engineers in many industries.
    Many publications, laboratories, manufacturing companies and individuals
    have been drawn upon to obtain the latest and best information. It is felt that
    the formulae given in this volume will save chemists and allied workers much
    time and effort.
    Manufacturers and sellers of chemicals will find in these formulae new uses
    for their products. Non-chemical executives, professional men and others, who
    may be interested, will gain from this volume a ‘^speaking acquaintance'^ with
    products which they may be using, trying, or with which they are in contact.
    It often happens that two individuals using the same ingredients In the same
    formula get different results. This may be the result of slight deviations or
    unfamiliarity with the intricacies of a new technique. Accordingly, repeated
    experiments may be necessary to get the best results. Although many of the
    formulae given are being used commercially many have been taken from
    patent specifications and the literature. Since these sources are often subject
    to various errors and omissions, due regard must be given to this factor.
    Wherever possible it is advisable to consult with other chemists or technical
    workers regarding commercial production. This will save time and money and
    avoid ‘headaches."
    It is seldom that any formula will give exactly the results which one re-
    quires. Formulae are useful as starting points from which to work out one's
    own ideas. Formulae very often give us ideas which may help us in our specific
    problems. In a compilation of this kind errors of omission, commission and
    printing may occur. We shall be glad to receive any constructive criticism in
    this, our first attempt,
    To the layman, it is suggested that he arrange for the services of a chemist
    or technical worker familiar with the specific field in which he is interested.
    Although this involves an expense it will insure quicker and better formulation
    without wastage of time and materials.
    H. BENNETT
    PREFACE TO VOLUME IV
    New and additional formulae gathered during the past year have accumulated in
    quantity sufficient to produce an additional volume to volumes I, II & III of the
    Chemical Formulary. With some trepidation as to the aceeptability of a fourth
    volume at this time, inquiry was made of educators, chemists, engineers, and manu-
    facturers as to whether or not it should be published at this time. The unanimous
    answer was that information of this nature should be disseminated at the earliest
    moment to do the greatest amount of good.
    It is gratifying to note that schools
    and colleges are making greater use of the
    Chemical Formulary as an auxiliary in stimulating practical interest in chemistry.
    With it students are making adhesives, insecticides, polishes, cosmetics, etc. It
    makes chemistry interesting, practical and useful to them.
    Because some purchasers of this book are beginners in the art of chemical com-
    pounding, it was suggested that a simple introductory chapter be included. This
    has been done, giving complete directions for making simple preparations in
    everyday use.
    It is a sincere pleasure to acknowledge the valuable assistance of the members of
    the board of editors and others who have given of their time and knowledge in
    contributing the special formulae which have made this volume possible.
    H. BENNETT
    TABLE OF CONTENTS
    InTEODUCTION c . o o . . 1

    .....
    .

    Adhesives . .16
    Beverages, Liquors, Flavors , . . B5

    Cosmetics and Drugs .... 47


    Emulsions 95
    Farm and Garden Specialties .101
    .............. . . . . . . . . . .

    Food Products 122


    Inks 137
    Leather, Skins, Furs 154
    Lubricants, Oils, Fats 187
    Materials op Construction 212
    Paints, Varnishes, Lacquers, Etc 297
    Paper ,351
    Photography 356
    Plating 383
    Polishes and Abrasives 403
    Pyrotechnics 442
    Bubber, Besins, Plastics, Waxes 440
    Soap, Cleansers . . . . . . . 47s
    Textiles, Fibers . . ,
    '

    511
    Miscellaneous . . . . . 556
    'Beperencbs & Acknoviledgments . . . . « , 573
    Trade Named Cilemicals and Sources op Supply . . . . . . . 576
    Suppliers op Trade Name Chemicals , ... . . ... . . 5S|
    Where, to. Buy Cpiemicals . . ......... . . . , . .

    , .
    .'5.87

    Where to B.uy Specialty Baw Materials Outside the United Sta.tes , .


    '

    ,6.05
    '

    "
    Index' '

    . .. .
    '

    . . . „
    '
    ,
    '

    607.
    .

    ABBREVIATIONS
    amp. ..... . . ampere
    amp./dm ^ . . amperes per square decimeter
    amp./sq. ft. . . amperes per square foot
    anliydr. . . . anhydrous

    avoir . . avoirdupois
    Be . . Baume
    b. p . . boiling point
    C ..Centigrade
    °0 . Degrees Centigrade
    .

    cc . cubic centimeter
    .

    c. d . . current density
    cm . . centimeter
    cm 3 . . cubic centimeter

    cone . . concentrated

    e*P . . chemically pure

    cu. ft. . . cubic foot

    cu. in . . cubic inch

    ewt . . huii'^red weight


    d. . . density
    dil . . dilute
    dm . . decimeter
    dm2 . . square decimeter
    dr . . dram
    E . . Engler
    F . . Fahrenheit

    . . Degrees Fahrenheit

    f.f‘e. . . free from chlorine


    f.f.p.a . . free from prussic acid
    fl. dr . . fluid dram
    fl, oz . * fluid ounce
    f .P , . freezing point
    ft , .foot
    ft.2 , . square foot

    g ,

    .
    gram
    gal. .gallon
    ,grain
    .Hectoliter
    lir. . hour
    in. .inch
    kg. . kilogram
    1. .. . liter
    11). . pound
    liq. . liquid
    m, .
    .meter
    min. .minim, minute
    ml.
    mm.
    . milliliter —
    cubic centimeter
    , millimeter
    m.p. . melting point

    N. .
    .Normal
    N.F. .National Formulary
    oz. .ounce
    pll , Hydrogen-Ion Coneentration
    p. ABBEEYIATIONS
    q. p.in, parts per million
    pt. pint
    pwt. pennyweight
    s. . .a quantity sufficient to make
    qt. ..quart
    p.m
    r. revolutions per minute
    S.A.E Society of Automotive Engineers
    see second
    sp spirits
    sp. gr specific gravity
    sq. dm square decimeter
    tech. technical
    tine tincture
    tr tincture
    Tw. Twaddell
    TJ.S.P United States Pharmacopeia
    V volt
    vise viscosity
    vol volume
    wt. weight

    m
    INTRODUCTION
    At the suggestion of a number of teachers of chemistry and home economics the
    following introductory matter has been included.
    The contents of this section are written in a simple way so that anyone, regardless
    of technical education or experience, can start making simple products without any
    complicated or expensive machinery. T’or commercial productions, however, suitable
    equipment is necessary.
    Chemical specialties en masse are composed of pigments, gums, resins, solvents,
    oils, greases, fats, waxes, emulsifying agents, water, chemicals of great diversity,
    dyestuffs, and perfumes. To compound certain of these with some of the others
    requires certain definite and well- studied procedure, any departure from which will
    inevitably result in failure. The successful steps are given with the forxniilas.
    Pollow them explicitly. If the directions require that A should be added to B, carry
    this out literally, and not in reverse fashion. In making an emulsion, the job is
    often quite as tricky as the making of mayonnaise. In making mayonnaise, you add
    the oil to the egg, slowly, with constant and even and regular stirring. If you do it
    correctly, you get mayonnaise. If you depart from any of these details: if you
    add the egg to the oil, or pour the oil in too quickly, or fail to stir regularly, the
    result is a complete disappointment. The same disappointment might be expected
    if the prescribed procedure of any other formula is violated.
    The next point in importance is the scrupulous use of the proper ingredients.
    Substitutions are sure to result in inferior quality, if not in comjjlete failure. Use
    what the formula calls for. If a cheaper product is desired, do not obtain it by
    substituting a cheaper material for the one prescribed: resort to a different formula.
    Not infrequently a formula will call for some ingredient which is difficult to obtain
    in such cases, either reject the formula or substitute a similar material only after
    preliminary experiment demonstrates its usability. There is a limit to which this
    rule may reasonably be extended. In some instances the substitution of an equivalent
    ingredient may legitimately be made. For example: when the formula calls for
    white wax (beeswax), yellow wax can be used, if the color of the finislied product
    is a matter of secondary importance. Yellow beeswax can often replace white bees-
    wax, making due allowance for color : but paraffin will not replace beeswax, even
    though its light color recommends it above yellow beeswax.
    And this leads to the third point: the use of good quality ingredients, and in-
    gredients of the correct quality. Ordinary lanolin is not the same thing as anhydrous
    lanolin the replacement of one for the other, weight for weight, will give diseourag-
    ingly different results. Use exactly what the formula calls for; if you are unac-
    quainted with the material and a doubt arises as to just what is meant, discard the
    formula and use one that you understand. Buy your materials from reliable sources.
    Many ingredients are obtainable in a number of different grades: if the formula
    does not designate the grade, it is understood that the best grade is to be used.
    Remember that a formula and the directions can tell you only a i)art of the story.
    Some skill is often required to attain success. Practice with a small batch in sucli
    cases until you are sure of your technique. Many instances can be cited. If the
    formula calls for steeping quince seed for 30 minutes in cold water, your duplication
    of this procedure may produce a mucilage of too thin a consistency. The originator
    of the formula may have used a fresher grade of seed, or Ms conception of what
    ^^cold’' water means may be different from yonrs. You should have a feeling for
    the right degree of mueilaginousness, and if steeping the seed for 30 minutes fails
    to produce it, steep them longer until you get the right kind of mucilage. If you
    do not know what the right kind is, you will have to experiment until you lind out.
    Hence the recommendation to make small experimental batches until successful results
    are arrived at. Another case is the use of dyestuffs for coloring lotions, and the
    like. Dyes vary in strength: they are all very powerful in tinting value: it is not
    always easy to state in quantitative terms how much to use. You must establish tlu?
    quantity by carefully adding minute quantities until you have the desired tint
    1
    2 INTRODUCTION
    Gum tragacaiith is one of those products which can give much trouble. It varies
    widely in solubility and bodying power the quantity prescribed in the formula may
    :

    be entirely unsuitable for your grade of tragacanth. Hence a correction is necessary,


    which can only be made after experiments' to determine how much to correct.
    In short, if you are completely inexperienced, you can profit greatly by gaining
    some experience through recourse to experiment. Such products as mouth washes,
    hair tonics, astringent lotions, need little or no experience, because they are as a rule
    merely mixtures of simple liquid and solid ingredients, the latter dissolving without
    difS-Culty and the whole being a clear solution that is ready for use when mixed. On
    the other hand, face creams, tooth pastes, lubricating greases, wax polishes, etc.,
    which require relatively elaborate procedure and which depend for their usability on
    a definite final viscosity, must be made with the exercise of some skill, a,nd not in-
    frequently some experience.

    Figuring
    Some prefer proportions expressed by weight, volume or in terms of percentages.
    In different industries and foreign countries various systems of weights and measures
    are used. For this reason no one set of units could be satisfactory for everyone.
    Thus divers formulae appear with different units in accordance with their sources of
    origin. In some cases, parts instead of percentages or weight or volume is desig-
    nated. The following examples illustrate typical units:

    Ink for Marking Glass


    Glycerin 40 Ammonium Sulphate 10
    Barium Sulphate 15 Oxalic Acid 8
    Ammonium Bifiuoride 15 Water 12

    Here no units are mentioned. When such is the case it is standard practice to us(j
    parts by weight, using the same system throughout. Thus here we may use ounces
    or grams as desired. But if ounces are used for one item then ounces must "be the
    unit for all the other items in the particular formula.

    Flexible Glue
    Glue, Powdered 30.9 % Glycerin 5.15%
    Sorbitol (85%) 15.45% Water 48.5%
    Where no units of weight or volume but percentages are given then forget the
    percentages and use the same instructions as given under Example No. 1.
    Example No. 3

    Antiseptic Ointment
    Petrolatum 16 parts Benzoic Acid 1 part
    Coconut Oil 12 parts Chlorthymol 1 part
    Salicylic Acid 1 part

    The same instructions as given under Example No. 1 apply to Example No. 3.
    It is not wise in many cases to make up too large a quantity of material until one
    has first made a number of small batches to first master the necessary technique and
    also to see whether it is suitable for the particular outlet for which it is intended.
    Since, in many cases, a formula may be given in proportions as made up on a com-
    mercial factory scale, it is advisable to reduce the proportions accordingly. Thus,
    taking the following formula:

    Example No. 4
    Neutral Cleansing Cream
    Mineral Oil 80 lb. Water 90 lb.
    Spermaceti 30 lb. Glycerin 10 lb.
    Glyceryl Monostearate 24 lb. Perfume to suit

    Here, instead of pounds, grams may be used. Thus this formula would then read
    Mineral Oil 80 g. Water 90 g.
    Spermaceti 30 g. Glycerin 10 g.
    Glyceryl Monostearate 24 g. Perfume to suit
    :

    INTRODUCTION 3

    Beduction in bulk may also be obtained by taking the same fractional part or
    portion of each ingredient in a formula. Thus in the following formula

    Example No. 5
    Vinegar Pace Lotion
    Acetic Acid (80%) 20 Alcohol ^40
    G-lyeerin 20 Water 500
    Perfume 20

    We can divide each amount by ten and the finished bulk is only 1/lOth of the
    original formula. Thus it becomes:

    Acetic Acid (80%) 2 Alcohol 44


    Glycerin 2 Water 50
    Perfume 2

    Apparatus
    For most preparations pots, pans/ china and glassware, such as is used in every
    household, will be satisfactory. For making fine mixtures and emulsions a^^^nialtcd-
    milk^^ mixer or egg-beater is necessary. For weighing, a small^ low priced scale
    should be purchased from a laboratory supply house. For measuring of fluids, glass
    graduates or measuring glasses may be purchased from your local druggist. Where
    a thermometer is necessary a chemical thermometer should be obtained from a
    druggist or chemical suxjply house.

    Methods
    To better undex*stand the products which you intend making, it is advisable that
    you read the complete section covering such products. Very often an important idea
    is thus gotten. You may learn different methods that may be used and also avoid
    errors which many beginners are prone to make.

    Containers for Compounding


    Where discoloration or contamination is to be avoided (as in light colored,^ or food
    and drug products) it is best to use enamelled or earthenware vessels. Aluminum, as
    well, is highly desirable in such cases but it should not be used with alkalies as the
    latter dissolve and corrode this metal.

    Beating
    To avoid overheating, it is advisable to use a double boiler when ternperatures
    below 212° F. (temperature of boiling water) will suffice. If a double boiler is not
    at hand, any pot may be filled with water and the vessel containing the ingredients
    to be heated is placed therein. The pot may then be heated by any flame without
    fear of overheating. The water in the pot, however, should be replenished from time
    to time as necessary— it must not be allowed to ‘^go dry.^^ To get uniform higher
    temperatures, oil, grease or wax is used in the outer container in place of water.
    Here of course care must be taken to stop heating when thick fumes are given off as
    these are inflammable. When higher uniform temperatures are necessary, molten
    lead may be used as a heating medium. Of course, where materials melt uniformly
    and stirring is possible, direct heating over an open flame is possible.
    Where instructions indicate working at a certain temperature, it is important that
    —
    the proper temperature be attained ^not by guesswork, but by the use of a ther-
    mometer. Deviations from indicated temperatures will usually result in spoiled
    preparations.

    Temperature Measurements
    In Great Britain and the United States, the Fahrenheit scale of temperature
    measurement is used. The temperature of boiling water is 212° Fahrenheit
    (212° F.) the temperature of melting ice is 32° Fahrenheit (32° F.).
    j

    In scientific work and in most foreign countries the Centigrade scale is used. On
    this scale of temperature measurement, the temperature of boiling water is 100
    degrees Centigrade (100° C.) and the temperature of melting ice is 0 degrees
    Centigrade (0° C.).
    The temperature of liquids is measured by a glass thermometer. The latter is
    inserted as deeply as possible in the liquid and is moved about until the temperature
    remains steady. It takes a little time for the glass of the thermometer to come to
    DITEODUCTION
    the temperatures of the liquid. The thermometer should not be placed against the
    bottom or side of the container, but near the center of the liquid in the vessel. Since
    the glass of the bulb of the thermometer is very thin, it can be broken easily by
    striking it against any hard surface. A cold thermometer should be warmed gradu-
    ally (by holding over the surface of a hot liquid) before immersion. Similarly the
    hot thermometer when taken out should not be put into cold water suddenly. A
    sharp change in temperature will often crack the glass.

    Mixing and Dissolving


    Ordinary solution sugar in water) is hastened by stirring and warming.
    (e.g.
    Where the ingredients are not corrosive, a clean stick, bone or composition fork or
    spoon is used as a mixing device. These may also be used for mixing thick creams
    or pastes. In cases where most efficient stirring is necessary (as in making mayon-
    naise, milky polishes, etc.) an egg beater or a malted-milk mixer is necessary.

    Filtering and Clarification


    When dirt or undissolved particles are present in a liquid, they are removed by
    settling or filtering. In the former the solution is allowed to stand and if the
    particles are heavier than the liquid they wrill gradually sink to the bottom. The
    upper liquid may be poured or siphoned off carefully and in some cases is then of
    sufficient clarity to be used. If, however, the particles do not settle out then they
    must be filtered off. If the particles are coarse they may be filtered or strained
    through muslin or other cloth. If they are very small particles then filter paper is
    used. Filter papers may be obtained in various degrees of fineness. Coarse filter
    paper filters rapidly but will not, of course, take out extremely fine particles. For
    the latter, it is necessary to use a very fine grade of filter paper. In extreme cases
    even this paper may not be fine enough. Here it will be necessary to add to the
    liquid 1-3% of infusorial earth or magnesium carbonate. The latter clog up the
    pores of the filter paper and thus reduce their size and hold back undissolved material
    of extreme fineness. In all such filtering, it is advisable to take the first portions of
    the filtered liquid and pour them through the filter again as they may develop
    cloudiness in standing.

    Decolorizing
    The most commonly used decolorizer is decolorizing carbon. The latter is added
    to the liquid to the extent of 1-5% and heated with stirring for hour to as high
    a temperature as is feasible. It is then allowed to stand for a while and filtered.
    In some cases bleaching must be resorted to. Examples of this are given in this
    book.

    Pulverizing and Grinding


    Large masses or lumps are first broken up by wrapping in a clean cloth and
    placing between two boards and pounding with a hammer. The smaller pieces are
    then pounded again to reduce their size. Finer grinding is done in a mortar wdth
    a pestle.

    Spoilage and Loss


    All containers should be closed when not in use to prevent evaporation or con-
    tamination by dust; also because, in some cases, air affects the material adversely.
    Many materials attack or corrode the metal containers in which they are received.
    This is particularly true of liquids. The latter, therefore, should be transferred to
    glass^ bottles which should be as full as possible. Corks shoud be covered with
    aluminum foil (or dipped in melted paraffin wax when alkalies are present).
    Materials such as glue, gums, olive oil or other vegetable or animal products may
    ferment or become rancid. This produces discoloration or unpleasant odors. To
    avoid this, suitable antiseptics or preservatives must be used. Too great stress
    cannot be placed on cleanliness. All containers must be cleaned thoroughly before
    use to avoid various complications.

    Weighmg and Measuring


    Since, in most cases, small quantities are to be weighed,it is necessary to get a
    light scale. Heavy scales should not be used for weighing small amounts as they
    are not accurate for this type of weighing.
    For measuring volume (liquids) measuring glasses or cylinders (graduates) should
    be used. Since this glassware cracks when heated or cooled suddenly it should
    not be
    subjected to sudden changes of temperature.
    INTRODUCTIOlSr 6

    Caution
    Some eliemieals are corrosive and poisonous. In many cases they are labeled as
    such. As a precautionary measure, it is advised not to smell bottles directly, but
    only to sniff a few indies from tlie cork or stopper. Always work in a well ventilated
    room when handling poisonous or unknown chemicals. If anything is spilled, it
    should be wiped off and washed away at once.

    Where to Buy Chemicals and Apparatus


    Many chemicals and most glassware can be purchased from your druggist. Notices
    of suppliers of all products will be found at the end of this book.

    ADVICE
    This book is the result of co-operation of many chemists and engineers, who have
    given freely of their time and knowledge. It is their business to act as consultants
    and, for a fee, to give advice on technical matters. As publishers, we do not main-
    tain a laboratory or consulting service to compete with them.
    Please, therefore, do not ask ns for advice or opinions, but confer with a chemist
    in your vicinity.
    Bxtra Beading
    Keep np with new developments of newmaterials and methods by reading technical
    magazines. Many technical publications are listed under references in the back
    section of this book.
    Calculating Costs
    Purchases of raw materials, in small quantities, are naturally higher in price than
    when bought in large quantities. Commercial prices, as given in the trade pa.p(irs
    and catalogs of manufacturers, are for quantities such as barrels, drums or sacks.
    Por example, a pound of epsom salts, bought at retail, may cost 10 or 15 cents. In
    barrel lots its price today is about 2 to 3 cents per pound.

    Typical Costing Calculation


    Formula for Beer- or Milk Pipe Cleaner
    Soda Ash 25 lb. @ .0214 per lb, = $0.63
    Sodium Perborate 75 lb. @ .16 per lb. 12.00

    Total 100 lb. Total $12,63

    If 100 lb. cost $12.63, 1 lb. will cost $12.63 divided by 100 or about $0,120 per Ib.
    for raw materials, assuming no loss.
    Always weigh the amount of finished product and use this weight in calculating
    costs. Most compounding results in some loss of material because of: spillage,
    sticking to apparatus, evaporation, etc. Costs of making experimental lots are
    always high and should not be used for figuring costs. To meet cornpcjtition, it is
    necessary to buy in larger units and costs should be based on the latter.

    Elementary Preparations tains no water and melts or liquefies


    The recipes that follow have been when rubbed on the skin. To suit dif-
    gotten up in a very simple way. Only ferent climates and likes and dislikes
    one of each type is given so as to avoid harder or softer products can be made,
    confusion. These have been selected be-
    cause of their importance and because Cleansing Cream (Liquefying)
    ^
    they can be made readily. Liquid Petrolatum (White
    The succeeding chapters go into Mineral Oil) 51^4 oz.
    greater detail and give many different Parafiin Wax 2% oz.
    types and modifications of these and Petrolatum (Yaseline) 2 oz.
    other recipes for home and commercial Melt together with stirring in an alu-
    use. minum or enamelled dish and allow to
    cool.' Then stir in a dash of perfume oil
    Cleansing Creams Allow to stand until a haziness appears
    Cleansing^ creams as the name implies
    ^

    and then pour into jars, which nhould bo


    serve as skin cleaners. Their basic in- allowed to stand undistuThed over night.
    gredients are oils and waxes which are
    rubbed into the skin. When wiped off Cold Creams
    they carry off dirt and dead skin. The The most important facial cream is
    liquefying type of cleansing cream con- cold cream. This typo of cream consists
    6 INTEODUCTION
    of a mineral oil and wax which, are Vanishing Creams
    emulsified in. water with a little borax or Vanishing creams are non-greasy
    glycosterin. The function of a cold creams, soapy in nature. Some are white
    cream is to furnish a greasy fiM which and others have a very beautiful pearly
    takes up dirt and waste tissue which are appearance. This type of cream depends
    removed when the skin is wiped thor- on its soapiness for its cleansing char-
    oughly. Many modifications of this acter and is useful as a powder base.
    basic cream are encountered in stores.
    They vary in color, odor, and in claims Vanishing Cream
    but, essentially, they are no more useful Stearic Acid 18 oz.
    than this simple cream. The latest type Melt the above in an aluminum or
    of cold cream is the non-greasy cold enamelled double boiler (the water in the
    cream which is of particular interest be- outer pot must be boiling) . To the
    cause it is non-alkaline and therefore above add, in a thin stream, while stir-
    non-irritating to sensitive skins. ring vigorously with a fork, the following
    boiling solution made in an aluminum or
    enamelled pot:
    Cold Cream
    Liquid Petrolatum (White
    Potassium Carbonate % oz.
    Glycerin 614 oz.
    Mineral Oil) 52 g. Water 5 lb.
    White Beeswax 14 g. Continue stirring until the temperature
    Heat the above in an aluminum or falls to 135® P., then stir in a little per-
    enamelled double boiler (the water in the fume oil and stir from time to time until
    outer pot should be brought to a boil). cold. Allow to stand over night and stir
    In a separate aluminum or enamelled pot again the next day. Pack into jars
    dissolve which should be closed tightly.
    Borax 1 g.
    Water 33 e.c. Hand Lotions
    Handlotions are usually clear or milky
    and bring this to a boil. Add this in a liquids or salves which are useful in pro-
    thin stream, to the melted wax, while tecting the skin from roughness and
    stirring vigorously in one direction only,
    redness because of exposure to cold,
    to the melted wax mixture. Use a fork hot water, soap and other materials.
    for stirring. When the mixture turns to
    Chapped^' hands are a common occur-
    a smooth thin cream, immerse the bottom rence. The use of a good hand lotion
    of the thermometer in it from time to keeps the skin smooth, soft, and in a
    time, stirring continuously. When the normally healthy condition. The lotion
    temperature drops to 140® P. add % is best applied at night, rather freely,
    of perfume oil and continue stirring until and cotton gloves may be worn to prevent
    the temperature drops to 120® P. At soiling. During the day it should be put
    this point pour into jars where the cream ^
    on sparingly and the excess wiped off.
    will ^ 'Set^^ after a while. If a harder
    cream is desired, reduce the amount of
    liquid petrolatum. If a softer cream is Hand Lotion (Salve)
    wanted increase it. Boric Acid 1 oz.
    Glycerin 6 oz.
    Warmthe above in an aluminum or
    Cold Cream (Non-Greasy) enamelled dish and stir with a clean
    White Paraffin Wax 1^ oz. wooden stick until dissolved (clear).
    Petrolatum (Vaseline) 1% oz. Then allow to cool and work into the
    Glycosterin or Glyceryl following mixture with a potato masher,
    Monostearate 2% oz. or rounded stick, adding only a little of
    Liquid Petrolatum (White the above liquid at a time to the mixture
    Mineral Oil) 3 oz. below and not adding a further portion
    until it is fully absorbed.
    Heat the above in an aluminum or
    enamelled double boiler (the water in the Lanolin 6 oz.
    outer pot should be boiling). Stir until Petrolatum or ^^Vaseline’^ 8 oz.
    clear. To this slowly add, while stirring If it is desired to impart a pleasant
    vigorously with a fork, odor to this lotion a little perfume may
    be added and worked in.
    Water (boiling) 10 oz.

    Continue stirring until smooth and then Hand Lotion (Milky Liquid)
    add with stirring, a little perfume oil
    Pour into jars at 110-130° P. and cover
    Lanolin
    Glycosterin or Glyceryl
    % teaspoonful
    the jars as soon as possible. Monostearate 1 oz.
    INTRODUCTION 7

    Tincture of Benzoin 2 oz. practically of no value. The fiavoring


    Witch Hazel 25 oz. ingredients mask the taste of the soap
    Melt the first two items together in an and give the user^s mouth a pleasant
    aluminum or enamelled double boiler. If after-taste.
    no double boiler is at hand improvise one
    by standing the dish in a small pot con- Tooth Powder
    taining boiling water. When the mixture Magnesium Carbonate 420 g.
    becomes clear remove from the double Precipitated Chalk 565 g.
    boiler and add slowly, while stirring vig- Sodium Perborate 55 g.
    orously with a fork or stick, the tincture Sodium Bicarbonate 45 g.
    of benzoin and then the witch hazel. Soap, Powdered White 50 g.
    Continue stirring until cool and then put Sugar, Powdered 90 g.
    into one or two large bottles and shake Wintergreen Oil 3 cc.
    vigorously. The finished lotion is a beau- Cinnamon Oil 2 cc.
    tiful milky liquid comparable to the best Menthol 1 g*
    hand lotions on the market sold at high Dissolve the last three ingredients to-
    prices. gether and then rub well into the sugar.
    Add the soap and perborate mixing in
    Brushless Shading Creams well. Add the chalk with good mixing
    Brushless or lather less shaving creams and then the sodium bicarbonate and
    are soapy in nature and do not require magnesium carbonate. Mix thoroughly
    lathering or water. The formula given and sift through a fine wire screen.
    below is of the latest type being free Keep dry.
    from alkali and non-irritating. It should
    be borne in mind, however, that certain
    Foot Bowders
    beards are not softened by this type of
    Foot powders consist of a filler such
    cream and require the old-fasliioned
    as talc or starch with or without an anti-
    lathering shaving cream.
    septic or deodorizer. In the following
    formula the perborates liberate oxygen
    Brushless Shaving Cream when in contact with perspiration which
    White Mineral Oil 10 oz.
    tends to destroy unpleasant odors. The
    Glycosterin or Glyceryl
    tale acts as a lubricant and prevents
    Monostearate 10 oz.
    friction and chafing.
    Water 50 oz.
    Heat the first two ingredients together
    in a pyrex or enamelled dish to 150® P. Foot Powder
    and into this run slowly, while stirring Sodium Perborate 3 oz.
    with a fork, the water which has been Zinc Peroxide 2 oz-
    heated to boiling. Allow to cool to Tale 15 oz.
    105® P. and while stirring add a few Shake together thoroughly in a dry
    drops of perfume oil. Continue stirring container until uniformly mixed. This
    until cold. powder must be kept dry or it will spoil.

    Mouth Washes Liniments


    Mouth washes and oral antiseptics are Liniments usually consist of an oil and
    of practically negligible value. Many, an irritant such as methyl salicylate or
    however, insist on their use because of turpentine. The oil acts as a solvent
    their refreshing taste and deodorizing and tempering agent for the irritant.
    value. The irritant produces a rush of blood
    and warmth which is often slightly
    Mouth Wash helpful.
    Benzoic Acid % oz.
    Liniment, Sore Muscle
    Tincture of Bhatany 3 oz.
    Alcohol 20 oz* Olive Oil 6 fi. oz.
    Peppermint Oil % oz. Methyl Salicylate 3 fi. oz.
    Shake together and keep in a "well
    dust shake together in a dry bottle
    until it is dissolved and it is ready. A stoppered bottle. Apply externally but
    teaspoonful is used to a small wine- do not apply to chafed or cut skin.
    glassful of water.
    Chest-Ituhs
    Tooth Boxvders In spite of the fact that chest- rubs are
    Tooth powders depend for their cleans- practically useless countless sufferers tise
    ing action on soap and mild abrasives them. Their action is similar to that of
    such as precipitated chalk and magnesium liniments and they differ only in that
    carbonate. The antiseptic present is they are in the form of a salve.
    3 IKTEODUCTIOK
    ^ Chest-Bub ’’ Salve
    ^
    Dissolve the above in a pyrex or
    Yellow Petrolatum or enamelled dish and w^arm it. To this add
    Yellow Vaseline 1 lb. slowly the following warmed mixture
    Paraffin Wax 1 oz. * Cresylic Acid 500 cc.
    Eucalyptus Oil fl. oz. Rosin 170 g.
    Menthol % oz. Stir until dissolved and add water to
    Cassia Oil % fl. oz. make 1000 ec.
    Turpentine fl. oz. *Do not get this on skin as it is corrosive.
    Melt the vaseline and paraffin wax to-
    gether in a double boiler and then add Ant Poison
    the menthol Remove from the heat, stir, Sugar 1 lb.
    and cool a little; in the oils,
    then stir Water 1 qt.
    turpentine, and acid. When it begins to * Arsenate of Soda 125 g.
    thicken pour into tins and cover. Boil and stir until uniform ;
    strain
    through muslin ;
    add a spoonful of honey.
    Insect Eepellants * Poison.
    Preparations of this type may irritate
    sensitive skins. Moreover, they will not Bedbug Exterminator
    always work. Psychologically they often t Kerosene 90 fl. oz.
    are helpful, even though they may not Clove Oil 5 fl. oz.
    keep insects away, because they give one *Cresol 1 fl. oz.
    confidence of protection. Pine Oil 4 fl. oz.
    Simply shake and bottle.
    Mosquito Repelling Oil
    t Iruiammable.
    Cedar Oil 2 fl. oz. * Corrosive to skin.
    Citronella Oil 4 fl. oz.
    Spirits of Camphor 8 fl. oz. Mothproofing Fluid (Non-Staining)
    Just shake together in a dry bottle and Sodium Aluminum Silico-
    it is ready for use. This preparation fluoride % oz.
    may be smeared on the skin as often as Water 98 oz.
    is necessary to repel mosquitoes and other Glycerin % oz.
    insects. Sulfatate (Wetting- Agent)
    Stir until dissolved.
    Fly Sprays
    Ply sprays usually consist of deodor- Fly Paper
    ized kerosene, perfuming material, and Rosin 32 oz.
    an active insecticide. In some cases they Rosin Oil 20 oz.
    merely stun the flies who may later re- Castor Oil 8 oz.
    cover and beginning buzzing again. Heat the above in an aluminum or
    enamelled pot on a gas stove with stir-
    Fly Spray ring until all the rosin has melted and
    Deodorized Kerosene 89 fl. oz. dissolved. While hot pour on firm paper
    Methyl Salicylate 1 fl. oz. sheets of suitable size which has been
    Pyre thrum Powder 10 oz. brushed with soap water just before coat-
    Mix thoroughly by stirring from time ing. Smooth out the coating with a long
    to time; allow to stand covered over knife or piece of thin flat wood and allow
    night and then filter through muslin. to cool. If a heavier coating is desirable
    Caution This spray is inflammable
    :
    increase the amount of rosin used. Simi-
    and should not be used near open flames. larly a thinner coating is gotten by re-
    ducing the amount of rosin. The finished
    Deodorant Spray paper should be laid flat and not exposed
    (For public buildings, sick-rooms, lava- to undue heat.
    tories, etc.)
    Pine Needle Oil 2 oz.
    Household Baking Powder
    Formaldehyde Bicarbonate of Soda 28 oz.
    2 oz.
    * Acetone 6 oz.
    Mono Calcium Phosphate 35 oz.
    * Isopropyl Alcohol
    20 oz.
    Corn Starch 27 oz.
    One ounce of the above is mixed with Mix the above powders thoroughly in
    a pint of water for spraying. a dry can by shaking and rolling for a
    half hour. Pack into dry air-tight tins
    * Inflammable. as moisture will cause lumping.

    Cresol Disinfectant Malted Milk Powder


    * Caustic Soda 25% g. Malt Extract, Powdered 5 oz.
    Water 140 ce. Skimmed Milk, Powdered 2 oz.
    * Do not get this on skin as it is coi'jt'osive. Sugar, Powdered 3 oz.
    INTRODUCTION 9

    Mix tliorouglilyby sliaking and rolling Lampblack 2 oz.


    in a dry can. Pack in an air-tiglit con- Water 40 fl. oz.
    ^

    tainer. Stir this in a glass or porcelain dish ^

    until dissolved. Do not expose this to


    Cocoa .Malt Powder strong liglit or it 'will spoil. Finally
    Corn Sugar 55 oz. pour into a brown glass bottle. In using
    Malt, Powdered, Mild 19 oz. these solutions wet the cloth witli solution
    Skim Milk, Powdered 12'^ oz. A and allow* to dry. Then write on it
    Cocoa 13 oz. with solution B
    using a quill pen.
    Vanillin % oz.
    Salt, Powdered % oz. Marking Crayon (Green)
    Mixtliorouglily and then run through, Ceresin 8 oz.
    a fine wire sieve. Carnauba Wbix 7 oz.
    Paraffin W"ax 4 oz.
    Sweet Cocoa Powder Beeswax 1 oz.
    Cocoa 17^/^ oz. Tale 10 oz.
    Sugar, Powdered 32% oz. Chrome Green 3 oz.
    Vanillin % g. Melt the flrst four ingredients in any
    Mix thoroughly and sift. container and then add the last two
    slowly while stirring. Remove from the
    .
    Pure Lemon Ilxtract heat and continue stirring until thicken*
    Lemon Oil U.S.P. (>% fl. oz. ing begins. Then pour into molds. If
    Alcohol 121% fl. oz. other color crayons are desired, other pig-
    Shake together in a gallon jug till ments may be used. For example for
    dissolved. black, use carbon or bone-black; for blue,
    Prussian blue; for red, orange chrome
    Artificial Vanilla Flavor yellow.
    Vanillin % oz,
    Coumarin % nz. Antique Coloring for Copper
    Alcohol 2 pt. Copper Nitrate 4 oz.
    Stir the above in a glass or cliina Acetic Acid 1 oz.
    pitcher until dissolved. Tlien stir in the W^ater 2 oz,
    following Bolution which lias been made Dissolve by stirring together in a glass
    by stirring in another pitcher. or porcelain vessel Pack in glass bottles.
    Sugar 12 oz. To Use; Wet the copper to be colored
    Water 5% pt. and apply the above solution hot.
    Glycerin 1 pt.
    Color brown by adding sufficient Blue-Black Finish on Steel
    ^
    burnt sugar coloring. Place object in molten sudiuin nitrate
    a.
    (700-800® F.) for 2-3 minutes. Eernove
    Canary Bird Food and allow to cool somewhat wash in hot ;

    Yolk of Eggs, Dried and water; dry and oil with mineral or lin-
    Chopped 2 oz. seed oil
    Poppy Heads (Coarse Powder) 1 oz. b. Place in following solution for 15
    Cuttlefish Bone (Coarse minutes i
    Powder)
    Granulated Sugar
    1
    2 oz.
    Copper Sulphate oz. %
    Iron Chloride 1 lb.
    Soda Crackers, Powdered 8 oz. Hydrochloric Acid 4 oz.
    Mix well together. Nitric Acid
    Water
    % oz.
    1 gal
    Writing Ink (Blue-Black) Then allowto dry for several hours
    Naphthol Blue Black 1 oz. place in above solution again for 15
    Gum Arabic, Powdered % oz. min.; remove and dry for 10 hours.
    Carbolic
    Water
    Acid % oz Place in boiling W'ater for hour; dry %
    1 gal. and scratch brush very lightly. Oil with
    Stir together in a glass or enamelled mineral or linseed oil and wipe dry.
    vessel until dissolved.

    Bust Prevention Compound


    Laundry Marking Ink (Indelible) .
    Lanolin 1 oz.,
    A. Soda Ash 1 oz. * Naphtha, ... .2 oz.
    Gum Arabic, Powdered 1 oz. Mix
    until dissolved.
    ^
    Water 10 fl. oz. The metalto be protected is cleaned
    Stir the above until dissolved. with a dry cloth and then coated with
    B. Silver Nitrate 4 oz. the above composition.
    Gum Arabic, Powdered 4 oz. '*
    lHi.fl,ammal]!le—keep away from .flamw.
    : ;

    10 INTRODUCTION
    Metal Polish expected to clean the surface and also to
    Naphtha 62 oz. prevent corrosion or deterioration. There
    Oleic Acid % oz. is no one polish which will give good re-
    sultson all surfaces.
    Abrasive 7 oz.
    Triethanolamine Oleate % oz. Most polishes depend on oil or wax for
    Ammonia (26°) 1 oz. their lustering or polishing properties.
    Water 1 gal. Oil polishes are applied easily hut the
    In one container mix together the surfaces on which they are used attract
    naphtha and oleic acid to a clear soln- dust and show finger marks. Wax
    pol-
    tion. Dissolve the triethanolamine in ishes are more difficult to apply but are
    water separately, stir in the abrasive, if more lasting.
    it is of a clay type, and then add the Oil or wax polishes are of two types:
    naphtha solution. Stir the resulting mix- waterless and with water. The former
    ture at a high speed until a uniform are clear or translucent and the latter
    creamy emulsion results. Then add the are milky in appearance.
    ammonia and mix well, but do not agi- For use on metals abrasives of various
    tate as vigorously as before. kinds such as tripoli, silica dust or in-
    fusorial earth are incorporated to grind
    Glass Etching Eluid away oxide films or corrosion products
    Hot Water 12 fl. oz. present.
    ^ Ammonium Bifluoride 15 oz.
    Oxalic Acid 8 oz. Shoe Polish (Black)
    Ammonium Sulfate 10 oz. Carnauba Wax 5^/2 oz.

    Glycerin 40 oz. Crude Montan Wax 5^^ oz.


    Barium Sulfate 15 oz. Melt together in a double boiler (the
    Warm the washed glass slightly before water in outer container should be at a
    boil) then stir in the following melted
    writing on it with this fluid. Allow the
    fluid to act on the glass for about two
    and dissolved mixture
    minutes. Stearic Acid 2 oz.
    * Corrosive. Nigrosine Base 1 oz.
    Then stir in
    Leather Preservative Ceresin 15 oz.
    Neatsfoot Oil (Cold Pressed) 10 oz. Remove all flames and run in slowly,
    Castor Oil 10 oz. while stirring
    Just shake together. Turpentine 90 fl. oz.
    This is an excellent preservative for Allow mixture to cool to 105° F. and pour
    leather book bindings, luggage and other into air-tight tins which should be al-
    leather goods. lowed to stand undisturbed over night.

    Wliite Shoe Dressing Auto Polish (Clear Oil Type)


    Lithopone 19 oz. Paraffin (Mineral) Oil 5 pt.
    Titanium Dioxide 1 oz. Raw Linseed Oil 2 pt.
    Shellac (Bleached) 3 oz. China Wood Oil pt. %
    Ammonium Hydroxide % fl‘ oz. * Benzol
    % pt.
    Water 25 fl. oz. Kerosene pt.
    Alcohol 25
    fi. oz. Amyl Acetate 1 tbsp.
    Glycerin oz. 1 Shake together in a glass jug and keep
    Dissolve the last four ingredients by stoppered.
    mixing in a porcelain vessel. When dis- * Inflammable —Keep away from flames.
    solved stir in the first two pigments.
    Keep in stoppered bottles and shake be- Auto and Floor Wax (Paste Type)
    fore using. Yellow Beeswax 1 oz.
    Ceresin 2% oz.
    Waterproofing for Shoes CarnaubaWax 4^2 oz.
    Wool Grease 8 oz. Montan Wax 1% oz.
    Dark Petrolatum 4 oz. * Naphtha or Mineral Spirits 1 pt.
    Paraffin Wax 4 oz. * Turpentine 2 oz.
    '

    Melt together in any container. Apply Pine Oil oz.


    this grease warm but never hotter than Melt the waxes together in a double
    the hand can bear. boiler. Turn off the heat and run in the
    last three ingredients in a thin stream
    VoUshes and stir with a fork. Pour into cans
    Polishes are asually used to restore the cover and allow to stand undisturbed
    original lustre and finish of a smooth sur- overnight.
    face. As a secondary purpose they are * Inflammable.
    INTRODUCTIOIS- 11

    Furniture Polisli (Oil and Wax Type) Raw Linseed Oil % qt.
    Thin Paraffin (Mineral) Oil 1 j)t, Glycerin 1 qt.
    Carnauba Wax, Powdered % oz. Whiting 19 lb.
    CeresxE Wax % oz. This^ mixture is prepared by cooking
    Heat together until all of the wax is the white glue until it is dissolved. Then
    melted. Allow to cool and pour into cook separately the rosin and raw linseed
    bottles before mixture turns cloudy. oil until they are dissolved. Add the
    ^

    rosin, oil, and glycerin to the cooked glue,


    Polishing Wax (Liquid) stirring in the whiting until the mass
    Beeswax, Yellow 1 oz. naakes up to the consistency of putty.
    Geresin Wax 4 oz. Keep the mixture hot.
    Melt together and then cool to 130° F. Place this putty mass in the die, press-
    turn off all flames and stir in slowly. ing it firmly into the same and allowing
    ^
    Turpentine 17 fl. oz. it to cool slightly before removing. The
    Pine Oil %
    fl. oz. finished product is ready to use within a
    Pour into cans or bottles which are few hours after removal. Suitable colors
    closed tightly to prevent evaporation. can be added to secure brown, red, black
    * Inflammable. or other color.
    In applying ornaments made of this
    Floor Oil composition to a wood surface, they are
    Mineral Oil 46 fl. oz. first steamed to make them flexible; in
    Beeswax oz. % this condition they can be glued to the
    Carnauba Wax 1 oz. wood surface easily and securely. They
    Heat together in double boiler until can be bent to any shape, and no nails
    dissolved (clear). Turn off flame and are required for applying them.
    stir in
    * Turpentine 3 fl. oz.
    * Inflammable.
    Grafting Wax
    Wool Grease 11 oz.
    Lubricants ^osin 22 oz.
    Lubricants in the form of oils or
    Paraffin Wax 6 oz.
    greases are used to prevent friction and
    Beeswax 4 oz,
    wearing of parts which rub together.
    Japan Wax 1 oz.
    Lubricants must be chosen to flt specific
    Rosin Oil g oz]
    uses. They consist of oils and fats Pine Oil 1 oz]
    often compounded with soaps and other ^
    Melt together until clear and pour into
    tins. This^ composition can be made
    unctuous materials. For heavy duty
    heavy oils or greases are used and light thinner by increasing the amount of rosin
    oil and thicker by decreasing it.
    oils for light duty.

    Gun Lubricant Candles


    White Petrolatum 15 oz. Paraffin Wax 80 oz.
    Bone Oil (Acid Free) 5 oz. Stearic Acid oz]
    Warm gently and mix together. Beeswax oz]
    Melt together and stir until clear. If
    Graphite Grease colored candles are desired a pinch of
    ' Geresin 7 oz. any oil soluble dye is dissolved at this
    Tallow 7 oz. stage. Pour into vertical molds in which
    Warm together and gradually work in, wicks are hung.
    with a stick
    Graphite 3 oz.
    Stir until uniform and pack in tins Adhesives
    Adhesives are sticky substances used
    when thickening begins.
    to mute two surfaces. Adhesives are
    specifically called glues, pastes, cements,
    Penetrating Oil
    (For freeing rusted bolts, screws, etc.) - m^ilages, lutes, etc. For different uses
    different types are required.
    Kerosene 2 oz.
    Thin Mineral Oil 7 oz.
    Secondary Butyl Alcohol 1 oz. Wall Patching Piaster
    Shake together and keep in a stoppen Plaster of Paris 32 oz.
    bottle. 4 oz]
    Pumice Powder 4
    Molding Material Mix thoroughly by shaking and rolling
    White Glue 13 lb. in a dry container. Keep away from
    Rosin 13 lb. moisture.
    12 IlSTTEODUCTIOF

    Cement Floor Hardener flour a little at a time -until uniform.


    Magnesium Fluosilicate 11b. This product can be made softer by add-
    Water 15 pt. ing more collodion.
    Mix until dissolved.
    In using this, the cement should hrst
    be washed with clean •water and then Putty
    drenched with the above solution. 80 oz.
    Raw
    .Linseed Oil 16 oz.
    Bub together until smooth. Keep in
    Paperhanger ^s Paste closed container.
    Use a cheap grade of rye or wheat
    flour, mhx thoroughly with cold water to
    about the consistency of dough or a little Wood Floor Dleach
    thinner, being careful to remove all Sodium Metasilicate 90 oz
    lumps. Stir in a tablespoonful of pow- Sodium Perborate 10 oz*
    dered alum to a quart of flour, then pour Mix tliorougiily and keep dry in a
    closed can. Use 1 pound to a gallon of
    in boiling water, stirring rapidly until
    the flour is thoroughly cooked. Let this boiling water. Mop or brush on the floor
    cool before using and thin with cold aflow to stand hour, then rub off and
    rinse well with water.
    water.
    a. Wliite or Fish Glue 4 oz.
    Gold Water 8 oz. * Paint
    Remover
    h. Venice Turpentine 2 fl. oz. Benzol 5
    c. Eye Flour 1 }b. Ethyl Acetate 3
    Cold Water 16 fl. oz. Butyl Acetate 2 L’
    d. Boiling Water 64 fl. oz. Paraffin Wax
    Soak the 4 oz. of glue in the cold water Stir together until dissolved.
    for 4 hours. Dissolve on a water-bath * Inflammable.
    (glue-pot) and while hot stir in the
    Venice turpentine. Make up c into a
    Soaps and Cleaners
    batter free from lumps and pour into Soaps are made from a fat or
    d. Stir briskly, and Anally add the fatty
    acid and an alkali._ They
    glue solution. This makes a very strong lather and pro-
    ciuce a foani which
    paste, and it will adhere to a painted
    entraps dirt and
    gi'ease which is washed away
    surface, owing to the Venice turpentine with water
    I here are numerous
    in its composition. kinds of soaps de-
    pending on the uses to which they
    are to
    be put.
    Aquarium Cement
    solvent such as
    Litharge 10 oz. naphtha with or without a soap.
    Plaster of Paris Abra-
    10 oz.
    Powdered Rosin containing
    1 oz.* powdered pumice, stone, silica, etc.
    Dry White Sand 10 oz.
    Boiled Linseed Oil Sufficient
    Mix all together in the dry state, and Liquid Soap (Concentrated)
    make into a stiff putty with the oil when Water {i
    wanted for ^Caustic Potash (Solid) i
    use. oz*
    Do not All the aquarium for three days Glycerin 4 .

    after cementing. Bed


    Oil (Oleic Acid)
    4 oz*
    This cement hardens
    under water, and will stick to wood Dissolve the caustic in water,
    add the
    stone, metal, or glass, and, as g yeerin and bring to a boil in an enam-
    it resists elled ^pot.
    the action of sea-water, it is Remove from heat, add the
    useful for redpoll slowly while stirring.
    marine aquaria. The linseed oil may If a more
    have an addition of drier to the is wanted, use a little more
    putty red^S^
    made up four or Ave hours before use,
    but after standing Af teen hours, * Do not get on skin as
    however it is corrosive.
    It loses its strength
    when in the mass.
    _ Saddle Soari
    It
    Dough Plastic Beeswax
    * Collodion 5
    30 „ * ^imtic Potash
    Ester Gum, Powdered G.8 o2
    9 ^
    Wood Flour 3q Boil for 0. .

    minutes while stirrim^


    fl oz.
    Allow Arst two ingredients ® In
    to stand another vessel heat
    ^1
    time.
    issolved. stirring from time
    Then while
    to ^spe Soap
    stirring add the wood .".. .Water: .....
    * Inflammable.
    * Corrosive.
    INTRODUCTION* 13

    Mix the two with good stirring remove j


    Citric Acid 2 oz.
    from heat and add Alcohol 10 oz.
    Turpentine 12 oz. Water 90 oz.
    while stirring. Press with a moderately hot iron after
    stiffening with gum water if necessary.
    Mechanics Hand Soap Paste
    Water 1.8 qt. Grease, Oil, Paint & Lacquer
    Wdiite Soap Chips 1.5 lb. Spot Remover
    Glycerin 2.4 oz. Alcohol 1 oz.
    Borax 6 oz. Ethyl Acetate 2 oz.
    Dry Sodium Carbonate 3 oz. Butyl Acetate 2 oz,
    Coarse Pumice Powder 2.2 lb. Toluol 2 oz.
    Safrol enough to scent Carbon Tetrachloride 3 oz.
    Dissolve the soap in %
    of the water by Place garment with spot over a piece
    heat. Dissolve the last three in the rest of clean paper or cloth and wet with the
    of the water. Pour the two solutions to- above fluid; rub with clean cloth toward
    gether and stir well. When it begins to center of spot. Use a clean section of
    thicken, sift in the pumice, stirring con- cloth for rubbing and clean paper or
    stantly till thick, then pour into cans. cloth for each application of the fluid.
    Vary amount of water, for heavier or The above product is inflammable and
    softer paste (water cannot be added to should be kept away from flames. Use
    the finished soap). of cleaners of this type should be out-of-
    doors or in well-ventilated rooms as the
    Dry Cleaning Pliiid fumes are toxic.
    Glycol Oleate 2 fl. oz.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 60 fil. oz. Paint Brush Cleaner
    Yarnoline (Naphtha) 20 fl. oz. Mix (1)
    Benzine 18 11. oz. Kerosene 2 pt.
    An
    excellent cleaner that will not in- Oleic Acid 1 pt.
    jure the finest fabrics. Mix (2)
    Strong Liquid Ammonia,
    28% Vi pt.
    Whiting 10 lb. Denatured Alcohol V pt.
    Magnesia Calcined 2 lb. Slowly stir 2 into' 1 until a smooth
    Pullers Earth 2 lb. mixture results. To clean brushes, pour
    Pumice Powder 12 oz. into a can and stand the brushes in it
    Lemenone or Citronella Oil 4 oz. overnight. In the morning, wash out
    Mix well together. with warm water.

    Household Cleaner Rust & Ink Remover


    Soap Powder 2 oz. Immerse portion of fabric with rust or
    Soda Ash 3 oz. ink spot alternately in Solution A and
    Trisodium Phosphate 40 oz. B, rinsing with water after each immer-
    Finely Ground Silica 55 oz. sion.
    Mix well and put up in the usual eon- Solution A
    tamers. Ammonium Sulphide Solution 1 oz.
    Water 19 oz.
    Window 'Cleanser Solution B
    * Oxalic Acid 1 oz.
    Castile Soap 2 oz.
    '

    Water ,
    5 oz. Water 19 oz.
    * Poisonous.
    Chalk 4 oz.
    French Chalk 3 bz.
    Tripoli Powder Javelle Water (Laundry Bleach)
    2 oz.
    Petroleum Spirits Bleaching Powder 2 oz.
    5 oz.
    Mix well and pack in tight containers. Soda Ash 2 oz.
    Water .

    5 gai
    Mix well until reaction is complete<l.
    Straw Hat Cleaner Allow to settle overnight and siphon off
    Sponge the hat with a solution of the clear liquid.
    Sodium Hyposulphite 10 oz.
    Glycerin 5 oz.
    Laundry Blue (Liquid)
    Alcohol 10 oz. Prussian Blue 1 oz.
    "Water 75 oz. Distilled Water 32
    Day aside a m damp place for 24 hours * Oxalic Acid U
    oz.
    oz.
    and then apply * Poison.
    14 INTRODUCTION
    Dissolve by* mixing in a crock or Apply outdoors as vapors are inflammable
    wooden tub. and toxic.

    / ^
    Grlassine
    ’ ’
    Paper Waterproofing Heavy Canvas
    Paper is coated with or dipped in the Raw Linseed Oil 1 gal.
    following solution and then hung up to Beeswax, Crude 13 oz.
    dry. White Lead 1 lb.
    Gum Copal 10 oz. Rosin 12 oz.
    Alcohol 30 fl. oz. Heat the above, while stirring, until all
    Castor Oil 1 fl. oz. lumps are gone and apply warm to upper
    Dissolve by letting stand overnight in side of canvas j wetting the canvas with a
    a covered jar and stirring the next day. sponge on the underside before applying.

    Cement Waterproofing
    Waterproofing Paper and Pibreboard
    Chinawood Oil Fatty Acids 10 oz.
    The following composition and method Paraffin Wax 10 oz.
    of application will render unealendered
    paper, fib reboard, and similar porous ma-
    Kerosene 2% gal.

    terial waterproof and proof against the


    Stir until dissolved. This is painted
    or sprayed on cement walls, which must
    passage or penetration of water.
    be dry.
    Paraffin (Melting Point
    about 130° P.) 22.5 oz.
    Oil and Greaseproofing Paper and
    Trihydroxyethylamine
    Pibreboard
    Stearate 3.0 oz.
    This solution applied by brush, spray,
    Water 74.5 oz.
    or dipping will leave a thin film which is
    The paraffin wax is melted and the impervious to oils and greases. Applied
    stearate added to same. The water is to paper or fibre containers, it will en-
    then heated to nearly boiling and then able them to retain oils and greases. All
    vigorously agitated with a suitable me- the following ingredients are by weight;
    chanical stirring device while the above Starch 6.6 oz.
    mixture of melted wax and emulsifier is Caustic Soda 0.1 oz.
    slowly added. This mixture is cooled Glycerin 2.0 oz.
    while it is stirred. Sugar 0.6 oz.
    The paper or fibreboard is coated on Water 90.5 oz.
    the side which is to be in contact with Sodium Salicylate 0.2 oz.
    water. This is then quickly heated to the
    The caustic soda is dissolved in the
    melting point of the wax, which then
    water and then the starch is made into a
    coalesces into a continuous nlm that does
    thick paste by adding a portion of this
    not soak into the paper which is prefer-
    solution. This paste is then added to the
    entially wetted by the water. This water. This mixture is placed in a water
    method works most effectively on paper
    jacket and heated to about 85° C. until
    pulp moulded containers and possesses
    all the starch granules have broken and
    the advantages of being much cheaper
    the temperature maintained for about
    than dipping in melted paraffin as only
    half an hour longer. The other sub-
    about a tenth as much paraffin is needed.
    stances are then added and thoroughly
    In addition, the outside of the container
    mixed and the composition is completed
    is not greasy, and can be printed upon
    after treatment which is not the case
    and ready for application. smaller A
    water content may be used if applied hot
    when treated with melted wax.
    and a thicker coating will result Two
    coats will result in a very considerable
    Waterproofing Liquid resistance to oil penetration.
    Wax
    Paraffin
    % oz.
    Gum Dammar 1% oz. Fireproof Paper
    Pure Rubber oz. Ammonium Sulphate 8 oz.
    ,
    Benzol 13 oz. Boric Acid 3 oz.
    Carbon Tetrachloride
    to make
    Borax 1% oz.
    1 gal. Water 100 fl. oz.
    Dissolve rubber in benzol j add other Mix together in a gallon jug, by shak-
    ingredients and allow to dissolve. (In- ing, until dissolved.
    flammable.) The paper to be treated is dipped into
    The above is suitable for wearing ap- this solution in a pan, until uniformly
    parel and wood. It is applied by brush- saturated. It is then taken out and hung
    _

    ing on two or more coats, allowing each up to dry. Wrinkles can be prevented
    to dry before applying another coating. by drying between cloths in a press.
    INTRODUCTION 16

    Fireproofing Canvas Fire Kindi er


    Ammonium Fhospliate 1 lb. Rosin or Pitch 10 oz.
    Ammonium Chloride 2 lb. Sawdust 10 or more oz.
    Water % gal. Melt, mix, and cast in forms.
    Impregnate with above; squeeze out
    excess and dry. Washing or exposure to Solidified Gasoline
    rain will remove fireproofing salts.
    * Gasoline
    % gal.
    White Soap (Fine
    Shaved) 12 oz.
    Fireproofing Light Fabrics
    Water 1 pt.
    Borax 10 oz.
    Household Ammonia 5 oz.
    Boric Acid 8 oz.
    Heat the water, add soap, mix and
    Water 1 gal. when cool add the ammonia. Then
    Impregnate ; squeeze and dry. Fabrics slowly work in the gasoline to form
    so impregnated must be treated again
    semi-solid mass.
    after washing or exposure to rain as the * Inflammable
    fireproofing salts wash out easily.
    Boiler Compound
    Dry Fire Extinguisher Soda Ash 87 oz,
    Ammonium Sulphate 15 oz. Trisodium Phosphate 10 oz.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 9 oz. Starch 1 oz.
    Ammonium Phosphate 1 oz. Tannic Acid 2 oz.
    Red Ochre 2 oz. Use powdered materials, mixing well
    Silex 23 oz. and then pass through a fine sieve.
    Use powdered materials only; mix well
    Anti-Freeses
    and pass through a fine sieve. Pack in
    tight containers to prevent ^‘lumping,’’
    The materials
    listed below are the
    basic ingredients used in all good anti-
    freeze liquids. Of these, alcohol is the
    Fire Extinguishing Liquid only one that evaporates. Radiators con-
    Carbon Tetrachloride 95 oz. taining alcohol should be tested from
    Solvent Naphtha 5 oz. time to time to be sure of protection. A
    The inclusion of the naphtha minimizes hydrometer for testing alcohol solution
    production of toxic fumes when extin- strength can be bought from sellers of
    guishing fires. denatured alcohol.

    Anti -Freeze Liquids


    ;er for protection at:
    —20°F,
    i

    +10° IP. 0° F. —10° F.


    Denatured Alcohol 180° proof 3.4 4.9 6.5 8.3
    Denatured Alcohol 188° proof 3.3 4.7 6.0 7,7
    Glycerin 95% 3.3 5.3 7.1 9.0
    Radiator Glycerin 60% 10.0 18.7 39.0 106.5
    Ethylene Glycol 95% 2.7 4.0 6.1 6.5
    Specific gravity for protection at:
    +10° F. 0°F. —10°F. —20° F. —30°F.
    Denatured Alcohol 0.968 0.959 0.950 0.942 0.921
    Glycerin 1.090 1.112 1.131 1.147 1.158
    Ethylene Glycol 1.038 1.048 1.056 1.064 1.069
    Soldering Flux (Non-corrosive) To use take the following proportions:
    Rosin, Powdered 1 oz. Stock Solution A 2 oz.
    Denatured Alcohol 4 oz. Stock Solution B 2 oz.
    Soak overnight and mix well, Water
    Distilled 16 oz.
    At a temperature of 65° F. this de-
    Fhotographic Solutions veloper requires about 8 minutes.
    Developing Solution Acid Hardening Fixing Bath
    Stock Solution A A. Sodium Hyposulphite 32 oz.
    Dissolve the following, separately, in Distilled Water 8 oz.
    glass or enamel dishes. Stir until dissolved and then add the
    I'yro 4 oz. following chemicals in the order given
    Sodium Bisulphite, Pure 280 gr. below, stirring each until dissolved:
    Potassium Bromide 82 gr. B. Distilled Water (Warm)
    Distilled Water
    2% oz.
    64 oz. Sodium Sulphite, Pure oz.
    Stock Solution B Acetic Acid (28%), Pure 111 oz.
    Sodium Sulphite, Pure 7 oz. Alum Powder
    Sodium Carbonate, Pure
    Potassium % oz.
    5 oz. Add Solution B to A
    and store in daxk
    Distill^^ Water 04 oz. bottles away from light
    ADHESIVES
    Adhesives for Cellophane Treat surface with
    rormula No. X
    a. Gelatin 100 g.
    Formula No. 1
    Caustic Potash 1 oz.
    Water 500 g.
    h. Citric Acid
    Methyl Alcohol 70 oz.
    100 g.
    Water Water 28 oz.
    500 g.
    Gelatin 1 oz.
    0 , Alcohol 120 g.
    Make a by swelling for several hours No. 2
    and, dissolving on the waterbath. Vinyl Acetate ,
    3 oz.
    Mix with solution h, and mix thor- Tartaric Acid ,,.2 oz.
    oughly with c. Alcohol 95 oz.
    No. 2
    Colophony 33 g. Non-Curling Adhesive for Gummed Paper
    Camphor Tapioca Dextrin 40 lb.
    2 g.
    Acetone 35 g. Corn Dextrin SO lb
    Alcohol 30 g. Water 30 lb.’
    No. 3 Sorbitol (83%) 6 oz.
    Mastic ^0 g. Diethylene Glycol 1 oz.
    Rubber, Pale 1 g.
    Cook together with stirring until uni*
    Chloroform or Trichlorethylene 50 g. form.
    No. 4
    Cellulose Acetate 5 g. Adhesive for Greasy or W%xed Paper
    Ethyl Acetate 20 g. U. S. Patent 1,983,650
    Eiethyl Phtliatate 2 g. Gum Arabic 40 oz.
    No. 5 Caustic Potash 34 oz*
    Shellac 15 g. Water 75
    Mastic 5 g.
    Thick Turpentine 1 g. Glazed Paper Adhesive
    Alcohol 60 g. Glue,Animal 2 lb.
    No. 6 Water 2 lb!
    Gelatin or Glue 30 g. Glycol Bori-Borate l ib!
    Potassium Bichromate 2 g.
    Water 68 g. Laminated Glassine Paper Cement
    This hardens in the light and must be or Binder
    kept in the dark! D. S. Patent 2,098,221
    No. 7. ,
    Parahin Whx
    Rosin (m.p. 155° E.) 40-63%
    25 g.
    Sandarac Resin 5 g. 20-4.5%. ,

    Mastic Rubber 3-12%


    3 g^
    Camphor Petrolatum 7-13%
    2 g.
    Alcohol 40 g] The rubber is softened in a mill and
    Acetone g* the petrolatum is worked in and heat
    30
    applied while mixing. Then add tlii‘i

    Moistureproof ^ Cellophane » ' Adhesive


    '
    while mixing to the melted wax and
    U. S. Patent 2,037,063 rosin.
    Nitrocellulose 15,7 oz.
    Gum Dammar 15.0 oz!
    Flexible Glues for Magazine Backing
    ^^Cellosolve’^ 30.4 oz! Mid
    Ethyl Lactate 16.8 oz! Winter Summer Season
    Alcohol 22.1 oz.'
    Glue
    Sorbitol
    30.9 % 35.7% 33.3%
    Affixing Labels to Moistureproof (83%) 15.45% 10.7% 12.54%
    ^ ^
    Cellophane ’ ’

    Glyceria
    IT. S. Patent 2,036,387
    5.15% 3.6% 4.16%
    Water 48.6 % 50.0% 50 0 %
    16
    ADHESIVES 17
    Flexible* Bookbinclinn’ Glue Adhesive for Paper on Aluminum
    Ginuidijui Patent 1157,259
    Formula No. 1
    A l)ookbin(rni,e' adhesive tliat spreads a. Bosin oa ^
    rapidly and wliiidi })rodue(*s a sinootli, Soda Ash 5 o*
    firm, ilexiblo (a)atiii.i»* is made of; *
    Water 200
    g*
    Giyeoi Bori-Borate 5. Dextrin, Yellow 200 g
    (Aqua,r(^si,ix) 8 oz.
    200 g.‘
    Bone Glue 6 oz. Borax 20 a.
    Glyeerin 4 oz. Ho. 2
    ^
    GpcuTinK'-Citi
    Vditer
    % oz. Collodion 7
    12 oz. Ethyl Ether of Ethylene Glycol 14 m
    This adhesive has other uses,many Butanol 5 ^
    aside .from its particular adaptability for Methyl Acetate g*
    34
    hind in as. Alcohol gf
    40
    B>ook liinder’s Adhesive Adhesive for Labels to be put on Bakelite
    a. Gahduin Ghioride
    ^ Formula No. 1
    (25% Solution) 25 Ib. Shellac
    Potato Htarch 2 Ib,
    5 lb. Camphor (Synthetic) 1 lb!
    5. Water ^
    20 lb. Alcohol
    to 05® C. imtil the mass has
    Heat (I 30 ip]
    No. 2
    beeoine elear and free of lumps. Dilute Celluloid Waste 50 ib
    with warm h. Thick Turpentine 6 lb
    Acetone 200 lb!
    Alkaline Cold-Paster fur Cardboard Ethyl Acetate 45 ip.
    (>So-caIled Quick-Blndor)
    Dextrin, Yellow 100 kg.
    Bora,x Hfilution Adhesives for Tortoise Shell
    (10%, Gold) 70 kg. Formula No. 1
    Dissohar hot, (diill, and add: Mastic
    Caiistie Bod;i (40® Be.) Bosin Oil "^00
    5 kg.
    Let stand for 2 clays. If a dark liquid Latch Turpentine 100
    separates, Uiix tlioroughly again. Linseed Oil 340
    Melt together. Apply hot.
    Paper lioard Adhesive
    Wat(*rj:u'oof , - .
    Ho. 2
    Ganadian lhatent 358,953 Mastic 70
    Petroleum wax 75 g. find ester gum Shellac 215
    Inarch Turpentine
    15 g. are heated to 200® F., and 10 g. of 100
    couinarone resin is added; the tempera- Alcohol 700
    ture is gradually raistid to 285® F. until T . ,
    Ho. 3
    a. Isinglass, Concentrated
    all the solids have disapptmred, and the
    solution cooled to 2-10® F. to separate Solution OQ
    the resin as a colloidal suspension, spread Glue
    in sliecit form up(»p a sheet of ])aper or as Water 320 g-
    h. Mastic
    the bund between plies of cardboard. 15 g-
    Alcohol 32 8 ’-

    Bosin Oil Iq g-
    Aluminum to Cigarette Paper 'Adhesive
    'Mastic
    Mix the solutions a and & together with
    10 g.
    thorough stirring. Apply while hot.
    Sandarac Kesin 10 g.
    Alcohol, Denatured 230 g.
    Turpentine Adhesive for Wall Paper (Powder)
    3 g.
    (equal 1
    *Ising'la.<s For use with cold water;
    Glue
    '
    parts 250 g. Potato Starch, Dry 40 g.
    J
    Water until pasty) Calcium Chloride Solution
    Mix the resin solution and the glue (10 Calcium Chloride,
    paste thoroughly. 4-5 Water) 50 g.
    Grind together, dry, and grind the
    Label Paste for Aluminum Surfaces powder.
    Dextrin solutions, to which 10-15% of
    thick turpentint* (on the weight of the Paper Hangers^ Wall Size
    dry deptrin) have been added. Gelatin 7.O oz.
    It is advisable to treat the surface Agar Agar 1.6 oz.
    with abrasive paper, and thereafter with ^ugsLT 24.0 oz.
    oruon juice, before applying the paste. Water 67.4 oz.
    18 ADHESIVES
    Allow to swell overniglit and mix until Alcohol 120 g.
    uniform. Water 100 cc.
    This mixture will form a soft gel and
    should be reduced with from one half to Adhesive to Paste Completing Vignettes
    one part of warm water before using. on Lithographed and Lacquered Labels
    Formula No. 1
    Painters' Size Acetyl Cellulose 20 g.
    Starch Solution 95 oz. Acetone (or Substitute) 80 g.
    Sodium ISTaphthenate 5 oz. No. 2
    Biglycol Laurate 1 oz. Colophony 40 g.
    This solution penetrates rapidly and Shellac 20 g.
    does not spoil. Alcohol, Denatured 32 g.
    Softener 8 g.
    Wall Paper Stripping Solutions
    British Patent 445,191 ^ ^ '
    Universal ' Adhesive
    Paper is stripped from walls, bottles, a. Crude Rubber 5 g.
    etc., by treating with an aqueous emul-
    Benzene 75 g.
    sion of a terpene compound. Pine oil, h. Shellac, Powdered 76 g.
    terpineol, camphor, pinene or limonene
    Dissolve a with precautions against fire,
    is mixed with an equal amount of an
    on a water bath. Add h, stirring and
    emulsifying agent, e.g., Turkey-red oil,
    heating until clearly dissolved.
    naphthalenesulfonate, sulfonated alcohol,
    esters or vegetable oils, or soap, and 2
    vols. of water added, the resulting stock Office Adhesive
    emulsion being diluted before use. Dextrin, Yellow IS g.
    Water
    Waterproof Sandpaper Binder Sugar 2 g.
    IT. S. Patent 2,030,743
    Vinegar (3-5%) 5 g.
    Cellulose Acetate Solution Preservative 0.1%
    (In Acetone) 40 oz. Perfume (Gitronella, Spike,
    Rosin 3 oz. Sassafras Oil, etc.)
    Camphor 1 oz.
    Castor Gil 2 oz. Liquid Library Adhesive
    U. S. Patent 2,046,988
    Sticking Labels to Tin Yellow Dextrin 2 oz.
    labels adhere to a tin box, rub
    To make Calcium Chloride 1 oz.
    two or three drops of tincture of myrrh Suspend in water (100) and heat
    on the surface of the container; let dry, quickly to 85® 0. Cool. By decreasing
    and then apply label in the usual way. amount of water thicker products are ob-
    tained. This product remains fluid on
    Paste for Attaching Labels to aging and is completely miscible with
    Lithographed Cans water.
    Flour lb. %
    Water 2 pt.
    Gllycerin 1 oz. Adhesive for Envelopes
    Nitric Acid 2
    dr. Formula No. 1
    Methyl Salicylate dr. % a. Potato Flour
    Water
    kg. 13
    Make a smooth paste of the flour and kg. 80
    water by the aid of heat, using an enam- Caustic Soda (37® B6.) kg. 3
    elled kettle and wooden paddle; add the &. Nitric Acid (24® Bd.) kg. 3
    glycerin, then the methyl salicylate, and c. Formaldehyde or Phenol kg. 1
    then take off the fire. Add the acid Heat o to a clear solution, neutralize
    while cooling. with h, and preserve with c.
    This white paste does not become dry To get a more adhesive product, add
    and win attach readily to nearly any- 15-20% of a solution of
    thing. It is always ready to use. Gelatin, Technical 3 kg.
    Starch Syrup 2 kg.
    Cellulose to Paper, Wood or Glass Water 10 kg.
    Adhesive '

    No. 2
    French Patent 802,016 a. Dextrin, White 2G0 kg.
    Nitrocellulose *

    23 g. Water 240 kg.


    Cyclohexyl Phthalate 27 g. &. Boric Acid '2 kg.
    Benzine
    Ethyl Acetate
    300
    430
    g.
    g.
    (or Borax)
    Glycerin
    5
    5
    %
    kg.
    :

    ADHESIVES 19

    Water 20 kg. Ether tA oz.


    c. Thymol (10% Alcohol Old Film 6 in.
    Solution) 0.5 kg. No. 2
    Dissolve a at 90® C., add b, and, ulti- Amyl Acetate and Acetone in
    .ately, o, as preservative. equal parts
    No film need be dissolved. This ce-
    Self-Sealiiiff Envelope Adhesive ment works well with all kinds of film
    U. S. Patent 2,093,105 stock, acetate or nitrate. Still another
    Eubber Latex (40-60% formula is: One part glacial acetic acid
    Solids) ,
    50 oz. with four parts of flexible collodion.
    Micaj Powder ,
    .

    50 oz. This added to any of the above formulas


    works well with any type of film.
    Postage Stamp Adhesive
    Formula No. 1 Photo Engravers^ Glue
    Gum Arabic 100 kg. Of good photographic gelatin or high
    Sodium Chloride 2.5 kg. grade flexible glue, take 2 oz. and put it
    Glyc'erhi 2 kg. in a glass beaker, of about 8 oz. capacity,
    Starch 2 kg. to which add 2 oz. of distilled water.
    Water 130 1. Next dissolve %
    oz. sodium salicylate in
    No. 2 1 oz. of distilled water and add it to the
    a. Dextrin 150 kg. glue and water.
    Let the whole stand for
    Sugar 20 kg. an hour or two and then melt the glue in
    Water 280 kg. a water bath with the water almost at
    h. Lime Water 10 kg. the boiling point. Stir thoroughly until
    Vinegar 40 kg. solution is complete and then allow the
    Mix the solution a with h. whole to cool for a time,# after which add

    Coating to J-^revent the Sticking Together


    about %
    dr. of oil of wintergreen. Let
    the mass stand overnight until the air
    of Postage Stamps Under tiie bells, that may come from stirring, work
    Infl uence of Body Heat themselves out and the solution is clear,
    Apply on tho front surface wlien it is ready for use.
    Stearic Af'-id This glue flows quite freely at about
    Aiumiuum Palmitate 28 g. 70® F., but below this it stiffens. It will
    Benzine 240 cc. not flow at 60®, although commercial
    Turpentine 240 ec. glues are liquid at even lower tempera-
    tures. It stands to reason that the
    Label Paste higher the melting point the tougher the
    Formula No. 1 glue. If you use this special glue with
    Casein 1 1b. potassium bichromate you should have a
    Water Ground Mica 1 Ib. stencil on your plate that will be tough
    Boiling Water 1 gal and stand all the etch you need to give
    Borax 0,.25 Ib. it mthout fear of breaking down and
    Sodium Fluoride 0 .25 ib. that can be removed after the etching
    Pine Oil 1 oz. with an acid, or a soda bath, as easily as
    No. 2 any other glue stencil. One point in
    '

    Dextrin 85 % making this glue should be carefully ob-


    Sorbitol (83%) 7.5% served: do not use cheap glue base. Use
    high-grade flexible glue that looks clear
    Invert Sugar 6 % and that will bend in the fingers without
    Glycerin 1.5%
    This gives a gum back that is remois- breaking, or use good photographic gela-
    tening and non-curling, as well as ny tin#
    sistant to sticking during hot, humiil.
    summer "weather. Shellac-Wax Cement for Laboratory Use
    Eosin 35 g.
    Adhesive for Photographic Film Shellac 20 g.
    <1 . Celluloid-Scrap as desired Beeswax 15 g.
    Methyl Acetate
    Z). 80 g. Talc, Fibrous 0 to 30 g.
    Ethyl Lactate 20 g. Melt the rosin in a 6 inch hemispheri-
    Dissolve enough of a in solvent h to cal iron pan, add the shellac and beeswax
    get a viscous, syrupy solution. with stirring, and heat the mixture over
    a hot gas flame, so that the temperature
    Film Cement reaches 360® C. in about six minutes. At
    Formula No. 1 once, allow to cool spontaneously to about
    Acetone 4 oz. 275®, add the talc, if desired, cool to
    20 ADHESIVES
    about 90® C., and stir well as the mix- 35% of alcohol-soluble oxidized drying
    ture becomes viscous. Molds must be oil,approximately 6% to 8% of rosin,
    scrubbed thoroughly with household wash- approximately 35% to 40% of a filler
    ing powder and water, rinsed and then material including a major proportion of
    coated with very thick, smooth dextrine- bentonite clay and minor proportions of
    water paste. When the cement mixture, asbestos fiber and a white pigment, and
    well stirred, is almost too viscous to flow, approximately 25% of alcohol.
    pour into molds. The tale gives a broad
    apparent melting range j that is, when as Plastic Adhesive for Laminated
    much as 30 grams tale is used, the ce- Floor Coverings
    ment when heated gradually softens to IT. S. Patent 2,078,727
    a highly viscous condition which is serv- Asphalt 15-40 lb.
    iceable where a sort of plastering opera- Pitch 17-30 lb.
    tion is desired by the user. If the time Gilsonite 4-10 lb.
    of heating of the mixture is too short, Slate 45-55 lb.
    the cement is brittle; if too long, an
    excessive amount (over 20 g.) disappears Adhesive for Cork Parquet
    in the process. Eosin, Powdered 50 kg,
    Eesin (Bakelite or Albertol)
    Improved de Khotinsky Cement Alcohol-Soluble 30 kg.
    Shellac 90 g. Shellac 20 kg.
    Vistanex, Medium 10 g. Dissolve in sufficient alcohol to form
    Melt theabove ingredients together viscous paste.
    with stirring, taking care not to burn
    the shellac. This makes a splendid gen- Binder for Cork
    eral usage laboratory cement which ad- Cork 150 lb.
    heres well and is more elastic than the Glue 16 1b.
    ordinary de Khotinsky cement. Sorbitol (83%) II lb.
    Glycerin 9 lb.
    Linoleum Cement Water 10 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Where a phenolic resin binder is used
    Canadian Patent 358,652 for the cork, a 50-50 mixture of sorbitol
    Eaw Eubber 100 oz. and diethylene glycol may be used as a
    Eosin 130-200 oz. plasticizer to give permanent flexibility.
    Dissolve in a suitable amount of kero-
    sene or naphtha to get proper consistency.
    ADHESIVES FOE LEAXHEE
    No. 2 The binding of leather to leather re-
    tr. S. Patent 1,991,007 quires a different adhesive to that where
    Cumarone (m.p. 100- it is a matter of leather to textile ma-
    115° C.) 25 oz. terial, wood or metal. It should be noted
    Cumarone (m.p. 20-30° C.) 2,8 oz. that ‘
    ‘
    leather glue, ’ ’
    strictly speaking, is
    Portland Cement 57.2 oz. a glue prepared from waste leather, so
    Asbestine 4.6 oz. that the expression glue or adhesive for
    Acetone 2.1 oz. leather is more appropriate in the present
    Methyl Ethyl Ketone 8.3 oz. case. Leather glue is very little used for
    No. 3 binding leather, because of its solubility
    Manila Copal 20 Ib.l in water, brittleness, and its liability to
    Eosin 40 lb. decompose through bacterial action. For
    Galipot Eesin 5 lb. certain minor and general purposes, ani-
    Eosin Oil 5 lb. mal (fish) glue treated with acetic acid
    Alcohol 30 lb. or with calcium sucrate is used, particu-
    Kaolin 30 lb. . larly if service demands are not high.
    Neuburg Chalk 70 lb.| Animal glue may be improved by the ad-
    Dissolve the resins in the alcohol, and dition of Venice turps or other resinous
    work together with the mineral powder to material. When animal glue is employed
    get a heavy fluid paste applicable with it is advisable to add a small amount of
    a brush. wetting agent to facilitate absorption.
    The addition of glycerin may give supple-
    Wall Tile & Linoleum
    Adhesive ness if required. Additions of small
    D. Patent 2,064,139
    S. quantities of soaps and fillers e.g., kao- —
    An adhesive composition, adapted for lin, tale, blanc fixe, and lithopone (not
    the installation of linoleum or a similar
    surface covering on plaster walls and ceil-
    more than 15 per cent.) —are sometimes
    made.
    ings, comprises approximately 27% to Animal glue is soluble in water, and
    ADHE,SITES 21

    it is necessary to add sncli hardening to boiling. Add the solution 3 slowly,


    agents as formalin and bichromate, etc. take up to a boil again, and cool.
    One example is 100 parts of gluten-rich The adhesive should be heated for use,
    glue, suitably swollen in water, 25 parts and should be applied upon a belt which
    of glycerin, 3 parts of potassium bi- has been well sharpened by a plane. The
    chromate, and 10 parts of talc. edge should be long; 1%
    to 2 times of
    In this case the binding material is the breadth of the belt.
    water-resistant. Casein adhesives are
    also recommended sometimes for the Plastic Adhesive for tlie Heel-Lining
    binding of leather. For the preparation of Shoes
    of water-resistant binding a hardening Formula ISTo. 1. For Cold Application
    agent is required, usually formaldehyde. a, Bubber, Crepe 8 kg.
    Emulsifying and dispersing agents are Benzine 90 kg.
    occasionally added. Blood albumen, Ester Gum 2 kg.
    which coagulates at 68-70°, makes a good Cork Powder
    h. to suit
    binder for leather articles. Here simple
    warming above the coagulating tempera- Make rubber solution known as
    ture results in insolubilizing the binding '^slioe cement'^ by shaking in the cold.
    medium. Add enough 5 to make a viscous, plastic
    Bubber paste.
    is adhesive where
    a useful
    waterproof and elastic bindings are re- Can be applied cold.
    quired. The rubber is applied both in No. 2. For Hot Application
    the form of latex, which is after-treated, CE. Bosin, or Ester Gum 30 kg.
    and in solution in organic solvents. If Petroleum or White Spirit 10 kg.
    the binding is to be oil-resistant the h. Cork Powder 30 k^
    rubber must be vulcanized. It should be Warm up for application.
    pointed out that regenerated rubber is It is advisable to combine these rosin
    useful for this purpose, being applied in solutions with a nitrocellulose solution,
    solution, which wall guarantee an adhesive that
    A recommended adhesive is nitrocellu- will not allow the lining to move in the
    lose, or celluloid. This is water- and oil- shoe.
    resistant. Any desired softness and/or
    elasticity may be attained by using plas-
    No. 3
    Crude Rubber, Cut 5 kg.
    ticizers. These celluloid adhesives are
    Benzene 30-40 kg.
    usually fairly dilute, whilst there is an-
    Linseed Oil Varnish 10-12 kg.
    other form, more concentrated, known as
    Allow to stand in warm place for a few
    celluloid cement. In the former, 5 kg.
    days and then mix until uniform.
    nitrocellulose is dissolved in 30 kg, sol-
    vent after mixing with 1.8-2.0 kg. cam-
    phor and a plasticizer such as dibutyl Adhesive for Boles and Inner
    phthalate. Lining of Shoes
    Celluloid Waste, Transparent 28 kg.
    Leather Adhesives Acetone, Technical 50 kg.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 3 kg.
    Solid
    Petroleum Pitch 70 kg.
    Lanolin 10 kg. Inner Sole Adhesives
    Bosin Oil 20 kg. Two are met with, a
    consistencies
    Liquid heavy bodied one being used for heavy
    Bosin Oil 25 kg. work and a lighter one for ladies^ shoes.
    Castor Oil 25 kg. Heavy Light
    Latex 25 kg. Adhesive Adhesive
    Lanolin 15 kg. Caoutchouc 7 lb. 2 lb. 14 oz.
    Organic Solvent 25 kg. Bosin lb. 9 oz.
    Turpentine 12 lb. 6 lb.
    Adhesive for Leather Belts Benzene 30 lb. 411b.
    JCarpenters Dry Glue 500 g. Solution
    1. of the caoutchouc is more
    ) Water 1 1. easily achieved dividing the quantity
    l.)y
    f Isinglass 500 g,
    2. in the formula equally, one portion being
    /Beer 1 1. dissolved in the benzene and the other
    '^Tannin or Tannic Acid 15, g. in the turpentine together with the rosin,
    3. Alcohol ^

    ^
    50 g. and finally the two solutions are mixcnl.
    Water 150 g. This preparation should be marked * In- ‘

    Soak 1 and 2, separately, for 21 hours. flammable^^ and be packed in sccurtdy


    Put both together in a pot and heat up closed containers.
    22 ADHESIVES
    Self “Vuleamzing Shoe Cement No. 3
    Smoked Sheet Enhber 100 g. Plantation Crepe Rubber 25 Ib.
    Gasoline 900 g, Powdered Rosin 100 lb.
    Zine Oxide 5 g, V. M. & P.
    Sulphnr, Precipitated 3 g, Naphtha to make 100 gal.
    p-Tolnidine 1 g. Ester gum or cumar resins may be sub-
    Zinc Butyl Xanthate 3 g, stituted in the above formulas, if desired,
    instead of powdered rosin.
    "White Cement
    U. S. Patent 2,092,600 Rubber Adhesive
    Benzol 75 oz. Shellac 10 kg.
    Bosin 10 oz. Rosin 4 kg.
    Calcium Oxide 15 oz. Alcohol 8 kg.
    Zinc Oxide 10 oz. Whiting 1 kg.
    Whiting 85 oz.
    Rubber, Ground 5 oz. Self -Vulcanizing Rubber Cements
    Allow the rubber and rosin to swell The cement is made of unplastieized
    ^
    and ^
    dissolve
    ' in the benzol before mix-
    ’
    rubber dissolved in benzene.
    ing in other ingredients. The cements are stored as two separate
    solutions A and B of the following com-
    Shoe Sole Cements position :
    Soft, Elastic A B
    Formula No. 1 Smoked Sheet Rubber 100 100 g.
    Film Waste, High Viscosity 18-20% Sulphur (Precipitated) 6 ... g.
    Solvent, Low-Boiling 72-60% Zinc Oxide 3 3 g.
    Plasticizers 10-20 % Zinc Butylxanthate ... 6 g.
    No. 2 2>-Toluidine 2 2 g.
    Nitro Cotton, High Viscosity 15-20% Self -vulcanizing cement of the compo-
    Solvent, Low-Boiling 75-60% sition mentioned is already used in prac-
    Plasticizers 10 -20 % tice, both by the rubber and other
    No. 3 industries.
    Cellulose Acetate W^aste 15-20% In the rubber industry it is used in
    Solvent (Acetone, etc.) 75-65% different shop operations for cementing
    Plasticizers 10-15% vulcanized rubber goods.

    Rubber Cement
    Formula No. 1
    Formula No. 1
    Celluloid Waste, Medium
    a. Rosin 2 g.
    to High Viscosity,
    Rubber 5 g.
    Transparent 20-25% h. Larch Turpentine 1 g.
    Solvent, Low-Boiling 80-75% Gum
    c. Turpentine 20 g.
    No. 2
    d, Bichloroethylene 140 g.
    Film Waste, Medium to
    Rubber, Cut 5 g.
    High Viscosity 20-25% Melt a, and add hj thin the melted
    Solvent, Low-Boiling 75-70% mixture with o. Add the solution d.
    Ester Gum 5% Mix thoroughly by shaking.
    :

    No. 3
    No. 2
    Nitro Cotton, Medium to
    Para-Rubber Solution 1 kg.
    High Viscosity 16-20%
    Linseed Oil 5 kg.
    Solvent 80-75% Ivory Black 6 kg.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 4— 5%
    Rubber-Metal Adhesive
    Rubber Cements for Leather a. Para Rubber, Minced 3 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Benzol 8 lb*
    Best Crude Pale Crepe h. Bitumen, Mexican 5 lb.
    Rubber 40 lb. A
    Make solution by stirring in the cold
    Powdered Rosin 90 lb. or on the water bath (caution i When .
    )
    Benzol to make 100 gal. dissolved, add h and stir until dissolved.
    No. 2
    Best Crude Bolivian Fluid Cement for Metallic Surfaces
    Rubber 3.33 lb. IJ. S. Patent 2,092,600
    Powdered Rosin 1C lb. Rubber, Ground 5 oz.
    /^Skellysolve^^ Asphaltum 100 oz.
    (Naphtha) to make 35 gal. Benzene 76 oz.
    ADHESIVES 23

    Bosin, Powdered 10 oz. Adhesive for Cellulose


    Calcium Oxide 15 oz. Water-Resistant
    Zinc Oxide 10 oz. Glue 20 g.
    Whiting 85 oz. Water 20 g.
    Acetic Acid (30%) 40 g.
    Rubber Casein Adhesive Potassium Bichromate 1 g\
    U. B. Patent 2,073,927 This chromate glue must be stored in
    An adhesive composition comprises an total darkness.
    aqueous dispersion of rubber, glycerin,
    casein and added water in the following Adhesive for Cellulose Acetate to Paper
    relative proportions : British Patent 454,759
    Aqueous Dispersion of Burgundy Pitch 8 oz-
    Rubber (60%) 40-75 oz. Wool-Pat 4 oz.
    Glycerin 15-40 oz. Melt together; cool; add
    Casein 3- 8 oz, Petroleum Ether 4 oz.
    and added water of the order of 20% of To the above add the following which
    the total ingredients. has been previously dissolved:
    Rubber 8 oz.
    Reducing Viscosity of Rubber Cements Petroleum Ether 16 oz.
    The spreading properties and viscosity
    of a rubber cement can be reduced by the Adhesive for Bonding Gauze to
    addition of non-solvents such as ethyl al- Cellophane
    cohol or methyl acetate. Other materials Starch (Cassava) 4 lb.
    which may be added are organic bases, Sodium Hypochlorite (5%
    organic acids, and acetone. available Chlorine) 6 oz.
    The same cement may have quite dif- Caustic Soda 0.3 oz.
    ferent properties and viscosity if di:fferent Formaldehyde (40%) 4 oz.
    solvents are used. The cements made with Water to make up to 4 gal.
    benzol are usually smoother'^ and less The starch is mixed with about thi
    viscous than those from gasoline. quarters of the volume of water, and the
    sodium hypochlorite solution added to
    Artificial Rubber Latex Cement same. This is heated in a water jacket
    Smoked Sheet Rubber 100 lb.
    with continued stirring until tlie starch
    Gasoline 200 lb. granules burst, and then heating con-
    Oleic Acid 8 lb. tinued at the same temperature until the
    . Digest until ^ ^
    dissolved. ^ ’
    Then work solution completely clarifies. The caustic
    in soda is dissolved in about ten times its
    Ammonia (25%) 20 lb.
    weight of water and added to the above
    Casein 20 lb.
    starch paste in small amounts with con-
    Mix thoroughly and add tinued stirring. The mass is heated for
    Zinc Oxide 10 lb.
    about ten minutes longer, removed from
    Kaptax 2 lb.
    the source of heat, allowed to cool some-
    Tliiuram 1 lb. what, and the formaldehyde added, which
    Emulsify with
    acts as a preservative. The remainder ol!
    Water 50 lb.
    the water is then added. The composi-
    Waterproof Latex Cement tion is then ready for application to th<?
    Latex (40%) 100 oz.
    ^^CellophaneP^ The gauze is then at-
    Water 45 oz.
    tached to this coated surface by passing
    Glue 10 oz. same over and around hot rolls to evapo-
    Zinc Oxide rate the moisture. This laminated prod-
    20 oz.
    Sulphur uct is used for raincoats, umbrellas,
    3 oz.
    Titanium Dioxide 25 oz.
    clothes sacks and the like* An amount
    Potassium Bichromate 10 oz. of glycerol equivalent to 20% of the
    starch may be added to this mixture to
    Self -Sealing Envelope Affliesive prevent abnormal brittleness at low
    U. S. Patent 2,093,105 humidities.
    Latex (60%) 50 g.
    Mica, Powdered 60 g. Kon-Slip Bug Composition
    If the front office or reception room
    Cement, Pressure Sealing rugs curl at the corners, you can obviate
    (Used for masking tape & self -sealing this annoyance by applying a simple glvc-
    envelopes) erin mixture to the back of the rug. Us-
    Latex (60%) 100 oz. ing 5 parts of glycerin to 3 of starch,
    Castor Oil 50 oz. mix the starch with water to forn) a
    Rosin 5 oz. smooth paste and add the glycerin gra<jii-
    24 ADHEBiVJiib

    ally until it spreads easily before apply- of the cement requires the combining of
    ing. Let tlie rug dry thoroughly. This 23 lb. of litharge and 5.25 lb. of 90 per
    treatment will not stiffen the rug or cent pure glycerin. Addition of about
    make it less flexible. 10 per cent of such materials as iron oxide,
    fuller ’s earth or silica, will delay the set-
    IJpholstery Cements ting time somewhat, without affecting the
    Formula No. 1 final hardness or strength. These glyc-
    Bosin 35 lb. erin-litharge compounds are unique in
    Talc 35 lb. their ability to withstand the action of
    Calcium Oxide 4 lb. most corrosive solutions and dilute acids.
    Baw Linseed Oil 11 lb. These cements, too, are highly resistant to
    Soft Asphalt 1 lb. moisture and heat and stand temperatures
    V. M. & P. Naphtha 14 lb. of 200° 0. or more. A further usage of
    No. 2 these cements is to fill depressions in metal
    Smoked Sheet Rubber ,2.5 lb. tanks, in automobile and truck bodies,
    Quick Lime 0.1 lb. fenders and similar sheet metal objects,
    Rosin (Powdered) 7.4 lb. to even off the indented places. The ce-
    Gasoline (Low Test) 2 gal. ment takes a good finish and paint ad-
    No. 3 heres well.
    Rubber 100 lb.
    Hydrated Lime 7 ib. Metal Fillers (For crevices, faults)
    Zinc Oxide 4 lb. Formula No. 1
    Rosin 300 lb. Iron Filings 95 g.
    Gasoline 12 gal. Ammonium Chloride 3 g.
    Sulphur 2 g.
    Brush Bristle Cement Water to make paste
    (For Paint and Varnish Brushes) One drop of concentrated sulphuric acid
    starts the reaction and it hardens in a few
    Rubber 55 oz.
    4 oz. days.
    Vulcone
    Zinc Oxide 2 oz. No. 2
    Sulphur 27 oz. Gum Arabic 12 g.
    Perilla Oil 5 oz. Gypsum 12 g.
    2 oz. Iron Filings 12 g.
    Diethanolamine
    Rosin Oil 5 oz. Silica Powder 64 g.
    This hardens to a water and fire resist-
    Disperse the above compound in
    ant coating.
    amount of 3 lb. per gal of gasoline.
    After drying, cure overnight on a steam
    Metal Cements (Low melting point alloys)
    plate at 40 lb. pressure.
    Lead 34 g.
    Bismuth 66 g.
    Tin Can Sealing Compound
    (Melting Point 94° C.)
    Resistant to Water, Oil, Alcohol,
    Lead 20 g.
    Turpentine
    Zinc 30 g.
    Polyvinyl Acetate 15 lb.
    Bismuth 50 g.
    Benzene 45 lb.
    (Melting Point 100° 0.)
    Toluene 40 lb.
    Lead 18 g.
    Zinc 18 g.
    Litharge Cement Without Glycerin Bismuth 64 g.
    Litharge 75 oz. (Melting Point 93° C.)
    Glycol 25 oz. Lead 10 g.
    This sets in 1-2 hours. Zinc 40 g.
    Bismuth 50 g.
    Glycerin-Litharge Cements (Melting Point 120° C.)
    Strong permanent repairs can be made Lead 27 g.
    at short notice if the ingredients of glyc- Zinc 13 g.
    erin-litharge cements are kept at hand. Bismuth 50 g.
    A general method for preparing the ce- Cadmium 10 g.
    ment consists of mixing six parts of pure (Melting Point 70° C.)
    glycerin with one to three parts of water Lead 40 g.
    and sufficient litharge (lead oxide) to Zinc 45 g.
    form a paste of the desired thickness. If Bismuth 15 g.
    preferred, the water may be omitted. Mix (Melting Point 160° C.)
    the cement just prior to use, since it sets Lead 14 g.
    rapidly, witlun an hour or so. moreA Zinc 86 g.
    specific formula for making a cubic foot (Melting Point 200° C.)
    )

    ADHESIVES 25

    These allujs are satisfactory in joining- Mon-Hardening Tile and Glass Cement
    bronze, brass, copper, zinc, lead, Britannia U. S. Patent 2,095,614
    metal, iron, tin, and conditions must be Tallow 340 lb.
    established for heating the parts to be Mineral Oil 50-100 lb.
    joined before the molten alloy is poured Aluminum Oleate 50-100 lb.
    in. Bosin Oil 50-10Q lb.
    Copper 25-35 g. Asbestos or
    Mercury 75-65 g. Soapstone (Powdered) 400-1000 lb.

    Steel and Iron Cementing Composition Plastic Wood Dough Type Filler
    U. B. Patent 2,025,050 Formula No. 1
    Sodium Cyanide 8 lb. Casein 50 oz,
    Salt 62-65 lb. Lime Hydrate 8 oz.
    Potassium Chloride 18-19 lb. Tri Sodium Phosphate 3 oz.
    Activated Carbon 8 lb. Sodium Fluoride 3 oz.
    The above is molten at cementing tem- Naphtha 2 oz.
    peratures. Hardwood Sawdust 34'. oz.

    Make this mixture up witli water to a


    Iron Cement
    consistency suitable for tubes.
    Powdered Iron 72 lb.
    Plaster of Paris 10 lb.
    No. 2
    Gum Arabic 8 Ib. *Base 30 gal
    Whiting 8 lb. Silica 100 11 ).
    Sal Ammoniac 2 lb. China Clay 50 lb.
    Wood Flour (Coarse) 10 lb.
    Cement for Iron Vessels Wood Flour (Fine) 25 lb.
    Iron Filings 4 oz. No. 3
    Clay, Powdered 2 oz. *Base 30 gal
    Befractory Brick, Powdered 1 oz. Wood Flour 45 lb.
    Salt Solution until pasty China Clay 15 lb.
    * Base is made hy dissolvin,!!? 3.75 lb. Manila
    Iron Casting Crack Filler yxim in 30 gal. of methyl alcohol i>.ns S gal. of
    Iron Filings 9S oz. benzol.
    Sulphur 1 oz.
    Ammonium Chloride 1 oz. Crack Filler
    Molding Plaster 100 Ib.
    Iron Boiler Cement Silica 12% lb.
    Iron Filings 33 oz. Yellow Dextrin 12% lb.
    Ferrous Sulphate 17 oz. Baw Sienna 1 lb.
    Vinegar 50 oz.
    Knife Handle Cement
    Expansion Joint Filler . Bosin 10 kg.
    IT. S. Patent 1,987,530
    Lime Hydrate *
    1 kg.
    Cottonseed Oil 8 lb, . Cumar, Hard 10 kg.
    Linseed Oil 8 lb. €. Whiting 2 feg".
    Sulphur 8 lb. Manganese Dioxide 5 kg,
    Bosin 4 lb. Melt a to 180® C,, add 5 and melt again
    Silica 4 lb. to make homogeneous. Mix in c.
    Blown Asphalt 1 lb. Pour this mass into the voids of the
    This is plastic between -IS® and 93® handles; push in the blade of the knives;
    let cool
    Turners’ Cement
    IJsed by model makers for mounting Wood Cement
    sheet bras‘=’ on lathes. Tar, Anhydrous 60 kg.
    Bosin 1 Asphaltum
    Melt and add Sulphur o- kg.
    2a
    ^'iteh
    Bring to boil and
    % lb. Bosin 1-5 kg.
    stir in brick dust to Melt up and mix thoroughly.
    thicken. Apply hot.

    Barrel Cement
    Gasket Paste .

    ,
    -Formula No. 1
    IJ. S. Patent 2,054,801
    ^ (Water and Oil-Besistant
    Castor Oil 40 oz. Cottage Cheese 6 kg.
    Soft Soap 50 oz! Calcium Oxide, Powdered 5 kg
    Glycerin 10 oz. Water 30 kg.
    26 ADHESIVES
    '

    Ko. 2
    '

    Cold Water 10 lb.


    (Oil- and Vinegar-Proof) d. Formaldehyde 0.75 lb.
    a. Shellac 200 kg. Soak a for several hours; heat gently
    Alcohol 600 kg. to get a completely clear solution, and add
    Sawdust 200 kg. h stirring continuously. Stir c in a sepa-
    No. 3 rate container until it is quite smooth, and
    Shellac 20 lb. add to it the boiling glue solution. Boil
    Alcohol 60 lb. for 10 minutes. Cool, add d.
    Castor Oil 4 lb.
    Beach Wood Sawdust lb.16 Painter ^s Glue
    Prepare the shellac-alcohol solution in a. Water 80 kg.
    a big enough can, in the cold. Mix it with Potato Flour 20 kg.
    the oil in a kettle with good agitation, and h. Sodium Hydroxide 1.5-2 kg.
    add in the sawdust through strainers. c. Nitric Acid to neutralize
    Stir until a homogenous paste results. Make the starch milk u, and add a solu-
    Put into tightly closed cans. tion of Z>. to it. Neutralize to neutral or
    faintly alkaline reaction as soon as the
    Hints on Gluing starch milk is formed. Wax Soap (from
    When gluing dowelled or mortise-and- montan Tvax and alkali) of 30% concen-
    tenon joints, it is better to apply the glue tration can be added to this.
    inside of the mortises and dowel holes
    than to apply it to the dowels and tenons Fish-Glue Substitute
    where it may be scraped off in assembling a. Glue in Plates 1 kg.
    the work. A toothbrush is often handy for Water to sw’'ell

    applying the glue. For small mortises, the h. Acetic Acid 500 g.
    bristles of the brush may be cut short, or Water 700 g.
    the brush may be whittled down in width, Swell the glue in water, and pour the
    to get into tight places. water off.

    An ordinary comb is handy for applying Add h, and heat this until a sample will
    glue on narrow grooves. In assembling not gel any more on cooling.
    panel work, be sure that there is plenty
    of space to permit the panels to shrink or Waterproof Glue
    swell a reasonable amount without striking S. Patent 1,994,050
    U.
    the bottom of the grooves in which they Soya Bean Flour
    ft. This precaution is unnecessary when (Oil Free) 100 oz.
    plywood panels are used. The usual tedious Disodium Hydrogen
    job of applying glue to inlay grooves can Phosphate 10 oz.
    be done easily by thinning it enough to be Sodium Fluoride 5 oz.
    applied with an oil can, the spout of which Calcium Hydroxide 7-10 oz.
    has been cut off so that the opening is Calcium Carbonate 50 oz.
    relatively large. Copper Sulphate % oz.
    Salt 2 oz.

    To Distinguish Between Glue and Casein Water 530 oz.


    The above is mixed with 5 to 10 parts of
    Moisten the substance with a drop of
    the reaction product of formaldehyde 35
    concentrated nitric acid, when, if casein
    ounces and 18% ammonia, 105 ounces.
    is present, an intense yellow stain is pro-
    The glue produced in this way is ffuid
    duced. On adding sodium hydroxide solu-
    for 6 to 10 hours and sets completely in
    tion, the stain turns brown, or if ammonia
    24 hours and is impervious to boiling
    water is added, the stain turns orange.
    water.

    Special Adhesive Caterpillar Catching Glue


    Formula No. 1 Eosin 30 kg.
    a. Sugar Solution (25%) 240 oz. Linseed Oil Varnish 20 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 15 oz. Yellow Beeswax 20 kg,
    h. Hide Glue or Bone Glue 600 oz.
    Heat a to 75® C. Let soak h in this solu- Paraffin Cement
    tion, and dissolve on the boiling water Paraffin wax can be made into a strong
    bath. cement for glass and other materials where
    No. 2 the joint must be close-fitting by the solu-
    a. Glue 2 lb. tion of a little rubber in it. This is most
    Cold Water 7 lb. readily effected by the addition of 4 g. to
    h. Boiling Water 33 lb, 100 g. of 40% latex rubber, added drop
    (J. Starch 1^: lb. by drop, with stirring, to the wax, which is
    :

    ADHESIVES 27

    lieated above the boiling point of water Porcelain or Glass to Metal Cement
    -during the operation. Strain while hot U. S. Patent 2,032,142
    through several layers of cheese cloth. Powdered Flint 62 oz.
    Sodium Silicate 14 oz.
    Water 14 oz.
    Gelatin-Capsules ^

    Eormula Ko. 1 Aluminum Fluoride 10 oz.


    Gelatin 10 kg.
    Water 20 kg. Ethyl Silicate Bonding Medium
    Glycerin 10 kg. Ethyl Silicate is used as preservative for
    hardening stone and arresting decay and
    Ho. 2
    disintegration. Paints formulated with it
    Gelatin 16 kg.
    are unaffected by heat and are used for
    Water 20 kg.
    coating furnace castings.
    Glycerin 15 kg.
    To convert Ethyl Silicate to a suitable
    Iron rods with pear-shaped ends, slightly bonding medium, it should lirst be par-
    greased with olive oil, are dipped into this tially hydrolyzed, as follows
    solution. Let cool and solidify, cut around
    Formula Ho. 1
    the stick, pull off the pear-shaped capsule.
    Ethyl Silicate 300.0 cc.
    Dry, fill, and close the open end by a drop
    of the above-described solutions.
    Water 5.6 cc.
    Denatured Alcohol 175.0 ee.
    The resulting solution, after standing
    Dip Seal for Corked Bottles at least 24 hours, forms a satisfactory
    Formula Ho. 1 bonding medium when 51 cc. water are
    Celluloid 8 lb.
    added. Before adding this second portion
    Acetone 20 lb.
    of water, the partially hydrolyzed silicate
    Amyl Acetate 70 lb.
    solution can be stored for a period of time.
    Castor Oil, or Tricresyl
    After the addition of the second portion
    Phosphate 2 lb.
    of water, the solution is stable for at least
    Ho. 2 a month without change in viscosity or
    a. Cologne Glue 50 kg. deposition of silica.
    Water 50 kg.
    h. Glycerin, White
    Free of Lime Fast Setting Bonding Medium
    5 kg.
    c. Confectioners^ Sugar, Ho. 2
    If it is desirable to speed up the hydrol-
    Powdered 2-3 kg.
    ysis, the reaction may be catalyzed by the
    Zinc White or Other
    Pigment addition of 1/10 Hormal hydrochloric acid
    12 kg.
    Water to makepaste
    inside the 51 volumes of water. The
    speed of the reaction will depend upon
    Swell and finally dissolve add b and, the quantity of acid present. The propor-
    if desired, c. Dip the bottle-tops (corked) tions can be varied to meet particular
    into the glue, and harden by dipping there- needs of viscosity and speed of setting.
    after into d formaldehyde, 10-20% solu-
    tion.
    Stoneware Cement
    Colored Caulking Cement
    When a cement for porcelain, metals or
    stoneware^ is casein mixed with
    desired,
    IT. S, Patent 2,011,607
    sodium silicate and lime makes an efficient
    Para Cumarone Eesin
    mixture. To make this, dried casein is
    (m. p. 50-60® C.) 60 lb.
    soaked in an equal weight of water for
    Asbestos Fiber 20 lb.
    two hours. The casein swells, but does not
    Iron Oxide 5 lb.
    dissolve. At the end of that time, the
    Xylol 15 lb. ^
    sodium silicate and lime are stirred in and
    Pigment 5 lb.
    the cement is ready for use.
    The above gives a permanently elastic
    cement applicable by a trowel without
    heating.
    Temporary Binder for Abrasive Wheels#
    Blocks, etc.
    Sicapon 1 lb.
    Porcelain Cement Water 4 lb.
    Eefractory Brick Powder 45 g. The Sicapon completely dissolved in
    is
    Highly Eefractory Clay 40 g. the water. Five pounds of this solution
    Sodium Silicate (38/40® BA) 15 g. thoroughly mixed with 95 lb. of the granu-
    ^^ter to form heavy paste lated abrasive is ordinarily sufficient. Two
    Use at once.
    to three hours after molding, the object is
    Eemove and grease before use. firmly knit and may be easily handled,
    28 ADHESIVES
    preparatory to firing, with only moderate No. 3
    care. The binder is almost completely vola- Chalk, Dry, Powdered 85 kg.
    tilized in the firing. Mineral Oil 4.5 kg.
    Linseed Oil, Raw 10.5 kg.

    acid-besisthstg putties
    OR LUTES Putty for Kettles
    In certain cases, particularly in the Borax, Powdered 1 lb.
    construction of nitric and hydrochloric Zinc IWiite, Technical 5 lb.
    acid plants, and generally where a rigid Manganese Dioxide 10 lb.
    joint is not desirable, non-setting putties Sodium Silicate to make a paste
    are employed. These patties, although
    acid and weather resistant, do not harden Temperature-Resistant Putty
    or crack. (Not Soluble in Benzene, Oil, and
    Litharge putty is made by mixing to- —
    Water ^For Car Cylinders)
    gether: a. Movie-Film Waste 10 kg.
    Linseed Oil 19% Camphor or Other
    Flock Asbestos 8% Plasticizer 2 kg.
    Litharge 73% Alcohol 20 kg.
    This mixture sets moderately hard in Ethyl Acetate 20 kg.
    about seven days, and is useful for socket Amyl or Butyl Acetate 25 kg.
    and spigot joints in stoneware. At at- Benzene 24 kg.
    mospheric temperature it will resist nitric b. Aluminum Powder 1

    acid up to a strength of 56 per cent. Pigment (Sienna, Umber,


    Asbestos putty is composed of:
    Asbestos Powder 50% To the solution a add the fillers b.
    Asbestos Fiber 10%
    China Clay 12% Copal Resin Putty
    Boiled Linseed Oil 28% (For Enamelling Work)
    This mixture forms a permanently soft Kauri- or Manila Copal,
    putty, useful for joints in stoneware or 1 . Light 10 g.
    vitreosil, which is resistant to cold nitric Dammar Resin 10 g-
    acid. Joints made with this putty may Turpentine, Heavy 8 g.
    be surfaced with a hard- setting cement Alcohol 8 g.
    such as the barytes cement mentioned 3. Zinc White 12 g.
    above. Melt up 1 and mix well. Cool. Grind
    Black putty is used for joints in stone- to powder. Make a paste by working in
    ware in contact with hydrochloric acid. A 2, and mix thoroughly with 3.
    stiff putty may be made by mixing to-
    gether :
    SEALING WAKES
    China Clay 54 % Sealing waxes comprise one subdivision
    Dehydrated Tar 38 % of a large group of compositions designed
    Anthracene Oil 2.7% for sealing purposes, and since sealing
    Asbestos Wool 5.3% coinpositions cover a wide variety of ma-
    A thinner variety of tliis mixture is
    terials, properties and industries, only
    composed of sealing w^axes can be described in this
    Sharp Oil 10% article. This industry was originally de-
    Anthracene Oil 20% veloped in Europe, principally Germany,
    Dehydrated Tar 18% and has been transplanted in the United
    China Clay 52% States where the only changes have been
    This putty may be used for bedding the introduction of less expensive ma-
    bricks and tiles, in the construction of terials.
    hydrochloric acid tanks and absorption They are used upon paper and bottle
    towers. caps; the largest consumers being banks,
    express companies and miscellaneous or-
    Window Putty ganizations which are required to seal
    Formula No. 1 valuable documents and packages for stor-
    Bitumen Waste Emulsion 2.0 kg. age or shipment. The use upon bottles
    Chalk Powder 80 kg. has been displaced by the modern plastics,
    Asbestos Fiber 10 kg. and upon paper their properties have been
    No. 2 improved to meet the demands of recently
    (For the Tropics) developed wrappings like Glassine and
    Chalk, Dry, Fine 85 kg. ^ Cellophane.
    Linseed Oil Varnish 15 kg. The term sealing wax is a misnomer in
    :

    ADHE, SITES 29

    that f ew contain any wax at all and wax nearly the same, results in less adhesion,
    acts only as a filler for which less expen- more brittleness and other divergences
    sive materials could be substituted. They from the requirements listed above.
    comprise principally plasticized resins The balsams are present only for im-
    with inorganic fillers and pigments. The parting pleasant odors and can be chosen
    primary requisites are smoothness of tex- to suit the taste; the quantity being so
    ture, brilliancy of gloss, absence of ob- small that little softening action is intro-
    noxious odors upon melting, wide range of duced by the essential oils present. Yenice
    softening points, rehardening without the turpentine is listed in all seven formulas
    appearance of a rubbery behavior, reten- and although expensive is a good plasti-
    tion of color and fracturing without cizer. It should only be purchascjd from
    crumbling. reliable people because recently mixtures
    They are classified below according to of fused rosin and castor oil have been
    form available for use and types of paper introduced and sold as genuine.
    to which they are to be applied.
    Type A. Sticks, to be heated over a
    Wax-Containing Formulas
    direct flame.
    Type B. Bulk, to be heated in pots,
    (All parts by w^eight)
    electric or gas.
    Formula No. 1
    Shellac 33
    Wax I. G. (0. P.) 5
    Type A Venice Turpentine 20
    Types of paper to which they must adhere Talc 10
    1. Parchment, rag white, bond, 100% Pigment '

    25
    rag, ledger, Glassine. Tricresyl Phosphate 5
    2. Hard and rough surfaced paper, Balsam ,2
    Kraft, Manila, smiite. No. 2
    3. Medium nnished paper, Kraft, Ma-
    Carnauba Wax 40
    nila.
    Paraffin Wax 20
    4. Soft finished paper, wrapping, Ma- Magnesia 15
    nila.
    Bronze Powder 25
    5. Por bottles and insulators.
    No. 3
    Careful purchasers, like government
    Carnauba Wax SO
    procurement departments, require all the
    Beeswax 20
    above-mentioned qualities and in addition
    those listed below.
    Paraffin Wax 20
    Whiting 4
    1. After application to paper it should
    Barium Carbonate 10
    remain soft for a sufficient length of time
    Pigment 16
    for a brass die to be pressed into it and
    upon removal the design must be clearly No. 4
    marked. Eosin 30
    2, It must separate from paper with- Venice Turpentine 22
    out pulling fibers with it.
    Paraffin Wax 6.
    3. Maximum no stringiness
    flexibility,
    Whiting 12
    upon heating, drops must fall about two Barium Carbonate 12
    seconds apart from heated portion. Pigment 18
    4, Type B. Only 1.30% of sediment is No. 5
    allowed when melted in a glass container Montan Wax 40
    over electric or gas heat. Japan Wax 10
    Seventeen formulas of compositions de- Paraffin Wax 15
    signed to meet the above exacting condi- Whiting 9
    tions are listed below. Their use requires Barium Carbonate 10
    indirect heating containers, mixing equip- Pigment 16
    ment, molds, and buffing machines for No. 6
    polishing the sticks. They are divided Paraffin Wax 70
    into two groups; those containing some Beeswax "

    lO'',
    wax and those containing none. . Japan Wax 17
    It is obvious that the seven formulas Aniline Bye '

    .3
    in which no wax is compounded are ar- No. 7
    ranged in the order of decreasing cost of Montan Wax 40
    raw materials and the first five would Japan Wax 10
    correspond very closely to the five sub- Paraffin Wax 15
    headings of Type A. A
    decreasing Whiting 9
    amount of shellac with its substitution by Barium Carbonate 10'
    rosin, while other components are kept Pigment 16

    I
    30 ADHESIVES
    Ko. 8 Pigment 25
    Rosin 34 Tricresyl Phosphate ,4
    Venice Turpentine 24 No. 7,

    ParafiSn Wax 6 Shellac 8


    Whiting 10 Rosin 25
    Barium Carbonate 10 Venice Turpentine 20
    Pigment 16 Whiting 11
    No. 9 Barium Carbonate 11
    Montan Wax 8 Pigment 22
    Japan Wax 20 Turpentine 3
    Paraffin Wax 52
    Pigment 20 Pigments and Mixtures
    No. 10 White, Zinc Oxide, Barium Sulphate,
    Rosin 30 Lithopone.
    Venice Turpentine 22
    Yellow, Oehers, Chrome or Zinc Yellow.
    Paraffin Wax 6
    Bright Yellow, 60 Lithopone, 40 Chrome
    Whiting 12 Yellow.
    Barium Carbonate 12
    Orange, Chrome Orange, or 80 Ocher—20
    Pigment 18
    Angelic Bed.
    Red, Mercuric Sulphide, Red Lead, Oehers.
    Non-Wax-Containing Formulas Light Red, 60 Zinc Oxide, 40 Chrome Cin-
    (All parts by weight) nabar (Mercuric Sulphide).
    Formula No. 1 Rose, 85 Zinc Oxide, 15 Chrome Cinnabar
    Shellac 53.00 (Mercuric Sulphide).
    Venice Turpentine 30.00 Brown, 85 Angelic Red, 15 Carbon Black.
    Vermilion 16.85 Light Brown, 20 Lithopone, 20 Oehers, 45
    Magnesite 0.05 Angelic Red, 15 Carbon Black.
    Balsam (Fir) 0.10 Blue, Ultramarine, Paris Blue.
    No. 2 Light Blue, 60 Lithopone, 40 Ultramarine.
    Shellac 38 Green, Chrome Green or Zinc Green.
    Venice Turpentine 22 Yellowish Green, 60 Lithopone, 20 Chrome
    Magnesia 10 Yellow, 20 Chrome Green.
    Pigment 26 Light Green, 65 Lithopone, 35 Chrome
    Turpentine 2 Green or Zinc Green.
    Balsam (Fir) 2 Black, Carbon Black.
    No. 3 Gray, 95 Lithopone, 5 Carbon Black,
    Shellac 25 Bronze, Bronze Powder.
    Rosin 10 Gold, Brass Powder
    Venice Turpentine 22 Silver, Aluminum Powder,
    Talc 14 Copper, Copper Pilings.
    Pigment 25 Venice turpentine was adopted in this
    Turpentine 2 industry before the modern plasticizers
    Balsam 2 and synthetic resins were developed and
    No. 4 its substitution by less expensive ones can
    Shellac 3 be done but only by experiments. Fillers
    Rosin 25 like magnesite, whiting, magnesia, talc,
    Venice Turpentine 22 and barium carbonate serve a two-fold
    Whiting 13 purpose; they lessen the cost, and tone
    Barium Carbonate 12 down the color of the pigment. In for-
    Pigment 22 mula No. 6 tricresyl phosphate is intro-
    Turpentine 3 duced, This is a plasticizer and is one
    No. 5' example of many others which could be
    Shellac 5 adopted.
    Rosin 25 In the ten formulas where waxes are
    Venice Turpentine 21 embodied Nos. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 have
    Whiting 13 waxes only. They are more expensive
    Barium Carbonate 11 than those containing only resins and are
    Pigment 22 softer as well as more brittle. Their use
    Turpentine 3 is restricted to bottle seals. During ap-
    No. 6 plication they must be heated by steam
    Shellac 20 and in the molten condition must be stirred
    Rosin 12 constantly to prevent pigments and fillers
    Venice Turpentine 22 from settling to the bottom. This is not
    Tale 17 ,
    the case when resins are involved because
    : ::: : :

    ADHESIVES 31

    tlie viscosity is such that the inerts re- Orange


    main suspended. Chrysoidin EZ-Baae
    The danger of heating directly and Stearic Acid
    vigorously during manufacture and ap- Med:
    plication cannot be overemphasized be- Rhodamin B ^ ^
    extra ^ Base
    cause the natural material, shellac, loses Stearic Acid
    its hardness and flexibility and the possi- Violet
    bility of decomposing the fillers and their Methylviolet-Base
    subsequent interaction with the resins Stearic Acid
    would result in bubbles and far from uni- Blue
    form qualities of product. In closing,
    Victoria Blue B-Base
    this industry could be given a new lease
    Stearic Acid 2 g.
    of life by introduction of transparent
    Green
    sticks of sealing wax colored like the
    Victoria Green-Base 1 g-
    modern plastics so common upon umbrella
    Stearic Acid 2 g.
    handles, pipe stems, and other sundries.
    Black
    Oil-Soluble Dyes for Sealing Waxes Mgrosin-Base C 1 g.
    Yellow: Stearic Acid 2 g.
    Auramin-Base 1 g. Procedure
    Stearic Acid 2 g. Dissolve dyes in the melted stearin.

    PEESSXTRE SEALING ADHESIVES


    Formula Ho. 1 No. 2 Ho. 3 No. 4
    Hercolyn 40 40 38 45 g.
    Hydrogenated Rosin 50
    g.
    — g.
    — g.

    Rosin — g.
    52 — —
    Dammar Gum — g.
    50 —
    l^eville Resin ISTo. 14 — — — g.

    Ethyl Cellulose — — 47
    — g.

    Tornesit — 8 g.
    12 g. —
    Rubber 10 — —
    Pliolite — g.
    — 8 g.
    —
    Any adhesive must be formulated for its specific application. Adhesives that are
    essentially non-tacky can be formulated according to the following general
    formula;
    15% to 25% of a film-forming ingredient chosen from rubber, ethyl cellulose
    vinyl chloride-acetate, Tornesit, or Pliolite.
    20% to 40% Hercolyn.
    65% to 35% resin from the group listed above.
    Heat Sealing Adhesive SilicatePowder,
    U. Patent 2,054,112
    S. Acid-Proof 980 g.
    Paraffin Wax 70-94 oz. 6. Sodium Silicate, High
    Crepe Rubber 30- 6 oz. Silica Content 300 cc.
    Mill together in a heated heavy duty Mix a to homogeneous mass, and wet
    mixer until uniform and of desired con- with
    sistency. Apply hot to paper or cloth and Hardens after about 8 minutes.
    allow to set.
    Ho. 2
    a. Barium Oxide, Coarse 40 g.
    Plastic Adhesive SilicatePowder,
    U. S. Patent 2,078,727 Acid-Proof 060 g,
    A plastic adhesive composition that will h. Sodium Silicate,
    not stick to cold laminating rolls, com- Commercial 300 ce.
    prises asphalt 15 to 40%, pitch 17 to
    30%, As above.
    gilsonite 4 to 10%, and slate 45 to 55% by Hardens after about 30 minutes.
    weight.
    Plastic Fireproof Adhesive
    IT. S. Patent 1,989,833
    Acid-Proof Cements
    German Patent 635,405 Sodium Silicate Solution
    Eormula Ho. 1 id, 1.71) 36 gal.
    Asbestos Fiber 160 lb.
    a. Benzoic Anhydride, Asbestine
    Coarse 128 lb.
    20 O'.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 0.36 gal
    ;

    32 ADHESIVES
    Waterproof Silicate Cement to new canvas and wood backings; and
    U. S. Patent 2,032,142 for fixing labels to glass. It is not recom-
    Flint, Powdered 62 lb. mended for use out of doors, since it is
    Sodium Silicate 14 lb. permeable to moisture; and its use on oil
    Water 14 lb. paintings must be with great caution.
    Aluminum Fluoride 10 lb. The use of the following mixed solvents is
    Mix well and dry at 125® C. recommended: 1. (for general use) tolu-
    Veneer Cold Glue Powder ene 70%, ethyl alcohol 10%, ethylene di-
    Casein, Pine 65 kg. chloride 10%, cellosolve or butyl acetate
    Lime Hydrate, Powdered 12 kg. 5%, and cellosolve acetate or amyl ace-
    TriSodium Phosphate 7 kg. tate; 2, (for use where a slow-drying,
    Sodium Fluoride 4 kg. penetrating solution is needed, containing
    Calcium Sulphate 10 kg. up to 5% polyvinyl acetate) ethyl alcohol
    Petroleum 2 kg. 70%, ethylene dichloride 20%, dibutyl
    phthalate 2%, and cellosolve acetate or
    Casein-Silicate Furniture Adhesive amyl acetate 8% 3. (for use where a very
    ;

    Casein 100 oz. quick-drying lacquer is desired, containing


    Water 350 oz. up to 30% polyvinyl acetate) ethyl al-
    Sodium Silicate 15 oz. cohol 80%, ethylene dichloride 20%. Al-
    Slaked Lime 10 oz. cohol or acetone alone may be used, but
    are unsatisfactory in warm humid weather.
    Alkalized Casein Powder
    (Base for Casein Dispersions) Highway Joint Filler
    Casein from Acid Milk, Use a mixture of approximately 70%
    Powder 60 g. soft-grade, slow- curing road oil and 30%
    Marble Calcium Hydroxide 20 g. of commercial latex. To avoid foaming
    TriSodium Phosphate 10 g. of the latex, mixing temperatures are
    Sodium Sulphite S g. maintained at 200® F.
    Petroleum 2 g.
    Mix in a sealed mixer. For use, the re- Hard Stopping Cement
    sulting powder is dispersed in water. WliiteLead (Paste) 50 lb.
    Fine Dry Whiting 45 lb.
    Sealing Mass Japan Gold Size 6 pt.
    Portland Cement 100 lb, Boiled Linseed Oil 2 pt.
    Brick Powder 25 lb. Turpentine or White Spirit 8 pt.
    Casein 30 lb. To be tinted as necessary.
    Make up with water to give a paste
    shortly before use. Slow hardening. Plastic Eefrigerator Joint Seal
    H. S. Patent 2,082,016
    WATEEPEOOF SPECIAL ADHESIVES Aluminum Powder 60-35 oz.

    Eesin Solution Copal, Dammar ox


    Eosin 60 g.
    Kauri Gum 5-22 oz.

    Mastic Castor Oil 35-43 oz.


    10 g.
    Sandarae 20 g.
    Ether 5 g. Adhesives
    Alcohol 75-100 g. Water-Soluble
    Wheat Flour 50 lb.
    Chrome Glue Solution Water 200 lb.
    Hide Glue 20 g,
    Alum 11b.
    Water, 20 g. Eosin 4 lb.
    Acetic Acid (30%) 40 g,
    Boil to a viscous paste.
    Potassium Bichromate 1 g. Water- Insoluble
    Keep in dark. Mix before use. Eosin 30 ib.
    Thick Turpentine 3 lb.
    Museum Adhesive Camphor 2 lb.
    Polymerized polyvinyl resin is used for Alcohol 30 Ih.
    special adhesives. This is used for the Acetone 35 lb.
    transfer of Oriental wall paintings for
    j
    tixing crackled and scaling paint tilm on a Adhesive for Oiled or Inked Surfaces
    tempera painted wall-paper for fixing
    j, H. S. Patent 2,073,927
    sealing particles of glaze on ancient pot- Euhber Latex (60%) 40-75 oz.
    tery (where it is preferable to celluloid) Glycerin 15-40 oz.
    for joining two surfaces, e.g., paintings Water 20 oz.
    : :

    ADHESIVES 33

    Strong* Adhesive Thymol


    French Patent 796,588 Salicylic Acid j

    Sodium Bisulphite 500-'/uO g.


    Water 100 ce.
    Manioc Flour 100 g- Zinc Sulphate 150 g.

    Sodium Bicarbonate 0.3 g- j5-Naphthol 200 g.


    a. -

    Hydrogen Peroxide Sodium Fluoride 250 g. :

    (12 vol.) 3 g- In 100 kg. finished adhesive:


    Formalin, 35% 0,.5-2 kg.
    1

    [Caustic Soda (36°) 25 g-


    Moldex, Aseptex 1 water-
    ^•iWater 25 g- 200 g.
    Mix a and b, stirring well and warming. Nipasols, Nipaginsj soluble
    Chlorthymol 200 g.

    Waterproof Adhesive Coating


    Canadian Patent 356,169 Animal & Vegetable Substance
    Water 50 -200 oz. Preservative
    Aluminum Chloride 10 oz. (Poisonous)
    Sodium Acetate 2,5- 5 oz. H. S. Patent 2,066,453
    Borax 2 oz. Sodium Sulphate
    (Deeahydrate) 30 oz.
    Adhesive, Blood- Albumin Sodium Fluoride 2 oz.
    Black Blood Albumin, Kaolin 68 oz.
    Soluble 6 lb. W^'ater to suit
    Water(at 27^ C.) 11 lb.
    Ammonia (sp.g. 0.90) 0.25 lb. ADHESIVE TAPES
    Slaked Lime 0.13 lb. Fabric:
    Generally, a cotton-fabric, or some-
    Vegetable Albumin times rayon, is used. The fabric should
    The following treatment is used for be smooth, without knots, and free of
    soya and castor seeds heavy metal salts (copper, manganese).
    The first treatment of the seeds for the Coatings
    subsequent extraction is similar in both Formula Ho. 1
    cases. The cleaned soya kernels are re- Heavy Type
    duced and extracted with w^arm benzine Rubber 30 kg.
    (60-75° C.). The meal is then heated to
    Filler(Barium Sulphate) 40 kg.
    70-75° C. In the case of castor the seeds
    Rosin Oil or Colza Oil 15 kg.
    are preheated before extraction with sol-
    Rosin or Tar 15 kg.
    vent. The ground meal is then extracted
    The mixture is homogenized on rolls,
    with milk of lime and caustic soda suffi-
    then dissolved in a mixing machine.
    cient to raise the alkali figure to 0.2 per
    cent (calculated as caustic soda). The Ho. 2
    alkaline solution is placed in the diffuser Light Type
    and warmed to 40° C. and the meal added Guayule Rubber 15 kg.
    slowly. This addition takes about thirty Flake Rubber 15 kg.
    to forty-five minutes, and air is blown Barium Sulphate 40 kg.
    through to agitate, and agitation is re- Rosin Oil 14 kg.
    peated every fifteen to twenty minutes. Wood Tar 4 kg.
    When the layer contains 2 per cent al- Rosin 8 kg-
    buminoids it is pumped through a sieve Asphaltum 4 kg.
    into a container where hydrochloric acid is Ho. 3
    added until the pH falls to 4.4-4.6. After Free of Fillers
    settling, the mother liquor is removed, and Guayule Rubber 24 kg.
    the precipitate is washed with warm water Crude Rubber 25 kg.
    and allowed to settle to a paste which Factice, Tacky 20 kg.
    contains about 93 per cent water. This Gutta-Percha Resin b kg.
    is filter-pressed and dried in a current of Mineral Filler 10 kg.
    warm air. The ffnal product contains Engine Oil 2.5 kg.
    8-10 per-cent water. The residual meal Rosin 6 kg.
    is used, in the case of soya, as feeding Rosin Oil 6 kg.
    materials, and in the case of castor as Lampblack 0.5 kg.
    fertilizer. Ho, 4 .

    White Tapes for Wrapping


    Preservation of Adhesives Guayule Rubber 25 kg.
    For every 100 kg, of dry substance, use Balata, Brazil 5 kg.
    any of following: Colza Oil 5 kg.
    Carbolic Acid 250 g. Lithopone 24 kg.
    34 ADHESIVES
    Blanc Fixe 29 kg. of wax
    are dissolved in 135 pounds of tal-
    Eosin 4 kg. low, 30 pounds of castor oil, and 30
    pounds of Turkey red oil. This solution is
    No. 5
    then emulsified with 30 to 50 pounds of
    Tapes for Pharmaceutical Fse
    water in which form it is ready for use.
    Caoutchouc 34.0 kg.
    Bammar 7.0 kg.
    Colophony 3.5 kg. Increasing Strength of Silicate Binders
    Lanolin, Neutral 24.5 kg. British Patent 464.967
    Zinc Oxide, Free of Lead 30.0 kg. The strength of alkali silicate binders
    is improved by the addition of 1% of an
    alkali metal phosphate, calculated on the
    Defoamer for Glue weight of the material to be bonded; or
    F. S. Patent 2,108,912 10% of phosphate, based on the dry
    Fifteen pounds of aluminum stearate weight of the silicate, may be added
    are dissolved in 90 to 100 pounds of stearic thereto. The binder may be used for
    acid and to this solution are added 90 abrasives, refractory cements, mortars, as-
    pounds of paraffin wax and 100 pounds of bestos payer, wood joints, plywood, corru-
    Japan wax. This wax is then made up gated paper, flberhoard and laminated
    into the defoamer as follows: 45 pounds board.
    BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS
    The percentage of alcohol used in cor- Prune Juice
    dials varies with different manufacturers. Macerate
    This is a very vital point both in cost and Prunes 50 lb.
    tax. All cordials of foreign manufacture Raisins 12U lb.
    are mostly distilled or blended from the Proof Spirits 15 gal.
    product called High Proof or the High Distilled Water 3% gal.
    Wine Grape Distillate, and not from grain
    or molasses alcohol as in this country. Ho Peach Juice
    cordial is mellow, sweet or full flavored Macerate
    v/ithout the use of High Proof Grape Dis- Dried Peaches 25 lb.
    tillate or High Wine. Dried Apples 12% lb.
    The essences are produced from roots, Proof Spirits 20 gal.
    herbs, fruits, oils, etc. by infusion, macer-
    ation, digestion and distillation. Cherry Juice
    The fruit cordials which are very largely Macerate
    consumed in this country are made of 70® Dried Cherries 25 lb.
    proof 10® Baume with grape distillate Cudbear 1 lb.
    alcohol, syrup, distilled water and cherry, Proof Spirits 20 gal
    peach, apricot, and blackberry flavors.
    Blackberry Juice
    FRUIT JUICES AND FLAVORING Macerate
    All newly distilled liquors and spirits Dried Blackberries 25 lb.
    have a harsh and pungent taste, which Port Wine 5 gal.
    must be remedied before they can be used Proof Spirits 20 gal
    as beverages. This is done with fruit Logwood 10 lb.
    juices or flavors, which are mainly diluted
    alcoholic extracts of fruits or other sub- Apricot Juice
    stances, and are employed in certain pro- Macerate
    portions to counteract the raw taste of the Dried Apricots 25 lb.
    new spirits. Dried Prunes .5 Ib.
    These extracts may be prepared with Proof Spirits 20 gal.
    very little difficulty, and generally better
    and cheaper than they can be purchased The above extracts are all used in every
    ready-made. rectifying establishment, although the fact
    A very simple apparatus may be made, IS surrounded with a great deal of secrecy
    which will answer every purpose. Procure on the part of the rectifiers.
    a barrel of 50 gallon capacity; about four There is nothing injurious in any of
    inches from the bottom insert a tightly these extracts, and this recommends their
    fitting false bottom, pierced with a con- use above all others. They are harmless,
    siderable number of holes about a quarter and efficient aids both to the liquors and to
    or a third of an inch in diameter; fit a the pocket.
    faucet in firmly below the false bottom and
    the macerating tub is ready for use. The
    Bourbon Oil
    ingredients to be macerated should be well Fusel Oil 04
    bruised, and placed in the barrel and the Potassium Acetate 4 oz"
    fluid used poured on them and the whole Copper Sulphate
    allowed to macerate together for not less Ammonium Oxalate
    %
    oz.

    than three days, and as much longer as is (dissolve each in water)


    %
    02s.
    4 oz.
    possible. If these general directions are Add Manganese Dioxide 1 oz.
    properly carried out, the following ex- NOTE: Place them all in a g'^ass percola-
    tracts will be all that can be desired. tor and let rest for 12 hours, x’hen perco-
    Smaller quantities may be made by using late and put into a glass still, and distill
    smaller proportions of each ingredient. half a gallon of the Bourbon Oil.
    3b BEYERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS
    Rye Oil Scotch Whiskey Base
    Fusel Oil 64 oz. Dissolve in ^2 ounce alcohol 2 drops
    Oenanthic Ether 8 oz. Creosote.
    Chloroform 8 oz. Acetic Acid 20 drops
    Sulphuric Acid 8 oz. Alcohol 4% pt.
    Add—Potassium Chlorate 2 oz. Water 31/2 pt.
    Dissolved in water 8 oz. or;
    note: Place in a glass still and distill Glycerin 1 OZ.
    64 oz. Caramel 30 drops
    Butyric Ether 10 drops
    TRUE FRUIT LIQUEUR CORUIALS Oenanthic Ether 10 drops
    70 Proof”—10° Bk Formic Ether 10 drops
    Liqueur Cherry Cordial 70 P. 10° Be. — Creosote
    Alcohol 80%
    2 drops
    gal.
    Wine Distillate (175 proof) 40 gal. 1
    Distilled Water 10 gal.
    True Fruit Cherry Extract 9 qt. Sherry Base
    Syrup 36° Bk 37 gal. Nitrous Ether, Spirit 15 oz.
    Water, Distilled 11 gal. Oenanthic Ether 1 oz.
    Orange Tincture 1 oz.

    Liqueur Apricot Cordial 70 P. 10° Be. — Slivowitz Base


    Grape Distillate Alcohol 40 gal.
    Distilled Water 10 gal. Cognac Oil 1% oz.
    True Fruit Apricot Extract 9 qt.
    Fusel Oil 21/^ oz.
    DistilledWater 14 gal. Benzaldehyde 12 oz.

    Syrup 36° BA 38 gal. Alcohol 2 % gal.

    Whiskey and Gin Flavor Improver


    Liqueur Blackberry Cordial
    U. S. Patent 2,061,560
    70 P.—10° BA Addition of 0. 3-0.4% sorbitol gives
    Distilled Water 9 gah improved ‘ ‘ smoothness ’ ’ and palatability.
    True Fruit Blackberry Extract 9 qt.
    Syrup 36° Bk 41 gal.
    Distilled Water
    Detection of Wood Alcohol in Ethyl
    12 gal.
    Wine Distillate (175 proof) Alcohol, Alcoholic Beverages,
    37 gal.
    Tinctures, Etc.

    Liqueur Peach Cordial 70 P. —10° Bd.


    If the sample contains more than 60%
    ethyl alcohol, use 10 cc. and dilute with
    Distilled Water 7 gal. 10 cc. of water; if 20-60% ethyl alcohol,
    True Fruit Peach Extract 9 qt. use 10 cc. if less than 20%, use 20 cc.
    Syrup 36° BA 42 gal. ;

    sample. Introduce the sample into a 50 cc.


    Distilled Water 12 gal. flask provided with a small glass tube 75
    Wine Distillate 37 gal. cm. long, bent twice nearly at right angles,
    Aldehyde C 14 1 oz.
    which serves as a condenser. If the sample
    is distinctly acid, neutralize with 0.1-0.5
    French Brandy gram of precipitated calcium carbonate.
    a. Ethyl Acetate 5 g. By means of a small flame distill carefully
    Oenanthic Ether 0.5 g. 1 ee. into a small test tube cooled by ice
    Tincture of Rhatany 10 g. water. The last vertical column of the
    Bay Oil 0.5 g. condenser should not become heated. Place
    Alcohol 650 cc. 0.1 ec., 0.2 cc. and 0.3 cc. of the distillate
    b. Water, Distilled 350 cc. separately into 3 test tubes ; fill each to 5
    cc. with water; add 0.4 cc. of 50% sul-
    Beading’’ Compound: (Bead Oil) phuric acid and 5 ce. of 1% potassium
    (For producing foam in alcoholic liquors) permanganate. Allow the mixture to stand
    Sweet Almond Oil 48 oz. 2 minutes; decolorize by adding 1 cc. of
    Sulphuric Acid C. P. 12 oz. 8% oxalic acid followed by 1 cc. of con-
    Mix thoroughly, cool and carefully neu- centrated sulphuric acid. Then add 5 cc.
    tralize with sufficient ammonia. Now add of fuchsin-sulphurous acid solution and
    twice the volume of proof spirit, mix well mix. If methyl alcohol is present, a violet
    and distill. or reddish-purple color is developed in 1-2
    A few drops of crecsote may be added hours. If it is desired to distinguish a
    if it is desr ed to simulate the character- small amount of methyl alcohol spontane-
    istic odor 01 Scotch in the preparation to ously generated by fermentation, etc. from
    which this beading compound is to be that intentionally added, add 2 cc. (in-
    added. stead of 1 ce.) of concentrated sulphuric
    :

    BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS 37

    acid after decolorization with oxalic acid. Coriander Oil


    In the former case (0.05% methyl alcohol Ethyl Butjrate 5 oz,
    or less), no color reaction is obtained. Rose Oil 1 oz.
    Violet Oil 1 oz.
    Liquor (Oak) Coloring Alcohol 3060 oz.
    U. a Patent 2,007,727
    Oak bark chips are heated to 150-190 Fruit Essence
    C., avoiding burning. Then extract with Lemon Oil 20 023 .

    50% and concentrate by evaporat-


    alcohol Orange Oil so oz,
    ing sufidcient alcohol to give a thick syrup. Vanillin 2 oz.
    Strawberry Essence 10 oz.
    Keroli Oil 1 oz,
    Filter Aid for Wine
    Kaolin Benzaldehyde 10 oz.
    55 g-
    Alcohol 1000 oz.
    Kieselgulir 30 g-
    Precipitated Calcium
    Carbonate Ginger Essence
    18 g*
    Tannin Ginger Oil 50 oz.
    2 g-
    Potassium Meta Clove Oil 5 oz.
    Bisulphite 0.5 g-
    Mace Oil '2 oz,
    Mix dry in a powder mixer. Alcohol 1540 oz.
    Use about
    100 g. per 1 hi. of wine.
    Ginger Ale Essence
    Ginger Essence pt
    Lemon Essence oz.
    Amyl Alcohol 10 oz. Ginger Oil oz.
    Oenanthic Ether 10 oz. Vanilla Extract oz.
    Alcohol 100 oz. Bose Essence oz,
    Tincture of Cinnamon dr.
    or:
    Pineapple Essence dr.
    Pelargonic Ether 1 oz. Capsicum Essence dr.
    Alcohol 20 oz.

    or:
    Curacao (Bitter Orange Peel) Essence
    Cognac Oil Sweet Orange Oil 4 dr.
    1 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate Lemon Oil 2 dr.
    10 oz.
    Baisin Extract Anise Oil 3 dr.
    10 oz.
    Alcohol Alcohol 9 Qz]
    100 oz.
    Water 9 oz.
    or:
    Cognac Oil 15 oz.
    Bum Essence
    Ethyl Nitrate Butyric Ether 1 oz.
    30 oz.
    Thyme Oil Nitrous Ether, Spirit 1 oz.
    10 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate Alcohol 4 oz.
    30 oz.
    Vanillin 3 oz.
    Alcohol 1760 oz. Imitation Orange Essence
    Orange Oil 10 oz.
    Chartreuse Essence Ethyl Acetate 5 oz.
    Melissa Oil 6 oz. Ethyl Benzoate 1 oz.
    Angelica Oil 30 oz. Ethyl Butyrate 1 oz.
    Clove Oil 6 oz. Ethyl Formate 1 oz.
    Peppermint Oil 40 oz. Amyl Acetate 1 oz.
    Hyssop Oil 6 oz. Methyl Salicylate 1 oz.
    Nutmeg Oil 6 oz. Aldehyde 2 oz.
    Cinnamon Oil 6 oz. Chloroform 2 oz.
    Alcohol 2000 oz. Glycerin 10 oz.
    Tartaric Acid Solution 1 oz.
    or Alcohol 6 pt.
    Lemon Oil 50 oz.
    Sweet Orange Oil 40 oz. Imitation Peach Essence
    Neroli Oil 10 oz.
    Angelica Oil
    Formula No. 1 '

    15 oz. Ethyl Formate


    Fir Oil 6 oz.
    S oz. Ethyl Butyrate
    Cinnamon Oil 6 oz.
    10 oz. Ethyl Acetate
    Wormwood Oil 5 oz.
    5 oz. Ethyl Sebacate
    Mace Oil 1 oz.
    3 oz. Ethyl Valerianate 5 023,
    38 BEYER AGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS
    Benzaldehyde 5 oz. Amyl Acetate 3 oz.
    Aldehyde 2 oz. Amyl Butyrate 2 oz.
    Glycerin 5 oz. Glycerin 2 oz.
    Amyl Alcohol 2 oz. Alcohol 6 pt.
    Alcohol 6 pt.
    Imitation Walnut Essence
    or; Coumarin 2 oz.
    No. 2 Rose Oil 10 drops
    Ethyl Formate 5 oz. Lovage Oil 5 drops
    Ethyl Butyrate 5 oz. Alcohol 6 pt.
    Ethyl Acetate 5 oz.
    Aldehyde C14 3 oz.
    Spice Oil
    Ethyl Valerianate 5 oz.
    Cinnamon Oil 20 oz.
    Glycerin 5 oz. Clove Oil 30 oz.
    Alcohol 6 pt. Bitter Almond Oil
    or Benzaldehyde 60 oz.
    Imitation Prune Essence Lemon Oil 60 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate 5 oz.
    Aldehyde 5 oz.
    Benzaldehyde 4 oz. LIQUID FOOD AKD BEVERAGE
    Glycerin 8 oz. COLORS
    Alcohol 6 pt. GENERAL FORMXJLA
    Primary or Secondary Color 4 oz.
    Imitation Raisin Essence Glycerin 6 oz.
    Ethyl Formate 2 oz. Balance Water for one Gallon
    Ethyl Oenanthate 10 oz. YELLOWS
    Methyl Salicylate 1 oz. Egg Color
    Aldehyde 2 oz. A very popular formula
    Chloroform 2 oz. Tartrazine 5 lb. 6 oz.
    Glycerin 10 oz. Orange I 1 lb, 4 oz.
    Solution Glycerin 1% gal.
    Tartaric Acid ) 5 oz. Balance water for 50 gal.
    Succinic Acid \ 3 oz. (that is approximately 2.1 3z. color
    <

    Alcohol 6 pt. per gallon)

    Imitation Raspberry Essence or:


    Ethyl Benzoate 1 oz. Tartrazine % lb-
    Ethyl Formate
    Ethyl Nitrite
    1
    1
    oz.
    oz.
    Orange I
    Alcohol
    % oz-
    4 oz.
    Amyl Acetate 5 oz. Balance water for 2 gal.
    Aldehyde 1 oz. Lemon
    Glycerin 4 oz. Tartrazine 25 oz.
    Tartaric Acid Solution 5 oz. Glycerin 30 oz.
    Vanilla Essence 1 oz. Balance water for 5 gal.
    Alcohol 6 pt. BROWN:
    Primary or Secondary Color 4 oz.
    Imitation Strawberry Essence Glycerin 6 oz.
    Formula No. 1 Balance water for 1 gal.
    Ethyl Butyrate 5 oz. GREENS
    Ethyl Formate 1 oz. Guinea Green 12 oz.
    Ethyl Nitrite 1 oz. Tartrazine 12 oz.
    Ethyl Salicylate 1 oz. Glycerin 18 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate 5 oz. Balance water for 6 gal.
    Amyl Acetate 3 oz. ORANGES;
    Amyl Butyrate 2 oz. Orange I 2% lb.
    Glycerin 2 oz. Alcohol qt.
    1
    Alcohol 6 pt. Balance water for 5 gal.
    Boil and strain
    or VIOLETS;
    No. 2 Amaranth 2 oz.
    Ethyl Butyrate 4 oz. Sodium Indigo Disulphbnate 2 oz.
    Ethyl Formate 1 oz. Glycerin 6 oz.
    Ethyl Nitrite 1 oz. Balance water for 1 gal.
    Aldehyde Cm 1 oz. Lavender
    Ethyl Acetate 4 oz. Erythrosine 2 oz.
    ::

    BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, ELAVORS 39

    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 2 oz. GREEN


    Balance water for 1 gal. Guinea Green 1 lb.
    Grape ORANGE
    Amaranth 3 oz. Orange I 1 lb.
    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 1 oz. VIOLET
    Glycerin 6 oz. Sodium Indigo Disulplionate 3 oz.
    Balance water for 1 gal Amaranth 12 oz.
    REDS RED
    Amaranth 2% lb. Amaranth 1 lb.
    Alcohol
    Balance water for 10 gal
    % gal. PINK
    Erythrosine 1 lb.
    Raspberry BLUE
    As red color Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 1 lb.
    Strawberry BLACK
    Amaranth 17 oz. Black (Wood Charcoal) 3 oz.
    Ponceau 3 oz. Grape Sugar 1 oz.
    Balance water for 5 gal Water 6 oz.
    Cherry
    Ponceau 4 oz.
    Alcohol
    Almond Extract
    6 oz.
    Balance water for 1 gal Formula No. 1
    Pink Almond Oil 3 oz.
    Alcohol 5 pt.
    Erythrosine 4 oz.
    Glycerin
    Water 3 pt.
    6 oz.
    Balance water for 1 gal No. 2
    Brilliant Rose
    Almond Oil 1.5 oz.
    Amaranth Alcohol 52 oz.
    3% oz.
    Water (Distilled) 76
    Orange I
    Glycerin
    % oz.
    In each case dissolve the almond
    oz.
    oil in
    6 oz.
    the alcohol, then add the water.
    Balance water for 1 gal.
    BLUES
    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 4 oz. Imitation Almond Extract
    Glycerin Benzaldehyde
    Balance water for 1 gal.
    6 oz.
    Alcohol
    1 % oz.
    45 oz[
    Water 83 oz.
    Notice
    Dissolve the colors in hot water and
    strain through cheese cloth. Where alco- Ginger Ale Extract
    hol is required, add the alcohol after cool- Oleo Resin Ginger 60 fl. oz.
    ing. Alcohol and glycerin act as preserva- Lemon Oil 2% ii. oz.
    tives. Essence of Rose 10 fl. oz.
    Carbonate of Magnesia 40 oz.
    Alcohol (95%) 5 gal.
    PASTE FOOD COLORS Mix the ginger, lemon and magnesia
    GENEEAL FORMULA with a little alcohol, stir to a smooth
    ^ojfor 1 Pj, paste, add balance of alcohol, then add
    4X Sugar 8 ]b. the essence of rose. Let stand for 24
    Glycerin 3 pt.
    Heat glycerin to about 145® E. Add
    % hours 5 agitating frequently.

    &e color. Stir until all is dissolved.


    Then add gradually under good stirring Extract of Ginger
    8 pounds 'XXXX sugar (Confectioner's), Formula No. 1
    which has been previously sifted. Con- Jamaica Ginger
    tinue stirring on low gas until a (Coarse Powder) 2 lb.
    smooth
    paste IS obtained. Pill while still hot. Alcohol 1 ,gal
    YELLOW Percolate and filter.
    Tartrazine 13% oz. ,
    No. 2
    l 11^ oz. Oleo-Resin Ginger 1*5 oz.
    irroceed as above. Alcohol gal
    1
    On account of the partly insoluble tar- Distilled Water % gal
    trazine strain the paste.
    LEMON No. 3' .

    Tartrazine _ ^
    (Cheap Quality)
    i ]|)
    Jamaica Ginger
    BROWN
    Brow (Coarse Powder) 4 |b
    Secondary Color) lib. Pumice Stone (Powdered) 4 oz.
    : .

    40 BEVEEAGES, LIQUOES/ ELAVOES

    Lime (Slaked) 4 oz. this spirit extract. This peel tincture


    Distilled Water gal. should be added to the essence made as
    Alcohol % gal. above. If it is still desired to fortify
    No. 4 the essence, this may be done by the ad-
    Fluid Extract of Ginger dition of a little terpeneless or sesquiter.
    (U.S.P.) 8 oz. peneless oil of lemon.
    Pumice (Powdered & Washed) 2 oz. No. 2
    Distilled Water 16 oz. Lemon Oil 7 oz.
    Stir the above together ; allow to stand
    overnight and
    Alcohol % gal.
    filter. Water % gal.
    ^^Out^^ the oil with powdered pumice
    Household Lemon Extract and some sugar in a. mortar. Work with
    Formula No. 1 a pestle to a smooth paste; add by de-
    Lemon Oil (66% Citral) CO
    grees the alcohol, mix and put in a gallon
    Alcohol bottle, then add water gradually, shake
    Distilled Water well and filter and refilter through paper
    No. 2 till bright.
    Lemol Oil 10 ce. Use to:
    Alcohol 90 ce. Simple Syrup 1 gal.
    Color with 2 drops of 0.5% alcoholic Soluble Essence of Lemon 3 oz.
    solution of Dimethyl-amidoazobenzol Citric Acid Solution 2 oz.
    (Butter Color)
    Lemon Squash
    Fortified Soluble Lemon Flavor Formula No. 1
    Alcohol pt.
    Mix together in a jug 1 quart of lemon
    Lemon Oil 10 oz.
    juice and 3 lb. sugar. Stand the jug in
    Citral % oz.
    a pan of hot water until dissolved, but
    Bergamot Oil 1 oz.
    do not allow to boil. Bottle. It will
    Lime Oil 1 oz.
    keep for months. To use, add water or
    Agitate and stir thoroughly and then soda-water to a small quantity.
    add
    Glycerin ,
    8 oz. No. 2
    Boiling Water 4 pt. Lemon Juice 1 gal.
    Constant agitation until cool. Syphon Sugar Syrup (60® Tw.) 1 gal.
    ofe. Essence of Lemon fl. oz.
    Tincture of Lemon Peels fl. oz.
    Soluble Essence of Lemon
    About one part of lemon oil is mixed Bottlers ^ Soluble Lemon Extract
    with about three and a half volumes of Lemon Oil 14 fl. oz.
    alcohol and one and a half volumes of Alcohol 44 gab
    water and the whole shaken well in a Glycerin 6 fll. oz.
    separator. This shaking is carried out
    two or three times a day for two or three
    Hot Water
    Mix the lemon
    % gal.
    oil and 3% pints of the
    days and the mixture is then allowed alcohol together in a %-gallon bottle and
    to separate. The
    alcohol solution is shake for 15 minutes. Add the glycerin
    drawn off ;
    contains the soluble
    this and shake again. Into a two-gallon bottle
    flavoring constituents of the oil of lemon (warm) put %
    gallon of hot water.
    and can be used to flavor the acidulated Add the mixture of lemon oil, alcohol
    syrup prepared as above at the rate of and glycerin ; shake or roll constantly for
    1 oz. to the gallon. The oily layer in two hours, not allowing the ingredients
    the extraction consists of the insoluble to separate. Let stand for 24 hours. In-
    terpenes in the main. troduce a rubber tube and syphon (draw
    A
    great improvement on the essence as off) the extract from beneath the undis-
    prepared in this way can, however, be solved oil.
    made by incorporating some of the spirit Add the 4 ounces of alcohol left over
    extract of fresh lemon peel with it. This from the 14 gallon. Filter through filter
    can be made by macerating fresh lemon paper and bottle for future use. Use
    peel (free from the white pectinous pithy great care in separating the extract from
    inner layer) in a mixture of equal vol- the oil as, if you leave small globules
    umes of strong alcohol and water, using of the oil, the extract will not be clear.
    about 1 lb. of peels to about half a gal- If the least cloudy, filter through a small
    lon of the mixture, leaving for a f ortnight, amount of powdered pumice stone.
    running off the spirit: extract, pressing The oil that is left is good for com-
    the peels and adding the pressings to mercial purposes and it is best to dispose
    :

    BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS 41

    of it to candy manufacturers or bakers. Lemon Citral Extract oz.


    Use to Citric Acid Solution 2 oz.
    Simple Syrup 1 gal. The use of foam is optional.
    Above 1 oz.
    Orange Flavoring Extract
    Soluble Lemon Extract with Citral Orange (Sweet) Oil 10 cc.
    Lemon Oil 6 oz. Alcohol (95%) 90 ce.
    Citral ^ oz. Color with 2 drops of Congo Bed Solu-
    Clycerin 12 oz. tion.*
    Alcohol 48 oz. * Congo Red Solution-^’D mmlve 0.5 g, Congo
    Lime Oil 1 oz. Bed in 90 cc. water and add 10 cc. alcohol.
    Water 60 oz.
    Add a little powdered pumice and filter Peppermint Extract
    and refilter until bright. Peppermint Oil 4 oz.
    Use to: Alcohol 1 ffal.
    Simple Syrup 1 gal. Color with peppermint leaves.
    SPICE OIL EXTRACTS
    Oil Alcohol
    Sweet Basil Oil
    Carrot Seed Oil
    % fl. oz. 103 fi. oz.
    Vs fl. oz. 103 fl. oz.
    Cumin Seed Oil Vs fl. oz. 103 fl. oz.
    Sweet Fennel Oil Water
    3 fl. oz. 95 fl. oz.
    Estragon Oil 2% fl. oz. 103 fl. oz.
    to make
    vSweet Marjoram Oil 1 fl. oz. 103 fl. oz. 1 gallon
    Origanum Oil Vs fl* oz. 103 fl. oz.
    Savory Oil V2 fl. oz. 103 fl. oz.
    Pure Vanilla Extract Imitation Wintergreen Extract
    Vanilla Beans Formula No. 1
    (Cut very fine) 14 oz. Methyl Salicylate 3.5 oz.
    Cologne Spirits Alcohol 76 oz.
    (190 Proof) 14 gal. Distilled 'Water 52 02.
    Water
    Distilled gal. No. 2
    Cane Sugar oz. Sweet Birch Oil 3.5 OZ,
    Alcohol 76 oz.
    Imitation Vanilla Flavoring Extract Distilled Water 52 oz.
    Formula No. 1
    Vanillin 0.5 g.
    Coumarin ARTIIICIAL FRUIT FLAVORS
    0.5 g.
    Alcohol 250
    Almond
    cc.
    Water Benzaldehyde 30.0 g.
    250 cc.
    Benzyl Alcohol
    Dissolve vanillin and coumarin in the 200.0 g.
    Bitter Almond Oil 15.0
    alcohol, add the water and mix. Color Vanillin 0.1 g.
    With caramel.
    No. 2 ^ Apple
    Vanillin
    Amyl Valerianate 32 g.
    oz,
    Isobutyl Valerianate 50
    Coumarin oz. g.
    Cane Sugar Ethyl Butyrate 29 g.
    lb.
    Alcohol Concentrated Apple Juice SO g*
    gal
    Distilled Water Apricot
    6% gal Ethyl Butyrate 55.0 g.
    Color with caramel.
    Butyl Butyrate 25.0 g.
    No.;
    Vanillin Apricot Extract 20.0 g.
    4 oz,
    Vanillin
    Coumarin 1 oz.
    LO g.
    Cane Sugar Methyl Anthranilate 0,2 g.
    6 lb.
    Bitter Almond Oil

    m%
    Alcohol gal 0.1 g.
    Distilled Water Banana
    gal-
    Color with caramel. Amyl Acetate 52.0 g.
    Ethyl Acetate 10.0 g.
    Amyl Butyrate 3.0 g.
    "Wintergreen Extract Ethyl Butyrate
    Wintergreen Oil 2.0 g.
    4 oz. Ethyl Sebacate
    Distilled Water 1.0 g.
    38 oz. Lemon Oil
    Alcohol 90 oz. Vanillin
    0.3 I
    0.1 g.
    42 BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS
    Butter usually necessary, but in some instances5

    Diacetyl 100.0 g. a purer flavor is obtainable by distilling


    Ethyl Butyrate 6.0 g. off a fraction of the flnislied compound.
    Butyl Butyrate 5.0 g. __
    Ethyl Pelargonate 3.0 g. ArtificialConcord Grape Flavor
    Vauilliu 0.1 g. Benzyl Butyrate 101/2 fl. oz.
    Cherry Methyl Anthranilate 41/5 fl. oz.
    Amyl Formate 5.0 g. Methyl Salicylate y2 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate 12.0 g. Amyl Valerianate 14 fl. oz.
    Amyl Butyrate 2.0 g. Fluid Extract Veleri 3 fl. oz.
    Benzaldehyde 1.0 g. Alcohol (188 proof) 150 fl. oz.
    Ethyl Heptoate 1.0 g. Port Wine 75 fl. oz.
    Terpeneless Lemon Oil 0.1 g. Grape Juice 50 fl. oz.
    Lime Glycerin 25 fl. oz.
    Terpeneless Lemon Oil 15 g. Color to suit.
    Citral 5 g.
    Lime Oil 5 g. Biscuit Flavor
    Terpeneless Orange Oil 10 g. Clove Oil 114 dr.
    Benzyl Alcohol 8 g- Vanillin 4% dr.
    Peach Benzaldehyde 10 dr.
    Raspberry Essence 200 g. Rose Water 114 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate 17 g. Alcohol 6 oz.
    Ethyl Butyrate 30 g. Water 6 oz.
    Ethyl Iso-Butyrate 20 g. Dissolve vanillin in the alcohol.
    Methyl Heptine Carbonate 16 g.
    Methyl Phenyl Carbonate 20 g. Brand V Flavor
    Gamma-U ndeealactone 5 g. Acetic Ether 2 oz.
    Ethyl Pelargonate 3 g. Vanilla Extract 1 oz.
    Gamma-Nonyl Lactone 1 g* Peru, Balsam 14 oz.
    Plum Tolu, Balsam 14 oz.
    Peach Essence 750 g. Syrup 2 oz.
    Amyl Butyrate 16 g. Alcohol 7 oz.
    Ethyl Butyrate 27 g. Water to make 1 pt.
    Ethyl Acetate 25 g.
    Ethyl Heptine Carbonate 5 g. Butter Flavor
    Raspberry Essence 5 g. Formula No. 1
    Clove Oil 2 g. Coumarin 5% oz.
    Coumarin 2 g. Ethyl Butyrate 5 pt. 12 oz.
    Raspberry Butyric Acid 2 pt. 214 oz.
    Amyl Acetate 25.0 g. From the above: 4 ounces to 1 gallon
    Amyl Butyrate 20.0 g. , corn oil.
    Ethyl Nitrate 15.0 g. No. 2
    Ethyl Acetate 10.0 g. Amyl Butyrate 2 oz.
    Ethyl Heptoate 15.0 g. Ethyl Butyrate 114 oz.
    Isobutyl Formate 3.0%. Butyric Acid 2 oz.
    Gamma-Nonyl Lactone 2.0 g. Rose Essence 2 drops
    Beta-Naphthol Butyl Ether 7.0 g. Bitter Almond Oil 1 oz.
    Vanillin 0.5 g. Sweet Almond Oil 5 oz.
    Strawberry Nutmeg Oil 2 oz.
    Ethyl Butyrate 16.0 g. Walnut Oil 1 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate 8.0 g. Cottonseed Oil 1 gal.
    Amyl Butyrate 24.0 g.
    Amyl Acetate 6.0 g. Butterscotch Flavor
    Raspberry Essence 50.0 g. Benzaldehyde 4 oz.
    Beta-Naphthol Butyl Ether 2.0 g. Sweet Orange Oil 20 oz.
    Ethyl Methyl Phenyl Butyric Acid pt.
    214
    Glycidate 1.5 g. Amyl Acetate pt.
    2
    The synthetic flavors compounded in
    this way are either used alone or, better,
    Alcohol 3 % pt.
    i

    admixed with varying amounts of natural Butterscotch Flavor Base


    fruits in the form of extracts, concen- Ethyl Oenanthate 0.50 oz.
    trates, etc. In this way a flrst-rate prod- Ethyl Pelargonate 1.00 oz.
    net can be prepared. Distillation is not Butyl Butyrate 1.25 oz.
    BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS 43

    Amyl Acetate 1,25 oz. Citric Acid 1% oz.


    Ethyl Butyrate 1.50 oz. Essence of Orange % fl. oz.
    Butyric Acid (100%) 2.50 oz. Tincture of Orange Peels % fl. oz.

    Butterscotch Flavor Prepared from


    Above Concentrate Removal of Sediment from Fruit Juices
    Basic Ether (above) 13.5 oz. Newly expressed fruit juices are invari-
    Glycerin 18.5 oz. ably turbid because of the suspended sub-
    Proof Spirit 8.0 lb. stances present. A convenient way for
    removing the greater part of the sediment
    Maple Flavor consists in passing the juice through a
    Foenugreek Extract 1 pt. milk separator, which causes a large por-
    Caramel Color 4 oz. tion of the sediment to adhere closely to
    Tincture of Musk 1 drop the walls of the bowl By filtering
    Alcohol 3 pt. through paper pulp a perfectly clear juice
    Water to make 1 gal. may usually be obtained. Infusorial
    earth is recommended by filter press
    Pound Cake Flavor manufacturers as an aid in the filtration
    Orange Oil % OZ. of liquids which contain slime, and the
    Mace Oil 5 oz. experiments on fruit juices here consid-
    Lemon Oil 7% oz. ered indicate that this substance may be
    Clove Oil %2 oz. generally used in their filtration. The
    Cassia Oil %2 oz. addition of 2 per cent or less of infusorial
    Coumarin Vie oz. earth to a fruit juice will in many cases
    Vanillin 314 oz. produce a perfectly clear filtrate, as the
    Add sufiicient alcohol to make one gal- infusorial earth prevents the stopping up
    lon. of the pores of the filter by the slimy
    Use 4 oz. of this flavor to 100 lb. cake suspended substances of the juice.
    batter.

    Sterilization of Fruit J uices


    Flavoring and Seasoning Composition.
    Containers of glass, porcelain, or tinned
    British Patent 456,944
    iron (tin cans) in which fruit juices may
    The following ingredients are heated be sealed and sterilized are available.
    and mixed together: meat extract 1.2, The juice may also be poured while very
    vegetable extract (prepared by concentrat-
    hot into sterilized wooden casks, which
    ing the pressed juices of kitchen vege-
    are then sealed.
    tables) 0.7, calf fat 1.3, beef fat 2.0,
    cooking salt 4.0, roasted finely-chopped
    onions 0.7, ground nutmeg 0.05, and Artificial Honey
    ground pepper, 0.05 kg. The mixture is Formula Ko, 1
    stirred mechanically to yield a thick mush a. Sugar 5,000
    kg.
    and filled hot into cellulose skins. Water kg.
    1,650
    Hydrochloric Acid 5
    kg.
    Sweetened Juices and Syrups h. Sodium Carbonate 1.5 kg.
    Usually 1 volume of lemon juice and Water 5 kg.
    3 of orange juice are mixed. A
    typical c. Tartaric Acid G kg.
    formula is 75 gallons of orange juice, 25 Formic Acid (50%) 3.5 kg.
    gallons of lemon juice and 700 lbs. of Water to dissolve
    sugar. Stir to dissolve sugar. Preserve d. Sugar Coloring to suit
    with one-tenth of 1 per cent sodium ben- e. Honey Odor 15 kg.
    zoate. React a at 70° C. for 8 hours. Neu-
    In preserving syrup, sweetened juices tralize with h. Add solution c. Mix
    and concentrates it is desirable to place thoroughly, and add d- and e» Speed up
    the juice at once under a high vacuum crystallization by adding some finished
    (29 inch) to remove occluded and dis- honey. Otherwise, the solidification
    solved air in order to arrest oxidation (crystallization) takes a week.
    changes. This should be applied long No. 2
    enough to remove all of the air. The ad- Mix:
    dition of sugar greatly retards undesirable Invert Sugar 750 oz.
    changes in flavor. Hydrous Cerelose 250 oz.
    Tint the same with caramel using a
    Orange or Grapefruit Squash 25 per cent solution of caramel and w'ater
    Orange or for ease of distribution, then flavor this
    Grapefruit Juice 1 gal. with one part of imitation honey flavor.
    Sugar Syrup (60° Tw.) 1 gal. If the mass be slightly warmed before
    . ) :

    44 BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, ELAVORS


    flavoring and coloring, less difficulty will Citric Acid, %oz. to the gallon, (Dis-
    be had in the mixing. The imitation solve in a little water.
    honey flavor will vary in accordance with Phosphoric Acid, oz. (Use 85%
    the ideas of the manufacturer. Syrupy Phosphoric Acid.)
    1 oz. of the above filtered oil.
    Chocolate Syrup *Mellol, 1 oz.
    Ground chocolate eight ounces, glycerin Lime J uice, oz.
    eight ounces, sugar eight ounces, vanilla Add in the order as listed. Do not
    extract four drachms, sweet milk sufflcient shake violently or foam will form.
    to make one gallon. Mix chocolate and *Mellol
    sugar thoroughly and add the milk. Let Alcohol 1 oz.

    mixture come to a boil and add the glyc- Distilled Lime Oil % cc.
    Cassia Oil .06 cc.
    erin. When the sugar has cooled add the Nutmeg Oil .06 cc.
    vanilla. Neroli (Artif.) Oil .01 cc.
    Fluid Extract of Gambir 3 cc.

    Hot Budge for Sundaes


    Corn Sugar 6 lb. Non-Clouding Beer and Ale
    Sugar, Cane 6 lb. U. S. Patent 2,088,712
    Mixture —
    Half 18% Cream
    % gal. Papain (of high digestive activity) 2
    lb. 4 oz., sodium citrate 10 oz., powdered
    Half Evaporated Milk sugar (without starch) 7 lb. 5 oz. Two
    Cook to 240 ° F. medium ball. Remove pounds of the above mixture are added to
    from Are and stir in %
    lb. shaved choco- each 100 barrels of beer (each barrel
    holding 31 gallons)
    late. Dilute 1% qts. of boiling water.
    Although this mixture may be added at
    Maple Syrup Concentrate any stage prior to final filtration and pas-
    teurizing, the best time is after cooling
    U. Patent 2,054,873
    S.
    A process of producing maple products the wort and the primary filtration. Pas-
    of intense maple flavor comprises evapo- teurizing must be accomplished at 55-
    rating at normal pressure maple sap to a
    57® C.
    concentration of 10 to 35% solids, further
    concentrating in a vacuum pan at a tem- Grape Juice
    perature not substantially exceeding about The general method of the manufacture
    50® 0. and thereafter heating the product of unfermented grape juice is as follows
    in a closed vessel to a temperature of 120 The grapes are crushed and run directly
    to 150® C. into double boilers provided with mixing
    apparatus, which keep the crushed grapes
    continually stirred, while they are heated
    Tonic Beverage Syrup
    to a temperature of 140® F. The juice
    Sassafras Oil 15 min.
    is drained from the crushed grapes and
    Wintergreen Oil 15 min.
    the pomace is pressed in a press. The
    Alcohol 1 oz.
    drained juice is mixed in kettles, heated to
    Fluid Extract of Gentian 1 oz.
    about 160® F. and skimmedj it is then
    Compound Syrup of
    run through a pasteurizer maintained at a
    Sarsaparilla 8 oz.
    temperature of about 180° F. From the
    Caramel 1 oz.
    pasteurizer the juice runs into sterile bar-
    Syrup enough to make 5 pt.
    rels or into five- to ten gallon carboys and
    is stored for about six months to allow
    Kola Type Flavor the precipitation and settling of the pre-
    1. Fluid Extract Kola Nut 100 cc. cipitated matter. The clear juice is then
    Fluid Extract Kola Leaves 100 ce. siphoned off, filtered, bottled and pas-
    Water 40 cc. teurized.
    Alcohol 40 ee. The bottled and pasteurized grape juice
    2. Alcohol 100 cc. should be wholesome and palatable and
    Lemon Oil 26 ee. free of sediment.
    Directions: Take 36 parts ofl to which
    add 8 parts of Mix. Let stand for 6 Modified Grape Juice
    days. Filter through kieselguhr. Ho oil 1. Use a mixture of ripe grapes to give
    will separate out. The filtrate is the flavor flavor with grapes of high acid, to remedy?
    to use below. the lack of acid in the ripe grapes.
    Directions for Making One Gallon Extract 2. Add 8 to 12 ounces of potassium
    Sugar, 5.5 lb. metabisulphite per ton of grapes at the
    Water, 41/^ pints (approximately). crusher to prevent fermentation during
    Caramel Color, about 2 oz, or to suit. defecation.
    BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS 45

    3. Allow the juice to defecate 24 to 48 The fluid is warmed to a temperature?


    hours and rack from sediment. of about 100 degrees F. and allowed to
    4. Add to each 100 gallons of juice sour spontaneously, keeping the teuipera-
    4 to 6 ounces of casein dissolved in sodium ture as constant as possible. Or a special
    carbonate or ammonium hydroxide. culture of Bulgarian organisms (or Bul-
    5. Add a small amount of tartaric acid garian plus my coderm organisms) are used
    to increase the rate of separation of the with a ripening temperature of 105 de-
    cream of tartar. grees F. to 110 degrees F. In eithei- case
    6. Heat the juice to 165° F. and store as high a degree of acidity as it is possible
    in 50-gallon barrels until most of the to get is desirable. By natural souring
    cream of tartar has separated. this will usually be not much over one per
    7. Back from the sediment and filter if cent but by using the si)ecial starters 1.5
    necessary. to 2.0 per cent is possible.
    8. Add a small amount of citric acid to After ripening the product is heated to
    prevent further separation of cream of 145 to 160 degrees F., thoroughly agitated
    tartar, and bottle. and condensed in a vacuum pan until the
    9. Pasteurize in bottle at 160° P. semi-solid consistency is obtained. The
    This process is practical only when there hnishing point can be determined by ap-
    is ^to fnd suitable grapes
    a possibility pearance just about as accurately as by
    and there considerable difficulty experi-
    is any other means, since the proper appear-
    enced in obtaining a uniform product. ance of the finished product is one of the
    most important criteria and the otlier
    Lemon Soda methods use characteristics whoso values
    Syrup 1 gal. would vary considerably, depending on the
    Soluble Lemon Extract 1 oz. acidity developed in the fluid.
    Citric Acid Solution 1 oz. After condensing to the proper degree
    the product is filled directly from the pan
    Cloudy Orange Emulsion into the final container. Barrels or but-
    Grum Arabic (Best Grade) 1 lb. ter tubs (second hand) are commonly used.
    Water 1 pt. Tubs should be lined with parchment and
    Let stand overnight: mix and iilter. both tubs and barrels should be clean and
    Add probably treated with formaldehyde or
    Orange Oil 6 dr. chlorine before use to eliminate molds.
    Mix and pass through a colloid mill. While this product can be made from
    Use 1-2 oz. of above per gallon of naturally ripened buttermilk, the special
    syrup. cultures are essential with fluid skim
    milk. These cultures are also desirable
    Sarsaparilla Beer with buttermilk because the higher acidity
    Compound Decoction of obtained gives a smoother texture, a higher
    Sarsaparilla 2 oz. yield and better keeping quality to the
    Sassafras Boot lA oz* finished product.
    Honey sj ifei
    Lane Sugar 1 m Chocolate Milk
    Yeast 4 Best flavor is obtained with skim milk
    Boiling Water 1 gal. by addition of 1.1% of cocoa and 7% of
    Dissolve the honey and sugar in the sugar, but with milk containing 2-3% of
    water, and when lukewarm add the yeast fat 1.3% of cocoa is required. Ingre-
    and sarsaparilla. Let stand two days, dients are added to the milk at 55° and
    then strain and fdter. pasteurization must be carried out at 75°
    C. for 30 min. Of the various stabilizers,
    Fruit Salta 0.4% of gelatin is most satisfactory.
    Bicarbonate of Soda 2 oz.
    Tartaric Acid 2 oz. Stabilized Milk Yeast Beverage
    Cream of Tartar 2 oz. U. S. Patent 1,994,496
    Citrate of Magnesia 2 oz. Milk containing 0.6% of gelatin as a
    Epsom Salts 2 oz. stabilipr is pasteurized, then cooled
    Sifted Sugar to
    2 oz. 50 , mixed with 1.5 oz. of yeast per quart,
    ^dix well run through a homogenizer, and rarndly
    and1 ^
    bottle for use. One tablespoonful to cooled to room temperature or lower.
    a tumbler of water.

    Synthetic Coconut Milk


    Semi-Solid Buttermilk
    Semi-solid buttermilk is made from Canadian Patent 366,395
    buttermilk essentially as follows:
    fl Coconut Oil 100
    Alcohol 100
    46 BEVERAGES, LIQUORS, FLAVORS
    Boil togetlieTj add and a fresh quantity of extracting agent
    Water, Boiling 150 cc. introduced into the extractor. The pro-
    cedure is then repeated. In the meantime
    Allow to stand and separate alcohol- the extracting agent is freed from caffein.
    water layer to wMch add The extraction is continued until the coffee
    Water 90.46 g. has a caffein content of less than 0.08
    Potassium Nitrate 1 g* per cent.
    Sugar 7 g. After the last extraetion the residual
    Sodium Benzoate 0.14 g. portions of the extraction agent are re-
    moved from the raw coffee, preferably
    Caffein-Pree Coffee by introducing liquids or vapors other
    U. S. Patent 2,023,333 than water or steam under pressure and
    Arotating extraction autoclave is at temperatures which are higher than the
    charged with 1,000 kg. of raw coffee, steam boiling point of the extracting agent.
    or water is introduced until the total Thereupon the air is withdrawn from the
    moisture content of the coffee amounts at rotating extraction autoclaves with the
    most to 16 per cent, the autoclave is result that the solvent residues draw off,
    sealed and the double jacket is heated and. this phase of the process is repeated
    with steam of 5 atmospheres pressure, until no traces of foreign substances are
    whereupon the extractor is set into mo- detectable in either the distillate coming
    tion. In the course of an hour the in- over or in the extracted material.
    terior of the autoclave is heated up to The coffee is then dried under di-
    125® C. This temperature is maintained minished pressure.
    for about 30 to 40 minutes, and then the
    whole is allowed to cool down to about Cocoa Beverage Concentrate
    100® 0. Seven hundred kilograms of pre- French Patent 818,971
    liminarily heated dichlorethane are then Sugar Syrup 79.000 kg.
    pumped in under pressure and extraction Cocoa 19.425 kg.
    effected for 40 minutes at raised tempera- Lecithin 0.500 kg.
    ture. Calcium Phosphate 1.000 kg.
    After that the extracting agent is led Vanillin 0.070 kg.
    under pressure to a shaking apparatus Coumarin 0.005 kg.
    COSMETICS
    Bath Salts The mixture is beaten energetically until
    Formula No. 1 the requiredamount of foam is produced,
    Sodium Chloride 500 g. and then allowed to stand for an hour.
    Borax, Powdered 500 g. No. 2
    5 g. Sodium Bicarbonate 120 oz.
    Saponin
    1 g- Starch 70 oz.
    Fluorescein
    Pinus Montana Oil 10 g. Saponin 20 oz.
    No. 2 Tartaric Acid 70 oz.
    Sodium Metaphosphate 600 g. Powdered Soap Flakes (Dry) 225 oz.
    400 Borax 90 oz.
    Sodium Chloride g.
    Pinus Montana Oil, Six ounces of powder mixed with four
    Terpeneless 15 g. pints of water, and then poured quickly
    Fluorescein 1 g- into two gallons of hot water in the bath.
    No. 3 No. 3
    Sodium Metaphosphate 400 g. Sodium Bicarbonate 120 oz.
    Sodium Chloride 500 g. Tartaric Acid 70 oz.
    Sodium Carbonate 100 g. Borax 20 oz.
    Pinus Montana Oil 10 g. Lauryl Sodium Sulphate 200 oz.
    Fluorescein 1 g- Perfume as required
    Not suitable for hard water. Three ounces of powder added to one
    No. 4 inch of hot water in the bath.
    Per 1 kg. salts use 10-20 g. of the fol-
    lowing oil: Bath Preparations
    Pinus Montana Oil 200 g. Borax 30 parts, salt 50, sodium bi-
    (1)
    Lavender Oil 30 g. carbonate 20. (2) Borax 50 i)arts, diso-
    Lemon Oil 20 g. dium phosphate 30, sodium bicarbonate 20.
    Coumarin 10 g. (3) Clanber^s salt 20 parts, sodium thio-
    sulphate 30, salt 50. (4) Calgon 50 parts,
    Lfferveseent Pine Needle Bathing Tablets so(hum bicarbonate 30, borax 10, salt 10.
    Formula No. 1 Perfume 1-2% introduced by means of
    Ammonium Carbonate 100 g. 2% starch colloidal silicic acid or kaolin.
    Sodium Acid Carbonate 330 g. Effervescent Bath Salts .
    —
    ( 1 ) Sodium car-
    bonate 175 parts, sodium bicarbonate 100,
    Sodium Chloride 1500 g.
    Tartaric Acid 400 g. tartaric acid 150, sodium perborate 50,
    Starch 280 g. Calgon 25. (2) Sodium bicarbonate 250
    Alcoholic Solution of Uranin parts, citric acid 125, Starek 25, salt 100.
    or Fluorescein to suit (3) Sodium carbonate 150, sodium bicar-
    Tincture of Benzoin to suit bonate 100, sodium acid sulphate 10, Cal-
    Pine Needle Perfume
    No. 2
    56-78 g* —
    gon 240, Bath Tablets . (1) Sodium bi-
    carbonate 250 parts, tartaric acid 225,
    Sodium Acid Carbonate 300 g* starch 25. (2) Sodium bicarbonate 250
    Tartaric Acid 225 g* parts, ammonia-soda 25, saponin 50, so-
    Borax 400 g- dium acid sulphate 175. (3) Ammonia-
    Sodium Sulphate, Anhydrous 200 g* soda 150 parts, sodium bicarbonate 100,
    Lactose 50 g- saponin 25, starch 10, citric acid 115, tar-
    Talcum 25 g- taric acid 100. Berfumes for Bath Salts*
    Pinus Montana Needle Oil 15 g* —(1) Needle oil: (a) boriiyl acetate 175,
    Pine Needle Oil 15 g- larch turpentine 12.5, lavender oil 25, musk
    Fluorescein 6-12 g- ambrette 12.5, oil citronella 12.5, styimx
    resinoxd 12.5, (5) Siberian needle oil 50,.
    Foam Bath Salts knee pine oilAO, oil bergamot 10, oil elt-
    Formula No. 1 ronella 15, oil eucalyptus 5 and (2) oil
    Soap Flakes 9 oz. lavender: oil eucalyptus 5 and (2) oil
    Sodium Oholate 3 oz. bergamot 250, oil rosemary 75, oil thyme
    Hot Water (Soft) 2 gal. 25, bomeol So, oakmoss 20, oil geranium
    '

    i7
    :

    48 COSMETICS
    50 and lieliotropin 40. All parts by Water 220 g.
    weight. d. Perfume 10 g.
    Melt a, and mix with h. Take to 55® C,
    Carbon Dioxide Bath Tablets on the waterbath, and add the hot solution
    German Patent 645,641 c in small portions with good agitation.
    Component 1 When properly emulsified and slightly
    Glauber/s Salt, Crystallized 50 kg. cooled, add c. Stir until cold.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 50 kg.
    No. 2
    Component S
    a. Beeswax, White 80 g.
    Glauber Salt, Crystallized 100 kg.
    Spermaceti 50 g.
    Aluminum Sulphate 80 kg.
    Stearic Acid 20 g.
    Tartaric Acid 20 kg.
    Lanolin, Anhydrous 20 g.
    Each of the two components is melted Borax
    1, 5 g.
    and either poured into tablet form or
    Benzoic Acid 5 g.
    ground and pressed into powder form. c. Perfume 9 g.
    Melted Glauber ’s Salt, being poorly solu-
    d, Apple Ether 1 g*
    ble in water, regulates the rate of solution
    6. Peanut Oil 540 g.
    for the active components, and thus the
    /. W'ater 270 g.
    speed of development of carbon dioxide.
    Melt a, mix in e, and saponify with &
    and /. Add d to cover the odor of the
    Boot Bathing Salt lanolin; perfume with c.
    Mixture I
    Soda Ash 65 g.
    Sodium Bicarbonate Cold Cream
    5 g.
    Sodium Perborate 20 g. Formula No. 1
    Sodium Chloride Cetyl Alcohol 100 g.
    8 g.
    Hard Soap, Powdered 2 g.
    White Beeswax 150 g.
    Mixture II Vegetable Oil 200 g.

    Tartaric Acid 1 Amount


    Mineral Oil 250 g.
    or equivalent Cholesterin 5 g.
    Sodium Bisulphate ^ to the
    Borax 10 g.
    or soda ash Water 260 ce.
    Mono Sodium Phosphate] of I Perfume 25 g.
    Prepare 2 separate packages, to be No. 2
    mixed in the bath. a. Ceresin, "White 27 g-
    Spermaceti 25 g*
    Stearic Acid 21 g*
    Bath Oil
    IJndeeylic Acid 1 g.
    SulphonatedCastor Oil (75%) 65 oz.
    Wetanol (Wetting Agent) 33 oz.
    Mineral Oil, White 87 g-

    Pine
    h. Borax 5 g-
    Oil, Tyrolean 2 oz.
    Water, Distilled 36
    g*
    Melt a and add with agitation to the
    Greaseless Cold Cream
    hot solution &. Stir until cold.
    (Pearly)
    Stearic Acid 180 g-
    ^Potassium Carbonate 18 g* Vanishing
    Glycerin 300 g- Stearic Acid 160 g*
    Lanolin, Anhydrous 40 Cetyl Alcohol 20 g*
    Caustic Potash Solution
    Beeswax, White 10 & 108 g-
    Water 1600
    Perfume for Soap 1-2% Distifled Water 760 cc.
    Alcohol if desired Perfume 5 g*
    *or
    Caustic Potash (35® Bd.) 12 g- Vegetable Vanishing Cream
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 5 Hydrogenated Cottonseed Oil 10%
    Sesame Oil 50%
    Greasy Cold Creams Water 30%
    (Type Pons) Beeswax 8%
    Pormula No, 1 Lanolin 2%
    a. Beeswax, White g* To formula 1-3% sorbitol (83%)
    this
    .Spermaceti 70 g. with or without 0.2% borax may be added
    Stearic Acid 10 g. to give a hrm, fine-grained stable cream.
    h. Peanut Oil 620 g. The oil constituents are melted together
    c. Borax 5 g. at 170® F., and the water soluble parts
    i
    Benzoic Acid ^ g- are then mixed with the oil at the same
    .

    COSMETICS 49

    temperature and mixing continued while Pore or Blackhead Cream


    cooling. For the removal of blackheads and
    ^ ^
    cleansing of the pores, a ‘'^pore cream
    Cleansing Cream or blackhead cream is used. Applied
    Formula No. 1 over areas of large pores after the face
    Sorbitol Mono-Oleate 5% has been moistened with warm water, it is
    Sorbitol Di-Stearate 10% left on for a few minutes and then washed
    Beeswax 7% off with warm water. The face is then
    Mineral Oil 32% rinsed with ice cold water and an astrin-
    Lanolin 3% gent lotion applied with cotton.
    Water 43% Formula No. 1
    This combination gives a moderately Salicylic Acid 2.5 g.
    firm cream with a line-grained texture. Starch 25.0 g.
    Zinc Oxide 35.0 g.
    No. 2
    22% Castor Oil 7.5 g.
    ^Cosmetic Base
    Mineral Oil 25% Soft White Paraffin AVax 30.0 g.
    Lanolin 3% The precautions necessary in compound-
    Beeswax (bleached) 7% ing this preparation lie in a thorough
    Water 43% grinding of the three powders, then
    * The cosmetic base may be made up of 10% slightly warmed paraffin added to the oil
    sorbitol mono-oleate and 90% petrolatum or 10% and powders after they are triturated, in
    sorbitol di-stearate and 90% petrolatum. a warmed mortar.
    No. 3 No. 2
    Beeswax 6.00 g. Zinc Sulphate 0.15
    Spermaceti 2.00 g. Alum 0.2
    Petrolatum 5.00 g. Acacia (Powdered) 4.0
    Raisin Seed Oil 50.60 g. White Beeswax 15.5
    Mineral Oil 10.00 g. Glycerin 13.0
    Raneidex (Preservative) 0.10 g. Sodium Benzoate 0.1
    Water 25.00 cc. Cocoa Butter 3.0
    Borax 0.60 g. Perfume 0.5
    Triethanolamine 0.20 g. Distilled Water 63.53 cc
    Perfume 0.50 g.
    Melt fats and oils at 160° P. Water and Toilette-^ ' Vaseline ’

    borax in separate kettle at same tempera- Rosin, Pale 10 g.


    ture. Emulsify by adding water to oils at Lanolin, Anhydrous 20 g.
    160° F. with constant stirring. Add per- Petrolatum (36-38° C.) 70 g.
    fume oils at 115° F.
    Protective Hand Cream
    Avocado Oil Cleansing Cream Formula No. 1
    Part 1.
    Gum Arabic 20 g.
    Hydrogenated Oil (Cosmetic Chip White Soap 80 g.
    Grade) 11.0 g. Add water until the desired consistency
    Beeswax U.S.P. White 5.0 g. is obtained.
    Stearic Acid Triple Pressed 0.5 g. Apply Dry Pig-
    to bands before using
    Sesame Seed Oil 60.0 g. ments, Colored Lacquers, Enamels, Paints,
    Avocado Oil 7.0 g. etc. Water will clean off pigment and
    Antioxident & Preservative 0,1 g. dirt very easily.
    Part 2.
    No. 2
    Distilled AVater 15.3 g. Hard Paraffin Wax 50 g,
    Borax H.S.P. 0.5 g. Petrolatum, Yellow 400 g,
    Part 3.
    Peanut Oil 200 g,
    Perfume 0.6 g. Beeswax, Yellow
    Procedure 100 g,
    : Melt Part 1 at 80° C. Lanolin, Anhydrous 60 g’-
    Heat Part 2 to 75° C. Rosin, Pale 40 g.
    When Part 1 has cooled to 75° C. add Water 140 g.
    Part 2 with constant stirring. Add Part 3 Borax 10 g.
    at 60° C. Pour between 55 °-50° G. No- 3
    This cream is of the quick liquefying Lanolin 2 02.
    type. It does not melt or run in the jar Glycosterin 19 oz.
    even under extremely hot weather condi- Dextrin 4 02,
    tions. The quick liquefying property is Glycol Bori-Borate 3 02.
    mechanical not thermal. Water 72 02.
    ^

    50 COSMETICS
    Dissolve last four ingredients by warm- Antiseptic Tissue Cream
    ing to 60® C. with stirring. Melt first two Stearic Acid 1.50 lb.
    materials together and add first solution, Lanolin, Anhydrous 1.00 lb.
    stirring slowly but well. A little perfume White Beeswax .80 lb.
    may now be added and stirred in. White Mineral Oil 1.65 lb.
    This gives an excellent cream to smear Triethanolamine .20 lb.
    on hands to protect them while working Glycerin 1.00 lb.
    with greases, lacquers, etc. Water 4.75 lb.
    Cocoa Butter Oxyanhydride .54 lb.
    No. 4 Perfume .01 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,021,131
    (1) Melt stearic acid, lanolin and bees-
    Sodium Silicate 9 oz.
    wax together in mineral oil, heating to
    is stirred into a hot solution of ®
    70° C.
    Sodium Stearate 2% oz.
    (2) Heat the solution of triethanol-
    Water 1 pt.
    amine in water also to 70° C.
    and then add
    (3) Make a suspension of cocoa butter
    Glycerin ll^i oz.
    oxy anhydride in glycerin.

    Milkers ' Hand Lubricant To solution (2) add solution (1) gradu-
    Formula No. 1
    ally,with agitation, and when cooled to
    around 50° C., add the suspension (3).
    Paraffin, Hard 320 g*
    Continue agitation until the product is
    Ceresin 280 g-
    of a uniform consistency. Fill into jars
    Mineral Oil, White 400 g-
    while still lukewarm, and cool in ice box
    No. 2
    for setting.
    Mineral White
    Oil, 600 g-
    Ceresin, White 200 g-
    Lanolin, Anhydrous 200 g-
    Avocado Tissue Cream
    No. 3 C. Avocado Oil 20 g-
    White Mineral Oil, Lanolin Absorption Base 10 g-
    High Viscosity 60 g- Stearic Acid 5 g-
    White Ozokerite Cetyl Alcohol 5 g‘
    (60/62° 0.) 20 g* Beeswax 5 g.
    Woolfat, Neutral 20 g- Almond Oil 25 g
    Melt the ingredients on a waterbath, Preservative 0.2
    nix thoroughly, pour into containers near
    g
    Perfume 0.8 g.
    the filter point of the fat.' Borax 1 g.
    Distilled Water 28
    Tissue Cream The water and borax are brought to a
    Formula No. 1 temperature of 165° F. and are then added
    Beeswax 9.20 g* to the molten fats, oils and waxes. Care-
    Lanolin 3.70 g. ful heating and constant stirring are es-
    Raisin Seed Oil 62.60 g* sential, the perfume being added when the
    °^Rancidex'' 0.10 g* temperature has dropped to about 120° F.
    Benzyl Ester of Paraliydroxy
    Benzoic Acid or Moldex 0.05 g-
    Water (Distilled) 23.00 g- Vegetable Oil Tissue Cream
    Borax 0.9 g* Part 1.
    Perfume 0.45 g- Hydrogenated Oil 25.6 g.
    Melt waxes and preservative at
    oils, Beeswax IJ.S.P. 9-7
    160° F. In another kettle bring water Lanolin Anhydrous IJ.S.P. 8.5 gC
    and borax to same temperature. Add Spermaceti U.S.P. 2.5 g.
    water to oils at this temperature with Sesame Seed Oil IJ.S.P. 36.5
    g*

    constant stirring. When the emulsion is Preservative and Antioxidant 0.1


    formed add perfume at 115° F. Pour Part 2.

    while hot. Water (Distilled) 15.8 g.


    Borax IJ.S.P. 0.5 g
    No. 2
    Part 3.
    (Fairly Hard)
    Oleic Acid (Wliite)
    White Soft Paraffin Wax 4 oz. 0.3 g.
    Yellow Soft Paraffin Wax
    Perfume 0.5 g.
    4 oz.
    Hard Paraffin Wax 1 oz. Melt Part 1 at 70° G. Bring Part 2 to
    Beeswax (White) 1 oz. same temperature and add to Part 1 with
    Lanolin 2 oz. slow agitation. Add Part 3 at above 60°
    Perfume to suit. G. Pour hot and top.
    COSMETICS 51

    Orange Skin Pool (Soft) Perfume 1 g.


    Lanolin 8 oz. Distilled Water 40 g.
    White Soft Paraffin Wax 12 oz. The procedure consists of melting the
    yellow Soft Paraffin Wax 12 oz. fats and wax and stirring in the hot water
    Liquid Paraffin Oil S oz. at a temperature of 170° P. The perfume
    Hard Paraffin Wax 2 oz. is added with slow stirring wdien the batch
    has cooled to about 120° P,, after which
    Perfume with rosC; neroli, or lemon-
    the stirring device may be switched off,
    ahout V2 oz.
    and the batch allowed to cool.

    Turtle Oil Cream Deodorizer for W^oolfat (Lanolin)


    Turtle Oil (Pale Deodorized) 10 g. Use
    Liglycol Stearate 10 g. Pruit Ether %
    Liquid Paraffin 30 g.
    Lanolin Absolution Base 9 g. Aldehyde or C15 0.2-0.5%

    ABSORPTION BASES
    Formula No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7
    Getyl Alcohol 15 g. 12 — — —
    — 4
    g- g. g.
    Lanolin, Anhydrous 10 g. 24 —
    Petrolatum, White
    g-
    g* 45 g. — 5 g. g.
    g.
    7 g.
    84 g.
    ,

    58 g.
    Mineral Oil, White 30 g. 63 g.
    Paraffin Wax
    g.
    — 20 g.
    17.5 g.
    14.5 g. — 12
    22
    g.

    Cholesterol — — 5 g.
    4
    5
    g-
    g. 8
    g.
    g.

    No. 8 Massage Skin Pood (Liquefying)


    . Woolfat, Anhydrous, Lanolin 4 oz.
    Neutral 40 g. Cocoa Butter 4 oz.
    Petrolatum, White 10 g. Almond Oil 4 oz.
    Peanut, Olive, or Sesame Oil 20 g. Coconut Oil 8 oz.
    Glycerin (sp.g.
    . 1.23) 5 g. Yellow Soft Paraffin Wax 12 oz.
    Water 25 g. Hard Paraffin Wax 4 oz.
    Melt a on waterbath. Add b. Stir Perfume as desired.
    till cold.
    No. 9 Prost Bite Prevention. Creams
    German Patent 647,451 Formula No. 1
    By alcoholic saponification of lanolin, Lanolin 10 g-
    two products are obtained, one soluble and Cocoa Butter 15 g-
    the other insoluble in alcohol. On addi- Olive Oil 25 g'
    tion of a large amount of water to tlie White Beeswax 22 g‘
    former, an extraordinarily voluminous Water 25 g*
    substance is precipitated, which, after Borax 1.5 g*
    washing and evaporation of the water, is Benzoic Acid .5 g*
    hrowm and resinous. On being replaced Perfume 1 g-
    in water, it becomes whitish and swells
    within 24 to 36 seconds, attaining an even
    Mix the fat, oil and wax at about 49^*
    C., add the solution of borax and water
    more voluminous form than before. It
    can absorb up to 900 per cent of water.
    which should be about 10 degrees warmer.
    The hydrated form is added to pomades The whole mixture should be stirred until
    and creams, and the anhydrous form to
    the temperature ha« dropped to 45° 0.
    vaseline, etc. Ex.: 200 g. of liquefed
    The last ingredients are tne perfume and
    lanolin are dissolved in 850 ec. of alcohol
    the benzoic acid which should be dissolved
    containing 50 gr. of caustic potash. in a little alcohol to make a more * ‘ele-
    150
    ec. of petroleum ether are added, and the
    gant preparation*
    mixture is stirred for 48 hr. at ordinary N o. 2
    temperature. The part precipitated con- Almond Oil 425
    tains cholesterol, isocholesteroi, etc. The Lanolin 185
    mixture is filtered and the filtrate is poured Beeswax :
    62 g,
    in a thin stream into a large quantity of Borax 4.5 g.
    tvater. The precipitate contains chiefly Spermaceti' 62 g.
    the insoluble potassium soaps of the higher Distilled Water 300 g.
    fatty acids, such as cerotie and carnaubic No. S ,

    acids. The precipitate is washed with Paraffin Wax 145 g.


    water until neutral. Anhydrous Lanolin 24G g.
    52 ,
    COSMETICS

    Paraffin Oil 175 g. h. Hydrogen Peroxide


    Cetyl Alcohol 40 g. (100 volume) 5 lb.
    Melt these and add 600
    distilled water, c. Water 60 lb.
    cc., which should be heated to a tempera- Heat a to 70° C. and stir till completely
    ture of 70° 0. The mixture will be of the clear. Heat o to 70° C. and add A to c
    consistency of cold cream. slowly, stirring in one direction only. At
    No. 4 55° 0. add 1) and perfume. Stir and pour
    Dissolve 100 g. purified ox gall in 850 at50°C.
    ce. hot water. Stir vigorously. When If 5 parts of the water are replaced by
    cold add the perfume. Then put in 50 g. 5 parts ^^CarbitoP^ the cream can be
    glycerin containing one g. benzoic acid. poured at 45 ° C.

    Nourishing Cream All Purpose Cream


    Formula No. 1 1. Parachol (Absorption
    Lanolin absorption base 400, glycerin Base) 25 oz.
    50, arnica (1:10) 50, witch hazel extract 2. Lanolin, Anhydrous 10 oz.
    150, distilled water 347, perfume 3. Heat 3. Mineral Oil 20 oz.
    the absorption base until soft (35° C.) 4. .Paraffin Wax 2 oz.
    and incorporate water previously heated to 5. Ozokerite, White 6 oz.
    the same temperature a little at a time. 6. Glycol Bori-Borate 2 oz.
    Finally add the other ingredients. All 7. Water 50 oz.
    parts by weight. Melt together 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 on a water-
    No. 2 bath and keep at 50 ° C. Add solution of
    Cetyl Alcohol 50 g. 6 in 7 heated to 50° C. a little at a time,
    Lanolin 50 g. using a low speed mixer with large paddles.
    Cocoa Butter 50 g. Do not add additional amounts of water
    Cholesterin 10 g. until first addition has been absorbed.
    White Beeswax 50 g. Stir until temperature falls to 42° C. and
    Arachis Oil 100 g. then mix in a little perfume. Then pass
    Mineral Oil 150 g. through an ointment or colloid mill
    Petrolatum, White 240 g.
    Water 280 cc. All Purpose Cream
    Perfume 20 g. Sorbitol Di-Stearate 10%
    Mineral Oil 20%
    Finishing Creani Lanolin 3%
    Glyceryl monostearate 200, glycerin 75, Glycerin 5%
    witch hazel extract 150, water 572, per- Beeswax 4%
    fume 3. Melt the glyceryl monostearate Ceresin Wax 10%
    with the glycerin and add water heated to Water 48%
    boiling. Stir until homogeneous and when
    cooled to 35° C. add the witch hazel ex-
    Make-Up Lemover
    tract and finally the perfume. All parts
    Ceraflux 21/2 Ib.
    by weight. Mineral Oil 8 lb.
    Petrolatum, WTiite 10 lb.
    Bleaching Cream
    Used to remove make-up. No perfum':
    Petrolatum (White) 9 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 6.5 ; lb.
    Mineral Oil 14 lb. Deodorant Creams
    Acimul 12 lb. Formula No. 1
    Carbitol 3 1. Stearic Acid 20
    lb. g
    * Lemon J nice 5.5 ; lb. 2. Potassium Hydroxide 0.8 g
    Water 50 lb. 3. Sodium Hydroxide 0.2 g
    A is melted, h is mixed, heated to 70- 4. Glycerin 0 g
    75° C. and poured slowly into a, with stir- 5. Methenamine 5 g
    ring. Perfume is added at 55° C. Pour 6. Water G7 g
    at 50° C. 7. Titanium Dioxide 2 g
    * Lemon
    juice can be replaced by citric and 8. Perfume to suit
    lactic acid, etc., in proportionate amounts. No. 2
    1. Glyceryl Monostearate 15 g,
    Peroxide Cream 2. Spermaceti 3 g,
    a. Paraffin Wax 4 lb. 3. Glycerin 5
    Mineral Oil
    g
    10 lb. 4. Titanium Dioxide 2 g
    Lanolin 6 lb. 5. Methenamine 5 g
    Acimul 15 lb. 6. Mineral Oil 3 ^
    COSMETICS 53

    7. Water 67 g. Sports Cream


    8. Perfume to suit Glycosterin 12 oz.
    No. 3 Mineral Oil 10 oz.
    1. Acimul 15 g. Cetyl Alcohol 3 oz*
    2. Aluminum Chloride 10 g. Water 100 oz.
    3. Spermaceti 5 g- Heat to 60® C. and mix vigorously till
    4, Glycerin 3 g. emulsified.
    5. Water 67 g.
    6. Perfume to suit
    Dissolve 2 in about 20 or 25 parts of Stearate Cream
    and warm to about 50® C. Place 1, 3, Stearic Acid, Triple Pressed 10,0 g.
    5,
    4 and remainder of 5 in one kettle, and Spermaceti 1.5 g.
    bring to about 90® 0. Eemove from fire, Ammonia 1.0 g.
    place on mixer, make emulsion by stirring Borax 0,5 g.
    rapidly at first, and more slowly until Methyl Cellulose 0.8- 1.0 g.
    product temperature drops to about 50® Mineral Oil 8.0 g.
    C., at wMcb temperature increase agitation
    G-lycerin 4.0 g.
    speed and add aluminum cbloride solution Perfume, as desired 0.5 g.
    a little at a time until all is added. Con- Water, Distilled 78.5 g.
    tinue stirring, add perfume at about 45® Melt stearin, spermaceti and mineral oil
    C. It may be necessary to homogenize or to85®C.
    mill this cream if it is grainy or lumpy. Dissolve borax and glycerin in a part
    If a white cream is wanted, titanium di- of the^ water, at 85° C. The remaining
    oxide can be added. From 2 to 5% is water is used to make the methyl cellulose
    sufficient* mucilage.
    No. 4 Add the ammonia to the water, and pour
    a. Mineral Oil 25 lb. the oil to that right after. Boil for 15
    Acimul 25 lb. minutes. Eeplace lost water, stir until
    b. Water 25 lb. 60° C., when the mucilage (50° C.) is
    a. Oxyquinoline Sulphate added with thorough agitation. Perfume
    (0.1% Solution) 25 lb. at 40® C.
    a is heated till clear, b is heated to
    75® 0. and added to a stirring thoroughly.
    At 60° 0. add c and stir. It is necessary Oxycholesterol and Triethanolamine
    to add 0 in small portions taking care to Stearate Cream
    make no more additions until the previous Soft Paraffin Containing 1%
    portions have been emulsified. Add per- Oxycholesterol 746 g.
    fume, Stir. Pour at 55® 0. Stearic Acid 20 g.
    Triethanolamine 9 g.
    Perspiration Inhibiting Creams Eose Water 225 g.
    XJ. S. Patent 2,087,162
    Perfume to suit
    Formula No. 1 This cream can be made by dissolving
    22,5 g. of aluminum chloride, hydrated the stearic acid and oxycholesterol in the
    (AIOI3.6H2O), 12.0 g. of candelilla wax molten soft paraffin, bringing the tempera-
    and 16.0 g. of stearic acid are boiled under ture to about 70-75® 0., adding the mix-
    a reflux condenser with an alcoholic men- ture of rose water all at once at the same
    struum consisting of 108 cc. of anhydrous temperature, stirring vigorously (the heat
    ethyl alcohol, denatured according to IT. S. being maintained) until the mixture is
    Government formula, and 108 cc. of iso- quote homogeneous, transferring to a cold
    propyl alcohol (98% by volume). When mortar, and whisking until cold.
    solution of the solid ingredients has been
    effected, 0.7 cc. of perfume base is added
    and the mixture is run off into small con- Hormone Cream
    tainers. When cold it forms a solid mass «* Petrolatum 15 g.
    of smooth salve-like consistency, small por- Lanolin, Anhydrous 15 g.
    tions of which can be removed in discrete Absorption Base
    quantities from the container, by means of
    Olive Oil 5 g*
    the fingers, and applied to the human skin, Spermaceti 5 g,
    as under the arms, to control or deodorize b. Hormone Oil 20 g.
    perspiration.
    c. Water or Rose Water 40 g.
    No. 2 d. Perfume
    Like Formula No. 1, except that 16.0 g. Melt a on the waterbath. Cool to be-
    of glycol stearate is used instead of the
    same amount of stearic acid. with Perfume last.
    —
    low 35® C., and add b then emulsify
    54 COSMETICS
    Alum Cream No. 2
    Petrolatum, White 9 lb. (The Color Develops on Application)
    - otj _ A
    ; 1
    Paraffin Wax (52° C.) 6.5 ; lb. a. Stearic Acid 9 kg.
    Mineral Oil 14 lb. Eosin 1 kg.
    Acimul 12 lb. 5. Stearic Acid 30 kg.
    Carbitol 3 lb. Beeswax, White 40 kg.
    Alum Solution, Saturated 5.5 i lb. Parafdn Wax (50/52° 0.) 20 kg,
    Bose Water 50 lb. Ceresin Wax, White 20 kg.
    Melt the oil and waxes at 70° C. Add Mineral Oil 60 kg.
    them to water, alum solution and Carbitol Lanolin, Anhydrous 5 kg.
    of the same temperature with good stir- c. Lanolin, Anhydrous 15 kg.
    ring. Stir until cold enough to be just Ceresin Wax, White 50 kg.
    about pourable (50° C.). Perfume at 55° Spermaceti 5 kg.
    0.
    Mineral Oil 60 kg.
    To the wax-composition h or c, 2 parts
    Myristyl Alcohol in Lotion Creams of the eosin stearate are added, mix well,
    German Patent 633,056 and a bit of alcohol is used to disperse
    Formula No. 1 the dye better. The alcohol evaporates
    a, Myristyl Alcohol 30 g. quickly.
    Petroleum Jelly 9 g. No. 3
    b. Glycerin 7 g- German Patent 633,661
    Water 30 g. Stearic Acid 19 g-
    Melt a on the waterbath. Heat h to Mineral Oil, White 38 S-
    60° C., and add it to a with agitation. Ceresin 38 g-
    Stir till cooled. Undecylic Acid 5
    No. 2 Color
    a. Myristyl Alcohol 80 g. Melt together, and pour into forms.
    Stearin 20 g.
    h. Triethanolamine Oleate 10 g. Liquid Lip Make-Up
    Glycerin 200 g. a. Triethanolamine Oleate 15 lb.
    Water 400 g. Glycerin 10 lb.
    0 . Perfume to suit Water 10 lb.
    As in No. 1. Perfume when cooled. b. Beeswax 10 lb.

    No. 3 Mineral Oil, Wliite 40 lb.


    Olive Oil* Alkali Soap, Neutral 100 g. Scarlet, Oil-Soluble 2.5 lb.
    Myristyl Alcohol 20 g.
    c. Perfume (Eau de Cologne
    Water to suit Oil, Bose, Fougfere)
    No. 4 Emulsify by adding b to a at 50-60®
    a. Palm Oil 100 g. C. Stir till cold, and add perfume.
    Olive Oil 100 g.
    Coconut Oil 40 g. Eouge Cream, Non-Greasy
    h. Caustic Potash (50° Be.) 100 g. Stearic Acid 24.7 kg.
    Water 140 g. Diglycol Stearate 12.35 kg.
    c. Myristyl Alcohol 50 g. Potassium Hydroxide 1.0 kg.
    Saponify a and b by heating to 80-90° Glycerin 3.8 kg.
    C. for iy2 hours. Add o, and stir until Diethylene Glycol 6.75 kg.
    cold. Distilled Water 30.93 kg,
    Tartrazine or Erythrosin 0.38 kg.
    Glycerite of Starch Zinc Oxide 12.35 kg.
    Wheat Starch 70 g.
    Lake Color Combination 6.20 kg.
    Water, Distilled 100 cc. Perfume 1,54 kg.
    Mix the above and add Water, glycerin, and diethylene glycol
    Glycerin 900 g. are mixed. The dyes are dissolved in this.
    Heat with stirring in an oil-bath until Melt stearic acid and diglycol stearate to-
    desired consistency is reached. gether. Mix the waxes and the (warmed)
    water solution with good stirring. Mix in
    Lipsticks the pigments and the perfume. Stir cold.
    Formula No. 1
    Cetyl Alcohol 240 g. Eouge
    White Petrolatum 370 g. Hydrogenated Castor Oil 56 g-
    Ceresin 240 g. Beeswax 16 g-
    Colored Lakes 120 g. Mineral Oil 8 g*
    Perfume 30 g. Lanolin, Anhydrous 4
    COSMETICS CD

    Petrolatum, White 4 g. Melt oil, stearic acid and preservatives


    Lake Color 10 g. at 155® E. Bring water and triethanol-
    Bosin 2 g. amine to same temperature. Add oils to
    water at 155 ° P. with slow stirring. Stir
    Eouge Inalterable until cold. Add alcohol and perfume last.
    Alkanna Extract 4 g. Ho. 2
    Poiychol 5 g. Carob Gum 10 g*
    Alcohol 91 g. Glycerin 120 cc.
    Water 240 cc.
    Oil-Eouge Perfume 5 ec.
    Eosin Stearate 1.5 g. Alcohol (90%) 20 cc.
    Paraffin Oil 10 g. Benzoic Acid 0.5 g-
    Patty Oil 88.5 g.

    Pearly Hand Lotion


    Liquid Eouge
    Formula Ho. 1 Vanishing Cream 22.5 oz.

    Erythrosin, Pure 1-5 g.


    Gum Tragacanth 2 oz.

    Poiychol
    Water 175.5 oz.
    100 g.
    Moldex or Other Good
    Glycerin 200 g.
    Preservative 0.2 oz.
    Alcohol 100 g.
    Water, Distilled 600 g.
    The last three items are dispersed by
    Ho. 2
    warming and mixing. V/hen completely
    dissolved, cool and mix into the vanishing
    Phloxin 2-3 g.
    cream.
    Poiychol 200 g.
    Bose Water 800 g.
    Cooling Hand Lotion
    Liquid Make-Up, Pink Menthol 0.5 g.
    Eosin or Phloxin 0.1 g. Glycerin 10.0 g.
    Alcohol 80 g. Alcohol 60.0 g.
    Poiychol 5 g. Perfume and Color, as desired
    Water, to make 100.0 cc.
    Theatrical Eouge
    Eosin, Yellowish 1 g Creamy Hand Lotion
    Alcohol 5 g. Stearic Acid 3 g.
    Poiychol or Glycerin 10 g. Potassium Hydroxide 0.1 g.
    Eose Water 84 g. Triethanolamine 0.2 g.
    Glycerin 3 g.
    Antipyrin Make-Up Alcohol 5 g.
    Antipyrin 8.7 g. Gum Tragacanth 1.5 g.
    Magnesium Stearate 0.4 g. Beeswax (White) 0.5 g,
    Talcum 0.8 g. Water, to make 100 cc.
    Magnesium Carbonate 0.8 g. Preservative
    Glycerin 12.5 g. Macerate the gum in half the water
    Alcohol 8.8 g. (containing preservative), and set over
    Witch Hazel
    Eose Water
    25
    43
    g. —
    night. Hext day ^in the other half of
    i. water, dissolve the potassium hydroxide,
    Dissolve the antipyrin in the mixed glycerin and triethanolamine, bringing to
    liquids. The powders are mixed with an 70° C. Sepaptely on a waterbath melt
    addition of perfume^ and all is mixed to- the stearic acid and beeswax, bringing to
    gether. 70° 0. Add the wax-acid mixture to the
    Antipyrin in make-ups is not free of water alkali mixture, with rapid stirring.
    objections because it may cause derma- While this is going on, warm up the traga-
    titis in sensitive individuals. canth mucilage to about 60° C., and add
    to the emulsion being stirred, and continue
    Hand Lotion rapid agitation until emulsion is homo-
    Formula Ho. 1 geneous, then continue stirring moderately
    Baisin Seed Oil 17.50 fast until cool. Dissolve any perfume
    Stearic Acid (Triple used in the alcohol, adding this to your
    Pressed) 5.50 g. cold emulsion. Set aside in closed con-
    Eancidex 0.10 g. tainer without touching for a day or two
    Water 70.00 cc. to aid in developing pearliness. Strain
    Triethanolamine LOO g. through muslin. Bottle with aid of grav-
    Alcohol 5.50 g. ity hlleri, If you have a colloid mill avail-
    Perfume 0.40 g*. able, it is advisable to pass the ftnislied
    m COSMETICS

    emulsion through, this machine, immedi- Too energetic methods may result in the
    ately after adding perfume. Be sure to increase of the color, instead of its re-
    use care in stirring, or your mass will be moval. The prescription is to be allowed
    too frothy. Pull mixing containers with to dry on the skin, and to be washed off
    proper stirring apparatus will help avoid in. the morning.

    frothing. Karaya gum or other gums can After a number of applications, a slight
    be used in place of tragacanth. Karaya infiammation may indicate that the process
    is reputed to have a softening effect on the has been carried far enough, and the ap-
    hands that is not possessed by tragacanth. plication of the lotion should cease until
    Adjust the amount of gum to give you the peeling of the skin has been completed.
    desired viscosity and feel. The alcohol
    too can be adjusted to either a higher or
    Freckle ^ ^ Preventive ’ ’
    iower figure. Add sufficient preservative
    Quinine Bisulphate 20 g.
    to preserve the whole mass, dissolving this
    Water 477 g.
    in your water used to macerate the gum.
    Amino Stearin 100 g.
    Petrolatum, White 200 g.
    Glycerin-Benzoin Hand Lotion Mineral Oil 100 g.
    Benzoin 30 g. Woolf at 100 g.
    Glycerin 640 g. Perfume Oil 3 g.
    Alcohol 10 g. Melt the oils and waxes with agitation,
    Color and Perfume, as desired and add, at about 70 0., the quinine bi-
    Water 80 ce.
    sulphate solution of equal temperature
    Soak the benzoin in the mixture of Stir until cold.
    liquids for seven days, and then decant
    the clear liquid. J ust a few drops of the
    lotion should be applied at a time in order Skin Lotions or Oils
    to avoid stickiness. Formula No. 1
    Peanut Oil 100 g.
    Hand Whitening Lotion Lanolin 20 g.
    Formula No. 1 Moldex (Preservative) 1 g.
    Hydrogen Peroxide (30 vol.) 35 cc.
    Triethanolamine Oleate 2-4 g.
    Tincture of Benzoin 10 cc.
    Water 200 g
    Eose Water 950 cc. No. 2
    No. 2 Parachol (Absorption Base) 125 g.
    Tincture of Benzoin 20 g. Peanut Oil 400 g.
    Perfume 10 g. Glycerin 200 g.
    Eose Water 1760 ee. Water 800 g.
    Hydrogen Peroxide (10 vol.) 200 cc. No. 3'

    Peanut Oil or Olive Oil 100 g.


    Lotion for Laborers^ Hands Pine Needle Oil 2 g.
    Glycerin 20 g. Lavender Oil 0.5 g.
    Ammonia Water 5 g. Chlorophyll, Oil Soluble 0.2 g.
    Bay Eum 20 g.
    Eose Water No. 4
    55 g.
    This is to be applied to the hands after a. Walnut Shells, Coarsely
    washing and dried by friction.
    Powdered 100 g.
    Ammonia 3 g.
    Ether 50 g.
    Astringent Hand Lotion
    Alcohol 50 g.
    Tincture of Benzoin 3 g.
    Fatty Oil 600 g.
    Spirits of Camphor 14 g. c. Fatty Oil 400
    Bay Eum 35 g.
    g,
    d. Perfume, etc.
    Witch Hazel, to make 100 ce.
    Make extract a, allow to stand for 6
    Eemoval of Skin Discolorations hours 5 treat with h at below 70° C. re- ,*

    For the removal of skin discolorations peat treatment of press residue of h with
    for which the cause cannot be found, or e. Mix all extracts, steam-treat to remove
    which do not yield to treatment of the solvents. Add d.
    cause, local bleaching may be trie4 by
    No. 5
    the application every evening of the fol- Melissa Oil 2.5 g.
    lowing : Eosemary Oil 2.5 g.
    Mercury Bichloride 0.6 g. Peppermint Oil 5.0 g.
    A.lcohol 40.0 cc. Turpentine Oil 5.0 g.
    Distilled Water 120.0 ce. Menthol 5.0 g.
    For external use. Poison, Methyl Salicylate 10.0 gi
    COSMETICS

    Camphor lO-^l g- Cooling Pace Lotion


    Oil, Infusion, Spirits of Camphor 10 g..
    Chamomile
    to make 150.0 g. Alcohol 45 g.
    No. 6 Perfume 1 g-
    220.0 g. Witch Hazel 44 ec*
    Peanut Oil
    Olive Oil 240.0 g.
    Ammonia 100.0 g. Camphor Face Lotion
    Arnica, Tincture of 70.0 g. Alcohol 580 g.
    Camphor 20.0 g. Camphor 10 g.
    Rosemary Oil 15.0 g. Glycerin, Refined 10 g.
    To each 100 g. of this, add: perfume 10 g.
    Witch Hazel Extract 5.0 g. Witch Hazel, Distilled 390 g.
    Tormentilla Extract 10-20.0 g.
    Walnut Extract 20.0 g.
    Cleansing Pad Lotion
    Eosin 0.5 g.
    Formula No. 1
    Bole, Bed 0.5 g.
    a. Glyceryl Monostearate 1.3 g.
    Triethanolamine 0.3 g.
    Skin Cleansing Lotion Glycerin 1.0 g.
    Stearic Acid 30 kg. Water 83.8 g.
    Cetyl Alcohol 4 kg. h. Oleic Acid 0.6 g.
    Mineral Oil 2 kg. Mineral Oil 2.0 g.
    Glycerin 10 kg. Cetyl Alcohol 0.2 g.
    Triethanolamine 1.5 kg. c. Ethyl Alcohol 10.0 g.
    Borax 0.5 kg. Perfume 0.2 g.
    Iodine-Sulphur Emulsion 0.5 kg.
    The procedure listed is Boil a and stir
    :

    Water, Distilled 41.5 kg.


    to 60® 0. Heat h to 60° C., then add to
    Witch Hazel 10 kg.
    a under constant stirring. Stir until cool
    and then add c. The lotion is poured on
    Face Lotions the pads which have previously been placed
    (For Dry Skin) in the jars. Only about 1 cc. of lotion
    Formula No. 1 per pad is needed, it is claimed.
    Camphor 25 g. Supplementing this type of formulation
    Alcohol (96%) 850 g, is another published one in which the addi-
    Glycerin 25 g tion of a wetting agent and a preservative
    Perfume 30 g. is recommended. The wetting agent, it is
    Water, Distilled 1570 g. pointed out, facilitates wetting the pads,
    No. 2 while the preservative overcomes possible
    Boric Acid 10 g. mold growth in the flannel cloth ordinarily
    Glycerin 29 g. used.
    Menthol 1
    No. 2
    Alcohol 60 g.
    a. Glycol Stearate 1.5 g.
    Witch Hazel, Distilled 300 g.
    Triethanolamine 0.3 g.
    Water, Distilled 600 g.
    Glycerin 3.0 g
    No. 3
    Wetting Agent 0.2 g.
    Lanolin or Cholesterol 0.5 g.
    Water 86.8 g.
    Lecithin 0.05 g.
    Preservative 0.2 g.
    Alcohol 6 g.
    h. Oleic Acid 0.7 g.
    Glycerin (sp.g. 1.23-1.24 ) 5
    Mineral Oil 2.0 g.
    Glyceryl Monostearate 3
    Spermaceti 0.5 g.
    Almond Oil 10
    6, Ethyl Alcohol 5.0 g.
    Water, Distilled about 85
    Perfume to suit
    (For Oily Skin)
    a is brought to a boil and then cooled
    No. 4 65° 65°
    to C.; h is heated to G. in another
    Alcohol 450 g-
    container and then added to a with rapid
    Camphorated Spirits 100 g-
    Perfume 10 g-
    stirring. When the emulsion is cool, per-
    fume and alcohol are added.
    Witch Hazel, Distilled 440 g-
    No. 5
    Sulphur, Precipitated 2 g- Toilet Vinegar
    Glycerin (sp.g. 1.23-1.24) 5 g- Glacial Acetic Acid
    Camphorated Spirits, 10% 3 g- Citric Acid
    Lavender Water 10 g- Distilled Water
    Borax 1 g- Alcohol
    Water, Distilled 81 g* Perfume
    58 COSMETICS
    Astringent Lotion Alcohol 1000 g.
    Laetie aeid 120 min. j alcohol (90%) 1 Sodium Thiosulphate 400 g.
    il. oz. 96 min. alum 60 gr, ; glycerin 200
    ;
    Water 600 g.
    min. potassium oxyqninoline sulphate 80
    ;
    Alum 50 g.
    gr. ; perfume ; water to make 8 fl. oz. Mix Water 150 g.
    the lactic acid with most of the water and Formaldehyde,
    the glycerin. Add the potassium^ oxy- 40% Solution 750 g.
    quinoline sulf ate, then the alum previously Menthol 3 g.
    dissolved in the remainder of the water. Lavender Oil 10 g.
    Dissolve the perfume in the alcohol and Thyme Oil 10 g.
    add the solution to the other ingredients. Ethyl Acetate 25 g.
    Add color if desired. Allow the lotion to Add solution 5 to a; finally add in solu
    stand for two days. Clarify. tion c. Impregnate cloth with this.

    Mild Astringent Lotion Deodorizing Powders


    Zinc Phenolsulphonate 8.0 oz. Formula No. 1
    Camphor 0.4 oz. Oxyqninoline Sulphate 1- 2 g.
    Menthol 0.4 oz. Colloidal Silicic Acid 5 g.
    Perfume 0.8 oz. Zinc Oxide 10 g.
    Alcohol 1.0 gal. Talc 20 g.
    *Witch Hazel, to make 10.0 gal. Colloidal Olay 40 g.
    Color, as desired. Magnesium Stearate 5 g.
    Formaldehyde-Starch 10 g.
    Astringent Bath Lotion No. 2
    Alum 0.5 g. Zinc Peroxide 35 g.
    Boric Acid 2.0 g. Boric Acid 20 g.
    Camphor 0.3 g. Talc 35 g.
    Alcohol 24.0 g. Colloidal Clay 9.5 g.
    Water, to make 100.0 cc.
    ^
    Perfume 0.5 g.
    Perfume and Color, as desired. No. 3
    Chloramine 0.5- 1 g.
    DEODORAlSrT LOTIONS Magnesium Stearate 5-10 g.
    Deodorant Perspiration Lotion Talc 40 g.
    Aluminum Chloride Crystals 22.4 g. Magnesium Carbonate 5 g.
    Color and Perfume, Colloidal Clay 30-40 g.
    as desired Zinc Oxide 9 g.
    Distilled Water, to make 100.0 cc-
    Deodorants
    Borated Perspiration Deodoraii
    Formula No. 1
    Boric Acid ^
    Tale 25 oz.
    Salicylic Acid x g.
    Aluminum Sulphate (Powder) 12 oc.
    Griycerin 2 g.
    Aluminum Stearate 12 oz.
    Color and Perfume,
    No, 2
    as desired
    Alum 15 g.
    Water, to make 100 cc.
    Glycerin 5 g.
    Astringent Perspiration Deodorant Water 80 g.
    Exsiccated Alum 10 g. No. 3
    Boric Acid 10 g. Zinc Oxide 16 g.
    Color and Perfume,
    Boric Acid 6 g.
    as desired Paraffin Wax 3 g.
    Water, to make 300 ec. Petrolatum 25 g.

    Deodorizing Detergent Solution Skin Tonics


    Peppermint Oil 0.2 g. Formula No. 1
    Pine Needle Oil 0.2 g. Sage Tincture 5
    Thymol 0.2 g. Witch Hazel Extract ,
    25
    Alcohol 6.0 g. Borax 5
    Tincture of Green Soap 3.0 g. Glycerin 80
    Water, to make 100.0 ec. Alcohol 347.5
    Perfume 7.5
    Prevention of Perspiration DistilledWater 530
    Hungarian Patent 114,592 All parts by weight.
    a. ; Iodine 200 g. Dissolve the borax in the glycerin, and
    ^

    Glycerin 250 g. dissolve the essential oils, witch hazel, and


    COSMETICS 59

    Mix and add the Cucumber Face Milk


    sago iincture in alcohol.
    Hrater. Shake well and then occasionally a. Wool Fat, Anhydrous 30 g,

    Add talc and filter. h. Eose Water 200 g.


    ’UuT’ing eight days.
    Potash Soap 10
    No. 2 Glycerin 20 g.
    Triethanolamine 5
    c. Perfume 10 g.
    Glycerin 40 SO
    Benzoin, Tincture g.
    Alcohol 330
    d. Cucumber Juice, Fresh,
    Eau de Cologne Extract 5
    Percolated 700 g.
    Witch Hazel Extract 25
    25 Melt a on the waterbath and add to it
    Arnica Tincture (1:10) the luke-warm b in small portions, c is
    Distilled Water 570
    added to the emulsion and all are mixed
    All parts hy weight. through thoroughly. Take off the water-
    bath and stir in slowly the luke-warm d.
    Powdered Skin Tonic Stir until cold.
    Boric Acid 50
    Precipitated Chalk 100 Vitamin F Milky Skin Lotion
    Wi ccli Hazel Extract 5 The following formula gives a sooth-
    "Uge Tincture 3 ing, emollient beauty milk of typically
    perfume 2 modern character, based on triethanola-
    Zinc Oxide 30 mine stearate formed in situ and stabi-
    Talc 810 lized by means of diglycol stearate.
    All parts hy weight. 1. Lanolin 20 g,
    Almond Oil 80 g.
    Facial Astringent Stearic Acid 40 g.
    Purified Alum 5 oz. Diglycol Stearate 10 g.
    Talc 76 oz. Vitamin F (50,000
    Boric Acid 4 oz. units per g.)
    Alcohol (70%) 115 oz. Vegetable Lecithin 1 g.
    Water 200 oz. 2. Triethanolamine 20 g.
    Color, trace of Tartrazine. Glycerin 30 g.
    Perfume, to suit. Water 800 cc.
    3. Perfume to suit

    Skin Milk Muscle’^ Oils


    1, Mineral Oil 300.00 g. Formula No. 1
    Stearic Acid 40.00 g. Olive Oil, Benzoinated 60
    2. Triethanolamine 30.00 g. Mineral Oil 35
    Distilled Water 700.00 g. I^avender or Pine Needle Oil 2
    3. Otto of Eose, Bulgarian 0,20 g. Cholesterol 0.5 g.
    Ehodinol 1.00 g.
    No. 2
    Phenylethyl Alcohol 0.50 g. Lanolin, Anhydrous 6-10 g.
    Citronellol 0.30 g. Olive Oil 94-90 g.
    Alcohol (90%) 10.00 g.
    No. 3
    1. Warm the stearic acid and oil on
    Olive Oil 20 g.
    ‘.iraterbath to about 70° 0.
    Nut Oil 10 g.
    2, Pour the triethanolamine into the
    Mixture of
    prater, agitate, and warm on a waterbath Laurel Oil
    to 70° 0. Then pour (1) into this tri-
    Pine Needle Oil
    ethanolamine solution, with constant stir-
    Lavender Oil
    ring. A
    pure white milk is thus obtained.
    Bosemary Oil
    To avoid clotting, the triethanolamine so-
    The above should be preserved wifi
    lution must be warm.
    sufficiently
    i

    0.1% Eancidex or other anti- oxidant.


    3. Add drop by drop the perfume dis-
    solved in i Icohol to the warm milk
    No. 4
    and
    Castor Oil, IJ.S.P, 10 oz.
    continue co agitate vigorously.
    Olive or Corn Oil 90 '

    ,oz.
    Camphor Oil 1 oz.
    Toilet Milk Gum Benzoin oz.
    Cetyl Alcohol 68 Eancidex
    g* %o oz-
    Medicinal Soap 18 g-
    Glycerin 23 g- Water-Dispersable Antiseptic Oil
    Mineral Oil 91 g* Diglyeol Laurate 20 lb.
    Water 780 cc. Goal Tar Distillate 3 lb.
    Perfume 20 g- Mineral Oil 77 ib.
    60 COSMETICS

    Tlie components easily dissolve in each Sun Burn Lotion


    other with simple miring'. This product Benzocain 2.5 g.
    will satisfactorily di' ’.perse in 1,000 parts Alcohol 15.0 g.
    of water. Glycer}! Monoricinoleate may Carbitol 15.0 g.
    be used in place of the Biglycol Laurate. Picric Acid 0.6 g.
    Water, to make 150 g.

    Sun Burn Preventing Po’wder Sun Tan Lotions


    Formula No. 1 Formula No. 1
    Tale 60 g. Tragacanth, Gum 8.0 -10.0 g.
    Colloidal Clay 20 g. Quinine Bisulphate 50.0 g.
    Magnesium Carbonate 1 g- Citric Acid 50.0 g.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 5 g- Glycerin 90.0 g.
    Methyl Bmbelliferon^ 5 g- Alcohol 200.0 g.
    Titanium Dioxide 5 g. Water, Distilled 990.0 g.
    Pigments (Brown) 7.5 g. Perfume, Water-Soluble 10.0 g.
    Zinc Oxide 1 g’-
    Methyl Parahydroxybenzoate 0.2 g.
    No. 2 No. 2
    Anthracene, Pure 5-10 g. Agar-Agar 2.0 g.
    Zinc Oxide 5 g. Glycerin 40.0 g.
    Titanium Bioxide 5 g. Rose Water 60.0 g.
    Tale 50 g. Quinine Bisulphate 6.0 g.
    Colloidal Kaolin 25 g. Methyl Parahydroxybenzoate 0.2 g.
    Magnesi'am Carbonate 5 g. No. 3
    No. 3 Glycerin 500 g.
    Bismuth Oxychloride 10 g. Water 500 g.
    Talc 25 g. Esculine 50 g.
    Zinc Stearate 5 g. Tragacanth 20 g.
    hCice Starch 15 g. ‘‘Gelose” (Agar-Agar) 15 g.
    Colloidal Kaolin 55 g. Methyl Parahydroxybenzoate 2 g.
    No. 4
    Sun Burn Powders Agar-Agar 4.0 g.
    Formula No. 1 Glycerin 40.0 g.
    Bismuth Subnitrate 10 g.
    Rose Water 60.0 g.
    Esculine 5.0 g.
    Rice Starch 40 g.
    Magnesium Stearate Tormentilla Root,
    5 g.
    Fluid Extract 40.0 g.
    Talc, Superfatted 35 g.
    Colloidal Kaolin, Bry,
    Preservative 0,5-1%
    Saturated with ^ ‘
    Phenol- No. 5
    Camphor ’ ^
    10 g.
    Tannin ft g.
    Alcohol 55 g
    No. 2
    Rice Starch 40 g.
    Water 155 g
    Colloidal Kaolin, Dry,
    No. 6
    Saturated with Phenol- TJ. S. Patent 2,102,712
    Camphor’^ and Sesame A % to 1 per cent solution of benzyl
    anthranilic acid in peanut or other oil,
    Oil, 1:1 40 g.
    with suitable color and perfume added.
    Lycopodium 30 g.
    Talc No. 2
    10 g.
    A1 per cent solution of dimethyl
    anthranilic acid in 20 per cent almond oil
    Sun Burn Preparation and 80 per cent mineral oil with color and
    (Concentrate for Lotions) perfume to suit.
    Formula No. 1 No. 3
    Triehlorbutanol 100 g. A2 per cent solution of anthranilic
    Glycerin 1250 g. acid stearate in mineral oil. (This prod-
    Zinc Oxide 250 g. uct is made by melting 14 pounds of
    No. 2 anthranilic acid with 30 pounds of stearic
    *Anesthesin 3 Isg. acid and heating to 80 ° C. until the mass
    Benzyl Alcohol, Purest 5 kg. is homogeneous.)
    Bther 10 kg.
    Chloroform 2 kg. Depilatory
    Zinc Oxide 10 kg. Strontium Sulphide 32 g.
    Olive Oil 80 kg. Calcium Sulphide 18 g.
    Phenol-Camphor 5 kg. Starch 30 g.
    * Isohutvl Paraaminobenzoate, Talc 19 g.
    COSMETICS
    Eesin-Wax Depilatory The mixture is cooked in an autoclave
    U. S. Patent 2,062,411 at 200® 0. under continuous stirring.
    Rosin 5 lb. When a solution has been formed after
    Beeswax 1 lb. 4 oz. several hours, the whole is filtered through
    Musk Ambrette 7% gr. carbon, dialyzed until all alkali is re-
    Labdanum Resin 7% gr. moved, and concentrated to a syrup.
    Oil Soluble Red Dye gr. This latter is emulsified by sulfonated
    Heat in double boiler until melted mix ;
    oil, or other stabilizers (woolfat alcohols,

    until uniform. Pour into molds. Sticks stearates, resinates, etc.).


    of about an inch in diameter for No. 2
    removing hair from the eyebrows, inch % a. Casein 15 g.
    sticks for use on the upper lip, face and Water 30 g.
    chin, and still larger sticks for melting b. Caustic Soda (sp.g. 1.357) 2.2 g.
    down and applying on larger areas of the Water 28.5 g,
    body for full leg or full arm treatment are 0. Methyl Parahydroxyben-
    used. Before application place a stick in zoate, in 4% Solution 3.0 g.
    hot water. When thoroughly softened ap- d. Caustic Soda (sp.g. 1.210) 2.1 g.
    ply to skin. The plastic mixture is to be Water 6.0 g.
    allowed to remain in place for from 3 to e. Rosin, Powdered 6.2 g.
    15 minutes. After this period the depila- /. Mineral Oil f-
    tory may be lifted away and will bring Almond Oil, Sweet 2.0 g.
    with it the hair which has been imbedded. a made by soaking
    is for 6 hours, dis-
    persed by adding b; c is added. Sepa-
    Plucking Depilatory rately, d is heated to a boil, and e is added
    British Patent 478,176 in portions with stirring, and the solution
    Glucose 210 g. is boiled %
    hour. After mixing all, stir
    Flour 20 g. / into the cooled dispersion.
    Beeswax 8 g. Dialyze the resulting material.
    Boil together for 15 minutes wHh good No. 3
    stirring. a. Tragacanth Gum 3.0 g.
    Glycerin 8.0 g.
    Liquid Depilatory Water 45.9 g.
    Formula No. 1 Sodium Benzoate o.i g,
    Sodium Sulphide, Pure 8-10 g. h. Isocholesterol 14.0 g.
    Sugar 8 g. White Beeswax 4.0 g.
    Water, Distilled, or Mineral 9il (0.881) 25.0 g.
    Witch Hazel 84 g. Disperse a in the usual manner. Cool
    Diglycol Stearate 2 g. to a medium warmth, add the mixture h
    No. 2 ,

    in small portions. Homogenize.


    Sodium Acid Sulphide, Pure 8 g. No. 4
    Sugar 5 g. a. Water 58.0 g.
    Triethanolamine Salt 1.5 g.
    Laurylsulphonate 1 g. Cornstarch 7.5 g.
    Water, Distilled 86 g. b. Caustic Soda (sp.g. 1.21) 2.8 g.
    No. 3 c. Hydrochloric Acid
    Sodium Sulphide, Pure 8 g. (sp.g. 1.2) 3.0 g.
    ^Soluble'’ Starch 4 g. d. Formaldehyde (40%) 0.2 g.
    Sugar 4 g. e. Stearic Acid 2.5 g.
    Glycerin 5 g. Ammonia
    /. (sp.g. 0.960) 1.2 g.
    Borax g. 1 Glycerin (sp.g. 1.230)
    Turkey Red Oil, or 1.3 g
    Mineral Oil (sp.g, 0.881) 1.2 g.
    Sodium Laurylsulphonate 1 g. Water 20.8 g.
    Water, Distilled, Free of Soak the starch in the salt solution a,
    Carbon Dioxide 77 g. make soluble with b ; neutralize again witli
    It is advisable to put a thin layer of 0 when solubilized. Preserve with d.
    mineral oil on top of this liquid depilatory, Separately, melt e and add to the hot mix-
    to better its stability. Shake before use. ture /. To the emulsion fomed this way
    and cooled, the starch colloid is added.
    ProtectingCompound for the Skin to Homogenize.
    Be Used Together With Depilatories Formulas 1-4 represent examples of col-
    German Patent ^^^,384 loidal materials which will penetrate the
    Por^-’iilu No. 1 skin and stay nea* its surface for protec-
    Wood Flour, T ,est 10 lb. tion against the causcxeity of the depila-
    Caustic Soda (1.091) 36 lb. tories*
    COSMETICS
    No. 5 Press tablets. For use, dissolve a tablet
    Sodium Sulphide, Pure 8 g. of about 6 g. in 100 cc. of water, and add
    Alcohol 1 g- a second tablet of a material developing
    Methyleellulose (5 :100) 91 g. oxygen, e.g. sodium perborate or sodium
    persulphate.
    Perfume for Depilatories No. 4
    Formula No, 1 Monomethyl paraamido phenol-
    Bergamot Oil 20 g. sulphate C'AdiloPO 10 g-
    Lemon Gil 20 g. Amidophenol Hydrochloride 5 g.
    Vetivert Oil 10 g. Amidodiphenylamine 6 g.
    Terpineol 10 g. Sodium Sulphite 5 g.
    Lauryl Alcohol 5 g. Dissolve in 500 parts of alcohol, and
    Xylene Musk 5 g. add hydrogen peroxide, or a tablet of a
    Geranium Oil, African 15 g. material developing oxygen.
    Diphenyl Methane 15 g. No. 5
    No. 2 Para-Toluylene Diamine 25 g.
    Bergamot Oil 20 g. Sodium Sulpliite, Crystallized 50 g.
    Terpineol 10 g. Dissolve 7% g. in 100 g. water, and add
    Diphenyl Methane 5 g. the oxidizing tablets or hydrogen peroxide,
    Benzyl Alcohol 15 g. as given above.
    Menthol, Synthetic 50 g.
    Two-in-One Hair Dye
    Lotion for Use After Depilatory Solution I:
    Application Bismuth Subnitrate 50 g.
    Acetic Acid 2 oz. Rose Water 50 g.
    Zinc Acetate 16 oz. Distilled Water 200 g.
    Lavender Oil 2 oz. Alcohol 700 g.
    Water 100 oz. Solution II:
    Mix until dissolved ; filter through, mag- Sodium Thiosulphate 60 g.
    nesium carbonate or tale to clarify. Water 200 g.
    Mix plenty of I with a little IT in th^
    palm of the hand, and put on the hair.
    HAIR DYE SOLUTIONS Does not dye greasy hair and skin. The
    Formula No. 1 hair must be absolutely free of grease, but
    a. Bismuth Subnitrate 50 g. it is advisable to oil the face next to the
    Cream of Tartar 100 g. hair to prevent dying of the skin.
    Water, Distilled 500 g.
    h. Water, Distilled 400 g. Hair Darkening Pomade
    c. Sodium Hydroxide Silver Nitrate 1 g.
    until just alkaline Ammonium Carbonate 1.5 g.
    d. Precipitated Sulphur 25 g. Rose Water 20 drops
    Glycerin (28° Be.) 65 g. Pomade (Fat Base) 30 g.
    e. Rose Water, to make 1000 g.
    Boil a for 30 minutes, pour oft the Hair Dye Fluid, Thick
    ^

    liquid, add h to the residue, and repeat British Patent 463,481


    the boiling. Pour the second extract into Glyceryl Monostearate 15 g.
    the first, add g to make weakly alkaline. p-Phenylenediamine 85 g.
    The thoroughly mixed d is now added to Water, Warm to suit
    the liquids, and washed from the mortar
    by parts of e. Fill up to 1000 cc. Nail and Hair Bleach
    Apply on degreased hair. Hydrogen Peroxide (3%) 8% oz.
    No. 2 Ammonia (0.96) GZ.
    Bismuth Citrate 48 g.
    Nitric Acid, Pure 72 g. Hair Oil
    Tartaric Acid 36 g. Vermouth Oil, American 1 g*
    Sodium Bicarbonate 34 g. Thyme Oil 1 g*
    Ammonia to make slightly alkaline Chamomile Oil, German 1 g‘
    Sodium Thiosulphate 24 g. Peppermint Oil 1 g-
    Glycerin 120 g. Eau de Cologne Oil 10 g‘
    W ater, Distilled 4600 g. Ylang yiang Oil 10 g*
    Method: Similar to that given in No. 1. Cananga Oil 20 g-
    No. 3 Peru Balsam 50 g*
    Amino-diphenylamino-mono- Peanut Oil 10 kg*
    sulfonicAcid *^0 g* Methyl Parahydroxybenzoate 20 g*
    ^ndiiiTn Carbon fltA 20 ff. Digest for 8 da.va. Filter.
    COSMETICS m
    Hair Milk HAIR WAVE SET
    Formula No. 1 Formula No. 1
    Triethanolamine Stearate 7 Gum Karaya 2 g.
    Spermaceti 3 Alcohol 5 g.
    Liquid Paraffin 25 Glycerin 3g'.
    Distilled Water 65 Water & Preservative 93 g.
    Perfume to suit No. 2
    Dissolve the trihydroxyethylamine stear- (Concentrate)
    ate and spermaceti in the liquid paraffin Gum Karaya, Finely
    over a water-bath. While still warm run Powdered 4
    in the water previously warmed. Stir vig- Isopropyl Alcohol 10
    orously until quite homogeneous and cool, Aquaresin GB (Glyceryl
    working in the perfume as the cream cools. Bori-Borate) 8 oz.
    The figures in the formula refer to parts Borax % oz.
    by -weight. This is for beauty parlor use. 4-6
    oz.
    No. 2 are poured into a gal. of water and mixed
    Glyceryl Monostearate 6 for use.
    Liquid Paraffin 30
    Distilled Water 64 Decolorizing Water ^ ^ Soluble ' ^ Gums
    Perfume to suit U. S. Patent 2,093,405
    Water 1 1.
    HAIR FIXATIVES Antimony Potassium Tartrate 5 g.
    Formula No. 1 Gum Karaya 100 g.
    a. Water, Distilled 700 g. Boil and mix until uniform. Add n
    Glycerin little filter-medium (Filter-Cel or magne-
    30 g.
    Borax, Powdered 25 g. sium carbonate) and filter.
    h. Tincture of Benzoin 235 g.
    c. Perfume 10 g. Hair Wave Lotion
    Make solution u, and add h with good Tincture of Benzoin 6.0 g.
    stirring and in a thin jet. Add o. Allow Glycerin 1.5 g.
    to stand 3~5 days. Filter. Alcohol 120.0 g.
    No. 2
    Distilled Water 42.5 g.
    a. Borax, Powdered 20 g.
    Water, Distilled 700 g. PERMANENT WAVE SOLUTIONS
    h. Shellac, Bleached 100 g. Formula No. 1
    <7. Alcohol (90%) 170 g. Ammonia 4.0 g.
    Perfume 10 g. Potassium Carbonate .5 g.
    Dissolve a hot, add & in small quantities, Ammonium Chloride •4 g.
    stirring. When a homogeneous mass re- Water 95.1 g.
    sults, add c at not more than 50 ° C. Stir No. 2
    until cold, keeping evaporation low. Glycerin, C.P. 100 g.
    Store, filter as in No. 1, Sodium Sulphite 100 g.
    No. 3 Water 1000 cc.
    Tincture of Benzoin 970 g. Ammonia (10%) Solution 100 g.
    Perfume 16 g- Dissolve the glycerin and the sulphite
    Venetian Turpentine 20 g. in the water, and add to this the ammonia.
    No. 4 No. 3
    Rosin, Light Grade 90 g. Morpholine 6.0 oz.
    Alcohol (90%) 900 g. Potassium Sulphite 1.5 oz.
    Perfume 10 g. Ammonium Carbonate 2.5 oz.
    No. 5 Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz.
    German Patent Application I, 52,969 Water 89.0 oz.
    Lotion: No. 4
    Poljwinyl Alcohol, High Monoethanolamine 6.0 oz.
    Viscosity 25 kg. Potassium Sulphite 1.5 oz.
    Water 1000 kg. Potassium Carbonate 1.5 oz.
    Sodium Benzoate 4 kg. Borax 0.5 oz.
    Taste: Ammonium Carbonate 2.5 oz.
    Polyvinyl Alcohol, High Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz.
    Viscosity 20 kg. Distilled Water S7.0 oz.
    Water 100 kg. ,
    No. 5
    Resorcinol 1 kg. Ammonium Carbonate 2.0 oz.
    Soap, 10% Alcoholic Solution 12 kg. Potassium Carbonate 1.4 oz.
    64 COSMETICS

    Potassium Sulphite 2.5 oz. solution containing 10 to 50 per cent of


    Ammonium Hydroxide aluminum sulfate and about 5 to 15 per
    (0.900) 3.25 oz. cent of zinc sulfate is applied to the hair
    Sulplionated Castor Oil 1.0 oz. and the formed curls thoroughly soaked
    Distilled Water 90.0 oz. therewith so that penetration of the fixing
    Ko. 6 composition is obtained. In case the hair
    French Patent 810,389 has been very tightly wound it may be
    Ammonium Carbonate necessary to relax the same slightly in
    CL 5 g.
    Monosodium Sulphide 185 g.
    order to obtain such penetration. A pe-
    riod of about 10 to 20 minutes is then
    Lecithin 15 g.
    permitted to elapse, during which time the
    Alcohol 780 g.
    ^
    hair returns to its normal condition of
    Bergamot Oil 15 g*
    elasticity and hardness, but retains the
    Water, Distilled
    &. g. 780
    conformation placed thereon. A thorough
    Composition a is the concentrate, and application of hypertonic neutral salt solu-
    should for use be diluted with h. tion is then made. The neutral salt solu-
    Ho. 7 tion may contain about 10 to 30 per cent
    Ammonia (25%) 100 g. of sodium chloride, 5 to 25 per cent of
    Aramonium Sulphite magnesium sulphate or Boclielle salt.
    Solution (22° BA) 100 g. This is generously applied until the con-
    Turkey Eed Oil (100%) 10 g. centration of excess fixing or softening
    Eose Water 790 g. composition is substantially reduced. If
    preferred, the application of the hyper-
    Milky Permanent Waving Solutions tonic solution may be omitted, in which
    The addition of 2-5% of Milcolto either case the hair may be set up in the desired
    the ammonia or non*ammonia type of per- wave immediately following the fixing pe-
    manent wave solution will produce a milky riod. In the latter case some relaxation
    product which will remain permanently of the wave will result. If the hypertonic
    milky and not separate. The intensity of solution is employed the wave is set while
    the milk can be varied by varying the the hair is still moist therewith and is then
    amount of Milcol used. dried. After drying, the crystallized salt
    is combed or brushed out and the process
    is complete.
    Pre-Permanent Waving Treatment
    British Patent 443,359
    As a preparatory to waving the hair, the Heat Producer for Hair Waving
    application of a 6 per cent solution of a Canadian Patent 367,908
    composition is made, then it is washed off. Aluminum Powder 20- 40 g.
    The resulting wave is made more per- Sodium Thiosulphate 50- 500 g.
    manent and the luster of the hair is said Maleic Acid 50- 150 g.
    to improve. A typical mixture is as fol- Copper Oxide 40- 100 g.
    lows: Fullers^ Earth 500-1000 g.
    Cetyl Sodium Sulphate 15 oz.
    Cane Sugar 35 oz. Permanent Hair Waving Powder
    Anhydrous Sodium Sulphite 50 oz. XT. S. Patent 2,095,374
    Potassium Sulphite 70 g.
    Permanent Hair Waving Without Heat Ammonium Carbonate 30 g.
    Patent 2,061,709
    XT. S.
    A softening agent isprepared by plac- Preventing Lumping in Hair Wave
    ing in water solution 1/100 to 4 per cent Concentrates
    of sodium stannite to which there is added Use Absolute Alcohol in
    about %
    to 2 per cent of sodium hyposul- Gum Concentrates
    phate, less than 1 per cent of sodium Gum concentrates (such as karaya)
    polysulfide and about 1/100 per cent of made with anhydrous or absolute alcohol
    trypsin. The hair to be waved is carefully are more easily dispersed than those pre-
    combed and divided into tresses and the pared with alcohol of lower strength.
    softening composition is generously ap- When alcohol of low proof is used, water
    plied, treating one or several tresses at a present in the alcohol is taken up by the
    time. The treated tresses are then con- gum if the concentrate is stored for any
    formed with the aid of curling devices, if length of time. Gum swollen by water is
    desired. The operation is repeated until particularly difficult to shake into suspen-
    all of the hair has been treated and con- sion. This is a serious drawback when
    formed. A
    period of time of about ten preparing more dilute aqueous solutions
    to twenty minutes is then permitted to from the concentrates as is usually done
    dapse. At the cr-d of this period a water in beauty parlors.
    COSMETICS
    correction continued as above. The po -

    Kinky Hair Straiglitener


    ash is only added after the soap shows
    titv
    U. B. Patent 2,087,953 desired reaction.
    0.3- 8 g.
    stannous Chloride The soap is next cooled and periumea.
    Sodium Mincate , o - 15 I’ For the perfume, 0.5-1.5 kg. of
    Sodium Hyposulphite ^ g. or
    0.5- 18 g. needle oil is stirred with a mixture
    Sodium Polysulphide 0.2-0.6 kg. of castor oil fatty acids,
    0.1-
    Magnesium Hydroxide 0.3 kg. of triethanolamine and
    0.3--0.O kg’,
    make 100 g-
    thoroughly
    to of alcohol. This mixture is

    stirred into the soaii.If desired, the pine-


    modified COCONUT OIL needle oil may be mixed with other
    per-
    SHAMPOOS fume materials such as boriiyl acetate ana
    often combined with other par-
    Coconut oil is lavender oil but these tend to cover
    of high lathering tially the odor of pine.
    in the preparation
    oils
    shampoo soaps, e.g., a liquid
    shampoo may The perfumed soap is allowed to stana
    of coconut oil and in a cool room preferably for 14 days
    or
    be made from 9 parts
    soybean oil. The coco- longer to allow impurities and insoluble
    7 parts of refined a
    avoiding overheat- soap to settle. It should stand for
    nut oil is slowly melted,
    in? the soybean oil
    added and the whole minimum of 8 days. It is then filtered,
    wSmed to about 75» C. StirBe.) in slowly preferably in a cool room. Addition or
    which per cent or
    7 5 parts caustic
    potash (50 5 per cent of glycerin and 5
    has been diluted with 10
    parts oi: distilled isopropyl alcohol renders the liquid soap
    water. After stirring
    until reaction ap- somewhat more resistant to the eliects or
    pears to he complete, cover
    the kettle and later chilling. The finished soap may be
    lest^to see it
    let stand for two
    hours. colored with fluorescein.
    saponification is complete and
    for excess In place of soybean oil, olive foots,
    alkalinity. A
    practical method of testing peanut oil, or sunflower oil niay
    olive oil,
    is to dissolve
    about 2 grams of soap in 6 be used without any other changes in
    the
    warming. fat charge. Coconut oil may be
    replaced
    srams of distilled water, with
    unsaponi- when more
    Turbidity shows the presence of by its fatty acids, slightly
    fied fat, so that
    possibly 200 grams of caustic potash would be required.
    caustic potash should be
    added.
    of
    To test for free alkali, add 2 drops Liquid Shampoo
    to the sample Formula No. 1
    a 1 per cent plienolphthalein
    solution. If a decided red color results, ^
    220 lb.

    stir in 0.3 to 1 part


    of castor oil fatty Coconut Oil Fatty Acids 100 lb.

    acids. If the soap is already too thick, Triethanolamine 200 lb.

    diluted soap may also be added,


    alter
    Alcohol po
    least a
    which it is necessary to boil at Water II9 lb.

    half hour. Eventually 75


    parts of dis-
    tilled water are stirred in.
    The soap dis- Sapamin Citrate IS
    solves overnight. ^
    Alcohol (10%)
    The following alternative procedure Saponin
    j
    may be used as possibly being simpler. Glycerin I
    The fats are warmed together as above
    potash
    and 7.7 parts of 50^ B4. caustic Shampoo, Non-Lathering
    solution diluted with 10 parts of
    distilled 60 cc.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil
    water, added. The vessel is left covered Sulphonated Olive Oil 30 cc.

    for two hours and 75 parts of hot


    water Ethylene Glycol 3 cc.

    added. After complete solution


    the ex- Mineral Oil
    cess of alkali is neutralized with
    castor oil Sulfatate or Other
    fatty
    fatty acids. First 300 grams of the Wetting Agent 1 g-
    acids are stirred into the soap, the
    mixture
    is brought to boiling and
    after a quarter Shampoo
    Oil
    hour, a few drops of soap are tested
    with
    Sulphonated Castor Oil (75%) 65 g
    phenolplitlialein. If the test shows 28
    0.3
    Sulphonated Olive Oil (75%) g.
    a pale pink or lack of a pink color, Best Mineral Oil 6 g.
    kg. of potash carbonate dissolved 3 kg.m Ethylene Glycol 2 g.
    of distilled water is added. However, if
    Perfume to suit.
    the soap sample should still show a decided
    red color, 300 kg. more of castor oil fatty Shampoo
    Soapless Foaminjj
    acids are added, boiled, and again tested.
    When the soap is no longer too alkaline, Virifoam A \

    If still too "Water


    the potash solution is added.
    Color and perfume to suit.
    alkaline^ more fatty acids are added and
    66 COSMETICS

    Lime Hair Cream Make solution a, filter; add b and o,


    Castor Oil, H.S.P. 600 g. which will remain floating on top.
    Bleaelied Almond Oil 275 g. Shake before use.
    Spermaceti 100 g.
    No. 2
    Terpeneless Lime Oil 3 g. Kerosene, White, Deodorized 10 kg.
    Bergamot Oil 2 g. Citronella Oil 10 kg.
    Hydroxy-eitronellal 1 g. Castor Oil 5 kg.
    Melt and strain the bases, cool, and add Alcohol (90%) 50 kg.
    the perfume. Pour into tins or glass jars. Water 75 kg.
    Allow to solidify slowly.
    No. 3
    Petroleum, Rectified 20 kg.
    Hair Creams Vaseline Oil, Yellow 20 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Castor Oil 15 kg.
    Powdered Soap 50 oz. Lavender Oil 5
    kg.
    Water 36 oz. Quinine Hydrochloride kg.
    1
    Glycerin 18
    oz. Formaldehyde kg.
    2
    Bissolve the soap in hot water, add the Lemon Oil kg.
    5
    glycerin. While stirring well add Bergamot Oil 5
    kg.
    Peanut Oil 40 oz. Alcohol 400 kg.
    Mix until homogeneous and add Distilled Water 600 kg.
    Perfume 12 oz.
    and continue stirring until nearly cool. Perfumed Hair Oil
    To get maximum stability run through 12
    Castor Oil oz.
    a colloid mill. 52
    Alcohol oz.
    No. 2
    Lemon Oil 0.5 oz.
    Cholesterin 2 oz.
    Lavender Oil 1 dr.
    White Petrolatum 10 oz.
    10 oz.
    Bergamot Oil 2 dr.
    Lanolin
    Cinnamon Oil 10 drops
    White Mineral Oil 50 oz.
    10 drops
    Clove Oil
    Water 100 oz.
    10 drops
    Citronella Oil
    The lanolin may be replaced by de-
    Tincture of Turmeric 1 dr.
    odorized arachis oil and beeswax (1:5).
    It is necessary to use a homogenizer in the
    preparation of such a cream. Henna Brilliantine
    Powdered Henna 2.5 g.
    Olive Oil 20 g.
    Hair Pomade
    Mineral Oil, Yellow, 80 or to 100 g.
    Tallow 390 g.
    Ceresin,White 150 g.
    Most brilliantines are merely colored
    Beeswax, White oils, henna, oil soluble brown toned with
    50 g.
    Rosin, Pale 200 g.
    red.
    Mineral Oil, White 200 g.
    Perfume 10 g. Cholesterol-Sulphur Hair Lotion
    Alcohol 89 kg.
    Cholesterol 0.5 kg.
    Moustache Pomade
    Sulphurized Oil 1.5 kg.
    Glycosterin 4 g.
    Glycerol 2 kg.
    Gum Arabic 8 g.
    Water 7 kg.
    Water 31 g.
    Castile Soap 12 g.
    Beeswax 30 g. Tar-Sulphur Hair Lotion
    Diethylene Glycol 12 g. Alcohol 50 kg.
    Perfumeto suit. ' ^
    Anthrasol ^ ’
    Warmuntil wax has melted and mix (Tar Distillate) 1.5 kg.
    vigorously until uniform. Sulphurized Oil 1 kg-
    Salicylic Acid 0.2 kg.

    Petroleum Hair Oil


    Distilled Water 42 kg.
    Formula No. 1
    a. Water, Distilled 800 ce. Sulphur Hair Tonic
    Sulphonated Higher Fatty Alcohol 60 kg.
    Alcohol Sodium Salt 5 g. Sulphurized Oil 1 kg.
    b. Alcohol (90%) 200 ee. Boric Acid 2 kg.
    c. Kerosene, Deodorized 25 g. Portugal Essence 2 kg.
    Bergamot Oil 75 g. Water, Distilled 35 kg.
    :

    COSMETICS 67

    Hair Lotion for Dandruff and Dark Ultramarine Blue 145 kg.
    Greasy Hair Lamp Black 5 kg.
    Drench Brandy 90 kg.
    Sulphurized Oil 1kg. Nail Cream
    Triethanolamine 5 kg. a. Beeswax, White 15.0 g.
    Peru Balsam 4 kg. White
    Ozokerite, 2.5 g.
    Montan Wax, Bleached 2.5 g.
    Mineral Oil 60.0 g.
    EYEBROW PENCILS Cetyl Alcohol 2.0 g.
    Eyebrow pencils consist of a fatty base b. Water 23.5 g.
    to form the body of the pencil along with Borax 1.5 g.
    from 10 to 50 per cent of pigment. A fat c. Aluminum Stearate 20.0 g.
    or oil soluble dye may be used to round off d. Fish Silver Paste
    the color or, in fact, may be used as the (10% Dispersed in
    sole color in the pencil. The pigment mix- Amyl Acetate) 5.0 g.
    ture is passed through a fine sieve and then Melt a, add h of about 70® 0. Stir
    mixed with part of the fat base in a mor- thoroughly, add o. Stir until the emul-
    tar or a roller mill and rubbed to an abso- sion is almost cold, add d.
    lutely homogeneous paste. The rest of the
    base, warmed, is added and the small Brittle Nails, Prevention of
    amount of dye is mixed into the fat mix- Pormula No. 1
    ture. When used as a supplement to pig- Nails should be swabbed daily with
    ment, 0.5 to 1 per cent of soluble dye is diglyeol laurate on a tuft of absorbent
    used; as the only coloring material, 10 to cotton. The same treatment should be
    15 per cent of dye is generally necessary. used before applying any nail enamel or
    When dye alone is used it need not be lacquer. In all cases wipe oft any excess
    ground with the fatty material but is of the diglycol laurate.
    simply dissolved in the heated fats. The
    base itself is made by melting the solid No. 2
    ingredients carefully, preferably on the Linoleic Acid 5 g.
    water-bath, and then adding the liquid Diglycol Laurate 5 g.
    components. After mixture with the col- Perfume to suit
    oring material, the mass is passed through No. 3
    a sieve, warmed again and poured into Linoleic Acid 10 g.
    molds. Add perfume shortly before pour- Diglycol Laurate 10 g.
    ing. The stick mass can be made along Cholesterol ¥2 g.
    the lines of the following formulas. Yel- Lanolin 10 g.
    low mineral oil 210, white ceresin 320, Perfume to suit
    beeswax 30, benzoinated tallow 440.
    Beeswax 42, white ceresin 10.5, soft par- Nail Polish Remover
    affin 13.5, anhydrous lanolin 13.5, peanut Ethylene Glycol 6 ce.
    oil 20.5. Ceresin 30, Japan wax 20, bees- Acetone 40 cc.
    wax 30, mineral oil 20. Pigments and Ethyl Acetate 20 ce.
    dyes are used to suit individual tastes. Amyl Acetate 20 cc.
    Use all parts by weight. Alcohol 10 ce.
    Diglycol Laurate 4 cc.
    The inclusion of diglycol laurate pre-
    Eyebrow Pencils vents brittleness of nails.
    Mineral Oil 100 kg.
    Ozokerite (60/62® C.), Cuticle Creams
    White 55 kg. Pormula No. 1
    Beeswax 15 kg. White Petroleum Oil 87.75 g-
    Tallow, Benzoated 240 kg. Paraffin Wax (M.P.
    Coumarin 1 kg. 125® P.) 9.00
    The color for this is, for 1,000 parts of Menthol 3.00 E*
    the base Thymol .025
    Medium Brovm: Color (Oil Soluble Red) to suit
    Umber 225 kg. No. 2
    Mahogany 150 kg. Anhydrous Lanolin 12.0
    DarJc Brown: Distilled Water 12.0 E*
    "Umber 150 kg. Lecithin 0.5 g-
    Mahogany 150 kg. Petrolatum (Cream or
    Kassel Brown
    Blu€-Blacl<}:
    50 kg. Lily White) ms g«
    Light Mineral Oil 20.0
    Zinc Oxide 150 kg. Perfume to suit
    68 COSMETICS
    Since two types of cuticle cream
    tiie Terpineol 20 g.
    above are essentially hydrocarbon oils Cedarwood Oil 20 g.
    which, are difficult to rinse off thoroughly No. 4
    their use should be directed after, not be- Amyl Salicylate 10 g.
    fore, the application of liquid polish. p-Cresyl Acetate 5 g.
    Thus any impairment of lustre and adhe- Phenyl Ethyl Acetate 5 g.
    sion of the subsequently applied polish Benzyl Acetate 20 g.
    will be avoided. Terpineol 20 g.
    Cedarwood Oil 20 g.
    Citronella Oil 20 g.
    Remover
    Cuticle
    Formula hfo. 1 No. 5
    Tri Sodium Phosphate 7-10 oz. Methyl Acetophenone 10 g.
    Glycerin 10-30 oz. Cedarleaf Oil 15 g.
    Perfume to suit Geraniol Terpenes 20 g.
    Water to suit Benzyl Acetate 20 g.

    2
    ISTo.
    Cedarwood Oil 30 g.
    IT. S. Patent 2,041,158
    Phellandrene 5 g.
    Formamide 40-60 oz. No. 6
    Water 60-40 oz. Nutmeg Oil 2 g.
    Methyl Benzoate 2 g.
    Birch Tar (Rectified) 3 g.
    Honey Odor, Concentrate Cedarwood Oil 50 g.
    Methyl Phenyl Acetate 500 g. Terpineol 43 g.
    Ethyl Phenyl Acetate 250 g.
    Ethyl Cinnamate No. 7
    175 g.
    Spike Lavender Oil 40 g.
    Guaiae Wood Oil, Concrete 100 g.
    Terpinyl Acetate 10 g.
    Phenyl Acetaldehyde
    Linalyl Acetate Fractions
    (100% ) Freshly Distilled
    , 50 g.
    (or Shui Oil) 20 g.
    Phenyl Acetic Acid
    Benzylidene Acetone 5 g.
    (Chemically Pure) 50 g.
    Terpineol 10 g.
    Coumarin 60 g.
    Anisaldehyde ex Anethol
    Peppermint Oil s g.
    (Aub4pine) White Thyme Oil 5 g.
    25 g.
    Para-Gresyl Acetate
    Phenyl Acetic Acid 3 g.
    40 g.
    Bromelia Styrax 4 g.
    75 g.
    Benzyl Isobutyrate 30 g.
    P 00

    Geranyl Acetate Benzyl Acetate 60 g.


    30 g.
    Laurinaldehyde Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde 3 g.
    p-Methyl Quinoline 1 g-
    (10% Solution) 10 g.
    Geraniol Terpenes
    Cognac Oil 20 g.
    (Genuine, Green)
    Cedarwood Oil 16 g.
    5 g.
    Vanillin 25 g.
    No. 9
    Benzaldehyde 30 g.
    Phellandrene 20 g.
    Heliotrope, Concrete 90 g.
    Pine Oil 20 g.
    Cetyl Acetate 50 g.
    Juniper Berry Oil 20 g.
    Para-Cresyl Phenyl Acetate 25 g.
    Cedarwood Oil 30 g.
    Naphthalene 5 g.
    Camphor 5 g.
    Soap Perfumes
    Formula No. 1 No. 10
    Diphenyl Oxide Eucalyptus Oil 60 g.
    50 g.
    Cedarwood Oil Cassia Oil 10 g.
    20 g.
    Benzyl Acetate Spike Lavender Oil 10 g.
    15 g.
    Geraniol Terpenes 15 g. Cedarwood Oil 20 g.
    No. 2 No. 11
    Diphenyl Oxide 40 g. Geraniol Terpenes 50 g.
    Geraniol Terpenes 10 g. Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 19 g.
    Cedarwood Oil 20 g. Benzyl Acetate 10 g.
    Methyl Anthranilate 6 g. Terpineol 10 g.
    Petitgrain Oil 10 g. Cedarwood Oil 10 g.
    Lemongrass Oil 5 g. Phenylacetaldehyde 1 g-
    No . 3 ANo."12'"'
    Amyl Salicylate 40 g. Nutmeg Oil 10 g.
    Aubepine 10 g. Methyl Salicylate 8 g-
    Benzyl Acetate 10 g. Methyl Benzoate 5 g.
    COSMETICS

    Geraniol Terpenes da g. No. 3


    Cedarwood Oil 20 g. Dissolve 20 to 25 g. essence of eau do

    Terpineol 8
    '.
    Cologne and 0.5 g. of menthol in 1,000
    g. of best-grade paraffin wax melted on
    a water-bath. Stir well and cast in
    Solid Perfumes
    molds. Sometimes almond oil is used
    Formula No. 1 with the eau de Cologne.
    Paraffiu Wax 500 g.
    A
    satisfactory base can be prepared
    Melt on water-bath and add by dissolving about 10 per cent of good
    Perfume Oil 50 g.
    soap chips in alcohol.
    Menthol Hi g.
    No. 4
    Mix well and pour into containers at
    Sodium Stearate, Colloidal 325 g.
    160® P.
    No. 2 Aluminum Hydroxide,
    Acid 5 g. Colloidal 20 g.
    Stearic
    Glycerin 600 g.
    Melt and mix vigorously with
    Cologne Water Oil 50 g.
    Sodium Carbonate Hi
    iHi Menthol 5 g.
    Eosin Soap (Best)
    Toilet Water (75%
    Alcohol) 93 g. Cedar Odor for Soap and Polish
    Heat in an autoclave for Hi hour and Cedar Oil 300 cc.
    DOur into molds. Clove Oil 120 cc.
    No. 3 Cassia Oil 80 cc.
    Potassium Biacetono Bergamot Oil 400 cc.
    Fructose Sulphate 2 g. Benzaldehyde 30 cc.
    Add with vigorous mixing to following Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 50 cc.
    until a gel is formed. Musk Xylene 20 g.
    Perfume Oil 10 g. The popularity of cedar oil, which is
    Alcohol 80 g. said to be the seventh odor in order of
    Pack cold. preference, is attested by the fact that
    No. 4 it is used to mask the odors of chlorine
    Stearic Acid 9 g. disinfectants, furniture polish, insecti-
    Alcohol 50 g. cides, and naphthalene and paradichloro-
    Warm together until dissolved. benzene blocks and cakes. It is also
    To above add : used considerably in compounding per-
    Caustic Potash 1 g. fumes for deodorizing theaters.
    Water 40 g.
    Heat and mix on a water-bath until
    Cool to 50® C. and stir in per-
    Ambergris —^Functionand Application
    clear.
    Perfumes
    of, in
    fume. Pour into molds.
    Black ambergris has the most pro-
    nounced indole odor, the infusion is dark
    Solid Eau de Cologne in color with a coarse but strong smell.
    Formula No. 1 Some varieties of ambergris which are
    This generally considered as a more
    is light in color have little odor, and the re-
    )r transparent alcohol soap. One
    less sulting tinctures are of little value, being
    method is to dissolve 8.5 g. of stearic weak. Qualities should be selected in
    acid in 50 g. of 90 per cent alcohol. To which the indole odor is not excessively
    this 1.3 g. of sodium hydrate dissolved strong and the sea-smell present, but not
    in 40 g. of water are added. The mix- pronounced. Ambergris is tested by
    ture is warmed until it becomes clear. taking small quantities from different
    Now add essence of eau de Cologne care- pieces, reducing to a fine state of divi-
    fully to avoid loss by evaporation and sion and making a tincture of 1 gram in
    any congealing action. Pour into molds 40 cc. of 96% alcohol. After two or
    and allow to set. three days a test slip is immersed in the
    No. 2 tincture, allowed to dry —
    the odor should
    Another formula is: Mix 150 g. white not be foscal; after 12 hours the odor
    gelatin (i.e., gelatin containing zinc ox- should be fully developed and should sub-
    ide or titanium oxide) with 750 g. hot sist for several days. The strength of
    water and let stand for 24 hours. Then tincture is 25 g. of ambergris to 1 1. of
    add 50 g. 28® Be. glycerin in which about alcohol j 1,000 g. of powdered ambergris
    1.5 to 2.5 per cent essence of eau de are placed in a wide-mouthed vessel of
    Cologne and about 0.5 to 1 per cent re- 10-12 1. capacity and 8 1. of 96% al-
    crystallized menthol have been dissolved. cohol are added, allowed to digest for
    \ preservative will be required for this. eight days, with occasional stirring.
    :

    70 COSMETICS
    Tlxe supernatant liquid is decanted and No. 5
    reserved, and replaced by 8 1. of fresh Talcum, Finest 333 g.
    alcohol, •which is decanted after 8 days. Colloidal Clay 333 g.
    In all such extractions are made,
    five Zinc Oxide 167 g.
    and the combined 40 1, of alcoholic ex- Magnesium Carbonate 167 g.
    tract are filtered and placed in a warm ^Binder 80 g.
    spot to mature for six months. The * Consisting of
    mare is covered with 10 1. of alcohol and Tragaeanth 80 g,
    Alcohol 100 g.
    allowed to stand until it is necessary to Water, Distilled 900 g.
    extract a further quantity of ambergris,
    when this alcohol is used for the first Adhesive for Compact Powders
    extraction. The exhausted residue is Dextrin 15 g.
    placed to dry in the air, ground and pre- Gum Arabic 10 g.
    served in metal containers for -use in Water 75 g.
    sachet powders and musk powders. For Aquaresin 10 g.
    good results in perfumes it is necessary
    to use 30 to 80 cc. of this tincture to 1 1. Liquid Face Powders
    of perfume. Formula No. 1
    Zinc Oxide 200 g.
    Compact Powders Titanium Dioxide 50 g.
    Formula IN’o. 1 Talcum 50 g.
    Talcum 42.64 kg.
    Eau de Cologne 100 g.
    Zinc Oxide 14.96 kg.
    Eose Water 680 g.
    Glycerin 20 g.
    Magnesium Carbonate 2.94 kg.
    Starch 26.46 kg. No. 2
    ’^Stearin-Starch 13.00 kg.
    Bismuth Subnitrate 20 g.
    * Stearin-Starch (Binder)
    Calcium Carbonate,
    a. Stearic Acid lOO g. Precipitated 75 g.
    Mineral Oil 20 g. Zinc Oxide 55 g.
    h. Ammonia (0.97) 50 g. Talcum
    c.Corn Starch 250 g. 150 g.
    Melt a, add h •with good agitation, and to Orange Flower Water 670 g.
    this emulsion add c. Stir till cold. Strain. Eau de Cologne Oil 10 g.
    Grind when hardened. Glycerin (28® B6.) 20 g.
    No. 2 No. 3
    Talcum 30.58 kg. Zinc Oxide 20 g.
    Zinc Oxide 21.12 kg. Calcium Carbonate,
    Magnesium Carbonate 3.43 kg. Precipitated 150 g.
    Starch 30.87 kg. Talcum 30 g.
    *Stearin-Starch 14.00 kg. Glycerin (28® B4.) g*
    10
    * “Stearin-Starch” Binder for Perfume 10 g.
    Compact Powders Eose Water 180 g.
    a. Stearic Acid 25 g. Water, Distilled 600 g.
    Cetyl Alcohol 5 g.
    Mineral Oil 5 g,
    No. 4
    b. Corn Starch 50 g. Titanium Dioxide 120 g.
    Calcium Carbonate 15 g. Tincture Benzoin,
    Dissolve a in ligroin (or solvent naphtha)
    and mix with b to a heavy mass. Dry, grind,
    Siam (1:5) 50 g.
    sift. Glycerin 60 g.
    10-12% added to the other powder
    of this is Glycopon S or Alcohol 70 g.
    bodies to bind them in the compact powder Perfume
    block. 3 g.
    Gelatin 2 g.
    No. 3
    Water, Distilled 695 g!
    Talcum, Finest 40 kg.
    These powders may contain pigments
    Colloidal Clay 25 kg. or dyes to give the desired shades.
    Corn Starch 30 kg.
    Zinc Oxide 5 kg. No. 5
    '

    (Flesh Color)
    No. 4
    Magnesium Carbonate,
    Talcum 35 kg. Eight 15 g.
    Colloidal Clay 25 kg. Zinc Oxide, Light I.5 g.
    Barium Sulphate 10 kg. Salicylic Acid 0.1 g.
    Starch 25 kg. Alcohol (90%) 7 g.
    Zinc Oxide 5 kg. Ponceau 4R
    The powders are pressed to blocks by (1:100 Solution) 0.1 g.
    a correct pressure, which is essential for Eosin, Yellowish
    the success. (1:100 Solution) 0.03 g.
    COSMETICS 71

    Bose Water about 86.3 g. Titanium Dioxide 8 g*


    Special Perfume about 1 g- Tale 10.5 gv
    ^ No. 6 Glycerin 6 g-
    German Patent 633,661 Water, Distilled 80 g*
    Zinc Stearate 3.8 g- Mix thoroughly.
    ITndecylie Acid 0.2 g- Shake before use.
    Formula No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10
    Standard With Quick Extra
    Type Chalk Drying Smooth
    Btarch, Bice or Corn 5 oz. 5 oz.
    Colloidal Kaolin 10 oz. 10 oz. 10 oz. 15 oz.
    Precipitated Olialk 5 oz. 5 oz,
    Zinc Oxide 16 oz. 10 oz.
    ^

    Titanium Dioxide 5 oz. 5 oz.


    Glycerin 8 oz. 5 oz. 10 oz. 7 oz.
    Alcohol 10 oz. 7 oz. 9 oz. 10 oz.
    Perfume Compound 1 oz. 1 oz. 1 oz. 1 oz.
    Tincture Benzoin 5 oz,
    Quince Seed Mucilage 3 oz.
    Distilled Water 105 oz. 112 oz. 100 oz. 104 oz.

    Powder Creams Stearic Acid 7 g.


    Formula No. 1 Caustic Potash 1 g.
    Zinc Oxide 3 kg. Zinc Oxide 5 g.
    Titanium Dioxide 3 Water 26 g.
    Parachol (Oxyeholesterol-
    Absorption Base) 10 Astringent Powders
    Stearic Acid 3 Formula No. 1
    Potassium Hydroxide 0.1 kg. Aluminum Cetyl Acetate 0.5 lb.
    Glycerin 4kg. Zinc Stearate 5 lb.
    Spermaceti 5 kg, Zinc Oxide 10 lb.
    Water 71.9 kg, Titanium Dioxide 5 lb.
    Perfume \ Magnesium Carbonate 10 lb.
    to suit
    Color j
    Talc 50 lb.
    No. 2 Colloidal Kaolin 19.5 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 5 kg. No. 2
    Stearic Acid 22.8 kg. Tale 40 lb.
    Potassium Hydroxide 0.8 kg. Colloidal Kaolin 25 ib.

    Glycerin 10 kg. Zinc Oxide 20 lb.


    Water 61.3 kg- Magnesium Carbonate 5 lb.

    Perfume Zinc Undecanate 5 lb.


    )
    to suit Tannic Acid, Purest 5 lb.
    Color I
    No. 3
    No. 3
    Tale 20 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 3kg.
    Colloidal Kaolin 25 lb.
    Absorption Base 6kg.
    Titanium Dioxide 5 lb.
    StearicAcid 2kg.
    Zinc Oxide 20 lb,
    Potassium Hydroxide 0.2 kg.
    Magnesium Carbonate 10 lb.
    Glycerin 3 kg.
    Zinc TJndeeanate 10 lb.
    Spermaceti 3 kg.
    Aluminum Stearate 5 lb.
    Water 82.2 kg.
    No. 4
    Perfume ]
    to suit Alum, Powdered 0.5 lb.
    Color j Aluminum Stearate 4 lb.
    No. 4 Zinc Stearate 10 Ib.
    a. Zinc Stearate 7.6 g, Magnesium Carbonate 10 lb,
    Undecylic Acid 0.4 g. Zinc Oxide, Purest 25 lb.
    Glycerin 15 g. Titanium Dioxide or Borate 4.5 lb.
    h. Water, Distilled g. 10
    J.V/ Colloidal Kaolin 20 lb.
    Mix a well, and add h slowly, mixing Talc 21 lb.
    thoroughly.
    No. 5
    .

    ^ Witch Hazel Powder


    Velouty de Dixor ^ ^ Type a. Tale 30 lb.
    Starch 20 g. Colloidal Kaolin 35 lb.
    Glycerin 40 Magnesium Carbonate
    g. 5 lb.
    COSMETICS
    Witch Hazel Water, 1:1, Tale
    or Extract 10 lb. Zinc Oxide
    h. Zinc Stearate 5 lb. Magnesium Stearate
    Titanium Dioxide 5 lb. No. ,2

    Bice Starch 10 lb. Bice Starelr


    Lavender Perfume as desired Magnesium Carbonate
    Mix a thoroughly and dry cautiously in Colloidal Kaolin
    vacuo. Mix with &. Tale
    Zine Stearate
    Military Foot Powder No. S
    Trioxymethylene 10 g. (Very Dry, Prencli Style)
    Boric Acid, Powdered 10 g. Bice Starch I

    Talc 72.5 g. Corn Starch. j

    *Pat Composition 7.5 g. Magnesium Carbonate 1


    * Consists of
    Yellow Vaseline 50 g.
    Lanolin, Anhydrous 20 g. Toilet Powder
    Beeswax, White 5 g. French Patent 803,330
    Water, Distilled 25 g.
    Talc
    Body Powder for Children Zinc Stearate
    Formula No. 1 Boric Acid
    Tale 70 Zinc Oxide
    kg.
    Colloidal Kaolin 25 kg.
    Lycopodium 3 kg. Talcum Powders
    Magnesium Carbonate 2 kg. Formula No. 1
    No. 2 Tale
    Talc 80 kg. Boric Acid, Powdered
    Colloidal Kaolin 15 kg. Magnesium Carbonate
    Zine Stearate 5 kg. Zinc Undeeanate
    No. 3 No. 2
    Bentonite, Sterilized 10 kg. Talc
    Boric Acid, Powdered 5 kg. Bice Starch
    Bice Starch 10 kg. Boric Acid, Powdered
    Lycopodium 15 kg. Titanium Dioxide
    Magnesium Carbonate 5 kg. Magnesium Carbonate
    Titanium Dioxide 5 kg. No. 3
    Zinc Oxide 5 kg. Talc, Finest
    Tale 45 kg. Magnesium Carbonate
    No. 4 Zine Stearate
    Talc 50 kg. No. 4
    Eice Starch 15 kg. Tale
    Magnesium Carbonate 15 kg. Magnesium Stearate
    Lyeopodinm 5 kg. Magnesium Carbonate
    Titanium Dioxide 1 kg. No. 5
    Zinc Oxide 4 kg. Tale, Venetian
    Magnesium Stearate 5 kg. Zinc Oxide
    Boric Acid 2 kg. Boric Acid, Powdered
    Magnesium Carbonate
    Superfatted Baby Powders Colloidal Clay
    Formula No. 1
    Talc 7^ Electric Bazor Pre- Shaving Lotion
    Colloidal Kaolin 2( (Sets up hair prior to shaving)
    Magnesium Stearate i Alcohol 50 g.
    Monostearate
    Grlyceryl I Water 50 g.
    No. 2 Aluminum Chloride V>
    " a*.
    Titanium Dioxide, Purest I Color Yellow ) x
    Magnesium Stearate { Perfume |
    Colloidal Kaolin If Apply to face and allow to dry before
    Tale shaving.
    Glyceryl Mono stearate 1

    Shaving Cream
    Starch Powders Formula No. 1
    Formula No. 1 Stearic Acid 80 g.
    Bice Starch i Tallow, Edible 18 g.
    Corn Starch i Coconut Oil Cochin 20 g.
    COSMETICS 73

    Caustic Potash (36° Be.) 70 g. dj keeping the mixture free from lumps
    Water 100 g. and air bubbles. Let cool without stir-
    Triethanolamine Oleate 3 g. ring, and allow to stand for 3 days, when
    Let stand in earthenware jars for 2 pearl formation should have occurred.
    weeks, mixing from time to time. To this, the emulsion e, prepared at 70-
    ^ No. 2 80° C., is added, and the whole is homo-
    m Biglycol Btearate 14 Ib. genized in a roller mill.
    Stearic Acid 6 lb.
    Mineral Oil 1 lb.
    Non-Gummy Shaving Cream
    h. Biethylene Glycol 5 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,047,320
    Water 74 lb. Hydrogenated Cotton Seed
    Melt a to 70° C., and heat T> to 75° C.
    Oil Fatty Acids 32.5 oz.
    separately. Add h to a slowly with good Coconut Oil 4.8 oz.
    agitation. Stir until the cream sets.
    Caustic Potash (42.2° B4.) 17.6 oz.
    This gives an excellent product, highly Caustic Soda (42,2° Be.) 2.9 oz.
    thought of on the Continent. Water 39.5 oz.
    No. 3
    Stearic Acid 6 lb.
    Glyceryl Monostearate 6 lb.
    Shaving Cream That Will Prevent
    Sulphonated Olive Oil 4 lb. Bazor Blades Prom Busting
    Bigiycol Laurate 2 lb.
    British Patent 450,221
    Glycerol 2 lb.
    The addition of 1 g. per lb. of chromium
    Potassium Hydroxide 0.3 lb. hydroxide or sodium dichromate to a shav-
    Borax 0.5 lb.
    ing cream will passivate the razor blade
    Water 79.2 lb. used in shaving.

    Greasy Shaving Cream Solid Shaving Preparation


    Stearic Acid, Triple Pressed 75 lb. German Patent 636,097
    Sesame Oil, J?reserved 70 lb. Formula No. 1
    Spermaceti 10 lb. Magnesium Peroxide 1,000 g.
    Ammonia (0.880) 10 lb. Lactose 200 g.
    Glycerin 30 lb. Gum Arabic 50 g.
    Water, Distilled 315 lb. Hydrogen Peroxide-
    Carbamide 5 g.
    Shaving Cream, Transparent Water to correct
    Gelatin 2 g. consistency
    Wheat Starch 1 g.
    Glycerin 20 g.
    No. 2
    Triethanolamine Oleate, Light 8 g.
    Magnesium Peroxide 1.500
    Distilled Water 69 g.
    Hydrogen Peroxide-
    Carbamide 60
    Brushless Shaving Cream Gum Arabic 300
    Stearic Acid 16.5 g. Magnesium Carbonate 3.500
    Lanolin 1.0 g.
    Lactose 200
    Eaisin Seed Oil 8,5 g.
    Talc 200
    Triethanolamine 1.0 g.
    Water to su
    Water 72.5 ce. Mix together thoroughly, wet with
    all
    Perfume 0.5 g. water, and press into forms (sticks).
    Apply the stick, leading it over the
    Non-Foaming Pearly Shaving Cream skin. After %
    a minute, shaving can
    a. Coconut Oil 20 kg. start.
    Hog Fat 15 kg.
    h. Potassium Hydroxide
    (about 90%) 37 kg. Casein Paste to Enhance the Molding
    Borax 2.5 kg. Properties of Shaving Soap
    Water, Distilled 145 kg. Casein 10 kg.
    c. Glycerin 100 kg. Water, Cold 27.4 kg.
    Water, Distilled 45 kg. Water, Hot 10 kg.
    d. Stearic Acid 146 kg. Borax 1.35 kg. •

    e. Diglycol Stearate 40 kg. Boric Acid 1.25 kg.


    Stearic Acid 80 kg. Stearic Acid 15 kg.
    Water, Distilled 400-500 kg. Lanolin 15 kg.
    Saponify a with h. Wlien finished, add 2-4% of this paste should be added to
    c, and after 1 hour on the waterbatli add the soap before pressing.
    COSMETICS
    Shaving Soap Pour into forms, cut, etc.
    Eormula Ho. 1 * Not more than 0.03% as KOH.
    a. Stearic Acid, Not more than 0.5-1% free stearic acid.
    Triple Pressed 80 kg. Ho. 2
    Coconut Oil, Cochin 20 kg, Stearic Acid 40 kg.
    2>. Potash Hydroxide Coconut Oil, Cochin 10 kg.
    (38'^ Be.) 36 kg. Potassium Hydroxide
    Sodium Hydroxide (38° Be.) 23 kg.,
    (38° Be.) 19 kg. Sodium Hydroxide
    Water, Distilled 2 kg. (38° Be.) 6 kg,
    Glycerin (28° Be.) 6- 8 kg. Diglycol Stearate 4 kg.
    Melt a to 75 ° G. in steam- jacketed kettle Glycerin 1 kg.
    >q Qj with stirring. Mix the lyes with glycerin
    Saponify in the regular fashion at 70
    and water, h, and add this slowly to the
    80° 0., and add the diglycol stearate to
    kettle, causing a strong development of
    the finished soap.
    heat. When the soap rises too much, cool
    This product is highly favored on the
    by spraying with cold water. Wlien all &
    Continent.
    has been added, start heating again, and
    keep stirring for some time. Stop both
    for one hour, let stand covered. Keep at Transparent Shaving Soap
    about 80° C. Only the highest grade of materials is
    Stir up again, let stand for another suitable for use in transparent shaving
    hour. Test for correct neutrality * and soap. This applies equally to the fats and
    absence of unsaponified fat, and adjust, if lye, as well as to glycerin and other m-
    necessary, with some stearic acid. cidental ingredients.

    Formula Ho. 1 Ho. 2 Ho. 3


    Beef Tallow — 20 oz. 40 oz.
    Cochin Coconut Oil 30 oz. 20 oz. 30 oz.
    Triple Pressed Stearic Acid 60 oz. 50 oz. 20 oz.
    Castor Oil 10 oz. 10 oz. 10 oz.
    Caustic Potash (40 ° B4. 35 oz. 30 oz. 20 oz.
    Caustic Soda (36° BA) 15 oz. 20 oz. 30 oz.
    Denatured Alcohol 40 oz. 50 oz. 60 oz.
    Glycerin 20 oz. 15 oz. 10 oz.
    Sugar 15 oz 20 oz. 20 oz.
    Water 20 oz. 20 oz. 20 oz.
    Perfume 1.5 oz. 1.5 oz. 1.5 oz.
    Color to suit

    The
    oils and fats, except for a portion possible and put into tin barrels. On the
    of the castor oil, are put into a covered second day the soap bars are taken out
    kettle and warmed to about 60° C. (140° by warming the barrels. The bars are
    F.) on a water bath. The alkali is heated cut to the required size and kept for two
    to the same temperature and then added weeks to dry. They are then stamped
    slowly with constant stirring to the fat and packed.
    charge. A
    little alcohol is added to ac- Care must be taken in the selection of
    celerate saponification. The kettle is kept color and perfume in order to keep the
    covered for half an hour when the batch soap transparent. Water-soluble colors
    is tested to determine whether saponifica- are preferable.
    tion is complete. If it is, the remainder
    of the castor oil is run in. It is covered
    again and kept on the water bath. After Shaving Soap Bases I

    an hour tests are again made for com- Formula Ho. 1


    pleteness of saponification. If too much Palm Oil (or Fatty Acid) 20 kg I
    alkali is found present it must be taken Coconut Oil 15 kg.
    up by the addition of more oil. Olive Oil (or Sulphur
    The soap is next removed from the water Olive Oil) 15 kg.
    bath and a clear, filtered
    solution of Stearic Acid 50 kg.
    pgar warmed to about 70° C. (158° F.) Ho. 2
    is added with thorough mixing. Alcohol Palm Oil Stearin 75 kg,
    and. glycerin are also stirred into the soap Coconut Oil 15 kg.
    until the soap has gone into solution. OHve Oil 10 kg.
    Filtered dye material and perfume are
    For the saponification use a 2:1 or a
    added. The soap solution is filtered if 3:1 mixture of potassium and sodium hy-
    COSMETICS 75

    droxlde. Slight addition of glycerin is FTo. 5


    possible, but not necessary. Sage Tincture 5
    Witch Hazel Extract 75
    Transparent Liqiiid Shaving Soap Borax 5
    * : . ; T O frn i-
    Acid
    •I

    Oleie 13.50 kg. Glycerin 80


    Coconut Oil 15.75 kg. Alcohol 345
    Caustic Potash Eau de Cologne Essence 5
    (50%) about 6.33 kg. DistilledWater 485
    Water, Distilled 79.00 kg All parts by weight.

    Liquid Clear Sliaving Soap After-Shaving Powder


    Olive or Apricot Talcum, Finest SO g.
    Kernel Oil 350 g. Zinc Oxide 25 g.
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 g. Colloidal Kaolin 20 g.
    Alcohol 90 g. Boric Acid 5 g.
    Glycerin 60 g.
    Caustic Potash Embalming Fluids
    (48° BA) about 190 g. Formula No. 1
    Water, Distilled 210 g. Borax 4 oz.
    Saponify in tlie regular manner, and Phenol 5 oz.
    neutralize witli. a. good 100% Turkey Bed Salicylic Acid 5 oz.
    Oil (72-74% fat content). Store cold Formalin (40%) 71 oz.
    and after a
    filter weeks. When using Glycerin 31 oz.
    olive oil, use a zerolized oil (liquid fraction Water to make 1 gal.
    pressed out at 0° C.), which will not de- No. 2
    posit any stearin on cooling. Special Jaundice Fluid
    Same fluid as above, except omit the
    Cooling After-Shaving Lotions formalin and add 10 oz. more of phenol.
    Formula Ko. 1
    Menthol No. 3
    2 g.
    Glycerin 100 French ‘ ^ Oil Embalming Fluid ’ ’

    g.
    Alcohol 500 g.
    Borax 3 oz.
    Water 400 ec.
    Sodium Salicylate 1 oz.

    No. 2 Sodium Chloride 1 oz.


    Glycerin 5 oz.
    Boric Acid 4 g.
    Water 6 oz.
    Menthol
    Glycerin
    1 g
    30 g.
    Sodium
    Sodium
    Nitrate
    Citrate
    m
    1
    oz.
    oz.
    Alcohol 125 g.
    Water or Witch Hazel, Sodium Chlorate % oz.

    to make 1,000 cc. Sodium Chloride 1 oz.

    d CO Water 6 oz.
    Menthol 7 oz.
    Menthol % g-
    Thymol 11 oz.
    Alcohol 15 g.
    Clove Oil 2 oz.
    Glycerin 25 g.
    Mucilage of Irish Moss Peppermint Oil 2 oz.
    12 g.
    Boric Acid 5 g.
    Nutmeg Oil 2 oz.
    Eucalyptus Oil 3 oz.
    Perfume and Color, as desired
    Camphor Water, make 100 Methanol 22 pt.
    to cc.
    Formalin 6 pt.
    No. 4
    Glyceryl Monostearate 18.0 g. Dissolve the oils in 7 pints methanol
    Peanut Oil 4.2 g. (except the clove and eucalyptus). These
    Lanolin 2.5 g. are dissolved in the balance of the meth-
    Diethylene Glycol 5.0 g. anol. The formalin is added to this.
    Menthol 01 g.
    When a and & are both dissolved, mix to-
    Alcohol o.O ce. gether and add the methanol solution of
    Water 65.0 cc. menthol and eucalyptus. Let stand 6
    •

    Nov 5 hours, filter and bottle.


    Astringent No. 4
    Boric Acid 5 oz. Alkaline Embalming Fluid
    Menthol 2 dr. 10% Sodium Carbonate
    Glycerin 10 oz. Solution 1 pt.
    Alcohol 10 qt. 20% Sodium Nitrate Solution 1 pt.
    Water, to make 10 gal. 20% Sodium Citrate Solution 1 pt.
    Perfume and Color, as desired. 17% Sodium Chloride Solution 1 pt.
    : :
    :

    COSMETICS
    25% Granulated Sugar Glycerol 12 lb.
    Solution Potassium Nitrate 3 lb.
    25% Paraclilormetacresol Boric Acid 1.5 lb,
    Solution, in Metlianol 1 pt. Sodium Citrate 1 lb.
    Formalin (40%) 3 pt. Clove Oil 0.5 lb.
    Glycerin 1 pt. Red Dye sufficient to color
    Make solutions separately, tlien add and Water 15 lb.
    mix. The boricacid is dissolved in the meth-
    anol, and the glycerol then added. The
    Embaimers Cavity Fluid
    ’
    oil of cloves is then added to this mixture.
    Formula No. 1 The potassium nitrate and sodium cit-
    Formaldehyde 58 lb. rate are dissolved in the water. The solu-
    Methanol, Anhydrous 20 lb. tions are then mixed with the formalde-
    Ethyl Ether 12.5 lb. hyde and tinted to a cherry color.
    Phenol P lb.
    Red Dye, Alcohol Soluble to color Tissue Filler
    Wintergreen Oil 0.5 lb. (For dead human bodies)
    The phenol is added to the mixture of A
    saturated solution of soluble cot"
    ether and methanol. This solution is then ton’^ (nitro-cellulose) in methanol.
    poured into the formaldehyde. A small Inject with a hypodermic needle.
    amount of the red dye is dissolved in some
    of the methanol, which solution is added Embalmers' Covering Creams
    to the above mixture to color it a bright Flesh
    cherry. White Petrolatum
    No. 2 Titanium Dioxide
    Methanol 50 oz.
    Cosmetic Pink Ochre
    Formalin (40%) 50 oz.
    Cosmetic Yellow Ochre
    Embalming (Arterial) Fluids
    Lead Chromate
    Ivory
    Formula No. 1
    Formalin 220 oz.
    White Petrolatum 2,000 g.
    Titanium Dioxide 400 g.
    Glycerin 100 oz.
    Borax Cosmetic Ochre 20 g.
    90 oz.
    Sodium Chloride 10 oz.
    Sodium Nitrate 10 oz. Embalmers Liquefying Cream
    *

    Sodium Citrate 50 oz. White Petrolatum IS g.


    Methanol 40 oz. Mineral Oil, White 100 g,
    Benzaldehyde 6 oz. Selexene 50 g.
    Water 75 oz. Lilac Perfume Oil 1 g.
    Erythrosine (Dye) to suit Brilliant Scarlet to suit
    No. 2
    Water 10 oz. Embalmers^ Vanishing Cream
    Phenol (U.S.P.) 5 oz. Stearic Acid 20 g.
    Borax 4 oz. Diglycol Stearate 11 g.
    Sodium Salicylate 6 oz. Water 50 g.
    Glycerin 31 oz. Diphenyl Oxide tr suit
    Formalin 71 oz.
    Water to make 128 oz. Embalmers Cosmetic Sprays
    ’

    No. 3 Basic Solution


    Formalin 42.60 oz. Methanol 3,000 ce.
    lUA ;
    Methanol 14.00 oz. Glycerin 400 cc.
    ogn^ Glycerin 5.80 oz. 1. '‘Rosytint’ ’
    Borax 2.25 oz. To basic solution above add:
    aufu;,'
    Sodium Nitrate 5.00 oz. Croceine Scarlet 1.6 g.
    No. 4 Eosin 0.4 g.
    Formalin 61.70 oz. LilacPerfume to suit
    Metlianol 13.00 oz. 2. 'Wivatone^'
    Glycerin 13.00 oz. To basic solution above add
    Borax 1.75 oz. Erythrosine
    Sodium Nitrate 3,00 oz. Eosin
    Phenol 5.00 oz. Violet Perfume
    Parachlormetaeresol 3,00 oz. 3. Brunette
    No. 5 To basic solution above add
    Formaldehyde 52 Jb. Oil Red Dye
    Methanol 15 lb. Benzaldeliyde
    COSMETICS 77

    4. Sun-tan’^ Triturate the phenol into the ointment


    cold.
    Erie Catechu 0.4 g.
    Oil Bed Dye 1.6 g. White Wash for Mosquito Bites
    Perfume to suit Kino Oxide 2 lb.
    Glycerin 24 oz.
    Deodorant Spray (For Embalmers) Alcohol 16 oz.
    Boric Acid 12 oz. CresylicAeid 4 oz.
    Sodium Nitrate 12 oz. Lime Water 1 gal.
    Potassium Chlorate 12 oz.
    Chloral Hydrate 8 oz. Mosquito Chaser
    Alcohol Eucalyptol oz.
    1 p*-.
    Water to make 5 gal. Acetic Ether 6 dr.
    Cologne Water 6 dr.
    (Jorpse Drying and Disinfecting Powder Tincture Pyrethrum 1% oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,047,323 Apply mixture to skin or spray about
    Paraformaldehyde 7.6 oz.
    Ammonia Alum 3.4 oz.
    Magnesium Sulphate 4.2 oz. White Bole Salve
    Calcined Gypsum 22.0 oz. Wliite Bole 300 g.
    Pumice, Powdered 31.4 oz. Boric Acid, Powdered 2 g.
    Slaked Lime 3.4 oz. Salicylic Acid, Powdered 0.5 g.
    Marble Dust 27.5 oz. Methyl Salicylate 5 g.
    Soap Bark, Powdered 0.42 oz. Peppermint Oil 1 g.
    Calcium Stearate 0.08 oz. Glycerin (80%) to make a paste

    Insect Bite Anodyne Metol Poisoning Salve


    Menthol 8 gr. Formula No. 1
    Alcohol 6 dr. lehthyol 1 dr.
    Ammonia 2 dr. Boric Acid 1 dr.
    Zinc Oxide 34 dr.
    Tropical Mosquito Salve Petrolatum 1 dr.
    Quinine Dihydroehloride 5 g. No. 2
    Lanolin 70 g. lehthyol 1 oz.
    Cod X-<iver Oil 25 g. Besorcin 1 oz.
    Lavender Oil to perfume Zinc Oxide 34 oz.
    White Paraffin Ointment 5 oz.
    Midge Bite Preventive Apply after washing hands thoroughly.
    Glycerin 1 dr. Use at night and protect with gloves or
    Tincture of Wormwood 3 dr. some other wrapping.
    Eau de Cologne to make 2 oz.
    Skin Disinfection
    Bee and Wasp Sting Treatment Tincture of mercuric chloride possesses^
    The sting must be removed, not by pull- in high degree, the properties of an ideal
    ing it with tweezers or lingers, which will skin disinfectant. It is bactericidal, pene-
    cause additional poison to be ejected into trating, removes fat, colors the skin and
    the wound, but by ^Cifting’’ it with a fades rapidly, causes little or no irritation,
    scraping upward movement of a knife and its cost is low.
    blade. It may then be dabbed with dilate The formula is
    ammonia or with one of the following Mercuric Chloride 1.00 g.
    Sting Lotion Chrysoidin Y 2.00 g.
    Formula No. 1 Hydrochloric Acid 7.50 g.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 9-10 g. Acetone 100,00 cc.
    Water 90 g. Alcohol 525.00 cc.
    Perfume to suit Distilled Water, to make 1000.00 cc.
    No. 2 After clinical trial, surgeons report no
    Thymol 20 g. infections after its use.
    Camphor, Spirits of 800 g.
    Ammonia (10%) 200 cc. Sulphur Ointment
    Highly active sulphur salves of value
    Mosquito Bite Ointment for skin eczemas, especially athlete 's foot,
    Boric Acid Ointment may be made by mixing 150 oz. of pre-
    (D.S.P.) 95 g. cipitated sulphur, 50 oz. of paraffin oil,
    Phenol 5 g. and 50 oz. of peanut oil. Then work in
    78 COSMETICS
    20 oz. of wliite beeswax and 20 oz. of Foot Ease Lotion
    spermaceti, and finally 100 oz. of an- Salicylic Acid 50 g.
    hydrous lanolin and 100 oz. more of pea- Ethyl Alcohol 1,000 cc.
    nut oil. The mixture is then melted on a Ferric Chloride Solution,
    water bath and 60 oz. of water is added Dilute 1 drop
    with agitation. Eemove heat and con- Methyl Salicylate 1 cc.
    tinue agitation until cool. Using this solution, massage the feet
    thoroughly.
    Athlete Eoot Preparations
    Formula No. 1 Foot Cream
    Salicylic Acid 8 g- Oleic Acid, White 250 g.
    Ammouiated Mercury 4 g* Mineral Oil 250 g.
    Bismuth Subnitrate 12 g- Ammonia 25 g.
    Eucalyptus Oil 12 g. Salicylic Acid 120 g.
    Hydrous Wool Fat 64 g- Alcohol 65 g.
    No. 2
    SalicylicAcid 5 g- Frost Foot Bath Powder
    Benzoic Acid 5 g- Alum 10 g.
    Chlorthymol 2 g- Borax 14 g.
    Propyl Para-amino Benzoate 5 g* Tannic Acid 12 g.
    or Zinc Sulphate 20 g.
    Benzocaine 10 g- Starch 30 g.
    Vanishing Cream Base, Eosemary Oil 15 drops
    a sufficient quantity. Neroli Oil, Artificial 5 drops
    No. 3
    Powdered Sodium Toe Nail Softener
    Thiosulphate 20 g. Caustic Potash 2.5 g.
    Powdered Boric Acid 50 g. Glycerol 15 g.
    Purified Talc (Sterilized) 30 g. Alcohol 15 g.
    No. 4 Water 67.5 g.
    For skin diseases caused by fungus, etc.
    Sodium Thiosulphate, Chilblains Eemedy
    Finely Powdered 18 g. Formula No. 1
    Sodium Bicarbonate, Chilblains are relieved by local appli-
    Finely Powdered 1 g. cation of oil of eucalyptus.
    Paraffin Wax 11 g. No. 2
    White Petrolatum 70 g. Paint with a mixture of tincture of
    Grind together in a mortar. iodine one oz., flexible collodion three or
    Zinc oxide may be incorporated into the four oz., once or twice a day.
    ^

    ointment; if done, decrease amount of


    paraffin. The ointment may be perfumed. Poison Gas Treatment
    It must be kept slightly alkaline to pre- (Mustard Gas)
    serve tne sodium thiosulphate. First Treatment
    The first essential in treatment is the
    Chiropodist ^s Paste removal of clothing and the cleaning of
    Gelatin 5 lb. the skin. Such cleaning should be di-
    Zinc Oxide 5 lb. rected towards removing all surface dirt
    Boric Acid 1 lb. and contamination as well as any possible
    Glycerin 8 lb. mustard gas or mustard gas vapor dis-
    Water 6 lb. plved in the patient 's sweat. Hence the
    immediate use of a bath with a b'and
    Foot Powder superfatted soap after exposure, has been
    Salicylic acid (very finely powdered) possible is highly advisable. The skin
    one drachm, boric acid (finely powdered) should then be dusted with a bland dust-
    one ounce, French chalk (carefully pre- ing powder such as
    pared) to make four ounces. Boric Acid 1 oz.
    French Chalk 2 oz.
    Foot Fungus Treatment Starch 3 oz.
    Copper Nitrate 2.6 g. Ointment Dressing
    Benzoic Acid 6.0 g. In the stage where the skin is reddened
    Acetone 45 cc. the patient may be too sore to get into a
    Alcohol, Denatured 170 ee. bath; indeed, he may be wounded or
    Water to make 250 cc. shocked or mutilated as well. The wash-
    Apply twice daily. ing of the skin, perhaps under an anes-
    COSMETICS 79

    thetic, can be carried out and then a red Bye Drops


    area may be well dressed with an ointment Atropine Sulphate 0.08 g.
    of the following composition Boric Acid 0.16 g.
    Boric Acid (Powdered) 44 gr. Distilled Water to make 8.00 cc.
    Eucalyptus Oil 15 min. TJse : Instilled into each eye three times
    Soft Paraffin Wax to 1 oz.
    This should be spread on the smooth side
    of strips of white lint 10 in. by 4, stored Nose Drops
    folded down across the middle to keep the Salt 18 oz.
    business side of the dressing clean. These Water 98 oz.
    are opened out and laid on the skin with Ephedrine Sulphate 1 oz.
    a slight overlap and kept in position with
    the lightest bandaging, changed, if pos- Germicidal Nose Jelly
    sible, night and morning. Mix 10 g. soluble starch with 20 cc.
    Beep ulcers and septic complications water. To this add slowly, under stirring,
    will need fomentations with four thick- 70 glycerin heated to about 140° 0.
    cc.
    nesses of white lint with a strip of oil Keepthe mixture at about 140 ° 0. until
    silk and a wad of cotton wool to keep the translucent jelly is formed on cooling.
    heat in. These fomentations may be re- To the jelly add .25% lactic acid; mix
    jpeated three times a day and an ointment well and cool to around 60° 0. At this
    dressing applied in between the fomen- point add 5%cocoa butter oxyanhydride.
    tations. Mix thoroughly, holding the temperature
    Irrigation of Wownds until a uniform product is obtained.
    Then large surface wounds will need Flavor with eucalyptol, menthol, cam-
    irrigating with large quantities of warm phor, etc., according to flavor desired, and
    normal saline solutions; some surgeons cool.
    would use a weak solution of potassium
    permanganate. Gargle and Nasal Irrigant
    In severe cases there will be shock, for Sodium Chloride 1 g.
    which injections of morphia will be re- Sodium Bicarbonate 1 g.
    quired and also hot water, adrenalin in- Distilled Water to make 100 cc.
    jections, hot coffee, and perhaps elec-
    trically heated blankets and beds that can Ear Irrigant
    be easily elevated at the foot. Boric Acid 2.400 g.
    Oxygen Provision Mercuric Chloride 0.012 g.
    The provision of oxygen for inhalation Alcohol 40.000 cc.
    by patients whose respiration habit is en- Distilled Water to make 60.000 cc.
    dangered or who may have their airway Dose ; Instill four drops in external audi-
    narrowed by some inhalation of the gas tory ear twice daily (after irrigation).
    must not be forgotten.
    There are refinements that one could Earache Remedy
    consider. The bad cases could be nursed Menthol twenty grains, camphor twenty
    in a bath of warm running water kept at grains, phenol fifteen grains, glycerin one
    a fixed temperature by a thermo-elec- ounce. Warm ten drops in a spoon and
    trically regulated device. Here and there pour in ear.
    blood transfusions may be called for in
    the case of a patient both wounded and Earache Oils
    shocked by gas burns. Formula No. 1
    Pneumonic complications may set in, Chloroform 1 oz.
    too, and the good working of the kidneys Turpentine Oil 1 oz,
    may be endangered. For these special Olive Oil 8 oz.
    and rarer complications the resources of No. 2
    the ordinary chemist ^s shop are ample. Glycerin 1 oz.
    Almond Oil 1 oz.
    Eye Washes for War Gas Inflammation No. 8
    Formula No. 1 Chloral Hydrate 2 oz.
    For Bromocyanobenzene Camphor 2 oz.
    Wash with warm soda or isotonic salt Phenol 1 oz.
    solution. Castor Oil 2 oz.
    No. 2 In preparing this last formula, rub the
    For Yperite (Mustard Gas) chloral hydrate, camphor and phenol ia
    Wash with 5% dicliloramine-T, a mortar until liquefied, then add the oil.
    soda solution, a mixture of 6% cobalt hy- The preparations can be perfumed with
    droxide and 12^% sugar. any suitable oil.
    COSMETICS

    Catarrh Inhalant Cough Mixture


    Pine Needle Oil 12,5 oz, Sodium Citrate 5 oz.
    Tr. of Benzoin, to make 100.0 oz. Ammonium Chloride 5 oz.
    One teaspoonfnl of this mixture should Sugar Syrup 90 oz.
    he placed in an inhalor, or placed in a Licorice Extract, H.S.P. 6 oz.
    previously heated cup, scalding water
    poured over it, and the vapors inhaled Asthma Inhalant
    through the mouth. In laryngitis this Sodium Nitrate 25 g.
    type of steamy inhalant is highly recom- Powdered Anise 25 g.
    mended, as well as in nasopharyngitis and Stramonium 50 g.
    bronchitis. Tincture of benzoin is much A teaspoonful of this mixture should be
    more pleasant than the compound tincture heated, and the volatile products inhaled.
    which contains aloe, storax and tolu. Cubeb is, at times, added to the mixture.

    Cold Inhaling Liquid


    Drunkenness Hiccough Remedy Formula No. 1
    Two drops of creosote made from beech Menthol 20 gr.
    tar given with a little water might be Eucalyptus Oil 50 gr.
    called a specific for this trouble.
    No. 2
    Eucalyptus Oil 50 gr.
    Whooping Cough Remedies Turpentine 20 gr.
    Formula No. 1 Pinus Pumilionis, Oil 20 gr.
    Taken Through Mouth Menthol 10 ST.
    Potassium Citrate 10 gr.
    Tincture of Ipecac 5 min. Insomnia Cure
    Spirits of Nitrous Ether 10 min. Bromine 0.1- 0.25 g.
    Syrup of Tolu 15 min. Water 99.9-99.75 cc.
    Anise Water to make 1 fl. dr. Take two tablespoonfuls daily.
    No. 2
    Chest Rub Milk of Magnesia
    Camphor 15 g. Magnesium Oxide, U.S.P. 30 lb.
    Menthol 5 g.
    Water 60 gal.
    Methyl Salicylate 5 g.
    To make milk by the oxide process calls
    Eucalyptus Oil for the use of a steam jacketed or coil
    5 g.
    Lanolin, Anhydrous 20 g heated tank with accessory fittings, a port-
    Paraffin Wax, Soft able mixer, a homogenizer and a storage
    100 g.
    Melt and
    stir until uniform pour into tank. Inasmuch as magnesium oxide
    ;

    jars or tins at lowest possible temperature. changes to some extent into carbonate
    when exposed to air, it is the usual prac-
    No. 3 tice to make the batch according to the
    Vapor Inhalation Fluid standard size of the container in which the
    Pine Oil 10 cc. oxide is shipped. Thus, if the oxide is
    Eucalyptol 5 cc. shipped in 30 pound drums it is the usual
    Cresol to make 100 cc. practice to make the batch big enough to
    One part of above is mixed with two require an entire container. Hence, a
    parts of water and heated. The resultant thirty pound drum would take sixty gal-
    steam is inhaled. lons of water. If larger batches are
    No. 4 wanted, they should be multiples of these
    Pinal Stage Medicine amounts. The procedure is to put half
    Benzyl Benzoate 5 the water, preferably distilled, into the
    min.
    Cod Liver Oil 30 min.
    mixing tank and heat it to a temperature
    Gum Acacia li^ gr.
    ranging from 100-180 F. This depends
    Gum Tragacanth gr.
    upon the oxide, the better qualities require
    8
    Benzaldehyde lower temperatures for hydration. When
    min.
    Elixir of Saccharin the water is up to temperature the agitator
    min.
    Chloroform Water is started and the oxide added. Mix for
    1 fl. dr.
    Cinnamon Water to make 2 fl. dr.
    about a half hour and allow the batch to
    Dose, % to 2 drachms. stand overnight. The following morning
    add the remainder of the water with about
    No. 5 five per cent of the total added to com-
    '

    '

    ^
    Spasm Liquid pensate for evaporation losses, and mix
    Tincture of Belladonna 5 min , for about half an hour. Then run the
    ^
    Syrup of Tolu 35 min. batch through a homogenizer into the
    Chloroform Water to make 1 fL storage tank. A few additional comments
    COSMETICS

    are necessary. The portable mixer shaft monia is added to the combined mixture,
    should be fitted with a wide propeller which is then allowed to settle. The super-
    blade, say 10 inches, and at its extreme natant liquid is then siphoned off and the
    end it should be fitted with a beater hav- resultant precipitate washed at least five
    ing an upward thrust to keep the powder times with distilled water, the precipitate
    from settling into the bottom of the tank being allowed to settle after each washing,
    before it is completely hydrated. The the resultant supernatant wash liquid be-
    tanks should all be glass-lined or made of ing siphoned off after each settling until
    tested stainless steel as milk of magnesia the precipitated aluminum hydroxide is
    is very corrosive. The equipment units free of ammonium chloride.
    can be arranged one above the other, if The aluminum hydroxide gel thus pre-
    more than one floor is available, or on one cipitated has the appearance of a smooth
    floor if pumps are on hand. The first translucent eream^ and possesses great
    set-up is desirable because milk of mag- surface area and high adsorptive power.
    nesia, being highly abrasive, wears pumps Using tliis aluminum hydroxide gel, the
    out quickly unless they are specially con- following is a typical formula of a castor
    structed for it. oil emulsion prepared in accordance with
    this invention: Aluminum hydroxide gel
    Laxative Jelly (3 per cent solids), 400 g. castor oil,
    ;

    Patent 2,072,589
    JJ. S. 700 g.; water, 50 g. ; flavor and sweet-
    A jelly-like laxative composition is pro- ening, to suit.
    duced by dissolving sugar 96 and corn ^
    The quantities of water, gel and castor
    syrup 16 in water 22, adding mineral oil oil are placed together, flavoring matter

    200 to the sugar solution while heating it and sweetening having been previously
    to about 128 ° E., then, first with low-speed added to the castor oil.
    agitation and then with high-speed agita- The whole is then beaten together me-
    tion, adding a suitable proportion of calo- forming a thick, creamy mass
    chanically,
    mel and phenolphthalein together with which more or less stable according to
    is
    glycerol 14, gelatin 5.5 and water 24, and the amount of mixing.
    continuing the heating and agitation until To prepare the completed product for
    the last added materials are uniformly internal administration, this cream is usu-
    distributed, then allowing the mixture to ally passed through a homogenizer or
    cool and set. similar suitable emulsifying apparatus.
    The flnal product is a finely dispersed,
    stable and white emulsion containing ap-
    U. S. Patent —
    Castor Oil Emulsion Laxative
    proximately 60 per cent castor oil com-
    bined with approximately 1 per cent of
    The resulting preparation is said to
    make possible the elimination of added aluminum hydroxide on a dry basis.
    antiseptics in many cases, while it gives
    greater freedom from bacterial growth Disguised Castor Oil
    and eliminates the objectionable ' ^ soapy ^ Formula No. 1
    flavor common to certain other commercial Finely Powdered
    castor oil preparations. Boasted Coffee 10
    The aluminum hydroxide gel to be used Powdered Sugar 20
    in this preparation is made as follows Castor Oil 20 g-
    Sixteen pounds of granular aluminum No. 2
    chloride c.p. is dissolved in 30 gallons of Saccharin 15 gr.
    distilled water and filtered clear into a Sodium Bicarbonate 15 gi‘-

    vessel of approximately 100 gallons ca- Chloroform 5 dr.


    pacity. Thirty-two pounds of ammonia Pimenta Oil 2% dr.
    16® (10 per cent) is diluted with 15 gal- Cassia Oil dr.
    lons of distilled water. With the solutions Clove Oil 2^4 dr.
    of aluminum chloride and ammonia at an Castor Oil 5 pt.
    approximate temperature of 35® 0. the Dissolve the saccharin in the chloro
    ammonia solution is poured into the alumi- form; add the sodium bicarbonate; then
    num chloride solution in a thin stream at add the oils, which have been previously
    a slow rate, constant stirring of the alumi- mixed, and shake vigorously.
    num chloride being kept up during the
    pouring operation. To Hide Cod Liver Oil Odor and Taste
    Aluminum hydroxide is thrown out as a Use the following flavor to suit
    gelatinous precipitate which breaks up Cinnamon Oil 3 lb.
    under agitation. After the whole of the Bitter Almond Oil
    ammonia solution has been added to the (Free from Prussic Acid) 1 lb.
    “duminum chloride, a slight excess of am- Wintergreen Oil 1 lb.
    82 COSMETICS

    Syrups for Masking Unpleasant Tastes Stearic Acid 9.00 g.


    Sugarless Syrup Monohydrated Sodium
    Orange Carbonate 0.09 g.
    Orange Oil 3 ee. Water 0.5 cc.
    Citric Acid 10 g. To make about 30 suppositories.
    Saccharin, Soluble 1 g. Place the glycerin in a suitable vessel
    Grlycerin 500 ee. and heat on a water-bath, keeping the
    Distilled Water to make 1,000 ce. vessel well immersed in the boiling water,
    Color-certified dye naphtha yellow (4.8 until the temperature is about 85 ° G. Add
    ce.of a 1/200 solution). the sodium hydroxide 50 per cent or its
    Add the oil of orange to 500 ec. of glyc- equivalent of an approximately 50 per cent
    erin and allow to stand 24 hours with solution to the hot glycerin with thorough
    occasional shaking. Dissolve the soluble mixing. Melt the stearic acid in a small
    saccharin and citric acid in the water and vessel and pour at once into the hot alka-
    add to the solution of glycerin and volatile line glycerin mixture, stirring thoroughly.
    oil, with constant stirring. Filter through Maintain the temperature at from 85 ° G.
    cotton if necessary. to 90° 0. for twenty to thirty minutes.
    Dissolve the monohydrated sodium car-
    Sugarless Syrup bonate in 0.5 cc. of distilled water, con-
    Anise tained in a test-tube and add to the hot
    Anise Oil 1.50 cc. mixture just finished. Mix thoroughly,
    Fennel Oil 1.50 cc. pour the melted mass into suitable molds.
    Saccharin, Soluble 1.00 g. Eemove the suppositories when they are
    Grlycerin 500.00 cc. completely cold and preserve in tightly
    Solution Amaranth 4.80 cc. stoppered glass vessels in a cool place.
    Distilled Water to make 1,000.00 cc.
    Add the oil of anise and fennel to 500 Foaming Antiseptic Suppository
    cc. of glycerin and allow to stand for 24 British Patent 459,327
    hours, with occasional shaking. Dissolve 55 g. tartaric acid and 25 g. sodium
    the soluble saccharin in the water and add bicarbonate are mixed and finely ground
    the solution of amaranth. Pour the sac- and the mixture incorporated with a
    charin solution with the dye into the glyc- melted mixture of 60 g. cocoa-butter
    erin solution, with constant stirring. and 3 cc. olive oil; the pasty mass so ob-
    Filter through cotton if necessary. tained is molded into square-section rods
    The choice of two differently flavored or other formed bodies, or into sheets
    sugarless syrups makes a very good dis- from which formed bodies are stamped.
    guise for ammonium carbonate, potassium When solidified the bodies are coated
    acetate, potassium citrate and potassium with the eocoa-butter-olive-oil mixture
    iodide. These sugarless syrups appar- or petroleum jelly to exclude moisture.
    ently make a better disguise for the drugs The carrier is then made by dissolving
    mentioned than do those containing sugar. 125 g. gelatin in 200 ce. warm aqueous
    solution of mercuric eyanate of strength
    Syrup of Pineapple 1 : 10,000, to which 5 g. egg albumen
    Pineapple Juice 450 cc. may have been added. The following
    Sugar 850 g. ingredients are then added: Aluminum
    aceto-tartrate, 20 g.; hexyl resorcinol,
    Glycerin Suppositories 100 cc. of 1 1,000 solution ; kalada
    :

    Formula No. 1 juice, 100 cc.; glycerin, 350 cc. The


    Glycerin 92 g. carrier may be rendered opaque by
    Sodium Stearate 8 g. whipping air into it or adding an opaci-
    Distilled Water 5 cc. fying substance. The suppository is
    To make about 30 rectal suppositories. molded in a two-part mold, the lower
    Heat the glycerin to 95*^ C. in a double half of which is first almost filled with
    boiler. Add the sodium stearate, stirring jelly carrier, upon which, after setting,
    very gently occasionally until a clear solu- a rod or the like of gas-forming material
    tion is effected. Then add the distilled is laid. The mold is then closed and
    water, mix thoroughly and pour the mass filled with jelly carrier in a vertical
    into suitable molds. Eemove the supposi- position.
    tories when they are completely cold and
    preserve them in tightly stoppered glass Water Soluble Suppository Bases
    bottles in a cool place. Formula No, 1
    No. 2 U. S. Patent 2,055,063
    Glycerin 91.00 g. Propylene Glycol Stearate 82 g.
    Sodium Hydroxide (50%) 2.52 g. Triethanol Amine 2-3 g.
    COSMETICS 83

    Stearic Acid 15 g- No. 11


    Melt together and dissolve medica- Angelica Boot 200
    ments in. it. _
    Eosemary Leaves 200 g-
    2 ISTo. Basilicum 200 g-
    Glycol Glyceryl Stearate 40 oz. Chicory Root 150 g*
    Diglycol Laurate 10 oz. Parsley Boot 250 g-
    This composition is neutral, non-irri- Use 5-10 g. per 1. decoction.
    tating and will not dry out or sweat.
    It can he made harder
    or softer by vary- Inorganic Compositions
    ing the diglycol laurate content. No. 12
    Potassium Alum, 2-3% solution.
    Infant Diarrhoea Formula No. 13
    Dextrin and maltose, 175 g.; acid-free Potassium Permanganate, in 1/10-
    pectin, 6 g.; agar-agar, dnely ground, 8 g. 1/5% solution.
    It has previously been shown No. 14
    that scraped
    raw apple is beneficial in this condition, Aluminum Acetate Solution, %-2%
    hence the use of pectin. Agar-agar is strength.
    chosen as a desirable source of cellulose. No. 15
    The substances are mixed dry. Water Hydrogen Peroxide, 3% by weight
    or milk is boiled with the mixed powders solution.
    for three to five minutes, and while still No. 16
    hot the product is poured into eight Boric Acid, %-2%.
    custard cups to form a day^s feeding on Others : Sodium Perborate, Persul-
    a three-hour schedule. phate.
    There are possible all kinds of com-
    Hygienic Douches for Women binations of these materials.
    Formula No. 1 The temperature of these douches
    Formaldehyde- Soap Solution 1-2% must be body temperature (37.0® C.) for
    strength. correct application.
    No. 2
    Wood-Vinegar, crude or xmrified— Gland Extracts
    about 5% strength. Canadian Patent 364,253
    No. 3 Fresh glands, cut into thin strips, are
    Gresol-Soap Solution to 1% strength. allowed to stand in distilled water, con-
    No. 4
    recommended
    taining %% phenol at about 40° F.
    Extraction takes place by osmosis. The
    Tannic Acid, Vp to
    in solution 1:2 in glycerin, in which it extract is then filtered and packaged.
    dissolves very easily.
    No. 5 Hormone of Corpus Lutcum
    Chloramin (p- Toluene-Sulf on-chlo r- Canadian Patent 364,352
    amide-Sodium), 1/5%. Pig Ovaries 100 kg.
    No. 6 Sodium Fluoride, Powdered 10 kg.
    German Patent 276,662 Mix together and place in flat trays.
    p-Chlor-m-CresoI, or p-Chlor-Xylenol, Air dry at 30-40° C. j pulverize; boil
    %-!%. with five times by weight of acetone;
    No. 7 filter and distill off acetone from filtrate.
    Thymol, 1/10%.
    Liver Extract
    Organic Compositions of Vegetable Liquid extract of liver is prepared by
    Origin, extracting trimmed ox or sheep liver by
    No. 8
    '

    the process described for dry extract of


    Chamomile Flowers 5-20 g. liver (given later). The extract, ob-
    Water, Boiling 1 1. tained by precipitation and granulation
    No. 9 with dehydrated alcohol, is collected on a
    Sage Leaves 5-20 g. filterand dissolved in distilled water.
    Water, Boiling 1 1. Glycerin, alcohol (95 per cent), and
    No. 10 distilled water are added in such propor-
    Lactic Acid 0.9 Moles tions that 1,000 millilitres of the resulting
    Glucose 0.1 Moles liquid contain a quantity of the extract
    Chamomile Extract 5 g. equivalent to 8,000 g. of the original
    Sage Extract 5 g. not less than the equivalent of 10
    liver,
    Water, to make 100 g. per cent v/v of alcohol (95 per cent)
    Use 1-2 teaspoonfuls per liter of and not less than 20 per cent v/v of
    water. glycerin.
    84 COSMETICS

    Dry Extract of Liver .—This is a se-^ miscible with water, for instance, ether,
    lected fractioa of aa alcoholic extract of petroleum ether or ligroin. The extract
    ox or sheep liver and eoatains the specilic obtained is freed from the solvent by
    principles which increase the number of evaporation.
    red corpuscles in the blood of persons
    suffering from pernicious anemia. Stabilization of Vitamin APreparations
    Mince 5,000 g. of trimmed ox or sheep U. S. Patent 2,051,257
    liver; add 6,600 millilitres of alcohol (80 Materials such as halibut liver oil, ca-
    per cent) and 5.5 millilitres of a mixture rotene or irradiated ergosterol, are sta-
    of equal volumes of sulphuric acid and bilized by adding phospliolipins such as
    distilled water; set aside for twelve to soybean lecithin, cephalin, cuorin or sphin-
    eighteen hours, stirring frequently; filter gomyelin, etc., suitably in a proportion
    and reserve the filtrate. of about 1%.
    Collect the residual liver tissue and add
    to it 12,500 millilitres of alcohol (50 per Osserman Dental Pain Killers
    cent) ; set aside for a further twelve to Liquid Desensitizer
    eighteen hours, stirring frequently; filter. Thymol 70 g.
    Mix the two ffltrates and evaporate the Acetone 10 g.
    mixture under reduced pressure to 500 Ethyl Aminobenzoate 25 g.
    millilitres; add 500 millilitres of dehyd- Paste Desensitizer
    rated alcohol ; allow the resulting pre- 7i-Propyl-m-Cresol Aminoben-
    cipitate to sette decant the clear solution zoate
    ;
    10 g.
    and filter the remainder, or separate the Ethyl Aminobenzoate 80 g.
    liquid from the solid matter by means of Thymol 10 g.
    a centrifuge, washing the filter or the
    centrifuge vessel and contents with alco-
    hol (50 per cent). By evaporation under Dental Desensitizer (Pain Killer)
    reduced pressure remove the alcohol from Pormula No. 1
    the mixed liquids, and reduce the residue Thymol 4 dr.
    to a syrupy consistence, then pour the Benzocaine 28 gr.
    product with constant stirring into ten Acetone 52 min.
    times its volume of dehydrated alcohol. Stir until dissolved and keep in stop
    Manipulate below the surface of the liquid pered brown bottle.
    the extract which is precipitated, so as to No. 2
    expose as great a surface as possible to Camphor 2 oz.
    the dehydrating action of the alcohol; Clove Oil 2 oz.
    then pour off the alcohol and replace it Cajeput Gil 2 oz.
    with a further sufficient quantity of de- Peppermint Oil 1 oz.
    hydrated alcohol; let the extract remain Menthol 1 oz.
    exposed to the dehydrating action of the Hops Oil 2 oz.
    alcohol until it becomes brittle. Bemove Alcohol 15 oz.
    the alcohol by filtration; dry the extract Ether 10 oz.
    in vacuo reduce it to a powder as rapidly
    ;

    as possible, then dry again in vacuo.


    Weigh the dry powder, mix with it not Toothache Bemedy
    less than one-tenth of its weight of finely Pormula No. 1
    powdered dry sodium chloride, transfer Cinnamon Oil 1.67 g.
    the product as quickly as possible to tubes, Phenol 3.33 g.
    placing in each the amount equivalent to Methyl Salicylate 5,0 cc.

    225 g. of the original liver. Close the Apply locally to gums.


    tubes hermetically. No. 2
    Phenol 2.0 g.
    Vitamin A Concentrate Chlorbutanol 2.0 cc.
    IT. S. Patent 2,076,901
    Cinnamon Oil 1.0 cc.
    100 kg. of fish liver are mixed with 50 Clove Oil 2.0 cc.
    kg. of 50% aqueous ethyl alcohol and 20 Methyl Salicylate 3.0 cc.
    kg. of potassium or sodium hydroxide.
    The mixture is heated to 60® C. during Corn Salve
    one hour while stirring and passing a. Pine Bosin, Befined 8 g-
    through a stream of nitrogen. The sapon- Glyceryl Monorieinoleate 2 g.
    ification mixture is then dissolved in 150 Larch Turpentine 10 g.
    kg. of ice cold 40% aqueous ethyl alcohol Beeswax, Yellow 16 g.
    and the liquid obtained is Extracted by 5. Salicylic Acid 8 g*
    means of 300 kg. of a lipoid solvent im- 0. Peru Balsam 8 g.
    —

    COSMETICS 85

    Melt a; dissolve h in tlie melted base, ulated by letting the excess amount run
    and add c. Stir until liomogeneous, cool, down the side of the bottle. Further, the
    and pour. wood absorbs some of the excess acid, and,
    in addition, the amount of acid applied in
    Corn Eemover treatment can be further regulated by
    Formula JNTo. 1 varying the angle at which the stick is
    Salicylic Acid 15 g- held.
    Lactic Acid (85%) 15 g- The acid has a tendency to spread over
    Collodion 70 g- the skin area around the lesion, however,
    No. 2
    ;
    and, despite all one ^s caution, one may at
    ^

    Acid
    Salicylic 20 g- times get too much acid on the skin and
    Larch Turpentine 20 g‘ cause a chemical burn. The use of petro-
    Hemp Extract 2 g- latum, while not indispensable, constitutes
    Lactic Acid (85%) 4 g- an additional safeguard.
    Ether 1 part ) Bichloracetic acid will generally cause
    Alcohol 4 parts) 60 g- more scar tissue formation in persons
    with a delicate skin; and young persons
    Corn Plaster Base will usually form more scar tissue than
    a. Eosin Oil 30 g- will older patients.
    Copaiba Balsam 40 g- The practitioner will be able, after
    Ijareh Turpentine 20 g- treating a number of lesions, to judge the
    Eosin, Pale 40 g- amount of bichloracetic acid needed to
    Beeswax, Yellow 12 g- treat any particular case. To gauge the
    1, Ethyl Ether 100 g* interval between treatments is simple
    6. Sheet Eubber 100 g* one is always safe in allowing from five
    Ethyl Ether 500 g. to seven days to elapse between treat-
    Melt up a and stir until homogeneous. ments. Warts, corns, and calluses require
    Strain through a fine-mesh cloth into a heavy applications. Other lesions, of slight
    wide-mouth metal-bottle, and add h. density, such as moles, xanthelasma, and
    Separately, digest the rubber solution o angiomas are best treated by very light
    in a wide-mouth glass-bottle, and keep applications of the acid. If necessary, a
    tightly closed. Shake daily, and use as second application may be used on such
    soon as a homogeneous, and pourable so- lesions, but safer, before using a
    it is
    lution has formed (this takes about 3 second application, to wait until the crust
    1. following the first has dropped off, and
    weeks). Add g to the wax-resin solution
    a and h, and add enough ether to make until there is at least a thin layer of nor-
    800
    2. g.
    mal epidermis over the lesion. Light ap-
    Use this for the plications are usually to be preferred in
    Salicylic Acid Corn Plaster cases where the cosmetic result is an im-
    Salicylic Acid, Powdered 34 g. portant consideration, since they ensure
    Violet Boot, Finely Powdered 70 g. greater freedom from the danger of scar-
    Sandarac, Powdered ring. The immediate, liberal use of water
    20 g.
    Eosin Oil 22 g. is recommended should any acid be
    Petroleum Ether 185 g. dropped on normal skin.
    Plaster Base, as above 800 g.
    Mix powders, wet with the rosin oil and
    the petroleum ether, and work in the Wart Treatment
    plaster base. Of the non-specific methods of treating
    warts probably paints of various kinds
    Eemoving Tattoo Marks, Warts, Moles, are most commonly employed. A
    well-
    Etc.
    known one is 10 per cent salicylic acid in
    Bichloracetic acid is used. Since it is
    flexible collodion. Owing to the homy
    highly corrosive it must be used with surface of a wart it is essential to use a
    great caution. keratolytie substance, and caustic potash,
    — ^Apply petrolatum, using a camePs phenol, and glacial acetic acid belong to
    hair brush, around the corn, callus or wart, this category, A
    useful combination is
    to prevent the bichloracetic acid from the following:
    coming into contact with normal skin. Phenol 10 g.
    — With an applicator stick apply a Glacial Acetic Acid 10 g.
    Httle of the acid to the lesion. After this Salicylie Acid 10 g.
    has been absorbed, apply a little more. Tincture of Iodine 20 g.
    An applicator stick is used to apply the Alcohol 100 g.
    acid. The stick is sharpened to a point, Success may often be obtained by con-
    and the amount retained on it can be reg- stant daily appHeation of such remedies.
    86 COSMETICS
    Local Hemostatic a very strong gelatin solution is wanted,
    Pectia 0.3 g. more acid will be needed. The stronger
    Calcium Chloride 0.01 g. acid will also prevent the growth of molds.
    Sodium Chloride 0.14 g.
    Water 20 ce.
    Preventing Insulin Deterioration
    The production of insulin is simplified
    Blood, Test For
    by a storing method which has been pat-
    Dissolve 1 g. of benzidine in 10 ec. of
    ented. Experiments seem to prove that
    glacial acetic acid and to 1 cc. of this
    the addition of 25 cc. of hydrochloric acid
    solution add 10 ce. of 3 per cent hydrogen
    to 1 kg. of fresh pancreas practically
    peroxide solution. No color, or at most a
    eliminates any insulin losses during cold
    very faint color, should appear within a
    storage.
    few minutes. Then add a small amount
    of blood to the solution. A
    blue color
    should be produced. Preventing Peroxide Formation in Ether
    Place a piece of clean copper wire in
    Toisson^s Solution each ether container. Or add hydroquin-
    (For use in making red blood cell count)
    one in proportion of 1-5000 of ether.
    Sodium Chloride 1 g.
    Sodium Sulphate 8 g. Storing Hydrogen Peroxide in Aluminum
    Glycerin 30 g. H. S. Patent 2 008,726
    Distilled Water 160 g. To prevent pitting of aluminum storage
    plus Methyl Violet, 5B to give a strong vessels for hydrogen peroxide the inner
    purple color. surface of the vessel is treated with 50%
    nitric acid for 9-16 hours at 35-15° C.
    Blood Substitute and 0.1-0.5 g. of sodium or potassium
    A blood substitute, for cases where a nitrate is added per liter of peroxide.
    donor is not on hand to provide whole
    blood by transfusion when an obstetrical
    patient has lost blood in quantities suffi- Oxygen Evolving Composition
    cient to make fluid replacement impera- British Patent 462,321
    tive, is suggested in a recent issue of the
    Sodium Peroxide 3 g.
    British Medical J ournaL Caustic Soda ) 2 g.
    Water 1 g.
    1^ grain ephedrine hydrochloride, 40 j
    grains glucose, 525 grains of gum acacia, Sodium Permanganate 7 g.
    and enough water to make 1 pint. Calcium Oxide 45 g.

    Styptic Pencils Elastic Plaster Bandage


    Formula No. 1 IJ. S. Patent 2,053,728
    Ammonium Chloride 6 lb. One hundred grams of freshly pre-
    Copper Sulphate 24 lb. cipitated cellulose sulphacetate are dis-
    Iron Sulphate 40 lb. solved in 700 grams of alcohol and 200
    Alum 30 lb. grams of acetone, 50 grams of mono-
    No. 2 acetine being added and 2,000 grams of
    Ammonium Chloride 6 lb. gypsum then stirred into the mass.
    Copper Sulphate 6 lb. The viscous paste is diluted with an-
    Iron Sulphate 6 lb. other 500 grams of alcohol, and then
    Zinc Sulphate 6 lb. spread out thinly, with a spatula, on a
    Alum 76 lb. muslin strip. After drying, which can be
    accelerated by ventilation and a current
    Preventing Mold in Gelatin Solutions of warm air, the bandage forms a uni-
    Molds are best prevented in a gelatin formly smooth layer.
    solution by saturating it with chlorbuta- On being wetted with water, the band-
    —
    nol 0.8 g. in 100 cc. Chlorbutanol dis- age softens in a few seconds, whereupon
    solves slowly, but it will dissolve in this it is freed from surplus water by squeez-
    —
    proportion. Benzoic acid 1 g. in 1000 ing and used for the purpose of making
    cc. will hinder the growth of molds, but plaster of Paris dressings. It sets in a
    will not entirely prevent them. Five per- few minutes and attains its final degree
    cent of alcohol in the solution will also of hardness in from five to ten minutes
    hinder mold growth for a considerable longer.
    time.
    To prevent gelatinizing, dissolve the Mentholated Adhesive Tape
    gelatin in acetic acid (30 to 36 per cent) Beeswax, Yellow 100 g.
    or add about 2 per cent of nitric acid. If Bosin 750 g
    '

    COSMETICS 87

    until uniform; cool as this is required to powder easily it


    Melt together; mix
    thickens slightly and then mix in
    „„til it
    should be treated carefully to avoid over-
    Menthol
    compressions resulting in hard, gritty
    r v• a +
    clotli or rubhenzed tape. particles on breaking. Precautions must
    Apply to
    be taken with granulations of deliquescent
    EemOTal of Adhesive Tape
    from Skin or hygroscopic ingredients such as thy-
    is a simple, painless roid, and there should be no delay be-
    Oil of wintergreen
    hisrhly efficient means of
    removing tween drying and compression. In fact,
    the skin. The oil if the weather is damp it is better to
    adhesive tape from
    at the point of sepa- delay until drier conditions prevail.
    diould be used only
    of the adhesive from the skin. In regard to shape and size of the
    ration
    tablet, the thickness should be at least

    SMALL SCALE TABLET MAKING one-third of the diameter, otherwise there


    will be an insufficient depth of granules
    in the
    The chief troubles experienced in the die to allow for fine adjustment of
    preparation of compressed tablets
    are
    pressure. Tablets of soluble substances
    ‘ ‘
    capping,
    ” “ sticking, ’ and ‘ Peking.
    ' ‘
    such as sodium chloride, potassium per-
    -when the
    Capping is the term applied manganate, etc., should dissolve readily
    splits off on
    upper surface of the tablet in tepid water, and those containing as-
    leaW the die or on falling into the pirin, phenaeetin, etc., should disintegrate
    it may not occur until later
    in the
    tray within a few seconds when placed in
    storage container. The chief
    cause is usu- water. With a slowly soluble substance
    allT excess of powder
    in the granulation, like calcium lactate a tablet prepared
    and sometimes necessitate re-granu-
    tiiay with mucilage of acacia as excipient
    lation.Care should be taken against using would be only slightly affected by water,
    a worn or socketed die, as
    the tablet is and it is therefore necessary to add starch
    formed in an enlarged portion of the bore, as a disintegrator.
    and on ejection capping results. Too
    much pressure may also cause the trouble, Formulas of Common Tablets
    and this should be tested in the absence Aspirin
    of other obvious causes.
    ^ Picking
    ^ ’ ^ Aspirin, in heavy
    Picking is the adherence of granules
    crystals 5 gr. 5000 gr.
    Starch, in Powder 500 gr.
    to the face of the punch, and
    occurs either gr.
    from a granulation which is not quite dry
    Die 12/32" For one For 1000
    or from a scratched face of the
    punch. tablet tablets
    The top punch is more usually affected, Mix the powders, dry for one hour, and
    and the face should be smoothed with a pass through a No. 20 sieve, and press
    portion of well-used, fine emery cloth and into 5%grain tablets. (Aspirin can easily
    a trace of oil. be obtained in granular form suitable for
    Sticking'^ compression without further granulation.)
    Sticking is the effect produced when
    the bottom punch binds in the die and Phenacetin and Caffeine
    may he caused by a slightly damp granu- Phenaeetin, in
    lation or excess of powder. It sometimes powder 4 4000 gr.
    occurs with substances such as calcium Caffeine 1000 gr.
    1 gi--
    lactate, and may be only overcome by
    Sucrose, in
    using np to 4 per cent of tale as a lubri-
    cant and additionally by placing one or
    powder % gr. 500 gr.
    Starch, in
    two drops of liquid paraffin in the die,
    working the machine for a minute and
    powder % gr. 250 gr.
    Acacia, in
    removing excess or grease before com- powder %
    gr. 375 gr.
    pression.
    Compression
    Talc, in powder %
    gr. 125 gr.
    Die 13/32" For one For 1000
    The degi'ee of compression will vary tablet tablets
    with different types of tablets. Tablets
    such as potassium chlorate, soda-mint and Mix the ingredients, except the talc,
    formamint which are required to be dis- and pass through a No. 40 sieve. Damp
    solved in the mouth are usually com- with dilute mucilage of acacia, pass
    pressed as hard as possible. In other cases through a 20 sieve, and dry. Pass through
    the tablet should be capable of resisting a No, 20 sieve and incoiporate the talc.
    a fall of several feet on to a hard surface, Note: Acacia is necessary with such
    and on storage little or no powder should substances as phenaeetin, sulphonal, ami-
    accumulate in the container. An exception dopyrin, etc., which are liable to capping
    should be made with mercury and chalk j
    or picking.
    COSMETICS

    Saccharin Mix the licorice root and starch, sift


    Saccharin, in through a No. 40 sieve, and damp with
    powder gr. 500 gr.% syrup of glucose and water, equal parts.
    Sodium Bicarbon- Pass through a No. 20 sieve, and dry in
    ate, in powder f 430 gr.
    "| a steam oven. Pass through a No. 20
    Acacia, in powder gr.
    j
    [• 50 gr.% sieve, shake the granules in a dry con-
    Tale, in powder J [20 gr. tainer with the talc, and press into tablets.
    Sodium bicarbonate,
    Pie 7/32" For one For 1000 Enteric Pill and Tablet Coating
    tablet tablets Formula No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
    Mix the powders, except the talc, and Cetyl Alcohol 10 10 10 g.
    pass through a No. 40 sieve. Pamp with Shellac — 10
    water, pass through a No. 20 sieve, and
    dry. Pass through a 20 sieve and incor-
    Mastic, Gum — — g.
    10 g.
    Acetone 100 cc. 100 cc. 100 cc.
    porate the talc.
    SOPA-MINT No. 4
    Stearic Acid 5 g.
    Sodium Bicar-
    Shellac 10 g.
    bonate, in
    powder Balsam, Tolu 10 g.
    4 gr. 480 gr.
    Ammoinum Car-
    Ether 50 g.
    Alcohol 50 g.
    bonate, in
    powder 1/12 gr. 10 gr. No. 5
    Peppermint Oil 1/12 min. 10 min. U. S. Patent 2,071,511
    Sucrose, in
    Abietic Acid 10 lb.

    powder 11/30 gi-- 44 gr.


    Methyl Abietate 3 oz.
    Acacia, in Oleic Acid 1 pt.
    powder 44 Benzoic Acid 12 oz.
    11/30 gr. gr.
    Talc, in Warm gently until dissolved.
    powder 1/10 gr. 12 gr. No. 6
    Die 11/32" For one (
    For 120 Enteric Coating for Pills and Tablets
    tablet tablets A coating for pills or tablets, insoluble
    Mix the sodium bicarbonate, sugar, and in the stomach but disintegrating in the
    acacia, and add the oil of peppermint. intestines, may be obtained by applying
    Damp with syrup of glucose and water, a thick layer of plasticized shellac.
    equal parts, and pass through a No. 20 Small successive quantities of a solution
    sieve. When dry pass through a No. 20 containing shellac 20 g., anhydrous lano-
    sieve, add the ammonium carbonate and lin 5 g., and alcohol 75 g., are applied in
    talc, and press into 5 grain tablets. a coating pan.
    Calcium Lactate After the first uniform coating, the
    Calcium Lactate, tablets are dusted with gum acacia, but
    in powder 5 gr. 5000 gr. powdered talc is applied after each of
    Starch, in powder li^ gr. 1250 gr. two additional coats.
    Tale, in powder 14 gT. 250 gr. When the weight of the tablets has
    Pie 12/32" For one For 1000 been increased by 37 per cent, two or
    tablet tablets three coats of a 20 per cent solution of
    Mix the calcium lactate and starch and shellac in alcohol are added, and the tab-
    pass through a No. 40 sieve. Damp with lets dried.
    syrup of glucose and water, equal parts,
    pass through a No. 20 sieve and dry. Pass Enteric Coating for Drug Tablets
    through a No. 20 sieve, incorporate the IT. S. Patent 2,011,586-7
    talc,and press. The mixture is made by melting to-
    Aloes, Nux Vomica and Belladonna gether 55.5 g. of stearic acid, 24.25 g. of
    Extract of Aloes IV2 gr. 1500 gr. carnauba wax and 1.75 g. of petrolatum,
    Dry Extract of then incorporating 13.9 g. of powdered
    Belladonna 333 agar and 4.6 g. of powdered elm bark.
    Vs gr. gr.
    Dry Extract of Upon cooling, the mixture is gTound to a
    Nux Vomica
    Licorice root, in
    % gr. 500 gr. powder.

    powder 1 gr. 100 gr. Plxamaceutical Pill Coating


    Starch, in Pills are coatedwith
    powder 57/100 gr. 570 gr. Cocoa Powder 1
    Talc, ia powder 1/10 gr. 100 gr. Gum Arabic
    Die 11/32" For one For 1000 Sugar Syrup, Simple
    tablet tablets They are then varnished with
    :

    COSMETICS 89

    Formula Fo. 1 Glyeerin 4 g.


    Tolu, Balsam 20 g. Pepsin 22 g.
    Ether 10 g. Calcium Carbonate 20 g,
    Alcohol, Absolute 30 g. Titanium Dioxide 17 g.
    No. 2
    Benzoin, Gum 15 g. Bleaching Tooth Paste
    Ether 22 g. Magnesium Peroxide 50 g.
    Alcohol, Absolute 08 g. Calcium Carbonate 500 g.
    Glycerin 300 g.
    Pill Mass Soap 12 g.
    Carob gum 20 glycerin 60 cc. water The peroxide is ground with a small
    g. ; ;
    amount of mineral oil, to give the paste
    20 ee. ; glucose 100 g. Pills contaming
    the right consistency.
    100 mg. of quinine sulphate can easily be
    made, the mass being plastic and easily
    handled and the pills relatively small.
    Tooth Paste
    German Patent 63,403
    Calcium Carbonate,
    Magnesia Tooth Paste Precipitated 600 g.
    Formula No. 1 Cactus Mucilage 500 g.
    Magnesium Oxide 50 g. Magnesium Carbonate 400 g.
    Calcium Phosphate 50 g. Medicinal Soap, Powdered 180 g.
    Soap 5 g. Glycerin 100 g.
    Calcium Carbonate 5 g. Lactose 100 g.
    Glycerin 25 g. Peppermint Oil 100 g.
    Water 25 g. Clove Oil 5 g.
    No. 2
    German Patent 648,583 Pancreatin Tooth Paste
    Magnesium Carbonate 5 g. Calcium Carbonate 100 g.
    Calcium Carbonate 45 g. Magnesium Carbonate 20 g.
    Starch Syrup 18 g. Pancreatin 6 g.
    Water 38 g. Glycerin-Mucilage* 200 g.
    Perfume to suit ^Glycerin Mucilage
    Tragacanth 0.75 g.
    Alcohol 5 . g.
    Non-Foaming Tooth Paste Glycerin 95 g.
    Water 39 g*
    Calcium Carbonate 44 g* Tooth Paste Eemoving Dental Deposits
    Glycerin 11 g* Calcium Carbonate 65 g
    Potassium Chlorate 3 g- Karlsbad Salt
    £ 10 g
    Carragheen Moss g- Glycerin 100 g
    Saccharin 0.5 ' g* Water
    ,

    16 g
    Tragacanth 0.5 ' g- Agar-Agar or Tragaeanoii
    Alcohol 2 g-
    0.5 g
    Water 37 g-
    Calcium Carbonate 42 g- Flavors for Tooth P 'aste
    Magnesium Carbonate 6 g* Formula No. 1
    Peppermint Oil 200 g.
    Star- Anise Oil 180, g.
    Tooth Paste with Colloidal Kaolin Menthol 20 g.
    Calcium Carbonate 30 g* Glove Oil 5 g-
    Colloidal Kaolin 15 g- Anise Oil 10 g.
    Soap, Powdered 3 g‘
    '

    No. 2
    Tragacanth 0.5 g-
    Peppermint Oil 200 g.
    Glycerin 30 g- Menthol 20 g.
    Water 60 g* Fennel Oil 10 g.
    Pepsin Tooth Paste Vanillin 1 g-
    Make np a mucilage of No. 3
    Pectin 5 g. Peppermint Oil 100 g.
    Tragacanth 1 g* Cinnamon Oil 100 g.
    Glycerin 15 g. Anise Oil 100 g.
    Alcohol 15 g- Clove Oil 100 g.
    Water 60 g- Wintergreen Oil 150 g.
    and use it for the paste as follows '

    No. 4
    Mucilage, as above 36 g- Peppermint Oil 300 g.
    Die thylamino- ethy lol eyl -ami de 4 g. Anethol
    1

    30 g.
    90 COSMETICS
    Cmnamon Oil 50 g. Removing Stains Prom Teeth
    Lavender Oil ^
    20 g, H. a Patent 2,031,169
    '

    Ho. 5 Paint teeth with


    Eucalyptus Oil 300 g. Iodine (3.3% Solution)
    Menthol 25 g. and later brush with
    Peppermint Oil 200 g. Sodium Thiosulphate (5% Solution)

    Tooth Tincture
    Tooth Powders Melissa Leaves Extract 960 g.
    Formula No. 1 China (Bark) Tincture 20 g.
    Kaolin 225 g.
    Myrrh Tincture 20 g.
    Iris Root Powder 75 g. Peppermint Oil 4 g.
    Magnesium Oxide 25 g.
    No. 2
    Kaolin. 225 g. Cleanser for Artificial Teeth
    Soap Powder, White 15 g. Formula No. 1
    Whiting 15 g. Mineral Oil 15 lb.
    Turpentine 10 lb.
    Benzine 5 1b.
    ^
    Oxygen Tooth Powder
    '
    ’ ’
    (Particularly for the rubber joints.)
    Magnesium Carbonate 60 g. No. 2
    Sodium Perborate 60 g. Starch 2 kg.
    Calcium Carbonate 80 g. Hard Soap 2 kg.
    Water 80 kg.
    Glycerin 1 kg.
    Dentifrice Sodium Silicate Solution 15 kg.
    French Patent 803,161 Pumice Powder (#0000) 50 kg.
    Ammonium Sesquicarbonate 80 g. No. 3
    Sodium Carbonate 10 g. Soap, Powdered 2 kg.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 10 g. Chloramine-T 50 g.
    Sulfatate or Other
    Wetting Agent 60 g.
    Tooth Wash This formula has a marked antiseptic
    Castile (shavings) two ounces,
    soap as well as a cleansing action.
    glycerin six ounces, oil peppermint forty
    minims, oil of gaultheria sixty minims, oil
    Solid Block Disinfectants
    of cloves twenty minims, extract of vanilla
    six drachms, solution of carmine (N. F.)
    Formula No. 1
    Tallow 22 lb.
    two drachms, alcohol fourteen ounces,
    Caustic Soda (40° Tw.) 15 lb.
    water a quantity suflScient to make thirty-
    Creosote Oil 4 lb.
    two ounces. Dissolve the soap in half a
    pint of boiling water. Having dissolved
    Soda Ash 8 lb.

    the oils and glycerin in the alcohol, add No. 2


    the vanilla and carmine. Mix and hlter
    Tallow 8 lb.
    through paper in which a little powdered Rosin 8 lb.
    willow charcoal is sprinkled. Add suffi- Creosote Oil 75 lb.
    Caustic Soda (66° Tw.) 9 lb.
    cient water to make two pints.
    No. 3
    Tallow 7% lb.
    Dental ^ ^
    Disclosing ^ ^
    Solution Rosin IV2 lb.
    ^‘Disclosing Solutions are of tre- Creosote Oil 9 lb.
    mendous value to the dentist, who uses Naphthalene 1 lb.
    these preparations to obtain visible stains Solid Caustic Soda 1 lb.
    upon teeth covered with mucinous and Water 2% lb.
    bacterial plaques. These films and plaques Melt the fat and while hot add the
    take the stain, and the rest may be washed caustic soda. Or, melt tlie fat. reduce the
    off with water. It then is a comparatively temperature, add the creosote oil and stir
    easy matter for the dentist to proceed in the caustic soda. Cheaper fats can sub-
    without injuring healthy enamel. stitute the tallow.
    Potassium Iodide 15 g.
    Iodine Crystals 50 g. Miscible Pine Oil Disinfectant
    Zinc Iodide 15 g. Pine Oil 80 lb.
    Distilled Water 240 ec. Double Sulphonated
    Glycerijj 240 g. Castor Oil 20 lb.
    :

    COSMETICS 91

    Pine on Disinfectant stream, 10 lb. of caustic potash dissolved


    Pine Oil 60 oz. in 10 lb. of distilled water, crutching
    Naphthenic Soap 25 oz. being continued meanwhile and the heat
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 15 oz. gradually increased until soap is formed.
    Steam is then turned off and the kettle
    left covered for about an hour, at the end
    Pine Oil Disinfectant and Deodorant
    of which time the soap should be bal-
    Pine Oil 63 Ih.
    anced, leaving a very slight excess of
    Soap 29 lb.
    alkali.
    Water 8 lb.
    Pale cresylic acid, in the proportion
    of 40 lb., is now added in the same man-
    Drinal Drip Fluid ner as the alkali, with continuous stirring
    Nitrobenzene 6 pt. and the application of gentle heat.
    Eucalyptus Oil 3 pt. When all the acid oil is incorporated, the
    Yellow Neutral Mineral Oil 50 gal. contents of the pan should be perfectly
    clear and a small quantity transferred to
    Compound Cresol Solution a test tube should give a clear solution
    Cresol 500 ec. in water.
    Oil (Any Vegetable Oil)800 g. If it is preferred to employ linseed oil,
    Potassium Hydroxide 80 g. the quantity of caustic potash used will
    Alcohol 10 cc. naturally have to be modified; in this
    Water, sufficient to make 1000 ee. particular case, increased from 10 to 10%
    ^Procedure —
    Put the potassium hydrox-
    .
    lb.

    ide into 80 cc. of water. When solution


    is about three-fourths complete, add the Essential Oil Germicides
    alcohol and stir until solution is effected. Essential oils which have antiseptic
    Add this solution to the oil which has properties, can be made suitable for use
    been previously warmed to about 60° by the general public in the same way
    upon a water-bath, and stir gently. as pine oil, by emulsifying with soap
    When saponidcation is complete, as shown or by the use of sulphonated oils. Euca-
    by testing with water, in the usual way, lyptus oil disinfectant is prepared accord-
    or by appearance, add the cresol in small ing to the following formulas
    portions, with stirring. Finally, remove Formula No. 1
    from the water-bath, cool and adjust the Eucalyptus Oil 100 lb.
    volume to 1000 cc. with distilled water. W. W. Eosin 100 lb.
    Caustic Soda Solution (25% ) 50 lb.
    Denatured Alcohol 20 lb.
    Water-Soluble Cresol Disinfectant Water 150 1b.
    Formula No. 1
    No. 2
    ^
    A
    very satisfactory water-soluble dis-
    Eucalyptus Oil 250 lb.
    infectant is a mixture of equal parts of
    Commercial Oleic Acid 105 lb.
    cresol and Turkey red oil.
    Water 300 lb.
    No. 2 Caustic Soda Solution (25%) 60 lb.
    Cresylic Acid 100 g. Denatured Alcohol 60 lb.
    Linseed Oil 100 g. These products are nonpoisonous and
    Caustic Potash noncorrosive. They are prepared by dis-
    Solution (331/3%) 75 g. solving the rosin or oleic acid in the caustic
    Alcohol 6 g. solution, diluting with half the water con-
    No. 3 tent, cooling, stirring in the eucalyptus
    Tar Oil Acids 40 g. oil, and adding the alcohol.
    Rosin 10 g. An example of thyme oil disinfectant
    Caustic Potash is as follows:
    Solution (33%%) 70 g. Thymol 3 lb.
    Alcohol 70 g. Thyme Oil iy2 lb.
    The specified mode of procedure is to Origanum Oil 1 lb.
    boil the various ingredients together in Terpineol 5 lb.
    an apparatus with a reflux condenser, un- Sulphonated Castor Oil 40 lb.
    til saponification is complete. Water 50 lb.
    On a commercial scale, similar prepara-
    ^
    This gives a perfect emulsion in water,
    fcons may be made by the saponification which is truly antiseptic and nonpoisonous.
    of either castor or linseed oils with
    caustic potash. As an example: take 50 Disinfectant for Telephone Mouthpiece
    lb. of castor oil and heat it
    gently in an Formaldehyde 5 drops
    iron kettle. To this is added, in a thin Mountain Dine Oil 5 drops
    COSMETICS

    Eosemary Oil 6 drops Melt a on the waterbath. Add the mix-


    Xavender Oil 6 drops ture &, and heat gently (over asbestos-
    Acetone 5 ce. plates) till all is dissolved again.
    Alcohol, Benatured, Allow to cool to 80°C., and add c with

    to make 50 cc. agitation.


    Pour into molds, or impregnate card-
    board pieces of the conventional square
    Telephone Disinfectant Cleanser shape.
    Thymol 1 g. Pack air-tight.
    Pine Needle Oil 15 drops
    Peppermint Oil 15 drops Deodorant Sprays
    Alcohol, Denatured 5 cc.
    Formula No. 1
    Soap, Tincture of Green 10 cc.
    Boric Acid 12 oz.
    Water, to make 50 cc.
    Sodium Nitrate 12 oz.
    Potassium Chlorate 12 oz.
    Telephone Booth Air-Deodorizer Chloral Hydrate 8 oz.
    o. Naphthalene 730 g. Methanol 32 oz.
    h. Camphor, Synthetic 70 g. Water, to make 5 gal.
    Hexachloroethane
    0 . 20 g. No. 2
    Paradichlorobenzene 100 g. Water 40 oz.
    d.' Bornyl Acetate 50 g. Aluminum Chloride 8 oz.
    Eucalyptol 30 g. Fluorescene (Dye) to suit
    Melt a on the waterbath, add 5, later c.
    When all is dissolved, cool to 80° C., add Theatre Sprays
    d and pour, or use to dip cardboards into English Patent 425,309
    the melted mass.
    For Large Sails
    Camphorated Oil 90 g.
    Disinfectant for Toilets Menthol 10 g.
    Phenol 1 oz. Example For a theatre of 1,500 seats,
    :

    Pine Oil 5 oz. only 20 g. of this mixture, being slowly


    Sulphonated Olive Oil (30%) 16 oz. evaporated by a heating device, are active
    Water 78 oz. without undesirable odor.
    For Small Sails
    Camphorated Oil 5 g.
    Anti-Eusting Surgical Instrument
    Menthol 5 g.
    Antiseptic Alcohol 90 g.
    French Patent 800,982
    Phenol or Cresol 3 g.
    Borax Tobacco Pipe Cleaner and Deodorant
    8 g.
    Paraformaldehyde Formaldehyde 200 cc.
    15 g.
    Water Soft Soap, D.S.P. 400 g.
    11.
    Alcohol 300 cc.
    Water, to make 1000 cc.
    Toilet Deodorant The above may be perfumed with oil of
    Formula No. 1 lavender and menthol.
    ‘
    Formalin (38%) 2.5 gal.
    ''Water .
    50 gal.
    Thyme oil makes a good odor if de- Breath Lozenges
    ^
    sired. Formula No. 1
    No. 2 Peppermint Oil 1 g.
    Concentrated Powdered Sugar 100 g.
    Formalin (38%) Mucilage of Acacia 10 g.
    25 gal.
    Zinc Chloride Solution Make mass and divide into lozenges
    (50%) weighing one gram each.
    25 1
    jal.
    d CO No. 2
    Anthracene Oil 80 kg. Peppermint Oil 1 cc.
    Cresol, Crude 20 kg. Powdered Sugar 100 g.
    No. 4 Mucilage of Tragacanth, q.s. to make
    a. Naphthalene 730 100 lozenges.
    g-
    J). Camphor 70 g.
    Hexachloroethane 20 g. Incense Cones
    Paradichlorobenzene 100 g* Dry materials in the following should
    c, Bornyl Acetate 50 g* be powdered and worked up with a gum
    Eucalyptol 30 g* tragacanth solution and then molded and
    Orange Peel Oil 20 g- dried.
    —

    COSMETICS 93

    Black proportion of a gel-forming agent and a


    Linden Coal 1000 g. small proportion, of a solid true wax with
    Benzoin 650 g. or without the addition of soft paraffin,
    Tolu Balsam 100 g. refined wool fat, or a glyceride fat. A
    Olibanum 150 g. typical mixture comprises 1.81 (parts by
    :

    Peru Balsam 80 g. weight) high-grade stearic acid and 2.42


    Clove Oil 4 g. first-grade white beeswax, which are dis-
    Rose Oil solved in 85.58 boiling absolute alcohol.
    Solution Iris 5 g. The acid is neutralized by 3.73 parts of a
    Vanillin 3 g. 10 per cent aqueous sodium hydroxide
    Bed solution and the hot solution thinned with
    Red Sandal Wood, Powdered 1000 g. 6.46 water. When allowed to cool, the
    Sandal Wood, East India 20 g. product soon sets to a fine-grained, nom
    Siam Benzoin 150 g. elastic, non-syneretic mass of even tex-
    Sumatra Benzoin 50 g. ture which readily liquefies when rubbed
    Tolu Balsam 200 g. on the skin. The final composition is
    Labdanum 50 g. sodium stearate 2, beeswax 2.4, water 10,
    Tea Elower Tincture 30 g. alcohol 85.6. Such compositions are thixo-
    Clove Oil 25 g. tropic i.e,, capable of setting up again
    Vanillin 5 g. after liquefaction by pressure. Also they
    Cassia Oil 20 g. regain the original smooth structure with-
    Saltpeter 100 g. out any great increase in syneresis, a
    Musk, Tincture 25 g. property which is an advantage when the
    White products are used as bases for medicating
    Linden Wood Powder 1000 g. agents such as zinc stearate, zinc oxide,
    Styrax, Liquid 75 g. and sulphur, which can be successfully in-
    Benzoin 150 g. corporated by grinding with the semi-solid
    Olibanum 150 g. mass and allowing to set again.
    Labdanum 75 g.
    Mastic 45 g. The Sealing of Gelatin Capsules
    Clove Oil 20 g. In dispensing small numbers of soft
    Cassia Oil 15 g. gelatin capsules it is customary to seal the
    Lavender Oil 5 g. capsules with the aid of a hot spatula or
    Musk, Tincture 15 g. glass rod. This method is not entirely
    Eetone-Musk Solution 4 g. satisfactory, as it is difficult to obtain a
    Vanillin 6 g. neat seal, and one which is reliable in
    keeping the contents in the capsule. More-
    Incense Pastilles over, it frequently happens that the hot
    Charcoal,Powdered 600 g. iron or glass discolors the gelatin. To
    Sandalwood, Powdered 150 g. overcome these drawbacks, the following
    Storax 75 g. method has been adopted: Steam is gen-
    Benzoin, Powdered 75 g. erated from a pointed bent glass tubing
    Cinnamon-Cassia Powder 25 g. inserted through a stoppered test-tube.
    Peru Balsam 15 g. The capsule is held in the steam within
    Cloves, Powdered 25 g. the area of dryness. A rapid seal is ef-
    Potassium Nitrate 35 g. fected, which is neat, strong and free from
    any trace of charring. Instead of a glass
    mgr*'} apparatus, a flat oil-can such as is sup-
    Make a dough and press into shape. plied with cycles and sewing machines,
    may be used.
    Moth Balls
    Naphthalene 200 kg. Artificial Gastric Juice
    Camphor 20 kg. Pepsin 0.10 oz.
    Phenol 30 kg. Hydrochloric Acid 0.25 oz.
    Ceresin 50 kg.
    Melt ; agitate until well mixed. Pour
    Artificial Intestinal J uice
    Pancreatin 1 oz.
    into suitable molds as soon as cooled to
    about 50-60® 0.
    ,

    Sodium Bicarbonate 1 oz.


    Ox Bile, Eresh 2 oz.

    Cream Rubbing Alcohol Medicinal Mineral Oil Emulsion


    British Patent 446,594 1. Gelatin 6—8 g.
    Opaque, even-rubbing masses with a 2. Tartaric Acid
    smooth texture are prepared by incorporat- (Sufficient to give a
    ing in an alcoholic menstruum a small pH of 3.2)
    94 COSMETICS

    3. Simple Syrup 100 ce. ulcer ; re-applying the tape until complete
    4. Vanillin 0.04 g. healing has taken place. Patients will
    5. Alcohol 60 ec. complain of itching.
    6. Water, to make 500 ce. Or, this method may be used : Spray on
    7. Heavy White Befined a 5 per cent solution of tannic acid, or
    Mineral Oil 500 cc. paint with brilliant green (1 per cent
    Place 1 and 2 in about 340 ce. cold watery solution) until a crust is formed.
    water; allow to swell for a few minutes The area must be kept clean and dry. If
    and then heat "until dissolved. Heat to infection occurs under the crust, as indi-
    95-98® G. for 15 minutes. Cool to 60® cated by softening of an area, remove the
    C., add 3, then 4, which has been dissolved crust with hot saline compresses or petro-
    in 5. Add balance of water. Add 7 latum and treat the infection by wet com-
    slowly while mixing vigorously with an presses of Dakin's solution or boric acid.
    electric mixer. Homogenize at 3000-3500 Then repeat the treatment. This method
    pressure, recirculating twice. stable A cannot be used if a virulent infection, deep
    emulsion thinner than the usual medicinal necrosis of tissue, or bone involvement is
    mineral oil emulsions results. present.
    If the sore is extremely bad, arrange a
    continuous bath, which should be kept
    * ^
    Adhesive Tape Looseners ’ ’ clean by a continuous overflow and refill-
    Formula No. 1 ing, and a constant temperature, controlled
    Carbon Tetrachloride 60 oz. by a thermostat. Perfect drainage and
    Naphtha 40 oz. relief from pressure are thus obtained.
    Perfume ¥2 oz. Dust with following:
    *Diglyeol Laurate 10 oz.
    Zinc Stearate 5.00 g.
    No. 2
    Tincture of Benzoin 5.00 g.
    Dichlormethane 98 oz.
    Chloroform
    ScarletBed Ointment (5%) 0.25 g.
    2 oz.
    Hydrous Wool Fat 30.00 g.
    The vapors given off by the above are Liniment of Camphor 180.00 g.
    toxic and should be drawn away by a fan. Mutton Tallow 500.00 g.
    * The use of diglycol laurate softens the hair
    and lessens pain hy acting as a lubricant.
    Melt the fats, add the camphor lini-
    ment; and when almost cooled, beat in
    tincture of benzoin and zinc stearate until
    Treatment of Bed Sores a creamy mixture is secured.
    Bed sores may be treated by stretching Treatruent of the bed-sore itself is done
    elastic adhesive tape completely over the by spraying every hour with 5% aqueous
    sore, from healthy skin to healthy skin, tannic acid and continuing until a heavy
    and leaving it in place until it loosens (24 coagulation is formed. Occasionally the
    to 48 hours) ; then remove the old tape crust must be removed to prevent infec-
    and dry the surrounding skin, but not the tion.
    EMULSIONS
    ^ ^
    Soluble ^ ’
    Oils Gelatin part ^
    Formula No. 1 Water, Boiling
    b. 100 parts
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 15 O'.
    o* Dissolve a in b, cool. The smooth jelly
    ‘‘CarbitoP^ 5 g- that forms is liquefied once again by
    Diglycol Laurate 80 g- stirring and ruti through a homogenizer.
    Mineral Oil 410 g- The viscous liquid thus formed can be
    No. 2 used to emulsify oils in varying amounts.
    Bosin Soap 25 oz.
    Red Oil 10 oz. Mineral Oil Emulsion
    Pine Oil 4 oz. Aminostearin 10 g.
    Alcohol, Anhydrous 6 oz. Mineral Oil 75 g.
    One part of above dissolves in four Water
    parts of
    ^ ‘
    spindle ’ ’
    mineral oil. This emulsion is stable to hard water
    and weak acids.
    Orthodielilorbenzol-Soluble Oil
    ^^CarbitoP’ 5 oz. Technical Mineral Oil Emulsion
    Diglycol Laurate 95 oz. Water 170 cc.
    Ortliodiclilorbenzol 400 oz. Gum Arabic, Powdered 10 g*
    The above emulsifies readily in water. Moldex or other good
    preservative 0.3 g.
    Hard Water-Soluble Oil When dissolved add to
    Pine Oil 75 oz. Mineral Oil 30 g-
    ^^CarbitoP^ 25 oz. while mixing vigorously; then run
    ^ ^
    Sulf atate ^ ^ (or other through colloid mill or homogenizer.
    water-soluble naphtha-
    lene sulphonic acid
    Non-Foaming Oil Emulsion
    esters or salts) 20 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,052,164
    Water 20 oz.
    Stearic Acid 1 g-
    Diglycol Laurate 360 oz.
    Oil-Soluble Mahogany
    Mineral Oil 1600 oz.
    Sulphonate 99 g.
    The ^ sulf atate ^ is dissolved in water
    ^ ’
    Mineral Oil 500 g.
    and mixed well into the other ingredients. Water 5000 cc.
    This oil disperses in hard waters without Warm and mix three ingredients
    first
    scum formation. until clear; then add water slowly with
    vigorous mixing.
    Soluble Oil Stable to Sea Water
    Pine Oil 12 oz.
    Red Oil 9 oz. Sesame Oil Emulsion
    ‘/CarbitoP’ 8 oz. Citrus-Pectin 5 g.
    Diglyeol Laurate 65 oz. Sesame Oil 20 g.
    ‘ f Sulfatate
    ^
    ^ (or other water- Citric Acid 0.5 g.
    soluble sulfonated hydro- Distilled Water 74.5 g.
    carbon) 6 oz. Homogenize.

    Water-In-Oil Emulsion Emulsions with Special Kaolins


    a. Diglycol Oleate 15 g. Formula No. 1
    Mineral Oil 60 g. Kaolin, Colloidal* 2.2 g.
    h. Water 25 g. Water 30.0 g.
    Pour a into b with vigorous stirring. Alcohol 1.1 g.
    Fatty Oils 66.7 g.
    Stable Water in Oil Emulsifier Preservative
    German Patent 646,503 No. 2
    Pectin, Dry 4-5 parts Kaolin, Colloidal* 1.3 g.
    Agar-Agar 1 part Water, Distilled 17.0 g.
    95
    96 EMULSIONS
    Alcoliol 1.7 g. Candelilla Wax Emulsions
    Patty Oils 80.0 g. Formula No. 1
    Preservative a. Candelilla Wax 20 g
    Preparation: Stir the kaolin into the Oleic Acid g*
    water. When homogeneous, add the oil 3
    Heat to 95-100° C. and then run in the
    in small portions. Addition of soaps following heated to 95-100° C., mixing
    (potassium, triethanolamine soaps) helps with a ^
    high-speed stirrer :
    the emulsions. h. Triethanolamine
    7-8% of the colloidal kaolin gives a 4 g.
    Borax 2 S*
    gel in water. Water 185 ce.
    * Particle size: 0.5 |X.
    No. 2
    a. Candelilla Wax 20 o*.

    Oleic Acid g’
    3
    Cutting Oil, Concentrated Use above method adding:
    Pine Oil 2.5 oz. b. Triethanolamine 3 g.
    Bed Oil 12.0 oz. Borax lU I’
    Caustic Potash (50%) 4 oz. Water ct
    185
    Alcohol, Anhydrous 5 oz.
    Potassium Oleo-Abietate 16 oz. Paraffin Wax Emulsion
    Possesses excellent self-emulsifying a. Paraffin Wax 12 oz.
    properties. b. Stearic Acid
    5 oz*
    c. Trigamine
    3 oz!
    d. Water
    80 oz.
    Japan Wax Emulsion Melt a and b at 65-70° 0. and add c
    id. J apan Wax 36 g. and^ d at same temperature, slowly,
    while
    Trihydroxyethylamine mixing with a high-speed agitator.
    Stearate 4 g,
    h.Water, Boiling 360 cc. Opal Wax Emulsion
    Warm a to, 65® C. and add ^ to it . Opal Wax 15 g^
    slowly with vigorous stirring*. Aminostearin 5 o*!
    . Water 75
    Sulfatate 5 g
    Montan Wax Emulsion Heat a to 100-105° C. and add to* it
    Montan Wax 20 oz. slowly while mixing with high-speed mixer
    Oleic Acid 5 oz!
    Heat to 100° C. and add the follow-
    b heated to 95° C. A
    smooth emulsion
    results that may be used for a furniture
    ing heated to 95-100° C. slowly with good polish.
    mixing:
    Triethanolamine 8 oz.
    Borax Bituminous Emulsion
    2 oz! Formula No. 1
    Water 185 oz. IT. S. Patent 2,087,400
    Add 15 parts by weight of oleic acid to
    Esparto Wax Emulsion 250 parts by weight of asphalt flux oil,
    . Esparto Wax 15 g.
    heating the mix to about 100° C., adding
    the same to 750 parts of water to
    Triethanolamine 3 e**
    which
    Bed OU have been added 34 parts of aqueous
    IT/3
    . Boraj: ammonia whereby an emulsion of the
    1% g. asphalt flux oil which has a viscosity sub-
    Water 10 g
    o.Water stantially greater than that of water
    321^ g! is
    Heat a to 95—100° C. and mix well*
    Reduced, thereafter adding 1500 parts
    run into b heated to 95-100° 0., beating by weight of coal tar which has a specific
    vigorously; when smooth gel is formed gravity of about 1.18 or more heated
    to
    add o heated to 95-100° C. and beat vig- a temperature of about 70° C. to which
    orously until cool. has been added 45 parts of oleic
    acid,
    vigorously agitating said tar with the
    emulsion of asphalt flux oil, and subject-
    Candelilla Wax Emulsion ing the resulting mixed emulsion to in-
    Candelilla Wax 30 tensive mechanical disintegration,
    g. as for
    Triethanolamine 7 o** example by passage through a colloid mill.
    Bed Oil 5 I*
    h. Borax No. 2
    2^ g TJ. S. Patent 2,023,540
    "Water 20 '

    g Hydrous Magnesium
    c. Water
    150 g] Smeate
    Method as ^
    in esparto wax emuMpn. 8-10 lb.
    Water 20 gal.
    EMULSIONS 97

    Mix well and heat to a boil j


    then mix Lacquer Emulsions
    m an emulsifying machine with Patented
    Asphalt (Melted) 36 gal. The following table is given to illus-
    Acetic Acid (0.1 N.) 250-420 cc. trate typical formulations of nitrocellu-
    Water (Boiling) 10 gal. lose emulsions for various uses. In the
    case of pigmented lacquer emulsions only
    Bitumen Emulsion carbon black and a gray are given be-
    Italian Patent 276,770 cause they illustrate opposite extremes in
    1,000 g. bitumen (preferably asphalt) ease of emulsification. The gray is for-
    are heated to OO"" 0. 60 g. Swedish resin mulated with zinc oxide. It is necessary
    at 80-90 ® 0. are then added and finally a to use a colloid mill or homogenizer in
    solution of 20 g. caustic potash in 120 g. making these emulsions.
    water cooled to 60-70° 0. is added. Vig-
    Clear Lacquer Emulsions for Furniture
    orous stirring is needed throughout.
    Formula No. 1
    1,000 g. hot water are poured in and when
    Lacquer Phase
    soap formation is ended a further 800 g. 5-6 See. Nitrocellulose
    water are added.
    (dry weight) 17.0 oz.
    Ester Gum 13.6 oz.
    Asphalt or Bitumen Emulsion
    Dibutyl Phthalate 3.4 oz.
    British Patent 441,782
    100 Butanol Carried by Nitro-
    Eosin lb.
    cellulose 7.4 oz.
    Slaked Lime 3% lb. Butanol 9.1 oz.
    Heat at 140° C. and mix until uniform.
    Hi-Flash Solvent Naphtha 16.5 oz.
    Add while mixing Secondary Hexyl Acetate 16.5 oz.
    Puel Oil 103 lb.
    Octyl Acetate 16.5 oz.
    Take 4 lbs. of above mixture and add
    Water Phase
    to 100 lbs. melted bitumen or asphalt and
    N
    potassium Water 78.5 oz.
    then disperse mixture in 0.05
    Acetone 20.0 oz.
    rosinate solution to give a 57% bitumen
    content.
    Purified Duponol W. A. or
    DuponolM. E. (dry) 0.5 oz.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz.
    Asphalt-Eubber Emulsion Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase
    Swedish Patent 86,859 recommended: From 2.5 to 1, to 3.5 to 1
    Shale asphalt, consisting of residues parts by weight.
    obtained after distg. crude shale oil, is
    heated to about 300° and distd. in steam
    No. 2
    at 325° to drive off traces of oil, and
    Lacquer Phase
    mixed with montan wax and a fatty acid E. S. %Sec. (dry weight) 18.5 oz.
    at 120-30° in the proportions asphalt 50,
    Lewisohl No. 2 18.5 oz.
    wax 1-2 and fatty acid 0.5-2.5. The Dibutyl Phthalate 3.7 oz.

    molten mixt. led in fine stream with


    is
    No. 15 Castor Oil 5.8 oz.
    stirring into an aqueous caustic soda or
    Butanol Carried by Nitro-
    cellulose 8.0 oz.
    soap solution at 90° G. in proportions
    water 15-20, a caustic soda 0.3-0.6 and Butanol 2.7 oz.
    fatty acid 0.4-0.5. The emulsion is then Hi-Flash Solvent Naphtha 10.7 oz.
    boiled for 2-10 min., and may be mixed Secondary Hexyl Acetate 32.1 oz.
    at a temperature not above 55° 0. with a
    Water Phase
    rubber emulsion, such as Eevertex. Water 83.5 oz.
    Acetone 15.0 oz.
    Duponol M. E. (dry) 0.5 oz.
    Pitch Emulsion
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz.
    British Patent 462,111
    Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase
    Coal Tar Pitch ISO lb.
    recommended: From 2.5 to 1, to 3.5 to 1
    Stearin Pitch 20 lb.
    parts by weight.
    Melt together and add to following at
    100° 0.
    * Casein Solution 45 lb. Black Pigmented Lacquer Emulsion
    Water 35 lb. Lacquer Phase
    Caustic Potash 1 lb. E. S, %Sec. (dry weight) 20.0 oz.
    then add Dammar Gum (Dewaxed)
    Water, Boiling 120 lb. (dry weight) 6.0 oz.
    * Casein. Solution- Dibutyl Phthalate 3.0 oz.
    Casein 56 lb. Trioresyl Phosphate 2.6 oz.
    Caustic Potash (50%) 10 lb.
    Blown Castor Oil 5.4 oz.
    Water 494 Ib.
    Cresylic Acid 11 lb. Carbon Black 2.0 oz.
    98 EMULSIOlSrS

    Butanol Carried by Nitro- Clear Lacquer Emulsion Greaseproof to


    cellulose
    Butanol
    8.6 oz.
    5.0 oz.
    —
    Mineral Oils (for use where toxicity
    of coating is not objectionable)
    Denatured Ethyl Alcohol Lacquer Phase
    (in Dammar Solution) 4.0 oz. 5-6 See. Nitrocellulose
    Hi-Flash Solvent Naphtha 13.8 oz. (Dry Weight) 25.0 oz.
    Toluol (in Dammar Solution) 2.0 oz. Tricresyl Phosphate 15.0 oz.
    Secondary Hexyl Acetate 13.8 oz. Butanol carried by
    Octyl Acetate 13.8 oz. Nitrocellulose 10.7 oz.
    Water Phase Secondary Hexyl Acetate* 36.0 oz.
    Water 98.50 oz. Xylol* 13.3 oz.
    Duponol M. E. (dry) 0.25 oz. * An alternate solvent combination for use
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.25 oz. where drying at elevated temperatures can be
    used is butyl acetate and toluol in equal
    Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase amounts.
    recommended: Prom 2.5 to 1, to 3 to 1
    Water Phase
    parts by weight.
    Water 98.5 oz.
    Duponol M. E. (Dry) 0.5 oz.
    Gray Pigmented Lacquer Emulsion
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz.
    Lacquer Phase
    Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase
    E. S. ^2 Sec. (dry weight) 18.0 oz.
    recommended: From 2.5 to 1, to 3.5 to 1
    Dammar Gum (Dewaxed) parts by weight.
    (dry weight) 5.4 oz.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 3.0 oz.
    Blown Castor Oil 6.0 oz. Clear Lacquer Emulsion Greaseproof to
    Gray Pigment*
    Butanol Carried by Nitro-
    12.0 oz.
    —
    Mineral Oils (for use where color
    and odor are not objectionable)
    cellulose 7.8 oz. Lacquer Phase
    Butanol 1.9 oz. 5-6 Sec. Nitrocellulose
    Denatured Ethyl Alcohol (Dry Weight) 20.0 oz.
    (in Dammar
    Solution) 4.0 oz. Blown Castor Oil 30,0 oz.
    Hi-Flash Solvent Naphtha 14.0 oz. Butanol carried by
    Toluol (in Dammar Solution) 2.0 oz. Nitrocellulose 8.6 oz.
    Secondary Hexyl Acetate 13.0 oz. Toluol 20.7 oz.
    Octyl Acetate 12.9 oz. Butyl Acetate 20.7 oz.
    Water Phase Water Phase
    Water 98.20 oz.
    Water 98.5 oz.
    Duponol M. B. (dry) 0.25 oz.
    Duponol M. E. (Dry) 0.5 oz.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1,25 oz.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz.
    Methyl Cellulose 0.30 oz.
    Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase
    Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase
    recommended: From 2 to to 3 to 1
    recommended: From 2 to 1, to 2.5 to 1 1,
    parts by weight.
    parts by weight.
    * Oomposition of gray pigment:
    _
    Zinc oxide 96.0 oz.
    Chrome yellow 1.6 oz.
    Chlorinated Eubber Emulsion
    Carbon black 0.7 oz. Stable emulsions can easily be obtained
    Prussian blue 0.7 oz. without the use of emulsifying agents, if,
    Iron oxide 1.0 oz.
    for example, 70 g. of chlorinated rubl3er,
    Clear Lacquer Emulsion Greaseproof to 30 g. xylol and 40 g. of water—kept apart
    from each, i.e.^ the chlorinated rubber is
    Vegetable Oils
    not dissolved but fed simultaneously and
    Lacquer Phase
    5-6 Sec. Nitrocellulose progressively into a stirring device in
    operation.
    (Dry Weight) 25,0 oz.
    Tri-ethyl Citrate 15.0 oz.
    Butanol carried by Chlorinated Eubber Emulsion
    Nitrocellulose 10.7 oz. Canadian Patent 360,946
    Secondary Hexyl Acetate* 36.0 oz. Casein 2 oz.
    XyloP 13.3 oz. Ammonia (28%) 0.1 oz.
    Water Phase Turkey Eed Oil 6 oz.
    Water 98.5 oz. Heat to 35° C. with stirring and add
    Duponol M. E. (Dry) 0.5 oz. slowly a solution of
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1.0 oz. Chlorinated Eubber 20 oz.
    Eatio of lacquer phase to water phase Triehlorethylene 80 oz.
    recommended: From 2.5 to 1, to 3.5 to 1 Stir until uniform. This disperses -well
    parts by weight. in water.
    EMULSIONS 99

    Lecitliin Emulsions Potassium Carbonate 5 g.


    British Patent 437,859 Method as above.
    Soya Leeitliin 8 oz. No. 5
    Pine Oil 15 oz. U.
    S. Patent 2,090,909
    Turpentine 12 oz. Castor Oil, Blown 85 g.
    Paraffin Oil 10 oz. Castor Oil Fatty Acids 15 g.
    Water 55 oz. Sodium Hydroxide (10%) 6.7 g.
    No. 6
    Teglac (Synthetic Resin) Emulsion Diglycol Laurate SO g.
    Teglac 65 12.5 g. ^^CarbitoP^ 20 g.
    Toluol 12*5 g. A good white water in oil cream emul-
    Dissolve by stirring. sion is obtained from
    Into above run slowly with good mix-
    Above Emulsifier 15 g.
    ing
    Mineral Oil 40 g.
    Triethanolamine 1 ce.
    Water 45 g.
    Water 10 ce.
    No. 7
    Gives a thick emulsion which dries to
    German Patent 646,503
    fair gloss in thin films.
    Pectin 4-5 g.
    Gold Sol Agar 1 g.
    Gelatin g.
    The stock solution contains gold bro-
    Water (Boiling) 100 ce.
    mide crystals, 5.0 g.j purified potassium
    bromate, 1.365 g.; and freshly distilled
    water, 38.7 g. This solution is stable for Soya Bean Emulsifier
    one year. Eor preparation of the gold Soya Bean Flour 1 lb.
    sol, 1 cc. of the stock solution is first Water 150 lb.
    diluted with 14 cc. of distilled water and Caustic Potash 0.1 lb.
    then further diluted with water to make Heat together and stir until uniform.
    one liter. For the reduction, 10 ce. of a
    1% potassium oxalate solution is added, Wetting Out and Emulsifying Agents
    and the solution placed in daylight for
    U. S. Patent 1,999,628-32
    about 20 minutes.
    Formula No. 1 No. 2
    Turkey Red Oil 20 oz. 30 oz.
    Demulsifier for Oils Sodium Tetrahydro-
    U. S. Patent 2,051,226 naphthalene
    Furfuraldehyde-Potassium Sulfonate 5 oz. 10 oz.
    Bisulphite Solution 11.1 ce. Trisodium
    Ricinoleic Acid 50.4 cc. Phosphate 10 oz. 50 oz.
    Ammonia (0.897) 8.9 cc. Cetyl Alcohol 10 oz. —
    Castor Oil 29.6 cc. Soda Ash 12 oz. —
    Methyl Hexal in —10 oz.
    Emulsifiers M^lt together and stir until uniform.
    Formula No. 1
    No. 3
    Cottonseed Oil 'J’S g* Tripotassium Phosphate 3 oz.
    Diethylene Glycol 22 g. Ammonium Lauryl Sulphate 1 oz.
    Potassium Carbonate 1 g.
    Heat with good stirring, for 1 hour, at
    125-130° C. Dispersing Agent
    This is soluble in mineral oil and dis- Formula No. 1
    perses in warm water. IT. S. Patent 2,058,013
    No. 2 Tallow 175
    Castor Oil 46.6 g. Dimethyl Amine (25%) 324
    Soya Bean Oil 112.5 g. Heat at 200° G. in an autoclave for 16
    Diethylene Glycol 44.0 g. hours. Tliis yields a mixture of dimethyl
    Potassium Carbonate 2.0 g. amides.
    Method as above. No. 2
    No. 3 German Patent 622,640
    Coconut Oil 137 g. Lauryl Alcohol, Melted 186 kg.
    Diethylene Glycol 44 g. Chlorsulphonie Acid 116 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 2 g. Stir while heating gently.
    Method as above. After removing the hydrogen chloride
    No. 4 by passing through the reaction mixture
    Palm Eernel Oil 150 g. a current of inert gas, add
    Diethylene Glycol 44 g. Triethanolamine 150 kg.
    100 EMULSIONS
    Pefoainmg (b) Pigments in water base cosmetic
    Octyl alcohol is used as a defoaming lotions, use 0.001-0.01%.
    agent as follows ( all suggested concentra- (c) Pottery casting clays to increase
    tions are by volume unless otherwise in- ^^slip'^ and remove air bubbles,
    dicated) : use,0.0001-0.001% of ''slip'/.
    (a) Oil, wher^ foaming is due to presence (d) Leather dressings, spray 0,002-
    of water, use 0.0005%. 0.02% onto pigment before water
    (b) Varnish inks, use 0.001-0.01%. is added.
    (e) Beet sugar, use 0.0005-0.005% of (e) Pigments in lacquers, use 0.1-1.0%
    solution. of weight of pigment.
    (d) Paper, use 0.0005-0.005% of pulp. (f) Mercerizing baths.
    (e) Analytical procedure ; such as an- (g) Penetrating oils, use approximately
    alyses of fruit juices, powdered 1 0 %.
    .

    milk, petroleum-water mixtures,


    etc., use a few drops in 500 ec.
    Defoaming Skim Milk
    (f) Photographic film developing solu-
    tions. Spray 1 to 10 oz. for 200 The addition of 0.1-0.5% diglycol laur-
    gal. of foam. ate or glyceryl glycol laurate to skim
    milk decreases foaming greatly.
    (g) Textile printing, use 0.25-1.5% of
    paste.
    (h) Chemical Processes (manufacture
    Breaking Oil Emulsions
    dyes, alum, etc.) use .1-1.0%.
    (i) Wire drawing soap lubricants, use 5% of a solution of the following is
    0 01 - 0 1 %.
    . .
    agitated with the emulsion and then al-
    (j) Asphalt emulsions, use 0,001-0.01%.
    lowed to settle:
    (k) Eliminating air bubbles and ^^pin Naphthenic Acid % lb.
    holes ^ ^ in gelatin glue spreading, Salt % lb.
    use 0.1-1.0%. Water 991/2 lb.

    Wetting Agent
    Octyl alcohol is used in the following Elotation Agent
    proportions by volume: U. S. Patent 2,094,646
    (a) Pigments in water or oil base paints, Crude Paraffin Base Petroleum 4 lb.
    use 0.02-1.0% of weight of pig- Kerosene 4 lb.
    ment. Creosote, Coal Tar 1 lb.
    FARM AND GARDEN
    Growing Nutrient Salts
    Soilless
    Formula No. 1 No. 2
    Calcium Chloride, Anhydrous 3.2 g.
    Potassium Monophosphate 5.9 g. 3.9 g.
    Calcium Nitrate 20.1 g.
    Magnesium Sulphate 10.7 g. 10.3 g.
    Ammonium Sulphate
    Sodium Nitrate —
    1.8 g.
    6.4 g.
    Water 5 gal. 5 gal.
    *^Trace Solution 10 ce. 10 cc.
    flron Solution 40 ce. 40 cc.

    No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6


    Superphosphate 5.8 g.
    Sodium Nitrate 6.4 g.
    Magnesium Sulphate 10.3 g. 7.3 g. 4.9 g. 2.4 g
    Potassium Chloride 3.9 g.
    Potassium Sulphate
    Double Superphosphate 5.7 g. 2.8 g.
    Potassium Nitrite 16.0 g. 16.0 g.
    Ammonium Sulphate 4.9 g. 10.4 g.
    Water 5 gal. 5 gaX
    * Trace Solution
    flron Solution

    No. 7 Humus Rich Fertilizer


    Calcium Nitrate, Dry 19.5 g. U. 8. Patent 2,027,766
    Potassium Nitrate 2.1 g. Peat dried to 10%
    moisture or leather
    Potassium Monophosphate 5.5 g. scrap is autoclaved with ammonia at 180-
    Magnesium Sulphate, Dry 1.5 g. 300° F. for 8 hours.
    Sal Ammoniac 1.5 g.
    Magnesium Nitrate 6.1 g.
    Water 5 gal. Fertilizer
    * TraceSolution 5 ce. Formula No. 1
    flron Solution 40 ce. U. S. Patent 2,081,401
    * Trace solution consists of:
    A process for producing a fertilizer
    Manganese Sulphate 0.8 g. which comprises treating a superphos-
    Zinc Sulphate 0.8 g. phate material with a solution of about
    Boric Acid 0.8 g.
    34.5 parts of ammonium chloride in about
    Water 1 pt.
    flron solution consists of: 80.5 parts of 50% aqua ammonia, said
    Ferrous Sulphate 0.8 g. solution being added to the superphos-
    Water 1 pt.
    phate material in the proportions of
    This should only he added to above solution
    directly before use as it forms a precipitate. about 115 parts of the solution to about
    890 parts of fsuperphosphate, all parts by
    weight.
    Fertilizer for Flowers and Herbs
    Ammonium Nitrate 20 oz. No. 2
    Ammonium Chloride 2% oz. Swiss Patent 185,428
    Ammonium Phosphate 10 oz. A fertilizer is made by heaping a mix-
    Potassium Nitrate 12i/^ oz. ture of sludge or silt and peat dust in
    Calcium Sulphate 3 oz. piles and leaving till the temperature of
    Iron Sulphate 2 oz. the centers of the piles is above 50° C.
    This mixture is employed by dissolving The piles are then turned over to bring
    a teaspoonful in a gallon of water, and the outer layers to the center and to
    sprinkling the latter on the plants. allow the center to cool on the outside.
    101
    : :

    102 FAEM AND GARDEN


    Insecticidal Fertilizer Caterpillar Banding Compositions
    U. aPatent 2,095,366 Formula No. 1
    Unspent Humus 40 lb. oo/r.
    Bone Meal 35 lb. Petroleum Sludge 50 kg.
    Blood, Dried 20 lb. Lime Hydrate 6 kg.
    Copper Sulphate 5 lb. Tar (Eosin or Wood) 2 kg.
    Rosin Oil 6 kg.
    Dry Poultry Manure Fertilizer No. 2
    British Patent 471,067 Medium
    Poultry Manure 1 lb. Petroleum Sludge 40 kg.
    Quick-lime 1 lb.
    Lime Hydrate 10 kg.
    Mix together and grind with Eosin Oil 10 kg.
    Tar 3 kg.
    Bone Meal % lb.
    No. 3
    Solid
    Citrus Fertilizer Petroleum Sludge 40 kg.
    U. S. Patent 2,002,400 Lime Hydrate 15 kg.
    Wet Citrus Pomace 2000 lb. Eosin Oil 12 kg.
    Calcium Cyanamid 300 lb. Tar 3 kg.
    Calcium Sulphate 80 lb. No. 4
    Mix and store until temperature rises Blue or Green Petroleum Oil 50 kg.
    to 90-100° C., then mix in Lime Hydrate 6 kg.
    Sodium Nitrate 215 lb. Eosin Oil 9 kg.
    Potassium Sulphate 50 lb. Wood Tar 2 kg.
    Ammonium Sulphate 100 lb. No. 5
    Triple Superphosphate 250 lb.
    Gas Oil 35 kg.
    Tar Oil, Free of Phenol 15 kg.
    Fish Meal Fertilizer Lime Hydrate 8 kg.
    Fish Waste 1 ton Eosin Oil 10-12 kg.
    is treated with No. 6
    Formaldehyde 5-10 lb. a. Oleic Acid 20 kg.
    and digested at 50 ° C. Press to remove Mineral Oil Fraction 30 kg.
    oil, etc. Then dry to produce a powder. Slaked Lime 3 kg.
    Water 15 kg.
    h. Blue Oil 60 kg.
    Shark Meal Fertilizer
    Crude Creosote 10 kg.
    A
    very high grade feed or fertilizer
    Boil o until it gels (stringy!) and add
    can be produced from the carcass of the
    Shark, and this method of utilizing same
    &. Stir until cold. To cheapen, add
    is recommended instead of for edible Heavy Spar 10 kg.
    purposes, unless the fresh meat can be
    sold locally, in which case both methods To Protect Trees Against Deer
    can be used. Formula No. 1
    Shark meal is high in vitamin contents, Clay, Dry, Free from Sand,
    and other feed values, and is mixed with Powdered 500 g.
    less rich feeds for fattening 'fowls and Train Oil 35 g.
    animals. It is too strong to be used alone Cattle Blood to thicken
    as a fertilizer, and is, therefore, also No. 2
    mixed with other fertilizers. In order to Spent Lime 20 kg.
    produce shark meal economically, it is Linseed Oil 2.5 kg.
    necessary to obtain sufficient quantities Naphtha 3 kg.
    of sharks in one location, to warrant the No. 3
    cost of a plant. Apower plant with Sodium Carbonate 1 kg.
    grinding and drying machinery is re- Cattle Blood 4 kg.
    quired. It is not practical to transport Coal Tar 4 kg.
    the carcasses forty or fifty miles, and No. 4
    they cannot be preserved. Cattle Blood 10 kg.
    There are other shark by-products Spent Lime 1 kg.
    which can be developed, .such as liver oil
    No. 5
    for medical purposes, backbones, etc. It
    Coal Tar kg. 60
    has been found advisable, however, to
    Naphtha kg. 20
    begin operations by saving only the hides, Animal Oil, Thickened* kg. 15
    fins, teeth and oil, and develop the other
    Ammonium Sulphate kg. 5
    by-products gradually, as soon as the * With lubricating grease made from lime
    :

    other operations are well established. )ap and mineral oil.


    :

    FARM AND GARDEN 103

    No. 6 the rate of 15 lb. per acre will effectively


    Oeresin 20 kg. control cutworms. For budworms on to-
    Spindle Oil 65 kg. bacco 1 lb. of cryolite or lead arsenate
    Carholineum 15 kg. to 75 lb. of corn meal is suggested. Flea
    No. 7 beetles and hornworms are best controlled
    Coal Tar 1 kg. by dusting at the rate of 3-5 lb. per
    Cattle Blood 1 kg. acre with a mixture of 1 lb. of cryolite
    Sodium Carbonate 1.3 kg. to 3 lb. of fine road dust or flour.

    Citrus Tree Frost Protection


    Spray for Sigatoka Disease in
    U. S. Patent 2,057,316 Banana Plants
    Spraj beginning a few minutes
    trees,
    To combat the plant disease known as
    before sunrise, and continue until the or-
    Sigatoka, which by attacking the leaves
    chard has been warmed up, that is, ap- prevents the development of the plant,
    proximately until nine or ten in the banana plantations in Guatemala and
    morning, with a solution containing such Honduras are effectively employing a
    chemical ingredients as ammonium sul- Bordeaux mixture spray.
    fate, calcium nitrate and ammonium The mixture is made in the field by
    phosphate. A typical formula is the
    adding 5 pounds of copper sulphate and
    following
    5 pounds of lime to each 50 gallons of
    Ammonium Sulphate 50 lb.
    water. This mixture is distributed
    Calcium Nitrate 100 lb.
    through pipe lines laid among the banana
    Ammonium Phosphate 50 lb.
    plants and applied with hand sprays to
    Water approximately 50,000 gal. the leaves. In the first application 300
    This treatment is based upon the gallons are applied to each acre, while
    theory that the damage to frosted trees subsequent sprayings, to follow at inter-
    results not from the frost itself, but vals of 15 days, require but 275 gallons
    rather from the later effects of the burn-
    per acre. It is anticipated that from 12
    ing rays of the sun following the frost.
    to 18 applications each season will be
    sufficient to protect the plants.
    Tree Wound Dressing
    Use a coating of lanolin to get rapid To remove any remaining Bordeaux
    callous formation.
    mixture from bananas before shipment to
    market a washing machine is used.
    Painting Tree Wounds Stems passing through this machine are
    Experts agree that there is no need of rinsed with a mixture containing hydro-
    painting over wounds which are not more chloric acid to remove the Bordeaux mix-
    than two or two and a half inches in ture, and later with fresh water to re-
    diameter. Paint made of common white move the hydrochloric acid.
    lead and linseed oil is entirely satisfac-
    tory for painting larger wounds. Bemoval of Spray Residues from
    Tomatoes
    Plant Protecting Composition Dip in 1% hydrochloric acid solution
    German Patent 642,493 for 1^2 minutes, then immerse in lime-
    Insectifuges for protecting plants and water lb. hydrated lime to 10 gal.
    trees comprise tar oil, castor oil, naph- water) for 1 minute and then wash with
    thalene and pyrethrin, with or without clean water.
    phenol or cresol. Suitable proportions
    are tar oil 50-75, castor oil 50-25, naph- Removing Spray Poisons from Cherries
    thalene 17-18, pyrethrin 3-15, and phenol Crates of cherries are dipped in tanks
    or cresol 1-4 parts by weight. The com-
    positions may be applied as such or as
    of 1% hydrochloric acid for 30-60 sec-
    onds, with gentle mixing. Rinse care-
    aqueous emulsions, or they may be mixed fully in clean water and dry.
    with solid diluents or fertilizers and ap-
    plied as powders.
    (Orchard) Tree Wax
    Prevention of Downy Mildew on Tobacco Rosin 25 kg-
    Tobacco seedlings are exposed to ben- Japan Wax 10 kg.
    zol vapor for 3-9 days to prevent downy Beeswax 25 kg-
    mildew attack. Tallow 15 kg.
    Turpentine, Venice 25 kg.
    Control of Tobacco Insects
    A poison bait consisting of 0.5 lb. Rose Bug Spray
    Paris green or sodium fluosilicate, 25 lb. A 3% solution of paraldehyde in water
    of coarse bran or cottonseed meal, and is effective as a spray against rose bugs
    3 gal. of water scattered over a field at and similar pests.
    FAEM AND GARDEN
    Destruction ofWasps and Yellow Jackets vitriol)with 4 lb. of hydrated lime (cal-
    The most effective and least damaging cium hydroxide) in 50 gal. of water.
    remedy is to pour about 4 oz. of carbon Then 1% gal. of lime-sulphur solution
    disulfide in the nest. This is best done testing 83° Be. may be aMed. If de-
    through a funnel. All insects in the nest sired, arsenate of lead at the usual
    are killed at once, and those out of the strength may be added for the control
    nest fly into the toxic vapors on their of certain insect pests. The above de-
    retum. scribed mixture in fluid form when
    sprayed upon plants causes no injury
    West Indian Fruit Fly Spray and is toxic to parasitic organisms.
    Tartar Emetic 4-8 lb.
    Molasses 5 gal.
    Water 100 gal. Plant and Tree Spray
    S. Patent 2,046,961
    XT.

    Palargonium Rust Spray A composition of matter suitable for


    Formula No. 1 use as a plant and tree spray comprises
    (Outdoors) by weight a petroleum fraction having a
    Colloidal Sulphur 2 lb.
    sulphonation value above 50, 1.2-0.3 per
    Water cent, trichlorobenzene 0.4-0.1 per cent,
    100 gal.
    No. 2 an emulsifying agent 0,04-0.01 per cent,
    (For Greenhouses) water 98.36-99,59 per cent.
    Lime-Sulphur Spray
    Pyrethrum Spray, Non-Inflammable
    Orange Worm Sprays Pyrethrum Extract
    Formula No. 1 (Kerosene) 1 gal.
    Dusting Spray Carbon Tetrachloride
    Barium 4 gal.
    Silicofluoride 50 lb.
    The above is useful for airplane spray-
    Talc, Fibrous 45 lb.
    ing against mosquitoes.
    Mineral Oil, Refined 5 lb.
    Spray at rate of 1 lb. per tree.
    No. 2 Ant Spray
    Sodium Silicofluoride 3 lb. Naphthalene 1 oz.
    Water 100 gal. Kerosene 4 oz.
    Use blood-albumen as spreader. Cyclohexanol 2 oz.
    Creosote 1 oz.
    Japanese Beetle Spray Dissolve by mixing and add slowly with
    For repelling Japanese beetles, the fol- vigorous stirring
    lowing spray is used: Liquid Soap 32 oz.
    Slaked Lime 20 lb. Water 120 oz.
    Aluminum Sulphate 3-6 lb.
    Water 100 gal. Termite-Proofing Oil
    For asparagus % lb. sodium lauryl sul- Formula No, 1
    phate is added to the above. Paradichlorbenzol 16 lb.
    Creosote Oil 25 lb.
    Tobacco Flea Beetle Spray Wood Tar Oil 15 lb.
    It is recommended that the plant beds Heavy Mineral Oil 44 lb.
    be sprayed with arsenate of lead (paste) The paradichlorbenzol crystals are
    at the rate of 1 pound to 10 gallons of melted and poured into the heavy mineral
    water, or with arsenate of lead (pow- oil. This mineral oil is a low viscosity
    dered) or arsenate of lime at the rate oil partially refined lubricating oil of
    of 1 pound to 20 gallons of water; or about 10 seconds viscosity S.A.E.
    the plants may be dusted with powdered The creosote oil is a coal tar distilla-
    arsenate of lead or arsenate of lime tion product containing about 35% of
    mixed with fine sifted wood ashes at the free mixed cresols.
    rate of 1 pound of the poison to 4 The wood tar oil is a viscous product
    pounds of the ashes. obtained from the dry distillation of pine
    and other resinous woods.
    Parasite Spray The last two products are added to the
    IT. S; Patent 2,037,656. mineral oil mixture.
    A parasiticidal preparation, comprises This product may be applied to the in-
    the complex products of the reaction be- fested areas of the wood with a paint
    tween zinc-lime, and lime-sulphur. For brush, mop, or spray gun. It may also
    example, zinc-lime may he prepared by be^ poured into the ground in a hole
    mixing 4 lb. of zinc sulphate (white
    ,
    drilled close to the nest or colony.
    :

    FARM AND GARDEN 105

    No. 2 Nicotine Spray ''Spreader^'


    Sodium Fluoride 50 lb. Formula No. 1
    Sodium Arsenate 42 lb. Water 5.00
    Picric Acid 8 lb. Potassium Hydroxide
    Water 3 gal. per lb. of above (92% Flakes) 7.40
    The above products are mixed and Pine Tar Oil (Sp. Or. 1.035) 44.30
    added to the water and stirred occasion- Ethylene Glycol Mono-
    dissolved. ethyl Ether 10.00
    ally until
    This solution may be applied with a Oleic Acid 33.30
    spray gun, or brush or mop ; however, the The ingredients are to be added in the
    preferred form is to drill a small hole in order given from top to bottom. The
    the infested wood or wood to be pro-
    potassium hydroxide is dissolved in the
    tected, and with a suitable fitting apply
    water before the pine tar oil is added.
    the solution at a pressure of several hun-
    This combination requires no heat.
    dred pounds. The hole should be drilled During the past year, a second formula
    As has been used that permits an increase
    to the heart of the structural wood.
    the solution is a deep yellow due to the
    of pine tar oil and a decrease in solvents
    picric acid, this dye-like action makes it
    in the formula. Formula 2 has about
    known to the operator how far the solu- the same effect as Formula 1. It is a
    tion has penetrated.
    cheaper spreader, mixes more readily with
    CAUTION As this solution is very water, but is more complex. Each for-
    poisonous, the user should wear rubber mula thus has advantages.
    gloves. Avoid taking any internally. No. 2
    Water 5.00
    Potassium Hydroxide
    Termite Killer (92% Flakes) 7.40
    Formula No. 1 Pine Tar Oil (Sp. Gr. 1.035) 48.80
    Soda Ash 10 g, Iso Amyl Alcohol 3.00
    Sodium Sulphate, Anhydrous 20 g. Phenol (85%) 1.00
    Salt 20 g. Ethylene Glycol Mono-
    Borax, Powdered 25 g. ethyl Ether 1.50
    Tartar Emetic, Powdered 25-50 g. OleicAcid 33.30
    Sodium Fluosilicate, The same mixing directions given in
    Powdered 50 g. Formula 1 apply to Formula 2.
    Kieselguhr 50 g.
    Sodium Fluoride, Powdered 100 g. Increasing Efficiency of Nicotine
    Sulphate Sprays
    No. 2 Using 1 oz. gum karaya per 500 fl. oz.
    IT. S. Patent 2,059,125 of nicotine sulphate spray increases effi-
    Orthodichlorbenzol 23.98 lb. ciency 3-5 times.
    Naphtha 35.20 lb.
    Betanaphthol 4.32 lb. InsecticidalSpray Spreader
    Eosin 4.32 lb. U. Patent 2,018,681
    S.
    Alcohol 6.90 lb. A spreader composition consists of soya-
    bean flour 5, dried skimmed milk 15, and
    powdered slaked lime. 1 lb. of this
    Colloidal Sulphur
    spreader is used per 100 gal. of spray.
    XT. S. Patent 2,046,880
    A process of producing a colloidal sul-
    Insecticidal Oil Spray
    phur, comprises adding a thiosulphate
    solution to a bulk supply of sulphuric
    U. S. Patent 2,096,947
    acid so as to form sulphur in the colloidal
    Petroleum Oil
    condition, while maintaining the reaction
    (40-100 See. Saybolt) 100 lb.
    Cetyl Alcohol 0.2-10 lb.
    temperature mainly between 40 and 50°

    Agricultural Spray Spreader


    Use lb. waste sulphite liquor con-
    Colloidal Sulphur centrate (goulac, lignone, etc.) per 50 gal
    IT. S. Patent 2,064,728
    Glycerin 60 Plant Spray
    Water 40 Austrian Patent 151,664
    Ammonium Caseinate 10 Copper Sulphate 10.0 g.
    Sulphur 40 Ammonium Carbonate 39.5 g.
    Heat together with good mixing and Dextrin 20.0 g.
    keep at 120-130° 0. until uniform. Soda. Sal 20.0 g.
    106 FAEM AND GARDEN
    Sulpliur, Colloidal 10.0 g. tion, dissolve in the caustic liquid 214 lb.
    Sapoaiii 0.5 g. of arsenic, added gradually in small quan-
    Water 1.0 1. tities, and add color. Dilute this con-
    centrated solution to 25 gal. with water
    Soyabean Spreader for Sprays wdien required for use.
    One lb. soyabean flour per 100 gal. of An acid weed-killer is made as follows
    following codling moth spray greatly in- Arsenious oxide, 15,* spirits of salts, 50;
    creases efficiency and permits easier re- water, 50. Boil together. When cool, di-
    moval from fruit. lute to 200 parts with water and add color.
    Lead Arsenate 3-6 lb. For use, the finished liquid is diluted with
    Lime, Slaked 2 lb. 10 times its volume of water.
    Water 100 gal. If small quantities are required, a col-
    ored solution of sodium arsenate, 1 lb., in
    Eradicating Poison Ivy water 5 gal., will provide an effective
    A 20 per cent solution of sodium thio- solution which can be rapidly prepared.
    cyanate seems to be the most practical. Sodium chlorate sprinkled either dry or
    This may be had by mixing five pounds in solution, on garden paths at the rate
    of the sodium thiocyanate in three gallons of Vj to 1 lb. for every square yard, is a
    of water and this amount of spray should useful non-j)oisonous weed-killer.
    be enough to take care of one applica-
    tion on an area of 150 square feet.^ Weed Killer and Dust Layer
    This spray should be applied with a Sodium Arsenite 8 lb.
    pressure spray pump, completely saturat- Fuel Oil 1 gal.
    ing all the leaves and stems of the ivy Red Oil 1 oz.
    plants above ground. The ideal time to Aqua Ammonia (26°) 2 oz.
    apply this treatment is along the latter Water 1 gal.
    part of June.
    Herbicide (Weed Killer)
    Dry Arsenical Fungicide IT. S. Patent 2,007,433
    Calcium Hydroxide 55 g. Kerosene 89 lb.
    Water 3 1.
    Furfural dehyde 10 lb.
    To the above add while mixing Heavy Petroleum Oil 1 lb.
    Talc 850 g.
    and Dandelion Killer
    Arsenic Trioxide 110 g. Furfuraldehyde 10 lb.
    Mix and dry in a revolving drum at Butyl Alcohol 20 lb.
    120-150° C. Kerosene 70 lb.

    Grub and Root Aphid Killer Chickweed Eliminator


    Break soil and drop in 1-2 lb. naph- Sodium Arsenite 1 lb.
    thalene per 100 sq. ft. Soap Chips 1 lb.
    Water-Soluble Green Color 1 oz.
    Soil Fungicide for Damping-Olf Water 98 lb.
    Formula No. 1
    Trioxymethylene 3 lb. Hoary Cress Eradicant
    Fullers Earth or
    '
    Dry Soil 47 lb. Two ounces of carbon bisulphide poured
    Apply 2 oz. per sq. ft. of seed bed. into holes 6 inches deep and staggered 18
    No. 2 inches apart over the infested area kill
    Formaldehyde 3 lb. Hoary Cress (Lepidium Draba).
    Fullers ^ Earth or Dry Soil 17 lb.

    Bermuda Grass Eradicant


    Weed-Killers Carbon bisulphide, sprinkled on the in-
    An alkaline arsenical weed-killer is fested area and covered immediately with
    made of: Arsenious acid, 16 oz.^ sodium a wet canvas, building paper, or other
    hydroxide, 16 oz.j water, 120 oz. Boil cover to prevent rapid loss by evapora-
    until clear, then dilute to one gallon. This an effective eradicant of Bermuda
    tion, is
    concentrated preparation is diluted with grass.
    nine parts of water before using. Each
    gallon of a diluted solution is sufficient Curing Brown Patch in Lawns
    for 4 square yards. The soil around the infested spots
    A simpler method is the following: Dis- should be forked to permit penetration of
    solve 2% lb. of granular caustic potash a solution of corrosive sublimate (3 oz. in
    in 1 gal. of water in an open cask, and, 50 gal. of water). This should soak in
    by the aid of heat generated during solu- to a depth of three or four inches. If this
    FARM AND GARDEN 107

    fails another possibility is to remove the nicotine sulphate spray (1:400) will con-
    soil to a depth of hve or six inches, re- trolheavy infestations of this insect. Thw
    place with fresh soil and reseed. dusts are applied 25 lb. per 1,000 sq. ft.,
    Or nse a mixture of two parts calomel the sprays 240 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft.
    and one part corrosive sublimate. This
    should be applied at the rate of two or Insecticide
    three oz. per 1,000 sq. ft. as a spray or ^Nicotine 1 kg.
    mixed with soil. Methanol 10 kg.
    If attacks are numerous, they may be "Water 10 kg.
    * This is very poisonous and should not he
    held off by regular preventive treatments
    gotten into cuts or left on the hands.
    of fungicides to be made at ten day inter-
    vals during periods of hot, humid weather.
    Where turf is attacked only occasionally Powders
    Insecticide
    it is hardly worth while to attempt to
    Formula No. 1
    control the disease. Ordinarily the dis- Pyrethrum Flowers,
    Finely Powdered 90 kg.
    ease will soon spend itself, after which
    Hexaehlor ethane 10 kg.
    the damaged spots can be repaired.
    No. 2
    Grub-Proofing Lawns Pyrethrum Flowers,
    The University of Maryland advises the Finely Powdered 80 kg.
    use of 5 to 15 pounds of lead arsenate to Derris Root,
    1,000 square feet of lawn. The amount to Finely Powdered 10 kg.
    use depends on the intensity of the infes- Naphthalene 5 kg.
    tation. With an infestation of less than Magnesium Carbonate,
    100 grubs to the square yard use 5 pounds, Precipitated 5 kg.
    if the infestation is heavier use 10 to 15 No. 3
    pounds. The lead arsenate should be Pyrethrum Extract, Dry 10 oz.
    mixed with about 25 times its volume of Fullers' Earth or Flour 90 oz.
    moist sand and broadcast evenly. This
    treatment can be made at any time except Active Pyrethrin Insecticide
    when the ground is frozen. It is best,
    U. S. Patent 2,066,737
    however, to apply it before July 1. Extraction of pyrethrum flowers with
    When new lawns are made, they may be kerosene ( 2^2 gal. per lb. of flowers) for
    grub-proofed by incorporating 35 jiounds 20-30 minutes gives more active extracts
    of arsenate of lead, to 1,000 square feet than by lengthier extractions.
    of lawn in the upper three inches of soil.

    Cutworm Destruction Insecticide Sprays


    Poison Bran Mash Formula No. 1
    "Water 1 qt. Pyrethrum Extract, 15% 100 kg.
    Paris Green 15 g.
    Turkey Red Oil, Neutral 500 kg.
    Amyl Acetate % oz. Apply in 0.5-1% aqueous dilution.
    Molasses 2 oz. No. 2
    Mix bran and Paris green dry. Pyrethrum Extract,
    Mix the molasses with the wmter and mix 15% in Acetone 100 kg.
    thoroughly with the bran and Paris green. Derris Extract in
    Finally mix with the amyl acetate. Acetone, Containing
    Scatter thinly over the turf late in the 8% of Rotenone 100 kg.
    evening. Is just as effective if placed in Turkey Red Oil, Neutral 800 kg.
    small piles under pieces of boards to keep Apply as No. 1.
    it away from chickens and birds. No. 3
    Pyrethrum Extract
    How to Kill Toadstools
    (15% Pyrethrins) 100 kg.
    Soak the ground thoroughly with sul- Kerosene 14,900 kg.
    phate of copi)er or Bordeaux mixture. p-Cresol-Methyl Ether 50 kg.
    This will kill the fungus.
    Another method is to loosen the soil and No. 4
    apply an iron sulphate solution, one pound
    a. Pyrethrum Extract
    in 1^/2 gallons of w^ater. Bordeaux mix- (15% Total
    ture is preferred as it does little or no
    Pyrethrins) 100 kg.
    damage to the grass. Kerosene 14,900 kg.
    h. Benzyl Alcohol 50 kg.
    Controlling Hairy Cinch Bug in Turf Amyl Acetate 30 kg.
    Two apxffications of tobacco dust (1% "WTutergreen Oil 20 kg.
    nicotine), cub6 dust {1% rotenone) or a Make up the solution a and add the com-
    :

    108 FAEM AND GARDEN


    position!), which also can be replaced by somewhat by replacing some of the pine
    one of the following mixtures: oil and oleyl alcohol by ammonium
    sul-
    Benzyl Acetate 80 kg, phoricinoleate.
    Eugenol 10 kg.
    Bromstyrol 10 kg. Activated Rotenone Insecticides
    or
    IT. S. Patent 2,024,392
    Cloves Oil or Eugenol 20 kg. The etficiency of rotenone-containing
    Butanol 50 kg. ^

    insecticides is increased by admixture of


    Sassafras Oil 30 ksr. veratrin or material containing it. Suit-
    or
    able dusts are
    Pine Oil 100 kg.
    Camphorated Oil Derris Root 25
    50 kg. lb.
    or Sabadilla Seed 7i/> lb*
    Tale "
    Eucalyptus Oil 25 kg. 90 ib]
    Benzyl Acetate 75 kg.
    No. 5 Rotenone % lb.
    Veratrin
    Pyrethrum Extract
    Kaolin
    % lb.
    (15% Pyrethrins) 100 kg. 99 lb.
    Kerosene 14,800 kg.
    Chlorobenzol 100 kg. High Nicotine Tobacco Extract
    Camphorated Oil 100 kg. Powdered or granulated tobacco is ex-
    tracted with dilute sulphuric acid and con-
    Derris Root Extract centrated by boiling off most of the water.
    S. Patent 2,058,832 It IS then mixed with four times its
    IJ. volume
    Extract powdered derris root with a of 98% alcohol and filtered and evapo-
    petroleum distillate (boiling point below rated Almost twice as much nicotine
    is
    330 °C.) containing 20-30% ethylene di- extracted by this method.
    chloride.
    Tobacco Extract Insecticide
    Derris Emulsion a. (I) Copper Sulphate 1 km
    Extract Water 5 p
    Derris Root Powder 15 g. Dissolve,* add
    with Water 46 p
    Terpinolene 100 g. (2) Calcium Oxide 0.75 km
    Let stand for 5 days, shaking twice a Water 1
    day, at 30° 0. Filter. Store in colored Mix well and add
    bottles. Water 46 1.
    Pour (1) into (2) slowly while mixing.
    Emulsion:
    0. Dissolve
    a. Extract (Above) 50 g. Soda Ash 20 m
    h. Pine Oil 20 g.
    *

    Water p ]
    Oleyl Alcohol, Sulphonated 20 g. * Tobacco
    Water, to make 0.5% emulsion. Extract 5 l.
    Mix a and h.

    _ *ToTbacco Extract
    Rotenone-Derris Insecticides ioDacco Leaves and Stems 20 ke
    15 g. of powdered derris root containing Macerate for 24-48 hrs. in 100 1. cold water.
    5 per cent rotenone is macerated at a
    temperature not exceeding 30® C. with 100 Wood-Worm Insecticide
    g. of terpinolene for five days, with occa- Naphthalene PO g.
    sional shaking. The liquid is then filtered Benzine 90
    g’
    into a colored glass container to protect it ^
    Clean furniture by knocking and brush-
    from the action of light. A mixture is ing off the wood meal. Introduce
    the
    then made of terpinolene extract of derris solution into the worm holes with a
    small
    60 parts, French pine oil (terpineol) 20 oil-can with a long, thin nozzle.
    parts, and sulphonated oleyl alcohol 20
    parts. The terpineol and oleyl alcohol are
    Stable Polysulpliide Vermicide
    mixed first, and then the derris extract
    British Patent 453,266
    incorporated. A
    0.5 per cent emulsion of Fuse together
    this is said to be very effective for spray-
    Sodium Sulphide,
    ing potatoes infected with blight. In win-
    Eydrated 65 lb.
    ter this emulsion may assume a figged
    Sodium Sulphocyanide 8% lb
    appearance, but all that is necessary is to
    Sulphur 26%
    warm it slightly and then mix with tepid and then mix in
    lb.
    water. The setting-point can be lowered
    Soap Powder 200 ]b.
    ;

    FARM AND GARDEN 109

    Remedy for Ants to 5 gal. with water at the rate of 112


    Ants may be gotten rid of by placing gal. per 1,000 sq. ft.
    a rouglx surfaced^ flat disk filled with a
    mixture of syrup, sugar and yeast in their Trapping Japanese Beetles
    runway. The sweetness entices them, but In a large wide-mouth preserve jar place
    the yeast kills them. a wide-mouth funnel and a flne wire gauze
    screen with an opening in it.
    Killing Termites and Ants in Citrus Trees In the jar place a mixture of
    Phenol 1 lb. Eugenol 1 g.
    Pish Oil Soap 1 lb. Geraniol 10 g.
    Water 3 gal.
    Emulsify by stirring vigorously and
    pour around base of tree. Destroying Worms in Lawns
    Mowrah used for killing worms
    seed is
    in lawns either by sprinkling it on the
    Ant Exterminators
    grass at the rate of about 8 ozs. per square
    Formula No. 1
    yard and watering in well, or by macerat-
    Naphthalene, Powdered 950 g.
    ing 4 ozs. of the seed in a quart of water
    Denis Boot Powder 50 g.
    for twelve to twenty-four hours and then
    No. 2
    applying the mixture to a square yard of
    Heavy Benzine 900 g.
    the lawn. The seed in either case should
    Naphthalene 100 g.
    be in the form of a fairly flne powder or
    No. 3 meal.
    Derris Powder 200 g. Another preparation used for killing
    Folia Rutae, Powdered 250 g. worms in a lawn consists of: Mercuric
    Borax 550 g. chloride, 1 lb. ; hydrochloric acid, 22 ozs.
    No. 4 water to make 1 gallon. One teacupful of
    Derris Powder 300 g. this mixture is added to 10 gallons of
    Hexachl or ethane 100 g. water and then used for sprinkling the
    Guillaya Bark Powder 600 g. lawn.
    No. 5 Worm-killers are most effective if ap-
    Camphor, Synthetic 50 plied on a warm, muggy day when the
    g.
    Paradichlorbenzene 150 g.
    worms are near the surface.
    Derris Root Powder 250 g.
    Spanish Pepper Powder 200 g. Garden Formula for Grasshopper Control
    Guillaya Bark Powder 350 g.
    The following formula may be used
    where only a small amount of bait is de-
    Killing Ants in Lawns sired.
    Use tartar emetic (antimony potassium Bran 10 lb.
    tartrate) 1 ounce and of powdered sugar
    Paris Green or
    8 ounces. Mix these thoroughly and then
    put a small amount on each ant hill. The
    Crude Wliite Arsenic % lb.

    grass is not disturbed and the ants dis-


    Molasses 1% pt.
    Water 1 gal.
    appear.

    Worm and Beetle Poisons Grasshopper Poisons


    Spread fresh, dry mowrah meal (ground Formula No. 1
    meal from the seed of the madhuca tree) Bran 100 lb.
    at the rate of 15 lb. per 1,000 sq. ft. and Sodium Arsenite 2 qt.
    water freely. This treatment is preferred Water 10-12 gal.
    as the toxic agent is relatively harmless No. 2
    toman. Bran 50
    —
    Cut Worms. Poison bran mash is used, Sawdust 50
    lb.
    lb.
    prepared by mixing bran with one table- Sodium Arsenite 2 qt.
    spoonful of Paris green, and making into Water 10-12 gal.
    a paste with a solution of one quart of
    No. 3
    water and 2 tablespoonsful of cheap mo-
    Bran 50 lb.
    lasses. When mixed add a spoonful of
    amyl acetate. Apply to infested areas. Cottonseed Hulls 50 lb.

    —
    Web Worms. ^Apply dry arsenate of Sodium Arsenite
    Water
    2 qt.
    10-12 gal.
    lead at the rate of 6-7
    per 1,000 sq. ft.
    lb.
    and wet down with a coarse stream of White arsenic may be used to replace
    water. the sodium arsenite, using 5 lb. per 100
    Apply pyretheum extract diluted 1 oz. lb, of bait.
    110 FARM AND GARDEN
    No. 4 kerosene of about 41.4° sp. gr. (A. P. I.)
    The control of grasshopper pests in and 190-260 ° boiling range gives best re-
    many sections of the country has been sults when finely atomized. Only fresh
    facilitated by the use of a poison bran in pyrethrum powder (1% total pyrethrins)
    which amyl acetate serves as the bait. A is satisfactory for fly sprays. The pyre-
    number of the agricultural experiment sta- thrum should be mixed with kerosene at
    tions in the mid-west have employed this the rate of 1 lb. of powder to 1 gal. of
    type of poison with success. kerosene. Amyl acetate, oil of sassafras
    To 100 pounds of bran add: and oil of wintergreen are satisfactory
    Salt 5 lb. perfuming substances for the oil-pyre-
    Sodium Arsenite 1 qt. thrum mixture. From 2 to 3 oz. per 1,000
    Blackstrap Molasses 2 gal. cu. ft. of space is required. Sulphur when
    Water 6-8 gal. burned at the rate of 2 lb. per 1,000 cu. ft.
    All materials are thoroughly mixed, and of space is also an effective fumigant for
    3 oz. of technical amyl acetate is added. adult flies.
    This mixture, or a similar one, can be
    broadcast over a field where the grass- Fly Catcher Composition
    hoppers are feeding, or can be thinly a. Crepe Rubber 8 lb.
    poured into long trenches. The grass- Benzol, Benzine. Add
    hoppers are attracted by the odor. some Dichlor ethylene.
    No. 5 h. Rosin 50 lb.

    Bran 60--65 oz. Mineral Oil (Sp. Gr. 0.923)


    15 oz. (Viscosity 31/2 ° E.,
    Molasses
    50° C.) 40 1b.
    Epsom Salts 20-25 oz.
    Water sujficient to moisten
    Lanolin 7 lb.
    The above is as effective as 5% arsenic Beeswax 2 lb.

    bait and is harmless to humans, animals Castor Oil 2 lb.

    and birds. Make rubber solution a and add it to


    No. 6 the adhesive l».

    This bait can be sprayed from an air-


    plane. To Keep Flies from Screens
    Bran 100 lb. Mix a teaspoonful of phenol with a
    Arsenic Trioxide 5 lb. quart of kerosene and rub solution on the
    Lubricating Oil, Cheap 2 gal. screen door.

    Fly Poisons for the Farm Mosquito Deterrent


    Both Paris green and sodium cyanide Oil of Citronella oz.
    are effective larvicides but are too poison-
    ous or harmful to the soil to be recom-
    Spirits of Camphor oz.%
    Oil of Cedar Wood 1^4 oz.
    mended for general use. A solution made Wliite Petrolatum 2 oz.
    up of 0.5 lb. of powdered hellebore in 10 Heat the petrolatum and mix with other
    gal. of water is sufficient to treat 10 cu. ft. ingredients and cool quickly by placing
    of manure very effectively. Borax used container in cold water or refrigerator.
    at the rate of 1 lb. per 16 cu. ft. of manure
    destroys about 90% of the fly larvae.
    Borax-treated manure may increase crop Mosquito Larvicide
    growth on some soils but may be injurious Dust surface of water with
    in other soils. A mixture of calcium cya- Formula No. 1
    nide and superphosphate possesses consid- Chloropicrin 1 1.
    erable larvicidal value; 0.5 lb. of each Dust 1 kg.
    mixed and applied as a powder to 1 bu. Mineral Oil 1 1.
    of manure will kill most of the larvae. No. 2
    Chloride of lime is an effective larvicide Coke Oven Residue
    for use in garbage or other materials not (Containing Anthracene) 10 kg.
    to be used for animal or plant food. One Dust 90 kg.
    of the best fly baits and attractants con- 6 CO

    sists of 0.5 pt. of milk, 0.5 pt. of water Hexachloretliane


    '

    ,
    2, oz.
    and 3 teaspoonfuls of formaldehyde solu- Talc 1 oz.
    tion. Another effective poison is made by Mix and strew over water.
    substituting 1 oz. of brown sugar in place
    No. 4
    of the milk in this formula. Arsenic baits
    Kerosene 95 lb.
    are most effective when flies do not have * Cashew Nut Shell Oil 5 lb.
    access 'to water. For fly sprays, a refined * Skin-irritant.
    FARM AND GARDEN 111

    Mole Control No. 6


    Black pepper inserted liberally in mole White Arsenic 1 oz.
    runs regularly for several weeks will keep Prussian Blue 5 gr.
    moles from renewing and extending their Pine Oatmeal, to make 1 lb.
    burrows. Mix
    the arsenic and Prussian blue well
    together, incorporating a small quantity
    Rat Poisons of oatmeal. Very gradually add the re-
    Formula No. 1 maining oatmeal until a uniform color re-
    Strychnine Sulphate 80 gr. sults. To this bait may be added grated
    Lactose 160 gr. cheese.
    Prussian Blue 5 gr. No. 7
    Fine Oatmeal or Biscuit White Arsenic 1 lb.
    Meal, to make 1 lb. Cheese 1 lb.
    Place the strychnine in a mortar with Glycerin li/^ oz.
    a little of the lactose and thoroughly grind Water 3 pt.
    the two together, add the Prussian blue Cornmeal 21/^ lb.
    and gradually the remainder of the lactose Aniseed Oil oz. %
    so as to make a perfect mixture. Lastly Aniline Black or
    mix in the fine oatmeal or biscuit. Prussian Blue sufficient to color

    No.^2 Melt the cheese in one-third of the


    Strychnine (Alkaloid) 1 oz water, to which is added the glycerin.
    Lactose 3 oz Add the cornmeal and remainder of the
    Prussian Blue ^ water. Continue heating until the meal
    Fine Oatmeal 6 oz iscooked, stir in the arsenic, aniline and
    Lard or Drippings 10 qt aniseed oil.
    Mix the strychnine, Prussian blue and No. 8
    sugay. Add the oatmeal and rub in the White Arsenic 1 oz.
    lard (using a spatula) to form a soft Wheat Flour 6 oz.
    paste. The preparation may be spread Tallow or Drippings 2-4 oz.
    between bread to form sandwiches. This Prussian Blue 5 gr.
    bait is also useful for the extermination Pine Oatmeal to make up to 1 lb.
    of mice. Aniseed Oil sufficient to give a faint
    smell to the bait.
    No. 3
    Strychnine (Alkaloid) 1 oz. Melt the tallow or drippings separately
    Bicarbonate of Soda 1 oz. and pour quickly on to the dry ingredients
    Saccharin 1 dr. which have been well mixed previously,
    Flour 1^/^ oz. stirring well until a stiff paste is produced,
    Wheat 10 qt. then add the oil of aniseed.
    Mix together the strychnine, soda, sac- No. 9
    charin and flour, then add a little cold Oxide of Iron 6% oz.
    water to make a smooth creamy paste. White Arsenic fl oz.
    Pour over the grain and mix thoroughly,
    ,
    White Lead 8 oz.
    afterwards spreading out the wheat to dry. Water 30 oz.
    Treacle or Sugar, and make up with
    No. 4
    20 per cent Aniseed Oil to make
    Strychnine (Alkaloid) 1 oz.
    100 oz.
    Cyanide of Potassium 2 oz.
    Honey 1 pt- No. 10
    Wheat or Barley 30 lb. Ground Rice 6 oz.
    Eggs 1 doz. Sugar 8 oz.
    Lard, Tallow or
    Beat up the eggs and mix in the honey.
    Beef Drippings 6 oz.
    Add the strychnine and cyanide and stir
    until well mixed. Place the grain in a
    Water 40 oz.
    Phosphorus Dissolved in
    large receptacle and pour over the poison
    mixture. Well mix, stirring two or three
    Carbon Bisulphide (1:1) 2 oz.
    times during twenty-four hours; after- Mix the rice and sugar with
    o 00

    wards spread out the wheat to dry. the water to make a thin cream. Boil the
    remainder of the water in an enamel-lined
    No. 5 or aluminum vessel, quickly add the cream
    White Arsenic (Powder) 1 oz. and again boil gently until a thick paste
    Oat or Maize Meal 19 oz. results, constantly stirring to prevent
    Mix the ingredients and add sufficient burning or the formation of lumps. Re-
    aniseed oil to give a faint smell. move from the heat, add the lard, stirring
    — : :

    112 FARM AND GARDEN


    the mixture while it cools. When cold cosity and concentration is obtained. This
    pour in the solution of phosphorus a little product will give a white emulsion on dilu-
    at a time and stir until everything is dis- tion with excess water.
    solved.

    Roach Powders Drying and Disinfecting Powder


    Formula No. 1 U. S. Patent 2,047,323
    Borax, Powdered 65 g. A drying and disinfecting powder is
    Sugar, Powdered 310 g. composed of
    Barium Carbonate 625 g. Trioxymethylene 7.6 oz.
    No. 2 Ammonium Alum 3.4 oz.
    Borax, Powdered 500 g. Magnesium Sulphate 4.2 oz.
    Flour 500 g. Calcined Gypsum 22.0 oz.
    No. 3 Pumice 31.4 oz.
    Ferrous Sulphate, Powdered 50 g. Hydrated Lime 3.4 oz.
    Sodium Pyrophosphate 50 g.
    Graded Marble 27.5 oz.
    Borax, Powdered 50 g.
    Soap Bark 42.0 oz.
    Salicylic Acid, Powdered 50 g.
    Calcium Stearate .08 oz.
    Flour 800 g.
    Cresol Disinfectants
    Roach Spray
    Fowders
    A cresol disinfectant can be made at
    low cost by using rosin soap as the basis
    Formula No. 1
    Rotenone or Derris 600 g.
    for .the emulsifying agent. A
    small pro-
    poition of coconut oil and castor oil soaps
    Spanish Pepper, Powdered 175 g. aid emulsification. The rosin and oils
    Euphorbium, Powdered 75 g. are
    melted together in a suitable pan and the
    Guillaya Bark, Powdered 75 g. heat removed as soon as the mixture
    Hexachlorethane 50 g. is
    completely melted. Creosote oil is then
    Paradichlorbenzene 25 g. run in with constant stirring. An amount
    No. 2
    ot aaustic soda is added with stirring,
    Rotenone or Derris 650 g. which mil cause 80 per cent saponification
    Hexachlorethane 50 g.
    .

    of the fat and rosin mixture. The


    Euphorbium, Powdered 75 water
    Guillaya Bark, Powdered
    g. m run^ in, again with vigorous stirring.
    75 g. The mixture is allowed to stand overnight
    Spanish Pepper, Powdered 150 g.
    and the usual antiseptic and physical tests
    No. 3
    applied the next day. The rosin does
    Boric Acid, Powdered 100 g. not
    need to be completely saponified because
    Paradichlorbenzene 100 g. rosin IS soluble in creosote oil,
    Rotenone or Derris 400 g. so that
    Tobacco Dust
    ^re need be no fear of sedimentation.
    400 g. This method is simpler and cheaper
    Liquids than
    that in which complete saponification
    No. 4 is
    attempted. The following are suitable
    Hexachlorethane 75 g. formulas
    Camphor Oil, Light 125 g.
    Kerosene, Refined 300 g. Farts hy weight
    Carbon Tetrachloride 500 g. Formulas No. 1 No. 2 No, 3
    No. 5 Rosin, Light ... 100 ...
    Camphor 4 g. Rosin, Dark 85
    Carbolic Acid, Crystallized
    • • 95
    •

    4 g. Coconut Oil 15 * • •
    « * *
    Thyme Oil 12 g. Castor Oil ...
    Alcohol 5
    460 g. Caustic Soda
    Carbon Tetrachloride 520 g. (38° BA) 30 35 40
    Water 200 220 100
    Strong Smelling Disinfectant
    Creosote Oil 150 100 150
    Melt together
    Carbolic Acid ... 1.5 2
    Rosin 8 lb.
    Siberian Pine Oil 10 lb. ^
    Soda ash can u«ea lor saponiiication
    btj
    Venice Turpentine in place of caustic soda. Soda
    6 lb. ash is 90
    Beta-Naphthol per cent as efficient as a saponifying
    2 lb. agent
    Naphthalene for rosin, as caustic soda.
    3 lb.
    Now add 15 lb. of a solution of caustic
    potash (10 per cent) and stir vigorously
    Flour Mill Fumigant
    for 20 minutes.
    IT. S. Patent 2,024,027
    On cooling, more water may be added Solid Carbon Dioxide
    until a clear solution of the required vis- 90 oz.
    Ethylene Oxide or Ghlorpicrin 10 oz.
    FARM AND GARDEN 113

    Motliproofing Terpinyl Acetate 50 g.


    Formiiia No. 1 Benzyl Propionate 50 g,
    U. S. Patent 1,613,402 Hexachloroethane 25 g.
    A mothproofing solution is prei)ared by No. 4
    adding 1 part of hexaciiloronaplithalene to Acetone Oil 500 g.
    a solution of 1 part of monochloronaplitha- Ethyl Acetate 200 g.
    lene in 9 parts of kerosene. Ethylene Bichloride 500 g.
    No. 2 Methylacetophenone 20 g.
    U. S. Patent 1,885,292 Linalyl Acetate 20 g.
    10 g. of a salt of alkaloids derived from No. 5
    seed of Lupims ^itlx saponins of quillaia, Carbolic Acid (Phenol) 3 kg.
    1 g. of alum, and 1 g. of titanium sodium Hexachloroethane 3 kg.
    fluoride j No. 2, 10 g, of the above de- Naphthalene 3 kg.
    scribed alkaloi dal salt, 2 g- of alum, and Camphor 7 kg.
    1 g. of boric acid. Alcohol 120 kg.
    No. 3 No. 6
    Patent 1,901,960
    IT. S. Dissolve 1 oz. of quinidine alkaloid in
    A mothproofing composition comprises 2 oz. of oleic acid. Dissolve this mixture
    an aqueous solution containing about 0.5 in one gallon of cleaners naphtha and
    percent sodium fluoride, 0.2 percent of a spray about the moth infected parts. May
    mixture of the bile salts sodium tauro- be used for clothes, but is especially rec-
    cliolate and sodium glycocholate, and ommended for spraying walls of closets.
    charged with a gas such as carbon di- No. 7
    oxide at pressure of 75 to 100 pounds per Camphor, Artificial 10 g.
    square inch. Hexachlor ethane 19 g.
    No. 4 Mustard Oil, Artificial 10 g.
    Paradichlorbenzene 30 oz. Paradichlorbenzene 20 g.
    Toluene 10 oz. Carbon Tetrachloride 1 kg.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 60 oz. No. 8
    No. 5 Camphor, Artificial 10 g.
    Paradichlorbenzene 10 oz. Hexachlorethane 10 g.
    Methylated Spirit 40 oz. Naphthalene 10 g.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 50 oz. Paradichlorbenzene 20 g.
    No. 6 Mustard Oil, Artificial 20 g.
    A mixture of 1 part of paradichloroni- Carbon Tetrachloride 1 kg.
    trobenzene and 4 parts paradichloroben-
    zene in suitable solvents. Moth Herb Powder
    No. '7 Patchouli Leaves 10 lb.
    Camphor 3 oz. Rosemary Leaves 20 lb*
    Naphthalene 3 oz. Thyme Leaves 20 Ihl
    Capsicum 8 oz. Sage Leaves 20 lb*
    Glove Oil 1 oz. Paradichlorbenzene, hexachlorethane,
    Turpentine 8 oz. methyl salicylate, or derris root powder
    Alcohol 77 oz. should be added to this, to give a true
    These ingredients are macerated to- insecticide action.
    gather and then strained.
    Moth Cards
    Moth Sprays Formula No. 1
    Formula No. 1 Naphthalene 90 o*.
    Benzine 500 g. Camphor 0 5
    Carbon Tetrachloride Eucalyptus Oil %'
    500 g. 3’.5
    Paradichlorobenzene,
    No. 2
    or Naphthalene 12.5 g. Naphthalene 75
    No. 2 Camphor 20
    Benzine 500 g. Hexachloroethane 5 gl
    Ethylene Bichloride 600 g. No. 3
    Hexachloroethane 13 g. Camphor
    Camphor gO o*.
    5 g. Paradichlorbenzine 15 S*
    No. 3 Lemon Oil
    Acetone 5
    1000 g. Procedure: Melt up very cautiously,
    Carbon Tetrachloride and
    Ethylene Bichloride
    1000
    500
    g.
    g. the melted mass.
    —
    pour into molds or dip square cards
    into
    —

    114 FARM AND GARDEN


    Laboratory Animal Feeds Dog Food
    Formula No. 1 Yellow Corn Meal 35 02.
    Wbole Yellow Maize 33.0 02. Wheat Bran 10 02.
    Whole Wheat Flour 33.0 02. Wheat Middlings 20 02.
    Whole Milk, Powdered 21.0 02 . Meat Scraps 10 02.
    Alfalfa Leaf Meal 2.0 02 . Fish Meal 10 02.
    Linseed Oil Meal 7.0 02. Skim Milk Powder 10 02.
    Dried Liver (Pig) 2.0 02 . Alfalfa Meal 2 02.
    Cod Liver Oil 1.0 02 . Bone Meal 2 02.
    Sodium Chloride 0.5 02. Salt 1 02.
    Calcium Carbonate 0.5 02, The above formula was originated and
    Supidenient witli fresh green food is recommended by the Agricultural Ex-
    lettuce, etc., and fresh chopped steak, or periment Station of Alabama Polytechnic
    cheese. Institute.
    No. 2
    Sherman Stock Diet Powder ^
    ^
    to Increase the Egg Production
    Whole Wheat Flour 66.0 oz.
    of Poultry’’
    Whole Milk, Powdered 33.0 oz.
    Oyster Shells 250 g.
    Sodium Chloride 1.0 oz.
    Iron Oxide 6 g.
    This diet is fed to the pregnant females Calcium Carbonate 38 g.
    at the time they are put in individual Calcium Phosphate 38 g.
    cages. This diet is fed throughout the Sodium Chloride 8 g.
    nursing period, and to the young until Black Pepper 4 g.
    they are started on vitamin-free diets. Paprika 4 g.

    Cod Liver Oil Emulsion White Diarrhea Treatment (Chicken)


    for Animal Feeding Catechu 2 g.
    Cod Liver Oil 420 lb. Water 7 pints
    Gum Arabic 15 lb. Give the above as the drinking water j
    Gum Tragacanth 7.5 ; lb. also give sour skim milk or sour butter-
    Gelatin 1 lb. milk.
    Water 299 lb.
    Calcium Hypophosphite 12 lb.
    Sugar ) 90 ( lb.
    Poultry Constipation Treatments
    Water j Constipation is far more common among
    1 60 lb.
    Water 86 lb. nearly adult pullets than some realize, and
    Make up a by grinding, and h by heat- this is one of the reasons why pullets that
    ing. Add h to at once, and stir until start to redden up sometimes stay for so
    cooled. long before starting the business of egg
    To the cooled emulsion add the cooled production. It is not seen, consequently
    solution c slowly, with good agitation. its presence is not realized.
    Don’t start dosing the birds; it is so
    easy to give a dose of Glauber salts, but
    Animal Peed Powder the effect of salts is to upset the normal
    (Calcium f*hosphate) metabolism of the body, and this is the
    Dicaleium Phosphate 75 lb.
    one thing to avoid in birds that are just
    Salt 7 lb. about to lay.
    Trigouella Seed 7 lb.
    Abetter plan is to give a few feeds of
    Fennel 4 lb.
    wet mash in which about 25 per cent of
    Juniper Berries 3 lb.
    bran is used for this purpose only. Bran
    Licorice Boot 3 lb.
    used wet acts as a laxative; when used
    Calamus 2 lb. dry it has the opposite effect.
    Or a little finely chopped mutton fat
    Modified Animal Fodder can be used. This a fine lubricant for
    is
    British Patent 443,090 the bowels, apart from its very high feed-
    To ordinf»,ry fodder the following is ing value.
    added: Another good laxative is linseed meal.
    Sugar 40 lb. Often adult birds will not eat linseed-—
    Bran 5 lb. though, curiously enough, once they have
    Calcium Phosphate 24 lb. acquired the taste they eat it freely enough
    Salt 20 lb. ' — ^but the meal can be introduced into the
    Calcium Chloride 0.14 Ih. mash, though it should not exceed 5 per
    Cod Liver Oil 10.7 lb. cent (by weight) of the whole, and then,
    Aniseed Oil 0.16 lb. of course, only for this specific purpose.
    FARM ARi) aAKUFJM 115

    Linseed, however, is an excellent stinau- Kerosene 10 g.


    lant for those older birds which are finding Sulphur 20 g.
    it difficult to grow their new feathers. In Warm together and mix until uniform.
    addition to being very rich in minerals, Continue mixing until thickening begins.
    linseed carries natural oils which assist in Pack in tight cans.
    the development of feathers.
    DOG REMEDIES
    Animal God Liver Oil Emulsion Dosage and Purity
    a, Caragheen Moss 15 kg. Care must be taken since dogs vary
    i
    Water 30 kg. enormously in size, and this is the main
    Cod Liver Oil 50 kg. factor upon which correct dosage is based.
    Preservative 0.1 kg. In this section all doses are calculated on
    h. Starch Syrup 8.8 kg. the basis of a fox terrier, and in general
    1

    j
    Water 9 kg. for smaller animals and toy dogs from
    1 Spice Decoction 0.1 kg. one-half to one-quarter respectively of
    such doses may be given. Doses may be
    Poultry Lice Powder corrected according to any particular re-
    Formula No. 1 quirement from the following table of
    Sodium Fluoride 20 g. average bodyweights:
    Sulphur 25 g. Lh.
    Tar Oil 5 g. Weight
    Tobacco, Powdered 50 g. Toy terriers and griffons 3-5
    No. 2 Toy spaniels and pugs, etc. 10-12
    Mix one pint of carbolic acid, one ounce Fox and Scotch terriers 18-25
    Bulldogs and field spaniels 40-45
    of carbon bisulphide, one ounce of oil of
    tar, and four ounces of coal oil; mix with
    Retrievers, collies, greyhounds 55-65
    all the fresh saw dust it will saturate.
    Great Danes, etc. 120
    Sprinkle a small quantity in the bottom of Aperients
    nests and cover with fresh straw. In modern canine practice magnesium
    sulphate (Epsom salt) is not usually em-
    Goat Lice Control ployed as a purgative since it may produce
    Two dippings at eleven-day intervals nausea. Small doses, however (10-20 gr.),
    using the following formula in 100 gal- are common constituents of laxative prep-
    lons of water is effective. arations. Sulphur is also a useful laxative
    Wettable Sulphur 10 lb. (5-25 gr,), whilst up to 100 gr. has been
    Tri-Sodium Phosphate 10-25 oz. used as a purgative. Acombination of
    ‘

    (depending on the hardness of the water) these with a little sodium bicarbonate
    forms a very mild aperient, an example
    of which is
    I Simple Cattle Spray
    Sulphur 7 gr.
    ; Powdered Fresh Pyrethrum % lb.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 7 gr.
    Mineral Spirits 1 gal.
    j

    : Shake occasionally for 48 hours and Magnesium Sulphate 15 gr.


    filter.Use clear liquid as spray. One to be given once or twice a day in
    food.
    Animal Mange Remedy Castor oil cannot be advised for routine
    treatment. Its nauseous taste may produce
    Lauryl Sulphocyanate 2 g.
    Cotton Seed Oil general malaise and vomiting, and since
    98 g.
    its purgative action is followed by consti-
    The above solution may be emulsified
    pation, prescription in cases of habitual *

    just as cotton seed oil is emulsified.


    constipation is entirely irrational.
    Flea Spray for Dogs and Cats Condition Powders
    Kerosene 90 g. These preparations are intended to re-
    Oleic Acid 8 g. move irritable conditions of the skin by
    Triethanolamine 3 g. cooling the blood and to ensure a glossy
    Water 100 g. coat and general good bealth.
    This is made into a primary emulsion Milk of Sulphur 10 gr.
    and may be diluted with one or two gallons Lactose 10 gr.
    of water for washing infested animals. Make twelve powders, and give one twice
    a day in food.
    Dog Eczema Ointment The sulphur in the above may usefully
    Petrolatum 100 g. be replaced by heavy magnesium carbon
    Paradiehlorbenzol 10 g. ate in eases of indigestion and flatulence.
    Camphor 10 g. Actually condition powders are normally
    116 FAKM AND GAEDEN
    of such hnlh that even if the whole powder on its adsorptive properties for the remov-
    consisted of the undiluted therapeutic ing of such toxins, Tinct. chloroform and
    agent employed little benefit would be morphine Co. B.P.C,, is most effective for
    derived. checking uncomplicated diarrhoea in pup-
    Alteratives pies, for example:
    The distinction between these prepara- Formula No. 1
    tions and condition powders is ill-defined, Bismuth Carbonate 40 gr.
    but in many cases these contain minute Camphorated Tinct. Opium 1 dr.
    quantities of antimony or arsenic. Even Chloroform ’Water to Make 2 oz.
    in exceedingly small doses, arsenic is a Give teaspoonful every 3 hours
    tonic, improves digestion, and increases until checked.
    the appetite. It is believed, in addition, No. 2
    favorably to influence the nutrition of the Compound Tinct. Chloro-
    skin with the production of a glossy coat. form and Morphine 10-15 min.
    The dose of arsenious oxide employed Liquid Parafi&n 1-2 dr.
    is from 1/60-1/20 of a gr., depending Diet in the above cases should be light
    upon the age and size of the dog. Since arrowroot and milk, and egg white with,
    dogs are very susceptible to it, caution water or a little milk, being particularly
    must be observed m. its use, as even in useful. Rhubarb is particularly useful as
    medicinal doses its administration over an aperient for those cases dependent
    prolonged periods may produce redness upon irritant matter in the bowels, as its
    and swelling of the conjunctiva and ca- laxative effect is followed by astringency.
    tarrh. Its use is exemplified in the follow- It may
    be given with sodium bicarbonate
    ing preparation: inpeppermint water (3-15 gr.), or as the
    Arsenic 1/80-1/30 gr. compound powder (pulvis rhei co.) 10-60
    Magnesium Sulphate 20 gr. gr.
    Lactose 10 gr. Worms
    Make twelve. Give one daily in food. This complaint is unfortunately all too
    Dyspepsia common amongst puppies and certain
    In cases of dyspepsia, the stomach breeds of dog. The most effective prepa-
    should first be rested by witliholding food ration for the destruction of the tapeworm,
    for a day, and a ^^grey powder with is male fern, in the form of capsules con-
    magnesium carbonate or compound rhu- taining 1-4 mil. of the liquid extract. It
    barb powder may be
    given. In cases due is best to give a saline purge about 24
    to debility, alkalineand bitter stomachics hours before, this being followed by a.
    should be given half an hour before food, second about 6 hours after. Oily purga-
    but where excessive secretion of acid is tives, such as castor oil, must not be given,
    present, which is characterized by the at- since filicie acid may be absorbed with
    tacks occurring from 2-3 hours after food, toxic results.
    antacids e.g., magnesia, sodium bicar- Forthe- treatment of round worms, 1-3
    —
    bonate, and bismuth ^as distinct from gr. of santonin may be given; caution
    mild alkalies, should be given. Liquid should be exercised as toxic results may
    parafiln may be given if desired, but not occur after excessive doses. It may be
    castor oil. An example of a gastric seda- combined with oil of chenopodium, but
    tive powder is should never be given to animals under 8
    Bismuth Carbonate 30 gr.
    weeks old. It is best given with a saline
    Sodium Bicarbonate aperient, this being followed by an addi-
    30 gr
    Heavy Magnesium Carbonate 30 gr. tional dose of aperient about 6 hours after.
    Oil of chenopodium (1-2 min. for pup-
    Give one and repeat every 4 hours if pies, or from 2-20 min. for dogs) is one;
    required.
    of the most active anthelmintics against
    Diarrhoea ankylostoma duodenale. Preliminary pur-
    Opium a most valuable remedy in the
    is gation is unnecessary, but it should be
    treatment of this most distressing and given in an oily purgative, or castor oif.
    weakening complaint, but it should be re- should follow within 2 hours. Carbon
    membered that diarrhoea may be a pre- tetrachloride is often given for this pur-
    monitory symptom in enteritis, in which pose, after fasting, although no purgative:
    case suitable measures should be taken. are necessary. Recommended doses are in
    Where such symptoms arise from food the neighborhood of 2i^ min. per lb. body-
    poisoning due to bacterial toxius, kaolin weight (the exact dose has not yet been,
    given in 1 oz, doses is a valuable and harm- determined satisfactorily). It must be
    less remedy, and might well be put up in given in capsule form, these being made
    little packets for such a purpose. It has with care, since if breakage should occur
    no directly antiseptic action, but depends in the mouth, anaethesia may occur. Fen
    : •

    FARM AND GARDElSr

    this reason instructions to place the Treatment of the Eyes


    capsule well at the back of the tongue In acute conditions the eyes may be
    should be incorporated. bathed gently with a freshly prepared
    Areca nut (betel nut) is largely used solution of boric acid (4 gr. in an ounce
    as a vermifuge for both tape and round of distilled water). In catarrhal condi-
    worms, the dose being computed at 2 gr. tions of the conjunctiva, after the acute
    per lb. bodyweiglit. It is best given in stage has finished, a solution of 2 gr, of
    milk, but should not be given to young zinc sulphate in 1 oz. of distilled water
    puppies or in eases of incipient distemper. may be applied with an eyedropper twice
    Disorders of the Skin daily. An excellent lotion is
    Disorders of the skin may arise from Witch-Hazel Extract 3 dr.
    wrong feeding or from constipation or Boric Acid 40 gr.
    worms. In such cases treatment should Borax 40 gr.
    follow as described above. In cases of Camphor Water 2 oz.
    disease of the skin, additional treatment Water, Distilled 2 oz.
    is necessary. Irritable and eczematous
    The eye to be bathed with this night
    conditions of this are unfortunately com-
    and morning.
    mon to many dogs. In such cases there is
    one golden rule Always soothe acute con-
    :

    ditions of the skin. Dog Condition Powders


    It cannot be too strongly emphasized The doses suggested in the following
    that ointments should not be applied to notes are based upon the weight of a fox
    an oozing skin surface, or to an acutely terrier, and should be computed to suit
    inflamed skin, since they interfere with the breed concerned.
    its normal radiation of heat. In such Canine condition powders are prepara-
    cases an evaporating lotion, or a little tions designed to cleanse and cool the
    borated talcum and zinc oxide powder blood, remove irritable conditions of the
    should be applied. An 18 per cent solu- skin, to ensure a glossy coat and keep
    tion of tannic acid in glycerin, diluted the animal in general good health.
    with equal, or double, its volume of The usual preparations are quite in-
    water, is an excellent preparation for nocuous, the staple ingredient being usu-
    moist eczema. It slightly diminishes the ally lactose (milk sugar) which is prac-
    sensibility of the nerve endings, whilst tically tasteless. Combined with sulphur
    at the same time it is astringent and it forms the more general preparations
    cooling. Another useful lotion is; in common use. An example is—
    Colloidal Calamine 20 g. Milk of Sulphur 10 gr.
    Glycerin 5 g. Lactose 10 gr.
    Water to make 100 cc.
    Make twelve powders with this and
    p-Chlor-m-cresol 0.1 gm. give one twice a day in food.
    If desired, the latter may be omitted In cases of indigestion and flatulence,
    and an equal volume of 20 per cent aque- the sulphur in the above may be replaced
    ous solution of ichthyol added before use. with heavy magnesium carbonate.
    This has remarkable powers of control- Calomel is sometimes prescribed with
    ling inflammation, is mildly antipruric lactose, but since dogs are peculiarly sus-
    and antiparasitic. ceptible to its action it must be used
    Lotions containing lead should be used with care, particularly in the cases of the
    with caution, as toxic symptoms may oc- smaller breeds for which ^ ‘ Grey Powder ' ^
    cur as a result of the dog licking the ismore suitable. Magnesium sulphate
    affected parts. (Epsom salt), 10-20 grains, may replace
    Sulphurfrequently enters into the the sulphur with useful results.
    preparation of ointments. For these the Arsenic and antimony preparations are
    precipitated form is more suitable on ac- also used as ^ ' alteratives ^ ; the distinc-
    count of its greater activity. A useful tion between these and condition pow-
    lotion is: ders ’ ^ is not sharply defined. Even in
    Precipitated Sulphur 10 g. minute doses arsenic is a tonic, improves
    Zinc Oxide 10 g. digestion and increases the appetite.
    Peach Kernel Oil 80 g. Arsenic is discussed under the previous
    Preparations containing sulphur should section on ' ^ alteratives ’ ^
    not be applied too frequently, as they Condition powders actually are gener-
    may produce severe irritation of the ally of such small bulk that even if the
    skin. Asoothing ointment is; whole of the powder consisted of the un-
    Zinc Oxide 10-20 g. diluted therapeutic agent employed (with
    Hydrous Lanolin 40 g. the exception of poisons, of course), little
    Soft Paraffin 40 g. effect would be really obtained.
    118 FARM AND GARDEN
    There appears to be an opening for antiseptic odor. Alternatively these may
    powders based upon modern pharma- be omitted and a little lavender or pine
    cology. The diet of a dog is often de- oil added.
    ficient in vitamins, and the tonic effect For the successful manufacture of
    of minute quantities of these offers an liquid shampoos the following points
    effective preparation. should be adhered to. Turbidity must
    Vitamins B and G assist in the puri- be avoided and only distilled water must
    fication of the blood (these being obtained be used, together with soap which is com-
    as ^ ' yeast and ascorbic acid respec- pletely saponified. Unless full facilities
    tively) whilst A
    and D(the latter obtain- are available for its manufacture, the
    able as calciferol) assist in the production soft soaps are better purchased from a
    of a glossy coat and prevention of oph- reputable manufacturer.
    thalmia. In any case, in their preparation, the
    Condition powders may be prepared by soap should be dissolved in hot water,
    simple trituration, either by hand or ma- cooled, and the antiseptic or perfume
    chine, and if the raw constituents are added. The solution should then be al-
    purchased in a pulverized condition prac- lowed to stand for from 15 to 30 days, in
    tically no plant is required. Hygroscopic order to age, and preferably decanted into
    substances must not, of course, be used. a tank equipped with refrigerating coils
    and chilled. If necessary it is then fil-
    Dog Shampoos tered through asbestos. It is claimed
    Eormula No. 1 that the period of ageing can be short-
    Soft Soap 500 g. ened by first running the shampoo
    Water 1,000 g. through a homogenizer of a colloid mill .
    Lysol 50 g.
    Foot Rot Wash, Sheep
    No. 2
    Copper Sulphate 3 lb.
    Soft Soap 750 g.
    Water 7 lb.
    Phenol 45 g.
    Eucalyptus Oil 25 g.
    Dog Soap
    Water 3,500 g. a. Coconut or Palm
    No. 3 Kernel Oii 50 kg.
    Green Soft Soap 50 g. Caustic Soda (38® Be.) 22 kg.
    Saponin 20 g.
    Caustic Potash (38® Bd.) 4 kg.
    Denatured Alcohol 150 g. 5. Naphthalin 1.5 ksf.
    Water to 1,000 g.
    Alcohol 1.5 kg.
    No. 4 0 . Cresylic Acid 4 kg.
    Coconut Oil Soap 30 g.
    Water 115 g.
    Make the soap base a by cold saponi
    fication.
    Perfume )

    Antiseptic |
    to suit Add the solution h with good stirring,
    and ultimately o, [Beware of splashing,
    The use of ammonia in such prepara- very caustic I]
    tions is objectionable on account of the The soap has to be poured into molds
    greater sensitivity of a dog’s eyes and quickly because it thickens soon. Cut
    nose. Triethanolamine may, however, be when cooled.
    incorporated to increase its detergent ac-
    tion. Antiseptic Dry Cleaning Powder
    Soapless shampoos appear to offer a for Dogs
    marhet, particularly in those districts Insect Powder 1 kg.
    where the water is hard, since they do Trisodium Phosphate 4 kg.
    not form insoluble lime salts. An ex- Borax 5 kg.
    ample of this type would be sulphonated Sodium Carbonate 10 kg*
    castor and olive in water, in the
    oils Carbolic Acid 2 kg.
    proportion of about 3:2:5, the best results White Clay 28 kg.
    being obtained by experiment. No al- Starch 50 kg.
    hali must be added to the resulting sham-
    poo, which should be clear, sparkling, Preparations to Keep Dogs
    and either neutral or slightly acid in Away fromTrees, Etc.
    reaction. Since such shampoos cleanse Formula No. 1
    without lathering, a little saponin may be Animal Oil 1 lb.
    included. Technical Mineral Oil 1 lb.
    Phenol, cresols, or Australian ti-tree oil 2' '

    / "

    No.
    (Melaleuca alternifoUa) may be added Sulphur 2 T
    up to about 2 per cent; these produce Gum Arabic 5 [ make a paste
    non-irritant shampoos having a pleasant Water 10 J
    FARM AND GARDEN 119

    No. 3 aqueous solutions containing relatively


    Tragaeanth low concentrations in preference to using
    Water 100 1 mucilage higher concentrations for periods shorter
    Formaldehyde 2 J
    than twenty-four hours. Desirable con-
    No. 4 centrations of the three principal sub-
    Asafoetida 5 lb. stances (indoleacetic, indolebutyric, and
    Alcohol 95 lb. «-naphthylacetic acids) are from 1 to 4
    Extract for a week. Pour off the tinc- parts of the substance in 100,000 parts of
    ture. Use to paint the walls in question. water. Asmall quantity of alcohol may
    ^ be used for preliminary solution of the
    No. 5
    substance; the naphthylaeetic acids are
    Oleum Riitae Hortens 10 g.
    all but insoluble in pure water. After
    Arachis Oil 30 g.
    treatment with the water solution for
    Tur|)entine Oil GO g.
    two to four days the cuttings should be
    No. G placed in a potting compost. The novice
    Aloe, Powdered 5 g. should be warned not to expect to see any
    Guillaya Bark 45 g. extensive root-formation at the end of a
    White Pepper 100 g. few days in the solution; the immediate
    Asafoetida 50 g. purpose of the treatment is to enable
    No. 7 the cuttings to absorb the growth-sub-
    Soft Soap 1 lb. stance, which will then initiate root-
    Alcohol 1 lb. formation while the cutting is in the
    Pine Oil 1 lb. compost. The formation of roots, how-
    No. 8 ever, usually takes x>lace in appreciably

    Ethereal Animal Oil 1 lb. less time than when compost alone is
    used.
    Mustard Oil 1 lb.
    Nitrobenzene 1 lb.
    Alcohol 197 lb.
    Soil Conditioners
    No. 9 IJ.Patent 2,059,599^600
    S.
    DippePs Animal Oil 2 kg.
    Formula No. 1
    Mustard Oil 3 kg.
    Coal ground to pass a screen of approxi-
    Nitrobenzene 2 kg.
    mately 40 to 70 mesh and roasted at a
    Alcohol 157 kg.
    temperature approximately between 300
    Collodion, Liquid 30- 50 kg.
    degrees and 400 degrees F.
    No. 10
    Mix No. 2
    Sulphur 1 Coal ground to pass a screen of approxi-
    Clay > and stir into mately 40 to 70 mesh, and rock salt ground
    Pigment J to pass a screen of approximately 120
    Dextrin or Glue Solution mesh, the mixture roasted at a temperature
    Paint the wall with this mixture, about approximately between 300 degrees and
    iO inches high from the bottom. 400 degrees F.
    No. 11
    Powdered red pepper is sprinkled lib-
    erally near shrubs or posts where dogs Old Hedge Re ju vena tor
    commit nuisances. The following is a formula for an old
    hedge that seems to be ailing:
    No. 12
    Powdered Capsicum 1 oz. Nitrate of Soda 1 lb.
    Powdered Mustard, Strong 1 oz. Sulphate of Ammonia 3 lb.
    Super Phosphate 11 lb.
    No. 13
    Dried Blood 3 lb.
    Paraffin W^ax 1 oz.
    Sulphate of Potash 3 lb.
    Naphthalene 1 oz.
    Melt together and stir until uniform. This is to be applied in the ratio of
    When mixture begins to cloud add one pound of the mixture to every fifty
    Mustard Oil square feet of ground.
    Ys oz.

    Rdot Growth Activators Protecting Citrus Fruits from Decay


    With respect to the practical use of U. S, Patent 2,054,392
    solutions ofgrowth substances for induc- Fruits are treated with
    ing root-formation in woody cuttings, Water 100 lb.
    leave the cut (basal) ends of cuttings Sodium Phenylphenol 0.02-0.5 lb.
    for twenty-four hours or several days in Caustic Soda 0.01-0.15 lb.
    120 FARM AND GARDEN
    Preserving Cut Flowers Pasture Seed Mixtures
    At a
    cost of less than half a cent for For strong loams and clay soils:
    each pint of water in which they are Kentucky Blue Grass 10 lb.
    placed, cut flowers may be kept fresher Red Top 3 lb.
    and more vigorous for longer periods Orchard Grass 10 lb.
    of time before they wither and die. Alsike Clover 3 lb.
    Experiments conducted at the scientific Red Clover or Alfalfa 5 lb.
    laboratories of the Hawaiian Sugar For wet bottom lands:
    Planters Association in Honolulu, indi- Red Top 3 lb.
    cate that two eye droppers full of sul- Meadow Fescue 12 lb.
    phurous acid (not sulphuric acid) added to Alsike Clover 6 1b.
    each pint of water encourages buds to
    For light loam or sandy soils
    continue growing and leaves and stems
    Tall Oat Grass 8 lb.
    to remain greener, and permits the flower
    Orchard Grass 10 lb.
    itself to retain its freshness in some cases
    for days after it would normally cease
    Red Top 3 lb.
    Red Clover 6 lb.
    to be attractive.
    Lespedeza 12 lb.
    For poor land and gullied hillsides
    Drying Tobacco Quickly Sheep Fescue 6 lb.
    By dipping green leaves into a hot Red Top 3 lb.
    solution of salt for 15 sec. 60-70% of Orchard Grass 10 lb.
    the water is lost by the leaves and very Japan Grass 10 lb.
    little time is necessary to finish the dry- Alsike 3 lb.
    ing of the tobacco. The color is pre- Bermuda Grass— about a bushel of
    served by this operation. chopped roots.

    Artificial Sun Drying of Tobacco


    Damage to Peas
    Pre’t^enting
    The tobacco is slowly heated to 30-35 ® While Planting
    C. at a relative humidity of 86-95% for To avoid breaking dry peas in some
    2-2% days, i.e., to a yellowish coloration. of the new seed planting machines, it has
    The drying is continued at a humidity of been found that 1% ounces of powdered
    75-80%, for 7 days, and temperature is graphite added to each bushel of seed
    increased by 2-3° C. The final drying so lubricates their flow through the ma-
    (as soon as the brownish color is chine that damage is prevented.
    reached) is accomplished at a humidity
    of 20-25% and at 50° C. for 1.5 days.
    Seed Potato Dip
    Plant Growth Promoting Pots 2 pints formaldehyde in 30 gallons of
    water.
    H. S. Patent 2,094,513
    Heat solution to 125 ° P.
    Pots are made of the following com-
    Dip uncut seed in crates or potato
    position by molding and pressing:
    sacks 3 minutes.
    Humus 4 lb. Cover 1 hour.
    Manure 6 lb. The seed dries adequately in crates or
    Potassium Chloride 1 lb. full potato sacks.
    Sodium Nitrate 1 lb. Plant as soon after cutting as possible.
    Calcium Phosphate 2 lb.
    Methods
    Wash tub
    Increasing Besin Yields of Trees
    For small lots of potatoes up to 25
    bushels, the treatment may be made
    German Patent 638,451
    easily in an ordinary wash tub heated on
    Any of the following irritants applied
    a cook stove. The solution should be
    to the incision in the tree increases the
    yield of resin;
    made up and placed over the fire until
    the temperature is raised to 125 ° P. The
    Formula No. 1 sacked potatoes may then be dipped in
    Sulphuric Acid 1 oz. half -bushel lots. A
    little regulation of
    Water 1 oz. the fire and the position of the tub will
    afford means of regulating tiie tempera-
    No. 2 "
    ture.
    Acetic Acid 6 oz.
    Water Tanh
    94 oz.
    For larger lots a small stock tank may
    No. 3 be used, the solution being heated by
    Ammonium Hydroxide (20%) making a trench under it and building
    FARM AND GARDEN 121

    a wood fire. One end of the trench will heating on the water- bath, then strain
    require a chimney or stove pipe. A false and add:
    bottom of woven wire or boards is ade- Rhodium Oil ^ dr.
    quate to protect the potatoes from becom- Patchouli Oil 6 min.
    ing too warm on the bottom of the tank. Green Oil oz.
    From 200 to 300 bushels can be treated Other fish bait oils are oils of cumin,
    by this method per day. lavender, and anise.
    Steam:
    In treating larger quantities, the
    still
    Fox Trap Bait Lure
    work can be done effectively in a stock Tincture of Musk 10 g.
    tank of about 300 gallons capacity. The Cottonseed Oil 90 g.
    solution may be heated with a steam coil Castor Oil 2 g.
    from any steam boiler. From 500 to
    1,000 bushels per day can be treated with
    an outfit of this description. It is espe- Wood Tick Control
    cially adapted to community cooperation,
    Keep the ticks from gorging on the
    blood of dogs. Pick the ticks off with a
    either at a creamery or on some farm
    pair of forceps or tweezers. Dust the
    where a steam engine is available. Seed
    treatment centers make it possible for dog every five days with derris powder.
    several farmers to work together in treat- Handle the ticks with care. Wear boots
    laced over the trouser legs when walking
    ing their seed.
    in thick-infested regions. Feel the back
    of your neck and head, their favorite
    Seed Potato Disinfectant
    feeding places. Examine children care-
    Mercury Oxide, Yellow 1 lb.
    fully in these spots twice a day. They
    Water 15 gal.
    will reveal the presence of a tick in time
    Whole or cut seed tubers are protected
    to prevent a fatal bite.
    against rhizotonia infection by treatment
    Examination of the whole body is
    with this mixture.
    necessary after exposure to ticks. If one
    is found, pull it off at once. Disinfect
    Identifying Seeds the bite and the surrounding tissues by
    Seeds are dipped in any oil-soluble inserting a round toothpick dipped in
    dye (e.g. Agrosan G) dissolved in gaso- iodine into the exact spot where the tick
    line. They are then air dried. was attached and drilling it in slightly.
    To detick clothing, place it in a vessel
    Fish Bait Oil that can be tightly covered and set on
    Benzoin 1 oz. top of it a pan containing half a tea-
    Olive Oil 12 oz. cupful of carbon tetrachloride or carbon
    Powder the benzoin and macerate with disulfide. A few hours of such fumiga-
    the oil for a day after a preliminary tion kills all ticks. •
    FOODS
    '
    ^ Wine Gum Candy ample, in the following preparation 100
    This type of confection can be made lb. rubber latex are agitated with 50 pt.
    _

    from ninety pounds of corn syrup, eig’hty water, and 7 lb. cocoa powder, 85 lb. pul-
    pounds of sugar and twenty pounds of verized coumarone resin and 105 lb. pow-
    gelatin. The gelatin is swelled up with dered hydrogenated vegetable oil are
    water by soaking until it is soft to the added by parts. Mixture is gradually
    touch and all excess water is drained off. heated to 110° C. and agitated for two
    The sugar is dissol?ed in water and hours before removal.
    brought to a boil when the corn syrup is
    added and the boiling continued rapidly
    until 245° F. is reached. Popcorn Coating
    It is then removed from the ffre and
    Brown Sugar 2 V2 lb.
    after the batch becomes still it is poured Butter 1
    / jb.‘

    into another pan which contains the Glucose if lb


    soaked and drained gelatin. The whole 4 o.:
    mixture is then stirred and allowed to
    stand for about fifteen minutes. Scum Water
    rises to the top and is skimmed off clean Mix the sugar, glucose, water and salt
    after which the clear batch is ready to together and bring to a boil. Add the
    be deposited in starch. The filled boards butter and boil to 290° P. Add the
    soda
    are stacked and allowed to stand until and stir vigorously. This will be suffi-
    the jellies have set. They are then cient to coat several quarts of corn
    after
    transferred to a drying room and allowed it has been popped.
    to remain for four to six days, depend-
    ing upon drying conditions. After dry-
    ing has been completed the gums are
    Commercial Candied Peel
    Select lemons of uniform size, either
    removed from the drying room, allowed green or yellow, then cut into halves
    to cool, knocked out and brushed
    free lengthwuse, squeeze out the juice and
    from starch. The resulting dull pieces re-
    move the pulp. Make a strong pickling
    are then given a steam bath (dry steam)
    brine, using 1 lb. of salt to every
    which praduces a characteristic shine. 4 pints
    of water—the brine should be
    The finished gums are of such a nature strong
    enough to float a potato. If seawater is
    that they may stick if placed in the usual
    handy it may be used instead. Take the
    type of container, so a fifty-fifty mixture
    peels and allow to soak in the brine
    of petrolatum and slab oil is sprayed on for
    at least a month, changing the
    and the gums are transferred to the brine once
    during that time if necessary. Then
    grease bag or cylinder and tumbled. re-
    move, drain thoroughly, and soak
    in
    fresh water for two or three days.
    Chewing Gum After removing the peel from the brine
    Chicle 130 kg. it will be found that the
    Paraffin Wax inside white
    37.3 kg. pulp Will be quite soft, and can be
    Tolu Balsam easily
    6.2 kg. removed by scooping it out with a tea-
    Peruvian Balsam 3.1 kg. spoon.
    Sugar, Powdered 370 kg. After the peel has soaked in fresh
    Glucose 150 kg. water, drain it and put it into
    Water fresh cold
    170 kg. water, then place it on the fire and
    Playor and Perfume bring
    to suit gradually to the boil. Allow to boil
    boak
    the chicle in water, and mix hot for
    five luinutes, then drain
    with the molted paraffin and the balsams. and place on
    trays in a place where there is
    Ihe sugars are boiled down with the plenty of
    "until the peels are slightly
    water to a syrup, and kneaded with
    the
    rubber mixture to a plastic mass.
    Make a syrup by boiling sugar (2 lb.
    sugar and 1 pint water) to 220'°
    C^-^ewing Gum
    with Rubber Latex Base move the peels from water and’
    F. Re-
    Rubber latex is used as an important pour
    ^ syrup over them in an enamelled
    ingredient in chewing gum base; for dish,
    ex- after syrup has become quite
    cold
    FOODS 12;i

    Kext day drain syrup off tlie peels, strained from the pips. Boil till the white
    and boil again to 224° F., adding a pound pith is quite transparent and tender
    or two more of sugar. After cooling enough to pierce with a match or head
    down a bit pour over peels and allow to of a pin. Stand overnight. Weigh the
    stand overnight. Eepeat the operation pulp, take an equal quantity of sugar, and
    on the two succeeding days, the first day %
    boil together till it jellies (about hour),
    running the boiling temperature to 227° skimming and stirring from time to time.
    F. and the second day to 230° F., each
    time adding some more sugar. On the
    Preserved Orange and Lemon Pulp,
    last occasion, instead of pouring syrup
    Skin and Juice
    over peels, put peels into the boiling syrup
    Immerse %-pipe of lemon skins in cold
    at 230° F., then stir until the syrup turns
    water for 48 hours, changing the latter
    sugary, then remove the peel and pack in
    two or three times, to ensure complete re-
    boxes with sheets of waxed paper.
    moval of the salt. Cook the skins in a
    wooden cask fitted with a steam-coil of
    Crystallized Fruits copper. Run off the hot water and add
    Any preserved fruit (Konfyt) such as fresh water until quite cold, then drain
    watermelon, figs, pears, pineapple, etc., the skins in a basket.
    may be crystallized by the following Place the skins in cold syrup (8 cwt. of
    method, after having been drained from sugar to 48 gals, of water). Bring to the
    the syrup and then slightly dried in the boil, skim, and transfer to casks or tanks.
    sun. Allow to stand 24 hours and then dry off
    Make a syrup from one pound of sugar the syrup. Run the syrup into the pans
    and one cup water, stir until the sugar and fong to boiling point; after skim-
    is dissolved, and just when it begins to ming run it over skins while hot and allow
    boil stir in a quarter of a teaspoon cream to stand for 24 hours.
    of tartar, then leave off stirring, and al- Then draw off the syrup into the boiling
    low to boil quickly for about three to pans, add 1 cwt. of sugar and boil to 220°
    four minutes. Test the syrup by drop- F. Return the hot syrup to the peel and
    ping a 1 ttle into cold water ; if it forms allow to stand for 48 hours. Again draw
    a small soft ball between the thumb and off the syrup into the boiling pans; add
    finger, it has reached the desired degree. 1 cwt. sugar and boil to 225° F. Return
    Drop the fruit to be crystallized, a few to the peel and allow to stand for 48 hours.
    at a time, into this syrup, then lift out Repeat these operations for a third time,
    gently and drain free from all syrup. raising the temperature of the syrup up to
    Place the fruit on wire (cake) trays and 230° F.
    put in the sun to dry. When dry, make
    a syrup as before, and just as it reaches Changing Setting Rates of Pectin
    the ^ ^ soft ball ' ^ stage add the fruit, put
    British Patent 454,504
    on wire trays, sift coarse granulated The rate of setting of dried pectin is
    sugar over, and leave again in the sun increased if it is soaked as follows
    to dry. When dry, put in boxes in lay- Per 20 g. of pectin use
    ers, between sheets of waxed paper, and
    keep in a cool, dry place. Methanol 100 cc.
    N-Hydrochloric Acid 10 cc.
    Soak for 24 hours at 25° C.
    Apple Chutney If the methanol is replaced by the fol-
    Put through a meat chopper 1% lb. lowing, setting times are as per the right
    peeled and cored apples, 1 lb. onions, and
    hand column.
    % lb. stoned raisins. Add 2 quarts of
    Ethyl Alcohol (80%) 8 minutes
    vinegar, and cook gently for two hours,
    Isopropyl Alcohol (90%) 13 minutes
    then add % lb. ground ginger, 1 lb. brown
    Butyl Alcohol (80-85%) 20 minutes
    sugar, 2 teaspoons cayenne pepper, % lb,
    Ethyl Methyl Ketone 25 minutes
    mustard seeds, and a little salt. Cook an-
    other five minutes, stirring well, then leave Acetone 32 minutes
    to cool and bottle.
    Baking Powder
    Seville or Bitter Orange Marmalade Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate 42 g.
    Slice the fruit very finely, either by hand Sodium Bicarbonate 30 g.
    or through a machine. Put the pips in a Rice or Corn Starch 28 g.
    separate basin and cover with %pint Baking powder should develop 4. 7-5. 7 g.
    water. Weigh fruit and allow 3 pints of carbon dioxide per kg. flour, and be
    Water to 1 lb. fruit. Leave overnight, and acidic enough to remain slightly acid after
    next day boil till tender, adding water the reaction with the bicarbonate is over.
    124 FOODS
    HouseKold Baking Powder Eetarding Staling of Bread
    Oream of Tartar 2 lb. Formula No. 1
    Sodinm Bicarbonate 1 lb. IT. S. Patent 2,009,440
    Starch, Corn 1 lb. 0.5-1.0% of arabinose is added to the
    Each ingredient should be well dried dough. The loaf remains fresh for 24-48
    before mixing. Pack in air-tight con- hours longer than normal.
    tainers. No. 2
    tJ.Patent 2,033,180
    S.
    Pyrophosphate Baking Powder 0.025-0.1% of a 1:1 mixture of urea
    Formula No. 1 and ammonium sulphate is added to
    Sodium Bicarbonate 28.0 oz. dough to give a pH of 5.
    Monoealcium Phosphate,
    Granular 21.5 oz.
    Sodium Acid Fresh Marshmallow
    Pyrophosphate 21.5 oz. Granulated Sugar 12 lb.

    Ee-Bried Corn Starch 29.0 oz. Water 3 qt.

    No. 2 Powdered Tartaric Acid % oz.


    Egg Whites pt.
    30.0 oz. Gelatin 4 oz.
    Sodium Bicarbonate
    Monocalcium Phosphate 3.3 oz. Vanilla Extract oz %
    Sodium Acid Put 2 quarts of water and 12 lb, sugar
    Pyrophosphate 40.5 oz. in kettle and boil to 240° F. When tem-
    Ee-i)ried Corn Starch 26.2 oz. perature reaches 235° F. add the tartaric
    and continue to boil to 240° F, This in-
    verts the sugar, and keeps marshmallows
    Diabetic Baking Powder
    Formula No. 1 soft and prevents granulation. Dissolve
    the gelatin in 1 quart hot w^ater. When
    Monocalcium Phosphate 33.5 oz.
    40.0 oz. the syrup has boiled to the proper degree,
    Sodium Bicarbonate
    Powdered Ca,sein 26.5 oz. whip the egg whites to a stiff meringue.
    This yields a high percentage of total Then pour in the boiled syrup and start
    Carbon dioxide. whipping again. Slowly pour in the gela-
    No. 2 tine and whip until light. Add the vanilla
    flavor, then remove from kettle and use
    Monoealcium Phosphate 32.5 oz.
    26.0 oz. at once.
    Sodium Bicarbonate
    Powdered Casein 41.5 oz.
    Frozen Custard (Ice Cream)
    Shortening, Bakers^ Eggs 10 doz.
    Canadian Patent 359,918 Sugar (Acid Free) 25 lb.
    Sugar 1 lb. 7 oz. Cornstarch 2-2 lb.

    Salt % oz. After mixing this well on the upright


    Shortening 7 oz. mixer add:
    Glyceryl Monostearate Vs oz. Whole Milk 64 lb.
    Milk 1 lb. Cream 16 lb.
    Vanilla Extract % oz. Mix all well in steam kettle and heat to
    Egg Whites 10 _
    oz. 172 degrees F., or until the mixture
    A high degree of cake shrinkage is pre- thickens well. Age at least 24 hours in
    vented with this shortening. icebox before freezing.
    A Simpler Method of Handling
    Yeast Nutrient, Alkaline Place in the steam kettle 25 pounds
    IT. S. Patent 2,033,009 whole milk. Meanwhile mix together thor-
    A. yeast concomitant fortified against oughly in the beating machine the full
    acidic deterioration, adapted to be used amount of eggs, and 124^ pounds sugar
    in the making of leavened bread comprises mixed together dry with the 2 or 2^2
    in admixture, the following ingredients in pounds of starch. By mixing the sugar
    approximately the following proportions and the starch together dry, it will go into
    0.64 ounce ammonium chloride, 1.76 ounces distribution more readily and eliminate
    of calcium sulphate, .0176 ounce potassium the danger of lumps.
    bromate, 1.4 ounces flour, a compound se- Beat the eggs and the sugar-starch mix
    lected from the following group calcium
    : together until thoroughly distributed.
    carbonate, magnesium carbonate, having Meanwhile turn on the heat and when the
    the proportion range, by weight of from milk is hot add approximately 1 gallon
    ,1 percent to 2 percent of the aggregate of this hot milk to the sugar and starch-
    weight of the aforementioned ingredients, egg preparation before taking it off tha
    excepting the flour. machine, while the remaining milk con-
    FOODS 125

    tinues to heat. Then draw off in a recep- freeze in about forty-five minutes when
    tacle suitable to handle and when the milk held at a temperature of from 8° to 10° F.
    comes to the boiling point stream in the If the freezing temperature is higher, say
    sugar, starch-egg, and milk preparation, 16° to 18° F., the freezing time is longer
    while stirring the remaining milk. Bring and may be as much as two hours.
    to the temperature required to thicken
    (above 174° F.). Ice Cream
    As soon as it has cooked thick, similar (British Formula)
    to a cream, add immediately, to prevent Formula No. 1
    additional cooking, the remaining quantity Milk 6 pt.
    of sugar. Stir as quickly as possible to Cream 1 pt.
    check the heat. Meanwhile steam will Skim Milk Powder 7 oz.
    have been turned on. Then add the re- Castor Sugar 22 oz.
    maining milk to cool down, adding the Sodium Alginate V2 oz.
    milk gradually while stirring. Follow Heat the cream and milk cautiously in
    with the addition of the cream then pro-
    ; a steam pan or saucepan to 156° F. to
    ceed with the ageing and freezing as usual. pasteurize it. Add the sugar, skim milk
    powder, and alginate and stir for 20 min-
    High Freezing Ice Cream utes, maintaining the temperature at 156°
    Patent 2,060,679
    XJ. S. F. the whole time. This will ensure that
    (Can be frozen in household refrigerator the alginate and skim milk powder are
    without continuous mixing.) completely dissolved. Stir thoroughly or
    Egg Yolk 9.75 oz. preferably homogenize. Cool rapidly to
    Confectioners’ Sugar 40° F., add the flavoring and coloring
    (1% Cornstarch) 100.00 oz. agents. Age and freeze.
    Citric Acid 0.25 oz. No. 2
    Agar 1.16 oz. Hnsalted Butter 18 oz.
    Pectin 0.16 oz. Skim Milk Powder 21 oz.
    Flavor to suit Sugar 23 oz.
    The amounts given in the illustrative Water 6 pt.
    formula serve to produce four ounces of Sodium Alginate 1 oz.
    the dry mixture, and, when employed in Mixes of this type are best prepared in
    making ice cream, are added to about a steam heated pan and it is essential to
    sixteen ounces of light cream or twenty- homogenize the mix. The method of prepa-
    eight ounces of evaporated milk. The milk ration is otherwise similar to the above.
    or cream is first whipped until almost stiff
    and the dry powder is then gradually
    mixed with the whipped cream and the
    Ice Cream Mix
    H. Patent 2,065,398
    S.
    resulting product then further whipped
    until stiff. This mixture is then placed in
    Formula No. 1
    the trays of a mechanical refrigerator or
    Cream (40% Fat) 265..26 lb.

    frozen in any other desired manner to


    Milk ( 31/2 %
    Pat) 539..90 lb.
    Skim Milk, Powdered 50..84 lb.
    produce ice cream. The proportions given
    Sugar 140. 00 lb.
    above produce about one and one-half
    Gelatin 3..00 lb.
    quarts of ice cream when light cream is
    Glyceryl Monostearate 1..00 lb.
    employed, or about two quarts of ice cream
    when using evaporated milk. If the dry No. 2
    powdered mixture is to be used in produc- Cream (40% Fat) 265.,37 lb.
    ing a sherbet or an ice, the powder is added Milk (3%% Fat) 538..63 lb.
    during mixing to the liquid ingredients Skim Milk, Powdered 51.,00 lb.
    used in forming the particular product Sugar 140.,00 lb.
    desired. For example, in producing a sher- Gelatin 3. 00 lb.
    bet, the dry powdered mixture containing Glycol Stearate 2.,00 lb.
    the desired flavoring agent is added to the The inclusion of the above stearates give
    stiffly beaten whites of eggs, and when better control of ^‘over-run.” They pro-
    thoroughly incorporated, the material is duce ice creams of a smoother texture in
    frozen. a shorter time.
    The length of time required for freezing
    icecream, for example, will vary consid- '
    (Lemon) Ice Cream Powder
    erably with the temperature of freezing Corn Starch 25 kg.
    and the proportions of the ingredients Rice Starch 25 kg.
    (especially sugar) present in the dry mix- Vanilla Sugar 3 kg.
    ture employed. Ordinarily, when using the Lemon Oil Sugar 5 kg.
    formula given above, the product will Dry Ice Powder 5 kg.
    126 FOODS
    Use 100 g. of the powder and 40-50 g. No. 3
    of sugar for 1 1. milk. Powdered Cocoa (High Fat) 1.80 lb.
    Sugar 6,40 lb.
    Locust Bean Gum .10 lb.
    Diebetic (Sugar Free) Ice Cream
    Fluid Milk 91.64 lb.
    40% Cream 84.75 lb.
    Calcium Sulphate .06 lb.
    Water 7.00 lb.
    Eggs 8.00 lb.
    Saccharin 3.20 g. Food Colors, Liquid
    Vanilla Extract 8.00 oz. The following solutions are made from
    To make approximately 11.5 gallons. certified food colors and will keep in
    The formula may be cut down to any glass bottles tightly corked for several
    desired amount. It is best to whip it first weeks. Fox longer periods of storage it
    and then freeze and be certain that it does is advisable to add about 7 grams of

    not freeze too stiff and so gum up in the benzoate of soda to each gallon of solu-
    freezer. tion.
    Emerald Green
    Tartrazine 44 g.
    Ice Cream Thickener Brilliant Blue F.C.F. 27 g.
    Gum Tragacol 2 oz.
    Light Green S.F.Y. 26 g.
    Flour 4 oz.
    Water
    Filtered 1 gal
    Gelatin 2 oz.
    Gum Drop Orange
    Use 8 oz. to 10 gals, of ice cream to
    Ponceau 3R 97 g.
    keep it smooth and fine-grained. Tartrazine 185 g.
    Filtered Water 1 gal.
    Ice Cream Stabilizer Raspberry Red
    U.
    u, S.
    lo. Patent 2,103,411 Ponceau 3R 200 g.
    Skim Milk Powder 8.00 lb. Erythrosine 25 g.
    Sugar 16.00 lb. Filtered Water 1 gal.
    Cream (40% Fat) 30.00 lb. English Caramel Bed
    Water 45.78 lb.
    Carmine 240 g.
    Locust Bean Gum 0.15 lb.
    Amaranth 16 g.
    Calcium Sulphate (Pure) 0.07 lb.
    Erythrosine 24 g.
    Ammonia 4 oz.

    Stable Chocolate Milk Filtered Water 1 gal.


    U. S. Patent 2,103,411 Yellow
    Formula No. 1 Tartrazine 210 g.
    Powdered Cocoa (Low Fat) 1.80 lb. Orange I 14 g.
    Sugar 6.40 lb. Filtered Water 1 gal.
    Locust Bean Gum .13 lb. Banana Orange
    Fluid Milk 91.52 lb. Amaranth 7 g.
    Calcium Sulphate (Pure) .15 lb. Erythrosine 58 g.
    The foregoing product is completed by Tartrazine 221 g.
    heating the mixture for thirty minutes at Filtered Water 1 gal.
    about 180 ° F. ; then cooling and bottling Tangerine Red
    it. The product is unusually stable, retain-
    Amaranth 100 g.
    ing the cocoa particles uniformly dis- Ponceau 3R 150 g.
    persed. No settling out of any character Tartrazine 30 g.
    takes place until actual souring of the Filtered Water 1 gal.
    milk begins.
    Caramel Brown
    No. 2 ,

    Amaranth
    Powdered Cocoa (Low Fat) 1.80 lb. Erythrosine
    Sugar 6.40 lb. Ponceau 3R
    Tapioca Flour .50 lb. Orange I 16 g.
    Fluid Milk 91.22 lb. Tartrazine 209 g.
    Calcium Sulphate .08 lb. Brilliant Blue F.C.F. 40 g.
    These ingredients are heated for about Filtered Water 1 gal.
    thirty minutes to about 200° F., and the Reddish Brown
    mixture is then cooled and bottled. Amaranth 68 g.
    Wliere the beverage is to be made of a Erythrosine 14 g.
    high-fat^’ cocoa, the following mixture Tartrazine 87 g.
    may be used, the same being heated to Brilliant Blue F.C.F. 4 g.
    approximately 180° and then cooled. Filtered Water 1 gal.
    FOODS 127

    Food Colors, Paste Brilliant Orange


    Paste Colors for use in food products Orange I only
    may be made from certified food colors
    by mixing 4X sugar and glycerin. It is Violet
    advisable to heat the glycerin to about Amaranth 44 oz.
    120° F. to get a better mixture. Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 21 oz.
    Crimson Paste
    Amaranth 65 g. Royal Purple
    Ponceau 3R 100 g. Amaranth 4 oz.
    Brilliant Blue F.C.F. 3 g. Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 1 oz.
    Glycerin 376 g.
    Add 4X sugar to make desired paste.
    Grape
    Orange Paste Amaranth 4 oz.
    Ponceau 3B 300 g. Sodium Indigo Disuphonate ^2 OZ.
    Tartrazine 600 g.
    Glycerin 1000 g.
    Green
    Add 4X sugar to make desired paste.
    Tartrazine 6 oz.
    Rose Paste Color Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 4 oz.
    Amaranth 12 g.
    Erythrosine 28 g.
    Mint Green
    Glycerin 360 g.
    Light Green S. F. 48 oz.
    Add 4X sugar (about 3 oz.) to make Tartrazine 52 oz.
    desired paste.
    Yellow Paste Olive Green
    Tartrazine 98 g. Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 4 oz.
    Glycerin 180 g. Orange I oz.
    iMi
    4X Sugar 260 g. Tartrazine ioy2 oz.
    Violet Paste
    Amaranth 16 g. Deep Red
    Erythrosine 4 g. Ponceau 15 oz.
    Light Green S.F.Y. 20 g. Amaranth 5 oz.
    4X Sugar 60 g.
    Add sufficient glycerin to make desired Striping- Red
    paste.
    Erythrosine 2 oz.
    Amaranth 6 oz.

    Food Colors, Powdered Ponceau 12 oz.

    Use only certified pure food primary Carmine


    colors. Erythrosine 9 oz.
    Yellow (Bakers 0 Ponceau 1 oz.
    Tartrazine 9 oz.
    Amaranth or Orange I 1 oz. Cherry
    Ponceau only
    Egg- Yellow (Bakers 0
    Tartrazine 141^ oz. Sherry
    Orange I oz, Amaranth 3 oz.
    Orange I 1 oz.
    Lemon-Yellow (Confectioners 0
    Tartrazine only
    Raspberry
    Golden-Yellow (Confectioners’) Amaranth only
    Tartrazine 15 oz.
    Orange I 5 oz. Strawberry Red
    Amaranth 81/2 oz.
    Brilliant Yellow (Macaroni) Orange I IV2 oz.
    Tartrazine only

    Red-Orange Brilliant Red


    Orange I 9 oz.
    Amaranth .

    14 oz.

    Amaranth 1 oz.
    Orange I 2 oz.

    Deep Orange Rose (Pink)


    Ponceau 15 oz. Amaranth 12 oz.
    Tartrazine 2 oz. Sugar 4 oz.
    128 FOODS
    Fink Orange
    Amaranth 15^4 oz. Orange, I. I. 150 gr.
    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate % oz. Citric Acid 300 gr.
    Dextrin 2% oz.
    Brown Red
    Orange I 13 oz. Diamond Fuchsine, I 60 gr.
    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate ! 8 oz. Citric Acid 300 gr.
    Amaranth 3 oz. Dextrin oz.
    Tartrazine 2 oz. Violet
    Methyl Violet, 6 B. 60 gr.
    Red-Brown Citric Acid 300 gr.
    Orange I 13% oz. Dextrin 21/2 oz.
    Amaranth 2% oz. Tellow
    Naphthol Yellow, S. 255 gr.
    Chocolate Brown Citric Acid 600 gr.
    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 28 oz. Dextrin 2% oz.
    Amaranth 20 oz. Each of the above formulas suffices i

    Tartrazine 40 oz. make 20 powders, each of which will color


    Orange I 12 oz. at least 5 eggs. The directions should
    read as follows:
    Burnt Peanut Brown Dissolve the dye in a porcelain or
    Orange I 45 oz. earthen vessel in 1 pint of boiling water.
    Ponceau 25 oz. In the meantime boil 5 eggs for 5 minutes,
    Light Green S. F. 30 oz. and transfer to the dye bath, and allow
    to remain in untilsufficiently colored.
    Royal Blue Then remove, and polish them with a
    Sodium Indigo Disulphonate 12 oz. small quantity of oil or fat.
    Sugar 4 oz.
    Coloring Easter Eggs
    Ice Cream Cone Color Boil the eggs in water containing outer
    Tartrazine 7 oz. skins of red or yellow onions. A deep
    Chocolate 1 oz. red color results and is to be preferred
    to the aniline dyes which are used.
    Blood-Orange
    Egg Color 6% oz. Butter Coloring
    Strawberry Red 1% oz. Curcuma Root 11 kg.
    Annatto (Orleans) 77 kg.
    Ice Cream Color Rapeseed Oil 177 kg.
    Egg Color 4 oz. Heat all in a copper or an enamelled
    Strawberry Red % oz. kettle for several hours with agitation by
    means of a wooden paddle. Press out
    Cheese Color when cooled. Filter through a heated
    Ice Cream Color % oz. funnel Adjust color with more rape oil.
    "Water 14 oz.
    The above colors may be diluted with Cheese Coloring
    either salt or sugar. Annatto 10 kg.
    Caustic Potash, Pure 1.4 kg.
    Egg Coloring for Bakers Borax 0.5 kg.
    Tartrazine, Certified 1.5 oz. Water, to make 25 kg.
    Orange I 0.5 oz. Boil with part of the water. Fill up
    Water 1-2 gal. to total weight when all is dissolved. Fil-
    ter. Adjust color-intensity with distilled
    Easter Egg Dyes water.
    Blue
    Marine Blue, B. IST. 60 gr. Butter Flavor
    Citric Acid 600 a. Butyric Acid, from
    Dextrin 2 oz. Fermentation 2.5 kg-
    Brown Glycerin 25 kg.
    Vesuvin, S. 1 oz. Sodium Acid Carbonate 1.25 kar.
    ^
    Citric Acid* 1% oz. Coumarin 30
    Dextrin 1 oz. Alcohol, Pure to dissolve
    Green Butter Ether 35
    Brilliant Green , G. 225 gr. Safflower 50
    Citric Acid 300 £T. Hot Water 500 g*
    Dextrin 2% oz. Glycerin 2 kg.
    . :

    FOODS 129

    Make a by neutralization. chus soya beans, 4 to 8 lb. mono-sodium


    Dissolve h. glutamate, 10 to 15 lb. sodium chloride,
    Dissolve c. 1/40 to 1/70 lb. sodium nitrite— and as
    Mix all solutions. Use 1 X3t./1,000 of —
    desired ^20 to 30 lb. commercial milk
    margarine. powder, 3 to 7 lb. sugar (preferably
    granulated sucrose), 20 to 25 lb. white
    Eice Flakes wheat-flour (or corn starch equal to the
    U.Patent 2,064,701
    S. normal starch content of the stated
    The process of manufacturing rice amount of flour), 1 to 2 lb. suitable
    flakes comprises heating rice grains at a condiments (such as black and/or white
    temperature between about 165 degrees pepper and/or marjoram and/or thyme,
    and 265 degrees P. for a period of at least etc.).
    thirty minutes in an atmosphere satu-
    rated with steam and compressing the Tilsiter Cheese
    product, when having a humidity of at This cheese was first made in East
    most 20%, into flakes while it is at this Prussia. It is made from raw or pas-
    temperature. teurized milk with 1.0, 1.8, and 3.0 per
    cent ifsii)

    Soybean Breakfast Food The milk is set at 33° C. to Arm in


    Heat the soybeans in hardened vege- 30 minutes. One per cent of culture is
    table oil (^^Crisco'^ type) flve minutes. added to pasteurized milkj raw milk re-
    Eemove hulls. Grind to pass a 14-mesh quiring only %
    per cent of culture.
    screen and be retained on a 28-mesh The 1.0 per cent milk curd is cooked
    screen. To each pound of soybeans add to 37° C., and held for 1^2 hours. The
    one ounce of saturated salt solution and 1.8 per cent milk curd is cooked to 39°
    two ounces of saturated sugar solution, C. and held for 1% hours. The 3.0 per
    mix, and bake in a one-quarter to one- cent milk curd is cooked to 41° C. and
    half inch layer at 160 C. to a satisfac- held for 2 hours.
    tory brown color (approximately one The curd is salted at the rate of 5
    hour) pounds per 1,000 liters of milk, then the
    cheeses are salt rubbed at 12, 24, and
    36-hour intervals. The cheeses are cured
    Improving Odor and Taste of Soya Beans
    at 15° C. for 8 to 10 weeks in a satu-
    U. 8. Patent 2,026,676
    rated atmosphere. The cheeses are
    Hatural odors and flavors are removed
    washed twice weekly in clear water.
    from soya beans by soaking in water at
    38® for 15 minutes to give a water con- These cheeses are made about the size
    of daisy cheeses and without bandages.
    tent of 20%, and heating them for a
    short time at 163°. The temperature is They contain about 40% of moisture.
    then lowered and drying continued.
    The flavor is similar to Trappist type
    cheese. The texture is open with many
    small holes.
    Improving Coffee Flavor
    U. S. Patent 2,027,801
    Eapid Curing of Strong Flavor Cheese
    The flavor of coffee is improved by
    (F. M. Method)
    keeping green coffee, containing 15% of
    water, in a closed container for 7-15 hr.
    Keep the cheddar cheese at 40° F. for
    2 weeks to develop rind and allow the
    at 32-77°, to allow enzymic activity to
    curd to break down. Then place at 55°
    proceed, and by subsequent drying and
    F. with a humidity of 70-85 for 2 weeks
    roasting.
    to cure rapidly and avoid excessive
    shrinkage losses. Then cure at 40-45°
    Stable Soup Powder F. for 3 to 4 weeks, and if the cheese
    U. S. Patent 2,079,649 lacks flavor place at 62-66° F. for 2
    The vegetable materials to be incorpo- weeks. Then store at 34-37° F.
    rated in the formula are chopped, and
    dehydrated by the application of the
    least degree of heat necessary to drive St. Louis Cream Cheese
    off their natural moisture in order to This cheese is prepared from cottage
    keep them uncooked, to retain their char- cheese, 10 per cent cream and evaporated
    acteristicraw flavors and colors, as well milk. The cottage cheese is made in the
    as vitamin content. The ingredients are usual manner. If it develops acidity or
    then mixed in the following proportions hard curd it is washed with milk of mag-
    Five to 10 lb. of vegetables, 15 to 25 nesia. Five gallons of cottage cheese are
    lb. of vegetable proteins, preferably de- mixed with four and a half gallons of
    jived from Dunlap, Mandarin or Man- 10 per cent cream and one gallon of
    130 FOODS
    evaporated milk. The cream and the homogenize, using one valve and 3000
    evaporated milk are heated to 145° F. pounds pressure, then cool to 70° F. and
    before stirring into the cottage cheese. to each ten gallons of cream add one
    This mixture well stirred is processed at quart of good starter and ripen to 0.6
    1,000 pounds pressure. A
    smooth prod- to 0.7% acidity using a ripening tem-
    uct results. The mixture is run through perature of 70° F. When the cream is
    the machine f ollowing water and pressure ripened, cool in ice water and do so with
    is not applied until the mixture appears. the minimum of agitation,
    A procedure that usually produces a
    still heavier body is the same as above
    Hot Pack Cream Cheese except that when the cream reaches an
    In method 15 per cent cream with
    this
    acidity of about 0.4%, bottle, and then
    0.2 per cent of gum added is pasteurized permit the ripening to 0.7% to continue
    and homogenized at 2,500 pounds pres-
    in the bottle and then cool. This modi-
    sure. It is then cooled to 70° F. and 12
    fleation is time consuming and rather ex-
    pounds of starter are added per 1,000
    pensive but it will yield a heavy bodied
    pounds of cream and 1 to 2 cc. of rennet.
    product. Agitation of the cream after
    The batch is allowed to stand until the it has set up is most injurious to the
    acidity reaches 0.8 per cent. At this
    body of the cream.
    time it is cooled to 55 to 60° F. and
    Using a temperature of 70° F. rather
    bagged and drained. The drained curd than 80° F. will yield a better flavored
    with the addition of three-fourths per
    product, for in sour cream, as in the
    cent of salt based on the weight of the
    preparation of butter cultures, one is
    curd and 0.15 per cent of gelatin is
    most interested in producing those de-
    heated to 165° F. and homogenized at
    sired characteristic flavors. Low tem-
    2,500 pounds pressure. The curd is
    perature ripening influences the body, and
    standardized with skim milk so that a
    the cream should be held during ripen-
    yield of 42 per cent is obtained on the
    ing at a temperature not exceeding 72 °
    basis of the original weight of cream
    F, Should the temperature go higher,
    used. This makes a cheese that will keep
    weak body cream with flat flavor usually
    very well.
    results.

    Coloring Gouda Cheese


    Jewish Type Sour Cream
    Wash the cheese, which should not be Select a sweet cream containing be-
    less than 10 days old, with warm water
    tween 20 and 25 per cent fat. Pasteurize
    containing 1% of ordinary blue lime, dry
    the cream at a temperature of 150 to
    thoroughly and dip in paraffin wax (m.p.
    165° F. and hold for 30 minutes. Homo-
    130-135° F.) heated to 300° F. and con-
    genize the cream at a pressure of 2000
    taining amber petrolatum 5-10%, petrola-
    to 2500 pounds per square inch at the
    tum ceresin 1.0-2. 5% and oil-soluble ear-
    temperature at which the cream is pas-
    mine-red paint 2-3 %.
    teurized. Following homogenization, the
    cream should be cooled to 70° F. After
    Wax Coating for Cheese cooling, 5 per cent of a good starter
    H. S.Patent 2,102,516 should be added. The cream should be
    White Scale Wax permitted to ripen until the desired
    (m.p, 50-55° C.) 50-85% flavor is reached. The cream may then
    Petroleum Wax be bottled and if possible, cooled within
    (m.p. 55-60° C.) 50-15% the bottle, which may be accomplished
    In thin layers this wax is flexible at by placing the bottles in a tank of ice
    cold storage temperatures. water. Allow the bottled cream to stand
    12 hours before delivering to the con-
    Stabilizing Sour Cream sumer. Make sure that a good starter is
    There are several procedures in the always available as it is essential in the
    method of manufacture that lead one to preparation of a product of uniform
    believe that they are the cause of thin flavor and aroma.
    body. These are the use of too many
    stabilizers, holding the cream too long Devonshire Cream
    at 180° F. and setting at too high a Select, preferably,milk from cows pro-
    temperature. ducing 4% or more of milk fat. Place
    A procedure that has given good re- the milk in a vat without coils and cool
    sults is as follows To the 18% fat cream to 40 to 50° F. without agitation.
    :
    Whth
    add SV2 ounces of a good grade of gela- strain the cream from the sur-
    tin for each ten gallons of cream, then face and place in a large container. Tho
    heat to 180° F. and hold for 15 minutes, cream when ready for skimming should
    FOODS 131

    be crusted sligMy browu from the heat, ments, with exceptionally violent onion
    and globules should appear on the
    oil lovers requiring three.
    surface. Mix the cream slightly before The oil may be reclaimed by a series
    placing in wide mouthed glasses for dis- of washings or steamings, and then be
    tribution. sterilized and used over again.
    Devonshire cream is extensively used
    in England. It is made in the home as Shortenings
    •well as commercially. In England it is Formula No. 1
    usually made from the milkof Devon Cottonseed Oil 60-50 lb.
    cattle. This milk averages 4% of fat. Edible Tallow 40-50 lb.
    Devonshire cream has numerous uses j its No. 2
    main use is with fresh berries. Cottonseed Oil 75-78 lb.
    Edible Tallow 10-15 lb.

    Cream
    Artificial
    Oleo Stearine 10-12 lb.

    Formula No. 1 No. 3


    Cottonseed Oil 70 lb.
    Butter, Unsalted 2 lb.
    pt.
    Edible Tallow 15 lb.
    Milk 2
    Oleo Stearine 10 lb.
    Sugar V2 oz.
    Lard lb. 5
    Sodium Alginate Ve oz. Bulk of such products now made are
    Warm the milk and butter together to ^

    either all vegetable fats or all animal


    100° F., add the sugar and alginate and fats. Some shortenings made of a com-
    stir thoroughly until dissolved. Homo- bination of beef and hog fat and sold
    genize without the addition of further under a brand name have found very
    heat and without allowing the mix to good acceptance.
    cool. If the cream is to be kept for any
    length of time the mix should be pas- Soybean Butter
    teurized at 140° F. for half an hour be- Crack the beans in a corn mill with a
    fore homogenizing and then passed coarse setting to remove hulls and germs.
    through a sterilized homogenizer. Heat in ^ ^ Crisco ^ ’ or other hydrogenated
    No. 2 oil fat at 100° C. for five minutes.
    Drain. Boast at 160° C. for 20 minutes.
    Butter, Unsalted 2 lb.
    Skim Milk Powder 4 oz. Grind fine, adding soybean oil to give
    Water 2 pt. proper consistency, and salt to taste.
    Sugar V2 oz. Egg Yolk Substitute for Margarine
    Sodium Alginate oz. % yolk is replaced and better emulsi-
    Make the skim milk powder into a fication is gotten by using 1 to 1% of %
    paste with a portion of the water, then molasses.
    add the remainder of the water and the
    butter and warm to 100° F, Proceed as Cottolene (Imitation Lard)
    above. Deodorized Hog Grease 20 lb.
    Oleo Stearine 8 lb.
    Preserving Cream Tallow 12 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,053,740 Cottonseed Oil 60 lb.
    About 0.01-0.09% hydrogen peroxide Warm until melted j
    mix;
    pour into
    is added to the cream and it is heated to containers at lowest possible temperature.
    61-63° C. for 15-30 minutes. This will make 100 lb. of excellent lard
    compound.

    Bemoving Garlic or Onion Margarine


    Flavor from Milk British Patent 474,717
    10 per cent white oil is added to 90 Margarine is made by dispersing 200
    per cent milk, and agitated rapidly. parts of sour skim milk in 1,000 parts of
    After the oil has been broken up into a molten mixture of cottonseed and coco-
    minute particles and dispersed through- nut oils with the aid of 5 to 15 parts of
    out the milk, the mixture is permitted an emulsifying agent (glyceryl mono-
    to stand undisturbed until the oil rises stearate).
    to the top, carrying with it the minute
    particles of fat which contain the offen- Coating for Salamis
    sive odor and taste. It is then siphoned Formula No. 1
    off. Only a comparatively small amount Paraffin Wax 35 g.
    of butterfat is lost by this method. Bosin 62.8 g.
    Occasionally the milk of a particularly Whiting 2.2 g.
    ?rrant herd of cows requires two treat- Applied at about 90° C.
    132 FOODS
    No. 2 Arresting Formation of Nitrite in
    Linseed Oil 60 g. Pickling Brine
    Rosin 10 g. Biological changes increase nitrite con-
    Shellac 10 g. tent and alkalinity of pickling brines on
    Glycerin 10 g. ageing. This can be controlled by the
    Beeswax 7 g. addition of magnesium carbonate
    Chalk 3 g. with or without 1 %
    magnesium chloride.

    Coating’ for Sausages Ham Brine for Injection


    Paraffin Wax 35 g. Salt 240 g.
    Rosin 62.8 g. Sugar 30 g.
    Wliiting 2.2 g. Potassium Nitrate 30 g.
    Water 750 g.
    Use the above amount for each kilo-
    Glaze for Smoked Meats
    gram of meat.Cover with salt mixture
    A gelatin dip wliicli is sometimes used
    in customary way and smoke at 38-43°.
    on smoked meats to avoid mold and
    shrinkage is made of the following in-
    gredients: Meat Curing Salt
    French Patent 818^943
    Commercial Gelatin 25 1b.
    Sodium Formate 1000 g.
    Glucose 35 lb.
    Sodium Citrate 30 g.
    Water 40 lb.
    Sodium Nitrite 2 g.
    Place gelatin and glucose in a double
    boiler and mix, having temperature of Meat Preserving Salt
    water in bottom of boiler about luke Austrian Patent 145,689
    warm. Then add 40 per cent water to Salt 91 g.
    gelatin and glucose, mix well and raise Potassium Nitrate 3 g.
    temperature gradually to not less than Sugar 3 g.
    130° F. and not over 150°, Cook for Sodium Dihydrogen
    1% to 2 hours. Phosphate 1- 2 g.
    Wipe each piece of smoked meat care-
    fully to remove surplus grease, salt, etc.,
    Removing of Boar or Sex Odor from
    then dip into glaze momentarily. If
    necessaryj pieces may be dipped a second
    Hog Meat
    This odor is largely removed by using
    time. Then let them hang over dipping 1-500 sodium nitrate in 10% salt solu-
    vessel so that any drip may be recovered.
    tion when pickling.
    This glaze is transparent, resilient and
    amply tough to resist damage in reason-
    able handling. Meats may be wrapped Mushroom Extract
    and shipped in usual manner. 60 kg. fresh mushrooms or 6 kg. dried
    There are also glazes for covering meat mushrooms, 1 kg. of truffles and 1.5 kg.
    loavesand sausage and for baked hams of pure hydrochloric acid are allowed to
    and picnics. soak. 50 kg. of distilled water is added
    at a moderate temperature, and extraction
    is carried out for 10 hours with stirring
    Sterilization of Meat Wrappings (if the mushrooms were not minced, more
    Heating hessian wrappings at 65° for time rs needed). Boil for 2 hours with
    1 hour gives practically complete control stirring, until a smooth, gelatinous syrup
    of low-temperature mold spores. Ex- has formed; neutralize with pure soda ash,
    posure for longer periods to somewhat filter hot through flannel, and evaporate

    lower temperatures (<50°) is also effec- to 34 its volume. This extract represents
    tive. a jelly which can be stored in well filled
    and closed vesvsels. Yield 40-50 kg.
    Tongue Pickling Solution
    Salt Solution (70°) Extracts of Kitchen Herbs
    100 gal.
    Sugar Mince 50 kg. of cauliflower, 50 kg. of
    30 lb.
    Sodium Nitrate fresh celery, 30 kg. of asparagus, 30 kg.
    10 lb.
    of ripe tomatoes, 3 kg. of fresh onions,
    some laurel leaves, carrots, a little garlic,
    Meat Pickling Brine, Acid nutmeg and parsley. Heat the mass with
    Sodium Nitrite 0.9 lb. 3,0 kg. of pure hydrochloric acid for sev-
    Sodium Nitrate 0.6 lb. eral hours, until it darkens in color to
    Salt 97.65 lb. brown.
    ^

    Citric Acid, Anhydrous 0,85 lb. Shut off the steam, digest under stir-
    FOODS 133*

    ring for several hours, boil up once again, Mustard % lb.


    neutralize with soda ash. Filter, evapo- Pepper % lb.
    rate to a thick extract in vacuo. Yield Vinegar 10 lb.
    40-60 kg. with a salt content of 24-27%. Sugar 5 lb.
    Cottonseed Oil
    Vegetable Extract (Prime Summer Yellow) 60 lb.
    50 kg. fresh ripe tomatoes, 50 kg. of Method as above.
    overripe tomatoes, 1.8 kg. of a slightly
    roasted celery, 0.5 kg. of roasted onions, Celery Salt
    80 g. of garlic, 20 g. of sage, 20 g. of U. S. Patent 2,046,862
    laurel leaves, 5 kg. asparagus are treated Celery Oil 0.1-1 g.
    with 15 kg. purest beer yeast for 6 days, Mono-Sodium Glutamate 2.6 g.
    at 30-40® C. After this time, add 14 kg. Salt to make 100 g.
    of pure hydrochloric acid, boil for 1 hour,
    neutralize with soda ash, cool, filter, boil
    Seasoning and Condiment
    down in vacuo. 40-50 kg. yield.
    U. S. Patent 2,021,403
    Finely-granulated citric acid 22 oz. is
    Worcestershire Sauce
    heated with 66 oz. of table salt to 100®
    Vinegar 1 qt.
    C. with continual stirring, until all the
    Powdered Pimento 2 dr.
    salt has been ^ ^ wetted ^ ^ by the acid.
    Powdered Cloves 1 dr.
    The mass is cooled slowly, the stirring
    Powdered Black Pepper 1 dr.
    being continued. Into the mixture are
    Powdered Mustard 2 oz.
    stirred powdered paprika 3.5 oz., white
    Powdered Jamaica Ginger 1 dr.
    pepper 2.5 oz., and granulated sugar 6
    Common Salt 2 oz.
    Shallots 2 oz.
    oz. The product is non-hygroscopic.
    Tamarinds 4 oz.
    Sherry Wine 1 pt. Preservation of Eggs
    Curry Powder 1 oz. Water Glass Method:
    Capsicum 1 dr. 9 quarts soft water boiled and cooled;
    Mix alltogether, simmer for 1
    hour, add 1 quart water glass; stir thoroughly.
    and strain. Let the whole stand for a Sufficient for 15 dozen eggs. Use 6 gal-
    week, strain it, and fill in bottles. Wor- lon crock. Scald crock before using.
    cestershire sauce is never quite clear Allow at least two inches of solution
    straining to remove the coarser particles over eggs. Place crock in a cool, dry
    is all that is necessary. place, well covered to prevent evapora-
    tion.
    Tomato Ketchup Lime Water Method:
    Take 8 lb. tomatoes and stew until 2 or 3 pounds of unslaked lime and 5
    tender, together with one or two shallots gallons water boiled and cooled. Pour
    or onions cut up, then put through a water over lime and allow to stand until
    sieve. Return to the saucepan, and add mixture settles and liquid is clear. Place
    a tablespoon salt, 1 tablespoon ground clean, fresh eggs in a crock or jar and
    cloves, 1 tablespoon ground ginger, % pour clear lime water over eggs. Allow
    tablespoon allspice, and 1 pint vinegar. two inches of liquid over top of eggs.
    Boil until reduced to one-third.
    Dried Egg White
    Mayonnaise U. S. Patent 2,059,399
    Formula ISTo, 1 Adjust pH of egg-white to 5-6 with
    Egg Yolks 14 lb. lactic acid. Set aside for 4r-36 hours at
    Vinegar 10 lb. room temperature. Pour off clear solu-
    Cotton Seed Oil tion and adjust to pH of 8.6 with am-
    (Prime Summer Yellow) 70 lb. monia. Dry.
    Salt 1% lb.
    Sugar 31/2 lb. Thinning Egg Whites
    Mustard lb. % U. S. Patent 2,054,213
    Pepper lb. % If enterokinase from intestines of pigs
    Mix thoroughly in mixing bowls and is used, 1 lb. of the dried intestinal lin-
    run through a colloid mill with a dear- ing is sufficient to cause the thinning of
    unce of .005". 2,000 lb. of egg whites in 24 hours or
    No. 2 less. The preferred temperature range
    Egg Yolk 15 lb. is between 30 and 40® 0. Occasional or
    Water 8 lb. very slow agitation helps.
    Salt 1 lb. If benzoyl glycerin is used, 1 lb. of
    134 FOODS
    the activator will liberate trypsin to thin for a one-fourth inch opening to allow
    5,000 lb. of eg^ whites. These ratios escape of gas. Keep the barrel filled at
    may vary with the eggs. all times. If the barrel is stored in a
    warm room the olives should be ready
    for consumption at the end of about six
    Greek Type Olives months. When the barrel is opened, add
    Use black ripe olives of Mission or to each 5 gallons of olives about 1 quart
    Manzanillo varieties. The Sevillano and of vinegar. Transfer the olives and
    Ascolano varieties are not suitable be- brine to glass top jars and seal. Do not
    cause deficient in oil. Obtain a supply use zinc top jars. Ko further treatment
    of three-quarter or half ground rock is necessary.
    salt of good quality; this is a medium
    coarse crushed salt; ice cream salt will
    do. Green Tomato Pickle
    For containers use lug boxes, either Tomato Puree 25 gal.
    50 pound or 25 pound size, lined with Pale Malt Vinegar
    ordinary burlap. Mix 5 pounds of the (16 Grain) 8 gal.
    salt with each 20 pounds of olives in the Table Salt 7 lb.

    box. Gum Tragacanth 1 lb.

    Once a weekstir well ; this can be done White Sugar 25 lb.


    by pouring the olives into another box. White Pepper 8 oz.
    Brine forms and is allowed to seep away Ground Ginger 8 oz.
    from the box. Ground Nutmeg 4 oz.
    After about 6 weeks the olives should Cayenne 1 oz.
    be ready to use. They will be somewhat Raw Onions 4 lb.
    shriveled and will have lost most of their Garlic % lb.
    bitterness. Place the gum in 1 gal. of the vinegar
    To keep them, add a few handfuls of to soak for 24 hours. Add 1 gal. more
    the coarse, crushed salt, and stir the of vinegar to the gum, stir well. Peel
    olives occasionally. They should be the onions and chop fine. Place balance
    eaten before they have completely dried of vinegar in a steam pan; add sugar,
    or molded. salt, pepper, ginger, nutmeg, cayenne,
    onions, and garlic, also the gum. Stir
    well, add the tomato puree, bring to
    Preparing Green Olives the boil, stirring all the time and gently
    Use have reached full size
    olives that simmer for 20 minutes. Shut off the
    but which are still green to straw yellow steam and rub through a fine sieve. Fill
    in color- and cap.
    Prepare a lye solution of 2% ounces This should be sterilized in a water
    of lye, using any good household or farm bath, temperature being brought up to
    granulated lye. This is equivalent to 195° P. for 1 hour, remaining at this
    about % of a pound to 5 gallons of temperature for 15 minutes. Bun off
    water. Be sure that the lye has dis- the water until cold.
    solved.
    Cover the olives with this lye solution
    in a wooden tub or stoneware jar and Barbecue Relish
    allow it to stand, with occasional stirring, This is made by mixing two barrels of
    until the lye has penetrated about or sweet pickle relish for which the for-
    % of the way to the pit. Cut samples mulas are as follows:
    Formula No. 1
    of the olives frequently with a knife to
    observe the rate of penetration of the White Onion Skins 35 lb.
    lye. Penetration to the depths given re- Bed Bull Nose Peppers 40 lb.
    quires ordinarily 6 to 8 hours. Cauliflower Stocks 50 lb.
    Discard the lye. Cover the olives im- Pickles, Broken 175 lb.
    mediately with cold water. Pour this 100-Grain White Vinegar 10 gal
    water off and replace it with fresh cold Sugar, Granulated 125 lb.
    water. Change this water 4 or 5 times Ground Ginger 4 oz.
    a day for two days. Ground Nutmeg 4 02 .

    Place the olives in a barrel or small Yellow Mustard Seed IV2 lb.
    keg and fill the container completely with No. 2
    brine containing 1 pound of salt to each White Onion Skins 35 lb.
    gallon of water. Also add about 1 pint Red Bull Nose Peppers 25 lb.
    of imported Spanish olives and brine to Cauliflower Stocks 20 lb.
    each 5 gallon keg or larger container. Pickles, Broken 275 lb.
    Seal the container completely except 100-Grain White Vinegar 10 gal
    FOODS 135

    Sugar, Granulated 125 lb. using in order that the clear bleaching
    Ground Ginger 4 oz. solution may be carefully poured or si-
    Ground Nutmeg 4 oz. phoned off without disturbing the sludge.
    Yellow Mustard Seed 1% lb. If the bleaching solution is not clear, the
    No. 3 walnuts will be coated with a white film
    White Onion Skins 10 gal. of lime.
    Bed Bull Nose Peppers 5 gal. Pour the walnuts into the clear solu-
    Green Tomatoes 20 gal. tion which has been transferred to a
    Pickles, Broken 90 gal. bucket or barrel, and keep them in con-
    100-grain White Vinegar 12 gal. tact with the solution for not over 3
    Sugar, Granulated 200 lb. minutes by gentle stirring.
    Celery Seed Va lb. If the nuts do not acquire a satisfac-
    Ground Nutmeg 2 oz. tory bleach by this treatment, the activity
    Yellow Mustard Seed 2 lb. of the bleach solution can often be in-
    With one-half barrel of ground sweet creased by adding 1 pint of strong vine-
    pepper pickles. The peppers are fer- gar to every 5 gallons of bleaching solu-
    tion.
    mented in a salt brine or salt and vine- I

    gar after which the salt is removed by Drain the walnuts from the solution
    soaking in water and the peppers then and place them without rinsing in an
    covered either with a 40-grain white dis- open crate or tray to dry for at least
    tilled vinegar or with a spiced sweet 24, preferably 48 hours, before they are
    liquor such as is used to cover pickles. packed in sacks, cartons or other con-
    tainers. Never dry bleached walnuts in
    They should remain in the liquor for
    about a week. They are then either sunshine or many will split. Always dry
    chopped very fine or else run through the in the shade, preferably indoors in a
    medium or fne blade of a meat grinder draft.
    and mixed thoroughly with the pickle
    relish. This is the relish that is used Bleaching Maraschino Type Cherries
    with ^Oiot dogs/' etc. Others mix the U. S. Patent 2,019,030
    relish which has been drained or pressed Spots and blemishes on cherries not
    to remove excess liquor with salad dress- removable by sulphur dioxide are removed
    ing at the rate of 2 parts of drained by treatment with aqueous sodium or
    relish to 1 part of dressing. calcium hypochlorite acidified with acetic
    acid. The concentration of available
    Bleaching Walnuts chlorine should be about 1% of the
    Walnuts cannot be satisfactorily weight of the cherries.
    bleached unless they have been thor-
    oughly dried either in the sun or in a
    Bleaching and Sterilizing Dried Figs
    de^drator at not over 110° F., before
    IT. S. Patent 2,072,309
    being placed in the bleaching solution.
    Dried figs are treated with a 2% solu-
    Walnuts which have bits of hull or
    tion of hydrogen peroxide; allowed to
    much fiber adhering tightly to the shell
    stand 12-14 hours and then immersed for
    cannot be satisfactorily bleached and
    2-7 minutes in water just below boiling.
    should be culled out before bleaching.
    Nuts which are split open should be re-
    moved or they may subsequently spoil if Artificial Honey Combs
    filled with bleach liquor. a. Beeswax, Yellow 45 kg.
    Place 5 pounds of chloride of lime, Paraffin Wax (52/54° C.) 40 kg.
    from a freshly opened can, in a 10 gal- Ceresin 10 kg.
    lon crock or barrel and add sufficient Japan Wax 5 kg.
    water to make a creamy paste after thor- h. Beeswax-Perfume about 25 g.
    ough stirring. Be sure that all lumps are Honey-Perfume a small amount
    thoroughly broken up, using the hands to Melt a with steam, add h and mix
    insure a smooth creamy mixture. Fill the thoroughly. Pour out into shallow dishes,
    container half full of water and stir Eewarm on the water bath and roll to
    thoroughly. give it the honeycomb-shape.
    In another and smaller container dis-
    solve 2% pounds of pulverized sa.1 soda
    in water. Storing Potatoes for Potato Products
    Pour this solution into the chloride of Potatoes stored at temperatures of 60°
    lime solution, add water to make a total F. to 70° F. yield good chips, while
    volume of 10 gallons and stir the mixture. those stored at lower temperatures are
    The solution must be allowed to settle unsatisfactory. These results hold good
    at least 24, preferably 48, hours, before for French fried and baked potatoes as
    136 POODS
    well as potato chips. Good practice for made of chicken wire, stretched 2 or 3
    consumers is to store potatoes at room feet above the ground. Do not lay the
    temperature, avoiding extremes of hot fins one on top of the other. During the
    and cold. first few days the fins should be taken
    ^

    under shelter during the night, and also


    Quick Freezing of Foods when it is raining. Later, after the fins
    U. S. Patent 2,102,506 are somewhat dried, dew or a little rain
    Foodstuffs are immersed in following
    will not hurt them. It takes about 14
    cooled to at least -30 ®F.
    days, in good weather, with plenty of
    Glycerin 20-40% sunshine, for the fins to dry properly.
    ’

    Alcohol 20-40% When properly dried, they are very stiff


    Water 25-45% and hard.
    Powdered Potatoes or Bananas Packing and Shipping
    Patent 2,119,155
    U. S. The finsare packed in bags, cases or
    A method of reducing potatoes and barrels. A sugar barrel or bag, will hold
    other starch-containing vegetables to the about 100 pounds of fins. Second-hand
    form of a dry powder in which the starch eases, or barrels, can be used. Do not
    is preserved in its initial form comprises use watertight barrels. Pack the Eastern
    cooking the vegetables at a temperature fins separately from the Sawfish fins. Do
    which must not substantially exceed 100 '='

    not ship Nurse fins or Sawfish flippers.


    C., cutting the cooked vegetables into Ship the complete sets. If the tail or the
    small pieces, partially drying the pieces, pectoral fins are not included, the value
    at a temperature which also must not of the sets is reduced.
    substantially exceed 100'=' C. until they
    CAUTION: Fins which are not prop-
    have lost at the most about 60% by erly trimmed, or which are not thoroughly
    weight of their initial water-content, re- dried, have only about one-half the value
    ducing the partially dried pieces to the of first grade fins.Also, fins from sharks
    form of a moist powder and further dry- under five feet long are not desirable.
    ing the moist powder, at a temperature
    which must not greatly exceed 80° 0., Preventing Sticking and Softening
    until it has a water-content of approxi-
    of Canned Fish
    mately 10-15% by weight.
    IT. S. Patent 2,088,831
    Shark Pins Clean the fish, contact the fish with a
    The tins of all the species (except the salt brine, and then soak the fish in a
    Nurse Shark), are commercially valuable brine containing salt and from 1 to 5%
    for edible purposes. The ffns of the of calcium chloride and 0.33% to 1% of
    Nurse Shark contain no edible gelatin, vinegar, whereby the skins of the fish
    and therefore, have no value for edible are rendered firm and adherence of skins
    purposes. of adjoining packed fish is substantially
    The Eastern sharks, (which are the prevented.
    Leopard or Tiger, Hammerhead, Black-
    tip, Sand and Sandbar, Huskies, Brown Opening Oysters
    and Mackerel Shark), have the following Patent 2,041,727
    IT. S.
    fins: Tail fin (lower lobe), two pectoral Subject oysters to mechanical shock
    fins and 1st and 2nd dorsal fins. Also, and dip into any of following solutions:
    the anal and ventral fins from the larger Formula No. 1
    size sharks are used. Acetic Acid 4 oz.
    The Sawfish Sharks have two dorsal Water 1 gal.
    fins,, and the tail fin. They generally No. 2
    bring a higher price than the Eastern Potassium Chlorate 1 g.
    shark fins. The side fins of the Sawfish Water 1 1.
    Shark, called the flippers,’^ have no No. 3
    value. Hydrochloric Acid 2 cc.
    If the fins have been cut in a curve Water 1 1,
    into the fin, very little skin or meat re-
    mains on the fin. However, every piece Keeping Fish Fresh
    of skin or meat must be trimmed off the A new
    process for keeping fish fresh
    fin, otherwise this meat will attract flies, has been developed. As soon as possible
    or may cause the fins to rot. After the after landing, the cleaned fish are soaked
    finsare trimmed, they should be washed in a highly diluted solution of 30 per
    thoroughly in sea water, and may be left cent hydrogen peroxide and immediately
    overnight in sea water, to facilitate clean- thereafter packed in ice in the shipping
    ing. containers. Tests have shown that this
    Drying process increases the resistance of the
    The fins are then put on spreads in fish to bacteria, the fish remaining fresh
    the sun for drying. The spreads are for a period of from three to six da-ya
    INKS
    Writing Ink Gallic Acid 77 g.
    Water, Distilled 94 oz. Water, to make 10 1.
    Tannin 2 oz. Dissolve the sugar in the water by
    Gallic Acid, Crystallized 1.1 oz, heating, add the iron chloride. Stir with
    [Ferrous Sulphate 2.15 oz. a glass rod, and continue heating. When
    Oxalic Acid 0.1 oz. a smell of chlorine appears, add more of
    Phenol, Crystallized 0.1 oz. the water, add the acids (in solution).
    Ink Black (Dye) 0,4 oz. Add the balance of the water.
    Glycerin 0.3 oz. 2.5% of alcohol may be added to make
    the ink dry more quickly.
    Non-Corrosive Ink
    Ink Base for Fountain Pens
    TJ. S. Patent 2,008,620 Tannic Acid
    a. 75 g.
    Gallnuts 28 g.
    Gallic Acid 25 g.
    Dye, Blue 6 g.
    Water, Distilled 793 g.
    Iron Chloride 30 g.
    t. Sulphuric Acid 7 g.
    Glycerin a trifie
    c. Iron Sulphate 100 g.
    Hydroehlorie Acid 30 ee.
    Mix a, addand after that c. Boil
    h,
    Arsenic Acid 1 g* for % hour. Put aside for 2 days in a
    Phenol 1
    cool place, filter, and wash the filter to
    Water 100 1.
    get 1000 g. of filtrate.
    Keep cool and sealed.
    Gloss Ink
    0 Montan Wax, Crude
    . Ink from Ink Base
    Colophony a. Ink Base (Above) 100-300 g.
    Soft Paraffin 40/42° C. h. Gum Arabic, Free
    [Potash Carbonate from Oxidase 20 g.
    Marseilles Boap Water, Distilled 50 g.
    Water c. Anilin Dye for Inks 12 g.
    &. Shellac Water, Distilled suflcient
    Borax d. Phenol 1 g.
    Water e. Water, Distilled, to make 1000 g.
    c, Nigrosine NTD Mix the strained gum dispersion &
    Water with the base a, the dye solution ^made —
    Make up separately a, h, and o, and —
    hot Cj and the phenol d. Thin with e.
    mix these three components together. Allow to rest for at least three weeks,
    tightly sealed and in a cool place. Siphon
    Fountain-Pen Ink off the clear ink.
    Formula No. 1
    a. Water, Distilled 95 Stamp Pad Ink
    Ink Black A, Extra 0.5 g. Violet
    Ink Blue, Extra 0.5 g. Methyl Violet 1 g-
    1). Caustic Soda, 98% 0.36 g. Water, Hot 10 g*
    Water, Gold /
    3.64 Gum Arabic 1 g-
    c. Gum Arabic, if desired 0.5-1 g. Glycerin, C.P. 25 g-
    Make dye-solution a, and add the lye h. Alcohol, Denatured 8 g.
    Keep stirring for 2 hours. Let settle, Make a solution of the first three in-
    and filter. gredients, add glycerin, cool, add alcohol.
    The addition of c is recommended to Impregnate the wooden pads with this ink
    make the ink more suitable for glued after filtration.
    paper.
    No. 2 [Recording Inks
    Iron Chloride 288 g. Dissolve any of the dyes shown below
    Sugar (Powdered) 250 g. in a mixture of 1 oz. of glycerin and 3
    Tannic Acid 234 g. oz. of water. ‘This may be thinned down
    138 INKS
    with alcohol, if desired. The addition of Permanent Green Ink
    0,1% of Moldex or other good preserva- Bichromate of Potasli 10 oz.
    tive is necessary to prevent mold growth. Hydrochloric Acid 10 oz.
    Color Alcohol 10 oz.
    Index Scknltz
    Number Number Gum Arabic 10 oz.
    Benzo Fast Scarlet 326 279 Soft Water 30 oz.
    Congo Bed 370 307 Carbonate of Soda as required
    Toluylene Orange F 446 362 Dissolve the bichromate of potash in
    Toluylene Orange G 478 392 the acid and allow to stand until solution
    Pyrazol Orange 653 ... is clear. Slowly pour in the alcohol with
    Chloramine Yellow 814 617 constant stirring. This will cause rapid
    Chloramine Green B 589 470 heating and frothing, and great care
    Diamine Green B 593 474 must be taken at this stage. Carbonate
    Diamine Sky Blue FF 518 424 of soda is next added a little at a time
    Benzo Sky Blue 520 426 until all effervescence has ceased and a
    Diamine Violet N 394 327 green precipitate just begins to form.
    Oxamine Blue 4B The solution is left for a week covered
    (Erie Violet 2B) 471 385 up, being then filtered and the gum dis-
    Bismarck Brown E 332 284 solved in it, and diluted with further
    Benzamine Brown SGO 596 476 water to the desired color. This ink is
    Columbia Black FF absolutely permanent, penetrates the pa-
    extra 539 436 per evenly, and is difficult to efface.
    Direct Deep Black BW
    (Erie Black BXOO) 582 463 Acid-Proof Black Ink
    Direct Deep Black BW Water 1 gal.
    (Erie Black BW) 582 463 Acid-Proof Soluble Blue
    Dye 2% oz.
    Indelible Ink for
    Documents Oxalic Acid 1 oz.
    Formula No. 1 Gum Arabic oz.
    French Patent 765,031 Alcohol 2 oz.
    Suggests the addition to a printing ink
    of a compound which reacts with another Dissolve the blue in %
    gal. water and
    compound forming colored derivatives. add the oxalic acid and alcohol. Warm
    Example: Ammonium sulphocyanide, the remaining %
    gal. water and dissolve
    which would be colored red by iron into it the gum arabic. Mix the two
    chloride. solutions and strain.
    No. 2
    a. Tannin 27 g. Marking Ink for Shipping Packages
    Gallic Acid 15 g. Black
    Water 800 g. Formula No. 1
    h. Iron Vitriol 60 g. Ceresblack I, Liquid 2 kg.
    Water 800 g, Dissolve in Hot
    c. Hydrochloric Acid, Brown Coal Tar -
    5 kg.
    Free of Arsenic 5g. Gasoline 3 kg.
    d. Gum Arabic 20 g.
    '

    No. 2,
    '

    Water 150 g. Ceresblack Liquid


    I, 2 kg.
    e. Phenol, Crystallized 3 g. Mineral Oil (0.885 d.) 8 kg.
    Water 120 g.
    Mix a and h, and add gradually d, No. 3
    e. Mix thoroughly, settle in a brown Carbon Black 2 kg.
    bottle, and decant clear liquid. Dispersed in
    '
    '

    Mineral Oil (0.885 d.) 8 kg.


    No. 3',

    I Copper Chloride No. 4 :

    Crystallized Celluloid Scrap 0.3 kg.


    8 g.
    Sodium Chloride 10 g. Acetone 5.0 kg.
    Ammonium Chloride 6 g.
    Kosin 0.2 kg.
    Distilled Water 60 g. Alcohol 3.0 kg.
    II Anilin Hydrochloride 11 g. Carbon Black 1.5 kg.
    Gum Arabic 5 g. Blue
    Glycerin 5 g. Formula No. 1
    Distilled Water 249 g. Rosin, Melted 1.0 kg.
    The ink is made from Mineral Oil (0.885 d.) C,5 kg
    Solution I 25 g. Gasoline (Cold) 1.0 kg.
    Solution II 100^ Ultramarine-Blue 1.5 kg.
    INKS 139

    No. 2 Tartaric Acid 1.0 g.


    Sudan Blue 0.6 kg. Soluble Blue (Schultz #539) 3.5 g.
    Oleic Acid 1.2 kg. As with the flrst formula, the in-
    Mineral Oil (0.885 d.) Warm 8.2 kg. gredients are to be dissolved in enough
    Bed water to make a total volume of 1 liter,
    Formula No. 1 and tliis will contain 3 g. of iron.
    Englisli-Bed 2 kg. No. 3
    Linseed Oil 8 kg. Pulverize and mix intimately:
    No. 2 Logwood Extract 100 oz.
    Sudan Bed B 0.5 kg. Indigo V2 oz.
    Oleic Acid 1.0 kg. Potassium Dichromate 1 oz.
    Mineral Oil (0.885 d.) 7.5 kg. Gum Arabic 1 oz.
    Gasoline 1.0 kg. These may be pressed into tablets or
    No. 3 pellets.
    Celluloid Scrap 0.4 kg.
    Acetone 5.0 kg. Concentrated Ink Tablets
    Bosin 0.2 kg. British Patent 461,408
    Alcohol 2.0 kg. Methylene Blue 25 oz.
    Gasoline 2.2 kg. Methyl Violet 5 oz.
    Zapon Bed 0.2 kg. Potassium Dichromate 2 oz.
    Yellow Soda Ash 3 oz.
    Chrome Yellow 2 kg. Sugar 7 oz.
    Linseed Oil 8 kg. Pulverize and press into cakes.

    Marking Ink (Alkali and Acid Besistant) Invisible Inks


    Dissolve
    ^
    Ammonium chloride, ^ ‘ sal ammoniac * \
    Unbleached Shellac 20 oz. dissolved in 15 to 20 times its weight
    in a solution consisting of of water makes an ink that is invisible,
    Borax 30 oz. but becomes dark brown or black when
    Water 350 oz. pressed with a hot iron, or held at a
    Filter while the solution is still hot. distance above a small flame. This is
    Then add to this solution another made as good a sympathetic ink as any, iB
    up from easy to prepare, and is not dangerously
    Water-Soluble Nigrosine 10 oz. poisonous.
    Tannin 1 oz. The salts of several metals have long
    PicricAcid VlO O'Z. been favorite materials for sympathetic
    Ammonium Hydroxide 15 oz. ink. These salts are not all colorless
    Water 15 oz. when in the solid form, or in strong
    This ink is especially adapted for solution,but invisible marks made on
    laboratory use and produces a beautiful paper with very dilute solutions can be
    black that flows freely from the pen. developed by suitable means. Among
    these salts are lead acetate, ferric sul-
    Ink Powder phate, mercuric chloride (corrosive sub-
    Formula No. 1 limate, dangerous to handle and very
    Gallic Acid Crystals 10.0 g. poisonous), copper sulphate, cobalt chlor-
    Ferric Sulphate, Anhydrous 10.7 g. ide, and nickel chloride. In addition to
    Oxalic Acid Crystals 2.0 g. being turned brown or black by the
    Soluble Blue (Schultz 539) 3.5 g. fumes of ammonium sulphide, writing
    The weight of ferric sulpWte called with any of the salts can be developed
    for, 10.7 g., contains 3 g. of iron. An by heat, and still other means can be
    equivalent amount of the hydrous salt can employed with some of them. For in-
    be used instead. The simplest plan is to stance, if the ink is made with ferric
    determine the iron content of the ferric sulphate, a solution of gallic or tannic
    sulphate and from this calculate the acid will turn the writing black, and
    weight of the salt that will give 3 g. of potassium ferrocyanide will form Prus-
    iron. Ink made by this formula does not sian blue.
    corrode steel loens excessively, but it Of the salts just mentioned, cobalt
    forms on them a thin, yellowish coating chloride is in some respects the most
    of ferrous oxalate. interesting. When a solution of the salt
    A formula that makes a still better in water evaporates to dryness, the
    ink powder than the preceding is: chloride appears in crystals that are red,
    No, 2 though not intensely so. If the solution
    Gallic Acid Crystals 10.0 g. used as sympathetic ink is so dilute as
    Ferrous Sulphate Crystals 15.0 g. to be only of a moderately deep pink.
    :

    140 nsnis

    the thin layer of the salt that is left h. Polyvinyl Alcohol 2 g.


    on paper when the writing dries will not Polyvinyl Acetate (Saponi-
    be perceptible. If the writing is kept fied to a Sap. No. 80-100) 2 g.
    for some time in rather dry air, or is Water 800 cc.
    warmed slightly, the cobalt chloride loses Mix a and h.
    most of its water of crystallization ^ % No. 3
    and is then so intensely blue that the a. Methylene Blue 15 g.
    writing is visible. Exposure to moist Water 200 cc.
    air, as by breathing upon it, makes the h. Polyvinyl Acetate (Sa-
    writing vanish because the blue salt re- ponified to a Saponifi-
    gains water of crystallization and turns cation'Value 80-100) 4 g.
    red. These changes back and forth can Water 800 cc.
    be repeated many times, but if once the Mix solutions a and h.
    secret writing should be heated too
    strongly when warming it, the chloride Drawing Ink
    will char the paper, and the writing will a. Water, Distilled 50 lb.
    then be permanently black. Borax 3 lb.
    As a means of developing writing done h. Shellac, Bleached and
    with a variety of inks, iodine is inter- Dewaxed 4 lb.
    esting. It is preferably used as the c. Carbon Black 2.5 lb.
    vapor given off by the solid element at Into the boiling a add h in small por-
    ordinary temperatures, though the tinc- tions, till there is a clear solution. Strain.
    ture diluted with water can be employed. Disperse o in a part of this shellac solu-
    If a thin solution of boiled starch is tion, and thin the smooth concentrate with
    used for the writing, iodine will turn the balance of it. Add preservative (0.1-
    it blue. The color disappears after a 0,2%). The dispersion of the carbon
    time, and more quickly by gentle warm- black is finest when using a colloid mill.
    ing. Writing with a solution of soap
    becomes yellow or brown because the soap Solid Stencil Inks
    absorbs iodine vapor more easily than This ink is waterproof and will not rub
    paper does. This color soon vanishes off nor blur when the marking is exposed
    because the iodine is so volatile. Copper to wet or rain.
    sulphate and lead acetate are colored Black
    temporarily, while marks made with mer- Black Rosin 20 lb.
    curic chloride show as white on a back- Shellac 16 lb.
    ground of yellow paper. If the writing Bone Black 14 lb.
    is done with distilled water, iodine vapor Rosin Spirit 2 lb.
    will color the letters a little more J apan Wax 2 lb.
    strongly than the background. The Tallow 1% lb.
    water disturbs the sizing at the surface Hard Yellow Soap lb.
    of the paper, and thus allows the iodine Melt the rosin, shellac, and rosin spirit,
    vapor to be absorbed more readily there add the tallow and wax, stir well, add
    than elsewhere. bone black and soap (sliced), stir until
    Another type is as follows: all dissolve and incorporate, then turn out
    Water 640 cc. into the molds to set hard.
    Acetone 350 cc.
    Phenolphthalein 4 g. Show Card Inks
    Caustic Potash 1 g. (Solution Bases)
    Writing with this ink is made visible u. Water kg. 2.55
    by ammonia. Gum Arabic kg. 1.90
    Soda Ash kg. 0.05
    Glycerin (28° Be.) kg. 0.50
    Transparent Writing Ink
    &. Water kg. 3.00
    German Patent 634,829
    Shellac, Bleached kg. 1.50
    Formula No. 1
    Borax kg. 0.30
    a. Eosin 15 g.
    Glycerin kg. 0.20
    Water 100 cc.
    The solutions a or h are added to the
    h. Polyvinyl Alcohol
    following colors
    (High-Molecular) 4 g.
    Water 900 cc.
    Black
    Mix solutions a and h. Formula No. 1
    Water 4.15 kg.
    No. 2 Carbon Black 0.80 kg.
    a. Malachite Green 20 g. Solution fit or h (above) 5.00 kg.
    Water 200 ec. Formaldehyde (40%) 0.04 kg.
    INKS 141

    No. 2 Formaldehyde (40%) 0.03 kg.


    Water 3.96 kg. Carbon Black 1.30 kg.
    Pigment Black 1.00 kg. Blue
    Solution a or & (above) 5.00 kg. Like black but replace Nigrosine with
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.04 kg. Ink-Blue and Carbon Black with Ultra-
    White marine Blue.
    Water 3.76 kg. Red
    Zinc Oxide 1.20 kg. Like black but replace Nigrosine by
    Solution a or b (above) 5.00 kg. Eosin A and Carbon Black by English-
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.04 kg. Red.
    Red Yellow
    Water 3.96 kg. Like black, but replace Nigrosine by
    English Bed 1.00 kg. Genuine Yellow Y and Carbon Black by
    Solution a or b (above) 5.00 kg. Chrome Yellow.
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.04 kg.
    Blue Stamp Ink for Eggs
    Water 3.86 kg. Formula No. 1
    Blue of Ultramarine 1.10 kg. Gum Arabic 0.1 kg.
    orb (above)
    Solution a 5.00 kg. Water 4.0 kg.
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.04 kg. Glycerin (28° B4.) 4.37 kg.
    Green Formaldehyde (40%) 0.03 kg,
    Water 3.86 kg. Ultramarine-Blue 1.50 kg.
    Green of Ultramarine 1.10 kg. No. 2
    Solution or b (above) 5.00 kg. (Stable during Boiling)
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.04 kg. Nigrosine, Water Soluble 0.4 kg.
    Water 5.0 kg.
    Oil Stamp Colors
    Tannin 1.0 kg.
    ‘^CarbitoP^ 1.8 kg.
    (For Metal Stamps)
    Alcohol 1.8 kg.
    Black
    Formula No. 1 Blue ink is made by substituting Vic*
    toria Blue for Nigrosine.
    Base of
    For red, use Rhodamine B Extra, in-
    Nigrosine 51017 0.8 kg.
    stead of Nigrosine.
    Dissolved in
    Oleic Acid, Hot 1.6 kg.
    Castor Oil, Hot 3.0 kg. Meat Stamping Ink
    Sesame Oil 4.6 kg. (Blue)
    No. 2 Dextrin, White 1.00 kg.
    Sudan Black 0.8 kg.
    Water 4.00 kg.
    Oleic Acid, Hot 1.6 kg.
    Glycerin (28° Bd.) 3.45 kg.
    White Spirit 7.6 kg.
    Salicylic Acid 0.05 kg,
    Blue Berlin-Blue (free of
    Sudan Blue G 0.6 kg. Oxalic Acid) 1.50 kg.
    Oleic Acid 1.2 kg.
    Sesame Oil 2.0 kg. Ink to Mark Linen
    White Spirit 6.2 kg. (Black)
    Violet Pyroxylin 0.020 kg.
    Sudan Violet BR 0.6 kg. Wetted with
    Oleic Acid 1.2 kg. Alcohol 0.025 kg.
    Sesame Oil 3.0 kg. Acetone 0.180 kg.
    Castor Oil 5.2 kg. Then stir and add
    Red Butyl Acetate 0.125 kg.
    Rhodamine B Extra Base 0.2 kg. Butanol 0.030 kg.
    Chrysoidine RL Extra Base 0.2 kg. Alcohol 0.035 kg.
    Oleic Acid 1.5 kg. Benzol 0.080 kg.
    White Spirit 8.1 kg. Blown Castor Oil 0.005 kg.
    This 0,500 kg, solution of
    added to
    Stamping Inks Lacquer Black, Extra
    Black dissolved in
    Gum Arabic 0.30 kg. Acetin
    Water 3.00 kg.
    Water, Boiling 1.00 kg. Laundry Indelible Ink
    Nigrosine WiLl 0.30 kg. Aniline Hydrochloride
    Glycerin (28° Be.) 4.07 kg. Dextrin
    142 INKS
    Copper Sulphate 4 g. Sheep Marking Ink
    Glycerin, Lime-Free Formula No. 1
    (sp.g. 1.24) 1 g- Potassium Permanganate 4 oz.
    Water to suit Trisodium Phosphate 5 oz.
    — Dextrin 1 oz.
    Indelible Ink for the Marking of Water as desired
    Laundry No. 2
    Sudan Yellow 5-10 lb. Spindle Oil 80-90 lb.
    Acetin 40 lb. i Oleic Acid 20-10 lb.
    Cellulose Lacquer Oil Soluble Dye 1-2 lb.
    (Low Viscosity) 50 lb. Diglycol Laurate 1-2 lb.
    — 1

    !
    This ink penetrates uniformly and is
    Fabric Marking Paste waterproof.
    Copper Sulphate 20 oz.
    Aniline Hydrochloride 30 oz. Stamp Ink for Backside of Leather
    Dextrin 10 oz. Black
    Glycerin 5 oz. Gum Arabic 0.80 kg.
    Water sufSeient Water 4.20 kg.'

    rirst mix dry ingredients and then mix Glycerin (28° Be.) 2.00
    in glycerin and just enough water to Alcohol 1.47 :

    make a smooth paste of proper con- Formaldehyde (40%) 0.03


    sistency for use with a line brush. Carbon or Pigment Black 1.50 kg,
    Yellow
    Textile Marking Crayon (Washable) Made like black, but color with 1.1 kg.
    Barium Carbonate 25 g. lithopone plus 0.4 kg. Hansa Yellow G
    Biglycol Stearate 25 g. instead of blacks.
    Melt at lowest possible temperature White
    and stir until uniform; pour into molds. White is made
    like black, but color
    Other colors are obtained by using col- with 1.5 kg. lithopone instead of black.
    ored pigments.
    Waterproof Stamp Inks for Backside of
    Ink for Writing on Photographs Leathers
    Iodine 1 g. Black
    Potassium Iodide 10 g. Celluloid Scrap 0.2 kg.
    Mucilage of Acacia 2 g. Acetone 6.8 kg.
    Water 35 cc. Gasoline 1.0 kg.
    This ink produces white writing on Blown Castor Oil 0.5 kg.
    dark prints. Carbon or Pigment Black 1.5 kg.

    White Ink Ink for Rubber


    (For Photo Albums) Film (Movie), Shredded 0.030 g.
    Shellac, Fresh Bleached 0.100 g. Acetone 0.795 g.
    Borax 0.060 g. Benzol 0.100 g.
    Water 0.690 g. Zapon Black 0.075 g.
    Zinc Oxide 0.040 g.
    Lithopone 0,100 g. Stamp Ink for Rubber and
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.010 g. Rubber Shoes
    Black
    Ink for Writing on Celluloid Celluloid Scrap 0.40 kg.
    Tannic Acid 10 g. Acetone 7.35 kg.
    Ferric Chloride 10 g. Gasoline 1.00 kg.
    Acetone 100 g. Blown Castor Oil 0.50 kg.
    Dissolve the tannic acid and the ferric Zapon Black 30189 0.75 kg.
    salt separately, each in one-half of the Red
    acetone, and then mix the two solutions. Celluloid S,crap 0.40 kg.
    Acetone 7.60 kg.
    Cattle Marking Crayons Gasoline 1,00 kg.
    Blue Blown Castor Oil 0.50 kg.
    Soapstone Powder 28 kg/ Helio Red RMT 0.25 kg.
    Gypsum Powder 21 kg. Lithopone 0.25 kg.
    Chinese Blue 2 kg.
    Soap Powder, Wliite 10 kg. Ink for Stamping on Rubber Balloons
    Glue Solution, 2% to make paste Soluble Nigrosin 3 g.
    Make paste, mold, and dry. Water 15 g.
    :

    INKS 143

    Glycerin 70 g. should not be used if the marks are to


    Alcohol enough be removed later because, wdien the solu-
    Lampblack enough tion dries completely, the silicate forms
    Dissolve the nigrosin in the water add ;
    such a strong bond with the glass that
    it can not be removed completely without
    15 g. of alcohol, and then
    the glycerin.
    To this mixture add, with constant tri- grinding. A
    typical formula for ink of ^

    turation, enough lampblack to make a this kind is to mix 11 oz, of drawing ink
    thick cream. Dilute this to the desired and 1 or 2 oz. of water glass.
    fluidity with alcohol. Colored rubber Dissolve 4 oz. of rosin in 30 oz. of de-
    cement is even better. natured alcohol. Separately dissolve 4
    oz. of borax in 50 oz. of warm water.

    Marking of Uncured Rubber Mixes Mix the two solutions and let stand over-
    night in a loosely corked bottle. Next
    Dor general use, where a stock is hot,
    morning pour off the clear brown solu-
    a mixture of montan wax 3, beeswax 1,
    tion, and use it for dissolving dyes to
    chrome yellow 3 is recommended. Where
    make of the colors desired. The
    inks
    a stock receives no subsequent treatment
    crystalline deposit on the bottom and
    and a mark which vanishes during vul-
    walls of the bottle consists chiefly of
    canization is desired, a mixture of mon-
    borax, mixed with a little rosin. Because
    tan wax 3, beeswax 1, zinc oxide 3, white
    this ink has a slight tendency to spread
    lead (dry) 1 is recommended. For mark-
    on glass, it should be used with a fine-
    ing on wet stock a mixture of paraffin
    pointed pen.
    wax (m.p. 140® F.) 2, tallow 1, chrome
    yellow 2, is recommended. Glycerol is A similar ink can be made by dissolv-
    suitablefor lubricating the wooden or ing dyes in a solution of shellac and
    metal molds in which the crayons are borax in water, without alcohol. The
    formed. solvent is made by heating nearly to
    boiling a mixture of 4 oz. dry orange
    shellac, 1 oz. borax, and 150 oz. water.
    Glass Marking Ink It may take 2 or 3 hours to dissolve the
    When an ink-marking on glass is de- shellac. The solution must be fl.ltered,
    sired, an effective ink for this purpose preferably after it has cooled, to remove
    is easily made with the following for- the insoluble waxy portion, the orpiment
    mula: that settles to the bottom, and the mis-
    Glycerin 40 cellaneous impurities that shellac always
    Barium Sulphate 15 seems to contain. The purplish color of
    Ammonium Biffuoride 15 the solution will not interfere noticeably
    Ammonium Sulphate 10 with the hues of the dyes that are dis-
    Oxalic Acid 8 solved in it to make the ink. From 0.5
    Water 12 to 1 oz. of dye will usually suffice to
    All parts by weight. The viscosity make 100 oz. of ink. The following dyes
    may be adjusted with water. Use the are suggested in addition to those named
    mixture in a hood or a well ventilated in connection with waterproof drawing
    room. To speed the action, up to 5% ink
    of sodium fluoride may be added. Color
    Index Schultz
    Dye Number Number
    Ink for Glass
    Naphthol Yellow 10 7
    Formula No. 1 Tartrazinc (Orange
    (White)
    in This Ink) 040 23
    Shellac, Bleached 0.080 g. Diamine Sky
    Alcohol, Denatured 0.820 g. Blue FF 518 424
    Lithopone, Dispersed 0.100 g.
    Naphthol Blue-Black
    No. 2 S (Green-Blue) 246 217
    (Black)
    Powdered India Ink
    Beirio Cyanine F
    1 oz.
    (Verging on Violet) 405 336
    Solution of Sodium Silicate 2 oz. Durol Black F
    (Blue-Black) 307 265
    Inks for Glass and Porcelain Nigrosine (Purplish or
    Some of the inks recommended for Bluish Black) 865 700
    writing on glass contain sodium silicate It should not be thought that this ink
    solution, or water glass, mixed with pig- cannot be washed from glass. To get
    ments that are not changed in color by such a degree of fastness, water-glass ink
    the alkali in the silicate. Water glass or actual etching must be resorted to.
    144 INKS

    Permanent Marking of Glass and No. 4


    Porcelain Vessels Selenous Acid, Crystallized 75 g.
    Pormula No. 1 Copper Sulphate (Iron-Free) 85 g.
    Agood ceramic ink can be prepared Nitric Acid (sp. gr. 1.4) 100 g.
    from 1 g. potassium carbonate, 1 g. Water 740 g.
    borax, 2 g. lead oxide and 2 g. cobalt Dissolve by heat. Cool, fill up to 1 kg.
    nitrate. Mix with raw linseed oil with with water. Settle, filter.
    possibly a little turpentine, apply with
    a pen and beat. Marking Steel
    No. 2 When smooth, bright steel parts are to
    Cobalt Oxide, be marked for machine work, first wipe
    Black Commercial 18.8 g. the surface with a 5 to 10% solution of
    Bismuth Subnitrate 1.2 g. copper sulfate. The resulting coat of
    Grind together thoroughly in copper is easily and conspicuously
    Turpentine 15 cc. marked with a steel point.
    Dresden Thick Oil 15 drops
    ^The ink is applied to the porcelain Crayon for Marking Hot Metal
    with a pen or brush; it becomes indelible Chrome Green 75 g.
    after heating to a cherry red. Quick Lime .

    2 g.'.
    Zinc Oxide 4 g.
    Ink for Ceramics Stearic Acid 4 g.
    tr. S. Patent 2,030,999
    Paraffin Wax 15 g.
    An ink for printing designs on glazed Heat to 85° C. and mix thoroughly
    ware, to be applied before firing, consists while hot. Force into forms and allow
    of to cool.
    Cobalt Oxide 3
    Borax 1 Carbon Printing Colors
    Linseed Oil sufficient to suit
    Binding Mixture ;
    Castor Oil 15.9 kg.
    Linseed Oil
    Ink for Brass
    Printing Varnish 22.1kg.
    Copper Acetate 1 oz. Stearic Acid 26.6 kg.
    Water 15 oz. Turpentine 35.4 kg.
    Dissolve and add enough strong am-
    Colors:
    monia water to dissolve blue precipitate.
    Lampblack.
    Oil-Soluble Aniline-Dyes.
    Ink for Zinc or Galvanized Iron
    Copper Sulphate 1 oz. White Printing Ink
    Potassium Chlorate 1 oz. French Patent 788,406
    Water 36 oz. Casein 100 g.
    Mix until dissolved. Dse a very fine Water 1 1.
    quill or gold pen. Ammonium Hydroxide 13 g.
    Mix until smoothly dispersed and stir
    Ink to Write on Iron or Steel
    Formula No. 1 Titanium Dioxide 100 g.
    Ruby Shellac 10 g.
    Alcohol 8 0 g. Black Printing Ink
    Dye or Pigment to suit Russian Patent 48,943
    No. 2 Bitumen (10) and masut (55) are
    a. Celluloid, Waste 4 kg. warmed to 180° C., treated with a mix-
    Acetone 74 kg. ture of fat-soluble indulin (3) and fat-
    &. Amyl Acetate 14 kg. soluble nigrosin (16.6), oleic acid (8.3)
    c, Helio Red 3 kg. and masut, and poured through a sieve.
    Lithopone 5 kg.
    Dissolve a, add h, mix in o, Grind un- Printing Ink for Glassine Paper
    ^

    til homogeneous. Dye 8 oz.


    Alcohol 800 cc.
    No. 3
    Selenous Acid, Crystallized
    Orange Shellac (4 lb. cut) 800 cc.
    50 g.
    Copper Sulphate (Iron-Free) 60 g.
    Nitric Acid (sp. gr. 1.4) 200 sr. Preventing Offset in Printing
    Water 690 g. Formula No. 1
    Dissolve with heating. Fill up with IT. S. Patent 2,101,999
    cold water to make 1 kg. Allow to A composition of matter for prevent-
    %tand. and filter. ing offset in printing consists of sub-
    INKS 145

    stantially fifteen parts of gumarabic, Kerosene 60 fl. oz.


    forty-five parts water, forty parts dena- Citronella Oil 7.5 fl. oz.
    tured alcolaol and one part gum traga- .
    No. 5
    eanth, all parts by weight. Benzine 15 oz.
    No. 2 Kerosene 20 oz.
    French Patent 784,826 Citronella Oil 3 oz.
    Offset is prevented by atomizing a No. 6
    suspension of finely divided Reducer for Black Printing Ink
    Gum Arabic 20 g. Oil Black 5 oz.
    Methanol 60 cc. Boiled Linseed Oil 30 oz.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 20 ec. Added to regular black ink, it prevents
    the ink from flaking or chipping when
    printed on gold paper.
    Offset Printing Ink
    French Patent 817,406
    Reducing Inks Used with Rubber Rollers
    Asphalt 6.0 kg.
    Use ten drops of kerosene or liquid
    Lampblack 6.0 kg.
    Pitch 2.7 kg.
    cobalt drier per pound of ink.
    Petrolatum 28.8 kg.
    Deodorizing Printing Ink
    Turpentine 56.5 kg.
    The addition of a small amount of
    Phenol 11.2 kg.
    coumarin to printing inks effectively
    Printing Offset Compound covers up the usual -^inky^^ odor.
    Canadian Patent 367,893
    Newspaper Picture Transfer Fluid
    Gum Arabic 15 lb.
    Formula No, 1
    Water 45 lb.
    Liquid Soap 6 oz.
    Alcohol, Denatured 40 lb.
    Potassium Carbonate 1 oz.
    Gum Tragacanth 1 lb.
    Trigamine oz.

    Offset Printing Ink Thinner


    Water 3 pt.
    Moisten face of newspaper with above
    U. S. Patent 2,043,397
    and put face down on a sheet of un-
    Castor Oil 15.9 oz.
    glazed paper. Rub back with back of a
    Lithographic Varnish 22.1 oz.
    spoon to transfer.
    Stearine 26.6 oz.
    Turpentine 35.4 oz.
    No. 2
    1. Diglycol Stearate 4 oz.

    Reducer for Printing Ink


    2. Soda Ash % oz.
    3. Turpentine or Naphtha 10 oz.
    Formula No. 1 4. Water pt.
    3
    Petrolatum 16 oz. Dissolve 1 in water by warming and
    Magnesium Carbonate 2% oz. stirring, then mix in other ingredients,
    So^um Silicate
    Diglycol Laurate
    % fl. oz. stirring rapidly until emulsified.
    ¥4 fl. oz.
    No, 2 .
    Transferring Colored Newspaper
    W Rosin 2 lb. Pictures
    Dammar 2 lb. 1. Water 1 pt.
    Japan Wax 4 lb. 2. Soap 4 oz.
    Boiled Linseed Oil 5 qt. 3. Turpentine 4 fl, oz.
    Turpentine
    Amyl Acetate
    %
    pt. Boil 1 and 2 until dissolved. Cool and
    add 3 with vigorous stirring.
    V2 pt.
    Melt at as low a heat as possible and Soak colored picture in a shallow dish
    stir continuously while cooling. containing above solution. Drain and
    This will produce a soft, buttery paste blot slightly between newspapers. Place
    which is added to printing ink to pre- face down on sheet of white paper.
    vent ‘^picking’’ and mottling. Cover with sheet of stiff paper and rub
    firmly with a spoon or rounded object.
    No. 3
    Extra Slow Drying Lithographic Plate Resist
    Raw Linseed Oil 6 fl. oz. U. S. Patent 2,046,959
    Boiled Linseed Oil 4 fi. oz. In printing lithographically with an
    Benzine 4 fi. oz. ungrained metal plate having litho-
    Citronella Oil 2 fl. oz. graphic printing portions and nonprint-
    No. 4 ing metallic portions, the nonprinting
    Slow Drying portions are coated with a mixture such
    Raw Linseed Oil 12.5 fl. oz. as one of glucose 1 g., glycerol 1 g. and.
    Benzine 20 fl. oz. 50% sodium hyposulfite solution 2 g., etc*.
    146 INKS
    Moistening Fluid for Mimeograph Bolls ing-machines and for removing excess ink
    Glycerin 1 pt. from intaglio printing surfaces and com-
    Warm Water •
    7 pt, prising a core or support having a coat-
    ing of gelatinous material are provided
    Make-Ready^’ for Relief Printing with a coating that is constituted by a
    British Patent 446,176 thin preformed sheet of flexible material,
    Amake-ready for relief -printing forms e.g., of cloth or canvas with a coating
    is prepared by taking an impression from of gelatinous material of 0.05-2 mm.
    the form in a layer of a normally plastic thickness. A suitable composition con-
    material and then treating the layer with sists of gelatin 70, whiting 50, beeswax
    a hardening agent. A plastic consisting 12, glycerol 70 parts and a quantity of
    of a mixture of beeswax 20, petroleum water.
    jelly 2, colloidal graphite 16 and soft
    soap 5 oz. is applied to the platen or Recovery of Glycerin from
    impression cylinder of the press in a Printers’ Rollers
    layer sufficiently thick to take a clear Cut up the rollers and distill with
    Impression from all parts of the form. steam at 165-200° 0. The residue may
    A sheet of paper is preferably placed be ground with peat for use as a fer-
    over the layer before the impression is tilizer.
    taken, and a backing-sheet may be pro-
    vided behind the layer. The impressed Rejuvenating Typewriter Rollers
    layer may be hardened by coating or Only the surface of the roller hardens,
    spraying with a varnish or treating with ordinarily. Remove the roller from the
    a hardening liquid, e.g., formalin. machine and rub it evenly but briskly
    with fairly rough emery paper, until
    Mercury Printing Plate Treatment you have a new and soft surface.
    British Patent 446,883
    The nonprinting areas of mercurized
    printing plates are coated with a hard Multigraph Inks
    solid amalgam layer by simultaneous or Formula No. 1
    consecutive treatment with aqueous solu- Black
    tions of a mercury salt and of a salt of Lithographer’s Varnish 70 g-
    another metal that forms an amalgam, Carbon Black 12 g.
    e.g., 0.01% mercuric nitrate and 0.0005%
    Lamp Black 10 g-
    silver nitrate solutions. Gas Soot 6 g*
    Paris Blue 2 g^
    Printers’ Make-Ready” Composition No. 2
    Patent 2,108,707
    TJ. S. Black
    A process of producing ^^make- Hot Water 78.50 g'
    readies” for printing comprises first pre- Methyl Violet N Blue 7.00
    5.00 g.
    paring a layer consisting of about 20 Diamond Green BXX 0.70
    80.00 g.
    parts beeswax, 2 parts petroleum jelly, Chrysoidin RL 0.75 g^
    15 parts powdered graphite and 5 parts Dextrin 3.00 g-
    soft soap, then applying said layer to Sugar 5.80 g-
    the platen of a printing press, taking Acetic Acid (30%) 1.50 g.
    impressions of the form on said layer Glycerin 2.50 g*
    and finally hardening the layer. Carbolic Acid 0.20 g*
    No. 3
    Printers ’ Roller Composition Blue
    Formula No. 1 Hot Water g.
    Glue 100 lb. Crystal Violet g.
    Water 12 gal. Diamond Green BXX 5.00 g.
    Glycerin (45%) 176 !b. Dextrin 1.70 g.
    Sorbitol (45%) 178 lb. Gum Arabic 2.50 g.
    Old Roller Stock 138 lb. Hydrochloric Acid 6.00 g.
    No.' 2 Carbolic Acid 0,15 g.
    Glue 100 lb.
    Water 3 gal. Ink for Hectographs
    Glycerin 300 lb. Formula No. 1
    Old Roller Stock 200 lb. Black
    Water, Hot 78.51 kg.
    Printers’ Rollers Methyl Violet N, Blue 6.90 kg.
    British Patent 463,860 Diamond Green BXX 0.G9 kg.
    Rollers, plates and endless bands for Chrysoidiirc RL 0.75 kg.
    applying and distributing ink in print- Dextrin 3.00 kg
    iisrKS 147

    Sugar 6.00 kg. Kymograph Ink


    Acetic Acid (30%) 1.50 kg. Shellac Solution 150 oz.
    Glycerin (28° Be.) 2.50 kg. Titanium Dioxide 100 oz.
    Phenol (Preservative) 0.15 kg. Castor Oil 1 oz.
    No. 2
    Blue Dispersing Oil for Pigment Inks
    Water, Hot 79.65 kg. Formula No. 1
    Powdered 5.00 kg. Castor Oil 3.0 kg.
    Crystal Violet,
    Diamond Green BXX 5.00 kg. White Spirit 7.0 kg.

    Dextrin 1.70 kg. No. 2


    Gum Arabic 2.50 kg. Castor Oil 4.0 kg.
    Hydrochloric Acid Sesame Oil 6.0 kg.
    (20° Be.) 6.00 kg. Colors
    Phenol 0.15 kg. Black
    No. 3 Carbon or Pigment Black 1.5 kg.
    Acetone Dispersing Oil (above) 8.5 kg.
    8 g.
    Glycerin 20 g. Blue
    Acetic Acid (28%) 10 g. Fanal Blue B, Powder 1.5 kg.
    Water 50 g. Dispersing Oil 8,5 kg.
    Dextrin 2 g. Violet
    Dye 10 g. Panal-Violet R 1.2 kg.
    The dextrin is first dissolved in the Dispersing Oil 8.8 kg.
    water, which, must Tbe heated, but need Bed
    not be boiled. Care must be taken not Lithol-Bed OK 1.5 kg.
    to char the dextrin at the start, when it Dispersing Oil 8.5 kg.
    clings to the bottom of the vessel in a Yellow
    sticky mass. It safest to heat the
    is Hansa Yellow G 1.5 kg.
    mixture by setting the container in a Dispersing Oil 9.0 kg.
    vessel of hot water. When a clear, or
    nearly clear, solution is obtained, cool it Ink for Line-Drawing Machines
    and add the other liquids. Acetone is a. Shellac, Pale 10 kg.
    combustible, and quite volatile, but the
    Borax, Crystallized 2 kg.
    amount in the ink is not dangerous. If Water, Boiling 38 kg.
    it should be poured into the hot solution,
    &. Basic Dye* 1 kg.
    there would be a brisk boiling, and much
    Water, Boiling 48.6 kg.
    of the acetone would be lost. c. Formaldehyde (40%) 0.4 kg.
    The following dyes give the greatest Mix a and h hot. Cool, add c.
    number of copies of satisfactory inten- * Blue: Methylene Blue BB extra.
    sity. The best of all is methyl violet B Bed: Fuchsine A.
    (C.I. 680; Sch. 515). Crystal violet
    (C.I. 681; Sch. 516) is nearly as good. Watermark Mixture
    For red ink, rhodamine B (C.I. 749; Formula No. 1
    Sell. 573) was selected, with fuchsine, or Amixture of castor oil and wood
    magenta (C.I. 677; Sch. 512), as second alcohol used in place of ink will make
    choice, Fuchsine is so slightly soluble a perfect watermark in any kind of
    that only 3.5 parts of it, instead of 10, hard finish sulphite or rag bond when
    can be dissolved in 90 parts of the applied to a perfectly clean press with
    solvent. For green and blue, emerald good rollers. Any form or cut will ap-
    green (C.I. 662; Sch. 499) and victoria pear as an ordinary watermark when
    blue B (G.l. 729; Sch. 559) ranked first, allowed to dry thoroughly.
    with malachite green (C.I. 657 ; Sch.
    No. 2
    495), and soluble blue (C.I. 707; Sch.
    H. S. Patent 2,021,141
    539), second.
    An emulsion of a suitable x>rinting ink
    consistency comprises Canadian balsam
    Heliograph Printing Ink 8-20, turpentine 5-17, finely divided sub-
    French Patent 806,594 stantially colorless mineral matter such
    Beeswax 15 g. as diatomaceous silica 8-25 and castor oil
    Aluminum Stearate 10 g- 12-30%, emulsified with a slightly alka-
    Castor Oil 14 g* line solution of borax and contains a sub-
    Nitrocellulose 15 F- stantially colorless indicator such as
    Butyl Acetate 70 g* phenolphthalein reactive to both acids
    Toluene 30 and alkalies, so that it is suitable for
    Lampblack 15 S- '^safety paper?’ for checks, etc.
    Carbon Duplicating Papers (Black) Mineral Oil 63 g. 23 g.
    Porimila No. 1 Lampblack 15 g. 15 g.
    Petroleuro. Jelly 21 lb.
    Japan Wax 6 lb. Impregnation or Coatings for Carbon
    Drop Black (Ground Papers, Typewriter Ribbons, Etc.
    in Turpentine) 4 lb. D. S. Patent 1,664,777
    Ceylon Graphite 4 lb. Cellulose Nitrate 5 oz.
    Soft Soap 1 lb. Acetone 20 oz.
    Oil Black Dye 2 oz. Methanol 20 oz.

    Melt petroleum jelly, wax, and soap Amyl Acetate 40 oz.

    together, remove from the fire and stir


    Amyl Alcohol 15 oz.
    Oleyl Alcohol 25 oz.
    in oil black when cooler, then grind to
    a fine paste with the others. The com-
    Patty Oil 3 oz.
    position may be applied to the paper
    either hot or cold with a fairly stiff
    Typewriter Ribbon Ink
    brush, then wipe off the superfluous paste Pormula No. 1
    and hang up papers with clips to dry. Blue
    Victoria Pure Blue Base B 100 g.
    No. 2 Oleic Acid 200 g.
    Lard Oil 1 gal.
    Neat^s Poot Oil 100 g.
    Blacklead 3% lb.
    No. 2
    Lampblack 2% lb.
    Red
    Oil Black Dye 1 oz.

    Dissolve black in the


    oil warmed lard
    Rhodamin Base B Extra
    100 g.
    Oleic Acid 200 g.
    oil, then mix with others to a non-lumpy Neat^s Poot Oil 200 g.
    state.
    Apply on a fine, neat fabric of cotton,
    No. 3 ^

    silk or half -silk, by a printing (not dip-


    Eaw Linseed Oil 2 gal.
    ping) procedure.
    Tallow 8 lb.
    No.. 3
    Lampblack 4 lb.
    Black
    Ceylon Graphite 2% lb.
    Montan Wax, Crude IS g.
    Oil Black Dye 2% oz.
    Montan Wax, Doubly Bleached 3
    Warm the oil sufficiently to dissolve
    Paraffin Wax (50/52° C.)
    g.
    the tallow, stir in oil black and well mix 2 g.
    Mineral Oil '

    32 g.
    with the others.
    Lampblack, or Soot 20 g.
    No. 4 Milori Blue 6 g.
    Methylated Spirit 1 gal. Violet Blue 5 g.
    Castor Oil 1 gal.
    Lampblack 2% lb.
    Typewriter Ribbon, Reviving
    Prankfort Black 2% lb.
    Pormula No. 1
    Prussian Blue 1 oz. % U. a
    Patent 2,051,942
    Mix as before, previously thoroughly Sulphonated Coconut Oil 200 g.
    working Prussian blue into the blacks. Lampblack 20 g.
    No. 5 Gum Arabic 0.1 g.
    Carbon Black 20 g. Warm together rmtil liquid; stir until
    Milori Blue 6 g. uniform; saturate used ribbon with this;
    Violet Blue 5 g. squeeze out excess press between warm
    ;
    Paraffin Oil 32 g. absorbent pads or rollers.
    Montan Wax, Crude 15 g. No. 2
    .
    ^

    Montan Wax, Double Bleached 8 g. ^^Aqualube’^ 100 g.


    Paraffin Wax (50/52 G.) 3 g. Lampblack 8 g.
    No. 6 Milori Blue 3 g.
    Violet Mix together until smooth. This may
    Methyl Violet-Base 5 g. be thinned with alcohol or Carbitol,
    Oleic Acid 10 g.
    Montan Wax, Crude 60 g. Color for ‘^Blue Transfers’^
    Petrolatum 90 g. Pormula No. 1
    Colophony 50 kg.
    Copying Paper Rosin Oil 20 kg.
    Austrian Patent 148,997 Montan Wax, Crude 10 kg.
    Pormula No. 1 No. 2 Pigment 20 kg.
    Carnauba Wax 9 g. 31 g. No. 2
    Montan Wax 6 g. 24 g. Colophony 30 kg.
    Violet Dye 7 g. 7 g. Rosin Oil 10 kg.
    INXS 149

    Montan Wax, Crude 10 kg. isadded 1 g, of dissolved dye stuff under


    Toluol or Xylol 35 kg. constant agitation.
    Pigment 15 kg. No. 3
    F. S. Patent 2,004,484
    Yoshino paper is impregnated at 37,7°
    Transfer Ink
    0. with a liquid prepared by mixing boil-
    IT. S.Patent 2,029,204
    ing solutions of gelatin 13 g. and soap
    Shellac 5 lb.
    42.6 g. in water 284 cc. each, and adding
    Bosin 5 lb.
    almond oil 56.8 cc.
    Titanium Dioxide 1 lb.
    Triphenyl Phosphate % lb.
    Duplicator Stencil Moistening Fluid
    Heavy Lithographic Varnish % lb.
    U, S. Patent 1,996,125
    Warm together and mix until uniform.
    Alcohol 25 cc.
    Ethylene Glycol Mono
    Stencil Sheets Ethyl Ether 60 cc.
    IT. S. Patent 2,052,291 Water 15 cc.
    Formula Ko. 1
    Duplicating Machine Stencils
    45 g. of gelatin are soaked and dis-
    The wax-composition used should not
    solved in 200 g. of water. 150 g. of
    be brittle and hard, but must be tough
    Turkey red oil are well mixed with 80 g.
    and elastic.
    of oleic alcohol, and 30 g. of chlorinated
    The paper used is a very fine, thin,
    naphthalene. The mixture is heated to
    fibrous,but tough tissue-paper.
    about 60® 0. and is added while being
    Impregnation: Very thin.
    constantly stirred to the solution contain-
    ing the gelatin. Suggested Mixture:
    To this mixture of gelatin and soften- Beeswax 20 kg.
    ing agents 400 g. of alcohol, in which 1 Soft Ozokerite (60/62° 0.) 15 kg.
    g. of dye stuff is dissolved and which
    Paraffin W'ax (50/52® C.) 30 kg.
    are heated to about 30-40 ® C., are added Melt together; mix; apply hot.
    and thoroughly mixed therewith. The
    composition thus obtained, the solid in- Tracing Cloth
    gredients of which are in extremely fine U. S.Patent 1,988,914
    dispersion, is spread out upon the tissue Suitable material is impregnated with
    paper sheets in the usual manner, and is Cellulose Acetate 20 oz.
    then left to dry and solidify. Acetone 70 oz.
    Water 10 oz.
    No. 2 This produces a dull frosted film on
    45 g. of gelatin are dissolved in 200 drying.
    g, of water and while the solution is
    heated to about 50-60® C., there is added Ink for Tattooing Chickens
    first a dispersion containing 150 g. of Pyrogallol 1 g*
    Turkey red oil, 50 g. of oleic alcohol, 25 Alcohol 10 cc.
    g, of chlorinated naphthalene and 50 g. Solution of Ferric Chloride 2 cc.
    of glycerol-mono-oleate; thereafter there Acetone 20 cc.

    Temperature Indicating Inks


    Mix intimately one part by weight of cuprous iodide with two parts of mercuric
    iodide, grind to a fine powder, mix with a thin light colored
    non-acid oil or spirit
    varnish. Brush. Do not apply to aluminum.
    E.T. -> 130° bright red 130
    135 darkens 135
    145 maroon 145 cycle repeats
    155 light chocolate 155
    160 dark chocolate
    190 just before black 170^ dark chocolate
    212 black 212>|<' This interval indeterminate

    Hectograpli Composition by sugar solution or by calcium chloride


    Glue 100 g. solution.
    Glycerin 500 g.
    Barium Sulphate or Kaolin 25 g. IhdeUble Copying Leads
    Water 375 g. Methyl Violet
    Part of the glycerin can be substituted Graphite (Fine)
    :

    150 INKS
    Gum Tragacanth. 3 g. h. Glycerin 50 cc.
    Moisten and rub to a uniform paste. <3. Luminous Pigment about 3 g.
    Force into forms under pressure and d, Whiting to desired
    allow to dry tliorougbly. consistency
    Soak a cold for % hour, add h and
    Shoe Repair Crayons heat on the waterbath, with stirring,
    Formula No. 1 until clearly dissolved.
    For Vici Kid Add c and d with thorough stirring, to
    Broken Victrola Records 2% lb. obtain an ^^ink^^ applicable by brush.
    Ozokerite 1% lb. Heat before use.
    Yellow Beeswax 1% lb.
    'uump Oil Black 11/2 lb.
    Fluorescent Crayon
    No. 2 Patent 2,013,417
    IT. S.

    Japan A¥ax 8 oz. ITranium Salts or Anthracene 6 g.


    #2 Carnauba Wax 1 oz Chalk, Prepared 20 g.
    Color to suit Plaster of Paris 50 g.
    00
    Acetone 10 cc.
    o
    For Patent Leather
    Water 40 cc.
    Broken Victrola Records 7% lb. Markings made with this crayon are
    Ozokerite 2ii lb. visible in darkunder influence of ultra-
    Lump Oil Black 3 lb. violet light.

    No. 4
    For Gun Metal Water Crayon
    #2 Carnauba Wax 5 oz. Paraffin Wax 40
    Ozokerite 18 oz. Stearic Acid 10
    Yellow Beeswax 18 oz. Beeswax 1
    Japan Wax 2 oz. Diglycol Laurate 10
    Hard Paraffin Wax 14 oz.
    Dye to suit
    Oil Black 1 oz.
    Marks made with this crayon can be
    No. 5 spread on wetting with water.
    Candelilla Wax 15 oz.
    Stearic Acid 60 oz.
    Ceresin Wax 71^ oz.
    j^tists' Crayons from Furfural
    Ozokerite Wax oz. Bumble sulphur dioxide gas into tech-
    Melt the above together and stir until nical furfural (at room temperature) un-
    Uniform. To 1% oz. of the above base til the sulphur dioxide forms 5% by
    (while melted) add oz. lampblack. % weight of the final solution. Allow this
    solution, called Solution A, to age for 3
    Shoe Edge Ink to 15 days before using it. Just before
    Montan Wax 14 lb. the crayons are to be made, mix 23 cc.
    Caustic Potash 2 lb. of A with 27 cc. of technical furfural.
    Nigrosine 3 lb. Add 20 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric
    Water 81 lb. acid (sp. gr. 1.18) with vigorous stirring.
    The dye dissolved in the water and
    is Pour at once into molds made from
    the caustic also added and dissolved, the pieces of glass tubing by placing a cork
    whole being added, while stirring, to the in one end of the tubes. Allow the ma-
    molten wax. terial to remain in the mold for 20
    hours, remove the cork, and push the
    Luminous Crayon crayons out of the mold. Allow them
    a. Gelatin, White, to dry at ordinary room temperatures for
    Best Grade 25 g. about a week before using. The crayons
    Water 25 cc. make an exceedingly black mark.
    Hard Wax Crayons, #1 Grade
    ..
    Base:
    Stearic Acid (Double Pressed) 65 lb.
    Paraffin Wax (138/140° F.) 35 lb.
    Add to 100 Tbs. of 'base
    Color Pigment Quantity
    Black Carbon Black 6 lb. 6 oz.
    Magenta Poster Cerise , ; 25 lb.
    Blue C.P. Prussian Blue 7^^ lb.
    INXS 151

    Ultramarine Blue C.P. Ultramarine Blue 25 lb.

    Orange C.P. Chrome Orange 25 lb.

    White Lithopone 33-35 lb.

    Yellow Primrose Yellow 121/2 lb.


    Chrome Yellow Light 121^ lb.

    Brown Burnt Umber 18% lb.


    Burnt Umber 6% lb.

    Baw Umber Eaw Umber 25 lb.

    Burnt Sienna Burnt Sienna 17 lb. 10 oz.

    Indian Bed Indian Red 18% lb.


    Pure Red Oxide 6% lb.

    Venetian Bed Red Oxide 121/2 lb.


    Bose Pink Process Red 4 lb.
    Lithopone 10 lb.

    English Vermilion American Vermilion 28 lb. 3 oz.


    Elesh Tint Vermilion 8 oz.
    Lithopone 4 lb.
    Medium Yellow Medium Chrome Yellow 25 lb.
    Golden Ochre Mexican Yellow or Strong Yellow Oxide 8 lb. 11 oz.
    Green Green A or C.P. Milori Dark Green 121/2 lb.
    Violet Purple 121/2 lb.
    Light Green Extra Light Green 121/2 lb.
    Cobalt Blue Cobalt Blue 121/2 lb.
    '‘Bark Green C.P. Peerless Green Dark 17 lb. 10 oz.
    Olive Green Chrome Yellow Medium 8 lb.
    Black Lake 6 lb. 5 oz.
    Bed Red 9^^2097 (Lavenberg) V
    I 2 2 lb.

    Munsel Type Wax Crayons


    Base:
    Stearic Acid (Double Pressed) 65 lb.
    Paraffin Wax (138/140^ F.) 35 lb.

    Add to 100 lb, base:


    Color Pigment Quantity
    Middle Blue Peacock Blue 17 lb.
    C.P. Lincoln Toner 9% oz.
    Maximum Purple-Blue C.P. Milori Blue 8 lb. 11 oz.
    Middle Purple-Blue Ultramarine Blue 1 lb.
    Maximum Green Green #8791 (Kohnstam) 8 lb. 11 oz.
    Middle Red Van Dyke Brown 2 lb. 11 oz.
    Para Red 1 lb. 10 oz.
    Lithopone 2 lb. 2 oz.
    Middle Green Green #8791 (Kohnstam) 5 lb. 6 oz.
    Black Lake 2 lb. 2% oz.
    Middle Yellow Mexican Yellow 10 lb. 2 oz.
    Black Lake 1 lb. 11 oz.
    Maximum Yellow-Red Chrome Orange 25 lb. 3 oz.
    Permatone Orange (United) 1 lb. 4 oz.
    Maximum Purple Magenta 4 lb. 12 oz.
    Maximum Red Red #1897 (Lavenberg) 11 lb.
    Maximum Red-Purple Red Purple Lake
    #2128 (Lavenberg) 3 lb. 3% oz.
    Maximum Yellow Primrose Yellow 121;^ lb.
    Chrome Yellow Light 12% lb.
    Maximum Blue Salisbury Blue (United) 11 lb.
    Black Carbon Black 6 lb. 6 OZc
    Grey Lamp Black 2 lb. 9 oz.
    Lithopone 25 lb. 13 oz.
    Maximum Green- Yellow Light Chrome Green 11 lb.
    Middle Green- Yellow Light Chrome Green 5 lb. 6 oz.
    Black Lake lb. 3 oz.
    152 INKS
    Middle Yellow-Red Persian Orange 2 lb. 11 oz.
    Black Lake 8% oz.
    Lithopone 5 lb. 6% oz.
    Middle Blue-Green Peacock Blue 1 lb. 8% oz.
    Green #10-7500 (United) 13 oz.
    Black Lake 9 oz.
    Maximum Blue-Green. Peacock Blue 3 lb. 2 oz.
    Green #10-7500 (United) 1 lb. 9 oz.
    Middle Purple Purple Lake 4 oz.
    Red Lake 2 oz.
    Lithopone 7% lb.
    Middle Bed-Purple Para Red 2 lb. 3 oz.
    Indian Red 1 lb. 2 oz.
    Black Lake 2 lb. 3 oz.
    Lithopone 5 lb. 6 oz,

    Cast Cbalk
    #1 Grade Colored Chalk
    Base:
    Plaster of Paris 3 lb. 10 oz.
    Terra Alba 6% oz.
    Water 72 oz.

    Color Pigment Quantity


    Yellow Primrose Yellow 2 lb.
    Green Chrome Green 2 lb.
    Ultra Blue Ultramarine Blue 2 lb.
    Purple Purple Lake 1 lb. 10 oz.
    Red Para Red 1 lb. 4 oz.
    Orange C.P. Orange #40-6600 (United) 2 lb.
    Black Prietion Black 6 oz.
    Brown Burnt Umber 2 lb.
    Blue-Violet Purple Lake ] )
    1 lb. 4 oz.
    Ultra Blue <
    I
    13 oz.
    Red-Violet Purple Lake |
    1
    .

    1 lb. 4 oz.
    Para Red j
    1 6% oz.
    Red- Orange C.P. Orange j
    1 lb. 10 oz.
    Para Red 1
    6^2 oz.
    Lemon Yellow Chrome Yellow Light 2 lb.

    Impregnating Wax
    for Hard Pressed Billiard Chalk
    Crayon German Patent 629,686
    Stearic Acid (Double Pressed) 10 lb. Pumice, Powdered 29
    Mutton Tallow 5 lb. Pumice, Granular 14 g.
    Japan Wax 10 lb. Chalk 14 g-
    Paraffin Wax, 138/140® P. 75 lb. Ultramarine Blue 7 g-
    Soak crayons in above for 24 hours at Green Pigment 4 g-
    230/240° P. Water 29 cc.
    Tragacanth 3 g-
    Dustless Chalk The tragacanth is dispersed in the
    Whiting 300 lb. water by swelling and stirring. The other
    Bentonite 3 lb. materials are mixed into it in a kneadin^f
    Mix dry and add 10-13 gallons starch mill and then pressed into forms.
    solution, mix until of right consistency
    and extrude. Cut and dry. Half -Pan School Water Colors
    Starch Solution Base:
    Water at 212® P. 40 gal. Carpenter ^s Bone Glue
    Add Starch in 1 gal. (Dry Basis) SV2
    Cold Water 9 lb. Glucose 36 lb.
    Acetic Acid (28%) 3 oz. Terra Alba 36 lb.
    Note: Some of whiting may be re- Beta Naphthol % lb.
    placed with China clay. Hot Water 24 4
    INKS 153

    Add Color: Procedure


    Bed 1. Soak glue in equal weight of cold
    National Bliodamine Spec. 2 lb. water for 6 hours then heat over steam
    or water bath until fluid.
    Orange 2. Dissolve beta naphthol then dye in
    Wool Orange A Cone. 2 lb.
    hot water.
    Yellow 3. Add 2 to 1 and stir in glucose.
    Anramine 0 2 lb. 4. Slowly add terra alba. Stir to pre-
    Purple vent lumps.
    Methyl Violet 2 B Cone. 5. Pour into pans while hot. Allow to
    (National) 2 lb. set and then dry approximately 24 hours
    at 180/200‘» P.
    Blue
    Methylene Blue 2 B
    (National) 2 lb. Paint Tablets
    Toy- School
    Brown
    Grade Grade
    Bismark Brown 3 lb.
    Dye 1 oz. 5 oz.
    Oreen Pigment 5 oz. 10 oz.
    Green #58 (Pylam) 3 lb. Gum Tragacanth
    Black (Dry Basis) Paste 2 oz. 2 oz.
    Nigrosine 12525 Cone, Terra Alba 87 oz. SO oz.
    Ciyst. (National) 4 lb.
    Dry Soap Flakes
    ( 99 %) 3 oz. 3 oz.
    White
    Titanium White C 10 lb.
    (Gum: Gum
    tragacanth is made
    with water into a 10% paste. Add 1%
    Gold beta naphthol as a pres(uvative.)
    * The
    Gold Lining Bronze soap is dissolved in sufficient water to
    Silver make a stiff paste of the ingredients.
    Aluminum Lining Bronze * Thorough mixing in a dough mixer fol-
    lows. The mixture is then dried, pulver^
    * Substitute in place of terra alba
    in base. ized, screened and molded on a press.

    Color Dye
    Yellow
    Pigment
    National Auramine O or National Wool
    Primrose Yellow
    Yellow Ext. Cone.
    Orange National Wool Orange A Cone.
    Bed Chrome Orange
    C.P.
    National Eosine 0. J.
    Para Dark Bed Beduced
    Green
    Blue
    National Victoria Green Cryst. WB Green (United)
    National Methylene Blue 2 B
    Ultramarine Blue
    Violet National Methyl Violet 2 B Cone.
    Purple Lake
    Brown National Bismark Brown
    Black
    53
    National Nigrosine #12525 Cone. Cryst.
    # Burnt Umber
    Carbon Black
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    Hide DeiDilatories remove any unslaked lumps of lime likely
    The simplest way to make a depilatory to burn holes in the skins. When handling
    paint is to mix hydrated lime, slaked lime arsenic compounds it is very necessary to
    (carefully sieved) with enough sodium exercise great care to prevent accidents.
    sulphide solution (26° Tw.) to make a The men should be provided with rubber
    smooth working paste. The skins should gauntlet gloves, and the preparation of
    be laid out on a rough table and painted the arsenic-lime depilatory carried out
    with a white wash brush so that an even in the open air.
    coat of depilatory is given to the flesh. Depilatory action is always quicker and
    Care must be taken to prevent the wool cheaper if it can be carried out by im-
    being smudged with the depilatory and mersion in a strong sulphide solution,,
    badly damaged. When painted, the skins but this method is not practicable if the
    need doubling up down the back and then hair or wool is of any value. A depila-
    stacking in piles, two to three feet high, tory lime may contain from one to two
    and leaving for 12 to 24 hours. The piles per cent sodium sulphide crystals and
    should not be too high as otherwise heat three to five per cent lime on the hydro-
    will be generated and the skins damaged. extracted weight of stock. The best plan
    The work of painting, folding and stack- is to slake the lime in a pit by just cov-
    ing requires a good deal of care and ering it with sufficient water to enable
    should be entrusted to intelligent men it to work vigorously over a period of
    under the supervision of the foreman. It twelve hours. At the end of that time
    is advisable to arrange the work so that the desired volume of water should be
    pulling or rubbing can take place the added and the liquor well plunged up or
    following morning. The wool must be agitated by some mechanical means. Agi-
    kept clean and when a sufficient quantity tation by means of compressed air is a
    has been collected it should be well most efficient and economical means of
    washed, hydro-extracted for a few min- agitation. To ensure the best results it
    utes and then dried off completely. Hy- is advisable to stir up the lime liquor
    dro-extracting may remove some of the either by hand plunging or other means,
    valuable woolgrease and the running time add the sulphide solution (26° Tw.) and
    must be regulated to prevent undue loss. then agitate the liquor again for the
    Instead of sodium sulphide, realgar or same length of time. This may seem like
    sulphide of arsenic may be used, and it double and unnecessary work, but in
    is particularly suitable for gloving lambs, practice it proves well worth while. The
    goatskins for glace, and certain grades of skins should be thrown into the liquor
    calf. It in claimed that the use of arsenic one by one and pushed under the surface
    depilatories, also arsenic limes, results in with a long pole. Some tanners allow
    a finer grain. the goods to remain for six hours for
    A good arsenic paint may be made as drawing, others only two hours, but all
    follows: manner of variations are capable of good
    results.
    Quick Lime 100 lb.
    Red Arsenic 20 lb.
    Boiling Water 50 gal. ITnhairing of Hides and Skins
    Tip the lime into a large size tub and Formula No. 1
    pour over it just sufficient water for it IT. S. Patent 2,016,260

    to slake vigorously. When this has con- Skins are immersed in aqueous sodium
    tinued for half an hour add the arsenic sulphide the pH of which has been ad-
    and the remainder of the boiling water. —
    justed to 11.8 12.2 by addition of an
    Stir well for several hours and then allow acid salt, washed, and subsequently im-
    to cool. Next day use the solution for mersed in milk-of-lime.
    painting; if too thick add some water, ^^'^:'/'.':No,2^ V,, :

    or if too thin, then add a few pounds of German Patent 632,882


    slaked lime. It is advisable to run the Sodium Sulphide 1 kg.
    thin paste through a coarse sieve so as to Quick Lime 2% kg.
    :

    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 155

    Salt V2 kg. at 70° F. per 100 lb. pickled weight.


    Water 10 kg. Run drum five minutes and add 1 lb. sul-
    Mixture phuric acid and 1 lb. salt in 1 gal. water
    Potassium at 70° F. per 100 lb. pickled weight and
    Hydroxide run 15 minutes. Remove the stock and
    (40° Be.) 1 kg. 10~>25 kg. repickle to equilibrium with same liquor
    Alcohol 2 kg. as was used in the original pickling.
    Vegetable Oil 4 kg. For vegetable tanning, the following
    formula is suggested:
    Pickling and Bepiekling Skins Put pack of bated stock into drum
    For pickling sheep, goat and deer skins and add 1 lb. of potassium permanganate
    and two-thirds of a lb. of sulphuric acid
    use for 100 kilograms of skins : water
    in 10 gal. water per 100 lb. bated weight.
    125 litres, salt 9 kilograms, sulphuric
    acid 1 kilogram. Dissolve the salt, put
    Run drum for twenty minutes. Then 2%
    lb. of sodium bisulphite in 2 gal. of
    the skins into the paddle, and while
    water is added, followed by two-thirds
    turning add the acid at intervals over an
    of a pound of sulphuric acid in 1 gal.
    hour. For vegetable tanning skins should
    water. Drum 15 minutes.
    be depickled. For 100 kilograms of skins
    use: water 125--150 litres, salt 10 kilo- The quantities of permanganate and
    grams, sodium acetate 5 kilograms. Dis- sodium bisulphite used in bleaching can
    solve the salt, add the sodium acetate and of course be somewhat varied to suit re-
    paddle the skins for one-half hour and quirements. For fairly clean stock smaller
    test the solution with bromcresol green. quantities will prove sufficient; but for
    If the skins are sufficiently depickled very dirty skins larger quantities may be
    the solution will remain green. If the necessary. Stock bleached with small
    action is insufficient the color will be quantities may be rebleached in the same
    yellow. nianner without harm if found not to be
    perfectly clean.
    Pickling Lamb and Sheep Skins The use of permanganate makes for
    An inexpensive pickle for sheep and better grading and increased selling value
    lamb skins can be made by dissolving of the leather at a very small cost. Espe-
    100 lbs. of salt in 100 gallons of water cially in the making of whites and light
    and adding 12 lbs. of sulphuric acid to colors it would seem to be a necessity,
    the solution. Use 12 to 15 gallons of this although it is claimed it will improve the
    solution for each 100 lbs. of skins treated. quality of any leather.
    Drum the skins for 30 minutes and then
    horse upto drain.
    Deliming Skins
    When firm skins are desired use 20
    Italian Patent 323,555
    gallons of water, 20 lbs. salt and 2 lbs.
    100 kg. pelts are delimed with 200 kg.
    sulphuric acid for each 100 lbs of skins.
    water, 2 kg. sodium sulphate and 0.2 kg.
    For skins which come off of country ammonium citrate during one hour, fol-
    dry pelts dissolve 85 lbs. of salt in 100
    lowed by washing with water.
    gallons of water and add 3 lbs. of sul-
    phuric acid. Apply the solution by brush
    to flesh side of cleanly fleshed skins. Degreasing Bristles and Horse-Hair
    Then place in piles and allow to remain Castile Soap 6-8 g.
    from 12 to 48 hours depending on thick- Soda Ash 1-2 g.
    ness of skins. When the hair of the pelts Tetralin 0.8-1 g.
    can stand immersion without damage, the Ammonia (20° Be.) 1-1.5 g.
    pelts can be drummed from 6 to 24)hours Water 1 1.
    in the solution instead of brushed. The above is used per 100 g. of hair
    and is used at 25° 0.
    Bleaching Leather
    For chrome tanning: Mordanting and Dyeing Furs
    Put pack of pickled stock into drum British Patent 474,589
    and add 5 lb. salt in 5 gal. water at 70° Babbit skins are treated for 12 hrs. at
    F. per 100 lb. pickled weight of stock. room temperature in
    Run drum for five minutes and then add Acetic Acid (6%) 1 lb.
    1 lb. of potassium permanganate and 3 Water 1000 Ib.
    lb. of salt in 3 gal. of water at 70° F. Dye for 4 hrs. in
    per 100 lb. pickled weight. Run drum Paraphenylenediamine 0.3 lb.
    twenty minutes and add IV2 lb. sodium Paraaminophenol 1.5 lb.
    bisulphite and 1 lb. salt in 1 gal. water ByrogaUol 0.32 lb.
    156 LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    Hydrogen Peroxide this vat for 24 hours during which time
    (12 Tol.) 21.2 lb. they have been handled once.
    Water 1000 lb. The second vat is similarly prepared,
    Tlie points are then brnslied onee “with with 200 lb. of lime and 20 lb. of sul-
    Paraphenylenediamine 9 lb. phide.
    Paraaminophenol 4 lb. The third vat is prepared in the same
    Hydrogen Peroxide (12 Vol) 300 lb. manner as the first, but use only 10 lb.
    Water 700 lb. of sulphide.
    The fourth vat is prepared in the same
    manner excepting no sulphide is used.
    SOLE TANNING The fifth vat is prepared with 350 lb.
    Soaking must be regulated according of lime and water only.
    to the kind of hides being worked. In The stock is handled once in 24 hours,
    all instances the soak waters should be i.e., if the stock is placed into the vats in

    kept at a temperature below 65° F. Thus the morning, it is raised in the after-
    if well cured packer hides are worked, noon of the same day, the lime liquor
    soaking can be prolonged to 36 hours, well agitated and the stock lowered
    with water at 65° F. or below. Country again. The next day it is advanced to
    hides can also be soaked for the same the second vat, etc. Each day two-thirds
    length of time, but the temperature of of the lime liquors are discarded, this,
    the water should be no higher than 60° however, is governed according to the
    F. condition of the liquors and must be con^
    General practice calls for soaking pe- trolled by the attendant, who should be
    riods of from 14 to 18 hours at 65° F. able to judge the amount necessary to
    Packs are made up of 5,000-lb. green retain. The fifth vat should be kept as
    as possible. At times liquor
    ^ ‘
    salted weight, and preferably placed into fresh
    paddle wheels of 3,000 gallon capacity. from one vat may be pumped into an-
    The stock should be milled several times other vat. In the course of a few weeks
    during the soaking period. After the a well controlled ^^lime yard^^ will be
    stock is properly soaked it should be obtained.
    washed with cold running water for 1 to After the pack has passed through the
    1% hours to thoroughly cleanse it. Flesh- five vats it is removed on the sixth day,
    ing at this stage depends upon the con- unhaired and fleshed, after which it is
    dition of the hides. It is preferred to placed for 24 hours into a cold water
    flesh after unhairing. pool containing approximately 100 lb.
    of lime for each 2,000 gallons of water.
    XJnhairing
    From this pool, the hides are rinsed with
    The process requires a seven day pe-
    fresh water and transferred to the bate
    riod. It is desirable to start with a mel- wheel.
    low lime and advance the hides to a
    fresher lime so that at the end of the Bating
    sixth day the hides are unhaired and Bating preferably performed with
    is

    fleshed and placed into a cold pool over- the pancreatic type of bate. This opera-
    night. tion should be so regulated as to clear
    Facilities for handling the hides the grain only. Prepared bates for sole
    greatly influence the process. Vats should leather purposes are used at 85 to 90 ° F.
    be constructed so that the hides can be for a period of from 20 to 30 minutes
    placed onto racks and suspended into the when % ot 1% of the bate is used on
    vats, hanging free. This necessitates deep the wliite weight of the stock. This
    vatsand a Monorail system for handling weight is obtained after unhairing and be-
    from one vat to the next. The reel sys- fore fleshing. After the stock is bated it
    tem can also be used to shift the stock is placed into a cold water pool, tempera-
    j
    this requires toggeling the stock. In ture 60 to 65° F. for several hours, then
    principle both methods are alike. the hides are transferred to the rocker
    The limes are prepared by using lump yard.
    ^
    lime, this is first slaked in the usual Trimming
    manner. Each vat should contain lime If hides are to be trimmed for back,
    equivalent to 7%, on the weight of the bends or crops, this should be done be-
    hides placed into the vat. It is assumed fore the hides are bated. It is often
    that an old mellow lime is at hand. desired to use whole shoulders for welt-
    The first vat is to contain approxi- ing, in this case the whole double bend
    mately one-third of its volume of this would pass through the bating and tan-
    old lime, then is added 20 lb. of sodium ning stages, to be trimmed off after
    sulphide and 200 lb. of lime in the form passing through the rockers. The shoul-
    of milk of lime. The hides remain in ders may also bo worked through whole
    LEATHER, SKESTS, FURS 157

    into chrome retail sole leather. The same them in boiling hot water for one minute.
    applies to the bellies. It will be assumed If it does not curl then it is ready for
    that the hides are trimmed with bellies the next operation. If it does not stand
    off at the bating stage, although the the boil, it must be given a retan with
    tannage will permit of tanning bellies more of the chrome solution.
    and shoulders up to and including the After draining, the stock is set out
    rocker yard. and then shaved if necessary. It is then
    As is well known to all sole leather ready for coloring and fat-liquoring.
    tanners considerable time is required to Coloring
    break in^^ a rocker system. A
    certain Place the stock into a drum and for
    number of packs must pass through the every 100 pounds of shaved weight of
    whole yard before it will function prop- the splits add 15 gallons of water first
    erly. Even though an ideal mixture of heated to 120 degrees F. Mill for 15
    tannins, proper acidity and pH and pur- minutes then add, over 15 minutes time,
    ity are obtained a certain mellowness is
    desirable. This condition can best be
    % lb. borax which is first dissolved in
    one quart of water. After all the borax
    obtained by use. solution is added continue milling for 15
    minutes longer. (Soda ash or bicarbonate
    can be used, but borax has been found
    Tanning and Finishing Pickled to be best.) After this, wash the stock
    Cow Splits for 30 minutes with clean water, the
    Pickled splits should iirst be sorted as
    drum revolving all the while. Then add
    to size and heft after they have been
    the color and fat-liquor which has been
    trimmed properly. If they are bought
    previously prepared.
    in the open market it is possible that
    ^It is best to color splits with earth
    they are not of the same lot and may
    pigments and it is only necessary to ob-
    be an accumulation of various lots. This
    tain the primary colors and mix them to
    will require careful selection and it is
    the desired shade wanted. For 100 lb. of
    well to give them a repickle in a liquor
    splits use 6 lbs. of the pigments.
    containing 10% of sulphuric acid on the
    weight of the stock as received. Mill the
    Prepare a fat-liquor as follows; for
    stock in this liquor in a paddle wheel
    100 lb. use:
    for four hours then remove them and Water (150° F.) 1 gal.
    pile up and let drain for 24 hours. Sulphonated Cod Oil 2 lb.
    This repickle also produces an even Raw Cod Oil 1 lb.
    moisture content for some of the splits Light Specific Gravity
    may have been dried out. Mineral Oil 2 lb.
    As it is essential to put splits through Tallow Soap, Dissolved in
    the tannery as rapidly and as cheaply as in 1 gal. Water 1 lb.
    is possible a so-called ^^dry^^ tannage Add the above in the order given stir-
    serves the purpose best. The chrome tan- ring all well as each addition is made.
    ning solution is made as follows To 65
    : After a good emulsion is obtained add
    lbs. of sodium bichromate add 10 gallons the 6 pounds of dry pigment and again
    of water in a wooden barrel, or better stir, then add the mix to the drum while
    still, in a lead lined tank; then add 60 it is revolving. First it is necessary to
    lbs. of 66° sulphuric acid stirring well all add one-half gallon of water for each
    the while; then slowly add 16 lbs. of 100 pounds of stock in the drum and it
    tanners corn sugar which is first dissolved is important that the temperature be no
    in 2 gallons of water. Extreme care lower than 125° F. in the drum. Mill the
    must be exercised in adding the sugar. stock in this bath for one hour, then
    It must be done very slowly at the be- rinse for 5 minutes with water at 125°
    ginning or the chrome will boil over the F. Take stock out of the drum, pile up
    top of the tank. After the sugar is all for 24 hours, then set out and tack wet.
    added use enough water to make a total After the stock is removed from the
    of 30 gallons. For each 100 pounds of boards it is dry drummed for 2 to 3
    pickled drained weight of splits add 12 hours. Remove from the drum and in-
    gallons of this chrome solution. No ad- spect; stake what stock is necessary. The
    ditional water or salt is necessary to add usual judgment in tanning must be fol-
    to the drum. Mill the stock in this lowed and it may be necessary to vary
    amount of liquor for two hours and re- the amount of fat-liquor in order to ob-
    move from the drum and pile up flat on tain the proper feel and condition. The
    a truck for 24 hours to drain and set. feel is often influenced by the type of
    After this period the stock should stand pigment used and in some eases it is
    a boil test of one minute. This test is essential to add a small amount of
    made by taking cuttings and immersing French chalk to the fat-liquor to obtain
    158 LEATHEE, SKINS, FUES
    the desired feel. It is obvious that the The best solution is made by dissolving
    shaving job be done carefully for shav- 50 lb. gambier, 25 lb. sumac extract, 25
    ing after coloring is not desirable. “When lb. myrobalans extract, 10 lb. quebracho
    aniline dyes are used to color it is essen- extract and 5 lb. oakwood extract in 75
    tial that the fat-liquor be added after gal. of water and adding to tliis 15 lb.
    the coloring operation. Aniline dyes, turkey red oil.
    however, do not give the evenness of Pickled skins are the best for this
    color that pigments do, and defects are method of quick tanning, and they should
    not covered up as readily. be drummed in 15 per cent salt for 20
    If changes in the fat-liquor are neces- minutes before painting. After painting
    sary it must be borne in mind that the on the flesh, the skins should be placed
    amount of raw cod oil must not be in- grain to grain in small heaps. Too much
    creased too much for it may result in a liquor should not be given at first ; in
    harsh feel for cod oil is classed as a fact, all that is necessary is to apply as
    semi-drying oil and has a tendency to much tan liquor as the skin substance
    oxidize in the leather with the result of can soak up in a few minutes. Painting
    added harshness after the splits age for should take place every one and a half
    a week or two. hours until the goods are tanned. They
    then need drumming in a warm and
    Gambler Drum Tannage for Fine strong infusion of sumac to clear the
    Leathers grain and give it a good finish. If the
    A mixture of gambler, myrobalans, skins are coated on the grain with a light
    quebracho and valonia can be used to mineral oil before painting they have
    produce a high quality leather specially less tendency to show any signs of grain
    suitable for hat linings. The method is contraction.
    as follows;
    The sheepskins, or calfskins, are taken
    Gambier, Quebracho and Myrobalans
    from the drench, or puer, and drummed
    This is a popular comnxercial formula
    in a weak solution of acetic acid 40 per
    for tanning sheepskins, and by varying
    cent strength, for 20 dozen sheepskins,
    the proportions of the three tanning ma-
    about 1,500 cc. needed. After a run of
    terials it is possible to alter the character
    ten minutes, the goods should be taken
    out of the drum and drained. Aliquor of the crust leather to a considerable
    degree.
    consisting, of 5 g. tannin per liter should
    be made up in the drum together with A rough basic tannage that produces
    half a gallon of light mineral oil to a good leather is the following:
    reduce the surface tension. The tanning Drum 45 dozen pickled sheepskins in
    material used should consist of the fol- 10-15 per cent salt solution in a drum
    lowing mixture: for 20 minutes. Drain the goods and
    Gambler 125 lb, transfer them to a paddle wheel, capacity
    Myrobalans Extract 50 lb. 1,200 to 1,500 gallons, containing a weak
    Quebracho Extract 85 lb. solution 01 mixed tannins, equal propor-
    Sumac Extract 40 lb. tions of gambier, quebracho extract and
    Valonia Extracted with myrobalans extract, and with a strength
    Hot Water 65 lb. of 7 g. tannin per liter of solution ready
    Water 200 gal. for use. The wheel should contain 4
    This stock solution contains a nice buckets of common salt to reduce swell-
    ing. After a week ’s slow running in the
    blend of tannin and should be used to
    paddle, motion being reduced to four
    strengthen the weak liquor in the drum
    at the rate of 4 gallons every 2 working
    hours daily, the goods should be passed
    into another paddle wheel containing 15
    hours throughout the day. When tanning
    is complete, the goods require horsing up g. per liter of mixed tannins. After
    for a day then drumming in warm sumac three days in this liquor, the goods will
    liquor containing sulphonated castor oil. usually be thoroughly tanned, but it is
    advisable always to test cuttings in the
    Gambier Tannage for Modeling Calf laboratory with glacial acetic acid which
    will show the penetration of the tannin.
    When it is desired to produce a calf-
    skin leather with a very fne, smooth No salt is needed in the last liquor, and
    it is also unnecessary to add acid.
    grain, useful results can be obtained by
    painting the skins on the desh side with To reducethe cost of the tannage,
    tannin solutions rich in gambier. One ad- and also to obtain a slightly firmer
    vantage of this method is that tanning leather, the proportions of the three tan-
    takes only a short time, three days being ning materials can be altered so that only
    sufficient for large calfskins. half the quantity of gambier is used,
    LEATHER. SKINS, PURS 159

    extra amounts of the other extracts be- solved, the balance of the water is added.
    ing used. It is preferred to use rain water if
    The addition of oakwood extract in- available, or a soft water as free from
    creases the firmness of all gambier leath- calcium salts as possible. This stock liq-
    ers and is sometimes exceedingly useful. uor should be adjusted to a pH-3.30
    if the pH
    is above this figure. Either,
    Gambier and Alum lactic or acetic acids can be used for the
    The ordinary combination tannage de- purpose.
    scribed above is not always suitable when
    the goods are to chromed, and a better,
    quicker and more economical method is Leather Tanned with Hair On
    to use an alum and gambier tannage. Only the best and heaviest hides are
    This is very simple. Drum the goods in used for this class of stock as it is used
    salt liquor, 15 per cent, for 20 minutes, mostly for mechanical leathers. These
    then drum or rock the goods in the fol- hides are obtained mostly from continen-
    lowing liquor: tah Europe, the best of which are the
    Water 350 gal. Swiss Auction hides as they are almost
    Alum 60 lb. always free from cuts.
    Gambier (suflcient to Before going into process, hides are
    tan 40 dozens) 45 lb. trimmed the heads and bellies being
    j

    Salt 30 lb. trimmed offi, sometimes a narrow shoulder


    is also taken off. Stock is thoroughly
    Three days should be sufficient to tan
    soaked which requires several days and
    the goods, and they should then be horsed
    then fleshed by machine. To aid the pene-
    rp for a day, then hung up to dry in
    tration of the tan and for a slight plump-
    slightly warm shed.
    ing, stock is hung in a very weak caustic
    In some eases it may be desirable to
    soda solution, which helps to remove the
    take goods straight from the bran drench,
    grease. This is ordinarily done in the
    or puer, instead of from the pickle, and
    limes on grain leathers. If for chrome,
    for gloving leathers this method is to be
    stock is now pickled. For plumpness this
    preferred. The alum and gambier com-
    is best carried on in pits, however a drum
    bination tannage is to be recommended
    or a paddle may be used. The same also
    for fly wing skivers intended for piano
    applies to the tanning. Any standard
    work. The goods can be processed in
    pickle may be used, preferably salt and
    almost the same way as described above,
    alum. Pickling requires three to four
    only for these goods, it is necessary to
    feed with oatmeal and colloidal clay, or
    days according to the weight of the
    stock. After pickling, stock is tanned
    bentonite. The oatmeal should be mixed
    with lukewarm water not exceeding 98° with any of the one feth chrome liquors
    R, otherwise it becomes cooked. Both on the market. Then it is neutralized
    clay and oatmeal have a very beneficial and fat-liquored.
    effect on the leather, and also fill up the
    The vegetable leathers are tanned in
    objectionable pin-holes so often found the rockers starting in clean weak liquors
    with these extra thin splits. After tan- and working up the strength as in the
    ning, the grains should be dried out in tanning of belt leather. Only those tan-
    a cool shed, perched on the split side, ning materials should be used that tend
    brushed, ironed and examined for pin- to make long fibre. These are oak bark,
    holes. If these are still present, then the
    valonia and quebracho. A
    little gambier
    goods must be wet down and fed-up may be used to impart strength. Too
    with more oatmeal and colloidal clay. much of the latter tends toward a
    Ordinary clay is of no use, and only the stretchy piece of stock.
    finest colloidal variety should be used.
    For null work, leathers should be firm
    yet pliable, which practically eliminates
    the combination tannages. After stock
    Tanning Extract is tanned washed and fat-liquored.
    it is
    Hemlock Extract 10,000 lb. The and fat-liquoring are slight
    stuffing
    Quebracho Extract 10,700 lb. variations from the following, the use
    Chestnut Extract 6,664 lb. the different leathers are put to being
    Myrabolans Extract 1,668 lb. the deciding factor,
    Water sufficient to make 10,000 gal.
    The extracts are placed into the dis- Fat-Liquors
    solving tank, well agitated, then boiled Soap IV2 lb.
    with one-half of the necessary amount Neatsfoot Oil lb.
    of water, agitating during the time of Soda lb.
    heating. After the extracts are well dis- Water 97 lb.
    —

    160 LEATHEE, SKINS,


    9.
    PUBS
    or Six to eight pounds of unslaked lime
    2 lb. Sulplionated Cod Oil or eight to ten pounds of hydrated lime
    2 lb. Stock solutioa made as (unslaked preferred).
    God Oil 50 lb.
    Begras 50 lb. Selecting, Skinning and Pieshing
    Soap 6 lb. The kind of leather which can be made
    Bicarbonate of Soda 3 lb. from a hide or skin depends largely upon
    ^

    Water 5500 lb. the size and weight. Large heavy hides
    are best suited for sole, harness or belting
    After fat-liquoring, stock is sammied
    leather, while lighter hides weighing from
    and ready for stuffing. The following
    15 to 40 pounds are better for lace
    are a few examples of stuffing materials
    leather and rugs.
    and may be varied to suit one^s needs.
    Special care should be taken in remov-
    Tallow 4 lb. ing the hide or skin from the animal as
    White Wax 3 lb. cuts, or scores make the hide almost
    Moellen 1 lb. useless for leather.
    Neatsfoot Oil lb. After the hide or pelt is removed from
    or the animal it should be placed, with flesh
    Tallow 6 lb. side up on fleshing beam, and thoroughly
    White Wax 2 lb. scraped to remove all meat particles and
    Moellen 4 lb. blood. A
    dull butcher or drawing knife
    Cod Oil 1 lb. may be used for this purpose.
    Stearine 3 lb. A satisfactory fleshing beam may bo
    or eighteen percent of the following may made by splitting a log that is 6 feet
    long and 2 feet thick. One-half of this
    be used
    log may be placed with the curved side
    Stearine 30 lb. up. One end is then raised about 3 feet
    Paraffin Wax 20 lb. and nailed to braces as a support. The
    Tallow 20 lb. other end will rest on the grounL
    Neatsfoot Oil 20 lb.

    In stuffing, the drum should be heated Washing and Curing


    between 140® and 160° P. according to Whether the hide is to be cured and
    whether chrome or vegetable leather is held, or tanned immediately it should
    being stuffed. If steam is used for heat- be thoroughly cleaned. The hair or wool
    ing drum, excess water should be drained must be freed of manure, blood and
    out. After stock is cooled, set out, sam- other foreign material and if it is to
    mie, stake and tack. When dry, finish be tanned ^^hair on,^^ manure and other
    and clip hair. stains should be washed out. Plain cold
    water and a brush or broom will remove
    most of the foreign matter, and stains
    HOME TANNING OP HIDES can be washed out with the following
    The equipment needed for home tan- solution:
    ning can be found or made on any farm,
    1 package washing powder
    and the whole process is very simple and (small size)
    inexpensive. Durable leather for making
    harness, harness repairs, belt and boot
    1 gal, warm water
    lacing, or beautiful and very serviceable At this time it is well to trim off the
    rugs for the floor can be provided during feet just above the knee or hock, and
    spare time, at very little expense. smooth off all ragged edges.
    The hides must first be thoroughly
    Materials and Equipment Needed cooled, which may take from six to
    1. Pieshing beam. twelve hours depending upon the size of
    2. Pieshing knife or dull drawing the hide and thickness of the hair.
    knife, or large butcher knife, to remove After cooling, spread flesh side up on a
    flesh. clean floor wMch has been sprinkled with
    3. Wooden or metal slicker for remov- salt, then cover with a layer of salt and
    ing water. rnb in well. Use plenty of salt as it is
    4. Breaking stake for working hide or impossible to use too much, but easily
    skin. possible to use too little. A number of
    5. Large wooden barrel for tanning hides can be cured in one pile, and cur-
    solution. ing will be complete in from one to two
    6. Common salt. weeks. The hides should then be dry
    ^
    7.Commercial sulphuric acid. and stiff, and if kept dry will keep for
    8. Several small packages of washing weeks, or even months in winter. Sheep
    powders. pelts should not be piled longer than
    LEATHER, SKIHS, FURS 161

    four to jfive days because the wool will and scrape with ‘ ^
    slicker, ’ ’
    and proceed
    cause them to heat. They should be with tanning as when hair Is on.

    tanned as soon as possible after animal


    heat has left them. Making the Leather Pliable
    The pliability of a hide or the quality
    Tanning Formula and flexibility of the leather will depend
    One may proceed with tanning a green to a large extent upon the frequency
    or fresh hide as soon as it is properly
    with which the hide is ^ worked. ^ ^ When
    ^

    jBieshed and washed, but a cured hide that nearly dry it should be worked thor-
    is dry and stiff must first be soaked in oughly over a breaking stake or the
    clear water until it is soft and pliable. upper edge of the fleshing beam, in
    It must then be placed on fleshing beam order to get rid of any stiffness or harsh-
    and thoroughly scraped with '^slicker'’ ness.
    to remove salt and water; then it can
    A hide may also be worked by
    be treated with the tanning solution as rolling it up tightly, with the flesh side
    though it were a green hide. out, then grasp one end firmly and beat
    The tanning method recommended' is it across a heavy block or table, chang-

    called ^^salt acid^’ tanning as against ing the position of the ^^hand hold'’
    the
    ^
    oil, I’
    ^ bark, ’ ' or ‘ ^chrome ’ ^ tan- frequently so that all parts of the hide
    ning. The formula used is will come in contact with block or table.

    Commercial Sulphuric Acid 3 fl. oz.


    When through beating, stretch a small
    area at a time over breaking stake until
    Common Salt 2 lb.
    entire hide is stretched and worked.
    Soft Water 1 gal.
    As soon as the entire skin or hide is
    soft and pliable a thin coat of neatsfoot
    Tanning With Hair On
    oil should be applied to the skin side,
    Make up enough of the solution to or if the hair has been removed, a thick
    cover the number of hides that are to be
    coat of oil should be applied to both
    tanned, but be sure to use a wooden
    sides. After the hide or skin has been
    iucket or darrel for this purpose as the
    oiled it should be left stretched out until
    acid will destroy a metal container.
    nearly dry, then worked at least two or
    Each hide should be clean and soft be-
    three times per day until thoroughly dry.
    fore it is put into the tanning solution.
    If the hide should become too dry to be
    For small thin hides, such as calf hides,
    worked it should be sprinkled with water
    leave in the tanning solution for 12 to
    and then reworked as it dries. When
    24 hours. For heavy cow hides the
    finished, either as hides or as leather,
    length of time will depend upon the size
    the products should be soft and pliable,
    and thickness of the hide but usually
    but if still stiff or harsh after working
    three to six days will be sufficient. The
    they should again be sprinkled and re-
    hide should be stirred every few hours
    worked until of satisfactory pliableness
    to insure even tanning. After removing
    when thoroughly dry.
    from the tanning solution, wash in cold
    This process gives a strong white
    water, stretch on fleshing beam to drain,
    leather, is easily followed, cheap to use
    and scrape with slicker to remove excess
    and quickly finished, but if a black finish
    salt, acid and water.
    is desired apply back leather dye to hide
    Sheep pelts should be spread out flat
    before treating with neatsfoot oil and
    with the skin side up, and the tanning
    proceed as directed above.
    solution daubed on with a rag or hand-
    ful of wool. This should be done several
    times so that the skin is thoroughly wet Home Tanning of Calfskin
    with the solution. After twelve hours One of the easiest and simplest for-
    wipe off the excess acid and salt with a mulas to tan hides with hair on, is first
    damp cloth, then proceed with the work- to soak skin soft in water, caref ully flesh
    ing. ,

    ,
    it, removing bits of fat and muscle, and
    paring the skin down until it is about
    Tanning With Hair Removed the same thickness all over. Then im-
    Wlien it is desired to remove the hair, merse in a solution composed of these
    the hide may be immersed in a solution proportions: 2 qt. common salt, 2 oz.
    of lime water, made by slowly dissolv- commercial sulphuric acid, 2 gal. soft
    ing six pounds of unslaked lime or eight water.
    pounds of hydrated lime in five gallons Stir about twice daily, and let soak
    of water. Leave the hide in this solu- for 7 days in a moderately warm place.
    tion for three or four days or until the Remove and rinse. Soak 3 hours in pail
    hair slips, and scrape hair off with flesh- of water to which you have added one
    ing knife. Then, wash out lime water Cup of sal soda. Rinse well in fresh
    162 LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    water. When partly dry, work, and the unhairing is made in a drum with
    twist the hide to soften it. Drawing it and sodium sulphide by run-
    lime, arsenic
    across edge of board will do this. When ning for % hr. followed by rinsing in
    it dries hard, dampen, and repeat the cold water. The skins are plumped in a
    working. Do this until hide dries soft. sodium sulphide bath measuring 3-3%°
    Then oil lightly on flesh side with neats- Be. at 15-18° G. The skins remain in
    foot oil, or tanner’s oil this for 36-48 hrs. with frequent stir-
    ring, are then reeled in running water
    for 1-2 hrs. and laid away in clean water
    Tanning Codfish Skins for 2-3 days to remove all of the sodium
    Theskins are soaked for 2 hours at sulphide. This method of plumping
    10-12° C. in 1 pound of water per 6 gives a smooth, close grain.
    pounds of raw skins, treated with 1 The skins are bated until depleted,
    pound per 5 pounds of skin of a solution washed in water for %hr. and the grain
    of 2.5-3.5 g. soda ash per 1. water at slicked using moderate pressure. Mo-
    10-12° C. for 12 hours, washed with rocco leather is always tanned by the
    water and the scale and flesh removed. two-bath method. First bath is made up
    The skins are pickled for 1-1.5 hours at of 250 liters water, 5 kg. potassium di-
    15-16° in a solution containing 5% salt chromate, 4 kg. potassium alum and 2%
    and 5% alum. The chrome tanning is kg. hydrochloric acid per 100 kg. skins.
    effected in the pickle solution to which The solution is added in two portions 15
    0.25% of the weight of the skins of min. apart and run for 3 hrs., then left
    chromium trioxide is added. After 1 over night in the drum. After running,
    hour 0.1% of soda ash is added. After 30 min. the following morning the skins
    another hour or hour and a half the are horsed up until following day, after
    skins are washed with water at 20° for which they go into the reducing bath
    10 minutes and vegetable- tanned by first made up of 250 liters water, 15 liters
    tanning with spent solutions of 2° Be., hypo and 5 liters hydrochloric acid. The
    then with a solution of willow-pine tan- hypo is added first with half the amount
    nides (willow-pine— 1:1) of 2° Be. of acid, followed after 15-20 min. by the
    which increases to 2.5-3° Be. within 24 remainder of the acid. The skins are
    hours. The solution is strengthened with drummed 4-5 hrs., then left in drum over
    oak solutions. The skins are transferred night and horsed up for 24-48 hrs., keep-
    after 24 hours into a spent solution of ing them well covered, after which time
    3.5-4° B^. and the strengthening is also they will stand the boiling test. Both
    effected with oak solution. The tanning baths are only used once. After neu-
    procedure requires 48 hours. The skins tralizing with 1 per cent soda, bicar-
    are fat-liquored with 30% water and 10- bonate or calcium carbonate they are set
    12% chrome-oil. They are dyed with a out on the filesh side and leveled on the
    brush on the flesh side with 3 kg. nigro- head and back.
    sine and 30 1. blood per 100 1. of dye.
    A second dyeing is effected with the
    same dye. Tanning Calf for Willow
    For 800 lb. pickled calfskin 50 gallons
    of water, 100° F., and 50 lb. salt are used
    Preparing Morocco Leather and the goods drummed 30 minutes in a
    Only goat skins from the same source slow drum. Allow to drain and then run
    should be w^orked at one time. Mixing on very slowly 24 gallons of chrome
    domestic skins with skins from India, liquor containing 135 g. per liter chrome
    China or Arabia, for instance, will result and having a basicity of 80. Run for
    in uneven soaking, necessitating sorting two hours and then tray up until next
    during soaking and a repetition of the day.
    process for part of the pack. Imported, Wash with plenty of cold water until
    dry skins are soaked one day in water, washwater is crystal clear; this usually
    drummed following day % hr. and put takes 1% hours. Add 36 lb. borax and
    back in clean water containing some so- run for 45 minutes. Wash a further
    dium sulphide. If the hair is to be re- hour, drain and then run on retan liquor
    covered the skins are pasted on the flesh through a large funnel. This liquor con-
    side with a paste made up from 100 liters sists of the solution left over from the
    water in which 45-50 kg. lime is slaked. first stage of tanning together with 4
    After cooling 1 per cent of arsenic and 4 gallons of stock chrome. Eun two hours
    per cent of sodium sulphide (62 per and repeat the above operations of fray-
    cent) are added. After the hair begins ing and re-tanning. Final washing
    to slip the hides are washed in cold water should take 1% hours. The neutraliza-
    .and unhaired. If the hair is not wanted tion needs 26 lb. borax ,and must be con-
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 163

    tinued until the goods are only faintly platform trucks. The skins are now un-
    acid as tested by litmus. They then re- haired on the scudding machine, inspect
    quire a final washing for one hour in on beam and beam skins if necessary,
    •water at 100° F. head split and reflesh, at this stage ob-
    tain the white weight.’’ After each
    operation the skins should be placed flat
    SUEPE CALF LEATHER TANNING on trucks.
    After refleshing, the skins are placed
    Raw Material into a paddle vat containing 2,500 gallons
    Calf skins measuring seven feet or less
    of water at 75° P. and 100 pounds of
    should be used. In the green salted state
    hydrated lime, mill for 5 minutes and
    the skins will weigh uj) to seven pounds. leave there overnight.
    The skins are trimmed and made into
    packs of pounds each. Skins
    3,000
    Bating
    weighing less than 5 pounds are kept
    The next morning the vat is drained
    separate from those weighing more than
    and the skins lightly washed with clean
    5 pounds. Thus a pack will contain from water at 75° F. The skins are then acid
    500 to 700 skins.
    washed and bated. Bating is done at
    00° F. and the skins should be bated
    Soaking, Washing, and Fleshing
    completely through, observing the con-
    The skins are placed into a paddle vat ditions outlined in the reference above.
    having a total capacity of 2,500 gallons.
    After the stock is bated the paddle is
    The temperature of the water is adjusted drained and then filled with cold water
    to 65° F., soak for a period of 18 hours,
    65 to 70° F., after which the skins are
    milling the skins for a 5 minute period
    washed for 15 minutes, then pulled from
    every 3 hours. After soaking, the skins
    the paddle and placed into the pickle
    are placed into a wash wheel and washed
    solution.
    for 15 minutes with running water at 65°
    F. Remove from wheel and place into
    Pickle
    box trucks, permitting to drain for 30
    The pickle paddle vat should have a
    minutes. The skins are now fieshed,
    total capacity of 2,500 gallons. Suffi-
    trimmed and delivered to the lime
    cient salt is added to obtain a 10° B5.
    paddies.
    solution, the skins are then placed into
    the vat and milled, while milling add
    Liming
    Total capacity of the paddle vat should
    1% per cent sulphuric acid and 10 per
    cent salt on the white weight” of the
    be 2,500 gallons. This is filled with an
    skins and continue milling for 4 hours.
    old lime liquor (the old lime liquor is one
    Remove the skins from the paddle vat
    from which the previous pack has been
    and horse up to drain for 48 hours. The
    removed), the skins are placed into this
    skins are made up into lots of 2,000
    liquor and milled for 5 minutes. The
    pounds each for the tanning operation.
    skins remain in this old lime liquor for
    24 hours, during which time the skins are
    Tanning
    milled 4 times for 5 minute periods.
    The chrome liquor used for tanning is
    After 24 hours the liquor is run off and
    well drained. Refill the paddle vat with
    made up as follows:
    clean water at 70° F. and add 200 pounds Sodium Bichromate 100 lb.
    of hydrated lime and 25 pounds of crystal Aluminum Sulphate 40 lb.
    sodium sulphide, previously dissolved in Sulphuric Acid (66° Be,) 80 lb.
    25 gallons of water, turn paddle wheel Corn Syrup 25 lb.
    while the materials are being added and Water 100 gal.
    mill 3 to 5 minutes longer. Turn paddle The bichromate and aluminum sulphate
    wheel two times for 3 to 5 minutes dur- are placed into a lead lined tank to which
    ing the next 24 hours. 50 gallons of water is added, agitate well
    After the second 24 hours, or on the to dissolve, then add the sulphuric acid
    third day, add a solution of sulphide after which very slowly add the corn
    equivalent to 10 pounds of crystal so- syrup. After the corn syrup is all added
    dium sulphide and 50 pounds of hydrated add % gallon of sodium bisulphite
    lime, while the paddle wheel is turning, (33%) and enough water to make a
    heat the lime liquor to 75° F. Mill the total of 100 gallons. The chrome liquor
    stock for 5 minutes at the end of the should be allowed to age 10 days before
    day, let rest overnight. The fourth day used.
    it is
    the liquor is heated to 80° F. while the The liquor should obtain a basicity of
    paddle is milling, let rest for 2 hours, 35 per cent and an equivalent of one
    tlien pull the skins and lay out flat on pound bichromate per gallon.
    164 LEATHER, SHIN'S, FURS
    The tan drum is prepared by placing constant motion until neutralization ia
    into it 180 gallons of water (75% on completed. For white shoe leather tan-
    weight of pickled stock) and 4 per cent ning can be conveniently based on the
    or 80 pounds of salt with 2,000 pounds scudded weight. For each 100 lb. of
    of pickled drained skins, mill for 10 min- skins, make a pickle of 5 gal. of water,
    utes and add: 20 gallons chrome liquor, 3 lb. salt and 1 % lb. of sulphuric acid
    mill 10 minutes and add : 20 gallons in a mill, put in the skins and run %
    chrome liquor, mill 10 minutes and add: hour, dissolve three pounds of bichromate
    30 gallons chrome liquor, mill 3 hours of soda and 3 pounds of sulphate of
    then add: 1%% or 20 lbs. bicarbonate alumina in 4 gallons of water and add
    of soda. This is dissolved in 50 gallons 1% pounds of sulphuric acid, run into
    of water and added at the rate of 5 gal- mill without stopping the mill and run
    lons every 5 minutes. After the last of for three hours. Next dissolve twelve
    the soda has been added milling is con- pounds of hyposulphite of soda in five
    tinued for 3 hours, after this the drum gallons of water for each hundred pounds
    is permitted to rest over night. The next of skins and for each 12 pounds of hypo
    morning the drum is run for 30 minutes. have one and three-quarter pounds of
    A boil test is then made. The stock sulphuric acid ready and pour into the
    should stand a 3 minute boil test, it is hypo, stirring gently with the acid con-
    then removed from the drum, horsed up tainer held close to the solution. Bun
    grain to grain and allowed to drain for three hours and let lay in the chrome
    24 hours. The skins are now set out, liquor overnight.
    first on the fiesh then on the grain.
    It is usually necessary to head split the In the morning if any trace of the
    skins; if so, this is done on the Union yellow bichromate shows, complete the
    machine. The skins are now shaved all reduction with a little bisulphite of soda.
    over the flesh side but a light cut is taken. When reduction is complete drain the
    drum, dissolve three pounds of barium
    chloride to each hundred pounds of skins
    Pigskin Leather in two gallons of water and add to the
    To get the best possible results in drum, run one-half hour, horse up to
    pigskin tanning the skins should be thor- drain overnight. The skins are well set
    oughly degreased with naphtha under out on the machine and weighed for fat-
    pressure and then washed in a drum. liquoring which should be done with sul-
    In using pigskin which has been phonated oil made from twenty degree
    naphtha degreased and washed for 5 neatsfoot oil. For each one hundred
    minutes in water at 90° F, containing pounds of skins, 4 pounds of oil, one
    two pounds of sal soda per hundred quart of egg yolk and 1 pound of French
    pounds of skins the bristle root will be chalk are stirred into 10 gallons of warm
    completely dissolved in a 3° Bd. sulphide water and when ready to use it is
    liquor overnight. steamed^ up to 145° F. and for each 4
    The skins next go into straight lime lb. of oil 1 ounce of ammonia is added
    for three days, after liming a few lots, to the fat-liquor solution. The skins are
    sulphide will accumulate in the first lime washed thoroughly with running water
    and when this accumulation causes the in the drum with plugs out or a slat
    skins to retain color from the sulphide door for three fourths of an hour and
    the lime should be run off. the washing should be ended with water
    After liming, the skins are washed in at about 130° F. When the skins are
    an open drum, in water at 70° F. for washed, warmed up and drained, the
    five minutes and scudded on the machine. drum is closed and started and the fat-
    Ueliming, especially if a nice white shoe liquor is run in and the drum run for
    leather is to be made, should be done twenty minutes. Brain the drum and
    with bisulphite, and the deliming liquor horse up the skins and next day set out
    must be kept acid for at least 20 minutes and sort out the^ heavy skins, for split-
    after the last addition of bisulphite, ting. After splitting and drying the
    about 2 pounds of powdered bisulphite skins are damped back in sawdust and
    on the scudded weight of skins will be well staked out. The sawdust should
    necessary and should be added as follows, not be quite wet enough to lump when
    1% at first and when this is taken,
    is added, and the balance necessary as
    %% squeezed in the hand and a belly staker
    with rubber roll and fibre blades should
    soon as this is taken up. Keep the bath be used. After staking, the skins are
    close to 100° F. and the neutralization tacked or toggled out and dried without
    can be completed in one hour. Bisulphite heat overnight. In finishing pigskin
    is a weak acid and does not dissolve skin those that have had a split of two ounces
    substance, the paddle must be kept in or over taken off will have the bristle
    LEATHER, SKESTS, FURS 165

    iiolesopened np and are iinislied with a mill until all of the salt is dissolved.
    tliin. rubbed in with a white
    finish well Then add 68 lb. of 66° sulphuric acid, mill
    plush pad and dried off with a dry pad for two hours, let stand overnight, and
    and brush finished to keep the pores open the next morning mill one hour longer.
    for ventilation when made up into high- Remove the strips from the paddle,
    grade shoes. place into box trucks and let drain for
    Stock solutions of finish are made up twenty-four hours.
    as follows. One pound of casein per gal-
    lon of water is dissolved in water at Tanning
    190° F. to which 5 ounces of ammonia Prepare a paddle of 1,500 gallons ca-
    has been added. Eight ounces of egg pacity with 1,500 lb. liquid quebracho
    albumin per gallon of cold water is extract (35 per cent tannin) and 306 lb.
    soaked up and 8 ounces of white shellac of a good synthetic tanning agent.
    per gallon of water is boiled with the Place the stock into this liquor and mill
    addition of three ounces of ammonia. intermittently each day until it is fully
    tanned. This should require about eight
    to ten days^ time.
    TANOTISra PIGSKIN STRIPS
    After the stock is tanned, remove it
    Pigskin strips are used to quite an
    from the paddle wheel into box trucks
    extent for a number of purposes. One
    and permit it to drain for twenty-four
    of the principal uses is for insoles, other
    uses are razor strops, belts and novelties.
    hours. The pack is then divided into
    Strips are usually received in the salted
    three equal portions. Each portion is
    placed into a tan drum.
    condition, and because of their small size
    are tied into bundles. It is obvious that
    because of their size, they must be han- Fat-liquor
    dled as economically as possible.
    Wash the stock in the drum for ten
    minutes with water at 90° F., then drain
    Liming the drum and add 75 gallons of water at
    90° F. Through the funnel add:
    In a paddle of approximately 1,500
    gallons capacity, place 3,000 pounds of Sulphonated Cod Oil 50 lb.
    the salted strips and wash them for one Colloidal Clay (in 50 gallons
    hour with a good stream of water. Then water at a temperature of
    fill the paddle with water and add 200 90° F.) 50 lb.
    ounds of hydrated lime. Mill for one
    Mill the stock for thirty minutes, re-'
    our and let rest for six hours, after
    which 'mill for another hour. The follow- move the drum to box trucks and let
    drain for twenty-four hours.
    ing day, add 100 pounds hydrated lime
    and mill the stock for ten minutes each The strips are now hung up to dry in
    hour through the day. Repeat the same a cool dark room. Several days are re-
    operations on the third and fourth day.
    quired for the drying period. After the
    strips are dry, they are smooth plated
    Leave in paddle two days longer, milling
    the stock intermittently, but add no more
    at a low temperature after which they
    lime. On the seventh day drain the are buffed on the grain and flesh; first,
    paddle and wash for one hour, then fill with a coarse paper, then with a 280
    with water and add 15 pounds of caustic paper. The strips are then again plated
    soda, mill one hour and wash thoroughly.
    and sorted.
    This beamhouse process does not en-
    tail scudding for it is assumed that the PIGSKIN TANNAGE FOR GLOVES
    [Strips will be buffed after they are Whole skins are used for this purpose.
    tanned. If it is desired to produce full Packs of 2,000 lb, are prepared. The
    grain^/ strips, they must be removed skins are washed well in clear water at
    from the paddle before the caustic treat- 65° F. until they are free from salt,
    ment and scudded over the beam to re- then immediately placed into the limes.
    move all extraneous matter on both grain
    and flesh sides. The strips can also be Limes
    removed from the paddle, placed into a The stock best limed in paddle vats.
    is
    drum and milled with 1 per cent of soda Place into the vat 1,000 gal. water at
    ash in a ^ ^ short liquor. In this man- 65° F., and 100 lb. hydrated lime; throw
    ner a large amount of the extraneous the stock into the vat and mill it for 30
    matter is removed by friction in the minutes, then let it rest for one hour.
    drum. Mill at hourly intervals for five minutes
    Pickling through the day. The second day, add
    Fill the paddlewith fresh water and another 100 lb. of hydrated lime and mill
    throw in 1,000 lb. of common salt, and at two hour intervals for five minute
    :

    166 LEATHER, SKINS, PURS


    periods. The stock is milled each day it IS well tanned, milling intermittently
    thereafter in the same manner until the
    each day. After it is tanned, the stock
    fifth day at which time 5 lb. of caustic
    IS removed from the paddle vat and
    soda is added in the form of a solution.
    horsed up to drain. It is then
    On the sixth day, the stock is removed wrung-
    and set^ out, after which it is oiled
    from the lime and washed with water at on
    the grain and flesh with a swab
    70° P. for one hour. using
    the following mixture:
    After washing, the stock is well Sulphonated Cod Oil (Pure)
    scudded over the beam. Care must be 1 lb
    Sulphonated Neatsfoot Oil
    exercised not to mar the grain. The
    flesh is also beamed by hand. 1 lb.
    After this Water
    operation, the stock is passed through 2 Jb
    water at 80° E., and immediately placed ^ temperatiira
    into the bate paddle. oiling, the stock is
    •1 j A ^
    piied. down for an overnight period It
    IS then hung up to dry
    in a dark ‘cool
    Bate room and permitted to dry slowly.
    The bate prepared beforehand and
    is
    This
    will require about three days’
    iscomposed of 10 lb. of a strong pan- time. The
    last day of the drying period,
    creatic preparation containing approxi- the tem-
    perature is raised to 10-5° P. After
    mately 85 per cent of ammonium sulfate. the
    stock is dry it is crusted for
    This is placed into 1,000 gal. of water no less than
    five days.
    and warmed^ to 85° E. The stock is
    bated according to the judgment of the BleachingColoring and Eat-liquoring
    tanner. After bating, it is washed with The stock
    IS sorted in the crust
    cold water (65° E.) for a half hour. It ^ state
    into lots of 400 lb. and
    IS now ready for pickling. placed into the
    coloring drum with 150 gal.
    of water at
    hulled for five minutes.
    Pickle Then add:
    Prom
    the bate paddle, the stock is
    ® ^ater) 20 oz.
    transferred to the pickle paddle which Mill 10 rninutes, then add:
    is prepared as follows: Oxalic Acid (in 5 gal. of
    Water (70° E.) 1 000 gal. water) 20 oz
    Salt 500 lb. water
    >
    Sulphuric Acid 30 lb. at 85 E. for 10 minutes.
    Leave stock in the pickle for eight After the rinse, float the stock
    in 150
    hours, paddling it at hourly intervals for pi. water at 85° E., and add
    8 oz. po-
    15 minute periods. Take out of paddles, tassium titanium oxalate in gal.
    5 water,
    and horse up and drain for 24 hours. null fifteen minutes and
    rinse five min-
    pes; then dye with the desired acid
    dye
    Tanning followed with basic dye. (These dyes
    Tanning is done in paddle vats which must be selected by the tanner
    as'^to
    should be the same size as the lime vats. source and shade.)
    The tan liquor is prepared as follows After coloring, the stock is rinsed
    and
    New Taddle—
    fat-liquored with 5 per cent
    of sulphon-
    ated neatsfoot oil, taken out of
    Water (70° P.) the drum,
    1,000 gal. horsed up to drain overnight.
    Liquid Clarified Que- The next
    ®®* shaved on the flesh oi
    bracho Extract 150 lb. split if necessary.
    Synthetic Tanning Agent
    *®“ but not
    (Phenol-Formaldehyde stretched, and permitted to dry slowly.
    Condensation Product) 30 After the stock
    lb. is dry it is staked on
    The stock is placed into this liquor and machine, talced and arm staked.
    milled intermittently during the day.
    Bnd Bay — Tpning
    Clothing and Glove Leather
    While milling, add 150 lb, quebracho Ihe main features of a well
    dressed
    extract and 10 lb. synthetic tanning gloving leather are softness
    and run
    agent. Mill intermittently during ihe^ crust leather is sorted
    the for skins
    day. of fairly level substance,
    good grain
    3rd Day — qplity and of intermediate ''
    tightness. ^ ^
    Repeat the operation of the second day. The sorted goods are damped, piled
    Bay— shped to a level substance, taking and
    4tli care
    Repeat the operation of the second day
    pt to break through the neck as weak
    leathers will not hold the
    The stock is then left in the tan untii stitches during
    ^
    manufacture.
    LEATHER. SKINS. FURS 167

    The shaved goods are stripped in a drained weight of goods, may be neces-
    drum using 2 per cent "borax and 50 per sary to obtain penetration. After 75 per
    cent water at 90° F. for one hour, thor- cent extract has been added it is an ad-
    oughlj washed with cold water and vantage to add 3 per cent sulphonated
    chromed. The drum is run up with oil and after half an hour ^s drumming to

    water, 10 per cent salt added, run for a leave the goods overnight. The following
    few minutes and three portions each of morning the tannage is completed, the
    3 per cent of a suitable
    proprietary brand goods are horsed for one day, struck out
    of chrome tanning salt are added at in- and hung to dry under natural drying
    tervals of quarter of an hour. After the conditions. It is essential in tanning to
    third portion the drum is run for a fur- have a large float of water in a large
    ther three hours. The chrome is fixed by slowly revolving drum which is run in-
    additions of about 1 per cent bicarbonate termittently and not continuously.
    soda and the goods are horsed for a few The dried goods are lightly degreased
    days. When drained they are put back by the petrol-benzine method, damped,
    in a good float of water, washed for one shaved and lightly stripx^ed with 2 per
    hour and neutralized with 1 per cent bi- cent borax on the shaved weight. After
    carbonate soda. After further half hour a good but not too vigorous washing, the
    washing the drum is run up at 120° F., goods are retanned with 5 per cent sumac
    5 per cent sumac is added and run for for one hour, 3 per cent basic chromium
    one hour. The mordanted skins are run sulphate liquor is added and run for 1%
    clear from liquor, warmed up to 140° F. hours, after which a further 4 per cent is
    with hot air or with the minimum of added. The goods are left in overnight,
    water, and fat-liquored for one hour by lightly fixed with 2 per cent borax,
    the addition of 12-18 per cent sulphon- washed, neutralized and rewashed, mor-
    ated oil. They are then hung to dry. danted with 2 per cent gambier and dyed,
    Up to 8 per cent of dye, depending developing the color with formic acid and
    upon the shade and quality of dyestuff, topping with basic dyes if necessary.
    may be necessary to ensure a good pene- Four per cent sulphonated oil is used
    tration of color. The penetration is es- for fat-liquoring, after which the goods
    sential to avoid cut edges showing white are hung, damped in sawdust, staked and
    in the finished glove. The dye is devel- strained. A light staking before finish-
    oped with formic acid and if necessary ing may be necessary, the goods being
    the color can be topped with basic dyes. finished out with the spray gun, using a
    The skins are again hung to dry, al- pigment finish which is well plasticized.
    lowed to mellow in a cool damp place, A top clear lacquer either of cellulose or
    well staked by Slocomb machine, and shellac, well plasticized, gives a finish
    pigment finished if necessary, in wMch which must be fast to wet and dry rub-
    case the color must be well fixed with a bing and stretch without cracking.
    spray coat of formalin. For a final soft- ^^Face’^ can be produced by plush
    ening, the goods should be dry-drummed wheeling, brushing, or ironing.
    for two or three hours, restaked and
    finally plush-wheeled on tlxe grain to pro- Chrome Tanning Liquor
    duce a silky feel and a bright face. Sulphuric Acid,
    The main point in dressing domestic Concentrated 5 lb.
    sheepskins for semi-chrome clothing Potassium Bichromate 6 lb.
    leather is to avoid prolonging any Glucose 7 lb.
    processing which tends to accentuate the In making the above chrome tanning
    natural looseness of the pelt. solution the bichromate is placed in a
    The fellmongered skins are carefully vessel, preferably of stoneware or lead-
    washed and limed, avoiding excessive lined, with 12 parts of water. The
    paddling, cobber, fleshed and delimed in sulphuric acid is added gradually and
    the usual way. Puering should be of a with stirring. Because of the great heat
    light nature only and should be most produced, the bichromate is readily dis-
    carefully supervised as this process can solved. Next, the glucose, dissolved in
    cause the finished leather to be very loose a small amount of the hot liquor is added
    and tender. very slowly. Much heat and gas is
    Tanning is carried out in a drum, en- evolved because of the violent reaction
    tering the goods into an almost exhausted which takes place.
    tan liquor and gradually increasing the
    strength by small additions of extract
    until the required amount has been added. SHARK LEATI-IEE
    Up to 90 per cent of a mixed extract such The work of skinning the shark is
    as quebracho-mimosa-myrabs, on the generally done on a platform over the
    168 LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    water a dock, or the deck of a
    such, as Fleshing
    boat. In taking off the liide, it is split The hide can be fleshed better, and
    along the back of the shark (not on the more quickly, if it kept in a brine
    is
    belly, as in the case with cow hides). It solution 3 or 4 hours or overnight, but
    takes about 15 minutes to skin an aver- it is not absolutely necessary to do this.
    age size shark, and about 10 minutes to It can be fleshed immediately after it is
    flesh the hide, depending on the experi- taken off the carcass. It must not be
    ence and skill of the skinners and flash- kept in the brine solution longer than
    ers. Wet salted hides as described below, overnight. The fleshing is done with a
    are preferable. beaming knife on a beaming board. The
    Thetins (which are valuable) should beaming knife is a large curved knife
    firstbe cut off with a sharp knife, in a with a handle on each end. The beaming
    curve, which will thereby leave little or board should be about 5 feet long and
    no meat on the fins. Out off the tail 3% feet wide, and rounded to correspond
    just above the root. The root is indi- to the curve of the beaming knife. One
    cated by a small knob on the back of the end rests on the floor, while the other end
    shark. The hide on the tail has no value has a support, which keeps it to the
    and is not taken in the length when the height of a man^s waist. The flesher
    hides are measured. leans against the raised end of the board,
    with the end of the hide in between, and
    removes the surplus flesh by pushing the
    Skinning
    knife away from him. The surface of
    The knife is inserted in the holes made the beaming board should be smooth and
    by removing the dorsal fins, and the hide clean of meat particles, so that the hide
    is split in a straight line along the back. will lay flat on the board, with the flesh
    A sharp knife is required.
    side up.
    The actual flaying (skinning) is more While the hide is still on the beaming
    easily done as follows: Turn the carcass board, trim off the meat which may hang
    on its belly again, and straddle same, over after fleshing, especially around the
    facing in the direction of the head. fin holes. Then split the tail end by cut-
    Take the left side split of the section ting from the hole made by the ventral
    of the hide near the head, in the left fin, towards the tail end, passing through
    hand, holding firmly while the right hand the hole left by the anal fin, and then in
    operates the skinning knife, (which a straight line to the end of the hide.
    should be very sharp), and the hide is The tail end can be split before fleshing,
    then peeled (flayed) off by cutting away if preferred.
    the carcass. Care should be used in op-
    erating the skinning knife, to avoid cuts Curing
    into the hide. Do not be afraid to leave
    Immediately after fleshing and trim-
    too much meat on the hide. This sur-
    ming, the hides must be washed thor-
    plus meat can be removed by fleshing.
    oughly in sea water, and salted for cur-
    If skinning is done too close, flesh cuts
    ing. No^ blood or slime should remain
    may result, which reduces the value of on the hides. The curing is done on a
    the hide.
    floor or platform, which has a slight
    After the left side is skinned, turn incline, so that the water and brine can
    around facing the tail end, and skin run off. Sprinkle some salt on the in-
    (flay) the other side in same manner clined platform, and then lay one hide
    as before. The left hand should always out flat, flesh side up, and spread a gen-
    keep the hide pulled tight while skin- erous amount of salt on the hide, over the
    ning. Leaving the hide slack will cause entire surface. On top of this hide put
    it to wrinkle, and cuts into the hide can the next one, flesh side up, and salt in
    then hardly be avoided. the same manner, and so on, building up
    After the hide is taken off the carcass, a pile about 3 or 4 feet high.
    wash same thoroughly in sea water, re-
    moving all the blood and slime. Then Packing and Shipping
    put the hide in a barrel containing brine After four or five days, the hides are
    water, which facilitates fleshing. Use cured. Do not let the hides remain in
    about 7^ lb. of salt to 25 gal. of sea the pile any longer than six days. Shake
    water to make the brine water solution. off whatever salt remains on the hide,
    An ordinary size barrel holds about 50 and put on a new supply of clean salt
    gal. Only put about 25 gal. of brine on the flesh side, then fold the hide so
    water solution in the barrel so that it as to make a flat square bundle of each
    will not run over when 15 or 20 hides hide, with the flesh side in, so the salt
    are put in. does not fall out. The flat bundle caj^
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 169

    then he rolled into a round bundle, and No. 2


    tied with a string. Per 100 lb. Pelt:
    The kind of packing used depends upon Salt 10 1b.
    the requirements of the steamship com- Sulphuric Acid 1 lb.
    pany. The bundles of hides can be Water 10 gal.
    packed in burlap or sisal bags. Some To this pickle is added (after one or
    steamship companies require that they be two hours’ running) a solution of 3 lb.
    packed in cases or barrels. Any kind bichromate, dissolved in a small quantity
    of case or barrel will do. Slack (sugar of water. Drumming is continued for
    or flour) barrels are preferred. two hours, or until evenly chromed. A
    If watertight barrels are used, the solution of 15 lb. ^^hypo” in 10 gal. of
    bung must be left open, so that fresh air water is now added to the drum and 5
    can reach the hides. Do not ship the lb. dissolved hydrochloric acid gradually
    hides in brine water. A barrel will hold run in, in small portions. There is really
    about 25 average size shark hides. no need to neutralize the leather, but it
    CAUTION: Keep the shark as well as must be thoroughly washed in running
    the hides, sheltered from the hot sun and cold water. If goods are to be fat-
    the rain. Do not use fresh water. Sun- liquored, then neutralization is advised.
    dried hides are not desirable. Hides Fat-liquoring should be carried out with
    burnt by the sun are of no value. olive oil and olive oil soap emulsions.
    SALT: Mineral salt is preferable to No. 3
    sea water salt. Medium grain fishery Salt 36 lb.
    salt gives the best results. It should not Sodium Dichromate 33 lb.
    be too coarse. The surplus clean salt Water 36 gal.
    may be used over again. Hydrochloric Acid 2^/2 gal.
    Sodium Thiosuliohate 68 lb.
    Hydrochloric Acid 5 gal
    Chrome Tanning of Sheepskins This is sufdcient to tan 600 lb. pickled
    Formula No. 1 pelt.
    For 800 lb. pickled sheepskins, the fol-
    lowing quantities are used: Chrome Tan for Goat Skins
    For each 100 lb. of pickled skins to
    Temperature, 110° F.
    be tanned, use bichromate of soda, 6 lb.
    Water 50 gal.
    muriatic acid, 3 lb. salt, 15 gal. of water.
    Salt 50 lb.
    The liquor is prepared by adding the salt
    Hydrochloric Acid 1 gal.
    to the water, next the bichromate of soda,
    The goods should be drummed in this dissolved in hot water, and the acid is
    liquor for 30 minutes. At the end of then slowly stirred in. A drum is used
    that time, 58 lb. of bichromate of soda and, the skins having been thrown in, it
    dissolved in a small quantity of warm is setin motion. The prepared liquor is
    water, is added, together with 2% gal. poured into the drum through the hollow
    of hydrochloric acid, and the tempera- axle and the skins are turned for from
    ture lowered to 94° F. one to two hours. They are then taken
    When yellow and thoroughly impreg- out of the drum and placed smoothly over
    nated with chrome, which usually takes horses to allow for draining and for the
    about two hours, the goods are horsed up chrome to become fixed in the fibers.
    for three hours, so as to fix the chrome. The process is completed the next morn-
    They are then thrown into a paddle wheel ing. The skins are dipped, one af a
    containing 110 lb. of ^ ^ hypo ' ^ and 1 gal. time, into a 10 per cent solution of bi-
    of hydroehloric acid. After the wheel sulphite of soda, and then thrown into
    has been running 15 minutes, 4 gal. of a drum.
    hydrochloric acid diluted with 5 buckets The second bath consists of hyposul-
    of water, is run on slowly. At the end phite of soda, 12 lb.; muriatic acid, 6
    of one hour, 50 lb. ^^hypo’’ and 2 gal. lb.; salt, 3 lb.; water, 15 gal. The
    hydrochloric acid, diluted with 5 buckets ^^hypo” dissolved in boiling water is
    of cold water, are added, and at the end added to the water in a tub. The salt
    of a further hour, 20 lb. '^'hypo'^ and and acid are then added, and the skins
    % gal. acid, suitably diluted, added and are drummed in the liquor for hours, 1%
    allowed to work for two hours, then the or until they have assumed a light blue
    goods drained and washed in cold water color throughout. This completes the
    for hours (running water). They tanning. The leather is again placed
    are always drummed in warm water, 100° over horses to press and drain from 12
    F., for 20 minutes before dyeing next to 24 hours before it is washed and neu-
    morning. tralized.
    170 LEATHER, SKIN'S, FURS
    Glace Kid Tanning content of the spent liquor. Salt content
    Per 100 Pickled Skins
    lb. can be ascertained simply with the hy-
    Hydroclilorie Acid 5 lb. drometer which can also be used to check
    Sodium Bichromate 7 lb. the strength of a “ falling solution.
    Sodium Acetate IVz lb. Acid content can be checked by a simple
    Water 15 gal. titration against a standard alkali solu-
    The second, or reduction bath: tion. When the amounts of salt and acid
    Hydrochloric Acid 6 lb. required have been calculated, they should
    Hyposulphite of Soda 12 lb. be dissolved and added to the paddle in
    Water 15 gal. which the next pack of skins have been
    The skins should be horsed up for 12 placed. The solution should be added as
    hours after chroming and then struck out, quickly as possible so that no one section
    horsed up for a further two hours and of the pack may absorb more acid than
    then reduced. It is preferable to give another. No “rising’^ solution should
    the skins a brief run in the
    ^
    hypo ' ^ be-
    * be used more than six times due to the
    fore adding the diluted acid. Chroming collection of buffer salts.
    should be carried out in a drum and re- The drained, shaved goods are weighed
    duction in a paddle. There is no need and put into a drum, run up with a good
    to neutralize the goods after reduction, float of water at 50® 0. and well washed
    provided they are given a thorough wash- for half an hour. This W’ater is then
    ing for three to four hours in running drained off and a fresh bath is run up
    water, cold, and dnishing off in 100® F. for a further half hour^s washing. Af-
    for three-quarters of an hour. Some tan- ter emptying, the goods are given several
    ners dnd that neutralization, even with turns in the drum with a lattice door
    the weakest alkalies, has a harsh effect fitted and with water running in, the
    on the grain, and is therefore best drum is finally run up with water at 40°
    omitted. G. and per cent sodium bicarbonate
    is added in two portions with a quarter
    of an hour interval. After three quar-
    Preparing Sheepskins for Export
    ters of an hour the goods should be
    To ensure a complete and thorough
    tested on the cut surface with litmus
    pickling of sheepskins for export, the
    paper. Complete neutralization is not re-
    two solution method should be used.
    quired, a thin streak in the center re-
    The delimed sheepskins are run in a maining very slightly acid. Two very
    paddle of water and sufficient sulphuric
    thorough washings as previous are per-
    acid and salt to give a concentration of
    formed before the goods are ready for
    1 per cent and 7 per cent respectively in
    dyeing.
    the paddle, are dissolved and added to
    The two most important points in the
    the paddle as quickly as possible. The
    process are very thorough washing and
    goods are allowed to run in this ris-
    care not to over neutralize or to make the
    ing^ ^solution for one hour. Afall-
    neutralizing bath too alkaline.
    ing ’^saturated salt solution is made up
    Box-calf in particular is liable to
    in another paddle and the goods are
    throw out a salt spue if the washing be-
    transferred from the rising^’ to the
    fore and after neutralizing is insufficient.
    ^
    ‘falling solution. After a further
    After shaving, the calf skins contain a
    hour the sheepskins are drained ready for
    high percentage of soluble salts which
    packing.
    must be removed to prevent spue. More
    The most important points in the
    salts are introduced during the neutraliz-
    process are uniformity of the finished
    ing and these again must be removed.
    pelt and supervision of the “rising^' so-
    —
    lution attention to the latter usually One of the sales features of chrome
    calf for shoe uppers is the fine silky
    resulting’ in the former. As the delimed
    skins may vary from pack to pack in grain. This grain is produced by adjust-
    their times of draining, it is an advan- ing the basicity during chrome tanning
    tage to work by truckload rather than so that the goods will not quite stand the
    by weight, a certain number of truck boil test. If then during neutralizing, ex-
    loads to each paddle. It is very im- cessive strength of alkali is used, this
    portant when putting the skins into the object is defeated and the grain surface
    “ rising solution to add them all at becomes rubbery, losing all its smooth
    once and very quickly, as the first skins silky properties and becoming very harsh
    absorb acid immediately, and the pack to the handle.
    does not level up during the process. A further point in the amount of neu-
    If it is desired to use the “rising tralizing, is that if a streak in the center
    solution more than once by strengthening, is left incompletely neutralized it will,
    it is important to check tha acid and salt during fat-liquor, tend to split the emul-
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 171

    sion, before it reaches the center, so leav- on the flesh side and tack on boards to
    ing a central layer which is somewhat dry. Remove from boards when dry, and
    firmer, thus producing an upper leather soften, trim, season, dry, roll, perch,
    which is firm and not ^‘raggy^^ yet soft reseason, glaze and trim. Milk and al-
    and silky on the grain. bumen can be used for seasoning. After
    trimming examine the skins for remain-
    ing hairs, then iron and sort.
    Boiler Leather from Sheepskins
    Slack 2 gal. of lime in 6 gal. of water
    for each 100 skins of average size. Tanning Snake Skins
    After putting the lime into water in a
    The skins of the snakes that an out-
    vat, put the skins in and allow them to
    doorsman comes across either intention-
    remain for one day, then remove them
    ally or accidentally can be used for many
    and add 1 gal. of lime slacked with 5
    gal. of water. Put the skins back again purposes when they have been properly
    Repeat this operation tanned.
    for another day.
    once more, only leave the skins in the To start, cover the fresh skin with dry
    lime water for two days. Next delime salt and let lie for two days. Then
    the skins with lactic acid. For each 100 soak until soft, and flesh the hide, re-
    skins use 2 lb. of acid and 2 lb. of salt. moving any bits of meat or fat. If you
    Be sure that the salt is of good quality. want the skin as a trophy, leave the
    The water for the acid and salt should scales on. To help tighten the scales,
    have a temperature of at least 80° F., prepare a solution consisting of one part
    otherwise more salt might be required. water, one part glycerin and one-quarter
    All of the salt and 1 lb. of acid are part thin carpenter’s glue. Soak the
    added to the water before the skins are skin in this for 10 minutes. Hang up
    put into it. Add the other pound of to drain for the same length of time.
    acid after the skins have been in the Then wipe dry with a cloth.
    ^

    solution 15 minutes. Use 22 degree light If you expect to make a sort of leather
    color lactic acid. Allow the skins to to fashion into various articles, remove
    remain 30 minutes longer. The solution the scales.
    may be used several times, but with
    Two formulas for tanning are recom-
    each new lot of skins add 1% lbs. of mended for amateurs. One
    is the stand-
    lactic acid, dividing the same into two ard sulphuric-acid pickle. It is mixed in
    lots, one half when the skins are first
    the proportions of 1 qt. of salt and 1
    put in and the other half after 15 min- oz. of sulphuric acid to 1 gal. of water.
    utes. Lactic acid can be used alone The acid must be commercial strength.
    without salt, if plump skins are required. If only the concentrated form can be had
    Next rinse the skins in warm water. from the druggist, use only ^2 oz. Leave
    Watch the grain of the skins and see the skins in this pickle for seven days.
    that it is perfectly smooth.
    Then apply your first tan liquor for The second formula is made in the
    proportions of 1 pt. of salt and 2 oz. of
    3 weeks. Next press with a hydraulic
    press and sprinkle with sawdust to re-
    oxalic acid to 1 gal. of water. The time
    required is 12 hours. Stir the skins and
    move the grease. The skins are then
    turn frequently.
    separated and paddled in a very weak
    liquor and drummed in salt water until When they are removed from either
    all press-creases are eliminated. of these acid solutions, rinse them well in
    Skins tanned by the suspension process clear water and put into a soda bath to
    give smoother grain than when paddle neutralize any remaining acid. Mix one
    or vat is used. cup of washing or sal soda with 2 gal.
    After the preliminary tanning, the of soft water and soak the skins in it
    skins are hung up and dried. The longer for 4 hours. Rinse again, press flat with
    they are dried the better they are when the scale side out, dry partially between
    finally finished. Next, the skins are layers of paper with a weight on top
    dampened and shaved. After shaving, to prevent curling.
    better roller skins are produced by a When skins are nearly dry, soften them
    drumming in a weak sumac solution be- by drawing lengthwise across the edge of
    fore they go back to receive the second a A4“ineh board. Do this until skin is
    and stronger tan liquor for 2 to 3 weeks. perfectly dry. Dampen again and re-
    Some tanners who are not particular peat, working until the skin dries soft.
    about the color of their skins eliminate Then burnish the scale side by pressing
    thissumac drumming. it with a smooth iron. A
    flatiron is good
    The next step is to rinse the skins in but it must be cool. As the last step,
    water and drain them. Then strike out polish with white shellac and alcohol.
    172 LEATHER, SKIFS, FURS
    Picker Strap Leather Patent Leather
    Buffalo or steer hide is best suited. It is desirable to have certain qualities
    Hides are soaked two days, if necessary in leather that is to be finished for pat-
    with addition of sulphide or alkali. A ent. Among these are strength, fullness
    paste made up of 80 kg. slaked lime, 20 of feel, lack of unnecessary stretch and
    kg', sodium sulphide, 2 kg. arsenic, 2 kg. a tight break. In order to obtain some of
    salt to 1 cubic meter of water is applied these qualities it is necessary to choose
    and hides piled overnight. Hides in- carefully the right raw material. This
    tended for leather of high tensile will largely determine the grade of the
    strength should never be permitted to finished leather.
    swell in the lime, hence the addition of Soaking can be done in the Usual man-
    salt to the lime paste. After unhairing, ner. The stock should then be fleshed.
    which may be made in the wash drum, For tight leather it is necessary to use
    the hides are hung in water for 12 hours the sulphiding method for uiihairing, that
    at a temperature of 25-28° C., and then is, from 5<% to 7% of crystal sodium
    delinied as for ordinary hides either in
    sulphide on the hide house weight of the
    paddle or drum. If a drum is used it stock. Five thousand pounds of stock
    should be slowly rotating, a pounding
    are placed in a paddle wheel with 3500
    of the hide, whether in deliming or tan- to 4000 gallons of water for a period
    ning must be avoided. Hides are pickled of twelve to fourteen hours. The sul-
    30 minutes in a drum using 400 per phide is then run off and fresh lime
    cent water, 10 per cent salt, 1 per cent placed into the paddle, using 7% of lime.
    hydrochloric acid following which 3 per
    The paddle is run several times daily and
    cent alum is added and the drum run an
    after four days the stock is removed,
    additional 30 minutes. One half of the
    unliaired and piled up overnight. The
    pickle liquor is run away and the follow-
    next day it is split and washed, bated
    ing chrome liquor slowly added: 200 1.
    and pickled. General practice of sidphid-
    water, 20 kg. chrome alum, 2.1 kg. sodium
    ing^ indicates that looseness is nearly
    carbonate. The drum is run for 4 hours,
    entirely overcome by its application and
    during which time the liquor is neutral-
    that liming is conducive to a loose grain
    ized in the customary manner. Hides are
    and coarse break. Tanning can be carried
    hung to drain the following morning and out by the regular one bath process. Col-
    receive an after tannage consisting of
    oring can best be done without the use
    2 per cent potassium dichromate in 400
    per cent water. After running 15 minutes
    of wood dyes. A good direct black is
    best for this purpose. Wood dyes such
    5 per cent hypo and 1.6 per cent hydro- as logwood, tend to a harsh grain.
    chloric acid are added and run for 45
    Fat-liquoring depends upon whether
    minutes. After having been horsed up
    the leather will be degreased later. For
    for 2 days the leather is neutralized with
    leather that is not to be degreased, a
    borax and fat-liquored in 200 per cent
    fat-liquor of 1% of a good grade of
    water, 1.5 per cent soap, 0.5 per cent
    sulphonated neatsfoot wfill suffice. For
    water soluble oil and 0.15 per cent borax
    leather that is to be degreased, an emul-
    at a temperature of 65° C. This prelim-
    sion of neatsfoot oil, soap and cod oil
    inary oiling helps the uniform take-up of
    to the extent of 7% on the weight of the
    the stuffing mixture which is applied
    stock, should be used. Whether stock is
    after one day's storage.
    degreased or not it should lie in crust
    for at least ten days. This is one of the
    Skirting Leather Tan most important stages in the making of
    For a light colored leather a liquor can patent leather. Sammying should be very
    be made of alum, salt and sumac extract. carefully watched. An even and uniform
    To 100 gal. water, add 60 lb. alum, 35 lb. distribution of moisture is essential. This
    salt and 25 lb. liquid sumac extract. stage should require forty-eight hours
    These ingredients should be thoroughly before the stock is tacked. After tacking,
    dissolved in the solution. Then mix 40 it is well to rest the stock again for three
    gal. of this solution in 500 gal. of water or four days. Afer the leather is de-
    for making up a vat of liquor. Ten to greased, it should be finished as soon as
    twenty days will be consumed for tan- possible as it has a tendency to become
    ning according to thickness of stock. pipey if permitted to remain long in this
    Handle often during this time and add condition.
    7 to 10 gal. of the liquor for each han- Usually three coats of finish are ap-
    dling. Wash and drain the leather after plied to patent leather. Each is made
    tanning and then .fat-liquor with a high differently. T'wo types of oil only are
    grade product. Then dry the stock, emery used.
    the flesh and double stake. The boiling of oil is best done in a
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 173

    hooded kettle after the addition of 50 to Constant stirring is necessary. The finish
    60 oz. of Turkey raw umber to each 50 is placed into storage tanks and per-
    gallons of oil. The temperature is slowly mitted to age three weeks before use.
    raised to 550® F., held there for ten For the application it is thinned to a
    minutes, cooled off to a temperature of working consistency with naphtha and
    530° F. and again slowly raised to 550° applied with a flat camel hair brush.
    F. This is repeated four times. It is This second coat is dried in oven at a
    then held at the high temperature until temperature of 140° F. for at least 18
    hnished. This requires about two hours. hours. After the finish is thoroughly
    During the heating period, the oil is con- dried the surface of the leather is pum-
    tinually stirred with a regulation ladle. iced in order to remove all specks Of dirt
    ^
    The formation of leaf -like ^slabs’' on or foreign matter. The stock is now
    the mouth of the inverted ladle is an ready for the last or varnish coat.
    indication of the consistency. When the
    Varnish
    leaves persist it is necessary to use the
    This finish probably receives more at-
    fork and remove the kettle from the fire.
    tention than other finishes for it is con-
    When the sweetmeats form across the
    ^

    sidered the most important of the three,


    prongs of the fork, the kettle should be
    as it must withstand more abuse than the
    cooled as rapidly as possible. When a
    finishes it covers. Its manufacture is
    temperature of 400° F. is reached, it
    especially guarded for this reason. It is
    should be reduced immediately with var-
    made from the same oil as that for the
    nish makers naphtha. The naphtha must
    ’

    second coat and for each fifty gallons


    be well assimilated by the sweetmeats by
    ’ 500 oz. of Prussian blue and 25 oz. of
    continual ' ^ puddling. ' This is important
    litharge is added. It is then heated as
    for if the sweetmeats is not all broken
    rapidly as possible to 550° F. with con-
    up and solubleized at this stage it will
    tinuous ladling. When this temperature
    be impossible to do anything with it
    is reached it requires very careful han-
    later.
    dling to obtain the proper result. Over
    The sweetmeats is aged for at least
    a period of hours the heating of the
    one week before it is used. It is then
    oil is interrupted every ten minutes. It
    further thinned with naphtha and the
    is permitted to cool 15° and then the
    necessary coloring matter added. Appli-
    temperature is again brought up to 550°
    cation of this finish is either with a
    F. for ten minutes. This is continued until
    slicker or with a swab and palmed. The
    the oil shows a decided thickening and has
    finish should dry overnight in a well ven-
    the consistency of fresh honey when cool.
    tilated room which must be kept at a
    Here it should be mentioned that all boil-
    uniform temperature of 105° F.
    ings must be checked with a sample off the
    This finish as well as the final varnish finish from a previous boiling, especially
    coat comes from the same oil. This oil one that has been proved to be of the
    is also made from a selected North Amer- proper consistency. After the varnish is
    ican seed. The seed should be of a better at the right consistency it should be
    selectionthan that previously mentioned cooled to 350° F. and one gallon of
    for the sweetmeats and they must be naphtha is added to each gallon of oil.
    absolutely free from all foreign matters This finish must be aged at least six
    as well as other seed. It is pressed warm weeks before it is used and it should be
    and then steamed to a high temperature well protected from dust and other dirt.
    after which it is filtered with fuller ^s After thinning to a working consistency
    earth, tanked and allowed to age for at it is applied with a fiat brush. The leather
    least six weeks. is then placed in an oven to dry at a
    For each gallon of oil 3 oz. of Turkey temperature of 150° F, for 18 hours.
    umber and %oz. of leather is added. The leather is sunned for at least five
    This boiled in quantities of fifty gal-
    is hours after which it is removed from the
    lons in the same kind of kettle that has frames and trimmed.
    been mentioned. The oil is rapidly
    brought to a temperature of 650° F. and Wambat Sheep Leather
    held there for from three to four hours, Cut 300 green salted shearlings into a
    with continual ladling. When strings of 9 X 9 X 51A foot paddle wheel; soak in
    the boiled oil are observed forming on fresh 70° F. water, about 3 o^clock in
    the inverted ladle, it is ready to be re- the afternoon and run about one-half
    moved from the fire. Stirring continues hour, stop one-half hour and then run
    until leaves form on the ladle. The kettle another half hour. Drain the dirty water
    is then cooled as rapidly as possible to and fill the paddle wheel with fresh cold
    300° F. when fifty gallons of naphtha water^ run 15 minutes and then rest until
    are added to the contents of the kettle. the following day.
    174 LEATHEE, SKIN'S, FEES
    The next day, haul the skins from the per one gallon of water. Swab the re-
    paddle wheel on to a platform to drain. tanning solution evenly over the entire
    In the meantime, fill the wash drum skin, fold together to retain solution, let
    within 12 inches of the gudgeon with stand 24 hours and then fat-liquor hy
    ^

    90° F. warm water and add 2 pails of hand.


    soda ash and 2 pails of shredded soap, Fifty gallons of fat-liquor is made up
    which has been previously boiled up in as follows:
    onedialf barrel of water. Also add 6 gal. Fig Soap 12 lb.
    of V.M.P. naphtha to the wheel. Throw Moellon 25 lb.
    in 100 drained pelts at a time and run Sulphonated Cod Oil 25 lb.
    30 minutes, haul out and deliver to the Soda Ash 4 lb.
    fleshing machine. Flesh four ways if in 30 gal. water
    necessary. Boil together for 1% hours, let stand
    After fleshing, wash the skins again until following day, then fill barrel up
    and run in the degreasing solution for to 50 gal. Put 20 to 30 skins on table
    30 minutes. Then wash with slat or open and apply a liberal coat of the fat-liquor
    door in 75° F. warm water for 10 or 15 on the flesh side, fold together and rest
    minutes to remove all traces of soap. 24 hours. Then hang up to dry in a
    File on the platform for one hour to room of moderate temperature.
    drain, then throw the 300 skins into the When dry, put 100 skins in drum, add
    pickling paddle in cold water, and add 6 pails sawdust; which has been moist-
    enough salt to show 20° on the salometer. ened with a 3 to 3%
    pails of hot water.
    Add 1 gal. of 66° B4. sulphuric acid and Eun skins in this for 2 hours, haul out
    run 1% hours and leave in the pickle and pile on floor, covering up with bags
    overnight. to retain the heat, so the skins will sweat.
    On the third day, haul, pile on plat- The next day, stake twice all around and
    forms for about one hour and then put hang up to dry. Then put in the mill for
    the skins into the tanning paddle, which cleaning. Put 100 skins in the drum and
    has previously been made up of add 8 pails dry, hardwood sawdust and
    Salt 600 lb. 4 pails fine dry sand and run for 2 hours.
    Sulphate of Alum (Ground) 300 lb. Haul out, stake once more all around,
    Sal Ammoniac 60 lb. and buff the flesh side clean. Now give
    the skins a soap solution on the flesh
    Steam the tanning vat up to 80° F., side, consisting of 7^2 lb. white shredded
    put in the skins and run one hour, stop soap in 50 gal. water. Apply to flesh
    an hour, then run 10 minutes every hour side luke warm, fold skins in to avoid
    during the rest of the day. The second solution from running out and pile in vat
    day in the tan, run 10 minutes every to sammy for 24 hours. Tack and dry.
    hour. On the morning of the next day, When dry, brush the skins four ways,
    haul them out and throw on horses to clean in the revolving wheel to remove
    drain. It is advisable to dye only 150 all sawdust and sand. Then shear and
    ^
    skins at a time in a paddle just large bleach.
    enough to accommodate that amount. The bleaching solution consists of
    The dye bath is made before entering Oxalic Acid 150 g.
    the skins. To every gallon of dye solu- Hydrogen Peroxide (100%) 1 qt.
    tion the vat contains, add to 6 gal. water. Sprinkle cans with this
    Acetate of Lead 40 g.
    bleach as evenly as possible. Let set for
    Hyposulphite of Soda 20 g.
    10 minutes then spray with bleach under
    Sulphuric Acid 5 cc. 80 lb. pressure. Hold air gun at least
    3 ft. from skin. Immediately hang up
    15 g. hydrosulphite powder. Before to dry. When dry proceed to measure.
    adding this, steam the water to 90° F.
    and keep running while adding the ma-
    Leather Oil
    terial. After the hydrosulphite is in, run
    Formula No. 1
    about 5 minutes, then put in the skins,
    a. Spindle Oil, Befined 45 kg.
    run for 2 hours, haul out, drain on plat-
    Crude Eubber, Flake, Pink 2 kg.
    form or horses. Then, put skins through
    h. Coumarone Eesin, Viscous 1 kg.
    hydro extractor to remove as much water
    Woolf at, Neutral 10 kg-
    as possible. When extracte(l open skins
    Train Oil, Clear 42 kg.
    up and pile 20 to 30 skins flesh side up
    ';No. ,2
    on the table to receive a retanning solu- :
    ,

    Stearin Pitch, Soft 10 kg.


    tion, which is made up of
    Wood Tar 10 kg.
    Salt 120 g. Aluminum Stearate 1 kg.
    Alum 60 g. Train Oil, Bark 31 kg.
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 17l>'

    Spindle Oil, Distilled 40 kg. SOLE LEATHER STUFFINO AND


    Turpentine 8 kg. DRYING
    First Stuffing
    Leather Stuffing Two thousand pounds of stock after
    Train Oil pressing is placed into the drum, which
    or Woolf at Fatty Acids 20 g. is then steamed while the drum is in
    or Lanolin motion. A
    uniform temperature of 120°
    Mineral Oil, 0.880-0.885 75 g. F. should be maintained. The following
    Lime Hydrate 3 g. materials should be prepared beforehand
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 1 g. and added to the drum while it is in
    Dissolve the fatty acid in half of the motion
    mineral oil by heating to 80° C., and
    Epsom Salts 20 lb.
    stir in the lime hydrate (diluted with 4
    Quebracho Extract (Highly
    times the amount of water), to saponify.
    Sulphited) 25 lb.
    Add the remainder of the (heated) min- Dry Sulphite Cellulose
    eral oil, and stir thoroughly. Add the
    Compound 25 lb.
    caustic soda and stir until cooled.
    Clay 25 lb.
    Run through homogenizer to give the
    fat a high lustre.
    The above are well mix;^d, heated to
    140° P. before placing into the drum,
    then milled for 30 minutes, after which
    Loading for Leather Bellies
    add:
    Corn Sugar 5% Sugar, Melted 40 lb.
    Epsom Salts Z% Mill 10 minutes and add:
    Cod Oil 2% Raw Cod Oil 15 lb.
    Mineral Oil 2% Mineral Oil 15 lb.
    This % is figured on weight of leather.
    Sulphonated Cod Oil 71/2 lb.
    The oils are first mixed and heated to
    Hard Leather for Top Lifts 140° F., then milled for 15 minutes.
    Anextremely hard leather can be made
    The stock is then taken out of the
    by laying the tanned stock away in a drum and transferred to the dry loft.
    strong hemlock liquor of at least 60 de-
    grees barkometer strength for 30 days. Dry Dip
    A stronger liquor can be usOd if a board- After the stock has dried thoroughly
    The temperature it is ^^dry dipped.'^ For this purpose a
    like lather is desired.
    of the liquor should be kept at 80° P. deep fat equipped with a basket or rack
    or slightly higher. The acidity should be should be available. The stock is so fixed
    at least Add lactic acid if neces- in the basket as to prevent it from float-
    sary to keep this percentage up. ing on the surface. All metal parts should
    These hemlock liquors can be used over be of brass or bronze to prevent staining.
    again several times by adding a further The vat should be large enough to ac-
    quantity of tannin. They do not sap commodate no less than 60 sides or crops.
    down much owing to the fact that the The dry dip liquor is made as follows:
    leather is in a tanned condition when Liquid Quebracho Extract
    treated in them. (Highly Sulphited) 60%
    Sulphite Cellulose Extract 35%
    Soaking Sun Dried Hides and Skins Synthetic Tanning Material 5%
    Sun-dried hides can be soaked effi- A liquor having barkometer of 40 de-
    ciently in any of the following solutions grees is made of the above mixture. The
    for 3 days. pH should be adjusted to 3.0.
    Formula No. 1 The liquor is heated to 125° F., the
    Sodium Chloride Solution 5% dry stock is then dipped into it and held
    No. 2 there for 20 minutes, after which it is
    Sodium Nitrate Solution 2% removed from the vat and allowed to
    drain. In the meantime, the second oil
    No. 3
    wheel is prepared.
    Sodium Bisulphite Solution 1%
    (at pH 1.5) Second Stuffing
    Sun-dried goatskins require 3 days im- The amount of stock for the second
    mersion in oilwheel should be equal to that of the
    Sodium Chloride Solution 10 % The drum is heated to 120°
    first stuffing.
    Sodium Citrate Solution 0.13% F. The stock, after draining out of the
    Potassium Chlorate Solution 1 % dry dip, is immediately placed into the
    Sodium Nitrate Solution 1 % drum, then is added:
    Soda Ash Solution 0.5 % Epsom Salts 15 lb.
    176 LEATHEB, SKINS, FURS
    Min 10 minutes, then n,dd: saved by hanging the first oiled stock
    Sugar (Melted) 30 lb. over sticks, the
    possibility of stick
    Mill 20 minutes, then add: marks'^ is thereby eliminated.
    Baw Ood Oil 10 Ib.
    Mineral Oil 10 lb.
    Shoe-Bottom Filler or Stiffener
    Sulphonated Cod Oil 2 lb,
    U. S. Patent 2,052,579
    Olay 10 lb. A mixture of comminuted cork 47 and
    Mix and heat to 130® F., and mill 20 cottonseed oil pitch 53% is calendered,
    minutes. a fabric backing strip is applied to the
    Take out of drum and hang in dry mixture, the laminated material is al-
    loft to dry. lowed to set, and is coated with a plas-
    ticizer formed of water 60, a vegetable
    Brying Sole Leather gum such as gum arable 30 and glycerol
    Considerable experimental work on dry- 10 %.
    ing vegetable tanned leather, especially
    sole, has been done. It is evident that ^
    Shoe Tip Stiffener
    this^ stage cannot be hurried as in the Film Waste, Washed and
    drying of chrome tanned leather. Vari- Dried 22 lb.
    ous types of •tunnels have been erected, Lacquer Solvent 25 lb.
    especially for the first drying. After Benzene 25 lb.
    many trials it was found that tunnel Alcohol 28 lb.
    drying was not as satisfactory as loft
    drying. Sole Filler and Cement
    Loft drying requires control, particu- Bosin 57 ib.
    larly as to change of air in the room. Spindle Oil 15 ib.
    This should not be attempted by opening Cork, Shredded, According
    and closing windows at random, but by to Grain Size 28-35 lb.
    the application of exhaust fans at the The mass melted up and mixe^ thor-
    is
    proper time. oughly, then poured thinly on a stone
    It is important that the loft be totally floor. When cold, it is broken up, and
    dark and that the stock dry very slowly. can be molded into cubes by pounding
    The first two days no change of air it into molds (boxes lined with sheet
    should be attempted. This requires that metal)
    rooms be so constructed as to accommo- To be used hot.
    date no more than one day ^s production.
    (From either the first oil wheel or the
    second oil wheel, i.e., both should have Hardener for Shoe Soles
    separate handling.) After the second day Formula No. 1
    a change of air is in order, and, depend- a. Gutta Percha 10 kg.
    ing upon the appearance and condition Benzine 100 kg.
    of the stock after that time, air should h. Linseed Oil, Boiled 100 kg.*
    be changed each following day until the Make solution a, add h. Apply on a
    last day, which should be the fifth or dry surface only.
    sixth, the temperature should be raised
    No. 2
    to 100® F. for the last 24 hours. This, a. Asphalt 60 kg.
    however, should not be attempted if the Ceresin 40 kg.
    stock shows wet areas either on the grain Train Oil 200 kg.
    or on the flesh side.
    Linseed Oil 700 kg.
    The first drying should be to a point 10% in Benzene
    h. Bubber, j-vyo JUJOZiZiCatJ
    JLJJ.OU
    30 kg.
    Jtcg,
    where no more than 5% of moisture is Dissolve a hot. Cool. Add &. Mix.
    left in the leather. The stock should not
    be taken out of the dry room until it No. 3
    can be immediately sent to the dry dip, ’^osin 350 kg.
    i.e., it should not be removed from
    the Linseed Oil 150 kg.
    hooks before that operation and be per- Turpentine Oil 500 kg.
    mitted to adsorb moisture. No. 4
    The second drying is done in approxi- Sodium Silicate 400 g.
    mately the same manner, excepting that Linseed Oil 600 g.
    after the stock is dry it is permitted to Mix the two liquids together with vig-
    ''crusU^ for 5 to 10 days before it is orous shaking. Apply with sponge or
    finished. brush.
    It is understood that all stock is hung
    No. 5
    up to dry by attaching to hooks at the Linseed Oil Varnish 70 kg.
    Head and tail, even though space may be Train Oil 10 kS
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 177

    Copal Lacquer 12 kg. No. 2


    Birch Oil 8 kg. Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 33 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate
    '

    No. 6 221/2 oz.


    Linseed Oil Varnish 1 kg. Toluol 22 1^ oz.
    Eosin 3 kg. Bone Black 11 oz.
    Benzine 1 kg. Castor Oil 11 oz.
    Benzol 1 kg.
    Turpentine Oil 2 kg. Artificial Leather Daubs
    Formula No, 1
    No. 7 Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 200 oz.
    Tallow 500 g. Castor Oil AA 10 oz.
    Beeswax 500 g. Pigment ) Ground 20 oz
    Eosin 30 g. Castor Oil j Together 20 oz
    Linseed Oil 15 g.
    No. 2
    Apply hot.
    Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 59.2 oz.
    No. 8 Ethyl Acetate 5.8 oz.
    Castor Oil 4 lb. Castor Oil AA 15.0 oz.
    Tallow 2 lb. Bronze Powder 20.0 oz.
    Crude Rubber 11b. No. 3
    •

    Melt together at 125® C. Apply hot. Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 200 oz.
    No. 9 Castor Oil AA 100 oz.
    a. Linseed Oil 100 g. Bronze Powder 400 oz.
    Manganese Borate 1.5 g. Ethyl Acetate 200 oz.
    Alum, Calcined 0.5 g. Toluol 100 oz.
    6. Shellac 1000 g. No. 4
    Sandarac 250 g. Pyroxylin Solution
    Mastic 60 g. (22 oz.) 200 oz.
    Camphor 15 g. Castor Oil AA 25 oz.
    Venetian Turpentine 200 g. Pigment ) Ground 30 oz.
    Alcohol 4 1. Castor Oil j Together 30 oz.
    Apply the drying oil a, dry on the open Ethyl Acetate S 2 V2 oz.
    air. Impregnate on top of this with h. Toluol 32^ oz.
    Let dry on the air. No. 5
    No. 10 Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 57.8 oz,
    Beeswax 12.5 g.
    Oil Color ) Ground 8.7 oz.
    Turpentine 12.5 g.
    Castor Oil 3
    Together 8.7 oz.
    Castor Oil 12.5 g.
    Blown Castor Oil 5.8 oz.
    Wood Tar 3.25 g.
    Ethyl Acetate 9.5 oz.
    Linseed Oil 125 Toluol 9.5 oz.
    g.
    Heat up the mixture to get a homo- No. 6
    geneous oil.
    Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 74.8 oz.
    Apply hot on dry soles. Castor Oil A A 9.0 oz.
    Oil Color \ Ground 7.5 oz.
    No. 11 Castor Oil /Together 7.5 oz.
    Aluminum Stearate in. Naphtha Solu-
    Camphor 1.2 oz.
    tion.
    No. 7
    No. 12 Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 51.5 oz.
    British Patent 433,207 Ethyl Acetate 16.5 oz.
    Sodium Silicate 7 lb. Castor Oil AA 8.0 oz.
    Iron Oxide 1 lb. Gold Bronze 23.5 oz.
    Soap 1 lb. Aluminum Bronze 0.5 oz.
    Carnauba Wax 7 lb.
    Gum Arabic 1 lb. Patent Leather Coating
    Sodium Carbonate 1 lb. Pyroxylin Pigmented Base 30 oz.
    Yields a plastic mass which is applied Varnish 25 oz.
    between outer and inner soles.
    Denatured Alcohol 40 oz.
    Amyl Acetate 5 oz.
    Artificial Leather Coatings This IS a good protective over- coating
    Formula No. 1 tor casein finishes.
    Pyroxylin Solution (22 oz.) 70.1 oz.
    Ethyl Acetate 17.2 oz. Oiling Off of Leather
    Alcohol 7.1 oz. Formula No. 1
    Dibutyl Phthalate 2.7 oz. Sorbitol (85%) 1 lb.
    Nigrosin Solution 3.6 oz. Water 3 lb.
    178 LEATHER, SKIN'S, PURS
    This mixture is applied by spreading Blood Albumen Solution
    the tanned, colored and fat-liquored skin Blood Albumen 10 lb.
    on a flat surface with the grained side Water 10 gal.
    up. The skin is then lightly brushed man- Di-nitrophenol 2 oz.
    ually or by machine with a brush dipped Mixall together, with the water at
    in the sorbitol mixture. Immediately af- 80° E., let stand, stirring every 15 min-
    terward, the skins are hung up to dry. utes until the whole is dissolved. Strain
    Sometimes a light coating of neatsfoot through 4 layers of cheese cloth.
    oil may be applied on the grain side of Casein Solution
    the skin following the sorbitol treatment Casein 10 lb.
    and before drying. Borax 2% lb.
    Other ingredients may be added to the Bi-nitrophenol 2 oz.
    sorbitol solution given above, such as Water 10 gal.
    blood or egg albumen, milk, casein and Place the whole into the cooker and
    dyes such as nigrosin, logwood extract boil vigorously for 1 hour. When cool,
    and hematine. Such a finish is made up make up to 10 gallons and strain through
    as follows: 4 layers of cheese cloth.
    No. 2
    Shellac Solution
    Blood Albumen 15 % Superfine Wax Free
    Nigrosin 1 % Shellac 10 lb.
    Sorbitol (85%) Strong Ammonia 2^ lb.
    Milk 10 % Water 10 gal.
    Water 731/2 %
    Place the whole into the cooker and
    It is, moreover, possible, after the
    boil for 1 hour. Cool and make up to a
    leather has been dyed, by rubbing sor-
    total of 10 gallons, strain through cheese
    bitol in on the non-dyed side to give it
    cloth.
    the necessary degree of suppleness.
    Black Pigment
    Lamp Black lb.
    LEATHER FINISHES Sulphonated Castor Oil
    WaxEmulsion (75%) 2 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Nigrosine (Jet Black) 5% lb.
    Castile Soap 15 lb. Sassafras Oil 5 oz.
    Carnauba Wax, No. 1 Yellow 5 lb. Water 3 gal.
    Candelilla Wax 5 lb. Mix together and heat until the d;

    Dissolve the soap in 8 gallons of water is dissolved, then add:


    by boiling for 1 hour, adding water as Wax Emulsion No. 1 2% gal.
    it is lost by evaporation, then add melted Casein Solution 1 gal.
    wax and continue boiling for two more Shellac Solution 2% gal.
    hours, then add water enough to make a Mix well and grind in Harris mill, then
    total of 10 gallons. Strain the mass add enough water to make 12 %
    gallons
    through 4 layers of cheese cloth. total.

    No. 2 Nigrosine Solution


    Castile Soap 4 1b. Nigrosine (Jet Black) 1 lb.
    Carnauba Wax, No. 1 Yellow 10 lb. Water 1 gal.
    Boil together until all the dye is dis-
    The soap is chipped and placed into the
    solved.
    double jacketed cooker. Break the wax
    After the above solutions and emul-
    into small pieces and add to the kettle,
    sions are prepared, the skins are finished
    now heat the two together until the whole
    as follows:
    mass is melted. It may be necessary to
    add a very small quantity of hot water Stain
    to aid in obtaining a complete flux. Dissolve 10 ounces of hematine in 1
    When this is accomplished hot water is gallon of water by boiling vigorously,
    continually added in small doses. After then add:
    each addition the mass is well stirred. Bichromate of Soda 1 oz.
    Hot water is continually added until the Nigrosine Solution 120 oz.
    mass becomes limpid and finally the Water enough to make 5 gallons.
    whole is made up to a total of 10 gallons. I coat of the above with a swab,
    The finished emulsion, when diluted in the permit to dry, and then smooth plate at
    ratio of 1 to 10 with water should pro- 150° F.
    duce a slightly milky solution. It is then Then prepare the following:
    strained through four thicknesses of Blood Albumen Solution 40 fl. oz.
    cheese cloth. Shellac Solution 20 fl. oz.
    LEATHER, SKINS. FURS 179

    Casein Solution 20 fl. oc. Leather Finish


    Nigrosine Solution 16 fl. oz. French Patent 786,233
    Stain 32 ti. oz. Cetyl Alcohol 87 lb.
    Water fl. oz. 160 Stearic Acid 9 lb.

    Apply two coats of the above, permit Triethanolamine 4 lb.

    to dry between coats, and glaze. Then Water 400 lb.

    prepare the following


    Ammoniacal Shellac
    Solution, consisting
    Shellac Solution 20 fl. oz.
    of
    Casein Solution 30 fl. oz.
    Bleached
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1 fl. oz.
    Shellac 24 oz.
    Nigrosine Solution 20 fl. oz.
    Water, Hot 170 oz. 1.64 lb.
    Water 70 fl. oz.
    Ammonia
    Apply one coat of above with a swab (0.880) 6 oz.
    and permit to dry. Then prepare the Heat a to 85-90° C. Add the hot
    following: solution b to it with stirring. Prepare
    Nigrosine Soluion 10 fl. oz. the lac solution separately, and t^dd it, c,
    Casein Solution 15 fl. oz. to the hot emulsion. Stir until cold.
    Shellac Solution 10 d. oz.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil fl, oz.
    Leather Finish, Nitrocellulose
    Wax Emulsion No. 2 6 fl. oz.
    Celluloid Solution A
    Water 42 fl. oz.
    Movie Film Scrap 7
    Apply one coat above, permit to dry, Special Solvent 17
    then iron or mangle. Butyl Acetate (85%) 6
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 14
    Benzine (690/710) 9
    LEATHER FINISHES Benzine (765/775) 3
    Colorless Benzol 10
    <k Methylated Spirit 36 lb. Toluol 20
    Shellac, Dewaxed, Xylene 14
    Bleached 18 lb. Bosin Solution B
    Camphor 4.2 lb. Rosin WW 18 g*
    Water 6 lb. Alcohol, Denatured 82 g*
    Oil Soap, Chipped Bars 4.25 lb. Finished Dyes
    0 . Rosin WW 4.2 lb. Pigment Paste 6-14 g-
    d. Water 2.25 lb. Celluloid Solution A 70-75 g-
    Potash Carbonate Rosin Solution B 10 g-
    (90/98%) 1.1 lb. Alcohol 11-14 g*
    e. Methylated Spirit 24 lb. This latter is a general formula, for
    which previously-prepared solutions and
    Black
    color-pastes are used.
    a. Methylated Spirit 35 lb.
    Ruby Shellac, Dewaxed 16 lb.
    Clear Leather Lacquer
    Camphor 4 lb.
    Brilliant Black T,
    Celluloid Solution A 72.5 g.
    Rosin Solution B 9.0 g.
    Alcohol Soluble 1.5 lb.
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 3.5 g.
    h. Water 6 lb.
    Alcohol 13.5 g.
    Oil Soap,Chipped Bars 4 lb.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 1.5 g.
    0. Rosin G-M (Dark) 6 lb.
    d. Water 4 lb.
    Leather Brown ^ ^
    Lasur ’ ^
    Dye
    Potash Carbonate
    Clear Leather Lacquer 100 g.
    e.
    (96/98%)
    Methylated Spirit
    1.5
    22
    lb.
    lb.
    —
    Zapon Echt. Orange G 1 g,
    Bismarck Brown R,
    a is dissolved separately in the cold, Oil-Soluble 0.05 g.
    with stirring. —
    Zapon Echt. -Black M 0.03 g.
    Melt Heat h to a boil, add the
    0.
    melted saponify with boiling d, Turn
    c, Suede Leather Dressing
    off heat. Use precautions to prevent Black
    boiling over. Cool, add e. Part of e may a. Nigrosin Base 3 g.
    be added hot, after the boil is finished, Oleic Acid 8 g.
    to complete saponification. b. Benzene 40 g.
    Stir b, 0 , d, and c into a with good Alcohol, Denatured 100 g.
    stirring. Add water to get 100% yield. Benzine 100 g
    Settle to clear. Melt a, and thin this with b.
    : :

    180 LEATHER, SKINS, PURS


    Leather Coloring Compound No. 4
    Pigment Emulsion Shoe Quick Black (Waterproof)
    Pigment 10 kg. Black Celluloid Scrap ib. %
    Soap, Powdered 1 kg. Methylated Spirit 4 pt.
    Wood Oil 10 kg. Methyl Acetone 114 pt.
    Water 50 kg. Typhophor Black Dye 3 oz.
    Of this emulsion, use Boiled Linseed Oil 4 oz.
    Pigment Emulsion 15 kg. Castor Oil 4 fl. oz.

    Ammonia- Casein (12-15%) 30 kg. Carbon Black Paste 10 jl. oz.

    Glue Solution (10%) 25 kg. Yellow Dye 3 g.


    Glycerin 8 kg. No. 5
    Harden on the leather by brushing or Shoe sole Unishes which can be pol-
    spraying with formaldehyde solution. ished with a buff or revolving pad.
    Celluloid Pilm Scrap 3 oz.
    Pyroxylin (Cellulose) Leather Finishes Methyl Acetone 1% pt.
    Medium Benzol 3 pt.
    Celluloid Scrap Methylated Spirit 414 pt.
    (High Viscosity) 10 lb. Barytes 1 lb.
    Plasticizer 42 lb. Whiting 2 lb.
    Methyl Acetone 20 lb. Asbestine 2 lb.
    Ethyl Acetate 20 lb. Castor Oil 4 fl. oz.
    Alcohol, Denatured 10 lb. Boiled Linseed Oil 8 fl. oz.
    Toluol 80 lb. Oxford Ochre
    Amyl Acetate 5 lb. (Undercoat Paste) To shade
    Diaeetone Alcohol 10 lb.
    No. 6
    CeUosolve 5 lb. Clothing leather finishes which are to
    Formula No. 1 be fast to wet rubbing, very soft, pliable
    Above Medium 150 lb. and matt.
    Plasticizer 51 lb. Medium, as in Formula No.
    Amyl Acetate 37^ lb.
    1 (3 pigment, 1 clear) 100 lb.
    No. 2 Castor Oil 8 lb.
    Split leather finishes. These are of Ethylene Glycol 25 lb.
    eggshell type, and should have high fill- Methyl Acetate 25 lb.
    ing and covering power. Plasticizing Solution* 1 lb.
    Stock Clear Film* 10 pt. * Plasticizing Solution is
    Benzol 14 pt. Blown Castor Oil 30 lb.
    Black Dye 2 lb. Diamyl Pbthalate 15 lb.
    Butyl Stearate 15 lb.
    Trieresyl Phosphate 1 pt. Diluted to 100 parts with methylated spirit
    Carbon Black
    (Undercoat Paste) 10 oz.
    No. 7
    Glossy Enamel Finish for Patent
    Prussian Blue
    Leathers, Etc.
    (Undercoat Paste) 1 oz.
    Cotton (% sec. in
    Butyl Acetate 2 pt.
    Butanol Butanol) lb.
    1 pt.
    Methylated Spirit Cotton (4 sec. in
    3 pt.
    Bakelite Resin 2 lb.
    Butanol) lb. %
    Acetone pt.
    Amyl Acetate 1 gal.
    2
    * Stock Clear Film is Ethyl Acetate gal.
    Clear Celluloid
    Ethyl Acetate
    18 lb. Acetone % gal.

    Amyl Acetate
    8
    4
    gal.
    gal.
    Toluol
    Boiled Linseed Oil
    % gal.
    4 fl. oz.
    No. 3 Camphor 8 oz.
    Shoe upper finishes, which should be Dibutyl Tartrate 80 g.
    very adhesive and pliable to resisting Sextol 11 fl. oz.
    bending of the foot. Dewaxed Dammar
    16 lb.
    4 oz.
    4 sec. Cotton in Butanol Williams Dye, No. 16128
    Methyl Acetone 20 lb.
    To shade
    Ethyl Acetate 20 lb. No. 8
    Amyl Acetate 10 lb. Hide Finishes for Upholstery
    Benzol 70 lb. Medium
    Toluol 70 lb. Bronzing Cotton
    Castor Oil 4 lb. (70 to 80 sec.) 2 lb.
    Ethyl Abeitate 2 lb. Methyl Acetone 3 pt.
    Butyl Stearate 4 lb. Sextone ^^B’’ 3 pt,
    Butyl Phthalate 4 Ih. Diaeetone Alcohol % pt.
    '
    :

    LEATHER. SKINS. FURS 181

    Toluol 2 pt. Blood Albumin, Dark 60 g.


    Methylated Spirit 1% pt. Phenol 25 g.
    Ethyl Acetate 1 pt. Water 14 1.

    Amyl Acetate 1 P^*


    Camphor 1 lb. Plasticizer for Artificial Leather Finishes
    Cellosolve 1 pt. Blown Castor Oil 30 lb.
    Castor Oil 1 pt. Diamyl Phthalate 15 lb.
    M.M. 1
    Sipaline
    Butyl Stearate
    No. 9
    m pt.
    fi. oz.
    Butyl Stearate
    Alcohol, Denatured
    15
    40
    lb.
    lb.

    White Finish
    Restoring Fine Finish on Kid Uppers
    To 1 gal. of medium add:
    Kid skins when placed on the cut-
    Titanium Oxide 1 lb.
    ters’ boards are nearly perfect in finish
    Zinc Oxide 2 oz.
    according to grading, but the cut uppers
    Castor Oil 4 oz.
    in going through the factory become dull.
    Sipaline M.M. 4 OZ.
    When the shoes reach the finishing room
    No. 10 it is up to the treer to bring the kid
    Green Finish back to its original soft glossy appear-
    To 1 gal. of medium add: ance.
    Light Chrome Green 8% oz. This cannot be done by deluging the
    Dark Chrome Green 5 oz. upper with naphtha and filler, with the
    Superfine Raw Sienna 3^/4 oz. free use of too hot an iron. Such treat-
    Dark Yellow Ochre 6% oz. ment creates an artificial finish and de-
    Lithopone 3% oz. stroys the quality of the leather.
    Nekal A.E.M. Vs oz. Use lukewarm water in which has been
    No. 11 dissolved a little borax. A piece of piano
    Blue Finish felt dampened in the borax water can be
    To 1 gal. of medium add used to go over a half dozen pairs of
    Non-Bronze Prussian Blue 5% OZ. shoes, making them slightly damp. The
    Light Chrome Green
    Dark Chrome Green
    m% oz.
    oz.
    dampened shoes should then be rubbed
    ofE with a piece of soft cheese cloth or
    Titanium Oxide 11^2 OZ. canton flannel.
    Nekal A.E.M. % oz. This will remove the grease adhering
    from the hands of the operators and any
    foreign matter collected in the factory.
    Blood Albumin Leather Finishing Iron with a warm iron and apply the
    Finish for Colored Leather with Gloss dressing.
    Formula No. 1
    Blood Albumin, Light 250 g.
    Milk 3 1.
    LEATHER FINISHES
    Water 25 1. Thinner Mixture
    No. 2 Formula No. 1
    Linseed 300 g.
    Ethyl Acetate (98-100%) 20 S-
    Milk 1.2 L Butanol 20 g*
    Blood Albumin, Light 150 g.
    Butyl Acetate (98-100%) 35 g-
    Water 25 L Methyl Cyclohexanone
    No. 3 (94%) 25 g-
    Blood Albumin, Light 150 g. No. 2
    Gelatin 150 g.
    Alcohol, Denatured 65 g*
    Milk 1500 ce. Toluol 17 g*
    Water 25 1.
    Xylene 18 g*

    Nitrocellulose Stock Solution


    Finish for Black Leather
    Celluloid Waste 7.50 g.
    Formula No, 1 Thinner Mixture No. 1 60.00 g-
    Blue Wood Extract 300 g. Thinner Mixture No. 2 32.50 g*
    Iron Acetate 100 g.
    Milk 1.8 1.
    Resin Stock Solution
    Blood Albumin, Dark 50 g. Dammar, Dewaxed 10 g.
    Water 25-30 1.
    Butyl Acetate 45 g-
    No. 2
    Toluol 45 g-
    Nigrosine 150 g.
    Milk 1.8 1. These solutions, and
    (nitrocellulose
    Glycerin 30 g. resin solution), are mixed and added to
    182 :
    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    the pigment pastes in certain proportions, Pigment Paste, Greenish Blue
    as indicated below. Milori Blue 185 4.00 g.
    Heliomarin RL, Powdered 0.40 g.
    White Pigment Paste Tricresyl Phosphate 1.90 g.
    Titanium Dioxide 10.00 g. Methylhexalin Methyl-
    Tricresyl Phosphate 2.50 g. Adipate 0,75 g.
    Methylhexalin Methyl- Castor Oil 1.50 g.
    Adipate 1.00 g. Methyl Cyclohexanone 0.50 g.
    (pastor Oil 1.50 g.
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 1-2 g.
    Pigment Paste, Black
    Mix thoroughly in a color mill. Pigment Deep Black Extra,
    Powdered 5.00 g.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 1.90 g.
    Yellow Pigment Paste
    Methylhexalin Methyl-
    Chromium Yellow 48 8.00 g.
    Hansa Yellow Gr, Powdered 0.50 Adipate 0.75 g.
    g.
    Castor Oil 1.50 g.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 2.25 g.
    Methylhexalin Methyl- Methyl Cyclohexanone 0.50 g.
    Adipate 1.00 g. Pigment Paste, Silver
    Castor Oil 1.50 g. Aluminum Powder 9.00 g.
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 0.40 g. Tricresyl Phosphate 2.25 g.
    Methylhexalin Methyl-
    Orange Pigment Paste Adipate 1.00 g.
    Chrome Yellow 84 8.00 g. Castor Oil 1.50 g.
    Hansa Yellow GR, Methyl Cyclohexanone 0.40 g.
    Powdered 0.90 g.
    Lithol Echt Orange BN, The aforementioned pigment pastes,
    Powdered 0.10 g. nitrocellulose and resin solutions are used
    Tricresyl Phosphate 2.25 g. for the finished leather dyes as follows:
    Methylhexalin Methyl-
    Adipate 1.00 g. White, Yellow, Orange, Brown or Silver
    Castor Oil 1.50 g. a. Pigment Paste, in
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 0.60 g. Desired Color 14.00 g.
    h. Nitrocellulose Stock
    Brown Pigment Paste Solution 68.00 g.
    Iron Oxide, Bed 9.00 g. c. Besin Stock Solution 3.00 g.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 2.25 g. d. Thinner Mixture No. 2 4.50 g.
    Methylhexalin Methyl- Solvent Mixture No. 1 10.00 g.
    Adipate 1.00 g. Camphor 0.50
    g.
    Castor Oil 1.50 g. The ingredients a-d are thoroughly
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 1.30 g. mixed in a suitable mill.

    Pigment Paste, Bordeau Bordeau, Bed, or Blue


    Heliobordo BLC, Powdered 2.00 g. a. Pigment Paste, in
    Tricresyl Phosphate 1.60 g. Desired Color 6.00 g.
    Methylhexalin Methyl- h. Nitrocellulose Stock
    Adipate 0.50 g. Solution 55.00 g.
    Castor Oil 1.50 g. c. Besin Stock Solution 3.00 g.
    Methyl Cyclohexanone 0.50 g. d. Thinner Mixture No. 2 9.50 g.
    Solvent Mixture No. 1 18.00 g.
    Pigment Paste, Bed Camphor 0.50 g.
    Same as the bordeau paste, but sub-
    stituting: Greenish Blue or Black
    Siegle Bed 1 2.00 g, a. Pigment Paste, Greenish
    for the heliobordo. Blue or Black 9.00 g.
    h. Nitrocellulose Stock
    Pigment Paste, Blue Solution 60.00 g.
    Indanthren Blue GGSL, c. Besin Stock Solution 3.00 g.
    Powdered 2.00 g. d. Thinner Mixture No. 2 9.50 g.
    Heliomarin BL, Powdered 0.20 g. Solvent Mixture No. 1 18.00 g.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 1.70 g. Camphor 0.50 g.
    Methylhexalin Methyl-
    Adipate 0.55 g. Gold Leather Dye
    Castor Gil 1.60 g. Corresponds in its composition to the
    Methyl Cyclohexanone O.1-0.5 g. silver dye given before, but requires a
    :

    LEATHER, SKINS, FURS 183

    special nitrocelMosej and can only be Boil for one hour, let cool and add
    made up shortly before use, because it is one pint of ammonia.
    not stable. Therefore, the pigment has This is also scoured into the grain
    to be made up separately from the mix- with a stiff brush. After this, the stock
    ture of plasticizers, solvents, thinners, is given a final waxing on the grain.
    resins and nitrocellulose.
    Casein Leather Coloring
    Black Leather Dyes German Patent 652,082
    Formula No. 1 Casein 10 lb.

    a. Nigrosine Base 10 kg. Ammonia (20%) 1.5 lb.


    Oleic Acid, Distilled 6 kg. Indanthrene Blue GCD 2 lb.

    Acetone 6 kg. Iron Oxide Brown 27 lb.


    h.
    Benzine (Gasoline) 100 kg. Special Castor Oil,
    Sulphonated* 20 lb.
    No, 2 Phenol 2 lb.
    a. Nigrosine Base 5 kg.
    Water 935 lb.
    Oleic Acid, Distilled 10 kg.
    This reaction is carried out in the
    h. Alcohol 25 kg.
    29 kg.
    usual fashion. The resulting oil is
    Acetone washed with water or ammonium sulphate
    Benzine 40 kg.
    solution, separated, and neutralized to a
    Stir a till dissolved and smooth and weak alkaline reaction by ammonia.
    thin with h. * Castor Oil 100 lb.
    Strain through cloth. Sulphuric Acid 15 lb.

    No. 3
    Nigrosine Base 25 kg.
    Oleic Acid 8 kg. Bye Solution:
    Acetone, or Turpentine 8 kg. Water 19 kg.
    Benzine 130 kg. Nigrosin, Water-Soluble 1.5 kg.
    No. 4
    Wax Solution:
    Water 7 kg.
    Nigrosine Base 5 g. Hard Soap 0.5 kg.
    Oleic Acid 10 g. Montan Wax, Crude 2 kg.
    Alcohol, Denatured 25 g.
    Carnauba Wax 1 kg.
    Acetone 25 g. Shellac Solution
    Lacquer Benzine 60 g. Water 5
    kg.
    Dissolve the nigrosine base ia tke oleic
    Borax 0.03 kg.
    acid, and add the solvents. Ruby Shellac 0.5 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 0.3 kg.
    Gold and Silver Finishing of Pigskin Mix the shellac solution (60-70® C.)
    For gold finish, the leather should be into the wax emulsion (60-70® C.), and
    preliminarily colored with a dye of the add the cold dye solution. Mix thor-
    compn.-orange ^^PV’’ 0.05 and metanil oughly, fill into bottles or cans.
    yellow 0.04%, lacquered, and treated
    under a pressure of 4.5-5 atmospheres Make a ^ paste of the first three in-
    with a mixture of bronze powder 100, gredients, if necessary slightly warming
    butyl acetate 750, amyl acetate 750, on a steam-bath. Thin the paste with
    lacquer 1000, castor oil 1.5 and tritolyl benzine, and filter.
    phosphate 0.5 part by wt. For silver
    finish the leather is greased and neu- Burnishing Ink
    tralized, then treated under pressure with Wax
    Paraffin 3 lb.
    aluminum powder 100, butyl acetate Carnauba Wax 3 lb.
    1000, amyl acetate 1000, Zapon lacquer Japan Wax 6 lb.
    1000, castor oil 1.5 and tritolyl phosphate Bosin 6 lb.
    0.5%. Nigrosin, Water-Soluble 2.4 lb.
    Soda Ash, Calcined 3 lb.
    Harness Stain Water 76.6 lb.
    A hot 5 per cent solution of pyro-
    lignite of iron is first applied to the Leather Black
    grain by means of a stiff brush. This Brilliant Black T,
    is scoured into the grain uniformly, then Alcohol-Soluble 7 1b.
    permitted to set for no less than two Mirbane Oil (Nitrobenzol) 30 lb.
    hours, after which the following is ap- Benzol 33 lb.
    plied: Alcohol 30 Ib.
    Water 15 gal. Note: Caution in working with nitro-
    Logwood Crystals 5 1b. henzol is absolutely necessary.
    184 LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    Burnishing Solution for Shoes (Fake) Make up the solution of acids in ace-
    Montan Wax 16 lb, 12 oz. tone and water by stirring in the cold.
    Ceresine Wax 4 lb. 6 oz. Dissolve the dye. Allow to settle and
    Soap 5 lb. 6 oz. Alter.
    Turpentine 73 lb. 5 oz. Caution : Poisonous Apply to the sole
    !

    with a sponge or brush, if necessary re-


    Melt the waxes at 200° F. and dissolve peat several times. Dry. Brush to ob-
    the soap in the turpentine, if necessary
    tain gloss.
    using heat cautiously and keeping naked
    flames away. Mix the turpentine-soap
    solution with the molten waxes and stir Leather Preservative
    until fairly cool. Formula No. 1
    Austrian Patent 145,045
    a. Phenol 100 g.
    Wax Stick to Cover Small Defects of Castor Oil 20 g.
    Shoe Leather Formaldehyde 40 g.
    Black Colophony 40 g.
    Montan Wax, Crude 28 kg. h. Benzine or Solvent
    Carnauba Wax, Gray 7.5 kg. Naphtha to suit
    SheUae Wax 7.5 kg. amixed and heated to 180-200° C.
    is
    Beeswax 20 kg. for several hours. Dissolve in h. Used
    Paraffin 20 kg. to impregnate soles and top leather of
    Linseed Oil 2 kg. shoes.
    Nigrosine Stearate 15 kg. No. 2
    Brown Woolf at, Neutral 6 kg.
    Montan Wax, Train Oil 4 kff.
    Double Bleached 25 kg. No. 3
    Beeswax 25 kg. Ozokerite (68-70° C.) 6 oz.
    Paraffin 25 kg. Paraffin Wax (50-52° 0.) 8 oz.
    Linseed Oil 2 kg. Whale Oil 5 oz.
    Iron Oxide Red or Brown 22 kg. . Spindle Oil (35° Vis-
    Brown Dye, Oil-Soluble 1 kg. E)
    cosity 50 oz.
    Yellow, colored with I.G. Yellow R.
    Black, colored with Nigrosin, Oil-
    Shoe Sole Paint Soluble.
    Venetian Red 1 lb. 4 oz.
    No. 4
    Fast Brown 2 lb. 8 oz.
    Gum Arabic 2 lb. 12 oz.
    Lanolin 7 lb.
    Water 43 lb. 12 oz. Oleic Acid 1 lb.
    A mucilage is made with the gum, Triethanolamine % lb.
    and then, using water, a paste is made Glycerin 12 lb.
    with the pigment, and then thinned down, Honey 2 lb.
    using more water. Make a solution of Perfume to suit
    the dyestuff, mix the pigment- water mix- Water 78 lb.
    ture with the mucilage then add balance
    of water. No. 5
    Swiss Patent 171,374
    Linseed Oil 0.20 kg.
    Pigmented Shoe Sole Paints Beeswax 2.20 kg.
    A. B. 0 . Naphtha 2.46 kg.
    Bed Iron Oxide 2.0 4.0 16.0 lb. Turpentine 5.00 kg.
    China Clay 13.5 13.5 13.5 lb.
    Yellow Ochre 11.0 —
    12.0 lb. Preserving Hides and Skins
    Middle Chrome German Patent 632,335
    Yellow 3.0 — — lb. The preservation of hides and skins is
    Gum Arabic 9.5 9,5 5.0 lb. improved by the addition of 1%% zinc
    Water 61.0 61,0 61.0 lb. oxide or carbonate to the usual salt.

    Bleaching for Shoe Bottoms Factory Shoe Protecting Film


    Acetone 55.0 kg. U. S. Patent 2,052,393
    Water 35.5 kg. Latex (60%) 59.52
    Oxalic Acid 5.5 kg. Casein 3.25
    Hydrochloric Acid, Kaolin 16.10
    Concentrated 4.0 kg. Thymol 0.05
    Havana Brown S 0.27 to 3% Water to give desired consistency
    LEATHER, SKIKS, FURS 185

    Leather Oil h.Formaldehyde pt. %


    Formula ISTo. 1 Water 2^ pt.
    Woolfat 10 kg. Apply solution a hot with a brush, over
    Rapeseed Oil, Blown 10 kg. all the ease. When the coating has dried
    Neatsfoot Oil 15 kg. brush over all with solution b. Repeat
    Pine Oil 10 kg. the two operations three times and allow
    Train Oil 55 kg. the case to stand exposed to sunlight for
    No. 2 ,
    several days, turning it about so that the
    Train Oil, Brown, Clear 50 lb.
    light may act on the entire surface.
    Tallow 30 lb.
    Woolfat, Neutral 10 lb. Protecting Hides Against Moths and
    Degras 9 lb. Lermestids
    Birch Tar Oil 1 lb. Moth-infested hides are sprayed with
    p-dichlorbenzol. Hides infested with
    Leather Cleanser Oil dermestids are sprayed with a 1:1 mix-
    Tall Oil 15 kg. ture of kerosene and turpentine.
    Mineral Oil 70 kg.
    Turkey Red Oil (100%) 10 kg. Fireproofing Leather
    Potassium Hydroxide British Patent 465,533
    (50° Be.) 5 kg. The prepared leather is placed in an
    ordinary tanner drum together with an
    Waterproofing for Leather amount of water equivalent to its own
    Formula No. 1 weight, preferably at a temperature of
    U. S. Patent 2,026,453 50® 0. Five pounds of aluminum sulphate
    Impregnate with following melted mix- previously dissolved are added to 100 lb.
    ture ;
    of leather, and drumming prolonged for
    Paraffin Wax 16 oz. a period^ of sixty minutes. At the end
    Rosin 2 oz. of this time, five pounds of sodium phos-
    Burgundy Pitch 1 oz. phate are added and the drumming con-
    Neatsfoot Oil 1% oz. tinued for a period of sixty minutes,
    Wood Alcohol 1 oz. when the leather may be removed and
    Cod Oil 1 oz. washed preliminary to drying.
    Wintergreen Oil drops 5
    No. 2 Leather Binder
    French Patent 801,828 Film Waste, Washed
    Rosin 100 g. and Dried 17 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 100 g. Lacquer Solvent* 50 lb.
    Petrolatum, Liquid 350 g. Amyl Acetate 2 lb.
    Turpentine 100 g. Trichlorethylene 31 lb.
    * B.g., consisting of 40—50% of acetone a:
    Beeswax 100 g. 60-50% denatured alcohol.
    Neatsfoot Oil 200 g.
    Linseed Oil 50 g.
    Benzaldehyde 1 ee. Shoemaker ^s Sewing Wax
    Ozokerite, Refined 70 kg.
    Beeswax 30 kg.
    Sport Shoe Waterproofing Oil Linseed Oil 5-10 kg.
    a. Crude Rubber, Soft 2 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Pale Yellow 50 kg.
    'b. Spindle Oil, Pale Yellow 48 kg. Shoemaker ^s Sewing Pitch
    Liquid, High-Viscosity Rosin 84 lb.
    Coumarone Resin 1 kg. Spindle Oil
    Have a dissolve slowly on a water-bath (sp.g. 0.880-0.885) 11 lb.
    and add h, previously dissolved at gentle Caustic Soda (20-25® B4) 5 lb.
    heat. Mix thoroughly.
    Leather Substitute
    Shoe Waterproofing U. S. Patent 2,098,789
    Glycol Oleate 1 oz. Impregnate a square weave unnapped
    Aluminum Stearate 1 oz. cotton fabric weighing 5.3 oz, per linear
    Carbon Tetrachloride 99 oz. yd. of 38 in. width with a gasoline dis-
    Stir until dissolved. persion of rubber 40, white factice 10,
    barytes 15, lithopone 30, magnesium car-
    Waterproofing Leather Gun Cases bonate 10 and a pigment 1 part, remove
    a. Gelatin 4 oz. the gasoline, coat one face of the impreg-
    Hot Water 3 pt. nated fabric with a dispersion of cotton
    186 LEATHER, SKINS, FURS
    flock 25 and a mixture as specified 75%. Hydrogen Peroxide 4 lb.
    calender the coated impregnated fabric, Sodium Sulphate., 15 lb.
    coat it with a cement consisting of a dis- Water U '
    100 lb.
    persing agent and a rubber mixture as
    specified, dust the further coated material
    (suitably with potato starch) to avoid Carroting Rabbit Fur
    a tacky surface, and vulcanize. A
    pro- U. S. Patent 2,070,927
    duct thus prepared is suitable for making Formula No. 1
    shoe linings, etc. Clipped white French rabbit fur is car-
    roted with a solution carrying 12 per cent
    Pre-Pelting Treatment of Animal Fibers of nitric acid and 2 per cent potassium
    Austrian Patent 148,693 permanganate. After drying, the fur is
    Mercuric Sulphate 12- 52 g. started and sized and a total shrinkage
    Sulphuric Acid (60%) 10- 40 cc. of 78 per cent in area is noted.
    Hydrogen Peroxide No. 2
    (30%) 150-300 cc. A heavier sample of clipped white
    Water to make 1 1. French rabbit fur is carroted with a solu-
    tion carrying 14 per cent nitric acid and
    After Chroming for Fur Felt Hats 5 per cent of potassium permanganate,
    Charge the bath with and started and sized, shows a total
    Sulphuric Acid 1- 3% shrinkage of 76 per cent in area.
    (according to the depth It is possible to substitute sulphuric
    of the shade to be dyed acid for the nitric acid when used in
    and the acid still con- such proportions as to yield approxi-
    tained in the goods) mately the same hydrogen ion content,
    and the or to mix these acids. The products of
    Requisite Dyestuff, reaction with sulphuric acid, however,
    or, for thicker shapes and hat bodies with tend to injuriously affect the fur unless
    Glauber ^s Salt 5-10% the fur is subsequently treated, as with
    Sulphuric Acid 1-3% ammonia or other alkali. A
    satisfactory
    and the procedure for treating sulphuric acid-
    Requisite Dyestuff. treated fur is to expose the treated fur,
    Enter the well wetted or boiled felts in dried condition, to ammonia fumes or
    at 40-50 C. (105-120® F.), raise in 1/2 the fumes of a suitable ammonium salt,
    to % hour to the boil, and dye at the either before or after the carroted fur is
    cut from the skin, and either under pres-
    boil for % to 1 hour. Hereupon cool
    sure or after evacuating the air there-
    the bath down to 60-70® 0. (140-160®
    F,), add the corresponding quantity of from. This neutralizing operation turns
    bichrome (one-third of the quantity of the manganese pink, but renders it water-
    dyestuff, and for half -milled felt, even soluble so that it washes out in the felt-
    in the case of deep shades not more than ing operation, with the result that the
    1.5%), raise again gradually to the boil, carrot of the present invention does not
    and finally boil for another hour. discolor the finished felt which retains
    the natural color of the fur.
    Non-Slipping V-Belts
    Slipping V-belts can often be remedied Bleaching Yellowed Furs
    easily, especially in cases where the load Treat leather side of fur with
    is slightly too great by liberally coating
    Petrolatum 4 kg.
    them with finely powdered rosin. The Benzine or Carbon
    sur:^aee of the belt should be softened Tetrachloride 10 kg.
    slightly before applying the rosin. If Wet the hairs well with a 5%soda
    the belt is leather this is best done by solution; wash with 7% curd soap solu-
    coating it with a mixture of rosin oil and tion and bleach with ammonia and hy-
    mineral oil. If of rubber, talc or graph- drogen peroxide. Rinse with water at
    ite is used. 30° C., acidify with formic acid and dry.
    A little bluing may be added to the acid
    Fur Carroting Solution if desired. Wash the dried fur in a sus-
    U. S. Patent 2,048,645 pension of
    Sulphuric Acid 5 lb. Talc 100 g.
    Hydrochloric Acid 1 lb. Benzine 10 k
    Potassium Chlorate 3 lb. Centrifuge and dry.
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS
    Soluble Oil Textile Lubricants
    Formula No. 1 Formula No. 1
    Spindle Oil kg. 100 Monoamylamine Oleate 4 lb.

    Oleic Acid 12 kg. Paraffin Oil (28° Be.) 96 lb.

    Butanol 7 kg. Mix the above and stir into


    Triethanolamine 0.5 kg. Water 100 lb.
    Caustic Potash (38° Be.) 4.5 kg. No. 2
    Heat the oils to about 70° 0., add the a. Rosin WW 6.4 g.
    butanol, and to this the triethanolamine. Mineral Oil 20 g.
    Add the lye, and leave standing hot to b. Olein, Light 10.5 g.
    clarify. c. Spindle Oil 73.4 g.
    No. 2 d. Alcohol 5.4 g.
    Alcohol, Denatured 15 oz. €. Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 2.2 g.
    Digiycol Laurate 85 oz. Melt up a with agitation, until clear.
    Mineral Oil 400 oz. Add b, c, cool down to 45° C., add d,
    No. 3 and, with vigorous mixing, e in small
    Mineral Oil 32 g. portions, until the cloudiness disappears.
    Oleic Acid 10 g. If it does not go clear completely, add
    Alcohol 3 g. some olein with caution.
    Trigamine 5 g-
    The above are thoroughly mixed co Lubricating Emulsion for Wool
    Olive Oil 87 g.
    and form a clear transparent oil which
    Oleic Acid 10 g.
    readily emulsifies on pouring into water
    with slight stirring. Triganiine 3 g.
    No. 4 Water 100 cc.
    IT. S. Patent 2,040,673 The above emulsion is suggested as a
    A method of making a soluble oil from
    wool lubricant so that the wool fibers in
    impure mahogany soap comprises adding the carding and combing operations pass
    to this soap the light mineral oil to be over one another with the least possible
    used in the soluble oil, washing the mix- amount of frictional resistance. The oil
    ture of mineral oil, and impure mahogany
    in emulsions made with trigamine is of
    soap with 3 per cent to 10 per cent aque- an extremely fine particle size and comes
    ous alkali metal hydroxide solution, sepa- into contact with the fibers very rapidly,
    rating the aqueous phase and impurities thoroughly and uniformly. Furthermore,
    from the acid to form an emulsifying the oil emulsion is very easily removed
    soap which will supplement the mahogany during scouring.
    soap in the soluble oil. Mahogany soaps
    are sulphonic soaps derived from petro- Lubricant for Worsted
    leum refining. Oleic Acid 40 kg.
    No. 5 Triethanolamine 2.04 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Befined, Water 60 kg.
    4-5 E. (20°C.) Stir together at about 35° C., and
    50 kg.
    Oleic Acid, Distilled transfer immediately into a homogen-
    20 kg.
    izer, where the emulsion is homogenized
    Sodium Hydroxide
    (29° BA) about 12.5 kg.
    under about 150 atmospheres pressure.
    Alcohol, to make
    clear about 12.5 kg. Soluble Oil Base, Textile
    Oleic Acid 8 lb.
    Soluble Mineral Oil Colza Oil 4 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Rosin 2 lb.
    Mineral Oil 75 oz. Castor Oil Fatty Acid 2 lb.
    Naphthenic Acid Sludge 25 oz. Spindle Oil 32 lb.
    No. ,2.
    .

    ,
    .
    .

    Alcohol 2 lb.
    Mineral Oil 75 oz. Methyl Glycol 1 lb.
    Naphthenic Soap 25 oz. Caustic Potash (50°) 3.8 lb.
    187
    188 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS

    Melt a to dissolve, cool to 40-50® C., h. Caustic Soda (30-38°


    add 1, Cool further, add c. Be.) to pH 6-7
    c. Water, to make 100 g.
    Should dissolve 1:10 in mineral oil,

    and emulsify. Mix neutralize with h to neutrality,


    thin down with water, as in c.
    Soluble Oil, Textile
    30 kg.
    No. 2
    <1 , Turkey Bed Oil (50%) Monopol Soap
    1 kg. (Z. 30 g.
    Diglycoi Laurate
    1 Water, Hot 40 cc.
    Alcohol
    1 hg. h. Oleic Acid, Distilled 20 g.
    Methyl Glycol c. Caustic Soda, to pH 6-7
    h. Oleic Acid, White 15 kg.
    to neutralize
    d. Water, to make 100 g.
    c. Caustic Potash
    100 kg. Dissolve a hot, cool down to 20-25®
    Water, to make
    C., add h, neutralize with c to pH 6-7,
    thin with d.
    Silk Throwing Oil
    White Russian
    Mineral Oil 29 oz. Dressing for Yarn
    Pine Oil Montan Wax,
    (Steam Distilled) 2 oz. Double Bleached 8 g.
    Neatsfoot Oil Parafhn Wax (40/42® C.) 10 g.
    (Free Patty Acid 6%) 68 oz. Rosin 7 g.
    White Oleic Acid 1 oz. Potassium Carbonate 2 g.
    Water 60 g.
    Spinning Oil for Light or White Fibers
    White Oleic Acid 41 lb.
    Textile Lubricant for Spinning J ute,
    Denatured Alcohol 31 lb.
    Hemp, Etc.
    Caustic Potash (48® Be.) 171^ lb. Formula No. 1
    Mix these three thoroughly and test
    Train Oil, Dark 30-50 kg.
    for neutrality. Make exactly neutral,
    Spindle Oil, Distilled 70-50 kg.
    then add
    Water U No. 2
    Lubricant Oil Emulsion.
    White Mineral Oil 854 Ibo
    White Oleic Acid 35 lb.
    ^

    the free oleic acid gradually, with


    Add Rope Lubricant
    constant stirring, until the entire liquid British Patent 455,652
    becomes clear. This may require slightly Mineral Oil 72 oz.
    more oleic acid than listed. When clear, Aluminum Oleate 2% oz.
    add 11 lb. steam distilled pine oil. Hydroquinone % oz.
    Spinning Oil for Wool Warm together and stir until dissolved.
    Water 2.0 oz.
    Caustic Potash 1.2 oz. Leather Stuffing Grease
    Light Mineral Oil 85.0 oz. Formula No. 1
    Diethylene Glycol 2.0 oz. Montan Wax, Crude 12 kg.
    Oleic Acid oz. 0,9 Ceresin 3 kg.
    To the riixieral oil add 6 parts of oleic Woolf at, Neutral 5 kg.
    acid, and the caustic potash dissolved in Car Waste Oil 50 kg.
    the water. Stir in the diethylene glycol. Birch Tar 3 kg.
    Then add slowly with constant stirring Train Oil 27 kg.
    the remainder of the oleic acid, till the No. 2
    ^

    becomes clear. If properly


    '

    solution Woolf at, Neutral 30 kg.


    made, this oil will emulsify when mixed Train Oil 50 kg.
    with water. Tallow 20 kg.
    Cotton Spraying Oil No. 3
    Patent 2,074,655
    XT. S.
    Sulphonated Grease 1 lb.

    Light Lubricating Oil 99.5-95 oz. Castor Oil % lb.

    Butyl Acetyl Bicinoleate 0.5-5 oz. Mineral Oil % lb.

    No. 4
    Pulling Oil Train Oil, Brown, Clear
    Formula No. 1 Woolfat, Crude
    d. Sulphonated Castor Rubber Solution (6%)
    Oil (75%) 40 g. Crude Montan Wax
    Oleic Acid, Distilled 20 g. Spindle Oil
    Water 20 g. Birch Tar
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 189

    No. 5 m. 2
    Yellow Tallow 40 lb.
    Ozokerite-Ceresin, Yellow Train Oil 30 lb.
    (58/60® C.) 17 kg. Woolfat, Neutral 10 lb.
    Spindle Gil, Distilled 83 kg. Blown Oil, High-Viscosity 20 lb.
    No. 6 No. 3
    Yellow Train Oil 50 kg.
    Scale Wax, Yellow, 50/52® G. 10 lb. Woolfat 15 kg.
    Montan Wax, Bleacked 10 lb. Rape Seed Oil, Blown 15 kg.
    Rosin, Pale 5 lb. Castor Oil (2nd Pressing) 5 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Distilled 75 lb. Rubber Solution in Benzol 5 kg.
    No. 7
    BrowTb Belt Preserving Grease
    Montan Wax, Crude 10 lb. Formula No. 1
    Rosin, Dark 10 lb. Woolfat, Neutral 30 kg.
    Scale Wax 5 lb. Tallow, Free of Acid 25 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Distilled 75 lb. Degras 15 kg.
    Train Gil 30 kg.
    No. 8
    Blade No. 2
    Montan Wax, Crude 12 lb. (To protect and soften the leather)
    Rosin, Dark 10 lb. Woolfat, Neutral 30 kg.
    Seale Wax 3 lb. Tallow 30 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Distilled 73 lb. Train Oil 25 kg.
    Nigrosin, Oil-Soluble 2 lb. Degras 14 kg.
    Birch Tar 1 kg.
    No. 9
    Blade No. 3
    Montan Wax, Crude 15 kg. Beef Tallow 50 g.
    Ozokerite-Ceresin, Yellow 3 kg. Paraffin Wax (50/52® C.) 10 g.
    Woolfat, Crude 5 kg. Turpentine 10 g.
    ^^
    Black Leather Dye, Oil- Saturated-Steam-Cylinder
    Soluble 2 kg. Oil,'’ Very Fluid 50 g.
    Spindle Oil, Distilled 75 kg. Rosin, Ground 10 g.
    No. 10 Melt the first three ingredients on the
    Ozokerite 3 kg. steam-bath, add the oil, stir until cooled,
    Paraffin 5 kg. and stir in the rosin.
    Woolfat, Neutral 10 kg. No. 4
    Mineral Oil 22 kg. A liquid belt dressing formula contains
    Train Oil 60 kg. beeswax 4 pitch 5 lb., resin 3 lb.,
    lb.,
    neatsfoot oil13 lb. The beeswax is
    Leather ‘ ‘ Adhesion Grease ’ ’ melted first and the other ingredients are
    Woolfat, Neutral 6 kg. added in the order named.
    Tallow 25 kg.
    Castor Oil, Second Pressing 1.5 kg. No. 5
    (Non-Static)
    Liquid Belting Lubricant Fish Glue 100 lb.
    a. Rosin 7.5 lb. Glycerin 80 lb.
    Woolfat 7.5 lb. Sulphonated Castor Oil 100 lb.
    h. Train Oil 30.0 lb. Water 170 lb.
    Rosin Oil or Mineral Oil 55.0 lb. Lampblack 82 lb.
    Melt a in a kettle. Dilute with & which Aqua Ammonia (26®) 1 gal.
    is stirredin slowly.
    To get more viscous compositions, the Government Harness Dressing
    liquid components may be reduced. Neatsfoot Oil 1 gal.
    Bayberry Tallow 2 1b.
    Belt Adhesion Compounds Beeswax 2 1b.
    Formula No. 1 Beef Tallow 2 lb.
    Rosin 25 kg. Castor Oil 1 qt.
    Woolfat, Anhydrous 20 kg. Lampblack 1 oz.
    Rape Seed Oil, Blown 20 kg.
    Tallow 25 kg. Rubber Belt Dressing (Non-Static)
    Scale Wax (50/52® C.) 10 kg. Lampblack 18 lb.
    Melt all ingredients together and mix Spar Varnish 82 lb.
    imdl uniform. Carbon Tetrachloride 50 lb.
    190 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS

    Belting Oil Spindle Oil, Refined 50 g.


    Train Brown, Clear
    Oil, 50 lb. Oleic Acid, Distilled 5 g.
    Castor Oil, 2nd Pressing 10 lb. Caustic Soda (42° B6.) 3 g.
    Woolf at, Neutral 10 lb. Water 32 g.
    Blown Oil 25 lb.
    Spindle Oil, Distilled 5 lb. Fat-Liquors for Chrome Tannages
    Formula No. 1
    Sulphonated Neatsfoot
    Formula No. 1 Oil 20-40 lb.
    Colza Oil, Blown 30 kg. Spindle Oil 10-20 lb.
    Train Oil 20 kg. Neatsfoot Oil 100-80 lb.
    Spindle Oil 40 kg. No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
    No. 2 Sulphonated
    a.Woolfat, Neutral 25 kg. Neatsfoot Oil 30
    25 lb. 20
    &. Train Oil 25 kg. Neatsfoot Oil 40
    30 lb. 40
    Castor Oil 25 kg. Mineral Oil 20
    20 lb. 20
    Spindle Oil 25 kg. Soap 10 25 lb. 20
    Melt a, tliin with the oils h. 5% emulsions of the above are used
    at pH of 6.5-8.0.
    Belt Adhesion Oil for Rubber Belting
    6- 8 kg. Stuffing Fat-Liquors for Leather
    Crude Rubber
    92 kg. Formula No. 1
    Benzene
    5-10% Montan Wax, Bleached 10 g.
    Spindle Oil
    Fish Train Oil 3 g-
    Soak, and stir until homogeneous. The
    Paraffin Oil 35 g.
    exact composition (a material which does
    Wool Fat 25 g*
    not dry too quickly but does not attack
    No. 2
    the belting to a great extent) must be
    Montan Wax, Crude 10 g*
    tried out.
    Ceresin (64-70° C.) 16 g-
    Train Oil 30 g-
    Leather Oils
    Spindle Oil 44 g-
    Yellow
    Woolfat, Neutral 5 kg. No. 3
    Train Oil 20 kg. Castor Oil Soap 3 lb.

    Spindle Oil, Refined 75 kg* Sorbitol (85%) 2 lb.

    Darh Castor Oil 1% lb.


    Boiling Water 10 lb.
    Train Oil, Blown 20 kg.
    Castor Oil, Mineral Oil- No. 4
    Soluble 10 kg. Sorbitol (85%) 1 lb.

    Birch Tar Oil 3 kg. Castile Soap IVe lb.

    Spindle Oil, Distilled 67 kg. Neatsfoot Oil 2 lb.


    Borax 4 oz.

    Leather Grease for Soles Water 150 lb.

    English Patent 432,636 NOTE Other vegetable oils, sulphonated


    :

    Train Oil 20 lb. oils, animal and marine oils may be used
    Mineral Oil, Light 70 lb. in place of the neatsfoot oil or castor
    Castor Oil, Sulphonated 10 lb. oil.
    Ammonia 0.5 lb. No. 5
    Degras 10 lb.
    Leather Oil for Sport Shoes Olive Oil 10 lb.
    a. Caoutchouc, Rose Flal^es 2 kg. Sorbitol (85%) 4 lb.
    h. Spindle Oil, Pale Yellow Soft Soap 5 1b.
    (8-10° E. at 20° C.) 50 kg. Vfater (140° F.) 60-70 gal.
    o. Spindle Oil 48 kg, The skins are tumbled in this emulsion
    d. Cumar, Liquid, High- for a period in the neighborhood of 45
    Viscosity 1 kg. minutes and are then hung on a trestle
    Soak a in h on a warm place until it for about 30 minutes to let the fat pene-
    begins to be transparent, and dissolve trate the leather.
    completely on a waterbath. Add in g ;Ko. O;',:''

    to this solution, and mix thoroughly. For white leathers, based on weight of
    tanned calfskins:
    Tanner’s Grease Sorbitol Monolaurate 2%
    Woolfat 7 g. Neatsfoot Oil 1%
    Train Oil r 3 g. Water (120° F.) 150%
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 191

    No. 7 Anti-Freeze Lubricating Grease


    Sorbitol Monolaurate 2% U. S. Patent 2,071,488
    Nopco White Pigment 1% Lime Rosin Soap 8-15%
    Water (120° F.) 150% Heavy Mineral Oil 35-60%
    Wax Tailings 10-20%
    No. 8
    Salt 20-35%
    Sorbitol Monolaurate 2% Water 1-5 %
    Neatsfoot Oil 1%
    Syntan Bleach 10%
    Water 150% Adherent Lubricating Grease
    No. 9 French Patent 797,054
    Neutral, Light 30 Consistent greases having strong adher-
    Train Oil, lb.
    20 ence properties contain a calcium soap,
    Castor Oil lb.
    25 a lubricating oil and a small amount of
    Neatsfoot Oil lb.
    rubber, which may be in latex form. An
    Benzine or Carbon
    Tetrachloride 25 lb.
    example contains calcium soap 12, rubber
    0.5, glycerol 1, water 1 and red solar oil
    85.5%. The mixture containing latex is
    Fat-Liquor for Lambskins heated to 188° and agitated to reduce
    Flour 10 lb. the water content to 1%.
    Kaolin 10 lb.
    Best Curd Soap 10 lb.
    Egg Yolks 20 Lubricating Grease, Non-Separating
    U. S. Patent 2,108,643
    The flour and clay should be made into
    These greases may suitably be made
    a paste with cold water, then the soap by mixing the necessary lime with a small
    dissolved in boiling water and when just
    amount of water, and an amount of oil
    tepid added to the first mixture. After
    about equal to the fatty acid to be used
    thorough mixing and when the liquor has in a steam- jacketed grease mixing kettle.
    a temperature of lOO F. the egg yolks The fatty acid to be used in the manu-
    should be added and the solution thor- facture of the soap is then added and
    oughly emulsified. A hot drum must be heat is applied. After an interval of
    used for the processing, and the amount about 40 to 60 minutes, when the tem-
    of liquor should be just sufficient to work perature has reached 240-260° F., the
    the goods nicely. Two hours slow drum-
    soap is ready for mixing. About 2% to
    ming is necessary for thorough feeding.
    Drying in a cool shed is advised.
    3% of water is added, and when the
    batch foams up it is driven down by the
    Instead of curd soap, a good sulphon- addition of oil, the heat being abstracted
    ated oil can be used, preferably a fairly by the addition of cold oil and by the
    heavy one, such as sulphonated codliver vaporization of water so that the tem-
    or sperm oil. An alternative method is perature drops to about 230° F. Oil is
    to use one-third weight of soap together added until the batch contains about 25%
    with one-third to total weight of sulphon- soap, and during this interval the tem-
    ated oil. perature drops gradually until it reaches
    about 205-210° F. If the desired soap
    Lubricating Grease percentage is about 15, the batch should
    German Patent 613,362 reach a temperature of about 180-190°
    Neutral Oil (Paraffin Base, F. at this point. This process is about
    Viscosity 6.22° E. at the same when fats are used instead of
    37.8° C.) 1970 kg. fatty acids except that it requires 12 to
    Aluminum Stearate 270 kg. 20 hours at 240-260° F. to effect the
    saponification of the fats. After the ad-
    Me&t Tip slowly to 127° 0. (in about
    dition of the final amount of oil, but
    7 hours). Cool quickly.
    prior to final cooling, the desired amount
    of stabilizing agent is added and stirred
    Gasoline-Proof Lubricating Grease in and the grease is then cooled and pack-
    Oleic Acid 2.5 oz. aged in the normal manner.
    Ammonium Linoleat© 17.5 oz. While it is preferable in some respects
    Glycerol 37.0 oz. to manufacture these greases in accord-
    Lubricating Oil 35.0 oz. ance with the conventional cup grease
    practice in which a small amount of
    A simpler, readily prepared lubricant
    water, say from one-half to one and one-
    of this type is:
    half percent, is left in the finished
    Oleic Acid 100 oz. grease it is also possible to make these
    Glycerin oz- greases hti a completely anhydrous form.
    192 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS
    by boiling off all tlie water. In manu- each case having the following composi-
    facturing the anliydrous greases, it is tion: 22.5% calcium soap of fatty acids
    necessary to cool the grease rapidly in split from hydrogenated fats, 73.5% red
    order to secure the desired structure. oil (Mid-Continent distillate having a
    This can be done by the use of cooling viscosity of about 300 seconds Saybolt
    coils, or chilled rolls or by pouring the at 100® F.), and 4% stabilizing agent.
    hot grease out in layers of, preferably,
    not over about one inch in thickness at
    ordinary atmospheric temperatures. The Ball Bearing Grease
    result is a crystal dear grease, which like Formula No. 1
    those containing water, will not separate White
    at high temperatures. These anhydrous . Stearic Acid 10 kg.
    greases have some marked advantages but White
    Paraffin Oil, 30 kg.
    do not have the conventionally desirable . Lime Hydrate 2 kg.
    structure and properties of the hydrous "Water
    greases. c. Paraffin Oil, White 56 kg.
    The use of fatty alcohol stabilizing
    Melt a, saponify hot with h ; add c in
    agents is particularly valuable in con-
    nection with ordinary cup greases, i.e.,
    small portions. Keep stirring until cold.
    Homogenize.
    calcium soap greases. It is preferable to
    use calcium hydrogenated fatty acid soap No. 2
    but calcium animal fatty acid soap and Yellow
    other calcium soaps are completely satis- a. Train Oil Fatty Acid 16 kg.
    factory. Relatively small amounts of Mineral Oil, Pale 30 kg,
    soaps of other metals can be used along h. Lime Hydrate 2 kg.
    with the calcium soap, for instance, so- Water
    dium soap, or the stabilizing agents may c. Mineral Oil, Pale ^8 kg.
    be used in greases which do not contain Prepare as above.
    calcium soaps at all, for example, zinc
    soap greases. However, in these cases the
    No. 3
    effect is much less marKed and the results
    High Speed Ball Bearing Grease
    are less desirable than in the case of cal-
    Canadian Patent 363,369
    cium soap greases. Calcium Soap 3,9 oz.

    The greases made in accordance with Sodium Soap 16.0 oz.


    this invention will normally have the Mineral Oil (100-300
    following weight composition; Saybolt at 100® F.) 78.7 oz.
    Free Alkali 0.3 oz.
    Percent Percent This has a melting point of 352® F,
    Lubricating*
    Oil 54^96 or preferably 67-92 No. 4
    Soap 3-35 or preferably 5-25 (Softening Point=:60-70® C.)
    * Stabilizing Rapeseed Oil 8 kg.
    Agent 1-8 3-6 Spindle Oil, Refined (Vise,
    or preferably
    2.5-4® E. at 20® 0.) 88.5 kg.
    Water 0-3 or preferably 0-2
    Lime Hydrate 1.5 kg.
    * The agents used in the above
    stabilizing
    composition are mpropanol, n-butanol, n-amyl No. 5
    alcohol, cetyl alcohol and ocenol (the latter be- Wliale Train Oil Fatty Acid 8 , kg.
    ing a proprietary higher alcohol). These vari-
    ous compositions are free from leakage after Spindle Oil, Refined (Vise.
    storage of two months -or more and exhibited 2.5-4® E. at 20® C.) 88,5 kg.
    very favorable properties as to high temperature Lime Hydrate L5 kg.
    stability. These particular compositions are an-
    hydrous. As previously indicated, greases su- No. 6
    perior in some respects can be made leaving a
    small amount of water in the finished grease. Paraffin Wax (40-42® 0.) 16 kg.
    Ozokerite, Refined 4 kg.
    However, relatively inert materials Spindle Oil, Containing
    such as powdered metals, ffake graphite, Paraffin (Vise. 2 E. at
    mica, asbestos fibers, small amounts of 50® 0.) 80 kg.
    glycerin, fats, etc., can be included
    without departing from the spirit of this
    invention and these relatively inert ma- Lubricant for Rubber Bearings
    terials are not to be included in figuring (Spring Shackles)
    the composition of the grease. U. S. Patent 2,083,176
    As examples of this invention greases Glycerin 50.0 oz.
    have been made using five different al- Water 50.0 oz.
    cohol stabilizing agents, the grease in Graphite, Fine Powdered 0.2 oz.
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 193

    Lubricating Grease of Low Softening soap, stirring thoroughly, and by only


    Point for Roller and Similar heating to 65-70° 0.
    Bearings No. 2
    Formula No. 1 Tallow 250 kg.
    Oleic Acid 8 oz. Caustic Soda, Solid 35 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Refined (Vise. Engine Oil, Refined (Vis-
    2.5-4 E. at 20® G.) 86.7 kg. cosity 3.5° E. at 50° C.) 715 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 1.3 kg. No. 3
    No. 2 Tallow 200 kg.
    Crude Montan. Wax 12 kg. Caustic Soda, Solid 27 kg.
    Paraffin Oil 84 kg. Engine Oil, Refined (Vis-
    Caustic Soda (38° Be.) 2 kg. cosity 3.5° E. at 50° C.) 773 kg.
    No. 3 No. 4
    Woolf at Fatty Acid 5 kg. Tallow 260 kg.
    Lanolin Fatty Acid 5 kg. Caustic Soda, Solid 45 kg.
    Spindle Oil (Containing Engine Oil, Refined (Vis-
    Paraffin) 84.5 kg. cosity 8° E. at 50° C.) 695 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 1.5 kg.

    Hot-Bearing Grease
    Roller Bearing Lubricant
    (For heavily loaded, hot bearings)
    Formula No. 1 Formula No. 1
    U. S. Patent 2,058,236 Tallow Fatty Acid 14 kg.
    A lubricating grease for kigh speed Montan Wax, Refined 3 kg.
    ball and roller bearings consists essen-
    Engine Oil (6-7 E. at
    tially of a mixed soda-lime soap of 50° C.) 79.5 kg.
    stearic acid, in which, the ratio of lime
    Lime Hydrate 1.5 kg.
    soap to soda soap is around 1 to 5, and Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 3 kg.
    about 65-85% of light lubricating oil,
    the grease being substantially anhydrous
    No. 2
    and free from glycerin and characterized Tallow 25 kg.
    by having a short fibre texture. Engine Oil (^8 E. at
    50° C.) 70.5 kg.
    No. 2
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 10 kg.
    IT. S. Patent 702,197
    Sodium Stearate 14.5 oz.
    Sodium Naphthenate 6.9 oz. Lubricants for Highly Loaded Bearings
    Medium Heavy Mineral Formula No. 1
    Lubricating Oil 77.89 oz. Bone Fat 12 kg.
    Caustic Soda 0.32 oz. Cottonseed Oil 3 kg.
    Water Trace Engine Oil (2.5-5° E. at
    50° C.) 79 5 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 2.5 kg.
    Formula No. 1 No. 2
    Tallow 300 kg. Whale Train Oil Fatty Acid 15 kg.
    Caustic Soda, Solid 42 kg. Engine Oil (2.5-5° E. at
    Engine Refined (Vis-
    Oil, 50° C.) 79.5 kg.
    o ero Tn nrnn ^ t
    cosity 3.5° E. at 50° 0.) 658 kg. Lime Hydrate 2.5 kg.
    Kettle should be filled only to one-
    third. Heat the tallow to 50 °C., start the
    No. 3
    mixer. Soybean Oil 15 kg.
    pissolve the soda in 158 liters of water Tallow 5 kg.
    (yields 200 kg. lye) ; and add it to the Engine Oil (2.5-5° E. at
    melted tallow slowly. Heat until the 50° C.) 74 kg.
    ^
    tallow is completely saponified. Lime Hydrate 3 kg.
    Add slowly 50 kg. oil, wait until Caustic Soda (40° B^.) 1 kg.
    smooth, add 250 kg. oil in small portions.
    Heat to 150° C., until all water is boiled Lubrication of Synthetic Resin Bearings
    away. British Patent 481,154
    Add the remaining, pre-heated oil to Use ethylene glycol or glycerin. For
    the kettle, stir until cooled to 90° C., running-in such bearings dissolve 1-
    pour off. 20% of any water soluble hydroxides,
    A softer product can be gotten by carbonates or bi-carbonates, e.g., caustic
    adding the oil (50° C.) to the finished soda or potassium carbonate.
    LUBEI'CANTS, OILS, FATS

    Grease for Pressure Lubrication Caustic Soda, Solid 45 kg.


    Formula No. 1 Engine Oil, Distilled,
    Stearic Acid 10 Jsig, Viscosity 8® at 50° C. 675 kg.
    Oleic Acid 8 kg. Use a fire-heated kettle, which should
    Engine Oil (6-7® E. at be filled only to Put in the tallows,
    50® C.) 76 kg. stearin, and 200 kg. of the oilj dissolve
    Lime Hydrate 3 kg. the soda in 135 liters of water. Start
    No. 2 stirring the kettle and add the soda
    Tallow Fatty Acid 16 kg. slowly into it, heat and, as soon as the
    Bone Pat 4 kg. saponification is complete, add the re-
    Engine Oil (6-7® E. at maining oil. Heat up to 250-260° C.
    50® 0.) 73.5 kg. Pour into iron forms, 10 cm. high. Cool,
    Lime Hydrate 3.5 kg. cut, pack.
    No. 3 No. 2
    Refined Montan Wax 22 kg. Colophony (Rosin) 75 kg.
    Oleic Acid 5 kg. Lard Oil 75 kg.
    Engine Oil (6-7° E. at Caustic Soda, Solid 20 kg.
    5b® C.) 67 kg, Cylinder Oil, Dark, Asphal-
    Lime Hydrate 3 kg, ous, Viscosity 4 at 100® 0. 830 kg.
    No. 3
    Pligb Pressure Lubricant Stearic Acid 75 kg.
    U. S. Patent 2,094,202 Colophony (Rosin) 75 kg.
    1 A lubricant adapted to withstand high Caustic Soda, Solid 25 kg.
    pressures comprises a mineral lubricating Cylinder Oil, Dark, Asphal-
    oil containing 0.1 to 5 per cent of di- tous, Vise. 5-6 at 100° C. 825 kg,
    phenyl. (Dropping Point: 190° C.)
    No. 4
    Hot-Roller Grease Wool Fat, Crude 200 kg.
    (For roller-ways in rolling mills) Wool Fat Pitch 200 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Cylinder Oil, Asphal-
    Tallow 25 kg. tous, Viscosity 5® E. at
    Stearic Acid 3 kg. 100° C. 570kg.
    Engine Oil (Viscosity Caustic Soda, Solid 30 kg.
    7-8 E. at 50® C.) 78 kg. No. 5
    Caustic Soda (40® BA) 12 kg. Tallow 18 kg.
    No. 2 Caustic Soda, Solid 30 kg.
    Crude Woolfat 20 kg- Asphaltum Base Cylinder
    Rosin 10 kg. Oil, 5-6 E. Viscosity at
    Cylinder Oil (7 E. at 100° C. 790 kg.
    100® C.) 66.5 kg.
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 10 kg. High Temperature Lubricant
    French Patent 808,046
    Hot-Roller Grease Brignets Formula No. 1
    (For rollers in rolling mills) Caustic Soda 3 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Ethyl Carbitol 10 kg.
    Stearin from Woolfat 20 kg. Castor Oil 2 kg.
    Rosin 10 kg. China Wood Oil 3 kg.
    Woolfat Pitch 20 kg. Linseed Oil 2 kg.
    Cylinder Oil (7 E. at Soya Bean Oil 2.6 kg.
    100° C.) 46 kg. .

    ,
    No. 2
    Caustic Soda (40° BA) 12 kg. Caustic Soda 3 kg.
    No. 2 ,
    Ethyl Carbitol 11 kg.
    Stearin Pitch 25 kg. Castor Oil 0.4 kg.
    Woolfat Pitch 23 kg. China Wood Oil 0.6 kg.
    Tallow 12 kg. Soya Bean Oil 2.6 kg.
    Cylinder Oil (7 E. at Stearic Acid 10.5 kg.
    100° 0.) 36 kg. No. 3-
    Caustic Soda (40° BA) 12 kg. Woolfat Stearine 20 lb.
    Woolfat, Crude 20 lb.
    Hot Roller Lubricant Rosin 10 Ib.
    (Dropping Point above 170° CJ.) Stearin Pitch, Soft 50 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Goudron (Mineral Oil
    Tallow 250 kg. Residue) 100 lb.
    Stearic Acid 30 kg. Caustic Soda (40® BA) 12 lb.
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 195

    ^^Cold-Roller Grease^^ Calcium Oxide 1 kg.


    (Lubricant for Rollers, Pulleys, Bearings) Aluminum Sulphate 3 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Magnesium Chloride 2 kg.
    Crude Woolf at 15 kg. So (Rum Hydroxide, Solid 1.5 kg.
    Woolfat-Stearin 6 kg. Graphite 2 kg.
    Engine Oil (Viscosity Asbestos Linters 7.9 kg.
    7-8 E. at 50° C.) 78 kg. Mica 6 kg.
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 6 kg. Water
    No. 2 Method (General)
    Train Oil Fatty Acid 15 kg. (1) Melt Fatty acid and an equal
    Tallow 3 kg. part of the petrolatum (or mineral oil).
    Engine Oil (Viscosity (2) Heat to 100° 0.
    7-8 E. at 50° 0.) 79 kg. (3) Add the calcium oxide (in
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 8 kg. water).
    (4) Stir until the lime has been dis-
    ^^Cold Boiler Grease Briquets’’ solved by the fatty acid.
    (For large rollers and bearings) (5) Add caustic alkali (in water),
    Formula No. 1 until the fatty acid is saponified com-
    Crude Woolfat 15 kg. pletely.
    Stearin from Woolfat 5 kg. (6) Add aluminum sulphate and mag-
    Cylinder Oil nesium chloride (in water), to form the
    (7 E. at 100° C.) 78 kg corresponding soaps.
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 6 kg. (7) Boil most of the water away.
    No. 2 (8) Add the remainder of the petro-
    Tallow 20 kg. latum (or mineral oil).
    Cylinder Oil (9) Boil down to 0.5-0.6% water.
    (7 E. at 100° C.) 77 kg (10) Stir until cold.
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 8.5 kg. (11) Put into cans, or press.
    No. 2
    (For Hot Steam, Gas, Oils. Not for
    Lubricating Briquets
    Alkali or Acid)
    Formula No. 1
    Petrolatum, Crude 544 kg.
    Woolfat Fatty Acid 14 kg.
    Stearic Acid 50 kg.
    Rosin 8 kg.
    Tallow 50 kg.
    Engine Oil (7-8 E. at
    Lard Oil 50 kg.
    50° C.) 75 kg.
    Calcium Oxide 20 kg.
    CausticSoda (40° Bd.) 9 kg.
    Aluminum Sulphate 35 kg.
    No. 2
    Ma^esium Chloride 20 kg.
    Crude Woolfat 10 kg.
    Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 15 kg.
    Rosin 10 kg.
    Mica 50 kg.
    Engine Oil (7-8 E. at
    Asbestos Fibre 40 kg.
    50° C.) 77.5 kg.
    Hair 40 kg.
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 8 kg.
    Graphite 80 kg.
    No. 3
    Lubricants for Cold Rollers (For Benzine, Gas, Organic Solvents,
    Formula No. 1 Below 180° C.)
    Tallow 150 kg. Tallow 700 kg.
    Stearic Acid 30 kg. Paraffin Wax 80 kg.
    Caustic Soda, Solid about 30 kg. Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 110 kg.
    Engine Oil, Uistilled Potassium Hydroxide, Solid 20 kg.
    (Viscosity 8 at 50° C.^ 790 kg. Aluminum Sulphate 20 kg.
    No. 2 Calcium Oxide 30 kg.
    Wool Fat Stearin 50 kg. Magnesium Chloride 3C kg.
    Wool Fat 150 kg.
    No. 4
    Caustic Soda, Solid about 20 kg. (For Wet
    Gases, Oils, Emulsions,
    Cylinder Oil
    (Viscosity 4-5 at 100° C.) 780 kg.
    Up
    to 120° 0.)
    Tallow 250 kg.
    Stearic Acid 250 kg.
    Cock Valve Greases, Special Engine Oil, Refined
    Formula No. 1 (Viscosity 6 E.) 350 kg.
    (For Temperatures Up to 165® C., and Calcium Oxide 60 kg.
    Resistant to Caustics, Water-Insoluble) Aluminum Sulphate 150 kg.
    Petrolatum, Crude 63 kg. Ma^esium Chloride 150 kg.
    Stearic Acid 13 kg. Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 50 kg.
    196 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS

    Cock Grease 5. Lime Hydrate


    Woolf at, Neutral 4.2 kg. (in Water) 1.6 kg.
    Spindle Oil 2.5 kg. 6. Tar Oil 45 kg.
    Ceresin 0.) 0.8 kg. No. 6
    Graphite, Flakes 2.5 kg. Black
    a. Woolfat Fatty Acid 17 kg.
    Engine Lubricating Grease Paraffin Oil, Bark 25 kg.
    (Softening at 70-90'^ C.) 5. Caustic Soda (24° Be.) 10 kg.
    Formula No. 1 c. Paraffin Oil, Bark 53 kg.
    Eapeseed Oil 8 kg. Ceres Black 0.5 kg.
    Peanut Oil 4 kg.
    No. 7
    Spindle Oil, Refined
    Yellow-Brown
    (Vise. 4-6° E. at 20° G.) 83 kg.
    a. Woolfat Fatty Acid 10 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 2 kg.
    Rosin 2 kg.
    No. 2 Mineral Oil 20 kg.
    Train Oil or Bone Fat h. Lime Hydrate
    Fatty Acid 12 kg.
    (in Water) 1.5 kg.
    Spindle Oil, Refined c. Mineral Oil 52 kg.
    (Vise. 4-6° E. at 20° C.) 83 kg.
    Talcum 12 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 2 kg.
    No. 3
    Lanolin Fatty Acid 18 kg. Carriage Greases, Unfilled
    Spindle Oil, Containing Yellow:
    Paraffin (Vise. 2° E. Formula No. 1
    at 50° C.) 77 kg. a. Rosin (Stock) Oil 27 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 1.5 kg. Mineral Oil, Pale 40 kg.
    Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 1 kg. 5. Lime Hydrate 9 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale 24 kg.
    Carriage Greases Bissolve a with heat and stirring, and
    Formula No. 1 grind & separately until smooth. Add
    Yellow the thin paste h to the oil a with thor-
    a. Montan Wax, Bleached 20 kg. ough agitation. A
    very heavy gel is
    Rosin 5 kg. formed.
    h. Mineral Oil, Pale 30 kg.
    No. 2
    0 . Caustic Soda (24° Be.) 5.5 kg.
    a. Rosin (Stock) Oil 24 kg.
    d. Mineral Pale
    Oil, 42 kg. Mineral Oil, Pale 40 kg,
    Melt a, dilute with h, saponify with h. Lime Hydrate 8 kg.
    <if dilute with d. Mineral Oil, Pale 28 kg.
    No. 2 Prepare as in No. 1.
    Light Brown Brown or Natural Color:
    <1. Woolf at Fatty Acid 15 kg.
    20 kg.
    No. 3
    ikineral Oil
    As in Formula No. 1, using dark
    h. Lime Hydrate (in Water) 2 kg. '

    62 kg. (waste) mineral oils for all or a part of


    0. Mineral Oil, Pale
    the mineral oil.
    The melted a is saponified with h, Blue:
    and thinned by c.
    No. 3 '/No. 4
    Natwal Color Use Formula No 1, 2 or 3, but dye
    a. Montan Wax, Crude 18 kg. with 0.3% lampblack or 0.5% Brilliant
    Rosin 3 kg. Oil Blue. '

    h. Paraffin Oil, Bark 30 kg. No. 5


    c. Caustic Soda (36° Be.) 5 kg. a. Rosin Oil 27.0 kg.
    d. Mineral Oil 46 kg. Mineral Oil 40.0 kg.
    No. 4 h. Mineral Oil 3.0 kg.
    fit. Talloil, Crude 20 kg. Brilliant Blue,
    Blue Oil, from Oil-Soluble 0.6 kg.
    Rosin Bistillation 20 kg. c.Lime Hydrate 9.0 kg.
    h. Caustic Soda (36° B4.) 8.5 kg. Paraffin Oil, Bark 20.4 kg.
    fi. Blue Oil, as above 55 kg. Make up a, add h, and add to these,
    No. 5 with thorough agitation, the suspension c,

    Blade Blaolc:
    fl. Montan Wax, Crude r-l GO bib No. 6
    Rosin, Residual a. Rosin Oil 27.0 kg.
    Blue Oil 3 kg. Bark Paraffin Oil 40.0 kg.
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 197

    h. Lime Hydrate 9.0 kg. Ochre 6 kg.


    Lampblack 0.8 kg. Mineral Oil, Pale 27 kg.
    Lark Paraffin Gil 23.2 kg. Method as in No. 1, 2.
    No. 7 No. 4
    a, Bosin Oil 27.0 kg. a. Rosin Oil 18 kg.
    Blue Oil 40.0 kg. Mineral Oil, Pale 29 kg.
    h. Lime Hydrate 9.0 kg. &. Lime Hydrate 6 kg.
    Lampblack 0.5 kg. Gypsum 22 kg.
    Blue (Mineral) Oil 23.5 kg. Gas Oil 25 kg.
    No. 8 No. 5
    a. Rosin Oil 24.0 kg. a. Montan Wax, Bleached 20 kg.
    Tar Oil 40.0 kg. Rosin 6 kg.
    &. Lime Hydrate 8.0 kg. 5. Mineral Oil, Pale 25 kg,
    Lampblack 0,5 kg. c. Caustic Soda (24® BA) 8 kg.
    Lark Paraffin Oil 27.5 kg. Mineral Oil, Pale
    d. 35 kg.
    Light Spar (Gypsum) 10 kg.
    No. 9
    . Rosin Oil 24.0 kg. Melt a, thin it with h, saponify with
    Blue (Mineral) Oil 40,0 kg. 0 and add to that the suspension d. Mix
    ,

    5. Geres Black 0.3 kg. thoroughly.


    Mineral Oil 1.7 kg. Brown:
    c. Lime Hydrate 8,0 kg. No. 6
    Paraffin Oil, Dark 26.0 kg. a. Bosin Oil 18 kg.
    No. 10 Gas Oil 31 kg.
    fl. Rosin Oil 22 kg. h. Lime Hydrate 6 kg.
    Tar Oil 50 kg. Gypsum 15 kg.
    . Lime Hydrate 8 kg. Talc 5 kg.
    Gras Oil 20 kg. Paraffin Oil, Dark
    25 kg.
    As in all the previous formulae, make Make up solution a and suspension h
    up the two components separately, and separately. Mix, to obtain gel.
    mix to form the gel. No. 7
    No, 11 a. Rosin Oil 15 kg.
    Blue Oil 45 lb. Paraffin Oil, Dark 18 kg.
    Lime Hydrate 6 lb. h. Lime Hydrate 5 kg.
    Rosin Oil' 22.5 lb. Barytes 25 kg.
    Oil-Soluble Blue 0.18 lb. Ochre 5 kg.
    The grease isproduced in the cold. Paraffin Oil, Dark 32 kg.
    It can be filled with calcium sulphate. No. 8
    Natural Color:
    Carriage Greases, Filled
    a. Montan Wax, Crude 18 kg.
    Pale Yellow: Woolfat Fatty Acid 2 kg.
    h. Paraffin Oil, Dark 22 kg.
    Formula No. 1
    2 Rosin Oil
    c. Caustic Soda (24° B^.) 7 kg,
    < .
    18 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale
    d. Gas Oil 44 kg.
    31 kg.
    5. Lime Hydrate
    Barytes 10 kg.
    6 kg.
    Blue:
    Barytes 20 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale No. 9
    25 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil 18.0 kg.
    Dissolve a, make h to obtain a smooth Mineral Oil 31.0 kg.
    paste. Add & to a with good stirring, to h. Lime Hydrate 6.0 kg.
    form gel.
    Gypsum 19.6 kg.
    No. 2 Lampblack 0.4 kg.
    Cl. Rosin Oil 16.5 kg. Blue (Mineral) Oil 25.0 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale 18.0 kg. No. 10
    h. Lime Hydrate 5.5 kg. a. Rosin Oil 16.5 kg.
    Barytes 30.0 kg. Blue Oil 18.0 kg.
    Mineral Oil 30.0 ks:.
    ^ b. Ceres Black 0.2 kg.
    Yellow: Mineral Oil 0.8 kg.
    No. 3 c. Lime Hydrate 5.5 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil 16 kg. Barytes 29.0 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale 20 kg. Blue (Mineral) Oil 30.0 kg.
    h. Lime Hydrate 6 kg. No. 11
    Barytes 15 kg. a. Woolfat Fatty Acid 15 kg.
    Gypsum 10 kg. b. Blue Oil 25 kg.
    :

    198 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS

    c. Caustic Soda (24° Be.) 8.5 kg. No. 4


    d. Blue Oil 41 kg. Black
    Barytes 9 kg. a. Rosin Oil 21 kg.
    Lampblack 1 kg. Tar Oil SO kg.
    lack Lime Hydrate 7 kg.
    No. 12 Barytes 12 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil 18 kg. Blue (Mineral) Oil 30 kg.
    Blue Oil 31 kg.
    6, Lime Hydrate 6 kg. Carriage Grease, High Luster
    Gypsum 19 kg. Formula No. 1
    Lampblack 1 kg. Yellow
    Blue (Mineral) Oil 25 kg. a. Rosin Oil 24 kg.
    No. 13 Mineral Oil 34 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil 16.5 kg. Colophony 3 kg.
    Tar Oil 18.0 kg. h. Lime Hydrate 9 kg.
    I, Lime Hydrate 5.5 kg. Mineral Oil, Pale 30 kg.
    Barytes 29.5 kg. Make up a and h separately, and mix.
    Lampblack 0.5 kg. get gel.
    Tar Oil 30.0 kg. No. 2
    No. 14 Blue
    Blue Oil 45 lb. a. Rosin Oil 27 kg.
    Rosin Oil 17 lb. Blue Oil
    Oil-Soluble Blue 0.2 lb. (Rosin Distillate) 34 kg.
    Calcium Sulphate 20 -30 lb. &. Lime Hydrate 9 kg.
    No. 15 Blue (Mineral Oil) 30 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil 18 kg. No. 3
    Gas Oil 31 kg. Black
    h. Lime Hydrate 6 kg. a. Rosin Oil 27 kg.
    Gypsum 19 kg. Blue Oil
    Lampblack 1 kg. (Rosin Distillation) 34 kg.
    Blue (Mineral) Oil 25 kg. h. Lime Hydrate 9 kg.
    No. 16 Tar Oil 30 kg.
    a. Montan. Wax, Crude 20 kg.
    Tar Oil 30 kg. Carriage Lubricant
    h. Lime Hydrate Rosin (Stock) Oil 17 kg.
    (in Water) 1.2 kg. Lime Hydrate 8 kg.
    c. Paraffin Oil 36 kg. Car Waste Gil 45--50 kg.
    Barytes 7 kg.
    Lampblack 3 kg. Lubricating Greases for Driving Gears
    Formula No. 1
    Carriage Grease, Medium Quality Castor Oil 30 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Tallow 20 kg.
    Yellow Colophony 20 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil 21 kg. Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 14 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale 30 kg. Cylinder Oil (Viscosity
    t. Lime Hydrate 7 kg. (7)
    3-4° E. at 100° 0.) 1916 kg.
    Gypsum 12 kg.
    Procedure
    Gas Oil 30 kg.
    Kettle: Should be open, steam-heated,
    No. 2 .

    to operate at 130-150® 0.; should be


    Brown equipped with cooling system and its stir-
    a. Rosin Oil 21 kg. ring gear should be able to make 35-40
    Paraffin Oil, Dark 30 kg. revolutions per minute.
    h. Lime Hydrate 7 kg.
    (1) Put in the castor oil, tallow,
    Barytes 12 kg. colophony and 66 kg. oPthe cylinder oil.
    Paraffin Oil, Dark 30 kg.
    (2) Mix thoroughly at 90° C.
    No. 3 (3) Make a 40° Be. aqueous solution
    '-
    '

    Blue of the sodium hydroxide.


    a. Rosin Oil 21.0 kg. (4 Keep stirring all the time.
    Blue Oil 30.0 kg. (5) Add slowly the caustic soda.
    h. Lime Hydrate 7.0 kg. (6) Heat up slowly to 140° C., until,
    Gypsum 11.8 kg. after about 2 hours, the water will be
    Lampblack 0.2 kg. boiled away.
    Blue (Mineral) Oil 30.0 kg. Now add slowly the cylinder oil
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 199

    (about 400 kg. should enter the kettle No. 5


    during 1 hour). Keep at 140° C. Tallow 75 kg.
    (8) Test, as soon as all oil is added, Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 12 kg.
    if enough water has boiled away. Engine Gil, Refined (Vis-
    (9) If ready, cool as quickly as pos- cosity 15° E. at 50° C.) 500 kg.
    sible to secure a good consistency. Keep Engine Oil, Refined (Vis-
    stirring until 35° C. is reached. cosity 6-8° E. at 50° C.) 413 kg.
    (10) Beware of too much air beaten No. 6
    into the mixtures. Tallow 65 kg.
    (11) Draw off at 35* C. Sodium Hydroxide, Solid H kg.
    '

    No. 2 Oil Distillation Foots (Vis-


    Tallow 25 kg. cosity 8-10° E. at 50° C.) 600 kg.
    Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 5 kg. Cylinder Oir( Viscosity
    Cylinder Oil, Black (Viscos- 2° E. at 100° C.) 324 kg.
    ity 3-4° E. at 100° 0.) 970 kg. No. 7
    Procedure as in No. 1. Tallow 100 kg.
    Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 16 kg.
    No . 3, Oil Distillation Foots (Vis-
    Tallow 60 kg. cosity 4-5° E, at 50° C.) 600 kg.
    Stearic Acid 10 kg. Cylinder Oil (Viscosity
    Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 12 kg. 2° E. at 100° C.) 284 kg.
    Cylinder Oil (Viscosity
    2-3° E. at 100° C.) 1918 kg.
    Car-Gear Lubricant
    Procedure
    . Stearic Acid (53/54° C.) 2 kg.
    Colza Oil 1 kg.
    Put into the kettle the tallow, stearin,
    Engine Oil, Refined 17 kg.
    and 200 kg. of the cylinder oil, stir,
    and heat to 60° C.
    . Caustic Soda (40° B4.) 0.8 kg.
    Caustic Potash 0.2 kg.
    Make a 30° Be. caustic soda from the
    Saponify a with h at about 80-90° G.
    solid hydroxide, and add slowly into the
    kettle, mix thoroughly, start heating
    again, and add 200 kg. oil. Let stand Stuffing Box Grease
    overnight, keeping warm, but without Formula No. 1
    mixing. Montan Wax, Crude 25 g.
    Stir up the mass next morning, and Rapeseed Oil 5 g.
    add 800 kg. cylinder oil, mix thoroughly Sodium Hydroxide (10%) 10 g.
    and add slowly the remaining 718 kg. Paraffin Oil, Dark (d. 0.910) 275 g.
    of oil. (Drop-point 104° 0.)
    Mix thoroughly again, then shut off No. 2 , ,

    steam; cool, until the consistency is cor- Light Colored


    rect. If necessary, more cylinder oil has Montan Wax,
    to be added (test consistency by cooling Double Bleached 25 g.
    samples). Oleic Acid 10 g.
    Empty at about 60° 0. Spindle Oil, Clear 80 g.
    Slaked Lime, Powdered 5 g.
    No. 4 (Drop-point 104° 0.)
    Tallow 25 kg. No. 3
    Lard Oil 60 kg. Hard Stuffing Grease
    Sodium Hydroxide, Solid 8 kg. Montan Wax, Crude 15 g.
    Engine Oil, Heavy, Refined Sodium Hydroxide (38° Be.) 3 g.
    (Viscosity 8-10° E. at Paraffin Oil, Dark 82 g.
    50° G.) 907 kg. (Drop-point 70° C.)

    Top Cylinder Lubricant Fuel


    U. S. Patent 2,068,635
    Formula No. 1
    Motor Fuel 99.7%
    Mixture 0.3%
    Containing:
    Lubricating Oil (220 S.S.TJ. @ 100° F.) 92-96%
    Hexa Chlor Diphenyl Oxide 4-2%
    Ortho Dichlorbenzene 2-1%
    Butyl Stearate . 2- 1%
    :

    200 LUBRICANTS, OILS, PATS


    No. 2
    Motor Fuel 99.7%
    Mixture 0.3%
    Containing
    Lubricating Oil (100 S.S.F. <
    '
    lOO'^ P.) 90-97%
    Hexa Ghlor Diphenyl Oxide 7- 2 %
    Ortho Biehlorbenzene 2- 1 %
    Metal Cylinder Surfacing Lubricant soda lye to the kettle, stir for 20 min-
    Motor Oil 75 oz. utes, open steam quickly, and after 10
    Yermicullite (50 mesh) 25 oz. minutes add 100 kg. of the dark oil
    About one-half ounce of the above mix- (which conveniently is pre-heated), mix
    ture is added to each cylinder through thoroughly, add the remaining oil in por-
    the spark plug opening. The engine is tions of 100 kg., stirring 5-8 minutes
    throttled down and allowed to idle for after each addition.
    about 30 minutes then gradually speeded When all oil is added, let stand still
    up and allowed to race for a few min- overnight, without heating.
    utes. The Yermicullite particles are Crutch the mass the next morning.
    forced into the pores of the metal and Warm to 112° C., until there is no water
    expanded by the heat to present a solid left.
    surface. If possible, let stand for a second
    ^
    night. Stir through for 30 minutes, test
    Ford Spring Lubricant the consistency on a sample (if necessary
    lee Machine Oil 75 oz. add more mineral oil).
    Tale 20 oz. Take out at 55-60° C.
    Asbestos, Powdered 5 oz.
    Trolley Electric Cable Lubricant
    Cog Wheel Lubricant Ester Gum 4 lb.
    (Liquid, leaving a tacky, solid mass Rosin Oil 1 lb.
    on the wheel after cooling) Graphite 22 lb.
    Ozokerite 7 kg. Talc 3 lb.
    Colza Oil, Blown 10 kg. Naphtha 40 lb.
    Tallow 20 kg. Tetrachlorethane 30 lb.
    Woolfat, Neutral 15 kg.
    Carbon Tetrachloride Chain Lubricant for Weaving Machines
    or Other Solvent 8 kg. Hard
    Graphite (Flakes) 40 kg. Tallow 75 lb,
    Cotton Seed or Olive Oil 25 lb.
    Cog Wheel Grease Soft
    Formula No. 1 Tallow 60 lb,
    Woolfat, Crude 20 kg. Rosin 5 lb.
    Woolfat Pitch 10 kg. Cotton Seed Oil 35 lb.
    Mineral Oil, Yiseous 50 kg.
    Caustic Soda (40® B6.) 6 kg.
    Graphite (Flakes) 16 kg. Cup Greases
    Formula No. 1
    .No. 2 24 kg.
    a. Rosin Oil
    Woolfat 40 kg.
    Mineral Oil, YThite
    Blown Oil 10 kg. 50 kg.
    or Yellow
    Tallow 25 kg.
    h. Caustic Potash (10° B4.) 2 kg.
    Graphite (Flakes) 25 kg.
    c. Lime Hydrate 9 kg.
    Mineral Oil, Pale 15 kg.
    Lubricant for Chains, Etc. Mix a thoroughly in a kettle.
    No. 1 (For Cars) Add
    slowly, stirring vigorously.
    T)
    Tallow 230 kg. Grindand add to a and h. When
    c,
    Caustic Soda, Solid 30 kg. the gel is formed, let stand to next daye
    Cylinder Oil (Asphaltum
    Base) 735 kg. No. 2
    Procedure a. Montan Wax, Bleached
    20 kg.
    500 kg. of the dark mineral oil or Pale
    Mineral 33
    Oil, kg.
    arrears of former batches are filled into h. Caustic Potash (24° Be.) 8.5 kg.
    the kettle; heat to 40° 0., start stirrer. 0 Mineral Oil, Pale
    . 42 kg.
    Add the tallow, heat up to 60° 0. Melt a, and add h in thin jet with
    Dissolve the soda in water to give a vigorous stirring, keeping the mass at
    concentration of 35-40° Be. Add the boiling.
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 201

    When saponified, add c and boil again. Pipe Thread Lubricant


    Stir until cold. Homogenize. U. S- Patent 2,065,247
    Yellow Grease: Lime Tallow Soap 10.7 lb.
    Dye with a mixture of Mineral Oil 63.7 lb.
    Sudan Yellow 1 kg. Glycerin 1.0 lb.
    Stearic Acid 3 kg. Water 0.6 lb.
    Bed Grease Zinc Dust 20.0 lb.
    Sudan Red 1 kg. Sulphurized Sperm Oil 4.0 lb.
    Stearic Acid 3 kg.
    Green Grease Tool Joint Lubricant Grease
    Sudan Green 1 kg. The best tool- joint greases for use in
    Stearic Acid 3 kg. work, are made by incorporating
    oil-field

    Melt the mixtures, and add 1-3% ^


    upwards of 15% red lead in the grease,
    these to the grease. which should carry a little rubber.

    High Temperature Cup Grease Non-Corrosive Lubricating Oils


    Barium Soap 15 lb. French Patent 810,226
    Calcium Soap 5 lb. Formula No. 1
    Diglycol Stearate 3 lb. Mineral Oil 99-95 kg.
    Gil, Mineral 77 lb. Cobalt Chromate 1- 5 kg.
    The above can suitably be made by No. 2
    mixing the hydrated lime and hydrated Mineral Oil 98 kg.
    barium hydroxide stoichiometrically Nickel Chromate 2 kg.
    equivalent to the desired amount of soap No. 3
    with the stoiehiom,etrical equivalent Whale Oil 99% kg.
    amount of fatty acid and an amount of Manganese Chromate % hg.
    oil equal to the amount of fatty acid.
    No. 4
    This mixture is then heated as rapidly as Castor Oil 99 kg.
    possible to about 300° F. Rapid heating Cobalt Chromate % kg.
    avoids excessive foaming of the soap.
    Cobalt Oleate % kg.
    When the foaming has subsided the batch No. 5
    Mineral Oil, Heavy 95 kg.
    is adjusted to the neutral point by add-
    ing a little hydroxide or fatty acid, Cobalt Oleate 5 kg.
    whichever is required, the diglycol stear- Lowering Pour Point of Mineral Oils
    ate is then added and the oil is gradually Formula No. 1
    raded in. The resulting grease should U. 8. Patent 2,055,417
    e cooled rather rapidly, for instance in
    layers one-half to five-eighths inch thick.
    The addition of 0.01- 1% of titanium
    tetrastearate lowers the pour-point of
    However, rapid cooling does not seem to oils.
    be as essential as it is in some other No. 2
    types of greases. The addition of 7.5-10% of blown
    One of the factors which makes the
    rape-seed oil to mineral oil prevents un-
    mixed calcium and barium soap greases due thickening at low temperatures.
    highly desirable is the fact that each
    soap lends a high consistency within a Low PourPoint Lubricant
    particular temperature range. Canadian Patent 363,725
    Pennsylvania Turbine Oil 99.95 lb.
    Driving Journal Compound Titanic Stearate 0.05 lb.
    IT. S. Patent 2,070,014
    The addition as above lowers pour !

    Hard Tallow 18.0 lb.


    point of oil from -4° to -20 I®

    Stearic Acid 18.0 lb.


    Flake Caustic Soda 6.8 1b. Lubricant for Electrical Collectors
    Steam Refined a. Tallow 24 kg.
    Cylinder Stock 58.2 lb. Mineral Oil 66 kg.
    This grease should be prepared in an Castor Oil 6 kg.
    open top direct fired kettle but should Ceresin 18 kg.
    be so heated that the finished grease b. Graphite, Finest 6 kg.
    contains a small amount of glycerin. Copper Powder, Finest 0.5 kg. i

    Melt a, and disperse h.


    Pipe Thread Lubricant
    Zinc Dust •
    60% Weighted Oil-Base Drilling Fluid
    No. 2 Cup Grease (18% Cal- U. S. Patent 2,055,666
    cium Stearate j 82% 150 A drilling,consists of oil, e.g,,
    fluid
    Vis. S.S.U. @
    100° P.) 35% paraffin gas containing a suspended
    oil,
    Boiled Linseed Oil 5% powdered weighting material having a .
    202 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS
    greater tendency to be wetted by oil than Soap 5 lb.
    by water, e.g., powdered oyster shell, Soda Ash 30 lb.
    fuller ^s earth, iron pyrites or oside, silica, Sodium Silicate 20 lb.
    or barytes. Water to suit

    Grease f or Drilling Tube Couplings


    Metal Drawing Lubricant
    Graphite, Silver or Casting 50 lb.
    British Patent 467,050
    Suet 6 lb.
    Tallow 64
    Caustic Soda 1% lb.
    Mineral Oil 32
    oz.
    oz.
    Machine Oil (E^o 4-5) 42% lb.
    Soap
    Colloidal Sulphur
    % oz.
    Gasometer Lubricant 3 oz.
    German Patent 645,327 Colloidal Graphite % oz.
    Graphite 10 Melt together and mix well.
    ‘‘Soluble'' Mineral Oil 60
    Water 40 Cold Drawing Metal Lubricant
    Mix vigorously. U. S. Patent 2,008,939
    Dipotassium Hydrogen
    Wire Rope Lubricant
    Phosphate 20 g.
    U. S. Patent 2,028,155
    Asbestos 10 oz.
    Water 80 g.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1
    Heavy Mineral Oil 39 oz. g]
    Glycerin 33
    Aluminum Oleate 1 oz. g.
    Blown Oil 50 oz.
    Drawing Compound for Aluminum
    Boring Fluids Diglycol Stearate 6 lb.
    French Patent 803,828 Glycowax A 2 lb.
    Formula No. 1 No. 2 Water 56 lb.
    Naphtha 83 cc. 84 ec.
    The entire mass heated to about
    is
    Oleic Acid 2 ec. 1 cc. 180° P. and then stirred at moderate
    Suspension of speed until uniformly dispersed. For
    Hydrated Lime small parts, such as collapsible tube
    in Water 5 ec. 5 cc. blanks, they are dipped into the hot
    Suspension of disperson while in a wire basket and then
    Barium Sulphate centrifuged to remove excess lubricant.
    in Water 10 cc. 5 cc. If a microscopic protective film is not
    Suspension of required on the finished work, the glyco-
    Bentonite wax may be replaced by additional di-
    in Water 5 cc. glyeol stearate.

    Graphite Lubricants
    Formula No, 1 Brass Drawing* Lubricating Emulsion
    Colloidal Graphite 100 kg. Formula No. 1
    Camphor Oil, Light 100 kg. Lard Oil, Prime 40 lb.
    Triehlorethylene 300 kg. Diglycol Laurate 10 lb.
    Petroleunj 500-600 kg. Water 50 gal.
    No. 2 No. 2
    Colloidal Graphite 100 kg. Lard Oil, Prime 40 lb.
    Camphor Oil, Light 100 kg. Soap, Neutral 5 lb.
    Blown Castor Oil 200-300 kg. Diglycol Laurate 5 lb.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 300 kg. Water 50 gal.
    Petroleum 200-300 kg. These emulsions wash off readily and
    do not attack brass.
    Wire Drawing Lubricant
    U. S. Patent 2,040,321
    Tallow 3.0 lb. Sheet Steel Drawing Lubricant
    Rape Oil 1.5 lb. 1. Soap, Neutral
    Soap 0.5 1b. 2. Diglycol Laurate 7 lb.
    Water 3. Lard Oil, Prime 13 1b.
    95.0 1b.
    Warm together and emulsify. 4. Mineral Oil 20 lb.
    In using
    maintain pH at 8-9. 5. Water 200 gal.
    Warm together 1, 2, 3 and 4 until
    Wire Drawing Composition clear and pour into water slowly and mix
    Canadian Patent 371,725 well. In certain cases it is desirable to
    Bentonite 20 Ib^ add
    Kaolin 25 1b. White Lead 3 lb;
    ;

    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 203

    Non-Seizing Tlireads and Gaskets Flushing Oil for Crank Cases


    Two applications of colloidal graphite Canadian Patent 359,288
    are advisable, each followed by drying. Benzene 60 fl. oz.
    Frequently, best results are obtained by Alcohol 30 fl. oz.
    hot dipping the bolts or studs in dilute Acetone 10 fl. oz.
    graphite solutions. Where gaskets are Ordinary Flushing Oil 100 fl. oz.
    used on flanges, sticking is eliminated by
    impregnating the gaskets with a disper-
    Chassis-Protecting Oil
    sion of colloidal graphite in water, or by
    a. Graphite 5 kg.
    coating the gasket surface. Oftentimes,
    Filtered Waste Oil 10 kg.
    when bolts have become tight, penetrat-
    h. Crude Oil 35 kg.
    ing oils containing colloidal graphite are
    effective in loosening them.
    Mix a with heating till homogeneous,
    and add h while it is still hot. Pene-
    Machine Tool Lubricant trates into the non-accessible parts of
    French Patent 818,256 the chassis, and leaves a protecting layer
    Linseed Oil of graphite and oil. Loosens rust-tight-
    Neutralized 55 kg. ened screws, valves, plungers, etc.
    Olein 10 kg.
    Caustic Potash 21/2 kg. Bifle Oil
    Methyl Alcohol 10 kg. Parafftn Oil, Eeflned 85 kg.
    Ethyl Alcohol 10 kg. Oleic Acid, Distilled 15 kg.
    Isobutyl Alcohol 71/2 kg. Caustic Potash (40%) sufficient
    or to
    Slushing Oil for Metal Protection Ammonia (25%) saponify
    tr. S. Patent 2,069,626
    or
    Pine Fatty Acids 3- 5 % Mineral Oil, Beflned 85
    Amber PeL'olatum 8-15% Olein 11
    Light Paraffin Oil 89-80% Triethanolamine 5
    Horse-Shoe Grease
    Formula No. 1 Watch and Chronometer Oils
    Woolfat, Neutral kg.
    5.2 In the preparation of watch and
    Spindle Oil kg.
    2.0 chronometer oils much depends upon the
    Soft Tar kg.
    0.5 freshness of the fat at the time the oil
    Paraffin Wax kg.
    0.3 is rendered and the freedom of the ma-
    Water about 2.4 kg. terial from adulterants. Fresh substance
    No. 2 produces much better oil than that which
    Montan Wax, Crude 20 kg. has partly decomposed, the product being
    Woolfat, Crude 15 kg. sweeter and less rancid. No choice seems
    Train Oil 5 kg. to exist between the porpoise- jaw oil and
    Black Color 1 kg. the black-fish-head oil, both producing re-
    Paraffin Oil, Dark 59 kg. fined articles of equal merit ; but that of
    the black-fish seems to be the favorite by
    Lubricating Oil for Motor Cylinders a slight mar^n among the refiners, ow-
    (Upper Cylinder Lubricant) ing to its having more body, and possibly
    Lubricates and seals the space between also to its greater abundance. A peculi-
    cylinder-surface and piston, and is in- arity of these oils is that they improve
    troduced together with the gasoline in with age, differing in this particular
    which it ought to be soluble. from blubber oils. This is accounted for
    Castor Oil, Mineral Oil- by the alternate gathering and emission
    Soluble 30 gal. of moisture upon exposure to changes of
    Engine Oil, Refined (Vis- temperature, and by this and other treat-
    cosity 7-8® E. at 50® C.; ment they become clear and brilliant, in
    sp.g. 0.920-0.940 ; igni- consequence of which they are seldom
    tion point 200-230° C. used within less than a year or two after
    thickening point -4® C.) 30 gal. they are obtained.
    Benzol or Benzine 30 gal. On receipt of the oil at the factory
    Camphorated Oil 10 gal. the first step in the process of refining is
    Use 2-3 volumes in 1,000 volumes to gently heat it to complete the process
    gasoline. of cooking begun by the fishermen. The
    oil is then placed in tanks or casks to
    Brake Oil await the proces.s of grading, and often
    Castor Oik Neutral 10 kg. two years may elapse ere the trained and
    Alcohol 10 kg. skillful eye of the refiner can determine
    204 LUBRICAHTS, OILS, FATS
    to what class it belongs. It is almost Laboratory Stopcock Lubricants
    impossible to describe the extremely deli- Formula No. 1
    cate variations in color, texture, odor, Standard Viscous Oil
    and flavor which enter into this grading. (#24 or #32) 80 g.
    The claim is made that there are not half Beeswax 20 g.
    a dozen men in the world who have had Heat the oil to about 100-120° C., add
    the training and experience necessary to the beeswax and mix thoroughly. Use
    separate these delicate oils into their of oil #24 gives a lubricant of medium
    proper classes, and yet a very large part body, #32 gives a very, very firm, vis-
    of the reliability of watch and chronom- cous product. This formula is useful
    eter lubricants lies in the gradation under ,
    where one does not care to take the time
    the almost instinctive skill of the refiner. needed for preparation of rubber prod-
    After two years or more of rest, the ucts. Standard Viscous Oil is manufac-
    oil has gotten to a condition where its
    tured by the Standard Oil Company of
    California, Richmond, Calif.
    surplus oxygen has united with whatever
    animal or loose organic matter may have No. 2
    been floating in miscroscopic particles Petroleum Jelly
    within it, and they are easily removed by (Petrolatum) 100 g.
    the ordinary strainers of an oil factory. Beeswax 10 g.
    But something is still left in the oil High-Grade Bed Rubber
    which is very sensible to the high or Tubing (Small Pieces) 20 g.
    low range of temperature, and to remove Heat together for several hours at
    this requires its subjection, while spread 150°, until the mixture is homogeneous.
    out in thin layers,, to a temperature far Pour into wide-mouthed jars.
    below zero. No further change in its No. 3
    construction can be made except at this White Petrolatum 77.5 g.
    very low temperature, nor must it be ParaffinWax 15 g.
    cooled too rapidly. When properly done Pale Rubber Latex 7.5 g.
    the process is one most interesting to Heat on an oil bath for 6 hours at
    watch. All through its liquid amber 130°.
    little flecks of translucent material ap-
    No. 4
    pear, joining and rejoining like frost on
    Rubber Cement 20 g.
    a window pane into most beautiful forms, Petrolatum 80 g.
    resembling a miniature forest whose foli- Mix and warm until all solvent has
    age is white. By means of a certain fine evaporated.
    and close-grained fabric these particles
    at this juncture are filtered out; and
    strange to say, this residuum, once a Anti-Corrosion Oil
    portion of a brilliant, almost colorless Canadian Patent 362,601
    fluid, never even at normal temperature Metallic parts in contact with water
    becomes anything but a slimy mass, re- are protected by adding the following to
    sembling poor lard. the water to the extent of about 5%:
    Spindle Oil 81 oz.
    To be thoroughly satisfactory the re- Sulphonic Acid (Oil-Soluble) 15 oz.
    fined oil must be of uniform quality,
    entirely devoid of acidulous properties,
    absolutely gumless, withstand the rigors Core Oils for Foundries
    of the coldest climate without congeal- The firmest core oils are produced by
    ing, and maintain its body or stability mixing linseed oil with water. Boiled
    in a high temperature. This is the most linseed oil has the advantage of not be-
    delicate and highly refined lubricant ing sticky, but the cores are not readily
    known, and some has been produced for broken up after casting. As a rule lin-
    which a temperature of -50° F. has been seed oil mixed with other oils is used.
    claimed. While all watch-oil users do not Care is required in the choice and in-
    prefer colorless fluid, the average cus- corporation of the core oils so that the
    tomer demands an oil almost if not ab- Parting^' sand grains shall be covered
    solutely colorless and of crystal clearness. with a regular coating of oil. Light and
    Much of the product is sold for repair- heavy tar oils are mixed with linseed oil,
    ers^ use in wooden boxes containing 1 as, used alone, they lack strength. Rec-
    dozen half -ounce bottles, each bottle in- ommended mixtures are 6 parts American
    closed in a small pasteboard box. The gas oil, 3 parts linseed oil, and 1 part
    remainder, in tin cans having capacity of dark whale oil. A cheaper mixture is
    for 1 pint, 1 quart, or of larger capacity, made from 2 parts of rosin, 2 parts of
    goes to the manufacturers of watches, fish oil ,and 6 parts of a mineral lubri-
    clocks, chronometers, typewriters, etc. cating oil. Sulphite cellulose waste liq-
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 205

    nor is used for tlie purpose, the value days by heating the rosin-linseed oil
    depending on. tlie presence of soluble kerosene solution for a few minutes under
    resins, and tlie concentrated liquor is the a refiux condenser at a temperature of
    best for this. A
    very good method is to say 275° 0.-300° C.
    grind the solid extract in with the sand, When it is desired to effect treatment
    and when wetted with water can be of the rosin with an aldehyde as furfural,
    shaped as desired. The extract burns off such may be incorporated in amounts or
    during easting, and the core can be from 2~5% with the rosin alone or when
    readily removed when required. compounding the rosin.

    Non- Crystallizing Bosin and Core Oils Plastic Mold Lubricant


    U. S. Patent 2,042,877 Bright Drying Carnauba
    A solution of rosin in gasoline, or other Wax Emulsion 2 oz.
    suitable solvent, and which solution may Pine Oil 5 drops
    be that usually obtained by the extrac- The above is sprayed into mold, before
    tion of disintegrated wood with gasoline, use, and permits easy ejection of molded
    is fed to an evaporator simultaneously
    articles.
    with a suspension of an alkali, as soda
    Molding Press Lubricant
    ash ( 2 %
    on the rosin) in gasoline. The
    Salt 200 g.
    soda ash thus becomes intimately mixed
    with the rosin, a portion of which will Water 700 g.
    react with the soda ash to produce a Alcohol 100 g.
    rosin soap which will be well incorpo- Glycerin 100 g.
    rated with the rosin. In the illustration
    given there will be about 11.6% of soap Ceramic Mold Lubricant
    incorporated with the rosin recovered
    Crude Naphthenic Acids 5-20 oz.
    from the evaporator. Kerosene 60-95 oz.
    Petroleum Sludge 20 oz.

    Core Oils Penetrating Oils


    40 parts (by weight) of rosin and 30 Formula No. 1
    parts of raw linseed oil are melted to- Heavy Lubricating Oil 30 oz.
    gether and to the melt is added 5 parts Amyl Acetate 0.5 oz.
    of soap, (in terms of dry soap) as so- Cottonseed Oil 2.0 oz.
    dium resinate and the mixture heated to Kerosene 67.5 oz.
    about 165° 0, until the water is evapo-
    No. 2
    rated and a homogeneous solution ob- Kerosene 20 oz.
    tained. If desired, say about 30 parts Light Mineral Oil 70 oz.
    of, for example, kerosene, containing, if
    Butyl Alcohol, Secondary 10 oz.
    desired though not necessary, about 5
    No. 3
    parts of aniline, may be added to the
    Gas Oil 50 oz.
    rosin-linseed oil-soap solution, and the
    Kerosene 48 oz.
    rosin will be found in solution and free
    Cottonseed Oil 2 oz.
    from crystals after seventy-six days as
    No. 4
    compared wdth crystallization in about
    U. S. Patent 2,041,076
    five days with similar rosin untreated. Kerosene 60 -75 g.
    It will be appreciated that instead of Lubricating Oil (100
    adding soap to the rosin-linseed oil solu-
    S.S.U. at 100° F.) 22 -37 g.
    tion, there may be added an alkali with
    Chlorinated Stearic
    the production of the desired soap in the
    Acid 0.5-3 g.
    solution.
    Butyl Butyrate 0.1- 2 g.
    As a^further illustration say 40 parts
    No. 5
    (by weight) of rosin and 30 parts of raw
    U. S. Patent 2,021,448
    linseed oil are melted and brought to a
    Kerosene 60 g.
    temperature of about 165° C. then 30 Sulphonated Castor Oil
    parts of, for example, kerosene contain- 20 g.
    Sulphonated Coconut Oil
    ing 5 parts of aniline are added to the
    ^ (Neutralized with
    rosin-linseed oil solution formed. The Rosin Soap) 20 g.
    core oil thus produced will stand nine-
    Alcohol 1 g!
    teen days without crystallization as com-
    This forms an emulsion when mixed
    pared with crystallization in five days with water.
    where untreated rosin is used. The core
    No. 6
    oil produced as above may be
    improved U. S. Patent 2,041,076
    so that the rosin will remain in solution
    Kerosene 60 -75 lb.
    v/ithout crystallization for forty-nine Lubricating Oil 22 -37 lb!
    206 LUBEICANTS, OILS, FATS
    Chlorinated Ethyl No. 6
    Oleate 0.5- 3.0 lb. Naphthenic or Hydroxy-
    Amyl Acetate 0.1- 2.0 lb. Fatty Acid 12 g.
    Spindle Oil, Refined 80 g.
    Penetrating or Rust Loosening Oils Caustic Soda (36° B6.) 6 g.
    Formula jSTo. 1 Benzoline 2 g.
    British Patent 414,874 No, 7
    Engine Oil 1 qt. Colophony (Rosin) 8 g.
    Naphtha or Kerosene 3 qt. Olein ^ g-
    Carbon Bisulphide 2 oz. Spindle Oil, Refined
    1-2 78 g.
    Camphor Oil oz.
    Caustic Soda (24° Be.)
    1-4 8 g,
    Graphite Powder oz.
    No. 8
    No. 2 Turkey Red Oil
    Paraffin Oil 70 15 g.
    g-
    Olein 10 g.
    Wliite Spirit 100 g*
    Spindle Oil, Refined 05 g.
    Pine Oil 30 g-
    Caustic Potash (40° B6.) 10 g.
    Blown Colza Oil 30 g-
    Carbon Tetrachloride 10 g- No. 9
    Bone Fat Fatty Acid 20 g.
    No. 3
    Olein 5 g.
    Light Mineral Oil 70 g-
    Spindle Oil, Refined 63 g.
    White Spirit 20 g*
    Caustic Soda (24° Be.) 12 g.
    Secondary Butyl Alcohol 10 g-
    No. 4 No. 10
    Light mineral oil with 2 to 10 per Lanolin Fatty Acid 16 g.
    cent graphite addition, and 0.05 per cent Spindle Oil, Refined 75 g.
    to 0.10 per cent nitrobenzene for pur- Caustic Potash (24° Be.) 9 g.
    poses of rendering odor attractive. No. 11
    It is probable that carbon bisulphide, Woolf at Fatty Acid
    carbon tetrachloride and butyl alcohol are Lanolin Fatty Acid I
    8 g.
    something in the nature of ^ ^ creep com- Spindle Oil, Refined 77 g.
    pounds, improving the wetting char- Caustic Soda (24° B^.) 8 g.
    acteristics, and therefore spreading power,
    No. 12
    of the mixture.
    Olein 18 g.
    No. 5
    Spindle Oil, Refined 45 g.
    Graphite (Coarse Flakes) 5.30 g.
    Caustic Potash (40° B6.) 7 g.
    Ethyl Acetate 0.05 g.
    Water 30 g.
    Paraffin Oil 94.60 g.
    ^
    The amount of caustic must be varied
    since the saponifiable materials are not
    Water-Soluble^^ Oils
    constant in acidity.
    (For Cutting Edges, Drills, etc.)
    For Formulae 1-8 the following pro-
    Drilling Oils
    cedure isapplied:
    Formula No. 1
    Put the saponifiable raw materials in
    Olein 16 g-
    the kettle, together with 50-70% of the
    Spindle Oil, Refined 73 g-
    spindle oil. Heat up to 90-100° 0., and
    Caustic Soda (36° Bd.) 6 g*
    stir in the alkali thoroughly.
    Alcohol, Denatured 5 g-
    Boil with good continuous stirring.
    No. 2 The saponification can be considered
    Olein 20 g- finished, when the oils look homogeneous
    Spindle Oil, Refined 72 g- and do not thicken any further.
    Caustic Potash (40° B6.) 8 g- Then add the remainder of the refined
    No.'S spindle oil, which may be heated pre-
    Talloil, Refined 20 g- viously to about 60° 0.
    Spindle Oil, Refined 70 g* Carry on the heating and stirring until
    Caustic Potash (36° B^.) 10 g* homogeneous.
    '

    No. 4 If addition of alcohol or hexalin is


    Talloil,Refined 20 g^ intended, this should be done together
    Spindle Oil, Refined 72 g- with the alkali, because it helps the
    Caustic Soda (36° B4.) 8 g- saponification. However, most of the al-
    No. 5 cohol is evaporated in this way and does
    Train Oil Fatty Acid 20 g* not form a component of the formula.
    Spindle Oil, Refined 70 g* If alcohol, hexalin, or benzoline are
    Caustic Potash (40° B4.) 7 g- wanted in the oil, they ought to be added
    Hexalin 3 g- to tbe finisbM, cooled oil.
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 207

    It sliould be kept in mind that a part W’etanol or Other Wetting


    of the water of the lye evaporates during Out Agent 1 oz.
    the manufacture. Thus it might happen Warm together and mix until uniform.
    that the finished products gelatinize, and,
    of course, there is less yield. The evap- "Soluble” Kerosene
    orated water, therefore, ought to be sub- a. Oleic Acid 15 g.
    stituted, either by adding enough water Rosin 15 g.
    to the lye, or by introducing small por- Z>. Kerosene 10 g.
    tions of hot water during the manufac- 0 . Trigamine 20 g.
    ture. About 50% water (on the base of Melt a together at 85° C. with high
    the amount of lye) are sufficient in most speed stirring. Add c and continue stir-
    cases— depending, however, upon the ring, Then turn off the heat and add h
    method of manufacture. slowly with stirring. This gives a clear
    much water is in the product,
    If too transparent liquid which emulsifies read-
    it can be eliminated by boiling. There ily in water.
    should only be so much water left in the
    finished product that no cloudiness can Boring Fluid for Heaving Shale Ground
    be observed. Otherwise, the finished oil French Patent 804,368
    may separate into layers. However, the Bentonite 30 lb.
    addition of alcohol, hexalin, or other such Quebracho Extract 2 lb.
    compounds tends to counteract such a Caustic Soda 7 lb.
    separation. Water 61 lb.
    The '^water-soluble’^ oils (formulae
    No. 11 and 12 are manufactured in the Non-Corrosive Rock Drill Lubricant
    same, hot way. They are made up with British Patent 469,889
    a higher water-content. They are filled Mineral Oil 90 lb.
    when liquid. Wool Wax 10 lb.
    Whenfatty acids are used, the manu- Lead Oleate 1^4 lb.
    facture can be done by the "half -warm” Chromium Oleate 1/10 lb.
    method
    The fatty acid and the total amount Cutting Oil
    of spindle are saponified at 70° 0.
    oil Talloil,Refined 20 kg.
    At this temperature the caustic lye is Spindle Oil, Refined 72 kg.
    stirred in thoroughly (using lye in slight Caustic Soda (38° Be.) 8 kg.
    excess). Thereafter the kettle is covered Alcohol to clear
    and remains standing overnight to have Fatty Acid a little, to clear
    a. complete saponification.
    Cutting (Drill) Oil
    Anti-Rust Soluble Oil U. S. Patent 2,086,479
    Light Mineral Oil 65 lb. Glyceryl Monostearate 75 g.
    Sulphonated Cod Oil 27 lb. Sperm Oil 150 g.
    Olein 10 lb. Sodium Salt of Sulphonated
    Water 5 lb. Oleyl Alcohol 50 g.
    Caustic Soda 2 lb. Water 1200 cc.
    Cresol 1 lb. Warm and mix vigorously.

    Cutting Oil for Magnesium Alloys


    Modified Turkey Red Oil
    Sulphonated Oil 11.5 oz.
    German Patent 636,193
    Soap 17.5 oz.
    Castor Oil 93 kg.
    Cottonseed Oil 8.5 oz.
    Phthalie Anhydride 15 kg.
    React for 8 hours at 140-150° C. in
    Oleic Acid 10.5 oz.
    Mineral Oil 2.0 oz.
    an open kettle with good agitation.
    Cool the product to 10° 0., and sul-
    Water 50.0 oz.
    phonate in the known way with conceh-
    trated sulphuric acid. Neutralize the sul- Fish Liver Oils
    phonate with alkali. British Patent 438,349
    In the extraction of oils from fish livers
    or other marine animal tissue by break-
    Soluble Oil Base ing down the tissue by dilute alkali,
    Rosin 15 lb. separating the scum containing the oil,
    Red Oil 15 lb. and breaking this emulsion, there is used
    Mineral Oil 10 lb. to break the emulsion a liquid— e.g., ethyl
    Potassium Hydroxide (45%) 5 lb. alcohol^ —^which is miscible with water but
    Isopropyl Alcohol 10 lb. not with the oil. For example, 6 cwt. of
    208 LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS
    kalibut livers is pulped by live steam, derneatli the kettle. Be sure not to plug
    tke volume made up to 135 gal. with up the pipes leading down to the steam
    water, about 5 per cent relative to livers jacket compartment when water is used,
    of scale caustic potash added, and the otherwise the steam jacket might burst.
    mixture brought to boiling by steam and When a steam jacket kettle is used, it is
    allowed to stand for 24 hours; the lower not necessary to put water in the kettle.
    aqueous layer is run off, and the emul- In this way no water is mixed with the
    sion remaining is warmed by steam and oil, which makes the rendering more sat-
    broken by stirring in 5 gal. of industrial isfactory, and improves the quality of the
    alcohol ; 5 gal. of water is added to bring oil.
    the oil to the surface, the aqueous layer The methods described above are sim-
    run off, an equal volume of saturated pleand rather crude, but are economical,
    brine added to the oil, and the whole and are used successfully in rendering
    boiled, settled, and passed through an the oil for industrial puri)oses. If steam
    oil separator. is available, a steam jacketed kettle is
    used; or a rendering plant is constructed.
    In a rendering plant the steam is blown
    Shark Oil
    through perforated pipes into a tank or
    The size and weight of the liver varies
    barrel containing the livers. As the livers
    with the season of the year, and the
    are rendered, the water goes to the bot-
    species of the shark. The weight of the
    tom, and is drawn off, and the oil floats
    liver is about one-fourth the total weight
    to the top, and is allowed to flow by
    of the shark, and the Leopard or Tiger
    gravity through a pipe to settling tanks,
    Shark yields more oil than most of the
    and is then run off and strained into
    other species. The oil in a shark is con-
    barrels.
    centrated in the liver, and the hide and
    the meat contain practically no oil.
    As soon as the shark is skinned, remove Neatsfoot Oil
    the livers, cut out the galls, and render Neatsfoot produced from a pure
    oil is
    the livers when they are still fresh. The neatsfoot stock which is made from shin
    oil does not spoil after being rendered. bones and feet of cattle. Feet are thor-
    If the livers are not rendered within a oughly washed, trimmed and the sinews
    day after the shark is caught, the par- tanked for glue. Bones are sawed and
    ticles of meat and tissues become decom- hoofs removed in hot water. The bones
    posed, and give off a strong putrid odor, are then cooked in boiling water in an
    and the oil when rendered, will retain open vat. Feet bones are cooked for
    this odor. about 10 hours and shin bones 5 hours.
    A high temperature is not required to Fat is skimmed off and strained
    render the livers. If the livers are hung through heavy drilling into a steam- jack-
    up in the hot sun, the oil wiU drip out eted kettle where it is heated to about
    of them. This primitive method is some- 240° F. It is then settled for about 7
    times used in gathering the oil. hours at that temperature- Heat is then
    cut off and fat allowed to stand for 6
    Rendering
    hours longer. Fat is drawn off and fil-
    An ordinary kettle of about 60 gallon
    tered through cotton flannel bags into an
    capacity is used with a slow fire under-
    iron tank from which it may be run into
    neath. Put water in the kettle to cover
    barrels or otherwise packaged.
    the bottom to a depth of 2 or 3 inches,
    This is pure neatsfoot stock. In pro-
    to avoid burning the oil. Cut the fresh
    duction of neatsfoot oil the stock is
    livers into large pieces, put them into the
    grained at a temperature of approxi-
    kettle, and stir frequently with a paddle.
    mately 34° F. for about two weeks. It
    It takes 2 or 3 hours to render the oil.
    is then pressed, a temperature of 34°
    Allow the oil to cool, and the gurry to
    being maintained during the pressing
    settle. Then remove the oil with a dipper,
    process. This first pressing yields a pure
    and same into a barrel. The strain-
    strain
    neatsfoot oil, the finest grade obtainable,
    ing done with several layers of cheese
    is
    with a clouding point of 16 to 18 and a
    cloth. Care should be used not to dip
    very low free fatty acid content.
    out any of the water, as the oil should
    Stearine is re-grained and pressed and
    be entirely free of water, and should also
    a second grade neatsfoot oil obtained.
    be free from gurry (meat and tissues).
    The clouding point of this oil is about
    Other Methods 26 to 28° F.
    If a steam packeted kettle is available, Inedible greases are sometimes grained
    better results can be obtained. Even if and pressed to yield a commercial neats-
    steam is not available, water can be used foot oil. The method followed is similar
    j
    in the steam jacket, with a slow fire un- |
    to that used in graining and pressing
    LUBRICANTS, OILS, FATS 209

    neatsfoot stock. Temperatures whicli are at a moderate temperature before finally


    used vary according to tlie kinds of adding the castor oil.
    greases as these have different melting The following examples illustrate the
    and solidifying points. procedure
    Beal neatsfoot oil is always branded
    Formula No. 1
    *^pure^^ neatsfoot oil, as distinguished
    ^
    commerciaP
    On passing a stream of chlorine into
    from the so-called ^ ^
    neats-
    molten paraffin, hydrochloric acid is
    foot oil.
    evolved with the formation of chlorinated
    substitution products of varying consist-
    encies. With a 10 per cent chlorine con-
    Castor Oil Soluble in Mineral Oil
    tent, paste-like products are formed which
    Attempts that have been made to in-
    crease the viscosity of mineral oils by the
    on subsequent chlorination are trans-
    addition of castor oil (the most viscous formed into yellow or red oils of varying
    viscosities. The chlorinated hydrocarbons
    of all fatty oils) have led to various
    processes with the object of rendering are free from acid and miscible in all
    castor oil soluble in mineral oils. proportions with castor oil.
    All the processes known up to the No. 2
    present involve profound chemical modi- 95 parts by volume of a Russian spin-
    fications of the castor oil, i.e., partial dle oil are mixed in the cold with 5 parts
    fission of the molecule. One process con- of a mixture of 30 parts by volume
    sists in rapidly heating castor oil to 300® castor oil and 70 parts by volume chlor-
    C, when partial decomposition occurs with inated paraffin (30 per cent chlorine),
    formation of oenanthol and undecylenie to yield a clear oil which remains homo-
    acid. Distillation is interrupted when the geneous and is very stable at low tem-
    loss in weight reaches 10 to 12 per cent. peratures.
    The residue so obtained is miscible with
    mineral oils in all proportions. No. 3
    According to another method, castor 80 parts by volume of spindle oil in
    admixture with 20 parts of a mixture of
    oil is heated in an autoclave for several
    equal parts castor oil and chlorinated
    hours under 8 to 10 atmospheres; the
    paraffin (30 per cent chlorine) yield a
    glycerin is completely separated and the
    clear, homogeneous oil after heating for
    ricinoleic acid is polymerized. On con- a short time at 200° 0.
    tinuing to heat at ISO® 0, the greater
    part of the ricinoleic acid is transformed No. 4
    into tririeinoleie acid, which is then es- 40 parts by volume of spindle oil are
    terified with castor oil to forms esters of mixed with 40 parts by volume of chlor-
    fatty polyacids. inated paraffin (40 per cent chlorine)
    ^

    Again, has been proposed to heat


    it before adding in the cold 20 parts by
    castor oil under pressure in an autoclave volume castor oil. A clear oil is formed
    in presence of a gas such as air, nitrogen which remains clear and homogeneous
    or carbon dioxide. after heating to 100® 0. and then cooling.
    German Patent 608,973 states that so- No. 5
    lutions of castor oil in mineral oils can German Patent 632,478
    be prepared without drastic chemical Castor Oil 100 kg.
    modification of castor oil and without Bleaching Earth 4-”6 kg.
    corresponding losses in weight by mixing
    the castor oil with high-molecular, more
    Heat in a distillation apparatus to
    140® C. for several hours, drawing off
    or less highly chlorinated aliphatic hydro-
    the air by a vacuum pump, to prevent
    carbons in certain proportions. Castor
    oxidation. Filter.
    oil is miscible in all proportions with
    The product is miscible with hydro-
    these halogenated hydrocarbons. The carbons of the paraffin series, as used in
    clear mixtures obtained have the property
    lubricating oils.
    of forming homogeneous mixtures with
    unmodified mineral oils under certain
    conditions. Castor Oil Miscible with Mineral Oil
    In most cases it is advisable to heat Hungarian Patent 116,570
    the castor oil-chlorinated hydrocarbon Heat castor oil with potassium bicar-
    mixture for a little time at 200® O. be- bonate in vacuo at 230-280® C.
    fore adding the mineral oil; no fission
    whatever of the castor oil takes place nor Parting or Dividing Oil for the Greasing
    is there any loss in weight. Alternatively of Baking Forms
    the mineral oil may be mixed with the Refined Vegetable Oil 25 kg.
    chlorinated hydrocarbon in the cold or Methyl Cellulose 10 kg.
    :

    210 LUBEICANTS, OILS, FATS

    Potato Flour 1.5 kg. with 2% sodium silicate at 40° C. Then


    Moldex (Preservative) 0.15 kg. treat with 2%
    zinc sulphate. Allow co-
    Water 63.35 kg. agulation to go to completion and filter.

    Lubricant witk Anti- Oxidant Properties Reclaiming Journal Box Oil


    Lubricating Oil 99-99.9 lb. U. S. Patent 2,023,988
    Triphenyl Phospliite 1- 0.1 lb. Sodium Silicate 660 lb.
    Sodium Aluminate 5 gal.
    Lubricant, Bodied Mix with 100 gal of waste oil and heat
    Lubricating oil may be bodied to any above 100° 0. Allow to settle and decant.
    desired viscosity, even to that of a grease,
    by the incorporation therein of Vistanex Dewaxing Oil
    Medium. Heating the oil will facilitate Formula JSTo. 1
    making the mass homogeneous. British Patent 447,415
    The mixed with a 3 to 1 mixture
    oil is
    Improving the Bloom of Lubricating Oil of ethylene dichloride and benzene to
    U. S. Patent 1,998,292 give a solution denser than the wax pre-
    From 0.1% to 3% furfural is added cipitated by chilling. After chilling the
    to the lubricating oil stock just prior to wax is removed in a centrifugal separa-
    the final sulphuric acid treatment. Sol- tor.
    vent refined lubricating oils may be re- No. 2
    treated with small amount (2 to 6 pounds Canadian Patent 360,567
    per barrel) of sulphuric acid containing The oil is mixed with 4 volumes of
    small amounts of furfural or the furfural methyl isobutyl ketone and chilled to
    may be added to the solvent treated oil -10° F. The wax precipitates and is
    before acid contacting. filtered offi.

    Prevention of Sludge in Lubricating Oil Composition for Preventing Wax


    U. S. Patent 2,059,567 Deposits in Oil Wells
    Sludging is prevented by the addition U. S. Patent 2,092,936
    of Sulphonated Castor Oil 25 gal.
    Chromium Oleate up to 0.4% Corn Oil and Oleic Acid
    or Tin Oleate up to 0.1% Mixed Soap 5 gal.
    Oxalic Acid (10° Bd.) 5 gal.
    or Tetraethyl T^ead up to 0.1%
    Sulphonated Pine Oil 5 gal.
    Solution of
    Water inOil Emulsion Lubricant
    (Naphthalene 5 lb. ) 9 gal.
    British Patent 440,575 (Benzene 9 gal.j
    50 grams of a heavy paraffin oil is Ammonia to make slightly alkaline.
    mixed with 1 g. of n-lauryl-l-sulphuric
    acid and stirred with 0.25 g. of lead ace-
    tate dissolved in 48,75 g. of water. The Removing Wax from Oil Well Tubing
    resulting emulsion is a heavy grease and The most successful of the various ma-
    has good lubricating properties, and may terials marketed for the removal of par-
    readily be extended with oil. affin deposits from the tubing at water
    sand levels in pumping oil-wells, is a
    Mineral Oils
    Solidification of
    mixture of 70% carbon tetrachloride and
    German Patent 620,260 30% benzol. In use, this mixture is
    1. Beeswax
    often diluted somewhat with naphtha.
    5 g.
    2. Kerosene
    While it is claimed to be beneficial when
    100 g.
    merely poured into the tubing and al-
    j3. Soft Soap, Medicinal 3 g.
    lowed to work down through the crude
    (4. Alcohol, Denatured 5 g.
    Melt 1.; add 2., and thereafter the mix- for two or three hours before pumping,
    ture of 3. and 4., which has been pre- the only way to do a good job is to allow
    viously heated to 65° C. the crude to settle back down to sand
    level, then reseat the pump piston, pour
    This is done by pouring both additions
    in 10-15 gallons of the material, and
    at the same time, or in two separate thin
    start pumping.
    jets. Quick and thorough stirring is nec-
    essary. Cool. Product is of petrolatum-
    consistency. Fluorescent Color for Lubricating Oil
    British Patent 438,425
    Eecovering Used Lubricating Oil A mixture of finely powdered pyrene
    Allow solids to settle and then pour offi and 5 per cent of anhydrous aluminium
    upper layer and heat to 40° G. and treat chloride is gently boiled for ten minutes
    LUBRICANTS, OILS. FATS

    and allowed to cool; the black product is No. 2


    freed from aluminium chloride by boiling Mineral Oil,White 30 kg.
    with dilute hydrochloric acid; dried, and Ceresin, White 10 kg.
    extracted with boiling xylene, 5-tetra- Woolf at, Neutral 10 kg.
    clilorethane or other solvent of the fluo- Antiseptic*
    rescent material ; after removal of the * 1 % Boric acid, or
    solvent a reddish-brown powder remains 2 % Salicylic Acid, or rather:

    1 lb. is added to 100,000 lb. of petroleum Methyl Parahydroxybenzoate 6.5 g.


    lubricating oil. Propyl Parahydroxybenzoate 3.5 g.
    ili
    Per 1000 g. lubricant
    '

    Transformer Insulating Oil i

    U. S. Patent 2,036,274 Fluid for Boring Holes in Rubber


    Trichlorbenzol 90 lb. Stoppers
    Tetrachlorethane 10 lb. Anhydrous alcohol facilitates boring
    Finely divided zinc oxide is suspended holes in rubber stoppers and evaporates
    in this.
    leaving a clean bore.
    Prevention of Clouding in Olive Oil
    After addition of 0.1-0.5% of air-
    Petroleum Demulsiflers blown cacao butter, olive oil remains
    : .

    Formula No. 1 liquid and free from deposited stearin


    Some of the demulsifiers marketed to on storage at 2-4°.
    promote separation of water from crude
    t/-
    oil are various dilutions of sulphonated
    vegetable oils. Such products are usually Bleaching Fats, Oils, Waxes
    used in proportion of 1. to 10,000. German Patent 632,516
    No. 2 ,
    Formula No. 1

    a. Rape Seed Oil 100 kg.


    U. S. Patent 2,074,183 ill
    The oil is mixed in continuous phase b. Acetic Anhydride 500 ce-
    r"
    with Hydrogen Peroxide
    Caustic Soda 25 (45%) 500 cc. ? -h;
    lb. IHH
    Add the freshly prepared mixture b
    B
    5
    Sodium Acetate 10 lb.
    to a, agitate, and heat to 60-70° C.
    Alcohol 20 lb.
    Glycerin 10 Wash the oil with water.
    Water 35-45
    lb.
    lb.

    a, Sulphur-Olive Oil
    No. 2
    100 kg,
    w
    IH
    f -

    Lubricant for Milkers^ Hands b. Acetic Anhydride 1.5 1.

    Formula No. 1 Hydrogen Peroxide


    Paraf6.n, Hard 16 kg. (45%) 0.5 1.
    Ceresin, White 14 kg. Mix by add it to u, mix well, heat to
    Mineral Oil 200 kg. 70° C.

    r-:;
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Eapid Etching of Glass for White Glass Etching Resist
    and Silky Matte **
    ^
    XT. S. Patent 2,089,571
    For the speeding up of glass etching Rosin 2 oz.
    a dipping bath of the following compo- Beeswax 6-7 oz.
    sition is recommended: Paraffin Wax 7-8 oz.
    Asphalt 10 oz.
    Formula Ko. 1 Chrome Yellow 16 oz.
    2 lb. hydrofluoric acid ; 4 lb. ammo- Varnish 3 oz.
    nium fluoride and 1 lb. sal soda (crys-
    j Turpentine 3 oz.
    talline) : The bath should be mixed in a Tallow 3 oz.
    lead or a gutta pereha tank, the ammo- Japan Brier to suit
    nium fluoride being added to the hydro-
    fluoric acid. For thorough dissolving it
    Glass Etching Paste
    is necessary to keep the tank in a fairly
    Glycerin 4 oz.
    warm place for about 8 hours. Before Gum Karaya „
    2 oz.
    pouring the solution through a coarse Eub well together and then work in
    Hnen filter into the etching tank, it Ammonium
    ^ Fluoride (Con-
    should be well stirred. Small quantities centrated Solution) 94 oz.
    of the soda are added under constant
    stirring until all of it is dissolved.
    The glass is freed from all impurities Frosting Glass
    prior to the etching process by rinsing U. S. Patent 2,111,576
    it in slightly acid w’^ater (3 per cent nitric ^
    The glass
    is immersed in melted lithium
    nitrate for 2-15 minutes.
    acid will suffice) but all of the water
    musL drain ofl before dipping the glass
    quick' y into the etching bath where it is Frosting for Inside of Glass Bulbs
    movect about for 2 to 3 minutes. After Formula No. 1
    drying the glass articles on a tri-cornered Patent 1,997,375
    XT. S.
    rack, they are rinsed in cold water and Hydrofluoric Acid (40%) 38 oz.
    brushed and scrubbed in warm water. Ammonium Fluoride 38 oz.
    The workers should wear rubber gloves Sulphuric Acid 5 oz.
    as a protection against the hydrofluoric Water 15 oz.
    acid. Paraffin Wax, Powdered 19 oz.
    The depth of the white is determined
    No. 2
    by the amount of sal soda. For a soft
    XT. S. Patent 2,122,512
    silky effect the quantity shouldbe cut The method of inside frosting thin
    down. The temperature of the dipping hollow glassware such as lamp bulbs,
    room should not be below 50® F., prefer-
    consists in injecting three successive shots
    ably around 62® F.
    of a glass etching fluid, each for approxi-
    No. 2 • mately two seconds, against the interior
    For the etching of the inside of hollow- of the ware in a position to flow down
    ware the amount of hydrofluoric acid of over all of the surface to be etched,
    the recipe should be cut down by 50 per the solution containing the following in-
    cent and the sal soda 25 per cent. The gredients:
    etching fluid poured into the hollows is Ammonium Acid Fluo-
    left there for 6 to 8 minutes. Wher the ride 33 lb. 3 oz.
    etching fluid is to be applied by brush, Hydrofluoric Acid
    it should first be thickened by an extra
    (60%) 10 1.
    amount of sal soda. Sodium Acid Sulphate 11 lb.
    No. 3 Sodium Fluoride 11 lb. 1 oz.
    Hydrofluoijic Acid 2 oz. Molasses 12 1.

    Ammonium Fluoride 2 oz. Water 6 1.

    Soda Ash 1 oz. flowing water at approximately 63® C.


    Water as needed over the exterior of the surface for ap-
    212
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION' 213

    proximately the same length of time that Dark Blue Glass


    the etching fluid is flowing over the in- Sand
    terior of the surface and thereafter wash- Limespar
    ing out the interior of the surface with Soda Ash
    fluid under a higher pressure than that Cobalt Oxide
    at which the etching fluid is impinged
    upon the interior of the ware. Purple Glass
    Sand 11000.00 g.
    Limespar 250.00 g.
    Glass Decoration Potash 650.00 g.
    U.S. Patent 1,977,625 Black Nickel Oxide 7.25 g.
    The glass heated to about 600° C. is
    Purple Glass
    sprayed with the following: Sand 1
    1000.00 g.
    Silver Oxide 0.06 oz. Limespar 250.00 g.
    Lead Borate 0.11 oz. Soda Ash 500.00 g.
    Rosin 32.62
    oz. Black Nickel Oxide 7.25 g.
    Gopiaba Balsam 10.00
    oz.
    Turpentine 56.67 oz. Violet Glass
    Sand 1000 g.
    Annealing then gives a bright silver
    Limespar 140 g.
    fllm.
    Potash 300 g.
    Niter 60 g.
    COLORED GLASSES Manganese Dioxide 40 g.
    Red Ruby Glass
    1000 g.
    Amber Glass
    Sand Sand
    Soda Ash 180 g.
    Sodium Sulphate
    Potash 150 g.
    Sodium Carbonate
    Selenium 1 g*
    Limespar
    Limespar 150 g.
    Sulphur
    The above should not be heated for too
    Arsenious Oxide
    long a period of time, and the crucible
    should be kept well covered to prevent Black Glass
    volatilization of the selenium. Sand 1000 g.
    Yellow Glass Soda Ash 350 g.
    Sand 630 g. Limespar 150 g.
    Potassium Carbonate 250 g. Black Oxide 60 g.
    Limespar 103 g.
    Cadmium Sulphide 11 g. Brown Glass Batch
    Sulphur 6 g. IT. S. Patent 2,014,230
    Bright Green Glass 0. 5-3.0% of ammonium sulphate and

    Sand 1000.00 g. 0.5-5.0% of organic matter are added to


    Limespar 166.00 g. the ordinary glass batch.
    Soda Ash 330.00 g.
    Fluorspar 28.00 g. Tempering Glass
    Iron Oxide 0.45 g. Formula No. 1
    Chromic Oxide 0.65 g. Canadian Patent 372,779
    Potassium Chromate 0.45 g. Glass is heated above its annealing
    Lead Chromate 1.35 g. temperature in a fusion of
    Dark Green Glass Lithium Nitrate 33 lb.
    Sand 1000 Potassium Nitrate 30 lb.
    Soda Ash 240 g- Sodium Nitrate 26 lb.
    Nitre 20 S-
    Potassium Nitrite 11 lb.
    Limespar 100 g- At a temperature above 500° C. and
    Potash 120 g- then chilling.
    Red Lead 20 " "
    g*
    No. 2
    Potassium Chromate 20 g- British Patent 449,602
    Chromic Oxide 10 g- A sheet of glass is heated to just short
    Copper Oxide 60 g- of the softening point and then subjected
    Bright Blue Glass to a number of sprays of flne liquid mist
    Sand 1000.0 g* equally on both sides, the liquid being
    Soda Ash 380.0 g- aqueous or non-aqueous and the dispers-
    Limespar 240.0 g- ing and motive fluid for dispersing being
    Cobalt Oxide 2.8 g* a gas. All operations are conducted with
    Manganese Dioxide 0.5 g* the sheet in a vertical position.

    illiiiii:
    :

    iU MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Laminated (Safety) Glass Magnesium Oxide 55 lb.
    U.S. Patent 2,003,288 Copper Oxide 10 lb.
    A sheet of cellulose acetate or similar Sugar 25 lb.
    material is cemented between two glass
    sheets with a solution containing potas- X-Bay Absorption Glass
    sium borate or boxax 1 g., or boric acid U. S. Patent 2,025,099
    0,25 g., and saturated aqueous silicic, ^The glass contains alkali substantially
    stannic, chromic, or arsenic acid 0.25 g. nil, lead oxide (62), and barium oxide
    per 100 cc.; a pressure of 150 Ib./sq. in.
    ^

    (added as barium carbonate or barium


    is employed at 117°, nitrate) (5)%.

    Multicellular Glass Telescope Mirror Glass


    British Patent 447,805 (Low Expansion)
    Crushed glass mixed with materials British Patent 446,733
    which develop gas at a high temperature Sand 410 lb.
    is placed in a mold which is then heated
    Boric Acid 148 lb.

    to the softening temperature of the glass


    Niter 14 lb.
    and cooled when the desired degree of Lithium Carbonate 3.6 lb.
    cellular structure is attained. The gas-
    Cryolite 3 lb.

    producing materials may function by re- Alumina 6 lb.

    action among themselves or with the Arsenic Trioxide 5 lb.

    glass. Amixture of glass 90, silica 3,


    sodium sulphate 6, and carbon 1%, if Decolorizing Glass
    heated to 850°, produces a glass of d German Patent 645,048
    0.45. (b) The mixture is placed in a Coloration of glass by iron compounds
    (graphite) mold preheated to 800-900°. is avoided by using a melt of the follow-
    ing composition:
    Sand 50 lb.
    Luminescent Glass Calcium Oxide 15 lb.
    German Patent 617,148 Soda 25 lb.
    Fuse the following mixture Sodium Fluoride 1% lb.
    Sand 74 lb. Sodium Nitrate lb.
    Boric Acid 6.6 lb.
    Soda Ash 18.5 lb.
    Plaster Mold for Rooflng Tiles
    Potassium Carbonate 10.3 lb.
    Use aslurry of well-burned slow-set-
    Lanthanum Carbonate 0,33 lb.
    ting plaster (1 g.) in water (0.66 vol.)
    Zinc Oxide 2.80 lb.
    containing
    Later add Sodium Sulphate 15 g.
    Zinc 0.68 lb.
    Magnesium Chloride 15 g.
    Selenium 0.90 lb.
    Magnesium Carbonate,
    Powdered 10 g.
    Photoluminescent Glass Cement, Powdered 25 g.
    Formula No. 1 Water 11.
    Glass that is luminescent to light of Cast into well greased molds and allow
    short wave lengths is made by fusing to set.
    Tin Oxide 14 g.
    Potassium Permanganate 56 g. Building Tile Composition
    Barium Carbonate 350 g. Formula No. 1
    Magnesium Oxide 110 g. U. S. Patent 2,049,882
    Aluminum Hydroxide 215 g. A high-magnesia lime 40 is used with
    Phosphoric Acid 2200 g. gypsum 10, ground blast-furnace slag 70,
    The above may be flashed with turbid ‘^silica quartz 24, a pigment 5 and
    glass made by fusing calcined sodium sulphate 1 part by
    Zirconium Oxide 56 g. weight).
    Barium Carbonate 350 g.
    Magnesium Oxide 110 g.
    No. 2,' ,

    Aluminum Hydroxide IT. S. Patent 1,970,921


    215 g.
    Marble Dust 60 lb.
    Phosphoric Acid 2200 g.
    Portland Cement 40 lb!
    No. 2 Casein 7 oz.
    British Patent 460,210 Water 7 gai.
    Phosphoric Acid (d 1.75) 1000 lb. The above after drying in forms is
    Barium Carbonate 175 lb. coated with a cement paste containing:
    Alumina 70 lb. 2% of following:
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION- 215

    Calcium Stearate 10 lb. Kieselguhr Ceramics


    Marble Dust 2 lb. British Patent 448,755
    Dye 2 lb. Kieselguhr is mixed into a paste with
    Glue 1% lb. 4-5% of magnesium chloride molded, and
    Casein 1% lb. baked at 800-1200° C.
    Ammonium Chloride 2 oz.
    Water 3 gal.
    High Strength Ceramic Ware
    Canadian Patent 372,655
    Marble
    Artificial The strength of clay ware is improved
    German Patent 625,892 by adding 1/^-2% chestnut extract and
    White Portland Cement 1 kg. ^*-2^% salt to clay in the plastic state.
    Ground Quartzite 2--2.5 kg.
    Ground Fat Lime 0.3-0.35 kg.
    Mineral Coloring Matter .006 kg. Enamelware, Testing
    Write with ink on the surface of the
    enamelware and allow to dry thoroughly.
    Oil Coating for Glass Fibers
    Wash off with cold water (do not rub).
    IJ. S. Patent 2,107,284
    No stain will remain if the enamel is of
    Bright Stock (Petro- good quality.
    leum) Oil 20 -40 %
    Oleic Acid 12.6-18.5%
    Ammonia (28°) 4 % Pottery Saggers
    Water to make 100 % Fat Plastic Bonding Clay 20 07.
    Medium to Open Burning
    Tridymite Stone Fire Clay 30 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,066,365 Calcined Broken Saggers or
    A method of manufacturing tridymite Fire Brick (%" or smaller
    stone consists in burning for about 20 pieces) 50 oz.
    hours a silica mass of which part is finely
    ground mixed with sulphite of lye and Vitreous Enamels
    the approximate proportions of 2% chalk,
    Ground Coat
    1.5% soda ash and 1.5% iron oxide with Material Raw Melted
    pyrometer cone 15 to 16.
    Formula No. 1
    Flint 680.00 lb.
    Soapstone Table Preservative Borax 170.00 lb.
    Boiled Linseed Oil 1 gal. Sodium Nitrate 50.00 lb.
    Turpentine 1 gal. Red Lead 170.00 1b.
    Ceresin 4 oz. Cobalt Oxide 0.85 lb.
    Apply hot.
    1071.00 lb. 956 IK
    Modelling Olay Clay 51 lb. 44 IK
    Formula No. 1
    Glycery Oleate 10 oz. 1122,00 lb. 1000 lb.
    Red Oil 50 oz. No. 2
    Beeswax, Crude 20 oz. Flint 675.0 lb.
    Castor Oil 15 oz. Borax 390.0 lb.
    Pipe-Clay, Powdered sufficient to suit Sodium Nitrate 35.0 1b.
    2'
    Red Lead 52.5 lb.
    No. Cobalt Oxide 3.0 lb.
    Tallow 19 oz.
    Gum Mastic 30 oz.
    1155.5 lb. 948 lb.
    Beeswax, Crude 3 oz.
    Clay 60.0 lb. 52 lb.
    Ozokerite 2 oz.
    Paraffin Wax 4 oz.
    1215,5 lb. 1000 lb.
    Gypsum 12 oz.
    Pipe Clay
    No. 3
    60 oz.
    Sand 200 lb.
    Feldspar 200 lb.
    Ceramic Glaze Borax 390 lb.
    Aluminum Chloride Sodium Nitrate 30 lb.
    (Anhydrous) 60 Ib. Red Lead 100 IK
    Magnesium Chloride Magnesium
    (Anhydrous) 20 lb. CarbonatA 10 lb.
    Salt 10 lb.
    Borax 10 IK 930 IK 720 IK
    216 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Vallender Clay 325 lb. 279 lb. High Lead Enamel (Vitreous) Top Coat
    Cobalt Oxide 1 lb. 1 lb. Material Raw Melted
    Soda Ash 60 lb.
    1256 lb. 1000 lb. Borax 165 lb.

    No. 4 Barium
    Band 275 lb. Carbonate 75 lb.

    Potash Feldspar 435 lb.


    Fluorspar 120 lb.

    Borax 375 lb. Potash Feldspar 380 Ib.

    Red Lead 41 lb. Red Lead 175 lb.


    Sodium Nitrate 25 lb.

    1126 lb. 948 lb. Tin Oxide 85 lb.

    Vallender Clay 57 lb. 49 lb.


    Zinc Oxide 60 lb.

    Cobalt Oxide 3 lb. 3 lb.


    1135 lb. 1000 lb.

    1186 lb. 1000 lb.

    High Tin (Vitreous) Enamel Top


    —
    White Enamel Top Coat Coat for Cast Iron. Type
    Material Ra-w Melted
    Formula No. 1
    Material Raw Melted Soda Ash 21.0 lb.
    Quartz 50 lb.
    Borax 555.0 lb.
    Borax 50 lb.
    Magnesium
    Feldspar 75 lb.
    Carbonate 5.5 lb.
    Cryolite 20 lb.
    Fluorspar 5.5 lb.
    Soda Ash 10 lb.
    Potash Feldspar 340.0 lb.
    Saltpeter 6 lb.
    Ammonium
    Carbonate 8.0 lb.
    Cryolite 110.0 lb.
    211 lb. 175 lb.
    Tin Oxide 21 lb.
    Sodium Nitrate 5.5 lb.
    Clay 12 lb. 10.4 lb. Tin Oxide 188.5 lb.
    Vallender Clay 55.0 lb.

    244 lb. 185.4 lb.


    1294.0 lb. 1000 lb.
    No. 2
    Flint 1200 lb.
    Barium Vitreous Enamel
    Carbonate 256 lb. U. S. Patent 2,063,252
    Saltpeter 600 lb. An enamel slip is formed by milling
    Soda Ash 424 lb. ay and water with a frit formed by
    Zinc Oxide 105 lb. aelting
    Magnesium Sodium Zirconium Silicate 26.43
    Carbonate 24 lb.
    Aluminum Hydrate 8.06
    Potash Feldspar 9.20
    2609 lb.
    Quartz 20.04
    Sodium Nitrate 3.50
    Busting Enamel (Vitreous) for Cast Borax 32.50
    Iron Type Fluorspar 5.41
    Cryolite 3.44
    Material Raw Melted
    Soda Ash 24 1b. Zinc Oxide 12.07
    Feldspar 343 lb. Titanium Dioxide 10.00
    Vallender Clay 58 lb. This forms a blue enamel for use on
    Cryolite 114 lb. metals or ceramics.
    Borax 672 1b.
    Tin Oxide 194 lb.
    Saltpeter 6 lb.
    Improved Vitreous Enamel
    Ammonium French Patent 806,654
    Carbonate 9 lb.
    Formula No. 1 No. 2
    Magnesium Borax 20 lb. 14 lb.
    Carbonate Feldspar 30 lb. 40 lb.
    6 lb.
    Fluorspar 6 lb.
    Quartz 11.3 lb. 11 lb.
    Sodium
    1332 lb. 1000 lb.
    Carbonate 15 lb. 5 lb.
    Fluorspar 4 lb.
    The above should be screened through Sodium Nitrate 1.7 lb. 5 lb.
    a GO mesh sieve before using. Cobalt Oxide 0.36 lb.
    MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTIOISr 217

    Magnesium Boron Oxide 2-10%


    Borosilicate 17 '
    lb. 9 lb. Silicon Dioxide 50-75%
    Cryolite — 14 lb. Titanium Dioxide 1-10%
    Antimony Oxide 1-5%
    Aluminum Oxide 0.5-5%
    Vitreous Enamel Glaze Base Calcium Fluoride 1- 5%
    British Patent 456,714
    Magnesium Borosilicate 17 lb.
    Vitreous Porcelain Batch
    Borax 20 lb.
    Fluorspar 4 U. S. Patent 2,077,610
    lb.
    Feldspar
    H. P. 1 Canadian Ball Clay 6-23%
    30 lb.
    Quartz 11.3 lb.
    Spar 15-20%
    Soda Ash 15.0 lb.
    Kaolin Clay 7- 8%
    Sodium Nitrate 1.7 lb.
    China Clay 17-32%
    Cobalt Oxide 0.36 lb.
    Wliiting 1- 6%
    Flint 38-40%
    Opaque Vitreous Enamel Electrical Range Enamel
    British Patent 455,980 1, Ground Goat
    Borax 360 lb. Borax 34.0 lb.
    Feldspar 448 lb. Feldspar 36.0 lb.
    Quartz 280 lb. Quartz 22.0 lb.
    Soda Ash 112 lb. Soda 7.5 lb.
    Sodium Silieofluoride 112 lb. Saltpeter 4.0 lb.
    Fluorspar 60 lb. Fluorspar 3.5 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 30 lb. Calcium Carbonate 2.0 lb.
    After mixing, melting and quenching Nickel Oxide 0.25 lb.
    100 lb. of dried frit is milled with Cobalt Oxide 0.25 lb.
    White Clay 10 lb.
    Zinc Sulphide 6 lb. 2. Finish Coat
    Zinc Oxide 7 lb. Feldspar 63 lb.
    Water 45-50 lb. Borax 54 lb.
    Up to I Ib. Quartz 38 lb.
    Soda Ash 234 lb.
    Sodium Nitrate 180 lb.
    Extra Wliite Vitreous Enamel Fluorspar 162 lb.
    British Patent 455,771 Antimony 236 lb.
    Enamel Frit 1000 lb. Cryolite 25 lb.
    Water 500 lb. Zinc 18 lb.
    Benzidine
    Uranium Oxide
    % lb. Boric Acid 27 lb.
    4 lb. Litharge 72 lb.
    Clay 100 lb. Barium Carbonate 38 lb.
    Grind and apply and fire in usual way.
    In preparing enamel slips for applica-
    ^

    ground wet and contains


    tion, the frit is
    Blue Vitreous Enamel about 5 to 10% of plastic clay for the
    U. S. Patent 2,063,252 purpose of floating the enamels.
    Sodium zirconium silicate 26.43 alumi- j
    num hydrate 8.06; potash feldspar 9.20; Removing Porcelain Enamel
    quartz 20.04; sodium nitrate 3.50; borax British Patent 473,556
    32.50; fluorspar 5.41; cryolite 3.44; zinc Hydrofluoric Acid 20 lb.
    oxide 12.07; and white titanium oxide Sulphuric Acid 20 lb.
    10,00 to form a frit, and then milling Water 60 lb.
    the frit with clay and water to form the ^
    Treat with the above including a pick-
    enamel slip. ling inhibitor.

    Acid-Resistant Vitreous Enamel Hon-Organic Binder for Porcelain


    U. S. Patent 2,010,776 Enamel Frit
    A fusible enamel for sheet steel is Abopon (Sodium Boro-
    prepared by fritting Phosphate) 100 cc.
    Boron Oxide 2'“10% Water (over 170° F.) 100 cc.
    Sodium Oxide 15-30% This solution is added to 100 pounds of
    Silicon Dioxide 55-75% the regular frit mix. If it is then
    Another frit consists of ground to 200 mesh fineness, it may be
    Sodium Oxide 15-30% sprayed at about 90 pounds pressure.
    :

    MATEEIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Tlie total solids should he about 55%, Minium 15 lb.
    Abopou may not he used with sulphide Plaster 1 lb.
    colors because of the f ormatiou of soluble The above mixtures are used at 540-
    sulphates. 870° C.
    Ab. enamel coat with the above binder
    is much firmer than is the case with Coloring Roofing Granules
    gums and may be handled previous to Canadian Patent 368,645
    firing with much less danger to the sur- Granules are covered with
    face from finger marks, etc. The surface Phosphoric Acid (75%) 40 lb.
    after firing seems to give higher gloss, Chrome Oxide 18 lb.
    smoother finish and enables finger marks Zinc Oxide 4 lb.
    to be removed with a dry rag. Certain
    colors are intensified, especially greens.
    Light Household Cement
    The Ahopon being entirely inorganic, U. S. Patent 2,032,142
    there is no possibility of carbonization.
    Powdered Flint 62 oz.
    Sodium Silicate 14 oz.
    Brown Glaze for High Tension Insulators Water 14 oz.
    Sodium Oxide 0.012 Aluminum Fluoride 10 oz.
    Potassium Oxide 0.247
    Magnesium Oxide 0.001
    Light Cellular Cement
    Calcium Oxide 0.680
    U. S. Patent 2,053,842
    Aluminum Oxide 0.800
    The following is whipped to a stiff
    Iron Oxide 0.080
    foam and used for gauging hydraulic
    Chromium Oxide 0.044
    cement
    Manganese Oxide 0.150
    Glue 1.0 lb.
    Silicon Dioxide 7.030
    Water 98.8 lb.
    Formaldehyde 0.2 lb.
    Ceramic Underglaze Color Medium for
    Stencil Color Printing
    Heat Resisting Cement
    Copaiba Balsam 31 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,063,102
    Oregon Balsam 9 oz.
    Exfoliated vermiculite 60-70 is used
    Glyceryl
    with fire clay 20-30 and hair 0.5~2.0%,
    Monoricinoleate a few drops the hair burning out at high tempera-
    tures to form numerous voids.
    Ceramic Overglaze Decoration Coating
    Pine Oil 1 qt. Acid Resistant Cement
    Dammar, White 4 oz.
    Acid Resistant Powder 100 oz.
    Warm together until dissolved.
    Sodium Silicoffiioride 3- 4 oz.
    Sodium Silicate
    Preventing Efflorescence of Silicate (d. 1.36) 17- 20 fl. oz.
    Coatings
    U. S. Patent 2,069,486 Clinkerless Slag Cement
    About 2-3% of formaldehyde, acetal- Granulated Blast
    dehyde or f ormamide is added to prevent Furnace Slag 88 lb.
    efflorescence. Burned Dolomite 5 lb.
    Anhydrite 5 lb.
    Colored Roofing Granules Gypsum 2 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,054,317
    Constancy of color is obtained by a Hardening Cement- Asbestos Surface
    preliminary fused coat on base material British Patent 462,251
    and then fusing on a mixture of pig- Surface of asbestos-cement products
    ment and the following: may be hardened by coarse grinding,
    then using a 10% solution of zinc siHco-
    Formula No. 1 fluoride and finally subjecting the sur-
    Borax 16 lb.
    face to fine grinding, and if desired, to
    Silica 20 lb.
    a polishing operation.
    Minium 20 lb.
    Feldspar 30 lb.
    Cryolite 20 lb.
    Magnesium Oxychloride Cement
    Potassium Nitrate 5 lb.
    Firstmix dry the following:
    2"
    No. , Magnesium Oxide 40 lb.
    Feldspar 25 lb. Barium Sulphate 40 lb.
    Flint 5 lb. ^halk 20 lb.
    : :

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 219

    Then mix the above with %


    of its '

    Synthetic Iron Oxide


    volume of the following liquid mixture Buff or
    Magnesium Chloiide Yellow Ochre
    (27° Be. Solution) 60 lb. ‘Black Iron Oxide
    Gray
    Hydrochloric Acid (21° Be.) 20 lb. or
    Slate
    Sulphuric Acid (22° Be.) 20 lb. Lampblack Free from Oil
    Red
    Pink Bed Iron Oxide
    Toughened Cement
    British Patent 445,613 Green Chromium Oxide
    Calcined Magnesite 6 lb. All pigments should be free from un-
    Sawdust 3 lb. eombined sulphur, soluble salts and or-
    Plint Flour 10 lb. ganic material.
    Soapstone 1 lb.
    Aluminum Hydroxide % lb.
    Light Weight Cement Concrete
    Mix the above with 18 lb. of the fol-
    British Patent 458,537
    lowing: Portland Cement 1 lb.
    Magnesium Chloride Sand 6 lb.
    (20° Be.) 20 lb.
    Seed Husks 2-12 lb.
    Black Molasses lb.
    Water to give sufhcient fluidity for
    casting.
    Slow Setting Plaster of Paris
    The addition of 2% gelatin to the ^ ^
    Sealing ^ ^ Concrete
    water used prevents setting for 48 hours.
    For every bag of concrete add 1-1.5
    kg. of the following:
    Dental Plaster Accelerator Oleic Acid, Distilled
    .
    100 kg.
    An anti-expansion accelerating solution
    Chalk 35 kg.
    recommended a short time ago by a den- Water 300 kg.
    tal investigation committee contains 4
    Saponify by heating and agitating for
    per cent potassium sulphate, 0.04 per some time. Collect the precipitated soap.
    cent alizarin sulphate, and amounts of
    borax varying between 0.4 per cent and
    1 per cent.
    Concrete Sealing Compound
    British Patent 460,736
    Accelerator for Setting of Glue 1 lb.
    Plaster of Paris Water, Boiling 480 lb.

    Same as above. Castor Oil, Sulphonated 30 lb.


    Stearic Acid 54 lb.
    Of this, enough is used to give 4.5
    oz.
    Cement Setting Accelerator
    of fatty acid (stearic, palmitic, oleic,
    Use 0.4-2% borax to hasten setting of
    linoleic, ricinoleic acid, etc.) for 1 ewt,
    cements,
    of concrete.

    Colored Coating for Cement


    Joint Compound
    Sodium Silicate (d. 1.13) 1.0 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,108,276
    Sand 48.3 lb.
    .

    An ^
    improved joint compound comprises
    Cement 24.2 lb.
    substantially the following elements
    Water 6.3 lb.
    Quick-setting cement, two pounds; finely
    Mineral Pigment 4.8- 9.7 lb.
    divided metallic aluminum, .02 of one
    This coating adheres well and elimi- per cent of the weight of the cement;
    nates hair cracks. finely divided, degreased iron filings, four
    per cent of the weight of cement ; lamp
    Colored Concrete black, two per cent of the weight of
    Pigments as below are ground in a ball cement ; fine, sharp clear sand, one-fourth
    mill with cement (1 lb. pigment, 9 lb. of the bulk of cement; finely powdered
    cement) and mixed with aggregate be- hydraulic lime, one-tenth of the bulk of
    fore adding water. White cement is used cement.
    for full effects.
    Color Porous Concrete
    Desired Pigment Used U.a Patent 2,077,374^^^^^^^ ^

    Cream A concrete mixture for making porous


    Buff Brown or Yellow Sand and air-penetrable bodies comprises an
    Yellow aggregate of small particles of dustless
    Blue Ultramarine coal cinders, cement and a water resist-
    Brown Iron Oxide ing coating binder consistinsr of burnt
    ;

    220 MATEEIALS OF COISrSTRUCTION


    powdered dolomite limestone having an and sodium metasilicate 2 parts, mixed
    analysis of to a thick paste with water, placed in a
    Silica 27 % covered container for enough time to
    Iron and Aluminum Oxides 1.30% permit the bentonite to absorb the sili-
    Magnesium Carbonate 32 % cate solution and flred.
    Calcium Carbonate 39.70%
    and to which is added 12% of wood-ash
    Refractory Resistant to Caustic
    before burning.
    IJ. S. Patent 2,062,962

    Gas-Proof Concrete
    Magnesium Oxide 50 lb.
    Alumina 50 lb.
    Concrete (1:3) is made oxygen proof
    by incorporating 2^%
    calcium chloride.
    Refractory Furnace Bricks
    Gas-Proof Mortar U. S. Patent 2,043,640
    Austrian Patent 150,003 Calcine 40 parts of dolomite, 30 parts
    Sand 25 hg. of blast furnace slag, 20 parts ganister
    Quick Lime 75 kg. and 10 parts of bauxite, moisten the same
    Cement, Chamotte 10 kg. with a liquid solution composed of equal
    Bituminous Emulsion parts of calcium magnesium chloride and
    (50%) 1.2 kg. aluminum chloride to chemically bind
    Sodium Silicate these elements and to render the same of
    (36-38° B6.) 1 kg. proper consistency; mold the mixture into
    Water 10 L bricks and dry the same at a temperature
    Magnesium Chloride between 200° and 400° F.
    (15-20° B6.) 3 1.

    Magnesium Silicofluoride 0.8 kg.


    Petroleum Retort Lining
    Hardening Concrete Floors IT. S. Patent 2,033,644

    Dilution of one gallon of special con- Portland Cement 50.0 lb.


    crete silicate of soda with four (4) gal- Shredded Mineral Wool 33,0 lb.
    lons of water will give a solution that Diatomaceous Earth 16.7 lb.
    will cover 1000 sq. ft. of floor space.
    This treatment hardens the surface, im- Plaster Molds for Roofing Tile
    proves the wearing qualities, and prevents Aslurry is made Of well burned slow
    excessive dusting. It also makes the setting plaster in water (0.66 volume)
    floor impervious to oil and greases which Sodium Sulphate 1 kg.
    tend to rot the concrete and cause it to Magnesium Chloride 15 kg.
    disintegrate. Prior to this treatment, the Magnesium Carbonate,
    floor should be cleaned thoroughly to Powdered 10 kg.
    remove grease spots, plaster, etc. Then, Cement, Powdered 25 kg.
    after scrubbing with clear water, the Water 1000 1.
    floor should be allowed to dry for sev-
    This is cast in well greased molds and
    eral days if practical. The number of
    allowed to set.
    coats of silicate solution depends upon
    the porosity of the concrete.
    Graphite-Silicon Carbide Refractory
    Heavy Concrete British Patent 465,313
    The proportions per cu. yd. are: Graphite 36 lb.
    cement 752 lb., magnetite 2700, gravel Silicon Carbide 60 lb.
    1150, water 48 gal. The weight is 182 Sand 12 lb.
    lb. per cu. ft. and strengths of 4800 lb. Ferromanganese 16 lb.
    in 28 days are obtained. There is a Tar 50 1b.
    tendency to late strength. The surface
    Fire at 800-900** C. or 1100-1300° C.
    is hard and resistant to abrasion.

    Refractory
    Sound Insulating Composition
    H. S. Patent 2,033,886
    IJ. S. Patent 2,046,142
    Olivine 2 lb.
    Sawdust 50 lb.
    Chrome Ore 1 lb.
    Calcined Dolomite 25 lb.
    Calcined Magnesite 3 lb.
    Ground Slag 10 lb.
    Refractory Pulverized Clay 10 lb.
    Canadian Patent 358,842 Dextrin 5 lb.
    Silicon carbide 95 parts by weight, 50 Add sufficient water to make workable
    mesh or finer, bentonite about 3 parts, press into shape and dry at 80-120° C.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 221

    Sound Absorbing Composition Wood Pulp 8-15 lb.


    Formula No. 1 Water to make a workable pulp
    British Patent 417,922 Put in forms and apply pressure while
    Exfoliated mica is used with the fol- drying.
    lowing binder:
    Casein 25 lb.
    Water 32 lb.
    Sound and Heat Insulation
    British Patent 457,842
    Caustic Soda (15%) 10 lb.
    Slag or mineral wool is impregnated
    Alum 21/^ lb.
    with
    After the casein has swelled and mixed Sodium Silicate (d. 1.33) 10 lb.
    until smooth, run in slowly with good Ammonium Sulphate
    mixing (2.5% Solution) 20 lb.
    Water 571/2 lb. After molding into desired shape, the
    Gasoline 57% lb. forms are dried.
    Put into forms and allow to dry.
    No. 2
    IT. S. Patent 2,049,832 Sound and Heat Insulating
    A 7% rubber solution, 1 gal., is used Artificial Stone
    with 13 lb. of a dry aggregate mixture Hieselguhr (Finely Ground) 100 lb.
    containing granulated naval cork 8, Litharge 2 lb.
    granulated pumice 4 and powdered mag- Heat together at 700-1000° C. for 5^
    nesia asbestos 1 part. 20 minutes.

    Acoustical Plaster Heat Insulating Composition


    U. S. Patent 2,037,995 Formula No. 1
    Gypsum 8 -10 lb. U. S. Patent 2,033,106
    Slag 8 -10 lb. Hieselguhr (Calcined
    Exfoliated at 1100° C.) 73 lb.
    Vermiculite 0.8 - 1.1 lb. Bentonite 8 lb.
    Short Asbestos 0.8 - 1.1 lb. Asbestos Fiber 10 lb.
    Soap Bark, Powdered 0.15- 0.25 lb. Sodium Silicate 1 lb.
    Magnesium Carbonate, Light 8 lb.
    Acoustic Wall Board Make into a slurry with water and
    Formula No. 1 force under pressure into a filtering mold
    Crushed wood is treated with live steam to remove excess water. Dry and calcine.
    and then mixed with a 10% aluminum
    No. 2
    sulphate solution. Slabs, prepared from
    U. S. Patent 2,046,142
    this by molding under pressure, are then
    Sawdust 50 lb.
    dried at 90-130*^ C.
    Calcined Dolomite 25 lb.
    No. 2 Ground Slag 10 lb.
    Pumice (Powdered) 55-45 kg. Pulverized Clay 10 lb.
    Lime 15 kg. Dextrin 5 lb.
    Portland Cement 30-40 kg. Water to make a paste or plastic.
    Form into slabs (after guaging with Press into shape and dry at 175-250*^
    water) and press at 10 kg./^^

    Sound and Heat Insulation No. 3


    ^
    EZieselguhr is ground with 2-10% of IT. S. Patent 2,050,089
    lead oxide, moistened to give a plastic Felt or asbestos is formed into sheets
    or rolls, using the following binder:
    mass, molded, dried at 110°, and fired
    for a short time at 1000°. Starch 9 oz.
    The diatom
    shells become fastened together by lead Gum Arabic 10 oz.
    silicate atthe points of contact, giving Water (at 50° 0.) sufficient to give
    a mass with suSS[cient rigidity to permit a specific gravity of 1.106.
    its being formed into thin sheets.

    Thermal Insulation
    Heat and Sound Insulation Russian Patent 45,149
    IT. Patent 2,041,120
    S. Asbestos 58 lb.
    Wood wool rendered resistant to fire,
    is Clay 42 lb.
    rot and termites by treatment with Sawdust 100 lb.
    Ammonium Phosphate 2 lb. Mix together with su:fficient water for
    Ammonium Sulphate 8 lb. applying.
    Plastic Heat Insulation Precipitated Chalk
    Porinula No. 1 Fire at 1400 C.
    TJ. S. Patent 2,072,081
    Blue Clay 40 lb. Boiler Insulation
    Plaxseed Meal 15 Ib. Asbestos 15 lb.
    Green Tow 22 lb. Magnesium Carbonate 85 lb.
    Hemp Waste 5 lb.
    Waste Sulphite Liquor 10 gal. Insulation for Dynamo and
    No. 2 Transformer Plates
    U. S. Patent 2,062,996 German Patent 645,182
    A mixture for kneading with water to Potato Flour 300 g.
    form a plastic heat insulating composi- Water 10 1.

    tion consists by volume ratio: Bring to a boil and while mixing vig-
    Pure Clay 0. 8-1,3 orously add
    Waste Hemp Pines 1. 5-2.5 Sodium Silicate (30-40%) 400 g.
    Balsa Wood Fine Particles 4.5-8.0 Sugar Syrup 100 g.
    Milled Paper 1.2-2.2
    Asbestos 1.2-2.5 Wood Floor Fillers
    No. 3 Sawdust 60 g.
    German Patent 645,182 Varnish 30 g.
    Kieselguhr 10 kg. Asbestine 10 g.
    Gypsum 100 kg.
    Water 440 kg. Hiding of Small Defects in Lumber for
    Furniture, Etc.
    Spark Plug Insulator Formula No. 1
    U. S. Patent 2,045,318 Spent Lime, Powdered 1 lb.
    Steatite 32.7 lb. Eye Flour 2 lb.
    Kaolin 43.3 lb. Linseed Oil 1 lb.
    Feldspar 24.0 lb. Umbra, Burnt to suit
    This acts as binder for the corundum Apply a thin coat of this putty.
    used.
    No. 2
    Shellac Solution )
    Electrical Insulation to suit
    British Patent 467,243
    Wood Meal \

    SilicicAcid (Freshly Make a paste and apply in a thin coat.


    Precipitated) 42 No. 3
    SiHca 50 Liquid (Flastic) Wood, that is a 5-7%
    Plastic Clay 5 solution of highly viscous nitrocellulose
    Calcium Carbonate 3 or film waste in suitable solvents, which
    Heat at 1300-1600'^ C.; cool and hll is mixed with a suitable amount of finest
    voids with molten low viscosity paraffin dry wood flour, sawdust, or cork powder,
    wax. and a suitable color (alcohol-soluble dye).
    Wall Board, Insulating No. 4
    Canadian Patent 356,833 Bleach with a solution of hydrogen
    Long hbrous material, such as excelsior peroxide, 3%, containing 1.2 g. of am-
    is saturated in the following solution: monia (0.910) per liter.
    Water 250 gal. No. 5
    Sodium Silicate 4 lb.
    Water 40 g.
    Magnesium Oxide 4-6 lb. Hydrogen Peroxide
    The surplus solution drained off and
    is (8% Vol.) 8 g.
    the fibrous material is sprinkled with a Sodium Silicate Solution 0.33 g.
    coating of sifted cement to absorb resid- Potassium Permanganate
    ual moisture. The material is spread in * Enough not to give a colored solution but
    molds and compressed until cement sets to induce gas development continuously.
    and then removed and dried.
    Wood Preservative
    Porous Ceramic Insulation for Gables Formula No. 1
    British Patent 476,629 French Patent 789,694
    Precipitated Silica Dinitrophenol 5 kg.
    (80-85% Water) 50 1b. Mineral Oil 95 kg.
    Powdered Glass 42 lb. The above may be emulsified with
    Plastic Clay 5 lb. water and an emulsifying agent.
    223
    MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION'
    No. 2 Rot and Insect Proof Fiber Board
    U. S. Patent 884,367
    Ereneli Patent 792,392 ^

    Potassium Acid Fluoride 38 kg. A rot-proof fiber and termite-proof


    kg. product for the manufacture of building
    Potassium Carbonate
    36 kg. board, etc., has the following composi-
    Potassium Bichromate
    2 kg. tion: fiber, 1,000 pounds, rosin size (bone
    Binitrophenol
    No. 3 dry basis) 20 pounds, zinc meta-arsenate,
    Patent 2,041,655
    IT. S.
    3 pounds, water about 50,000 pounds.
    34 oz. This pulp is thoroughly mixed and
    Potassium Bichromate
    30 oz. out.
    Copper Sulphate
    Chromium Acetate b oz.
    Boric Acid 30 oz. Rot-Vermin Proofed Fiber Board
    No. 4 U. S. Patent 1,884,367
    XT. S. Patent 2,106,978 A rot-proof and termite-proof fiber ^

    Copper Sulphate 3 lb. product for the manufacture of building


    Sodium Arsenite 1 lb. board, has the following composi-
    etc.,

    Sodium Bichromate 3-5 lb. tion: fiber, 1,000 pounds; rosin size
    No. 5 (bone dry basis), 20 pounds; zinc meta-
    British Patent 468,378 arsenate, 3 pounds; water, about 50,000
    Sodium Bichromate 20.6 lb. pounds. This pulp is thoroughly mixed
    Arsenic Acid S5.9 lb. and pressed out, formed and dried.
    jZinc Oxide
    12.8 b.
    Zinc Chloride l^-^ Flameproofing Wood
    This is dissolved in water before
    use Borax 25 g.
    and the wood is impregnated with it. Water 50 g.
    Impregnate kiln dried wood in above
    Wood Preservative Against Termites
    solution kept at a boil. Brain and dip
    British Patent 464,731 ^

    into following cold solution:


    Formula No. 1
    Magnesium Sulphate 25 g.
    To a solution which contains 2 parts Sulfatate % g.
    glycerin
    of arsenious oxide and 3 parts of Water 50 g.
    in form of the glycerin ester,
    there are
    ilrst added 7 parts ethyl
    alcohol, then 11
    parts ethyl glycol. Seventy-seven parts Fireproofing Wood
    of mono-chlornaphthalene are then
    added Formula No. 1

    to mixture and stirred in. A clear solu- Sodium Acetate 85 kg.


    tion is formed.
    Bisodium Phosphate 15 kg.
    No. 2 Water, about 550 kg.
    To a solution which contains 1.8 parts No. 2
    arsenious acid and 2.0 parts glycerin in U. S. Patent 2,100,787
    the form of the glycerin ester, there are A process of fireproofing wood consists
    hrst added 10.0 parts ethyl alcohol and of immersing the wood in a heated bath
    then 17.4 parts ethyl glycol. 68.1 parts of an aqueous solution of ammonium
    of decahydronaphthalene are then added chloride and acetic acid in the approxi-
    to this mixture and stirred in. A
    clear mate proportions of 1 pound of am-
    solution is formed. monium cliloride, 2 ounces of acetic acid
    and one gallon of water, and maintain-
    Exterior Millwork (Wood) Preservative ing immersion until the wood has been
    Formula No. 1 impregnated to a substantial depth.
    Pentachlorphenol 5 lb.

    Pine Oil 1% gal.


    Slow Burning Wood Treatment
    Spreader 5 lb.
    gal.
    a. Machine pieces to dimensions.
    Petroleum Thinner h. Immerse in cold solution of am-
    No. 2 monium phosphate (dissolved in
    Pine Oil gal.
    hot water).
    Spreader 5 lb.
    <3. Leave wood pieces in solution at
    Petroleum Thinner loy. gal.
    least 8 hours.
    Tetrachlorphenol lb.
    d. Remove and drain.
    e. Bake for 8 days at about 50® C.
    Telegraph and Pence Pole Preservative
    German Patent 644,978
    Poles are soaked in a 1% solution Timber Fire-Proofing and Preservative
    of
    British Patent 466,294
    Mercuric Chloride 20 lb. Gypsum Powder 8 1b.
    Arsenic Pentoxide 80 lb. Slaked Lime 8 lb.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Salt 4 lb. Portland Cement 50 1b.
    Cement 1 lb. Water to suit

    Building Brick Plaster Impervious to Gasoline and


    IT. a
    Patent 2,043,642 Kerosene
    Ground Blast Furnace Slag 150 lb. Formula. N®. 1
    Calcium Oxide 40 lb. Magnesium Oxide 1 lb.
    Calcium Silieofiuoride 6 lb. Sand 2 lb.
    Calcium Chloride 3 lb. Magnesium Chloride
    Chrome Alum 1 lb. (20-22® Be.) to suit
    Pigment 7 lb.
    Ko. 2
    Portland Cement 1 lb.
    Wall Plaster Sand 2 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Casein 0.2 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,070,036 Lime 0.1 lb.
    Alkali Waste 100 lb. Water to suit
    Blast Furnace Slag 50 lb.
    Calcined Bolomite 25 lb. Impermeable Wall, Floor and Road
    Calcium Sulphate 10 lb. Covering
    Feldspar 7 lb. British Patent 451,199
    Vegetable Fiber 3 lb. Lime 70 lb.
    Potassium Sulphate 3 lb. Rosin 15 lb.
    Aluminum Sulphate 2 lb. Carnauba Wax 10 lb.
    No. 2 Mineral Oil 3% lb.
    Mineral Color li/y. lb.
    U. S. Patent 1,989,712
    Gypsum, Hydrated Melt together and mix until uniform:
    <2 .

    1
    apply hob.
    (Granulated) lb.
    b.Magnesium Sulphate
    Solution (23%) 3 lb. Eliminating Bust on Dirt Roads
    Bring b to boil and mix -with a while Bust is eliminated on a dirt road where
    stirring. Filter sludge at 100® 0.; wash necessary by applying 2% pounds of cal-
    and dry rapidly at 100® 0. cium chloride per square yard, in 3 ap-
    plications. The first application should
    Wall Plaster or Mortar be made at the rate of 1% pounds per
    U. S. Patent 2,043,641 square yard after the heavy spring rains
    Granulated Blast have ceased. Within 4 to 6 weeks a sec-
    Furnace Slag 50 lb. ond application of pound per square
    Slaked Lime 20 lb. yard should be made. The last applica-
    Calcium Sulphate 12 lb. tion of % pound per square yard should
    Bextrin 7 lb. be made in the late summer or early fall.
    Silica 6 lb.
    Glass Sand 3 lb. Tennis Court Surface Pressing
    Potassium Sulphate 1 lb. U. S. Patent 2,058,335
    Magnesium Fluosilieate 1 lb. A composition for use as a tennis
    court surface dressing consists essentially
    Building Plaster of 50-80 lb. rosin, 10-30 lb. of a drying
    oil, and 10-20 lb. of a petroleum oil of
    Canadian Patent 366,187
    Gypsum 2000 20-40® B^.
    lb.
    Wood Bust 500 lb.
    Coke, Powdered 50 lb. Non-Aging Road Binder
    French Patent 808,033
    Gypsum Plaster Retarders Tar 50 kg.
    British Patent 460,242 Natural Bitumen 20 kg.
    The following are used to slow down Sodium Silicate Solution 30 kg.
    setting of gypsum plasters: Filler 60 kg.
    Calcium Citrate
    Calcium Malate Molasses Binder for Roads
    Calcium Succinate Ten tons of molasses are used to a
    mile of highway. This is mixed with
    ArtificialBuilding Slabs well-slaked lime and charcoal powder in
    U. S. Patent 2,104,477 the ratio 4:2:1, respectively, by volume.
    Ground Corn Stalks 17 lb. It takes about four hours for the final
    Anthracite Coal Ash 33 lb. coat to set and while still slightly soft,
    MATERIALS OF COFSTRUCTIOK 225

    sand spread over it and the surface is


    is Pottery Bedding Composition
    rolled. Traffic is allowed over the high- British Patent 465,539
    way the next day. A ground, 30 mesh, mixture of the fob
    This is most suitable for dry regions. lowing is used:
    Occasional rains do not wash out the Alumina 60 lb.
    binder unduly. China day 15 lb.
    Bone 25 lb.
    Paving Composition
    S. Patent 2,051,577
    U.
    Broken rock of various sizes 50-80, a Waterproofing Cements
    liquefier such as naphtha or kerosene A method for making cement water-
    coating the rock pieces 0.5-1.0, asphalt proof which has been largely tested may
    cement 4.5-7. 0 and a finely divided ore be used for coating tanks and troughing.
    supplying iron oxide 3-5% are used to- tJse one part cement, two parts sand,
    gether. three-quarters of a pound of dry pow-
    dered alum to each cubic foot of sand.
    Asphalt Paving Composition Mix the sand, alum and cement dry, and
    U. S. Patent 2,041,279 add water to which three-quarters of a
    Stone aggregate is heated to 120®, pound of soap to each gallon has been
    coated with 5 wt.-% of melted asphalt, dissolved. This mixture may be used for
    and then mixed with 4 wt.-% of water stopping leaks in concrete tanks or
    containing 0.5% of caustic soda. During troughs, and may also be used for closing
    mixing, 50% of the water is evaporated leaks in metal tanks. Use two plates, one
    and a composition is thereby obtained on each side of the leak, drawn together
    which can be stock-piled and then em- by bolt and nut, enclosing some of the
    ployed for road-paving purposes without mixture between the plates.
    further heating. For the purpose of waterproofing con-
    crete there is nothing better than the
    Asphalt-Molasses Road Composition commercial waterglass, which is a solu-
    Molasses 51.96-54.09% tion of sodium silicate. Dilute the water-
    (Concentrate by heating to 110-150® glass with four parts of soft water;
    0.) apply with a flat brush, thoroughly wet-
    Quick-lime 8.2 - 9.17% ting the surface. The waterglass may be
    Asphalt 37.71-38.87% colored by mineral pigments if desired,
    Such compositions have withstood 3 thus at the same time forming a water-
    years’ service in India. proof color for concrete.

    Conditioning Mineral Road Aggregates


    Canadian Patent 359,559 Waterproofing Cement and Concrete
    Individual pieces of mineral aggregate Ammonium stearate in the form of a
    are treated to expel the air and moisture 5% solution” is used to a large extent.
    and to provide hydrocarbon hermetic Because of its water content it cannot
    seals to condition the pieces for shipment be mixed with the dry cement for ship-
    and use in making paving materials, by ment and must be used immediately. Be-
    heating the pieces to evaporate the mois- cause of its strong ammoniaeal odor it
    ture and expel at least a portion of the is difficult to work with. It dries out
    air, reducing the temperature, chilKng rapidly and corrodes and ffiscolors in
    suddenly the dried and expanded pieces contact with metals.
    by applying a solution of bitumen in a Dry ammonium stearate (anhydrous)
    volatile vehicle, such as 55% 12-14.5® is now available. Its use overcomes ail
    Bd. filuxing asphalt, 35% naphtha dis- the above disadvantages and in addition
    tillate, 5% kerosene and 5% tar naphtha. saves freight charges now paid for water.

    Asphalt Sheeting
    D. S. Patent 2,057,020 Waterproofing for Cement and
    The sheets are made from blown pe- Lime-Plaster
    troleum asphalt (m.p. 105-107®) which British Patent 460,736
    may have mixed with it talc and gilsonite Glue 1 lb.
    in the proportions asphalt 35, gilsonite Water, Boiling 480 Tb.
    35, tale 30%. The material is cast into Sulphonated Castor Oil 30 lb.
    sheets and rolled out to the desired thick- Keep hot and add
    ness. In use the sheets and structure to Stearic Acid (Melted) 54 lb.
    be covered are joined together by heat and pass hot mixture through a colloid
    and pressure. mill.
    226 MATERIALS OF COlSrSTRUCTION
    Waterproofing for Masonry Acid and Alkali Proofing Masonry
    Formula No. 1 U. S. Patent 2,025,424
    German Patent 634,761 The process of treating porous build-
    a. Oleic Acid 43.2 kg. ing material for the purpose of making
    Ammonia 12.2 kg. said material acid proof and alkali proof,
    A. Alcohol 6.1 kg. consists in applying a solution containing
    c. Aluminum Chloride 4.3 kg. about 15% anilin hydrochloride, then
    Calcium Chloride 3.7 kg. applying a solution containing about 15%
    Water 30.5 kg. copper chloride, about 5% acetic acid
    glacial, and about 1% potassium chlorate,
    Make soap A, thin with and add c and then applying a solution containing
    to this very slowly with stirring. about 15% potassium bichromate and
    The colloidal solution can be diluted about 15% sulphuric acid.
    with water in all proportions, and is very
    suitable for use in waterproofing con-
    Fireproofing Composition
    struction.
    British Patent 453,109
    No. 2 Diammonium Hydrogen
    U. S. Patent 2,022,405 Phosphate 25 lb.
    A waterproofing composition is made Ammonium Chloride 50 lb.
    up as follows: 4 parts refined paraffin Lorax 18% lb.
    wax, 2 parts paracoumarin resin, 1 part Sodium Tungstate 6% lb.

    white beeswax, and 4 parts aluminum Water sufficient


    palmitate. This is dissolved in xylol and
    carbon tetrachloride present in propor- Wood Fire-Proofing and Preservative
    tions about 3 to 1. U. S. Patent 2,075,693
    Zinc Chloride 1 lb.
    Ferric Chloride lb.
    Waterproofing Cork Boric Acid 1% lb.
    Pry cork at 100® C. and soak for a Ammonium Phosphate 11 lb.
    few minutes in 30-50% acetone solution Water 7 gal.
    of phenol formaldehyde resin. Drain;
    heat for 2 to 3 hours at 70 to 80® 0. Wood Preserving and Fireproofing
    and keep overnight at 105-150® C. Cork Composition
    treated in this way is resistant to salt H. S. Patent 2,075,693
    water and may be used for life-pre- Zinc Chloride 1 Ih.
    servers. Iron Chloride
    Boric Acid
    % lb.
    1% lb.
    Ammonium Phosphate 11 lb.
    Waterproofing Composition Water 7 gal.
    British Patent 455,533
    This invention deals with the prepara-
    tion of compositions intended for effect- Fireproofing for Wood and Textiles
    ing waterproofing of stone, brick, wood, Austrian Patent 149,356
    etc., an additional use being for marine
    Calcium Chloride, Anhydrous 40 lb.
    anti-fouling purposes. The new composi- Zinc Chloride 10 lb.
    tion consists of the following constituents, Formaldehyde 5 lb.
    all proportions being by volume : Creamed Mix the above with
    latex 10 parts; waterglass 3 parts; Calcium Chloride, Anhydrous 30 lb.
    warm milk 5 parts; a solution of cam- Boric Acid 10 lb.
    phor in a cellulose ester 1.5 parts; am- Ammonium Chloride 5 lb.
    monia 0.25 part; cold milk 40 parts; and Of mixture make up a 10-15%
    this
    dried milk 0.5 part. and use for coating or
    solution in water
    Slight variations from these quantities impregnating wood or textiles.
    are permissible and fall "within the scope
    of the invention. Modern Flameproofing
    The mixing procedure is as follows: Publicity given to recent serious fires,
    A dispersion is made up of the water- and stringent enforcement of Fire De-
    glass in warm milk and the thinned partment regulations, has brought to the
    camphor solution is added to it; the dried fore the necessity of more general ap-
    milk is now mixed in and the whole added plication of flameproofing treatments.
    to the ammonia and remaining milk. The Heretofore restricted almost entirely to
    mixture is allowed to stand and finally theatrical drapes and scenery, it is now
    decanted, wheu the creamed .late ip in- compulsory for all public gathering places
    troduced^ in many cities. Analysis of fires in pri^
    : :

    MATERIALS OF COKSTRUCTIOK 227

    vate homes, however, indicates that very in various mixtures. Boric acid is often
    often inflammable drapes are here also used as an ingredient.
    the cause of converting a small blaze into What essentially occurs when flame is
    an uncontrollable one. There is, therefore, applied to a fabric treated for^ flame-
    a large present market for satisfactory proofing is the formation of a vitreous-
    flameproofing. This is especially true if like coating about each fiber, within
    its extension to upholstery fabrics, bed which the fiber chars. This not only pre-
    accessories and marine decoration is con- vents rapid oxidation, i.e., burning, but
    sidered. also considerably raises the temperature
    Flameproofliig consists of the impreg- of combustion. In addition, the ammonia
    nation of ordinarily inflammable material gas given off by the less stable ammonia
    with inorganic, or partially inorganic, compounds helps prevent oxygen from
    preparations which, without objection- reaching the combustible fiber.
    ably altering other characteristics of the However, it must be noted that this
    original material, will render it incapable very latter characteristic is a distinct
    of supporting combustion. (The word drawback. Under varying conditions of
    ^
    ^objectionably ’ ^ is used advisedly, be- temperature and humidity, hydrolysis and
    cause, while in most fabrics there is no decomposition of unstable ammonia salts
    change apparent to the lay person, the will often occur. Ammonia will be lost,
    processing of non-absorptive surfaces, or giving rise to acidity in the fabric, with
    painted surfaces, as in stage scenery, resultant harmful effects upon tensile
    often results in a serious change in ap- strength and color. This is particularly
    pearance.) This definition implies that, marked when fabrics are stored in bolts.
    if any glowing area is left at a point Moisture carried over from a period of
    where flame has been applied, it must high humidity then remains indefinitely
    decrease in size and disappear, even in a and gives increased reactivity to the acid
    draft. residue. The hygroseopicity of the usual
    Except for one or two highly special- salt mixture aids retention of excess
    ized and costly processes, application by moisture. Considerable losses are known
    water solution is obligatory. This is due to have been suffered on account of this
    to the nature of the effective compounds factor alone. In addition, reactions with
    used. It is plain, then, that textiles, etc., finishing compounds often produce unde-
    to be treated must tolerate water (at a sirable results.
    minimum, temperature of about 50° E. Another drawback is due to the phys-
    for practical purposes). icalnature of the commonly used agents.
    A satisfactory flameproofing agent Being crystalline originally, they will re-
    must fill the following specifications turn to that state upon the inevitable
    1. must be simple to apply.
    It evaporation of the water in which they
    should be reasonable in cost.
    2. It
    have been dissolved during application.
    If the crystals are of microscopic size,
    3. It must be non-toxic in solution, in
    there is no noticeable effect. But with
    a spray, or on the processed material.
    the loss of sufficient moisture and the
    4. It must be quite neutral chemically
    lapse of time, the increased formation
    in order that no reactions should take
    and aggregation of crystals often bring
    place with textile fibers or with dyes
    them within the visible range. When this
    and finishing compounds thereon, ad-
    occurs, the treated fabric takes on a
    versely affecting
    cloudy, white appearance in large, irreg-
    a. Color and sheen.
    ular patches. These patches gradually
    b. Flexibility and ^ff eel.'' coalesce and cover the entire surface.
    c. Tensile strength. Sheen, if originally present, is, of course,
    5 . The flameproofing agent must not destroyed. In pile fabrics such as velvets,
    powder off or crystallize, thus (aside capillary action along the pile fibers may
    from the annoyance) losing effectiveness aggravate clouding. Depending upon
    with age. temperature, humidity, proportions of
    6. There must be no undue stiffening salts and the type of fabric, this may
    of fabrics. happen within any time from 48 hours
    7. Since laundering (without re-proces- to 48 weeks after processing. The ^ ^ pow-
    ^

    sing) is impractical, indefinite dry clean- dering" mentioned in the specifications


    ing should be permissible. has essentially the same basis as the
    Ordinary practice, and the limited lit- f oregoing occurrence.
    erature on the subject, have apparently In general, clouding and powdering
    not changed in fifty years. They indi- are most marked in fabrics having sheen,
    cate the use of certain salts. These are and are in direct proportion to the de-
    phosphates, borates and ammonium salts gree of sh^en. But it is known that cer-
    228 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    tain black cotton velours and duveteons tap water is then added to attain the
    take on a slight grayish cast immediacely proper dilution for the particular kind
    after ordinary salt treatment. It should of material to be treated.
    also be pointed out that increased deteri-
    Methods Used
    oration of fabric is not the only effect
    A. Runs of 100 yards or more in a
    of excess moisture caused by hygroscop-
    regular finishing machine.
    icity of ordinary salt mixtures. A more
    B. Treatment of finished drapes by
    direct result, particularly in humid climes,
    dipping, extracting and drying by air.
    is the formation of mildew. This may
    C. Spraying of finished drapes.
    occur alone or together with all the pre-
    Method A. In the treatment of yard
    ceding objectionable phenomena. And the
    goods, the speed is such as to give any
    :first indication here, too, is in the sur-
    one area of the cloth a soaking of some-
    face appearance.
    what less than one-half minute. It then
    In view of the above situation, there- goes through the quetch at high pressure,
    fore, it is of considerable interest that a
    and is dried over hot calenders.
    flameproofing agent recently developed
    Method B. In the treatment of finished
    has been found to overcome the serious
    drapes, they are placed in an open tank,
    objections to the old compounds, and to
    the solution covering them, and stirred
    possess additional properties of some im-
    with a paddle until thoroughly soaked
    portance. Tliis agent is a homogeneous
    (2-3 minutes). A tumbling barrel such
    compound in which have been synthesized as used in the laundry break’' may be
    in stable and neutral form the most
    used here with advantage. Extraction
    effective ingredients of the old agents in
    follows immediately, then air drying and
    a peculiarly effective form. This com- ironing in the ordinary manner. In this
    pound is a liquid ^ ^ resin, soluble only
    method it is possible to avoid waste by
    in water. It is described chemically as
    recovering excess solution from the ex-
    an inorganic boro-phosphate. The vis- tractor and using it over again. It is
    cosity is greater than that of glycerin
    important that drapes which have been in
    but less than 68® Baume sodium silicate.
    use for some time should be cleaned pre-
    A gallon weighs 14 pounds. It is water
    vious to flameproofing. This will avoid
    white, odorless, of slightly salty taste,
    spotting, streaking or darkening due to
    and non-toxic. It adheres strongly to
    accumulated dust and dirt.
    practically all surfaces. Spread thinly,
    Method 0. Finished drapes are sprayed
    it dries quickly to give smooth, non-tacky,
    until thoroughly wet, but not so as to
    glossy and transparent films which show
    drip for more than a few minutes, if at
    no hygroscopicity at ordinary humidities.
    It dissolves quickly and completely in hot
    all, after completion. A
    continuous pres-
    sure spray is used, and pains taken to
    or warm water at 130® F. or above.
    give a uniform impregnation, but uni-
    It is well to note that this individual
    formity such as in the two foregoing
    compound contains no ammonia, the least methods is seldom obtainable. To assure
    desirable and unstable flameproofing in-
    sufficiently quick penetration, a wetting
    gredient of traditional compounds, but
    agent is necessary. Drapes with linings
    does contain in high proportion the two
    require separate spraying front and back.
    most effective and stable ones, namely,
    the borate and phosphate radicals. Be-
    In Methods A and B, the bath is main-
    tained at a temperature of approximately
    cause of its liquid form it is easily han- 70® F. In Method 0, the temperature on
    dled and dissolves quickly in water. The
    the cloth is roughly between tap water
    resin thins down quickly so that even
    and 70®, or about 60® F.
    with an equal part of water it may be According to the foregoing tests, dip
    sprayed.
    tests on swatches are sufficiently accurate
    In making up the processing bath, ex- for reasonably close determination of so-
    periments and practical operation have lutions for Methods A
    and B. The degree
    shown it to be the most advisable to of extraction by quetch or centrifuge
    begin by first dissolving the resin thor- apparently is equal for practical pur-
    oughly in an equal volume of hot water poses. The following were found to be
    (at least 130® F.). Sufficient additional efficient solutions:
    MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    Velours
    Velvets 11 parts of water to“^
    Corduroys
    Xoose-woven soft wool
    Wool mixtures
    gilk mixtures 9 parts of water to
    Silk
    Burlap
    1 part of boro-phosphate
    Cotton .drapery fabrics of 7-8 parts of water to resin by volume or 1.68 parts
    fine and coarse weave
    by weight
    Plain printed cotton
    7 parts of water to
    Ticking (after de-sizing)
    Bayon plush.
    Bayon satin parts of water to
    All-rayon
    Pamask (approx, equal
    6 parts of water to
    parts rayon and cotton))

    For spraying, the most satisfactory the pH in the present tests varying from
    solution for general use consists of 17 7.3 to 7.9. Even should acids or alkalis
    pounds of the boro-phosphate resin in 15 be added, its buffering effect prevents
    gallons of water with 2 ounces of a wet- great variation from the neutral
    ting agent (Sulfatate). Because of the a. Colors including crimson, gold, deli-
    difficulty of obtaining quick penetration cate shades of blue and yellow have
    and uniformity under spraying condi- shown no detectable change. Sheen is
    tions, rather thorough wetting, varying entirely unaffected, dull fabrics are often
    in degree approximately according to the brightened.
    proportions in the above chart, is neces- b. There is no detectable breakage of
    sary. fibers after repeated sharp creasing at
    Figures for the increase in weight due the same point, showing flexibility main-
    to flameproohng are available only for tained, In many cases of rayons, the
    the damask of approximately equal parts ^
    hand ’ ’ was actually improved.
    of rayon and cotton and of heavy weight. c. Fabrics show no noticeable lessening
    These show an increase of approximately of tensile strength after 8 months' ex-
    1 ounce per square yard. posure to ordinary conditions in New
    Since concentration of the flameproof- York City.
    ing solution at a given temperature de- 4. Its resinous, adhesive character pre-
    pends on the absorption characteristics vents crystallization, whitening and pow-
    of fabrics, which in turn depends on flber dering.
    composition and roughly on weave, it can 5. The sizing no greater than
    effect is
    be said that similar fabrics may be with old compounds; on some rayons,
    treated with the same solution with like less. In many eases it may be consider-
    results. But a difference of 10% in fab- ably lessened by the use of less than 1%
    rics would call for preliminary dip tests. of glycerin or diethylene glycol.
    In any ease, if there is doubt of the 6. Adhesive character and absolute in-
    proper concentration of the flameproofing solubility to ail non-aqueous solvents per-
    agent, dip tests on swatches is the safest mit indefinite dry cleaning. However, it
    procedure. is also interesting to note the following
    It may be said also that the higher resistance to cold water: A
    close-woven
    the temperature, the more resin will be cotton-rayon cloth of regular weave, al-
    deposited in the cloth. Therefore it may ready flameproof ed, was soaked in water
    be possible to develop one or two stock at approximately 60*^ F. and put through
    solutions to cover the entire range of the quetch. After air drying, it exhibited
    fabrics, requiring that only the tempera- 85%-'90% of the original flameproofness.
    ture be varied. Since this compound is Occasional severe exposure to rain or high
    not selectively absorbed, the bath may humidity will therefore not markedly
    be renewed as often as necessary by add- affect the flameproof quality.
    ing solutions of the regular concentration. This new material shows outstanding
    1, This new flameproofing agent is sim- adaptability to rayon fabrics. The re-
    ple in application. sulting ^^hand" is such as to make it
    2. In no form or concentration is there important in finishing knit goods; its
    any toxicity. high specific gravity (1.68) enables its
    h. It is essentially a neutral compound, use, at the same time, for weighting
    "^30 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Also, in proper concentration, it may be ten unacquainted with the constituents
    used as a sizing agent. Thus one or more involved in their composition and the
    effects may be obtained through the me- effects of variation of each upon their
    dium of one bath, in addition to flame- physical properties, such as melting point,
    proofing. expansion, non-shrinkage, etc.
    It is of some importance to indicate As is fairly well known, most fusible
    the peculiar adaptability of this com- alloys and low melting solders consist of
    pound for flameproofing other materials. bismuth, tin and lead. Bismuth possesses
    Even non-absorbent materials, such as the very unusual property of expanding
    certain papers, cardboard, wood-veneer, on cooling. It is, therefore, used not only
    painted scenery and ^ ^ Cellophane ^ ’ may to make the alloy or solder more easily
    be satisfactorily treated because this worked by lowering its melting point,
    resin is adhesive and quickly dries to but if it is present in sufficient quantities
    form glossy, transparent films. Process- its expansive tendency counter-balances
    ing of Cellophane by the dip method the effects of contraction of the othei
    requires a sufficient concentration of metals, and the net result is the preven-
    glycerin in the bath to prevent loss of tion or reduction of shrinkage in the
    glycerin from the Cellophane, which mold.
    would cause brittleness. Preliminary in- Some peculiar and even surprising re-
    vestigation seems to show that a solution sults can be obtained by alloying varying
    containing about 25% of the resin and proportions of bismuth, lead, tin and
    12% t)f glycerin is necessary. The in- cadmium together. Thus, although the
    crease in weight is approximately 20%. melting point of lead is 621° P., cad-
    Of considerable importance, too, is the mium 610° P., bismuth 520° P., and tin
    matter of removing the hazard of highly 450° P., yet modification of the compo-
    inflammable Christmas trees and holiday sition of these non-ferrous metals gives
    decorations. This new material will ad- an almost endless series of alloys with
    here firmly to the fir needles. At the melting points between 150° and 600° P,
    same time, its gloss and transparency The quaternary eutectic mixture of
    enhances the green color. By penetration bismuth, lead, tin and cadmium is the
    or adhesion, it will remain indefinitely most fusible of all alloys of common
    on all types of party decorations. metals except those containing mercury.
    In conclusion, it can be said that, Addition of sufficient mercury to the bis-
    without sacrificing esthetic appearance, muth-lead-tin-cadmium alloys lowers the
    economical and simple means are now melting point to room temperature.
    available not only for greatly improved When making low melting point alloys,
    treatment of the usual fabrics, but also the lead should be melted first and when
    in new fields opened up by the peculiarly completely molten, rosin flux added. The
    adaptable qualities of this remarkable metal is then thoroughly stirred and any
    new flameproofiing agent. dross formed during the stirring is re-
    Boro-phosphate resin is precipitated by moved before adding the tin, bismuth
    solutions of heavy metallic salts. It does and cadmixun. The metals should be
    not discolor with age. It requires no stirred for several minutes after each
    preservative. It cannot be rendered addition is made (in the above mentioned
    water-insoluble without destroying its order) and carefully regulating the tem-
    film characteristics. perature to prevent overheating.
    If films are heated above 120® G., the In adding mercury to soft alloys a
    films become discontinuous. hardwood stirring rod instead of a metal
    Spreading and penetration is aided by rod should be used, the stirring end of
    the addition of about 0.2% of a wetting the rod being charred on the surface
    agent. before placing it into the molten alloy.
    Boro-phosphate resin is sold commer- It is inadvisable to breathe the fumes
    cially under the name of Abopon, from metals holding mercury as they are
    dangerously poisonous. Experience teaches
    that there is little if any real economy
    Low Melting Point Alloys in making low melting point alloys used
    The extent
    to which low melting point in modern industry which must be made
    alloys are used in commercial develop- from virgin metals when they can be
    ments is a matter of considerable surprise purchased from reliable sources.
    to many metallurgists and engineers. The composition and melting points of
    Even those who are familiar with the some useful metal alloys which have very
    use of these alloys and their various low melting points are given in the ac-
    modifications and manifestations are of- companying table:
    . .

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 231

    Melting
    Point Composition Per Cent
    Name ° F. Bismuth Lead Tin Cadmium Antimony
    Wood^s Alloy 149 50.0 25.0 12.5 12.5
    Lipowitz ’s Alloy 154 50.0 27.0 12.5 10.5 ....
    Cerrobend 160 50.0 26.7 13.3 10.0 ....
    Cerrosafe 180 40.0 40.0 11.5 8.5 ....
    DAreeUs Alloy 200 50.0 25.0 25.0 "
    .....

    Newton ^s Alloy 201 50.0 30.0 20.0 ....


    Cerro-Matrix 248 48.0 28.5 14.5 9
    Cerro Base 255 52.0 48.0 . . ....
    Tinsmith’s Solder
    Plumber ’s Solder
    340
    440
    . . .

    ...
    33.3
    66.7
    66.7
    33.3
    *

    ...
    .

    —
    Very Low Melting Alloy Melt above and take 81.9 oz of . it and
    Bismuth 50 oz. melt with
    Lead 27 oz. Indium 18.1 oz.
    Tin 13 oz. This alloy has a freezing point of
    Cadmium 10 oz. 46.5° 0.

    SOFT SOLDERS
    Melting
    Point
    Composition Deg. F.^ Remarks
    40 oz. Tin 60 oz. Lead 459 Plumbers wiping solder, long mushy stage.
    50 oz. Tin 50 oz. Lead 415 Common solder. Excellent flowing prop-
    erties on copper and brass.
    63 oz. Tin 37 oz. Lead 358 Lead-tin eutectic.
    directly from
    No mushy
    liquid to solid.
    stage —goes
    5 oz. Tin 95 oz. Lead 604 Inexpensive, high melting i)omt lead-tin
    solder. Indifferent flowing on copper
    and brass.
    95 oz. Tin 5 oz. Antimony 468 Non-toxic soft solder having higher creep
    strength than the lead-tin solders at
    212° E. Good flowing properties on
    copper and brass.
    5 oz. Silver 95 oz. Cadmium TSOjt Good creep resistance at 212° F.
    * =r Completely liquid,
    jt = Estimated,

    Melting and Pouring of skim again (phosphor copper in any form


    Brass and Bronze will do, although shot is preferable).
    All f oundrymen realize tlie importance 4. Pour metal at the coldest tempera-
    of gating and molding to the manufac- ture possible; in other words, just hot
    ture of good castings. But granted that enough to avoid misruns and internal
    these two conditions have been adjusted shrinkage. The metal should be taken
    to a satisfactory degree, there is still the out of the furnace at a slightly higher
    question of melting and pouring pro- temperature than desired for actual cast-
    cedure to consider. ing and chilled down to proper pouring
    Below there is given the consensus of temperature, for this permits the en-
    opinion as to the best practice used. trapped gases to escape and any slag
    1. Use a couple of handfuls of dry formed during melting will rise to sur-
    charcoal (coarse preferred) at bottom of face of pot and it may be skimmed off.
    pot. Place charge on same and melt. 5. Push slag back from the lip of
    2. After melting, skim, and then cool crucible before pouring each mold. Do
    down to correct pouring temperature by this before crucible is tilted over the
    adding gates or sprues. ;nold in which metal is to be poured.
    3. Add from 1 to 2 oz. of 15% phos- Particles of slag will thus be prevented
    phor copper per 100 lb. of metal melted. from falling into the open sprue, with
    Push slag back and place phosphor cop- resulting ^^cold shots or dirty cast-
    per on the clean metal surface; other- ings.^V
    wise slag will be deoxidized or absorb 6. Keep sprue filed at all times dur-
    the phospborus. Stir thoroughly and ing pouring. Do not pour intermittently,
    232 MATEEIALS OF CONSTEUCTION
    as air may be drawn into tte sprne, re- ing 2-2.5% beryllium. The inclusion of
    sulting in gassy castings and occa- iron raises the drawing temperature and
    sional '^cold shots. improves the mechanical properties.

    Bronze Tablets Improved Bronze Alloy


    This class of work is generally made Copper 92 Ib.
    of an alloy containing: Tin 8 lb.
    Copper 86.6 oz. Nickel 14 ih.
    Tin 6.8 oz.
    Lead 3.3 oz. POPXTLAE BEONZE BEAEINd
    Zinc 3.3 oz. ALLOYS
    Such bronze must be made from all Bunting 143
    new metal —electrolytic copper, Straits Copper 84.0 -86.0 %
    tin, high purity zinc, and domestic re-
    lined lead. This mixture will be fluid
    Tin
    Lead, Maximum
    14.0 -16.0 %
    .50%
    when melted, file easily, and will take Zinc None
    on green patina upon exposure to Iron,Maximum .10%
    weather. This mixture does not cause Antimony, Maximum .10%
    spelter smoke to produce bad spots. Phosphorus .09- .12%
    It melts at sufficiently low tempera- Aluminum None
    ture to prevent the casting from chiUing Other Elements,
    before it runs up full, and will not Maximum .10%
    cause the sand to burn in. Afacing An exceptionally hard bronze. Used
    sand should be composed of 3 lb. French only where excessive shock loads or pres-
    sand, 2 lb, Windsor Lock sand, %
    lb.
    sures demand high resistance to deforma-
    flour, and temper with molasses water.
    tion.
    This will produce good castings. SMn
    dry molds. Bunting #164— SAE #640—
    As to the finishing: after the casting GMC 4071-M
    is cleaned and given as high a polish
    Copper .
    85.25-87.75%
    as possible with wire wheel brush, then Tin 10.00-12.00%
    flat-face the letters and the border and
    Bead 1.00- 1.50%
    go over the letters for any imperfections Phosphorus .20- .30%
    that may occur in molding. See that
    Nickel .75- 1,25%
    each letter is clean cut. Brighten with Iron, Maximum ,30%
    sandpaper disc.
    Antimony, Maximum .20%
    The finished plate is dipped in a solu-
    Aluminum
    tion of barium sulphide after spraying
    None
    Other Elements,
    with clear lacquer. For the best work Maximum
    give the tablet two coats of clear lacquer,
    .10%
    the first one a little heavy and the sec- This a high grade, hard gear bronze
    is

    ond one light. This will hold the finish commonly used for cones of synchroniz-
    and is necessary for outside work. ing gears.
    The solution gives the background an
    old bronze color and the polished parts Bunting #156 —Similar to SAE 65,
    a lighter shade, so that the letters and GMC 4052-M
    the border stand out. Barium sulphide Copper 89.0 -91.0 %
    solution should be about oz. to 1 gal. Tin 9.5 -10.5 %
    of water; use warm water. Lead, Zinc and Other
    Elements, Maximum .50%
    Production of Beryllium Phosphorus .05- .10%
    Canadian Patent 371,194 This is a very hard bronze suitable
    The following mixture is electrolyzed for gears and worm wheels, where the
    at 260-300® C. requirements are severe.
    Beryllium Chloride 50.0 lb.
    Lithium Chloride 20,2 lb. Bunting #98—SAE 62—GMC 4048-M-
    Potassium Chloride 26.6 lb. Similar to ASTM B-10-18
    Sodium Chloride 3.2 lb. . Copper 86.0-89.0 %
    Tin 9.0-11.0 %
    Beryllium Bronze Lead, Maximum .35%
    Beryllium containing 8.72% iron and Zinc 1.0- 3.0 %
    3.16% aluminum is used to give a bronze Iron,Maximum .06%
    which is quenched at 800 ®d. and drawn Antimony, Maximum .20%
    at 300-350® C. to give an alloy contain- Aluminum None
    MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    Phosphorus, Maximum .05% This alloy combines strength with fair
    Other Elements, machining qualities. It is especially
    Maximum .25% suitable for bearings subjected to heavy
    shock loads and severe working condi-
    A hard bronze, commonly known as tions.
    gun-metal or admiralty bronze. This
    bronze is suitable wherever a general
    utility bronze is required. It may be Bunting #27—SAE 64—GMC 4050-M—
    used for severe working conditions where ASTM-B-31-21
    heavy pressures obtain, as in gears and Copper 78.5 -81.5 %
    bearings difficult to machine. Tin 9.0 -11.0 %
    Lead 9.0 -11.0 %
    #162— GMG 4075-M
    Zinc,Maximum 1.00%
    Bunting Iron,Maximum .20%
    Copper 69.00-71.00%
    Antimony, Maximum .20%
    Tin 8-50- 9.50% .02- .07%
    Phosphorus
    Lead 19.50-22.50%
    Aluminum None
    Nickel, Maximum .50%
    Other Elements,
    Iron, Maximum .20%
    Maximum .50%
    Antimony, Maximum .20%
    Phosphorus, Maximum .05% Recommended for general bearing ap-
    None plications where good wearing anti- fric-
    Aluminum
    Other Elements, tional qualities are desired. Stands up
    .10% well under heavy loads and severe usage.
    Maximum
    A serai-plastic —
    bronze suitable for
    water pump bushings or places where
    poor or water is present.
    Bunting #135 —Similar to SAE 67
    lubrication is GMC-4056-M
    Copper 75.0-79.0 %
    Bunting Alloy No. 72—GMC 4182-M Tin 7.0- 9,0 %
    Copper 81.0-85.0 % Lead 13.0-17.0 %
    Tin 6.5- 7.5 % Zinc,Maximum 1.0 %
    Iron, Maximum .20%
    Lead 6.0- 8.0 % Antimony, Maximum .20%
    Zinc 2.0- 4.0 % Aluminum None
    Iron, Maximum . 20 % Other Elements,
    Antimony, Maximum 20 %
    .
    Maximum .50%
    Aluminum None
    Other Elements, A semi-plastic bronze intended for use
    Maximum .50% where a soft bronze with good anti-
    friction qualities are desired.
    This alloy is one of the most widely
    used compositions for bronze^ bearings.
    In the automotive industry it is used ex- Bunting #124— SAE #66—
    tensively in such applications as spring GMC-4054-M
    bushings, torque tube, steering knuckle, Copper 84,00-86.00%
    piston pin. 9.0- Tin 4.50- 5.50%
    This metal is an excellent composition Lead 8.00-10.00%
    to use where antifriction qualities are de- Zinc,Maximum 1.50%
    sired, standing up exceedingly well under Iron,Maximum .20%
    heavy loads and severe usage. Antimony, Maximum .20%
    More than half of the total tonnage Aluminum None
    of bearing bronze produced in the Other Elements,
    IT. S. A. is made in this alloy. Maximum .50%
    This composition has anti-
    excellent
    Bunting #96 — SAE 63—Similar to friction characteristics. Has proven very
    suitable in such applications as cam-
    GMC 4046-M
    shaft and piston pin, wherein the load is
    Copper 86.0-89.0 % not too severe.
    Tin 11.0 %
    Lead 2.0- 3.0 %
    Zinc, Maximum. .75% Bunting #125
    Iron,Maximum 20 %
    . Copper 72.
    A.ntimon7 Maximum
    ,
    .20 % Tin 4.

    Aluminum None Lead 18.


    Phosphorus, Maximum .10 % Zinc, Maximum
    Other Elements, Iron, Maximum
    Maximum Antimony, Maximum
    234 MATERIALS OF COJTSTRUCTION'
    Aluminum None i\o. 6
    Other Elements, A hot workable copper-base alloy con-
    Maximum .35% tains about 3% to 10% tin, about 0.2%
    to 10% vanadium whicli imparts hot
    A typical composition now popular in
    workability to the alloy, and the re-
    the higher lead content bearing bronzes.
    mainder substantially all copper.
    Has exceptional low friction properties.
    63.00- Copper Alloy Stable to Steam
    1.00-
    Bunting #161 U. S. Patent 2,101,930
    30.00-
    Copper 68.00% Copper 60.0 -98.7%
    Tin 3.00% Cadmium 3.0%
    .05-
    Lead 35.00% Nickel -30.0%
    .5

    Zinc,Maximum .25% Aluminum 4.0%


    .25-
    Iron,Maximum . 10 % Zinc ,5-39.2%
    Antimony, Maximum . 10 % Manganese
    This alloy is
    0.0 - 1.0%
    Aluminum None characterized by superior
    Other Elements, resistance to intercrystalline attack or
    Maximum 25% corrosion when exposed to steam or hot
    water.
    A copper-lead composition which when
    produced under special processes to in- Non-Staining Copper Alloy
    sure uniform distribution of the lead U. S. Patent 2,007, 430
    gives a bearing metal having superior Nickel 2.76 lb.
    anti-frictional non-scoring properties.
    Cobalt 0.48 lb.
    Very suitable for main and connecting Silicon 0.47 lb.
    rod bearings in gasoline and Diesel mo- Aluminum 2.53 lb.
    tors, comprcvssors, etc. Replaces tin base Molybdenum 0.37 lb.
    babbitt in many applications. Iron 0.17 lb.
    Calcium 0.06 lb.
    Hot Working Copper Alloys Copper, to make 100.00 lb.
    Patent 2,059,555-00
    IT. S.
    Formula No. 1 Machinable Copper-Base Alloy
    A hot workable copper-base alloy con- British Patent 471,291
    tains 3 to 10% tin, from .5 to 10% Bead 0.4 lb.
    chromium, the remainder substantially all Silicon 3.0 lb.
    copper. Manganese 1.0 lb.
    Copper 95.6 lb.
    No. 2 .

    A copper-base alloy which can be Copper-Iron Electrical Alloy


    forged and rolled at elevated tempera- U. S. Patent 1,999,850
    tures and which has substantially the Ductile iron alloys of high electrical
    composition: 3%
    to 10% tin; 0.5% to conductivity, containing copper 30-70
    10% chromium; a substantial amount
    (55) and magnesium 0.02-1 (0.2)%, are
    not over 10% iron; and the remainder annealed at 600-850° for i^.-4 hr. and
    substantially all copper. cooled to 450° during 2 hr. prior to the
    No. 3 hnal cold-drawing.
    A hot workable copper-base alloy con-
    tains about 3% to 10% tin, about 0.2% Silver Electrical Contact Alloy
    to 10% of mixtures of chromium and U. S. Patent 2,046,056
    vanadium, which impart hot workability Beryllium 0.5- 5%
    to the alloy, and the remainder substan- Chromium 0.5- 1%
    tially all copper. Silver, to make 100%
    No. 4
    Electrical Contact Alloy
    A hot workable copper-base alloy con-
    U. S. Patent 2,061,624
    tains about 3% to 10% tin, about 0.2%
    to 10% mixtures of chromium and va-
    Silver 78%
    nadium, about 0.2% to 10% iron, and
    Copper 12%
    the remainder substantially all copper.
    Cadmium 8%
    Cobalt 2%
    No. 5
    A hot workable copper-base alloy con- Hardening Magnesium Alloys
    tains about 3% to 10% tin, about 0.2% British Patent 474,812
    to 10% vanadium, about 0.2% to 10% Alloys of magnesium containing 9%
    iron, and the remainder substantially all aluminum and 0.2% manganese are homo-
    copper. genized at 420° C. for 10 hours; hot
    % %

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 235

    worked at 200-500” C. extruded at 350”


    ;
    Bearing Alloy
    0. and then subjected to a precipitation U. a Patent 2,059,019
    treatment at 170° C. Copper 5 %
    Antimony 7- 8 %
    Telluriunx 0 1
    . %
    Cable Sheath Lead Alloy
    British Patent 479^215
    Tin, to make 100 %
    Tellurium 0.001- 0.25% Bearing Metal Alloy
    Copper 0.03 - 1 % U. S. Patent 2,116,851
    Lead, to make 100 % Silver 1 4%
    This alloy retains fine grained struc- Antimony 0.1- 5%
    ture even after fusion- welding. Cadmium, to make 100 %
    BEARING METAL ALLOYS
    Cadmium Cadmium Copper-
    SAE-11 No. 50 Lead
    Copper 5.6% 0.5% 58.9%
    *
    ~— 40.0%
    Cadmium % 98.7% %
    Silver % 0 8
    . % %
    % -%
    Tin...
    Zinc —87.2% %
    %
    %
    Antimony 6.9% %
    Nickel -- — % 1 1%
    .

    Die Casting Alloy Melting Aluminum Turnings


    Melt about 50 lb. of new aluminum
    Aluminum 1.5 - 6 % and add the turnings gradually, stirring
    them into the molten metal. After form-
    Magnesium 0.01- 0.3%
    Titanium ing a body of metal, the turnings will go
    or Tantalum o 0 1 phi in readily. Keep pouring the metal into
    Copper, to make 100 % ingots while tilling up the crucible by
    dipping out the metal, and keep adding
    turnings.
    Pattern Alloy
    Melt:
    Copper 50 ib. Non-Blistering Aluminum Castings
    Silicon 15 lb. U. S. Patent 2,024,751
    Aluminum 35 lb. A method of preventing the formation
    of blisters due to the presence of gas in
    Pour into ingots and use as hardener
    thermally treated aluminum and alumi-
    as follows:
    num base alloys, comprises treating the
    Melt: molten metal prior to casting with from
    Aluminum 80 lb. about 0.05 to 5 per cent by weight of
    Add: sodium fluoborate.
    Hardener (above) 20 lb.
    The above casts easily with minimum
    Hard Strong Aluminum Alloy
    shrinkage.
    U. S. Patent 2,118,686
    Copper 8 lb.
    Low Temperature Aluminum Zinc 8 lb.
    ,
    Brazing Alloy
    ,
    Iron 6 lb.
    : British Patent 474,716,' Aluminum 80 lb.
    Tin 67.38 oz.
    Silver 2.61 oz. Hard and Low Thermal Expansion
    Lead 1.20 oz.
    Aluminum Alloy
    Antimony 0.04 oz.
    U. S. Patent 1,974,971
    Zinc 28.71 oz. Silicon
    Nickel
    16 -25
    0.1- '3
    %
    %
    Muminum Alloy Resistant to Sea "Water Magnesium 0.1-'1.25'%'-
    French Patent 807,457 Copper '0.1- ,1.75%,
    Magnesium 10 % Aluminum Balance
    Chromium 0.05- 0.5% While metal is melted and covered
    or Zinc 0.1 - 0.8% wdth flux add
    or Silicon 0.2 - 1 % Sodium 0.05-1%
    236 MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    and cast in cliill molds and age castings No. 2
    at 100-150® C. Japanese Patent 113,972
    Phosphorus 0.1- 0.259c
    Heavy Duty Babbitt Metal Nickel 1- % 1.5
    Babbitt with a low tin content is Aluminum 1-2 %
    melted, poured over heated cleaned bronze Copper 46- 60 %
    shavings and mixed while cooling. Zinc, to
    Lustre
    make 100 %
    is like 20-karat gold.

    Hints on Spraying Babbitt Metal Coating Metals with Lead


    Two methods may be nsed in doing British Patent 466,849
    this work. One is simply to grit blast First pickle in acid and wash with a
    the box in the usual manner of prepar- solution of sodium bicarbonate. Dip in
    ing for sprayed metal. If possible, the aqueous zinc chloride (d. 1.45) at 28°
    metal should run over the edges a little 0. and then immerse in molten lead cov-
    on each side of the box. This will give ered with a layer of ammonium chloride
    a good bond. The second method is to and glycerin.
    tin the box in the usual manner, then
    just before applying the sprayed metal Watch Compensating Spring Alloy
    IT. B. Patent 2,099,474
    to apply a torch to heat up the tin so
    that it is soft. The babbitt can then be A spring having a high elastic limit
    sprayed onto the hot tin and will form and variable modulus of elasticity at dif-
    ferent temperatures within normal atmos-
    a fused bond with it. The tin already
    pheric limits of temperature, consists of
    being fused to the box, a completely
    fused bond is obtained throughout. an alloy having substantially the follow-
    ing composition:
    Care must be used that there is no
    oil —
    in the box this usually gives consid-
    Nickel
    Chromium
    36.0%
    4.5%
    erable trouble because many of the boxes
    are soaked with oil. All of this oil Manganese 3.0%
    should be drawn out by heating before Silicon 4.0%
    spraying is attempted. The babbitt Titanium 0.1%
    should be applied so that there will be Iron, to make 100 %
    just a slight excess either for machining
    or for scraping the bearing.
    Pen Nibs
    British Patent 466,972
    Sprayed babbitt also has been used Palladium
    extensively to eliminate the tinning op-
    52-70%
    Copper 10%
    eration in cases in which a ^eat deal of
    babbitt must be cast. For instance, the
    Silver 38-20%
    This alloy is deoxidized with 0.005-
    usual procedure is to tin the box and
    0.05% copper phosphide.
    then cast the babbitt. The procedure
    is to sand blast the box, spray on a light
    Pen Point Alloy
    coat of babbitt, and then cast the bear- H. S. Patent 2,041,381
    ing in the usual way. Thus tinning is Copper 15 oz.
    completely eliminated. This type of Zinc 10 oz.
    work is done where the bearings are large Silver 75 oz.
    and where heavy thicknesses of babbitt
    are necessary, requirements which would Hard Pen-Nib Alloy
    make spraying cost prohibitive. IJ. a Patent 2,082,719
    Osmium ]
    or Ruthenium I 75 -94.5%
    or Osmiridium
    Copper J
    or Nickel 1
    ^
    Zinc o or
    Lead or Cobalt
    j
    3 2o %
    Boron 0.1- 5 %
    Imitation Gold Low Temperature Thermometer Alloy
    Formula No. 1 Mercury 91.5
    Japanese Patent 111,314; ThaUiuin 8.5 g.
    Zinc 16 - J This acts like mercury in the ther-
    Molybdenum 0.5- mometer down to -60° C.
    Tungsten 0.2-
    Copper, to malje lOO
    This alloy is malleable and acid-prpof
    % Electrical Contact Alloy
    i
    ir. 8. Patent 1,980,801
    and is used in making foils and orna- Osmium
    ments, '

    Bhenium
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION' 237

    Electric Contact Point Alloys tained in this manner can be used for
    French Patent 807,700 the manufacture of a large number of
    Formula No. 1 tungsten products. For instance, tung-
    Iridium 7 g. sten wires for illuminating purposes can
    Tungsten Carbide 93 g. be made by mixing finely pulverized
    No. 2 tungsten with a suitable quantity of the
    organic tungsten compound, which has a
    Osmium 3.5 g.
    considerably higher plasticity than the
    Tungsten Carbide 96.5 g.
    known tungsten compounds. Even when
    No. 3
    rather large amounts of tungsten powder
    Bhenium 2.3 g.
    are added (more than 100 g. can be used
    Osmium 4.7 g.
    in connection with the above mentioned
    Tungsten Carbide 93.0 g.
    quantities) a mass is obtained which is
    so plastic that it can be formed into fine
    wires without difficulties, and even at low
    Low Expansion Lead-In Wire for
    Electric Bulbs pressure through the ordinary metal noz-
    Canadian Patent 364,416 zles or glass nozzles. It is not only pos-
    70-85% sible to make wires with this compound
    Tungsten
    Nickel 15-30% but it is also possible to produce bars
    5% that are hammered and drawn, or even
    Cobalt, less than
    tubes or hollow bars.
    Besides the addition of finely pulver-
    Non-Corrosive Lead-In Wire for ized tungsten, it is also possible to add
    Gas Filled Lamps other metals in the pulverized state, de-
    Canadian Patent 364,148 pending on the purpose for which the
    Copper 95.5 oz. product is to be used; for instance,
    Beryllium 1-5 oz. molybdenum, tantalum, thorium or the
    Manganese 3.0 oz. like may be added.
    For the radio industry, it is possible
    without difficulty to add oxides of zir-
    Tungsten Wire Forming Compound conium or thorium as conductors of the
    U. S. Patent 2,078,609 second class to the finely divided metal
    12 g. of gallic acid are dissolved and which serves as a conductor of the first
    boiled in 1. of water. To this solu- class. It was found that the plasticity
    tion 12 g. of very finely pulverized am- and binding capacity of the organic
    monium tungstate are added. An or- tungsten compound produced according
    ganic tungsten compound is immediately to ifie invention is so high that the quan-
    formed, that is, without any further ad- tity of such oxides could be increased
    dition of acid; this compound is present up to 30% whereby the properties of the
    as a precipitate. This compound can be wires or bars could be increased consider-
    filtered and proves to have extremely high ably. Such wires have approximately 10
    plastic properties. To the remaining so- times the resistance of pure tungsten and
    lution, approximately 5 cc. of diluted have a high electron emissivity, even at
    hydrochloric acid can be added, where- low temperatures.
    upon the remainder of the tungsten, The produced wires, bars or tubes are
    which is approximately %of the total sintered in the customary manner in an
    tungsten, will be precipitated in the form inert atmosphere or in hydrogen by
    of a similarly highly plastic organic com- means of an electric current.
    pound. In practice both operations can
    be combined, in which case the deposits
    can be filtered together. The precipitate Eiseharge Lamp Electrode Alloy
    is heated carefully in order to eliminate U. S. Patent 2,062,959
    the greatest part of the water present Copper 96 oz.
    therein. Silicon 3 oz.
    Instead of ammonium tungstate, it is Manganese 1 oz.
    also possible to use other soluble com-
    pounds of tungstic acid, although the
    ammonium tungstate has proved to be Hot Cathode Electrode
    the most suitable because of ^ the high British Patent 459,163
    volatility of the ammonium radical. The Barium Oxide 40 oz.
    concentration of the gallic acid solution Tungsten Carbide 20 oz.
    may also be changed within narrow lim- Zirconium 10 oz.
    its as long as the ratio betvreen the gallic Zirconium Oxide 30 oz.
    acid and the tungstate remains the same. The above in fine powders are mixed,
    The organic tungsten compound ob- pressed and heated to about 1300°,
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Lead Alloy for Storage Battery Anodes 3. Remove the ladle from the flame
    U. S. Patent 2,013,487 and allow the melted metal to gradually
    Strontium 0.2- 0.6 oz. melt the remainder of the ingot. This
    Tin 0.2- 2.0 oz. will insure the minimum temperature at
    Lead- to make 100 oz. which the metal will be plastic.
    4. When pouring the metal into the
    cast, jar the east on the bench.
    Frictional Alloy
    If the foregoing precautions are ob-
    British Patent 443,476
    served models that are smooth and free
    Copper 70 - 85 % from surface defects will be gotten.
    Nickel 1-4%
    Silicon 1-4%
    Lead 6-15%
    Tin 2-10% Overcoming Lead Sweat
    To overcome separation of lead when
    The above powdered metals are sin- making lead alloy eastings, first refine the
    tered and pressed together in a form. lead used by melting it in a separate
    It is toughened by heat treatment at
    pot with 5% lead oxide and 5% ground
    500-800® C. and coated with a little wax
    glass. Pole the metal well by inserting
    in boiled linseed oil.
    old leather to the bottom and let metal
    boil. All impurities come to the top and
    Heat Hardening Spring Steel Alloy may be skimmed off.
    French Patent 820,517
    35.0%
    Another method is to add of 1% of%
    Cobalt 30% manganese copper to the melt.
    Iron 53.1%
    Chromium 9.0%
    Manganese 0,8% Type Metal Dross Reducer
    Silicon 0.1% British Patent 441,033
    Beryllium, .
    1.0% The amount of dross on molten type
    Titanium 1.0% metal is reduced by covering the surface
    with a mixture of
    Alloys Resistant to Hot Caustic Solutions Salt 20-30 pt.
    French Patent 803,545 Ammonium Chloride 20-25 pt.
    Formula No. 1 Wood Charcoal 30-35 pt.
    Copper 83.80 kg.
    Iron 4.18 kg.
    Nickel 4.78 kg. Dental Plate Alloy
    Aluminum 7.20 kg. German Patent 628,572
    No. 2 Palladium 10
    Copper 83.25 kg. Tin 0.5- 5 g.
    Aluminum 7.87 kg. Silver 89.5-85 g.
    Iron 3.55 kg.
    Cadmium or manganese to the amount
    Nickel 5.25 kg. of 3-5% may be added.

    Ferro-Chromium
    H. S. Patent 2,008,055 Dental Amalgam Alloy
    Chromite (48% Chromium IT. S. Patent 2,083,052
    Oxide) 65 lb. Silver 71-78%
    Calcium Silicide 23 lb. Tin 21-28%
    Aluminum 4 lb. Zinc 1%
    Calcium Fluoride 4 lb.
    Ferro-Silieon Dental Amalgamating Alloy
    U. S. Patent 2,024,545
    Pouring Fusible Metal Models Silver 65 oz.
    To secure smooth models of fusible Tin 25 oz.
    metal is not difficult but neither is it a Beryllium 0.06- 1 oz.
    task that can be sloppily’^ performed. This alloy exhibits improved hardness
    Keep in mind the following points to and resistance to corrosion.
    get smooth, accurate models,
    1. A copper ladle is to be preferred
    in which to melt the metal. Dental Pin Alloy
    2. Place the metal in the ladle and U. S. Patent 2,107,310
    hold it over a bunsen flame, carrying it Palladium 60 oz.
    rapidly in and out of the flame till the Platinum 30 oz.
    ingot is about three-fourths melted. Gold 10 oz.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 239

    Tootli Straightening Metal Alloy temperature the steel may happen to be,
    British Patent 444,754 and then this is usually followed by
    Platinum 15 -20% drawing the temper of the spring by
    Palladium 4 -15% flashing.'^ The old practice of high
    Gold 50 -60% temperatures in forming and hardening
    Silver 10 -20% springs with a single heat cannot fail to
    Copper 5 -15% give trouble. The blacksmith generally
    Zine 2.5- 3% heats the steel to about as high a tem-
    perature as it will stand -without burning.
    This has a very bad effect upon the struc-
    Dental Plate Alloy
    ture of the steel, but even assuming that
    IT.S. Patent 2,098,879
    the proper temperature has been used in
    An alloy for dental plates consists of
    fitting the spring, the operation of fitting
    20-40% of palladium, 35-65% of silver, gives the steel a chance to cool down to
    15-30% of copper and 0.05-0.25% of a temperature where it will not harden
    phosphorus, the amounts of silver and properly.
    copper being present in percentages
    Further, the steel is not all a uniform
    within 5% above or below the eutectic heat over its length, so that if quenched
    ratio.
    directly after forming it will set up
    internal strains in the steel, which will
    Non-Blackening Silver Dental Alloy possibly lead to breakage later. The
    Silver 70 oz. spring should always be put back in the
    Palladium 30 oz. heating furnace and re-heated for a few
    minutes uniformly throughout its whole
    length to the correct temperature. It is
    Dental Alloy
    difficult in the open fire to get a uniform
    D. S. Patent 2,050,040
    heat upon a spring. This is what makes
    Platinum 13.2%
    it so hard for the average blacksmith
    Palladium 11.6% shop to properly temper springs. With-
    Copper 9.4% out a heating furnace the blacksmith is
    Gold 65.0% greatly handicapped.
    To the above alloy add For drawing the temper in the spring
    Tin 1.5-3%
    650-700°,
    never use the flashing’^ process. The
    Quench at 900° and reheat at policy of replacing the steel (after it is
    quenched) in a heating furnace until the
    Gold Sponge Dental Filling outside of the steel reaches the desired
    British Patent 432,881 temperature is very bad, because of the
    Precipitate gold from 5 to 10% aque- impossibility of getting uniform heat
    ous gold chloride at 80° C, Wash pre- treatment. No time is allowed for the
    cipitate and heat at 150-250° 0. in con- heat to soak to the centre, with the result
    centrated sulphuric acid. Wash and dry. that the hardness increases from the out-
    side— most undesirable condition. All
    spring steels should be drawn back in a
    Heat Treatment of Spring and suitable low temperature furnace, main-
    Alloy Steels tained at the proper heat. The steel
    Many blacksmiths endeavor to weld must be kept in the furnace sufficiently
    automotive spring leaves, but they are long to give a uniform heat throughout
    rarely successful, and all steel experts its whole structure.
    agree that it is largely a waste of time. One of the difficulties in all heat-treat-
    It is far better to either use a new leaf, ment of spring steel and alloy steel in
    or a new spring. If a new leaf has to the average shop is the impossibility of
    be turned out in the shop, the blacksmith accurately determining the heat given the
    can get a leaf that will give good service material, and the heat at which it is
    if he has good carbon steel of the proper quenched or drawn. This is an easy
    grade. Steel should be from .90 per cent matter in a furnace where pyrometers are
    to 1.10 per cent carbon. Never use car- used, but in the average shop it is very
    bon steel as high as 1.25 per cent, as difficult to gauge the heat by color alone.
    this makes a brittle spring that will In handling springs a quenching tem-
    easily break. The lower carbon steels perature of 1,500° F. gives the best re-
    are more suitable. sults, while the drawing temperature
    Aside from improper steel, the ma- should be about 600 to 650° F. The
    jority of spring failures are usually due accuracy of the eye in determining color
    to using too high a temperature for heat- comes into play. A quenching tempera-
    ing the spring for fitting, followed di- ture of 1,500° F. means that you must
    rectly by quenching from whatever get the steel to a bright red. The color
    240 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    for drawing back the spring at 600 to quenching, and that temperature must be
    650® F. should be a bluish gTeen. There exact.
    are scarcely two men who agree as to The mechanic should have a knowledge
    temperature by color, but without the aid of the constituents of steel before he can
    of instruments the following tempera- effectively give it the proper heat- treat-
    tures and degrees F. are found at the ment. The structure of any particular
    heat colors given: steel may be modified or entirely changed
    White heat, 2,200 light yellow, 1,975;
    ,*
    by various degrees of heating, all of
    lemon, 1,825; orange, 1,725; salmon, which take place in the steel while it is
    1,650; bright red, 1,550 to 1,500; cherry in the solid condition. These structural
    red, 1,375; medium cherry, 1,250; dark changes in the steel take place at tem-
    cherry, 1,175; blood red, 1,050 and faint peratures known as the ^^criticaP^ points
    red, 900. or critical ranges of the steel.
    Below this scale there is, of coursej a In a low carbon steel, about 2 per cent,
    wide range of tempering colors which practically no change in the constituents
    should be used, particularly in tool work. occurs during heating until a temperature
    These run from a blue green heat at equivalent to about 1,300® F, is reached.
    530® F. to dark purple, 550; dark brown, In passing through this critical range
    there is a complete change in the ^^pearl-
    500, and a straw color at 460® F.
    Quenching springs should be done in a
    ite^^ in the structure of the steel. The
    steel consists of about 25 per cent
    good heavy tempering oil. Let it be
    ^^pearlite^^ and 75 per cent free ferrite.
    stated emphatically that there is no such
    thing as a self-hardening spring steel
    At the critical range the ferrite is con-
    verted into an entirely new constituent,
    manufactured, for there is no alloy steel
    so that the whole structure of the steel
    that can cool off naturally in air and yet
    is changed.
    get the characteristics necessary in a
    Every class of steel has its particular
    good spring.
    critical point. In heating for hardening
    It is often considered by the gas welder
    there must be much more care taken than
    that he can weld a spring with the torch.
    heating for annealing. Heating for an-
    Since springs are made of specially heat-
    nealing is followed by slow cooling and
    treated steel, it is surely evident that any
    the gradual release of all strains in the
    application of heating from the welding
    steel. The heating for hardening is fol-
    torch will at once destroy the quality of
    lowed by the most severe test the steel
    the metal. This type of repair can never
    be recommended. It is far better to use
    —
    has to stand very rapid cooling, which
    sets up a condition of stress and strain
    a replacement spring than to weld it, if
    in the metaL In general, the heating'-of
    you have not the equipment for properly
    steel for hardening should be slow, uni-
    heat-treating and quenching the spring
    form and thorough, and at the lowest
    as outlined above.
    temperature which will get you the right
    It is obvious that alloy steel springs results.
    must combine great toughness with a Ordinary carbon steel loses its mag-
    high elastic limit. Carbon steel springs netism on heating. It becomes non-mag-
    contain not only carbon but manganese, netic^ in passing through and beyond
    phosphorus, sulphur and silicon, and the
    carbon content must be correct, from .90
    —
    certain temperatures ^its critical range.
    At first the steel changes from its orig-
    per cent to 1.10 per cent, or you will inal color to a faint yellow, straw color,
    have a brittle spring. The quenching purple and then to blue, until at a certain
    temperatures for alloy steel springs are temperature it apparently stops heating,
    very important. In a chrome vanadium although stiU remaining in the fire. It
    steel which is now generally used, the holds a certain color for an appreciable
    steel should be brought up to a full time, after which it again starts to
    cherry red heat, that is, about 1,475® F. change color and appears to heat faster
    and allowed to cool slowly, that is, until a white heat is reached.
    suffieient time to allow uniform cooling.
    The blacksmith should note this point
    These alloy steels cannot be handled as where the steel seems to get no hotter as
    most carbon spring steels and still give indicated by the lack of change in color.
    maximum service. They are, however, This is the temperature at which the par-
    lower in carbon and will stand much ticles of the steel are re-arranging them-
    abuse in heat-treatment and still produce selves, which we have referred to as the
    springs of good quality. Alloy steels critical point. The steel is actually
    should never be heated any higher for absorbing heat without getting any hot-
    forming the spring than is absolutely ter. You can check this critical point
    necessary, but they must always be re- very accurately by using an ordinary
    heated to tbe proper temperature for horseshoe majrnet suspended from a suit-
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 241

    able rod. When the correct hardening Reddish Brown 510


    temperature has been reached, there will Purplish Brown 520
    be no attraction hetween the magnet and Light Purple 530
    the steel Use the ordinary horseshoe Pull Purple 540
    magnet, or magnetize a small diamond- Dark Purple 550
    shaped piece of steel and support it be- Pull Blue 560
    tween two pins on the end of a forked Dark Blue 570
    rod. Pale Blue 600
    For low carbon steels, or for small Bluish Green 630
    parts made of higher carbon, water Red (in dark) 725
    quenching can be used without much dan- Red, room light 885
    ger. On the other hand, if the steel has Blood Red 1,050
    got to be quenched and toughened, oil Red in Daylight 1,077
    will be found sux)erior. Brine should Dark Cherry 1,175
    only be used in particular cases where a Medium Cherry 1,250
    very hard surface is required. Pull Red 1,375
    In all heat- treatment of modern steels Bright Red 1,550
    it is impossible to get the best results in
    Salmon Pink 1,650
    the open forge. An oil furnace or gas
    Orange 1,725
    furnace is necesary to get results. Where Lemon 1,825
    natural gas is available, the blacksmith Light Yellow 1,975
    can very readily build a satisfactory heat- White Heat 2,200
    treating furnace, and it is well worth the Forge Welding Heat 2,500
    time and trouble. It should never be Oxygen-Acetylene Gas, 5,800
    forgotten that in gas welding the heat up to 6,300
    generated in the metal in welding has a Hydrogen-Oxygen Flame 4,(300

    marked effect upon the structure of alloy Acetylene in Air 3,230


    steel, so that only by subsequent heat-
    Natural Gas Flame 4,200
    treatment can the weld get the proper In tempering carbon steels, the tem-
    strength at points just beyond where the perature range varies from 300 degrees
    welded section unites with the original to 1,050 degrees F. Tempering high speed
    metal. steel from 350 degrees to 1,100 degrees F.
    These alloy steels have properties that Hardening carbon steel requires 1,350
    make them superior to plain carbon steels degrees to 1,500 degrees P. Hardening
    only after they have been heat-treated alloy steels 1,500 to 1,950 degrees F.
    under carefully controlled conditions. Hardening high speed steels 2,250 de-
    Welding destroys the effect of the heat- grees to 2,400 degrees F.
    treatment in the zone adjacent to the
    weld. It is, of course, possible to restore Heat Treatment of Manganese Steel
    the properties of the alloy steel by heat- U. S. Patent 1,968,960
    treating it again after welding, but this Austenitic manganese steel articles,
    requires equipment that is beyond the e.g.,crusher jaws, are heated to 1000®
    average repair shop. As an example, and the portions to be subjected to pres-
    welding of such parts as alloy steel auto- sure and wear, e.g. the ridges, are cooled
    mobile axles or steering knuckles should to < 920° by streams of compressed air
    never be attempted. Owing to the effect or high-pressure steam to produce car-
    of the welding heat, the welded section bide precipitation 5 the whole article is
    will not be as good as the rest of the then quenched.
    metal, nor will it be strong enough for
    safe operation of the machine. Heat Treating Transformer Steel
    British Patent 446,794
    Sheets of 3-5% silicon steel are coated
    Colors Developed in Heating of Steel
    with a thin film of aluminum oxide by
    Tern- painting them with 10-12% sodium
    perature aluminate, drying them, and pack -anneal-
    Color Degrees F. ing them for 6-8 hours at 850-875°.
    Very Pale Yellow 430 Since little or no scale is produced in
    Light Yellow 440 the annealing the watt losses are reduced.
    Pale Straw Yellow 450
    Straw Yellow 460 Carbonization of Nickel Cathodes
    Deep Straw Yellow 470 British Patent 442,878
    Dark Yellow 480 Thermionic value parts of nickel are
    Yellowish Brown 490 roughened, by sand-blasting or etching,
    Brownish Yellow 500 and coated with a mixture of

    I
    242 MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    Palmitic Acid 215 g. long. Thread both ends and obtain a
    Lampblack 88 g. I)ipecap for each end. Insert the pieces,
    Lard Oil 120 g. screw the caps on by hand, and throw
    It is then heated above 350° C. in an the pipe into the furnace. Allow it to
    inert atmosphere to drive off the binding reach a red heat and re":ain so for about
    medium. two hours,- then remove and bury it im-
    mediately in ashes or lime until cold.
    Steel annealed in this manner does not
    Thermal Treating Bath for Light Metals scale or burn, and can be filed or cut
    British Patent 464,697 with cold chisels easily. TIack-saw blades
    A bath for use at 300-500° G. as fol- can be bent double and hammered flat
    lows has low corrosive properties: without breaking. Tenijper can be re-
    Potassium Chloride 25-40 lb. stored in the usual manner.
    Sodium Chloride 15-25 lb.
    Calcium Chloride 10-50 lb. Hardening or Tempering Copper
    Barium Chloride 10-20 lb. U. S. Pa;teiit 1,981,718
    Strontium Chloride 5-20 lb. Molten copper is stirred with a 3 to 1
    Barium Carbonate 1-25 lb. mixture of lime and rosin, then cast into
    Caustic Soda 1-10 lb. molds and hot worked while applying
    powdered rosin to the surface of th© hot
    Tempering Powders (Steel) ingot.
    Formula No. 1
    Animal Coal (from Acid Resistant Lining
    Charred Horn) 24 lb. Andesite 30 lb.
    Horn Filings 4 lb. Chloronaphthalene 9 lb.
    Glue 6 lb. Pitch 1 lb.
    Potassium Nitrate 9.5 lb.
    Sodium Chloride 55 lb. Cementation Bath for Iron and Steel
    British Patent 468,366
    No. 2
    Potassium Ferroeyanide
    Sodium Cyanide 20 lb.
    30 lb.
    Potassium Nitrate
    Sodium Chloride 22 lb.
    30 lb.
    Potassium Chloride 28 lb.
    Animal Coal (from Horn) 30 lb.
    Aloe, Powdered
    Barium Carbonate 30 lb.
    1 lb.
    Gum Arabic 1 lb.
    Salt
    Case Hardening Centrifugal
    15 lb.
    Ferrous Castings
    CO
    British Patent 467,152
    Calcium Chromate 100 lb. The castings are packed in powdered
    Coal 16 lb. beryllium or beryllium-iron (80% beryl-
    No. 4 lium) and heated at 800-1150® C. for
    Calcium Chromate 100 lb. 2^-10 hours.
    Coal 25 lb.
    No. 5 Case Hardening Steel
    Calcium Tungstate 100 lb. British Patent 468,757
    Goal 14 lb. Heat steel at 800-950° C. in
    Charcoal (Powdered) 100 lb.
    No. 6
    Coke Powder 79-84
    Manganese Dioxide 10- 30 lb.
    lb.
    Caustic Potash 15 lb.
    Barium Carbonate 15-20 lb.
    Soy Bean Flour 1 lb.
    Ammonium Chloride 5 lb.

    Case Hardening Steel


    Steel Spring Quenching Emulsion XT, S. Patent 2,048,526
    British Patent 435,223 Steel is embedded in powdered boron
    Fish Oil 75 lb. carbide and heated for several hours ai
    Caustic Soda 0.1 lb. 1400°,
    Water 25 lb.
    The springs are heated Steel Hardening Mixture
    to 850° F. and
    quenched in above emulsion. U. S. Patent 2,009,165
    Silica 31.4 oz.
    Feldspar 38.3 oz.
    Annealing Hack-Saw Blades and Piles Borax 14 oz.
    Hack-saw blades, hies, and other pieces Sodium Bicarbonate 14 oz.
    of tool steel can be annealed dead soft Ball Clay 2.3 oz.
    in the following manner: Obtain a piece This mix is fused and the steel is im-
    of or larger scrap pipe about 15 in. mersed in it.
    MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION 243

    Hardening Steel Inhibitor, Steel Pickling


    Patent 2,032,700
    XT. S. U. S. Patent 2,049,517
    The steel is passed through the follow- Hydrochloric Acid
    ing molten salt hath (760-840° C.)« (1:1) 1 gal.
    Barium Chloride 45 1b. Copper Carbonate 0.0021 lb.
    Potassium Chloride 45 lb. Methylene- 0 “toluidine 0.0083 lb.
    Sodium Chloride 10 lb.

    then into a bath of molten lead below Steel Nitriding Inhibitor


    it; then draw up through the above salt
    U. 8. Patent 1,980,670
    bath and quenched in brine (d. 1.045). Parts which are not to be nitrided are
    painted with a mixture of
    Antimony Surface Hardening of Metals Tin Powder 70 lb.
    Patent 2,032,912
    IT, S. Silica Powder 26 lb.
    The process of hardening articles made Kaolin 4 lb.
    of workable metals and alloys having Made intO' a paste with a solution of
    melting points between 750° C. and Diammonium Phosphate 21 lb.
    1550° G. comprises coating articles with Boric Acid 4 lb.
    antimony, heating the coated articles Zinc Chloride 5 lb.
    at a temperature between 400° C. and Hydrochloric Acid 21 lb.
    620° G. to thereby produce a hardened Water 49 lb.
    layer consisting of antimony and metals
    or alloys and containing phases the com-
    position of which is a direct function of
    Coating for Ingot Molds
    temperature, quenching said articles, and
    French Patent 814.540
    reheating to 200° C. to 350° C.
    Formula No. 1
    Aluminum 2 kg.
    Graphite * 18 kg.
    Case Hardening Composition Soda Ash S kg.
    Formula No. 1
    Silica 5 kg.
    H. S. Patent 2,046,822 Water 70 kg.
    Sodium Cyanide 45,9 oz. No. 2
    Barium Chloride 31.1 oz. Aluminum 2.5 kg.
    Sodium Fluoride 12.4 oz. Graphite 24 kg.
    Calcium Fluoride 7.3 oz. Siliceous Sand 6 kg.
    This fuses at about 600° G. Soda Ash 6 kg.
    Water 61.5 kg.
    No. 2
    U. S. Patent 2,002,180
    Sodium Cyanide 9 oz. Preventing Cavities and Segregation in
    Barium Chloride 6 oz. Steel Ingots
    Barium Carbonate 8 oz. French Patent 806,748
    Calcium Fluoride 2 oz. Spread on top of ingot
    Use at 630-930° C. Sawdust 20 kg.
    Alkali .6.3 kg.
    Wood Charcoal 38.7 kg.
    <'lase Hardening Cast Iron Piston Bings Graphite 35.0 kg.
    British Patent 447,932 then add some molten metal over this.
    The rings are hardened in ammonia
    gas at 500° while being ^ ^
    tensioned. ’ ’

    Plastic Lead
    Lead, Powdered 90 oz.
    Iron Cementing Mineral or Cottonseed Oil 10 oz.
    U. Patent 2,025,050
    S.
    Mix together in an ointment or roller
    mill. This material is readily molded by
    An iron and steel cementing bath com-
    the hands.
    position, molten at cementing tempera-
    tures and containing material capable of
    supplying carbon to the metal at said Malleable Cast Iron
    temperatures, comprises an alkali metal U, Patent 1,987,481
    S.
    cyanide in the neighborhood of 8%, so- White cast iron is rendered malleable
    dium chloride in the neighborhood of by heating for 4 hours at 900°, then for
    62% to 65%, potassium chloride in the 4 hours at 1010°, and hnally for 1 hour
    neighborhood of 18% to 19%, and an at 760°, cooling at 5.5° per hour to 650°,
    activated carbon of low combustibility and allowing uncontrolled cooling to tem-
    in the neighborhood of 8%. perature.
    244
    '

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRLCTIOK
    Goatmg for Sand Molds for Light ditions imposed, such as analysis, thick'
    Metal Casting ness of the metal, corrosion, mechanical
    IT. a Patent 2,045,913 considerations and appearance. Many
    Paraffin Wax 0,5-4 lb. fabricators, however, are limited by their
    Tale 0.5-4 lb. equipment to a choice between the hand
    Carbon Tetrachloride 1 gal. operated electric arc and the gas methods.
    Mix vigorously just before use to get Also, many jobs require the use of one
    a uniform suspension. of these methods. Usually the hand oper-
    ated electric arc used with a coated me-
    Copper Foundry Mold Dressing Paste tallic electrode is preferable since the

    IT. S. Patent 2,050,375


    probabilities of carbon pick-up and ap-
    Molds used for casting 0-free Copper preciable chromium loss in the deposited
    are dressed with a paste consisting of a metal are considerably less.
    mixture of bone ash or bone black 3 and All of the alloy grades included in the
    rosin 1 lb. with 1 gal. of alcohol. USS series may be classified into three
    metallurgical groups as follows:
    Foundry Mold (Casting) Powder 1. Austenitic Alloy, non-magnet ie
    a. Limestone, Finest (chromium and nickel)
    Powder 25 kg, USS 18-8 (.08 carbon maximum;
    b. Montan Wax, Crude, over .08 to .20 carbon)
    Powdered 750 g. USS Stabilized 18-8
    Sudan Yellow, Oil USS 18 Mo
    Soluble 12.5 g. USS 25-12
    Limestone Powder 200 g. 2. Ferritic Alloys, magnetic (straight
    Heat a and b to 140° C. in an iron chromium)
    kettle until homogeneous. USS 17
    Cool, grind thoroughly. Sift as fine USS 27
    as possible, e.g., through miller gauze. 3. Ferritic-Martensitic Alloy, magnetic
    (straight chromium)
    USS 12
    FABRICATION AND TREATMENT
    OF USS STAINLESS AND HEAT The from group to group, re-
    alloys,
    RESISTING STEELS spond differently in their mechanical and
    corrosion resistant properties at the
    Courtesy of Peter A. Prasse & Oo., Inc.
    welds. The metallurgical characteristics
    Joining of XJSS Stainless and Heat of each group, for this reason, are briefly
    Resisting Alloys described.
    Generally speaking, in no other phase Austenitic Alloys
    of metal working is the skill of the work- USS 18-8, USS Stabilized 18-8, USS 18-8
    man so important as in the operations of Mo, USS 25-12
    joining together individual pieces of
    metal. This is doubly true when applied
    Under usual working practice these
    to manually performed welding opera-
    alloys will not harden or become brittle

    tions. For this reason, the principles of


    with heat treatment. They possess ex-
    cellent together with great
    ductility,
    welding, as they apply to these alloys,
    strength and toughness. These qualities
    will be discussed at some length; how-
    ever, the suggested procedures should
    make possible welds and adjacent areas
    with similar characteristics.
    not be considered infi.exible.
    Under severe corrosive conditions, such
    Welding as welded equipment must withstand in
    All grades of stainless steel products chemical and chemical processing plants
    produced by the Subsidiary Companies of and in high temperature exposure, the
    the TJ. S. Steel Corporation are weldable limitations of the plain chromium nickel
    by all the common welding methods in- grades, particularly those of analyses
    cluded in the following list. Each method similar to USB 18-8, are now well under-
    is hereafter described. Hammer or forge stood. Experience and investigation show
    welding alone cannot be done. that USS Stabilized 18-8, a somewhat
    1. Electric Arc more costly alloy than either the low or
    2. Gas (acetylene welding) high carbon grades of USS 18-8, should
    3. Electrical Resistance be used to meet conditions which are
    a. Spot and line (seam) welding severe enough to cause inter-granular
    b. Flash welding corrosion. This alloy is entirely immune
    4.Atomic Hydrogen Welding to this form of attack. It is impossible
    The selection of the best method for to describe accurately the corrosive con-
    a particular job depends upon the con- ditions which will or will not cause this.
    MATERIALS OF GORSTRUCTION* 245

    form of attack in impaired areas of plain welds. It was for solutions of problems
    RSS 18-8. such as this that USS Stabilized 18-8
    The influence of low carbon content in was developed.
    minimizing this condition should be con- USS 25-12 and USS 18-8 Mo generally
    sidered; also the tendency of stabilizing do not present, to a marked degree, the
    elements to entirely obviate such corro- problem of intergranular corrosion, and
    sion. only in very unusual circumstances does
    Aquestion frequently raised concerns this condition develop.
    the type of welding rod to be used in Alloys—-USS 17 and USS 27
    Ferritic
    welding XJSS Stabilized 18-8 when it is
    These which contain over 15%
    alloys,
    subjected to severely corrosive conditions.
    chromium and 0.10% maximum carbon,
    Except where welds are to be crossed, the
    may, for all practical purposes, be con-
    ordinary low carbon 18-8 rod is satisfac-
    sidered as non-responsive to hardening
    tory when only a single bead is required
    and toughening by quenching and draw-
    to make a joint. Usually not more than
    ing, a common procedure in the treatment
    one bead is necessary for welding sections
    of medium and high carbon plain steels
    of sheet thicknesses. The deposited metal
    and high carbon stainless cutlery steels.
    cools rapidly through the carbide precipi-
    They are, however, prone to the growth
    tation range, and retains adequate corro-
    of very large grains when exposed to
    sion resistance.
    welding temperatures, which frequently
    These welds, however, should not be
    result in welds of insufficient ductility.
    exposed subsequently in fabrication or
    service to harmful temperatures. Where
    This condition may be lessened to an
    welds are to be crossed, where one bead appreciable extent in USS 17, when welds
    is superimposed on another, or where the
    are to withstand shock and stress at at-
    assemblage will be exposed in service to mospheric temperatures, by completely
    corrosive conditions at high temperature
    annealing the welded unit or, when the
    (either continuously or intermittently, in
    former is impracticable, by torch anneal-
    the carbide precipitation range) the use
    ing the welded zones at a temperature
    of an 18-8 rod containing a stabilizing
    between 1400 and 1500 degrees F. The
    element is advised. An excellent 18-8 rod annealing treatment does not reduce the
    for this purpose is one containing colum- grain size, but will relieve weld stresses
    bium. and eliminate the effects of a hardening
    Until recently, heat treating of welded constituent which occasionally is present
    18-8 articles after welding was recom- in this lower chromium grade when cooled
    mended as a cure-all for intergranular from welding temperatures. Ho practical
    corrosion. In principle this is quite cor- correction can be made to offset the em-
    rect,and actually can be accomplished in brittlement of USS 27 welds. These al-
    small articles, usually with some sacrifice loys are not suggested for low tempera-
    in shape, due to distortion. However, it ture welded applications which are to be
    is now generally considered impracticable exposed to sudden impact of great
    for equipment such as large tanks and stresses. Contrary to the chromium nickel
    vessels constructed of heavy structural grades, welds of these alloys do not pos-
    materials. In such equipment all parts sess strength and ductility approaching
    cannot, even by air blasting or spraying that of the original metal. This brittle
    with water, be cooled rapidly enough condition is present to a marked degree
    through the carbide precipitation range only at or below atmospheric tempera-
    to avoid impairment. Another difficulty tures. Ductility and toughness in relation
    is that seldom possible to heat large
    it is
    to the normal metal is increased appreci-
    equipment in its entirety up to suitable ably at the higher temperatures.
    temperatures, at least 1700 degrees F. The higher straight chromium grade,
    Massive supports and conveyances, such USS 27, is seldom required in atmos-
    as beams, jacks and trucks which are pheric or low temperature service, and
    necessary in order to prevent distortion the brittleness problem, therefore, pri-
    of the article, cannot be heated to a high marily concerns USS 17.
    enough temperature without damaging or More ductile welds are frequently ob-
    without soaking for long impractical tained in the alloys of this group by tack
    periods. This condition, obviously, will welding a seam together, by using the
    cause local impairment of corrosion re- more ductile 18-8 or 18-8 columbium
    sistance in the heat treated equipment at bearing filler rod, and by completing the
    the areas contacting the supports because weld with a rod of the same analysis as
    of the insufficient temperatures and the parent metal. The ductile tacks serve
    slower cooling at these points. Such a to cushion the shock loads from the
    condition may be more undesirable than straight chromium beads between the
    some slight susceptibility adjacent to the tacks.
    MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    Perritic^ — —
    -Martensitic Alloy ^USS 12 chromium obviously lowers the corrosion
    USS 12 is tlie only grade of stainless resistance in any of the grades.
    steel currently produced by the Subsidi- Low carbon coated electrodes, usually
    ary Companies of the XT. S. Steel Corpo- of the same analysis as the parent metal,
    ration -which falls in this metallurgical should be used. Welding with carbon
    classification; i.e., hardenable or strongly electrodes is not recommended for obvious
    amenable to heat-treatment. Other com- reasons. Properly compounded coatings
    mercial alloys of lower chromium content^ are an important factor in minimizing
    not classed as stainless, such as those oxidation of the fusion. The brittle slag
    containing 4 to 6% chromium, will not caps the weld bead and protects it from
    be discussed. the air while cooling. The electrodes
    This differs from the higher
    alloy should be of smaller diameter than those
    straightchromium types in that it does employed in the welding of equivalent
    respond to heat treatment, becoming thicknesses of mild steel. Rods of the
    much harder when cooled rapidly from same diameter as material-thickness are
    temperatures of 1750 degrees P. Sub- satisfactory except where two or more
    sequent drawing at temperatures between beads must be deposited to complete a
    600 to 1500 degrees P. will toughen it joint. The lower heat conductivities of
    appreciably. In the drawn condition, the the stainless steel alloys permit the use of
    alloy possesses a ferritic-martensitic lower currents than are employed for mild
    structure, whereas in the dead soft an- steel. Trial, however, is the best pro-
    nealed state it is essentially ferritic, sim- cedure in determining the quantity of
    ilar to the higher straight chromium current necessary to produce a suitable
    grades. arc. The best results are obtained with
    It is apparent from this brief resume an arc long enough only to afford good
    of the thermal-physical characteristics, fusion. Direct current is usually pre-
    that welds of this alloy in the ^^as ferred to alternating, especially in weld-
    welded condition, will be air-hardened, ing thin sections. Beverse polarity should
    withstanding comparatively little impact. be used. The rod should be connected
    This condition can be alleviated by com- to the positive terminal of the generator
    plete drawing or tempering of a welded and the work to the negative.
    assemblage, or by torch annealing locally In all methods before proceeding with
    at a temperature preferably between 1300 welding, dirt, oxide, grease and foreign
    and 1400 degrees P. Temperatures as material should be thoroughly removed
    low as 600 degrees F. will toughen the from the surfaces and edges of all parts
    welds appreciably. For maximum corro- to be joined. This is most important in
    sion resistance tempering at about 900 the making of sound welds.
    degrees F. is generally avoided. The parts of a seam to be welded
    Electric Arc Welding should, when possible, be firmly held with
    Electric arc welding is preferable to jigs and clamps. The use of chill plates
    the acetylene gas method because it min- held in close contact with the surfaces of
    imizes the possibility of carbon pickup the metal subjected to heat, will do much
    and chromium loss. The effects of high to prevent buckling and warping. Be-
    carbon content in welds are harmful to cause of their greater thermal expansion
    the chromium nickel steel alloys because and lower heat conductivity, this pro-
    of the lowered corrosion resistance of the cedure is especially important in welding
    deposited metal. In the straight chro- the chromium-nickel grades. An excellent
    mium grades excessive carbon reduces the method for holding fiat work is illustrated
    toughness of welds. Oxidization of the in Figure I.

    D D .
    —

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUeTION 247

    A—Heavy steel bar or plate, about 2" seams, tack welding serves as a very
    tbick. helpful expedient. Tacks should be
    B—Copper chill bar, grooved to permit spaced about two to three inches apart.
    penetration of weld metal. The spaces may then be hlled in either
    C Parts to be welded. by welding continuously in one direction
    I)— Heavy hold down bars which may be or by using the back-step method as
    clamped if necessary. from 3 to 2, 4 to 3, 5 to 4, etc., as shown
    When it is impossible to set a job in in Figure II, backing up the work with
    some such manner or in curved or angular a hand block.

    Figure M

    This method, or the skipping of al- by swabbing the work with, or immers-
    ternate sp>aces, will prevent concentration ing a 20% hot nitric acid solution.
    it in,
    of excessive heat which causes warpage. A final rewash should be given.
    It is very advisable to proceed with The use of the usual arc welding equip-
    the welding as rapidly as possible with- ment is seldom practicable in gauges
    out sacrifice of good penetration. Where lighter than Ho. 16, although special ma-
    USS 18-8 is involved, this speed mini- chines, yielding low direct currents, very
    mizes the degree of carbide precij)itation. closely controlled, are available and have
    When tacking, or when meeting one been used successfully on lighter gauges.
    bead with another, the slag and oxide
    should always be removed from the tacks Acetylene Welding
    or the ends of the beads, so that the The acetylene method is more com-
    deposited metal may be free from in- monly used for light work because it
    clusions and occluded gases. The brittle affords greater ease of temperature con-
    slag may be chipped off by light hammer- trol. The flame should be as small as
    ing, or picked out of any recesses with a possible, consistent with good fusion, and
    pointed instrument. The oxide may be should be pointed directly down at the
    removed with coarse abrasive paper. work. Welding should progress rapidly.
    To prevent pitting and corrosion, the Puddling of the deposited metal should
    same procedure should be followed at the be avoided.
    completion of a weld, especially if the An uncoated filler rod of the same
    joint will be exposed to solutions or composition as the parent metal is gen-
    moisture at low temperatures. Afurther erally recommended. Welding wire is
    precaution of pickling the weld is neces- preferable, although narrow shearings cut
    sary except in cases where the deposited from scrap are often successfully used.
    metal and oxidized areas are to be A neutral flame is the ideal one, since
    pound. Where the entire part cannot be an oxidizing flame produces porous welds
    immersed, an efficient local pickling and lowers the chromium content in the
    solution (which seldom requires more weld metal. A flame which is severely
    than swabbing with one or two appli- reducing must be avoided on account of
    cations) contains approximately 20% carbon pick-up. As strict neutrality is
    ^
    nitric acid and 1% to 4% hydrofluoric difficult to maintain at all times, on ac-
    acid in water. It should lae heated to a
    count of gas pressure fluctuations, the
    temperature of about 150 degrees F. and
    flame used should be slightly reducing in
    discriminately applied with a brush to
    the parts to be cleaned. Workmen should
    order to avoid oxidizing the chromium.
    wear rubber gloves and avoid breathing This method envelops the fusion with a
    the fumes. The solution should be al- reducing atmosphere.
    lowed to remain on the surface for five The use of welding fluxes is optional.
    to ten minutes and then scrubbed and Good gas welds may be made either with
    washed offthoroughly with an excess of or without them. Fluxes are applied to
    cold water. Asomewhat less hazardous the under surfaces of the edges to be
    hot solution contains 20% sulphuric acid Joined. It is claimed that they aid pene-
    or 10% hydrochloric acid, or mixtures tration and prevent oxidation of surfaces
    of 10% of each are effective where parts not accessible to the atmosphere of the
    can be immersed. It is essential to fol- torch. Several proprietary fluxes for this
    low scrubbing and washing operations purpose are available.
    248 ' MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    As in arc welding, jigs and clamps thickness of the material. It is rarely
    _

    should be used, where possible, to hold necessary to scarf the edges of material
    the work rigidly. The edges of butted lighter than 3/16" thick. When scarfing
    joints on light gauges may be placed to- is necessary, it may be done by machin-
    gether. In heavier gauges it is preferable ing or grinding the edges as shown in
    to space the edges apart about half the Figure III.

    Figure III

    As in the ease of arc welding when ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELDING


    the use of jigs and clamps is not prac-
    ticable, tack welding may be used. Ad-
    Spot and Line Welding
    justments to prevent buckling may be Spot and line welding are methods of
    made by manipulating the material ahead joining overlapping thicknesses of metal
    of the welding with the hands or with by fusing the contacting surfaces to-
    weights. The same precautions for re- gether during the passage of electric cur-
    moving the oxide from the tacks and the rent between two electrodes which are
    finished welds which were suggested under usually placed opposite on the outer sur-
    arc welding, should be taken. faces of the lap at the point of weld.
    In order -to prevent oxidation the filler Line welding is a series of spots spaced
    rod should be kept in the flame at all closely enough to form a seam. Foi
    times as welding progresses. It is usually spot welding, stub-nosed, hardened copper
    desirable to use a tip one or two numbers electrodes are used. For line welding,
    smaller than required to weld the same rotating wheels of similar composition
    job in mild steel. are used. See A and B, Figure IV.

    Figure IV

    (The shaded areas represent


    the zones of fusion)

    Electric resistance welding is best per- Welds in the chromium-nickel alloys,


    formed with special equipment which pro- when properly made, are strong and duc-
    vides accurate control of the current and tile,with excellent shear strength.
    close regulation of heat, time and size For maximum strength the extent of
    of the fusion. Because the welds are the fusion should not be less than fifty
    made^ quickly (usually not more than a per cent nor more than eighty per cent
    fraction of a second is required) the of the total of the thicknesses to be
    small amount of heat necessary to make welded. Avoidance of penetration to both
    a weld is dissipated rapidly in the sur- outside surfaces also aids corrosion re-
    rounding metal. Thus, there is no pro- sistance. The chromium nickel grades are
    longed heating at temperatures which especially well adapted to this method of
    ^
    would impair the corrosion resistance of welding because of their greater electrical
    the metal in the heat gradient zone ad -
    resistance which permits the use of less
    jacent to the weld. current than is required in spot welding
    The straight chromium alloys, ITSS 12, metals and alloys of greater electrical
    USS 17 and USB 27, can also be welded conductivity. In welding, the magnitude
    by this method. However, there will be and ^^^dwelP^ of the current are impor-
    some brittleness at the joints ih the as tant in order to avoid excessive heating
    welded condition. ' ' Annealing is neces- and slow cooling of the zones surround-
    sary if the welds are to withstand shock. ing the welds. Proper adjustments can be
    ,

    U P. ..
    ..
    Jiff.
    '

    W^-

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION- 249

    made by trial on samples of tlie same usually be eliminated on one surface hj


    thicknesses as the metal to be welded. placing a block of copper, about %" x
    Mechanically and electrically controlled 2" X between one electrode and the
    time and current equipment reduces the favored surface. After a weld is finished
    human error factor to a minimum; and the light oxide may be removed by pick-
    when a suitable setting has been accom- ling or, in the case of polished sheets,
    plished, welding should continue with by light grinding and polishing or polish-
    assured duplication of results. ing alone. Since this method is suitable
    A common method of testing spot for lap welded joints which are often
    welds is to twist them through an angle. used on integral parts of structural mem-
    A good spot weld of USS lS-8 will twist bers and in edge and flange seams, it has
    through an angle of 60 to 90 degrees be- filled its place admirably among applica-
    fore shearing out. Design alone must de- tions for stainless steel in the automo-
    termine the proper spacing of spot welds.
    tive, railway passenger car, electric re-
    The crushing of a test section is a good
    frigerator and aviation fields.
    method to determine this.
    Appearance often plays an important Flash Welding
    part at least on one surface of a spot
    Flash welding is a method of butt
    wielded section. Although actual fusion
    may not have extended through to out- welding performed by bringing together
    side surfaces, it is virtually impossible
    two edges which have been fused by an
    by conventional practice to avoid slight electric arc in the course of the passage
    surface indentations at the spots because of electric current from one edge to the
    cf the pressure of the electrodes and other. The principal is exemplified in
    shrinkage of the fused metal. These may Figure V, A and B.

    Figure V

    A flash welding machine is equipped tougher and more ductile welds than
    with a transformer to change high volt- straight chromium grades. The basic
    age alternating current to low voltage method of flash welding is the same as
    high amperage current ; also with welding is used for carbon steels. Time, heat
    dies, rigid clamping devices, which assure and pressure factors, however, will differ.
    good contact of the dies to the surfaces The heat required to flash weld USS 18-8
    of the parts to be wielded, and a pressure is about 15% less and the time 50% less
    mechanism, following the toggle press than that required for mild steel.
    principle, for bringing the edges together Because of their lower thermal con*
    after the proper heat has been developed. ductivity, less extension of the metal
    In the welding process, the edges of the should be allowed in gripping stainless
    stock to be joined are placed between the steel sections in the dies than is the ease
    dies and adjustments are made in the with ordinary carbon steel sections. The
    cdamping and pressure mechanism to as- extension, which will vary with the thick-
    sure proper alignment and spacing of the ness or area of the joint, should be such
    edges. Thus uniform contact and fusion as to provide not more than between
    are provided. It is essential that dies fit the dies at the completion of a weld.
    the contour of the work very closely to After the edges have been lined up,
    avoid heat conducti^dty losses and non- spaced and clamped, the current is turned
    uniform arcing which would cause poor on, and the edges are brought within cor-
    welds. rect arcing distance. During arcing, the
    The stainless steel alloys respond edges should be brought up to correct
    readily to this type of welding because welding temperature., '^^he current is
    of their greater electrical resistance and then shut off and the tvvu ^dges are
    lower thermal conductivity. Also the „
    squeezed together by means of the pres-
    ehfomium-nickel alloys yield much sure mechanism, The pressure causes
    250 MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    the excess metal to be forced out per- bead. However, when it is desirable to
    pendicularly to form a flash about conceal the presence of a weld or when
    long, as shown in Figure B. the welded area must match the polished
    The hard flash’' metal is removed by or buffed finish of the adjacent metal,
    hard tool steel cutters. Where appear- several other operations are necessary.
    ance is important, the small bead remain- To remove the heavy stock from the
    ing after the cutting operation may be weld, a rubber-bonded, aluminum-oxide,
    further removed by grind and polishing abrasive wheel of No. 15 to No. 35 grain
    of the welded area. If the last step is is often used. In general, the greater
    unnecessary, the oxide on either side of the mass of the bead, the larger the
    the weld should be removed by pickling, grain should be. The thickness and di-
    as previously stated. ameter of the wheel depend upon the
    intricacy of the particular job. In hand
    Atomic Hydrogen Welding work, the smaller the diameter, the easier
    For atomic hydrogen welding an elec- it is to guide the direction of the grind-
    tric are is used in connection with molec- ing. The wheel is engaged through its
    ular hydrogen gas. The hydrogen is fed central hole to a rotary driven arbor or
    into an electric are maintained between shaft. For stationary work such as
    two tungsten electrodes. Upon exposure large tanks, irregular shapes and large
    to this arc, the gas is broken down to flat sheets, a hand portable air or elec-
    atomic form. After passing through the tric-driven motor is used. For small
    are, the dissociated hydrogen recombines parts which can be held in the hands,
    to molecular form, giving ofl an intense the wheel is generally mounted on a
    heat which is an accumulation of the stationary rotating shaft. A rubber-
    heats from combustion and combination bonded rather than a vitrified wheel is
    in addition to the heat absorbed from preferable because of its faster cutting
    the are. The flame is fan-shaped, and action and because it has less tendency
    the atmosphere created is highly reduc- to load with metal. Lard, oil, or a suit-
    ing. An advantage lies in the fact that able cutting oil applied to the work, will
    carbon is not present in the atmosphere reduce the tendency of the wheels to load
    to be absorbed by the fused metal as in and relieve the harshness of the abrasive
    the case of acetylene welding. The heat scratches without detracting from the
    can be controlled within narrow limits, cutting efficiency. The oil also serves as
    making possible the welding of gauges a cooling medium. The diameter of the
    as light as number 24, which is not pos- wheel should be true to prevent hammer-
    sible with the average are welding equip- ing when applied to the metal. The
    ment. The welding technique is virtually edges should be slightly rounded to pre-
    the same as for acetylene welding. An vent gouging.
    uncoated flller rod should be used and A wheel speed of 5,000 to 6,000 lineal
    should be held in the flame while welding feet per minute is usually satisfactory
    is in progress to avoid oxidization. The for coarse grinding. The motor used
    welding is done by the fringe of the fan- should have sufficient power so that the
    shaped flame. speed will not fall below these limits
    when ordinary pressures are applied.
    Finishing of Stainless Steel Welds The first operation, almost without ex-
    In many welded stainless steel parts ception, should be done in the direction
    it is found necessary to grind off the of the weld bead since, in cross grinding,
    excess metal in butt and in corner welded the wheel will tend to grind away areas
    joints for appearance, sanitation and ease on either side of the weld, causing de-
    in the cleaning of surfaces. The inex- pressions in the normal surface.
    perienced operator should prepare him- Where possible on light gauge stock, it
    self thoroughly by experimentation, be- is desirable to back up the work with
    fore undertaking this work. steel plates or wooden blocks in order to
    In most cases it is necessary to ^ ' dress present a firm grinding surface.
    down” only one surface of a weld. ^
    In applying the wheel to the work, or
    Since the side opposite from that on vice versa, care should be exercised to
    which the welding is done usually has prevent running off the bead and gouging
    less excess metal in the bead, it is de- the adjacent surfaces of the sheets or
    sirable, when possible, to perform the plates. The wheel should never be al-
    welding from the side not to be finished. lowed to dwell on any spot, but should
    The finishing procedure is determined always be in moving contact, passing
    by the type of final finish desired. For over the bead continuously. Wien one
    some work only one coarse grinding op- area becomes hot to the hand, it should
    eration is required to remove the surface be allowed to cool and the operator
    ;

    irregularities and cavities in the weld should work a cooler section to avoid
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 251

    j
    overheating and buckling. Frequent ap- their preparation, consult manufacturers
    j
    plications of a wet sponge or rag to the of wheels and loose grain abrasives.
    I
    ground surface will prevent oveikeating. It is essential that all grinding and
    1 Only enough pressure should be applied polishing wheels and buffs used on stain-
    I
    to utilize the maximum cutting efficiency less be either freshly dressed or used
    of the wheel which is a function of the only on stainless. It is highly important
    I

    grain size and speed. It does not hasten that wheels used for grinding or polish-
    j

    I the, removal of stock to ^^bear down'' on ing ordinary steel, cast iron or non-fer-
    I the work; and is very apt to cause over- rous metals or alloys should not be used
    heating. on stainless.
    For rough work, grinding may pro- Polishing steps performed to match
    ceed to the plane of the sheet surface. sheets possessing a No. 4 finish should
    Where additional grinding and polishing always be done in the direction in which
    is required, it is desirable to stop before the sheet is polished. When possible it
    the bead is entirely removed. is desirable to arrange the weld in this
    When a very coarse grain wheel has direction. It is easier to match the sheet
    been used in the first operation it is ad- surface by this procedure rather than by
    visable, before proceeding with polishing grinding across the weld, since longer
    operations, to regrind the surface of the strokes can be employed without appre-
    bead with a finer abrasive wheel (No. 60 ciably overlapping the original sheet
    or 80 grit) to reduce the size and depth polish.
    of the coarse scratches, and to make sub-
    *
    Frequently only one step is necessary
    sequent polishing easier. after removing the heavy stock in finish-
    The following polishing steps require ing a weld bead to correspond with a No.
    the use of a fairly soft and resilient 4 Finish sheet. This may be done with
    wheel. There is a very satisfactory pat- a wheel of one of the types mentioned
    I ented wheel on the market in different above, coated with 120 mesh aluminum
    ;
    diameters and widths of cutting surface, oxide or garnet grain or covered with
    I with webs constructed of pressed steel a similar abrasive paper. Occasionally,
    1 sheet discs. A resilient grade of sponge however, it may be found necessary to
    rubber is fitted around the periphery of follow this operation with a wheel coated
    the wheel and provides a base for a strip with 150 mesh grain to obtain the desired
    of abrasive paper or cloth which is effect.
    clamped tightly around the wheel by a The wheel may be operated at the
    ratchet mechanism. The paper can be same speed as that used for coarse grind-
    changed upon wearing out or when dif- ing. Tallow should be liberally applied
    ] ferent size grain is required. to both the work and the wheel. It is
    I
    Other types of soft polishing wheels essential that the abrasive surface be well
    are built up of sections of cloth discs coated with grease, since any dry grain
    and an abrasive of the desired grain size, will cut harshly, giving a contrasting
    mixed with a good grade of first-run effect.
    hide glue which is applied to working It requires a longer time to finish a
    I

    I
    faces of the wheels. The proper degree seam that must be ground crosswise,
    of resiliency for a particular job and since polishing must be continued until
    j

    I the preparation and application of the all of the lengthwise scratches left in the
    abrasive mixture are important factors. weld by the coarse grinding operation
    It is usually desirable in building up a are removed. In stroking, passing back-
    I
    new wheel to first size the cloth face with ward and forward without raising the
    I
    glue before applying the abrasive- XJsu- wheel at the end of a stroke is not recom-
    I
    ally more than one coat of abrasive is mended, since the stopping point will be
    desirable in order to lengthen the life apparent. Better blending of the fin-
    ,
    of the wheel. Adequate time should be ishes can be obtained by stroking in one
    allowed between coatings and after the direction only, bringing the wheel gradu-
    j

    finalcoating for thorough drying. When ally into contact with the work at the
    a suitable head of abrasive has been built beginning of the stroke and tapering off
    up and is thoroughly dry it is advisable at its completion.
    to break in the wheel on scrap metal
    To match sheets having a No. 6 Finish
    (tampico brush finish) it is necessary,
    or to turn off the irregular abrasive sur-
    after the foregoing steps, to employ a
    i face by the use of a black diamond tool.
    rotary tampico brush which may be
    '
    Finally, before using the wheel the hard
    driven by the same equipment as that
    abrasive crust should be carefully broken used for the abrasive wheels. The sur-
    i up in order to take advantage of the face of the work is brushed in the same
    ;
    resiliency of the underlying cloth. For ^rection as the brush lines of the orig-
    additional information on wheels and inal sheet surface. A
    thin paste com-
    252 MATERIALS OP CONSTRUCTION
    posed of 120 to 180 mesli loose grit and ened by double seaming, spot welding,
    machine oil is thoroughly worked into the or riveting should not be depended upon
    brush surface and applied to the work to resist mechanical loads or shocks and
    before the operation. The j)roper speed should serve only as closures to liquids
    of the brush may be determined by ex- and gases. Soldering is suggested only
    erimentation. It should not be too fast where corrosive conditions are relatively
    ecause much of the paste will be thrown mild, such as in joints exposed to the
    off the work. When too slow the desired atmosphere and water.
    brushing effect will not be attained. No The ordinary lead tin solder composed
    pressure is necessary. The brush ends of 50% of each metal is quite satisfac-
    should whip the surface. tory. The operation, however, may be
    In matching higher finishes such as No. performed somewhat faster with a higher
    7 (higher lustre polish, not free from tin grade known commercially as 60-40,
    abrasive scratches) and No. 8 (mirror because of its lower melting point.
    polish), successively finer grain and buff- The adherence of the solder depends
    ing must be employed after polishing very largely on the character of the sur-
    with No. 120 abrasive. The same type face of the metal to be welded. Bough
    of wheel is suitable for all the polishing surfaces, such as No. 1 Finish, provide
    operations. Buffing wheels differ, how- better adhesion than smooth surfaces such
    ever, and are discussed under ^‘Finish- as are found in No. 2B and polished
    ing of Fabricated Articles. finishes. In soldering smooth surfaces, it
    For No. 7 and 8 Finishes, it is cus- is customary to roughen the areas to be
    tomary to finish the polishing operations covered, either ‘with a file, coarse abra-
    with 220 and 320 mesh abrasive, respec- sive paper, or by etching. For this, a
    tively, and then follow with buffing op- water solution of approximately 50 parts
    erations. For No. 7 Finish, it is usually of ferric-chloride in 100 parts of concen-
    necessary to follow the 120 grain polish trated hydrochloric (muriatic acid) is
    with a 220 grain polish before the buffing often used. The solution should be ap-
    operations, in order to produce the de- plied only to the areas to be soldered
    sired final lustre. The intervention of and not be allowed to run on to ad ja-
    an intermediate step employing either 150 eent areas. It should be allowed to stand
    or 180 grain may occasionally be advis- for five to fifteen minutes before solder-
    able. ing.
    In matching a No. 8 Finish, the se- Stainless steel sheets may be soldered
    quence of the polishing steps after the with or without tinning, although tinning
    120 polish may be 180 grain, 220 ^rain, the edges is preferable.
    280 grain and 320 grain. The polishing There are several commercial grades
    direction of each successive step should of stainless steel soldering flux on the
    be at right angles to the preceding one market wffiich perform nicely. Also, the
    and polishing should be continued until usual acid flux consisting of commercial
    all of the coarser polishing scratches are hydrochloric acid killed with zinc, with
    removed. or without an addition of 10% commer-
    Final buffing, which is made easier cial acetic acid, is satisfactory. Asolu-
    when the surface has been polished with tion of approximately 10% phosphoric
    due regard for the removal of all coarse acid is preferred by some fabricators,
    grain scratches, may be performed by sinee^ it is a w^eaker acid than hydro-
    the use of chromium oxide rouge or levi- chloric acid and claims are made that it
    gated alumina, compounded with paraf- provides better joints. The flux can best
    fine free from all iron compounds. Iron be applied with a brush and care a^min
    oxide rouge should never be used. Very should be taken not to coat excessive
    satisfactory proprietary bufiSng com- areas.
    pounds may be purchased. It is preferable to use large irons or
    The foregoing has been given as a “coppers^' in soldering stainless steel,
    guide to polishing stainless steel welds because of their greater heat capacity.
    and should not be construed as an in- Preheating the edges slightly with a soft
    flexible practice. Experience and skill torch is often helpful in soldering heavy
    facilitate the dressing down of welds aud gauges.
    usually make possible a reduction in the After soldering is completed it is im-
    number of steps required to attain a perative that the article be carefully
    given finish. washed immediately and rinsed to remove
    all traces of the soldering flux. It is
    Soldering advisable to wash the whole piece thor-
    All of the XJSS Stainless Steel grades —
    oughly ^not merely the soldered joint,
    can be soldered by customary procedures. since it has been found that splattering
    Soft soldered joints, when not strength- and fumes from the flux cause a wetting
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION' 25‘3

    of the metal with acid at points far re- Brazing


    moved from the joint itself. The solder- Brazing is generally inadvisable be-
    ing acid will cause pitting and corrosion cause of the questionable metallurgical
    of the metal unless promptly removed. character of the brazed joint and because
    The addition of 5 to 10% common wash- of the ease of welding. Also, a brazed
    ing soda to the wash water aids by joint, coupled with the surrounding
    neutralizing the soldering acid. stainless steel, is prone to galvanic cor-
    rosion when exposed to electrolytic media.
    Silver Soldering
    This method of soldering stainless steel Riveting
    has found practical application in joining The chromium nickel alloys may be
    parts where welding is not feasible, but either hot or cold riveted. Small rivets,
    where a fastening stronger than an ordi-
    nary solder joint is required and also in
    up to about %
    inch, may be driven cold
    and are set more easily by a few heavy
    cases where, for reasons of appearance, blows than by numerous light blows be-
    it is desirable to have the deposited metal cause of the work-hardening properties
    match the lustre and hnish of adjacent of these alloys. Hot rivets should be
    polished surfaces more closely than is heated out of contact with flame, never
    possible with soft solder. Silver solder- in a blacksmith forge, to a temperature
    ing has been successfully used to join between 2100® to 2200° F., so that me-
    copper refrigerant tubes to stainless steel chanical deformation is finished before
    evaporators for electric refrigerators; cooling below 1600° F.
    also to join the corners of fabricated Caulking of leaking rivets is difficult
    kitchen table tops, sinks and splash because of the toughness of these alloys*
    boards to drain boards. In such service Frequently, the necessity for caulking
    the polished joint will retain its original may be eliminated in heavy rivets by
    lustre for a considerable period. How- using a rivet with the under side of the
    ever, the use of this method is not recom- original head tapered and the holes
    mended for more severely corrosive serv- counter sunk a short distance from both
    ice, particularly where the media are sides.
    such as to set up galvanic attack. The straight chromium alloys, USS 12
    Several satisfactory commercial grades and USS 17 may be riveted cold up to
    of this solder are available. They are about diameter. For hot riveting,
    usually composed of silver, copper, zinc, the rivets should not be heated beyond
    cadmium, and sometimes nickel in vary- 1400 degrees F. It will be found that
    ing proportions. The choice of the these rivets set more easily than those of
    proper grade depends upon the job and USS 18-8 and USS 25-12, since they are
    the stainless steel grade to be joined. less tough and do not work-harden nearly
    The low melting point grades are usually as rapidly. However, after setting they
    desired for soldering USS 18-8 since, in do not possess the impact, tensile and
    applying the high melting point grades, shear strengths of the chromium-nickel
    a temperature in the carbide precipita- rivets.
    tion range is necessary. Before riveting, it is advisable to con-
    There are commercial fluxes available sider the feasibility of welding, since the
    latter is usually preferred for joining
    which are recommended by the manufac-
    stainless steel parts.
    turers of silver solder for stainless steel.
    One very satisfactory flux which can be
    Annealing
    made up by the user contains about 60%.
    potassium fluoride and 40% borax.
    USS 18-8, USS 25-12, USS 18-8 MO
    The work should be preheated with a The term annealing, when applied to
    torch; and the flux, which will melt, these alloys, differs somewhat from its
    should be applied before the stainless general meaning. These alloys undergo
    steel surface oxidizes. The solder should no phase transformations upon cooling
    then be applied with a torch, care being from softening temperatures and, there-
    fore, cooling may and should be done as
    taken to apply only sufficient heat on
    the stainless to cause wetting by the
    rapidly as possible. The purposes of an-
    nealing are to relieve strains set up in
    solder. Excess heat will be of no bene-
    previous cold rolling or forming opera-
    fit and should be avoided.
    tions and to produce a homogenous, com-
    After soldering, the flux may be read- pletely austenitic condition in which the
    ily removed by softening with a steam
    metal possesses a maximum softness and
    jet. The oxide on stainless steel may be corrosion resistance.
    removed by either pickling, light grind- Annealing is done by heating to at
    ing or polishing. least 1850° F, and cooling rapidly. The
    254 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    time required at this temperature is de- perature anneal after cold working is
    pendent upon the mass of the metal. associated witli tlie highest ductility.
    For light sheet sections, 16 gauge and The best method for annealing USS
    thinner, three to five minutes will suffice. 27 is to soak the alloy for one hour or
    Heavier sections, up to one-half inch longer (depending on the cross section)
    thick will require, proportionately, up to at 1450° E. to 1600° F., and then cool
    one-half hour at this temperature. By rapidly.
    increasing the temperature 1950° to Surfaces should be carefully cleaned
    2000° F., the annealing time may be before annealing, especialy when a
    lessened and the metal will attain its smooth pickled hnish is required for
    maximum softness and greatest ductility polishing. See the foregoing section on
    upon rapid cooling. the chromium-nickel steels.
    Air cooling is usually sufficient for
    stock 14 gauge and lighter. An air blast Annealing USS 12
    or, preferably, a water spray or quench For complete softening, the normally
    is desirable for heavier sections. cooled or cold worked metal should be
    The chromium-nickel steels, with the heated at 1300° to 1400° F. for a period
    exception of USS Stabilized 18-8, should of one to three hours, depending upon
    not be allowed to remain at temperatures the cross-section. Good ductility, com-
    between 1000° and 1500° F., nor should parable with that of mild steel having a
    they be allowed to cool slowly through carbon content of about 0.10<%, is thus
    this range, as this treatment lowers cor- developed.
    rosion resistance.
    Flame contact with the steel should Removal of Oxide and Scale
    be avoided to prevent heavy scaling and
    Pickling
    burning of the surface. For this reason
    furnaces of a muffle, semi-muffle or elec- A solution containing by volume ap-
    tric type are a distinct advantage. A proximately 20% of commercial nitric
    blacksmith forge in which appreciable acid and 1 to 4% hydrofluoric acid (or
    carburization may occur should never be an addition of 10% hydrochloric acid in-
    used. stead of hydrofluoric) has been found
    Before annealing, the surfaces of the satisfactory for pickling the chromium-
    metal should be thoroughly cleaned of all nickel steels. The latter solution should
    foreign materials such as dirt, oil, grease be renewed rather frequently in continu-
    or other lubricants. Otherwise there will ous service since, if an excessive amount
    be carburization, pitting and non-uni- of ferric chloride is formed, a very ob-
    formity of the surface after pickling. jectionable type of pitting will result.
    Even finger prints on the unannealed Another pickling solution, which is
    surface, if not removed before annealing, satisfactory on both chromium-nickel and
    may be quite apparent after pickling. straight chromium steels with a dense
    surface and light oxide, is composed of
    Annealing USS Stabilized 18-8 20% sodium hydroxide and 5% potassium
    In softening this alloy it is not neces- permanganate, by weight, heated to boil-
    sary to consider the cooling rate through, ing. The article to be pickled should be
    or prolonged exposure within, a tempera- immersed for a period of fifteen to
    ture range of about ^1000° to 1600° F. twenty-minutes to soften the oxide. The
    An appreciable softening in the strained surface should then be cleaned up by an
    condition may be attained by heating immersion for 5 to 10 minutes in a 20%
    the metal to temperatures between 1400° nitric acid solution. This procedure is
    and 1600° F. The time at these tem- recommended only on uniform and light
    peratures, however, should be consider- oxides such as those obtained in the con-
    ably longer than is necessary at higher trolled atmosphere of a muffle or electric
    temperatures. furnace. This method yields an un-
    ^

    etched pickled surface similar to the


    Annealing USS 17 and USS 27 dense finish of the article before an-
    Annealing has a somewhat special nealing. When the oxide is slightly
    meaning in the ease of USS 17, It is heavier than it should be, it is sometimes
    usually done by heating to about 1400° necessary, before using the caustic-per-
    F. Cooling may be rapid from the an- manganate solution, to immerse the ar-
    nealing temperature, although quenching ticle for two or three minutes in a hot
    in water is unnecessary. The efiects of 10% sulphuric acid solution to break
    either hot or cold w^ork are removed by up the heavier scale.
    this annealing, and ductile metals are All the grades may often be satis-
    provided for further working. The fine- factorily pickled as follows :~Use a hot
    grained structure secured by a low-tem- 15 per cent sulphuric acid solution with
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 255

    or without tlie additiou of 2 to 4% liy- the previous cut. Tools should never be
    drochlorie acid or rock salt, wliicli reacts allowed to ride over the surface without
    to form the latter acid. Follow by im- cutting and it is desirable to complete
    mersing in a liot 15% nitric acid solu- without stopping.
    tion for five to ten minutes, in order to The tools must be sharp and kept so.
    remove the loose oxide. In shaper, planer or lathe work, it is de-
    After each pickling step it is advisable sirable that the lip angle or top rake be
    to wash the article with clean water, and greater than usual in order to free the
    finally to scrub it thoroughly to remove chips or turnings rapidly. All of the
    any clinging oxide. If the stainless steel stainless steel grades, excepting those of
    article or equipment is to be exposed in free machining analyses, possess high
    the pickled condition, the pickling should frictional properties which cause the
    always be followed by a soak of at least chips to adhere to the lip. This results
    20 minutes in a 20% nitric acid bath in clogging unless the rake angles are
    held at approximately 145® F. The increased. I
    nitric acid exposure should be followed
    Drilling
    by a thorough rinse. This nitric acid
    treatment is termed
    ^
    passivating. ^
    *
    ^ Theprinciples outlined in the forego-
    ing apply also to drilling. Thus, a
    Sandblasting slower speed, about one-third of that re-
    Heavy scale and oxide may be removed quired for ordinary steel, is usually
    by this method when a smooth, finished maintained when drilling the chromium-
    surface is not required. Sandblasting nickel steel alloys. A
    somewhat faster
    should not be used when surfaces are to speed is permissible with the straight
    be subsequently polished. chromium grades. High speed steel twist
    The method is the same as is used for drills should always be used. The angle
    ordinary steels except that the article of cutting lips should be greater than
    should be thoroughly immersed after the usual in order to provide more clearance.
    operation in a hot 15% nitric acid solu- Center punching should be done lightly.
    tion, and should then be scrubbed and A triangular punch point is the most
    washed, in order to remove any foreign satisfactory. It is imperative that drill-
    materials which might cause staining of ing proceed under continuous feed and
    the surface or corrosion. at no time should the drill be allowed to
    The blast should be passed over the rotate idly without cutting. Where the
    surface continuously. Dwelling on any hole is to be drilled completely through,
    area for too long a period will cause the stock should be backed up with a
    severe local erosion and irregularities in steel or east iron block.
    the surface of the metal. With light A lard oil and sulphur lubricant works
    gauges care should be exercised to avoid well and should be used for deep holes.
    distortion and the blast should be no
    Threading
    stronger than is necessary to remove the
    scale efficiently. Use clean sand which ^
    The general
    rules for machining opera-
    lias not been used previously on mild
    tions apply also to threading. four- A
    steel or any non-ferrous metals. Metal or five- thread
    lead is advisable except for
    fine threads where a short lead and fairly
    shot should not be used.
    good speeds can lie used.
    MACHINING AND CUTTING Sawing
    OPERATIONS USS^ 18-8 not cut with the same ease
    is
    Machining as ordinary annealed steel; nevertheless
    The art of machining all of the stain-
    it may be satisfactorily sawed. high A
    speed steel coarse tooth saw, rather
    less steel grades may be summarized as
    heavily weighted, should be used and so
    follows:— (1) slow speed, (2) heavy cut,
    applied that the first stroke definitely
    (3) sharpest tools, (4) generous rake.
    cuts the metal. If the work heats it will
    If the work warms up considerably, the
    cutting is easier. They may be ma-
    cut somewhat better. A
    wavy set saw
    is particularly well adapted for this
    chined dry or with lard oil-sulphur lubri-
    metal. Care should be taken not to per-
    cant. Aspeed of approximately half of
    mit the saw to ride over the work with-
    that required for the same job in mild
    out cutting, as this quickly work-hardens
    steel is generally used. Aheavy cut
    the work and makes cutting more diffi-
    should always be taken in machining the
    cult. *
    austenitic gi'ades because of their cold
    work-hardening properties. It is neces- Punching and Shearing
    sary to cut beneath the virtually unma- Because of the great toughness of the
    chinable, work-hardened skin sufaee of chromium-nickel steels, the engaging

    !
    256 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    parts employed for sliearing and punch- quite as soft as those referred to above
    ing must iit more neatly than those used since they receive a slight amount of final
    for ordinary steel; otherwise, metal may cold rolling. This finish is not recom-
    drag between the punch and the die. In mended for articles involving annealing
    punch work it is necessary to punch all and pickling, since the bright cold rolled
    the way through the stock, in order to surface will be destroyed and conse-
    obtain clean edges and clean parting of quently is not necessary. It is better
    the metal. suited for ^tene draw stampings^’ as for
    It requires about twice as much power shallow pans which require a smooth,
    to shear USS ,18-8 as is necessary for dense surface that may be readily cleaned
    mild steel of equivalent thickness. in the ^tes drawn ^ ^ condition or subse-
    Therefore, a shear of a maximum power quently polished.
    rating of 14" for ordinary steel should No. 4 Finish sheets and those of higher
    not be used in continuous service to shear finishes are suitable only for very shal-
    heavier than thick USS 18-8. How- low stampings since the polished surfaces
    ever, the safety factors in most equip- will be destroyed in severe operations
    ment will allow the occasional shearing and finished articles will often require
    of heavier stock without damage to the as much repolishing as would have been
    work or the machinery. required if unpolished finishes had been
    used originally.
    Perforating
    All the grades of USS Stainless and USS 18-8; USS 25-12; USS 18-8 Mo
    Heat Resisting Steel Sheets may be suc- The USS Stainless Steels of chromium
    cessfully perforated with the observance and nickel analyses are approximately
    of proper precautions. Speeds slower 100 to 125% more ductile, as measured
    than those commonly used in perforating by elongation in the tensile test, than
    steel or softer non-ferrous metals should ordinary steel. The alloys are also
    be kept. For the chromium-nickel types stronger, work-harden more rapidly and
    the speed may be one-third of that accordingly require more power in form-
    required for perforating brass. The ing operations. Slower speeds are advis-
    straight chromium grades may be per- able since, with these grades, work-hard-
    forated somewhat faster. Perforating ening is more pronounced with rapid de-
    toolsmust be kept sharp throughout the* formation. Solid hardened steel or alloy
    operation and die clearances should be steel dies are preferable to cast iron dies
    less than customarily employed for softer because of their toughness and respon-
    metals. Experience has proven it gen- siveness to polishing. Extremely well
    erally inadvisable to attempt to perfor- polished dies are the most satisfactory
    ate, in the austenitic grades, holes of and are generally used where drawn ar-
    diameters less than twice the thickness ticles are to be subsequently polished.
    of the stock. For the straight chromium Dies should be designed for an allowance
    grades diameters of times the thick- of spring back of two or three times
    ness are practicable. The dies should that for ordinary steel. In heavy gauges
    cut entirely through the metal. Lubri- clearance allowances of about twice those
    cants should be used. required for ordinary steel are recom-
    mended to permit the metal to flow
    DRAWING AND FORMING freely. Light gauge allowances should
    be only slightly greater than those for
    Application of Finishes mild steel.
    For rough or heavy work, where the Because of the greater pressures re-
    finished surface is of little importance. quired to form these grades and the high
    No. 1 Finished sheet or hot rolled, an- temperatures developed during the draw-
    nealed, and pickled plate is generally ing operation, elective lubricants are
    used. No. 2D Finish or No. 1 Finish necessary. For some jobs, several of the
    strip are recommended for deep drawn proprietary water-soluble drawing com-
    parts involving either one or more severe pounds are quite satisfactory. For heavy
    draws. Materials of these finishes are work and where die clearances are scant,
    comparatively free from surface irregu-
    larities and if care is taken throughout
    the following is often effective ^Linseed
    oil and whiting mixed to a consistency
    :
    —
    the forming operations, articles may be of 600 Wengine oil; add to the mixture
    polished subsequently with relative ease. about 10% by volume of flowers of sul-
    Stainless steel sheets and strip of these phur. For difficult or heavy work, better
    finishes ‘possess the best drawing quality. results are obtained if the drawing com-
    No. 2B Finish sheets and No* 2 Finish pound is rubbed well onto the surface
    strip can withstand’ all but the most of the blanks, rather than swabbed on.
    severe forming operations. They are not It is essential that the drawing com-

    k
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUGTIOH 257

    pounds be thorouglilj removed from the For large shallow parts such as trays, the
    surfaces before annealing, otherwise car- faces of the rings are often cut with
    burizing and pitting of the surface engaging beads. These, when located
    may result. To remove an oil compound properly, are helpful in adjusting the
    a solution of sodium-silicate at a tem- flow of the metal, in preventing wrin-
    perature of 175° to 200° F. is generally kling and out-of -flatness in the finished
    satisfactory. Several proprietary clean- article.
    ers are also efficient. Before drawing, the surfaces of the
    In deep drawing operations involving dies should be examined carefully. Any
    several draws such as cylindrical cups roughness should be stoned and polished
    or containers, it is often desirable to out to avoid scoring the surface of the
    make the depth of the first draw as article and damaging the dies. Rigidity
    great as possible. The diameter of the of the equipment and concentric engage-
    cup may be as little as 40% of the di- ment of the dies are highly important.
    ameter of the blank although this is not Any eccentricity caused by loose parts
    a hard and fast rule. The number of or improper alignment will result in non-
    draws necessary to complete an article uniform drawing and possible destruction
    depends upon the depth, diameter, and of the die surfaces.
    shape of the finished object and the The chromium-nickel steel alloys may
    power of the equipment. Because these be readily bent bjr any of the conven-
    alloys work-harden, more operations are tional bending devices. The same prin-
    usually necessary to complete a deep ciple applies here as in shearing in that
    drawn article than would be required for about one and one-half to twice as much
    the same shape in drawing quality mild power is required to bend these alloys
    steel. For example, where two draws as for mild steel of the same thickness
    may be necessary in working the latter, and bend characteristics. Greater allow-
    three or four may be required in the ance must be made for spring back on
    chromium-nickel steel alloys. account of the work-hardening capacities
    In a series of draws it is frequently of these alloys.
    found necessary to anneal and pickle
    after each draw to soften the metal for USS 12, USS 17 and USS 27
    the subsequent operation. Occasionally,
    however, where a section of the part Beep drawing operations on USS 12
    such as the bottom of a partially formed and USS 17 require more x>ower, more
    container has not been severely strained clearance and more carefully selected
    and the side walls have not been strained lubricants than are necessary for work-
    to the physical limits of the alloy, an ing ordinary steel. Because of the in-
    additional draw may be made without creased resistance to deformation in
    intervening annealing and pickling op- these metals, lower mechanical operating
    erations. speeds are recommended. The dies must
    It is desirable, in forming an article be strong and rigid, and kept smooth
    which requires a series of draws, to vir- and well polished. They will not with-
    tually complete the formation in the next stand some of the very severe deforma-
    to the final operation, and then to anneal tions for which UBS 18-8 is especially
    and pickle. By this method the final adapted. However, these alloys will
    step will serve to shape up the article work far more easily if they are warmed
    without leaving in an excessively
    it to 200° to 300° F.
    strained condition,and thus eliminate When the draw is too severe for one
    annealing a part last which might cause operation, full ductilities can be restored
    distortion. if necessary, by heat treatments as de-
    Partially or completely formed articles scribed for these grades in the section
    should not be allowed to remain long in dealing with annealing. During anneal-
    a severely strained condition. It is im- ing, the metals may be carburized or
    portant that they be annealed as soon the surfaces destroyed if the lubricant
    after forming as possible, since the is not carefully removed before heating.
    stresses set up by atmospheric tempera- The choice of a lubricant will depend
    ture changes and sliglit metallurgical re- upon the thickness of the metal and the
    adjustments may occasionally be suffi- size and shape of the article to be draum.
    cient to cause spontaneous fracture of The water-soluble lubricants and soap
    the article. have given satisfactory results in many
    The use of draw rings is recommended of the less severe operations,- and the
    and sufficient pressure should be applied lard oil or linseed oil-sulphur lubricants
    uniformly to prevent wrinkling. Exces- are better adapted where g‘reat pressures
    sive pressure should be avoided in order are required. Annealing for further
    that the metal may flow where necessary. working must be followed by pickling.
    258 MATERIALS OF CON'S TEUCTIOi^

    USS 27 is not sugpsted for any parts for these grades are suggested when
    requiring deep drawing operations. softening is necessary between spinning
    operations.
    Spinning It is seldom practicable to spin ESS 27
    IJSS 18-8, XJSS Stabilized 18-8, on account of its inferior ductility at at-
    XJSS 25-12 mospheric temperatures.
    When spinning is necessary, orders for
    Owing to tlie Mgb ductilities of these stainless steel sheets should so specify, to
    alloys, they axe welladapted to spinning assure receipt of material of suitable
    operations j yet because of their work- spinning quality.
    hardening characteristics they cannot be
    spun as easily as brass. More power FINISHING OF FABRICATED
    and pressure must be used. It is im- ARTICLES
    possible to Spin them in one operation
    2—
    to a degree approaching that to which Grinding, Polishing, Buffing and
    copper can be spun. Therefore, several Brushing
    intervening annealings and picklings may Thecorrect finishing of stainless steel
    be required before a deep cup or shape articles with abrasives or abrasive com-
    can be completed. pounds requires careful study. Methods
    The spinning tool may be of hardened vary widely because of the f ollowing fac-
    steel. A hardened cast iron alloy tool tors:
    containing approximately 3% carbon, 1% 1 Size and shape of the article to be
    chromium, 3%nickel, and 1.5% silicon finished.
    is also very satisfactory. The tool — Characterof the original surface:
    should have a fairly large radius to pro- (a) General density of metal sur-
    vide a greater bearing surface than is face.
    ordinarily used in tools for softer metals. (b) Size and depth of surface im-
    Spinning should be done at definitely perfections such as pits,
    slower speeds and greater pressures. 2— scratches, tool marks and scale
    Best results are obtained at speeds from marks in the starting surface.
    one-fifth to one-third of those commonly (c) Whether partially ground or
    used in spinning copper, brass or alumi- polished as in the case of ar-
    num. ticles fabricated from No. 4
    Generous applications of a lubricant 3— Finish sheets to be subse-
    are recommended. Both water soluble quently given a higher polish.
    lubricants and soap have been success- 3 Quality and degree of lustre de-
    fully used in spinning light gauge metal. sired in the final finish.
    For heavy stock, heavy bodied lubricants, 4 Type of finishing equipment and its
    such as linseed oiland whiting mixed to adaptability to the job.
    a consistency of slow-floiving paste, are Other important factors affecting the
    generally advisable because of the great preparation and facility of execution of
    pressures imposed. this type of work are :
    In order to avoid wrinkling or break- 1 Abrasives and abrasive compounds.
    age along the edge of a blank, it is ad- (a) Type.
    visable, where possible, to begin the spin- (b) Grain size.
    ning operation about one inch away from -
    'Wheels and abrasive agents for
    the edge, which can be spun last. grinding, polishing and buffing.
    Excessive deformation in one opera- (a) Density or resiliency of wheels.
    tion should be avoided; otherwise crack- (b) Preparation and application of
    ing will occur. When the physical limits abrasives to wheels.
    of the metal have been reached, the lub- (c) Diameter and breadth of work-
    ricant must be thoroughly removed from ing face,
    the surface of the work which should Speed.
    then be annealed and pickled, as pre- 4 Pressure.
    viously explained, before spinning opera- 5 ^Lubricants.
    tions are continued, For clarification, the various methods
    of finishing will first be defined and
    ESS 12, ESS 17, ESS 27 briefly discussed.
    The spinning characteristics of ESS
    12 and ESS 17 approach more closely Grinding
    those of ordinary steel, although some- There has been much confusion caused
    what slower speeds and tools of larger by the inter-changeable use of the terms
    '
    radii are helpful because of the greater ^ grinding
    ^
    ’ and ^ ^ polishing. ^ ^
    There is
    strength of these alloys. The annealing usually a positive distinction between
    and pickling practices previously outlined them. Grinding, as it pertains to the
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 269

    stainless steel ar- ployed in finishing stainless steel articles


    I finishing of fabricated
    preparation of the are Nos. 60, 80, 120, 150, 180, 220, 280
    tides refers to the
    '

    orioinal imperfect surfaces for


    subse- and 320. Hereafter, when a grinding
    or polishing operation is mentioned, it
    quent polishing, buffing or brushing
    op-
    Grinding is associated with the will be designated by the grain number.
    eration.
    Grinding is not It is important that grain closely
    use of coarse abrasives.
    screened to narrow limits be used. The
    always necessary. Articles stamped or
    fabricated from No. 2B Finish sheets or
    presence of small quantities of grain in
    the abrasive coating, which is distinctly
    cold rolled strip and having a dense sur-
    coarser than the step requires, will cause
    face with little surface impairment, such
    (
    coarse scratches in the finish with obvious
    as scratching and tool marking,
    fre-
    results.
    quently may be polished without this pre-
    liminary operation. Buffing Compounds
    I

    Care should be used in selecting buff-


    I Polishing
    ing compounds for stainless steel. The
    ^ Polishing is usually associated with use of grades containing iron compounds
    operations designed to give lustrous or must be strictly avoided, otherwise corro-
    colored ffinislies which are not free, how- sion and surface staining of the metal
    f ever, from fine abrasive scratches. Pol- may result. Several very satisfactory
    I
    ishing may involve either one or a proprietary compounds are commerciafly
    sequence of operations with successively available. Compounds containing levi-
    finer abrasives which are usually coated gated alumina or chromium oxide rouge
    on a flexible and resilient wheel or block. are most wudely used.
    Whether polishing follows the grinding In all buffing operations, compounds
    operation in the development of polished, should be applied sparingly. Excessive
    buffed or brushed finishes, or whether amounts tend to cloud the finish and
    it is the only operation used in finishing make development of highly reflective
    an article, depends on the considerations surfaces impossible.
    given in the introductory paragraph.
    Polishing steps are invariably accom- Brushing Compound
    panied with the application of lubricants, Brushing agents used in tampico
    preferably those of a stearic acid base brushing operations are usually made of
    such as tallow. machine oil and abrasive grain, numbers
    120 to 180, mixed to the consistency of
    Buffing a light paste. Aluminum oxide or silicon
    Buffing gives highly reflective and col- carbide abrasives are satisfactory.
    ored finishes which may or may not be
    free from abrasive scratches from pre- Grinding, Polishing and Buffing Wheels
    ! vious polishing. Buffing is usually done and Their Preparation
    with soft cloth buffing^ wheels, operating The selection of wheels suitable for
    at high speeds, and suitable buffing com- these finishing operations is most im-
    pounds, portant and recommendations in this
    connection should be obtained from con-
    Brushing cerns engaged in their manufacture.
    Brushing gives a dull matte finish on Wheels previously used on other metals
    '

    a finely ground or polished surface or a or alloys must not be used on stainless


    cold rolled surface. It is done with a without redressing. If wheels contami-
    tampico brush (metal wire brushes nated by use on other metals are em-
    f should never be used) and a brushing ployed, staining of the finished article
    I
    compound made of rather fine abrasive may result.
    t and machine oil mixed to the consistency
    •
    of a light paste. It produces a pleasing Coarse Grinding Wheels
    finish on many articles. For coarse grinding, which is seldom
    necessary on cold roll sheet finishes such
    ;J
    Abrasives as No. 2B or 2D, solid rubber bonded
    f Because of the toughness and hardness abrasive wheels are generally used.
    ! of the stainless steels, aluminum-oxide These are preferred to vitrified wheels
    j abrasive, which may bo purchased under because of their cutting effectiveness and
    t: various trade names, is more satisfactory lessened^ tendency to load with metal,
    ^
    than silicon carbide, a more fragile abra- The grain size of such wheels for grind-
    I
    sive. However, the latter, as well as ing stainless steel surfaces is seldom
    I flour emery, is used by some operators greater than No. 36, since flexible or
    f;
    for high polishing. built-up cloth wheels are preferable for
    I; Standard grain sizes customarily em- the finer grinding operations. The solid
    — —

    260 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION


    wheels are used more frequently in the what higher temperature to avoid
    removal of excess stock in welds; how- chilling the glue.
    ever, they are sometimes employed also 3 The of abrasive to be
    j)^‘opoi'tion
    in the preparation of rough plate sur-
    4—added to the glue varies with the
    faces for subsequent finer finishing grain size. Information in this
    operations. connection is obtainable from re-
    liable abrasive manufacturers.
    Fine Grinding and Polishing Wheels Before applying the glue and abra-
    finer grinding and polishing opera-
    For sive mixture to a new wheel, it is
    tions, softer and more flexible wheels are desirable to size the cloth cutting
    generally used, and they should be pro- 6— face with a thin coating of glue
    gressively softer for each finer step. which should be allowed to dry
    Wheels are not standard. For example, thoroughly.
    in finer grinding operations requiring 5 The wheel should be heated before
    Wos, 60 to 100 abrasives, spirally wrap- applying the glue aiid abrasive mix-
    ped machine-sewed wheels of tightly ture. In the latter operation the
    woven cotton fabric are widely used. coating should be spread as evenly
    For polishing operations it is customary as possible.
    to use a wheel made of a number of —At least two coats of the abrasive
    cloth disc sections, generally muslin or are desirable, with thorough drying
    unbleached cotton. SJach section is built after each.
    up of plies of the cloth which are sewed 7 After drying the final coat, the ir-
    together in spiral rows. The sections regular abrasive face should be
    likewise may be joined by similar sew- turned true by the use of a black
    ing. The density of such wheels may be diamond or at least broken in on
    varied by the use of smaller diameter scrap stainless steel. Greater flexi-
    metal or cardboard spacers between the bility of the cutting face may be
    sections and by using sections which are obtained by hammering the abra-
    sewed only for a few rows around the
    —
    arbor hole.
    sive head with a round instrument
    lightly at an oblique angle which
    Another type of polishing and fine will produce small cracks, allowing
    grinding wheel which has found favor is the resiliency of the cloth base to
    the patented sponge rubber type which be imparted to the cutting surface.
    provides for the use of abrasive paper or 8 In recoating wheels which have been
    cloth. A
    description is given and its used dry, it is necessary to apply
    advantages are described in the section only one or two additional coats
    dealing with the finishing of welds. to the warm face. When grease
    The cloth-type polishing wheel requires has been used the bead slioSd be
    the application of abrasive grain, through
    ^
    scoured with pumice stone before
    the medium of glue, to the cutting face. coating until the surface is dry.
    Consult leading manufacturers of abra-
    sives and wheels for details. Some of Buffing Wheels
    the more important factors in the prepa- The selection of proper buffing wheels
    fation of these wheels are outlined below: is even more important than the use of
    1 It is first necessary to prepare the the right polishing wheels. Buffing
    glue ; great care should be exercised wheels should be made of high count
    to develop the maximum strength in sheeting, with only one or two rows
    the glue and abrasive coating. around the arbor hole spirally sewed.
    Only a fine grade of first run hide The cloth pack is very loose but is stiff-
    glue should be used. The flakes ened when the wheel is rotated at high
    should be soaked in cold distilled buffing speeds. No glued abrasive coat-
    water until jelled. The amount of ing is applied, since the buffing action is
    water added need not be more than performed by the cloth ends wliipping the
    a slight excess over that necessary surface^ of the wheel. A buffing com-
    to cover the glue. To the jelled pound is applied to the wheel during the
    stock sufficient pure water should operation.
    then be added to give the proper Whether in buffing, polishing or grind-
    consistency when heated. The lat- ing, the use of wheels previously used on
    ter should be done either in an other metals should be avoided.
    electrically controlled pot or in a
    double boiler type container to a Finishing Procedures
    temperature of 140® F., with occa- The following discussion covers the
    ; sional stirring. principles to be applied, when possible,
    2 ^Before mixing with the glue, the in arranging the procedure for finishing
    abrasive should he heated to a some- a stainless steel article. For early at-
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 261

    tempts^ particularly in producing liigh over-heating with consequent burning and


    the operator should experiment
    finisliea, buckling is likely to occur. Pressures
    and take, perhaps, more steps in the play no part in buffing or brushing opera-
    finishing that may later be necessary. tions, and the action of both depends

    I
    Finishing operations may involve from upon the cloth or brush ends whipping
    one to as many as eight steps depending the surface.
    upon the considerations outlined in the On account of the lower thermal con-
    introductory section. In producing high ductivity of all stainless steels greater
    finishes involving a number of steps, it care must be used not to overheat or
    '

    is obvious that successively finer abra- scorch in grinding and polishing opera-
    sives must be used. Sufficient work usu- tions than is necessary with steels or
    ally should be done in each step to re- other metals having better conductivity.
    move all coarser abrasive scratches from
    the preceding operation. This is most Selection of Commercial Sheet Finishes
    important when finishes are to be buffed. The selection of a suitable mill finish
    In this ease the direction of the pre- for an article that is to be subsequently
    !
    liminary grinding and polishing steps gromid and polished depends on the size,
    should be changed after each operation, shape and surface contour and on the
    in order to grind across the scratches method of fabrication. If the design
    produced in the prior steps. By this involves large and fiat areas as in table
    method the operator can judge readily and ice cream cabinet tops, doors and
    f when sufficient work has been done. For panels, it is unwise, unless the operator
    final polished finishes a change in direc- has rather elaborate equipment available,
    tion may not be required or even ad- to attempt to perform his own grinding
    visable in some instances, but sufficient and polishing operations. For such work
    amount of grinding or i)olishing should No, 4 Finish sheets, as furnished by the
    i
    he done in each operation to reduce the mill, are suggested which, after fabrica-
    I
    depth of the coarse scratches to the tion, can be finished more highly or left
    extent that they are not apparent in the in the original polished condition. Some
    final polish of an article. fabricators, however, prefer to do their
    In the coarser operations it is practical own polishing of parts for which No. 2B
    to use for each succeeding operation a Finish sheets or No. 2 Finish strip are
    grain size about 40 numbers finer than best adapted. It should be remembered,
    the preceding one. For fine polishing however, when this course is followed,
    steps leading up to buffing operations, that the same degree of freedom from
    the difference may be increased to 60 surface imperfections is not obtainable
    and 80 numbers. In general, however, in heavy gauge sheets as is found in
    the size of the grain for the initial and light gauge stock of this finish.
    subsequent finishing steps, should not be No. 2D Finish sheets and No. 1 Finish
    coarser than is required to remove effi- strip are well chosen for articles to be
    ciently the imperfections in the original polished after forming, such as automo-
    surface or the coarser grinding scratches. bile head lamps, radiator shells, cooking
    It is usually mistaken economy leading to utensils and other deep drawm or spun
    inferior results when ^‘^doubiing iip^^ is parts which require a maximum degree of
    attempted; i,e., eliminating a necessary softness in the original sheet with a dense
    step with the idea of devoting a some- surface relatively free from imperfec-
    what longer time than should "be spent tions.
    in a finer grain operation, to reduce or No. 2B Finish sheets and No. 2 Finish
    remove scratches that are obviously too strip are well suited for parts to be
    coarse. finally ground and polished which are
    The^ proper linear speeds of all opera- less severe in their formation than those
    _

    tions increase slightly with the decrease mentioned in the previous paragi'aph,
    in grain size. The customary range, and do not require either intermediate
    however, is from 5000 feet per minute or final annealing and pickling operations
    for coarse grinding to 8000 feet per
    minute for fine polishing. Speeds, how-
    —for instance, shallow serving trays,
    plates, trim and small decorative stamp-
    evp, are not critical for any steps within ings and novelties.
    this range. Buffing is best accomplished Nos. 4, 6 or 7 Finish sheets obviously
    at speeds between 9000 to 12000 feet per should ^not be used for articles where
    minute. the finish will be largely destroyed by
    Pressures in grinding and polishing annealing and pickling operations, or by
    should be applied carefully and should abrasion marks and scratches resulting
    never be greater than required for effi- from dies and forming tools; this, how-
    cient cutting. The speed of an operation ever, does not apply to articles where
    is not increased by bearing down, ' ^ and
    ^
    ^
    the surface is disturbed only locally and
    —

    262 MATERIALS OF COJSrSTRUCTION


    which, may, without undue cost, be Formula No.
    touched up to match the unaffected sur- Phosphoric Acid
    face. (50-5°) 12- 20 kg.
    Terpinolene 300-500 kg.
    MATCHIlSra MILL POLISHED Calcium Phosphate 180-220 kg.
    FINISHES Alcohol 300-500 kg.
    (The operations are designated by the Chromium Oxide 10- 20 kg.
    grain size number) No. 2
    Phosphoric Acid 15- 25 kg.
    No. 4 Finish Terpinolene 300-500 kg.
    (Starting with No. 2B or 2D Finish
    Calcium Phosphate 18- 25 kg.
    Surfaces) Bice Flour 100—150 kg,
    1 ^No. 80 to 100 grind, dry or with Barium Sulphate 40- 80 kg.
    small amount of cutting oil. Alcohol 300-500 kg.
    2 No. 120 polish, using generous ap- Chromium Oxide 12- 20 kg.
    plications of tallow or a similar
    lubricant.
    A third step using a No. 150 grain Pickling Iron
    wheel may occasionally be neces- Formula No. 1
    sary, particularly when polishing
    Iron is pickled in a 15% phosphoric
    is done by manually controlled acid bath containing an inhibitor at 80°
    equipment. C. and then in 1-2% phosphoric acid.
    The metal may then be dried and painted
    readily.
    No. 6 Finish
    No. 2
    3—
    The same as above, except that the No.
    4—
    150 step is omitted, and tampieo brush-
    French Patent 786,191
    5— Water 97 lb.
    ing operation is necessary.
    Nitric Acid 1 lb.
    Magnesium Sulphate 2 lb.
    No. 7 Finish
    No. 3
    Not scratch free but highly reflective. Water 97 lb.
    The same as a No. 4 Finish; requires, in Sulphuric Acid 1 lb.
    addition, a polishing with Nos. 180 (this Potassium Nitrate 2 lb.
    may be omitted if No. 150 step is used), No. 4
    220 and 380 grain and Anally, buffing. Water 97 lb.
    Hydrochloric Acid
    No. 8 Finish —Mirror Finish Sodium Nitrate
    1 lb.
    2 lb.
    1—No. —
    60 to 80 grind dry or with These baths are heated above 50° C.
    small amount of cutting oil.
    2“—No, 120’—polish with tallow. Stainless Steel Pickling Solution
    No. 180— polish with tallow. U. S. Patent 1,973,087
    — —
    No. 220 polish with tallow.
    —
    No. 280 ^polish with tallow.
    Crude Petroleum 1 qt.
    Potatoes,Mashed 10
    6^ —
    No. 320—polish with tallow. Oak Bark 10
    lb.
    lb.
    7—No. 420—polish with tallow. Walnut Bark 10
    —
    S Light tampieo brushing (frequently
    '

    Wild Cherry Bark 10


    lb.
    1b.
    omitted). Boneset 5 lb.
    9— Buffing with suitable compound. Caustic Potash 10 lb.
    Water 200 gal.
    Miscellaneous Finishes Boil together; Alter; add sulphuric
    A dull but very pleasing finish may be acid to make 3% acid strength.
    obtained by omitting the second step in
    the procedure given for matching a No.
    Bemoving Oxide Films from Metals
    6 Finish and by tampieo brushing the
    French Patent 808,179
    Nos. 80 to 100 ground surfaces. The metal is drawn above its elastic
    Higher polished (not buffed) Anishes limit so that residual stretching is at
    than No. 4 may be obtained by carrying
    least 3%.
    on the operations to Nos. 150, 180 or
    220. These, however, are rarely :^equired.
    Pickling Bath for Duralumin
    Sulphuric Acid 10 cc.
    Pickling Metals Water 90 ec.
    French Patent 796,09,6 Sodium Fluoride 1 g.
    The following hquids are applied by After dipping in above, the metal is
    spraying ; dipped in 50% nitric acid-
    MATERIALS OF COISrSTRUCTION 263

    Becovery of Waste Pickling Solutions under which circumstances dissolved cop-


    U. S. Patent 2,017,773 per deposits by cementation and inter-
    Exhausted solutions containing ap- feres with the operation. The water
    proximately 1 %
    iron are Altered, evapo- may be removed by heating the solution
    rated at 95° 0., cooled, and iron sulphate or by the addition of fuming sulphuric
    is allowed to
    crystallize on the sides of acid (Oleum). The oleum contains dis-
    the vessel without agitation. The liquor- solved sulphur trioxide which reacts with
    containing inhibitor and sulphuric acid the water to form sulphuric acid.
    10-40%, is diluted and used again. Chromium is sometimes removed elec-
    trolyticallyby making the article the
    Pickling Inhibitor
    anode in a chromium plating bath but
    this procedure is not recommended be-
    Formula No. 1
    cause of the contamination of the solu-
    Muriatic acid may be inhibited against
    tion with dissolved iron which forms iron
    iron, by the addition of formaldehyde.
    chromate and lowers the conductivity of
    The amount required depends upon dilu- the solution. Reverse current in caustic
    tion, temperature, and object, and should
    soda with agitation is the best method,
    be determined by small-scale experiment.
    the attack on the basis metal being so
    Most acids sold to remove scale from
    slight that the solution is used as a
    engine-heads, etc., without injury to the
    quantitative strip where the piece is
    metal, are made in this manner.
    weighed before and after stripping to
    No. 2 determine the amount of chromium de-
    The addition of 0 5 .
    %
    thiourea to posited.
    26.6% sulphuric acid used for pickling An electric stripping solution which
    iron reduces corrosion tremendously. has been recommended for the removal
    No. 3 of brazing solder is 5-10% sodium ni-
    The following types of compounds gen- trate. Lead cathodes and a current den-
    erally function as inhibitors phenols,
    : sity of 10-15 amp./sq. ft. are advised.
    quinones, amines, mercaptans, thiophe- During use this solution becomes alkaline
    nols, aromatic nitro compounds, halogens. due to the formation of ammonia which
    must be neutralized by the addition of
    Stripping Metal Coatings nitric acid.
    Iron, steel, or Brittania metal is strip- In stripping iron and steel with the use
    ped by reversing the current in alkaline of current it is important that no chlor-
    cyanide solution in an iron tank with ides be present since attack of the basis
    an iron cathode at 6-8 volts at 120° F. metal is accelerated. Electrolytic strip-
    Agitation prevents pitting and produces ping solutions are more economical than
    a cleaner job. The concentration of the straight chemical strips but the process is
    sodium cyanide is not critical and is relatively slow so that wdiere the deposit
    usually kept at about 10%, i.e., from 8 is quite heavy and the electrolytic strip
    1
    to 15 oz./gal. Where the kind of metal of small capacitj^ it may be best to re-
    deposit to be removed does not vary, this move the deposit by suitable reagents.
    procedure is usually modified. Thus for The most effective reagent for the re-
    stripping silver alone, the addition of moval of deposits from iron and steel is
    , 4-6 oz./gal. of caustic soda to the cya- fuming nitric acid, or, where the volume
    ;
    nide is recommended, a
    sheet of silver of the solution required is appreciable,
    may be made the cathode and when built a mixture of 3 parts concentrated nitric
    up with metal, melted down and rolled. acid and 1 part fuming nitric acid. Iron
    An old silver anode serves the purpose and steel are passive in both solutions.
    very well. For the removeil of gold, Since chromium is also passive in this
    one or two oz./gal. each of copper cya- reagent, all chromium must be removed
    nide, Rochelle salts and potassium ferro- Arst by one of the above methods. A
    cyanide may be added to the cyanide somewhat cheaper reagent which is suit-
    :
    strip and used at 150-170° F. able for the removal of copper, brass and
    ''

    Nickel plated iron or steel is often bronze is a 10% solution of sodium cya-
    stripped electrolytically in a solution nide to which 30% (100 vol.) hydrogen
    made up of: peroxide is added as required, at an op-
    Sulphuric Acid 1 gal. erating temperature of about 130° F.
    Water 1 pt. Zinc, tin and cadmium may be removed
    Glycerin 1 oz. by using warm dilute hydrochloric acid.
    The solution is kept in a lead lined Cadmium may also be removed by a solu-
    tank and sheet lead cathodes are used. tion containing 1 Ib./gal. of ammonium
    There is very little attack on the steel. nitrate or a concentrated solution of
    This solution absorbs water very readily hydrochloric acid containing about 10
    264 MATERIALS OF CON-STRUCTION
    oz.y^gaL of antimony trichloride as an in- ties. Then pass the mercury through
    hibitor. several folds of toweling to dry it and
    Sometimes nickel plated steel is worked it is ready for use again.
    after plating and annealed to remove
    the working stains. If fuming nitric
    acid is used to remove the deposit it may Reclaiming Water-Logged Electric Tools
    he noticed that the stripping is not en- Submersion has probably ruined the
    tirely successful. This is due to the fact insulation in the tools as well as rend-
    that an intermediate alloy of nickel and ering the fibre parts unfit for use.
    iron is formed. The removal of this Grease has become diluted and dirty and
    alloy is effected with cold concentrated all parts covered with silt and mud.
    hydrochloric acid, 22° Be., saturated with Do not operate electric tools, motors
    bromine. or switch mechanisms until they have
    been taken down, cleaned and baked out.
    Metal Cleaner and Brightener For best results, send the tools to the
    U. S. Patent 2,062,038 nearest factory service branch for over-
    Phthallic Anhydride 2 oz. haul by trained men.
    Sodium Sulphate 5 oz. Where owner desires to service the tool
    Soap 5 oz. himself, the following procedure is sug-
    Soap Bark 5 oz. gested.
    Completely disassemble the tool, to get
    2 oz. of the above is used -with 98 oz.
    to all parts.
    water for removing stains from polished
    The armature and field should be put
    metal.
    into an electric oven and baked for
    twenty-four hours at a temperature of
    Anodic Oxidation of Aluminum 275° F.
    British Patent 466,941 They should then be checked for shorts
    Glycol 1 oz. and grounds. If O.K., apply a coat of
    Boric Acid 0.5 -1.5 oz. insulating compound and bake again for
    Ammonium Carbonate 0.05-0.5 oz. 12 hours at 275° F.
    Use at 120-140° C.; c.d, 5-10 All fibre switch and brush riggings
    ma./sq. cm. should be replaced. Most switches will
    have to be replaced and all taped wire
    Anode Treatment of Aluminum connections should be cleaned and re-
    British Patent 467,267 taped.
    The aluminum is treated in the fol- Clean all ventilating holes in the case
    lowing solution at 18-27° C. at 8-20 of the tool.
    volts and at a current density of 5-14 Wash all grease from all gears, hous-
    amp./sq. ft. ings and bearings, using a suitable fluid.
    Sulphuric Acid (d. 1.224) 1 1. Repack with ne*w lubricant, using a good
    Potash Alum 60 g. grade of medium cup grease, such as
    Potassium Sulphate 12 g.
    ^
    ^ISTon-Fluid Oil A-No. 3^^ or equal.
    Clean rust and dirt from all parts.
    Brightening Aluminum These instructions apply to electric
    .

    Use a solution of caustic soda 4 oz. and grinders (portable and benchL sanders,
    1 gal. of water for cleaning the alumi- polishers, drills, screw-drivers, hammers,
    num. heat guns, saws, valve refacers and. most
    The solution should be used hot and types of motor driven electric tools.
    after the parts are left in the cleaning
    solution until a good gassing is notice-
    able,^ remove, rinse in cold water, and Cleaning Motor Windings
    dip in a nitric acid solution to wliiten Blow out dirt with compressed air.
    the aluminum. The nitric acid dip is Squirt anhydrous denatured alcohol into
    made by using 1 oz, of acid and 1 oz. of coils with a spray gun or force pump and
    water. quickly blow out loosened dirt with com-
    pressed air. Do not start motor or bring
    an open flame near, until all the alcohol
    Rapid Cleaning of Mercury has been blown out.
    Take a 500-cc, glass-stoppered wide-
    mouthed bottle and fill half-way with
    dirty mercury; add 25 to 50 g, of mer-
    Cleaning a Rusted Rifle
    curous nitrate crystals with about 10 oe. If the rusting process hasnH gone too
    of water, and shake for about 5 minutes. far, so as to eat deep pits in the steel,
    Pour out into a dish and allow the water you can probably stop it, and get the
    from the faucet to wash away the impuri- rifle back in condition. Get a .32 caliber
    : :

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 265

    riflecleaner, consisting of brass washers 6. Dip in 3% liver of sulphur solu-


    on a spiral frame, which holds the cleaner tion.
    you scour it 6. Scratch brush dry with brass wire
    in contact with the bore as
    out. Clean the barrel with an oiled rag, wheel and lacquer.
    and follow this with a dry-rag cleaning, If a very uniform color is desired
    taking out as much rust as you can, and brassed plated articles should be buffed
    removing all the oil. Use the cleaner and colored prior to oxidizing although
    '

    until the barrel is polished perfectly. a satisfactory color may be obtained di-
    Through a funnel inserted at the breech, rectly without polishmg.
    pour 1 gal. of boiling water. Wipe out,
    dry, and oil the barrel. Repeat the Coloidng Iron Blue
    process a day or two later, continuing British Patent 464,749
    until you can see no more rust forming. Sodium Hydroxide 36 oz.
    Then put in a heavy oil, or gun grease, Litharge 7 oz.
    and the rifle will stay rustless. If, how- Sodium Cyanide 2 oz.
    ever, there are deep pits in the barrel, Lead Acetate 2 oz,
    your only course is to get a new barrel. Metol 1 oz.
    Water 50 oz.
    Coloring Metals Heat to 100-135° 0. Iron is colored
    Metals may
    be given a lustrous colored by immersion for 2-4 minutes.
    iiiiish ranging from yellow through brown

    to dark blue by dipping in following Coloring Cadmium Black


    solution heated to 80—95° C.
    Formula No. 1
    Sodium Thiosulphate 124 g. Dip in cold solution of:
    Lead Acetate 38 g. Potassium Chlorate 60 g.
    Water, to make 1 1.
    Copper Nitrate 35-40 g.
    This colors copper dark blue; zinc, Water 1 1.
    bronze brown; iron, steel blue. By con- Brush; redip; rinse; dry and polish.
    trollmg time of dipping intermediate
    shades are obtained. By lowering tem- No. 2
    perature and increasing time, more uni- Copper Nitrate 30 g.
    form and denser coatings are gotten. Potassium Permanganate 2^/^ g.
    Water 1 1.
    Use at 60-80° C.
    Antique Coloring of Metals
    I Immerse in following solution at 20°
    Coloring Cadmium Brown
    Lead Acetate 25 g.
    Potassium Permanganate 160 g.
    Sodium TMosulphite 240 g.
    Cadmium Nitrate 60-250 g.
    Argol 30 g. Water 1 1.

    Water 1000 g.
    Coloring Iron Black
    Green Coloring of Metals Caustic Soda 1,5 g.
    The following solution is used at 0.2- Sodium Nitrate 25-50 g.
    0.4 amp./sq. cm. at 2.5 volts at room Tannic Acid 5 g.
    temperature Water 1 L
    Copper Sulpha to 60 g.
    Use at 60° C.
    Zinc Sulphate 45 g.
    Ammonium Molybdate 30 g. Bronzing Copper and Its Alloys
    Potassium Cyanide 7 g. British Patent 447,446
    Sodium Bisulphite (30%) 10-15 cc. The metal is degreased and etched by
    Water 11. rubbing with
    Hydrochloric Acid 20 ee.
    Coloring Brass Plato Brown Copper Sulphate
    A brown oxidized finish may be
    rich
    20 g.
    Water 1 l
    obtained on brass jdated steel articles by
    the following procedure: It is then washed, dried and treated
    1. Dip in 5% sulphuric acid pickle,
    with a current of air which has been
    ^

    rinse in cold water. passed through 10—20% ammonium sul-


    2. Scratch brush wet with brass wire
    phide solution.
    wheel (.003" wire) with pumice.
    3. Dip in 3% liver of sulphur solu-
    Bronzing Iron or Steel
    tion.
    French Patent 787,938
    4. Scratch brush wet with brass wire Articles of iron or steel are bronzed
    wheel. rapidly by dipping into bath of
    266 MATERIALS OP COlSrSTRUCTION
    Litharge 20 lb. Hyposulphite of Soda 12.8 oz./gal.
    Potassium Cyanide 8 lb. Sugar of Lead 25.6 oz./gaL
    Ferrous Sulphate 5 lb. An entirely different solution may also
    Lead Sulphate 10 lb. be used to produce the blue-black finish.
    Manganese Dioxide 0.04 lb. Copper Carbonate
    Water 16 07
    100 lb. Amionia 1 qt
    Water 3 qt
    Permanent Blacking Galvanized Sheet
    Metal
    Add the water after the copper carbon-
    Permanent blacking of galvanized sheet ate and ammonia have been thoroughly
    metal uses a solution of 138 parts man- solution at a temperature
    of 175° F. and immerse the work
    ganese sulphate and 130.5 parts barium until
    the proper color is obtained. This
    nitrate (sp. gr. 1.125) in which the metal usually
    requires one-half to one minute. For
    is dipped several times. The resulting op-
    eration over a period of time there
    coatings are said to be weather- and acid- must
    be an excess of copper carbonate present.
    resistant and do not peel off when ham-
    mered.
    Bright Dip for Cast Bronze Blackening Cast Iron
    It will be necessary to clean the castings It is possible to produce a black
    finish
    of all sand before immersing them in the on east iron that has been polished
    and
    dip, in order to conserve the acid, which free from oil and grease by applying
    the
    can be done by sand blasting water tum- following mixture:
    bling or wire wheel brush. The following Copper Sulphate 8 02
    dip is good for this purpose as it does Nitric Acid
    not fume like the regular brass dip:
    Sulphuric Acid 10 lb. 125 oz.
    Saltpeter 2 lb. Allow this solution to
    dry on work and
    Water 5 lb. when quite dry rub with woolen
    First, dissolve the saltpeter in water in A thin film of oil should be appliedcloth.
    for
    an earthenware crock, add one pound final protection.
    of the acid pouring in a thin stream,
    stirring meanwhile with a piece of glass. Gun Metal Coloring of Pencil Tips
    This will heat the water and it is neces- Single Nickel Salts 10 oz
    spy to stop the addition of acid from Double Nickel Salts 6 07
    time to time in order to allow the solution Zinc Sulphate
    5
    to cool and prevent it reaching a boiling Sodium Sulphocyanide 2 oz!
    temperature. For this reason the acid is
    6.6
    added gradually, and only a pound at a Temperature
    ,

    time.
    70® p
    ITse carbon anodes and a voltage not
    The solution should be prepared at ^er
    ^
    night and before morning it will be cold,
    about %
    volt for still tank plating.
    For barrel plating an oblique type
    and after the acid has been poured olx msurmg good mixing
    barrll
    from the potassium sulphate that will be of tho load is best,
    ine black nickel can be deposited
    found in the bottom, it is ready for use. on the brass.
    direetiv
    The castings are dipped for a few sec-
    onds, strung on a wire, then they are
    rinsed in running water. They will keep Bluing Steel
    their color better if they are dried by A mixture of equal Articles
    dipping in hot water in which a little pa potassium nitrate is parts of sodium
    melted in a east
    lime has been dissolved. iron or steel melting pot.
    The pot should
    be clean, as rust from any source
    affects
    Oxidizing Finish for Brass the color of the work. The
    mixture is
    A
    blue gray or blue-black color can be melted and then superheated to
    a tern-
    produced on brass by boiling the brass perature of 500° C. (900° F.) and
    ,

    man-
    parts in the following solution until the ganese dioxide added in the ratio
    of 1
    proper color is obtained. This usually to 50 by volume. As bluing by
    this proc-
    requires between 10 to 20 minutes. ess forms an iron-oxide film on
    the piece,
    Sodium Thiosulphate consumption of the manganese dioxide
    8 oz./gal.
    Lead Acetate mkes place and must be replaced everv
    4 oz./gal. lew hours of use.
    Another solution may be made of the
    The articles to be blued are first cleaned,
    same ingredients by varying the concen-
    tration with a view to changing the coating of oil, immersed
    color in the hot niter at 315 to 345°
    This solution is as follows,* C for a
    short period and then raised to
    the work-
    ;

    MATERIALS OF COlJ^STRUCTIOlSr 267

    ing temperature. The time required varies Water 100 lb.


    with the temperature and ‘with the size Iron Oxide 10 lb.
    of the pieces but is never over four or Calcium Fluoride 20 lb.
    five minutes. The higher the temperature Boric Acid 30 lb.
    ihe darker the finish. Clay 7 lb.
    After the right blue is obtained, the Dry and heat to 785-795° C. for 7 min,
    articles are quenched in cold, clean water in an atmosphere low in oxygen.
    to strike the color, then immersed in boil-
    ing water and finally in oil.
    White Enamel for Cast Iron
    Cast iron, if highly polished, will blue
    Borax 16 lb.
    like polished steel, but it requires about
    thirty minutes immersion at 540° C.
    Feldspar 1% lb.
    Litharge 48 lb.
    (1000° F.) to accomplish this result.
    Quartz 24 lb.
    Bluing Small Machine Parts Cryolite 5 lb.
    a. Clean in soda solution and rinse in Fluorspar li^ lb.
    hot water, Magnesium Carbonate 4 lb.
    b. Dry thoroughly. Additions to the mill are:
    c. Dip in the following molten solution Pipe Clay 7%
    Manganese Oxide 1 lb. Opacifier (other than Tin Oxide) 7%
    Saltpeter 10 lb. Borax 6%
    d. Remove and wash in hot solution of If bubbles are formed the lead content
    sal soda as soon as possible. must be reduced and the additions to the
    e. Dry thoroughly. mill increased by a ground frit (quartz
    f. Dip in sperm oil. and borax).

    Treatment of Aluminum Before Plating Enamel Coating for Copper


    British Patent 465,078
    U. S. Patent 2,032,236
    To obtain more coherent deposits alu- Silica 59.20
    minum is degreased and pickled for 1 Borax 8.45
    min. at 92-95° 0. in
    Sodium Nitrate 6.90
    Perrons Chloride 50 g. Cryolite 6.95
    Hydrochloric Acid (d. 1.16) 50 cc. Soda Ash 6.95
    Water 11. Calcium Fluoride 2.91
    Litharge 25.00
    Protective Aluminum Coating Titanium Dioxide 6.20
    British Patent 455,412 Di-Potassium Hydrogen
    The metal is treated with an alternat- Phosphate I .90
    ing eurr.ent in the following bath: Barium Carbonate 9.00
    Potassium Titanium Oxalate Nickel Oxide 0.755
    50 g.
    Citric Acid
    Iron Oxide 0.10
    15 g.
    Phosphoric Acid Potassium Permanganate 0.145
    6 g.
    Glucose The frit is fired on at 815° F.
    20 g.
    Water 1 1.

    Use 5-6 amp./sq.dm. at 110 volts A.C. Radium Protection Sheathing


    at 75° P., the film produced is impreg- British Patent 447,567
    nated with a fat. Wax or varnish. Tungsten, Powdered 90 g.
    Copper, Powdered 5 g.
    Nickel, Powdered
    Coating Iron with Molten Aluminum 5 g.
    Press into shape and sinter at 1500'
    Immerse in melted bath (kept at 450-
    500° C.)
    a
    Anode Coating of Magnesium Alloys
    Aluminum Chloride 1 lb. Magnesium alloys are coated in a batl
    Sodium Chloride 2 lb. of
    Copper Chloride 0.15 Ib. Sodium Dihydrogen
    for 1-2 min. and then in molten aluminum Phosphate 2-5 g.
    at 700-720° C. for 20-40 sec. An adher- Sodium Dichromate 10 g.
    ent coating of aluminum 0.1 mm. thick Water 90 g.
    IS obtained.
    Current density 5-10 amp-./sq. ft. anod
    surface.
    Enameling Iron The alloy is first cleaned electrolyti
    Anstrian Patent 148,151 cally by making it the cathode for
    Unpiekled iron sheet is moistened with a
    least tliree^ minutes in a bath of sod:
    following ash and tri-sodium phosphate.
    268 MATERIALS OF CGNSTRUCTIOlSr
    *
    Corrosion Preventive Coating Etch for Microscopic Study of Tin
    British Patent 452,847 Ammonium Persulphate 5%
    Zirconium Oxide (75%) 5 .or
    Aluminum Powder 4 Ferric Chloride, Hydrated 2 g.
    Aluminum Silicate 120 Water 30 cc.
    Tale 30 Hydrochloric Acid 5 cc.
    Magnesium Oxide 10 Alcohol, Absolute 60 cc.
    Barium Sulphate 50
    20 or
    Zinc Oxide
    Acetic Acid (50%) 100 cc.
    Bed Lead 50
    40 Hydrogen Peroxide 1 drop
    White Lead
    Chromium Oxide 5
    Copper Oxide 4 Stainless Steel Etches
    Nickel Cyanide 2 Formula No. 1
    Litharge 10 Copper Chloride
    Titanium Bioxide 1 Hydrochloric Acid 100 cc.
    Soda Ash 1 Alcohol 100 cc.
    The above is mixed with a binder as Water 100 cc.
    in a paint. No. 2
    Iron Chloride 5 g.
    Metallographie Etching of Zinc Hydrochloric Acid 50 cc.
    and Alloys Water 100 cc.
    Etching Fluid The above formulae are used for mac-
    Caustic Potash (Concen- roscopic structures.
    trated Solution 5 cc.
    50 No. 3
    Water cc.
    Potassium Ferricyanide 10 g.
    Copper Nitrate (Concen-
    20 Potassium Hydroxide 10 1
    trated Solution) cc.
    Potassium Cyanide
    Water 100 cc.
    (Powdered) 25 g. This is useful for identifying carbides
    Filter and add in austenitic stainless steels.
    Citric Acid (Concentrated
    Solution) 2.5 cc.
    Mierographic Etch for Lead Specimens
    Immerse specimen in above for 10-20 Acetic Acid, Glacial 15 cc.
    seconds. Nitric Acid, Cone. 15 cc.
    Glycerin 60 cc.
    Molybdenum Etching Solution
    Potassium Ferricyanide 360 g.
    Caustic Soda 36 g. Metal Etching Mordant
    Water 1 1.
    U. S. Patent 2,080,348
    Potassium Bichromate 2 oz.
    Copper Etching Fluids Hydrochloric Acid 1 oz.
    Formula No. 1 Nitric Acid 1 oz.
    Nitric Acid (Cone.) 120 g. Sulphuric Acid % oz.
    Potassium Chloride
    Water
    15
    1
    g.
    1.
    Castile Soap Solution
    Etching Designs on Copper
    % oz.

    No. 2 To etch designs of any desired intri-


    Ferric Chloride 400 g. cacy on copper, the portions which are to
    Hydrochloric Acid 30 g. stand out in relief are covered with an as-
    Water 1 1. phaltum varnish or quick-drying enamel,
    including the edges and back of the
    Printing Plate Etch, Copper metal, and the whole article is immersed
    IT. S. Patent 2,026,603 in dilute nitric acid. The degree of etch-
    Ferric Chloride Solution, ing will depend on the concentration of
    Neutral (d. 1.32-1.38) 1 gal. the acid and the temperature. Nitric
    Salt 4-5 oz. acid of 1 to 4 strength at 70° to 75° P.
    will usually give a sufficient depth of
    Copper Printing Plate Etch etching in 2 or 3 hours. Interesting ef-
    U. S. Patent 1,969,678 fects can be produced by ap^dying pow-
    Ferric Chloride Solution dered vitreous enamels to the depressions
    (d. 1.38-1.53) L48 Ih. in the etched metal, heating to about
    ,
    Ferric Sulphate 47-6 lb, 1400° to 1500° F. until the enamel fuses,
    VJ, Qlucose ’ lb., cooling, and tinishing by wet polishing
    Water to make lOO , lb. with a hne ^ai-borundum stone.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 269

    Purifying Metallic Cadmium Heat to 180° F. This will remove most


    British Patent 461,222 of the scale.
    Cadmium containing zinc (as an im- Follow with a bright dip to get a good
    purity) is melted in an iron dish under surface.
    a layer of dry
    caustic soda. Steam at A preliminary dip in nitric acid may
    350®'^C. is injected beneath molten metal. be necessary as some of the oxide scale
    The zinc forms a slag from which it on the bronze may have been reduced to
    may be recovered. metallic copper which is not soluble in
    the above pickle, or in a bright dip.
    This copper can only be removed by
    Removing Welding Scale from Stainless
    Steel nitric acid.

    The solution consists of 10 percent


    concentration by weight of 60° Baumd Gas Free Aluminum
    sulphuric acid mixed with approximately Formula No. 1
    10 percent by weight of rock salt. This British Patent 435,104
    solution should be used at a temperature Aluminum or its alloys are freed from
    of about 150° F. In all pickling opera- hydrogen or other gases by melting under
    tions the pickling acid should be rinsed the following flux and bubbling nitrogen
    off in hot water and the work then through melt:
    dipped for 40 minutes or longer in a Potassium Chloride 50 lb.
    warm (120-145° F.) 10 to 20 percent Salt 40 lb.
    by volume solution of 38° Baumd com- Sodium Fluoride 10 lb.
    mercial nitric acid and followed by a
    No. 2
    wash in hot water. This puts the metal British Patent 456,462
    surface in the best possible condition to
    eat with
    resist corrosion.
    Salt 2 lb.
    Sodium Fluoride 1 lb.
    De-Scaling Stainless Steel Borax 1 lb.
    The removal of scale from heat treated The grain size of castings made later
    stainless steel is fairly difficult due to is refined.
    the fact that it is not readily attacked No. 3
    by ordinary pickling solutions. U. S. Patent 2,024,751
    Extremely heavy scale is usually re- The molten metal is treated with 0.05-
    moved by sand-blasting. A
    mild pickling 5% sodium borofluoride.
    solution of 10% sulphuric acid in water
    at 150° F. will soften the scale ’but is No. 4
    not extremely active in its removal. A U. S. Patent 2,056,233
    mixture of 10% rock salt and 10% sul- A method of degassing molten alumi-
    phuric acid by weight in water at 150° num and aluminum base alloys comprises
    P. is somewhat more active and will adding thereto from about 0.01 to 1 per
    attack scale readily. cent of sodium, maintaining molten
    A
    solution of 50% hydrochloric acid charge at a temperature below about
    in water will attack scale very rapidly
    1475° F. from % to 10 hours, and intro-
    at 160° F. Parts pickled in any of the ducing from about % to 4 ounces of
    above solutions must be rinsed immedi- anhydrous aluminum chloride per hun-
    ately in w'-arm water and then dipped in dred pounds of melt.
    a 20% nitric acid solution, rinsed again No. 5
    in warm wmter and then dried. Parts U. S. Patent 2,056,233
    should never be left in any pickling A method of degassing molten alumi-
    solution, only long enough to soften or num and aluminum base alloys comprises
    remove scale, or metal itself will be at- adding thereto from about 0.01 to 1 per
    tacked. cent of sodium, maintaining the melt at
    a temperature below about 1475° F. for
    Descaling Iron a period of about % to 10 hours and
    U. S.Patent 1,979,996 thereafter passing a gaseous fluorinated
    Iron eathodically pickled in sul-
    is hydrocarbon through the melt for a pe-
    phuric acid (5-20%) containing tin riod of about 1 to 15 minutes.
    (1.5-2 g. per litre) as tin sulphate.

    Dephosphorizing Steel
    Removing Fire Seale from Bronze The following low^ melting slag is used
    ^
    Bronze can be pickled in an 8% solu- in an induction furnace:
    tion of sulphuric acid to which 2 oz./gal. Silica 3 lb.
    of sodium dieliromate has been added. Lime 60 lb
    270 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Iron Oxide 35 lb. Brazing Solder
    Fluorspar 2 lb. U. Patent 2,073,077
    S.
    Tin 13 -17 oz.
    Phosphorus 3%- 5^^ oz.
    Removing Residual Calcium from Lead Copper 831/^-77% oz.
    U. S. Patent 1,979,442
    Molten lead containing residual calcium
    is stirred vigorously at 405-455° F. while Stop-off Paste for Use in the Silver
    being treated with three doses (per 100 Brazing of Monel
    tons of lead) of caustic soda 75 pounds There is a need at times for preventing
    and sodium nitrate 30 pounds, each treat- the flow of silver solder, at brazing tem-
    ment lasting one to one and one-half peratures, over portions of a metal sur-
    hours. face to which it is being applied. A very
    useful way to do this on Monel is to
    first outline the area to which the molten
    Copper Oxide Rectifier Metal
    silver solder is to be confined with a
    U. S. Patent 2,060,905
    Copper sheet is heated in air contain- thick paste of flake graphite in sodium
    silicate solution (commercial water glass).
    ing 0.015-0.1 volume %
    of chlorine.
    The mixture fluxes at brazing tempera-
    ture, but is easy to remove on cooling.
    Removal of Aluminum Oxide from Alloys Pastes of graphite or of powdered char-
    coal with shellac are also fairly effective.
    Stir molten alloy by means of a stream
    Powdered charcoal and watergiass paste
    of nitrogen gas for 8-10 minutes. The
    is effective in confining the solder, but
    aluminum oxide floats to surface and is hard to remove on cooling.
    may be skimmed off.

    Galvanizing Flux
    Wear
    Resistant Iron Surface U. S. Patent 2,106,982
    Canadian Patent 370,273 Triethanolamine 0.5- 2%
    Cast iron 1 lb. and borax 1 oz. are Zinc Chloride 99.5-98%
    fused together and mild steel 0.5 oz. and
    borax 0.5 oz. are fused together, and the
    two products fused together with 1 oz. Welding Rod Flux
    borax, cooled at room temperature, and IT. S. Patent 2,113,222
    amount of the product is welded to an Sodium Carbonate 45 oz.
    independent metallic body in the presence Borax 45 oz.
    of a borax flux, and cooled slowly at Carbon 3 oz.
    room temperature. The applied mass is Ferrosilieon 2 oz.
    machined to desired shape and size, Gelatin 2 oz.
    heated to a hardening temperature and Silicate of Soda 3 oz.
    quenched.

    Flux Coating for Welding Electrode


    Brazing Flux U. S. Patent 2,051,775
    Formula No. 1 Ilmenite 25 oz.
    British Patent 454,070
    Talc 25 oz.
    Potassium Bifluoride 75-81 oz.
    Sodium Silicate 50 oz.
    Water 37-43 oz.
    Boil until dissolved
    Flux for Welding Zinc
    Add and dissolve in above French Patent 815,320
    Boric Acid 28-34 oz. Ammonium Chloride 65 g,
    Evaporate until a soft paste is formed. Zinc Chloride 25 g.
    No. 2 Salt 4 g.
    British Patent 454,070 Lithium Chloride 3 g.
    Potassium Acid Fluoride 78 g. Potassium Fluoride 3 g.
    Water 40 g.
    Boric Acid 30 g.
    Evaporate to desired consistency. Torch Welding Flux
    British Patent 470,868
    No. 3 Iron Oxide 8.8 lb.
    (Low Melting) Boron Oxide 45.0 lb.
    Borax 4 oz. Alumina 4.4 lb.
    Soda Ash 3 oz. Unsaponifiable Mineral
    Potassium Carbonate 3 oz. Grease 41.8 lb.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 271

    No. 7
    Liquid, Non- Acidic For Copper Wires
    Ammonium Chloride 100 g. Rosin, Finely Powdered I to make
    Mineral Oil, Neutral 900 g. Ammonia (sp. gr. 0.880) J soap.
    Shake before use. No. 8
    a. Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous20 lb.
    For Tin and Baser Metals Petrolatum 30 lb.
    Petrolatum 100 g.
    &. Petrolatum 50 lb.
    Ammonium Chloride 25 g.
    Mix a thoroughly, then work in h.
    Melt at 75° C. Stir cold.
    No. 9
    Paste a. Vegetable Oil 100 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Tallow 100 lb.
    Woolfat Fatty Acid 50 g. Rosin 50 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 3 g. h. Ammonium Chloride 20 lb.
    Saponify by not too strong heating for Water 50 lb.
    some time. Melt Uj stir until cold enough to have
    No. 2 high viscosity. Mix in h.
    . Tallow 2 kg,
    Bosin 2 kg.
    . Ammonium Chloride 1 kg. For All Metals Except Aluminum
    Melt CE, cool to near paste consistency, Formula No. 1
    work in &. Stir until cold. Rosin 7 lb.
    No. 3 Petrolatum, Yellow 45 lb.
    Japan Wax 35 g. Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous 15 lb.
    Hard Paraffin 250 g.
    No. 2
    Petrolatum 3250 g.
    Ammonium Chloride 250
    Ammonium Chloride 35 lb.
    g.
    Zinc Chloride, Powdered 65 lb.
    Zinc Chloride 1250 g.
    Petrolatum 900 lb.
    No. 4 or
    Ammonium Chloride 1 kg. Petrolatum 800 lb.
    Rosin 4 kg. Woolfat 50 lb.
    Tallow 5 kg. Woolf at Fatty Acid 50 lb.
    No. 5
    Rosin 450 g.
    No. 3
    Tallow 450 g.
    Cottonseed Oil 226 kg.
    Ammonium Chloride 50-100 g.
    Tallow 181 kg.
    Rosin 1 kg.
    No. 6
    Ammonium Chloride 120-200 g.
    Rosin 250 g.
    Tallow 650 g. Melt aj work in b. Cool partly, add o.
    Ammonium Chloride 100 g. Stir until cold.

    General Soldering Fluxes


    Lead to lead with coarse solder Tallow
    Lead to brass or gunmetal with coarse solder Tallow
    Lead to brass or gunmetal with fine solder Tallow or resin
    Tinning brass or gunmetal for soldering Tallow or resin
    Clean zinc, copper, brass, etc., for soldering Zinc chloride
    Zinc, not cleaned Dilute hydrochloric acid
    Tinplate for bit soldering Zinc chloride
    Pewter and block tin Olive oil, tallow, etc.
    Tinning copper bits Ammonium chloride or zinc chloride
    Nickel or Monel metal | Saturated zinc chloride 50 per cent in
    J
    Stainless Steel hydrochloric acid
    ) |
    Wrought iron Zinc chloride
    Cast iron Zinc or ammonium chloride
    Brass, gunmetal or copper Zinc chloride, resin or ammonium
    chloride
    Bronze Zinc chloride or resin
    Gold Zinc chloride
    Silver Zinc chloride
    Bismuth Zinc chloride or resin
    Terne plate Zinc chloride
    272 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Soldering Flux Flux for Silver Soldering Stainless Steel
    British Patent 471,202 U. S. Patent 1,968,841
    Salicylic Acid 5 oz. Formula No, 1
    Rosin 95 oz. Borax 1 lb.
    Aniline Hydrochloride
    ^

    2 oz. Ammonium Chloride 1 lb.


    Ethylene &lycol 100-500 oz. Boric Acid 1 lb.
    No. 2
    Borax 3 lb.
    Soldering Flux Ammonium Chloride 1 lb.
    Ethylene dianaine hydrochloride as a Boric Acid 2 lb.
    saturated water solution is used as a
    soldering flux. It is found to he effec- Aluminum Solder
    tive in soldering copper, brass, and gal- Formula No. 1
    vanized iron when using a soldering iron. XT. S. Patent 2,013,340
    Excellent soldered joints are obtainable Zinc 95 oz.
    with white or yellow gold, nickel and Aluminum 5 oz.
    silver. It is useful in making the joints Melt together under sodium cyanide.
    in streamline flexible copper tubing.
    No., 2
    It is soluble to the extent of 35 parts
    U. S. Patent 1,993,490
    in 100 parts by weight of water at 25°
    Tin 33 oz.
    C., the solubility increasing with tempera-
    Zinc 11 oz.
    ture to 165 parts in 100 parts of water
    Silver 23 oz.
    at the maximum boiling point (115° C.)
    of the solution. No. 3
    U. S. Patent 2,059,497
    A solder for aluminum plates consists
    of 60 g. tin, 25 g. cadmium, 7.5 g. silver
    Iron and Steel Soldering Flux
    U. S. Patent 2,031,913
    and 7.5 g.aluminum.
    Zinc Chloride 99.75-99 oz. No. 4
    Sodium Nitrate 0.25- 1 oz. French Patent 811,558
    Tin 40 g.
    Zinc 40 g.
    Aluminum Flux Cadmium 20 g.
    British Patent 435,279 Diethylamine Hydrochloride 22 g.
    Barium Chloride 15 lb. Petrolatum 14 g.
    Sodium Sulphate 8 lb. No. 5
    Potassium Permanganate 2 lb.
    ,

    German Patent 652,572


    Zinc Chloride 27 lb. Tin 60 g.
    Potassium Fluoride 24 lb.
    Cadmium 25 g.
    Sodium Fluoride 24 lb.
    Silver 7% g.
    Aluminum 7% g.
    Soft Soldering Flux
    U. S. Patent 2,045,017 Aluminum Plate Solder
    Petrolatum 70.0 oz. Tin 60 oz.
    ^

    Ammonium Chloride 4.5 oz. Cadmium 25 oz.


    Zinc Chloride 16.8 oz. Silver 7.5 oz.
    Stannous Chloride 5.0 oz. Aluminum 7.5 oz.
    Water 3.7 oz*
    Aluminum Cable Solder
    Tin 40 g.
    Soft Soldering Flux Zinc 40 g.
    U. S. Patent 1,974,436 Cadmium 20 g.
    Zinc Chloride 25 oz.
    The above is used with a flux which
    Alcohol 20 dz. ^

    gives joints of good electrical eonduc-


    Ammonium Cetyl Sulphate % bz. tivity.

    Easy Spreading Soldering Flux Solder for Aluminum or Cast Iron


    Water 10 gal. French Patent 795,882
    Zinc Chloride 37 lb. Barium Chloride 60 g.
    Ammonium Chloride 3 lb. Sodium Chloride 25 g.
    Hydrochloric Acid (18%) 1 gal. Calcium Chloride 5 g.
    Butyl ^ ^ Cellosolve ’ ’ 1 gal. Magnesium Chloride 5 g.
    Wetting Agent 3 oz* Sodium Fluoride 5 g
    MATERIALS OF COISTSTRUCTIOK

    Conner to Aluminum Solder The advantages of silver solder oyer


    French Patent 796,352 other types of solder are strength, resist-
    ance to vibration and shock, resistance
    Ti" |-
    Prac-
    . lo g- to corrosion, ease of fabrication.
    Muminum
    tically all metals that can be heated
    Lead 10 |-
    g- without danger to 1,200° F. can be silver
    Copper
    ^ soldered.
    Silver
    ________ The strongest silver soldered joints
    Furalumiii Solder are made with the remarkably small gap
    French Patent 812,672 of one and one-half thousandths of an
    mij, 6 .38 g.
    /
    inch between the parts to be joined.
    liver g- Being so thin, the joint has a neat ap-
    Lead g- pearance. In many cases, the silver sol-
    Antimony 0.04 g. dered joint is invisible to the naked eye.
    ^ ^ In addition to its high strength, which
    Zinc
    SulplTLur makes silver soldering suitable for join-
    Aluminum ing electrical parts or piping that must
    withstand temperatures up to 850° F., the
    Solder silver soldered joint has good corrosion
    IT. S. Patent 2,025,323 resistance. Silver soldering is used espe-
    Lead cially in chemical equipment in which
    ismelted and to it is added joints are exposed to severe corrosion by
    Ammonium Chloride g. % acids or other reagents.
    and the dross is skimmed off*. Then add Recent developments in silver soldering
    Tin 3.13 oz. have made itextremely easy to produce
    Bismuth oz. excellent joints. A method that is often
    Mix and cast into forms. used for pipes requires simply a torch
    and a ring of silver solder of the same
    Soft Bolder diameter as the pipe. The torch is fed
    Patent 2,033,102
    IT. S. with illuminating gas and air or oxygen.
    Zinc Ammonium Chloride 60 oz. The ring of silver solder is slipped over
    Lead-Tin Solder, Powdered 37 oz. the pipe to be soldered. The fftting is
    Zinc Powder 3 oz. then slipped over the pipe and the ring.
    Press into sticks without a binder. The joint is heated uniformly with the
    torch until silver solder is seen oozing
    Solders for Monel out at the edge of the joint. Nothing
    Soft Solder more need be done.
    Lead 50 oz. Other developments include dip braz-
    Tin 50 oz. ing, in which the joint to be made is
    Sard Solder dipped in a bath of molten silver solder,
    Silver 60 oz. and resistance brazing. In the latter
    Copper 25 oz. method inserts are used as described
    Tin 15 oz. above, but the heat is supplied electrically
    rather than by a torch. These and other
    Low Tin
    Bolder new developments are rapidly extending
    French Patent 796,433 the fields of application of the highly
    Lead 75 -90% efficient process of silver soldering.
    Tin 5 -25%
    Bismuth 1 -5% Soldering Iron Tip
    . Cadmium 1 - 3% Canadian Ratent 364,152
    Antimony 0.5- 5% Copper 97.0 oz.
    Cobalt 2,6 oz.
    Silver Soldering Beryllium 0.4 oz.
    Silver soldering is no different in prin-
    ciple from soldering with plumber or Quick Solders
    tinsmith ^s solder^ familiar to
    wliieli is Mosers Metal
    everyone. But whereas ordinary solder Lead 1 lb.
    is made of tin and lead, and melts at Tin 1 lb.
    about 300° F., silver solder is made of Bismuth 2 lb.
    silver and copper, with usually some zinc, Melts at 95° C. in a graphite, cast iron,
    and melts at higher temperatures : 1,200'- or fire-clay crucible.
    1,600° F. The applications of silver WeaJc Solder
    Solders in industry are discussed and up- Lead 1 lb.
    to-date methods for using the solders also Tin 2 lb.
    described. Melts at 171° C.
    MATERIALS OF COISrSTRUCTION
    Quich Solder Phosphoric Acid (Syrupy) 8 e*
    Lead Lactic Acid 8 %
    Tin Lanolin 74
    g*

    Melts at 181°C. No. 4


    Strong Quiclc Solder Ceresin 10 g.
    Lead Stearic Acid 30 o**

    Tin Rosin 22
    g.
    Melts at 224° C. Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous 38
    g!
    The first three components are melted
    Soldering Fluids in a steam heated kettle and when
    liquid
    Formula No. 1 the zinc chloride is stirred in. It will
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous result in a granular structure.
    Glycerol No. 5
    Alcohol (Denatured) Ammonium Chloride 29 o-.
    Water Sulphur (Powder) 33 g]
    No. 2 Rosin 2
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous Paraffin Wax 9
    Ammonium Chloride Tallow 21 5]
    Hydrochloric Acid Salt
    5 g[
    (Sp. G. 1.18) Balsam 1
    g’
    '^Cellosolve^' The paraffin and tallow are melted in
    Water a steam heated kettle and while molten
    No. 3 the other solids are stirred in; the balsam
    Antimony Oxide is added after the mixture has been re-
    Glycerol moved from the heat.
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous
    No. 6
    Hydrochloric Acid
    Hydrofluoric Acid 2 g.
    (Sp. G. 1.18)
    Phosphoric Acid (Syrupy) 1 g.
    Water Borax q g^
    No. 4 Gum Arabic or Karaya 15 g!
    Glycerol Water 70 g.
    Alcohol (Denatured)
    The water is first heated to boiling
    Zinc Sulphate
    and the source of heat is removed; the
    No. 5 gum is added in small quantities and
    Cuprous Chloride stirred in before adding more. "TOen a
    Copper Strips homogeneous jelly is obtained the other
    Methyl Alcohol components are added and stirred in
    No. 6 tlioroughly.
    Rosin No. 7
    Benzine Stearic Acid 35 g.
    No. 7 Borax 4 g^
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous Rosin 4 g[
    Sulphonated Mineral Oil Balsam 10
    No. 8 Tin (Powdered) 32 g!
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous Zinc (Powdered) 15 g.
    Amyl or Butyl Acetate
    Soldering Powders
    Formula No. 1
    Soldering Pastes
    Iron (Powdered)
    Formula No. 1 Borax
    Zinc Chloride 20 o-. Sodium Carbonate
    Palm Oil so g.
    The zinc chloride is mixed with suffi- No. 2
    ^
    cient water to form a heavy paste and is
    For Cast Iron
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous
    then triturated into the palm oil.
    Ammonium Chloride
    No. 2 Potassium Chloride
    Petrolatum 60 g. Sodium Chloride
    Rosin 20 g.
    Silicate or Filler (Fusible) 20 g. For Aluminum
    No! 3 Potassium Chloride
    Hydrochloric Acid Sodium Chloride
    (Sp. G. 1.18) 10 g. Potassium Fluoride
    6

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

    Lithium Chloride 15 g. Welding Electrode


    U. Patent 2,073,371
    Sodium Pyro Phosphate g. S.
    Silver 0 02 -
    .

    No. 4 Copper
    For Iron, Copper and Brass
    Calcium Hydroxide 1.5 g.
    Aluminum Oxide 1.5 g. Welding Electrode
    Aluminum (Powdered) 1 g- U. S. Patent 2,045,138
    Borax 60 g. Zinc 0,25
    oz.
    Potassium Chlorate 36 g. Chromium 0.50
    oz.
    Silver 1.00
    oz.
    No. 5
    Copper 98.25
    oz.
    For Aluminum
    This gives a hard alloy of high con-
    Barium Chloride 40 g.
    ductivity.
    Potassium Chloride 30 g.
    Sodium Chloride 20 g.
    Cryolite 10 g.
    Resistance Welding Electrode
    No.' U. S. Patent 2,038,390
    Borax 52 g. Cadmium 0.10- l.i
    Sodium Phosphate (Tri) 13 g. Beryllium 0.01- 2.i
    Solder (Powdered) 35 g. Copper, to make 100
    No. 7
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous 8 g. Welding Flux
    Ammonium Chloride 80 g. British Patent 461,418
    Sodium Fluoride 12 g. Ferro-Manganese
    No. 8 Silicon Carbide
    limenite
    Ammonium Chloride 5 g.
    15 Feldspar
    Eosin g.
    Talc
    Zinc Chloride, Anhydrous 20 g.
    Urea 10 g.
    Sodium Silicate
    Solder (Powdered) 50 g.
    Water
    This combination is usually sold in
    pelletform. Fluxes for Aluminum Welding
    Formula No. 1
    No. 9
    Potassium Chloride 45
    Thichlor naphthalene (melted upon the
    Sodium Chloride 33
    warm metal and then wiped off).
    Lithium Chloride 15
    Potassium Fluoride 7
    No. 2
    Are Welding Electrodes Potassium Chloride 30
    Formula No. 1 Sodium Chloride 45
    U. S. Patent 2,010,695 Lithium Chloride 10
    Flux for coating iron welding elec-
    Potassium Fluoride 15
    trodes consists of (A) 1:1:1 mixture of
    finely ground feldspar, titanium^ dioxide No. 3
    and commercial water-glass solution, (B) Potassium Chloride^ 45
    a 1:2:2 mixture of the same components Sodium Chloride 30
    with 0.5-2 (1)% of carbon, (C) ilmenite Lithium Chloride 15
    (21), feldspar (39), ferro-manganese Sodium Fluoride 3.5

    (9), asbestos, and aqueous water-glass.


    Potassium Thiosulphate 3

    No. 2 No. 4
    British Patent 455,760 Potassium Chloride 50
    A metal rod is coated with the follow- Barium Chloride 35.5
    ing: Lithium Chloride
    . 10
    Potassium Fluoride 3
    Rutile 12 oz.
    Sodium Fluoride 1.5
    Sodium Silicate Glass 15 oz.
    Vermont Talc 7 oz. No. 5
    Silica, Amorphous 5 oz. Swiss Patent 179,169
    Asbestos, Short Fiber 5 oz. Potassium Chloride 41.5
    Gum Arabic 5 oz. Balt 32.5
    Ferro-Manganese 10 oz. Lithium Chloride 10.0
    Sodium Silicate, Liquid 24 oz. Sodium Fluoride 6;5
    Water 17 oz. Potassium Bromide 9.5
    276 MATERIALS OF COlTSTRUCTIOlsr

    Welding Powder Metal Melting Flux (For Down-Draft


    Linden Wood Charcoal, Furnaces)
    Powdered 650 g. Coke Dust, Grromid Fine 60 lb.
    Calcium Carbonate, Heavy 350 g. Lime 20 lb!
    Mix and strain until no white crystals Silica Sand or Fluorspar 10 lb.
    are visible. Common Rock Salt 10 1b.
    10% of this
    XTse 5 to mixture in the
    Brass Welding Rod furnace and you will find cleaner, solider
    Patent 2,035,423
    XT. S. eastings when this fiux is used. It also
    Copper 57 lb. keeps the furnace clean. Add 2% when
    Nickel 2 lb. charging the furnace, balance when metal
    Iron 1 - 2 lb. is melted, which is in about 15 minutes.
    Vanadium 0.005-- 1 lb. It protects the metal with a covering, at
    Zinc, to make 100 lb. the same time decomposing oxides that
    may be taken up in the melting before
    Non-Fuming Brass Welding Rod the covering can cover the ifietal
    U. S. Patent 2,046,088
    The addition of 0.01-0.1% chromium Bearing Metal
    restrains fuming. Patent 1,992,548
    XT. S.
    The following powdered metals are
    Welding Rod heated to 370° C., briquetted and sin-
    XT. S.Patent 2,087,202 tered in a closed vessel with ammonium
    This is used for hard wear-resisting chloride as a flux.
    metal parts. Ifon 50 oz.
    Molybdenum 15- 25 % Copper 80 oz.
    Tungsten 3- 12 % Zinc 20 oz.
    Boron 1- 3 ^/2 % 2 oz.
    Nickel 2- 10 %
    Iron, to make 100 %
    Tinning Gray Cast Iron
    Iron Welding Rod Castings to be tinned should be thor-
    XT. S. Patent 2,024,991
    oughly cleaned either by sandblasting or
    Coating by tumbling in a dry mill with star shot
    Slag Forming Material 65-98 oz. for 12 hours. The castings should be
    Cannel Goal 25- 2 oz. packed just loose enough for the shot
    Binder to roll. They should be loose enough
    Slip Clay 50 oz. for the shot to get in between them but
    Iron Oxide 20 oz. not so loose that they can roll themselves.
    Calcium Carbonate 20 oz. A good operator knows from the sound
    Rutile 10 oz. of the mill whether or not the parts are
    Manganese Dioxide 5 oz. rolling properly for the best results. The
    Coal 10 oz. milling process gives the castings a
    bright, hard appearance, and any slight
    rust which may appear during storage
    Plux for Cadmium and Its Alloys
    will disappear during the next step in
    British Patent 442,985
    the process.
    Cadmium Chloride 58 g.
    Sodium Chloride After cleaning, the castings should be
    20 g.
    pickled for about 12 hours in a solution
    Potassium Chloride 22 g. of 1 part hydrofluoric acid in 400 parts
    of water. The pickling process can be
    Cadmium Refining Flux accelerated by increasing the amount of
    French Patent 788,493 acid. Too much pickling will produce a
    Cadmium Chloride 58 lb. black sludge of carbon on the castings
    Potassium Chloride 22 lb. which is hard to remove. Because of
    Sodium Chloride 20 lb. the^ extreme corrosive nature of this acid,
    it is best to drain the used acid from
    Steel Dephosphorizing and the tanks and rinse the castings with a
    Desulphurizing Plux hose before removing them to save the
    French Patent 786,386 operators’ hands.
    Lime 45 lb. Just prior to the actual tinning the
    Silica 20 lb. castings are wet milled using star shot
    Iron Oxide 19 lb. and water. The same precautions with
    Manganese Dioxide 6 lb. regard to packing apply as in the case
    Fluorspar 10 lb, of dry milling. It is essential that the
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 277

    water does not leak away and leave tke ide,, to a thickness of %
    to %-inch. The
    as they will be- flux melts down to a black fluid which
    eastings exposed to air
    milling will have covers the surface of the molten metal.
    come oxidized and the
    It should be renewed by the operator as
    to be repeated. ^

    After 10 to 12 hours of wet milling,


    required. Skimming should be fre-
    water, add hy- quently carried out.
    some operators drain the
    (muriatic) acid and more It is maintained by some that castings
    drochloric
    need only be held in the tin bath until
    water to the mills, and roll them
    for
    The acid is the tongs cease to vibrate. Experience
    another 30 to 60 minutes.
    has determined, however, that it is neces-
    added to the water in the proportion of
    this may be varied sary to hold them in the bath until they
    1 to 70, although
    come to the temperature of the molten
    from 1 to 50 to 1 to 100 and still obtain
    good results. When acid milling is set
    tin. The operators soon learn from ex-
    process, perience how long castings should remain
    up as a permanent part of the
    to equip the mills with in the pots. The time of course is vari-
    it is advisable
    generated able, depending upon the amount loaded
    release valves, which allow the
    in the pots at any given time.
    hydrogen to escape and yet seal the mills
    against water leakage.
    After the castings have reached the
    While it might appear that the long temperature of the roughing pot they
    are removed with tongs and dropped into
    wet milling would clean the castings
    sufficiently without the acid treatment,
    the finishing pot, which is covered with
    experience has determined that for steady a layer of b^eef tallow. This pot can be
    production and uniformly bright tinning, run cooler than the roughing pot, and a
    This is little experience will indicate to the op-
    the acid milling is necessary.
    due to the fact that during the wet mill- erator when the pot is running too cold.
    ing a certain amount of oxidation takes The melted tallow should be skimmed
    place which is removed by the acid treat- frequently from the finishing pot, if it
    ment. begins to appear lumpy. The layer
    After the acid treatment the castings should be maintained at a thickness of
    are stored under water until they are to approximately %-inch.
    be tinned. This under water storage pre- It will be found economical to employ
    vents rusting. If kept under water too the same operator and the same tongs
    long, the castings will not tin readily. to remove castings from the roughing pot
    Forty-eight hours is the limit of safety. and place them in the finishing pot.
    Just prior to tinning, the castings are After immersing the castings in the fin-
    dipped into the flux. Some operators ishing pot, the operator should remove
    refine this step of the process by using them with the same hot tongs and hand
    three tanks. The first tank contains a them to the shaker, who twirlsthem
    solution of 1 to 50 hydrofluoric acid and around to remove surplus tin. The shak-
    water. The second contains cold water, er tongs are cold. The reason for this
    ^s

    and the third a zinc chloride dipping flux is that it is almost impossible to use
    readily obtainable commercially. the same hot tongs for this part of the
    If quantities are relatively small, and process as are used for the roughing pot.
    the castings are of size to permit it, The }iot tongs stick to the tinned sur-
    itwill be found that an ordinary wooden faces]
    washtub makes a suitable low-cost dip After shaking, the castings are dipped
    tank. A light-gage lead lining will in- in kerosene, then plunged into cold water,
    crease the life of the tubs. The thin and finally laid away. The kerosene tub
    sheet metal bands of the commercial must be kept cool by a water jacket,
    washtub should be removed and wielded and skimmed frequently.
    rods substituted. Dip tanks should be For an extremely bright finish the
    set on sleepers^' to facilitate cleaning castings are given a light buffi with a
    around them. soft cloth wheel. Practically the same
    results can be obtained at a lower cost
    Temperature Control Important by packing them fairly tightly in a
    The tin pots should be kept at a tem- wooden barrel with hardwood sawdust,
    perature of approximately 550® F. at all and rolling them for an hour.
    times. In the absence of a pyrometer It may be interesting to note that
    the pots should be kept at just such a malleable castings respond readily to the
    heat that the flux smokes. If the tin foregoing process.
    chars a pine shaving, it is too hot for Steel pieces tin readily and do not re-
    tinning purposes. To prevent oxidation quire the preliminary milling and hydro-
    of the molten metal, the surface of the fluoric acid pickle. It is absolutely nec-
    first tin bath or roughing pot should be essary to clean all grease or oil from
    covered with flux, zinc ammonium chlor- the steel pieces by a cleaning solution.
    278 MATEEIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Approved practice includes running them plant is first to thoroughly sandblast
    through a cleaner, then a cold rinse, and the eastings. This means that every
    then immersing them in a boiling solu- corner and indentation has been perfectly
    tion of 1 part hydrochloric acid and 50 sandblasted. In many cases, later coat-
    parts water for live minutes. ing troubles have been caused by not
    Castings too small to be handled read- carefully cleaning the corners, and more
    ily with tongs may be tinned in wire difficult places. All rust should be en-
    baskets. The basket should be of such tirely removed by the sandblasting. The
    size that the parts it holds will not weigh next step is a thorough tumbling, when
    more than 15 to 18 pounds. The wire that is possible and practical, to obtain
    should roll outward over the top rein- a smooth surface. Sandblasting gives a
    forcement and should be braced strongly. rough finish; tumbling will smooth this
    The handle should be about 40 inches roughness offi, and give a smooth surface
    long and preferably made of steel tub- for the tin to be deposited upon.
    ing, %-ineh outside diameter, and After sandblasting and tumbling, the
    inch wall. next step is pickling. There is only one
    At first operators may find that the acid that will dissolve silica or the fine
    small pieces in the basket stick together. sand picked up by the iron from the
    This trouble disappears as the operator runner, or from the molds. This acid
    gains experience. The easiest remedy is is hydrofluoric acid, commercially known
    to mix parts that are half-round with as ' ^
    casting acid. ^ ^
    The castings should
    flat pieces, or to keep special spherical be given a light pickle for about 20
    pieces for the purpose. Quick shaking minutes to half an hour in a solution
    and dumping will remove most of the of one-half of 1 per cent sulphuric acid
    trouble. Pieces with holes in them may and %0 of 1 % hydrofluoric acid, at a
    be strung on wires, lowered into the pots, pickle bath temperature of about 140°
    and shaken by the loop of wire which F. If this acid mixture does not abso-
    should resemble a hoop. lutely clean the surface, then muriatic
    Eetinning, which is always a difficult acid, which is stronger than sulphuric,
    process at best, is most easily accom- can be used. Since this formula is giv-
    plished by milling the castings over again ing satisfactory results no trouble should
    with the tin on them. be encountered. If the pickling is done
    Freshly tinned work should be removed in a small tank of about 300 to 400
    quickly from the acid and steam as they gallons of solution, it is cheaper to empty
    will dull quickly in a moist atmosphere. the pickle every night and make up a
    Special jobs for shelf merchandise should new pickle each day. This also gives
    be wrapped in wax paper immediately. better cleaning practice.
    Tin melts at 449° F. The size of the
    tin bath, etc,, size of articles, production,
    Hot Tinning Cast Iron etc., will determine the exact tin bath
    As the hot dip tinning of east iron temperature to use. About 475 to 500°
    eastings is a very difficult matter, it is F. should give a good finish. A good
    necessary to explain the cause of the brand of Straits tin should be used in
    trouble. The iron in making such cast- the tin pot. Sometimes much difficulty
    ings often picks up sand. In addition is encountered due to the use of hard
    to this feature, often cast iron is filled tins. The eastings, if small, should be
    with graphite. Thus when any attempt carefully withdrawn from the bath so
    is made to clean such eastings, these two no ‘ ^ run-ofl ’ ^ or ‘ ' drip ' ^ places are left.
    factors are difficult to overcome. Both They are then quenched in a kerosene
    very fine silica and graphite flakes or oil bath, with a water jacket around it
    particles may be embedded in the sur- to take up the heat. They are finally
    face skin of the castings, and when not dried in sawdust.
    entirely removed in the cleaning and
    pickling processes, the tin adheres as
    coating on a greasy surface. Thus Hot Tinning of Copper
    to obtain a perfect tin coating on east Copper that is to be tinned by the hot
    iron castings, all this fine silica and dip process is usually fabricated into
    graphite must be entirely removed in some form or other. The first step there-
    the cleaning processes. fore, is to be sure all oil and grease
    The most modern method of cleaning have been removed. This is done by
    castings is by blast cleaning. This putting the work through a good com-
    equipment, however, is expensive, and is mercial cleaning bath. The solution is
    used only where a very large production kept at about 180-200° F. All of the
    is available. The next best method of article must be submerged in the solu-
    cleaning such castings for the very small tion so as to avoid oxidation. When the
    MATERIALS OF COKSTRUCTIOlSr 279

    oil
    all been removed then
    and grease have ticles are drained well it is not necessary
    the next step is to wash thoroughly in a to dry them as they can be put into the
    hot water rinse at the same temperature. tin bath very slowly without spattering
    When the work has been thoroughly and throwing the tin.
    rinsed, the next step is pickling. This is Tin melts at about 450® F. and it
    done in a mixture of nitric and sulphuric should be possible to get a good bright
    acids in the proportion of 1 gal. of
    38® coat at 480-500® F. If the work is not
    nitric acid, 1 gal. of 66® sulphuric acid, bright enough or smooth enough, raise
    1 gal. of water, and a little muriatic acid. the temperature to about 520® F. Use
    When these acids are mixed, heat is gen- good Straits tin in the bath and see that
    erated and therefore, much care should the tin is always clean and is never
    he used. All acids, etc., should be kept in burned or overheated. After the articles
    stoneware. The pickling tank is a small have been coated thoroughly, they are
    acid-proof brick tank with a hood over slowly withdrawn from the tin bath, al-
    ib .
    lowing them to drain well, and turning
    ,
    When the work has been given the so that the metal will run back over the
    bright dip in the pickling solution, it is piece and not make any lumps, run-olf,
    again thoroughly rinsed, and then dipped or extra heavy coating spots. Then they
    in a liquid flux of zinc chloride. In order are plunged into a kerosene oil bath,
    to have a high quality flnish, attention quenched in a running water jacketed
    is called to the fact that the solutions tank. From here they are put in a saw-
    must be kept clean. The tin pot is filled dust box to dry uj) the oil, and then
    with good commercial Straits tin and the wiped clean with a soft smooth cloth.
    temperature of the molten tin is held at
    500-520® F., depending upon the char-
    acter of the work. The work when fully Tinning Milk Cans
    coated with tin is slowly withdrawn so A method and one which may be con-
    that it will drain clean. When the piece sidered to be practical for a small layout,
    has completely drained, it is then quickly and inexpensive operation is that of not

    quenched in a kerosene oil bath, cooled taking the can apart but carefully doing
    by a cold running water jacket. the best job possible under the circum-
    The last step is drying the articles. stances of tinning the can assembled.
    This can be done in sawdust, and then First the cans rrmst be put through
    if the articles are large, they can be
    a commercial cleaning solution to remove
    wiped with soft rags. If small articles, all the butter fats, etc., that may be

    they can be thoroughly dried in the lodged in the seams. It should be kept
    sawdust, sifted and then blown with an at about 200® F. After the can is ab-
    airblast. solutely clean, it is next washed thor-
    oughly in a water tank. This removes
    the alkali from the cleaner, and washes
    Hot Tinning Tableware out the greases and fats removed. If the
    The pieces must first be put through can is rusted, or has places or spots on
    a good commercial cleaning bath. The it that are rusted, these must be entirely
    temperature of the cleaning bath is held pickled off in a solution of muriatic acid.
    at about 200° F., and when the work is The strength of the acid will depend
    absolutely clean, it is removed and thor- upon the character of the rust. A light
    oughly rinsed in a hot water rinse at rust can be removed with a 2% solution
    200® F. at about 120® F., a heavy rust may re-
    The next step is pickling which can quire a 4% solution at about 120-140®
    be done in a muriatic acid solution. The F. The light rust may perhaps be re-
    strength can be tried at about 4%to moved in a cold solution; the acids should
    start withj if too strong, try 2%^ and be used cold if possible. If this will
    if too weak, make it stronger. The not remove the rust, then they will have
    strength will of course depend upon the to be heated. When the rust and all
    condition of the work to be replated. oxide have been entirely removed, the
    A light solution wdll be all right if the cans are put in a liquid flux solution of
    articles are not rusted; if rusted, they zinc ammonium chloride solution. They
    will require a stronger solution. The are then drained well and very slowly
    pickle can be used cold or hot; if not immersed in the tin bath, which has
    enough action cold, then it can be heated about % to ^ inch Grasselli tinning flux
    to 100-120° F. After pickling, the work on it. The melting point of tin is 449®
    should be washed thoroughly and then F. and the bath should be kept only
    dipped in a solution of Grasselli tinning shortly above the melting point, 500-
    flux; then drained well and laid in a 475® F. If two pots are used, the flrst
    warm place to dry slowly. If the ar- bath may be at 550® F. and the flnish-
    280 ^MATERIALS OF CGHSTRIJOTION
    ing batli at 500-475° F. The cans after plants steel is pickled in cold
    coming from the tin hath are dipped acid solutions (5—50 vol.-%).
    hydrochloric
    mto a large bath of heated fuel oil. A
    suitable solution for pickling
    Tins sets the^ coating and prevents oxi- coppei
    contains 124 s. of copper
    ^tion and discoloration of the coating. sulphate and
    From the fuel bath, they are taken to a :/ S- of sulphuric acid per kg. of solu-
    tion. Thisds operated at 60°
    wiping bench where they are first wiped a .) until dissolution of copper
    0. ('140“
    with cedar sawdust, then with whiting, oxide has
    reduced the acid content to
    then with pine sawdust and finally are 59 g. per ks
    The acid content is then brought
    wiped with a clean soft rag. If the Back to
    Its original fi^re by
    coating becomes tarnished by handling, the addition of
    it may be cleaned with gasoline and £%0°“r^’n?s“
    to 70
    f®“Pei-ature raised
    C. (^8 I’.) whilst pickling
    whiting. is
    eontinned. When the acid content has

    Testing Tin Plate Pores


    Pores in tin coating are revealed as Si- S a22°™PO.“'l5Sr'’,"jSuig
    ^
    spots of rust and copper when the tin I
    theacid content to 81
    g. per kg., coolinf
    plate is kept for 2 hours in boiling IS continued down
    to 20° C. (68° F
    aqueous copper sulphate 1-5 parts per This causes the excess copp’er )

    million of copper, sulphate


    to crystallize out and brings
    the pickle
    Daek. to its original composition.
    pickling and recovery cycle
    The
    is then re-
    THE HOT-TINOTN-G OF peated.
    fabricated articles In some eases the dissolved
    copper is
    The recovwed eleetrolytieally. The
    fabrication of
    pans, dishes, pickle used
    churns, wire, tubes, and other products
    from copper, steel and other metals, pro- HgSO, and is oper-
    duces a surface which requires degreas- ated at 40-50° C. (104-122°
    F.). During
    ing, pickling and fluxing, before it pickling the solution is circulated
    will from
    take a satisfactory coating of tin by the pickling vat through an
    electrolytic
    hot-dipping. It^ is proposed to discuss aa*! copper
    some of the variations in procedure and deposited on copper sheet cathodes
    at a
    manipulation in these preliminary treat- potential of 2 volts and a current
    density
    of 4 amp._ per sq. dm.
    ments, as well as in the actual tinning
    operation. The omde scale on brass may
    be re-
    Degreasing can be effected in three moved with negligible attack of the
    metal
    ways; by emulsifying the grease in a
    f'
    colntion of ZnClj, 2 NH
    4 Cl
    suitable solution such as hot 4’°°.|;,Por ig. solution) at 65° 0. (150°
    10 per cent i.). When the zinc content
    trisodium phosphate, by solution in the reaches about
    vapor of chlorinated hydrocarbons such -S'- per k^, the pickle is
    regenerated
    as trichlorethylene, and by cathodic treat- as follows, ^ecopper is precipitated
    ment m
    a suitable electrolyte. The ad-
    by adding the calculated
    quantity of
    metallic zinc and removed
    dition of about 2 per cent of alumina
    to by filtration,
    the solution of sodium carbonate, ^nough ammonium chloride is then
    or added
    ^ ^
    preferably trisodium phosphate, which is to transform toe excess zinc
    chloride into
    used as the electrolyte, considerably in- the double salt. Sufficient
    liquid is then
    creases the efaciency of a cathodic taken to pve the bulk
    de- necessary for
    grease. The use of water-miscible ^ picklmg after dilution, and
    'cut- the excess
    ting iquor IS concentrated by
    oil, in preference to ordinary evaporation.
    mineral oil in machining and pressing After pickling, the work
    should be
    makes the subsequent degreasing much ^ washed and tinned with as
    easier.^ It may be mentioned little delay as possible. The pickled
    here that ar-
    cathodic treatment after pickling ticles are stored, prior
    has to tinning, under
    been found to result in an improved water to which a little hydrochloric
    tin acid
    coating on copper. has been added. Immediately
    before tin-
    Both steel and copper are pickled in ning the articles are fluxed. The
    hot dilute sulphuric acid. In order
    compo-
    sition and method of use
    to vary with the
    avoid dissolution of the metal and absorp. basis metal and type of article,
    tion of hydrogen, an inhibitor as will
    or re- be seen later.^ The cleaning
    str^ner is generally added to solutions and prepara-
    tion of cast iron for tinning
    used for pickling steel. This is not is different
    nec- from the usual run of pickling processes
    essary, however, with copper,
    since the and will be discussed in detail under cast
    acid merely attacks the oxides. In
    some iron.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTIOl^ 281

    The Tinning of Copper Tubes then brushed with a soft, fine hemp
    This has been described in detail by brush, dipped in fat. The article is again
    Pettis. The tin pot is a flanged cast iron immersed for a few seconds to remove
    trough- U-shaped, about 10 inches wide all traces of brush marks, and passed to
    across the top, 7 inches deep and many the finisher.
    feet long. AV-shaped wooden trough of The finishing pot contains molten tal-
    the same length is used for fluxing. low in which hangs an iron rack. The
    The tubes, having been dipped in the article is placed on this rack and left
    solution of zinc chloride, used as a flux, long enough to melt off the surplus tin..
    are allowed to rest at an angle, to drain The thickness of the tin coating is de-
    ofl surplus solution. The tinner and his termined by the time and temperature
    helper then lift it by inserting iron hooks of this operation. A suitable working-
    in the ends and slowly lower it, one end temperature is 250° 0. (482° F.). The
    arst, into the tin which is kept at about work is then removed, shaken to remove
    .270° C. (518° F.). On removal from the most of the fat and such tin as has
    tin, one end is held high to allow the tin lodged in re-entrant parts, and then
    to run out of the tube back into the bath, placed on a rack at the side of the pot
    and the tube is then transferred to the to cool. The drainage beads are then
    wiping rack. This is a wooden horse carefully melted off in a listing-pot con-
    about two and a half feet high, on one taining pure tin, and the re-melted por-
    end of which the tube rests. The other tion of the coating set by dipping in
    end rests on the floor. The tinner holds water. Most of the tallow remaining on
    the tube Arm with a pair of tongs which the articles is removed by the rubber,
    grip the inner and outer walls at the top using rags and sharps, and a final polish
    end, and the wipers rapidly draw pieces is given by the cleaner, using fresh sharps
    of tow, one held in each hand, down the and soft rags. If the articles have very
    outside of the tube. The inside is then long handles tlie finisher, after allowing
    wiped, either by thrusting a rod, with the tin on the body of the article to set,
    one end wrapped in tow, through the immerses the handle in the molten tin
    tube, or, in the case of smaller tubes, in the listing-pot and then in the melted
    by pushing a snugly fitting cork through fat, in order to remove any runs or other
    the bore. Wooden rods are used to avoid blemishes produced while the body was
    scratching the coating. The addition of being finished.
    about 8-10 per cent of lead to the tin The re-tinning of articles which have
    makes the wiping operation easier. For been pressed from tinned sheets is carried
    use in contact with foodstuffs, milk, beer, out by the brusher, who allows them to
    etc., however, it is necessary to avoid soak for a short while in the pot of fat,
    the presence of lead in the tin coating. and then treats them in the same way
    When the insides only of the tubes are as work that has been rough-tinned. If
    to be tinned, the outsides are coated with the articles are slightly rusty they are
    distemper. dipped first of all in a solution of stan-
    nous chloride.
    In another method of tinning sheet-
    The Tinning of Steel Hollow-Ware
    ware, the articles are pickled in hydro-
    In a process described recently tallow
    chloric acid, fluxed with zinc chloride
    is used as a flux. The pickled articles,
    solution and tinned in a single bath at
    having been wiped with a rag or scrubbed
    with a brush, are rough-tinned at about
    about 260° 0. (500° F.) A bright finish
    is produced by quenching in a bath of
    370® C. (698° F.) by immersing in mol-
    water on which floats a layer of parafiSn
    ten tin on which floats layer of thick-
    oil three inches or so deep. Cleaning in
    ened tallow to a depth of two or three
    hot alkali solution is followed by wash-
    inches. (This thickened fat is a scum
    ing and rubbing with moist sand. The
    from the pure tallow on the finishing
    articles are finally cleaned in sawdust.
    pot). The pot is slowly filled with the
    articles, which are then taken out in the
    Another process applied to tinplate
    stampings and pressings is conducted as
    reverse order, after the fat has been
    follows. The articles are dipped in am-
    skimmed from the surface of the tin, and
    passed to the brusher. monium chloride solution and then soaked
    The brusher treats one article at a in a mixture of palm oil and molten
    time, dipping it in a bath of tin, the tallow. After tinning in a single bath,
    surface of which is kept skimmed clean. which has no flux cover other than that
    This pot is maintained at about 320° 0. introduced by the articles, they are al-
    (608° P.). The article is immersed long lowed to drain in a finishing oil-pot.
    enough to melt off the coarse surface After quenching in water the articles are
    produced in the rough-tinning, and is cleaned and polished with sharps. Copper
    282 MATERIALS OF CO^n\STRUCTION
    stampings are tinned in a similar way,
    tinning unit. In order to reduce
    but shaken violently to remove excess tin ^ con-
    tamination of each bath by the one
    before quenching, instead of draining in pre-
    ^ minimum, immediatelv
    Large steel pans, etc. are best after leaving each bath the wire
    tinned by wiping, using zinc chloride as is passed
    through a cleaning wiper, which is
    a dux. simply
    a small square of rubber, cut from
    an
    old tire, through which the
    wire is
    The Tinning of Milk Churns threaded.
    Owing to the large size of these ar- A cold, 5-10 per cent solution
    of sul-
    ticles, the method of tinning phuric acid is generally used for
    differs some- picklin?
    what from that applied to small hollow- Sometimes electrolytic pickling is
    em-
    ware, and it is usual to use a chloride ployed. Occasionally, the cleaning
    of the
    flux on the roughing bath instead wires IS assisted by passing them
    of through
    tallow. The process is conducted damp sand before running them through
    some-
    what as follows. the acid. From the pickling vat
    the wires
    The suitably cleaned churn is laid hori- pass through a small tank of running
    zontally in a cradle and lowered slowly water and then through the flux
    into the flrst tinning pot which
    contains
    An increasing number of plants solution
    are giv-
    tin at about 260-^280'^ C. (500-536°
    E.)
    mg the wire an additional cleaning treat-
    and is covered with about one and a half ment before fluxing, making the wire the
    mches of flux, such as ''Baker’s solder- cathode of an electrolytic cell. This,
    as
    ing fluid.” When about three-quarters Jones has shown recently, reduces surface
    of the churn is immersed, it is rotated inclusions of cuprous oxide to
    metallic
    so that every part goes under copper and leads to a more uniform
    the tin, and
    this being continued for two less porous tin coating. This
    or three treatment
    minutes. The churn is then slung out, IS followed by a final
    wasliing before
    diained, and transferred to the finishing fluxing.
    pot for an immersion of a few seconds There is a wide variation in the com-
    second bath is worked at about position of the flux used. The usual
    SSfc zinc
    250 ^0. (482° E .), and has a little tallow chloride or zinc ammonium chloride
    solu-
    floating on tions are tending to be replaced.
    its surface. In some
    Eor ahigh-class finish with a heavy plants a solution of stannous chloride
    and
    coating, the churn is then quenched glycerin, to which a little
    in ammonium
    water containing a little "cutting” oil chloride may be added, is used. In
    others,
    or soap, care being taken that the purely organic compounds are employed
    water i
    does not get inside. Eor a thinner for instance, lactic acid,
    and glycerin, or
    less expensive finish, the churn
    is drained
    mixtures of these two. A
    quite different
    on removal from the finishing bath, flux, namely has been suggested
    alcohol,
    a
    flame being used to keep the tin from recently. The copper wire is treated with
    setting until suflicient drainage has alcohol and passed into the tin via
    taken a tube
    place. The coating is then allowed furnace, the exit end of wliich dips
    to into
    set in air. the tin. The oxides on the wire
    are re-
    The neck and shoulders of the churn duced by the alcohol so that the wire
    are best tinned separately and takes a coating on passing through
    soldered the
    on afterwards? unless, of course, they tin, which it enters without
    coming in
    are made an integral part of the churn contact with the air.
    during fabrication. They are tinned After passing through a cleaning
    by
    immersion in one bath only and quenched. wiper, which removes excess of flux,
    the
    The Tinning of Copper Wire wires are taken through a bath of
    molten
    Wire tinning differs from the processes tin. A grooved steel
    ^
    wheel is generally
    just^ described in that the work used to submerge each wire. In some
    passes
    continuously through the fluxing tinning, plants a polished chromium-steel shoe
    has
    wiping and other operations, so that in- been found to be more satisfactory. The
    dividual attention to portions which wires pass vertically up and out of
    re- the
    spond least readily to any of the treat- bath, through a suitable wiping
    device
    ments IS no longer possible. which removes excess tin, and continue to
    The tanks containing the pickle, wash a sufacient height to allow the coating to
    water, flux, etc. are placed in line set before passing over a pulley
    be- and down
    tween the pay-off reels and the to the eoilers. Thick wire may
    me wires running through each intin-pot,
    turn
    be given
    an additional water cool immediately be-
    GOi^^ucting the wires through the fore reaching the take-up reels.
    plant up to the tin-pot, free-running
    por- The wipers generally used are made of
    celain pulleys are used. Eive
    or 3Daore asbestos string which has been
    wires are run side by side through dipped in
    each molten tallow. A short length of this is
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION- 283

    Ti'Gund tightly three times round the wire then^ tinned. The finished articles are
    in a close spiral and knotted firmly in required to stand upto the salt spra;'
    place. It is then allowed to pass on the test for periods varying from 24 to 100
    ^vire through the tin and is brought to hours. In current American practice the
    a stop against the wiper bar, which is cleaning of the shelves is carried out in
    hxed about a foot above the tin surface. five stages: (1) Vapor degrease in tri-
    The weight of coating produced is deter- chloroethylene. (2) First pickle in 7%
    niined by the speed of the wire, the tem- per cent sulphuric acid at 82-88° 0.
    perature and composition of the tin, and (180-190° F.). (3) Second pickle in a
    the istance the wire passes before pass- similar solution, at 60-71° C. (140-160°
    ing through the wiper. F.). (4) Wash in hot water, heated with
    The till used should be pure. Contam- live steam. (5) Fluxing dip in unheated
    ination with copper during use is, of zinc chloride solution (50° Be.).
    course, inevitable, but will not be serious After removal from the tinning bath,
    unless the bath is worked at too high a the shelves are hung in a bath of high-
    temperature. The tin-pot may be of flash-point oil maintained at a tempera-
    welded mild steel or of cast iron, and ture a little above the melting-point of
    should be heated with gas or electricity the coating. The bar from which they
    with automatic temperature control. The are suspended is agitated slowly by a
    temperature of the tin is generally about suitable mechanism. When the excess tin
    250-265° 0. (482-509° F.). When the has been removed by this oil stripper, the
    time of immersion and the temperature shelves are immersed in a hot alkaline
    of tinning and the activity of the flux cleaning solution, and then in an oil
    (which is a contributory factor) are solution, to remove the cleaner. Finally,
    suitably adjusted, it is possible to main- they are inspected and dipped in clear
    tain the copper content of the bath at a lacquer. Some plants coat the shelves
    satisfactory figure, dilution on adding with solder, but pure tin should, of course,
    fresh tin keeping pace with the formation be employed wherever there is any ques-
    of copper-tin compound. If, for any tion of contact with food.
    reason, too much copper is absorbed, it
    will be necessary to cool the bath to
    crystallize it out, so that it can be re- The Tinning of Cast Iron
    moved with perforated ladies. The very nature of the metal to be
    Some writers state that the tin surface coated raises a number of difficulties in
    should be protected against oxidation by the tinning of cast iron. In addition to
    the use of a flux cover. Mixtures of zinc the combined carbon (FegC), present in
    chloride, stannous chloride and sodium all iron-carbon alloys, including steel, free
    chloride (80:10:10) or of zinc chloride, carbon or graphite is dispersed through-
    ammonium chloride and sodium chloride out the metal. The absence of combina-
    (70:20:10) have been suggested for this tion^ between tin and carbon causes de-
    purpose, Resin and tallow have also fective adherence and covering power
    been used. In many eases, however, the wherever graphite flakes occur in the
    tii\ is left uncovered. Loss of tin by cast-iron article. An additional source of
    oxidation is not serious if the tempera- trouble lies in the ^‘casting skin, which,
    ture is kept low, and if the metal is free due to burning-on of the moulding sand
    from impurities, particularly iron and during casting, is often highly siliceous.
    zinc. To overcome these difficulties consider-
    able care must be taken in preparing the
    The Tinning of Steel Wire surface for tinning, and various methods
    This is carried out in much the same have been suggested and used from time
    way as the tinning of copper wire, the to time.
    flux always being zinc chloride solution. A very simple process described re-
    The importance of working at a low cently consists in pickling in hydrochloric
    temperature to avoid spoiling the appear- acid diluted with an equal volume of
    ance of the tinned surface and to keep water, after sand-blasting. The eastings
    down dross formation has been empha- are then dried in an oven without rinsing.
    sized recently. According to Bonzel, by Just before tinning they are dipped in
    regulating the temperature between 250° weak pickle (1 hydrochloric acid : 20
    and 260° 0. (482 and 500° F.) and water) and then in killed spirits. Rough-
    protecting the surface with charcoal, oxi- tinning is carried out in tin covered with
    dation is very much reduced and the tin a layer of zinc chloride plus sal-ammo-
    used is almost all employed in covering niac, and heated at 260-274° G. (500-
    the wire. 525° F.). The finishing kettle is operated
    Certain articles, such as refrigerator at 250° 0. (482° F.) and is covered with
    shelves, are made up of steel wire and j
    a layer of beef tallow. After shaking to
    :

    284 .

    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    remove surplus tin, the castings are stored under water. Tinning follows as
    quenched in kerosene, washed in hot soon as possible. Prior to dipping in the
    water and dried in sawdust. zinc chloride solution which is used for
    BeLattre considers that sulphuric acid fluxing, the castings are dipped in a
    is preferable to hydrochloric acid for the mixture of 1 part hydrochloric acid and
    pickling of cast iron prior to tinning. 50 parts water, and then in clean cold
    Hydrochloric acid is supposed to di:ffuse water. They are then rough- tinned at
    into the easting, react on the metal, and approximately 290° G. (550° P.), the
    form iron chloride which later spoils the tin being covered with a layer of zinc
    coating. He recommends pickling at 40® and ammonium chlorides about one quar-
    C, (104° F.) in sulphuric acid (50-60 g. ter of an inch thick. The final tinning
    per litre), which must contain an inhibi- is carried out at a slightly lower tem-
    tor. In many plants a hydrofluoric acid perature in another bath of tin which is
    pickle is used. The castings are immersed covered with tallow to a depth of half
    for about 15 minutes in cold 5 per cent an inch. After the excess tin has been
    solution. This removes surface inclusions shaken off, the castings are dipped in
    of silica. It will attack tho iron itself kerosene and then in cold water.
    unduly if too strong, particularly if there Adifferent process, which is used very
    is much pearlite present. successfully, depends on plating the cast-
    Removal of graphite flakes, slag inclu- ing with pure iron before tinning. The
    sions and sand grains from the surface eastings are first milled with sand and
    of the castings is best carried out me- water for 12 hours, electroplated with
    chanically, by milling or tumbling. This iron and stored in acidified water until
    is sometimes followed by a light pickle the tinners can deal with them. Two
    and a dip in an acidified solution of tinning pots are used, both being covered
    copper chloride or sulphate, which gives with a saturated solution of zinc chloride
    the casting a thin coating of copper. A plus some sal-ammoniac. The first is op-
    small percentage of copper is often in- erated at 320° C. (608° P.), and the sec-
    troduced into the tinning bath itself. ond at 250° C. (482° F.). The castings
    Much can be done to render the tinning are dipped in killed spirits before immer-
    operation easier by choice of a suitable sion in both the roughing and finishing
    iron, and by care in the foundry. Ac- kettles. After shaking off the excess tin,
    cording to Jaesehke the impurities in the coating is set by dipping in kerosene.
    iron for tinning should be less than
    silicon 0.75, manganese 0.70, phosphorus
    0.30, sulphur 0.08 per cent. Becker sug-
    The Tinning of Brass and Bronze
    gests a carbon content of less than 3 per ^
    This follows the general lines of copper
    cent and manganese beiow 0.5 per cent. tinning and it is usual to use a tin-pot
    Dry-sand castings are preferable to specially reserved for these alloys, since
    those cast in green-sand on account of contamination with zinc tends to spoil
    their better surface. It is advisable to the molten metal. The tinning tempera-
    avoid the use of coal dust or black-lead- ture is higher than that used for un-
    ing, and linseed oil or flour should be alloyed copper. A recent description of
    used instead of resin as a core binder. the tinning of small bronze articles states
    Carbon-rich castings should be heated that they are dipped in zinc chloride
    with iron or manganese oxides in order solution and then into tin which is kept
    to decarbonize the surface prior to tin- at about 440° 0. (825° F.). They are
    ning, Malleable castings and thin-walled then taken out to see that they are prop-
    fine grey castings are not given this erly coated, re-dipped, drawn out and
    treatment. shaken, and finally wiped with cotton
    The following process has recently waste. Any threaded parts are brushed
    been described in detail by Swanton. clean with a small brush.
    Following dry milling for 12 hours the Atinning procedure which has been
    castings are pickled for 12 hours in dilute found to give a good finish on bronze
    hydrochloric acid (1 acid: 100 water). plates consists in rough- tinning at 330°
    C. (625° F.), after fluxing with killed
    They are then wet-milled with star shot
    spirits, followed by a soak in palm oil
    and water for 10-12 hours. At the end
    at the same temperature before finish-
    of that time the water is drained from
    tinning in a bath kept at 335° 0. (635°
    the mill and replaced by dilute hydro-
    F.) and covered with palm oil. On with-
    chloric acid (1 acid; 20-100 water), and
    drawal from the second bath, the plate
    the milling continued for 30-60 minutes. is quenched in kerosene, and after wash-
    The barrel should be supplied with a ing in hot and cold water, is finally dried
    valve to allow the hydrogen produced to with sawdust.
    escape. The castings are removed and Aluminum bronze is difiScult to tin un-
    MATERIALS OF CONSTEUCTION 285

    less it is first given a coating of copper. be used for duralumin. Wire wool is
    This may be done by immersing in a solu- often used instead of the rotating brush.
    tion of copper sulphate, acidified with
    sulphuric acid, and connecting electrically Rustproofing Composition
    with a piece of iron or steel also im- British Patent 473,328
    mersed. After coppering, the bronze ar- Ferric Hydroxide 5 g.
    ticle should be rinsed and dried, and then Nitrobenzene 5 g.
    tinned in the usual way. Ferric Chloride 6 g.
    Brass stampings may be tinned as Benzoquinone 5 g.
    follows. After cleaning they are dipped Benzyl Benzoate 100 cc.
    in chloride flux and then into tin at
    480-490° d
    (896-914° F.), the bath be-
    Rust Cleaning and Rust Proofing
    ing covered with a mixture of zinc and
    British Patent 464,656
    ammonium chlorides. The are
    articles
    Water 2.7-3.3 lb.
    then removed, immersed immediately in
    Sodium Nitrite 2.0 lb.
    palm oil and re- dipped in the molten tin.
    Sodium Nitrate 2.0 lb.
    The oil is stated to give the articles a
    Sodium Hydroxide 2.0 lb.
    brighter and smoother finish when they
    Use at 145-155° C.
    are again withdrawn from the tin bath.
    After the second dip, they are shaken to
    remove surplus tin and wiped with a pad Rustproofing Iron
    of cotton wool or clean tow. In some Iron Treated with Water 89.5 lb
    is
    works a little copper is added to the tin Trisodium Phosphate 1.0 lb.
    bath used for dipping brass. Soda Ash 0.5 lb.
    When the number and shape of the ob- Sodium Silicate 10.0 lb.
    jects are such that electroplating is eco- Use at room temperature for 15 min,
    nomical, it is undoubtedly better to apply or with
    the tin coating to articles made of brass Trisodium Phospate 5 lb.
    by that method. Soda Ash 5 lb.
    Water 90 lb.
    at boiling temperature for 1 minute.
    The Tinning of Miscellaneous Articles
    It is sometimes desired to tin steel
    Rustproofing for Iron and Steel
    containing chromium. The readiness with
    which steels resist the action of
    such
    U. S. Patent 2,105,672
    cleaners and fluxes, and the fact that
    Ammonium Sulphocyanide 27 g.
    chromium has no aflinity for tin and is Methyl Alcohol 75 cc.
    by it, raises difficulties. The Gasoline 200 cc.
    not wetted
    pickling may consist of two treatments,
    Butyl Alcohol 125 cc.
    the first in 5 per cent sulphuric acid
    followed by 20 per cent cold nitric acid, Bustproofing Steel (Phosphatizing)
    or one, using a cold mixture of 20 per British Patent 473,285
    cent hydrochloric acid and 5 per cent Sodium Nitrate 17.5 g.
    nitric acid. After washing, the articles Zinc Dihydrogen Phosphate 5.5 g.
    should be fluxed with zinc chloride to Copper Carbonate 0.5 g.
    which has been added 10 per cent of Water to make 1.0 1.
    hydrochloric acid. The usual feebly-acid Spray above at 65-70° G. at 20 lb. per
    killed spirits is of little use. A
    dip in a sq. in.
    coppering solution is frequently given
    before fluxing and tinning. Black Iron Stain for Rust Prevention
    Another material which is troublesome Ferrous Chloride 70 g.
    to tin is aluminum. This is sometimes Ferric Chloride 10 g.
    done, however, as in the babbitting of Mercuric Chloride 2 g.
    aluminum-alloy connecting rods. Accord- Hydrochloric Acid 2-3 drops
    ing to Silberstein, the tinning tempera- Water to make 1 1.
    ture should not exceed 260° C. (500° F.). The blank or dull (abrasive-heated)
    A stiff wire brush is mounted above the iron objects are heated with this liquor,
    tin-pot and rotated mechanically. The and are kept in a warm place for some
    article isheated in the tin-bath and the time. They are now dried in a dry-steam
    oxide cleared from it by means of the oven, until they show a rust-colored sur-
    rotating brush. The rod, or the brush, or face. These rusty objects are boiled in
    both together, are then dipped into the water containing a little tannin. After
    tin and the adhering tin brushed thor- % hour, they appear bluish-black, are
    oughly in. A
    similar procedure is rec- dried, and polished with wire brushes.
    ommended for aluminum and may also They are rust-resistant.
    286 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTIOlSr
    Bust Remover Formaldehyde 5 cc.
    Phosplioxie Acid 35 g. Water 250 cc.
    "Water 30 ce.
    Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 10 g. Anti-Tarnish Bags for Silver
    ^ ^
    Cellosolve ^ ^ 25 g. Cadmium Acetate 8 oz.
    Water 1 gal.
    Dissolve and impregnate flannel bags
    Bustproofmg Composition
    with it. Allow bags to dry.
    Pormula Ko. 1
    IT. S. Patent 2,030,601
    Silver Tarnish Inhibitor
    Iron and steel are coated with a thin U. S. Patent 2,117,657
    film of following suspension and then Stannous Chloride 1 g.
    baked at 200° F.: Hydrochloric Acid 160 drops
    Bentonite 5-20 lb. Water to suit
    Sodium Dichromate 20 lb.
    Phosphoric Acid (75%) 30 lb. Corrosion Proofing Aluminum
    No. 2 H. S. Patent 2,018,694
    British Patent 419,487 Aluminum is immersed in the f ollowing
    Iron Sulphide 336 g.
    boiling solution
    Phosphoric Acid (d. 1.7) 1 1.
    Borax 200 g.
    Boric Acid 166 g.
    No. 3
    Water to make 1 1.
    Canadian Patent 360,672
    Iron objects are coated with Corrosion Proofing Iron
    Sodium Dichromate 13.3 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,106,227
    Phosphoric Acid (10-20%) 15.0 oz. Chromic Acid 1-20%
    Water 71.7 oz.
    Bake at 200° C. for 14 hour.
    Hydrofluoric Acid
    Water
    0.5-5 %
    to make 100%
    No. 4
    To prevent the steel bolts from rusting, Corrosion Resistant Radiator Pipe
    it is necessary that the adhering soluble Bronze 96.17 lb.
    oil compound be removed by the use of Silicon 3.00 lb.
    a suitable alkaline cleaning solution, Manganese 0.83 lb.
    rinsed well in clean, hot water and dried. This is not affected by hot water or
    After drying parts can be immersed in moist air.
    a solution made up by mixing 10 parts
    Brass, Corrosion Resistant
    by volume of a good grade of mineral
    oil with a viscosity of about 220 seconds
    German Patent 652,696
    and 90 parts of either gasoline or carbon Copper 76 %
    tetrachloride. This will leave a thin film
    Zinc up to 22 %
    of oil on parts and prevent rust without
    Aluminum
    Chromium
    up to 2 %
    aHecting the finish. up to 0.5%
    No. 5 Coating Iron Strips with Carbon
    U. S. Patent 2,081,449 H. S. Patent 2,043,549
    Treat with a hot solution of A strip or wire of soft iron or steel is
    Oxalic Acid 4-12 oz. heated to about 650° 0. in the presence
    Nitric Acid 1-3 oz. of an oxidizing medium such as air for
    Nickel Nitrate % oz. a time of about 4 min., the material is
    subjected to air cooling for about 4 min.
    Rust Removal and the oxidized strip or wire is then
    Formula No. 1 subjected to a temp, of about 600° in
    Japanese Patent 113,854 the presence of a gas rich in carbon
    Rusty iron or steel is introduced into such as natural gas or producer gas for
    3% caustic soda solution and is then put a period of over 4 min.
    into a 15% solution of aluminum sul-
    phate and used as an anode at 60 amp/ft. Foundry Core
    at 5 volts.
    Band 100 lb.
    Clay 5- 7 lb.
    No. 2 Sulphite Liquor 5- 7 lb.
    Steel or cast iron is treated with 50% Heavy Petroleum Oil 1 lb.
    hydrochloric acid and then with a freshly
    prepared mixture of Foundry Core
    Arsenic Trioxide 1 g. British Patent 466,904
    Hydrochloric Acid, Concen- Sand is mixed with 1%
    of a 1:1 mix-
    trated
    Stannous Chloride
    100 cc. ture of sugar with gelatin or egg or
    milk albumen
    —
    2.5 g.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 287

    foundry Mold Coating, Asphalt solved readily by aqua regia. It can be


    Highly satisfactory results are credited heated up to its melting point in air or
    a mold coating
    recently developed. The oxygen without oxidizing, but when
    solutions consists of 63 per cent hard heated in the presence of highly car-
    asphalt; 27 per cent turpentine, 1 per buretted gases, it takes up carbon, part
    cent manganese borate and 9 per cent of which remains in solid solution, the
    lubricating oil. Caution should be taken rest being precipitated as graphite on
    not to use asphalt derived from soft coal. cooling, with the consequent embrittle-
    The success of the mixture depends upon ment of the apparatus. Thus excessive
    the use of natural asphalt. heating, for example, in the reducing
    flame of a Bunsen should be avoided.
    foundry Mold Wash for Green Sand Moreover platinum at high temperature
    Graphite 3 lb. is permeable to hydrogen which diffuses
    Gypsum 1 lb. through the metal and in prolonged igni-
    Soapstone 1 lb. tions may cause errors in analyses by
    Charcoal, Powdered 1^4 lb. reducing oxides that may be present. In
    Alcohol, sufficient to give fluidity. addition, the reduced metal may attack
    the platinum to form low melting alloys.
    Regenerating Poundry Core and The diffusion of hydrogen is augmented
    Molding Sand by the relatively rapid grain growth of
    British Patent 455,569 platinum on prolonged heating at high
    Used molding sand is regenerated by temperatures.
    agitating vigorously in a rotary kiln in The development of this coarse grain
    an oxidizing atmosphere at 760° F. structure is the common cause of failure
    in platinum crucibles, since it causes any
    Copuer Mold Dressing brittle impurities present to segregate to
    XJ. B. Patent 2,050,375 the grain boundaries. The addition of
    Bone Ash 3 lb. iridium, or preferably rhodium to plati-
    Bosin 1 lb. num, tends to restrain grain growth and
    Alcohol 1 gal. to diminish the grain size of the recrys-
    tallized metal, but the safest course is
    Mold for Casting Stainless Steel to avoid prolonged heating at tempera-
    U. S. Patent 2,027,932 tures above 1,000° C.
    Aluminum Oxide, At high temperatures platinum is at-
    Powdered ^
    99% lb. tacked by arsenic, selenium and mixtures
    Magnesium Oxide, of their compounds, or of those of sul-
    Powdered % lb. phur or phosphorus, with reducing agents,
    Make into a thick paste with partially as well as by fused caustic alkalis, alkali
    hydrolyzed ethyl silicate form into shape
    j
    nitrates and cyanides. Metals such as
    desired and fire at 800° F. lead, tin, zinc and bismuth, should not
    be heated in platinum crucibles and
    Molds for Precision Castings dishes, as they readily form low-melting
    British Patent 461,104 alloys with the platinum.
    Quartz Powder (0.1mm.) 80 lb. Hot crucibles and dishes should always
    Sodium Silicofluoride 0.3-5 lb. be placed upon some clean refractory
    Sodium Silicate 8 lb. material to cool and not upon a metallic
    Bake for 1 hr. at 1300° before use. surface, especially rusty iron, where they
    are likely to pick up impurities. After
    Nickel Casting Pacing use, the apparatus can be kept in excel-
    SilicaSand 15 shovels lent shape by placing it in box-wood
    Old Sand 3 shovels formers which are supplied by the makers
    Bentonite % shovel of the apparatus.
    The best materials for cleaning plati-
    Clay V2 shovel
    Put through a 200-mesh. Temper with num and other precious metal apparatus
    water. The blending and aei-ating of are alumina and heavy magnesia of the
    the sand are very important for the suc- grade used for polishing. Silver sand
    cess of the easting, and it should be put may be used so long as it is borne in
    through a muller or some kind of aerat- mind that an extremely hard material is
    ing machine for proper blending. Paint being used against a soft metal. Care
    mold with silica flour wash. should be taken that the platinum is not
    unduly scratched, and only the finest
    Care of Platinum Vessels grade of sand with the particles well
    Platinum is unattacked by any single I
    rounded and free from sharp edges
    acid, but (like gold and silver) is dis- 1
    should be used. In many cases, sand or
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    similar abrasives are not necessary. If This amount is sufficient for about 105
    tlie apparatus cannot be cleaned with lb. of aluminum.
    alumina or magnesia, satisfactory results
    can be obtained by fusing potassium bi- Froth Flotation Compound
    sulfate or carbonate in the crucible or Formula No. 1
    dish. U. S. Patent 1,974,885
    Alcohol 25 lb.
    Tumbling Castings Butyl Alcohol 25 lb.
    aluminum or brass castings are
    If Ammonia (28%) 60 lb.
    rough and it is necessary to remove metal 0-tolidine 25 lb.
    to bring up a smooth finish, abrasive Treat below 40® 0. with
    rolling is required. Abrasive rolling is Phosphorus Pentasulphide 65 lb.
    naturally somewhat messy but it is es- No. 2
    sential in order to cut down rough sur- U. S. Patent 1,974,704
    faces. Phosphorus Pentasulphide 1 lb.
    For rolling aluminum castings, use a Tar Acids 2-3 lb.
    fine grade of sea sand (about 2 pecks Heat together at 100® C.
    for medium size load and enough water
    to cover work). Add about 2 02 of .
    Froth Flotation Agent for Oxide Ores
    soda ash to water so that it is slightly
    alkaline. Roll for about 5 to 10 min-
    U. S. Patent 2,069,365
    Oleic Acid 57.1 lb.
    utes, allow abrasive to settle and drain
    Cresylic Acid 28.7 lb.
    off dirty water; add more water and
    alkali and repeat rolling operation. This Soda Ash 7.1 lb.

    is done until solution is fairly clear. Sodium Silicate 7.1 lb.

    After solution has cleared, roll until de-


    sired finish is obtained. Time is entirely Froth Flotation Cleaning of Fire Clays
    dependent upon roughness of eastings. Clay 2000 lb.
    Speed of barrel from 15 to 30 r.p.m. Water 750 gal.
    After rolling, rinse well in cold run- Creosote 0.5 pt.
    ning water to remove abrasive, A high Kerosene 0.5 pt.
    lustre may be obtained by ball burnish-
    ing after sand rolling, or may be used Recovering Tin from Scrap Tin Plate
    to finish castings directly if they are not Scrap tin is immersed in
    rough as burnishing has no cutting ac- Formula No. 1
    tion but has a peening effect in that it Caustic Soda 120 g.
    applies pressure to projecting points or Stannous Chloride 23- 50 g.
    particles and flattens or spreads them out. Gelatin 1- 20 g.
    Castings can be ball burnished in a Glue 5 g.
    hardwood lined barrel using about Water, to make 1 1.
    diam. hardened polished steel ball. Ap-
    Keep at 70® C. at 40 amp./eu.m. while
    proximate ratio of balls to work should mixing vigorously.
    be about 2 to 1 by volume.
    Work which has been previously No. 2
    cleaned is placed in barrel about %
    filled Sulphuric Acid (d. 1.84) 35 g.
    with water and about 2 to 4 oz. neutral Stannous Chloride 50 g.
    soap flakes added. Rotate barrel at Water 1 1.

    about 25 to 35 r.p.m. for about ^


    hr. Use at 80® C. and 50 amp./sq.m.
    and remove dirty solutions; rinse barrel
    and add clean water and soap; roll until
    Recovering Tin from Dross
    desired finish is obtained; time is de-
    The high cost of tin makes it desirable
    pendent upon size of eastings, finish de-
    to recover as much as possible from the
    sired and size of load.
    dross, and drippings. If the shaking is
    The same procedure outlined for alu-
    done over a sawdust box, place the caked
    minum eastings both sand rolling and
    sawdust into a melting pot and heat.
    ball burnishing can be used for brass
    castings with the following exception:
    A black mass comes to the top which
    can be skimmed readily, leaving a good
    add 2 oz. caustic soda to water in sand
    grade of tin at the bottom. Experience
    rolling instead of soda ash.
    has shown that the dross must be melted
    down in a steel or cast iron pot, and
    Aluminum Powder tapped from the bottom as it melts.
    Aluminum foil is ground witli High temperatures are to be avoided and
    ParafSn Wax flames should not be allowed to come
    Stearic Acid into direct contact with the tin. Re-
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 289

    claimed tin should be used in conjunc- Freeing Frozen (Stuck) Pistons


    tion with fresh tin and then only in the Stuck pistons, caused by use of motor
    roughing pots. fuel in which nnsaturated hydrocarbons
    have oxidized to gums, may easily be
    Cutting Wire Cable freed by removing spark plugs and pour-
    ing 4 or 5 ounces of Methanol into each
    Once the point to be cut is determined,
    cylinder. Ordinary anti-freeze grade
    the cable is bound with wire in four
    places. The wire winding is done twice Methanol is satisfactory, and quickly dis-
    solves the gum without injury to the
    on each side of the spot to be cut, the
    motor.
    first or second winding to the line of cut
    being about 2 inches away. The second
    winding is placed 3 to 4 inches back Steel and Iron Identification
    from the line of cut. From time to time methods or proc-
    When the cable is thoroughly bound esses have been printed for determining
    up in this fashion, the cut is made, and if a pipe is iron or steel. The majority
    the loose ends are then secured from of the methods suggested are so compli-
    unraveling by the application of bronze cated or tedious that comparatively few
    welding rod. In one plant, a steel hook engineers will go to the trouble to try
    is bronze welded onto the end of the out any of them.
    cable remaining on the reel so as to assist Just mix 5 drops of nitric acid with
    when unwinding the cable as small orders 10 drops of water, file a clear spot on
    come in. the surface of the pipe that is to be
    tested, place a drop of the mixture on
    Reconditioning Steel Splice Bars the clear spot. If the metal is steel, the
    U. S. Patent 2,061,264 liquid will turn the metal surface black
    Worn bars, with a carbon content of instantly; if the metal is wrought or
    0.3-0.7% are heated to 860-950® 0.; malleable iron, the surface will remain
    cooled slowly; reheated to 790-980®; bright for a considerable length of time.
    forged to shape, quenched and finally
    tempered at 315® C. Seasoning (Drying) Wood
    U. S. Patent 2,060,902
    Impregnation of Metals Formula No. 1
    British Patent 453,226 Heat the green wood in ethylene gly-
    Articles of aluminum or magnesium col monoethyl ether for 24 hours at a
    are alternately boiled and cooled for 5 temperature of 50® C. to replace the
    hours in a solution of water by ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    Sodium Silicate 150 g. and then apply a reduced pressure of 10
    Potassium Bichromate 23 g. centimeters of mercury to distill off the
    Water 1 1. water.
    No. 2
    Non-Oil- Wetting Metal Surfaces Heat the ethylene glycol monoethyl
    British Patent 458,723 ether saturated wood in molten paraffin
    The surface is first cleaned with aque- for 24 hours to replace the ethylene gly-
    ous caustic soda or benzol, then coated col monoethyl ether by paraffin and then
    with a solution of apply a reduced pressure of 10 centi-
    Ferric Stearate 10 meters of mercury and heating of 80° 0.
    Kerosene 90 to distill off the ethylene glycol mono-
    at 120®, ethyl ether^
    290 MATERIALS OF CO]SrSTBUCTIO]Sr

    RESPONSE OP METALS TO IDENTIFICATION TESTS


    Nitric Acid Test Test for
    Magnetic 1

    Copper
    Test Metal
    Reaction to Confirmatory
    Beaction to Reaction to Color of the Probably Is
    Acid After Test Using
    Magnet Cone. Acid Dilution Solution Piece of Steel

    magnetic^ reacts slowly reacts slowly pale green none Nickel

    magnetic t* reacts reacts slowly green to blue copper Monelt


    plates out

    non- reacts reacts slowly blue to green copper Nickel Silver


    magnetic plates out

    magnetic* reacts slowly reacts brown to none Steel or Iron


    black

    non- none none colorless none Inconel or**


    magnetic Chromium-
    Nickel-Iron,
    Stainless
    Steel

    magnetic* none none colorless none Chromium-


    Iron,
    Stainless
    Iron

    * Note that the magnetic test is not' a true indication of the presence of iron in the metals.
    Steel, iron and chromium-iron ( 82 %- 88 % iron) are magnetic, hut so is pure nickel and also
    Monel which contains only traces or very small amounts of iron. Chromium-nickel-iron (such
    as Allegheny metal, Enduro KA2, etc.), contains large amounts of iron (usually 70“76%) but
    is quite non-magnetic.
    t Monel is almost always magnetic but the test is not infallible. When it is doubtful
    whether the metal is Monel or nickel silver an analysis should be made. Magnetic properties
    are not developed in nickel-copper alloys unless the nickel content is at least 58%. Sometimes
    alloys of considerably higher nickel content (up to possibly 70%) do not react to the magnet.
    Annealing, cold working, etc., influence the magnetic properties of such alloys which are only
    '

    feebly magnetic.
    ** Analysis required to distinguish.

    Dyeing Ivory dyeing isconducted at about 180® F. and


    The dyeing is done in nested copper the time depends upon the depth of shade
    kettles, the inner one being perforated so desired. After dyeing the color is de-
    that the contents may be removed from veloped in a solution of potassium bi-
    the dye bath without trouble or loss of chromate (15-20%) at about 180° F.
    solution. After nesting the kettles, they The material is rinsed several times to
    are filled with cold water and the pieces remove the yellow cast of the bichromate.
    of ivory to be dyed. The water is heated The water is removed by centrifuging
    to a boil by means of a live steam jet and the ivory dried at a low temperature
    and boiled from 1% to hours so as (uot higher than 110° F.).
    to soften up the hard outer shell of the Another method entails the use of
    ivory to insure penetration of the dye- powdered prepared dyes which are con-
    stuff, The kettle containing the ivory is centrated natural dyes in powder form.
    transferred to another bath containing In this method the material does not have
    warm water (not over 140® F.). It is to be soaked after boiling. The dye is
    left here from five hours to overnight dissolved, some copper sulphate of pyro-
    and the ivory is then ready to be dyed. gallie acid is added and the bath brought
    The dyes used iu this method are natural to a boil. The material is then added
    dyestuffs such as cuteh, logwood or sumac and boiling continued. This method does
    with copper sulphate or pyrogallic acid. not necessitate any development but bi-
    The copper sulphate is used when gray chromate is used to darken up the shade.
    shades are desired and the pyrogallic According to still another method for
    acid for browns. In actual work it ap- the preparation of blacks the ivory is
    pears necessary to use two or three colors first plunged into a hot bath of alkali.
    together to get the proper shade. The It may be boiled but should afterward
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTIOlSr 291

    Tlie ivory the boil, with the addition of about 1


    be plunged into cold water.
    should then be bleached with hydrogen pound ox Glauber ^s salt and 4 ounces of
    peroxide. The unpolished ivory will ab- soap per 20 gallons of liquor. The ratio
    sorb the dyestuff better than the pol- of ivory to liquor is usually about one
    ished article. Following are two sepa- part of ivory (by weight, of course) to
    rate processes, for obtaining blacks. fifteen parts of water. More soap is re-
    quired if there are any signs of too
    Black on Ivory
    speedy, absorption of the dyestuff.
    Formula No. 1
    It is most essential to see that in all
    1. Wash or steep in an alkaline lye eases the dyestuff is thoroughly dissolved,
    solution.
    otherwise splotches easily form on the
    2. Immerse in a weak solution of sil- ivory and these are most difficult to dis-
    ver nitrate. perse.
    3. Expose to the sun, thereby develop- After dyeing, the ivory is allowed to
    ing a black color. dry by packing in hot sawdust, and the
    —
    Note Instead of (3), the ivory pieces are then examined for signs of
    may be dried and dipped in a weak inequality in color. Any light places
    solution of ammonium sulfide.
    may then be touched up with a camel
    No. 2 hair brush, charged with a weak solution
    Heavy Black of dyestuff in alcohol, benzine or other
    1. Clean as above. suitable solvent of quick drying prop-
    2. Prepare a logwood solution and erties.
    strain. A finish is usuallyobtained by oiling
    3. Boil the ivory in the logwood. and polishing. Olive oil is frequently
    4. Steep in a solution of iron acetate used, but in this event, it is well to add
    or iron sulphate. also a small proportion of laurel oil to
    For coal tar dyes the following method counteract decomposition and subsequent
    has been used. It is to be noted how- clouding of the luster.
    ever that the dyes which will dye ivory
    are not generally fast to light. The White Enamel Opacifiera
    ivory is first thoroughly cleaned and then French Patent 817,310
    etched in acid which removes the outer Formula No. 1
    film of bony material exposing the car- Borax 22 kg.
    tilaginous material underneath. It is Cryolite 18 kg.
    necessary to observe extreme caution in Soda Ash 4 kg.
    this operation as the etching may go too Potassium Nitrate 2 kg.
    far and prevent satisfactory polishing Quartz U kg.
    thereafter. A
    small amount of nitric No. 2
    acid is used for the acid etching bath. Borax 14 kg.
    The acid is then rinsed off and the ivory Cryolite 16 kg.
    dyed in the color solution. Soda Ash 4 kg.
    Another method which has been recom- Potassium Nitrate 3 kg.
    mended is to use a dye which is soluble Quartz 43 kg-
    in alcohol. The ivory is first cleaned Feldspar 20 kg.
    with a mild alkaline solution, etching No. 3
    with acid to increase penetration, and Borax 22 kg.
    then dyeing. The alcohol solution has no Cryolite 12 kg.
    solvent action on the ivory. These dyes Sodium Fluosilicate 4 kg.
    are not fast to light and the penetration Soda Ash 4 kg.
    is very poor. Potassium Nitrate 3 kg.
    It is not recommended to attempt the Quartz 40 kg.
    coloring of whole tusks of ivory in the Feldspar 15 •kg.
    absence of necessary machines for forc-
    ing the dye liquor throughout the tusk. Binder for Tile Manufacture
    Acid dyes are usually applied with Canadian Patent 379,911
    about one-half pint acetic acid ;per 20 Cumarone Resin
    gallons of liquor. Dyeing is carried on (m.p. 245^F.) 66.67 lb.
    for about one hour at the boil. In order Fatty Acid Pitch
    to secure better penetration, it is better (m.p.l22°F.) 33.33 lb.
    to use the requisite amount of acid in two
    or three additions, Binder for Ceramic Spark-Plugs
    Basie dyes may be
    applied similarly to German Patent 655,082
    acid colors, but boiling for about half Talc 32.7 kg.
    an hour, usually suffices. EAolin 43.3 kg.
    Direct dyes are dyed for one honr at Feldspar 24.0 kg.
    MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
    Geraraic Dielectric of water for moistening the pad
    French Patent 814,744 pres
    sures ofup to 50 Ib./sq. in. may be ob-
    Titanium Dioxide 85-95 % tained.
    Lead Oxide 15- 5
    Compress and heat to 1100-1180° C.
    %
    Surface Lining for Furnaces
    lining of furnaces, sand
    Dielectric for Condensers 1 on
    120, litharge 225 and calcined borax 200
    British Patent 466,388
    is applied fused at
    Magnesium Oxide 80 oz. 900--1000° so that it will penetrate into
    Beryllium Oxide 20 oz. brick linings.
    This mixture is lired in the usual man-
    ner.
    Metallurgical Scavenger
    U. S. Patent 2,044,908
    Joining for Housings of Bearings Titanium Carbide
    French Patent 821,827
    (40 mesh) lOO lb
    Formula No. 1 Iron (40 mesh)
    Copper 400 lb.
    66.7 g. Sodium Silicate (d. 1.3)
    Lead 33.3 g.
    7% ib!
    This is molded into briquettes
    which
    No. 2 are more reactive than ferro-carbon
    ti-
    Copper 70 g. tanium as they are free from graphite.
    Tellurium 30 g.
    The above alloys are interposed be-
    tween housing and bearing. Ferro-Magnetic Powdered Iron Cores
    British Patent 466,678
    Iron Dust
    Increasing Rate of Settling of Oold and qOO
    Sodium Silicate 2
    Silver Slimes
    Heat to 70° C. and thea mix with
    British Patent 467,455
    Bakelite Varnish 10 oz.
    In the cyaniding of gold- and silver-
    and compress.
    bearing slimes (solution : solid
    t^he rate of settling is greatly
    = 4:1),
    increased
    by adding a solution of starch (4 lb.) in Magnetic Core
    5% caustic soda (40 gals, per ton of French Patent 813,068
    solids).
    60 'kg-
    Nickel, 40 k|.
    Retarding Setting of Amalgams 3 k|.
    By cooling amalgams
    to 39.5° F. with ihe above powdered mixture is used.
    dry ice setting
    can be slowed up suffi-
    ciently so that a day's supply of amal-
    gam can be made up in bulk. Permanent Magnet
    British Patent 476,702
    Steels containing
    Casting Gold Dental Plates 35%
    In the pressure-casting of gold alloy
    dental plates smooth castings the dimen-
    18%
    1 Itanium g<^
    sions of which are 0-0.4% greater than Aluminum 6%
    those of the wax pattern are obtained are quenched from 1000°
    with an investment made from a 3:1 C. and re^
    heated at 500-750° C.
    cristobalite-plaster of Paris mixture the
    j
    inclusion of a small amount of metallic
    copper powder in the investment to pre- Stabilizing Aluminum Reflectors
    vent .tarnishing of the casting has no Patent 2,045,286
    TJ. S.
    effect on the dimensions or smoothness Boil reflectors for 15-30 minutes in
    of the cast plate. When the Solbrig Potassium Bichromate 10 oz
    press is used for casting, the metal hlls ''^ater 90 oz!
    the mold space in about 0.1 second and
    is completely soHdified in 1 second.
    When the asbestos pad is moistened with
    water the pressure developed at the mo-
    ment of casting is 3 Ib./sq. in,, which
    mcreases to a maximum of 12 Ib./sq, in.
    in^ 8 seconds, the best results being
    ob-
    tained with a very wet pad and a very
    hot ring; if a 3:1 mixture of alcohol
    and carbon tetrachloride is used instead
    MATERIALS OF CONSTEUCTIOhT
    Stable Invar Yalve Grinding Compounds
    U. S. Patent 2,050,387 Eormula No. 1
    Electrolytic iron and nickel powders Ceresin 5 g.

    are annealed in
    dry hydrogen at 1150° Glass Powder 40 g.

    for 20 hr. The appropriate mixture of Cylinder Oil, Pale 55 g.

    the two metals is


    then melted and al- No. 2
    lowed to solidify in pure hydrogen. Montan Wax,
    Double Bleached 5 g.
    Lubricating) Bearing
    Oil-less (Self
    Montan Wax, Crude 25 g.
    Prench Patent 819,616 Abrasive 70 g.
    Copper oz. No. 3
    Tin fit. Potassium Stearate
    Lead 5-3 oz. Beeswax
    Graphite Japan Wax
    Lubricating Oil 7.0 oz. Mineral Oil
    Biphenyl 2.5 oz. 5. Silicon Carbide, Powdered
    Chlorodiphenylene Oxide 8.5 oz. Corondum, Powdered
    Glycerin-Water
    Preparing Steel Surfaces for Knead a together, mix with paste 5.
    Rubber Adhesion No. 4
    A solution consisting of copper cya- Ceresine 3 kg.
    nide (4 oz./gal.), zinc cyanide (2 Oleic Acid 17 kg.
    oz./gal.), and sodium cyanide (7 Petrolatum 4 kg.
    oz./gal.) serves excellently to provide a Spindle Oil 6 kg. |
    brass-plated surface on steel which will Quartz or Pumice,
    permit good adherence of rubber. Where Powdered 45 kg.
    especially strong adhesion is required, a Chrome Oxide, Powdered 25 kg.
    slight increase should be made in the
    zinc cyanide concentration, while for bar-
    No. 5
    rel plating the proportions should be Ceresine 8 kg.
    doubled, just as in regular brass plating.
    Oleic Acid 10 kg.
    Ten minutes is the recommended plating Spindle Oil 12 kg.
    time.
    Neuburg Chalk 20 kg.
    The brass plating solution should be Quartz, Powdered 10 kg.
    operated at a temperature of about 80° Emery, Powdered 26 kg.
    P., using 70-30 brass anodes and main-
    Silicon Carbide 15 kg.
    taining a cathode current density of No. 6
    approximately 10 amperes per square (7/. Ceresine 5 kg.
    foot. Anode current density should not Tallow 2 kg.
    exceed 300 amperes per square foot. Oleic Acid, Distilled 30 kg.
    When the solution is made up, the alka- Mineral Oil 10 kg.
    linitymust be adjusted with ammonium 5, Abrasive Powdered* 53 kg.
    hydroxide and sodium bisulphite so as to
    A
    con-
    Melt a at 80-90° C. Mix in h in small
    give the deposit the right color.
    portions. Stir until cooled to sufficient
    stant pH IS important in obtaining a
    viscosity.
    Tiniform deposit, the suitable range being
    10.3-11.7, maintained by the usual colori- * Emery, Quartz, Tripoli, Oarhomndum,
    Slate Powder, Iron Oxide, Diatomaceous Earth,
    metric methods. Chrome Oxide, Graphite, Viennese Chalk.
    Special care must be taken in the
    rinsing to prevent staining. After plat-
    ing, the work should be immediately Greaseproofing Barrels
    painted with the cement used for rubber Commercial silicate of soda is used to
    adhesion. Experience indicates that the coat the inside of lard kegs, pails, bar-
    best rubber adhesion is obtained when rels and tierces to prevent loss of lard
    the composition of the brass is 70% by seepage into the wood, and also
    copper and 30% zinc. Even small through any small openings in the con-
    changes, such as 3-5%, can reduce ad- tainer. Silicate of soda is a transparent,
    hesion appreciably. Metal carbonates heavy liquid and is reduced with hot
    should not be used in brass plating for water to the consistency of a light syrup.
    rubber adhesion. Large amounts of car- While it is still hot the silicate is
    bonates simply complicate control of the plied to inside of open containers by
    solution. Any savings effected by the spraying or painting or merely by putting
    use of carbonates is usually offset by some in container which is then rolled
    poor results and difficuHies in control. around. The latter treatment is often
    294 MATERIALS OF CON"STRUCTION
    used for applying tlie silicate to barrels The container is not used until coating
    and tierces. of silicate is thoroughly dry. This can
    If a bung is placed in the bung hole be determined in case of barrels by feel-
    of the barrel or tierce, the silicate is ing the interior near bung hole which is
    forced into pores of wood by expansion the last area to dry.
    of the air inside container which is
    heated by hot silicate. The hot solution
    may also be driven into pores by about Tennis Court Surface Dressing
    5 lbs. air pressure supplied from an air U. S. Patent 2,058,335
    line. Wlien silicate has been driven into Rosin 50-80%
    staves, the bung is removed and surplus Linseed Oil 10-30%
    liquid drained out. Petroleum 10-20%
    PAINTS, LACQUERS
    WATEB COLOES Ultra Blue
    Show Card or Poster Colors Gum Arabic Solution 8 gal.
    Gw —
    Arabic Solution To 125 lb. of Dextrin Solution 2 gal.
    gum arable add sufficient water to make Syrup 6 gal.
    a volume of 50 gal. After the gum has Dry Sugar 1 lb.
    been dissolved add one quart of formal- Starch Solution 2 gal.
    dehyde. Dltramarine Blue 200 lb.
    Dextrin Solution —To200 lb. of tapi- Grind 3 times.
    oca dextrin add enough water to make
    Light Bed
    50 gal. After solution, add 1 quart of
    formaldehyde. Gum Arabic Solution 4 gal.
    Starch Solution —50 of starch are
    lb. Dextrin Solution
    Starch Solution
    2 gal.
    dissolved in enough w^arm water to make 4 gal.
    Syrup 1 gal.
    50 gal. Then add 1 quart of formalde-
    hyde.
    Whiting 50 lb.
    Blanc Fixe 50 lb.
    White
    Pigment 120 lb.
    Dextrin Solution 3 gal.
    Grind 3 times.
    Arabic Solution 4 gal.
    Syrup 5 gal. Bmerald Green
    Starch 2 gal. Gum Arabic Solution 2 gal.
    Titanox B 200 lb. Dextrin Solution 2 gal.
    Titanox A 100 lb. Starch Solution 4 gal.
    Lithopone 200 Ib. Whiting 150 lb.
    Water to make 50 gal. yield. ,
    Grind Blanc Fixe 60 lb.
    2 times.Add 1 qt. formaldehyde to fin- Asbestine 12 lb.
    ished material. Green Toner 40 lb.
    Orange Primrose Yellow 20 lb.
    Gum Arabic Solution 10 gal.
    Syrup 1 gal. Turquoise Blue
    Starch 2 gal. Dextrin Solution 6 gal.
    Barytes 50 lb. Color 50 lb.
    Whiting 100 lb. Waiting 50 lb.
    Lithopone 50 lb. Blanc Fixe 50 lb.
    Asbestine 50 lb. Barytes 50 lb.
    Orange Pigment 115 ib. Grind 3 times.
    Grind 2 times Vermilion
    Blach Gum Arabic Solution 6 gal.
    Gum Arabic Solution 7%
    Dextrin Solution
    Water
    m
    m
    gal.
    gal.
    gal
    Dextrin Solution
    Starch Solution
    Pigment
    4
    2 gal.
    65 lb.
    gal.

    Hoover Black #6 160 gal. Blanc Fixe 50 lb.


    Mix and add gal. more of water Whiting 50 lb.
    and gal. of glycerin. Grind 2 times Asbestine 12 lb.
    and to finished batch add 1 qt. formalde- Grind 3 times.
    hyde.
    Primrose Yellow
    Gum Arabic Solution 6 gal. Casein Paints for Show Card Work
    Dextrin Solution 6 gal.
    Vehicle
    Syrup 4
    Starch Solution 2
    gal.
    gal.
    Phenol % oz.
    Sodium Fluoride 1/2 oz.
    Pigment 200 gal.
    1
    Bentonite oz.
    Blanc Fixe 50 gal.
    Sodium Caseinate 114 lb.
    Asbestine 50 gal.
    Whiting 100 gal. Dissolve in % gal. of warm water.
    296 PAIOTS, LACQUERS

    White Borax 2 oz.


    SVa gal. Water 5 pt.
    Vehicle 17 lb. Boiled Linseed Oil 1 pt.
    Lithopone 13 lb. Pine Oil 1 oz.
    Titanox B 2 lb. Heat the water to boiling, stir in the
    Barytes 14 lb. mica and lithophone, then add the sodium
    Ultramarine Blue ]
    oz. fluoride and borax and stir, add the
    Light Yellow casein and stir until the mass becomes
    21^ gal. creamy, now put in the oils and beat
    Vehicle 18 lb.
    until smooth. The above proportions
    Water 1 lb.
    make one gallon of concentrated paste
    Primrose Yellow 14 lb.
    paint. The paste is diluted with water
    Barytes 6 lb.
    for use.
    Asbestine 4 lb.
    Rubber-Casein Paint
    Larlc Led
    U. S. Patent 2,052,393
    21^ gal.
    Rubber Latex (60%) 59.52 oz.
    Vehicle 181A lb.
    Casein 3.25 oz.
    Red 4 lb.
    Kaolin 16.10 oz.
    Blanc Fixe 1 lb.
    Thymol 0.05 oz.
    Asbestine 5 lb.
    Water in proportion to get fluidity
    Blue desired.
    21/2 gal.
    Vehicle 18% lb. Casein Water Paint
    Ultra Blue 8 lb. Casein 15 lb.
    Barytes 4 lb. Lime Hydrate 10 lb.
    Asbestine 6 lb. Clay, Ploated 8 lb.
    Darh Yellow Pigment 17 lb.
    y
    2 2 gal. Chalk 50 lb.
    Vehicle 18% lb.
    Water 1 lb. Water Paint and Sizing
    Chrome Yellow 6 lb. French Patent 803,992'
    Barytes 8 lb. Casein 5~2C g.)

    Asbestine 4 lb. Asbestos 5-2C g.


    o \

    Ochre White Cement 15-35


    ^ 21^ gal. Water to suit
    Vehicle 19% lb.
    Water 1 lb. Plastic Paint
    Powders
    Ochre 7 lb. Formula No. 1
    Asbestine 2 lb. Gypsum and Keen ^s
    BlacTc Cement 40-60 oz.
    21^ gal. Ground Mica 15-35 OZ.
    Vehicle 19 lb. Asbestos Powder 10-15 oz,
    Bentonite 2 oz. Casein 8-10 oz.
    Ivory Black 8 lb. Slaked Lime 6- 7 oz.
    Light Led Ko. 2
    gal. Plaster of Paris 10 oz.
    Vehicle 18% lb.
    Mica 30 oz.
    Red 4 lb.
    Asbestos 10 oz.
    Blanc Fixe 1 lb.
    Asbestine 30 oz.
    Barytes 5 lb.
    Casein 10 oz.
    Burnt Sienna Lithopone 9 oz.
    21/2 gal.
    Soda Ash 1 oz.
    ,
    Vehicle 19% Ib.
    d CO

    Water Keeners Cement 100 oz.


    1 lb.
    Burnt Sienna Asbestos Powder 20 oz.
    7 lb.
    Asbestine Wheat Flour 5 oz.
    2 lb.
    Gum
    In all the above grind twice.
    Arabic Powder 6 oz.
    Alum 5-10 oz.

    Casein Paint Cold Water Paint, Powdered


    Water Ground Mica 2 lb. U. S. Patent 2, 099,423
    Lithopone or Titanox 6 lb. Whiting 50 lb.
    Casein, Muriatic 80 Mesh 1 lb. Gluten 1 Ib.
    Sodium Fluoride 2 oz. Asbestos, Powdered 1 lb.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 297

    Outdoor, Cold Water Paint 220-225" F. for one and one-half hours,
    U. S. Patent 2,032,071 ithas excellent color, medium gloss and
    Slaked Lime 43.0 lb. gives a tough, durable, elastic film. It
    Hydraulic Cement 19.5 lb. will stand reduction to any spraying or
    Tale or Asbestine 23.5 lb. dipping consistency with straight mineral
    Salt 6.5 lb. thinners. It is entirely gas-proof, may
    Mica 5.0 lb. be baked in gas ovens, and is very fret
    Gum Arabic 1.6 lb. from edge-wrinkle.
    Gum Karaya 0.5 lb.
    Irish Moss 0.1 lb. Gloss White Enamel Base
    Calcium Stearate 0.3 lb. Dry Nitrocellulose 100 oz.
    Bezyl 19 120 oz.
    Alginate Cold Water Paint Pale Castor Oil 10- 20 oz.
    Lithopone 60.0 lb. Bibutyl Phthalate SO- 50 oz.
    Asbestine 20.0 lb. Titanium Oxide 70- 90 oz.
    Mica 8.0 lb.

    Vehicle Air Drying Enamel


    Water 51.0 lb. Bezyl 114 90 oz.
    Bowricide 0.45 lb. Teglac 65 10 oz.

    Sodium Alginate 1.0 lb. Lead Linoleate


    Baw Chinawood Oil 9.0 lb. (.56% Pb) 2 oz.

    6% Cobalt Brier 0.48 oz. Cobalt Lineolate


    Wetting Agent 1.68
    oz. (.04% Co) % oz.
    Pigment (depending on
    Place the water (preferably from the 2- 70
    color) oz.
    hot water tap at approximately 100" F.) 200
    Add the Dowieide Coal Tar Naphtha oz.
    in the mixer.
    and stir until dissolved. Add the sodium
    alginate and stir for a full 20 minutes Semi-Flat Enamel
    or untilcompletely dispersed. Add wet- S. Patent 2,092,285
    U.
    ting agent and then the chinawood oil Bisperse 11.5 parts carbon black and
    (with the drier added to the oil before 30.6 parts of dry resin into 57.9 parts
    adding to the water mixture). Stir the xylol in a ball mill, then to 36% of
    oil and alginate mixture for 10 minutes
    ball mill mix add 20.4 parts of resin
    and then add pigment and filler. Stir and 43.6 parts of xylol to produce a
    for one hour. Bemove from mixer and glossy enamel composed of 4.14% car-
    put into containers. bon &aek, 31.42% dry resin and 64.44%
    xylol, then disperse 11.5 parts carbon
    black into 17.7 parts of hexahydrophenol
    Enamel Vehicle and 70 parts xylol in a ball mill, and
    (With Perllla Oil) add to 36% of last mentioned ball mill
    Perilla Oil (4 hr. 585") 20 gal.
    mix 32.87% xylol and 31.42% of dry
    Burez 550 Besin 15 lb.
    resin to produce a flat enamel having
    Bun to 600" F. and at an 18" string the same proportions of pigment, resin
    cheek with and thinner as said glossy enamel, and
    S-5930 Checking Oil 2 gal.
    then mix said flat and glossy enamels
    Burez 210 Besin 65 lb.
    in half and half proportions to obtain
    Ester Gum 20 lb.
    the desired semi-flat enamel.
    When the resin is taken up, reduce
    with Lacquer Enamel
    Mineral .Spirits 42 gal. 100
    Bry Nitrocellulose oz,
    Bezyl 12 150 oz.
    Brier for Above Teglac 65 175 oz.
    Naphthenate Lead 4^4= lb. Bibutyl Phthalate 20 oz.
    Naphthenate Cobalt 114 lb. Pigment (depending
    on color) 20— 90 oz.
    Baking White Enamel Lacquer Solvents 1000 oz.
    Titanium Bioxide 170 lb.
    Lithopone 113 lb. XJrea Besin Enamels
    Enamel Vehicle 410 lb. Urea Besin
    Zinc Naphthenate (10%) 2 lb. (e.g. Paralac 2001) 100 oz.

    Cobalt Naphthenate (4%) % lb. Titanium Bioxide 30 oz.


    150 oz.
    Mineral Spirits 100 lb. ^'Cellosolve''
    This enamel is non-skinning in a dip- This should be ground in a ball mill,
    ping tank. At a baking temperature of and then thinned out to spraying con-
    ::

    298 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    sisteucy with a mixture of resin and Aluminum Weaving Spool Finish


    solvent in the proportion of 1 of resin A good finish for this purpose is pro-
    to 2 of solvent. duced by heating to 500® P. 80 parts
    If it is desired to obtain a more flex- coumarone, 15 parts Super-Beckacite and
    ible film, or to increase the proportion 50 parts wood oil. This enamel is baked
    of pigment, a plasticizer such as Paralae at 340® P.
    285X should be incorporated.
    The above enamel when sprayed on Refrigerator Enamels
    metal and stoved at 100-130® 0. gives Undercoat
    a hard adhesive film. The minimum Zinc Oxide 4 lb.
    stoving time should be one hour at 100® Lithopone 32 lb.
    C., and this time can be shortened as Linseed Oil (Boiled) 7 lb.
    the temperature is raised. White Spirit 7 lb.
    Any heat-resisting pigment may re- Stock Epok R 33
    place the titanium dioxide, but in such (8 lb. Cut in White Spirit) 2 lb.
    cases it is as well to ascertain from the Driers as required in proportion
    —
    maker- especially in the case of lakes— Cobalt 6
    what is the maximum temperature the Lead 2
    color in question will stand without al- Manganese 1 ,

    teration. It should be pointed out that


    Enamel
    colors of the Eanal, Brillfast, etc,, type
    Prepared Enamel Oil 6 lb.
    are to be used with caution, as if there is
    Lithopone or Titanium
    any alcohol present in the solvent, such
    White (26%) 41/2 lb.
    as methylated spirit or butyl alcohol, the
    Zinc Oxide 41/2 lb.
    pigment non-fading properties,
    loses its
    White Spirit and
    and will rapidly alter under the stoving
    Turpentine (Mixed) 3-4 lb.
    process.
    Albertol 177 C 4 lb.
    The following is a useful clear lacquer
    Driers as required in proportion
    for metal protection:
    Cobalt 6
    Urea Resin 100 oz. Lead 2
    Trieresyl Phosphate 15- 25 oz. Manganese 1
    Butyl Alcohol 20 oz.
    Toluol 45 oz.
    Odorless White Glossy Enamel
    An alternative formula is:
    Undercoat
    Urea Resin (as
    100 oz.
    Lithopone 122 lb.
    Paralae 2001)
    Plasticizer 10 oz.
    Pour-Hour Wood Oil
    150 oz. Varnish 160 lb.
    Methylated Spirit
    100 oz. Turpentine and White
    Toluol
    Spirit (Mixed) 180 lb.
    This gives a very thin lacquer, and care
    must be taken not to over-stove, as other- Enamel
    wise the film tends to strip off the metal
    Stock % Second Pyroxylin
    in large pieces. This lacquer can be (2 lb. Cut in Usual Mixed
    Acetate Solvents) 40 Ib-
    dyed with heat-resistant dyes and used
    for the lacquering of electric lamps used
    White Glyptal Resin (Stock
    8 lb. Cut in Toluol) 18 lb.
    in flashing signs, exposed to rain and
    moisture, but in such cases it is essential
    Thinners (Low Boiling
    to incorporate a small percentage of
    Mixed Cellulose Thinners j
    phenol formaldehyde resin to increase Mixtures of Ethyl Ace-
    tate, Methylated Spirits,
    the water-resisting properties of the resin
    Toluol and Butanol) 40 IR
    solution.
    Plasticizer 7 lb.
    Though high price at present
    their ^^ Cellosolve’^
    militates against extensive employment, 6 lb.
    urea resins are used and will continue Pigment (Mixture of Timo-
    to be used, despite the cost, for finishes
    nox and Titanium White
    or Zinc Oxide) 34 lb.
    where non-discoloration and hardness are
    essential. White Erimer (BaTcing)
    Paralae 17 or Rezyl 116 or
    Auto Enamel Base Similar Resin 30 lb.
    Dry Nitrocellulose 100 bz. Paralae 18X 30 lb.
    Rezyl 12 70-150 oz. Thinners 95 lb.
    Blown Castor Oil 10- 20 oz. Zinc Oxide 48 lb.
    Dibutyl Phthalate 30- 50 bz. A trace of lead and manganese dryers
    Pigment 10-100 oz. as required.
    PAIISTTS, LACQUERS 299

    White Undercoat been cleaned off, it would be a good idea,


    Paralac 19X or Eezyl 110 or before painting, to test the plaster in
    Similar Besin 40 lb. several places for signs of active alkali.
    TMnners S5 lb. Do this with a couple of ounces of phe-
    Barytes 8 lb. nolphthalein solution that your druggist
    Lithopone 64 lb. will prepare for you at small cost. Dab
    Asbestine 4 lb. the water-white phenolphthalein on the
    Dryers, a trace as required. walls at intervals and watch its action.
    If the wet spots turn pink or red, the
    Enamel Coating for Cans plaster still contains free alkali which
    IJ. S. Patent 2,055,507 may spoil any paint spread on the walls.
    Varnish 1 gal. In this event, the plaster should be
    Mica 5 lb. treated with a zinc sulphate solution.
    This is made by dissolving two pounds
    Furniture Enamel Base of zinc sulphate in a gallon of water.
    Dry Nitrocellulose 100 oz, After this solution has been applied to
    Eezyl 12 150-200 oz. the walls, allow suficient time for the
    Dibutyl Plithalate 20- 40 oz. plaster to dry before priming.
    Blown Castor Oil 10-20 oz.
    Pigment 10-100 oz. High Grade Outside White House Paint
    Figment
    Porch and Deck Enamel (Gray) Basic Carbonate of Lead 60 oz.
    Lithopone,High Strength 03 oz. Zinc Oxide 30 oz.
    Aluminum Stearate 1 oz. Barium Titanium Pigment 10 oz.
    Blue Tone Lamp Black 1 oz. Vehicle
    25- Gal. Length, Hard Raw Linseed Oil 45 oz.
    Through Drying Spar Refined Linseed Oil 45 oz.
    Varnish (Vis. About B Turpentine & Drier 8 oz.
    to D) 35 oz. Pine Oil 2 oz.
    Grind above paste in roller mill and Faint
    thin with twice its weight of varnish Pigment 65 oz.
    which should give the optimum con- Vehicle 35 oz.
    sistency.
    Quick Drying Outdoor Paint
    Wet Wall Primer British Patent 450,288
    Manila Gum, Dust 12 lb. 300 kg. of linseed oil are heated in an
    Toluol 3 gal. autoclave at 120® C. with 200 kg. of
    Denatured Alcohol 3 gal. water and 120 kg. of barium hydrate
    for one hour; mass is then allowed to
    Wood Priming Paint cool, and the glycerin-containing water

    Leaded Zinc Oxide is withdrawn. Barium soap remains in


    160 die autoclave and is collected; it weighs
    (35%) lb.
    Bleached Diatomite 20 lb. in the wet state about 390 kg; it is a
    Eaw Linseed Oil gal. yellowish plastic material.
    5
    Wliite Spirit, Con- If 40 kg, of this product are heated
    taining 3% Copper in a closed vessel at about 100® C. with
    60 kg, of turpentine, a cloudy liquid is
    Naphtlienate 1- 1% gal.
    obtained after cooling, which when mixed
    with pigments (for instance, with 100
    Semi-Gloss Wall Paint kg. of red lead or with 50 kg. of zinc
    Titanium Calcium Pigment 60 oz.
    oxide) yields a very stable paint of high
    Aluminum Stearate 2 oz. covering power, and drying after about
    Lithopone 28 oz.
    half an hour. In this paint the paTticles
    Silica 5 oz.
    of pigments are coated with a layer of
    Asbestine 5 oz.
    plastic barium soap, acting protectively
    Grind above in a flatting liquid which against the action of rain, snow, etc.
    has a non-volatile content of about 50%. Bolution in turpentine oil of the plastic
    material may also be advantageously used
    Painting Calcimined Walls for waterproofing textiles. Paper and
    For a good, lasting job remove all cardboard' may be treated in a similar
    traces of the coatings now on the walls. manner. Concrete and plaster objects
    A thorough scrubbing with warm water may be coated with the solution; after
    ought to remove the water paints. When the solvent has been evaporated, they are
    all the calcimine and old glue size has waterproof.
    300 PAINTS, LACQUEHS

    New material, on being beated in a For melting up the base materials, a


    proportion of 60 parts by weight of steam- jacketed pot is recommended on
    white spirit with 40 parts by weight of safety grounds since 35-45% of solvent
    barium soap, gives a colloidal jelly which (solvent naphtha or white spirit) must be
    is semi-solid in the cold. This colloidal incorporated by heat. The low-melting
    jelly is very useful for holding pigments fat pitches are first melted, the tempera-
    in suspension, for instance, carbon black ture being gradually raised to 150° C.
    and plumbago for the manufacture of before gradually adding the natural as-
    liquid black polish for stoves. phalts and continuing to heat until the
    small percentage of moisture normally
    ^ ^ present in the latter has been eliminated.
    Disinfectant Paint
    Italian Patent 288,514
    The molten mixture of base substances
    is allowed to cool down to 80° 0. before
    Beeswax 70 g,
    proceeding to incorporate the pigments
    Japan Wax 44 g.
    and, last of all, the solvent. Through-
    Montan Wax 25 g.
    out the entire operation the stirring gear
    Shellac 10 g.
    must be kept running.
    Potassium Carbonate 30 g.
    Water 730 cc.
    (Black) Roof Coating
    Boil together and mix well until emul-
    a. Stearin Pitch, Semi-
    sified. Cool and add with stirring
    Soft, Dark 100 kg.
    Alcohol 40 g.
    h. Litharge 5 kg.
    Trioxymetliylene 50 g.
    Woolfat, Crude 10 kg.
    Linseed Oil, Crude 2 kg.
    Boof Paint Soot 2 kg,
    Formula No. 1 0 White Spirit
    . 130 1.
    a. Stearin Pitch 80 lb. Heat a to 250° C.; mix & thoroughly
    Pit-Coal Tar Pitch 30 lb. in a grinding mill, and add to a. Cool
    Asphaltum 20 lb. to 160° C., and thin with c.
    Rosin 20 lb. The same can be made in other colors,
    h. Mineral Oil using, instead:
    c. Slate, Powdered For Bed: A pale pitch, 6 kg. of linseed
    Asbestos, Powdered oil, and 15 kg. of iron oxide red.
    Melt up the mixture a and mix in h For Green: As for red, but as pigment
    to the desired viscosity, o may be added use
    as filler. Solvents may be added if quick Chrome Oxide Green 5 kg.
    drying is desirable. Iron Oxide Yellow 7 kg.
    No. 2 Paris Blue kg.
    Pit-Coal Tar Pitch 10 kg. For Brown: Mix red and black.
    Coumarone Resin 2 kg.
    Benzine 4 ^g* Black Roof Coating
    Light Tar Oil 5 kg. (Does Not Alligator, Powder, or Crack)
    No. 3 Asphalt (Roofers^ Grade
    a. Rosin, Medium Pale 30 kg. 20-30 Penetration) 950 lb.
    Anthracene Oil 20 Gilsonite 400 lb.
    Gas Oil, or Heavy Benzine 12 kg. Run to clear melt. Hold for on e hour.
    h. Earthy Pigment 35 kg. Thin at 400° F, with
    Clay- Schist Powder 15 kg. Mineral Spirits 215 gal.
    At 300° F. add
    Make solution a hot, and work in the ;

    Refined Coal Tar


    powders h. A paste is obtained which 40 gal.
    Sardine Oil, Heavy Bodied,
    will remain plastic in the cold.
    Refined 10 gal.
    No. 4
    GtcGTI/ Silver Roof Paint
    Stearine Pitch (Hard) 45 lb. Limed Hard Rosin 100 kg.
    Stearine Pitch (Soft) 17 lb. White Spirit 80 kg.
    Wool Fat 5 lb. Solvent Naphtha 40 kg.
    Green Chromium Oxide 33 lb. Aluminum Bronze 40 kg.
    No. 5
    Gilsonite 25 lb, Painting Over Dark-Stained Shingles
    Stearine Pitch J. P. St. George
    (Medium Soft) 25 lb. Before any stained job is painted, a
    Wool Fat Pitch 20 lb. test for bleeding^' should be made.
    Red Oxide of Iron 30 Ib^ This is best accomplished by spreading
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 301

    a small amount of wliite-lead and oil This mix yields QV4 gal. of paint that
    ,

    paint on an inconspicuous but represen- will cover about 700 square feet per gak
    tative area of the surface. It may be If boiled linseed oil is used in any
    possible to coat in a couple of shingles instance, use half the quantity of drier
    located at the rear of the house where the specified. Painters who prefer to use
    test won ^t be objectionable. standoil type linseed oil in their finish-
    This test portion should be given time ing coats should add a quart of turpen-
    to dry out and harden. Two to four tine to the mix.
    weeks should be long enough. In most Some owners of shingled houses prefer
    cases of discoloration due to
    ^ bleeding ’ ^ a glossless finish when the joh is painted.
    the trouble shows up within the first week To satisfy this desire, mix the final coat
    after painting. If bleeding occurs on the basis of 100 lb. of all-purpose soft
    on the test area, the building should be paste white-lead and 3 gal. of lead mix-
    restained, rather than painted. There is ing oil. This will make 6 gal. of paint
    no practical or economical way to pre- that will cover about 700 square feet per
    Yent the staining because the vehicle in gal.
    any oil paint reactivates the creosote and All of the paint-mixing directions
    causes it to come through subsequent ^ven thus far are based on the supposi-
    paint coats. If bleeding does not occur tion that the customer wants a white or
    on the test area and if this area is a light tinted job. It is on this type of
    true sample of the whole surface, it work that creosote bleeding is most
    should be safe to go ahead with the objectionable. Obviously, dark-colored
    painting. White-lead paint mixed ac- pains are not much affected by this type
    cording to the usual priming, body and of discoloration.
    finishing coat formulas will do a satis- Here are some color formulas for dark-
    factory job. colored finishing coats. These produce
    On some old houses, the shingles of straight, flat colors, no white-lead being
    which were last stained many years ago, required. The colors in oil should be
    it will be found that the creosote has thinned, in each instance, with 3 qt. of
    lost its potency, its tendency to bleed. lead mixing oil and require pt. of %
    Naturally the shingles will be unusually liquid drier;
    porous and need more oil than is used Indian Bed—yield ; 1 % gal.
    in paint for less thirsty surfaces. In Venetian Red % gal.
    these cases, the first coat would consist Indian Red % gal.
    of: —
    Red Brown ^yield; 2 gal.
    All-Purpose Soft Paste Indian Red % gal.
    White-Lead 100 lb. Raw Sienna
    — % gal.
    Raw Linseed Oil 4 gal. Chromium Oxide ^yield: 1% gal.
    Turpentine 1% gal. C.P. Chromium Oxide
    Liquid Drier 1 pt. Green 1 gal.

    This mix yields 9 gal of paint that mil


    Chocolate
    Burnt Umber
    Brown —^yield : 2 gal.
    1 gal.
    cover about 400 square feet per gal. on Indian Bed 1 qt.
    the average shingled surface.
    Variations of these colors are, of
    The second coat, to be applied after course, easily produced.
    the first coat is dry and hard, should
    To sum up, the safest practice to fol-
    consist of:
    low when called on to paint dark-stained
    All-Purpose Soft Paste shingles, is to first test the old stain for
    White-Lead 100 lb. bleeding ’k If this discoloration ap-
    Raw Linseed Oil 2 gal. pears, tell the home owner that it will
    Turpentine % gal. be better to restain the job unless he
    Liquid Drier 1 pt wants dark-colored paint used. If no
    This mix yields 6 gal. of paint that bleeding ’k tendency shows up in the
    will cover about 600 square feet per gal. test, use paint formulated as indicated,
    If the job is not to be pure white, tint brush it out properly and allow plenty
    the second coat with some of the color of drying time between coats.
    to be used in the final coat.
    The finishing coat, to be applied after Painting Stained Shingles
    the second coat has dried and hardened, It is always risky to apply paint over
    should consist of; a stain the composition of wMch is un-
    All-Purpose Soft Paste known to the painter. Creosote stains,
    li^ite-Lead 100 lb. even though old and weatherworn, often
    Raw Linseed Oil 3 gal. bleed through oil paints applied over
    Liquid Drier 1 Pt. them. Creosote is a non-drying oil that
    302 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    tends to lemain in the wood in a per- be thinned with 20% turpentine,* the sec-
    manently soluble condition. ond coat with 10% tui^jentine and the
    If the shingles were stained with a last coat should be straight linseed oil
    linseed oil preparation containing chrome Allow two weeks to elapse between each
    green or chromium oxide, they may now coat.
    safely be painted with lead and oil. No. 2
    In the absence of definite information Use equal parts of boiled linseed oil
    as to the previous treatment, apply a and lead mixing oil Apply two coats.
    light-colored lead and oil paint to a
    shingle or two on the rear of the house, Paints for Cedar, Cypress and Redwood
    in an inconspicuous but typical location, Priming Coat
    and see what happens. Of course, you White-Lead 100 lb.
    will have to wait several weeks or per- Raw Linseed Oil 4 gal
    haps a couple of months before you de- Turpentine
    cide the underlying stain has or has not
    1% gal
    Liquid Drier 1 pt.
    discolored the paint. If no discoloration This mix makes 9 gal. of paint which
    occurs, you are pretty safe in doing the will prime about 5,400 square feet of
    whole job. surface.
    however, the test paint indicates
    If,
    Second Coat
    a definite reaction from the old stains,
    White-Lead 100 lb.
    stain the job again. In this event, the Raw Linseed Oil gal.
    test paint can be taken off with some
    Turpentine Vyi gal
    paint remover .
    Liquid Drier 1 pt.
    This mix makes 6 gal. of paint which
    Wood Preservation Paint Primer will cover about 4,200 square feet of
    Zinc Oxide
    surface.
    (35% Leaded; 73 kg.
    Bleached Liatomite 9.1 kg. Third Coat
    Raw Linseed Oil 18.9 L White-Lead 100 lb.
    White Mineral Raw Linseed Oil 3 gal.
    Spirits 3.8 - 4.7 1.
    Liquid Drier 1 pt.
    Copper Naphthenate .11- .14 kg.
    This limits fungoid growths when used Barn Paint
    as a priming coat. Fish Oil, Heavy
    Bodied, Refined 25 gal.
    Acid and Water Resistant Coating Red Iron Oxide 50 lb.
    for Table Tops Mineral Spirits 15 gal
    Apply a coat of furfuryl alcohol to the Talc 5 lb.
    ^

    table top. Follow this with a coat of Spar Varnish, Neutral 5 gal
    15% sulphuric acid. The acid causes the
    furfuryl alcohol to polymerize, and the
    Barrel Paints
    resulting resin, formed in situ, is highly
    water and acid resistant.
    Formula No. 1
    Vinsol Barrel Paint Liquid
    (15 gal. long)
    Refinishing Damaged Table Top Uinsol 50 lb.
    Mix a small quantity of kerosene and Belro Resin 50 lb.
    common baking soda in an old saucer Tung Oil 5 gal
    or any sort of earthware vessel and ap- Tung Oil 10 gal
    ply over the stain. Let it stand a few Solvesso No. 2 36 gal
    minut.es and wipe off with a soft cloth. Mixed Cobalt, Lead Man-
    If the stain is obstinate apply the ma- ganese, Nuodex Driers 2 gal
    terial a second time and leave it on a Gross yield 61 gal.
    little longer than before. Wash off with
    mild soap and cold water and repolish. Heat the Vinsol and Belro Resin and
    This will not injure the varnish. 5 gal tung oil quickly to 575® F.; hold
    until foaming stops, and then adct bal-
    Fine Cracks Before Painting
    Filler for ance of tung oil, run slowly to 540° F.
    Mix a with the paint to be
    little fiour top heat for body, cool and reduce at
    used to form a soft putty. 400° F.
    No. 2
    Painting Pine Log Cabin Orange Vinsol Barrel Paint
    Formula No. 1 Basic Chromate of I-iead 4 lb.
    The best finish for peeled pine logs Vinsol Barrel Paint Varnish 1 gal
    is warm linseed oil. The first coat should Grind 15 hr. in pebble mill
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 303

    No. 3 stone, use is made of sodium silicate.


    Bed Vinsol Barrel Paint Commercial sodium silicate is an aqueous
    1 IN solution of 36-40® B6. This is diluted
    O.P. Bed Iron Oxide
    ^ with water to 22, 24 or 26® Be. and
    Asbestine ^
    Vinsol Barrel Paint
    .
    must be used at once, preferably pre-
    Varnish. 1 paring no more than is needed for one
    day work at a time. For an imitation
    Grind 15 hr. in pebble mill.
    stone effect nnground zinc oxide is em-
    No. 4:
    ployed in the proportion of 750 g. of
    Black Vinsol Barrel Paint oxide to 1 kg. of silicate. The silicate
    Carbon Black 3% oz.
    will not adhere unless the surface is well
    Mineral Black ^ 2 lb.
    ^
    washed, and as the product dries ex
    Vinsol Barrel Paint tremely quickly it is advisable to apply
    Varnish it on a cloudy, damp dayj details of
    Vi gal.
    Mineral Spirits application are given. On very porous
    Grind 24 hr. in pebble mill. stone three coats are generally applied,
    increasing the amount of pigment and
    Alcohol Eesistant Bar Pinishing density for each coat.
    and
    The wood bar top may be stained
    in the customary manner,
    followed
    filled Artificial Wall Stone Coating
    coat then
    with a very thin shellac ;
    German Patent 619,379
    the sur-
    sanded down heavily to prepare Lime, XJnslaked 5 kg.
    of paraffin oil.
    face for a finishing coat
    ^

    ^ Magnesium Chloride 2 kg.


    of par-
    The moisture-proofing efficiency Alum 2 kg.
    affin oil for this type
    of work is im- 10-15 kg.
    Asbestos
    proved by adding a small amount
    of 40-50 kg.
    Cement
    vinegar. The vinegar tends to emulsify Pigment 2- 6 kg.
    the oil, thus facilitating
    good penetra- Water 30 kg.
    tion into the wood. Very little vinegar
    is reciuired——about a
    tablespoonful to a Blackboard Slating Paint
    vinegar-
    quart of oil. Two coats of the Moisten four ounces of dry lampblack
    ized oil are recommended. To keep the with denatured alcohol, rubbing the mix-
    installation, the
    bar in condition after ture out on a piece of glass or a marble
    bar
    bartender should carefully rub the slab with a wide spatula until free from
    with a rag
    every night for several weeks lumps. Put the black paste in a ps-il
    moistened in the same mixture. and add, while stirring constantly, one
    quart of orange shellac varnish, and three
    Coating for Butter Tubs ounces each of the finest powdered
    Casein ^ pumice stone and powdered rottenstone,
    Borax .i i?’ sifting the dry materials through a fine
    Water ^ sieve. If the mixture is too stout to flow
    Warm and until uniform. Coat Ap-
    stir freely, add more denatured alcohol.
    inside of tubwith this and wash with ply this slatipg with a wide, soft brush
    Pormaldehyde I JN brush,
    (preferably a regular slating
    7 lb.
    Water made for the purpose) being sure to
    Dry at 60^ 0. ^ work rapidly enough to avoid laps. Two
    This prevents wood taint of butter. or three coats of the slating may be
    necessary, all of which may be applied
    Glue Paints in one day, but the job should stand a
    Glue colors, i.e., coatings with vege- day or two to become perfectly hard, and
    table or animal glue as binders,
    can be the surface should then be rubbed lightly
    well
    applied to wood or masonry but not with curled hair or fine steel wool before
    over oil colors. If mortar is dry
    and
    the blackboard is put into service. If
    porous or if the surface is gypsum, the the surface to which the slating is to be
    aluminum salt of a fatty acid may be applied has not been previously finished
    used as a sizing. A
    good water-resistant and used as a blackboard it will be
    coating for masonry is glue 50, sodium necessary to build the surface up with
    silicate 50, zinc oxide 50, caustic
    soda
    oil paint, which must become thoroughly
    solution (sp. gr. 1.34) 2 kg. The dry before the slating is put on.
    glue coating may be washed with^
    tannin
    to increase further the water
    resistance.
    FINISHES FOE SLATE
    Imitation. Marble
    Protective Paint for Stone Surfaces
    This effect is produced in one of two
    In order to replace or enhance the
    on ways. The first is by brush application
    naturally protective layer of silicate
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    of a bituminous paint which is baked onj lowing of plasticizers is exceedingly im-


    water colors are then applied by dabbing portant, as so many of them turn yellow
    the outline over a stencil laid on the or brown. How^ever, it has been found
    slate, followed by hand shading by that tricresyl phosphate can be used in
    feather or fine brush. The second small quantities, but not blown oils as
    method is to scatter an oil paint from a are so often recommended, as these are
    stick onto the surface of water in a long, liable to turn brown. The urea resins
    narrow trough and afterwards immerse have a great advantage here over the
    the panel of slate, coated with a thin glyptals, as the former never turn yellow
    film of linseed oil from a rag, in this on stoving under any conditions, but they
    trough. On removing the panel it picks are more brittle and lack adhesion, and
    up a thin film of paint from the surface their plasticization is far more important,
    of the water, and this is allowed to dry. whereas with glyptals a soft non-curing
    Afterwards a hard copal varnish may be type can generally be added to the heat-
    applied and the slate is stoved overnight; curing resin to plasticize it and to give
    polishing follows. the necessary adhesion.
    A colored or black synthetic filler may As regards waterproof ness, the straight
    be sprayed on the slate (after the primer ureas^ and glyptals are inferior to the
    has been applied and baked), and baked bakelites. The acidity of the resin would
    hard, usually at 160-200® E. for 1-2 seem to have a marked effect on the quick
    hours, when it is rubbed down smooth curing of the ureas particularly, hence
    with rottenstone ; the veining is then ap- their admixture with acid glyptals.
    plied by hand with a feather dipped in Eor the primer an oil-modified glyptal
    white or colored synthetic lacquer and can be suitably diluted with mineral
    ^

    allowed to air dry, when a good thick spirits and a small amount of lead driers
    coat of clear synthetic lacquer is sprayed added, and then pigmented as follows;
    on and baked. The surface is subse- Resin (100 lb. in 15 gal.
    quently smoothed down and polished to a Solvent Naphtha and 15
    mirror-like smoothness and gloss. Any White Spirit)
    gal. 55 lb.
    amount of variation of base colors and Titanium White (26%) 33 lb.
    veining can be done in a similar way. Eure Titanium Oxide 9 lb.
    Eor shadow veining or marble effect the Asbestine 3 lb.
    synthetic color or veining may be sprayed
    Eor the undercoat a resin compounded
    through a wide mesh rope stencil instead
    with far less oil should be used, similarly
    of applying with a feather. Colored fin-
    thinned with mineral spirits, and suitable
    ishes are often called for.
    driers and pigments added.
    Undercoats Resin Solution 39.6 lb.
    The usual baking synthetic finishes are Titanium White (26%) 23.7 lb.
    either straight glyptals, ureas or bake- Xylol 36.7 lb.
    lites, whilst the primers and undercoats
    and fillers are combinations of synthetics
    and drying oils usually the primer has a
    ; Straight Color Trim Paint
    greater oil content than the undercoat Eormula No. 1
    and filler, and often the oil in the primer Light Brown
    is linseed whereas the oil in the undercoat C.P. Chrome Yellow
    may be tung oil. Eor outside exposure Medium 3 qt.
    a combination of oil and synthetic (often Indian Red 1 qt.
    50:50) is absolutely necessary as a final Raw Linseed Oil 2% qt.
    coating to withstand all weathers, and Outside Spar Varnish qt.
    1
    this is applied after flatting down the
    clear or colored finish and is then baked
    Liquid Brier '
    % Pt-
    No. 2
    '

    hard for some hours with a good supply


    Medium Reddish Brown
    of air at a lower temperature, say 150°
    The pol-
    C.P. Chrome Yellow
    E., and finally highly polished.
    Orange
    ishing is very severe, and it is therefore
    Indian Red
    absolutely necessary that the finishes
    should bake very hard indeed; conse-
    Raw Linseed Oil
    Outside Spar Varnish
    quently the heat-convertible synthetic
    Liquid Brier
    resin 'finishes have proved exceedingly
    satisfactory.
    Very good results have been had with
    combinations of ureas and glyptals suit-
    ably plasticized, Eor whites and clear
    colorless lacquers the question of the yel-
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 305

    Outside Spar Varnisli 1 qt. Drab Paint


    Olive
    Liquid Drier 1 pt. Pormula No. 1
    No. 4 Soft Paste White-Lead 50 lb.
    Trim Red Raw Turkey Umber 1 qt.

    CvP. Bulletin
    Tuscan Bed
    Red m
    2%
    qt.
    qt.
    Raw Linseed Oil
    Liquid Drier
    1%
    1
    gal
    pt.

    Baw Linseed Oil 3% pt. No. 2


    Outside Spar VarnisL 1 qt. Soft Paste White-Lead 50 lb.

    Liquid Drier 1 pt. French Ochre 1% gal.


    Lampblack V> pt.
    No. 5
    Briglit Green
    Raw Linseed Oil 23/4 gal.

    C.P. Chrome Green^ — I^ight 1 gal.


    Liquid Drier
    No. 3
    1 pt.

    Baw Linseed Oil 1% gal.


    French Ochre 1 gal.
    Outside Spar Varnish V2 gal
    Lampblack ¥2 pt.
    Liquid Drier 1 pt.
    Raw Linseed Oil 3 qt.
    No. 6 Outside Spar Varnish 1 qt.
    Dark Green
    C.P. Chrome Green —^Dark 1 gal.
    Turpentine
    Liquid Drier
    1
    1
    qt.
    pt.
    Baw Linseed Oil 1% gal.
    No. 4 ,

    Outside Spar Varnish 1/2 gal Soft Paste White-Lead 50 lb.


    Liquid Drier 1 pt. C.P. Medium Chrome
    No. 7 Yellow 1 pt.
    Chromium Oxide Green Lampblack 1 oz.
    C.P. Chromium Oxide Raw Linseed Oil IV2 gal.
    Green 1 gal. Liquid Drier 1 pt.
    Baw Linseed Oil 2% qt.
    Outside Spar Varnish 1 qt. Mica Paints
    Liquid Drier % pt. The preparation is of very simple
    No. 8 character. The necessary quantity of the
    Bright Yellow medium is poured upon the flakes, and
    thoroughly mixed with a spatula. The
    C.P. Chrome Yellow
    Lemon 1 gal. paint is then ready for use.
    Baw Linseed Oil 4% qt. As a standard composition, the me-
    diums for which may be linseed oil
    Outside Spar Varnish 11^ qt.
    Liquid Drier % pt. (boiled) , fatty varnishes, water-proof var-
    nishes, bronzing or gilding liquids, or
    No. 9 paints in general, the proportions sug-
    Bright Orange gested are 200 g. of mica flakes for 1 kg,
    C.P. Chrome Yellow of medium. Where the medium is a
    Orange 1 gal.
    cellulose lacquer, the proportions are 100-
    Raw Linseed Oil 234 qt.
    120 g. of mica flakes for 1 kg. of medium.
    Outside Spar Varnish 1 qt.
    In order to protect and to increase
    Liquid Drier % pt.
    the durability of any painting slightly
    No. 10 increase the amount of coloring matter
    Black to preserve the same shade of color,
    Lampblack 1 gal. which the flakes have a tendency to
    Raw Linseed Oil 2% qt. lighten tp a certain degree. Asuitable
    Outside Spar Varnish 1 qt. proportion will be an additional 50-100
    Liquid Drier 1 pt. g. of mica flakes per kg. of prepared
    paint. Experiment alone will determine
    Por quick setting and good, thorough the exact quantity to be mixed, as this
    drying of these straight colors, four depends, not only upon the medium, but
    ounces of powdered litharge, wet with a also upon the coloring matter employed.
    little turpentine, may be stirred into each
    The paints should not be prepared for
    gallon of paint just before application. too long a time in advance; it is prefer-
    This practice is particularly helpful in able to make the mixtures shortly before
    paints containing considerable lampblack using. Application can be made by
    or dropblack which are ^^slow driers^’ brush or with the spraying gnn.
    and which sometimes remain tacky for a
    long time. "When litharge is added to
    any batch of paint, or when boiled lin- ALUMINUM PAINT
    seed oil instead of raw is employed, only Instructions for Dse
    half the liquid drier specified for the i.Mixing: Aluminum paint shall be
    batch need be used. freshly mixed and only enough for one
    306 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    daj^s use sliall be mixed at one time. good rust inhibitive priming paint. Two
    Any paint remaining after this period coats* of aluminum paint shall then be
    may be mixed •with freshly prepared applied, allowing at least 48 hours dry-
    /aint, if it does not exceed 10% of total ing time between coats.
    newly-mixed paint. The paint shall be
    * The first coat of ahiminum paint may be
    mixed. in the proportion of 2 lb. of alu-
    tinted with Prussian Blue. Two ounces of
    minum powder or aluminum paste per Prussian Blue paste shall he added to each
    gal. of vehicle, or as otherwise specified. gallon of the clear vehicle before mixing with
    The weighed amount of pigment shall be the aluminum pigment.
    placed in a suitable mixing container, and
    a measured volume of vehicle shall be
    5. Fainting Weather-Exposed Wood —
    gradually added to it with continuous
    New Work: The surface to be painted
    stirring until a uniform paint is obtained.
    shall be thoroughly clean and dry. No
    painting shall be done in wet or freezing
    Each time any paint is removed from the
    weather or within 24 hours following a
    mixing container, the paint shall again
    be thoroughly stirred to insure proper
    rain. A priming coat of aluminum paint
    shall be applied over the entire surface.
    mixing. The paint shall also be fre-
    The paint shall consist of 1% lb. of
    quently stirred during use.
    aluminum powder or 2 lb. of aluminum
    Application: Aluminum paint may
    paste per gal. of a varnish vehicle for
    be applied with either spray gun or hand
    wood (very long oil varnish). Cracks as
    brush. If spraying equipment is em-
    w^ell as counter sunk nailheads shall be
    ployed, only sufficient pressure should
    filled with a good putty before additional
    be used to secure adequate atomization.
    paint coats are applied. If 2 coats of
    Excessive pressure should be avoided.
    aluminum paint are specified, the second
    For spraying purposes, thinners may be
    coat shall consist of a paint made with
    added as required but not to exceed 10%
    2 lb. of aluminum powder or paste per
    of the total volume of paint. If a brush
    is used, care should be taken that all final
    gal. of vehicle. At least 48 hours dry-
    ing time shall be allowed between coats.
    brush strokes are made in the same di-
    Other top coats may be used as specified,
    rection. Excessive brushing will result
    allowing the same drying time.
    in streaking and darkening, and should
    be avoided. 6. Fainting Weather-Exposed Wood —
    S. Fainting Weather-Exposed Steel — Bepaint Work: The surface to be painted
    shall be scraped and scratch-brushed to
    New Work: The steel surface to be
    ainted shall be thoroughly clean and remove blistered or loosely adhering paint
    ry. Oil and grease shall be removed and then thoroughly dusted. Cracks shall
    with mineral spirits. Rust, mill scale, be filled with putty. No painting shall
    dirt or other foreign matter shall be re- be done in wet or freezing weather or
    moved by scratch-brushing, scraping or within 24 hours following a rain. A first
    sand-blasting. No painting shall be done coat of aluminum paint made with 2 lb. of
    in wet weather or when the temperature aluminum powder or paste per gal. of the
    is below 40° F. or when there is frost
    varnish vehicle for wood (very long oil
    or moisture condensation on the steel. varnish), shall then be applied. A dry-
    At temperatures below 50° F., the use of ing time of at least 48 hours shall be
    a maximum of 10% tlunner, such as allowed before top coats of paint are
    mineral spirits, is permissible. A good applied. If 2 coats of aluminum paint
    rust inhibitive priming coat shall be ap- are specified, the second coat shall consist
    lied and allowed to dry for at least 48 of a paint made with 2 lb. of aluminum
    ours. Two coats* of aluminum paint powder or paste per gal. of vehicle. Other
    shall then be applied over the priming top coats may be used as specified, allow-
    coat, allowing at least 48 hours drying ing the same drying time.
    time between coats.
    — 7. Fainting —
    Wood Interior: If the
    4. Fainting Weather-Exposed Steel wood has previously been painted with a
    Old Work: The steel surface shall be free high gloss finish, the surface should be
    from rust, loose paint, loosely adhering sanded before any paint is applied.
    mill scale, dirt and other foreign matter.
    (This applies particularly to interior
    Oil and grease shall be removed with
    trim) . The aluminum paint shall consist
    mineral spirits. No painting shall be
    done in wet weather or when the tempera- of aluminum powder or paste mixed with
    ture is below 40° F. or when there is an interior varnish, in the proportions of
    frost or moisture condensation on the 1% lb. per gal. of vehicle. If the work
    steel. At temperatures below 50° F. the is specified to be left in the aluminum
    use of a maximum of 10% thinner, such finish, 2 coats of the same aluminum
    as mineral spirits, is permissible. All paint shall be applied, allowing at least
    bare spots shall be touched up with a 48 hours drying time between coats.
    :
    : :

    PAINTS, LACQUERS 307

    8. Painting Brick f Concrete and Plas- powders, the vehicle has to be more vis-
    ter': The surface to be painted shall be cous. Choose medium-size, tinsel-like
    dry and free from all loose paint, dirt powder.
    and calcimine. The paint shall consist No. 2
    of 1%-^ ll5 of aluminum powder or paste
    . British Patent 445,110
    per gal. of a varnish vehicle. If the An aluminum sheet is primed with a
    surfaces are exposed to the weather, 2 material consisting of
    coats of aluminum paint shall be applied, Polymerized Vinyl Acetate 15 lb.
    using 2 lb. of pigment per gal, of vehicle Zinc Oxide 10 lb.
    for the second coat, and allowing at
    least Ethyl Acetate 35 lb.
    48 hours drying time between coats. Por Toluene 20 lb.
    interiors, one coat may be sufficient. Xylene 20 lb.
    9a, General Interior Work: For ordi- After drying, the protective coating is
    nary interior work, one coat of aluminum applied as lacquer of the following com-
    uaint is usually sufficient. The paint shall position:
    consist of 1 ^2-2 lb. of aluminum powder
    paste per gal. of an interior varnish. Chlorinated Rubber (64%
    "
    For Interiors Exposed to Unusual Chlorine Content) 20 lb.
    9h,
    Conditions Where unusual exposure con- Toluene 20 lb.

    ditions exist, such as acid fumes, high Xylene 40 lb.


    Trier esyl Phosphate 6-8 lb.
    humidity, etc., all steel to be painted shall
    Butyl Stearate 4 lb.
    have a rust inhibitive priming coat ap-
    plied. Two coats of aluminum paint, Aluminum Bronze Powder 10 lb.

    using varnishes mixed with 2 lb. of alu-


    minum powder or 2%
    lb. of aluminum Heat Resisting Aluminum Paint Vehicle
    paste per gal. of vehicle shall then be Gloss Oil (60% Solids) 20 lb.
    applied over the priming coat. Two coats Aluminum Powder 15 lb.
    of the same aluminum paint shall be ap- Xylol 20 lb.
    plied on all other surfaces. The painting V. M. & P. Naphtha 60 lb.
    procedure described in Paragraphs 2 to 6
    shall be followed. Aluminum Coating for Ovens
    10. Painting Metal Surfaces Subject to Coumaron Resin 12 g.
    Eigh Temperatures In Painting metal Benzol 30 g.
    surfaces which reach high temperatures, Benzolene 30 g.
    special care shall be taken to insure a Alurt inum Powder to suit
    clean surface. A
    roughened surface will
    also improve the adherence of the alu-
    Aluminum Priming for Wood
    minum paint him. For surfaces which
    Tung oil vehicles are recommended by
    reach temperatures in excess of 400® F.,
    reason of their elasticity and waterproof-
    an aluminum paint consisting of alumi- _
    ing properties. A suitable vehicle is ob-
    num powder or paste mixed with a heat- tained by thinning a tung oil spar varnish
    resisting vehicle in the proportion of 2-3
    to the desii*ed consistency, and adding
    lb. of pigment per gal. of vehicle shall
    aluminum powder in the proportion of
    he applied. For surfaces, the tempera-
    2 lb. per gal. For an oil medium use:
    ture of which does not exceed 400® F.,
    spar varnish may be used as the vehicle Raw Linseed Oil 70 oz.
    if diluted with at least 50%, by volume, Bodied Linseed Oil 8 oz.
    with thinner such as mineral spirits. Naphtha 7 oz.
    Turpentine 15 oz.
    The above recommendations do not ap'
    ply to healed surfaces exposed to the Add a lead-free drier to suit.
    weather such as unlined stacks or stack Vehicles for aluminium paints must
    breaching s. have a low acid value, and the concen-
    tration of aluminum powder should not
    Aluminum Paint exceed 2 lb. per gal.
    Formula No. 1
    Linseed Oil 30 g. Steel Paint
    Engine Oil, Refined 15 g. Zinc Chromate 12.5 kg,
    Cumarone Resin, Hard 8 g. Basie Lead Chromate 12.5 kg.
    Heavy Benzine 85 g. Lead Sulphate 25 kg.
    Aluminum Powder 85 g. Magnesium Sulphate 50 kg.
    Important Tung Oil 50 kg.
    The the aluminum powder, the
    finer Turpentine Oil 25 kg.
    greater is its hiding power, but the lower Linseed Oil 12.5 kg.
    is its lustre. Furthermore, for coarser Naphtha 12.5 kg.
    :

    308 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Paint Pre-treatment for Steel Sheets An interval of about four days is


    U. S. Patent 1,980,518 necessary for hardening the corked sur-
    Fuller Earth 30 lb. faces before painting is possible. The
    Calcium Dihydrogen paint is usually in the form of a thick
    Phosphate 5 lb. white zinc or titanium white flatting.
    Copper Nitrate 0.5 lb.
    Butyl Alcohol 2.4 lb. Beer Can Coating (Internal)
    Water 6.32 gal. British Patent 463,797
    Blown Asphalt 2 lb.
    Coating Underground Metal Pipes Gilsonite 1 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,047,772 Carbon Tetrachloride 14 lb.
    Mica, Finely Divided 10-30 lb. Coating for Ends
    Pitch (m.p, 65-95° F.) 90-70 lb. Asphalt 100 lb.
    Apply at 160-200° F. Montan Wax 10 lb.
    Cumarone Resin %-2 lb.
    Cork Coating for Ship Metal Surfaces Thin to suit with a mixture of equal
    The overhead steel surfaces, including parts of toluol and carbon tetrachloride.
    angles, frames, and probably the ship^s
    side in mess spaces, accommodation for Paint for Asbestos Pipe Covering
    men, store-rooms, etc., are usually covered White-Lead in Oil 100 lb.
    with granulated cork. This has the func- Pure Kettle-Boiled Linseed
    tion of reducing condensation by acting Oil 7 gal.
    as an insulator, particularly so in the Turpentine 1 gal.
    case of steel surfaces on the under side This formula will make about 11 gal-
    of the decks, wMch are not planked on lons of paint. It is very difficult, how-
    the upper side. ever, to estimate its covering power when
    The procedure of applying the cork is applied to surfaces such as asbestos whose
    as follows An adhesive composition, of
    : surface is very likely to be more porous
    which the following formula has been in some spots than others. As near as
    found suitable, is thickly applied, either one can figure the priming coat should
    by hand or spray, to the surfaces already average approximately 300 square feet
    painted with red lead, aluminum paint or per gallon.
    other protective coating and then covered The second coat should be based on
    with granulated cork. one of the following formulas:
    Lead (Paste)
    Wlaite 38 lb. Second coat (a)
    Yellow Ochre (Paste) 38 lb. White-Lead in Gil 100 lb.
    Paste Driers 14 lb. Pure Raw Linseed Oil 1% gal.
    Hard Drying Tarnish 10 pt. Turpentine 1% gal.
    Boiled Linseed Oil 10 pt. Pure Drier 1 pt.
    A small quantity of japan gold size This formula takes about 6 gallons of
    can be added for quicker drying if con- paint which should cover approximately
    sidered necessary. 3000 square feet one coat.
    Granulated cork free from dust, of a Second coat (b)
    ^

    size which must pass through a sieve 8 White-Lead in Oil 100 lb.
    meshes to the linear inch and be retained Flatting Oil 2-3 gal.
    on a seive 16 meshes to the linear inch, This formula should make from 5 to 6
    is either thrown or pressed on the adhe- gallons of paint which should cover from
    sive composition. This can be quickly 2500 to 3000 square feet one coat.
    and efficiently applied to the overhead
    surfaces by using a thin but stiff piece of Protective Coating for Concrete and Iron
    aluminium alloy sheeting approximately Asphaltum 50 lb.
    9 inches square, upon which the cork is Coal Tar Pitch, Hard 50 lb.
    placed in a thick layer, and then pressed Rosin, Dark 40 lb.
    up to the composition, a small clip under- Linseed Oil Varnish 20 lb.
    neath the plate ensuring a firm hold. Coal Tar Oil 50 lb.
    An alternative method is to use a shallow Heavy Benzoline 30 lb.
    tray of a similar size having the bottom
    covered with canvas and filled with the Concrete Coating
    cork. In this case the hand is placed U. S. Patent 2,048,932
    underneath the canvas and pressed up on Cement 100 lb.
    the adhesive composition. To make sure Sodium Phosphate 4 lb.
    of the complete covering of the surfaces, Calcium Chloride 6 lb.
    granulated cork is also thrown up after- Water sufficient to make desired con-
    wards. sistency.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 309

    Industrial Paints Melt the Vinsol alone to a top heat of


    Yinsol Paint Oil 100 lb. 350° P., and when all melted add the
    Tung Oil 30 gal. coal tar, linoleate and beeswax and heat
    Menhaden Eisli Oil 50 gal. tin thoroughly melted then cool to 400°
    Kerosene 50 gal. P., and reduce with naphtha. When cold
    V. M. & P. Naphtha 50 gal. grind with pigments in ball mill.
    Lead Naphthenate Paste
    Drier or Equivalent Weight Toxic Anti-Pouling Material
    of Lead as Litharge 6 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,041,130
    Heat the Vinsol and all the tung oil An anti-fouling marine paint toxic to
    to 450® P., add lead paste
    drier (work marine animal organisms comprises a
    in the drier if litharge is used),
    raise suitable vehicle having incorporated
    heat quickly to 575® P., check with the therein zinc tellurite. A suitable formula
    fish oil and hold at
    560® P. for 12-inch is: Zinc tellurite 50 g., zinc oxide 50 g.,
    string, cool and reduce at 500 with kero- tar 30 g., shellac 5 g., alcohol 500 g.
    sene, follow with the V. M. & P. Naphtha
    at 375° P.
    Red Paint Black Pinish for Auto Penders
    Red Oxide 2 lb. a. Asphaltnm 54- lb.
    C.P. 54''
    3 lb. Rosin lb.
    Asbestine
    Vinsol Paint Oil 1 gal. Roseen Oil 1 gal.
    b. Linseed Oil 12 gal
    Grind 15 hr. in pebble mill.
    0 Turpentine
    . 17 gal.
    Brown Paint d. Litharge 6 lb.
    Prince ^s Metallic Brown 4 lb.
    Cobalt Linoleate
    Asbestine 1 lb.
    Vinsol Paint Oil 1 gal.
    (4% Cobalt) 2.5 lb.

    Grind 15 hr. in pebble mill. Heat a with part of b to 250° G., tc


    melt, and add the balance of b, heating
    Green Paint
    further to get a good, clear solution.
    C.P. Chrome Green Dark 1% lb.
    Add {^ slowly with agitation. Cool, and
    Asbestine 2 lb.
    add c at 150° 0. Allow to settle in
    Vinsol Paint Oil 1 gal.
    tanks for several months, centrifuge, and
    Grind 15 hr. in pebble mill. All into containers.
    Black Paint
    Carbon Black 3% oz.
    Mineral Black L Refinishing Paint for Autos
    Vinsol Paint Oil 1 gnl. IT. S. Patent 2,044,493
    Gasoline (Low Test) 95 gal.
    Grind 24 hr. in pebble mill.
    Anise Oil 1-2 gal.
    Note: This paint is suggested as an
    excellent general utility black mainte-
    Clear Spar Varnish 32 gai.
    nance paint for metal and wood protec*-
    tion in industrial plants. It has better
    Repainting Drums
    adhesion and holds its gloss longer than Scrape off all the old paint and sand
    the asphalt paints frequently used in this
    the surface with very fine sandpaper^ then
    work. apply a priming coat of white lead in oil.
    Oil Plastic Paint
    After the priming coat is dry apply two
    Heavy Paste Wliite Lead 100 lb.
    coats of paint made from colors ground
    Dry Bolted Whiting 22 lb.
    in* japan. This should be thinned with
    Platting Oil 1%gal.
    turpentine only. When the final coat of
    Japan Drier 1 gill
    color is dry, varnish the surface with a.
    Break up the white lead in half of the good thin-bodied hard gum varnish.
    oil and the whiting in the other half.
    When the varnish is dry, if the surface
    When both are well mixed pour together is not sufficiently glossy, rub the var-
    and mix until smooth. nished surface with curled hair or fine
    steel wool to remove the gloss and apply
    Ship Bottom Paint a second coat of varnish.
    Zinc Oxide 187 lb.
    Indian Red 93 lb.
    Silica 93 lb. Preventing Paint Hardening
    Vinsol 146 lb. Melted paraffin poured over the top of
    Hi-flash Coal Tar Naphtha 383 lb. a can of paint will prevent its hardening,
    Coal Tar 48 lb. ^i^en can of paint is again desired the
    Manganese Linoleate 130 lb. coating of paraffin can be readily re-
    Beeswax 3.£i lb. moved.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Painting Airplane Alloys 3. Third Coat— Orange Finish


    In the use of paints on magnesium For All Surfaces
    alloys such as used for airplanes, it is Basic Lead Chromate 1 gal.
    important that the surface first be Raw
    Linseed Oil 1 gal.
    cleaned with 2% solution of sodium hyd- Makes 2 gal. of paint which covers
    roxide. Aluminium alloys can only be about 600 sq. ft. per gal.
    cleaned by sand-blasting. Oil varnishes
    for application on magnesium-aluminium 4. Third Coat —
    ^White Finish
    alloys should contain three parts of oil A, Wood and Metal
    to one part of resin. Ferric oxide and White-Lead
    zinc chromate is the. best pigment for use (Soft Paste*) 100 1b.
    in paints for iron or steel, whereas Linseed Oil 3 gal.
    chrome yellows with or without the use Liquid Drier tl pt.
    of titanium dioxide is the best for alumi- Makes 6% gal. of paint which covers
    nium. Zinc oxide is the best for mag- about 700 sq. ft. per gal.
    1.
    nesium alloys. Silica increases the ad- B. Concrete, Stucco, Stone, Brick
    hesion to the various types of metals and White-Lead (Soft or
    alloys. Copals and dammar are satisfac- Heavy Paste) 100 lb.
    tory resins to use in the formulation of Lead Mixing Oil 3-4 gal.
    paints for alloys, but ester gum is not Makes 6 to 7 gal. of paint which eovers
    satisfactory. about 600 sq. ft. per gal.
    * If heavy paste is used in these formulas,
    increase turpentine by one quart.
    FOEMFLAS FOE PAINTING STRUO- t When boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
    TUBES HAZARDOUS TO AIR % pint.
    TRAFFIC
    Priming Coat Line Paint
    Traffic
    A. Wood (High Quality)
    White-Lead Formula No. 1
    (Soft Paste-^) 100 lb. Sixty-five per cent of pigment and 35
    2.Linseed Oil 4 gal. per cent of vehicle. The pigment is 65
    Pure Turpentine 1% gal. per cent light-proof lithopone, 25 per cent
    Liquid Drier tl pt. lead-free zinc oxide, and 10 per cent
    Makes 9 gal. of paint which covers magnesium silicate.
    about 600 sq. ft. per gal. The vehicle is a varnish made in the
    B. Metal proportions of 9 gallons of China wood
    Paste Eed-Lead 100 lb. oil and 6 gallons of linseed oil per 100
    Raw Linseed Oil 2% gal.
    Pure Turpentine
    Liquid Drier
    pt.
    1% pt.
    m pounds of modified phenolic resin and
    thinned with V. M. & P. naphtha and
    drier to contain per cent of non-
    40
    Makes 5 gal. of paint which covers volatile material.
    about 600 sq. ft. per gal.
    C. Concrete, Stucco, Stone, Brick No. 2
    White-Lead (Soft or Sixty-five per cent of pigment and 35
    Heavy Paste) 100 lb. per cent of vehicle. The pigment is 56
    Lead Mixing Oil A-5 gal. per cent titanium-barium pigment, 24 per
    cent lead-free zinc oxide, 10 per cent
    Makes 7 to 8 gal. of paint which covers magnesium silicate and 10 per cent silica.
    about 200 sq. ft. per gal.
    The vehicle is 40 per cent nonvolatile and
    made of the same constituents as above,
    Second Coat
    but in the proportions of 12 gallons of
    A. Wood and Metal China wood oil and 8 gallons of linseed
    White-Lead
    oil per 100 pounds of resin.
    (Soft Paste*) 100 lb.
    Linseed Oil l^/^ gal.
    Pure Turpentine 1% gal. Cheap Traffic Line Paint
    Liquid Drier tl pt. Hydrated Lime 100 lb.
    Makes 6 of paint which covers
    gal. Casein 20 lb.
    about 700 sq. ft. per gal. Trisodium Phosphate 12 lb.
    B. Concrete, Stucco, Stone, Brick Whiting 30 lb.
    White-Lead (Soft or Water to proper consistency
    Heavy Paste) 100 lb.
    Lead Mixing Oil 3-4 gal. Permanent Window Paint
    Makes 6 to 7 gal. of paint which eovers Mix 30 pounds of sodium silicate with
    about 400 sq. ft. per gaL five gallons of water and mix in two
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 311

    gallons of raw linseed oil with vigorous 10 parts by weight of red lead and egg
    stirring. The oil must be emulsified in albumin in a quantity equivalent to five
    the -water before adding pigment. For whites of eggs and applying this mass
    a wMte paint stir in 25 pounds of wMt- upon the coating of the mirror main-
    ing. A blue color may be obtained with tained in lukewarm condition.
    ultramarine, red with iron oxide, yellow
    with' lead or zinc chromate, and green Lamp Shade Decorating Faint
    with chrome green. Low Strength Glue 19 oz.
    To avoid brush marks apply with a Cornstarch 14 oz.
    spray gun. To remove, apply vinegar Cane Sugar 14 oz.
    and allow it to soak in, before scraping. Water 26 oz.
    Alcohol 27 oz.
    Frosted Window Paint Color to suit
    When a temporary paint is desired for Clove Oil to suit
    a window a supersaturated solution of Dissolve glue, starch and sugar in
    magnesium sulphate (Epsom Salt) gives water with gentle heat; add color; in-
    excellent results. Simply paint or daub corporate alcohol with constant stirring
    the warm solution over a window ^aint to make a smooth thin paste; add clove
    and beautiful frosted effects are obtained. oil.
    The coating is easily and completely re- Apply from collapsible tubes with thin
    moved by Water. nozzle, or -with a c^e icer.

    Painting Glass Painting Canvas (Non-Folding)


    Thoroughly clean inside of glass and Make up a batch of cooked rye flour
    apply a first coat of a very thin mixture paste, brush a coat on the canvas, let dry,
    of white lead and turpentine, containing then run over the surface of the roof
    a pint of hard-drying varnish per gallon
    Spread rapidly on glass
    with No. % sandpaper to knock off the
    of turpentine. nibs. Dust well, and apply a coat of
    with a soft brush and immediately stipple paint made by mixing together five
    the paint with a wall stippler. pounds of white lead in oil and one pound
    of belted whiting. Reduce this paste,
    Glass Masking Coating after tinting to a -very light gray, with
    Formula No. 1 a liquid composed of one part of raw
    For masking automobile glass while linseed oil, two parts of good coach japan
    painting: and two parts of turpentine. Apply this
    Kaolin 2 lb. and when dry apply a second coat of
    Glycerin l-S lb. light gray paint, made by reducing white
    Water 4.5 lb. lead in oil to brushing consistency with
    Butyl Alcohol 0.25 lb. a liquid composed of one part of raw
    linseed oil and three parts of coach
    Mix above ingredients thoroughly, ap-
    ply to glass of car with a brush and let japan. When dry apply a coat of alu-
    dry. After painting with a spray gun,
    minum paint, made by stirring pure alu'
    the mask may be removed with a putty
    minum powder into a first-class extra
    knife, cloth or by washing with a hose.
    long oil exterior spar varnish or a high-
    This leaves the glass free of paint. grade coach or finishing varnish.
    No. 2
    TT. S. Patent 2,029,008 Canoe Finishing
    Toluol 55 oz. Canvas canoes take a good finish, and
    Rubber Cement 30 oz. remain not only water-tight but also at-
    Latex 5 oz. tractive ^ver a considerable period ^if —
    Mineral Oil, Heavy 5 oz. the job is done right.
    1. Wash inside and out; then dry thor-
    Protective Coating for Mirrors oughly.
    IT. S. Patent 2,071,553 2. Remove old paint, using any stand-
    A process for producing a protective ard varnish remover^ according to the
    coating against air, dampness, tropical manufacturer's directions.
    moisture and acid vapors, consists in 3. Dry entire canoe thoroughly. For
    melting 40 parts by weight of asphalt, this use a small motor-driven blower,
    diluting the same -with spirits of turpen- taMng warm air from around a heater
    tine, adding 30 parts by weight of copal improvised from one of the common
    resin dissolved in spirits of turpentine air-tight" wood-burning stoves. This
    whilst continually stirring the mass, ad- warm dry air is blown gently into a
    ding to each kilogram of the mixture canvas-covered box completely covering
    —

    312 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    the canoe, the blower being tied in at lead 12.5 lb. and a black material such
    one end while the other end is left open as lampblack about 1.5 lb. are used to-
    as a vent. After partially drying the gether.
    canoe with the stern toward the blower
    lift the cover, turn the canoe halfway Coating Inside of Latex Drums
    around, and complete the drying. Latex (Containing
    4. After making sure that the canoe 0.7% Ammonia) 1 gal.
    is dry, and regardless of the final color to whichadd a smooth paste of
    desired, prime it with a thin coating Zinc Oxide 2 lb.
    little more than a wash —
    of aluminum Water 1 qt.
    paint, using a long-oil varnish as the
    Completely wet inside of drum with
    vehicle.
    above, drain out and dry by sun’s heat.
    6. Then the canoe is given two color
    coats of best grade marine paint, the
    Ink Resistant Fountain Pen Barrel
    material for each coat being cut with the
    U. S. Patent 2,044,181
    addition of one-half pint of turpentine
    The inner surface of the barrel is
    or wood spirits to the gallon as received.
    coated with a solution of ethylcellulose
    After the first coat has dried thoroughly,
    and dried.
    it is sanded lightly to assure a better
    bond with the following coat.
    Dental Model Coating
    6. The job is finished with a coating
    U, S. Patent 2,057,289
    of spar varnish. The varnish is flowed
    Cellulose Acetate oz.
    on, with as little brushing as possible,
    Triphenyl Phosphate 8 oz.
    beginning at the keel and working to-
    Methyl Phthallate 25 cc.
    ward the gunwales. The boat is in up-
    Formaldehyde 25 cc.
    sidedown position, of course, during all
    this work.
    Dioxan 3% qt.

    Where any lettering, initials or decora-


    Quick Drying Temporary Protective
    tive design is desired, it is put on over
    Coating
    the last coat of color and covered with
    Glycol Bori-Boxate 10 g.
    the spar varnish along with the rest. of
    Corn Sugar 8 g.
    the canvas.
    Jobs turned out in the manner outlined Water 182 cc.
    last from three to five years, depending ’Heat to 140® F, and apply with a
    upon usage (care being taken to drain spray gun. This coating is removed with
    the craft after each trip) and the amount a damp cloth.
    of abrasion suffered from sandy beaches
    and rocky shoals. Fireproof Paint
    French Patent 821,566
    Zinc Oxide 407.48 g.
    Metal Coating for Paper and Fabrics Titanium Dioxide 150.00 g.
    British Patent 433,218 Linseed Oil 170.00 g.
    Clyptal Resin Stand Oil 70.00 g.
    (Tung Oil Type) 43.88 lb. Turpentine 20,00 g.
    Naphtha 53.13 lb. Manganese Resinate 90.00 g.
    Cobalt Linoleate 2.99 lb. Barium Sulphate 36.48 g.
    The paper or fabric is coated with Silica 2.00 g.
    above solution and then sprayed with a Calcium Silicate 0.19 g.
    powdered metal and burnished before Zinc Sulphide 15.53 g.
    varnish has dried completely then bake Iron Oxide 1.44 g.
    to harden varnish. Alumina 2.10 g.
    Magnesia 2.61 g.

    Auto Top Dressing Calcium Carbonate 32.25 g.


    Formula No. 1
    Dissolve 4 oz. Orange Shellac in 1 gal. Fireproofing Coating
    denatured alcohol and add French Patent 802,021
    oz. castor
    oil and sufficient spirit soluble nigrosine
    Tetrachloronaphthalene 450 g.
    to give the depth of color desired. Chlorinated Rubber 60 g.
    Tritolyl Phosphate 40 g.
    No. 2 Lampblack 20 g.
    U, S. Patent 2,046,793
    ^
    Varnish 1.25 gal., tung oil 1 gal., raw Non-Inflammable Paint
    linseed oil 6 gal., creosote 1 pint, a drier U. S, Patent 2,044,176
    such as Japan drier about 0.5 gal., raw Chlorinated Rubber 100 g.
    rubber, 2.5 gal., turpentine 1 qt, white Stand Oil 100 g.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 313

    Antimony Trioxide 50 g. Battery Terminal Coating Compound


    Basic Carbonate White Lead 10 g. Asphaltum 36 oz.
    Bone Black 100 g. Pyridine 4 oz.
    Toluene 250 cc. Solvent Naphtha 60 oz.
    The pyridine is mixed with the solvent
    Peelable Adhesive Protective Coating
    naphtha and the lumps of asphaltum
    U. S. Patent 2,046,925 added, stirring occasionally until these
    Pyroxylin 10 lb. lumps have passed into solution. This
    7 lb. composition may be applied to the bat-
    Castor Oil
    25 lb. tery terminals and cables by means of a
    Butyl Acetate
    10 lb. brush or spray gun. The pyridine has
    Butyl Alcohol
    Ethyl Acetate 10 lb. a neutralizing effect on the acid spray
    5 lb. as well as acting as a plasticizing agent
    Alcohol
    50 lb. preventing embrittlement of the asphal-
    Toluol
    tum coating. The adhesion is excellent,
    The consistency may be varied by in- and forms a completely non-pervious acid
    creasing or decreasing the above solvents. resistant film.
    Filler, Marking and Coating Composition
    U. S. Patent 2,046,557
    Corrosion Proof Cable Coating
    Shellac Wax 2 lb.
    British Patent 450,802
    Heat at 60-175° C. and add with
    thorough mixing
    A 1:1 mixture of quartz flour and
    ethyl acrylate is applied to the cable and
    Aluminum Powder 1 lb.
    heated to polymerize the ester and harden
    the resulting resin.
    Cellulose Acetate Cloth Coatings
    Formula No. 1
    Ozone Resistant Cable Coating
    Cellulose Acetate (Low
    U. S. Patent 2,007,761
    Acetyl Content, 2 to
    10 lb.
    Palm Oil Pitch 50 oz.
    5 sec.)
    49
    Rape Seed Oil 50 oz.
    Acetone lb.
    Sulphur 5 oz.
    Methyl Cellulose 11 lb.
    10 lb.
    Heat at 150° 0. for 6 hours.
    Toluol
    Methyl Phthalyl Ethyl
    Glyeollate 20 lb. Protecting Underground Pipes
    U. S. Patent 2,047,772
    No. 2
    Coat pipes with a hot mixture of
    Cellulose Acetate (High
    Pitch 75 Ib.
    Acetyl Content, 15 to
    10
    Mica (60-100 Mesh) 25 lb.
    30 sec.) lb.
    Acetone 52 lb.
    Ethyl Acetate (85-88%) 10 lb. Graphite Paints
    Methyl Cellosolve 8 lb. Formula No. 1
    Butyl Phthalyl Butyl Graphite 75 lb.
    Glyeollate 20 lb. Boiled Linseed Oil 25 lb.

    No. 2
    Graphite 40 lb.
    Sound Insulating Coating
    adhe- Zinc Oxide 40 lb.
    Satisfactory sound-insulating
    Boiled Linseed Oil 40 lb.
    sives, equal in quality to the product of
    Ford Motor Co., are obtained from (1)
    soft petroleum (Grozny) bitumen 39.5,
    Acid Resisting Paint
    waste rubber 11.8, wood dour 5.5, gaso- Tornesit (130 Ops.) 20 oz.
    line 33.2 and kerosene 10 grams, and Heat Bodied Tung Oil 10 oz.
    Toluol 20 oz.
    (2) soft petroleum bitumen 44.6, boiled
    linseed oil (43% polymerized) 6.7, wood High Solvent Naphtha 50 oz.
    flour 5.6, gasoline 33.1 and kerosene 10
    grams. Acid Resisting Paint
    Tornesit 15 lb.
    Thermolized Tung Oil 10 lb.
    Electrical Insulating Tape Coating Xylol 60 lb.
    British Patent 452,361 Red Oxide 15 lb.
    Reclaimed Rubber 15 lb.
    Rubber Resin 28 lb. Paint for Chemical Laboratories
    French Chalk 67 1b. Paint applied in chemical laboratories
    Warm together and mix until smooth. and other places where conditions are
    314 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    saver© often suffers decided depreciation Heat to 100° 0. and while raising
    in color ivitliin a short time. This is due, temperature to 150° C, add slowly, while
    of course, to attack by acid fumes. The mixing
    fumes then attack the underlying metal Lead Oxide (PbO) 260 g.
    surface, which the paint is supposed to Continue heating and stirring until dis-
    protect. solved.
    Aluminum paint has good light-reflect-
    ing qualities and serves well under some
    Stabilized Paint Drier
    conditions. Certain acids, however, at-
    Canadian Patent 358,972
    tack it readily.
    Protecting the paint film by a coat of Manganese Napthenate 20 g.
    clear Bakelite varnish is necessary. This Petroleum Thinner 100 g.
    material, although very smooth and Dissolve by heating to 250° P, and
    glossy alter application, darkens after a stirring; then add
    few weeks to an amber shade which is Amyl Alcohol 0.4 g.
    permanent. This drier will not gel or crystallize,
    In preparing the surfaces for painting, even in the presence of moisture when
    they are thoroughly cleaned and ail rust stored for long periods.
    spots sandpapered. All of the old paint
    which had been affected by the acid
    fumes is removed. Pipes are given par- Cobalt Drier
    ticular attention. The surface is then A special drier giving about 1% cobalt
    given a coat of aluminum mixed in a content is made by dissolving 500 parts
    Bakelite vehicle, followed by a coat of rosin in 500 parts naphtha and 15 parts
    clear Bakelite varnish. This treatment
    linseed oil, with 16 parts of a 65% co-
    balt hydroxide preparation and 15 parts
    is applied to all metal and wood surfaces.
    Cement and brick are given a coat of slaked Mme.
    white enamel, followed by a coat of the
    Bakelite varnish. Silk Screen Stencil Filler
    The initial cost is somewhat higher Russia Cement 8 oz.
    than for ordinary paints, but when the Glycerin 2 oz.
    long life is taken into consideration the Water 2 oz.
    cost of application is preponderantly in Warm and stir until dissolved. Cool
    favor of the higher-priced aluminum before using.
    paint. After this coating is dry it should be
    given a coat of lacquer to protect it
    Matrix Coating Composition against moisture.
    U. S. Patent %047, 087
    Silicate of Soda 1.25- 17,5 oz. Paint Filler
    Water 25 -140 oz. Canadian Patent 360,167
    Colloidal Graphite Suspension sufficient Sodium Stearate 8.80 oz.
    to give 1 oz. of dry graphite. Gelatin 0.40 oz.
    Borax 0,40 oz.
    Dissolve separately in hot water and
    Coating for Candles
    then mix. To this add a solution of
    Pormula No, 1
    TJ. S. Patent 1,968,269 Zinc Sulphate 0.25 oz.
    Methanol 500 cc. Aluminum Sulphate 0.25 oz.
    Acetone 500 cc. Mix well and stir in
    Copal 100 g* Amyl Acetate 0.20 oz.
    Besin^ Elemi 200 g' Beechwood Creosote 0.20 oz.
    Aluminum Powder 400 g-

    No. 2 Furniture Filler


    IT. S. Patent 1,967,8791 Formula No. 1
    Colophony 10 Quick drying (1 hour in thin layer)
    Carbon Tetrachloride. or Whiting 64 g.
    Diethylene Glycol 90 Gum Arabic, Powder 20 g.
    Disperse in this solution Barium Sulphate 17 g.
    r 10 Pigment about 6 g.
    Linseed Oil 1 g.
    Paint Drier Water to suit
    German Patent 636,760 Plant Glue 6 g.
    Haphtlienie Acids Perfume (to hide smeU) to suit
    Lanolin Patty Acids Preservative only for storage
    —

    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    No. 2 Fillers to get Right Con-


    SchistPowder 100 g- sistency : Schist Pow-
    Barium Sulphate 20 g* der, Barium Sulphate,
    Lead Linoleate 30 g- Zinc Oxide, etc. to suit
    Hard Laquer* 50 g- Toluol 5 g*
    Toluol (To Get Right
    Consistency) about 15 g. Clear Primer for Polished Surfaces
    Drier (Siccative) 5 g- a. Cotton Solution
    * Hard Laquer: (25%) 2 Ib.
    Artificial Resin (e.g. Albertoi
    40
    Resin DAI Ya lb.
    111 L) g-
    Amberol 801
    Linseed- Wood 01s 30 g.
    2 lb.
    Paraplex 5B 1 lb.
    No. 3 Dissolve in
    Nitrocellulose Film Scrap, b. Toluol 50 oz.
    Lowest Possible Viscosity 10 g- Butyl Acetate 25 oz.
    Nitrocellulose Film Scrap, Butyl Alcohol 25 oz.
    Higher Viscosity 2 g-
    Artificial Resin (e.g. Zinc White-Paste for Paints
    Albertoi 111 L) 12 g* Zinc White 78-75 kg.
    Wood Oil— "Stand Linseed Oil, Not Boiled,
    Oil (Nitro-Type) 5 g* '‘of Acid No. 4^^ '22-25 kg.
    Drier, to suit 0.5 g- It is important to introduce the pig-
    Ethyl Lactate 10 g- ment in small portions.

    METALLIC PIGMENTS
    Copper Zinc *Iron Aluminum Tin
    Color of Pigments
    Green Bronze
    %
    84.32
    %
    15.02
    % —%
    —— —
    %
    —
    Violet Bronze
    Coppery Bronze
    98.22
    99.90 —0.50
    0.30
    Trace
    0,20
    — —
    Orange-Yellow Bronze
    Eeddish. Bronze
    98.93
    99.00
    0.73 0.20

    — —
    — —
    Pale Yellow Bronze
    Dark Yellow Bronze
    82.33
    84.50
    9.60
    16.69
    15.30
    0.07

    —
    016 — —
    Aluminum Bronze
    Silver Matte —
    90.00 —
    2.30 0.03 —
    10.00
    96.45

    Chrome Green Pigment of naphthenic acid with 0.32 parts of


    British Patent 461,799 caustic soda in 50 parts of boiling water
    An intimate mixture of 100 g. of so- is then added to the carbon black sus-
    dium dichromate, 11 g. of sulphur and pension. This is then boiled for 15 min-
    300 g. of boric acid are heated for one utes and diluted to about 2000 parts
    hour to 600-620® C. After heating, the water.
    still hot mass is thrown into 2 1. of water, Asolution of 10 parts barium chloride
    boiled for a short time, and further crystals in 100 parts of water is then
    washed and dried in the usual^ manner. slowly run into the above suspension,
    About 80 g. of chromium hydroxide green after which it is boiled for one hour.
    is obtained. It is then filtered, washed free from ex-
    cess reagents, dried and ground. The
    Lead Chromate Pigment resulting product is a carbon black con-
    Chrome Alum 156 lb. taining adsorbed barium naphthenate.
    Litharge 94 lb. It is readily dispersible in nbn-aqueous
    Bleaching Powder 78 lb. vehicles and is eminently suited for in-
    Water to wet thoroughly corporation into printing inks, litho-
    Grind in a ball mill, leading oif the graphic and other varnishes, plastic
    compositions, synthetic resins, etc., or for
    compounding rubber.
    Dispersible Carbon Blach
    U. S. Patent 2,062,159
    25 parts by weight of gas blaeh is Barium Carbonate from Heavy Spar
    slurred in 1000 parts of water and heated Barium Sulphate 58 lb.
    to the boil. A
    solution of sodium naph- Soda Ash 60 lb.
    thenate, prepared by treating 2.5 parts Water 600 lb.
    :

    316 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Heat in an autoclave at 320® C. for This is accomplished by grinding thor-


    four hours. oughly a portion of the base in the solu-
    tion and slowly adding more base until
    Lake Colors all ingredients have been mixed carefully.
    (How to Precipitate Them in the The color of the luminescence can be
    Presence of Pigments) varied and controlled within wide limits.
    Acid Lalces A blue luminescence is emitted by the
    a. Aluminum Sulphate 6 kg. following pigment:
    Water 156 1.
    Luminous Base 15 g.
    Ammonium Carbonate 2 kg. Potassium Sulphate 0.25 g.
    Water 40 1.
    Sodium Sulphate 0.25 g.
    c. Barium Sulphate, Bismuth Nitrate Solution 0.5 cc.
    Precipitated 10 kg. Thorium Nitrate Solution 1.0 cc.
    d. Lake Color 3.5 kg.
    This mixture is calcined for fifteen min-
    Water 350 1.
    utes at white heat. The crucible is first
    e. Barium Chloride 9 kg.
    charged with a layer of charcoal or coke
    Water 180 1.
    on which the mixture is pressed and al-
    Mixthe solutions a and h, add c. To lowed to dry thoroughly. The crucible is
    this, the color solution d is added, and then covered with a lid and sealed with a
    finally, e is added to precipitate. magnesia cement. After calcination is
    The barium sulphate can be replaced completed the crucible is removed from
    by strontium sulphate, or colloidal clay. the furnace and cooled quickly. The re-
    Basic LaTces pltant luminous pigment should be kept
    a. Strontium Sulphate 20 kg. in large pieces in well sealed containers.
    h. Lake Color 1 kg. For incorporation in luminous paints the
    Water 100 1. pigment should be powdered only coarsely
    c. Tannic Acid 1.5 kg. since very fine grinding affects luminosity
    Water 60 1. adversely.
    d. Sodium Acetate 1.6 kg. The following pigments can be pre-
    ^
    Water 60 kg. pared in a similar manner.
    Mix a and h, add o, and, ultimately, Yellow Luminous Pigment:
    d. Barium Oxide 10 g.
    Direct Method Sulphur 3 g.
    (To Precipitate Lalces) Starch 1 g.
    a. Lake Color,* Water- Potassium Sulphate 0.1 g.
    Soluble 1 kg. Bismuth Nitrate Solution 0.5 cc.
    Water 100 1.
    Thorium Nitrate Solution 1.0 cc.
    h. Aluminum Hydrate, Calcining time 35 minutes at white
    Preshly Prepared 10 kg. heat.
    * Eosines, Rhodamines, etc.
    Green Luminous Pigment
    Strontium Oxide 10 g.
    Luminous Paints, Pigments Sulphur 8 g.
    In the manufacture of luminous pig- Starch 2 g.
    ments the quality and purity of the raw Potassium Sulphate 0.25 g.
    materials are of the greatest importance. Bismuth Nitrate Solution 0.5 cc.
    The calcium oxide used in most luminous Thorium Nitrate Solution 1.0 cc.
    pigments is obtained by calcining pure
    Calcining time 25 minutes at white
    marble or Iceland spar. The sulphur
    heat.
    used should be recrystallized from carbon
    Other colors can be produced by vary-
    bisulfide. Only purest rice starch and
    ing the activating salt. Uranium salts
    not impure potato starch should be used
    give blue to bluish violet luminescence j
    as reducing agent.
    cerium salts, reddish-yellow; antimony
    Luminous Base salts, greenish-yellow; mercury salts,
    Calcium Oxide 5 g. green; manganese sulphide, golden yel-
    Sulphur 10 g. low; gold salts, green; copper salts,
    Starch 2 g. green; molybdenum sulphide, orange;
    This base can be activated with a solu- and lead sulphide, blue-green. Colloidal
    tion of %% thorium nitrate and %% solutions of metallics or sulphides which
    bismuth nitrate in alcohol slightly acidi- can be kept in colloidal solution by the
    fied with nitric acid. One of'^the funda- formation of complex salts may also be
    mental requirements is a good and used as activators.
    uniform distribution of the effective Some of the luminous pigments have a
    heavy metals throughout the whole mass. very fleeting life in lacquers, most var-
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 317

    nishes, including spirit varnishes, and After mixing thoroughly spread some
    water-soluble gum solutions. However, if of this paste on a piece of black paper
    the pigments are coated with gelatin the or cardboard with a knife. When this
    mixtures will remain ungelled for a few material has dried it will appear pure
    weeks in lacquers or varnishes. If the white in daylight, but assume a pink
    lacquer suspensions are applied before color when examined under ultra-violet
    gelatin, fairly good results may be ex- radiationfrom an argon glow lamp.
    pected. Liquid and paste waxes, espe- Sodium salicylate gives a blue fluores-
    cially those rich in the high-melting par- cence when examined under ultra-violet
    affins, may be used to apply luminous light from an argon glow lamp. You
    pigments to some surfaces. In this me- can make some fluorescent paint as fol-
    dium they maintain their brilliance for lows :
    a long period without additional exposure Sodium Salicylate 2 g.
    to light. One of the most satisfactory
    vehicles consists of four-fifths of a pound
    Dextrin % g*
    Water to form a thin paste.
    <‘cut’^ of petroleum-soluble East India Thoroughly compound this material
    copal gum of light color. By using vari- and apply some of the mixture to a piece
    ous high- and low-boiling fractions of of black paper or cardboard. When it
    petroleum drying speeds ranging from a has dried, examine under ultra-violet
    few minutes to any slower rate may be light from an argon bulb and notice the
    secured. bright blue fluorescence of this paint.
    The addition of finely ground diato- Under the iron arc the three preceding
    ^

    maceous earth to the luminous paints .will chemicals fluoresce as follows:


    aid suspension and speed of drying; and —
    Anthracene Yellowish,

    ——
    reduce the brilliance about in proportion Mercnrous Chloride ^None,
    to the amount of fluorescent material Sodium Salicylate ^Light Blue.
    displaced. The earths also help to mask Among other chemicals which fluoresce
    the yellow color of the pigments. A under the ultra-violet light may be men-
    trace of prussian blue will also give ap- tioned:
    arently increased whiteness in daytime
    ut great care must be exercised not to
    —
    Barium Sulphide ^Red, orange to yel-
    low (according to how it has been pre-
    mask the luminescence. pared);
    —
    Zinc Sulphide ^Yellow, orange to green
    Fluore’scent Paints Under Ultra Violet (according to purity).
    Light from an Argon Bulb Uranium Salts— ^Vivid yellow.
    Under the irradiation of invisible ultra-
    violet light, many substances have the
    Water Varnish
    unique property of giving out a visible
    Glue, Strong 400 g.
    radiation. Among these substances may
    Nigrosine, Water-Soluble 35 g.
    be mentioned anthracene, mercurous
    Oxalic Acid (Saturated
    chloride,and sodium salicylate. 48
    Solution) cc-
    Anthracene when dissolved in benzene
    Water 1 1.
    forms a paint which is entirely invisible
    in ordinary light, but presents a yel-
    lowish glow in the light of an argon bulb Staining Gut Leaders for Fishing
    emitting ultra-violet light. To make this Cut a small piece of green or brown
    paint, dissolve; color of the Eastman Velox Water Color
    Anthracene 1 g. and dissolve in luke wann water. Im-
    Benzene 100 cc. merse leaders until desired color has been
    Shake to dissolve the chemical and obtained, remove from color bath and
    paint with this solution, using a fine immerse in vinegar for a few minutes,
    camePs hair brush. When this painting remove and wash thoroughly in water and
    is dry and viewed under ultra-violet light
    dry. This gives a clear fast color.
    from an argon bulb it will appear with If brown only is wanted, strong coffee
    a yellowish glow. may be substituted for the Eastman
    Mercurous chloride, ou the other hand, Water Colors.
    presents ar beautiful deep pink fluores-
    cence when excited with ultra-violet ra- Varnish for Flies, Etc.
    diations from an argon glow lamp. Dissolve clear or colored celluloid in
    You can make some of this pink fluores- acetone, containing a little amyl acetate.
    cent paint by mixing; This gives a good air- drying covering
    Mercurous Chloride 2 g. suitable for heads of fishing flies, etc.
    Dextrin % g- Dyes may be added to give any desired
    Water to form a thin paste. color.
    318 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Brick Coating Varnish No. 2


    British Patent 448,807 Dammar, Gum 18 lb.
    Linseed Oil 4 02. White Spirit % gaL
    Barley Sugar 1.6 02. Xylol % gal.
    Gelatin 0.4 02.
    Water 6 02. Varnishing Wall Paper
    Warm together and mix rapidly to A weak solution of gelatin is recom-
    emulsify; mended, with addition of 5 per cent of
    a saturated solution of alum. This should
    VABNISHES BOB PAPER be applied quickly, thinly and evenly,
    For Colored Paper and for Labels with a large brush, allowed to dry, and
    Gum Dammar 10 kg. the process repeated, the following day.
    Nitrocellulose 6 kg. Any varnish may be applied on top.
    Alcohol 5 kg.
    Petroleum, Refined 5 kg. Wall Primer Varnish
    Ethyl Acetate 5 kg. (10 gal. Gil Length)
    Amyl Acetate 5 ker.
    Zinc Sulphide 606 lb.
    Butyl Phthalate 0.25 kg. Aratone 142 lb.
    Turpentine 5 kg. Asbestine 1420 lb.
    ^‘Sextone B^’ or Whiting 710 lb.
    ^^Santicizers^' 1 kg. 10 Gal. Phenolic Varnish
    Fixed Vehicle 1203 lb.
    Poster Varnish Volatile and Driers 994 lb.
    Manila Gum (29% Solu- Varsol 369 lb.
    tion in Alcohol) 28 kg.
    Lacquer 58 kg. Wall Primer Varnish
    Triphenyl Phosphate 1 kg.
    (15 gal. Oil Length)
    Butyl Alcohol 3 kg. Titanox 0 890 lb.
    Acetone 1.25 kg Aratone 142 lb.
    Plastieizo 3.75 kg: Asbestine 1278 lb.
    Alcohol 5 kg. 15 Gal. Phenolic Varnish
    Fixed Vehicle 1048 lb.
    Cellulose Varnish Volatile and Driers 1063 lb.
    Nitrocellulose (% to 12 sec.) 38 kg. Varsol 415 lb.
    Butyl Acetate 41 kg.
    Ethyl Acetate 21 kg.
    Petroleum Naphtha, Refined 16 kg. Varnish for Rubber
    Alcohol 9 kg. French Patent 803,134
    Methyl Ketone 4 kg. Chlorinated Rubber 100 g.
    Ethyl Phthalate 2 kg. Toluol 200 g.
    Dye 50 g.
    Transparent Paper Varnish Cymene 40 g.
    n. Gelva 2 14 kg. China Wood Oil 120 g.
    Benzol or Toluol 18 Ethyl Methyl Ketone 300 g.
    h. Nitrocellulose (% see.) 7
    Anchoring^' Varnish to Rubber
    Ethyl Acetate 4
    Butyl Acetate 5 kg. British Patent 458,904
    Benzol or Toluol 14 3^g-
    Rubber is pretreated by immersing in
    Alcohol U a solution of bromine in carbon tetra-
    chloride to get good adhesion of chlorin-
    Butyl Stearate 0.5 kg.
    Butyl Phthalate 5 kg. ated rubber varnish.
    Butanol 5 kg.
    Make the resin solution Oj and sepa- Varnish (5 gal. Oil Length)
    rately the cotton solution h. Abalyn 150 lb.
    Mix thoroughly. Bakelite BR 3360 50 lb.
    For more hygroscopic mixtures, use 1 Tung Oil 78 lb.
    kg. ethylene glycol instead of alcohol. Lead Naphthenate
    (24% Pb) Drier 2 lb.
    Paper Varnishes Manganese Naphthenate
    Formula No. 1 (6% Mn) Drier 2Vz lb.
    Dammar, Gum 16 lb. Cobalt Naphthenate
    Rosin 3 lb. (6% Co) Drier V2 lb.
    Turpentine % gal. Minetal Spirit (Varsol) 150 lb.
    Solvent Naphtha 1 gaL —
    Net Weight per Gallon 7.87 lb*
    2

    PAIKTS, LACQUERS 319

    Approximate Yield — 52.8 gal. (allow- and after cooling add 1.8 kg heavy tar
    ing 4% loss). oil. This binding agent is mixed with
    Cooking Instructions Run Abalyn and
    : pigments in various proportions to give
    tung oil to 300° F. Add BR 3360 and varnishes of quite general applicability*
    gain 450° F. Hold for reaction. Cool,
    thin, and add driers.
    Soybean Oil Varnishes
    Formula No. 1
    Varnish (10 gal. Oil Length) Bakelite Resin BR
    Abalyn 450 lb. No. 254 .
    100 lb.
    Super-Beckacite 1001 150 lb. A,D.M, Nonbreak
    Tung Oil 468 lb. Soybean Oil 20 gal.
    Lead Naphthenate Mineral Spirits 23^ gal.
    (24% Pb) Drier 6 lb. Toluol 5 gal.
    Cobalt Naphthenate Cobalt Nuodex Drier 3 pt.
    (6% Co) Drier 3 lb.
    The entire batch of oil and resin is
    Mineral Spirit (Varsol) 874 lb.
    placed in the kettle and heated to 585°
    to 600° F. as rapidly as possible and
    Varnish (15 gal. Oil Length) then held for a 3-5 inch string, which
    Abalyn 225 requires approximately 1-1.5 hours.
    Super-Beckacite 1001 75 After the batch is cooled sufficiently,
    Tung Oil 351 the mineral spirits are added, and when
    Lead Naphthenate the mixture is cold the drier is added,
    (24% Pb) Drier 6 followed by toluol to bring it to the
    Cobalt Naphthenate desired viscosity.
    (6% Co) Drier 3 No. 2
    Mineral Spirit (Varsol) 651 lb. Rosin Ester 100 lb.
    Net Weight per Gallon 7,44 lb. — A.D.M. Superb Soybean
    —
    Approximate Yield^ 167.4 gal. (allow- Oil 20 gal.
    ing 5% loss). Mineral Spirits 24 gal.
    Cooking Instructions : Run Abalyn, Cobalt Nuodex Drier 3 pt.
    Super-Beckacite, and 117 parts tung oil The oil and
    resin are placed in the
    to 450° F. Hold until reaction is com- kettle and heated to 585° to 600° P. as
    plete, Add remainder of tung oil and rapidly as possible and held for a 5-8
    gain 565° F. Drop to 465° F, and hold inch string, which requires approxi-
    for soft pill. Cool, thin, and add driers. mately 1.5-1.75 hours. After the mix-
    ture is cooled sufficiently, the bulk of
    Tar Oil Varnishes the mineral spirits is added, and when
    A regenerated or prepared tar obtained cold^ the drier and enough additional
    by the admixture of solid pitch with spirits to bring it to the desired viscosity
    neutral coal-tar oil of specific gravity are added.
    0,99 is used and the following composi-
    tions are given as proving satisfactory in Medium Long Oil Varnish Without
    preliminary tests: Wood Oil
    China
    Bed Roofing Varnish — kg. dark rosin,
    ^
    100 lb. Albertol, 100 lb. varnish linseed
    0.5 kg. coal-tar pitch, 2.2 kg. rosin oil, oil, 125 lb. linseed stand oil, 75 lb. thick-
    0.3 kg. precipitated manganese resinate, ened tung oil are used. The varnish lin-
    1.2 kg. heavy tar oil, 1.5 kg. red iron seed is heated to 302-392° F, and the
    oxide. resin gradually fed into the hot oil at
    Black Roofing Varnish 2 kg. coal-tar— such a rate that no accumulation of un-
    pitch, 2 kg. crude rosin oil, 0.3 kg. pre- disBolved resin takes place. When the
    cipitated manganese resinate, 1 kg. heavy resin is all in, the balch is heated to
    coal-tar oil, 0.3 kg. carbon black. 464-500° F. ana the temperature main-
    Black Tar Varnish for Iron 2.5 kg. — tained until a small sample taken from
    coal-tar pitch, 1 kg. asphalt, 0.5 kg 5 the batch and thinned with a double
    per cent gloss varnish, 0.001 kg. litharge, portion of thinners shows no sign of
    2.5 to 3 kg. heavy tar oil. cloudiness, when cool. Wlien this point
    —
    Tar Oil Varnish 1 kg. rosin, 0.1 kg. is reached and not before, the two thick-
    litharge, 4 kg. pale tar oil. ened oils are added and the heating of
    As a general binding agent for the the batch is continued at 392-428° F.
    preparation of tar varnishes Melt 2.2 kg. : until a further sample remains quite
    rosin, then add 0.4 kg. linseed oil varnish bright when tested as above described.
    and 0.05 kg. precipitated manganese res- The batch is allowed to cool and during
    inate. Heat for one hour at 150° C., the cooling, first the driers and then
    320 PAINTS, LACQUERS
    finally the thinners are added. 'When is necessary in order to obtain high vis-
    using a fluid siccative containing 2% of cosity without gelatinization.
    metallic cobalt, the quantity required for
    the above is 15 lb. The thinner is from Stand Oil from Oiticica and Linseed Oils
    150 to 200 lb. The varnish dries dust-
    linseed oil and 60 kg. oiticica
    free in about one hour and is completely .

    oil are heated to 280° 0. and kept at this


    hard in 24 hours at the outside. temperature until the viscosity is 40
    poises. This can be used to replace a
    OITICICA STAND OILS AND tung-linseed stand oil in quick- drying
    varnishes.
    VARNISHES
    In using oiticica oil it has to be re-
    membered that, although it is very simi- Enamels and Industrial Varnishes
    lar to tung oil, it differs from it in some 100^ kg. rosin, 6 kg, marble lime, 100
    respects. It polymerizes less rapidly kg. oiticica stand oil, 300 kg. varnish
    than tung oil, and the danger of gelatin- benzine, 10 kg. lead-manganese drier.
    izing is therefore, less. At the same The rosin is hardened by means of the
    temperature it takes about twice the time lime and is then added to the stand oil
    to gelatinize. If the oil is heated with at 250° 0. The mixture is heated to
    resins the difference is more noticeable, 2S0°~300° 0. until a drop on glass comes
    and this property isan advantage. On away clean by pressure of the finger.
    the other hand, longer heating and higher The heating must be continued until this
    temperature is required when producing stage is reached, otherwise the resultant
    stand oils or varnish from oiticica oil. varnish will be sticky and slow-drying.
    It is possible to heat the oil and resin For a similar varnish raw oiticica oil
    together. It is usual to polymerize oiti- and the rosin are heated together to
    cica oil at 280° 0. The special propereies 280° G. and the lime is added. As soon
    of the oil develop only at this and higher as the frothing has ceased the tempera-
    temperatures. Thus treated, the products ture is again raised to 280° G. and kept
    obtained dry quickly, possess great hard- there until a sample withdrawn becomes
    ness and resistance to water. The heat- quite hard on cooling. This varnish dries
    ing-time depends on the particular plant quickly and lasts well.
    used and the amount and type of resin
    used.
    All resins (natural or artificial) which General Purposes Varnish
    can be used with tung or linseed oils can 300 kg, oiticica oil, 100 kg. suitable
    be used with oiticica oil. Although mix- synthetic resin, 300 kg. varnish spirit,
    tures of equal parts of this oil and resin icno
    ’ drier. The oil is heated to
    can be used, it is generally recoraraended 150° G., the synthetic resin is added and
    to use, in products containing less resin, the temperature raised to 300° G. Heat-
    some linseed, tung or perilla oil. ing is continued until the desired viscos-
    Varnishes containing much resin should ity is reached. This should be as high
    be heated until a sample taken from the as^possible. After cooling the drier and
    kettle sets throughout and comes away spirit is added. This serves well as a
    from the glass cleanly. mixing varnish for addition to pigments
    ground in stand oil, and makes a good
    japan varnish also.
    A. Stand Oil
    Oiticica oil can be heated alone, or
    with tung or linseed oils, for the pro- Boat Varnish
    ^ oiticica oil, 150 kg. tung oil,
    duction of stand oils. For the prepara- on 1kg.
    oU linseed oil, 100 kg. synthetic resin.
    tion of pure oiticica stand oil the oil
    should be polymerized to the greatest
    A stand oil is first prepared, either from
    both oils together or separately. Tlie
    possible extent (about 200 poises at 20°
    resin is then added and the whole mixture
    0.). In this way there is a certainty of
    obtaining a product which, on long stand-
    m heated for a short time to 250° C.
    Drier and turpentine; as required, are
    ing, does not give a deposit. If the oil 'i ^
    then added. .

    is heated for a short time only to 150° C.


    it is liable to coagulate after some days^
    standing. Exterior Varnish
    loO kg, oiticica oil, 150 kg. linseed*
    Pure Stand Oil stand oil,^ 80 kg. synthetic resin. The
    50 kg. oiticica oil are heated quickly oil is heated with the resin to
    to 280° C. and stirred. After two min- onn*^^^^
    300° C. for 20 minutes and the batch
    utes the batch is quickly cooled* This cooled by the addition of the linseed-
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    stand oil. The oiticica oil may be first with mineral spirits to a solid content of
    converted into a stand oil and then be 35%.
    used either with or without the linseed-
    stand oil. Colored Linseed Oil Floor Dressing
    Formula No, 1
    Varnish for Outside Work Yellow:
    Oiticica Oil(Raw) 150 oz. Linseed Oil 100 oz.
    Linseed Stand Oil 150 oz. Orange R (I.G.) 0,7 oz.
    Albertol lllL, Amberol No. 2
    BS/1 or Beckacite 100 80 oz. Brown:
    Oiticica oil is heated together with the Linseed Oil 100 oz.
    synthetic gums for about twenty minutes Brown 3B (LG.) 0.7 oz.
    at 300® C., and then the batch is cooled No. 3
    by adding the linseed stand oil. Oiticica Red-Brown
    stand oil can be substituted in whole or Linseed Oil 100 oz.
    in part for the raw Oiticica oil. Red 7B (LG.) 0.35 oz.
    Spar and Yacht Varnish Brown 3B 0.35 oz.
    Oiticica Oil 120 oz.
    China Wood Oil 150 oz. Wrinkle Finish Varnish
    Linseed Oil 30 oz. Gas Black 25 lb.*

    Albertol lllL, Amberol Rosin-Tung Oil Varnish


    Bs/1 or Beckacite 100 100 oz. (not more than 1 part
    are converted into a stand Rosin to two pai'ts Oil) 50 gal.
    The oils first
    oil, gum is then added and heated to Grind, then add 128 gal. of the same
    250® G. The varnish is thinned with varnish and 34 gal. Raw Tung Oil.
    driers and turpentine. After application, the film is immedi-
    synthetic rosins such as Albertols
    When ately baked at a temperature of 110-
    are employed, it is generally preferable 115® F. until the wrinkles are formed.
    to heat the Oiticica oil to a stand oil, Baking is then continued at a tempera-
    rather than starting from the crude oil. ture of 300® F. for three hours in order
    to harden the film.

    Quick-Drying Interior Varnish


    Rosin 100 oz. Brewer's Pitch and Keg Varnishes
    Marble Lime 6 oz. Besides paraffin, which is now added to
    Oiticica Stand Oil 100 oz. almost every pitch, no natural or com-
    White Spirit 300 oz. position pitch is entirely resistant to the
    Lead Manganese Driers 10 oz. action of beer. A
    satisfactory product
    contains 87% rosin, 8% tasteless resin
    The rosin is hardened with lime and oil and 5% paraffin; another contains
    next added to the stand oil at 250® C. 60% rosin, 30% pine oil, 6% resin oil
    This mixture is heated at 280®-300® C. and 4% paraffin. If the mixture is
    until a cooled drop snaps from a glass heated above 200® C,, disagreeable tastes
    slide.
    develop. Lacquers are considered as fin-
    Oiticica oil may be substituted for the ishes for kegs. To be most satisfactory
    Oiticica stand oil in the above formula;
    in which case, the resin and Oiticica oil
    they should possess a shellac base. A
    good one is prepared as follows 4 parts :

    are melted together and lime added at shellac and 5 parts resin are dissolved in
    280® C.
    90% alcohol, and to increase the elas-
    Both these varnishes flow e,asily and ticity 1 part castor oil is added.
    dry well. The coats are durable and
    neither wrinkled nor shrivelled.
    Undercoat Varnish
    Crystal Varnish (Indoor) Linseed Stand Oil
    Daminar, Gum 8( ^GlyptaP' Resin
    Turpentine K Ester Gum
    Stir until dissolved. Brier
    Kaphtha
    Hard Varnish for Floors
    It is made by reacting a mixture of Quick Drying Varnish
    1 part Beckacite, parts linseed stand 100 Ib. Albertol IILL are dissolved in
    oil containing some wood oil, with 5%- 300 lb, thickened china wood oil, to which
    10% straight phenolic resin and diluted is added 0.3 lb. metallic cobalt drier*
    322 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    300 lb diluents such, as 1 part naphtha, machine paints and varnishes of maxi-
    2 parts white spirit. mum gloss and highest covering power
    This varnish dries dust free in. about are alcohol varnishes or enamels which
    40 minutes, is set to the touch in 2 hours dry rapidly, forming a uniformly smooth
    and hard in 24 hours. An^ of the usual and non-sticking surface, if the material
    pigments can be ground into this me- has been prepared and applied correctly.
    dium and the consistency adjusted to The films do not soften in the heat and
    spraying with a mixture of equal parts are highly resistant to the action of lu-
    turpentine and white spirit. bricants. Their resistance towards al-
    kalies also is comparatively high. The
    prime cost of these paints can be reduced
    Mastic Varnish
    somewhat by the addition of colophony,
    Formula No. 1 but only small quantities should be used
    Mastic 3 lb.
    for this purpose in order to avoid serious
    Eosin (WW) 2 lb.
    deterioration of technical properties.
    Dammar 3 lb.
    The resins after pulverization should
    Turpentine 1 gal.
    be added to spiritus, not vice versa, as
    No. 2 the addition of spiritus to the resins may
    Mastic 6 lb. cause conglomeration of the latter. At-
    Turpentine 1 gal. tention is called to the fact that if Ma-
    nila copal varnishes are mixed with other
    Spirit Finish resin solutions, the latter must be added
    An interesting new spirit type of finish to the former slowly and gradually as
    has been recently developed by a pro- rapid mixing is bound to lead to sliming
    longed heat treatment of Vinsol and of the Manila copal. Suitable mixtures
    wood oil. 100 pounds of Vinsol and 10 are the following:
    gallons of wood oil are melted together 10 parts of shellac and 3 parts of oil
    quickly to 575° F. in one-half hour. The of turpentine, or
    heat is then reduced to 500° F,, and the 10 parts of shellac and 3 parts of
    batch held at that temperature for four galipot are dissolved in 40 parts of 96-
    hours and then poured into cooling pans. percent alcohol. The higher the quality
    This material is hard and tough and a of the copals employed for this purpose
    4-pound cut in butyl acetate air dries in the larger must be the relative quantities
    20 minutes to a tough, clear, hard film. of alcohol used. Satisfactory gloss can
    A half-hour bake at 100° 0. greatly in- be_ obtained only with products of a suf-
    creases the hardness of this film, but ficiently high degree of consistency.
    darkens it a little. This process may be 20 to 25 parts of 96-percent alcohol
    modified to suit requirements. Driers are used for 10 parts of Accaroid resin
    may be incorporated and other solvents yellow or red and 3 parts of oil of tur-
    and combinations will undoubtedly be pentine. In this case the relative quan-
    found practical. Longer cooks of the tity of alcohol required depends on the
    Vinsol wood oil increase the hardness percentage of impurities introduced with
    and toughness. Decreasing the wood oil the constituents of the mixture. If the
    lowers the cost and increases the brittle- accaroid solutions are too thin, they are
    ness. not glossy enough, even if the finished
    mixtures containing this solution are of
    Varnish the correct consistency.
    Formula No. 1 18 parts of 96-percent alcohol are re-
    ^^EL’^ varnish has been produced to quired for 10 parts of Manila copal and
    meet a shortage of linseed oil in Germany 3 parts of oil of turpentine or galipot,
    and contains ester gum (12), alkyd resin although the better grades of this copal
    (16), linseed stand oil (21), drying agent require a larger quantity of alcohol than
    (1), and benzoline (50%) by weight. the lower grades, and the consistency
    No, 2 should always be high.
    Glycerol Phthalate Besin 4.4 kg. 18 parts of 96-percent alcohol are used
    Fatty Oil 36.4 kg. with 10 parts of colophony and 3 parts
    Ester Gum .13.1 kg. of oil of turpentine. Mixtures m,ust
    ^

    White Spirit 45 kg. never contain more than 25 percent of


    Metal Drier 1.1 kg. colophony solution as these solutions will
    yield a high degree of gloss, but rela-
    Glossy Machine Paints and Varnishes tively weak mechanical properties. Some
    All varnishes containing pigments must types of colophony do not yield clear
    be ground thicker than ordinarily as the solutions or may even lead to precipita-
    pigments tend to reduce the gloss. Glossy tion but this can be stopped by adding
    ;

    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    copal or synthetic resin solutions. The GASOLINE PUMP ENAMEL


    elasticity of these films, which is not VARNISH
    particularly high in mixtures of this type Vinsol Pump Enamel Varnish
    containing a large percentage of colo- Vinsol 100 lb.
    phony, is noticeably increased by the Tung Oil 21 gal.
    addition of 5 percent of castor oil or Bodied Linseed
    linoleic acid. More than 5 percent of (2 hr. at 575° F.) 4 gal.
    these substances must never be added, as Litharge 3 lb.
    they tend to cause stickiness of the film Precipitated Manganese
    and bad drying properties. Resinato 2 lb.
    Glossy varnish compositions are the V. M. & P. Naphtha 62% gal.
    following
    Add
    —
    White 10 parts of varnish-lithopone is wanted.
    liquid cobalt driers if quicker dry

    mixed with 19 parts of Manila copal Coohing Directions: Melt the Vinsol
    solution (produced as indicated above). and all the tung oil quickly, run heat to
    Bed—10 parts of varnish-red, light or 575° F. top heat, remove from fire and
    dark, mixed with 20 parts of Manila let cool to 460° F., remove one quart of
    copal solution. the melt and make a sludge with the
    —
    Jellov) 10 parts of chromium-yellow litharge in a separate container. Put
    kettle on the fire and at 460° F. add the
    with 26 parts of Manila copal solution.
    —
    Orange 10 parts of chromium-orange
    litharge sludge. Run to 560° F. and hold
    for 12-inch string, check with the linseed
    with 26 parts of Manila copal solution.
    add the manganese at 450° F. on the
    Green— 10
    oil,
    of chromium-green,
    parts way down, and reduce to 350° F. with
    light or dark, with 24 parts of Manila the V, M. & P. Naphtha.
    copal solution. Another suitable mixture
    is 10 parts of varnish-green, light or Green, JEnamel: Grind 1%
    lbs. C.P.
    dark, with 20 parts of copal solution, or light chrome green to a gallon of the
    10 parts of chromium oxide green with above varnish 15 hrs. in the pebble mill.
    24 parts of copal solution. Bed Enamel: Grind 12 oz. C.P. tolu-
    —
    Brown 5 parts umber, light or dark, idine toner to a gallon of the above var-
    nish 15 hrs. in the pebble mill.
    with 16 parts of Manila copal solution.
    Tinting by means of varnish-lithopone or
    Sienna earth, natural or burnt. Stove-Pipe Varnish
    Brownish Bed^5 parts of Sienna earth, Formula No. 1
    burnt and 1 part of umber bark with 23 Asphalt 2 lb.
    parts of Manila copal solution. Beautiful Boiled Linseed Oil 1 pt.
    colors of this type can also be obtained Turpentine 2 qt.
    by mixing varnish-red with black. No. 2
    BlacTc —1
    part of lamp black and 20
    Linseed-Oil Varnish
    Burnt Umber
    10 fl.
    2 oz.
    parts of Manila copal solution, or 10
    Asphalt 4 oz.
    parts of ivory black with 22 parts of
    Turpentine sufficient
    Manila copal solution. Both mixtures
    can be given a beautiful bluish tint by
    No. 3
    Asphalt 2 oz.
    grinding 1 to 2 parts of Berlin blue
    Rosin 2 oz.
    together with the black pigment.
    —
    Gray There are innumerable^ ways^ of
    Turpentine 12 oz.
    producing grays of every possible tint,
    the mixtures with carbon black nsually Tough Varnish
    having a brownish tint while those of Vinsol Resin No. 1 100 lb.
    other black pigments generally appear Thermolized Tung Oil 12 gal.
    bluish black. Greenish, bluish, reddish Raw Linseed Oil 3 gal.
    or yellow tints are easily obtained with Heat to 250° C. in twenty-three min-
    these mixtures. utes and hold at 250-255° 0. for forty
    —
    Light Gray ^10 parts of varnish-litho- minutes. Cool to 200° C. in twenty min-
    pone and 0.5 parts of lamp black with utes and reduce with 18 gal. heavy coal
    29 parts of Manila copal solution. tar naphtha. By reducing this further
    —
    Medium Gray ^10 parts of varnish- with naphtha before application, a very
    lithopone and 1 part of lamp black with good wire enamel varnish for high tem-
    35 parts of Manila copal solution. perature baking has been obtained. If
    —
    Doarh Gray 10 parts of varnish-litho- more rapid drying is found necessary,
    t)one and 1.5 parts of lamp black with the addition of manganese naphthenate
    45 parts of Manila copal solution. drier has been found to be of advantage.
    :

    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Tongher Varnishes Non-Volatile = 50%


    Pormula No. 1 Viscosity (Gardner-Holdt) = 0
    Formula for S-Gallon Oil-Length Color (Hellige) = 5 L
    Varnish
    Abalyn 150 lb. Ethyl Cellulose Varnishes
    Bakelite 3360 50 lb. Formula No, I No. 2,
    China-wood Oil
    gallon) Mineral
    10 gal. Baw Linseed Oil 12
    — lb. —
    (23 Blown Linseed Oil 10 lb.
    Spirits 150 lb. Cumar W
    ,

    8 — lb.
    (24%) Lead Naphthenate Amberol ST 137 10 lb.
    Solution 2 lb. Ethyl Cellulose
    (6%) Manganese NaphtKe- (Low Vise.) 4 10 lb.
    mate Solution 2^ lb, Toluol 43 lb.
    (6%) Cobalt Naphthenate Xylol 10 56 lb.
    Solution lb.% Butanol 6 14 lb.
    Cooking Procedure: Abalyn, resin, and Butyl Acetate 17 — ,Ib.
    '
    China-wood oil are run to 450® F. and
    held until reaction is complete, reduced,
    % Lead as Metal
    (Based on
    and driers added. Solids) 3.85% no drier
    Characteristics: % Cobalt as Metal
    Non-Volatile =65% (Based on
    Viscosity (Gardner-Holdt) = A Solids) 0.08%
    Color (Hellige) = 5L Drying Time 3.5 hrs. 45 min.
    No. 2
    Formula for 10-Gallon Oil-Length Cellulose Acetate Varnish
    Varnish Cellulose Acetate 10 oz.
    Abalyn 100 lb. Acetone 30 oz.
    Amberol ST 137 100 Ib. Methyl Propionate 50 oz.
    Ohina-wood Oil 20 gal. Ethyl Alcohol 8 oz.
    <45 gal.) Mineral Spirits 291 lb. Plasticizer
    '

    '

    2 oz.
    (24%) Lead Naphthenate
    Solution 2% lb.
    Lacquer, Brush or Boiler
    (6%) Cobalt Naphthenate Nitrocellulose (5 sec.) 15 oz.
    Solution 1 lb. % Thinner 25 oz.
    Cooking Procedure: Abalyn, Amberol, Mesityl Oxide 25 oz.
    and 3 gal. of China-wood oil are run to Denatured Ethyl Alcohol 12 oz.
    450® F. and held until reaction is com- Isobutyl Alcohol 10 oz.
    plete (15-20 min.). Balance of China- Plasticizer 13 oz.
    wood oil is added and the batch run to
    565® F. The cook is cooled to 465® F.
    and held for 40 in. string off of a cold
    pill. The batch is cooled, reduced, and Boiler Application
    driers added. Film Scrap 10 oz.
    Characteristics Acetone 35 oz.
    Non-Volatile 55% = Plasticizer 3 oz.
    Viscosity (Gardner-Holdt) 0 = Methyl Alcohol 32 oz.

    Color (Hellige) 6 = Mesityl Oxide 20 oz.

    No. 3
    Formula for 15-Gallon Oil-Length Vinsol Varnisli
    Varnish Vinsol Besin
    Abalyn 150 lb. Baw China-wood Oil
    Super-Beckacite 1001 50 lb. Heat to 575® F. and hold until foam-
    Chxna-wood Oil 30 gal. ing subsides (5 to 10 minutes). Add 20
    <67 gal.) Mineral Spirits 434 lb. gallons of oil (more if longer varnish
    (24%) Lead Naphthenate is desired). Heat to 565® F. and hold
    Solution 4. ib. to a string from glass. Allow to cool
    <6% ) Cobalt Naphthenate and reduce with 60 gallons of mineral
    Solution 2% Ib, spirits.
    Cooking Procedure: Same as in No. 2 This method can be adapted to the
    except China-wood oil is not added until production of varnishes of any oil length
    after reaction of Abalyn and Beckaeite by varying the amount of the second
    is complete. addition of oil, but in all cases the first
    Characteristics: melt must be made with 5 gallons of
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 325

    oil a temperature
    of 575° F. minimum Shellac, Compound
    must be reached, and heating until the 60 per cent zinc-hardened Vinsol and
    foaming ceases must be adhered to 40 per cent dry orange shellac by weight.
    strictly. In the case of varnishes of less The Vinsol is melted to 450° P. and 3
    than 25’gallon oil length, if it is de- per cent of zinc oxide on the weight of
    sired to reduce to below 50 per cent or the Vinsol is sifted in and the tempera-
    60 per cent solids concentration, it is ture gradually raised to 575° P., then
    found advisable to use higher powered cooled to 400° P., at which point the
    solvents than straight mineral spirits. shellac is added and when thoroughly
    For this purpose, the hydrogenated pe- blended the mix is poured into cooling
    troleum solvents, such as Solvesso No. 2, ans. A 4-pound cut of this blend he-
    are recommended as being the most satis- aves very much as pure shellac in the
    factory tested to date. majority of tests.

    Shellac Substitute
    25 Gal. Vinsol Varnish Formula No. 1
    5-~6 sec. SS Nitrocellulose 2 lb.
    Vinsol 100 lb.
    21 Vinsol Resin No. 1 8 lb.
    Baw China-wood Oil gal.
    2-Hour Bodied Linseed Oil 4 gal. Dibutyl Phthalate 2 lb.

    Litharge 30 lb. The nitrocellulose is first put into solu-


    Precipitated Manganese tion in a mixture of 30 parts’ toluol and
    Resina te 20 lb. 70 parts denatured alcohol. The resin
    V. M. & P. Naphtha 62^2 gf-b and plasticizer are then added. When
    complete solution is obtained, the com-
    Add liquid cobalt naphthenate driers position can be thinned to any desired
    if quicker dry is wanted. consistency with alcohol without precipi-
    Melt the Vinsol and all the wood oil tation of any of the constituents. To
    quickly, run heat to 575° F. top heat, use RS nitrocellulose, it is necessary to
    remove from fire and let. cool to 460° P., include some ester solvents or other solv-
    remove one gallon of the melt and make ents for nitrocellulose so as to obtain
    a sludge with the litharge in a separate compatibility.
    container. Put kettle on the fire and at This type of film has all the desirable
    460° P. add the litharge sludge. Run characteristics of a shellac, except that
    heat to 560° P,, and hold for a 12-inch it is too dark in color to replace bleached
    string. Check with the linseed oil. Add shellac.
    the manganese at 450° P. on the way
    No. 2
    down and reduce at 350° P. with the Copal gum (Congo, Manila) is masti-
    V. M. and P, naphtha.
    cated, while plastic, at 32-49° C. under
    pressure (<50 Ib./sq. in.) for <15 min.,
    giving a product completely soluble in
    Vinso-Possil Resin Varnish alcohol.
    Vinsol 80 lb. No. 3
    Congo Dust 20 lb. Canadian Patent 354,087
    Raw Wood Oil 10 lb. Pontianak Gum 250 oz.
    Mineral Spirits 28 gal. Soda Ash 8 oz.
    Add liquid naphthenate driers to re- Alcohol 375 oz.

    quirements. Toluol 375 oz.

    Run the Vinsol and the Congo to-


    gether for about one hour at 600° F., Electrolytic Bleaching of Shellac
    raise the heat to 650° P. for 15 minutes. Japanese Patent 11,607
    The two gums will fuse together and An alternating current of 0.005-0.01
    drip off the paddle like oil. When the ampere per sq. cm, is passed through a
    foaming subsides drop the heat to 500° 10% aqueous alkaline solution of shellac
    P., and add the wood oil which should be below 70° C.
    previously heated to 450° P. in a sepa-
    rate kettle. Run the mix to 575° P. and Shellac Paints for Bituminous Surfaces
    hold for 12-inch string. The ingredients First paint or spray with a 10-15%
    will be found to combine perfectly and shellac solution in alcohol-toluol to im-
    may be reduced at 450° P. with mineral prove adhesion. Then spray with a paint
    spirits or with V. M. & P. at 350° P. of following composition.
    This varnish offers definite possibili- Formula No. 1
    tiesas a vehicle for low-cost pigmented Cashew Nut Shell Oil 15 lb.
    enamels of the chassis black types and is Heat at 120° 0. for 1 hr. Cool and
    gasoline and oil resisting. add
    :

    PAINTS, LACQUEKS

    Alcohol 60 lb. A thick emulsion results which has good


    Shellac 25 lb. application and drying properties and
    Lithopone or Other Pigment 100 lb. yields a finish with good gloss. The
    gloss of this finish depends largely on
    No. 2 to wax decreasing
    the ratio of shellac
    Lithopone 150 lb.
    with increasing wax content. The gloss
    Shellac 45 lb.
    may also be modified by rubbing or
    Methyl Cyclohexyl Phthalate 20 lb.
    brushing the film.
    Castor Oil 2 lb.
    The shellac solution may be replaced
    Alcohol 150 lb.
    by a synthetic resin which can be dis-
    Butyl Alcohol 3 lb.
    solved in a suitable solvent. The choice
    of the wax depends to a large degree on
    Furniture Dye (Stain) the effect desired. Among the more com-
    Bark Smoky Brown mon waxes are beeswax, carnauba, mon-
    Potassium Bichromate 3. 5 g. tan, ozokerite, paraffin, shellac, and a
    Copper Sulphate 5 g* large number of synthetic w^axes. A
    Ebony Dye 3. 5 g. typical formula follows:
    Orange Dye 5 g-
    Yellow Dye 0. 5 g.
    Wax Finish
    Water 900 g* Orange Shellac 14 oz.
    Ammonia 100 g-
    Alcohol 60 oz.
    Carnauba Wax 2 oz.
    Paraffin (50/52^ C.) 1 oz.
    Shingle Stain
    Turpentine 23 oz.
    Sardine Oil, Heavy
    Bodied, Eefined 50 gal. The shellac is dissolved in the alcohol
    ^
    Chrome Green (25%) 50 lb. either in the cold or with the aid of heat.
    Talc 5 lb. The waxes are melted and thinned with
    Mineral Spirits 20-30 gal. the turpentine. The shellac solution is
    warmed to about 122^ F. and the warm
    Shingle Stains (140° F.) wax solution is slowly stirred
    Many shingle stains are made by dilut- into the alcohol solution. The mixture is
    ing a cheap paste paint or color with allowed to cool under constant stirring.
    linseed oil and distillate. The use of The mixture may be colored with suitable
    anthracene oil instead of the distillate, dyestuffs.
    will give a much better product at little The wax stains are either solutions of
    additional cost, and requires about 20% wax in turpentine or emulsions of wax
    less linseed 'oil. in water. The emulsions are stabilized
    with the aid of alkalies, such as ammonia
    or potash. They are colored with water
    Wax Stains and Finishes soluble dyes. The proper selection of
    Wax is one of the most useful and waxes insures the desired gloss, harder
    desirable raw materials for protective waxes giving a higher gloss than so-called
    coatings of all kinds. Its chemical inert- soft waxes. Such a stain may have the
    ness and extreme resistance to moisture following composition:
    and other agents that tend to attack and
    destroy finishes make it perhaps the ideal Wax Stain
    base material on which to build a finish- Carnauba Wax 4 oz.
    ing system. Its high price and some Ozokerite, Eefined 2 oz.
    other undesirable properties have mili- Paraffin (50/52° F.) 2 oz.
    tated against its more general applica- Sudan Yellow Dye 2 oz.
    tion in the paint and varnish industry. Thinner 90 oz.
    With the introduction of synthetic waxes, When preparing a turpentine stain, the
    most of these objections have been re- waxes are melted and thinned. The dye
    moved and it is to be hoped that waxes is best dissolved in the waxes before add-
    receive more attention. Waxes seem to
    ing the ozokerite. The thinner should
    offer possible solutions of a number of
    be warmed before adding it to the molten
    problems which, so far, have resisted all
    waxes. The mixture is allowed to cool
    attempts at successful solution with the while stirring constantly to avoid a sepa-
    ordinary means at the disposal of the
    ration of the components.
    paint formulator.
    Wax finishes are usually made from a
    A water emulsion stain may have the
    following composition
    solution of shellac into which some wax
    is incorporated. The shellac cut in al- Emulsion Stain
    cohol is mixed with a solution of wax Montan Wax,
    in turpentine or turpentine substitute. Double Bleached 7 oz.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 327

    potassium Oleate 3 oz. ing solution is then slowly poured into


    0.8 oz. the wax melt adding it in small portions
    Potash, Catistic
    Water Soluble Dye 2 oz. at a time. Care must be taken that a
    Water ^7.2 oz. drop in temperature does not cause a
    „
    separation. It is essential that the mix-
    The potash, the soap and the dye are
    water. The boil- ture be stirred constantly while cooling.
    aissoived in the boiling

    FURNITURE LACQUERS
    FormulaNo. 1 No.2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7
    B.S. Sec, Nitro-
    8.0 g. 8.0 g. 8.0 g. 8.0 g. 8.0 g. 8.0 g.
    cellulose S-
    2.4 g. 2.4 g.
    Castor Oil No. 15 2.4 g.
    I-u g- 1.6 g. 1.6 g.
    Dibutylphthalate
    6.4 g. 6.0 g. 5.0 g. 5.0 g.
    Hercolyn 8.0 g.
    7.0 g.
    Petrex No. 1
    Rosin Modified, Maleate
    8.0 g. 3.2 g. 7.0 g.
    .Resin No. I
    Rosin Modified, Maleate
    8.0 g. 7.0 g.
    Resin No, II
    Solvent to make 100 g.

    Dibutyl Phthalate 4 oz.


    No. 8
    30 kg. Solvent 78 oz.
    Rosin, Pale _
    ,
    Lime Hydrate (To Harden Lacquer for Wooden Floors
    1.5 kg.
    Rosin) 100
    0.3 kg. Albertol 117R lb.
    Zinc Oxide 40
    20 kg. Linseed Oil Stand Oil lb.
    Tung Oil ^ Wood Oil, Bodied 80 lb.
    Linseed Oil 10 kg.
    0.3 kg. Lead-Manganese Resinate
    Litharge
    37 kg. Drier (4% Lead, 1%
    Benzine 4 lb.
    0.9 kg. Manganese)
    Cobalt Linoleate Drier Cobalt) 1
    Cobalt Drier (1% lb.

    This Lacquer
    75 kg. Benzine 175 lb.

    is used combined with ^

    Linseed Oil-Wood Oil (9:1) 22 kg.


    Floor Polish (Lacquer)
    Benzine 2 kg. 280 g.
    Orange Shellac
    Cobalt Linoleate Drier 1 kg.
    Linseed Oil Varnish, Light 80 g.
    Ochre, Light or Dark 50 g.
    Flat Lacquer Alcohol, Denatured 11.
    German Patent 647,416 Stir altogether, and let stand in a con-
    aear Lacquer 109 g.
    ^
    tainer.
    Boric Acid Solution (20%
    Solution in Methanol) 10 g-
    Inside Gloss White Lacquer
    Gelva (2.5) 415 lb.
    Clear Lacquer Titanox C 460 lb.
    German Patent 647,416 Xylol 50 gal
    Nitrocellulose ^0 g. Amyl Acetate 40 gal
    Ethylene Giyeo! 15 g. Butyl Alcohol 5 gal
    Butanol fO g.
    Naphtha, V. M. & P. 5 gal
    1*^
    Butyl Acetate
    Dibutyl Phthalate 15 g.
    85 g. Typical Cellulose (Nitro.) Lacquer
    Ethyl Acetate 8 lb.
    Nitrocellulose
    Shellac Solution (1:1 Wax 5 lb.
    64 Shellac
    Free Shellac in Alcohol) g.
    10 lb.
    Plasticizer
    Alcohol
    Clear Furniture Lacquer Base 40 lb.
    100 oz. ButyL Acetate
    Dry Nitrocellulose 10 lb.
    100-200 oz. Butanol
    Teglac Resin
    10- 20 oz. Acetone el?"
    Blown Castor Oil 5 lb.
    ^10- 20 oz. Glycol Mono Acetate
    Dibutyl Phthalate

    Wood Lacquer Oil Resisting Lacquer


    (5-6 Bee.) Nitrocellulose 15
    Nitrocellulose R.S. Second %
    10 oz.
    Wet
    Vinsol Resin #2 (7 lb. Cut) 25
    Viscosity (Dry Weight)
    8 oz. Toluol 25
    Yinsol Resin
    :

    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Butyl Alcohol To get colored and metallic finishes


    Ethyl Acetate add any one of the following
    Butyl Acetate For
    Lindol —
    White Titanox C 420 lb.
    —
    Red Toluidine Bed Toner 50 lb.
    Durable Bru'shing Lacquer Blue —^Ultramarine 155 lb.

    Wet (% See.) Nitrocellulose 17 oz. Black— (Lampblack 13 lb.

    Blown Soya Bean Oil 30 (Sudan Black B 3 lb.


    Bronze—Copper Bronze
    oz.
    Titanium Dioxide 13 oz.
    Zinc Oxide 3 oz. Powder 105 lb.

    Varnoline 15 oz, —
    Aluminum- ^Aluminum
    Butyl Alcohol 7 oz. Powder 2101b*
    Butyl Lactate 15 oz.

    Luminous Outdoor Lacquer


    Ski Lacquer (to Use as Base for Waxes) U. S. Patent 2,039,734
    Shellac 20 g. Formula No. 1
    Manila Copal 5 g.
    ^4 kilogram of polystyrene is dissolved
    Linoleic Acid 1 g.
    Alcohol, Denatured 100 g.
    in a mixture of %kilogram each of
    toluene, xylene and butyl acetate; about
    Put the liquid on the dry bottom of 40 grams of tricresyl phosphate are
    the skis. Apply several times until well added as a softening agent and about
    impregnated. 1 kilogram of a luminous paint, for im
    stance on the base of strontium sul-
    Ski Lacqeur fide/bismuth and rubidium, is carefully
    Swiss Patent 176,071 introduced, while stirring. The lacquer
    Nitrocellulose of luminous paint thus obtained can be
    Shellac applied on ceiling-plaster and wall-plas-
    Amyl Acetate ter, porcelain, glass, wood, aluminum, me-
    Butyl Acetate tallic supports, paper, pasteboard, arti-
    Alcohol ficial foils or the like, i.e., on any desired
    Ethyl Acetate base. In s6me cases it is advisable to
    apply a suitable first coating, for instance
    titanium white or lithopone in a lacquer
    Wax Lacquer’^
    of polystyrene, previously to the applica-
    a. Orange Shellac 14 kg.
    tion of the luminous paint in order to
    Alcohol 60 kg.
    secure a well reflecting and weatherproof
    h. Carnauba Wax 2 kg.
    support.
    Parafan, 50/52® C. 1 kg.
    Turpentine 23 kg. No. 2
    Heat a to 50° C. on steam-bath, b to Into a solution consisting of 200 grams
    60° C. separately. of vinyl naphthalene in a mixture of 200
    Add b to a with thorough stirring; grams of toluene, 200 grams of xylene,
    agitate until cold. 200 grams of butyl acetate and 30 grams
    of tricresyl phosphate there are intro-
    Lacquer'^ for Furniture, Shellac duced about 0.8 kilogram of a luminous
    White: paint, for instance a well luminescent
    Shellac, Bleached 50 kg. zinc sulfide or an organic boric acid lumi-
    Alcohol 100 kg. nous substance. The lacquer of luminous
    Linseed Oil Fatty Acid 1 kg. paint thus obtained is applied on any
    Fellow: desired surfaces or articles which are. to
    Shellac, Lemon 50 kg. be made luminescent.
    Alcohol 150 kg.
    Linseed Oil Fatty Acid up to 5 kg. No. 3
    For the preparation of fluorescent and
    Brovm:
    phosphorescent shaped bodies and foils
    Ruby Shellac 50 kg.
    or the like, about 214 kilograms of a
    Alcohol 160 kg.
    luminous paint, for instance on the base
    Linseed Oil Fatty Acid up to 5 kg.
    of calcium sulfide, strontium sulfide or
    zinc sulfide, are introduced into about 12
    Gelva Outside Lacquers liters of styrene; a small quantity of
    Toluol 7 sulfuric acid is added and the whole is
    Xylol £ heated for about 4 hours to about 140®
    Tetrachlorethane 3 C. in order to produce polymerization.
    Gelva (7) 2f As soon as the required consistency i^
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 329

    obtained, the mass is poured into the heating, to disperse the drier well, stir-
    desired moulds and allowed to solidify. ring all the time.
    Foils can likewise be sprayed or rolled Allow to cool to 180° C., and add the
    from this product turpentine.
    Store for several months in tanks.
    Luminous Lacquer Coating Centrifuge, and fill into cans.
    Five lbs. luminous pigment is mixed
    with sufficient lacquer to make a gallon. Aluminum. Lacquer for Automobile
    No grinding of the pigment with vehicle Cylinders
    required. For air brush application 7 a. Hard Rosin kg.4
    oz. luminous pigment with sufficient lac- Turpentine 14
    kg.
    quer to make a pint. The same propor- Linseed Oil 0.5 kg.
    tions hold where dammar varnish is em- b. Aluminum Filings 5 kg.
    ployed as a vehicle in place of the lacquer. Make a solution of the melted rosin a
    The lacquer possesses numerous advan- and work in b. Caution, inflammable I
    tages over varnishes. It is rapid drying,
    does not discolor when exposed to sun-
    light and has good weathering properties. Black Lacquer for Steering Wheels
    —
    Lacquers The usual water clear vari- Shellac
    Black Dye
    4
    kg.
    kg.
    ety answers, but the coating must bo 1
    applied shortly after mixing, as jellying Alcohol 5 kg.
    will take place. It masks any possible Plasticizer 0.2 kg.
    odor from the pigment and stands severe
    weather conditions over a long period. Clear Metal Lacquer Base
    When the luminous lacquer coating is Dry Nitrocellulose 100 oz.
    applied to old painted surfaces a base REZYL 14 100-200 oz.
    coat of white pigment lacquer enamel Dibutyl Phthalate 35- 50 oz.
    free from lead is put on and over it the
    luminous coating. As a finish and to add Treatment for Adhering Lacquer to
    to life out-doors a finishing coat of the Chromium Plate
    clear lacquer is recommended. Trisodium Phosphate 30 oz.
    Luminous surfaces should be left ex- Caustic Soda 4 oz.
    posed to daylight up until darkness or to Water 200
    oz.
    artificial light during the evening.
    The solution is used boiling hot. Clean
    one minute and rinse twice in clean boil-
    Crystallizing Lacquer ing water. Dry with air.
    Paradichlorbenzene 20 lb.
    Nitrocellulose Sec.) 10 lb.
    ^ ^ ’ ^
    Beer Can Lacquer
    Celiosolve 114 gal. U. S. Patent 2,060,572
    Butyl Acetate 1% gal.
    Partially Resinified VinyJ
    Ethyl Acetate 2^^ gal.
    Resins 15.20 oz.
    Toluol 3% gal.
    Methyl Ethyl Ketone 12.16 oz.
    Petroleum Ether 4^2 gal. Hexone 12.16 oz.
    Butyrone 6.08 oz.
    Clear Auto Lacquer Base Toluol 24.00 oz.
    Dry Nitrocellulose 100 oz. Naphtha (Coal Tar) 7.00 oz.
    BEZYL 19 250 oz. Phosphoric Acid (85%) 0.60 oz.
    Dibutyl Phthalate 60 oz.
    Spray on cleaned inner walls of cans
    and bake for 15 minutes.
    Black Automobile Lacquer
    Asphaltum 54 lb. Stove Lacquer
    Resin (Kongo or Kauri, or Gilsonite Asphaltum 40 kg.
    Modified Phenol Resin) 54 lb. Copal 5 hg.
    Linseed Oil 12 gal. Ester Gum 6 kg.
    Turpentine Oil 18 gal. I^ampblack 5 kg-
    Litharge 6 lb. Lacquer Benzine 100 kg.
    Cobalt Linoleate
    (4%‘ Cobalt) 2.5 lb.
    Asphaltum Lacquer for Iron
    Melt the asphaltum with some oil with Asphaltum 24 lb.

    stirring at 250° C., and add the resin. Ester Gum 7 lb.
    Add the balance of the oil, heat for half Carbon Black 3 lb.
    an hour, until all is well dissolved and Benzol 33 lb.

    homogeneous. Stir in the drier, and keep Benzine 33 lb.


    330 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Shellac Lacquers for Tin Foils Gloss Rubber Coating Lacquer


    Base :
    ''

    Wet (15-20 Sec.)


    Shellac, Bleached 25 kg. Nitrocellulose 18 oz.
    Alcohol 100 kg. Toluol 32 oz.
    Boric Acid, Crystals 1 kg. Ethyl Alcohol 10 oz.
    0.25-0.5 kg. of coal-tar dyes, such Ethyl Acetate 15 oz.
    as Brilliant Green, TropeoUn, Auramin, Butyl Acetate 5 oz.
    etc.
    Blown Linseed Oil 10 oz.
    Blown Soya Bean Oil 10 oz.
    Metal Foil Lacquer
    Electric Cable Lacquer

    ’’
    L Nitrocellulose
    Bibutyl Phthalate
    18
    4
    oz.
    oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,096,448
    Nitrocellulose 12.5 oz.
    Ethyl Alcohol 9 oz. Tritolyl Phosphate 15.5 oz.
    Methanol 9 oz. Mineral Oil 0.7 oz.
    ! ;
    Acetone 36 oz, Ethyl Acetate 25.0 oz.
    ;

    Butyl Acetate 24 oz. Alcohol 15.0 oz.


    ! [‘-i Toluol 31.3 oz.

    Insulating Cable Lacquer


    U. S. Patent 2,096,448
    Lacquer for Shoe Tips
    Nitrocellulose 12.5 oz.
    Formula No. 1
    Tricresyl Phosphate 15.5 oz.
    i-'i" '

    00.7 oz.
    Ruby Shellac 30 lb.
    Mineral Oil
    Turpentine, Venice 1 lb.
    Ethyl Acetate 25.0 oz.
    J Sandarac 1 lb.
    1 Alcohol 15.0 oz.
    Castor Oil 1 lb.
    Toluol 31.3 oz.
    Alcohol 150 lb.
    S'-
    Aniline Black 5 lb.
    t Insulating Lacquer
    Carbon Black to desired consistence
    i '

    H Italian Patent 273,391


    Lh:: Ethyl Cellulose 10. g. No. 2
    Cumarone Resin 3 g. Beckacite 100 800 g.
    y
    i . 1

    Benzol 60 cc. Wood Oil 500 g.


    Solvent Naphtha 24 cc. Stand Oil 300 g
    i fe Alcohol 2 cc. Turpentine 1250 g.
    Brier as needed

    RUBBER LACQUER
    (For adhesion to rubber mats and Suede Finish Lacquer
    floor coverings)' U S. Patent 2,069,470
    Cotton Solution (25%) 31/2 lb. On material such as metal or wood
    Resin Solution % lb. there is applied a coating consisting of
    Paraplex 5 B 1 lb. polyhydric alcohol-polybasic acid resin 30,
    Anon % lb. a pigment 18, cobalt naphthcnatc 0.1,
    Bissolve in lacquer thinner. ‘^mineral spirits^' 11.9, turpentine 20
    and xylene 20% and, before drying, there
    Rubbing Clear Lacqujer is blown on the viscous material a body

    Cotton Solution (25%) 3 lb. of flock corresponding substantially to


    Ester Gum (#8 Cut) % lb. the color of the viscous material, the
    rate of drying being sufficiently slow to
    Amberol 801 (#8 Cut) % lb.
    allow time for the application of the
    Butyl Stearate lb.
    Bibutyl Phthalate % lb. flock but rapid enough to air-dry suffi-
    ciently to permit packing and shipping
    Bissolve in solvent.
    within 2-6 hours.
    Latex Bope
    Cotton Solution ^3 3 lb.
    Cloth Coating Lacquer
    Paraplex R92 % lb.
    Wet (15-20 Sec.)
    Bissolve in solvent. Nitrocellulose 18 oz.
    Solvesso :fj:l 30 oz.
    Rubber Lacquer Ethyl Alcohol 10 oz.
    Cotton % lb. Ethyl Acetate 17 oz.
    Resins 3 oz. Butyl Acetate 7 oz.
    Paraplex 5 B 2 oz. Blown Castor Oil 9 oz.
    Bissolve in solvent. Baker’s Plasticizer Pffi 9 oz.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 331
    —
    Lacquer for Glassine Paper Stencil Correcting-Lacquer
    U. S. Patent 2,096,662 Resin, Sandarac 4 kg,
    Chlorinated Rubber 100 oz. Turpentine, Thick 2 kg.
    Cumarone Resin 10-50 oz. Alcohol 12 kg.
    Paraffin Wax 3 oz. Ether 2 kg.
    Magnesium Oxide 3 oz.
    Hexamethylenetetramine ^
    3 oz. Correcting Lacquer for Multigrapli
    Mix together in a heated mill. Stencil
    Collodion Wool 6 g.
    Gloss Paper Coating Lacquer Butyl Acetate 25 g.
    Nitrocellulose {% Sec.) 20 lb. Ethyl Lactate 20 g.
    Toluol 15 lb. Butanol 5 g.
    Methyl Ethyl Ketone 15 lb. Alcohol 45 g.
    ^^Cellosolvo 5 lb.
    Ester Gum (#8 Cut) 35 lb.
    Black-Board ^
    ^Lacquer’'
    Lindol 5 lb.
    a. Copal 200 g.
    Ether 400 g.
    Sealing Lacquer for Bottles Quick-Drying Shellac 1000 g.
    Collodion Wool (Pyroxylin) 3- 5 g. Sandarac 500 g.
    Rosin 20-25 g. Alcohol 4 1.
    ^

    Boric Acid 1 g. h. Turpentine 30 g.


    Ether Alcohol (1:1) 100 g. Pine Soot 150 g.
    For colored lacquers, add Ultramarine Blue 50 g.
    Pigment (Chromium Yellow, Naxos Emery, Finest 1000 g.
    Ochre, Zinc Green, Ultra-
    marine) 15-20 g. Make solution a and suspend the ma-
    terials I in it by thorough grinding and
    Bottle Lacquer stirring.

    Rosin' 25 kg. Smooth the board, before applying this


    Collodion 25 kg. pumice abrasive powder.
    lacquer, with
    Ether 30 kg. Burn the lacquer into the wood.
    Dry, and polish with pumice powder,
    Blue Lacquer for Electric Bulbs to again. Repeat application of lacquer,
    Darken Light for Air Protection but let itdry regularly this time.
    Amyl Acetate, Hot 100
    Zapon Lacquer 900 Sealing Lacquer
    Plus Turpentine, Heavy 10 kg.
    Ceres Blue 4 Base 0.2 g. Shellac 6 kg.
    Or instead for deeper shades: Rosin, Pale kg'*
    Ceres Blue 4 Base 1.2 g. Turpentine Oil kg.
    or Chalk kg.
    Ceres Blue 5 g.) Kieselguhr kg.
    Ceres Violet 0.4 g.j Barytes kg.
    or Light Iron Oxide Red kg.
    Ceres Blue '
    0.67 g.l
    Ceres Yellow 0.2 g.I
    Ceres Red 0.14 g.f Black Lacquer
    Ceres Black 0.08 g. ] Formula No. 1
    Make the dye solution, as desired, filter Nitrocellulose ( Sec. 15 oz.
    hot (caution, inflammable), add hot to Oxidized Castor Oil 23 oz.
    Zapon lacquer, to prevent separation of Kauri Copal 9 oz.
    the dyes. Isobutyl Alcohol 110 oz.
    Normal Butyl Acetate 110 oz.
    Lacquer for Putty Urea Resin 23 oz.
    Formula No. 1. Normal Butyl Alcohol 45 oz.
    Albertol Resin 11 IL 1 kg.
    No. 2
    Linseed Oil Stand Oil 0.8 kg.
    Nitrocellulose (^2 Sec.) 28 oz.
    Wood Oil Stand Oil 0.2 kg.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 4 oz.
    No. 2 Amyl Acetate 18.2 oz.
    Albertol Resin lllL 1 kg. Butyl Acetate 16.2 oz.
    Heavy-Bodied Oil 1.5-2 kg. Butanol 26.4 oz.
    No. 3 Toluol 47.4 oz.
    Albertol Resin lllL 1 kg. Ester Gum (Fused at
    Heavy Bodied Tung Oil 2.5 kg. 300° 0.) 15 oz.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Heat Bodied Linseed Oil of toluol, 1,5 parts of dibutyl phthalate


    (Fused together at and 6.5 parts of shellac solution; the
    300° C.) 15 oz. boric acid solution to be added to this
    Zylol 6 oz. lacquer in order to obtain the mat effect
    For a pigment use a high-grade carbon consists of 10 parts of boric acid and 5
    black ground in a plasticizer, employing parts of methyl alcohol, 10 to 15 parts of
    the minimum quantity that will give solid th^ boric acid solution being added to
    obliteration in one coat. 100 parts of the above nitrocellulose lac-
    quer.
    No. 3
    Cheap Black Lacquer Colored Master Batch for Lacquers

    :
    H Nitrocellulose
    Vinsol Resin #2 (7
    Castor Oil
    Ethyl Acetate
    lb.
    10
    Cut) 35
    6
    15
    oz.
    oz.
    oz.
    oz.
    A
    Canadian Patent 360,993
    color master material is prepared by
    mixing a pigment with nitrocellulose in
    the presence of a plasticizer deficient in
    solvent power for the nitrocellulose, a
    Butyl Acetate 5 oz.
    high-boiling solvent for the nitrocellulose,

    i'l Toluol
    Carbon Black

    Bronze Lacquer
    23.5 oz.
    0.5 oz.
    and a low-boiling diluent. E.g., 20 parts
    of colloidal C black is placed in the bot-
    tom of a Banbury mixer, 30 parts of a
    1:1:1 mixture of anhydrous alcohol,
    Coumarone Resin, Hard 10 kg. butyl alcohol and butyl acetate added
    "White Spirit or after the mixer is started, 50 parts of
    f . i
    •
    'H Heavy Benzine
    Benzol
    40 kg.
    20 kg.
    nitrocellulose with 15 parts alcohol added
    immediately, 30 parts of a 25:5 mixture
    Bronze or
    i
    > -: Aluminum Powder to suit
    of tritolyl phosphate and castor oil
    added, 50 more parts nitrocellulose with
    15 parts of alcohol added, and mixing
    Bronzing Lacquer, Non-Gelling continued for 5 minutes. The batch is
    Ethyl Cellulose 10 oz. worked as thin as consistency allows in
    Ethyl Alcohol 10 oz. malaxating rolls, sprinkled with 30 parts
    Toluol 65 oz. of a 1:1:1 mixture of anhydrous alcohol,
    Cumar Gum Wl/2 butyl alcohol and butyl acetate, stored in
    (8 lb. Cut) 10 oz. sealed containers for 24 hours, again
    Dibutyl Phthalate 1 oz. worked on the rolls, and dried at 70° to
    Butyl Lactate 4 oz. reduce the amount of low-boiling solvent
    to less than 3%.
    Marbleizing Lacquer
    A nitrocellulose lacquer suitable for a Colored Lacquer Chips
    marble-like multi-colored coating has been French Patent 803,516
    developed in Italy. It consists of a In a porcelain mill, 15 kg. of lamp
    mixture of 1 part of acetone and 2 parts black are treated with 150 kg. of benzox
    of moistened, colored nitrocellulose with containing 0.091 kg. of oleic acid. After
    a small amount of castor oil. This mix- five hours, the excess of benzol is filtered
    ture is introduced into a water bath con- off and the paste is mixed with 40 kg.
    taining 2 per cent of acetone. After the of nitrocellulose, 5 kg. of ethyl alcohol
    lacquer has settled out on top of the and 18 kg. of dibutyl phthalate. The
    solution, suitable pigments or dies are resultant chips may be kept in an air
    added. The objects to be lacquered are tight container. In the manufacture of
    ;|;hen dipped. lacquers the balance of the lacquer in-
    gredients is added to these chips. For
    example, 25 kg. of chips, 5 kg. of nitro-
    Puil Fiaisti Itacquer . cellulose, and 8 kg. of estergum are dis-
    IWCl toqaer ifikns caji fee
    ;ito<oodliail(ii[se ! solved in 62 kg. of solvent.
    ,
    A
    lacquer
    •fprof^iiiicted by adding a concentrated |
    iof superior qudity is obtained in this
    metliyl alcoholic boric acid solution to manner.
    the usual lacquers. A
    nitrocellulose lac-
    quer specially suited to this purpose con- Lacquer Finish Eejuvenator
    sists of 5,000 parts of a low-viscosity Tri-Cresyl Phosphate 5
    collodion cotton soluble in estets and Clear Dope
    moistened with half its own amount of Butyl Acetate (ISTormal)
    alcohol, 1.5 parts of ethylene glycol, 3 Ethyl Acetate
    parts of butanol, 1.5 parts of butyl ace- Methyl Acetone
    tate, 3.5 parts acetic acid ether^ 10 parts (Refined 0. P.)
    f
    ^ ,

    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Tlndercoat for Lacquer No. 8


    U. S. Patent 2,104,240 Benzoin, Sumatra 75 g.
    Casein ^
    6.0 oz. Shellac, Lemon 75 g.
    Metronite 59.7 oz. Vanillin 1 g.
    Titanium. Dioxide Pigment 20.0 oz. Alcohol 850 g.
    Zinc Oxide 3.0 oz. Filter and wash the filter paper with
    Irish Moss 0.1 oz. alcohol, to make 1000 g.
    Tribromophenol 0.2 oz.
    No. 9
    Borax, 2.0 oz.
    Benzoin, Sumatra 90 g.
    Hydrated Lime 9.0 oz.
    Colophony 45 g.
    Dental Model Lacquer
    Alcohol 960 g.
    Vanillin 1 g.
    V, S. Patent 2,057,289
    A coating* composition for molds and
    consists of
    tlie like, Lacquers for Chocolate (Glazes)
    Cellulose Acetate Formula No. 1
    (Viscosity-S) 9% oz. Resin Benzoin 10 lb.
    Tri phenyl I^hospliate 8 oz. Alcohol 20-30 lb.
    Dimethyl Phthalate 25 cc. No. 2
    Formaldehyde 25 cc. Resin Sandarac 2-2.5 lb.
    Dioxan 3% qt. Alcohol 8-7.5 lb.

    Confectionery Lacquer (Glaze)


    Lacquer’’ for Washable Wall Papers
    Formula No. 1
    Borax 10 kg.
    Gum Benzoin, Sumatra 100 g. Shellac, Sticklac,
    Alcohol (90%) 500 g. or Sandarac 30 kg.
    No. 2 Water 200 kg.
    Gum Benzoin, Sumatra 100 g.
    Alcohol (90%) 500 g.
    Peruvian Balsam 10 g. Lacquering Cardboard for Chair and
    Floor Coverings
    No. 3
    Jugoslavia Patent 12,572
    Sandarac 100 g.
    The welhglued upper surface of card-
    Benzoin, Sumatra 100 g.
    board is treated with a 2 mm. thick
    Larch Turpentine (Venice) 20 g.
    transparent coat consisting of 100 g.
    Alcohol (95%) 800 g.
    glue, 10 g. latex and 6 g, glycerol dis-
    No, 4 solved in 250 cc. warm water. A harden-
    Benzoin, Sumatra 150 g. ing coat is then applied, consisting of
    Shellac, Pale 50 g. 1.00 g. 40% formaldehyde, 500 cc. water,
    Vanillin 1 g. 500 cc. alcohol and 5 cc. glycerol; finally
    Alcohol (95%) 800 g. this coat is covered with an elastic py-
    No. 5 roxylin lacquer. The covering may be
    Benzoin, Sumatra 200 g. washed with warm or cold water and
    Peruvian Balsam 6 g. soap.
    Alcohol 800 g.
    No. 6
    Benzoin, Sumatra 125 g. CUMARONE BASE LACQUERS
    Sandarac 125 g.
    Larch Turpentine 10 Nitrocellulose 7 oz.
    Alcohol 740 g- Butyl Acetate 10 oz.
    No. 7 Cumarone Resin 6 oz.
    Benzoin, Sumatra 160 g- Ethyl Acetate 10 oz.
    Rosin, Pale, Purified 40 g- Toluol 18 oz.
    Alcohol 800 g- Alcohol 20 oz.

    Formula No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6


    Lacquer Base (Above) 71 oz. 71 oz. 71 oz. 71 71 oz. 71 oz.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 6 oz. 6 oz. — - — ’
    oz.

    —6 oz. 6 oz
    Dibutyl Phthalate — 6 oz.
    ,

    6 oz. —
    — —
    ,

    Cyclohexanone 5 oz. 10 oz.


    Cyclohexanol Acetate
    5 oz.
    5 oz. — . ,
    .

    6 oz. —6 oz.

    Ethyl Acetate 18 18 oz. 18 7 oz.


    Alcohol
    oz. oz.
    6 oz.
    7 oz.
    —7 oz.

    Benzine — 10 oz. 10 oz.


    : ;

    334 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    CELLULOSE ACETATE COATINGS Solvent:


    Spraying and Dipping Lacquers Ethylene Dichloride 68.5 g.
    Butanol 11.3 g.
    Acetone 40
    Butyl Acetate 9.1 g.
    Ethyl Acetate 10 g* ^ ^
    Cellosolve ^ ^ Acetate 11.3 g.
    Ethyl Lactate 10 g*
    Toluol 10 g- On applying
    9.94 pounds per 100 sq. ft.
    Cellulose Acetate 15 g- of the above lacquer to hn unpolished
    Resin and Plasticizer 15 g- commercial black and maroon nitrocellu-
    This is used as a base solution and lose enamel, a good gloss is obtained that
    should be thinned to the consistency de- maintains its gloss after weathering a
    sired with the following thinner: month and retains a good measure of its
    original gloss after four months^ expos-
    Acetone 40 g-
    ure. After about seven months' ex-
    Ethyl Lactate 10 g-
    posure, it showed a prominent check
    Ethyl Acetate 10 g-
    failure and a slight chalkiness on the
    Toluol 10 g-
    surface of the overcoat. Those that had
    Leather Coating not been overcoated chalked badly, but
    Acetone 59 g-
    they could be rubbed to a good polish.
    Ethyl Acetate 5 g*
    Some difficulty has been encountered
    Methyl Cellosolve 5 g.
    with Hercose 0 ladquer shrinking or
    Cellulose Acetate 12 splitting when applied over nitrocellulose
    g-
    Resin and Plasticizer 19 enamels. This is most readily controlled
    g-
    by proper choice of solvents, of which a
    Wire Coating few preferred examples will be given:
    Acetone 30 g*
    Ethyl Acetate 30 g-
    Solvent A
    Ethyl Acetate 49.9 cc.
    Methyl Cellosolve 5 g*
    Toluol 4.3 cc.
    Cellulose Acetate 14 g*
    Butyl Acetate 4.4 cc.
    Plasticizer 21 g-
    Dichlordiethyl Ether 27.6 cc.
    Cloth Coating Butanol 13.8 cc.
    Acetone 48 g- Solvent B
    Methyl Cellosolve 10 g- Ethylene Dichloride 49.9 cc.
    Toluol 10 g^ Toluol 4.3 cc*
    Cellulose Acetate 12 g- Butyl Acetate 4.4 cc.
    Resin and Plasticizer 20 g* Dichlordiethyl Ether 27.6 cc.
    In mixing a lacquer such as those sug- Butanol 13.8 cc.
    gested above, better results will be ob- Such a solvent, used to dissolve solids
    tained if the entire solvent combination of formulae similar to those shown above,
    is not added at one time. This is espe- can be sprayed over any type of nitro-
    cially true if a lean solvent combination cellulose iinish giving good gloss and no
    is to be used. The general practice is to splitting, even at re-entrant angles. A
    employ for the actual dissolving opera- solvent such as the following gives even
    tion all of the solvent specified and only better gloss, but will split when the coat-
    a small portion of the diluent. When ing is applied over a surface with sharp
    the cellulose acetate is completely in solu- angles such as mold lines, etc.
    tion, the remainder of the solvent combi-
    nation, consisting now of diluents only, Solvent 0:
    'S added slowly with constant mixing. Ethylene Dichloride 49.9 cc.
    Care should be taken that the diluents Toluol 4,3 cc.
    are not added so fast that the material Butyl Acetate 4.4 cc.
    precipitates at any point. Trichlorethane 20.7 cc.
    Methyl ^ ‘
    Cellosolve "
    Acetate 20.7 cc.
    HEBCOSE 0 COATINGS
    It usually is better to hold the
    gun
    (Hercose C is a cellulose acetobutyrate)
    a little away from the work when
    farther
    Overcoating for Dark Lacquers
    spraying Hercose 0 lacquers than when
    Lacquer: spraying nitrocellulose enamels and with
    Hercose C 36 g. the acetone formula it should be held
    Dibutyl Phthalate 12 g. about 15 inches away from the work.
    Dammar 12 g. Acetone accentuates shrinking and should
    Toluol 72 g. be avoided. The softer formulae shrink
    Solvent 400 g. more than the harder ones and cutting
    : —

    PAINTS, LACQUERS 335

    down on tlie plasticizer Iielps to reduce loys. With duralumin, a solids formula
    shrinking. such as that given as No. 2 in the section
    on overcoating seems to work best. With
    Clear Metal Lacquers
    brass, it has been found that the Bezyl
    In view of the fact that Hercose 0 formulae will not adhere so well as on
    lacquers resist discoloration very well, other metals, but this may be counter-
    they are quite desirable as clear finishes acted to some extent on this metal as well
    for polished and ornamental metal. as the others by use of some Vinsol resin
    The following clear Hercose 0 lacquer in place of part of the Rezyl, in order to
    was applied to thoroughly cleaned iron. improve adhesion.
    The film did not start to crack until after
    fourteen months ^ exposure, covering one Cork Tile Lacquers
    winter and parts of two summers.
    Clear Lacquer
    Low Flammability
    Lacquer:
    Base Solution: Hercose C, Low Viscosity 12 g.
    Hercose 0, Low Viscosity 20 g.
    Hibutyl Phthalate fig.
    Acetone 80 g.
    Dammar Gum 4 g.
    Solvent Mixture Solvent 180 g.
    ’ ’
    Methyl ^ ^ Cellosolve Solvent:
    Acetate 10 g.
    Acetone 32 cc.
    Ethyl Lactate 2 g. Ethyl Lactate 4 cc.
    Butanol 3 g. Butyl Acetate 2 cc.
    Ethylene Dichloride 45 g.
    Toluol 62 cc.
    Toluol 40 g.
    Bronzing Liquids
    Lacquer: Hercose C solutions are particularly
    Base Solution 60.0 g.
    well suited for use as vehicles for bronz-
    Dewaxed Dammar Solution ing liquids, as gelation does not occur in
    (45% Resin) 1.0 g.
    them. Lacquers have been prepared
    Dibutyl Phthalate 3.5 g.
    which have stood for more than ten
    Solvent 135.5 g. months, in which the gold bronze can be
    The following lacquer was applied and completely dispersed simply by shaking
    tested as above. It failed after being the container for a few minutes. By
    exposed over steel for two years on a proper choice of solvents, a finish can
    test fence, and is the only clear lacquer be made which will not develop a green
    which will withstand six months^ weath- color in the solution on aging. For-
    ering in Florida without failure. mulae with these properties are:
    Base Solution: A B C D
    Hercose C, Low Viscosity 20 g. Hercose 0,
    Ethylene Dichloride 40 g. High Vis-
    Acetone 12 g. cosity 6 6 6 6
    Methyl ^^Cellosolve^/ Acetone 32 32 32 24 g-
    Acetate 28 g. Ethyl
    Acetate 20 20 20 28 g-
    Solvent Mixture: Diacetone
    Ethylene Dichloride 20 g. Alcohol 6 6 6 6 g-
    Ethyl Acetate 15 g. Ethyl
    ^ ^ ^ ’
    Methyl Gellosolve Lactate 12 12 12 13 g-
    Acetate 15 g. Elemi Gum - «—
    Toluol 40 g. 50% Ester
    Hexone 10 g. Gum Solu-
    Lacquer: tion in
    Base Solution 62.5 g. Teluol 2 2 2 g-
    Rezyl 14 7.5 g. Dibutyl
    Dibutyl Phthalate 2.5 g. Phthalate 1 1 1 1 g*
    Solvent 85.0 g. Toluol 21 21 21 21 g-
    Gold Bronze 5 3 5 10 g-
    The Rezyl 14 may be varied in amount
    from 2.5 to 12.5 parts in these formulae.
    Aluminum
    Bronze — 3 — — g*
    Lacquers for Special Metals The Hercose C best dissolved in
    is
    Finishes such as the above. have good acetone, a 20% concentration being con-
    adhesion for such metals as Allegheny, venient to handle; the rest of the for-
    monel, copper, and certain aluminum al- mula then is added and mixed thoronghlji
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    the bronze being stirred in as the final 22.3 Airplane Fabric '' Dopes’’
    step. Formula No. 1
    Li other solvent formulae, such as Second Film Scrap 300 g.
    those containing methyl ‘^eellosolve^^ Ethyl Acetate 1056 cc.
    acetate or ethylene dichloride, certain Butyl Acetate 528 cc.
    bronzes will turn the solution green; this Benzol 816 cc.
    can be prevented by the addition of 0.2 Procedure: Dissolve the film scrap in
    to 0.5% oxalic or phosphoric acid to the the22.3
    solvents and add the benzol slowly
    solution. Green colors also result when while stirring.
    resins of appreciable acidity are used
    No. 2
    (dammar, alkyds, shellac) ; resins in the
    Light Film Scrap 300 g.
    formula should be as neutral as possible.
    Butyl Acetate 240 cc.
    The use of sodium acetate in amounts Ethyl Acetate 480 cc.
    0.2 to 0.5% of solutions has been found
    Anhydrous Isopropyl
    to retard this color development.
    Acetate 96 cc.
    22.3
    Butyl Lactate 48 cc.
    Sealer Between Coats
    Shell TSll Solvent 744 cc.
    I
    An excellent sealing lacquer which pre-
    vented interpenetration between coats of Dissolve the above and thin with Shell
    nitrocellulose lacquer follows: —
    TSll 792 as above.
    Hercose0 (Low Viscosity) 8 g. No. 3
    * Dammar Solution 2 g. Sec. Light Film Scrap 300 g.
    Dibutyl Phthalate 1 g. 200 Proof Alcohol 92 cc.
    Ethylene Dichloride 89 g. Butyl Acetate 240 cc.
    Dichlorobutane 20 g. Methyl Ethyl Ketone 480 cc.
    * Settled solution from 50 parts of dammar Isopropyl Acetate 96 cc.
    gum dispersed in 12,5 parts of toluol and 37.5 No. 8 Union Solvent 792 cc.
    parts denatured ethyl alcohol.
    Dissolve in mixer (flows about per
    second) and add 700 cc. No. 8 Union
    Textile and Paper Lacquers
    Solvent as above.
    S, Aa
    No. 4
    Hercose C,
    Medium DD Filac (4 Sec.) 300 g.

    Viscosity 20 20 — g*
    No. 8 Union Solvent
    Butyl Acetate
    800
    800
    cc.
    cc.
    Cellulose
    Acetate — 20 20 g.
    200 Proof Alcohol
    Dissolve and dilute with
    100 cc.

    Dibutyl
    No. 8 Union Solvent 700 cc.
    Phthalate 2 4 2 4 g.
    Triphenyl Color Coat Lacquer
    Phosphate 2 4 2 4 g.
    44" Nitrocellulose 36 lb.
    Acetone 76 72 76 72 g.
    Eezyl 12 25 lb.
    Hercose C, Medium Dibutyl Phthalate 5 lb.

    Viscosity 8 g.
    Castor Oil 12.5 lb.
    Triethyl Citrate 6 g.
    Solvent: 61% Toluene,
    Triphenyl Phosphate 6 g. 13% Butanol,
    Eezyl 14 1.4 g. 26% Butyl Acetate ,
    7.75 gal.
    Ethylene Bichloride 30.0 g. Usually the per cent of a color in oil
    Acetone 28.6 g. required to ‘'color up” a lacquer is so
    Hexone 10.0 g. small that one can neglect figuring how
    Methyl ^'Cellosolve^^ much oil to leave out ; but in case it is a
    Acetate 10.0 g. large item (over 2.5% of non-vol.) it is
    The coating a simple matter to calculate how much to
    is applied in eight gasket
    omit when we realize that the following
    eoats.
    percentages of pigment based on the non-
    Airplane Lacquer (Dope) volatile by weight, will be found to be
    ; Hercose C, High practically correct for most lacquers.
    Viscosity 7.1 g. Titanium Dioxide 25%
    Triphenyl Phosphate 1.1 g. Prussian Blue 11%
    ,
    Acetone 46.8 g. Medium Chrome Yellow 19%
    Ethyl Acetate 20.0 g. Medium Chrome Green 13%
    Alcohol 10.0 g. Super Spectra Black 4%
    Butanol 6.0 g. Cadmium Eed Medium 25%
    Para Toluidine Toner 10%
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 337

    Since the titanium pigmented lac- Thinners for Vinyl Acetate Resins
    quers^especially and those made from (Gelva)
    chrome yellow tend to powder slightly Formula No. 1
    after a few months in the weather, it is For Spraying Lacquers
    a good idea to put a light coat of the Xylol 50 oz.
    clear over them. Any reasonably good Amyl Acetate 40 oz.
    thinner may be used with the above lac- Butyl Alcohol 6 oz.
    quer and if desired 4-5 sec. film scrap Naphtha, V. M. & P. 5 oz.
    may be substituted for the % second
    No. 2
    nitrocellulose. It will then require much
    For Spraying and Brushing Lacquers
    more solvent and thinnet before it can Toluol 70 oz.
    be sprayed or brushed over the dope. Xylol 20 oz,
    This rezyl or alkyd lacquer may be Tetrachlorethane 10 oz.
    applied directly to clean metal without
    a primer and it will adhere and weather No. 3
    extremely well. The more heavily pig- For Brushing Lacquers
    mented products such as a chrome yel- Benzol 60 oz.
    low require a primer for the best adhe- Toluol 15 oz.
    sion, and this may be a dryifig alkyd Xylol 15 oz.
    resin primer or a lacquer primer made Tetrachlorethane 5 oz.
    as follows: Naphtha, V. M. Sc P. 5 oz.

    Lacquer Primer Barrel Sealing Compound


    Eezyl (Oxidizing Paraffin Wax (42/44'’ C.)
    Type) 110 lb. or Petrolatum 98 kg.
    Pilm Scrap Solution 1 gal. Tallow, Hard-Fat, or
    Dibutyl Phthalate 0.25 lb. Crude Palm Oil 2 kg.
    This lacquer may be thinned with a
    low cost lacquer thinner, for example: Sealer for Asphalt Emulsion
    Coated Walls
    Union Solvent No. 1
    Casein 1 lb.
    or Equivalent 66 % Water Ground Mica 2 lb.
    Ethyl Acetate 9% Asbestine 5 lb.
    Butyl Acetate 8%
    Borax 0.25 lb.
    Butyl Alcohol 8%
    Sodium Fluoride 0.25 lb.
    Ethyl Alcohol 9% Mix into 3 quarts of boiling water
    until smooth and apply with brush.
    Nitiocellulose Solvents
    Seal for Gasoline, Oil and Water Pipes
    Formula No. 1 Shellac 2 kg.
    Ethyl Acetate 50 lb.
    Rosin 0.5 kg.
    Butyl Acetate 20 lb.
    1.5 kg.
    Alcohol
    Butanol 5 lb.
    Plasticizer 0.1 kg.
    Benzene 25 lb. ^
    Aluminum Filings, Fine 5 g.

    , No. 2 / Claimed to be heat-resistant, elastic,


    Ethyl Acetate 10 lb. and uninfluenced by gasoline, water, and
    Butyl Acetate 40 lb. oil.
    Alcohol 25 lb.

    Benzene 10 lb. Quick Seal for Radiators (External)


    Cellulose Lacquer, Colorless 1 kg.
    No. 3 Aluminum Filings, Fine 0.3 kg.
    Ethyl Acetate 20 ec.
    Butyl Acetate 10 cc.
    15 cc, Sanding Sealer
    Alcohol, Denatured
    15 cc, Dry Nitrocellulose 100 oz.
    Benzol
    Teglac Resin 100-150 oz.
    Paraffin Wax 5 g.
    Zinc Stearate 5- 20 oz.
    Magnesium Carbonate 0- 5 oz.

    Solvent for Vinyl Lacquers


    Hexone 40 oz. Hat Stiffeners, Water Soluble
    Methyl n-Amyl Ketone 10 oz. Several different alkalies may be used
    Toluol 40 oz. to produce water shellacs, but borax has
    Xylol 10 oz. been found most satisfactory. The fol
    :

    as8 PAINTS, LACQUEBS

    lowing type of water shellac may be Toluene 75%


    made by hand in one-half to one gallon No. 1 Alcohol 22%
    batches ; but a putty mixer is necessary
    for large batches. Eleven pounds of
    Butanol 3 %
    The gum solution may be plasticized
    pure borax is added to five gallons of with 3% by volume of blown castor oiL
    boiling water and brought to boil. 107 An elastic hat varnish is made by mix-
    pounds of bone dry shellac is added and ing a four to four and one-half pound
    stirring maintained while heat is applied cut of the D. K. Manila Cum in the
    to the bottom of the machine. When the latter solvent with 9% blown castor oil.
    mixture looks like white taffy fifteen to This varnish works well in the hat block
    twenty gallons of water, depending on and gives a good gloss. It wiU allow
    the specific gravity required, is added bending without cracking.
    slowly to the batch as stirring continues.
    When the water starts to mix quickly, Cheap Dope Hat Sizings
    heating may be discontinued. Water Inexpensivecompetitive sizings are
    shellac solutions are often sold by the made from movie film scrap which has
    Twaddle scale which is, practically, a been cleaned with boiling water and weak
    very much refined specific gravity scale. alkali or by various other methods. The
    For real dark felt hats or bodies, boil scrap should be added piece by piece to
    together until dissolved: a lacquer solvent, or if sold in rolls
    Water 3 gal. should be allowed to fall into the solvent
    Borax 3 lb. in a twisted wettable mass. If several
    Bone Dry Shellac 20 lb. pieces get stuck together one may be
    Another formula® which gives results, bothered with slowly dissolving lumpk
    but which requires considerable skill to Film Scrap 10 lb.
    make, runs as follows: Low Boiling Petroleum
    8 lb. Cut White Shellac Thinner 3 gal.
    1 gal.
    28% Ammonia Toluol 3 gal.
    400 cc.
    Ethyl Acetate 2 gal.
    Stir together quickly, and ten seconds
    Butyl Acetate 2 gal.
    after addition of ammonia dilute in-
    stantly with a mixture of Six gallons of No. 8 Union Solvent may
    be used in place of the above diluents
    Water 3 gal. and the new ketone solvents may be used
    28% Ammonia 120-160 cc. to get lower viscosity in place of ethyl
    according to the grade and freshness of and butyl acetate.
    the shellac. A white solution is most de-
    sirable. Hat Finishing
    Small amounts of titanium barium pig- Formula No. 1
    ment may be added to these formulae to a. Water 70 kg.
    secure maximum whiteness for white Borax 5 kg.
    bodies and real light tints. 4.0
    &. Ruby or Orange Shellac 25 kg.
    No. 2
    Hat Sizings or Stiffeners a. Water 70.5 kg.
    Shellac, Super Fine Borax 5.5 kg.
    White Bleached 4 lb. h. Powdered
    Shellac, Dry 24.0 kg.
    Alcohol 4 gal. To the borax solution, the shellac is
    Butyl Alcohol 1 pt.
    added at boiling temperature, keeping
    ^

    For hot, with agitation, until all is dispersed.


    obtaining the highest possible
    gloss use a dewaxed shellac. Using such formulae necessitates an
    after-treatment with vapors of acetic
    acid to make the finish insoluble. This
    Low Priced Waterproof Hat Stiffener is avoided when using formulae of the
    Manila Gum, D, H. 52 lb. following type:
    Benzine 45 pt. No. 3
    Alcohol 55 pt. a. Water 23.3 kg.
    Butyl Alcohol 5 pt. Borax kg.
    Let stand for several days, draw cleai Ruby or Orange Shellac 25.0 kg.
    liquid from the top, and strain out the b. Water, Hot 47.7 kg.
    floating bark. This solution is customa-
    rily thinned three to one with a thinnei
    No. 4
    a. Water 20.0 kg.
    similar to the solvent. A better grade, Borax 3.4 kg.
    glossier, and faster drying varnish is
    Powdered Shellac, Dry 24.0 kg.
    made by using for the solvent: b. Water, Hot 52.6 kg.
    ;

    PAINTS, LACQUERS 339

    Heat the three ingredients o£ a to- Method No, 2


    and free from lumps.
    gether, until pasty (To be used when gold must be
    Thin by adding 5 in small portions, burnished with an agate)
    agitating thoroughly. Sandpaper the wood to a very smooth
    surface. Apply a thin coating of whit-
    ing made up as follows
    Wall Glaze
    U. S. Patent 2,078,504
    Babbit Skin Glue / lb. %
    Water 3 pt.
    Sodium Silicate 112 cc.
    Whiting, Imported French 4 pt.
    Ammonia 6.oz.
    ,

    Casein 14 oz. To put the glue in solution, allow it


    Water 1 gal. to stand overnight in warm water. This
    solution should be applied hot in order
    to prevent cracking. When the whiting-
    Stone Sizing Material coated surface is thoroughly dry^ sand-
    (Use before painting) paper it perfectly smooth. Th^ next
    U. S. Patent 2,008,304 coating is made up of gilder ^s gold size,
    Petroleum Naphtha 100 gal. which should be mixed with glue accord-
    Acetone 2 gal. ing to directions on the package. This
    Aluminum Stearate 30 lb. should be about the consistency of heavy
    Acetic Acid 1 lb. cream when it is being applied. When
    Nitric Acid 6 lb. it is dry, none of the red clay should
    rub off. This coating also should be
    smoothed with sandpaper. When the
    Size for Lettering on Galvanized Iron
    gold is laid on, only the amount of frame
    Mix two tablespoonfuls of oxalic acid
    should be moistened which is to be cov-
    to a pint of white vinegar and allow the
    ered by the leaf. For moistening, use
    mixture to stand. The longer it stands
    the following formula:
    the better it will act as an oxidizing agent
    on the metal. It is used to best advan- Water 1 pt.
    tage after being set aside for two months. Alcohol 10 cc.
    Apply the liquid to the metal surface to Glue 10 g.
    be painted with a brush or cloth and
    time for drying. No brushing The gold should be well battened down
    allow
    in this process. Allow it to dry for
    down is needed.
    about 12 hours. Then burnish with
    agate, and apply a thin coating of a
    Gold Size good grade bleached shellac, as in the
    Kauri Copal 50 lb. first method.
    Linseed Oil 35 gal.
    Litharge 18 gal.
    Bed Lead 18 lb. Liquid Varnish Eemover
    Turpentine Oil 75 gal. Denatured Alcohol 50 gal.
    Light Coal Tar Oil 35 gal.
    Applying Gold Leaf on Molding Carbolic Acid (90%) 15 gal.
    Method No.. 1
    Sandpaper the wood to a very smooth
    surface. Apply a coat of flat paint and Varnish and Lacquer Eemover
    when this is thoroughly dry, sandpaper Formula No. 1
    it to a smooth surface. Over this Canadian Patent 367,059
    smoothly painted surface brush on a thin Ethylene Dichloride 77.5 oz. ;

    coat of good quality shellac. When this Alcohol 10.0 oz.


    is thoroughly dry and hard, apply japan Toluol '

    2.5 oz.
    gold size. Allow this to dry until there Benzene 2.5 oz..
    is practically no stieMness to the touch | Cellulose Acetate 2.5' oz.
    then lay on the gold with tip or cotton Paraffin Wax 5.0' oz.
    '

    and thoroughly batten it down. Allow


    No. 2
    the frame to dry for about 24 hours, and
    Acetone 40 ce.
    then apply a very thin coat of the best
    Benzene 20 cc.
    grade bleached shellac that can be pur-
    Solvent Naphtha 10 cc.
    chased. This shellac will not destroy the
    Alcohol 30 ce.
    luster of the gold, and it is necessary
    to protect the gold. When this system By
    addition of paraffin to this solvent-
    is used, the gold cannot be burnished mixture, a cleansing material of pasty
    with an agate. oonsiatency can be obtained.
    I

    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Bemover for Lacquers of Oil, Chlorinated Pastes


    Rubber, Oil Paints No. 4
    Liquids Scale Paraffin Wax
    Pormula No. 1 (40/42° C.)
    Benzol 60 kg. Carbon Tetrachloride or
    Ethylene Dichloride 30 kg. Triehlor Ethylene
    Hexaiin 10 kg. Toluol
    No. 2 Hexaiin
    Benzol 60 kg. No. 5
    Toluol 10 kg. Scale Paraffin Wax
    Xylol 30 kg. (40/42° C.)
    No. 3 Carbon Tetrachloride or
    Ethylene Diehloride 40 kg. Triehlor Ethylene
    Benzol 40 kg. Benzol
    Tetralin 20 kg. Methylene Chloride
    Tmtes No. 6
    No. 4 Scale Paraffin Wax
    Scale Paraffin Wax (40/42° 0.)
    (40/42° C.) 15 kg. Ozokerite
    Ozokerite 5 kg. Carbon Tetrachloride or
    Benzol 50 kg. Triehlor Ethylene
    Tetralin 20 kg. Tetralin
    Methylene Chloride 10 kg.
    No. 5
    Seale Paraffin Wax Removers for Cellulose and
    ^ ^
    (40/42° C.) 15 kg. Spirit ^ Lacquers
    ^

    Benzol 45 kg. Liquidj Inflammahle


    Toluol 40 kg. Formula No, 1
    Acetone 50 kg.
    No. 6
    Butyl Acetate 20 kg.
    Scale Paraffin Wax Isopropyl Alcohol 30 kg.
    (40/42° C.) 20 kg.
    Benzol 60 kg. Paste, Inflammahle
    Hexaiin 20 kg. No. 2
    Cellulose Acetate 20 kg.
    Paint Remover Acetone 40 kg.
    a. Paraffin Wax, Dioxan 20 kg.
    High Melting 5 1b. Isopropyl Alcohol 20 kg.
    Trichlorethylene 95 lb.
    h. Aluminum Naphthenate 5 lb.
    Removers for Chlorinated Rubber, Oi\
    Trichlorethylene 95 lb.
    Cellulose and ‘^Spirit Lacquers
    Make
    solutions a and h, let stand for
    24 hours separately, mix. and Paints
    Liquid, Inflammahle
    Formula No. 1
    Paint and Lacquer Removers, Acetone 30 kg.
    Non-Inflammable Methylcyelohexanone 30 kg.
    Liquids Alcohol 20 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Tetralin 20 kg.
    Carbon Tetrachloride or Pastes, Ififlammahle
    Triehlor Ethylene 70 kg. No. 2
    Xylol 10 kg. Cellulose Acetate 15 kg.
    Toluol 10 kg. Acetone 35 kg.
    Ethyl Lactate 10 kg. Isopropyl Alcohol 10 kg.
    No. 2 Tetralin 30 kg,
    Carbon Tetrachloride or Metliylcyclohexanone 10 kg.
    Triehlor Ethylene 60 kg. No. 3
    Ethylene Bichloride 25 kg. Celluloid Scrap 15 kg.
    Hexaiin 15 kg. Acetone 20 kg.
    No. 3 Dioxan 15 kg,
    Methylene Chloride 40 kg, Methylcyelohexanone 20 kg.
    ,
    Carbon Tetrachloride or Cyclohexanone 10 kg.
    , Triehlor Ethylene 10 kg. Benzol 10 kg.
    *
    Tetralin 50 kg. Hexaiin 10 kg.
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 341

    Removers for Lacquers and Paints Lime Hydrate, Powdered 15 lb.


    Powders Water 60 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Pumice Powder 5 1b.

    Lime Hydrate, Powdered 60 lb. No. 14


    Soda Ash 40 lb. Potato or Corn Starch 5 lb.

    No. 2 Ammonia (0.910) 30 lb.


    Water 40 lb.
    Caustic Soda, Powdered 35 lb.
    65 lb. Calcium Carbonate 25 lb.
    "Whiting
    No. S
    Lime Hydrate, Powdered 60 lb. Paint Removers (for Oil Paints)
    Potash Carbonate, Calcined 40 lb. Liquids
    No. 4
    Formula No. 1
    Oleic Acid 4 lb.
    Caustic Potash, Powdered 30 lb.
    Benzol 20 lb.
    Calcium Carbonate, Powdered 70 lb.
    Carbon Tetrachloride or
    No. 5 Trichlor Ethylene 20 lb.
    Caustic Soda, Powdered 20 lb.
    Alcohol 20 lb.
    Caustic Potash, Powdered 15 lb.
    Ammonia (0.910) 16 lb.
    "Whiting 35 lb.
    Water 20 lb.
    Pumice Powder 30 lb.
    No. 2
    The production consists in simple mix- Methyl Hexalin 18.0 lb.
    ing and packing into sealed containers. Oleic Acid 3.5 lb.
    No. 6 Caustic Potash (50® BA) 1.5 lb.
    Caustic Soda, Powdered 65 lb. Water 3.5 lb.
    Potato or Corn Flour 35 lb. Tetralin 73.5 lb.

    No. 7 Pastes
    Lime Hydrate, Powdered 35 lb. No. 3
    Soda or Potash Carbonate, Soft Soap 40 lb.
    Calcined 35 lb. Methyl Hexalin 20 lb.
    Potato or Corn Flour 30 lb. Carbon Tetrachloride or
    Mix dry in sealed containers. Trichlor Ethylene 40 lb.

    Pastes No. 4
    No. 8 Potato Flour 5 lb.
    Soft Soap 30 lb. Water 10- lb.

    f Caustic Soda 10 lb. Potassium Hydroxide, Scales 10 lb.

    (Water 30 lb. Water 40 lb.


    Whiting 20 lb. Carbon Tetrachloride 20 lb.
    Pumice Powder 10 lb. Whiting 15 lb.

    No. 9
    Soft Soap 20 lb. Removers for Oil, Rubber, Cellulose
    "Lime Hydrate, Powdered 15 lb. Lacquers or Paints
    Soda Ash 15 lb.
    ’
    Liquid, JSfon-Inflamma'ble
    Water 30 lb.
    Carbon Tetrachloride or
    Calcium Carbonate 20 lb.
    Trichlor Ethylene 40 kg.
    No. 10 Tetralin 10 kg.
    (Soft Soap 40 Ib. Methylcyclohexanone 40 kg.
    (Caustic Potash (40® Be.) 25 lb. Methanol 10 kg.
    Lime Hydrate, Powdered 35 lb.
    Paste, Non-Inflammal)le
    No, 11 Scale Wax, 40/42® 0. 15 kg.
    (Soft Soap 40 lb. Ozokerite 5 kg.
    (Ammonia (0.910) 30 lb. Carbon Tetrachloride or
    Whiting 30 lb. Trichlor Ethylene 30 kg.
    No. 12 Hexalin 10 kg.
    Potato or Corn Starch 5 Ib. Methylhexalin 40 kg.
    Caustic Soda, or Potash 10 lb.

    Water 60 lb. Miscellaneous Faint Removers


    Whiting 10 lb. Formula No. 1
    Wood Saw Bust 15 lb. Acetone Oil 40 lb.
    No. 13 Tetralin 30 lb.
    Potato or Corn Starch 5 lb. Xylol 20 lb.
    Soda or Potash Carbonate, Turpentine Oil 10 lb.
    TTinu/liw.—
    Calcined 15 lb. Whiting to make paste
    34.2 PAINTS, LACQUEES

    No. 2 brush handle causes the bristles to bend


    Carbon Tetrachloride or or curl, and this curl may become per-
    Trichlor Ethylene 80 g. manent. If a brush is not cleaned after
    Acetone 10 g.. it is used, the paint or other finishing
    Amyl Acetate 10 g. material left in it will become hard and
    If this solvent is desired to be more a thick hard crust will form around the
    Tiscons, mix with melted base of the brush where the bristles enter
    Ceresin 10 g. the handle. Then, wlien the brush is used
    again, this hard crust near the handle will
    Note: Paint Removers containing trichlor-
    ©thylene or carbon tetrachloride do not renlove gradually break into fine particles which
    nitrocellulose coatings. come out from time to time and make
    specks on the finish.
    No. 3 When a used brush is not in service,
    it should be hung in a brush-keeper,
    Corn Flour 80 lb.
    Sesqui Carbonate of Soda 80 lb. which is a container partly filled with
    Light Soda Ash 40 1b. some gentle solvent for the material last
    used in the brush.
    No. 4 Brushes should be hung so their ends
    British. Patent 455,618
    do not touch the bottom of the brush-
    Successive layers of dry soda ash (4
    keeper. Brushes used for paints should
    lb.) and quick lime (4 lb.) are spread
    be kept in different containers from those
    on a layer of soft soap (3 lb.) in a vat, used in varnish or lacquer, and shellac
    boiling water is added, and the whole
    brushes should be kept to themselves.
    thoroughly admixed (the formation of in- Paint and enamel brushes may be kept
    soluble calcium soaps being thus avoided)
    in a 50/50 mixture of turpentine and
    and allowed to set solid by cooling. linseed oil. The same mixture can be
    Aqueous ammonia (d 0.880; 2 oz.) is used for keeping varnish, brushes. Lac-
    then added and allowed to soak in, and quer brushes may be kept in lacquer
    the whole is reduced to a paste by suffi- thinner, and shellac brushes in alcohol.
    cient water to make gal.
    However, since lacquer thinner and alco-
    hol evaporate rapidly it is advisable,
    Paint and Varnish Eemover when the brushes are to be laid aside for
    Formula No. 1 several days or weeks, to clean them in
    Benzol 15 oz. the proper solvent, wrap them in brown
    Toluol 15 oz. paper and then lay them away to dry
    Alcohol 20 oz. so they will be clean and ready for use
    Acetone 25 oz. when they are to go into service again.
    Ethylene Dichloride 20 oz. Brushes for paint, varnish or enamel,
    Ethyl Acetate 5 oz. when taken out of the brush-keeper,
    (Melt in about 1% paraffin wax.) should be carefully rinsed in clean solvent
    before being used.
    No. 2 Brush-keepers can be purchased from
    Furfural (Technical) 2 qt. painters^ supply houses or they can be
    Benzol Saturated With made of some suitable container that
    Paraffin Wax 1 qt. happens to be available. Whatever type
    Mop or brush on, and let stand for 10 of container is used, however, it should
    to 15 minutes. Then rub off with a cloth,
    10. a cover to exclude dirt, dust, etc.
    have
    or scrape with a paint scraping tool. Some brush users simply drill a small
    No. 3 hole through the wide part of the brush
    Benzol 104 gal. handle and hang it on a wire.
    Methanol 30 gal.
    Paraffin Wax 50 lb.
    Phenol 6 lb.
    Alcohol 50 gal. Cleaning Paint Brushes
    1. Rinse with turpentine.
    No. 4 2. Squeeze out.
    Dissolve 30 g. paraffin wax in 500 ce*
    3. Soak in gasoline.
    benzol and add 600 cc. acetone.
    4. Squeeze out
    Sop on painted surface, allow to pene-
    5. Soak in fresh gasoline.
    trate and then scrape off.
    6. Squeeze out.
    7. Wash with strong soap or trisodimn
    Care of Brushes phosphate and water.
    Brushes should never be left standing 8. Squeeze out.
    in finishing materials, especially if the 9. Rinse in soft water.
    bristles are long. The weight of the Dry.

    L
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 343

    Paint BrusK Cleaner Hydrogenated Rosin 1.0 oz.


    Trisodium Phosphate 160 lb. Amyl Acetate 123.5 oz.
    Light Soda Ash 40 lb. Alcohol 20.0 oz.
    Toluol 47.5 oz.
    Paint Deodorizer Apply the above and dry at 62-70® G.
    U. S. Patent 2,103,830
    Amyl Butyrate 6
    Waterproofing for Casein Finish
    Benzyl Acetate 21.6
    U. S. Patent 2,043,324
    Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 31.2
    Aluminum Sulphate 10 lb.
    Citral 5.6
    '

    Sodium Acetate 3 lb.


    Geraniol 20.0
    Borax 2 lb.
    Phenyl Acetic Acid 7.8
    Water 100 lb.
    Goumarin 7.8
    Use about 1 lb. per 1300 lb. of paint. The casein finished surface is treated
    with the above to make it waterproof.
    Rust Preventing Mixture
    Linseed Oil Varnish 30-40 lb. Fireproof and Waterproof Coating
    Cement, Powdered 30 lb. Composition
    Quartz, Powdered 10 lb. French Patent 796,827
    Pigment Color 20-30 lb. Chlorinated Rubber 100 oz.
    Sodium Tritolyl Phospate 100 oz.
    Waterproofing Composition Toluol 200 oz.
    Refined Paraffin Wax 4 oz.
    Paracoumarin Resin 2 oz. Insoluble Albumen Coatings
    White Beeswax ^
    1 oz. Dissolve 1 kilogram albumen in 8 liters
    Aluminum Palmitate 4 oz. water.
    These ingredients are blended together Add about 800 cc. water in which have
    and dissolved in a composite solvent of been dissolved 40 to 50 cc. formaldehyde
    xylol and carbon tetrachloride in the
    (40%).
    proportions of about three parts by voh Upon the addition of formaldehyde,
    ume of xylol to one part by volume of the albumen solution becomes jelly like
    carbon tetrachloride, and the amount of and hard, the time of setting being de-
    solvent being such that about two and layed by the addition of a small amount
    three-quarters ounces of the above com- of ammonium hydroxide to the solution.
    position is contained in each gallon of Therefore, it is imperative to make im-
    solution. mediate use of this jelly as a coating,
    since setting takes place rapidly, and
    Waterproofing Compound only what one might be prepared to use
    U. S. Patent 2,107,511 .
    in a short time should be made up. Af-
    Coal Tar 50 lb. ter 24 hours, the coating becomes insol-
    Raw Rubber 3 lb. uble in water.
    Air-Slaked Lime 2 lb.
    Sugar of Lead 1 lb.
    Gasoline 5 lb. Moisture Proof Coating for
    ^ ‘
    Cellophane ’
    ’

    Waterproofing Adhesive Composition U. S. Patent 2,108,810


    British Patent 456,820 Formula No. 1
    Formula No. 1 Solids:
    Amorphous Petroleum Wax 75 02. Rosin 57.0 g.
    Ester Gum 24 oz. Ethyl Cellulose 28,5 g,
    Aluminum Stearate 1 oz. Paraffin Wax 7.4 g.
    ‘No. 2 Triethylene Glycol 7.1 g.
    Amorphous Petroleum Wax 75 oz. Solvent:
    Ester Gum 15 oz. Toluene 85.0 g.
    Heat until fluid; mix and add Monobutyl Ether of
    Cumarone Resin 10 oz. Ethylene Glycol 15.0 g.
    Heat with stirring at 285® F. until No. 2
    uniform. Solids:
    Rosin 48.8 g.
    Transparent, Flexible, Moisture-Proofing Ethyl Cellulose 24.4 g.
    U. S. Patent 2,094,771 Ethyl Meta- Toluene
    Paraffin Wax Sulphonamide 6.1 g.
    (M. P. 60^ C.-62® C.) 7.5 oz. Paraffin Wax 7.3 g.
    PyroxyHn 2.5 oz. Diethylene Glycol 13.4 g.
    X'X ,
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Solvent: Solvent:
    Low Plash. Naphtha 90.0 g. Ethyl Acetate 72.0 g.
    Acetone 1.0 g. Ethyl Alcohol 4.0 g.
    Ethyl Alcohol 9.0 g. Monobutyl Ether of
    No. 3 Ethylene Glycol 24.0 g.
    Solids: No. 9
    Ester Gum 42.5 g. Solids:
    Ethyl Cellulose 34.1 g. V2 Second Nitrocotton 52.6 g.
    Libutyl Phtlialate 6.4 g. Rosin Ester of Diethylene
    Paraffin Wax 4.3 g. Glycol 26.3 g.
    Diethylene Glycol 12.7 g. Diethylene Glycol 10.5 g.
    Solvent Sulphonated Castor Oil 10.6 g.
    High Plash Naphtha 80.0 g. Solvent:
    Acetone 2.0 g. Ethyl Acetate 64.8 g.
    Ethyl Alcohol 18.0 g. Amyl Acetate 16.2 g.
    No. 4 Monobutyl Ether of
    Solids: Ethylene Glycol 16.2 g,
    Ethyl Cellulose 69.3 g. Ethyl Alcohol 2.8 g.
    Ethyl Meta-Toluene
    Sulphonamide 7.0 g. Moisture Proof Coating for
    Paraffin Wax 2,8 g. Cellophane'^
    Dietllylene Glycol 7.0 g. Pormula No. 1
    Monoethyl Ether of Glycerol 13.9 g. IT. S. Patent 2,073,310

    Solvent Cellulose Acetate Stearate 10


    Toluol 85.0 g. Glyceryl Tristearate 3
    Monobutyl Ether of Ester Gum 10
    Ethylene Glycol 15.0 g. Butyl Acetate 400
    No. 5 No. .2

    Solids: Moisture Proofing for ^'Cellophane''


    Ethyl Cellulose 75.7
    Canadian Patent 364,301
    g.
    Paraffin Wax 1.6 g.
    Paraffin Wax 7.5 oz.
    Triethylene Glycol 15.1
    Pyroxylin 2.5 oz.
    g.
    Diethylene Glycol 7.6
    Hydrogenated Rosin 1.0 oz.
    g.
    Solvent
    Amyl Acetate 123,5 oz.
    Alcohol 20.0 oz.
    Toluol 85.0 g. Toluol 47.5 oz.
    Monobutyl Ether of
    Ethylene Glycol 15.0 g.
    Waterproof Casein Coating
    No. 6
    U. S. Patent 2,101,574
    Solids:
    Casein 18,9 g*
    Rosin 76.9 g. Pormamide 18.9 g.
    Ethyl Meta-Toluene
    Ammonia (20%) 4.0 g.
    Sulphonamide 7,7 g. Water 56.6 g,
    Paraffin Wax 7.7 g.
    Paraformaldehyde 1.6 g.
    Diethylene Glycol 7.7 g. Apply air dry and bake at 80^ 0. for
    Solvent: 5 hrs.
    Toluol 85.0 g.
    Monobutyl Ether of
    Ethylene Glycol Waterproof Gelatin Coating
    15.0 g.
    U. S. Patent 2,101,574
    No. 7 Gelatin, Crude 100 g.
    Solids: Water 500 cc,
    Rosin. 66.6 g. Pormamide 50 g.
    Paraffin Wax 13.4 g. Dissolve above and add
    Diethylene Glycol 20.0 g. Pormaldehyde 50 cc.
    Solvent: Apply as under Waterproof Casein
    Toluol 85.0 g. Coating,
    Monobutyl Ether of
    Ethylene Glycol 15.0 g.
    ,
    Making a Surface Non-Wettable by
    No. 8 Mineral Oil
    Solids: U. Patent 2,108,616
    S.
    Second Nitrocottox 71.4 g. A method of making a surface non-
    Triethanolamine J4.3 g. wettable by mineral oil comprises incor-
    Triethylene Glycol 14*3 g. porating about 5% by weight of calcium
    stearate into a moisture-free varnish, ap- Unpainted brick requires no special
    plying said mixture to the cleaned surface prejiaration before painting. In the event
    to be treated and allowing the coated that there is a considerable accumulation,
    surface to dry. of dust and dirt, the surface should be
    brushed vigorously with a wire brush or
    scrubbed with water. This procedure
    will also remove the efflorescence of water
    Waterproof Insulation for Textiles,
    Paper, Etc. soluble salts which often appears on un-
    British Patent 462,008 painted brick. These soluble salts are
    Chlorinated Rubber 100 oz. brought to the surface by rain water
    Cumarone Resin 25 oz. absorbed by the brick. They are easily
    Tricresyl Phosphate 15-30 oz. removed and, of course, do not form on
    paint-protected brick.
    The above is dissolved in a solvent for
    The right time, in fact the only time,
    coating.
    to paint brick is when it is dry. Before
    letting the painter apply the priming
    coat, therefore, wait until several days,
    Translucent 'Waterproofing for Paper
    and Leather preferably a week, of fine, clear weather
    U. S. Patent 2,073,630 has gone by. This will give the sun a
    Hydrogenated Fish Oil chance to draw out moisture absorbed in
    71^ oz.
    2i/^ the brick. The drying-out period is
    Rubber oz.
    Light 90 especially important for court and light-
    Petroleum Solvent, oz.
    well walls which are not exposed to sun-
    light. Here it is the continued dryness
    of the atmosphere which must be de-
    Resurfacing and Waterproofing for Roofs •pended upon to draw out trapped mois-
    U. S. Patent 2,107,511
    Coal Tar
    Rubber, Raw
    50 lb.
    3 lb.
    ture.
    Since common —
    brick type gene-
    ^the
    rally used for facing the side and rear
    Air Slaked Lime 2 lb.
    walls of large structures—is very porous,
    Lead Acetate 1 lb.
    the priming coat should contain a fairly
    Gasoline 5 Ib.
    high proportion of vehicle to pigment for
    proper sealing’. One hundred pounds of
    white-lead, thinned with 4 to 5 gallons
    Moisture Proof Coating for Wood of linseed oil is the right mixture.
    U. S. Patent 2,066,295 The paint should be applied freely and
    Linseed Oil 313 gal. brushed well into the surface. The cov-
    '

    China-Wood Oil 94 gal. erage will be limited—probably not more


    Solution Containing 60% than 200 sq. ft. to the gallon ^but a —
    Limed Rosin and 40% solid, even foundation will have been
    Varnish Makers and established.
    Painters^ Naphtha 130 gal. After the priming coat has been per-
    Paraffin Wax 724 lb. mitted to dry thoroughly, the second coat
    Zinc Stearate 50 lb. may be applied. Paint for this purpose
    Varnish Makers and is usually mixed on the basis of 100
    Painters’ Naphtha CO
    gal. pounds of white-lead to 3 or 4 gallons
    of Linseed Oil. The second coat will
    stop suction in any porous area not en-
    Waterproofing Brick Walls with Paint tirely sealed by the first coat, and fur-
    nish the right type of ground for the
    Before beginning the job make sure weather-facing top coat.
    that structural defects are not a contrib- The paint for the third coat is the
    uting cause of water penetration. Win- same as that used for the second coat.
    dow casings that fit jjoorly, insufficient Paint mixed on this basis has all the
    or improperly placed metal flashing, leak- qualities needed for economically long
    ing gutter linings and the like lead to
    moisture difficulties that no paint, of
    service. —
    It is tough and elastic and it
    remains so. In addition, its ability to
    course, can cure. chalk slowly insures a continued fine clean
    The mortar joints should be gone over appearance.
    carefully by a competent mason and
    properly pointed up. Loose and defec-
    tive joints should be raked and chipped Dyeing and Finishing Wood Awning
    out and then refilled with one part fresh Slats
    cement and two parts sifted, sharp sand The resistance which wood offers to a
    or some similar mortar. force which tends to make hbers slip on
    PAINTS, LACQUERS

    ©Me another isits shearing strength. The practical dyer of thin sheets of
    Awnings of all kinds are subjected to the wood for the window and porch awning
    force of air currents that cause strains industry has several things to work with
    ©n the wood in all directions. If the in addition to those commonly appertain-
    wood presented for dyeing has poor ing to the dyeing of textiles. Some of
    ^

    shearing strength, it should be rejected these things are quite new to dyers who
    as the constant fiber movement arising have devoted most of their working years
    from wind pressure will in time affect to mastering the theories and practices
    the color and produce streakiness. Shear- of coloring a material which is quite
    ing strength, parallel to the grain of any distinct in its physical and chemical
    wood, can be determined with testing properties from wood, yet which is not
    instruments at any lumber dealer office. short of many of the features of textile
    It is not a bad idea to have all awning materials that enable it to absorb dye-
    wood tested by a timber engineer before stuffs and retain the colors well
    dyeing it. The wood should be tough. ^Passing on to the next phase in the
    When dyeing wood for outside service, discussion relative to the coloring of
    its moisture content should be known. wood slats for awnings, we find that the
    Water occurs in. wood by filling the standardization of color shades for the
    spaces between the cells, or by saturating wood in question, or any other wood, has
    the walls of the cells. It is impossible not been very far advanced. There is
    to dye the wood when there is enough no systemized method tabulated to make
    moisture present to obstruct the pene- it easier for the dyer to work. He has
    tration of the dye liquor. Hence, the the shade, the dyestuff and the material
    wood should be well seasoned before it to be dyed to consider.
    is submitted to the dye beck. There is not much about the shade of
    The chief woods used are oak, cypress, the color that the practical dyer of any
    yellow pine, spruce, maple and hemlock. material does not already know. The
    Wood awning slats picked for light shade is theoretically fixed for him. But
    colors are bleached. Sometimes it is a the dyestuff is of prime importance if a
    problem to remove the rust stains, sap good job is going to be done on wood
    stains and other sorts of stains in addi- which is going to be exposed to constant
    tion to whitening the entire wood sur- weather conditions. Fastness properties,
    faces of the slats before any dyeing can leveling and economical coloration are
    be resorted to. among the things not to be overlooked.
    There are many chemical solutions in The coloring power of the dye solution
    the market suitable for the purpose. as well as the degree of affinity the wood
    These slats are laid on the cross pieces has for the dyestuffs must be considered
    in a vat in a manner which will give the in connection with available dyeing ap-
    solutions time to circulate freely and paratus.
    reach all of the surfaces of the wood. The basic, acid and some of the natural
    Such' woods as oak, birch, walnut and dyestuffs like logwood and indigo, are
    maple usually are selected for the pale used with satisfactory results on the wood
    colors, and are bleached preliminary to slats by immersion, by brushing or by
    dyeing. spraying. Experience or experimenting
    A good bleach for such woods is found will determine just which way is the best
    in a chlorinated soda bath followed by to insure a permanent color on the wood
    saturation in a solution of peroxide of under treatment. Wood which has un-
    hydrogen. A formula which has been dergone unusual preparatory operations
    successfully, used on such woods most and has shrunk, warped or cracked in
    likely to be cut for awning slats is made places, no longer can ward off conditions
    with 200 gallons of water heated up to that create trouble. Then in order to
    150® F. to which is added 12 pounds of produce certain shades wanted by the
    silicate of soda, water white, 42® B6., customer, the dyer may be compelled to
    previously dissolved with warm water to use dyestuffs that do not level well on
    a 6 gallon solution. Then add 2 gallons wood.
    of peroxide of hydrogen. Stir well and The painters and decorators are em-
    run the mixture into the vat in which ploying the brushing and spraying meth-
    the slats were previously placed. Raise ods to some extent on wood awning slats,
    the temperature to 180® F., and finish but dyers who are doing color work of
    the bleaching at this heat. When the this kind are getting remarkably good
    yrood has been brought to the shade of work with dyestuffs.
    white desired, the exhausted liquor is run When nsing dyes selected from the
    off, and the slats washed with warm direct class, those having the greatest
    water preparatory to dyeing them. degree of solubility are employed.
    —

    PAINTS, LACQUERS 347


    Impregnation of Corks Linseed Oil Patty Acid 56 kg.
    (To make sterile and impervious) Glycerin 40 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Heat a alone to 290° 0. for 5 hours,
    Pip the corks into a 5% egg white solu- cool to 150° C., add the materials h.
    tion, after having sterilized them by Heat up to 280° C. slowly, and keep at
    heating them to 110° C. that temperature for 90 minutes.
    When soaked sufficiently, the corks are
    No. 3 .

    dipped into a solution of a. Perilla Oil 500 kg.


    Tannic Acid 0.6 g. Poppyseed Oil 500 kg.
    Moldex or Other Good h. Maleic Acid 58 kg.
    Preservative 0.5 g. Glycol 31 kg.
    Water 100 cc. c. Abietie Acid —
    ^Phenol
    No. 2 Formaldehyde Resin 650 kg.
    Make solution of d. Mineral Oil
    Nitrocellulose, or Cellu- (B.P. 140-180° C.) 1000 kg.
    lose Acetate, Highly Heat a to 300° C. for a short time,
    Acetylated 0.5-1 g. until a low-viscosity stand oil is formed.
    Salicylic Acid 0.5 g. Cool to 100° 0., add b, and heat to
    Acetone or Suitable 250° C. for 3 hours.
    Solvent 99 g. When cooling dissolve o in the and
    And dip the corks into it. —Pry. thin with d. Add drier.
    oil,

    No. 3
    Put the cork into a chamber under re- Baking Vehicle
    duced pressure, keep at 120° C. for 10 Purez No. 210 75 lb.
    minutes under reduced pressure. China Wood Oil 18% gal.
    Allow steam at 130° C. to enter the Run 585° and hold for string.
    to
    evacuated chamber, and keep the chamber Check with 25 pounds Purez No. 210 and
    at 130° C. for 10 minutes. enough of 0% gallon Alkali Refined Pe-
    Such corks are sterile, and do not act Villa to drop temperature to 500°
    F.
    upon the flavor of the content of the Hold for string and cheek with balance
    bottles. of Perilla Oil.
    Reduce with;
    Park Paint Oil Mineral Spirits
    Sardine Oil, Heavy Bodied
    27 gal.
    V.M.P. Naphtha 19 gal.
    Redned 5 gal.
    Mineral Spirits 5 gal. To Remove Moss Before Painting
    Before painting, wash moss-covered
    Linseed Oil Substitute
    stone or brick with water to which has
    Sardine Oil, Solidified
    been added 2 per cent by volume of
    Oxidized 100 gal. carbolic^ acid and follow up with the
    Mineral Spirits 60-70 gal. application of plain water with a stiff
    Cobalt Brier (4%%) 1 gal. brush. The growth is said to come off
    easily under this treatment.
    Oil Tank Lining
    French Patent 796,085 Refinishing a Gun Stock in Oil
    Base : Concrete and Sand.
    ,

    Remove the varnish with a good liquid


    First Coating: 25% Sodium Silicate. paint and varnish remover, and clean
    Second Coating: 40% Sodium Silicate, the surface. Or, if it can be done fairly
    Third Coating: 50% Sodium Silicate. easily, scrape the old finish ojBP
    with a
    po<l steel scraper. When the old finish
    Stand Oils with Tung Oil Character has been removed, sand the surface until
    German Patent 635,926 smooth with very fine sandpaper. Heat
    Formula No. 1 of raw linseed oil to almost
    a. Lacquer Linseed Oil
    \
    the boiling point, and brush a good coat
    1000 kg.
    Maleic Anhydride of this hot oil on the stock. Let stand
    98 kg.
    h. Glycerin 62 kg. twenty-four hours, then wipe off the sur-
    plus oil remaining on the surface with
    Heat a for 30 minutes to 150° C.,
    bring up to 250° C, Add h and heat to a rag.
    290° C. for 30 minutes.
    Zinc and Galvanized Iron ' ' Washes ’ ^
    No. 2 The following treatments are used to
    a. Soybean Oil 1000 kg. prepare zinc or galvanized iron for paint-
    h. Citraconic Acid 65 kg. ing;
    348 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    Formula No. 1 duced and when perfectly dry rub by


    Vinegar or weak acetic acid. hand with white vaseline. Use plenty of
    No. 2 vaseline and when the pores are filled
    One oz. of commercial hydrochloric or wipe with a clean cloth.

    muriatic acid to four oz. of water.


    Paint Mildew Preventive
    No. 3 Zinc Oxide 73,8 oz.
    Copper Chloride 12 oz. Bichloride of Mercury 1.2 oz.
    Copper Nitrate 12 oz, Linseed Oil 25.0 oz.
    Sal Ammoniac 12 oz. This produces a smooth, easily work-
    Water 4^/^ gal. able paste, which can be packed in con-
    Hydrochloric Acid 12 oz. tainers properly labeled with the usual
    Mixed in given order. caution suggestions and used by the
    No. 4 painter on a job in localities where mil-
    A weak solution of ammonia. dew is prevalent. To each gallon of
    No. 5 paint which has been made ready for the
    Copper Acetate 6 oz. finishing coat, there should be added
    Water 1 gal.
    pint of the paste, where a concentration
    These solutions should he mixed and of 1 part of bichloride of mercury to 900
    kept in glass or earthen vessels and ap- parts of paint is desired. This should be
    plied with a brush. After the solution sufficient for most localities. Where mil-
    has dried the work should be washed dew conditions are extremely severe, as
    with water, dried and coated as soon as high as three gills of the paste can be
    possible afterward. added to each gallon of the paint. The
    additional amount of zinc oxide which
    would thus go into the paint at the same
    Preventing Condensation on Water Pipes
    time, would be from 1 to pounds.
    Sweating, of course, is caused by cir-
    The limited mercury content makes the
    culation of moisture laden air in the
    paste relatively safe to handle. While
    vicinity of cold pipes. These pipes may
    the zinc oxide is used as a carrier for
    iirst be treated with an acid neutralizer
    the mercury, its application should be of
    such as vinegar, straight. Allow this to
    distinct benefit in causing surface firm-
    dry thoroughly and apply a heavy under-
    ness of the film, and in its inhibiting and
    coat of white lead paste from which most
    fungicidal action on mildew.
    of the oil has been drawn and sufficient
    drier added to make the primer set as Combatting Dry Rot in Painted Surfaces
    fast as possible. True dry rot is one of the most dan-
    For the next coat use oil drawn white gerous enemies of finishes. As protective
    lead paste. Thin to wood primer con- agents are recommended fungus poisons
    sistency with turpentine and drier only. consisting of inorganic salts in admixture
    Into this stir powdered asbestos slowly with phenol and cresol derivatives, or
    and thoroughly until a heavy paste is ob- better still, anhydrous liquid respiratory
    tained. Apply as thickly as possible to poisons, e.g, xylamon (naphthalene chlo-
    the dry pipes. If after a reasonable ride, s. g. 1.25) obtainable as an oily
    time the pipes still sweat, apply a second liquid best applied by spraying. This
    coat of asbestos and lead paste mixed wets well and evaporates very slowly; its
    as before. After this has dried, the peculiar smell is harmless to man and
    pipes can be painted with aluminum domestic animals. The breathing of the
    paint mixed in a high grade vehicle. concentrated mist when engaged in spray-
    This will form a perfect seal. Or, if ing gives rise, however, to a passing irri-
    preferred, a good grade of enamel can tation of the mucous membrane, and a
    be used over a sealer. mask should be worn.
    Another satisfactory method is sheet
    asbestos wrapped twice around the pipes Mold Resistant Whitewash
    and sealed. The pipes should be acid British Patent 461,305
    treated first. Care must be taken to seal Oxalic Acid 1 lb.
    and cover all joints and connections. Boric Acid 1 lb.
    The pipes will not look as well as they Slaked Lime, Moist 10 lb.
    will if the first mentioned method is used Mix well and dilute with water before
    application.
    Acid-Proofing Wood Surfaces
    Mix 100 g. of aniline hydrochloride, Bleaching Wood
    and 40 g. ammonium chloride in 650 g. U. S. Patent 2,096,400
    of water. Goat the surface with this Immerse a wood veneer in an aqueous
    mixture until the desired shade is pro- solution of mono-ethanolamine containing
    PAINTS, LACQUERS 349

    about 10% of mono-ethanolamine by vol- Domestic Whiting 50 lb.


    ume, which solution is previously brought Short Fibre Asbestos 20 lb.
    up to a temperature of about 60® 0. Elastoil 7-L (Fish Oil) 73.8 lb.
    The veneer is maintained ih this bath Kerosene 13.5 lb.
    for approximately fifteen to twenty min- Bleached and Blown Soya
    utes after which it is removed and Bean Oil (Vise. Z3“4) 16.6 lb,
    drained to remove the excess of mono- *V-1 Drier 3.5 lb.
    ethanolamine adhering to the surface of * V-l Drier: Cobalt, Lead Naphthenate Drier
    the veneer. The /^conditioned’’ veneer containing 1%
    Co as metal, 2% Pb as metal.
    is then immersed in a bath of 100 volume
    hydrogen peroxide (30% by weight of Painters’ Glaze
    hydrogen peroxide), previously brought U. S.Patent 2,078,504
    to a temperature of about 60® C., and Sodium Silicate 112 ce.
    allowed to remain in this bath for about Ammonia 6 oz.
    fifteen to twenty minutes. Considerable Casein 14 oz.
    care should be taken when the ^'condi- Water 1 gal.
    tioned” veneer is immersed in the hy-
    drogen peroxide solution since a semi- Electromotor Sealing Compound
    violent reaction takes place when the Polyvinyl Acetate or
    veneer contacts the hydrogen peroxide Polymerized Acrylate 5 g.
    solution, oxygen being given off and the Solvent (Benzene, Toluene,
    hydrogen peroxide solution spattering Carbon Tetrachloride) 85 g.
    about. Care should be taken to prevent
    the hydrogen peroxide solution from Embossing Ink for Artificial Leather
    touching the bare skin. In the event U. S. Patent 2,102,715
    that some should contact the skin, a satis- Cellulose Nitrate 9.06 oz.
    factory antidote is cold water. Pigment 20.51 oz.
    After immersion in the hydrogen per- Castor Oil 10.25 oz.
    oxide solution for fifteen or twenty min- Ethyl Acetate 10.22 oz.
    utes, the veneer is removed and given a Ethyl Alcohol 15.34 oz.
    thorough washing with water at a tem- Butyl Acetate 34.62 oz,
    perature of 60® C. to 70® 0. to wash
    out all traces of the hydrogen peroxide. * Preventing Crawling of Oil Films
    The veneer is then dried and it may be The addition of 0.01% Calco Oil Bed
    finished in ways well known in the art. 1-1289 to perilla, safflower, Chia and
    It will be found that the bleaching action other drying oils prevents "crawling”.
    has exerted itself to such an extent that
    the veneer is bleached for a distance Preventing Asphalt from Sticking to
    approximately %5 of an inch beneath the Porous Surfaces
    surface of the wood. It is evident that U. S. Patent 2,094,040
    longer periods of immersion, more ele- Formula No. 1
    vated temperatures, and greater concen- Water 800 gal.
    trations of materials will result in a Zinc Chloride 200 lb.
    greater depth of the bleaching action. Corn Starch 16 lb.
    Protecting Hands from Paint In making up this solution the corn
    A new method has been devised for starch may be stirred into about 30 gal-
    the washing of hands when making or lons of water, then the entire amount of
    using paint. This consists of first wash- zinc chloride may be added and the whole
    ing the hands with a dilute soft soap or agitated until the dissolution heat has
    perborate solution. While the hands are swollen the starch. After that, the mix-
    still damp they are sprinkled and rubbed ture may be diluted with the remainder
    with hypo. They are finally rinsed with of the water. If instead of zinc chloride
    pure water and covered with lanolin. a salt is used which does not create with
    Experiments over a period of eighteen water an exothermic reaction, external
    months failed to reveal any irritation, heat must, of course, be applied to swell
    even in persons having a hypersensitive the starch.
    skin or subject to exematous affections. Another example of this composition
    ^
    '

    The process is preferable to the use of ist


    bleaching powder and bisulfite. No. 2
    Water 800 gal.
    Caulking Compound Urea 250 1b.
    (Gun Grade) Starch 16 lb.
    Medium Oil Lithopone 10 lb. When these or similar solutions are
    Asbestine 40 lb. applied to bricks, concrete or other porous
    —

    350 PAINTS, LACQUERS

    surfaces, and hot pitch or asphalt is These finishes can be pigmented as de-
    poured thereover, it will be found that sired. Carbon black and certain dyes
    after partial or complete cooling the bi- may be used for blacks. These finishes
    tuminous material can be lifted off prac- require a baking temperature of 250-
    tically without any effort. An outstand- 300® F., maintained for 2 hours or more
    ing feature is that when a brick or other to become thoroughly polymerized, and
    porous surface is coated but once with then are unaffected by coal-tar naphtha
    this composition, hot bituminous material or gasoline.
    may be poured thereon and removed with- Baking Finishes
    out difficulty several times in succession Combined Glyptal/Fhenol
    leaving, in each case, a clean and un- Formaldehyde
    marred surface. Paralac 2001 54.6 lb.
    Paralac 285X 13.9 lb.
    Decalcomania Paralac 113 or Epok B 500 3.9 lb.
    Canadian Patents 365,470-1 Titanium Oxide 12.3 lb.
    Aprotective coating of resinous water- Methylated Spirits* 9.2 lb.
    resistant material, such as gum sandarac Toluol 6.2 Ib,
    778 g., rosin 1036 g. and denatured al- * A little Cellosolve, butyl alcohol and xylo.
    cohol 910 g., is applied to a backing sheet advantageous to improve now.
    and a water-resistant coumarone-resin Combined Glyptal and Urea
    coating applied over the protective coat- Urea Kesin IT. F. 28.0 lb.
    ing. The protective coating is substan- Eezyl II 13.0 lb.
    tially insoluble in a solvent which readily Pure Titanium Oxide 8.5 lb.
    dissolves the outer coating. The decalco- Antimony Oxide 8.5 lb.
    mania is freed from the backing sheet Methylated Spirits and
    by applying a solvent such as gasoline. Toluol 38.0 lb.
    A protective coating of a rubbery nature Cellosolve 4.0 lb.
    such as rubber latex 30, casein glue 2.5,
    water 40 and ammonia 1, is applied to Urea Baking Finish
    the backing sheet. An outer eoumarone- Urea Besin U. F. 27 lb.

    resin waterproof sheet to take decalco- Blown Castor Oil 6 lb.


    mania printing is applied over the pro- Tricresyl Phosphate 5 lb.
    tective coating. Titanium White 30 lb.
    Xylol 32 lb.

    Phenol-Formaldehyde Hard-Baking Exterior Glyptal Staving Finish


    Finishes Pine Oil 8.7 lb.
    These are suitably used for blacks and Paralac 18X 44.0 lb.
    dark shades. The resin is heated at 330® Ester Gum 2.6 lb.
    F. for an hour to polymerize, and then Titanium Dioxide 29.1 lb.
    thinned down with coal-tar naphtha and Xylol 13.8 lb.
    white spirit and a small amount of naph- Tetralin 1.8 lb.
    thenate drier is added. Alternatively a Lead —Manganese Besinate
    suitably polymerized resin may be dis- drier corresponding to
    solved in methylated spirits and a little Metallic Lead 0.076%
    butyl alcohol and cellosolve added. Metallic Manganese 0.006%
    PAPER
    Sizing Paper are used, such as ordinary clay, no pre-
    IT. Patent 2,058,085
    S. cautions need be taken with regard to
    Ten parts by weight of soy bean pro- the use of white water, and it may be
    tein are treated with 0.7 part of sodium used to make up the beaters or may be
    carbonate by heating to 60° C. under omitted as desired. Wet and dry broke
    mild agitation with 60 parts- of water. should be handled separately in a broke
    To this are added five parts of ammon- beater and proportionately dropped to
    ium oleate for other suitable emulsifying the beater chest, or it may be added in
    agent, such as turkey red oil, gums like slush form to the beater after the sizing
    gum arabic, sodium stearate, etc. To operation.
    this mixture,40 parts of molten paraffin A typical example for the production
    are slowly run in under agitation. The of book paper would be about as follows
    mixture of casein, emulsifier, and par-
    Bleached Soda Pulp 500 lb.
    affin is stirred with a high speed stirrer
    Bleached Sulphite Pulp 500 lb.
    or other suitable equipment. The time
    of mixing is usually approximately 15 To pulp is added about 5 per cent by
    this
    minutes, the mixture then being diluted dry weight of the casein-paraffin size,
    with about 1000 parts of water at ap- which is then set with alum, as described.
    proximately 60° 0. These temperatures To tliis mixture may be added 300 lb. of
    can be adjusted, depending upon the alkaline-earth filler, the whole beater hav-
    melting point of the paraffin used. The ing been made up with fresh water but
    emulsion can likewise be made through using any excess white water which may
    the use of a colloid mill or other suitable be available during the operation of drop-
    equipment. ping the beater.
    The preferred way in which this casein- The stock from the beater is handled
    paraffin size is used is to add it to the in the usual manner over the paper ma-
    pulp in the beater, and then set the size chine.
    through the use of alum in the usual
    manner to give an acidity of from about Paper Filler
    pH 4.5 to%6.0. After about five minutes, U.Patent 2,034,519
    S.
    which will ordinarily be sufficient time Clay 1300 lb.
    for the setting of the size, the calcium Alum 120 lb.
    carbonate or other alkaline earth filler Calcium Oxide 60 lb.
    may be introduced in slurry form at a Trisodium Phosphate 15 lb.
    concentration of about two pounds per Calcium Carbonate 25 lb.
    gallon, if such filler is desired. The Add to water to form, a thick slurry
    usual treatments which are given to pulp and mix with pulp.
    in the beater, such as coloring or the
    possible addition of starch, may also be
    practiced, if desired. In case it is de- Stiffening for Shoe Papers
    sired to use some rosin size in conjunc- (Toecap Paste)
    tion with the special casein-paraffin size, Dextrin 10 lb. 5% oz.
    then both types of size may be added to Whiting 26 lb. 9 oz.
    the pulp and set with alum in the usual Calcium Sulphate
    manner. Anhydrous 2 lb. 12 oz.
    It can be made up with fresh water at China Clay 11b. 1% oz.
    the normal concentration of beater stock, Cum Arabic (Powder) 8 oz.

    say, from 4 to 6 per cent. However, the Mix well and sieve (80-mesh).
    diluting water for the dropping of the Water (Boiling) 2 gal.
    heaters may be •white water if it is avail- Nitrobenzol 1 oz.

    able, and thickened stock such as might Water-Soluble Brown


    be recovered from the usual white water Dye % oz.

    systems may be added just prior to drop- The dextrin dissolved in the hot
    is
    ping. In case no filler is used or in case water and the remainder of the ingredi-
    any fillers other than alkaline-earth fillers ents added except the dye and perfume,
    351
    352 PAPER
    the dye heing dissolved in a small amount Bleaching Newspaper
    of water and added together with the per- U. S. Patent 1,993,362
    fume. The next operation consists of The following is applied to newspaper
    removing about half the weight of, the pulp in amount of 5 lb. per ton of paper s
    water from the mass, conveniently done Soda Ash 50 lb.
    by gently heating the contents in a large Pine Oil 5 lb.
    surface dimensioned pan, with frequent Chlorine 30 lb.
    stirring. The heating is continued until Pyridin 5 lb.
    the paste has been reduced to 50 lb.
    weight. It can be filed while still mod-
    erately warm into wide-mouthed lever lid Bleached Half-Stuff from
    tins of about 28 lb. capacity. Mulberry Bark
    The bark is pulped with caustic soda
    (14% of dry weight) at 3.5 atmospheres
    for 7.5 hours and bleached with 5% ac-
    Bleaching Paper for Boxing and tive chlorine. The product equals rag
    Other Stains stock.
    Bleaching of paper for removal of fox-
    ing and other stains may be done by
    several chemicals, all with the advantages Argentine or Silver Paper
    and disadvantages of such treatment. Argentine Pulp (40%) 90 lb.
    The fly in the ointment appears in shape Casein Solution* 2% gal.
    of the warning that many chemicals re- Carnauba Wax Emulsion t % gal.
    move spots and also weaken the paper, Gasoline 1 pt.
    Bleaching is perfectly possible, but it is Carbon Tetrachloride 1 pt.
    recommended only when it will not do Nigrosine 9 oz.
    more harm than good. This mixture coated on paper gives a
    Excellent results for bleaching may be gray colored coating. When friction
    secured by the use of potassium perman- calendered, the coating develops a me-
    ganate and potassium metabisulphite, tallic luster, closely approximating a leaf
    when in the hands of competent and in- or foil paper.
    telligent workmen. Three shallow trays
    * Casein Solution
    are needed, one Ailed with permanganate,
    Casein 62 lb.
    the second v^ith water, the third with the Borax 7 lb.
    metabisulphite, each of the potassium Trisodium Phosphate 7 lb.
    compounds diluted to the strength of one Water, to make 50 eal.
    t Carnauba Wax Emulsion
    ounce to sixteen ounces of water. # 2 Carnauba Wax 140 lb.
    Put the paper in the permanganate Castile Soap 20 lb.
    solution for thirty to sixty seconds. The Water, to make 140 gal.
    sheet will turn a deep, purplish brown in
    this straining solution. Lay it next in
    the clear water and wash off the perman- Paper Carton Coating
    ganate. Then comes the turn of the po- Montan Wax, Crude
    tassium metabisulphite, and in it the Paraffin Wax (50/52® C.)
    sheet will turn white almost instantly. Soap, Castile 0.8 g.
    Leave it in this pan until all the stains Borax 0.2 g.
    and spots disappear, and then put it into Distilled Water 50 g.
    running water to wash till all traces of
    the chemicals have been completely re-
    moved. Let it dry between blotters and Paper Glaze
    then put it to press to remove wrinkles. Montan Wax 6 g.
    Now and then a stain will greet the Soap, Castile 1.9 g.
    workman with refusal to disappear in Distilled Water 40 g.
    the metabisulphite solution. In such a
    case wash off the metabisulphite with
    clear water, put the sheet in a pan con- Tissue Paper Treatment
    taining a solution of potassium ferri- British Patent 452,352
    cyanide of the same 1:16 strength. If Tissue paper is made strong, supple,
    it does not disappear quickly the case is soft and absorbent by treatment with
    almost hopeless. But another attack Glycerin 1 gal.
    may be made with a hydrochloric acid Alcohol 2 gal.
    solution of the same strength, after hav- Water 3 gal.
    ing washed off the previous chemicals. Talcum Powder 5% oz.
    If the spot still persists it may be writ- The treated paper is passed through
    ten down as practically removal proof. rolls and dried.
    : —

    PAPER 353

    Tissue Paper Bed Sheets Ethyl Acetate, 10-30 oz.


    F. S. Patent 2,106,096 Castor Oil 2- 5 oz.
    Tissue paper is saturated with the fol- Benzol, Toluol, or other
    lowing suspension and then passed be- diluent 30—70 oz.
    tween wringers and dried.
    Alcohol 2 gal.
    gal.
    Dielectric Paper
    Glycerin 1
    F. Patent 2,020,468
    S.
    Water 3 gal.
    Paper is impregnated with
    Talc 5V2 oz.
    Chlorinated Naphthalene 9 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 1 lb.
    Absorbent Paper
    F. S. Patent 2,013,841
    Hectograph Paper Coating
    Bleached or unbleached rag or rope
    F.S. Patent 2,021,938
    half-stuff is beaten, and treated with a
    More copies are obtained by coating
    solution of an alkali by boiling paper with
    with 1—3% aqueous caustic soda for 1 Glue 8 lb.
    3 hours) to dissolve the hydrated muci- Sodium Bicarbonate 15 lb.
    lage formed during beating. It is Starch 30 lb.
    claimed that a highly absorbent paper Sodium Silicate
    can be made therefrom. (1:14 solution) 1% lb.
    Alum (1:6 solution) 10 lb.
    Cigarette Paper Treatment
    Formula No. 1
    Playing Card Composition
    British Patent 455,416
    Canadian Patent 358,377
    Cigarette paper is left for one hour in
    Cellulose Acetate 85-95 oz.
    following solution and then dried Cellulose Nitrate 5-15 oz.
    Agar-agar 0.2 g.
    Dibutyl Phthallate or
    Water, Distilled 100 ce.
    Tricresyl Phosphate 20-35 oz.
    Titanium Dioxide 10-25 oz.
    Formula No. 2
    French Patent 798,186 Paper Bonding Composition
    The paper is made to contain
    IJ. S. Patent 1,977,514
    Stearic Acid 0.8% Starch 100 lb.
    Titanium Dioxide or Asbestos 2.0% Alum, Iron Free 9 lb.
    Sodium Aluminate 3 lb.
    Production of Fine Paper from Ground together to 100 mesh.
    Tarred and Oiled Waste
    Canvas and fish-net waste are cooked Transparentizing Paper for Blue-Prints
    with 8-10% lime and 2-5% caustic soda Immerse paper in
    at 3-4 atmospheres for 6-10 hrs. Bleach
    Diethyl Phthalate 25 fl. oz.
    with 12% aqueous calcium hypochlorite. Alcohol, Anhydrous 75 fi. oz.
    After re-working it may be mixed with and dry.
    25% each of bleached and unbleached
    sulphite pulp for production of high Oilproofing for Paper
    grade cigarette paper. Starch 65 oz.
    Sodium Silicate 15 oz.
    Molasses 20 oz.
    Light Protective Wrapper Sodium Salicylate 0,4 oz.
    F, a Patent 2,058,786 Water 400 oz.
    A thin, flexible transparent wrapper
    of regenerated cellulose, for articles tend- The sodium silicate is mixed with the
    ing to deteriorate if subjected to actinic water and then the starch is added.
    light, comprises a colorless substance Any form of starch may be used,
    adapted to prevent the passage of objec- though the root starches such as potato
    tionable amounts of such light, in which and cassava are preferable to the cereal
    the colorless substance is a coating hav- starches like corn and rice. This mix-
    ing the follo 3ving approximate composi- ture is heated in a water jacket to the
    tion:: bursting of the starch granules, which
    Pyroxylin" '
    3'

    oz. will take place at about 165° F., and the


    Amyl Acetate 5-25 oz. mass is kept heated at this temperature
    Colorless Absorber of or not exceeding 190° F. until the plas-
    Actinic Light '0.5-,5 oz, tic clarifies, which may require about a
    .

    Carbitol 3“10 oz. half hour.


    :

    354 PAPEE
    Wax-Oil Proofing for Paper Sodium Borate 2.8 g.
    Starch 7.0 oz. Boric Acid 3.2 g.
    Glycerin 2.0 oz. Ammonium Carbonate 2.7 g.
    Sugar 0.60 oz. Water 100.0 g.
    Sodium Salicylate 0.20 oz.
    Sodium Hydroxide 0.10 oz.
    Paper Pulp from Straw
    Water 90 oz.
    French Patent 782,378
    Each constituent dissolved sepa-
    is Straw is subjected to a mechanical
    lately in a portion of the water and the treatment, <9.p., in a hammer mill, which
    solutions thoroughly mixed. breaks it up into pieces about 10 mm.
    long, and is treated, for about 4 hours at
    about 80® 0. with 4 to 5 per cent of lime
    Grease and Moisture Proof Paper on the weight of the straw, in the form
    U. S. Patent 2,021,947 of a 10 per cent milk of lime.
    Paper is coated with
    Modified Starch 9.5 oz,
    Casein or Glue 9.5 oz.
    Froth Prevention
    Ammonium Hydroxide 0.6 oz. (For Paper Pulp Solutions)
    Clay 37.8 oz. French Patent 793,173
    Glycerin 14.2 oz. For every 100 kg. of pulp 50 g.
    Eubber Latex 23,7 oz. of the following is used:
    Shellac 4.7 oz. Liquid Petrolatum 60 g.
    Water to suit.
    Cyclohexanol 16 g.
    Decalin 10 g.
    Amyl Acetate 12 g.
    Greasepfoofing for Paper & Textiles, Madder Oil 2 g.
    Odorless
    British Patent 431,191 German Autograph Paper
    Chlorinated Eubber 15- 20 lb. Impregnate strong printing paper free
    Nitrocellulose 60- 80 lb. of glue, as follows
    Triehlorethylene 90- 120 lb. a. Gelatin 10 g.
    Acetone 1000-1300 lb. Water 100 g.
    The above may be plasticized with h. Tannic Acid 5 g.
    diethyl phthallate. Water 100 g.
    in the order given.

    Mothproof Paper Laminated Box Board Counting Aid


    Spray or paint paper with a warm Methyl red has been found by the
    solution of following
    United States Forest Products Labora-
    Eucalyptus Oil ‘

    1 oz.
    tory, Madison, Wis., to be the best re-
    Naphthalene 42 oz.
    agent for staining the edge of laminated
    Paraffin Wax 25 oz'.
    boxboard for the purpose of counting the
    Naphtha 11 ozr.
    number of plies. When stained with a
    Cedar Wood Oil 1 oz.
    0.1 percent aqueous solution of the re-
    agent the edge of the board shows the
    adhesive as yellow lines on a red field.
    Difficultly Inflammable Paper
    For 100 kg of pulp use 20-60 g. zinc
    sulphate, 20-60 g. sulphuric acid, and Marbled Coloring of Book Edges
    250 g. calcium chloride, added in the hol- A
    mucilage is made from Carraghen
    lander, followed by 2-4 kg. tallow soap, moss and water and placed in a tray and
    2-4 kg. size, and 5-10 kg. alum. 10 kg. on to the surface of this mucilage,
    of soda ash or potassium carbonate and the carrier,'' drops of various Chlor-
    4 kg. of ammonium borate in 100 kg. of azol dye solutions are placed. A piece
    water renders the product non-inflam- of wood, into which a number of nails
    mable at 300-400® C. have been driven, in order to produce a
    comb-like effiect, is then passed across the
    surface of the carrier so as to cause the
    Fireproofing Paper, Cloth and Wood drops of dye solution to assume a wave-
    French Patent 817,321 like formation. The edges of the ledger
    Magnesium Chloride 4,0 g. are then placd in contact with the colored
    Ammonium Sulphate 4.5 g* surface of the carrier and, in conse-
    Ammonium Phosphate 2 g. quence, the colored wavy effect is trans-
    Ammonium Glycoborate IS g. ferred to the edges of the paper.
    PAPER 355

    Linen Paper Pulp Plax and Hemp Paper Pulp


    IJ. S. Patent 2,099, 39£f U. S. Patent 2,099,400
    An improved method of producing An improved method of producing
    bleached pulp from linen rags, which con- bleached pulp from flax or hemp tow,
    sists in subjecting the rags to a cooking which consists in subjecting the tow to
    operation in a digester with a solution a cooking operation in a digester with a
    of water of approximately to 4 times solution of water of approximately 2%
    the dry weight of the rags, 1%
    to 4% to 4 times the dry weight of the fiber,
    sulphur, 4% to 10% calcium oxide, and and 14% to 20% sodium hydroxide and
    12% to 20% sodium carbonate, the quan- 1% to 4% sulphur, the quantities of the
    tities of the chemicals employed being chemicals Employed in the solution being
    based on the dry weight of the ragsj based on the dry weight of tow; then
    washing the cooked rags to remove excess washing the cooked fiber to remove shive
    shive and water soluble impurities and fiber and water soluble impurities, and
    then bleaching. bleaching the fiber.
    PHOTOGRAPHY
    General Hints for Improving the This solution added to 1000 cc. of a
    Quality and Keeping Properties diaminophenol developer preserves it
    of Developing Solutions from atmospheric oxidation for a long
    1. Use the best grade of chemicals avail- time.
    able, preferably those recommended 6. Saf ranine will keep a metol-hydroqui-
    for photographic uses. none developer undeteriorated for a
    2. If possible, mix developer just before long time.
    using, use up as rapidly as possible, 7. Acetylene prevents fog in alkaline de-
    and discard exhausted bath. velopers. The higher the alkalinity,
    3. Pollow closely the directions accom- the greater the fog prevention. Acet-
    panying any formula, regarding both ylene derivatives of propargyl al-
    the order and manner of mixing, and cohol and propiolic acid also show the
    the use of the solution. same effect.
    4. When making up a batch of develop-
    ing solution for use over a long period Bacteriological Growths in Developing
    of time in tray or small batch develop- Tanks
    ments, store it in a number of tightly To
    rid a deep developing tank of bac-
    stoppered containers, each holding teriological growths, drain the tank,
    about the quantity to be used at any clean and wash well with water, treat
    one time. This prevents oxidation of with a dilute hydrochloric acid solution,
    the developing agent by the air inside and rinse well with water. Carbolic acid
    a partly emptied bottle. may also be used in conjunction with a
    5. Two-solution stock developers, in thorough scrubbing and rinsing with
    which the developing agent and some water.
    sulfite are kept in one solution, and The addition of lead acetate (60
    the alkali and the rest of the sulfite grains per gallon or 1 gram per liter)
    are kept in another, have in general to deep tank developers is recommended
    better keeping properties than single to clear up the fog caused by the action
    solution developers. of bacteria in reducing the sulfite to
    sulfide.
    Occasional sterilization of deep tanks'
    Developer Preservatives and Fog
    with bleaching powder removes slimy
    Preventing Agents
    deposits of fungi or bacteriological
    1. To prevent fog during development growths.
    and to get blue-black tones on papers,
    add 0.05 to 0.35 grams nitrobenzimi-
    dazole per liter of a metol-hydroqui- Developers with Good Keeping
    none developer. Properties
    2. To preserve a pyro developer add % Formula No. 1
    oz, of acetone sulphite for each ounce For Negatives and Prints
    of dry pyro used. 10 parts of ace-
    tone sulphite are equivalent to 7 parts Water 1 1.

    of potassium metabisulfite and 20 Metol 1 g,


    parts of anhydrous sodium sulphite. Hydroquinone 11 g.
    3. Addition of 10% of alcohol has a Sodium Sulphite 42.5 g.
    beneficial effect on the keeping of Potassium Carbonate 75 g.
    sodium sulfite solutions, neutralizing Glycine 12.5 g.
    with sulfuric, oxalic, or citric acid is Potassium Bromide 5.6 g.
    often used. For contact and enlargement papers
    4. The addition of small amounts of
    . dilute l ;lj and develop 3 to 7 min. at
    triazoles and tetrazoles to developers 70® F, For softer work add another
    prevents fog. part of water.
    5. Dissolve 5 grams stannous chloride and For negative developments add 1 part
    5 grams tartaric acid in 30 cc. hot solution to 2 parts water, and develop
    water, dilute to '1 liter and filter. 4 to 5 min. at 65® F.
    : : :

    PHOTOGRAPHY 357

    No. 2 Process for Physical Development


    Developer for Fine Grain Tank Forebath:
    Development Potassium Iodide 75 gr. 5 g.
    Metol '

    S' Sodium Sulphite


    , , .

    Anliydrons Sodium Sulpliite 85 g, (Anhydrous) 190 gr. 12.5 g.


    Sodium Carbonate Water to make 16 oz. 500 cc.
    (Monobydrated) 1 g.
    Expose negative normally. Place in
    Potassium Bromide 0.5 g.
    forebath for exactly 1% minutes, re-
    Water 1 1*
    move, rinse slightly and place in physical
    Develop 15 to 20 min. at 65° F. developing bath.
    No. 3 Physical Developing Bath:
    Fine Grain Tank Developer Stock solution
    Metol 0.7 g.
    Anhydrous Sodium Sulphite 65 g.
    Hypo 2% oz. 80 g.
    Sodium Sulphite
    Hydroquinone 0.9 g.
    (Anhydrous) 30 g.
    Borax 0.7 g.
    Silver Nitrate
    Water 1 1.
    (Crystals) 120 gr. 8 g.
    Develop 12 to 16 min. at 65° F. Distilled Water
    to make 16 oz. 500 cc.

    Dissolve sodium sulphite and hypo in


    Fine Grain Developer 10 ounces of water. Dissolve silver
    Formula No. 1 nitrate in remaining 6 ounces of water.
    Water 500 cc.
    Add silver nitrate solution to hypo-
    Sodium Sulphite^ 45 g.
    sulphite solution slowly with vigorous
    O-Phenylenediamine 6 g.
    stirring with a glass rod.
    Metol 6 g.
    Potassium Thiosulphate 7.5 g. First mix
    Stock solution 1 oz.
    Time of development 18 min.
    Water 1 oz.
    No. 2 Second mix:
    Metol 1 g- Amidol 3% gr.
    Sodium Sulphite 100 g. Water 2 oz.
    Pyrogallol 5 g. Mix first and second solutions making
    Triethanolamine 1 g* 4 ounces in all.
    Water, Distilled to 1 1.
    Develop in the developer for 45 min-
    Time of development for fast panchro- utes at 65° F. Fix in ordinary acid
    rtiatie emulsions is 5-7 min. at 19-20° C. hypo for 20 minutes. Wash two hours in
    running water.
    Be sure that all of the film is wetted
    Metol-Pyro Developer by each solution in its turn. Conduct
    operations in safe light.
    Solution A:
    Water 1 1. 32 oz.
    Sodium Development of Agfa Color Plates
    Bisulphite 7.5 g. 109 gr. Solutions Bequired:
    Metol 7.5 g. 109 gr. Agfacolor Plate Develooer:
    Pyro 30 g. 1 oz. Water )00 cc. 32 oz.
    Potassium Metol 3.25 g. 50 gr.
    Bromide 4.2 g. 63 gr. Sodium Sulphite ‘

    Solution B (Anhydrous' 25 g- 375 gr.


    Water 1 1. 32 oz, Hydroquinone 1 g* 15 gr.
    Sodium Sulphite Potassium
    (Anhydrous) 150 g. 5 oz. Bromide 1.5 g. 23 gr.
    Solution C:
    Ammonia (25% }

    32 or sp. gr
    Water 1 I. oz.
    2 dr.
    0.91) 7.5 cc.
    Sodium Carbonate (120 min.)
    (Mono-
    hydi’ated) 80 g. 2 oz. 292 gr.
    not add the ammonia until ready to
    Tank development: take one part each use.)
    of solutions A, B, and 0 and 13 parts Beversing Bath;
    of water. Develop 8 to 10 minutes at Water 32 oz.
    65° F, (or 1 L)
    PHOTOGEAPHY
    Potassium ness. The plate may, however, be
    Bichromate 1 oz. and 340 gr. briefly inspected from time to time dur-
    (or 53 g.) ing the development by means of a
    Concentrated Sul- dark-room lamp equipped with the Agfa
    phuric Acid 3% oz. Safelight Glass No. 103 (green).
    (or 100 ce.) After development wash for one min-
    (For use take 10 fl. oz. water and to ute in running water. Place the plate
    this add 1 ft. oz, stock solution.) in the reversing bath for one minute.
    Procedure Then turn on a white light and proceed
    Strain developer through filter paper with the reversal until all the blackened
    before use. About 2 oz. of the devel- silver has been removed; this can be de-
    oper is sufficient for one 314 x 4^4 plate. termined by examining the plate by
    Use a fresh batch of developer for transmitted light.
    every plate. Bo not allow temperature Next, wash two minutes in running
    to exceed 65® P. during use. If the water. Then place the plate in the
    plate is correctly exposed, development original developer for two or more min-
    •will be complete in approximately 3 utes in the presence of strong white
    minutes. Development and all manipu- light. Einse for one half minute in
    lation before partial completion of re- running water, and dry immediately
    versal should take place in total dark- with the use of an electric fan.

    Table for the Methodical Development of Doubtfully Exposed Color Plates


    Total developing time As a precaution
    First appearance including time for against future
    of the picture observation failures
    30 seconds 5 minutes Expose 3 times longer
    25 seconds 4 minutes Expose 2 times longer
    20 seconds 3^4 minutes Expose 50% longer
    15 seconds 3 minutes Correctly exposed.
    10 seconds 2 minutes Expose 50% shorter
    8 seconds minutes Expose 75% shorter
    Development and Fixing of Agfa Conduct all operations in light pro-
    Direct Duplicating Film vided by a safe lamp provided with an
    Developer Agfa Safelight Filter No. 105 with a
    Water 1 1. 33 oz. 25 watt lamp.
    Metol 5 g. 75 gr*
    Sodium Sulphite Photographic Developer
    IT. S. Patent 1,990,800
    (Anhydrous) 40 g. 1% oz.
    Hydroquinone 6 g. 90 gr. Metol 1 g,
    Sodium Carbonate Quinol 5 g.
    (Monohydrated) 40 g. 1% oz. Sodium Sulphite 50 g.
    Potassium Bromide 2 g. 30 gr. Borax 20 g.
    Sodium Hydroxide 5 g.
    ITse without dilution. Normal devel-
    Potassium Bromide 1 g.
    oping time, 4 to 5 minutes at 65 degrees Water to make 1 1.
    Fahrenheit (18® 0.),
    Blistering is prevented and the life of
    Fixing Bath;
    the hardening bath is prolonged.
    Solution A:
    Water 1 1. 32 oz. Bapid Photographic Developer
    Hypo 240 g. 8 oz. Soak film for 8 seconds in
    SolutionB; Hydroquinone 5 g.
    Water 75 cc. 2% oz. Sodium Sulphite 2% g.
    Sodium Sulphite Water 9214 cc.
    (Anhydrous) 15 g. oz. % Transfer without washing to
    Acetic Acid (28%) 45 cc. 1% oz. Potassium Hydroxide 30 g.
    Potassium Alum 15 g. oz. % Water 70 cc.
    Dissolve chemicals thoroughly in order for 2 seconds. Baths should be at 25-27®
    given; then add solution B to Solution C. Objectionable softening of gelatin
    A, stirring rapidly. Fix film until clear, does not occur.
    and then leave in the bath for another 5
    minutes to be safe. Long Lasting Developer (Bichardson ^s)
    Wash film for Vz hour in xuiming a.Water, Hot 96 oz
    water. Sodium Bisulphite 12 oz.
    PHOTOGRAPHY 359

    Sodium Sulphite 12 oz. Maximum Speed Pine Grain Developer


    Cool to 70° P. and add Sodium Sulphite 90 g-
    Pyro 1 oz. p- Phenylenediamine
    Hydrochloride 16.8 g*
    Water, Hot 64 oz.
    Glycin 6 g-
    Elon 1 oz.
    Hydroquinone 4 oz.
    Ammonium Hydro^dde
    and add h (Normal) 186 cc.
    Cool to 70° P. to a.
    Then add
    Water to make 1000 cc.

    Water 160 oz.


    ‘‘Piramid’^ Extra Pine Grain Developer
    Water, Warm 128 oz. Water, Cool 500 cc.
    Sodium Carbonate 15 oz. Potassium Pyrosulphite 2.5 g.
    Cool to 70° F. and add to above. Amidol 0.5 g.
    Pyrogallol 1.5 g.
    Pine Grain Developers Glycin 0.5 g.
    Formula No. 1 Tribasic Sodium Phosphate 3.5 g,
    Water 500 ee. Dissolve in above order, with good stir-
    ^
    p-Phenylcnediamine 1.2 g. ring, Development time at 18° 0. is
    Sodium Sulphate, Hydrated 10 g. about 20 minutes.
    Caustic Soda 2 g. Gives a finer grain than Eastman D76
    No. 2 or Agfa 14 developers.
    Water 100.0 g.
    Metol 0.3 g. One Bath Rapid Photographic Developer
    Triethanolamine 3.5 g. Hydroquinone 30 g.
    Sodium Bisulphite 1.0 g. Sodium Sulphite 25 g.
    No. 3 Potassium Hydroxide 60 g.
    Water 1000.0 cc. Phenosafranine (0.1%) 20 cc.
    Metol 2.5 g.
    Water to make 1 1.
    Sodium Sulphite Development time at 23-27° 0. is 25
    45.0 g.
    Benzoic Acid seconds.
    1.0 g.
    Salicylic Acid 0.5 g.
    Boric Acid
    Chaplin No. 15 Pine-Grain Developer
    2.5 g.
    Glycin 11.5 g.
    Water 1000 cc.
    Pyrogallol 3.5 g.
    p-Phenylenediamine 11.5 g.
    Sodium Sulphite 60 g.
    Pevelop Panatomic 13 min., Super-X Benzoic Acid 1.2 g.
    and DuPont Superior 19.5 min* at 70° P. Salicylic Acid 0.5 g.
    Gives a fine grain witli increased emul- Boric Acid 2.5 g.
    sion speed. Tannic Acid 1 g,
    Glycin 11.5 g.
    Pine Grain Glossy Paper Developer p-Phenylenediamine 11.5 g.
    Water (125° P.) 10 oz.
    Isopropyl Alcohol (97%) 50 cc.
    Nickel and Ammonium
    Sodium Sulphite 1% oz.
    Sulphate, cryst.
    p-Phenylenediamine 90 gr. 1 g-
    Glycin 15 gr. Dissolve the p-phenylenediamine sepa-
    Cold water to make 16 oz. rately in a- small amount of the water
    Development 30 minutes at 65° P. for which has been heated to about 180° P.
    correctly exposed negatives of subjects Similarly dissolve the nickel and am-
    of medium contrast which are to be en- monium sulphate in about 30 cc. of the
    larged upon bromide or chloro-bromide. water. Dissolve all the rest of the con-
    stituents in the balance of the water, add
    Low contrast subjects should receive
    slightly longer development, possibly the p-phenylenediamine solution, then add
    the nickel and ammonium sulphate solu-
    40%, for same printing medium. High
    contrast subjects-—shorten development tion and filter through common chemists’
    filter paper.
    about 20%.
    These times are relative and are offered
    as a guide only, one must by experiment New Metol-Hydroquinone Developer
    with the particular film used determine ^^Hard”Bath:
    the correct development time for the Water 2 1.
    gamma he desires. Pilms vary in de- Sodium Pyrosulphite 2 g.
    velopment time. Panatomic requires one Metol 3 g.
    half the time of super speed panchro- Sodium Sulphite 75 g.
    matic. Hydroquinone 10 g.
    360 PHOTOGRAPHY
    Potassium Carbonate 40 g. No. 2
    Potassium Bromide 5 g. Canadian Patent 362,822
    Soft'' Bath; a. Diethyl-p-phenylenediamine
    Tr»- -.'ui j^
    Metol 10 g. Hydrochloride 2 g-
    Hydroquinone 3 g. Sodium Sulphite 5 g-
    Potassium Bromide' 3 g- Sodium Carbonate 30 g.
    Sodium Pyrosulphite 2 g- Water to make 1000 cc.
    Sodium Sulphite g.75 p-bromo-acetoacetanilide 2 g-
    Potassium Carbonate g.40 Acetone 100 cc.
    Water 1 1. Add d to a.
    Time of development at 18^ 0. is 6
    mittutes for films and plates and 4 min-
    Dufay Color Film Development
    ntes for paper.
    Metol 16.25 g. 250 gr.
    Hydroquinone 5.0 g. 77 gr.
    Metol-Hydroquinone Developer
    Sodium
    Metol 1 g.
    Sulphite 250.0 g. 9 oz.
    Hydroqninone 4 g.
    Potassium
    Sodium Sulphite 20 g.
    Bromide 6.98 g. 108 gr.
    Potassium Carbonate 20 g.
    Ammonium Bromide Ammonia
    1 g.
    (0.910) 3.75 cc. 63 min.
    Water to make 1 1.
    Water up to 2500 cc. 98 oz.
    Pyrocatecliol Developer Without Sulphite The film being thin curls during de-
    Solution A velopment, and it is a good plan to use a
    P3rroeatechol 4 g. film-sheath, or to attach it to a sheet of
    Water 100 ce. clean glass by small pieces of adhesive
    Lactic Acid 10 drops tape at the four corners. Development
    Developer for a correctly exposed film takes five
    Water 100 cc. minutes. Total darkness is advisable, or
    Solution A 10 cc. a desensitizer such as pinaeryptol yellow
    Sodium Carbonate may be employed.
    (3.4% solution) 5 cc. Following development, the film is
    This developer requires 10 minutes. given a brief rinse in order to remove
    Too contrasty negatives are bleached the developer, and it is then ready for
    with 1 g. potassium permanganate, 25 g. reversal. The reversing bath recom-
    hydrochloric acid, 1000 cc. water, and mended is made up as follows;
    developed with usual pyrocatechol sul- <1 Sulphuric Acid
    ,

    phite. (concentrated) 50 ee. 840 mm.


    For toning prints bleached with po- Water to 2500 cc. 88 oz.
    tassium ferricyanide and potassium bro- 6. Potassium
    mide the following developer is used: Permanganate 10 g. 154 gr.
    Solution A 10 cc. Water to 2500 cc. 88 oz.
    Potassium Carbonate After the film has been in the revers-
    (26% solution) 10 cc. ing bath for about two minutes, the
    Water 150 cc. white light may be turned on. Reversal
    takes from four to five minutes, and care
    Alkali Free Developer
    should be taken to see that the action is
    Sodium Sulphite 30 g.
    complete and that there are no dark
    Chrome Alum 20 g.
    patches on the film when the image is
    Water 1 1.
    viewed against transmitted light. After
    Before using add
    reversal is complete, the film is given a
    Amidol 5 g.
    rinse and placed for one minute in the
    Color Forming Photographic Developers following clearing bath.
    Formula No. 1 Potassium Metabisulphite 3 oz.
    Canadian Patent 362,821 Water 20 oz.
    Diethyl-p-phenylenediamine This will remove the brown stain left
    Hydrochloride 3 g. by the permanganate and will also
    Sodium Sulphite 10 g. brighten the image.
    Sodium Carbonate 20 g.
    Potassium Sulpho cyanide 1 g. Photostat Developer
    Water to make 1500 cc. Metol 13.9 g.
    d. 2, 3, 4-trichloro-a-naphthol 2 g. Sodium Sulphite 20.4 g.
    Acetone 100 cc. Hydroquinone 55.3 g.
    Add h to a. Sodium Carbonate 30.6 g.
    PHOTOGRAPHY 361

    Potassium Bromide S.3 g. hydroquinone developers, such as the fol-


    Water to make 10 qt. lowing, have been found very satisfac-
    Developing time 50-55 seconds. Does tory;
    not stain and gives good blacks. Hot Water (125® F.) 64 oz.
    Metol (Elon, Pictol) 56 gr.
    Blue Print Developer Sodium Sulphite 10 oz.
    S. Patent 1,998,883
    IT. Hydroquinone 560 gr.
    Urea Peroxide 0.3 g. Sodium Carbonate 5% oz.
    Water 1 1. Potassium Carbonate oz.
    This solution is applied for 3 to 5 sec- Potassium Bromide 280 gr.
    onds and is non-staining and need not be Cold Water to make 1 gal.
    •washed out. Develop for about 7 minutes at 65® F,
    Hot Water (125® F.) 64 oz.
    Metol 60 gr.
    Fixing Developers Sodium Sulphite 12 oz.
    a. Pyrocatechol 7 g. Hydroquinone 3 oz.
    Sodium Sulphite 15 g. Potassium Carbonate 12 oz.
    Caustic Potash 7 g. Sulphuric Acid 2 min.
    Water 75 cc. Potassium. Bromide 1 oz.
    to 12 cc.of a add Cold water to make 1 gal.
    Sodium Hyposulphite (20%) 30 cc.
    Develop from 3 to 4 minutes at 70® F.
    Water 30 cc.
    h, Pyrogallol 12.5 g.
    A popular practise among etchers dur-
    ing hot weather is to augment the resis-
    Water 500 cc.
    tance of the “Super Contrast’’ plate
    Sodium Sulphite 80 g,
    against possible physical injury during
    to 40 cc. of h add
    manipulation in warm tap water by re-
    Sodium Hydroxide (1.6%) 40 cc.
    course to the following procedure: im-
    Sodium Hyposulphite (20%) 35 g.
    mediately after development without —
    c. Metol
    Hydroquinone 8.18
    4.2 g.
    g.
    —
    washing the negative place the plate for
    about 30 seconds in a 25% solution of
    Sodium Sulphite 32 g.
    chrome alum, then, without washing^ im-
    Trisodium Phosphate 100 g.
    merse it in the fixing bath.
    Sodium Hyposulphite 40 g.
    Claims have been made that dry plates
    Water 1 1.
    possessed of an emulsion able to with-
    Development time 5-30 minutes.
    stand very high temperatures are better
    suited for warm-weather dot etching.
    Development of Dot-Etching Positives While the physical characteristics of such
    The most important factor in the de- plates may have a certain appeal, the
    velopment of etching positives is to con- abnormally hard emulsion resists the ac-
    tinue the operation until the light-ex- tion of etching, and con^derable re-
    posed image has been completely reduced etching time must be spent in reducing
    to metallic silver. A
    safe guide is to large sized dots to the small size re-
    have the developed image appear visible quired in delicate highlight effects.
    in a decided black color on the glass side During warm weather, some operators
    of the plate, signifying complete reduc- prefer to immerse the developed “Super
    tion of the lower as well as surface par- Contrast” plate in a 5 or 10 per cent
    ticles of exposed silver salt in the gelatin solution of formaldehyde before placing
    emulsion. it in the fixing bath. This effectively
    In warm weather, when the tempera- hardens the emulsion, but the treatment
    ture of the tap water is relatively high, should not be overdone, or extreme tan-
    it may be found advantageous to edge ning of the gelatin film will result.
    the ‘‘Super Contrast plate after ex-
    posure and "hef ore development with a
    heavy solution of india-rubber, so as to Soft-Working Fine-Grain Borax Tank
    prevent entry of the photographic and Developer
    etching solutions under the emulsion at This fine-grain developer gives an even
    the edges of the plate. scale of gradation and brings out full
    Developers best suited for dot etching detail in the shadow portions of the
    purposes are those which give the great- negative.
    est density in a reasonable time of de- Hot Water (125® F. or
    velopment. Caustic soda (sodium hy- 52® 0.) 750 cc.
    droxide-hydroquinone) developers should Metol 0.7 g.
    not be used, as they exert a damaging Sodium Sulphite,
    effect on the gelatin emulsion, Metol- Anhydrous 65 g.
    362 PHOTOGBAPHY
    HydroquinoEe 0,9 g. Eenewal Formula for Above
    Borax 0.7 g. Add whenever necessary to tank up to
    Water to Make 1 1. full volume.
    Do not dilute for use. Hot Water (125® P. or
    Normal development time at 65® P. 52® C.) 750 ce.
    (18® C.) Pine-Grain miniature-films (ex- Metol 2.2 g.
    cept Superpan) : 12-16 minutes ; P. G. Sodium Sulphite,
    Superpan film; roll, pack and cut film: Anhydrous 80 g.
    16-20 minutes. Hydroquinone 4.5 g.
    Borax 30 g.
    Pine-Grain Tank Developer Water to Make 1 1.

    This fine-grain formula keeps well and


    makes an excellent tank developer. M-H Positive Developer
    Hot Water (126- H. or This clean-working developer is recom-
    52® C.) 750 cc. mended for normal contrast with tray or
    Metol 8 g- tank development of lantern slides and
    Sodium Sulphite, positive film.
    Anhydrous 125 g- Hot Water (125® P. or
    Sodium Carbonate 52® C.) 750 ce.
    Monohydrated 5.75 g- Metol 2 g-
    Potassium Bromide 2.5 g- Sodium Sulphite,
    Water to Make 1 1. Anhydrous 25 g-
    Do not dilute for use. Hydroquinone 4 g*
    Develop 8 to 12 minutes at 65® P. Sodium Carbonate,
    (18® C.). Monohydrated 18.5 g-
    Potassium Bromide 2 g-
    Pine-Grain Tray Developer Water to Make 1 1.

    This is a vigorous, rapid tray de- Do not dilute for use. Normal de-
    veloper, giving brilliant results. veloping time 3 to 4 minutes at 65® P,
    Hot Water (125'' F. or (18® 0.)
    52® C.) 750 cc.
    Metol 8 g‘ M-H Title Developer
    Sodium Sulphite, This formula is recommended for tray
    Anhydrous 125 g- or tank development of lantern slides,
    Sodium Carbonate, cine title film and positive film to obtain
    Monohydrated 14 g- results of high contrast.
    Potassium Bromide 1.5 g- Hot Water (125® P. or
    Water to Make 1 1. 52® C.) 750 ce.
    Do not dilute for use. Metol 0.8 g-
    Por normal contrast develop 3 to 5 Sodium Sulphite,
    minutes at 65® P. (18® C.)^ Anhydrous 40 g-
    For greater contrast develop about 6 Hydroquinone 8 g*
    to 10 minutes. Sodium Carbonate,
    Monohydrated 50 g*
    Pine-Grain Borax Tank Developer Potassium Bromide 5 g-
    In addition to its usefulness as a fine- Water to Make 1 1.

    grain developer, this formula is satis- Do not dilute for use. Normal de-
    factory for obtaining soft gradation with veloping time 5 to 8 minutes at 65® P.
    Agfa Direct Copy Film, Agfa Direct (18® 0.).
    Duplicating Film and portrait cut films. X-Eay Developer
    Hot Water (125® P. This developer is recommended for use
    or 52° C.) 750 cc. with Agfa X-Eay Film and for use with
    Metol 1.5 g. Agfa Direct Copy Film and Direct Dupli-
    Sodium Sulphite, Anhydrous 80 g, cating Film when results of maximum
    Hydroquinone 3 g. brilliance are desired. It is also suitable
    Borax 3 g. for Agfa S. S. Pan- Aero film as it is
    Potassium Bromide 0.5 g. clean-working, has long life and gives
    Water to Make 1 1. high contrast.
    Do not dilute for use. Hot Water (125® P. or
    Development time at 65® F, (18® C), 52® 0.) 750 cc.
    10 to 15 minutes for fine-grain films, 12 Metol 3 5 g.
    to 20 minutes for Direct Copy, Direct Sodium Sulphite,
    Duplicating, and portrait cut films. Anhydrous 60 g.
    PHOTOGRAPHY 363

    Hydroquinon© 9 g. Solution 2
    Sodium Carbonate^ Sodium Sulphite, Anhydrous 105 g.
    Monohydrated ^
    40 Water to Make 1 1.
    Potassium Bromid© 2 Solution 3
    Water to Make 1 Sodium Carbonate,
    Monohydrated 85 ‘g.
    po not dilute for use.
    Water to Make 1 I
    Normal development time at 65° P.
    X-Eay Film,, 5 minutes, for Tank Development Take
    : one part
    ( 18 ° 0.); for
    Kon-Screen X-Ray Film 8 minutes, for
    each Solutions 1, 2, and add 11 parts
    3
    •water. Normal development time, from
    Direct Copy Film and Direct Duplicating
    9 to 12 minutes at 65° F. (18° C.). Tray
    Film, 4 to 5 minutes, for S. S. Pan- Aero
    Development: Take 1 part each Solutions
    jSlm 10-15 minutes depending upon tbe
    1, 2, 3 and add 7 parts water. Normal
    type of developing machine.
    development time, from 6 to 8 minutes at
    65° F. (18° C.). Solutions will keep
    M-H Tray Developer well when stored separately but final de-
    This is a brilliant Metol-Hydroquinone veloper should be used immediately after
    tray developer for roll, pack and cut Him. mixing.
    Stock Solution
    Hot Water (125° F. or Metol Hydroquinone Developer
    62° C.) 900 cc. This is a long-life, clean- working
    Metol 4.5 g. formula which will give excellent results
    Sodium Sulphite,, for either tray or tank development.
    Anhydrous 54 g. Hot Water (125° F. or
    Hydroquinone 7.5 g. 52° C.) 750 cc.
    Sodium Carbonate, Metol 1.5 g*
    Monohydrated 54 g. Sodium Sulphite,
    Potassium Bromide 3 g. Anhydrous 45 g°
    Water to Make 1 1.
    Sodium Bisulphite 1 g-
    For use dilute 1 part stock solution Hydroquinone 3 g°
    with 2 parts water. Sodium Carbonate,
    Development time 4 to 5 minutes at Monohydrated 6 g-
    65° P. (18° C.). Potassium Bromide 0.8 g-
    Water to Make 1 1.

    Do not dilute for use.


    M-H Tank
    Developer
    Tank Development: Normal develop^
    This is a soft-working tank formula ment time, 6 to 8 minutes at 65° F.
    recommended, for pack, roll and portrait (18° 0.) with occasional agitation. Tray
    films. Development: Normal development time
    Hot Water (125® F. or
    5 to 7 minutes at 65° F. (18° 0.).
    52° C.) 750 cc.
    Metol 0.8 g.
    Sodium Sulphite,
    M-H Tray Developer
    45 This developer is recommended for use
    Anhydrous g-
    Hydroquinone 1.2 g- with commercial film to produce negatives
    of normal contrast. It may also be used
    Sodium Carbonate,
    satisfactorily for roll, pack and cut film
    Monohydrated 8 g°
    4 for negatives of average brilliance.
    Potassium Metabisulphite g°
    Potassium Bromid© 1.6 g‘
    Hot Water (125° F. or
    62° 0.) 750 cc.
    Water to Make 1 1.
    Metol 1 g.
    Do not dilute for use.
    Sodium Sulphite, Anhydrous 15 g.
    Develop 15 to 20 minutes at 65® F. Hydroquinone 2 g.
    (18° C.). Sodium Carbonate,
    Monohydrated 15 g.
    Pyro Developer Potassium Bromide 1 g*
    This formula is recommended to those Water to Make 1 1.
    who prefer Pyro development. Stock Do not dilute for use. Normal de-
    solutions should be kept in stoppered velopment time, 4 to 6 minutes at 65° F.
    bottles. (18° C.). ,

    Solution 1
    Sodium Bisulphite 9.8 g. Rapid M-H (Tropical) Developer
    Pyro 50 g. This is a clean-working developer of
    particular value for rapid development
    ^

    Potassium Bromide lA g.
    Water to Make 1 h or development at high temperatures.
    364 PHOTOGRAPHY
    Hot Water (125® P. or Hydroquinone 3 g.
    52° C.) 750 ce. Sodium Carbonate,
    Metol 2.5 g. Monohydrated 30 g.
    Sodium Sulphite, Potassium Bromide 1 g.
    Anhydrous 25 g. Water to Make 1 1.
    Hydroquinone 6.5 g. Por use dilute one part stock solution
    Sodium Carbonate, witlione part water.
    Monohydrated 16 g. Normal developing time 5 minutes at
    Potassium Bromide 1 g. 65® P. (18® C.).
    Water to Make 1 1.

    Do not dilute for use.


    Normal development time: Paraformaldeliyde Developer
    3 to 4 minutes at 65® P. (18® C.). This is a standard formula recom-
    2 to 3 minutes at 85® P. (29® C.) mended for development of Beprolith
    and Beprolith Ortho Films.
    Solution 1
    Hydroquinone Caustic Developer
    This developer is recommended for
    Hot Water (125® P. or
    52® C.) 750 cc.
    Process film used in reproduction work.
    Bolution 1
    Sodium Sulphite,
    Anhydrous 1 g.
    Hot Water (125® P. or
    52® C.) 750 ce. Paraformaldehyde 30 g.
    Potassium Metabisulphite 10.5 g.
    Hydroquinone 25 g.
    Potassium Metabisulphite 25 g.
    Water to Make 1 1.

    Potassium Bromide 25 g. Solution 2


    Cold Water 1 1. Hot Water (125® P. or
    Solution 2 52® 0.) 750 cc.
    Cold Water 1 L Sodium Sulphite,
    ^Sodium Hydroxide
    ^
    Anhydrous 120 g.
    (Caustic Soda Flakes) 36 g. Boric Acid 30 g.
    Mix equal parts of Solutions 1 and 2 Hydroquinone 90 g.
    immediately before use. Potassium Bromide 6 g.
    Develop films within 3 minutes at 65® Water to Make 3 1,
    P, (18® 0.). Por use mix one part Solution 1 with
    * May be substituted by three parts Solution 2.
    Potassium Hydroxide 50 g. Normal development time 2 to 3 min-
    utes at 65 to 70® P. (18 to 21® C.).
    Glyein Developer
    This formula is recommended for use Long-Life Beprolith Developer
    with commercial films in reproduction A single-solution developer of excellent
    work and is also suitable for develop- keeping quality for the development of
    ment of roll, pack and cut film. Beprolith Film.
    Stock Solution Hot Water (125° P. or
    Sodium Sulphite, Anhydrous
    125 g. 52® 0.) 750 ce.
    Potassium Carbonate 250 g. Hydroquinone 35 g.
    Glyein 50 g. Sodiiun Sulphite,
    Water to Make 11. Anhydrous 55 g.
    Tank Development: Take one part Sodium Carbonate,
    stock solution, fifteen parts water and Monohydrated 80 g.
    develop 20 to 25 minutes at 65® P. (18® CitricAcid 5.5 g.
    C.)> Tray Development: Take one part Potassium Bromide 10 g.
    stock solution, four parts water and de- Water to Make 1 1.

    velop 5 to 10 minutes at 65® P. (18® C.), Do not for use. ^Normal de-
    dilute
    velopment time within 3 minutes at 65®
    M-H Tray Developer P. (18® C.).
    This formula is recommended for de-
    velopment of Direct Copy and Direct
    Duplicating Films to obtain results of
    High Contrast M-H Tray Developer
    This developer has been particularly
    normal brilliance.
    designed for use with Commercial and
    Stock Solution Process films * to produce contrasty nega-
    Hot Water (125® P. or tives.
    52® C.) 750 ce. Hot Water (125® P. or
    Metol 5 g. 52® 0.) 750 cc.
    Sodium Sulphite, Anhydrous 35 g. Metol 5 g.
    PHOTOGRAPHY 365

    Sodium Sulphite, Warm-Tone Developer for Chloride Paper


    Anhydrous 40 g. This developer is recommended for
    Hydroquinone 6 g. producing pronounced warm, olive-black
    Sodium Carbonate, tones with Convira and other Chloride
    Monohydrated 40 g. Papers.
    Potassium Bromide S g. Hot Water (125° P. or
    Water to Make 1 1. 52° 0.) 750 cc.
    Do not dilute for use. Metol 0.7 g.
    Normal development time, 4 to 6 min- Sodium Sulphite,
    utes at 65° P. (18° C.). Anhydrous 11.5 g.
    * This developer may “be adapted for liigli- Hydroquinone 3.5 g.
    contrast work with Printon Film by the addi- Sodium Carbonate,
    tion of 9 g. of Potassium Bromide per liter of
    stock solution (V4. oz. 20 gr. per 32 oz.) and
    Monohydrated 10.0 g.
    development of 2 to 3 •minutes at 65<> P. Potassium Bromide 2.4 g.
    (18* 0.). Water to Make 1.0 1.

    Do not dilute for use.


    Metol Pyro Aero Developer Normal development time, 1 minute at
    This developer is recommended for use 70° P. (21° C.).
    with S. S. Pan Aero-Pilm for negatives
    of average brilliance. Direct Brown-Black Paper Developer
    Hot Water (125° P. or Beautiful warm tones may be obtained
    52° 0.) 750.0 cc. with this developer on both contact and
    Potassium Metabisulphite 4.6 g. projection papers.
    Metol 1.6 g. Stock Solution
    Sodium Sulphite, Hot Water (125° P. or
    Anhydrous 18.0 g. 52° C.) 750.00 cc.
    Sodium Carbonate, Hydroquinone 22.50 g.
    Monohydrated 37.0 g. Sodium Sulphite,
    Potassium Bromide 1.5 g. Anhydrous 57.00 g.
    Pyro Crystals 12.5 g. Sodium Carbonate,
    Water to Make 1.0 1. Monohydrated 75 0 0 g.
    .

    Potassium Bromide 2.75 g.


    Dissolve chemicals thoroughly in order
    given. Add Pyro immediately before Water to Make 1.00 1.
    Por use dilute one part stock solution
    use. Do not dilute for use. Normal de-
    with 5 parts water.
    velopment time 15 to 20 minutes at 65°
    Give prints 3 to 4 times normal ex-
    P. (18° a).
    posure and develop from 5 to 7 minutes
    at 70° P. (21° C.).
    Universal Pilm and Paper Developer
    Tills formula may be used both as a
    Amidol Paper Developer
    developer for film and as a developer for
    This formula is intended for tray de-
    Convira and Brovira papers when cold,
    velopment only and must be mixed fresh
    blue-black tones are desired.
    each time. It is recommended only for
    Stock Solution small lots of prints.
    Hot Water (125° P. or Amidol 6.60 g.
    52'^ C.) 750 cc. Sodium Sulphite, Anhydrous 44.00 g.
    Metol 3.5 g. Potassium Bromide 0.55 g.
    Sodium Sulphite, Water to Make 1.00 1.
    Anhydrous 57 g. Do not
    dilute for use. If hot water
    Hydroquinone 11,5 g. is used for dissolving chemicals the so-
    Sodium Carbonate, dium sulphite and potassium bromide
    Monohydrated 78 g. should be dissolved first and the amidol
    Potassium Bromide 1.2 g. added only after the solution has cooled.
    Water to Make 1 I Develop 1 to 2 minutes at 70° P. (21°
    Pilm: Dilute one part stock solution 0.).
    with two parts water. Normal develop- ______
    ment time 5 minutes at 65° P. (18° C.). Glyein-Hydroquinone Developer
    Convira Paper: Dilute one part stock This is a warm-tone developer suitable
    solution with two parts water. Normal for Indiatone, Portrait Enlarging, Bro-
    development time 1 minute at 70° P. vira and other projection papers.
    (21° C.). Stock Solution
    Brovira Paper Dilute one part devel-
    : Hot Water (125° P. or
    oper with four parts water. Normal 52° C.) 750,0 cc.
    development time 1% minutes to two , Sodium Sulphite,
    minutes at 70° P. (21° €.). Anhydrous 90.0 g.
    366 PHOTGGRAPHI
    Sodium Carbonate, Stock Solution
    Monobydrated 150.0 g. Hot Water (125° F. or -

    Glycia 30.0 g. 52° C.) 750 cc.


    Hydroquinone 9.5' g. Metol 2.2 g-
    Potassium Bromide 4.0 g. Sodium Sulphite,
    Water to Make 1.0 1. Anhydrous 50 g-
    For use, dilute 1 part stock solution Hydroquinone 11 g*
    with. 3 parts of water. Sodium Carbonate.
    Normal development time, 21/^ to 3 Monohydrated 78 g-
    minutes at 70® P. (21° C.). Potassium Bromide 5.5 g-
    Glycin 11 g-
    Soft-Working Paper Developer Water to Make 1 1.

    This is a soft-working developer, pri- The prepared stock solution is clear


    marily intended for portrait work where but slightly colored. The coloration in
    soft gradation is required. this case does not indicate the developer
    Stock Solution has deteriorated or is Unfit for use.
    Hot Water (125° P. or Por use dilute 1 part stock solution
    52° 0.) 750.0 cc. with 1 part water.
    Metol 12.3 g. Normal developing time at 70° P. (21°
    Sodium Sulphite, 0.) for Brovira and Portrait Enlarging
    Anhydrous 36.0 g. 2 to 6 minutes, for Indiatone, Convira
    Sodium Carbonate, and Professional Cyko IV2 to Z minutes.
    Monohydrated 36.0 g. Greater contrast can be obtained by
    Potassium Bromide 18 g. using the developer stock solution full
    Water to Make 1.0 1. strength. Softer results can be obtained
    by diluting 1 part stock solution with 2
    Por use, dilute 1 part stock solution
    parts water.
    with 2 parts water.
    Normal developing time, 1% to 3
    minutes at 70° P. (21° 0.). Warm-Toned Paper Developer
    ^
    This developer is recommended for
    Developer for Bromide Paper rich,warm-black tones with chloride and
    This formula is recommended for de- bromide papers.
    velopment of Brovira and other projec- Stock Solution
    tion papers. Hot Water (125° P. or
    Stock Solution 52° 0.) 750.0 cc.
    Hot Water )125° P. or Metol 1.6 g.
    52° C.) 750 CO. Sodium Sulphite,
    Metol 3 g. Anhydrous 24.0 g.
    Sodium Sulphite, Hydroquinone 6.6 g.
    Anhydrous 44 g.
    Sodium Carbonate,
    Hydroquinone 12 g. Monohydrated 24.0 g.
    Sodium Carbonate, Potassium Bromide 2.8 g.
    Monohydrated 65 g. Water to Make 1.0 1.
    Potassium Bromide 2 g. Por use, dilute 1 part stock solution
    Water to Malte 11. with 1 part water. A
    properly exposed
    Por use, dilute 1 part stock solution print will be fully developed at 70° P.
    with 4 parts water. (21° C.) in about 1% to 2 minutes. Com-
    Normal development time, 1% minutes plete development may be expected to
    at 70° P. (21° C.). Por greater bril- take slightly longer with rough-surfaced
    liance, shorten the exposure slightly and papers than with semi-glqssy or luster-
    lengthen the development time. Por surfaced papers. For greater softness,
    greater softness, lengthen the exposure dilute the bath with water up to equal
    slightly and shorten the development quantities of developer and water. To
    time. increase the warmth, add bromide up
    to double the amount in the formula.
    The quantity of bromide specified in the
    Universal Paper Developer
    formula, however, assures rich, warm,
    This formula is a universal developer
    well-balanced tones.
    for all projection and contact papers. It
    gives rich black tones with excellent
    brilliance and detail and provides un- Acid Short-Stop Bath
    usual latitude in development and is This solution is recommended for use
    clean-working even with long developing between developer and fixer, to prevent
    times. staining of film negatives and prints.
    PHOTOGRAPHY 367

    Acetic Acid (28%) 45 cc. Chrome Alum Fixer


    Water to Make 1 1. This hardening fixing bath for use
    Glacial Acetic Acid. (99.5%) may be
    with films in hot weather should be used
    fresh, as it will not keep well.
    diluted to tke 28% concentration by mix-
    ing three parts of Glacial Acetic Acid Solution 1
    with eight parts of water. Hot Water (125° F. or
    52° C.) 2.5 1.

    Hypo 960.0 g.
    Chrome Alum Hardening Bath Sodium Sulphite 60.0 g.
    This bath may be used in place of Water to Make 3.0 1.
    the regular acetic acid short-stop to give
    Solution 2
    additional hardening to him. It is par-
    Water 1 1.
    ticularly desirable in hot weather, for
    Potassium Chrome Alum 60 g.
    tropical development, and for negatives
    Sulphuric Acid C.P. 8 cc.
    which have to be enlarged wet.
    Alum Slowly pour Solution 2 into Solution 1
    Potassium Chrome 30 g.
    while rapidly stirring the latter. Do
    Water 1 1.
    not dilute for use. Do not dissolve the
    Films should be agitated thoroughly
    chrorfie alum at a temperature higher
    when immersed in the solution. Maxi- than 150° F. (66° G.). Always rinse
    mum hardening will be obtained with
    films thoroughly before fixing. Normal
    about three minutes treatment. fixing time 5 to 10 minutes at 65° F.
    The solution should be used fresh as (18°a).
    it does not keep well. Formation of
    greenish sludge is an indication that the
    solution should be replaced by a fresh Non-Hardening Metabisnlphite Fixer
    bath. This fixing bath is recommended for
    If the chrom alum used is such that a use when hardening is not desired. It
    sludge is formed when the bath is first ishighly desirable for accuracy of regis-
    tration in color work with Printon Film.
    used an addition of concentrated sul-
    phuric acid (2 cc. per liter or %dram Hypo 1900 g.
    per 32 ounces) can be made to the solu- Potassium Metabisulphite 270 g.
    tion to overcome this condition. Water to Make 4 1.
    The Metabisulphite should be added
    only when the hypo solution is cool. Do
    Acid Hardening Fixer
    not dilute for use. Normal fixing time
    This hardening fixing bath for use
    5 to 10 minutes at 65° F. (18° 01).
    with either film or paper may be stored
    indefinitely and used repeatedly until
    exhausted. If the fixing bath froths, Flattening Reducer
    turns cloudy, or takes longer than 10 This reducer is useful for lessening the
    minutes to fix out completely, it must be density and contrast of heavy negatives.
    replaced by a fresh solution. Solution 1
    Potassium Ferricyanide 35 g.
    Solution 1
    Potassium Bromide 10 g.
    Hot Water (125® F. or
    52° 0.) Water to Make ^
    1 1.
    500 cc.
    Hypo 240 Bleach in Solution 1 and after thor-
    g.
    ough washing, redevelop to desired den-
    Solution 2 sity and contrast in Agfa 47 or other
    Hot Water (125° F. or negative developer. Conduct operation
    52° C.) 150 cc. in subdued light.
    Sodium Sulphite,
    Anhydrous 15 g.
    Acetic Acid (28%) 45 cc. Mercury Intensifier
    Potassium Alum 15 g. This intensifier is recommended for
    Add Solution 2 to 1 and increasing the printing density of thin,
    add water to make 1 1. fiat negatives.

    Dissolve chemicals thoroughly in order Potassium Bromide 10 g.


    ^ * Mercuric Chloride 10 g.
    given and stir rapidly while adding so-
    lution 2 to solution 1. Glacial acetic
    Water to Make 1 1.
    acid may be diluted to 28% concentration Do notdilute for use. Negatives to
    by adding 3 parts of acid to 8 parts of be intensified must be very thoroughly
    water. Do not dilute for use. Normal washed first or yellow stains may result
    fixing time 5 to 10 minutes at 65 to 70° on the intensified negative. Immerse
    F. (18 to 21°. C.), negatives in above solution until thor-
    368
    PHOTOGRAPHY
    oughly bleached to the base of the film a few drops of ammonia, in a
    And then wash in water containing a few
    potassium metabisulphite, or in
    5% solu-
    firops of hydrochloric acid. Redevelop a 5% solution of sodium sulphite.
    bleached negatives in 5% sodium sulphite Thiq
    treatment should be followed by
    or any standard developer. Surface a thor-
    ^ ough washing in water.
    scum which forms during storage of the
    bleaching solution does not alfect the
    bleacher but should be removed before ^
    Sepia Toner
    using the solution. This toner is recommended for warm-
    * Poison —Danger, brown sepia tones.
    Solution 1
    Monckhoven ^s Potassium Ferricyanide
    Intensifier
    (For Reproduction Films) Solution (10%) 500 co.
    This formula gives very great intesifi- Potassium Bromide
    cation and contrast for line drawing and Solution (10%) 100 ce.
    halftone reproduction work. Sodium Carbonate
    Solution (10%) 200
    Solution 1 nc.
    Potassium Bromide . 200 ce.
    * Mercuric Chloride
    23 g, Do not dilute for use.
    23 g.
    Water to Make Solution 2
    1 i.
    Sodium Sulphide 45 «
    Solution 2 Water to Make
    Cold Water 500 cc.
    1 j.
    For use as described below, dilute
    * Potassium Cyanide
    23 g. one
    Silver Nitrate
    part solution 2 with eight parts
    23 g.* water.
    * WARNING?-j~Because of
    the deadly poison
    Il^OBTANT— sure to use sodium
    oils nature of this intensifier, it should he
    used sulphide, not sodium sulphite,
    With rare and bottles containing it should bo in com-
    pounding the Re-Developer. Also,
    Bill tably marked. Never mix cyanide solutions use
    With acids or use them in poorly ventilated clean trays,_ free from
    exposed iron
    rooms. Discard waste solutions into running ^ots, especially with Bleaching
    Water, Bath
    Uthe^se blue spots may form on prints
    The silver nitrate and the potassium Rnnts should be washed thoroushlv
    cyanide should be dissolved in separate bleached in Solution 1 intil
    lots of water, and the former added to the black image is converted
    to a very
    ^
    the latter until a permanent precipitate bght brown color (about 1 minute).
    :s preduced. The mixture is allowed Prints should then be washed
    for 10 to
    to stand 15 minutes, and after filtering, 15 minutes and redeveloped in
    diluted
    forms Solution 2. Solution 2.
    Place negatives in Solution 1 until Redevelopment should be complete
    _ in
    bleached through, then rinse and place about minute. After redevelopment
    Solution 2. If intensification is car- the prints should be washed
    for about
    ried too^ far, the negative may be re- 30 minutes and then dried. If
    the toner
    duced with a weak solution of hypo. should leave sediment which
    results in
    streaks or finger marks on the
    surface
    of the paper the print should
    be im-
    mersed for a few seconds in a
    Chromium Intensifier 3% solu-
    This formula is recommended because tion' of a-eetic acid. A
    washing of about
    ^
    it IS convenient in use and gives more
    10 minutes after this procedure
    is nec-
    essary.
    permanent results.
    Potassium Bichromate 9 g. Hypo Alum Toner
    Hydrochloric Acid 6 cl* ^
    inis toner
    Water to Make is recommended for beauti
    1 i ful reddish-brown tones.
    ,
    ^Immerse negatives in this solution un- Solution 1
    til bleached, wash for 5 minutes
    in run- 2350
    ning water, and redevelop in bright but ec.
    difiused light in a Metol Hydroquinone 450 g.
    developer. Negatives should then
    be
    _
    Water
    ,
    Solution 2
    on
    given a 15-minute wash before drying. Silver Nitrate
    Intensification may be repeated for in-
    tu & *

    creased effect. _
    Water
    Solution 3
    gO
    If any blue coloration of the film Potassium Iodide
    ^ base 2:^ g/
    IS noticeable after intensification,
    it may
    be easily removed by washing the film ^ Solution 1. Then
    for Solution 3 to the mixture.
    two or three seconds in water containing Finalh
    add 105 grams (3% ounces)
    of potas-
    PHOTOGRAPHY 369

    sium alum to this solution, and heat the Fixation of Etching Positives
    entire hath to the boiling point, or until Acid-hypo and chrome alum baths can
    sulphurization takes place (indicated by be used for the purpose. To insure per-
    a milky appearance of the solution). manency and freedom from any stain,
    Tone prints 20 to 60 minutes in this bath the time-honored principle of leaving the
    at 110-125° P; (43-52° C.). Agitate plates in the fixing bath from ten to
    prints occasionally until toning is com- twenty minutes after disappearance of
    plete. the final vestiges of creamy silver salt
    Care should be taken to see that the cannot be too strongly emphasized.
    blacks are fully converted before remov- A simple and efficient formula for an
    ing the prints from the toning bath, acid-hypo fixing bath is:
    otherwise double tones may result. Hypo 32 oz.
    Potassium Metabisulphite 4 oz.
    Water to make 1 gal.
    Pinakryptol Green Desensitiz^r
    Stock Solution Chrome alum baths are in wide use,
    Pinakryptol Green 1 g.
    chiefly because of their hardening prop-
    * Water to Make 500 cc. erties, but such baths should be used as
    soon as possible after preparation, as
    Por use dilute one part stock desensi-
    they lose their hardening property in a
    tizing solution with ten parts water. Im- few days, A
    representative chrome alum
    merse films in total darkness for two fixing bath consists of:
    minutes at 65° P. (18° C.). Develop-
    ment may then be carried out in bright
    u. Hypo 32 oz.
    (Agfa Safelight Pilter STo. Sodium Sulphite 2 02.
    green light.
    Water to make 96 OZ.
    103 with a 25-watt lamp).
    The same stock solution may be used, b. Water 32 OZ.

    if preferred, directly in the developer


    Potassium Chrome Alum 2 oz.

    in the proportion ; desensitizer ; one part,


    Sulphuric Acid, C.P. oz.%
    developer thirty parts. After two min-
    : Pour b into a while stirring a rapidly,
    utes^ development in total darkness, so as to prevent precipitation.
    bright green light may be used as above.
    * Use of a 50--50 water-alcohol mixture for
    solution will improve the keeping qualities of Intensification of Color Plates
    the desensitizer. a. Water 32 oz.
    Hydroquinone 46 gr.
    Citric Acid 46 gr.
    Pinakryptol Yellow Desensitizer h. Water 3^ oz.
    Pinakryptol Yellow 1 g. Silver Nitrate 77 gr.
    * Water to Make 1 1.
    (This procedure can be carried out in
    Use- without dilution at a temperature daylight. The plate should be immersed
    of 65° P. (18° C.). Immerse films in for 3 5 seconds in pure water before pro-
    total darkness for two minutes. Ortho- ceeding with this process).
    chromatic film and Agfacolor Plates may Por use, take 10 fl. oz. solution « to 1
    then be handled in bright red light fl. oz. solution h. Intensification will be
    (Agfa Safelight Pilter No. 107 with 25- complete in from 2 to 5 minutes. During
    watt lamp), panchromatic film in bright its progress the plate should be inspected
    green light (Agfa Safelight Pilter No. frequently. Do not attempt to save the
    103 with 25-watt lamp). Pinakryptol used solution, as it decomposes too
    Yellow desensitizer should be used as a rapidly. The separate solutions, how-
    separate bath and not mixed with the ever, may be kept for some time.
    developer, Should the whites of the picture be-
    * Use of a 50-50 water-alcohol mixture for come veiled or fogged during intensifica-
    solution will improve the keeping qualities of tion, they can be cleared by a brief im-
    the desensitizer. mersion of the plate (after rinsing) in
    the following bath
    Acid Hardening Pixing Bath
    Water (about 125° P.) 40 oz. Water 32 oz, or 1 1.

    Hypo ,
    ,
    16 oz. Potassium Per-
    Sodium Sulphite, manganate 15% gr. or 1 g.
    Desiccated
    '1 oz. after which the plate should be given a
    Acetic Acid (20%) 3 fl. oz. short rinse, then placed in an acid fixing
    Boric Acid, Crystals % oz. bath for from 1 to 2 minutes, and finally
    Potassium Alum 1 oz. rinsed again for 5 minutes in gently run-
    Cold Water to make 64 oz. ning water.
    370
    PHOTOGRAPHY
    Hardening Bath for Movie Positive Film
    Potassium Bromide
    U. S. Patent 1,997,269
    (Saturated Solution) 8 cc.
    Tannic Acid 1 oz Chromic Acid
    Glycerin 3 oz!
    Mixture A
    (1% Solution) 18 ce.
    g qt. Water
    Mixture A: 600 ce.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 3 qt. Though the print may be bleached
    Turpentine 2 qt. directly after it has been developed, fixed
    Formaldehyde 1 qt! and vrashed, it is better to dry it
    Eucalyptus Oil then soak it in
    and
    1 qt! water, since it will then
    Water 1 qt* take the ink much more easily.
    Alcohol to The
    make clear. bleaching solution should be
    strong
    enough to complete the process in
    3 to 5
    Photographic Film Hardener minutes, continuing %
    minute after the
    mage takes on an olive green
    French Patent 803,459 tint
    Alcohol should be no light brown
    50 g. color
    Glycerin |* lett. Green or brown shadows mean
    5 the
    Formalin bleacher is too weak, and
    30 g the print
    Water should not be fixed until these
    300 cc. are re-
    l^f^T.IIsher suggests a rem-
    edy for this by rinsing the print
    Photographic Bleaches and
    then rocking it for a minute or
    Formula No. 1 two in
    yc pint of water and 60 min. of sulphuric
    Wellington Paper
    acid.^ After this it is washed
    Warm Water 25 oz. utes in running water, fixed in
    for 5 min-
    Copper Sulphate 2 oz. hypo and
    washed again for ten minutes.
    Potassium Bromide 2 oz. Bleach-
    ers containing much bichromate
    Potassium Bichromate 50 gr! should
    be avoided as they have a tendency
    Sulphuric Acid 40 min. to
    stain.
    For use, take one part of this stock
    solution to three parts of water. print A No. 5
    immersed in this bath at a temperature The bleaching solution usually recom-
    of 65® F. will bleach entirely in three mended for removing the photographic
    minutes. image after the pen and ink work
    is
    No. 2 completed is:
    Copper Sulphate
    Besublimed Iodine
    (20% Solution) 3 fl. oz. 100 gr.
    Potassium Bromide Potassium Iodide 275 gr.
    (20% Solution)
    Water 20 oz.
    3 f[. oz.
    Potassium Bichromate As iodine is practically insoluble
    (10% Solution) in
    1 oz water, the potassium iodide is
    added to
    render it soluble, but even with
    Hydrochloric Acid this addi-
    0.04 fl. min. tion the iodine dissolves very
    slowly in a
    the parts are taken as fluid ounces, weak solution of iodide, so it is best
    to
    the hydrochloric acid comes out dissolve the iodide in .about 5
    at 20 ounces of
    minims or drops. water to make a highly concentrated
    solution and then in this
    No. 3 dissolve the
    Copper Sulphate lodme, adding water to make the
    total
    nulk up to the required quantity.
    (10% Solution) 5 oz. solution can be used until it
    This
    Potassium Bromide becomes too
    Blow acting and then it can be
    (10% Solution) 5 brought
    Potassium Bichromate
    oz. up to strength by adding more iodin^
    (1% Solution) 214 oz.
    Acetic Acid, Glacial g mfri. ^ No. 6
    For use,^ dilute one part of the above ,,
    100 ce.
    Potassium Permanganate 0 3
    solution with two parts of water. Acetic Acid 5*
    This
    bath is preferably made with distilled Potassium Bromide
    water and bleaching is allowed to 0.8 g."
    con-
    tmue for thirty seconds after the dis- If a silver chloride image is
    desired
    appearance of the image. use 0.6 g. sodium chloride in
    place of
    potassium bromide.
    No. 4 TMs bath has a lesser softening effect
    Copper Sulphate
    on the gelatin and a lesser tendency
    (Saturated Solution) 20 cc.
    to
    liberate halogen.
    PHOTOGRAPHY 371

    Flattening Reducer before use, take equal parts of a and b,


    Potassium Ferricyanide 100 gr. filter,and paint over the paper with a
    Ammonium Sulplioeyaiiide 200 gr. wad of absorbent cotton or a Blanchard
    Water 20 oz. brush. It it advisable to sensitize and
    dry the paper well away from the win-
    This is superior to persulpliate fatten-
    dow, to prevent fog, and to pull down
    ing reducers.
    the shades if the light is strong. As
    soon as the paper is dry, it can be
    Gas Light Paper Reducer printed by exposure to daylight under a
    Ammonia (28%) 200 cc.
    negative, stopping the printing when de-
    Copper Sulphate (dHaO) 25 g.
    tails are of proper intensity.
    To nse, add 3 to 5 cc. of above to 100
    cc. of a 10% hypo solution.
    Sensitizing Offset Plates for Printing
    Reducing Blue Trichrome Carbro Zinc plates are washed with 1 ^2 - 2 %
    Metol 150 gr. formic acid followed by 5%alum and
    Water 64 oz. 2% nitric acid. The plate must lie per-
    fectly level on the whites. Heaters
    IJse without further dilution and when should be placed so that all parts of the
    color has been reduced to the desired plate dry at same rate.
    density fix in following bath.
    Citric Acid 1 oz.
    Meta Bisulphite 1 oz. Brown Toning
    Water 64 oz. Very beautiful sepia tones may be ob-
    Wash for half hour and dry. tained on photos (and enlargings) by
    the following simple bath:
    Reduction of Color Plates Water, Warm 18 oz.
    Soak plate for 15 seconds in pure Saturated Solution of Hypo 2 oz.
    water. Liver of Sulphur % oz.
    Reducer: Care must be taken that the liver of
    Hypo Solution (10%) 100 f . oz. sulphur fresh; scrape off all oxidized
    is
    Potassium Ferricyanide layers until only the fresh dark brown
    Solution (10%) 2 f. oz. sulphur remains.
    Reduction proceeds very quickly and
    therefore should be most carefully Brown Toning for Developing Papers
    watched. The reversing bath may also The print bleached in the fol-
    is first
    be used for reduction, in which case the lowing solution: water lOOO cc., potas-
    solution should be diluted ten times as sium ferricyanide 20 g., potassium
    much as when used in the regular de- bromide 15 g. after being washed well
    :

    velopment and reversal process. In any it is toned in a 3-solution toning bath:


    case the action must be carefully ob- solution (1) water 500 ce., Schlippe’s
    served and the plate, shortly before it salt 5 g.; solution (2) water 100 cc.,
    has reached the desired condition, should potassium carbonate 20 g. ; solution (3)
    be washed for one minute in running water 100 cc., caustic soda (purified) 5
    water and quickly dried. g. Mix 100 cc. of solution (1) with 5 cc.
    This whole p^rocedure can be carried of solution (2) and put the bleached
    out in daylight. image in it and wash thoroughly. A
    pleasing reddish brown tone is obtained.
    Paper Sensitizer
    Blue, Print The toning bath should always be used
    Formula No. 1 freshly mixed. The color of ‘the tone
    Tartaric Acid 100 g. obtained is dependent on the kind of
    Water 600 cc. paper employed. Treatment in the fol-
    Dissolve the above and to it add lowing solution yields darker tones: solu-
    Ferric Chloride (45° BA) 15 cc. tion (1) 100 ec.; solution (3), 2 ce.
    Ammonia (20%) 120 cc. Addition of solution (3) to this bath (up
    Sodium Ferricyanide (10%) 500 cc. to 6 ec. for every 100 cc. of solution 1)
    No. 2 enhances the tone of the print.
    a. Ferric Ammonium Citrate
    (Green Seales) 110 gr. Toning Bath
    Water 1 oz. a. Distilled Water 1000 ce.
    b. Potassium Ferricyanide 40 gr. Potassium Ferricyanide 100 g.
    Water 1 oz. Potassium Bromide 50 g.
    Both of these solutions should be kept b. Distilled Water 1000 ce.
    in yellow glass bottles, in the dark. J ust Mercuric Chloride 25 g.
    372 PHOTOGEAPHY
    By varying ratio of a and h black to Bemoving Silver Nitrate Stains
    cold brown tones are obtained. The following mixture will immedi-
    ately remove the stains of silver nitrate
    from the skin:
    Bemoving Stains from Negatives Mercuric Chloride 1 oz.
    and Prints Ammonium Chloride 1 oz.
    The methods to be adopted in remov- Potassium Bromide
    ing stains from negatives and prints de-
    4 dr.
    The mixed salts are to be rubbed on
    pends very largely on what is the cause the stain. Because of the poisonous na-
    of the stain. &veloper stains caused by
    ture of the mercury salt, this mixture
    oxidization during fixing may usually be
    should be used with great caution and
    removed by first hardening the emulsion never on skin with cuts or abrasions.
    for 2 or 3 minutes in a 5% solution of
    formalin, then washing for 5 minutes and
    bleaching in: Film Eeversal
    Sixteen-millimeter motion picture film
    a. Potassium Permanganate 75 gr. is the only film at present on the market
    V/ater to make 32 oz.
    that may be chemically reversed; that is,
    b. Sodium Chloride 2% oz. in which the developed result of the ex-
    Sulphuric Acid, pure oz. posed film is a positive instead of a nega-
    Water to make 32 oz. tive, the procedure being direct. How-
    use equal parts of a and b. The solu- ever, any him may be reversed by de-
    tions should not be mixed until ready veloping it in the usual way and then
    for use as they do not keep well after printing on positive film, the latter being
    mixing. Bleaching should be complete used for projection or as a transparency.
    in two or three minutes. The brown The professional 35-mm motion picture
    stain of manganese dioxide found in the film is reversed for projection in this
    bleach bath is best removed by immers- manner. As to projection, machines are
    ing the negative in a 1% solution of at present limited to 35 and IC-mm film
    sodium bisulphite. Then rinse well and sizes, in addition to the lantern slide pro-
    develop in strong light with any non- jector which takes glass slides 2Vi by
    staining developer such as metol-hydro- 3^/4 inches. Sizes other than these may
    quinone. be used as transparencies.
    Stains on old prints may be due to age The formula for developing reversible
    and such stains are usually impossible to film is B-16, which follows;
    remove. Prints stored in a damp place Water 10 gal.
    may become stained. Elon 180 gr.
    Sodium Sulphite 3 lb. 5 oz.
    Hydroquinone 8 oz.
    Bern oval of Picric Acid Stains
    Sodium Carbonate 1 lb. 9 oz.
    Picric acid stains on the hands may be
    Potassium Bromide 1 oz. 63 gr.
    removed by washing with fresh milk or
    Citric Acid 400 gr.
    with warm water sweetened -with sugar.
    Potassium Metabisulphite 2 oz.
    Develop 7 to 15 minutes at 65° P.
    Bemoving Photographic Stains
    from the Hands Brometching Clearing or Etching Bath
    First wash the hands in a solution of a. Common Salt (25%) 3 dr.
    potassium permanganate, then rinse in a Strong Sulphuric Acid (10%) 2 dr.
    solution of oxalic acid, and lastly’ wash Water to make 20 oz.
    with a solution of hydrogen peroxide. b. Potassium Permanganate
    The first two solutions should not be too (5%) 3 dr.
    —
    strong they are poisonous. Do not use Water to make 20 oz.
    these solutions at all if there are any
    This quantity is sufdcient for an 8 x
    cuts or abrasions on the skin of the
    10 to 12 X 15 print.
    hands.
    Give the bromide print 3 or 4 times
    the normal exposure. Develop fully, for
    Bemoving Pyrogallol Stains 3 minutes or 50% longer than the usual
    To remove stains of pyrogallol from time,
    negatives or from fingers, use a solution Binse the print and leave it in water
    of: while mixing 10 ounces each of a aud b.
    Alum 1 oz. Drain the print and flood with some of
    Ferrous Sulphate 3 oz. the mixed etch, being careful that it is
    Citric Acid 1 oz. not poured directly on to any part that
    Water 20 oz. will form the final image. To provide
    ;

    PHOTOGRAPHY 373

    best to have masked one Local control of values may also be


    for this it is
    paper during ex- practiced, for which purpose differently
    end or side of the
    proportioned developer may be used on
    ^^Whtn the print has been flooded with different parts of the print.

    the etch, a strong white light may be


    turned on so that the progress of the Caring for Photo Engraving Solutions
    etching may better be watched. One of the first points to learn in
    The solution will soon become slightly photo-engraving, is the importance of
    discolored, when it should be poured
    oif,
    good solutions. If the solution is not
    the print rinsed, and
    replaced by fresh.
    pro^ierly mixed, it cannot function as it
    This will last longer but should
    again
    should; furthermore, if it is not care-
    soon be replaced. The third or fourth fully preserved, a solution can ^‘go bad’’
    bath will probably make the
    print nearly
    within a short time.
    light enough, and it should
    now be The first solution used in photo-en-
    watched carefully. In order to do this graving is, of course, the developer. In
    at greater leisure a more dilute solution mixing developer, the operator should
    —half strength—may be employed. Be- use good chemicals, good water, and give
    cause of this and because it deteriorates the chemicals a thorough chance to dis-
    rapidly when mixed, half of the etch has solve before attempting to use it. The
    been reserved unmixed. main thing in prolonging the natural life
    Directly the highest light that is re- of developer is to keep it tightly closed
    quired to be absolutely white in the in a jar, comxfletely filled. One should
    finished picture is cleared of silver, the never attempt to keep a quart of de-
    print is rinsed until the wash water is veloper in a half gallon jar, since the
    free of all pink coloration—two or
    three
    excessive air space allows the solution to
    changes— and placed in a fixing bath deteriorate. If other negative-making
    acidified with metabisulphite. operations are as they should be, signs
    The image that w^as flat, veiled, and which might warn an operator that his
    stained, clears at once and stands out developer is going bad are: (1) failure
    boldly in a rich charcoal black. After of film to develop completely in four min-
    fixation is complete the print requires utes; (2) the presence of a yellowish
    only to be washed in the usual way. stain in the developed negative; (3) lack
    The greatest control of gradation on of contrast in the negative caused by
    any one grade of paper— preferably the fogged transparencies, and weak blacks
    normal— can be exercised by modification (4) an extremely dirty appearance of
    of the developer, as the etching
    bath
    the developer. When one or more of
    corrects any muddiness or poor color these conditions prevail, the developer
    such as results with bromides. Using should be thrown away and a new batch
    Ilford paper use the Ilford developer mixed.
    formula, but divide into three solutions: Eortunately, fixing solution is very
    Sodium Sulphite 2 oz. easy to keep, but of course, it should be
    Metol 60 mixed just as carefully as any of the
    20 oz. other solutions. This especially applies
    Water to
    to fixing solutions containing an acid
    Hydroquinone^ % oz.
    for a hardener, since if they are not
    Sodium Sulphite oz.
    80 gr. mixed according to directions, a bad
    Potassium Bromide chemical reaction may take plade. It is
    Water to 20 oz.
    well for an operator to know ju^t what
    Sodium Carbonate to look for when a fixing solution begins
    (Crystal) 6 oz.
    Very little/^ acid odor’^ is
    to go bad.
    Water to 20 oz.
    present in worn out fixer and the film
    Bor normal negatives use one part w, must be submerged longer than is other-
    one part q, one part c and eight parts wise necessary if it is to fix out thor-
    water. Either mor q can take the place oughly. It will also be found that the
    of the other, entirely or in part, as re- film cannot be lifted from the paper base
    quired. as readily as when good fixer is used.
    , ,
    If a print is found to be developing
    ,
    A very elementary, but none-the-less
    softly owing to too little q having been
    important point is to be sure that the de-
    used in the ’developer to suit the nega- veloper and fixer are kept entirely apart
    tive in hand, its final contrast may be and that no part of either solution finds
    its way into the other.
    increased by continuing development for
    four minutes. Conversely, if the print All metal printing solutions, such as
    develops liarslily, this may be corrected hot top, ink top, cold top, etc., should be
    by developing for about 2 minutes only. kept tightly closed in subdued light, with
    ,

    374 PHOTOGEAPHY
    the temperature somewhere between 40 Wood Spirits of Turpen-
    and 60 degrees Fahrenheit. tine to make 6 gal.
    The chromic acid hardening bath used Old Plate Washout
    with glue top sensitizer deteriorates to Wood Spirits of
    some extent with exposure to air, and Turpentine 3000 cc.
    should be kept tightly closed when not in Powdered Egyptian
    use. When it begins to take on a darker Asphaltum 750 g.
    color, throw it away and mix a new solu- Crude Carbolic Acid 190 cc.
    tion.
    An easy way to prepare the aniline
    dye used in the hot top process is to Lithographic Eubbing-up Ink
    pack a piece of wet cotton in the neck Transfer Ink 5 lb.
    of a funnel, then place a small quantity Crayon Ink 10 lb.
    of dye on top of the cotton. Pour water Wood Spirits of Turpen-
    into the funnel and let it run through
    tine to make 2 gal.
    the cotton into the jar. This method
    enables you to mix and filter the soln- ^ ^
    Blectricoat ^
    ^
    Litho Plate Coating
    tion simultaneously. If, later on, the When using these plates it must be
    aniline dye solution becomes rather understood that the coating is definitely
    grainy, it can be re-filtered and a little porous. Liquid, however, is not retained
    bit of dye added at the same time.
    by collecting in the miniature reservoirs
    of a grain but is absorbed into the plate.
    Lithographic Plate Lacquer Micrometer measurements show that this
    Type S. J^or high humidity. absorbent surface is about .0005 inches
    Film Dope 300 g' thick, or half a thousandth of an inch,
    Elemi Solution 125 g- which is about the distance from the
    Bibutyl Phthalate 40 g- peaks to the hollows of a 60 grain. It
    tSolvent No, 3 to make 1 gal. will be seen, therefore, that the Electri-
    Type W, For winter use* coat surface with its uniform depth of
    Film Bope 500 g. porosity will hold more liquid than a
    Bibutyl Phthalate 250 g- coarse grain. This fact must be borne
    *Blemi Solution 350 g- in- mind as it has a pronounced effect on
    Nitrobenzene 150 g- the working of the plate.
    $ Solvent No. 4 to make 1 gal. In photo-litho work this point makes
    * Elemi Solution itself very apparent when coating with
    Xylol or Toluol 800 cc. the albumen-bichromate sensitizer and it
    Butyl Alcohol SO cc. is essential that the whole of the depth
    Ethyl Acetate VS cc.
    “Oelloaolve” 76 cc. of the surface of the plate be filled with
    sensitizer. If this state is not obtained,
    600 cc.: = 480 g. certain parts of the Electricoat surface
    0um Elemi 215 g.
    will be left above the level of the sensi-
    t Solvent #3
    Clear Q-aaoline 200 cc. tizer which has sunk into it, leaving the
    Toluene 400 cc. top surface of the plate devoid of albu-
    Butyl Alcohol 50 cc,
    250 men. It is imperative to fully charge
    Ethyl Acetate cc.
    “Cellosolve” Acetate 100 cc. the whole depth of the surface with al-
    Oil Red Bye 2 g. bumen. The following formula is sug-
    i Solvent #4 gested; water, 80 oz.; ammonium bichro-
    Clear Gasoline 400 cc.
    Toluene 160 cc. mate 1% oz.j albumen 17 oz. 5 ammonia
    Butyl Alcohol 100 cc. 10 oz. If this is used the image on the
    “Cellosolve” 150 cc.
    plate will be in solid hardened albumen
    Ethyl Acetate 150 cc,
    Butyl “Cellosolve” 60 cc. to the full depth of the Electricoat sur-
    Oil Red Bye 2 g. face, giving a strong base with a cor-
    responding longevity of run. Exposure
    Lithographic Asphaltum Washout will have to be slightly increased, the
    Solutions actual amount depending on the speed
    Pressroom Use of the sensitizer in regular use. Ex-
    Wood Spirits of Turpentine 3000 ee. perienced photo-lithographers will be able
    Powdered Egyptian to estimate this without difficulty.
    Asphaltum 750 g. The foregoing remarks also apply to
    Palm Oil 100 cc. gum, as the plate will behave in the
    Transfer DepH, same manner as with the albumen solu-
    Powdered Egyptian tion. The same remedy applies, that is,
    Asphaltum 5100 g. a thicker solution of gum is necessary to
    Oleic Acid 945 cc* prevent areas of the Electricoat surface
    ;

    PHOTOGRAPHY 375

    being left free of gum wMeb •will re- increase the opacity of the dot formation.
    tain the asplialtum when the gum is Coupled with a slightly greater increase
    washed from under it. in density of dot, rehalogenization also
    promotes a faint relief to the dot forma-
    Litho Plate Stripping Solution tion, a feature occasionally useful in
    Sodium Hydroxide 60 g. staging and crayoning the image because
    Sodium Meta-Silcate 25 g. of the added ‘ ^ tooth afforded the brush
    Sodium Carbonate 15 g. and litho crayon.
    ,
    Water j sufficient to suit. Rehalogenization (frequently called
    metallizing^^) may be carried out on
    Bichromate Process for Making
    the Super Contrast’^ plate after fixa-
    tion, though the operation is by no
    Relief Photographs
    means necessary with a properly exposed
    The photo-relief method of Prof.
    and developed positive. The commenc-
    Namias is as follows: an ounce of hue ing step is to bleach the thoroughly fixed
    gelatin is soaked in 3% oz. of water and
    heated in a warm bath until and washed plate in
    the- vessel is
    all is dissolved^ after which 1 fl. dr. of Copper Sulphate 4 oz.
    glycerine is stirred in. The mixture hav- Potassium Bromide 4 oz.
    ing been strained through fine muslin, is Ammonium Bichromate V
    2 oz.
    poured on levelled glass or metal plates, Hydrochloric Acid 2 oz.
    1 fl. dr. being allowed for 3 sq. in. of Water to make 1 gal.
    surface. When dry, the coated plates After the image has been bleached to a
    may he kept for any length of time and uniform creamy color, it is washed well
    sensitizing is performed by soaking a to remove the yellowish discoloration of
    plate for 15 minutes in a 6% solution —
    bichromate ^then taken into very h right
    of ammonium bichromate and drying in light ^(sunlight, if necessary)
    and black-
    the dark. Exposure under a negative in ened in the developer used for the origi-
    a printing frame should be continued nal exposure. The image must be
    sufficiently long to give a fully detailed completely blackened, which can be de-
    image in brown, the time required being termined by examining the glass side of
    about the same as would be involved in the positive. The operation may be re-
    maMng a print on ordinary printing-out peated, if desired, some operators con-
    paper. On soaking the exposed plate in tending^ that still greater density of
    water, the relief is produced, and the image isobtained by this procedure.
    plate can be moulded with plaster or with After blackening, the plate is washed
    a waxy composition upon which an elec- and dried before commencing the process
    trotype is made. If the swelled relief be of etching.
    very gently heated there is such a redis-
    tribution of the gelatin as makes the Etching of Halftone Positives
    relief persist after the gelatin stratum What is termed etching is actually
    is dry. a^ systematic chemical reduction of dot
    size in the halftone positive. It is
    Photographers Cold Top Eilamel parallel to the cutting’^ of the wet
    50-60 g. of purified dewaxed shellac —
    collodion photographer but with the
    are heated with 75 ml. of ammonia certainty and accuracy of the photoen-
    (d 0.91) and 250 ml. of water until dis- graving copper etcher.
    solved: the solution is treated with 70 The etching solutions used on dry
    ml. of 3% ammonium dichromate solu- plates^must naturally be of a photo-
    tion and diluted with 100 ml. of 90% graphic^ character, the most commonly
    alcohol. Plates coated with this prepa- used being the familiar Parmer’s reducer
    ration are light-sensitive, and require of the dry plate worker, and the iodo-
    50-90 sec. exposure to an open arc to cyanxde reducer used in wet collodion pho-
    give a fully exposed negative. Develop- tography. The latter is of a poisonous
    ment is carred out by 20-40 sec. immer- nature, but is much more reliable than
    sion in 1000 ml. of methylorethyl alcohol the mixture of hypo and ferricyanide used
    (preferably denatured with solvent naph- in the Parmer type.
    tha) containing 10-15 g. of castor oil, Parmer’s reducer may be preferred by
    30-35 ml. of glacial acetic acid, and 4-5 some etchers because of its non-poisonous
    g. of dye (Rhoduline-blue or Malachite- properties, and the fact that it is quickly
    green). and easily prepared by mixture of stock
    solutions of sodium thiosulphate and po-
    Rehalogenization in Dot Etching tassium ferricyanide. Probably the most
    This is nothing more than a secondary convenient method of using Parmer’s
    development of the plate to still further reducer is to prepare a stock solution of
    376 •
    PHOTOGEAPHY
    sodium thiosulphate (hypo) of a stand- This strength of bath, will permit of
    ard strength, 35® with a Baume hydrom- considerable latitude in etching, a desir-
    eter; also a 30% solution of potassium able condition during the first trials. If
    f erricyanide. These are kept separate, more rapid action is desired for brush
    and both mixed together in a sufficient re-etching, reduce the quantity of water
    quantity just before use. The practise by half.
    among experienced workers is to gage Using a bath of the above proportions,
    the strength of the etching bath by the the ^^flat” or sharpening etch for a
    color of the solution, which should be of properly prepared positive will range be-
    a yellowish hue. tween one and two minutes, depending
    Quite elaborate instructions and for- on the nature of the desired preliminary
    mulae have been devised for the use of correction.
    Parmer reducer in re-etching of half- Always soak the plate in water for
    tone images, some of which are based on about 30 seconds before commencing
    the addition of glycerin to the etching etching, so as to promote a uniform ac-
    solution, with the aim of promoting tion of the solution on the plate, and also
    greater control of the operation. The to determine whether the staging ma-
    objection voiced by the average work- terials have been applied in sufficient
    man against such methods is the time and thickness to repel the etching bath. On
    care required in the preparation of solu- examination by transmitted light, any in-
    tions according to strict hydrometric sufficiently protected areas will be im-
    tests. mediately noticeable by a suspicious
    Compared to Parmer’s reducer, iodo- transparency in the applied coating. Por
    cyanide ispossessed of far greater re- safety sake, such positives should be
    liability (especially for the systematic quickly dried and another application of
    requirements of dot etching), also neces- staging fluid given these parts, so as to
    sitating less washing of the image for prevent the etching solution from pene-
    removal of the etching solution. Ob- trating the resist and probably ruining
    jections may be raised by the uninformed the positive by streaky action on sup-
    regarding its poisonous nature: against posedly protected parts.
    this may be cited the fact that iodo- After completion of the first ^^bite”
    cyanide has been in use in the wet col- or etching period, wash the plate for
    lodion process for over half a century, about 1 minute, then place before a fan
    with cases of accidental fatal poisoning to dry.
    an extremely rare occurrence. The next step usually is protection of
    One or two precautionary measures some area wherein the dots have ar-
    should be held in mind: first, any smart- rived at a size correct for proper tonal
    ing sensation felt when beginners’ hands representation. This is known as ^ ^ stag-
    come into contact with cyanide baths ing,” a term borrowed from the photo-
    should be followed by an application of engraving industry, and indicating ap-
    ferrous sulphate solution; secondly, and plication of a greasy or impervious
    most important, never permit acids to material that is capable of resisting the
    ,
    come into contact with cyanide solutions, action of the etching solution wherever
    as a very poisonous gas, hydrocyanic acid, it is applied.
    is liberated by such mixtures. But since Special solutions aremarketed for this
    acids of any kind are taboo in actual
    purpose, though the staging preparation
    etching solutions for dry plates, there is
    of the copper etcher can also be used, if
    no good reason why such an intermixture
    it is rendered thicker by the addition of
    should occur.
    asphaltum or a small percentage of bees-
    In company with Parmer’s reducer,
    wax dissolved in warm turpentine.
    two stock solutions are required for prep-
    Other materials may be used, such as
    aration of the iodo-cyanide etching solu-
    brown Buco paint, first rendered rather
    tion:
    greasy by adding a bit of tallow dis-
    Iodine Stock Solution solved in turpentine. Avery efficient
    Potassium Iodide 2% oz. staging solution for dot etching is com-
    Iodine Besublimed 1 oz. posed of Egyptian asphaltum dissolved
    Water 32 oz. in naphtha to about the consistency of
    Cyanide Stock Solution a heavy paint. After application of this
    Sodium Cyanide 6 oz. solution, bronze powder is dusted over
    Water 32 oz. the staged parts, and the surplus powder
    For use in tray, take; dusted off the plate with, a dry cotton
    Iodine Stock Solution 4 oz. pad which has been previously charged
    Cyanide Stock Solution 12 oz. with finely powdered talc or magnesia.
    Water 64 oz. As to what areas require -staging wiE
    PHOTOGRAPHY 377

    naturally depend entirely on the positive a filter may be used either before or be-
    and the type of original. Nothing defi- hind the objective.
    nite can he said in this respect; the It is also possible to remove the dried
    positive is the guide to the entire pro- film from the glass and place this di-
    cedure. rectly into the objective.
    When the parts of correct tonal To preserve such a filter against inci-
    strength have been stopped out with dental damage, the colored film is placed'
    staging solution, the plate is given an- in a horizontal position and is covered
    other etch, after which it is examined with Venetian balsam. A perfectly clean
    with a magnifying glass to study the glass plate of the same size is then care-
    exact size of the dot formation through- fully placed over this and any air bubbles
    out the image. The most convenient ar- which may be formed are worked out
    rangement for dot etching is to have carefully towards one side. This is then
    the sink illuminated along its sides with allowed to dry in a horizontal position.
    electric lights (the tube variety) fitted Sometimes several weeks are required for
    into marine sockets for protection against complete drying.
    moisture. The light is then transmitted Alcohol is the best medium for clean-
    through the positive, thus affording the ing such filters.
    necessary illumination for examining the Instead of the collodion it is also possi-
    image while the plate is lying on the rack ble to ^ use a solution of celluloid pre-
    in the sink. pared as follows:
    Successive stages may be applied at Celluloid (in Pine Particles) 1 g.
    any time, so as to protect any areas that Amyl Acetate 10 cc.
    have been 'etched to the proper dot size. Petroleum Ether 10 cc.
    The staging solution is applied wher- Alcohol 30 cc.
    ever necessary, and the positive then sub- The celluloid is first placed in alcohol
    mitted to another etch. for some time to remove the camphor.
    When the camphor is thus removed, the
    Photographic Screening Dye celluloid is again dried and is used in
    Canadian Patent 362,816 the above formula. The solution is
    Benzene azoresorcinol 1 g. shaken from time to time and when all
    Water 5 cc. the ingredients are completely dissolved,
    Acetone 5 cc. it is filtered. The solution is then used
    as in the first formula.
    Dissolve and mix with a gelatin solu-
    tionand coat over emulsion layer.
    Colored Filter for Cloud Effects
    Distilled Water 500 cc.
    Color Photography Solution
    Picric Acid 1 g.
    XJ. S. Patent 2,100,594
    A solution for discharging dye in the This solution produces best results
    presence of silver and dissolving a silver when used as such in thin-walled glass
    cells rather than in the form of a dry
    image in color photography comprises
    filter.
    equal parts of
    Such a filter is particularly adaptable
    Solution 1
    for scenic effects. The solution absorbs
    Water 6250 cc.
    to a large extent the blue rays of the
    Iodine 17 g. skies, thus obtaining a clear distant
    Potassium Iodide 33 g. horizon and beautiful cloud formations.
    Concentrated Sulphuric Acid 525 cc.
    and
    Varnishing Finished Color Plates
    Solution 11 Solution:
    Water 6250 cc.
    Gum Dammar 3 oz.
    Sodium Sulphite 330 g. Benzol 100 oz.
    Thiourea 330 g.
    Pour a small quantity on the thor-
    oughly dried emulsion, and by tilting the
    Yellow Photographic Filter plate cause it to run all over the surface
    Warm Alcohol 25 cc, without forming Hues. If too much so'
    Aurin 0.2 g. lution has been poured out, the surplus
    Collodion 75 cc. can be run off at a corner of the plate
    A solution of the above is filtered very back into the bottle. Do not try to use
    carefully to avoid any air bubbles. A a brush. The edges of the plate can
    perfectly clean glass plate is then coated now be bound up, and the coated side
    with this solution and is allowed to dry still further protected by binding a
    at room temperature. When dry, such eoverglass to it.
    Spotting GIossj Prints identical inposition to the original conv
    While seldom that a photographer
    it is After suitable light exposure the
    has to spot a glossy print, the occasion sheet
    IS washed and the unaffected portion
    arises when he has a hurried job and of
    the film is removed. The exposed metal
    cannot hnd enough time to do the spot- peas are then deeply etched by deplatins
    ting on the negative. In such cases, the in a concentrated chromic acid
    following procedure is very effective bath for
    approximately 1/2 hour at 20
    Dope the glossy print in exactly the amperes
    After an adequate etch, the metal
    same fashion that you dope a negative base
    plate is rinsed im a 10% alkaline
    but be careful to avoid finger marks. rinse
    and after washing with water,
    Just a few drops are required. Do all imme-
    diately placed in a MacTc chrome
    the necessary spotting with an ordinary platina*
    bath ready to electroplate. The
    retouching pencil. You can build up and alka-
    line rinse is necessary to
    dissolve the
    spot as much as needed and not one protective film characteristic of
    pencil mark will show. stainless
    and placing in the bath with the elec-
    trical connections on will ‘plate
    a small
    Luster Prints film of black chrome which will
    A method of adding luster to prints prevent
    oxidation of the surface by the
    and enlargements on matt surface papers chromic
    acid in the bath.
    as well as^ of providing a medium for
    spotting with a pencil is given below.
    The formula calls for one part mastic Black Chrome Plate
    varnish, one part linseed oil, and two The following are the bath formulas
    parts turpentine, all these materials of for hlach chrome plating:
    artists' quality. After this mixture has 1 —Ablack chrome deposit is
    ob-
    been shaken, a wad of cotton is dipped tained by using 8-9 times the
    normal
    into it and then rubbed well into the cuirent density, 80-100 amperes per
    or more, at a temperature not
    dm 2
    print, the surplus being removed
    with over 15® 0
    clean cotton. After a day or so it will The solution should contain 250-400 g/1*
    be dry, without surface gloss or sticki- of chromic acid with the addition
    of
    ness. Spotting with a pencil may then petic acid or some other organic
    acid
    be done where needed, though spotting instead of sulphuric; 11-14 volts
    are used
    with water color will have to be done and It IS absolutely necessary to cool
    the
    before the treatment is applied. solution to keep the temperature
    down*
    otherwip grey deposits result. It
    cai
    Imitation of Old Masterpieces be plated with or without a
    nickel
    TWO exposures are made on the one undercoat.^ The nickel must be free
    negative j first the picture proper is from strains. Bright chromium coating
    reproduced and then a second exposure followed by black chrome may be
    plated
    IS made of a piece of canvas on an article so as to make it partly
    similar to
    that used for oil paintings. For bright and partly black for use
    best as a
    results it is preferable to use an mgn. Throwing .power of black chrome
    olive
    green canvas for the second exposure. IS no better than that of
    bright chro-
    mium. Black chrome is very hard,
    83 Ib./qt. chromic acid, 0.8—
    Photographs on Metal t
    A ^ of acetic acid. Bath operated at
    suitable white metal plate is
    se- more than 67 amperes per square inch
    lected. A
    large variety of white colored
    and kept below 15® 0.
    metals or electroplates exist. Some
    of After plating for a suitable length of
    the more popular are stainless
    steel, time the stainless metal base is
    nickel-silver alloy, white brass, then
    Monel cleaned in a hot alkali solution and
    metal, nickel-cobalt plate im-
    (whitest mersed in hot chromic acid to etch the
    colored metal plate), silver plate,
    nickel surface for better color. Reproductions
    plate, and silvery chrome plate.
    Stain- should be placed on etched stainless
    less steel sheet is the most steel
    applicable in sheet or sheet that has been slightly
    the case. de-
    plated in a chromic acid bath otherwise
    The line and/or half-tone copy is ;

    photographed through a screen not ex- polish and light reflection


    will blur the picture.
    ceeding 100 lines per inch as before.
    positive is secured from this by
    A product is aa unusually
    re-ex- Ubeautiful
    posure. The selected plate is reproduction composed solely
    coated ox metal. It is exceptionally suitable for
    with light-sensitive film and
    exposed outdoor or indoor decoration, where wear-
    under the said screened positive
    in a resistance is of vital importance.
    manner that the transfer will result in Por-
    traits, commemorative signs
    a representation on the metal and plaques,
    plate in stainless steel metal frames, can
    be
    :

    PHOTOGRAPHY
    secured wliich are quite permanent and Photographing on Bubber
    also very artistic. Quite a large variety U. S. Patent 1,761,424
    of uses can be found for such metal A hard rubber surface with a high
    pictures. polish is washed with hydrochloric and
    wiped dry. On exposing the treated sur-
    Black Chrome Contrasts on face, under a photographic negative, to
    Stainless Steel light and developing in a mixture of
    Bor the electroplater who has not the nitric acid and water (1:1) the light
    equipment or knowledge of photo-engrav- affected portions become etched, a posi-
    ing practice the following is a simplified tive image being thereby produced.
    procedure for making black chrome metal
    contrast on stainless steel metal base Projection Screen
    pictures from the prepared plates se- U.
    S. Patent 1,980,285
    cured from a photo-engraver. A A
    screen which acts as a diaphragm
    screened positive (with any line im for reproduction of sound and for dis-
    sertions the copy calls for) is placed on play of pictures from behind it is coated
    the etched stainless steel sheet, with the with the following:
    resist intact and no etch of metal. The Gelatin 450 oz.
    metal base is then deplated and after Glycerin 570 oz.
    rinsing plated with black chrome. Upon Water 900 oz.
    cleaning the metal picture is complete. Zinc Oxide 20 oz.
    Sodium Fluoride 25 oz.
    Fingerprint Photography Formaldehyde (10%) 14 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,028,619 Cobalt Oxide 6 oz.
    The method claimed is applicable Berryllium Oxide 40 oz.
    where, owing to poor light, inaccessibil-
    ity, etc., the fingerprints cannot be photo- Projection Screen for Bear Projection
    graphed directly. The fingerprints are U. S. Patent 2,032,363
    dusted over with a powder of 8 oz. of Stretch a sheet of natural or artificial
    quinol and 1 oz. of gum arabic, and the ^

    silk on a frame for 5 minutes and dip


    lines brushed out in known manner. A it in the following bath and then allow
    sheet of photographic paper or film is to drain and dry for 1-2 days
    soaked for a few minutes in a solution
    Linseed Oil *
    97.8 oz.
    of 25 g., caustic soda and 25 g. of sodium
    Lithargo 0.1 oz.
    sulphite in 1 litre of water, and is then
    Manganese Dioxide 0.1 oz.
    pressed over the fingerprint; after lifting
    o&j development proceeds until a clear The above mixture has been previously
    image is obtained, and the the paper is heated to 260-315° F. until of a density
    then placed in an acid fixing bath for of 0.932-0.935 and then adding
    3 minutes, rinsed, and dried. Caustic Boda 2 oz.
    and keeping mixture for 4 days before
    X-Bay Photography filtering.

    Xon-Irritating Opaque Medium


    8kiodan 40 g.
    Becovery of Silver from Photographic
    Gum Arabic (20% « Fixing Solutions
    Solution) #0 g.^ The usual fixing bath contains about
    10% by weight of fixing salt (sodium
    Flashlight Powder thiosulphate). The theoretical maxi-
    U. a
    Patent 2,098,341 mum of 26 g. silver per liter in such a
    Magnesium (Powdered) 120-140 solution is rarely reached, because with
    g.
    Aluminum (Powdered) 25-32 g.
    about 8-10 g. of silver in solution, the
    Calcium Carbonate bath is too weak for further use. Ac-
    (Precipitated) 45-56 cording to this, a solution of 10-15 g.
    . g.
    Silica (Powdered) 18-24 of sodium sulphide (or of 6-8 g. of
    g.
    Magnesium Oxide potassium sulphide) per liter of fixing
    (Calcined) 8-12 g.
    bath has to be applied.
    ^
    Use sufficient of a 20% sulphide solu-
    tion to precipitate the silver from the
    Activated Photographic Flash Lamp (neutralized) fixing bath, stir, and let
    The addition of 2% manganese to the the brownish-black sulphide precipitate
    aluminum foil used in flash bulbs and settle out for a few days. Test for
    filling latter with oxygen gives a flash of further precipitation by adding a little
    about 500,000 candle power. of the sulphide solution to the supen-
    380
    PHOTOGEAPHY
    natant liquid,. When no further pre- washing and the drying.
    cipitate forms, syphon off the clear The bath gives
    to the prints brilliance and the
    liquor, and filter the precipitate on the requisite
    limpness for easy handling and
    bottom, either by suction, or through a mg. The prints are immersed mount-
    filter press. Wash the filter-cake, and in the
    lollowing bath for one minute
    dry on dishes in a drying oven. and then
    The dried sulphide can then be
    dried m
    the usual way:
    re- Glycerin T
    duced to metallic silver.
    19 oz
    Safe Light for Infra-Bed Sensitive
    Materials The best conditions for storing
    cellu-
    Glass is coated with usual green and lose acetate film are 21-26.7°
    yellow dye coatings and then with follow-
    and a
    Cellulose
    ing: nitrate film is more perishable and a low
    Gelatin temperature and low relative
    10 g. humidity
    Potassium Perrocyanide with facilities for free escape of
    4.56 g. decom^
    Water 150 ec.
    position products, are necessary.
    Mix until dissolved: thenfollow-add
    ing solution at 40® C. mixing vigorously. Prevention of Sticking of Prints to
    Glass
    Ferric Chloride
    ihe effect of ox-gall in preventing
    2 g. the
    Water adherence of prints to the glass
    50 cc. is due
    to reduction of surface
    For a 9 X 12 plate about 13.5 tension: hence
    cc. of It can be replaced by
    this mixture is used. ^ wetting agents
    using such substances as will
    not give
    a precipitate of calcium salts.
    Sulpho-
    Washing of Movie Film To Bemove n^ed fatty alcohols are preferred, in
    Photographic Layer 1% aqueous solution.
    Put into a hot 0.1% solution of caustic
    soda for 2~5 minutes. Bepeat same Elimination of Air Bells on Photographic
    operation in a second and a third vat. Films
    The remaining celluloid film is washed Add 1-5 cc. glycerin per liter of solut-
    in hot water. tion.
    The drying- operation is dangerous
    (fire hazard!). Spontaneous combus- Film Cabinet Humidifier
    ^
    tion during the hot-air drying operation Triphenyl Phosphate
    is easily caused by static
    1 dr.
    electricity Camphor 1 dr.
    which has to be removed. Menthol 1 dr.
    Eucalyptus Oil
    1 dr.
    Hypo Eliminator Glycerin to make
    4 oz.
    Place the negative in a very weak solu- Dilute with water before use.
    ^
    tion of potassium permanganate—-i. e*,
    containing just sufficient potassium per- Tray Cleaner
    manganate to give it a pink tint. Bepeat Dissolve 4 ounces of potassium
    bichro-
    the operation until the color is no longer mate m
    16 ounces of hot water and/
    add
    discharged. 4 ounces of commercial sulphuric
    acid.
    Place the negative for a few minutes After swishing this solution
    around in
    in the following solution: the dirty tray for a couple
    of minutes,
    Ammonium Persulphate gr.
    nnse the tray with clean running
    310 water,
    Water X his cleaning solution
    4 oz. can be used a num-
    Solution of Ammonia 10 drops ber of times.
    Then wash for a few minutes.
    Production of Cold Light
    Eliminating Line Fog in Photography (Chemiluminescence)
    The addition of 1—3 g. sodium meta- Crude lophine (triphenylglyoxaline)
    is
    easily prepared as f ollows
    phosphate per liter of developer prevents twenty-five cc
    :

    deposition of calcium salts from hard


    of benzaldehyde is shaken well
    with 100
    ce. of ammonium hydroxide,
    water. and the
    mixture is allowed to stand in
    a stop-'
    pered flask for three days. A
    For Limp Prints white cake
    of hydrobenzamide forms. This
    The bugaboo of curled prints is being cake is
    broken up, washed with water, then
    shooed away by some workers through with
    alcohol, and is placed in an
    the use of a glycerin bath between the evaporating
    dish. It IS then heated and, stirred
    con-
    —

    PHOTOGRAPHY 381

    stantly until itbecomes a dark brown per, black pepper, tea, cocoa, ginger,
    liquid. Then it is allowed to cool. It yeast, mustard, and urine. Either a hot-
    hardens to a glassy-looking mass. This water or an alcohol extraction of these
    is crude lophine. Prom the standpoint substances may be used. In repeating
    of light production it is unnecessary to the experiments with these substances, it
    attempt further purification of the lo- is well toremember that the intensity of
    phine. the light is very small. Therefore, tlw
    The reagents are then prepared as eyes must be thoroughly adapted to dark
    follows. before performing the experiment. A
    J. Zophine Solution . —
    ^About 2 g. of number of carbohydrates have also been
    crude lophine dissolved in 100 cc. of alco- tried. They gave no light themselves.
    hol (methyl or ethyl alcohol or acetone The carbohydrates were then hpated or
    may be used). fused and the new samples were tried.
    B. Eydrogen Eer oxide Solution Ten . — After this treatment they were, without
    cc. of the commercial 3 per cent hydro- exception, luminescent.
    gen peroxide solution is added to 90 cc.
    of ethyl or methyl alcohol.
    C. AlcohoUo Potash Solution ^Pive. — Chemiluminescence Experiments
    g, of potassium hydroxide i^ dissolved in 1. Ozone on safranin. A solution of
    75 cc. of waterj and 25 cc. of alcohol is safranin in alcohol (25 g. per 100 cc.) is
    added. placed in a Woulff bottle and sprayed
    j}. Sodium Eypochlorite Solution . into an inverted wide-mouthed 500-cc.
    The commercial cleaning fluid ^‘Clorox’’ flask, where it comes in contact with
    may be used. To make up this solution ozonized air and gives a brilliant fluor-
    10 cc. of Clorox is added to 90 cc. of escence.
    water. 2. Hydrogen peroxide on a pyrogallol-
    To produce chemiluminescence place 10 formaldehyde mixture. The following
    cc. of solution A in a beaker, then add 25 made up.
    solutions are
    cc. of solution R, and 20 cc. of solution
    C. In a second beaker place 25 cc. Pyrogallol in Water 10%
    of solution D. The room is darkened, Potassium Hydroxide Solution 40%
    and the contents of the first beaker are Formaldehyde 40%
    poured into those of the second beaker. Hydrogen Peroxide 30%
    A beautiful yellow luminescence will im-
    A mixture of 50 cc. pyrogallol, 50 cc.
    mediately occur. potassium hydroxide, and 35 cc, of for-
    maldehyde is placed in a tap-funnel, and
    the hydrogen peroxide, in a second fun-
    Other Luminescent Substances nel; both funnels are inclined over an
    While lophine luminescence is more in- ordinary filter- funnel or glass spiral*
    tense, many other substances of much The rates of flow of the two solutions
    more common occurrence will also give can be adjusted to give a brilliant red
    light and may be substituted for the glow.
    lophine. The same reagents that^ were
    described previously may be used (in the
    same proportions) except that these other Fluorescent Screen
    substances may be substituted in place of British Patent 444,949
    the lophine. Barium Tungstate 55-65 oz.

    The following substances have been Zinc Phosphate 25-35 oz.


    found to be luminescent in alkaline solu- Zinc Silicate 6-15 oz.
    tion upon oxidation with Clorox and This emits a creamy white light under
    hydrogen peroxide: coffee, cayenne pep- cathode ray exposure.
    382 PHOTOGRAPHY
    Fluorescent Screen Materials

    Color of Best
    mts^ Fluorescence Exciterst

    Zinc Sulphide Yellow Green HV


    Zinc Sulphide Yellow Green CB
    (Zinc Sulphide) special treatment Blue White CE or UV
    Calcium Sulphide Deep Blue uv
    Synthetic ‘Willemite Yellow Green OBt
    Sodium Fluoride Yellow HV or CB
    Calcium Carbonate Orange CB
    TJranyl Potassium Sulphate Yellow HV or CB
    Sodium Chloride (Type A) Pink CB ®

    Sodium Chloride (Type B) Bluish White CB


    Aluminum Oxide (Type A) Bed CB
    Aluminum Oxide (Type B) Yellow Green CB
    (Blue —^Low Vacuum
    Magnesium Oxide
    —
    (Bed High Vacuum CB
    Zinc Chloride Green HV
    Cadmium Chloride Pink, Bed Afterglow HV
    Cadmium Sulphate Yellow HV or CB
    Calcium Tungstate Blue CB or XB
    Calcium Oxide Bed CB
    Mercury Bromide Orange CB
    Cuprous Iodide Violet Bed CB
    Potassium Iodide Green CB
    Lead Sulphate Blue CB
    Sodium Bromide Bluish White CB
    Sodium Iodide Greenish White CB
    Potassium Chloride Bluish White CB
    Magnesium Sulphate (Type A) Bed CB
    Zinc Sulphate (Type A) Bed HV or CB
    Zinc Sulphate (Type B) White CB
    Zinc Sulphate (Type C) Blue CB
    Calcium Fluoride Green CB
    Phenocite Blue CB
    Cadmium Silicate Orange CB
    Calcite (B) Violet CE
    Calcite (00) Bed CB
    Calcite (L) Green CB
    Sodium Carbonate Green CB
    Minerals
    Katural Willemite Yellow Green HV or CB
    Kunzite Orange CB or XR
    Calcite (MP) Orange CB
    Calcite (BT) Green CB
    Calcite S Orange Bed CB
    Fluorite Green CB, HV, XB
    Cyanite A Yellow CB
    Cyanite B Bed CB
    The color depends on the concentration and type of actirator; a given base material will
    fluoresce with different colors. Variations are designated A, B, etc,
    t Fast rate of decay.
    t XJV —
    Ultra Violet.
    OR = Cathode Ray.
    XR = X-Ray. .
    PLATING
    Copper Plating on Glass Copperizing Iron and Steel Surfaces
    Tins process gives mirrorlike surfaces Wash metal at 200° P. for 5 minutes
    with the red color of copper, if the di- in a solution of
    rections are followed exactly. Old glass Water 1 gal.
    can only be used after repolishing. New Caustic Potash 4 oz.
    blowm surfaces are admirably suited. Trisodium Phosphate 2 oz.
    Clean glass thoroughly with hot soap
    Clean in cold running water.
    solution, nitric acid (1 part concentrated
    Pickle 10-30 seconds in 50% solution
    acid and 1 part water), and 10% potas-
    of hydrochloric acid.
    sium hydroxide solution using a pad of Kinse in cold running water.
    absorbent cotton soaked in these liquids,
    Immerse in either plating solution a
    and washing well between the successive
    or h until desired deposit is obtained.
    operations.
    Eemove, rinse, wash in a neutral soap
    Add slowly with stirring potassium solution 1 oz. to 1 gal.
    hydroxide solution to cupric suphate solu-
    Einse cold, rinse boiling water. Dry
    tion until precipitation is complete. Let
    in maple sawdust or by dipping, in ace-
    settle. Wash several times by decanta-
    tone. Lacquer by dipping if desired.
    tion. Make a saturated solution of the
    cupric hydroxide suspension in warm con- a. Water 1 gal.
    centrated ammonium hydroxide. Sulphuric Acid 8 fl. oz.
    Mix 1 part by volume phenylhydrazine Copper Carbonate 4 oz.
    (freshly distilled) with 2 parts by vol- h. Water 1 gal.
    ume of water. Heat until a clear solu- Sulphuric Acid (60° BA) IV2 fl. oz.

    tion results. To this add %


    its volume Copper Sulphate 1 oz.

    of the warm saturated solution of cupric


    hydroxide in ammonia. Finally add hot Coloring Copper Green
    10% potassium hydroxide solution mth British Patent 450,459
    stirring until a slight permanent precipi- A
    green patina is obtained by spray-
    tate of cuprous hydroxide is formed. ing or brushing the metal with
    The final liquid should be colorless or Ammonium Sulphate
    pale yellow. (Saturated Water Solution) 8 oz.
    To copper plate, heat the perfectly Hydrochloric Acid,
    clean glass in contact with the liquid. Concentrated 1 oz.
    Agitate tlie glass to allow the bubbles of
    nitrogen to escape and to prevent adher- Jet Black Pinish for Copper and
    ence of tarry byproducts. Allow to re- Nickel Alloys
    main in contact with the warm solution Water ^
    for an hour and then allow to cool to Muriatic Acid (3%) 8 oz.
    room temperature. '
    Pour liquid, wash White Arsenic 1 oz.
    with water, then alcohol and ether. Oxide of Iron 1 oz.
    When dry apply several coats of lacquer Sulphate of Copper 1 oz.
    or varnish.
    Use steel anodes, Voltage, 1 to 3; Am-
    is not perfectly coated, it
    If the glass perage, 5 to 15 per sq. ft.
    is best to dissolve off plate with nitric In preparing, the arsenic should be
    acid and repeat entire process. dissolved in full strength, muriatic acid,
    Very little of the phenylhydrazine is slightly warmed. If used for heavy pro-
    actually used up in the reduction and the duction solution should be replenished
    liquid may bo employed again, after frequently, the deposit is very rapid if
    filtering through absorbent cotton while solution is run at about 110° P.
    warm, and adding more of the cupric
    hydroxide solution and some phenylhy- Bronze Pinish for Copper and Its Alloys
    drazine to compensate for the dilution. U. S. Patent 2,064,301
    Keep in a well stoiipered completely The degreased metal is immersed for
    filled bottle. 15 minutes in a hot concentrated solu-
    384 PLATING
    tion of copper nitrate, then washed and fluid, then reheat until the brass turns
    buffed. black, three dippings usually being suf-
    flcient. It is then laid aside to cool.
    Coloring Brass, Blue-Black When cold brush vigorously with a
    In order to obtain a uniform color medium haired boot brush and the shiny
    from an immersion dip it is absolutely bronze flnish will appear. The bronze
    necessary that metallic surface be free is very useful for finishing awkward
    of oxide him that may be produced in pieces of an instrument where lacquering
    the cleaning operation. would take time and is a fair conductor
    Such a him may be removed after to a terminal without any cleaning. The
    cleaning and rinsing in cold running bronze wears extremely well.
    water, by dipping in a muriatic acid
    pickle; then rinsing again in cold water Oxidizing Brass Castings
    before immersing in coloring dip. The following procedure has been
    The muriatic 'acid pickle can be made found satisfactory in the oxidizing of a
    by adding 10% muriatic acid by volume certain type of brass castings and may
    to necessary volume of water. The use be generally employed with minor
    of a bright dip after cleaning operation changes to obtain the desired flnish.
    on parts will be of help in obtaining a 1. Clean and prepare the work in the
    more uniform color from copper carbon- usual manner.
    ate immersion dips. A
    bright dip of Free the castings from sand, and dip
    the following composition may be used: in a green acid dip of 2 oz. Sulphuric,
    Sulphuric Acid 2 gal. 1 oz. Nitric and 1 oz. Hydrochloric
    Nitric Acid 1 gal. Acid. Rinse the articles in water, neu-
    Water 1 qt. tralize in a cyanide solution, rinse again
    Add 1 oz. muriatic acid for 5 gal. of in water and dry. Cut down on the
    above; water should only be added in liighlights with tripoli and a cotton buff.
    making up new solution. It is essential Clean in an alkaline cleaner, rinse in
    that dipping solution be used in an acid water and then put through a cyanide
    proof stoneware crock and must be used dip to remove any tarnish. The articles
    cold. Cooling of dip may be accom- are then ready for the Burnt Brass Eng-
    plished by placing crock in tank with lish Finish.
    cold running water. In mixing of solu- 2. Pour 2 quarts of aqua ammonia
    tion, the sulphuric acid must be added into a one-gallon crock. Add suifleient
    last and gradually so as to avoid over- Golden Sulphuret of Antimony to make
    heating and tendency to spatter. a saturated solution, omitting water.
    3. Place the crock in a container hold-
    ing water. Heat the water to the boiling
    Coloring Brass Blue
    point.
    A blue on brass can be obtained with
    4. Place the articles in this oxidizing
    the following solution:
    solution and keep them immersed for at
    Sodium Thiosulphate 50 g. least one-half hour. If necessary, extend
    Lead Acetate 25 g. this period until the proper surface coat-
    Water 1 1. ing is obtained. Stir the solution at in-
    Use at 160-180® F. tervals and allow it to settle on the
    In order to obtain a satisfactory blue articles.
    on steel a heat process is necessary. 5. Remove the work and dry in an
    oven at about 200® F. This should re-
    Fire Bronze for Brass Instruments sult in a caked coating on the surface of
    The following bronze used with dis- the work.
    cretion inconjunction with colorless 6. When perfectly dried, buff the work,
    lacquer on parts of the instrument that using rouge and a soft cotton wheel or
    may be hnished hrst produces a pleasing bristle brush to remove the dried coating
    black and yellow design. The method from the highlights.
    used in making the bronze is to let con- 7. Dip the articles in lacquer.
    centrated nitric acid react on copper
    until reaction is complete. Then add an Brass Plating Zinc Bie Castings
    equal part of distilled water to prevent The most satisfactory brass plating
    crystallizing and store in a corked glass procedure with Zamak* is to clean the
    container. It can be made in any quan- alloy with a trisodium phosphate solu-
    tity and is always ready for use. tion, 6 oz./gah (45 g./L). This solu-
    To bronze a piece of brass there are tion is used boiling hot as an electro-
    no preliminaries. Warm the brass in a cleaner with the article as the cathode
    moderate fiame and dip into the bronzing and with sufficient current to cause gas-
    PLATING4. 385

    sing This treatment will completely re- A soap water rinse made of % oz.

    move, in %
    to 3 minutes, the grease soap flakes to each gal. of water.
    6, Hot water rinse and allow to dry in
    normally present. Eecessed articles are
    often difficult to free from
    grease. The hard maplewood sawdust.
    type cleaner prior to If the work is to be lacquered it can
    use of a solvent
    alkaline cleaning is suggested
    in such be rinsed in a water-white lacquer^ im-
    cases. The cleaning solution may be re- mediately after the hot water rinse,
    moved from any minute pores or surface thereby eliminating sawdust drying.
    alternate rinsing in hot This depends on the size of the articles.
    of the article by
    water There is a satin finish on the brass that
    and cold water. The use of a cold
    xinse immediately folloiving alkaline can be produced without bright-dipping
    cleaning is not advisable since the
    solu- the work. This finish is produced with a
    bility of alkaline zinc
    salts is reduced by buffing compound. The composition is
    and the problem applied to a loose-leaf buff revolving on
    the lowered temperature
    of complete removal is
    complicated. a lathe at about 1800 r.p.m. The articles
    With a current density of 4-5 amperes are dry when buffed with this material.
    per sq. ft. the zinc alloy is
    plated 18 To preserve the brushed brass effect, the
    minutes in a brass platin^g bath of the work is to be lacquered after finishing.
    following composition (40 to oO O.) :

    Nickel Plating Preparations


    Kules for Use
    Clean the surface of the metal by re-
    Sodium Carbonate 7.5 g./l. moving all (grease, dust, oxide) stains.
    zinc die-casting
    Apply with a cotton pad. The abrasive
    * N. J. Zinc Co. Speciul
    must be very fine to avoid scratches.
    alloy.
    Polish with some chalk-powder (pre-
    cipitated) on a woolen rag.
    Pinishing Brass Nickel Plating Liquid
    The following is a formula for bright Nickel Ammonium Sulphate 45 g.
    dipping brass: Cream of Tartar 17 g.
    ^

    Sulphuric Acid 2 gal. Ammonium Chloride 9 oz.

    Nitric Acid gjh Nickel Sulphate 27 g.


    J
    Water i pt- Sodium Chloride 4 g.
    Tin Chloride 18 g.
    Add 1 oz. of table salt to each 5 gal.
    Water 880 g.
    of dip solution to improve the brightness
    of the work. „ ^ ^ i
    Nickel Plating Paste
    The dip should be allowed to cool Nickel Ammonium Sulphate 225 g.
    properly before being used. Once the
    Nickel Sulphate 155 g.
    dip is made, water should not be added Cream of Tartar 100 g.
    any more on replenishing it, since the Tin Chloride 100 g.
    work dipped always carries some water Ammonium Chloride 50 g.
    along with it. On the other hand if the Sodium Chloride 30 g.
    shape and recesses of the work causes too Whiting 210 g.
    much water to be carried into the dip, the Copper Dust, Pine 100 g.
    results will be immediately noticed
    by
    Apply after making paste with water.
    the dullness of the dipped work.
    There are a few other factors to con-
    sider outside of the formula. The fol- Depitter for Nickel Plating Bath
    lowing is an outline of the procedure of An effective preventative of pitting in
    the average brass dipping job: a nickel plating bath is potassium per-
    1. Hot potash cleaner rinse
    (to remove manganate. The salt should be added in
    grease or oil film) ; then cold water rinse. the proportion of one ounce per 500 gal-
    2. Immerse in acid dip for a
    few sec- lons of solution, the contents of the tank
    onds: then quickly rinse in running cold stirred and then allowed to settle for ten
    water. The timing of this procedure is to twelve hours.
    according to the strength of the dip. If
    the articles dipped seem to bunch
    to-
    ^^:Black NickeU^ Plating Solution
    gether they should be shaken during this
    Numerous formulas have been pro-
    operation. black
    posed for the production of
    .
    ^
    Cyanide rinse and cold water rinse
    3.
    The cyanide nickeP' deposits such as are used ex-
    to remove possible tarnish.
    tensively for producing a dark or black
    rinse is made of 2 oz. of sodium cyanide Two
    finish on brass or other metals.
    to each gal of water.
    386 PLATIKG
    types of solutions liave been used, namely, immediate and secure electrical contact.
    the alkaline cyanide solutions and the Every precaution should be made to se-
    neutral sulphocyanide solutions. Ex- cure a soft, non-strained nickel plate,
    periments show that the former are especially if the thickness of the nickel
    rather difficult to prepare and maintain is to be over .0005 in.
    at uniform composition, and therefore Oz. per Gal.
    are not recommended. It was found that Single Nickel Salts 20 to 25
    a sulphocyanide solution having the fol- Nickel Chloride 4 to 6
    lowing composition is very satisfactory: Boric Acid 4 to 3
    Mekel Ammonium Sul- Conveyor speed, ,1 to 3 ft. per minute;
    phate 60 g. per, 1.
    current density, 10 to 20 amp. per sq. ft.;
    Zinc Sulphate 7.5 g. per, 1.
    pH, 5.0 to 5.6; temperature, 100 to 115°
    Sodium Sulpho- E.
    cyanide 15 g. per 1.
    Low metal concentration, cold, still
    It is desirable to keep in suspension an nickel plating baths are not recommended
    excess of zinc carbonate which maintains for deposits over .0005 in. thick.
    the neutrality and the zinc content of
    the solution. Nickel Plating Solution for Zinc
    Black nickel plating may be applied IT. S. Patent 2,069,566
    successfully to brass, either directly or Sodium Sulphate 16.00 oz.
    after copper plating, to copper, and to Sodium Pyrophosphate 8.5 oz.
    steel that has been first coated with cop- Sodium Bisulphite 0.25 oz.
    per, nickel or zinc. Where protection Sodium Citrate 8,00 oz.
    against corrosion is desired, the black Citric Acid 2.00 oz.
    nickeP^ should be preceded by zinc plat- Sodium Chloride 4.00 oz.
    ing. The wearing properties of the black Ammonia (28%) 4.00-8.00 oz.
    surface are largely determined by the Water 1 gal.
    quality of lacquer applied over the sur-
    face. Nickel Plating Stereotypes
    Stereotypes can be nickel plated in a
    Sequence for Nickel and Chromium warm nickel solution of the following
    Plating Lead Alloys composition:
    1. Clean in solvent cleaner or vapor
    Single Nickel Salts 27 oz./gal.
    degreaser. Nickel Chloride 6 oz./gal.
    2. Electroclean as cathode from 1 to
    Boric Acid 4 oz./gal.
    3 minutes using 20 to 50 amps, per sq. ft. pH 5.8
    3. Eeverse clean making the work the Eun at a temperature of 130° E.
    anode for 10 to 15 seconds in the solu- Use 99% plus rolled nickel anodes,
    tion for (2) or in a 4 oz. per gal. solu- bagged.
    tion of sodium carbonate. This is a faster plating solution than
    4. Dip in a warm solution (120® E.) the room temperature nickel using
    of 2 oz. per gal. of caustic soda, and 2 double salts. Also, it gives a ductile and
    oz. of sodium cyanide if copper is also tougher deposit. The room temp, nickel
    to be cleaned. is more brittle, Eor press work the
    5. Dip in 20% hydrochloric acid solu- former type of deposit is found superior.
    tion.
    6. Nickel plate in a warm nickel solu-
    Nickel Plating and Ball Burnishing
    tion,
    1. Parts should be made of cold rolled
    7. Wipe clean, if necessary, after color-
    steel of fairly smooth finish. A
    No. 2
    buffing.
    cold rolled steel finish (U. S. Standard)
    8. Chromium plate not over 3 minutes
    is satisfactory.
    at 100 amps, per sq. ft.
    2. Clean parts after fabricating in
    If the work is to be given a copper either a solvent degreaser or in a hot
    plate previous to nickel plating after alkaline cleaner. Parts should be cleaned
    operation (5), follow with a dip in 3% in baskets of proper size and mesh.
    sodium cyanide solution before copper 3. Ball burnish parts in either oblique
    plating. open end or horizontal wood lined bar-
    rel; size depending upon quantity of
    Nickel Plating Lead Alloys parts. Burnishing mixture made up of
    After the work is dipped in 20% about 2 oz. neutral soap chips or fiake to
    hydrochloric acid and rinsed in cold 5 gal. of water, to which is added about
    water, it is transferred directly to a 1 oz. sodium cyanide; hardened polished
    warm nickel plating solution, making an steel balls, 5/32" to diameter, using
    : :

    PLATING 387

    approximately twice the weight of steel Anhydrous Sodium


    bSls to that of the weight of work. Sulphate 75-112.5 g./l.

    Bolling time dependent upon finish de- Ammonium Chloride 15- 22.5 g./l.
    signed, varying from 2 to 12 hrs. Speed Boric Acid 15 g./l.

    of barrels about 35 to 45 r.p.m. ^Operating details for this solution are


    4. After ball
    burnishing, parts should
    given below:
    be rinsed first in boiling hot water to
    remove soap film and then rinsed in cold
    pJS , —
    This should be held between 5.3
    and 5.7 electrometric or 5. 8-6. 2 colori-
    running water. metric. The anode area should be con-
    5. After cold water rinse, parts
    are
    trolled to minimize changes. pH pH
    placed in a ‘plating barrel of suitable should be checked daily and adjustments
    size and given a required deposit of made by the addition of ammonium
    nickel. Anickel solution of following
    hydroxide or siilphuric acid as needed.
    composition can be used: Under best operating conditions this
    Single Nickel Salts 12 oz. solution will tend slowly to become alka-
    Double Nickel Salts 4 oz. line.
    Ammonium Chloride 3 oz. Temperature —
    ^Por use in applying
    .

    Boric Acid 3 oz. on zinc this solution should


    nickel directly
    Water 1 gal. be kept at or preferably slightly above
    pH 5.8 to 6.0 room temperature (70 to 80° P.). If the
    Temperature 75-80 'F.j anodes 99 % temperature falls below 70° 'P. the de-
    rolled, depolarized nickel. posits will be hard and brittle showing
    Time of deposit at least 1 to 1%
    hours cracks. Temperatures above 80° P. will
    depending upon size of load. It is neces- tend to cause the formation of black
    sary to use a line voltage of 12 volts to streaks in recesses.
    obtain most satisfactory results. This NicTcel Content . —
    The prescribed nickel
    will necessitate the use of 12 volt D.C. sulphate content corresponds to about 2
    generator. oz. per gal. of nickel calculated as metal.

    6. After plating, parts are rinsed in No harm will result if this increases
    cold running water. somewhat in use.
    7. After rinsing, parts are again ball
    ^

    Sodium Sulphate Content The amount . —


    burnished to obtain lustre. The same of sodium sulphate present in the solu-
    procedure should be followed as outlined tion should be regulated to suit the com-
    in item No. 3 with these exceptions plexity of the articles to be plated.
    a. The use of cyanide in soap solution
    Simple shapes may require not more
    should be eliminated. than 10 oz. per gal. of sodium sulphate.
    b. After hot water rinse, rinse in cold More complicated shapes may require the
    and in hot waterand then finally dry in presence of per gal. or more.
    15 oz.

    hot, clean hardwood sawdust. Burnish- Some commercial platers add as high as
    ing time in soap solution between 20 to 30 oz. per gal. 3m general, the sodium
    30 minutes. sulphate content should be the lowest
    The recommendations as outlined above possible for the articles being plated.
    can be modified to suit conditions. Current Density . —
    ^When made up ac-
    cording to the formula given, the bath
    should be operated at between 12 and
    Bright Nickel Cobalt Plating 20 amp. per sq. ft. The maximum cur-
    British Patent 461,126 rent density will be determined by the
    Nickel Sulphate 200 g. tendency for the deposits to burn. In
    Cobalt Sulphate 15 g. the presence of very high sodium sul-
    Sodium Bicarbonate 35 g. phate concentrations, burning may de-
    Boric Acid SO g.
    velop at current densities lower than 20
    Water to make 1 !•
    amp. per sq. ft. If streaking occurs at
    Use at pH of 4.1-5.1 at current density the maximum current density, purifica-
    of,5“60 amp, per sq. ft. .

    tion of the solution may be necessary.


    Agitation . —
    Agitation reduces porosity
    Nickel Plating on Zinc and permits the use of somewhat higher
    The follomiig solution has been used current densities. With certain shapes,
    commercially for several years agitation will be found absolutely neces-
    Nickel Sulphate 10 oz./gal. sary for successful plating.
    Anhydrous Sodium Pitting . —
    ^Like all other nickel solu-
    Sulphate 10-15 oz./gal. tions this bath will at times develop a
    Ammonium Chloride 2- 3 oz./gal. tendency towards pitting. This is usu-
    Boric Acid 2 oz./gal. ally an indication that foreign matter is
    Nickel Sulphate 75 g./I present. A
    temporary cure can be ef-
    :

    ms PLATING
    fected Tby adding hydrogen peroxide or life,a tendency toward cracking will be
    sodium perborate to the solution. Per- noted. While the degree of this effect
    manent freedom from pitting can only can be controlled to some extent by
    be obtained by continuous filtration and proper operation of the solutions, other
    scrupulous care in avoiding the presence plating methods will be required in most
    of foreign Jnaterial in the solution. cases.
    Pitting may on occasion develop from Properly formulated warm nickel solu-
    faulty cleaning. tions may be operated at high current
    A somewhat more concentrated solution densities and will produce a substantially
    permitting the use of higher current den- softer type of deposit which while not
    sities has been developed. This solution entirely free from cracking under cer-
    has been used commercially with entire tain conditions, will nevertheless be ac-
    success. The formula is as follows: ceptable. While such solutions cannot
    Nickel Sulphate 15 oz./gal. be used directly on zinc, advantage may
    Anhydrous Sodium be taken of their desirable characteristics
    Sulphate 15 oz./gal. by the application of a multiple nickel
    Ammonium Chloride 3 oz./gal. coating. This method consists essen-
    tially of depositing on zinc articles, from
    Boric Acid 2 oz./gal.
    either of the two cold solutions already
    Nickel Sulphate 112.5 g./l.
    Anhydrous Sodium described, a coating of nickel 0.0001 to
    Sulphate 112.5 g./l. 0.0002 in. thick, following which the ar-
    ticles are thoroughly rinsed in cold water
    Ammonium Chloride 22.5 g./l.
    Boric Acid 15 g./l. and placed in a warm nickel solution for
    completion of the plating to the required
    Operating details for this solution are
    thickness.
    given below:
    —
    pH, ^Should be kept between 4.9 and
    The multiple nickel method may be
    used on any work on which it is possible
    5.4 electrometric or 5.4~5.9 colorimetric
    to produce a satisfactory strike coating
    by means of additions of sodium hydrox-
    in the sodium sulphate type solution.
    ide orhydrochloric acid. Ammonium
    Any warm nickel solution capable of pro-
    hydroxide and sulphuric acid should not
    ducing soft deposit may be used. The
    be used as the solution is nearly satu- solution used in the New Jersey Zino
    rated with respect to nickel ammonium
    Company laboratory is as follows
    sulphate.
    —
    Temperature. The more concentrated oz./gal. g./L
    solution permits the use of somewhat Nickel Sulphate 20 150
    higher current densities which in turn Ammonium Chloride 4 30
    permit the use of higher temperatures of Boric Acid 2 15
    operation which may be reflected in
    slightly softerdeposits. The minimum Operating details for this solution are
    safe temperature is 75®' P. and the maxi- given below:
    mum is 87® P. —
    pH. The pH of this solution should
    —
    Nickel Content. Corresponds to about be held between 5.0 and 5.3 electrometric
    3 oz. per gal. calculated as nickel metal. (5.5~5.8 colorimetric). Higher pH will
    Any large increase in nickel content may cause cracking and peeling while lower
    result in crystallization of double nickel pH will tend to increase the attack of
    saltsfrom solution. the solution on exposed portions of the
    Sodium Sulphate —
    Content.' Should be base.
    regulated as for the 2 oz. (nickel con- Temper aiure.S'ho’nidL be between 105
    tent) solution. In general somewhat and 115® F. (40-45® C.). Lower tem-
    higher sodium sulphate epntents will be peratures will not permit the deposition
    required in the present case. of soft nickel. Higher temperatures,
    '

    —
    Current Density. This more concen-
    ^

    while allowable, tend to cause excessive


    trated solution permits the use of higher loss of water by evaporation.
    current densities, the range in the pres- —
    Current Density. The current density
    ent case lying between 24 and 36 am* should under no circumstances fall below

    Agitation.
    —
    peres per sq. ft.
    'Pitting, consider-
    40 amp, per sq. ft. and preferably should
    be maintained at 60 amp. per sq. ft. or
    ations above outlined obtain in the pres- higher. Not only does the speed of pro-
    ent case. duction fall off at the lower current
    Either of these two solutions can be densities but contamination of the solu-
    used to produce deposits up to about tion becomes more serious. These cur-
    0.0005 in. in thickness. If the attempt rent densities are similar to those re-
    is made to furnish the heavier coatings quired for chromium plating and suitable
    required for, still better outdoor service generator capacity should be available.
    PLATING 389

    —
    Agitation , Agitation will tend to re- the earlier part of this article, a coating
    of copper is applied to a thickness of
    duce pitting and porosity.
    Pitting
    . — composition
    ^
    Like most warm solutions
    may
    ^

    de-
    0.0002 in. from a copper cyanide solu-
    tion, followed, after rinsing, by the ap-
    new baths of this
    plication of 0.0008 in. of nickel in a
    velop an exaggerated type of pitting.
    This condition can be readily over- warm nickel solution.
    come by additions of hydrogen peroxide. The copper cyanide solution may be
    Sodium perborate should never be used any one of those commonly used. A
    typical formula follows:
    for the reasons given below.
    Sodium Salts.— Bodiimxi salts should Oz. per gal. g.per 1.
    not be permitted to enter this solution. Sodium Cyanide 4-6 30-45
    When the solution is pure very high Copper Cyanide 4 30
    current densities can be employed with- Sodium Bicarbonate 1 7.5
    out burning. The presence of sodium Sodium Bisulphite 1.87 %
    salts very definitely restricts the^ opera- The solution should be used at 70
    tion to low current densities which not to 113 deg. P. (21 to 45 deg. C.) with
    only do not utilize the full production a current density of 10-15 amp. per
    capacity of the solution but also permit sq. ft.
    excessive zinc pickup. For these rea-
    The nickel coat may be applied from
    sons the rinsing between nickel tanks any warm nickel solution. The formula
    should be thorough, sodium perborate given above would be suitable for the
    should not be used to prevent pitting, purpose.
    and additions of alkali to raise pH should The following comments may be made
    be made with ammonium hydroxide on the method
    rather than sodium hydroxide.
    The following comments are offered
    Thickness of Coating . —The copper-
    nickel system of plating is adapted to
    in connection with the method as
    a
    the production of heavy deposits. Its
    whole use is not advocated for coatings less
    StriJee Coating .— The strike coating than 0.0005 in. in thickness. The cop-
    must be adequate to protect the zinc per layer should be at least 0.0002 in.
    base from the action of the subsequently thick in order to avoid complete absorp-
    used warm solution. For simple shapes tion by the zinc base and to provide
    a five-minute deposit at 25 amp. per sq. protection of the zinc base from attack
    ft. may be sufficient. More complicated by the warm nickel solution. The cop-
    shapes will need ten minutes at this per layer fills the same role here as the
    current lensity. primary or strike nickel deposit in the
    Minsing . —
    In the interval between the multiple nickel system of plating.
    two nickel tanks the articles should not The nickel deposit must be at least
    be allowed to dry. If drying does occur 0.0003 in. thick for outdoor use. Thin-
    poor adhesion of the second coat will ner deposits will readily permit the seep-
    develop. The use of cold water in the age through pores of copper salts which
    rinse will minimize the danger of this will stain the surface with an unsightly
    happening. brown film.
    Potation of Worh—lt is advisable to
    rotate the work being plated so that a
    Blistering . —
    Cyanide solutions, partic-
    ularly when used on zinc, may at times
    ^

    load of complicated shapes (radiator produce deposits which blister readily.


    caps, for instance) which accelerate This seems to be related in some way to
    zinc pickup is followed by several loads the cleaning practice used and often can
    of simple shapes on which more zinc be minimized by care in avoiding over
    will plate out than is dissolved (such as cleaning.
    door handles, etc.)': This practice tends
    to hold the zinc content of the warm
    Absorption . —
    ^Zinc metal absorbs cop-
    per deposits even at room temperature.
    solution at a level which does not harm The rate of absorption is very rapid for
    the quality or appearance of the deposit. thin flash deposits but becomes pro-
    gressively slower as the amount of cop-
    Copper-Nickel Deposits per present is increased. Deposits of
    While the system of plating nickel copper 0.0002 in. thick should not be
    direct has a great many advantages,
    completely absorbed during the normal
    lifetime of a plated part, although dif-
    good results have also been obtained
    commercially by plating with copper- fusion is taking place continuously.
    nickel deposits totalling 0.001 in. in
    After some period of exposure it will
    thickness.
    '

    '
    '

    be found that a zone of diffusion alloys


    .
    has formed between the copper layer
    ,

    In this system of plating the work


    is cleaned substantially as described in and the zinc base. Certain of these al-
    390 PLATING

    loys are brittle and may fail under This solution is used at room tem-
    stress causing separation of tlie plate perature to 113 deg. P. (45 deg. G.)
    from the base. with a current density of 10-50 amp.
    W. Kasteil and F. Carl have shown per sq. ft. Animal glue may be used
    photographic confirmation of this sepa- as a brightener in amounts of
    per gal. (0.9 grams per I).
    % oz.
    ration.
    The primary nickel coating should be
    Niekel-Copper-Nickel Deposits at least .0001 in. thick to prevent attack
    When coatings ranging from 0.00075 on the zinc base by the acid copper so-
    in. upward are desired multiple coatings
    lution. The final nickel should be not
    less than 0.0003 in. thick to prevent
    are necessary to minimize the tendency
    toward cracking. We have already dis- copper stains when exposed outdoors.
    cussed the multiple nickel coatings. The
    system niekel-copper-nickel also deserves Plating Time
    consideration for this weight of coating The approximate time of plating re-
    and the procedure is given below: quired to produce various thicknesses of
    Clean as described earlier in this coating in nickel at various current
    article. densities is compiled in Table 1. The
    Plate 0.0002 in. of nickel in either of times given are calculated on the basis
    the cold solutions previously described. of 100 per cent cathode efficiency. In
    Plate 0.0004 in. of copper from an the type of solution discussed in this ar-
    acid copper solution. ticle this value will be nearly approached.
    Color copper coat and clean. It may be necessary, however, to add a
    Plate 0.0004 in. of nickel from any few minutes to the plating time in some
    warm nickel solution. The bath pre- cases to insure full weight of coating.
    viously described is suitable for the
    purpose.
    The bufSng operation is not essential Purification of Solution
    if the two primary coats are sufficiently Nickel solutions used on zinc tend to
    smooth to make coloring of the final accumulate zinc in solution. When the
    nickel readily accomplished. amount present becomes sufficiently
    The acid copper solution may be of great, streaking will occur as the result
    any accepted composition. The follow- of the plating of nickel-zinc alloys of
    ing formula is typical: relatively high zinc content. In the case
    Copper Sulphate, 24 oz. per gal. (180 of the cold sodium sulphate solution this
    grams per 1.) difficulty arises when 0.3 grams per liter
    Sulphuric Acid, oz. per gal. (45- of zinc is present. In the warm nickel
    fiO grams per 1.) solution approximately 1 gram per liter

    Table 1. Approximate Time in Minutes to Produce Nickel Coatings


    of Yarious Thicknesses
    Current Density Thickness (inches)
    Amp. per Sq. Ft. 0.00015 0.0003 0.0005 0.00075 0.001
    15 10 20 84 52 69
    20 9 18 29 44 59
    25 7 14 23 36 48
    30 6 12 20 80 40
    35 5 10 16 24 81
    40 4 9 14 '
    22' 29
    50 3% 7 12 „ ,
    17' 23
    60 3 6 10 15 20
    70 m 5 8 12 16

    of zinc must be present before streaking Basic Nickel Carbonate Treatment


    develops. Definite brightening and some Eaise the pH until nickel hydroxide
    tendency toward cracking are observed, begins to precipitate (about 6.8 electro-
    however, when the amount of zinc in metric). Heat the solution to 140 deg.
    this bath greatly exceeds 0.3 grams per P. (60 deg. C.) and add a small amount
    liter. (1-3 oz*. per gal. or 7,5—22.5 grams per
    Several methods are available by 1.) of freshly prepared basic nickel car-
    which to remove excess zinc and bring bonate. A heavy white precipitate
    the solution back to a workable condi- should form. If no precipitate, is evi-
    tion. dent add more basic nickel carbonate un-
    :

    PLATING 391

    til tlie precipitate does form. If the The Nickel Dip Process Prior to
    solution is to be used cold, allow to cool Enameling
    overnight and filter. If the warm type The Nickel Dip tank is usually placed
    of bath is treated, allow to stand over- after the acid rinse, and before the
    Bight and filter hot. Adjust pH and neutralizp, and the ware proceeds from
    nickel content J^ef ore starting to plate. acid to rinse to nickel dip, to neutralizer.
    Should excessive gassing be encountered Either a wood, lead, or acid resisting
    work the bath heavily until the condition brick with lead heating coils are usually
    is overcome. employed. Iron cannot be used as the
    Basic nickel carbonate may ^be pre- nickel will deposit on the tank rather
    pared by adding 1 part of sodium, car- than on the ware. The nickel is usually
    bonate to 7 parts of nickel sulphate in added as a single nickel salt (NiSO^.-
    just sufficient water to dissolve the nickel 7H2O) although occasionally double
    sulphate. nickel salt is used (NiS04.(NH4)2S04.-
    This treatment will remove virtually 6H2O) is used as the metal source. The
    aU of the zinc, iron and/or aluminum former contains approximately 1% the
    which may have accumulated. quantity of nickel as the latter, is much
    more economical, and accomplishes -the
    Sodium Carbonate Treatment required work just as efficiently as the
    The sodium carbonate system is oper- latter.
    ated in the same manner as the basic Usually two to four ounces per gallon
    nickel carbonate treatment with the of nickel is added, along with 0.25 oz.
    single exception that sodium carbonate per gallon of boric acid. The latter is
    is added in amounts of about %-%
    oz. the buffer^’ employed, and also brings
    per gal (1-3 grams per 1.) in place of about the proper pH for most efficient
    the basic nickel carbonate. This method operation. A buffer’’ has a resistance
    should not be used with the warm solu- to change of pH, as its use allows the
    tion because of the effects which sodium addition of acid, or base, or dilution of
    salts have on the permissible current solution without materially effecting the
    densities. pH. Therefore, its use witlxin reason,
    practically insures a constant pH. This
    Ammonia Treatment is very necessary if proper plating con-
    Heat the bath to 140 deg. F. (60 deg. ditions are to prevail in the nickel dip
    0.) and add ammonium hydroxide until tank, for if the pH is too low the solu-
    a pH of 6.8 is reached. Allow to stand tion is too acidic, and the deposited
    overnight (cooling to room temperature nickel will be dissolved, and if too high,
    for cold solutions and holding at tem- the solution approaches the basic side,
    perature for warm solutions), filter, and and precipitation of the nickel rather
    adjust pH and nickel content. than deposition will result. The pH is
    usually maintained between 5.6 to 6.2,
    Stripping Methods and if, through carry over of the acid, it
    The question of how best to handle should become too low (less than 5.6)
    the occasional defective platings is a ammonia water or ammonium carbonate
    serious one. In the long run, it is prob- are added nntil the pH is within the
    ’

    ably more economical to scrap the parts proper range. If the solution should
    than to strip and replate them. The become too basic (greater than 6.2) acid
    percentage of rejections in replating is added.
    stripped work is verj high and, in the The tank is maintained by heating at
    case of zinc die-castings, the durability approximately 160-190® E., although
    of the plated coating is inferior to that there are some operators who run the
    obtained over a new surface. tank at 130® E,, this to prevent excessive
    Where stripping is necessary the fol- agitation of the sludge.
    lowing information is offered. As the solution grows older an in-
    creasing quantity of iron hydroxide sep-
    ,
    Nickel Coatings arates out of the solution as a heavy
    Immerse in the following cold solution brown sludge. Some of this rises to the
    Water 1 oz. surface making it advisable to skim off
    Sulphuric Acid 2 oz. the surface of the tank at intervals.
    Nitric Acid 2 oz. The usual practice involved in the
    Hydrochloric Acid 1/16 oz. removal of sludge other than discarding
    Prepare by adding the sulphuric and the tank entirely, is the^ addition of
    nitric acids to water and, after allow- ammonia to the tank until the pH is
    ing the solution to cool, adding the 6.4 or above, heat the tank to 180® F.
    hydrochloric acid. with air agitation to oxidize the iron,
    392 PLATING
    and allow to cool. On
    cooling overniglit is used in all determinations of nickel
    the iron hydroxide will
    "be found to hereafter.
    have settled to the bottom of the tank To determine the concentration of
    whereupon the nickel solution may be nickel in the tank filter 100 cc. of the
    siphoned off, and the sludge removed. solution to remove the iron sludge, pi-
    The nickel solution may again be run pette 10 cc. of this filtrate into a 250 cc.
    into the tank, with the additions neces- beaker and make the remainder of the
    sary to bring about normal operating additions as indicated above. Titrate
    conditions. -with Potassium Cyanide, rapidly, and
    Besides the amount of nickel deposi- with constant stirring until one drop
    tion which has taken place in the tank just clears the solution, of the cloudy,
    the concentration of nickel maintained yellow precipitate. The number of cc.'s
    and the hardness of the water, play an required for the titration multiplied by
    important part in the length of time of the factor mentioned above, gives the
    service of the tank before it becomes concentration in oz./gallon and in terms
    necessary to dump the tank because of of single nickel salts in the tank. The
    excessive sludge. results will be high, if too long a time
    If hard water is used, ammonia water is consumed in the titration.
    additions, rather than ammonium carbo- The blisters arising when repickling
    nate are said to help, as there is then ware is perhaps one of the major diffi-
    less carbonate to precipitate. culties encountered; however, there are
    The solutions required and the pro- remedies should repickling prove desir-
    cedures involved are outlined below: able. One might satisfactorily solve this
    by segregating the ware, and putting it
    1. Standard Nickel Solution through the regular cycle, but missing
    Dissolve 2 oz. of single nickel salts the nickel tank entirely. It is said that
    in one quart of water. a thorough sponging of the ware without
    pickling is efficacious.
    2. Standard Potdssium Cyanide Solu-
    If the deposition of nickel is too
    tion
    great, difficulty in the drain of the
    Dissolve 75 grams of 95-96% Potas- ground coat may be experienced, or if
    sium Cyanide in 1 liter of water. the ware should become scratched while
    7.5% solution by weight. in this condition, a series of blisters will
    3. Standard Silver Nitrate Solution form in the scratch. The proper deposi-
    Dissolve 1.13 grams of Silver Nitrate tion is very thin, and the ware will ap-
    in 1 liter of water. 0.113% solution pear to the eye to be covered with a uni-
    by weight. form dusty black coating.
    Inasmuch as it is a well known fact
    4. Potassium Iodide Solution that in plating, the deposition is heaviest
    Dissolve 25 grams of Potassium in scratches^ and holes and these holes
    Iodide in 100 cc. of water. 25.0% might conceivably contain inclusions of
    Solution by weight. dirt, acid or matter which instead of be-
    5. Citrate Solution ing removed in succeeding tanks are cov-
    Dissolve 150 cc. of concentrated ered by the nickel to become copperheads
    Chemically Pure Ammonia, and 120 or blisters by volatilization after firing.
    grams of Citric acid crystals, and
    200 grams of Chemically Pure Am- Chromium Plating China or Glass
    monium Sulphate in 1 liter of water. XJ, S. Patent 2,025,528
    Note —In all of the solutions above, -where Non-metallic rigid articles are plated
    water is called for, distilled -water should be by immersing in tin sulphate (5® Be.)
    used. then washed superficially. Then pour on
    them simultaneously a solution of 1 ounce
    It is first necessary to standardize the silver nitrate and 1 ounce 28% am-
    Potassium Cyanide solution. Pipette 10 monia in a quart of water together with
    cc. of the Standard nickel solution into a solution of formaldehyde ; rinse and
    a 250 ce. beaker, add 50 cc. of the citrate submerge in a solution of copper sul-
    solution, 2 cc. of the Potassium Iodide phate (25® Be.) to which an electric
    solution, and 5 cc. of the Silver Nitrate current of 5 to 15 amperes is applied;
    solution. This is titrated with the Po- rinse and immerse in a solution of nickel
    tassium Cyanide until the cloudy precipi- sulphate (25® B4.); wash; dry; polish
    tate obtained in the beaker is just wash in an alkaline solution and plate
    cleared. The number eight divided by in chromic acid solution (25-40® B4.)
    the number of cubic centimeters required for 3 to 10 minutes at 100 to 200 am-
    for the titration provides a factor which peres and rinse and dry.
    PLATING 393

    ,
    Chromium Plating pleted, the surface iswashed successively
    Patent 2,093,428
    IJ. S. in water, alcohol and About 0.004
    ether.

    The object to be plated is first coated mg. aluminum is dissolved per min., and
    or cadmium by the electrolyte works better when it has
    with a thin film of zinc
    electro-deposition from dissolved 4^5 g./l. aluminum. The re-
    Caustic Soda o 025 . flecting power of the aluminum thus ob-
    Sodium Cyanide 8 oz. tained is much greater than that obtain-
    Water able by mechanical polishing, and the
    . ^ J- surface is especially suited for exami-
    Zinc or Cadmium 0.03 id.

    bath: nation of the structure of the metal.


    then plate from following
    Sodium Bichrmate 2% lb.
    Chrome Acid 15 lb.
    ^ Anodic Treatment of Aluminum
    Water U. Patent 2,066,327
    Bring to a boil and add gradually Pormula No. 1
    Aluminum Hydrate 2 V2 lb.
    Chromic Acid 5 oz.
    Boil for 15 min.; cool and add Chromium Acetate 5-11 oz.
    Chrome Acid 75 lb.
    Water 84—90 oz.
    Zinc Carbonate 8 oz.
    Operate at 30-40 Volts at 30-40° 0.
    Mix and dissolve in water to give a for 30-60 minutes.
    28® B4. solution. Plating with this bath
    avoids undue oxidation of metal
    being No. 2
    plated. British Patent 474,608
    Aluminum or its alloys is treated an-
    Coloring Cadmium odically in 8-15% sulphuric acid at 20-'
    Cadmium may be colored by immer- 25° C. with 9-4 amp./sq. ft. It is then
    sion in the following solution: boiled with a non-metalliferous dye con-
    Copper Nitrate 10-15 g. taining a small amount of potassium di-
    Potassium Permanganate 2 V2 g* chromate.
    Water 1 No. 3
    _

    Colors ranging from yellowish to red- British Patent 447,420


    10-12
    dish and greenish brown may
    be ob- Acetic Acid fl. oz.
    of Phosporic Acid 2-2.5 oz.
    tained, depending on the time
    fl.

    mersion, concentration of the hath, and Sulphuric Acid 2.5-3 fl. oz.
    82.5 oz.
    age of the bath. The surface after Water fl.

    treatment should be given a light dry Operate at 27-30° C. at 3-4 amp./sq.


    brushing to bring out the true color.
    I

    Treating Aluminum for Plating Sulphuric Acid 7-8.25 oz.


    German Patent 631,371 GallicAcid 0.55 oz.
    Smooth adherent deposits are obtained Boric Acid 0.55 oz.
    if the aluminum or alloy is
    treated for Make 1 gal.
    Water to
    3 minutes in 1% hydriodie acid at 200
    Operate at 25-35° C. at 8-12 amp./sq.
    amp/sq. m.

    Electrolytic Polishing of Aluminum


    electrolyte is prepared by pour-
    Aluminum Eeflectors by Anode Process
    The !

    The electrolyte is an aqueous solution


    ing very slowly 785 cc. acetic anhydride
    containing approximately 15 percent sod-
    into 215 cc. well-cooled perchloric acid
    (d.

    (The aluminum to be polished ium carbonate (anhydrous) and 5 per-


    1.480).
    if a cent tribasic sodium phosphate, the work-
    is completely immersed, vertically
    a few cm. from the ing temperature being about 80° C. (176°
    sheet, in this solution
    cathode (a sheet of aluminum), and
    S’-)- , . .

    connected with the anode. The voltage


    The material to be treated is im-
    mersed in this solution connected to the
    should be 50-100 v. The circuit should
    include a variable resistance so that the
    anode bar, with the current off, and
    of allowed to remain until a vigorous etch-
    c. d. can be kept at 3-5 amp,/sq. dm.
    ing action, which starts almost immedi-
    the anode surface, and the electrolyte
    ately, has persisted for about 20 seconds.
    maintained at 45—50° with constant stir-
    Direct current at about 10 volts is then
    ring. The duration of the polishing de-
    switched on with a current density of
    pends on the surface; for a sheet ox
    rolled pure aluminum in good condition
    it about 35 amps, per sq. ft. of anode
    surface. Within about 30 seconds ox
    Isabout 15 min. When polishing is com-
    394 PLATINa
    switching on, the initial etching of the Matte Finish for Aluminum
    metal should cease entirely, and at the The simplest method of producing a
    same time the current density should de- matte finish on sheet aluminum is an im-
    crfease to about half its original value, mersion treatment. Simply dip the alu-
    the voltage being kept within 9-12 volts. minum parts for one to two minutes in
    The anodic treatment is then continued a solution of 2.5 oz. per gal. of sodium
    for about 5 minutes, after which the hydroxide, and 5.9 oz. per gal. of trisod-
    metal is removed from the bath and ium phosphate. This solution should be
    rapidly washed in clean cold water. operated at 200 degrees F. and no elec-
    The reflectivity of the surface com- tric current should be used. After the
    pared with the original mill flnish is parts are treated they should be dipped
    now considerably improved, and if the quickly in cold water and then in hot
    specimen is allowed to dry, brilliant in- water. If the drying is then accelerated
    terference colors may be seen, indicating by a compressed air blast, staining will
    the presence of an extremely thin trans- be prevented.
    parent fl[im presumably of aluminum ox- The finish obtained by this method will
    ide. This seems to be confirmed by the vary with the composition of the alu-
    fact that the surface is now capable of minum parts and the composition of the
    being dyed by aniline dyes. This film solution. If the suggested formula does
    is, however, too thin to withstand much not produce a satisfactory surface, the
    wear and needs to be reinforced- For amount of sodium hydroxide can be
    the second part of the process, an aque- varied and some experiments made to
    ous solution is used containing approxi- determine the proper formula.. The solu-
    mately 20 percent sodium bisulphate tion suggested is, however, a well-bal-
    worked at about 35® C. (95® F.). It is anced solution and should wmrk well with
    a straightforward anodic treatment us- most commercial aluminum sheets.
    ing d.c. at 10 volts and a current density
    of about 5 amps, per sq. ft anode sur-
    face, treatment being continued for 15 Aluminum Black
    Coloring
    minutes. French Patent 801,608
    Some care is necessary in the finishing Boric Acid 0.8-1.2 g.
    of treated material if a rather unpleas- Disodium Hydrogen
    ant defect is to be avoided. If a sheet Phosphate 0.2-0.4 g.
    is treated by both processes and finally
    Salt 30 g.
    washed and allowed to dry in air, a very Water 1 1.

    brilliant surface is obtained which re- Use hot at pH of 8-9.


    mains so until it is rubbed or fingered,
    when a permanent white streak appears
    Black Finish for Aluminum
    which is rendered worse by further rub-
    bing. This appears to be due to the
    Formula No. 1
    formation in the first bath, of an ex-
    A black color may be obtained on alu-
    tremely thin powdery layer, which is
    minum by immersing in the following
    solution:
    only rendered visible when rubbed in the
    dry state. The layer can be readily re- Potassium Permanganate 1% oz.
    moved, however, without damage to the Nitric Acid (20® B6.) % oz.
    surface, by light scrubbing using clean Copper Nitrate 4 oz.
    water and a rubber sponge; this treat- Water 1 gfd.
    ment must be applied before drying. Temperature 175® F.
    Several difficulties have arisen in the Time of immersion 20 to 30 minutes;
    after-treatment or sealing of these re- dry and protect with clear lacquer.
    flector films, as most of the oils, waxes,
    etc., in general use reduce the reflec- No. 2,
    tivity value, but very good results have A deposit of black nickel applied di-
    been obtained by the application of soap rectly to aluminum will produce a coat-
    and water. The soap should be applied ing that issufficiently durable for in-
    with a second rubber sponge and worked terior service.
    into a good lather evenly over the re- Nickel Ammonium Sulphate 8 oz.
    flector surface; this treatment produces Zinc Sulphate 1 oz.
    a rather greasy effect, on rinsing which Sodium Sulphocyanide 2 oz.
    disappears, however, when the metal is Water 1 gal.
    dried by rubbing in hot sawdust. Sub- Nickel anodes, voltage 1 volt, cathode
    sequent cleaning with soap and water current density 1 to 2 amps; solution is
    and drying with a cloth may be done as maintained nearly neutral with zinc eat^
    often as desired. bonate.
    FLATim m
    Blaelk, Brown and Orey Coloring Electroplating Aluminum with Silver
    of Aluminum. German Patent 621,489
    In cases where simple immersion meth- The cleaned metal is dipped into the
    ods for
    producing protective coloring of following bath:
    aluminum instead of the more elaborate Hydrochloric Acid (36.3%) 3 oz.
    and costly eloxal processes (anodic treat- Nitric Acid (65%) 1 oz.
    ment) are desired, the following recipes Hydrofluoric Acid (40%) 1 oz.
    are found to
    give satisfactory results. Water 15 oz.
    A solution in one liter of water of 5-10 Wash and dip in 10% caustic soda
    cr potassium permanganate, 2-4 cc. nitric solution saturated with salt. Then plate
    acid of 1.35 specific
    gravity (28*^ BA),
    with silver by any standard formula.
    and 20-25 g. copper nitrate is used for
    black coloring; and 5 g. copper nitrate
    The solution is ap- Gold Plating Bath
    for brown coloring.
    80° C. The Gold Fulminate 8
    plied almost boiling, at g.
    Sodium Phosphate
    depth of color depends on the time of im- 7.5 g.
    mersion, light brown is obtained in about
    Sodium Cyanide 15 g.
    Water
    5 minutes, deep brown
    in 10 to 15 min- 1 i.

    utes, deep black requires 20 to 30 min- This solution avoids a harmful alkali
    utes. salt excess.
    solution of 10-20 g. ammonium
    A
    molybdate, 5-20 g. sodium acetate in 1 1. Jewelry Gold Plating Bath
    water to which some ammonium chloride Formula No. 1
    was added gave a deep black color in Gold Cyanide 1.55 g.
    about 1 minute. The color is quite dur- Sodium Cyanide 2.35 g.
    able, it will stand bending without com- Water 1 1.
    ing -off. The objects must be well washed
    Use at 0.1 amp. at 50-60° C.
    to remove all chloride from pores.
    For plating contact pieces of alumi-
    A fine, velvety grey color is obtained num, brass, copper or steel use.
    by immersion in boiling solutions of 100
    g. diammonium phosphate and 5 g, man- No. 2
    ganese nitrate in 1 1. water. Gold Cyanide 9.35 g.
    In general, mechanical cleaning of the Sodium Cyanide 14.00 g.
    objects by scraping, brushing, and sand-
    'i'l

    blasting gave better coloring than pick-


    Water 1 1.
    degreased in
    i
    ling before immersion; pickling often re-
    in following '1*
    sulted in a spotty appearance.
    solution:
    Copper Plating Anodized Aluminum Sulphuric Acid
    The articles are degreased by immer- (sp. gr. 1.84) 6 g-
    sion for 10 minutes in cold 10% caustic Nitric Acid (sp. gr. 1.42) 3 8-
    soda solution, followed by a rinse of 2% Water 2 g-
    hydrochloric acid. The oxide film is then
    produced by immersion for 15 minutes at
    95° C. in a sodium carbonate solution Green Gold Plating Bath
    containing sodium chromate or sodium Gold 2.00 g-
    metavanadate; the articles are then Silver 0.75 g-
    washed well in cold water and dried. Sodium Cyanide 4.00 g-
    The copper-plating bath contains copper Sodium Carbonate 5.00 g*
    sulphate crystals 150, 60% sulphuric acid Trisodium Phosphate 20.00 g-
    60, and gelatin 0.01-0.1 g. per liter; Potassium Sulphite 5.00 g-
    plating is carried out at 20-25° C, using Water 1.00 1.

    1-1.1 amp. per sq. dm. for 60-90 min- Use hot at a low current density.
    utes. During electrolysis the oxide film
    is gradually dissolved and replaced by a
    firmly adherent deposit of copper, which Imitation Gold on Cold Boiled Strip
    shows no sign of flaking or cracking when Steel Articles
    the metal is subjected to the Erichsen Tliis has been applied on various parts
    test, bent through 180°, or heated to 400° such as hardware, bag frames, belt, dress
    G. in air. Using 95.5% aluminum as and millinery buckles and ornaments,
    basis metal, the minimum porosity of the novelty jewelry, etc. (made of steel only
    plate is obtained when the aluminum is and a combination of brass and its al-
    previously annealed at 550° G. for 90 loys, riveted, soldered, welded, etc.) for
    minutes and the maximum when the metal years very satisfactorily; but the con-
    is plated in the hard-rolled state. trol of the ^^Gold Solution’’ (bronze or
    396 PLATIISTG

    riehi low brass) must be done by a man in the same gold solution, dry and lac-
    who knows how. Temperature is an im- quer.
    portant factor and should be controlled The fine gold solution may be made up
    ^
    by a thermostat otherwise trouble will as follows:
    be encountered. The results may be all Sodium Gold Cyanide % oz.
    right for a while, but Without an auto- Sodium Cyanide %--l oz.
    matic control it just cannot last long. Disodium Phosphate 2 '

    oz.
    A formula for the solution that has stood Water 1 gal.
    the test is: Temperature 120-130® F. Current
    Formula for Bronze Solution density 1-5 amp./sq. ft. Insoluble stain-
    Copper Cyanide 4 oz. less steel anodes or 24K gold anodes
    Zinc Cyanide Vq oz. may be used.
    Sodium Cyanide 5 oz.
    Sodium Carbonate 2 oz.
    Bochelle Salts 2 oz. Platinum Plating
    Water 1 gal. Formula 3Sfo. 1
    Temperature 95® F. ;
    thermostatically Chloroplatinic Acid 0.60 oz.
    controlled. Caustic Soda 0.25 oz.
    Cathode current density 2 to 2% amp. Disodium Hydrogen
    per sq. ft.; 2 to 3 volts. Phosphate 6.00 oz.
    Anodes: rolled 90% copper and 10% Sodium Bicarbonate 1.00 oz.
    zinc; (sometimes referred to as rich low Potassium Nitrate 1.00 oz.
    brass). Boric Acid 1-2 oz.
    To replenish metal content, don ^t make Water to make 1 gal.
    a stock solution of copper cyanide, zinc
    cyanide and sodium cyanide. It is im- No. 2
    possible to control* the constituents in Ammonium Platinochloride 15,50 g..
    proper proportion to produce a uniform Ammonium Chloride 6.25 g.
    color in the deposit.
    Sodium Citrate 125.00 g.
    Separate stock solutions of the zinc Water to make 1.00 i.

    salts and copper salts are better. They


    are prepared by dissolving equal parts
    No. 3
    Sodium Platinic Hydroxide 18.5 g,
    of copper cyanide and sodium cyanide,
    Sodium Hydroxide 5.1 g.
    and zinc cyanide and sodium cyanide in
    Sodium Oxalate 5.1 g.
    water and placing in separate containers
    Sodium Sulphate 30.8 g.
    until needed for adding to solution.
    Water 1 1,
    Bochelle salts are added when neces-
    sary to remove oxides by dissolving them Operate at 65-80® C. at 7.5 amp./sq. ft.
    from the anodes. This should be done For heavy deposits use 2-3 amp./sq. ft.
    when the deposit is not uniform. Don^t Platinum plated copper anodes are used.
    add more than 1 to 2 ounces per gallon
    of water. No. 4
    Make three solutions as follows:
    Platinum (as chloride) 5 g. per 1. (12.3
    Cheap Bose Gold Finish for Brass
    g. PtCh(H.O)a).
    Thearticle to be finished is first im-
    Ammonium Phosphate (NH4)2HP04
    mersed in the following dip until a deep per
    45 g. 1.
    red smut is formed on the surface;
    Sodium Phosphate Na2HP04(H20)i3
    Copper Sulphate 16 oz. 240 g. per 1.
    Muriatic Acid %
    gal.
    Dissolve substances separately. Add
    Water 1 gal.
    the ammonium phosphate solution to the
    Dissolve the copper sulphate in water platinum chloride solution. To the mix-
    and then add the acid. Use at normal ture add the sodium phosphate solution,
    temperature. Astone crock can be used which dissolves most or all of the pre-
    for a container. cipitate. Boil for several hours or until
    After the deep red smut has been odor of ammonia is gone.
    formed it should be lightened somewhat After cleaning suspend object in plat-
    by placing in a saturated salt solution ing bath with current on. Keep bath at
    for a few seconds and then rinsed in 70° C. Use initial current density of
    clean cold water. Plate in a fine gold 0.3 amp. per sq. dm. for approximately
    solution for about 30 seconds; then re- 5 to ten minutes to get plating to start.
    lieve high lights with a fine brass or Then plate with current density of 0.10
    tampico wheel with bicarbonate of soda. to 0.13 amp, per sq. dm. This will de-
    After relieving plate for a few seconds posit 0.00085 mm. of platinum per hour*
    PLATING 397

    the deposit becoming apparent at a con-


    Silver Plating Preparations
    centration of about .5 N.
    tlie metal by^re- Piltration becomes very important in
    ^"riean th^surface of
    dust, oxide) stains. this type of solution and should be done
    movinff all (grease,
    in the presence of a filter aid of the
    CST^-snth a cotton pad. The
    abrasive
    scratches. diatomaceous type.
    be very fine to avoid
    chalk powder (pre-
    Polish with some
    cipitated) on a woolen rag. Making Silver Cyanide from Silver
    (A) Conversion
    Silver-Plating Liquid
    45 g.
    For a gal. of plating solution, take 2
    Silver Nitrate troy oz. of pure silver, roll it thin, twist
    Ammonia 45 g.
    the strips so they will not lie fiat, place
    Sodium Hyposulphite 75 g.
    75
    them in an evaporating dish or porcelain
    Whiting, Finest Grade g.
    casserole, and cover them with nitric
    pistilled Water 760 g.
    acid. Dilute the acid with about one-
    third water. Ordinary tap water con-
    Silvering Fluid tains salts that cause a cloudiness in the
    Silver Nitrate
    20 g. solution, but this does no harm (beyond
    Whiting 40 g. worrying the inexperienced worker) and
    Ammonia 10 g. so tap water is commonly used. How-
    Turkey Bed Oil 5 g. ever,, if you have distilled water on hand,
    Sodium Hyposulphite 35 g. use it.
    Water, Distilled 400 g. Usually the acid goes to work at once
    in cold weather yon may have to warm
    Silver Plating Paste it a little. Dangerous fumes appear, so
    Silver Chloride work near a flue or fan. Do not use any
    Cream of Tartar, Powdered 526 g. more acid than necessary ; this is accom-
    Sodium Chloride 395 g. plished by adding the acid a little at a
    To use, add a little water and make a time, and leaving a .small piece of silver
    paste. Apply with a piece of cotton. nndissolved.
    Next, evaporate the solution slowly to
    dryness to drive off any unused nitric
    Economical Silver Plating i

    acid. Do not overheat. White crystals


    Silver Nitrate 4 oz./gal. of silver nitrate will be seen as the liquid
    Sodium Cyanide 4 oz./gal. cools. If you started work with pure
    Potassium Nitrate 15 oz./gal. silver,and use pure nitric acid, yon
    With the usual type of agitation and should now have silver nitrate of such
    operating between 75 and 80° F. uniform purity that no repnrification of these
    at
    bright plate is obtained on flatware crystals is called for.
    from 12 to 18 amp. per sq. ft. average,
    amp. (B) Precipitation
    and on hollowware at from 7 to 10
    Wash the silver nitrate into a big jar,
    per sq. ft. average. As with the
    con-
    ventional solution, higher current density
    and make up to about %
    gal. with water,

    but uniformity of deposit is preferably distilled. In a separate ves-


    is possible,
    this solution the lower sel dissolve about 4 oz. avoirdupois of
    sacrificed. With
    uniform bright plate is not so
    limit of
    potassium cyanide, in %
    gal. of water.
    Sodium cyanide is cheaper and goes
    marked as with the conventional solu- ^
    that
    further, but many workers maintain
    tion. ,
    ,
    potassium cyanide gives better results*
    ,

    brighter color is obtainable by re-


    A Cyanide alters on standing, and changes
    duction of the free cyanide to .15 to .20
    strength, so it is impossible to say ex-
    N. At this concentration anode polari-
    actly how much will be necessary. Now
    zation may become a problem and no ad-
    I

    vantage is evident in the finishing of the


    add a little of the cyanide solution to the
    I

    silver nitrate solution, and stir. Do not


    deposit. If the free cyanide content is
    breathe any fumes that may appear
    increased to about .5 N, a milkier deposit
    XCSLllt/S
    they are especially dangerous^ if your
    nitrate contains any unused nitric acid.
    Concentration of silver is best held
    above .15 N(2 troy oz. per gal.) but
    The heavy white insoluble salt, silver
    den- cyanide, will settle slowly. Use only just
    little limitation in average current
    sity, .13 N
    (1.75 troy oz. per gal), is enough cyanide solution to convert all the
    silver into the solid form; this is hard
    evident.
    be re- to do because you do not know exactly
    It is suggested that carbonate work.
    how mneh cyanide will do the
    moved when the concentration reaches
    .4 N, a slight change in the character of Most Workers add too much and thereby
    398 PLATING
    'waste silver. So work slowly, add a little The hot dip tinning process consists
    cyanide and then let the mixture settle first in cleaning off any oil, grease
    or
    in a dark pla<^e; then add another drop foreign matter from the metal parts by
    or two of cyanide and see if it produces putting them through a good commercial
    more of the white precipitate; if so, add cleaning solution. This solution is kept
    a few more drops and let settle again, at a temperature of 180 to 200® E. The
    Pinally you will find that no more white tanks can be steel tanks. After passing
    cloud forms; this will probably use up through the cleaning solution, the parts
    about a third of your cyanide solution, are then washed thoroughly in clear run-
    more or less, according to its strength. ning water. This removes the alkali of
    Now set the jar aside until all the the cleaner and the solution is generally
    ^
    white stuff has settled well, then pour off held at about the same temperature.
    the clear solution, which should be of no ^
    After cleaning, the work must be
    value. (If you used too much cyanide pickled to remove all scale and iron
    it will contain a little silver.) Now you oxides. If the parts to be tinned are
    must wash this white sediment by filling castings, a small quantity of hydrofluoric
    the jar with clean water, stirring well, acid must be used in the pickle to re-
    and letting it settle again. Pour off the move all traces of sand or siliceous ma-
    clear wash-water and throw it away. Re- terial. The sulphuric acid solution for
    peat this washing two or three times, and steel is generally about a 2 to 4% solu-
    leave the silver cyanide sediment in the tion in acid strength, and is carried at
    jar. about 140® P. The acid strength and
    (C) Solution in Cyanide temperature of the pickle depend entirely
    Next, dissolve this washed silver cya- upon the character of the scale and iron
    nide in the potassium cyanide solution, oxide to be removed. After pickling the
    watching to see how much solution you parts are washed thoroughly and then
    use. You can keep a record of this by put into a liquid flux solution of zinc
    having the cyanide solution in a gradu- chloride.
    ate and pouring from it, very slowly, The last step is putting them through
    stirring all the time, until the last grain the tin bath. They should be allowed to
    of white sediment dissolves. Note how drain thoroughly and then be slowly put
    many ounces of the liquid were required. into the tin bath which is held at a tem-
    It will probably be about one-half of perature from 480 to 520® E. depending
    what remained from process B. upon the size of the articles to be tinned
    Your jar now contains a solution of the and the production put through the bath
    double salt, potassium-silver-cyanide. If in a unit time. Tin melts at 450° P. and
    you had been working with sodium cya- a little practice will quickly determine
    nide it would now be the sodium-silver- which temperature is most suitable to use
    cyanide. These are the essential salts in for the work at hand. The tin bath has
    silver-plating baths. a light film of zinc chloride over it and
    For successful plating, other sub- '
    this is skimmed back with a skimmer
    stances are added, primarily a certain when the articles are slowly drawn out.
    amount of ^‘free'^ cyanide. Therefore, They may be placed on a rack if they
    for each oz, of solution that you poured are very small parts or work that can
    out of your graduate in process C, add be conveniently handled in such a man-
    1/5 of an oz. more of that same cyanide ner.
    solution. This constitutes the ^^free^^ Very small metal parts are cooled in
    cyanide. Let settle; usually there is a kerosene oil. This bath is surrounded by
    slight precipitate that should be filtered a water jacket, and the tank usually has
    out and discarded. Your complex silver a small mesh basket in it that the parts
    cyanide is now ready for use; add enough can be emptied into. The basket is then
    water to bring the volume to a gallon. quickly lifted out of the oil, and the parts
    dried in sawdust, and then the sawdust is
    Hot Tinning
    sifted out later. With certain kinds of
    work it is often put in a tumbling barrel
    Equipment required for the usual small
    with cedar sawdust and given a very light
    article that is to be hot dip tinned, con-
    tumbling to dry the work of oil and give
    sists of a cleaning tank, a wash tank,
    a very clean, bright finish.
    pickling tank and a wash tank, a flux
    tank and a tin pot. In some cases in tin-
    ning various metal parts they are either Tin Coating by the Hot-Tinning Process
    tumbled or sandblasted in the cleaning Good wetting of a solid metal ny a
    process; the kind and character of the liquid one is possible only when the
    metal part will determine whether these formation of a compound or a solid solu-
    steps are necessary. tion is possible. Thus copper can be
    ;

    PLATING 399

    bismuth only if 1% of tin The by running


    strip is then, cleaned
    with,
    •
    I Med The type of the boundary through a hot 1% sodium hydroxide bath,
    coating of copper with tin rinsed first in cold water, then in hot
    dloT to the
    ^

    undeistopd Its crystal water for drying. This will produce a


    f not clearly
    be determined microscopi- high lustre on tinned strip.
    form cannot
    tin and copper If an oil layer is not used on the tin-
    In the deposition of
    ^^ATifains alumiimm there is
    8% ning bath some suitable means for wiping
    should be employed as the strip leaves
    ?Sd an SLy of 46.4% tin 49.0%
    aluminum. In the bath. A vnpe made of loose stranded
    !“pper and 3.9% diameter can be
    ” of copper in a tin-lead eu- cotton rope about
    “tinning _

    employed to good advantage. After the


    obtained
    an adherent coating is
    tpctie
    eutectic fluxing ma- wiping, strip is passed through the alka-
    !t ISS" when the
    part of ammonium chlo- line bath as mentioned above.
    tPrial contains 1
    ride and 3
    of zinc chloride ; rnth 2 parts
    ammonium chloride to 1 of zinc chlo- Tin Plating without Electricity
    obtained under
    Jide such a deposit is not Tin Chloride oz. %
    sen” Aconcentrated solution of tin Aluminum Sulphate 2 oz.
    is well
    t^rabromide which melts at SI" Cream of Tartar 2 oz.
    suited as a
    fluxing material for the tin gal*
    Since hydrogen re-
    Water 1
    plating of copper.
    copper oxides even under The work is immersed in an iron wire
    duces tin and basket, large quantities of work being
    Q00° it is possible to coat
    copper wire
    atmosphere of hydrogen separated by sheets of zinc. The tank
    with’ tin to an sheet
    is of copper or cast iron lined with
    ^thout a fluxing matenal. Steel which
    pohshmg with emery zinc. The work is boiled for 30-45 min-
    ias been cleaned by utes.
    tin by dipping in tin
    can be coated with
    phosphorus. Iln-
    which contains 0.05%
    der certain
    circumstances a wavy surface Tin Wash
    is formed
    during the hardening of the The following procedure may be used
    tin coating. This can be prevented^ for depositing tin on steel tacks and
    cobalt or 0.1%
    the addition of 0.04% nails : ,

    It is probable, therefore, that 1. Eemoval of oil dirt either by


    and
    nickel.
    such alloys, which give
    smooth surfaces, electro-cleaning in alkaline cleaning solu-
    possess a hardening or solidifleation range tion or by the use of solvent and vapor
    compound degreasing. If electro-cleaner is used
    ^thto which crystals of the
    between
    form. At working temperatures follow by hot water and cold water rinses.
    240° and 280°, tin with 1.1%
    popper 2. Eolling in neutral soap
    solutions in
    cives a smooth surface.
    The addition a wood lined barrel or an open end ob-
    the forma- lique wood barrel to obtain bright
    of bismuth to the tin causes
    finish.

    tion of large crystal


    spangles, similar to If hard water is used it may be neces-
    tliose formed in lead-containing tin.
    sary to soften by the addition of borax
    or soda ash.
    3. After rolling rinse in clean
    hot and
    Tinning Steel Sheets
    hot tin- then cold running water.
    A common procedure used for strip 4. Blectro-elean in suitable brass
    wire
    ning consists of pickling the steel
    at 17 U- mesh baskets or other suitable container.
    in a hot 2% sulphuric acid bath
    180® F. then rinsing in cold water. It Einse in clean hot water, then cold water
    in
    have the steel dip in 10% muriatic acid pickle; rinse
    is essential of course to
    cold water; dip in cyanide pickle
    solu-
    clean before pickling. After
    pickling
    tion, 5® Be.; rinse in cold
    water and
    the strip is passed through a zinc
    chlo-

    ride dux then through a molten


    tin bath, then place in plating barrel. _
    5. After tin plating the
    parts should
    which has a layer of palm or cottonseed clean cold running water.
    be rinsed in
    oil. In some instances two tin baths are be
    used the first being run at a somewhat To obtain high lustre parts should
    higher temperature than the second.
    tumbled in an open end oblique wood
    solution.
    barrel using a neutral soap
    The temperature of the tin should be 10 min^
    Eolling time should not be over
    around 570® F. for good results, while
    the temperature of the oil layer should
    utes* T . • X
    6. After rolling in soap solution
    he around 475® F, then rolled
    are rinsed in cold water and
    .
    ^
    The strip should be run between rolls in type of
    to squeeze off excess tin as it leaves
    the in cold hardwood sawdust
    The oil can be removed by rubbing barrel mentioned to dry. ^
    bath. sawdust, parts are
    7. After drying in
    with some substance such as bran, or sawdust. The size of
    riddled to separate
    middlings.
    : -

    400 PLATING
    mesh in riddle depending upon size of Plating Lead Castings with Brass
    parts. Copper Cyanide 3.6 oz.
    The tin solution used is as follows Zinc Cyanide 1.2 ozl
    Sodium Stannate 24 oz./gal. Sodium Cyanide 7.5 02!
    Sodium Acetate 4 oz./gal. Sodium Carbonate 4.0 oz*
    Powdered Bosin 3 oz,/gal. Water 1
    Temperature 130° P. Current density Temperature 75-100° P., anodes 80%
    12 amp. per sq. ft. copper, 20% zinc, free cyanide 2.5 oz
    /
    It is advisable to add small amounts gal.
    daily of 100 volume hydrogen peroxide One pt. of ammonia added to each 100
    to oxidize the stannite salts back to stan- gal. will aid in producing a good color
    nate condition. This will prevent the when starting a new solution.
    building up of stannite salts. Arsenic isused as a brightener. Bis-
    Time of plating at least 30 minutes. solve 2 lb. caustic soda in %
    gal. water
    The panels of the cylinder used in barrel and then add 1 lb. white arsenic. Use i
    must either be canvas or hard rubber oz. of this solution to each 100 gal. plat-

    with perforations of such a size to pre- ing solution. An excess must be avoided
    vent parts coming through. as it will cause the anodes to turn black.

    Protecting Surface of Magnesium Alloys


    Blacking Coating for Tin
    U. S. Patent 2,066,842
    A
    relatively hard, blue-black film is
    A method of coating a surface the
    produced on tin and its alloys in the fol-
    major ingredient of which is magnesium,
    lowing :
    consists in treating the surface with an
    Bisodium Hydrogen approximately 1% solution of oxalic acid
    Phosphate 200 g. at about 100° C.
    Water 1 1.

    Phosphoric Acid sufficient to give pH Electro-Bubbing Plating of Lead


    3. Operate at 90°; e.d. 30-40 amp./sq. By electro-rubbing^^ is meant the
    eleetrodeposition of a metal by wrapping
    the anode with a cloth impregnated with
    Lead Plating on Iron Bath electrolyte and rubbing it on the cathodic
    Lead Silicofluoride 135 g. surface. The anode must be of lead be-
    Hydrosilicofluoric Acid 30 g. cause separation of lead peroxide occurs
    Boric Acid 5 g. at an insoluble anode, producing exhaus-
    Glue 1 g. tion of the electrolyte. The most suitable
    Water to make 1 1. electrolyte is found to be borofluoride
    Use at 40° C. at 0.3-1.0 amp./sq. dm. solution of the following composition:
    with a lead anode for 90 hours. basic lead carbonate, 142 g. per 1. ; hydro-
    fluoric acid (100%), 120 g. per 1.; boric
    acid, 106 g. per 1.; glue 0.2 g. per 1.
    Black Glossy Protective Coating for Iron With this electrolyte, very high current
    U. S. Patent 2,046,061 densities can be employed both at anode
    A black, lustrous, rust-resisting film is and at cathode. Lead coatings produced
    produced on the surface of ferrous me- by ^ ^ electro-rubbing ^ ' are found to be
    tals by immersing them for 5 minutes at quite satisfactory in respect of resistance
    50-90° C. in a solution pH 1-3) of to corrosion, adhesion, and appearance.
    vanadous oxide (1.66%) in oxalic acid
    (2.6%) ; formation of the film is acceler- Brignt Cobalt Plating Solutions
    ated by aerating the solution or adding Formula No. 1
    hydrogen peroxide. The toughness and Cobalt Ammonium
    adherence of the film are improved by Sulphate 200
    baking the articles at 100-200° C. Water 1000 ce.
    Sulphuric Acid 10
    Bluing Iron Hydroquinone 0.2
    British Patent 464,749 Sodium Bisulphite 0.05 g*
    Iron articles are immersed in
    : :No.:2',
    Caustic Soda 36 oz.
    Cobalt Ammonium
    Litharge 7 oz. Sulphate 200 S-
    Sodium Cyanide 2 oz. Water 1000 ce.
    Lead Acetate 2 oz.
    Water
    Ammonium Acetate 30 g.
    50 oz. Acetic Acid 3 g.
    Metol 1 oz. Cadmium Sulphate 0.2
    At 100-135° 0. for 2-4 minutes. Formaldehyde 3:
    f
    PLATING

    Formula No. 2 can be used on steel, satisfactory results in practice. solu- A


    brass, copper or zinc and requires no tion may be prepared according to the
    polishing, if temperature is kept below following formula in which the concen-
    25® G. Above 25° C. more cadmium sul- trations have been rounded off to con-
    phate is necessary. venient values.
    Zinc Oxide 45 g./l.
    Zinc Plating Anode Sodium Cyanide 75 g./l.
    U. S. Patent 2,064,307 Sodium Hydroxide 15 g./l.
    Nickel 0.1-1.0% It should be operated at temperatures
    Mercury 0.1-0.3% below 40° C. in order to reduce the de-
    or Aluminum 0.5-1.0% composition of the cyanides. Current
    Zinc to make 100 % densities up to 3 amp. per sq. dm. (28
    amp./sq. ft.) may be employed upon
    Zinc Plating Bath smooth surfaces but for general work 2
    Patent 473,147
    British. amp./sq. dm. (19 amp./sq. ft.) is prefer-
    Zinc Oxide 45 g. able. The presence of large amounts of
    Sodium Hydroxide 38 g. carbonate causes rough or striated de-
    Sodium Cyanide §0 g. posits, Carbonates should therefore be
    Molybdenum Oxide 1 g. removed from the solution at intervals
    Thiourea 10 g. by cooling the solution to low tempera-
    Water to 1 1- tures.

    Bright Zinc Plating Zinc Plating of Iron


    British Patent 470,624 Zinc Sulphate 200.0 g.
    Sodium Cyanide 10 oz. Sodium Sulphate 50.0 g.
    Zinc Cyanide 8-10 oz. Zinc Chloride 20.0 g.
    Sodium Thiosulphate %- 2 oz. Sulphuric Acid 5.0 g.
    Sodium Hydroxide 8-10 oz. Starch 3.0 g.
    Water to 1 gal. Mercuric Sulphate 0.2 g.
    Use at 15-30 amp./sq. ft. and then dip Water 1000 g.
    Use above at pH 2.1 with current
    Chromium Oxide 40 oz. density of 3 amp./sq. dm. at room tem-
    perature. The iron should have been
    Sodium Sulphate 2 oz.
    Nitric Acid 7/10 oz. pickled in 15% hydrochloric acid or 20%
    sulphuric acid and degreased eleetrolytie-
    Water to 1 gal.
    ally in 10% caustic soda.

    Coating Zinc with Lead


    British Patent 464,367 Bhodium Plating
    Immerse zinc articles for 30 seconds
    • Canadian Patent 365,965
    in the following hot solution: Ammonium Bhodium Nitrate (to give
    Ammonium chloride (60% solution) Bhodium 2 g.). Sulphuric Acid (5%),
    withdraw; allow to dry and dip into 1000 ee.
    molten lead. Heat until dissolved. Cool to 50° 0.
    Use at 4 volts and current density of
    Black Finish on Zinc 20-30 amp./sq. dm. This gives a silver
    A good
    black deposit, said to equal re- like coatingwhich does not tarnish.
    sults from Black Nickel, can be obtained
    on surfaces plated with zinc by the foi- Burnishing of Iron, Electrolytic
    lowing; The iron is oxidized anodlcally in 20 to
    Water 1 gal. 40% caustic soda solution at a current
    Temperature 100° F. density of 1 to 6 amp./sq. dm. at 1 to 2
    ;
    Nickel Chloride 4 oz. volts at 60-70° C.
    Ammonium Chloride 6 oz.
    Sodium Sulphocyanide 2 oz. Metallizing Baby Shoes .
    Zinc Chloride 2 oz.
    To plate baby shoes, make up a weak
    solution of shellac in denatured or wood
    Zinc Cyanide Plating Solutions alcohol. Dip shoes in this solution. Al-
    It was found that satisfactory zinc low to dry. Bepeat until leather is im-
    plating solutions can be made by using pregnated. Then spray with a bronze
    zinc oxide to replace part or all of the lacquer, thatis, a clear lacquer to which

    zinc cyanide formerly employed for this has been added some thinner and some
    purpose. The following conditions yield bronze powder.
    402 PLATINa
    Platers V Copper Bronze per sulphate solution with
    Powder connection*^
    3 oz. made at several points with copper
    Cellulose Lacquer 'Pree Use a copper sulphate solution
    from Gum 14 pt.
    made up
    Lacquer TMuner % pt.
    Copper Sulphate 27
    Allow the hronze to dry. 02./gal.
    Apply an- Sulphuric Acid 6.5 02./gal
    other coat. Dry. Then hang in a cop-

    METAL CONTENT OP PLATING SALTS


    SaU Formula
    % Metal
    Content
    Cadmium Oxide CdO 87.5
    Chromium Trioxide CrOa 52.0
    Cobalt Sulphate CoS04-7HjO 21.0
    Copper Cyanide CuCN
    Copper Carbonate (Basie) 71.0
    Ou(OH)2*CuCO« 55.3
    Copper Sulphate CuS04-5H,0 25.5
    Gold Chloride AuCl, 65.0
    Chlorauric Acid ILAuCl^AHjO 47.8
    Gold Cyanide AuCN
    Iron Chloride 87.7
    PeCl2.4H,0 28.1
    Perrons Ammonium Sulphate PeS04-(NH4)*S04-6H,0 14.2
    Nickel Carbonate (Basic) 2NiC03-3Ni(0H)2.4H,0 49.9
    Nickel Chloride NiCh-eH^O
    Nickel Salts Single— NiS04. 6 H 2 O
    24.7
    Nickel Salts Single— NiS04. 7HoO
    22.3
    20.9
    Nickel Salts-—Double NiS04‘(NH4)2S04-6H,0
    Platinum Chloride 14.9
    PtCh 57.8
    Chlorplatinic Acid H^PtCl.
    Silver Chloride 37.7
    AgCl 75.2
    Silver Cyanide AgCN
    Silver Nitrate 80.5
    AgNO« 63.5
    Tin^ Chloride SnCl*
    Sodium Stannate 52.5
    NajSnOa-SHsO 44.4
    Zinc Carbonate ZnCOa 52.2
    Zinc Chloride ZnCh
    Zinc Cyanide 48.0
    Zn(CN), 55.7
    Zinc Oxide ZnO
    Zinc Sulphate 80.3
    ZnS04-7H20 22.8
    Lead Carbonate (Basic)
    2PbC03Pb(0H)a 79.2
    ^1*®^ above, are for the pure compounds. The purity of
    tJ>

    and sane chloride are hygroscopic and absorb water


    fan chloride
    smgle mckel salts and copper sulphate lose part of
    their water of
    stading, the actual metal content of a commercial
    chemical may^ differ
    somewhat from the figure given in the above table.

    Weather-Proof Mirrors by sublimation from strips heated at


    British Patent 473,869 1400—1850° C, under 10“
    Glass plates are coated with rhodium
    mm, pressure or
    by cathodic sputtering.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    Axito-Polislies No. 5
    Foimiila No. 1 Tmjentine 38.5 g.
    Water 55 g. Oleic Acid 15 g.
    Glue, Pale 6g. Kaolin 20 g.
    Lactic Acid 3 g. Kieselguhr 5 g.
    Sand, Finely Sifted,! Iron Oxide 5 g.
    ^^0000,^^ or 7 g. Mineral Oil 5 g.
    'VSilver-Tripoli,''
    2.
    or Water 10 g.
    Kieselguhr Potash, Caustic 1 ^ g.
    Turpentine 15 g. No. 6
    Spindle Oil, Thin 14 g. Turpentine 25 g.
    Perfume (Pine Needle Oil, Naphtha 15 g,
    or similar oil) to suit Oleic Acid 10 g.
    Kaolin 15 g,
    No. 2 Whiting 15 g.
    Acetic Acid, 80%, Iron Oxide 5 g.
    13 or, Lactic Acid 4 g-
    Mineral Oil 2 g.
    [Water Water 10 g.
    'Spindle Oil, Eefined 9 g. Triethanolamine 3 g.
    ]
    Boseen Oil 4 g. No. 7
    Camphor Oil, Viscous 2 g.
    Soap 20 g.
    3. Neuburger Chalk, Kieselguhr 10 g.
    or Tripoli, Finest 7 g. KaoUn 15 g.
    To solution 1 add the mixture 2. Stir Iron Oxide 5 g.
    until homogeneous, and stir in 3. Mineral Oil 5 g.
    Naphtha 5 g.
    No. 3 Water 40 g.
    rCamauba Wax, (N.C.) 600 g. No. 8
    3.
    llparaffin Wax (50/52® C) 200 g. Wax 25 g-
    I
    Beeswax 100 g. Stearic Acid 2.5 g-
    [Colophony 150 g. Potashj Caustic 2.5 g-
    fTurpentine Oil 4000 g. Turpentine 20 g-
    S.^Tetralin 800 g. Water to make 100 g-
    [Methyl Hexalin 800 g. No, 9
    otash Carbonate 100 g. Wax 20 g-
    oft Soap 50 g. Stearic Acid 2.5 g-
    f rater 5000 g.
    600 g.
    Ammonia (0.88)
    Triethanolanaine
    2 g-
    1.5 g.
    4.fNeuburger Chalk
    |Methanol 100 g. Turpentine 25 g.
    (which Water to make 100 g.
    Melt 1., with stirring, add 2. is
    warmed up to 55® C), cool for a while, No. 10
    add 3., and finally 4. Camauba, or Ig. Wax O 12 lb.
    Montan Wax, Bleached 4 lb.
    (^
    ‘^Autodoktor'O
    No. 4 Beeswax 3 lb.
    l.f Sulphuric Acid, (44° Bd) 12.5 g. [Ozokerite-Ceresin (56“58° C.) 6 1b.
    ’Water 295 g. Of melted mixture of waxes take
    this
    Bpindle Oil, Eefined 33 g. (changing with the season)
    2.-! Turpentine or Eosin Oil 12.5 g. 6-8 lb.
    Waxes
    Camphor Oil 2 g. Heavy Benzoline, or
    Neuburger Chalk 10 g. Turpentine 80 lb.
    Petroleum 12-14 lb.
    Prepare 1. and 2. separately, and
    by vigorous stirring. To the emulsion The cooled finished product should be
    thus formed add 3. a still-liquid jelly.
    403
    404 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    No. 11 No. 17
    Montan Wax A, Double Mineral Oil, White 35 hg
    Bleached 14 kg. Beeswax 5 kg
    Beeswax 6 kg. Carbon Tetrachloride 10 kg
    Turpentine 60 kg. Kieselguhr
    Petroleum 20 kg. Oleic Acid I
    3 a"
    kg
    Potash Carbonate 0.5 kg
    Melt waxes with gentle heat. Put
    out fire and stir in the solvents at about
    Ammonia 0.5 kg
    55-60® C. the preparation can be put
    ;
    Water 43 1.

    into containers. Close as soon as a non- No. 18


    transparent skin has formed on the a. White Oil 20 kg
    surface. Castor Oil 10 kg.
    Solvent Naphtha 5 kg.
    No. 12 Glycerin 5
    Cellite 75 g- Turpentine 15kg.
    Isopropyl Alcohol 60.8 cc. Diglycol Laurate 2.5 kg.
    Glycerin 20,8 cc. h. Water 100 kg.
    Varnolene 28.5 cc. Neuburg Chalk 25 kg.
    Camphor Oil 28.5 cc. Kaolin, Finest 5
    Spindle Oil 147.5 cc. Bentonite 3 kg-
    Saponin 6. g-
    Water
    Make mixtures a and b, and add a
    470. cc.
    Bentonite
    to b. Homogenize, if desired.
    8 g-
    Oxalic Acid 2 g- No. 19
    Linseed Oil 200
    Let last four ingredients stand over- g,
    Dipentene 300
    night. Then mix in ingredients
    other g.
    .Paraffin Oil 200
    in a mayonnaise or churn type mixer. g.
    Petroleum, Refined 250
    Mix intermittently for a few hours. g.
    Camphor Oil, Light 50 g.
    No. 13 Apply simply with a rag.
    Olein, Distilled 15 g.
    White Spirit No. 20
    (Lacquer Benzoline) (Non-abra.sive)
    90 g.
    Spindle Oil, Yellow 450
    Chalk, Neuburg, Fine 45 g. g
    Linseed Oil 300
    Ammonia, 25% 1 g- g
    Petroleum, Refined 150 g
    Saponify this mixture adding the am- Turpentine 100 g
    monia with thorough agitation. Cltronella Oil 1-1.5 g
    Orange, Oil-Soluble Dye
    No. 14
    ParaffinWax 8 oz. No, 21
    Carnauba Wax 24 oz.
    (Abrasive)
    Turpentine 68 oz. Mineral Oil, Yellow 70 g.
    No. 15 Linseed Oil, De-Slimed SO g.
    Lavender Oil 5 oz. Petroleum, Refined 50 g.
    Ceresin 25 oz. Dekalin 50 g.
    Stearic Acid 40 oz. Methyl Hexalin 10 g.
    Beeswax 40 oz. Neuburg Chalk 90 g.
    Paraffin Wax 80 oz. Lactic Acid (50%) 60 g.
    Turpentine 810 02. Water 400 g.

    No. 16 Mix the first six ingredients, adding


    (Non-Greasy Finish) them in the given order with good agi-
    Naphtha V. M. & P. 25 lb.
    tation. The lactic acid is thinned with
    Mineral Oil (Spindle) the water, and the solution is added in
    20 lb.
    Perilla Oil a thin jet and with good agitation to the
    8 lb.
    Emulsifier L83A oil-chalk mixture.
    8 lb.
    Water 30 lb. 22'
    '

    '..No.
    Silica 20 lb.
    u. Carnauba Wax 500 lb.
    Disperse the silica in water add the Paraffin Wax (50/52® 0.) 200 lb.
    emulsifiej and stir thoroughly. Mix the Beeswax 200 lb.
    oils and add slowly to the above with Rosin 150 lb.
    high speed agitation. b. Turpentine Substitute 4000 lb.
    An oil polish which does not leave a ^^Tetralin’^ or
    greasy or oily film on the car. Metliylhexalin 600-800 lb.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 405

    Potash Carbonate 100 lb. b. Black Soap 1.5


    C
    c
    Soft Soap 50 lb. Water 10
    Water ^ 0. Solvent (Turpentine
    d. Whiting or Neuburg Chalk 600 lb. White Spirit, etc.) 60
    Methanol
    '
    100 lb. Melt a at 95-100° C., prepare the hot
    Melt add the hot solvents I, stir soap solution b.
    until about
    55° C., add c. When all are Add 0 with good agitation, and stir
    until it begins to go heavy (at about
    mixed thoroughly, add d.
    48° C.).
    No. 23
    No. 2
    Teilow Beeswax or
    a.
    36 a. Carnauba Wax, Gray 15
    ’
    Montan Wax, Eefined lb.
    Beeswax or Japan Wax 5
    Potash Carbonate 3 lb.
    }),
    14^ Glyeowax 5
    Water b. Kaolin or Floated Chalk 30-35
    Turpentine or Substitute 10.5 lb.
    c.
    c. Solvent (Turpentine, White
    Melt a carefully; add slowly a 'boiling Spirit, or a Mixture of both
    solution h, boil until the saponification is and 10 parts of Kerosene) 30
    completed. Cool, thin with a d. Black Soap 1
    Water 7-10
    Melt ct, stir in b very thoroughly; add
    Wax Paste Auto and Furniture Polish slowly Cj with continuous agitation.
    Carnauba Wax 8 oz.
    Add hot d and stir until a paste forms
    Montan Wax 5 oz.
    on cooling.
    Ceraflux 13 02 .

    Naphtha 40 oz. No. 3


    Turpentine 40 oz. a. Montan Wax, Bleached 3
    Carnauba Wax Residues 4
    Warm on a water or steam bath until Yellow Beeswax 1.5
    waxes have melted; stir until thick and Japan Wax 1.5
    pour into tight closing cans. Glyeowax 1
    b. Potash Carbonate 0.2
    Automobile Polishes (Oils) Borax 0.3
    No. 1 Black Soap 0.5

    Water-Soluble Oil 35 Water 35


    a,
    30 0. Kerosene 10
    Talloil
    Turpentine 10
    b. Caustic Soda (38° B4.) 8
    0. Water-Soluble Oil 25 Melt a at about 100° G., and add b,
    Kerosene 15 of equal temperature, to it with very
    d. Water 5-10 good agitation. Watch closely to pre-
    e.Turkey Bed Oil 5- 7 vent from foaming over (carbon dioxide
    Mix a, add b at 70° C., very slowly formed!) and keep boiling until the
    Boil. When saponified, saponification is finished and add c.
    with agitation.
    Stir until cold.
    add 0 , and d with stirring (all hot)
    e may be added if desired.
    Automobile Polishes
    No. 2
    5 Formula No. 1
    a* Oleic Acid ^
    6 Solvent—Drying Oil Type
    Rosin, in small pieces
    Paraffin Oil,
    Alcohol
    (Straw-Colored) 60.0 lb.
    b. Caustic Soda (38° B4,) 2.5
    Linseed Oil 24.0 lb.
    c. Kerosene 70
    Chinawood Oil 5.0 lb.
    Turkey Red Oil 8
    5-10 Soya Bean Oil 3.5 lb.
    Water
    d.
    3.0
    —
    Heat a ^with the amount of alcohol
    Turpentine
    Naphtha 4.5
    lb.
    1b.
    desired. Mix well, and add b at about
    No. 2
    70° C, Add e with continuous agitation. Abrasive—Drying Oil Type
    The addition of d is optional.
    Paraffin Oil,
    (Straw-Colored) 20.0 lb.

    Automobile Polishes (Pastes Blown Castor Oil 2.0 lb.

    Formula' No. '!' Kieselguhr 4.0 1b,


    /
    Carnauba Wax, Gray 10 China clay, Colloidal 1.0 lb.
    Ow
    Montan Wax, Bleached 3 Tragacanth, Gum 0.6 1b.

    Japan Wax 5 Sodium Benzoate 0.2 lb.

    Scale Wax (50-52° C.) 2 Water 72.2 lb,


    —

    406 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    No. 3 No. 4
    Wax-Solvent Type a. Acetic Acid,
    Carnauba Wax 4.5 lb. Concentrated 4
    Ceresine Wax 5.5 lb. Water 74
    Candelilla Wax 7.5 lb. h. Spindle Oil, Refined 9
    Paraffin Wax 12.0 lb. Turpentine 4
    Naphtha 60.5 lb. Clovel 2 kg
    Turpentine 10.0 lb. Neuburg Chalk 7 ke
    No. 4
    Method as in No. 3.

    A. R. No. 5
    Carnauba Wax 4.0 3.0 lb. Petroleum Jelly, Yellow 200 g.
    Yellow Beeswax 2,0 2.0 lb. Mineral Polishing Oil, Yellow 70 g!
    Paraffin Wax 2.0 1.5 Linseed Oil 30 g]
    Tripoli — 12.0
    lb.
    lb. Dekalin 50
    g*

    Bentonite — 3.0 lb. Petroleum 50 g*.


    Kieselguhr 15.0 —
    lb. Neuburg Chalk 100 g*
    Mix the chalk with the hot melted
    Naphtha 30.0 34.0 lb.
    White Spirit 5.0 — lb. mixture. Stir until cooled.
    Kerosene -
    3.0 lb. No. 6
    Oleine — 4.0 lb. a. Methyl Hexalin 10 Ih.
    Triethanolamine Linseed Oil 30 lb.
    Stearate 5.0 5.0 lb. Pekalin 50 lb.
    Water 37,0 36.0 lb. Petroleum 50 lb.
    Polishing Oil 70 lb.
    Automobile Cleansers 5. Neuburg Chalk lb. 90
    Formula No. 1 c. Lactic Acid, (50%) lb. 50
    o. Sulphuric Acid (66®) 12.5 lb. Water lb. 400
    Water 295 lb. Mix a, grind with b until homogene-
    h. Spindle Oil or Linseed Oil 35 lb. ous. Mix in 0 and emulsify in a homo-
    Turpentine or Pine Oil 12.5 lb. genizer.
    Camphorated Oil 2 lb.
    c. Neuburg Chalk 10 lb. Polishing Wax for Rotating Discs
    Make up a and h separately. Add Z> Montan Wax 3 lb.
    to a with vigorous stirring, until emulsi- Tallow 3 lb.
    fied. Add 0, Stearic Acid 4 lb.
    Shake before use. Mineral Oil, Yellow 24 lb.

    No. 2 Viennese Chalk


    a, Carnauba Wax, Waste 5 kg. to desired consistency
    Paraffin Wax 2 kg* Non-Scratching Polish
    Beeswax 1 kfiT.
    Used for highly polished metal sur-
    Rosin 1.5 kff.
    faces.
    h. Turpentine 40 kg.
    U. S. Patent 2,093,660
    Tetralin 8 kg.
    Whiting 250 g.
    c. Potash Carbonate 1 kg.
    Feldspar (400 mesh) 250 g.
    Soft Soap 0.5 kg.
    Wetting Agent 12%~18 g:
    Water 50 1.
    Water 125-205 ec.
    d. Neuburg Chalk 0 kg.
    Methanol 1 kg. Emulsion Polish
    Melt a, take the fire, and stir in h.
    off XT. S. Patent 2,081,073
    When cooled to 60° C., add the solution Mineral Spirits 169.00 g.
    c with good stirring. When at 55° C., Light Mineral Oil 187.50 g.
    add d. Stir until cooled completely. Castor Oil 93,60 g.
    Ricinoleic Acid 11.03 g.
    No. 3
    <1. Sulphuric Acid,
    Water 624.75 g,
    Water solution of Potas-
    Concentrated 4 kg.
    sium Hydroxide contain-
    Water 79 kg.
    ing 1.65 g. of Potassium
    h. Camphorated Oil, Heavy 7.5 kg.
    Linseed Oil
    Hydroxide 19.25 g.
    7.5 kg.
    Pumice Powder, Finest 2 kg.
    '^Lannette^^ Wax 30.00 g.

    Mix grind up b until completely Lacquer Polish


    smooth. British Patent 446,146
    Add a slowly to h, agitating thor- Water 49.0 lb.
    oughly. Sulphuric Acid 2.6 lb.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 407

    penatured Alcoliol 7.8 lb. Add /. Mix, let stand for hours,
    Glycerin 9.4 lb. and strain.
    1.9 lb.
    Ethyl Lactate No. 5
    3.4 lb.
    gutyl Acetate a. Hard Soap, Powdered 12 kg.
    Keuburg Chalk 17.4 lb.
    Water 55 kg.
    Burnt Turkey Umber 1.7 lb.
    h. Whiting 15 kg.
    Spindle Oil 1.9 lb.
    Kieselguhr 10 kg.
    Naphtha 5.0 lb.
    c. Alcohol 8 kg.
    Make the hot soap solution a, add in
    Liquid Metal Polishes h slowly with mixing. Let stand cov-
    Formula No. 1 ered.
    a. Diglycol Stearate 5 kg. Add c the next morning, Allow to
    Water 20 kg. rest for 6 hours. Mill.
    Oleic Acid^ 4 kg.
    Z).
    5 kg.
    No. 6
    Mineral Oil a. Oleic Acid 15 kg.
    Alcohol 10 kg.
    Turpentine 30 kg.
    Ammonia (0.910) 3 kg.
    c. Spindle Oil, Rehned 10 kg.
    Neuburg Chalk 25 kg.
    d. Alcohol 12 kg.
    Water, 60® C. 27
    27 kg.
    e. h. Ammonia (0.910) 6 kg.
    Make Separately, mix the
    solution a. c. Methyl Hexalin 2 kg.
    ^'oils^^ h, and emulsify
    them by adding d. Kieselguhr 25 kg.
    To the emulsion add a, stir thor*
    Add e in small at room temperature. Add h
    Mix a
    oughly, and work in d.
    Let stand with good agitation, and thereafter stir
    portions, stirring strongly.
    in c and d.
    overnight.
    Let stand for 12 hours. Strain.
    No. 2
    No. 7
    a. Oleic Acid or Talloil 15 kg.
    a. Rosin 12 kg.
    Liglycol Laurate 5 kg.
    25 kg.
    h. Turpentine
    Petroleum 15 kg.
    Benzine 20 kg.
    Alcohol 5 kg.
    12 kg. c. Ammonia (0.910) 8 kg.
    h. Ammonia (0.960)
    Alcohol 5 kg.
    c. Kieselguhr 30 kg.
    d. Eaeselguhr 30 kg.
    d. Water, 60® C. 28 kg.
    To the solution a add 1 with stirring. Melt a. Shut off all heat, and add the
    mixture h. Stir thoroughly and emulsify
    To the emulsion thus formed add slowly
    •with agitation c, and afterwards, in the
    with c.
    same way, d. Run through a mill the Work in d. Allow to stand for sev-
    following morning. eral hours. Strain.

    No. 8
    No. 3
    w. Oleic Acid or Talloil,
    a. Liglycol Laurate 20 kg.
    Distilled 16 kg.
    Water 35 kg.
    Mineral Oil 16 kg.
    h. Whiting 25 kg.
    40 kg.
    Alcohol
    Alcohol 10 hg.
    10 kg.
    h. Ammonia (0.910) 8 kg.
    Benzine Whiting 20 kg.
    <3 .

    Add h with stirring to a. Let stand


    Add h to the mixture a with agitation.
    overnight.
    Let Add c to this emulsion in small portions.
    Add the mixture o with stirring. Strain.
    stand for 6 hours. Strain.
    No. 9
    No. ,4 .

    3 gal. batch
    a. Hard Soap, Powdered 4 kg.
    Naphtha 3 gal.
    Water 30 kg.
    Silica (Air Floated
    OleicAcid 5 kg. 2
    350 mesh) lb.
    c. Whiting 26 kg. 4 oz.
    5 kg. Red Oil fl.
    d. Ammonia (0.910)
    Aqua Ammonia (26®) 1 pt.
    Water 5 kg.
    3 kg. Water to make up to 3 gal.
    e. Oxalic Acid
    Water 15 kg. Stir the silica into the naphtha, add
    /. Alcohol 8 kg. the red oil and stir, then pour in the am-
    monia with continuous stirring, add some
    Dissolve a, and stir in slowly in the
    order given h, c, d, e. Allow to stand of the water, when the emulsion becomes
    overnight. complete, add rest of water needed and
    408 POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    color if desired. To make a creamier Water (50-60® C.) 70 oz
    product double the amount of red oil and d, Neuburg Chalk, Fine 25 oz!
    ammonia, more silica may also be used. Dissolve a by heating to about 50-60®
    m. 10 0. on water bath, saponify with h, and
    Type ^^SidoP’ add the solution c. The resulting liquid
    Oleic Acid, Distilled 20 kg. is mixed with d in a good mixer.
    Alcohol 15 kg. No. 14
    Heavy Benzine 15 kg. Oleic Acid 16 oz.
    Ammonia (sp. g. 0.91) 12 kg. Ammonia 10 oz.
    Heuburg Chalk 18 kg. Clay, Powdered 60 oz.
    Kieselguhr 12 kg. Alcohol 10 oz.
    White Bolus 8 kg. White Spirit 10 oz.
    The oleic acid, dissolved in the solvent Oxalic Acid 3 oz.
    mixture, saponified on the water-bath
    is Water 160 oz.
    at temperature below the boiling point No. 15
    of the alcohol (60-70® C.). The strongly Oleic Acid 18 oz.
    smelling liquid is now thickened with the White Spirit 150 oz.
    abrasives which are added with good agi- Clay, Powdered 56 oz.
    tation. Ammonia 6 oz.
    Alcohol 4 oz.
    No. 11
    Neuburg* Chalk 80 lb No. 16
    Kieselguhr 4 lb. Spindle Oil 4 oz.
    Water 300 lb. Oleic Acid 10 oz.
    Oleic Acid 3.5 lb. White Spirit 3 oz.
    Ammonia (0.91) 1 lb. Ozokerite 4 oz.
    Alcohol 6.5 lb. Clay 15 oz.
    Naphtha 10 lb. Ammonia 0.5 oz,
    ) the mixture a, made 24 hours No. 17
    earlier and left overnight, add &, which a. Ammonium Oleate 2.1 kg.
    is made by saponification at gentle heat Water 19.5 kg,
    to a soft-soap like mass. Stearic Acid 1 kg.
    c. Ammonia (0.91) 0.5 kg.
    No. 12 d. Alcohol 2.1 kg.
    Water 110 kg.
    Neuburg Chalk
    ^ e. 6 kg.
    Oxalic Acid 16 kg.
    Oleic Acid 25 kg.
    Heat a to almost a boil to dissolve;
    Stearic Acid 4 kg. add h with good stirring, cool to 75® C.,
    Alcohol 15 kg. and saponify with c. Cool to 50® C..
    Turpentine 7.5 kg add d and work in e with very thorough
    Neuburg Chalk 125 kg.
    mixing.
    Water 215 kg. No, 18
    Ammonia (0.910) 27.5 kg. Water 60 oz,
    Bentonite
    Dissolve the oxalic acid in of the
    necessary water by heating to about 60°
    % Naphthenic Soap 6
    1 oz.
    oz.

    0. and add the remainder of the water.


    Silica or Tripoli 15 oz.

    Melt up the fatty acids, turn out any Mineral Oil 18 oz.
    flames, and add the solvents wuth stir-
    ring. Metal-Polish Cake
    Addthe oils to the water, with stirring, Mon tan Wax, Crude 25 g.
    add the chalk, and ultimately saponify Montan Wax, Double Bleached 5 g.
    with the ammonia, until, after an initial Chromium Oxide 70 g.
    thickening, the mass starts to go thin Melt together and stir until cool.
    again.
    Keep in kettle for 2 days, stirring in- Metal Polish (Non-Inflammable)
    termittently. Ammonium Linoleate R. 20 lb.
    If the mass still settles, add more oleic
    Oxalic Acid 2 lb.
    acid.
    Ammonia 4 lb.
    No. 13 Water 150 lb.
    a. Olein, Distilled 9 oz. Naphtha V. M. & P. 10 lb.
    Stearic Acid 2 oz. Silica 60 1b.
    Alcohol 10 oz. Alcohol 5 lb.
    h. Ammonia (sp. g. 0.91) 14 oz, Heat the water to 70® C. Dissolve the
    c. Oxalic Acid 2 O*. oxalic acid, add the silica and stir until
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 409

    /fispersed. Add tlie ammonia and stir No.


    a few minutes
    keeping at 70® 0. a. Soft Soap 20 lb.
    for
    Then add the ammonium
    linoleate E. and Turpentine 15 lb.

    ^tiruntil dissolved. Add the naphtha Alcohol 5 lb.


    slowly and stir.
    The mixture becomes b. Water 15 lb.

    very heavy. The alcohol is then added c. Whiting 35 lb.

    glowly until the


    desired body and vis- Yellow Ochre 10 lb.

    cosity are obtained. Make solution a, add h, and when


    homogeneous, use to make a paste with
    Metal Polish (Solvent Type) c.
    Ammonium Linoleate E. 20 lb.
    No. 6
    Naphtha V. M. & P. 100 lb.
    Pumice, Powdered 25 lb.
    Silica
    40 lb.
    Whiting 20 lb.
    Ammonia ^ Jp- Glass, Powdered 10 lb.
    Alcohol Chrome Oxide 10 lb.
    Heat the naphtha cautiously to 60® C. Oleic Acid, or Spindle Oil,
    Dissolve the ammonium linoleate
    E. and Eefined (Thickened by 8%
    aisperse the silica. Add the ammonia of Paraffin Wax) 35 lb.
    when the mixture becomes very heavy. No. 7
    It is then thinned
    down as desired by Paraffin Wax (50/52°’C.) 20 lb.
    a.
    the addition of the
    alcohol.
    Spindle Oil, Eefined 30 lb.
    b. Whiting 20 lb.
    Metal Polish Pastes Emery 20 lb.
    Pormula Ho. 1
    Carbon Black 10 lb.
    a. Ceradux 8 lb.
    Ozokerite 2 lb. Mix a hot, and work in slowly h with
    Acid 40 lb. good agitation.
    Oleic
    h. Whiting, Finest 50 lb. No. 8
    and work in the well sifted ta. Soft Soap 30 lb.
    Melt up «•,
    h. Turpentine 10 lb.
    h.
    No. 2 c. Alcohol 5 lb.

    Paraffin Wax (50/52® C.) 5 lb. <2. Water 10 lb.


    a.
    16 e. Kieselguhr 20 lb.
    Stearic Acid lb.

    Oleic Acid 29 lb. Emery 20 lb.

    Whiting, Finest 20 lb. Chrome Oxide 5 lb.


    h,
    Magnesium Carbonate 30 lb. Thin a with h, c. d in the given order
    Combine as in No. 1. work in e.
    No. 3 No. 9
    a. Paraffin or Scale Wax a. Oleic Acid or Talloil 5 lb.
    (50/52® C.) 17 lb. Turpentine 15 lb.

    Montan Wax, Eefmed 3 lb. h. Ammonia 3 lb.


    Spindle Oil, Eefmed 30 lb. c. Water 30 lb.

    b. Whiting, Finest, Sifted 46 lb. d. Whiting 10 lb.

    Iron Oxide, Bed 4 lb. Emery 20 lb.

    Combine as in No. 1. Powdered


    Glass, 10 lb.
    Graphite Dust 7 lb.
    No. 4
    (For chrome and nickel) To the solution a add b with good agi-
    a. Paraffin Wax (50/52® C.) 10 lb. tation. Thin with c. Work in d to get
    hlontan Wax, Eefined 2 lb. a paste.
    Spindle Oil, Eedned 38 lb. No. 10
    h. Kieselguhr 49 lb. a. Soft Soap 20 lb.
    Iron Oxide Bed 1 lb. h. Potato Flour 2 lb.
    Combine as in No. 1. Water 28 lb.

    No. 5 c. Pumice, Powdered 30 lb.

    Ammonium Linoleate 9 lb. Emery, Finest 10 lb.


    a.
    Turpentine 20 lb. Iron Oxide Bed 10 lb.

    h. Alcohol 4 lb. Mix a add starch dispersion by and


    'Water^
    '''
    "'22 lb. make a paste with c. Thorough stirring
    Whiting
    c. 40 db. is necessary.
    Chrome Oxide 5 lb. No.ll-
    Mix a, which has been previously Globus ^
    ^ Type
    Distilled Olein 3 lb.
    heated to about 50® 0. with h, adding
    Wool Fat 2 lb.
    the latter with good agitation work in c.
    410 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    Paraffin Wax 1 lb. thinned with a volatile solvent allowing


    the cloth to dry before packaging. ^
    Spindle Oil 25 lb.
    Neuburg Chalk 35-40 lb. No. 3
    No. 12 a, Whiting 12 kg.
    ^^GlohoP» Type Iron Oxide, Red 5 kg.
    Scale Wax (50/52® C.) 5 g. h. Sard Soap 6 kg!
    Ceresin (58/60® C.) 3 g. Biglyeol Stearate 2 kg!
    Stearin 15 g. Water 75 kg!
    Olein, Distilled 17 g. Add a, finely powdered, to the solution
    Spindle Oil 10 g. 5 which is made by boiling. Stir thor-
    Calcium Carbonate, Floated 30 g. oughly. Dip the rags into the solution
    Neuburg Chalk 15 g. press out, and dry them,
    ’

    Chrome Green 5 g.
    No. 4
    Melt up the 5 first ingredients and stir Whiting
    a. I5 kg.
    in the abrasive powder. Lime, Green 5 kg.
    h. Gum Arabic 7 kg!
    Water 73 kg!
    Metal Polishing Cloths
    Cloths used for polishing vary only Mix the powders a with the gum dis-
    slightly in their treatment. There are persion h. The latter is made by stir-
    —
    two classes those which depend upon ring the gum into the cold water, and
    heating till the solution is clear.
    some abrasive mechanically held on the
    fibre, and those which have an acid such Strain. Dip rags as in No. 1.
    as oxalic as their effective agent. The No. 5
    abrasive cloths can be prepared in many a. Kieselguhr 12 kg.
    waysj by the use of a wax to hold the Yellow Ochre 3 kg.
    abrasive, which requires mechanical ma- 6. Ammonium Linoleate 3 kg.
    nipulation to apply, and by the use of a Water 77 kg.
    volatile solvent with a fixed oil or fatty Stir ct into the soap solution h. Strain,
    acid to fix the abrasive in the fibre. Dip rags as in No. 1.
    Cloths dipped in the following suspension
    will give satisfactory results: No. 6
    Red Oil 20 oz.
    Formula No. 1 Castor Oil 3 oz.
    Benzine 600 cc. Gasoline or Benzine 10 oz.
    Whiting 200 g. Infusorial Earth 6 oz.
    Infusorial Earth 50 g. Citronella Oil 1 oz.
    Oleic Acid 3 g. Nitrobenzol 1 oz.
    The mixture should be hept in constant Mix well by shaking. Dse outing
    agitation; the cloths are dipped, slightly flannel of desired size and saturate with
    wrung out, and allowed to dry in a place the liquid. Wring out the excess of the
    remote from fire. The whiting or in- oil and expose to the air in order to per-
    fusorial earth may be replaced by white mit the gasoline or benzine to evaporate
    bole or jeweller ^s rouge if desired. completely. Put up in Glassine paper
    Canton flannel is the usual fabric em- envelopes.
    ployed and it is cut about 18 x 24 or
    18 z 36 inches in size. The cloth may be No. 7
    bound or left unbound. The fabric is Dissolve 1 lb. of best (neutral) castile
    immersed in the polish solution and the soap in %
    gal. of water and add lb. %
    excess squeezed out by passing through of powdered Tripoli. Cut fluffy woolen
    an ordinary clothes wringer with the rolls cloth or outing flannel to proper size and
    set quite tight. An alternative method thoroughly soak in the liquid mixture.
    is to suspend fabric in a spray booth and Hang up to dry. Put up in Glassine en-
    spray with a spray gun containing the velopes.
    polish. No. 8
    No. 2 a. Hard Soap 6 kg.
    The polishing liquid may be straight Water, Boiling 35 kg.
    oleic acid suitably scented. Sometimes Glycerin 5 kg.
    petrolatum or stearic acid, or both, are h. Oleic Acid 7 kg.
    dissolved in it to the extent of 6 to 10% Tripoli, Fine 35 kg.
    to render it less oily. The oleic acid c. Ammonia (0.96) 5 kg.
    may be replaced in whole or in part with d. Alcohol,Denatured 8 kg.
    paraflBln oil. To facilitate absorption and Heat solution a, add h, saponify with
    reduce the final oil content it may be c. Cool to 40-45® 0. and add d.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 411

    Impregnate at 45/40° C., dry the No. 2


    out gently, pack. Nitric Acid (50%).
    cloths, dust
    Ko. 9 No. 3
    U. 8. Patent 2,098,607 Methyl Amine
    Glotli is impregnated
    witli the follow- (33% Solution) 10 oz.
    Nitric Acid (25%) 32 oz.
    ing and dried: 07
    Water 97 oz. The above can be made into pastes by
    Mineral Oil 3 oz.

    Vinegar 1 02;.
    Turpentine % Brass Polish Paste
    Linseed Oil % oz.
    Stearic Acid 10 kg.
    Naphtha 30 kg.
    Tripoli Compo (Polish)
    Caustic Potash (30° Be) 5 kg.
    StearicAcid 55 lb.
    Alcohol 6 kg.
    Edible Tallow 2 lb.
    Mixture of Clay,
    Oleo Stearine 5 lb.
    Tripoli 1:4 to make paste
    Bosin 9 lb.
    40 lb. To the naphtha-stearic acid solution
    Petrolatum
    add the alkali, then the alcohol. Work
    Japan Wax 1 lb.
    into a paste with the minerals.
    Elint 315 lb.

    Tripoli Flour, Double Ground 93 lb.

    Ponolith 2 lb. Aluminum Polish Powders


    Formula No. 1
    Tripoli Buffing Stick Pink
    Double Pressed Saponified Stearic Acid or Paraffin
    Stearic Acid 30 g. Wax (Powdered) 10 g.
    Edible Tallow 25 g. Magnesium Oxide 40 g.
    Paraffin Wax 25 g. Calcium Carbonate,
    Tripoli Flour 20 g. Precipitated 30 g.
    (or as much as will be Iron Oxide Bed 20 g.
    absorbed) No. 2
    A buffing or polishing paste inay be Magnesium Oxide 40 g.
    made, using the above formulae, with the Whiting 40 g.
    addition of a small amount of turpentine Bole, White 20 g.
    and of water to bring to the consistency No. 3
    desired. White
    Whiting 40 g.
    Metal Cleaner and Brightener Kieselguhr 30 g.
    XT. S. Patent 2,062,038
    2 oz. Alum, Powdered 30 g.
    Phthalic Anhydride
    Sodium Sulphate 5 oz.

    Soap Polishing Powders for Copper, Brass,


    f
    Soap Bark o oz. Nickel, Chromium, etc.
    Water to suit. For Copper and Brass
    Formula No. 1
    Polishing Metals for Metallographic Hard Soap, Powdered 10 g.
    Analysis Whiting SO g.
    ^

    Preliminary to a final felt polishing a Kieselguhr, Calcined 20


    metal sample is burnished with chromium Iron Oxide Bed 20 g.
    oxide wetted with kerosene. The chro- No. 2
    mium oxide is prepared by heating a Vienna Chalk 30 g.
    mixture of potassium dichromate with
    ^

    Kieselguhr, Calcined 30 g.
    sulphur at 1500° for a coarse paste and Whiting 20 g.
    at 1000° G. for a fine paste for
    3-5
    Lime Green ^
    20 g.
    hours. The grinding is best eifected Copper and Steel Polish
    upon Pyrex plates. Oxalic Acid, Powdered 3 lb.
    Silica 50 lb.
    '"Metal. Cleaner 'for '.Beer Pipes
    and' Apparatus
    '

    : .

    British Patent 458,163 Nickel and Chrome Polish


    Magnesium Oxide 30 g.
    Formula No. 1
    Acetamide 12 oz. Calcium Carbonate,
    25 oz. Precipitated 30 g.
    Nitric Acid (50%)
    Urea ^16 oz. Iron Oxide Bed 40 g.
    m POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    Polish for Nickel, Chrome and Alloys Lime Green 4
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 50 g. d. Ammonia (0.910) 4
    Calcium Carbonate, e. Alcohol 10 kg
    Precipitated 40 g. Mix h with <2, work in c with good agi-
    Chrome Oxide 10 g. tation; saponify with d. Let stand
    over-
    night. Keep covered.
    Nickel, Chrome, Copper and Brass Polish Add Strain 6 hours later.
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 40 g.
    Whiting 35 g. No. 3
    Iron Oxide Red 10 g. a. Oleic Acid or Talloil,
    Paraffin (50/52° C.) 15 g. Bistilled 20 kg.
    Melt and grind in a mill. Benzine 14 |jS‘
    Methylhexalin 2 kg.’
    Copper Kettle Polish h. Alcohol 16 kg!
    Hard Soap, Powdered 10 g.
    Ammonia (0.960) 13 kg!
    Pumice Flour c. Kieselguhr, Finest 35 kg!
    20 g.
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 50 g. Add the mixture h to the solution a
    Iron Oxide Red 20 g. with agitation. Work in c.
    Let stand overnight. Strain.
    Iron and Steel Polishing Powder
    For Forks, Knives, etc.
    Liquid Polishes for Iron or Steel
    Formula No. 1
    Hard Soap, Powdered Formula No. 1
    10 g. a. Ammonium Linoleate
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 9 lb.
    30 g. Turpentine Substitute
    Pumice, Powdered 16 lb!
    35 g. Alcohol
    Emery 2 lb.
    10 g. h. Emery
    Lime, Green 20 lb!
    15 g. Whiting 25 lb.
    No. 2 Powder
    Glass 10 lb.
    Whiting 40 g. 0.Water 18 lb!
    Pumice, Finely Powdered 40 g. Mix and wet thoroughly
    fls,
    h in this
    Chrome Oxide 20 g. oil-solvent mixture. Add c to the whole
    with thorough agitation and in small por-
    Oven Frame Polish tions.
    Whiting or Infusorial Earth 40 g.
    Emery 40 g. No. 2
    Powdered Glass 15 g.
    a. Ammonium Linoleate 25 lb.
    Frankfurt Black Water 40 ib!
    5 g.
    5. Whiting 15 ib.
    Quartz Flour 10 lb.
    Oven Cover Polish
    Pumice, Powdered Chromium Oxide 10 lb.
    50 g.
    Whiting 35 g. No. 3
    Chromium Oxide 15 g. a. Soft Soap 15 lb.
    Methyl Cyclohexanol 2 lb.
    Liquid Chromium or Nickel 5. Turpentine 15 ib.

    Polish
    c. Ammonia (0.910) 5 lb!

    Formula No. 1 Water 23 lb.


    «. Biglycol Stearate
    d. Green Earth 10 lb.
    6 kg.
    Water Whiting 10 lb.
    66 kg. Pumice Meal
    h. Oleic Acid 5 kg. 10 lb.
    c. Kieselguhr Emery 10 lb.
    14 kg.
    Iron Oxide Red 6 kg. Stir together a and h, add c with good
    d. Ammonia (0.910) 3 agitation. Now add the powders d. mix-
    kg.
    Mix 2> with the hot solution ing very thoroughly.
    a. Work
    in the abrasives <?, and saponify with d.
    Mix thoroughly, and allow to stand over
    No 4 ,

    For Forks and Knives


    night. Strain. a. Oleic Acid 15 lb.
    No. 2 Mineral Oil, White 10 lb.
    Biglycol Laurate 8 hg. Alcohol 45 lb.
    Water 50 kg. h. Ammonia (0.910) 5 Ib.
    h. Oleic Acid or Talloil, c. Chrome Oxide 25 lb.
    Bistilled 4 kg. Emulsiify adding h to a with stirring.
    c, Kieselguhr, Calcined 20 kg. Work in c with thorough agitation.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    Ho. 5 Make emulsion by adding 1) to a with


    Work into this the fine powder
    Por Porks and Knives stirring.
    Cellulose 2 lb. c.
    a. Methyl
    No, 1 and 2 are for tin cans. No. 3 is
    I Water
    5 for collapsible tubes.
    c] Tri-Sodinm Pkospliate lb.

    Water
    *

    lb.
    Whiting Liquid Silver Polishes
    Chrome Oxide or Emery 15 lb. Formula No. 1
    Pour boiling h over a and let
    soak over- a. Biglyeol Stearate 7 g.
    Tiiffht Add the solution c to it the next Water 60 g.
    morning, and add now, with
    agitation, h. Oleic Acid 6 g.

    the abrasives d,
    c. Ammonia (0.910) 3 g.
    d. Alcohol 10 g.
    Magnesium Carbonate 10 g.
    Polish for Silver, Nickel, Brass,
    (?.

    Chromium, etc. ParisBed 6 g.


    Formula No. 1 I
    Make a hot solution of with
    add h
    Biatomaceous Earth 18 oz. stirring. Add carefully o, cool to some
    Gum Arabic 5 oz. extent, and add d.

    Mica (Coarse Grade) 12 oz. which should be of the


    The abrasives e
    Phenol finestpowder-grade are then suspended
    ^
    Water ^5 oz. with good agitation.
    Kerosene 5 oz.
    No. 2
    No. 2 Ammonium Linoleate 8 g.
    o.
    Diatomaceous Earth 80 oz.
    Water 30 g.
    Gum Karaya 2 oz.
    24 oz.
    h. Calcium Carbonate,
    Mica (Coarse Grade) Precipitated 26 g.
    China Clay 24 oz.
    c. Water 67 g.
    Phenol
    Water 260
    oz.
    oz. Make ahot solution of a. Work h m
    oz. thoroughly. Add o in small portions
    Kerosene A
    water-soluble ani-
    with good agitation.
    After the powders and the phenol have lino-dye may be added. The abrasive is
    the
    been mixed together, thoroughly, to be of the finest grade.
    water should be added with constant
    small
    atirring to prevent the formation of No. 3
    lumps. Thereupon the kerosene can be a. Oleic Acid 16 g*
    incorporated into the paste. The latter h. Alcohol 68 g.
    fulfills a two-fold purpose in
    that it as- c. Ammonia (0.910) 7 g.
    sists materially in dissolving
    and re- d. Calcium Carbonate,
    moving stubborn stains and tarmsh, and Precipitated 10 g.
    furthermore remains in the cracks and Magnesium Carbonate 10 g.
    further
    crevices of the metal to retard To a add h. When homogeneous, add
    c slowly with good agitation. The abra-
    sives, d—^which should be of the finest
    Silver Polishes grade—are suspended by good stirring
    Formula No. 1 for a sufficient period of time.
    a. Stearic Acid 10
    60 lb. No. 4
    Glyceryl Oleate
    Calcium Carbonate, Fine lb. 35 Kaolin S*
    h.
    5 lb. Kieselguhr 7.5 g.
    Paris Bed
    Ammonia 6.0 g.
    Melt up a, and add the strained pow- Carbon Tetrachloride 15 cc.
    ders h, mixing thoroughly. Alcohol, Denatured 60 cc.
    ,.No. 2 Water 75 cc.
    a. Paraffin Wax ( 50/62® 0. ) 8 lb.
    Mineral Oil, White 45 lb.
    35 Silver Plating Polish
    h. Magnesium Carbonate lb.
    60 g.
    12 lb. Silver Nitrate
    Calcium Carbonate 60 g.
    Method as in No. 1.
    Ammonia (0.910)
    Sodium Thiosulphate 100 g.
    No. 3 Water 1000 g.
    Ammonium Linoleate 6 lb.
    100 S-
    C5.
    Whiting
    Benziue
    Water 28 lb. Shake before use. Polish is to be ap-
    h. up
    40 lb. plied by a flock of cotton, and shined
    0 . Calcium darbonate
    Pigment (e.g. Ultramarine) 10 lb. afterwards with a linen rag.
    414 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    Silver Polisli Powders Cool to 60® C., and add h with stirring-
    *
    White add c through a fine strainer,
    Eieselguhr, Calcined 80 lb. When homogeneous, stir in d, let stand
    Soap Powder 20 lb. overnight in a covered kettle (should be
    Yellow: enamelled). Add c with stirring to the
    Calcium Carbonate, Precipi- cold emulsion. Strain or mill.
    tated, or Magnesium Car- Impregnate rags or cotton pads in this
    bonate, Light 80 lb. bath, and dry.
    Yellow Ochre 20 lb. No. 4
    Bed 05 . Hard Soap 6 g.
    Calcium or Magnesium Car- Water 50 g]
    bonate, Finest 90 lb. h. Oleic Acid, Bistiiled 10 g.
    Iron Oxide Bed 10 lb. c. Ammonia (25%) 2 »
    d. Tripoli 10 I;
    Green
    Calcium Carbonate,
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 80 lb.
    Precipitated 8 g.
    Lime, Green 20 lb.
    Caput Mortuum (Paris Bed) 7 g.
    Blue
    Dissolve a by heating, add h, e, and
    Calcium Carbonate,
    the mixture d* Keep stirring while the
    Precipitated 60 lb.
    cotton is dipped into the bath.
    Magnesium Carbonate, Light 20 lb.
    IFltramarine Blue 20 lb.
    Bemoving Silver Tarnish
    Gray
    IT. S. Patent 2,051,697
    Calcium Carbonate,
    Immerse silver in following:
    Precipitated 40 lb.
    Diaminopropanol 2 oz.
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 40 lb.
    Frankfurt Black 20 lb.
    Ammonium Chloride % oz.
    Water 97% oz.

    Silver Polishing Cloths Stove and Oven Polishes


    No. 1 Aqueous Paste
    a. Diglycol Stearate 15 kg. a. Soap Powder 50 g.
    Water 55 kg. Alcohol 25 g.
    b. Glycerin (28® BA) 5 kg. Water 100 g.
    c. Calcium Carbonate, h. Chrome Oxide 200 g.
    Precipitated 10 kg. Infusorial Earth 125 g.
    Magnesium Carbonate 10 kg. Dissolve the soap first in alcohol, add
    Paris Bed 6 kg. the water, and to this solution stir in
    Dissolve a boiling, add b, and add the strained, finely powdered abrasives h.
    through a strainer, while stirring, the Liquid
    powders o. Imprecate rags or cotton Chrome Oxide 200 g.
    pads at 30-40® C., press o5 the excess Kieselguhr 125 g.
    liquid between rollers, and dry. Alcohol 65 g.
    No. 2 Water 200 g*
    Bath 1:
    Potassium SiHcate Solution Oily Paste
    (30/33® B6.) 16 kg. Formula No. 1
    Water 84 kg. a. Stearic Acid 50 g.
    Bath 2: b. Oleic Acid, Distilled 125 g.
    Hydrochloric Acid (20® Bd.) 8 kg. 0. Chrome Oxide, Green 200 g.
    Water 92 kg. Kieselguhr or Neuburg
    Dip rags into the first and afterwards Chalk 125 g.
    into the second bath, thus precipitating Melt o, thin with h. Work in the finely
    silicic acid on the fiber. ground and sifted o.

    No. 2
    Hard Soap Oleic Acid, High Titer 3 kg.
    a. 10 lb.
    Water Paraffin, Soft Grade 4 kg.
    46 lb.
    b. Oleic Acid Emery, Powdered, 000 12.6 kg.
    6 lb.
    0. Calcium Carbonate 20 lb.
    Chrome Oxide 0.5 kg.
    Iron Oxide Bed 5 lb .
    d. Ammonia (0.910) 4 lb. Viscous Oily Liquid
    €, Alcohol 10 lb. Chrome Oxide 200 g.
    Make solution a by taking up to a boil. Kieselguhr 125 g.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 415

    OleieAeid S- Japan Wax 0.7 lb.


    .
    viscosity Nigrosin, Oil Soluble 0.6 lb.
    Alcohol, to thia to desired
    h.
    <j. Potassium Carbonate 1.5 lb.

    EmulsioiL Stove PoHsli Water 63.9 lb.


    Wax wr ^ 3_ O d. Graphite 28.0 lb.
    0. MontaB Wax, Crude 2 kg.
    12.0 lb.
    1 kg. Soot
    Bosiu
    Carnauba Wax 2 kg. Melt a. Dissolve h in the melted a.
    Potassium Carbonate 2 kg. Boil 0, and stir in d to get a gpnooth
    Water 83 kg. suspension.
    Lampblack 3 kg. Miy c d into 4* h with good stir-
    c.
    Graphite Flakes
    U-rapiute x* lo-rLco 5 kg. ring, Put into cans while hot.

    d, Nigrosine, Water Soluble 3-4 kg. No. 4


    a. Gum Arabic or Dextrin 1 lb.

    Wax
    Block Stove Polish Water 45 lb.

    Stearic Acid 30-40 kg. h. Nigrosin, Water Soluble lb. 2


    7 lb.
    Infusorial Earth, Neuburg Diglycol Stearate
    Chalk, Chrome Oxide, c. Graphite 45 Ib.^
    Iron Oxide ISed, Tripoli, Dissolve a hot, add h with good stir-
    Emery, Carborundum or ring; mix thoroughly with c. Pill into
    Slate Flour 60-70 kg. cans while hot.
    No. 5
    Wax Paste Stove Polish a. Potato Flour 5 lb.

    Formula No. 1 Water 40 lb.


    8 kg. Soda (35® B6.)
    h. Caustic 1.5 lb.
    Ceresin (56/58® C.)
    Oleic Acid 10 kg. 0 Bosin, Powdered
    .
    2.5 lb.
    12 kg. Nigrosin, Water-Soluble 1.0 lb.
    Spindle Oil
    20 d. Graphite 40.0 lb.
    Neuburg Chalk g.
    10 kg. Lampblack 10.0 lb.
    Quartz Flour
    Emery, Powdered 25 kg. Mix a to give a starch milk; stir in b
    Carborundum 15 kg. in the cold, agitating until a heavy paste
    No. 2 has formed.
    Ceresin (66/58® 0.) 3 kg. Add c when homogeneous, mix with a
    Oleic Acid 17 kg. in a kneading machine.
    Petroleum Jelly, Natural 4 kg.
    Spindle Oil 6 kg. Stove Polish, Semi-Liquid
    ^ ^ v- Formula No. 1
    Quartz or Pumice, Powdered 45 kg
    ^

    Chrome Oxide 25 kg, o. IG Wax CB 1.0 lb.


    Beeswax 1.5 lb.
    Paraffin Wax
    (50/52° C.) 1.0 lb.
    Stove Polish, Paste Bosin 1.0 lb.
    Formula No. 1 b. Hard Soap Chips 1.0 lb.

    €L Crude Montan Wax 5.0 lb. Nigrosin, Water-Soluble 0.5 lb.


    Ceraflux 1.5 lb. Potassium Carbonate 0,5 lb.
    Beeswax 0.5 lb. Water 28.5 lb.
    Nigrosin Oil-Soluble 0.5 lb. Graphite 35.0 lb.
    b.
    c. Graphite 40.0 lb. Lampblack 5.0 lb.

    Lampblack 2.5 lb. Turpentine 25.0 lb.


    60 lb.
    Turpentine Melt a,, add b, and boil with good
    Melt cc, dissolve b in the melted a with stirring. Prepare suspension c, stir into
    stirring. the hot einulsion.
    Prepare suspension c, and stir it slowly
    No. 2
    into the melted wax — color. Let solidify
    <1 . Nigrosin, Water-Soluble 1 lb.
    Hard Soap 3 lb.

    Water 32 lb.
    No. 2
    Ceraflux 10 lb. b^ Paraffin Wax 3 lb.
    2 lb . Ozokerite 1 lb.
    I. G. Wax OP
    48 lb. Nigrosin, Oil-Soluble 11b.
    Turpentine
    25 lb. Turpentine
    0.
    20 lb.
    Graphite
    15 lb. Graphite
    d.
    39 lb.
    Lampblack
    Melt b, thin with c; make a paste of
    ^

    Prepare as in No. 1.
    this wax solntion with d. _
    No.'3': a
    2.5 Ib. Boil <1 separately, and add b, c, and
    a. Montan Wax, Crude
    0.8 lb. to this with good stirring.
    'Bosin
    416 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    Liquid Stove Polisli No. 2


    Formula No. 1 Montan Wax, Crude S g.
    a. Montaa Wax, Crude 2.0 lb. Rosin 1.5 g.
    Beeswax 1.0 lb. Paraffin Wax (40/42® C) 1.5 g.
    Turpentine 64.0 lb. GrapMte 56 g.
    GrapMte 20.0 lb. Carbon Black 24
    Lampblaclc 3.0 lb. Nigrosine Base BB 10 g.
    0. Ammonium Linoleate 2.5 lb. Potassium Carbonate 3 g.
    water 8.5 lb. Water 200 ff.

    Melt 05, Make suspension b; thin a No. 3


    -»dth b. a. GrapMte 24 lb.
    Heat o to almost boiling temperature, Glycerin, Crude 5 lb.
    iiidd to a and b. Formaldehyde 1 lb.

    No. 2
    b. Hard Soap 3.2 lb.
    €8. Crude Montan Wax 2 lb.
    Water 26 lb.
    Paraffin 4
    Camauba Wax 2 lb. lb.

    Rosin 1 lb. Prepare the solution b by boiling, and


    Potash Carbonate 2 lb. add it to the paste a.
    Water 72 lb. Stir till cold, and pour.
    b. Nigrosin, Water-Soluble 1 lb.
    Graphite 20 lb. Stove Polish
    until homogeneous. Stir in b (to clean shiny metaHie parts of ovens)
    Boil
    gradually, until smooth. Stearic Acid 10 g.
    Spindle Oil 20 g.'
    No. 3 Triethanolamine Linoleate 27 g.
    a. Crude Montan Wax 2 lb. Water 13 g.
    Rosin 1 lb. Spindle Oil 20 g!
    Potash Carbonate 1 lb. Tetralin 10 g.
    Water 30 lb. Ahrative (Emery, Tripoli,
    b. ParafSn Wax (40/42’» C.) 2 lb. Silieaceous Earth, etc.) until pasty
    Nigrosin, Oil-Soluble 1 lb. Dissolve the fatty acids in the first
    0. Turpentine 38 lb. spindle oil, mix wtith triethanolamine
    d. Graphite 20 lb. Imoleate ; add the second spindle oil,
    Lampblack 5 lb. the tetralin, and ultimately the abrasive.
    Boil up n until homogeneous. Melt b
    sej^rately, thin it with c, and suspend Non-Infiammable Stove Polish
    d in it.
    Roseen Oil 2 0 %,
    Add to a with good stirring. M;ontan Wax (Black) 2 oz.
    No. 4 Camauba Wax 2 oz.
    a. Ammonium Linoleate 8 lb.
    Water 82 oz.
    Water 60 lb. Caustic Potash 2 oz.
    b. Water 5 lb. Nigrosine 3 oz.
    Potato Flour 2 lb. Graphite 5 oz.
    0. Graphite 20 lb. Lampblack 3 oz.
    Lampblack 5 lb. The oil and waxes are carefully melted.
    Make solution a, and separately paste The potaifii and nigrosin© are dissolved in
    b. Add b to a, mixing thoroughly. Work the water and gradually stirred into the
    c slowly into this dispersion. wax mixture at 85® to 90® C. The re- :

    sultant product is agitated thoroughly


    during the cooling, when the graphite
    Stove Blacking and. lampblack are uniformly incorpo-
    Formula No, 1 rated. The caustic potash forms a soap
    a, Camauba Wax 6 lb. with the resin and aids emulsification and
    Montan Waz^ Bleached 3 lb. retards settling of the black.
    Beeswax 3 lb.
    Rosin 1 lb.
    Quick Drying Stove Polish
    Diglycol Stearate 1 lb.
    The following formul® include in-
    Potadi Carbonate 1 lb.
    fiamxnable but quidk drying solvents:-—
    Water 45 lb.
    Formula No. I '

    Turpentine 40
    ,

    b. lb. , ,

    Asphalt or Petroleum
    Boil a until a homogeneous mass is Bitumen (80® C.) 15 oz.
    formed. White Spirit, or Coal
    Thin with b. Tar Naphtha 40 oz.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 417

    Lampblack 5 oz. c. Kaolin 10 lb.


    oz. Emery, Finest 30 lb.
    Fine Graphite
    4-.0

    constituent is dis- Graphite 5 lb.


    The bituminous
    in the spirit, warming if neees- To give the desired consistency.
    colvecl
    gjiry, and the blacks are stirred in thor-
    oughly. Stove and Oven Polish Powders
    No. 2 Formula No. 1
    3 oz. Trisodium Phosphate lOHb.
    Bosiii
    Turpentine 84 oz. Soda Ash 10 lb.

    LainpWaek 1 oz. Sodium Perborate 20 lb.

    Graphite
    i.
    12 oz. No. 2
    Trisodium Phosphate 20 lb.
    This separates more readily than
    the
    Soda Ash 30 lb.
    nrevious composition and
    requires well
    prepared as Sodium Hydroxide,
    shaking before use. It is
    Powdered 50 lb.
    for (1).
    No. 3
    No. 3
    Trisodium Phosphate 50 lb.
    Ceresin or Ozokerite Wax 8 oz.
    Soda Ash 10 lb.
    Japan Wax 7 oz.
    Sodium Perborate 30 lb.
    Turpentine 70 oz.
    Lampblack 8 oz. To all these, about 3~5% of abra-
    7 oz. sives and powdered soap are usually
    Graphite
    added.
    The waxes are dissolved in the turpen-
    under heat, or No. 4
    tine, either by refluxing
    stirring the Pumice, Powdered 3 lb.
    by melting and carefully Alum 1 lb.
    turpentine in at 80/90® C., and then the
    Salt 1 lb.
    blacks are incorporated.
    Red Iron Oxide 2 lb.
    No. 4
    Ceresin or Ozokerite Wax 5 oz.
    Wax 1 oz. Stove and Oven Polishes, Liquid
    Oarnauba Formula No. 1
    Turpentine 39 oz.
    50 oz. Tripoli 45 lb.
    Lampblack 10 lb.
    5 oz. Alcohol
    Graphite
    Sodium Hydroxide Solution 5 lb.
    This is similar to (3) except that Oleic Acid 10 lb.
    carnauba wax forms the hardening con- Naphtha 30 lb.
    stituent, and additionally it aids, polish-
    No. 2
    ing. It is prepared in a like manner. 80--100 lb.
    Bole
    Soft Soap 30 lb.

    Stove Cleanser
    Water 60 lb.

    25 kg. Alcohol 10 lb.


    a, Kieselguhr
    Glass Powder 25 kg. No. 3
    Soot 5 kg. Tripoli 200 lb.

    Ammonium Linoleate 10 Naphtha 200 lb.


    h.
    Petroleum Jelly 10 Oleic Acid 50 lb.

    c. Ammonia % Alcohol 10
    50
    lb.

    d. Water 10 kg. Water lb.

    ,
    e. .Heavy Benzine 15 Ammonia 15 lb.

    Melt h, and saponify with thin with .

    d, cool, add e, and make a


    paste with Oven Polish, Solid
    part or all of the powders a. Emery 25 lb.
    Quartz, Powdered 25 lb.

    Scale Wax (52/54® 0.) 10 lb.


    Liquid Oven Polish Oleic Acid, Distilled 10 lb.
    a. Oleic Acid, Distilled 5 lb. 10 lb.
    Spindle Oil
    Stearic Acid, Distilled 3 lb.
    J). Petroleum 15 lb.
    G. Ammonia (0.910) 5 lb. Oven Polish
    d. Water 30 lb. Flake Graphite 33 lb.
    Lampblack 1.7 lb.
    a in h on^ the water bath
    Dissolve 4 lb.
    Beeswax
    Saponify with c, and dilute with d- (58/60® C.) 1 lb.
    Ceresin
    This can be mixed with
    :

    418 POLISHES, ABEASIVES


    Nigrosin, Oil-Soluble 4 lb. hted by a volatile emulsifier. The
    mod-
    Heavy Benzine or erate volatility of morpholine is
    such
    Carbon Tetracliloride 25 lb. that it gradually evaporates along
    with
    water from the drying emulsion film, thus
    Oven Polish Emulsion leaving the emulsion film witer resistant *

    Montan Wax, Crude 2 lb.] that is, it is not hygroscopic nor will
    be
    Posin 1 IbA spotted and removed by water. At
    the
    Carnauba Wax, Dark 2 Ib.J same time, morpholine can be satisfac-
    Potash (Carbonate) torily employed in wax-emulsion
    tech-
    (2.5% Boiling Solution) 87 lb. nique, since it does not evaporate selec-
    Soot tively from a hot solution, and it
    3 Ib.l is
    Elake Graphite not lost from emulsions standing in open
    5 Ib.i
    Nigrosin, Alkali-Proof containers.
    3-5 Ib.J
    A translucent, almost clear solution
    of morpholine, oleic acid and wax makes
    Oven Polish, White a water-resistant polish which gives a
    Stearic Acid 5 kg. film of high brilliance with little or
    Ammonium Linoleate 19 kg. no
    rubbing. All that is necessary is to
    Spindle Oil 20 kg. spread the solution evenly over a surface
    Either
    and allow it to evaporate. However it
    Alcohol until liquid is essential that a good grade of light-
    Or:
    colored wax and fresh shellac be used
    Abrasive (Heuburg Chalk, and that attention be given to all the
    Marble Powder, Quartz details of preparation.
    Powder, Pumice, etc.) to make paste
    Formula No. 1
    a. Carnauba Wax 11.2 lb.
    Stove Lacquer
    Oleic Acid 2.4 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Morpholine
    Black: 2.2 lb.*
    Water 67lo lb.*
    Gilsonite 40 g.
    Copal &. Shellac 1.5 Jb.
    5 g*
    Flexoresin DAI Morpholine 0.2 lb!
    5 g.
    Lampblack 5 g*
    Water 15.5 ib!
    White Spirit 100 g-
    Preparation
    No. 2 Melt the carnauba wax carefully with
    Bronze: the oleic acid and maintain the tem-
    Coumarone Besiii, Pale, Hard, 10 g. perature closely at 90 deg. C. Stir until
    White Spirit-Benzol (4:2) 00 g. well mixed, add the morpholine, and
    Bronze Powder stir constantly until the whole mass is
    quite clear. In the meantime, the water
    Liquid Grate Polish should have been brought to a simmer in
    Crude Mon tan Wax 2 oz. a separate kettle. Add it slowly to the
    Rosin 1 oz.
    hot wax mixture with steady stirring,
    Carnauba Wax 2 oz.
    making certain that each small portion
    is well incorporated before further ad-
    Heat to 90® C. with stirring, and to
    it add slowly:
    dition. The mixture becomes inereas-
    ingly viscous and should be of the ap-
    Caustic Potash 2 oz. pearance of petrolatum when two-thirds
    Water (Boiling) 86 oz. of the water has been added. After this
    Nigrosin 2 oz. stage has been reached, the mixture be-
    Keep on heat and agitate vigorously gins to thin out and the remainder of
    until uniform. Cool and work in: the water may be added rapidly. The
    Graphite (Flake) 5 oz.
    total time for adding the water should
    Lampblack 3 oz. be 30-40 minutes, A steam- Jacketed
    Mix thoroughly until uniform. This kettle and a hand-operated paddle, or
    formula is capable of variation of in- slow-speed, large-bladed propeller are
    gredients and color. recommended for successful production.
    Allow the mixture to cool. While
    slowly stirring, add the shellac solution.
    Water-Besistant Floor Emulsion Polish This has been made by warming to-
    Morpholine in combination with fatty gether the morpholine, water and shellac
    acids is an excellent emulsifying agent indicated in h above and filtering if
    for polishes, paper coatings, paints, lac- necessary.-.
    quers and other mixtures which are bene- Another morpholine dry-bright polish
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES, 419

    is formulated as follows, using paraffin Melt the wax in the oleic acid, add
    as a substitute for part of the carnauba trigamine and heat to 90° C. Then add
    7/ax: the caustic soda and 25 ce. of water at
    Ho. 2 about 95® C. Stir until jell is formed.
    Carnauba Wax 64.8 lb. Then add the rest of the water which
    Paraffin Wax 7.2 lb. must be boiling. Stir thoroughly till
    Morplioline 14.4 lb. cool.

    Oleic Acid 15.3 lb. No. 2


    Boiling Water 430.0 lb. Hydromalin 138 lb.
    Cold Water 100.0 lb. Carnauba Wax No. 1 or No. 2
    Yellow 250 lb.
    Preparation Heat to 120® 0.-140® C. half an hour.
    observing great care in the gradual
    By Cool to 100® G.-105® C.
    addition of boiling water up to the point Add to the above slowly with stir-
    of. emulsion inversion (see above), a
    ring.
    polish is prepared which is exceptionally Water (at 100° C.) 280 lb.
    translucent.
    Stir to smooth paste then add slowly
    with good stirring.
    Non-Slippery Bright Drying Floor Wax Water (at 100® C.) 1500 lb.
    tJ, S. Patent 2,088,795 Keep as close to 100° as possible for
    Vulcanized Rubber Latex 5-30 g. 15 minutes with rapid stirring. Then
    Bright Drying Floor Wax stir till cool.
    Emulsion 95-70 g.
    No. 3
    Aqnamel 15 lb.
    Bright Drying (Non-Rubbing) Polish Carnauba Wax No. 2 Yellow or No. 3
    Formula No. 1 Refined 25 lb.
    Carnauba Wax 11.9 g. Water 225 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 1.3 g. Heat the wax and Aquamel together
    Oleic Acid 3.0 g. till a clear jelly is obtained. Then add
    Triethanolamine 1.9 g. the water which must be as near boiling
    Water (hot) 50.0 g. as possible. Stir thoroughly till cool.
    Water (cold) 50.0 g.
    Melt the wax and add the oleic acid
    and triethanolamine. With the temper- Transparent Bright Dry Wax Emulsior
    ature at 95® C., add small (5-part) por- a. (Carnauba Wax 120 g.
    tions of boiling water, stirring between (Oleic Acid 20 g.
    each addition and continuing them until h. Trigamine 20 g.
    a heavy translucent paste is formed. c. (Caustic Soda (50%) 8 g.
    Add the remaining boiling water and stir (Water 32 g.
    until homogeneous. Add the cold water j Water
    d. 800 g.
    cool the complete dispersion to room Use method given for Rubless Bright
    temperature. If desired, all of the water Drying Water Wax Polish.
    may be added at boiling temperature.
    Due to the possible variation in the
    composition of some of the suggested in- Semi Bright Drying Wax Emulsion
    gredients and to the varying methods and Polishes
    conditions which may attend the com- Formula No. 1
    pounding, modifications to meet individ- 'Carnuba Wax 2 10 g.
    ual requirements may be necessary. a.J Candelilla Wax 10 g.
    This is a low priced product which is Oleic Acid 3 g.
    not as good as the subsequent formulae. Use method given under Candelilla
    Wax Emulsions on this and others in
    Rubless Bright Drying Water Wax this group.
    Polishes fTriethanolamine 4 g.
    The following formulae give rubless hA Borax 2 g.
    floor polishes characterized by high initial Water 185 oe.
    lustre and durability. .

    No., 2
    Formula No. 1 'Carnauba Wax ^ 2 10 g.
    Carnauba Wax No. 2 120 lb. a.- Candelilla Wax 10 g.
    Oleic Acid 13.7 lb. Oleic Acid 3 g.
    Trigamine 19 lb. 'Triethanolamine 4 g.
    Caustic Soda (47%) 3.5 lb. 6 .- Borax iy2 g.
    Water 843.5 lb. Water 185 eo.
    :

    420 POLISHES, ABEASIVES


    Bright Drying Floor Polish Turpentine 7a ^
    (Non-Eubbing) Hap h til a
    IJ. S. Patent 2,045,455 60
    Colored with oil soluble colors.
    Carnauba Wax 10.0 oz.
    Triethanolamine 1.4 oz.
    Ho. 5
    Oleic Acid 1.4 oz*
    I. G. Wax T 0.5 oz.
    Borax 1.0 oz.
    I. G. Wax OP 1*5 oz.
    Eefined Shellac Montan Wax, Bleached 3
    1.4 oz. oz.
    Ozokerite (68°-70° C.)
    Ammonium Hydroxide 0.2 oz. 1 oz,
    Water to make 100.0 fl. oz.
    Paraffin Wax (50°-52® C.) 8 oz.
    Turpentine 100
    This composition is of the ^ ' Drybrite ^ ^ oz.
    Type. It is prepared by melting the H0. 6
    carnauba wax and adding the oleic acid Montan Wax, Bleached o oz.
    Ozokerite (74°~76° C.)
    to same. To about one third of the 2 oz.
    above amount of water is added the tri- Carnauba Wax 2 oz.
    ethanolamine, the ammonium hydroxide Paraffin Wax (50°-52° C.) 6 oz.
    and the borax dissolved in this mixture. Turpentine 80 oz.
    This is warmed and the shellac added
    and stirred until same is completely Colored Floor Polish
    passed into solution. To this last solu- Beeswax 2 4 o7
    tion, which is being agitated vigorously I.G. Wax ft If
    by means of an electric honiogenizer, is Ozokerite 2 4 oz'
    added the carnauba wax oleic acid mix- Montan Wax, Bleached 1 2 oz’
    ture which should be very close to the Paraffin Wax (50°-52° C.') 42* m
    boOing point of water. For best results Turpentine 38 If
    this emulsion should be passed through
    a
    Naphtha 68 oz.
    colloid mill in order to keep its viscosity Colored with oil soluble colors.
    low,^ and prevent separation. All or a Brown
    portion of the remainder of the water Cerolbrown G.)
    (1. 0.75 oz.
    may be added. xCecl Brown:
    Cerolblue (I. G.) 02 oz
    Floor Polish For Inlaid Floor Brown E (I. G.) 0.3 oz*
    a, Carnauba Wax 6 kg.
    BedBB(£G.)' 0.72 oz
    Montan Wax, Bleached 4 kg]
    Ozokerite, Low grade 2 kg Floor Polish (for Eubber Floor)
    Paraffin Wax (50/52° C.) 4 kg. Montan Wax, Bleached 8 l4
    b* Heavy Benzine 160 kg. 'Hiilan Wax^^ 2 kg
    Turpentine 24--20 kg.* Eosin 2 kff
    Melt
    Paraffin Wax 12 w’
    a, thin with h. By using more Hard Soap g*
    or less solvent, the product 1
    can be Potassium Carbonate
    adapted to various requirements. 2 kl’
    Water 70 kg.*

    Floor Polishes Liquid Floor Wax 5 gal. Batch


    Formula Ho. 1 Ho. 2 Ho. .3
    Cerafiux q
    Carnauba Mineral Seal Paraffin Oil
    5 gal.
    Wax 15 oz. 15 oz. 15 07 .. Melt the wax and stir into the oil.
    Cumarone
    Eesin 6 oz, 10 oz. 4 oz. Antiseptic Insecticidal Floor & Furniture
    Oleic Acid 4 oz. 5 oz. 5 oz. Polish' '

    Melt together and while hot add fol- Turpentine


    lowing mixture brought to a boil. 05 ^
    Terpineol 5
    Triethanol- Berris, Powdered 3
    amine 4 Pyrethrum, Powdered
    5 oz.oz. 5 oz. 3 g]
    Borax 6 oz. 6 oz. 3 oz. Heat on a water bath for hour and %
    Water 25 oz. 25 oz. 185 oz. then add
    The above dry dull but polish on rub- Bornyl Acetate 2 g
    bing to give a hard glossy finish. Bornyl Chloride 7 S]

    Ho. 4
    Zinc Eesinate
    g U
    Filter after 2-3 days.
    I. O'. Wax 0-P 6 02 Beeswax may be incorporated if de-
    Ozokerite (68°-70° G.) 4 oz
    ^

    sired and the turpentine content


    Paraffin Wax (50°^52° 0.) 40 oz.’
    in-
    creased.

    1
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 421

    Floor Polish Powders No. 5


    Formula No. 1 Stearic Acid 5 g.
    Mix powdered waxes (eeresin, stearic Ceresin ^ g*
    acid, paraffin) in
    any desired ratio. Paraffin Wax, Soft 40 g.
    No. 2 Tale 50 g.
    Melt a composition of waxes (such as No. 6
    carnauha wax, eeresin, paraffin) on the Ceraflux 50 kg.
    water hath in the desired ratio, pour in Aluminum Stearate % hg.
    thin plates. Cool, and grind. Stearic Acid 5-10 kg.
    No. 3 Tale 45-40 kg.
    Seale Wax, Powdered 20-30 g.
    Talcum 70-80 g.
    Ochre to suit Non- Slippery Linoleum Wax
    Mix thoroughly, and sift. Carnauba Wax 15 Ib-l

    No. 4
    Montan Wax 5 lb.;-
    Rosin, Light 5 Ib.j
    Stearic Acid, Powdered 80 g.
    Turpentine 20 lb.
    Ceresin, Powdered 15 g.
    Potash Carbonate 5 Ib.l
    Hard Soap, Powdered 5 g.
    Diglycol Stearate 5 Ib.^
    No. 5 Water 45 Ib.J
    Stearic Acid, Powdered 80 g. Alkaline Yellow Dye to suit
    Ceresin, Powdered 20 g.
    Melt the first three ingredients on the
    No. 6 water-bath, stir in the turpentine and
    Paraffin Wax, Powdered 70 g. add the hot solution of soap and alkali
    Talcum 30 g. in a thin jet with stirring. Keep at
    55-60® 0. on bath until completely
    Dance Floor Wax bound’! Pour at lowest possible tem-
    perature.
    Formula No. 1
    Ceresin 10 kg.
    Stearic Acid 10 kg.
    Paraffin Wax 80 kg. Floor Mop Oil
    For Floors
    Pine Needle Perfume to suit
    Formula No. 1
    No. 2 Spindle Oil, Distilled, Thin,
    (Discs) (Yellow) 60 cc.
    Paraffin Wax ('50®-52® C.,) 100 oz. Diglyeol Laurate 5 ce.
    Ozokerite (68°-70° C.) 5 oz. Naphtha 40 ce.
    Colored with oil soluble color yellow Hydro terpin (or Turpentine) 15 ce.
    and cast in discs. Gitronella Oil, Ceylon 5 cc.

    No, 3 No. 2
    Stearic Acid 20 kg. Spindle Oil, Befmed, Pale
    Paraffin Wax 50 kg. (2-7® E/20® C.)
    Zinc Stearate ¥2 kg. (Flash point above
    Talcum 30 kg. 150®O.) 99 lb.
    Pine Needle Oil to suit Perfume* 1 lb.
    * Perfume for Floor Oils.

    Pine Needle Oil, Siberian 5.0 oz.


    Ball Boom Wax Bornyl Acetate 3.0 oz.
    Formula, No. 1
    Camphorated Oil 1.5 oz.
    Stearic Acid 20 g.
    Eorneol 1.0 oz.
    Ceraflux 50 g.
    Lemonone 0.5 oz.
    Tale 30 g.
    No. 2 No. 3
    Stearic Acid
    ;

    10 g. Spindle Oil (3.5® E Vis-


    Paraffin Wax, Hard 30 g. cosity) 100 oz.
    Tale 00 g. Linseed Oil 3 oz.

    No. 3 '
    Oil Soluble Dye 0.005 oz.
    Stearic Acid ,,5,,g.
    Amyl Acetate 0.3 oz.

    Paraffin Wax, Hard 35 g. 'No. A'"''


    Tale 60 g. Spindle Oil, Refined
    '''No. 4" (I.8-2.5® E/20® 0.) 60 lb.

    Stearic Acid, Soft 50 g. White Spirit 36 lb.

    Talc 50 ff. Clovel 4 lb.


    422 POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    ISTo. 5
    No. 5
    Paraffin (Mineral) Oil 40 jSL. oz. (Quick Drying)
    Turpentine 20 fl. oz. Mineral Oil (Spindle) 15
    Cedar Oil ^ fl. oz. Perilla Oil 3 jp*
    Emulsifier L83A 8 jp’

    Furniture Polish
    Naphtha, V. M. & P. 25 lb*
    Water 50
    Formula No. 1 ip.*

    Beeswax 25
    kg.
    Mix the oils and emulsifier. Add the
    Biglyeol Stearate water slowly with high speed stirring
    10
    kg.
    Montan Wax, Bleached Continue stirring for about five minutes
    25
    kg.
    Rosin after all the water has been added.
    3
    kg.
    Ozokerite, (60/62® 0.) This gives a polish that dries rapidly
    17
    kg.
    Ammonia leaves a hard high-lustrous surface
    (0.91) 70 kg. with
    Water 850 kg.
    the minimum amount of finger-marking.
    Dye,* Water Soluble 0.3-0.5% No 5
    Linseed Oil 20 g.
    Yellow: Metanil Yellow, Extra X Yellow Mineral Oil 20 g.*
    Orange: Orange II Concentrated. Naphtha, Refined 20 q .

    No. 2 White Spirit 30


    Turpentine 8 oz.
    Camphor Oil 5
    Naphtha Citronella Oil, Ceylon
    30 oz. 5 g
    Spindle Oil 49 oz.
    Orange Yellow, Oil soluble to suit
    Acetic Acid (36%) 6 oz.
    Antimony Chloride 4 oz. French Polishing
    Lemon Oil 1 oz. ^
    In French polishing the wood surface
    Gum Arabic 100 gm. IS first carefully sandpapered and
    Water 40 oz. smoothed, then stained to the desired
    color, oiled with linseed oil, and
    Dissolve gum in water and then mix in again
    sandpapered with extremely fine sand-
    other ingredients in a rapidly beating paper and left to dry thoroughly. Then
    churn type mixer. the French polish, or shellac gum dis-
    No. 3 solved with alcohol to a very thin solu-
    Beeswax tion, is applied very sparingly by means
    500 g.
    Water 400 of a pad, and applied with a rotary rub-
    g.
    Calcium Carbonate 100 bing motion.
    g.
    Water 4000 ec.
    During rubbing process the skill-
    tliis
    ful polisher at
    intervals adds to the
    Boil the three ingredients for a
    first
    solution^ a drop of raw linseed oil or
    period. Thin with the water. To 3 kg. sweet oil and allows this to be spread
    of the resulting mixture add over the surface with the shellac gum
    Kassel Brown (Dye) 125 g. flowing lightly from the saturated cotton
    Potash Carbonate 250 g. and linen pad. This process has to be
    Water 600 g. continued, according to the size of the
    article, for about an hour and then al-
    Boil altogether with stirring. The lowed to dry overnight, and the same
    product is applied when it is still warm,
    operation repeated the next day and a
    putting it on the furniture in a thin
    third time a few days after. The final
    layer and polishing with a brush.
    application is made about a week later.
    By this method the thinnest film can be
    No. 4 applied with a maximum of lustre and
    Montan Wax, Double Bleached 5 kg. transparency.
    Paraffin Wax, 50/52® C. 5 kg. It is possible to obtain with the French
    Diglycol Stearate 1 kg. polishing process any desired eifect from
    Water 67 kg. a thin patina finish to an egg-shell finish
    Ammonia (0.910) 2 kg. or high polish. If an egg-shell finish is
    Alcohol 20 kg. required the polisher should be informed
    of this when beginning his work as he
    Soap and waxes are cut into small will have to reduce the use of oil to a
    pieces and taken up to a boil in the minimum during the polishing process.
    water and the ammonia, stirring thor- When the surface is finished it should be
    oughly, When the mass is homogeneous, left to dry for one day.
    cool with stirring, and add the alcohol
    The polisher
    should then take a pad of wadding
    when cooled sufficiently. Keep agitating saturated with turpentine and quickly
    until it goes heavy.
    moisten the whole surface, and should
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 423

    next sprinkle or scatter fine pumice part of the mineral oil with kerosene or
    nowder moderately and evenly over it. naphtha. (Pine oil may also be sub-
    stituted for some of the naphtha, or
    He skould then take a fair-sized brush
    somewhat like those used for shoe polish- other solvent changes made.) When this
    brush the pumice stone polish is to be used for lacquers, a fine
    ing and lightly
    in the direction
    of the grain of the wood abrasive is frequently added in small
    until the pumice has
    absorbed all the quantity, Aperfuming agent such as
    turpentine on the surface. The crafts- sassafras or cedarwood oil may also be
    finally -wipe the surface incorporated.
    man should
    clean with a very soft
    rag, always follow-
    ing the direction
    of the grain of the
    an even Cleaning and Polishing Table Tops
    wood, and the result will be the table top with warm (not
    Wash
    egg-shell finish. . ,
    hot) soapsuds, made by adding a little
    French polishing is practiced today in
    finely shaved mild soap to warm water,
    America in finishing only the finest ex- rinse with clear water, and when dry
    amples of hand-made furniture. repolish with a good furniture polish or
    paste wax. Or, wipe the table top with
    Polish For Piano Keys a soft cloth saturated with gasoline, and
    Montan Wax 30 g. repolish with prepared furniture polish
    Tallow 20 g. or paste wax.
    Piglyeol-Laurate 100 g.
    Micro-Asbestos 1200 g.
    Ski Wax
    Formula No. 1
    Furniture and Automobile Polish Wood Tar 70 kg.
    Nelgin 8 lb. 20 kg.
    Diglyeol Stearate
    Water 126 In*
    '
    6 oz.
    Carnauba Wax 10 kg.
    Moldex ^
    No. 2 (For cold weather)
    Allow to soak a few hours, heat, stir
    Wood Tar 50 kg.
    and then add the following mixture to Parafi&n Wax 25 kg.
    it slowly with good
    stirring.
    Turpentine 5 kg.
    Light Mineral (Spindle Oil) 26 lb.
    Perilla Oil 13 lb* No. 3 (For melting weather)
    Varnolene or Solvent Naphtha 16 lb. Montan Wax 17 kg.
    16 Ih. Woolfat 18 kg.
    Lemonone, Crude
    Exceptionally good on lacquered, Paraffin Wax 10 kg.
    Bosin 28 kg.
    painted or varnished metal surfaces. 25 kg.
    Ozokerite
    Spindle Oil 5 kg.
    Oil Polish Wood Tar 2 kg.
    Mineral Oil 48 lb.
    16 lb. No, 4 (For collapsible tubes)
    Sulphonated Castor Oil Wax 10 kg.
    1.3 lb. Montan
    Oleic Acid 5 kg.
    1.0 lb. Bosin
    Triethanolamine 5 kg.
    Beeswax
    Gum Tragacanth Powder 1.0 lb.
    Boseen Oil 30 kg.
    Formaldehyde (40%) 0.5 lb.
    Linseed Oil 16 hg.
    Water 80.0 lb.
    Spindle Oil 20 kg.
    Warm the triethanolamine, gum trag- Wood Tar 20 kg.
    aeanth, and water to 40° C. and stir
    No. 5 Climbing and Gliding
    until the gum is uniformly dispersed. Wax (50-53° C.) 40 lb.
    Parafian
    Add the formaldehyde and a mixture of Crude Montan Wax 15 lb.
    the mineral and sulphonated oils and
    the
    Woolfat, Neutral 15 lb.
    oleic acid, agitating rapidly to obtain 10 lb.
    Colophony
    complete emulsification. Mineral Oil 15 lb,
    An oil polish of this type can be used Wood Tar 5 lb.
    both for furniture and automobiles. It
    can be rubbed dry to leave a glossy No. 0 Climbing (Klister)
    finish on the varnish or lacquer surface.
    Crude Montan Wax 17 lb.

    Woolfat, Neutral 18 lb.


    Such a polish is more easily applied than
    a wax polish but it does not leave the
    Paraffin Wax 10 lb.

    Bosin 28 lb.
    same hard and permanent film.
    25 lb.
    The cleaning action of this polish can Ozokerite
    Mineral Oil 5 lb.
    be increased with a slight alteration in 2 Ib.
    formula j namely by the substitution of Wood Tar
    424 POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    No. 7 Magnesium Oxide 4 lb.
    ^'Skate^' c. Alcohol 10 lb.
    Crude Montan Wax 10 lb. Make solution a using boiling water
    Rosin 12 lb. add the abrasives b. Cool. Strain or
    Paraffin Wax 30 lb. mill. Stir in c.
    Ozokerite 20 lb.
    Petrolatum No. 4
    8 lb.
    Wood Tar a. Hard Soap, Powdered 12 lb
    5 lb.
    Water 56
    No. 8 h. Whiting
    Climbing 22 lb.
    c. Alcohol 10 lb.*
    Rosin 10 kg.
    Ceresin Dissolve a hot, add in b with agitation.
    5 kg.
    Montan Wax Cool. Strain or mill. Add c.
    5 kg.
    Paraffin 5 kg. No. 5
    Japan Wax 10 kg' a. Methyl Cellulose 2.0 lb.
    Beeswax 5 kg. Water 30.o lb.*
    Tallow 5 kg. h. Soap Bark 2.0 lb.
    Lanosyn 5 kg. Water 4o!9 ib!
    No. 9 c, Whiting 20.0 lb.
    Gliding Iron Oxide Red 5.0 lb.
    Rosin 5 kg. <7. Salicylic Acid 0.1 lb.'
    Ceresin 20 kg. The (boiling) water is poured on
    Montan Wax 7.5 kg. a. The dispersion is allowed to stand
    Ceraflux 5 kg. over night. The next morning, make up
    Japan Wax 7.5 kl! h using boiling water, strain it, and
    add
    Woolf at 5 kg. to a. Add c and d for preservation.
    No. 10 No. 6
    Climbing and Gliding Precipitated Chalk 10 oz.
    Montan Wax, Crude 30 g. Quassia (Ground) 1 oz!
    Rosin 10 g. Ammonium Carbonate 1 oz!
    Woolfat 25 g. Grind together to form a uniform
    Wood Tar 8
    g*
    Paraffin (52/54® C.)
    powder. Apply with a wet rag.
    20 g!
    Ozokerite-Ceresin 7 g.
    Apply on dry ski. Rub in (until Paste for Wax Calf Leather
    shiny) using a cork or the palm of the Add
    5 lb. of fiour to sufficient water
    hand. For climbing rub in some wax until a fairly thin mixture is obtained.
    transverse to axis of ski. Polish this Then cut up 1 lb. of soap into small
    down before gliding. pieces and add to this mixture. Also add
    1 qt. of cod oil, 4 oz. of nigrosine and %
    lb. of glue that has been
    WindowPolishes thoroughly
    Formula No. 1 soaked in 2 qt. of water. Boil this entire
    ,
    a. Diglyeol Stearate mixture for at least half an hour and
    15 lb.
    Water then allow it to stand for 8 to 10 hours.
    50 ib.
    h. Magnesium Carbonate 15 lb.
    Add sufficient water to thin it so that it
    Viennese Chalk can be fed through a machine if neces-
    10 lb.
    Wlaite Bole sary. Apply a light coat of this thinned
    10 lb.
    Dissolve the soap in boiling water a,
    mixture to the leather and then hang the
    stock up until it is almost dry. Next
    and mix in the abrasives h. Strain, gloss the leather on a jack and hang it
    cool, fill into containers.
    up again and allow it to remain until the
    No. 2 mixture is bone dry before applying any
    Ammonium Linoleate
    20 1b. finish.
    Water 30 lb*
    b. Viennese Chalk 20 lb Leather Cleaning and Polishing Stick
    'Wming 10 1b!
    c. Alcohol
    British Patent 456,281
    20 lb.
    Into the solution a is added the abra- A mixture of white eeresine (100
    g.),
    _

    sives 5.. Stir till cooled, and thin earnauba and bleached montan waxes
    with (60 g.), shellac wax and white ozokerite
    c. Strain or mill.
    (15 g.), and coloring matter dissolved
    '.No. 3 in white stearine is east into a mould
    a. Hard Soap, Powdered 10 1b with conically tapered apertures. The
    Water 00 ib. material is applied to the leather with u
    b. Whiting 16 1b. special pad of soft material.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 425

    Belt Wax io w^ed to soak in the water for several


    Rosin 25 kg. hours. The mass is then heated in a
    Paraffin W ax 15 kg. water jacket until all the glue passes into
    Japan Wax 10 kg. solution. The rest of the water is then
    Tallow 50 kg. added. The calcium carbonate is placed
    Laiiosyn 20 kg. in a kneading machine. While the ma-
    Turpentine, Venice 10 kg. chine is operating the glue solution is
    sprayed in through a large number of
    White Shoe Cleaner Formulation small jets which disperse it throughout
    Cleaners for shoes are almost as old the mass.
    as shoes themselves. No part of our Liquid types of cleaners came next,
    wearing apparel gets dirty so quickly, and these were paralleled by the paste
    or needs cleaning so often as do our form because of the concurrent popular-
    shoes. This is especially true of light ity of the collapsible tube as a convenient
    colored shoes. container. Representative compositions
    This so-called cleaning operation is
    of the early liquid types were made up
    reallya two stage task. One is the re- as follows
    moval or near removal of dirt or foreign Lithopone 22 lb.
    matter, the other is the reconditioning Dextrin 3 lb.
    of the surface to simulate that of the Borax 0.5 lb.
    new shoe. This undertaking is usually Water 74.5 lb.
    achieved with greater or less success with The early paste forms were of the
    a single composition of the present day same composition, except only about one-
    types. However, the effectiveness of the third of the amount of water was used;
    present day cleaner is largely measured this was sufficient to make a p)aste of the
    by its ability to form a successful coat- viscosity desirable for collapsible tubes.
    ing of great hiding power. The actual All types of cleaners are made up es-
    cleaning operation or dirt removal may sentially of two elem,ental constituents;
    be accomplished by either brushing dry a pigment and a vehicle. This auto-
    or wet, or wiping while wet with water matically characterizes them as a typical
    or the particular shoe cleaner. coating composition. Seldom, however,
    Types of Cleaners is either component a single substance,

    One of the early varieties of cleaners but rather a mixture of several of the
    was a bar of chalk which was rubbed on same general type, each contributing a
    the shoe to renew its appearance. This desirable property by its addition in
    had in its favor ease of application, properly formulated products.
    relatively low initial cost, as well as cost The vehicle in turn is made up of a
    per application. The cleaning job, how- volatile and a non-volatile portion in the
    ever, was short lived, and the wearer ex- liquid. Certain of the paste type of
    perienced the additional difficulty of cleaners, and also the solid forms of
    readily dusting off on the clothes. This cleaners, which come in sticks, cakes or
    product is still offered to the limited shallow cans, contain only a very small
    consuming public who still prefer this percentage of vehicle, all of which is non-
    type. It is prepared by kneading a volatile.
    white chalk such as calcium carbonate There are essentially two forms of ve-
    with a minimum of water carrying in hicle mixtures : the water and the organic
    solution a small amount of glue or other solvent types. Obviously, the non-vola-
    adhesive. This jmste is then placed in tile constituent of the vehicle must be
    molds, pressure applied to form the mass more or less soluble in the volatile solvent
    to the shape of the mold. Heat is ap- to facilitate satisfactory application and
    plied to drive off the water. On re- formation of a continuous uniform coat-
    moval from the mold the bar or cake ing film.

    possesses the desired hrmness, yet it is In lower priced liquid cleaners the
    sufficiently loosely bound to permit the water type of vehicle is invariably used.
    particles to be readily transferred from It usually carries a non-volatile vehicle
    the stick to the shoe surface. repre- A consisting of some water soluble gum or
    sentative composition of this type is: resin. Yery often the carbohydrate
    gums, such as the pentosans and pentose
    Calcium Carbonate 90 lb.
    sugars, are employed. In these groups
    Animal Glue 0.995 lb.
    are included such gums as arable, acacia,
    Sodium Salicylate 0.005 lb.
    '

    Senegal, tragacanth, karaya, locust bean


    Water .

    3
    gum, and plant mucilages like quince
    The sodium salicylate is dissolved in seed and Irish moss. Treated starches
    about A4 of the water. The glue Is al- and the dextrins also act in a similar
    426 POLISHES, ABBASIYES
    maanex. Of course, water solutions of referred to above. It is used for the trim-
    glue, gelatin, the alginates, alkali casein- ming of the edges of the soles and the
    ates, agar, blood and egg albumen may side faces of the heels, giving them a
    also be used. In addition, there are now good wearing surface which dries to a
    available several types of water soluble hard permanent gloss in several minutes.
    resins which serve excellently in this role. A lacquer for this purpose is made up
    As water solutions of these products are according to the following formulation;
    unstable as well as excellent culture media Titanium Dioxide 25 oz.
    for bacteria and mold growths, adequate Cellulose Nitrate
    amounts of preservatives must be in- (% sec. viscosity) 8 oz.
    cluded to act as inhibitors. Toxic in- Ester Gum, Pale 6 oz.
    organic salts and the phenolic types of Dibutyl Phthalate 6 oz.
    preservatives are in general use. Ethyl Lactate 8 oz.
    Eepresentative compositions in this Butyl Acetate 12 oz.
    class are made up in accordance with a Butanol 10 oz.
    general formula as below: Toluol 25 oz.
    Mixed Pigments (Litho-
    pone. Zinc Oxide, etc.) 25 lb.
    Among the natural resins used in the
    solvent type of cleaner are dammar and
    Tehicle (Dextrine, Arabic,
    extra pale rosin. Shellac, mastic, san-
    Glue, etc.) 6 lb.
    darac, etc, could be used, but would
    Preservative (Sodium
    require alcohol as the solvent. The syn-
    Salicylate, Thymol, etc.) 0.02 lb.
    thetic resins include pale ester gum,
    Water 69 lb.
    cumar, phenol-aldehyde, vinyl esters,
    The material cost of this type will vary glyceryl-phthalate and the like. These
    from 15e to 25c per gallon depending are worked into a solution in a manner
    upon the form of pigment and vehicle similar to that described for the cellu-
    used. lose esters. Plasticizers are added to
    With a demand for a waterproof form these gums and are of the same general
    of cleaner, it became necessary to shift type as for the cellulose derivatives, but
    from water to the organic solvents. The include the various fatty glycerides.
    petroleum hydrocarbons being the lowest This variety would then be formulated
    in price and available with the proper as follows:
    boiling range, became the preferred sol-
    Mixed Pigments (Litho-
    vent. However, if non-inflammability is
    pone. Zinc Oxide, etc.) 22 oz.
    a prerequisite, then more than three quar-
    Vehicle (Pale Ester Gum,
    ters of the petroleum hydrocarbon must
    be replaced with the carbon tetrachloride.
    Dammar, etc.) 4 oz.
    Plasticizer (Tricresyl
    The petroleum fraction which finds most
    Phosphate, Castor Oil, etc.) 1 oz.
    extensive use is solvent naphtha with a
    Solvent Mixture:
    boiling range of 200° to 300 P.
    Active Solvent (Ethyl
    As the non-volatile vehicle for this
    Acetate) 18 oz.
    type, the natural and synthetic resins are
    Diluent (Solvent
    largely used. Many of these require the
    Haphtha) 55 oz.
    addition of more active solvents than the
    petroleum oils; for example, the aromatic The agent primarily responsible for the
    hydrocarbons, and esters and ketones to final appearance of shoes so treated is the
    bring them into solution. In fact the pigment. This is the only visible com-
    maximum amount of solvent naphtha is ponent, and upon its value rests most of
    used as a diluent or thinner to a point the merit of the dressing. It gives to
    just prior to precipitation of the resin the surface its seeming cleanliness, fresh-
    from its solution in the active solvents. ness and new-like appearance. The ve-
    In this same class, the lacquer type hicle, however, determines the longevity
    which is made up of a properly formu- of these properties, barring accidents.
    lated solution of the cellulose esters such The cheapest of these pigments is calcium
    as the nitrate and acetate, might also be carbonate as whiting, then certain clays,
    included. These cellulose derivatives are Abestine, etc. The zinc pigments such
    dissolved in their respective solvents and as lithopone, zinc oxide and zinc sulphide
    then diluted with non-solvents to their are more costly on a pound basis, but as
    toleration point. To these products must they require less to give equivalent hid-
    be added suitable plasticizers in proper ing power and have better whiteness, they
    amounts to give the ultimate eoating the are of greater economic worth. This is
    desired flexibility. This type of compo- equally true of the titanium pigments.
    sition is more frequently used as a per- Pure titanium dioxide is almost prohibi-
    manent coating rather than for the uses tive because of its cost, but when used
    :

    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 427

    with calcium or barium sulphate as ex- small amount of the proper type of per-
    tenders it is almost as effective at a sub- fume to increase the sales appeal. The
    stantially reduced cost. These pigments above is of course subject to wide varia-
    are used in both the water and solvent tions depending upon the type, use, and
    types. price requirements for the product in
    The emulsion type variety is a hybrid mind.
    between the solvent and water types. It In fabricating these compositions it is
    consists of an emulsion of the oil in a quite essential that the pigment be thor-
    water type. A suitable emulsifying oughly divided and wet with the vehicle.
    agent is added to a resin solution as This operation may be performed in a
    above described, and at least half of tli«e ball or bar mill, or in the usual pigment
    by water. It is
    volatile solvent replaced rolls used by the paint manufacturers.
    considered by some as a general utility In the compounding operation the ve-
    composition. It can be formulated to be hicle is dissolved in the solvent, and the
    nearly non-inflammable and almost water- pigment added to this mixture. This
    proof. It works nearly as effectively as product should be passed through a fine
    a dressing for leather as for cloth. A screen of 100 mesh, and then allowed to
    typical composition under this classifica- stand for several hours to allow the en-
    tion is: trapped air to be released before pack-
    aging.
    Titanium Dioxide 5 oz.
    Barium Sulphate 15 oz.
    Most of these compositions described
    have to be swabbed on, and result in a
    Gum Dammar 4 oz.
    fairly heavy layer for the finish. As
    Carbon Tetrachloride 10 oz.
    Naphtha 13 oz.
    each subsequent application of these solu-
    Solvent
    tions has the capacity of dissolving the
    Triethanolamine Linoleate 3 oz.
    50 residue of the preceding treatment, it is
    Water oz.
    desirable to make a two operation job
    In preparing this product, the carbon out of cleaning. This should consist of
    tetrachloride is mixed with the solvent First, the cleaning of the surface using
    naphtha and the gum dammar is dissolved the preparation as the cleansing agent
    in this mixture. This pigment combina- through the solvent action of its vehicle
    tion is obtained already mixed and is in- and solvent. The rag, paper, cotton or
    corporated with the above solution. The dauber will carry most of the removed
    triethanolamine linoleate is dissolved in dirt (possibly back into the bottle con-
    the water which should preferably be taining the cleaner). Second, the flow-
    around 60° C. This is agitated vigor- ing on or swabbing of the preparation as
    ously with a suitable electric mixer while a coating composition to hide the spots
    the pigment, gum and solvent mixture is and stains, leaving a uniform smooth
    being slowly added. Better results and matte surface simulating new shoes.
    a more permanent emulsion are obtained While many of these types of composi-
    if this composition is passed through a tions are fairly meritorious products,
    colloid mill. they have many shortcomings and much
    In compounding a suitable ^'Shoe remains to be done in the further de-
    White certain ratios of the components velopment of products which are more
    are fairly closely adhered to in most of effective, easily applied, and whose useful
    the satisfactory brands now on the mar- life is longer.
    ket. The ratio of the dry pigment to
    the total weight of the finished product White Shoe Polish
    is between 15% and 30% depending on Formula No. 1
    the type of pigment used. To this is Sodium Silicate 40 lb.
    usually added about 4%(all per cents Water 60 gal.
    are based on the total weight of the fin- Trisodium Phosphate 16 lb.
    ished product) of Asbestine to prevent Soda Ash 1 lb.
    packing of the pigment. If the product Acetone 5 gal.
    is of the water type, 5%
    to 7%of the Gum Tragacanth
    proper type of gum is used. In addition (1% Solution) 6 gal.
    a thickening gum such as tragacanth ^is Gum Arabic 2 lb.
    added to give satisfactory body or vis- Titanium Dioxide 8 lb.
    cosity to further prevent pigment settling Lithopone 180 lb.
    and also to improve the flowing qualities Moldex or Other ''

    of the preparation. A
    fraction of a per Preservative '
    %'lb.
    cent of the preservative is added and a No. 2
    very small amount of a blue dye or pig- (Oil-Paste)
    ment is added to correct the color. It Carnauba Wax 3.5 oz.
    has recently become popular to add a Beeswax, White B.O oz.
    428 POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    Ozokerite (68-70° C.) 3.0 oz. Gelatin 2 oz.
    Ceraflux 3.0 oz. Tragacantli, Gum 2 oz.
    Turpentine 40.0 oz. No. 5
    Casein 4 oz.
    No. 3
    Triethanolamine y2 oz.
    The following formula gives a white Titanium Dioxide 20 oz.
    shoe dressing equally good for buckskin,
    Whiting 4 oz.
    leather and canvas. The pigment gives
    Phenol 1 oz.
    the minimum settling and is easily re-
    Clovel to suit for odor
    dispersed on shaking. Based on a new
    Water 70% oz.
    type of emulsion (water-in-oil) a dress-
    ing is obtained with the least amount of No. 6
    ^ ^
    rub-off ^ Calcium Carbonate,
    Precipitated 5
    Diglycol Oleate 5 lb.
    Magnesium Carbonate 9 kg.
    Naphtha 20 lb.
    Zinc White 3 kg.
    Toluol 25 lb.
    Garagheen Moss Mucilage
    Titanox C 30 lb.
    90
    (2%) kg-
    Mix
    the above together, wetting the Preservative (of the Para
    pigment thoroughly. Hydroxy Benzoate type) 0.25 kg.
    Then add mth high speed stirring: Formalin (40%) 2 kg.
    Hydro wax Liquid N. L. 60 lb.
    Water 20 lb. White Shoe Dressing
    a. Triethanolamine Oleate 3 oz.
    Finally add with high speed stirring:
    Naphtha 10 oz.
    Trichlorethylene 40 lb. Carbon Tetrachloride 11 oz.
    Diglycol Oleate 1 lb. Spirit Varnish 6 oz.
    No. 4 h. Titanium Dioxide 10 oz.,

    Methyl Cellulose 2 oz. Precipitated Chalk 10 oz.


    Water 100 oz. Water 50 oz.
    Zinc Oxide 25 oz. Add a to d slowly with vigorous mix-
    Magnesium Carbonate 5 oz. ing with a high speed mixer. For maxi-
    Perfume 0.3 oz. mum stability run through a colloid mill
    WHITE SHOE DRESSINGS
    Ingredients Formula No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
    Titanox A, W.D. 15 15 15 15 oz.
    Gum Arabic 5 4 5 oz.
    Bentonite IVs iy2 oz.
    Pine Oil 1 1 oz.
    Preservative (Moldex) 1/10 ”l/10 1/10 oz.
    Water 77 80 77 78 oz.
    Castile Soap, Powdered % % oz.
    Glue 5 oz.

    White Kid Cleaner White Leather Polish


    Carnauba Wax, Gray 50 g- A white cleaner which has stood the
    Montan Wax, Bleached 50 test of application by a large number ol
    g-
    Paraffin Wax (50/52° C.) 20 retail shoe dealers and given quite gen-
    g-
    Japan Wax 20 g-
    eral satisfaction is made as follows:
    Rosin 15 g- a. Shellac Solution:
    Diglycol Stearate 10 g- Super-Fine Wax Free
    Potassium Carbonate 32 g- Bleached Shellac 16 oz.
    Water 600 g- Borax 3 oz.
    Turpentine 150 ml.
    Benzene Pinal volume, 1 gal. with water.
    100 ml.
    Trichlor Ethylene 150 ml
    To the shellac and borax, add 3 qt. of
    water and boil for one hour in a double
    Acetone 50 ml.
    jacketed kettle. At the end of 1 hour,
    Boil a together wdth stirring, until a remove from kettle and permit to cool,
    homogeneous emulsion has been formed. then add^ enough water to make 1 gal.
    Cool to 40° C., and add the solvents d. and strain through a double layer of
    Stir until cooled. cheesecloth.
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 429

    I, Wax Emulsion Reddish Brown:


    Carnauba Wax (Yellow) 16 oz. Brown 1435 6 g-
    Castile Soap (Pure) 8 oz. Brown 20162 6 g.
    Pinal volume, 1 gal. witb. water. Brown 17484 6 g.
    R. L. Ponceau 1 g.
    The wax is broken into very small
    pieces and the soap is shaved or diced No. 2
    into small pieces. Place into a double Brown
    jacketed kettle and heat until the mass Carnauba Wax 2 lb.

    is homogeneous. A
    very small amount Candelilla Wax 2 lb.

    of hot water may be added to attain a Wax L33 12 lb.


    homogeneous mass. When both are Ozokerite Wax (74—76° 0.) 1.5 lb.
    melted, add hot water in small amounts, Paraffin Wax 5 lb.

    keep the mass boiling and well stirred all Turpentine 50 lb.

    this time. After each addition of hot Oil Soluble Brown as required.
    water, the mass must be stirred to a Melt the waxes together, add the oil
    smooth petrolatum-like consistency. Ad- soluble color and stir thoroughly. Allow
    dition of hot water is continued until the the temperature to drop to 85° 0., add
    mass becomes quite liquid, but it must the turpentine. Stir thoroughly. This
    remain translucent, finally heating is dis- can be poured at 48° C. and air cooled.
    continued and enough water is added to No. 3
    obtain 1 gal. in volume. The emulsion (Water Paste Type) Black
    is correctly made, if and when, on dilu- Montan Wax (Bleached) 10 lb.
    tion with ten parts of water a clear Montan Wax (Crude) 5 lb.
    opalescent solution is obtained. Color L34 6 lb.
    Formula Candelilla Wax 4 lb.
    a. (Above) V2 pt. Carnauba Wax 2 lb.
    Water 4 pt Paraffin Wax 5 lb.
    h. (Above) V2 pt Diglycol Stearate 3 lb.
    Titanium Oxide 2 lb. Scap (Powdered) 2 lb.
    Mix in the order given and grind in a Water 50 lb.
    ball mill or a burrstone mill. Then add Turper tine 70 lb.

    Water 1 pt. Melt the waxes, color and diglycol


    Methyl ^ ' Cellosolve ’ ^ 2 pt. stearate together. Bissolve the soap in
    the water which must be boiling and add
    The above formula is subject to change
    slowly with slirring tj the melted waxes.
    to meet the requirements of different
    types of leather. It was especially de-
    When th. temperature has fallen to 80°
    veloped for white elk leather. It is ap- C. add the tu-p tine sbwly with thor-
    plied with a soft cloth or sponge with
    ough agitation. Pour at 55° C.
    gentle rubbing to remove dirt, then a
    For colorr, use oil soluble colors dis-
    solved in the waxes.
    thin coat is applied which is permitted to
    dry. When dry, it is brushed up with a No. 4
    soft cloth to obtain a polish. Black
    a. Montan Wax, Crude 5 kg.
    Shoe Polishes Ceresin 15 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Beeswax 5 kg.
    Base Nigrosin, Oil-Soluble 2 kg.
    Paraffin Wax (50/52° G.) 2.50 kg. h. Turpentine 50 kg.
    Carnauba Wax, Pale 0.65 kg. Melt u at 90-100° C. on a waterbath,
    Beeswax, White 0.80 kg. cool to 80-90° 0., and add h. Pour into
    Turpentine 10.00 kg. cans at 40° C.
    Byes for this Formula No. 5
    Brown: iBlack
    Brown 1435 2 g- Paraffin Wax 8.3 kg.
    Brown 3148 10 g- Bye, Black* 3 kg.
    Orange, in Pieces 2.5 Mon tan Wax 3.5 kg.
    Pale Brown: Carnauba Wax 2.9 kg.
    Brown 1435 1 g* Turpentine 48.0 kg.
    Brown 3148 6 g- * Bye;
    Orange, in Pieces 1.5 g' kContan Wax, Crude 1 kg:.
    Bark Blown: Oleic Acid 1 kg.
    Higrosin Base 1 kg.
    Brown 1435 1.5 g.
    Brown 3148 13 g. Melt waxes in the given order in a
    Orange, in Pieces 3 g- steam-heated kettle, not heating above
    430 POLISHES, ABEASIYES
    90° C. Tlie dye is added to the melted to about 50 to 60 parts. If a colored
    waxes. To the whole, the solvents (at paste is desired an aniline dye is dis-
    room temperature) are added in thin jet, solved in the water used.
    With good stirring.
    Pill up at 40/45° G. into cans.
    Shoe or Floor Polish
    No. 6
    Formula No. 1
    Black
    Carnauba Wax 5
    Montan Wax, Crude 15 lb.
    Ceresin Wax 15
    Carbon Black 3 lb.
    Rosin 80
    Color L34 2 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 60
    Wax L33 15 lb.
    Naphtha 165
    Carnauba Wax No. 3 2 lb.
    Candelilla Wax 1 lb. Glue 35
    Paraffin Wax 17 lb. Water 75
    Turpentine 70 lb. Soft Soap 3
    Starch 0.1 g.
    Melt the crude montan wax and color
    Warm a and h separately and stir until
    L34. Disperse the carbon black thor-
    uniform then mix together while stirring
    oughly and add the other waxes. Allow
    vigorously.
    the temperature to f all to 85° C. and add
    the turpentine. Stir thoroughly. This No. 2
    can be poured at 48° 0. and air cooled. a. Beeswax 100 g.
    No. 7
    Paraffin Wax 20 g.
    Carnauba Wax, Gray 8 g-
    Black
    Naphtha 80 g.
    Carnauba Wax 4989 g*
    Turpentine 70 g.
    Solvent Naphtha 7000 g-
    Stearic Acid 1360 g. b. Water 200 g.
    Nigrosin, Oil Soluble 907 g- Potassium Carbonate,
    Diglycol Laurate 200 g- Calcined 6 g.
    Triethanolamine 450 g- Glue 35 g.
    Water 29937 g- Method as above.
    Nigrosin, Water Soluble 453 g-
    Dissolve the water-soluble Nigrosin in Liquid Shoe Polish
    the water, add the triethanolamine, and, Formula No. 1
    while hot, the stearic acid and diglycol Neutral
    laurate. Take up to a boil I. G. Wax 0 2.25 oz.
    Add to this the solution of carnauba I. G. Wax E 3.15 oz.
    wax and the oil-soluble nigrosin in the Paraffin Wax 1.8 oz.
    naphtha, at 85-90° 0. Stir until cold. Beeswax 0.9 oz.
    No. 8 Montan Color 2 oz.
    Non-Alkaiine Water 3.15 oz.
    It has recently been shown that al- Potassium Carbonate 0.85 oz.
    kalies and alkali-soaps used in the manu- Turpentine 41 oz.
    facture of shoe creams cause the leather No. 2
    to dry out and crack. The following Carnauba Wax 1.5 oz.
    formula contains no borax, caustic soda, I. G. Special Wax 2.5 oz.
    caustic potash or amines. Ozokerite (6S°-70° C.) 1.5 oz.
    Carnauba Wax 6 lb. Carnauba Wax, Residue 12 oz.
    Ceresin Wax 3 lb. Paraffin Wax (50°-52° C.) 7 oz.
    Candelilla Wax 3 lb. Turpentine 50 oz.
    Turpentine 5 lb. Colored with oil soluble colors.
    Lemongrass Oil % lb.
    No. 3
    Light Mineral Oil 1 lb.
    Diglycol Stearate 5 lb.
    Carnauba Wax 30 g-
    Paraffin Wax 45 g-
    Heat together below 90° 0. and stir Ozokerite 10 g-
    until clear. Pour slowly while stirring V.M.&P. Naphtha 215 ee.
    with high speed stirrer into Turpentine 20 cc.
    Water (Boiling) 100 1b. Stearic Acid 20 g-
    Stir until temperature falls to 70° C. Triethanolamine 7.5 g*
    The finished product is snow white, ap- Water 650 cc.
    plies easily and rubs to a high gloss. If Oil Soluble Black 15 g-
    a paste polish is desired reduce the water Water Soluble Black ,
    5 g-
    :

    POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    Shellae Wax, Befined 0.5 kg.
    No. 4
    Emulsion Type Sudan Brown 5B 0.1 kg.
    Sudan Eed 5E 0.05 kg.
    I. G. Wax N 1.5 oz.
    83 kg.
    4 Turpentine
    Montan Wax, Bleaelied oz.

    Japan Wax 1 oz.

    Eosin 0.25 oz.


    0.6 oz.
    Shoe Creams
    Potassium Carbonate High Temperature Pouring
    0.4 oz.
    Soap, Powdered ^ (75° to 80° C.)
    Turpentine 22
    ^ oz.
    60 oz.
    Wax Mass:
    Water '

    Crude Montan Wax 20 kg.


    Paraffin Wax
    Shoe Polish-Paste (50° to 52° C.) 10 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Eosin 5 kg.
    Candelilla Wax
    Saponifying Solution:
    Paraffin Wax
    Potassium Carbonate 6 kg.
    Ozokerite
    Water 60 kg.
    Turpentine
    V.M.&P. Naphtha Dye Solution:
    Nigrosin T. 5.5 kg.
    Oil Soluble Black
    Water 50 kg.
    No. 2
    Emulsion Type Pinal additional water 50 kg.
    Montan Wax Crude 4 oz.
    Low Temperature Pouring High Grade
    Japan Wax 0.3 oz.
    Cream (40° to 50° C.)
    Paraffin Wax (50“-52° C.) 1 oz.
    Wax Mass:
    Carnauba W
    ax Residue 2 oz.
    Crude Montan Wax 10 kg.
    Carnauba Wax 0.5 oz.
    Beeswax 4 kg.
    Eosin 0.7 oz.
    Carnauba Wax 1 kg.
    Beeswax 0.3 oz.
    Japan Wax 5 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 1.15 oz.
    30 oz.
    Shellac Wax 1.25 kg.
    Water
    Turpentine 10 oz. Saponifying Solution:
    Potassium Carbonate 1.5 kg.
    No. 4
    Boiling Water 75 kg. It
    Albaeer 15 oz.
    Borax 0.5 kg.
    Ceraflux 30 oz.
    Diglycol Stearate 1 kg.
    IG—Wax—OP 4 oz.
    Palm Oil Soap 1.5 kg.
    Hexalin 4 oz.
    Varnolene or Naphtha 47 oz. Dye Solution:
    Melt the first four items, heating to Water 50 kg.
    130° C. Nigrosin 5 kg.
    Eemove from heat and add the [ varnol- Pinal additional water 150 kg.

    This gives a white wax paste which Colored Water Creams if:
    spreads well, shines easily and takes a Wax Mass:
    high polish. For a black paste add oil Bleached Carnauba Wax 10 kg.
    soluble nigrosine to give the^ desired Japan Wax 5 kg.
    Bleached Beeswax 2 kg.
    shade. For a tan polish, add oil soluble
    brown to produce a light or dark tan as Pale Eosin 0.5 kg.
    desired. Bleached Montan Wax 3 kg.
    Stearin 0.5 kg.

    Tropical Shoe Creams Saponifying Solution:


    Black White Tallow Curd Soap 0.75 kg.
    Montan Wax, Crude 4.5 kg. Potassium Carbonate 1.5 kg.
    Nigrosin Base 1.2 kg. Caustic Soda, (36° Be.) 0.25 kg.
    Carnauba Wax, Gray 5.5 kg. Water 35 kg.
    Paraffin Wax (54/56° C.) 8 kg. Turpentine 1 kg.
    Ozokerite, Yellow (66° C.) 1.3 kg.
    Candelilla Wax 1.3 kg. Dye Solution for Dark Reddish-Brown
    Shellac Wax 1.2 kg. Cream (per 100 kg. of above mass)
    Turpentine, American 77 kg. Brown B 350 gm.
    Mahogany Mars Bed 250 g.
    Carnauba Wax, Gray 8.5 kg. Nigrosin G 15 g.
    Ozokerite, Yellow 3.5 kg. Tartrazine X 50 g.
    Paraffin Wax (54/56°) 4.5 kg. Final additional water 40 kg.
    432 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    Saponified Shoe Cream Shoemaker Waxes


    Pormula No. 1 Black, Soft:
    Montan Wax, Crude 10 g- Rosin 5 kg.
    Montan Wax, Double Paraffin 70 kg.
    Bleached 3 g« Beeswax 5 kg.
    Rosin 2 g- Asphaltnm 20 kg.
    Parafan Wax (50/52° C.) 2 g- Black Color to suit
    Potassium Carbonate 2.2 g- Black, Eard:
    Soap, Castile 0.3 g- Rosin 10 kg.
    Sodium Tetraborate 0.3 g- Paraffin 45 kg.
    Nigrosine,Water Soluble 2 g- Beeswax 5 kg.
    Metanil Yellow Dye 0.08 g* Asphaltnm 10 kg.
    Water 95 g- Black Color to suit
    Pour at 65° C.
    Yellow, Soft:
    No. 2 Rosin 10 kg.
    Montan Wax, Crude 15 g- Paraffin 85 kg.
    Paraffin Wax (40/42° C.) 20 g* Beeswax 5 kg.
    Rosin 5 g- Yellow, Oil Soluble Color to suit
    Potassium Carbonate 3 g-
    Water 96 Yellow, Eard:
    g-
    Metanil Yellow 0.9 g-
    Rosin 10 kg.
    Paraffin 55 kg.
    Yellow Mandarin Dye,
    Water Soluble 0.8 g*
    Beeswax 5 kg.
    Yellow, Oil Soluble Color to suit
    Pour at 40*45° C.
    No. 3
    Montan Wax, Double Wax Polish
    Bleached 15 g*
    Carnauba Wax 6 kg.
    Paraffin Wax (40-42° C.) 20
    Beeswax 4 kg.
    g-
    Ceresin 4 kg.
    Rosin 5 g-
    Turpentine 70 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 3 g*
    Trichlor Ethylene 2 kg.
    Water 95 g-
    Oleic Acid 7 kg.
    Metanil Yellow 0.05 g.
    Triethanolamine 2.5 kg.
    Yellow Mandarin Dye,
    Water Soluble 0.1
    Water 75 kg.
    g-
    Petroleum 40 kg.
    Pour at 40-42° C.
    Shoe Stain:
    Mix triethanolamine, oleic acid, and
    a. Montan Wax Crude 15
    water, and take up to a boil. Melt
    g-
    waxes on a waterbath and thin with the
    Rosin 2 g-
    solvents in the absence of open flames.
    Paraffin Wax(40/42° C.) 3 g-
    Add now the hot soap solution and stir
    Potassium Carbonate 0.5 g«
    till a smooth emulsion has formed. Stir
    Soap, Castile 4 g-
    till cooled.
    Water 65 g-
    If the polish appears too heavy, thin
    b. Shellac 20 g-
    with hot water.
    Sodium Tetraborate 7 g*
    Water 75 g*
    c, Nigrosin, Water Soluble 5.5 g- Wax Polish
    Water 25 g-
    Bleached Beeswax 2 oz.

    a, h, c, are prepared separately and


    Carnauba Wax 6 oz.

    then mixed together.


    Halowax No. 1013 4 oz.
    Turpentine 20 oz.
    Polishing Dye’’ (or Polishing Ink) Stearic or Oleic Acid 3.5 oz.
    (to dye and polish shoes by means of a Triethanolamine 1.5 oz.
    rag wheel”) Water 63 oz.
    u. Water 80 kg. Perfume to suit
    1

    Marseilles Soap 3 kg. Melt the three waxes and add the tur-
    Carnauba Wax 4 kg. pentine with agitation. Prepare the soap
    Japan Wax 2 kg. solution by heating the trietliaiiolamine
    Z>. Water 20 kg. dissolved in the water almost to the boil
    Methyl Cellulose 1 kg. and adding the molten stearic acid or
    c. Turpentine Oil 1 kg. liquid oleic. The soap may also be pre-
    Citronella Oil 0.2t kg. pared by heating the triethanolamine
    Boil the mixture a, when cooled, add and water with stearic acid in powdered
    the dispersion h which has been boiled form. Run the former solution into the
    separately. When cooled, add c. latter with agitation. Continue to agi-
    :

    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 433


    ===“—
    tate until cool. If properly made the The exact size of grain used in the
    emulsion is stable. above operations will de|)end on the
    final finish required or the condition in

    Hard Polishing Paste Wax wliieh it is desired to leave the work for
    the next operation.
    Shellac Wax, Bleached 2 oz.
    I. G. Wax 0 6 oz. The purpose of lapping is to pro-
    duce a true, accurate surface as well as
    I. G. Wax OP 2 oz.
    Ozokerite 3 oz. a smooth one. This is done by rubbing
    Paraffin Wax 12 oz. the work on a carefully prepared master
    Turpentine 140 oz. surface called a lap, the top side of
    which is filled with a fine abrasive pow-
    der. Lapping blocks are usually made
    Polishing Wax of soft, close grained cast-iron, and the
    Carnauba Wax 10 kg.
    abrasive powder is pressed in with a
    Paraffin Wax 60 kg.
    hard steel block or rolled in with a steel
    Japan Wax 15 kg.
    roller. The addition of the abrasive
    Beeswax 15 kg.
    powder has to be repeated from time to
    time as the lap loses its sharpness..
    Turpentine Wax-Polish Cylindrical laps are charged by rolling
    Carnauba Wax 4 kg. them on a hard steel block covered with
    Ozokerite, Refined 2 kg. abrasive powder.
    Paraffin, 50-52° C. 2 kg.
    Tumbling is comparable to polishing
    Sudan Yellow 2 kg.
    in that it prepares metal surfaces for
    Thinner (Turpentine, or
    plating or ball-burnishing. The opera-
    Substitute 90 kg.
    tion is performed by placing the articles
    in a revolving barrel with a charge of
    Emulsion Wax-Polish abrasive. The sizes of abrasive com-
    a. Montan Wax, Double monly used are Nos. 24 and 36. Tum-
    Bleached 7 leg. bling is confined to small east articles
    h. Potash Soap 3 kg. which must be easily and cheaply
    Caustic Potash 0.8 kg. smoothed up. To obtain a lasting finish
    Dye, Water Soluble 2 kg. on such articles, the castings must be
    Water 87.2 kg. smooth and free from sand or scale.
    Add the hot h to the melted a in small
    portions with good agitation. Abrasives
    Formerly emery was universally used
    POLISHING-, LAPPING for polishing. This abrasive is an ex-
    AND TUMBLING ceedingly impure form of crystalline
    Abrasive polishing is the process alumina, containing from 25 to 50 per
    whereby tool marks, scratches, etc,, are cent of iron oxide, as well as other im-
    purities possessing little or no abrasive
    removed from metals and other sub-
    stances and a smooth finish secnred. value. These impurities make the grains
    The work is done by abrasive grains or soft and porous compared with high
    powders glued to the surface of polish- grade modern abrasives produced in the
    ing wheels or strapping belts. There are electric furnace. On this account emery
    three divisions grains quickly lose their sharpness in
    use,
    BougMng is done dry with abrasives
    Emery, like all other ores, is subject
    in sizesnumbers 24 to 60. Examples of
    to wide variatioDs in quality. The best
    roughing are plow polishing, for which
    Turkish emery contains from 60 to 65
    synthetic abrasives are used; and auto-
    per cent alumina. Some American em-
    mobile bumpers for which coarser grain ery contains less than 50 per cent alu-
    is commonly employed.
    mina. Crystalline alumina is the part
    Dry fining is the second operation. of the abrasive which makes it cut. The
    This is also done dry, but the sizes of other ingredients are merely adulterants,
    grains used run from 70 to 120. Emery grains lack the rapid cutting
    Finishing^ sometimes called oiling, is qualities, the durability, and the uni-
    the third operation, and is done with sizes formity of the manufactured abrasives.
    120 and finer. The wheel is first Synthetic abrasives produced in the
    smoothed down a little and is then electric furnace are made by melt-
    ^
    ^ grease d
    ^ ^
    with lard oil, tallow, or ing, purifying, and crystallizing bauxite.
    suet. This improves the finish of the They contain upwards of 94 per cent
    work. Por a high color, beeswax or crystalline alumina, are extremely hard
    charcoal is used. and strong. They will carry a heavy
    434 POLISHES, ABRASIVES

    cut and remain sharp where emery what the requirements are and supply a
    grains would soon become dull and use- high grade glue for the polishing trade.
    less. This difference in hardness is It costs a little more than common, im-
    easily shown by the scratch test. They pure glue, but is well worth the differ-
    will scratch emery, but emery will not ence. Cheap glue always costs more in
    scratch them. the end, because it wastes the abrasive.
    ToUshing wheels, if properly set up Either ground or flake glue may be
    with such abrasives, will do from two used, but the latter requires longer soak-
    to six times as much worTc as wheels set ing. Soak ground glue in cold water
    up with emery, and will do the worTc for two to four hours flake glue three
    ;

    quicTcer and better* This means a great times as long. Use pure water free from
    saving of abrasive and glue, time used alkalis, acids, and other substances harm-
    in setting up wheels, number of wheels ful to glue. Use definite weights of
    required, and time lost in changing. glue and water. Equal weights of glue
    They are also more uniform than emery. and water generally will produce the
    Polishers sometimes assume that be- right consistency for setting up grains
    cause these abrasives are harder than from No. 20 to No, 60, although some
    emery, that a high finish cannot be ob- glues require more water. For finer
    tained with them. The following illus- grains it will have to be thinned down
    trations show the fallacy of this idea. a little. Grains cannot be properly im-
    Abrasive grains are cutting tools. A bedded in glue that is too thick. In
    sharp tool will give a cleaner, smoother every case the glue should be thin
    cut than a dull one. Depth of marks is enough so that the grains will actually
    determined by size of grain used. By enter it and so be surrounded by it.
    selecting the proper grain size any de- After soaking, the glue should be
    sired finish can be obtained. heated to a temperature of 145® to 150®
    Carbonite^ ^ or other synthetic ab- for half an hour and then allowed to
    cool to 135®, the temperature at which
    rasives of this type is a compound of
    carbon and silicon, made from sand and glue is strongest. Fever allow the glue
    coke. It is never found in nature and
    to boil. Boiling will spoil any glue.
    is formed only at the high temperature
    Glue heaters, using either electricity,
    of the electric furnace. The charge is gas, or steam are now obtainable
    packed around a core of granular coke, with automatic temperature control.
    through which a powerful current is These will be found profitable wherever
    nassed. The core soon becomes white much polishing is done. In smaller
    plants, where an automatic heater is con-
    hot and the heat gradually radiates
    through the charge, converting it into sidered unnecessary, a glue thermometer
    will avoid any uncertainty about tem-
    carbide of silicon.
    perature. Glue pots made of aluminum
    Carbonite is nearly as hard as the
    diamond but the crystals are brittle. In are best, as they are easiest to clean, but
    granular form it finds its widest applica- copper pots are satisfactory.
    tion in the granite and glass industries.
    Heat up only small batches at a time
    These abrasives are graded into many and never allow glue to remain in the
    different sizes by passing them over silk
    pot overnight. Tests have shown that
    screens of great accuracy. after heating for 12 hours glue loses
    more than half its strength. Therefore
    "Floated Flours of extreme accuracy
    only freshly heated glue should be used,
    and fineness are graded by means of an
    preferably within four (4) hours after
    elaborate water flotation system. They
    heating. Pots should be cleaned thor-
    are numbered 280, 320, 400, 500, and
    oughly every night.
    600. For optical work, fine cutlery pol-
    ishing, and similar operations.
    Polishing Wheels
    Too much emphasis cannot be laid on
    the importance of buying good glue and Polishing wheels are made of a variety
    preparing it correctly. Synthetic abra- of materials. The most used wheels are
    sive grains are harder and sharper than those made of canvas, cloth, leather of
    emery and will take heavier and cleaner various kinds, and wood (leather cov-
    cuts provided they are held securely to ered). Other materials used for polish-
    the polishing wheel. To accomplish this, ing wheels include felt, composition (duck
    good glue, properly prepared, must be and rubber), sheepskin, walrus, and pa-
    used. It must be strong and tough, not per. The best kind of wheel to use de-
    brittle. Should the glue become brittle, pends on the character of the work and
    it can be made more flexible by adding the finish desired.
    a small amount of glycerin. A widely used type of wheel is the
    Most of the glue manufacturers know compress polishing wheel which is con-
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 435

    strueted by compressing the material Wood Wheels (Leather Covered) were


    radially and clamping it between steel formerly used for nearly every sort of
    flanges on iron centers. Compress wheels polishing. With the advent of pliable
    are usually made of leather or canvas, wheels of canvas and sheepskin, their use
    and can be had in various degrees of has become restricted mainly to polish-
    density. They make a strong, resilient ing flat surfaces or to work requiring a
    and smooth cutting wheel, run true and square corner. They are widely em-
    hold the abrasive well. They are em- ployed where wheels of large diameter
    ployed for almost every variety of polish- are used, as in concaving shears and
    ing. Used dry or with oil and grease, scissors. They are built up in layers
    they make an excellent finishing wheel. with the grain of alternate layers cross-
    Canvas Wheels are used for a wide ing and glued together under pressure.
    range of work, including agricultural The face is then covered with a strip of
    leather (back, bull neck or other kind)
    tools, stove parts, tubing, and a great
    variety of steel and cast iron parts.
    3/16'' or thick. Where wood wheels
    wheels, having their sections are used for fine finishing a double thick-
    Canvas
    glued together, are excellent for rough- ness of leather is desirable. This makes
    a more resilient working face suitable
    ing out. They are also used extensively
    They hold the abrasive for fine work.
    for dry fining.
    well, and are readily cleaned with a buff Solid Faper Wheels are another of the
    stick or abrasive brick, —a much quicker old styles. Their use now is largely
    limited to the tableware and silver trades.
    and better method than washing off.
    They may be readily balanced, will main-
    Glued Cloth Wheels are used for fin-
    tain their shape and run true.
    ishing shovel work, stoves, plows, and
    other agricultural tools. In the smaller Speed of Polishing Wheels, Make cer-
    sizes they are popular as a jobbing wheel tain that all polishing wheels are oper-
    for blacksmiths. Cloth wheels are made ated at the proper surface speed. For
    ordinary work the surface speed should
    in a variety of grades, from both bleached
    and unbleached cloth. be about 7,500 feet per minute. Where
    small polishing wheels are used and the
    SheepsMn Wheels also make an ex-
    pieces are not large, a lower wheel speed
    cellent wheel for fine finishing. The may be used with good results. Slower
    disks are cemented, stitched, or used speeds are also used for coloring work.
    loose. The loose disks, make a very soft, If wheels are run too fast the glue may
    pliable wheel, often used for buffing and be overheated and melt. If too slow,
    polishing irregular surfaces. The stitched the work is likely to tear the abrasive
    wheels are used principally by the silver from the face of the wheel. This causes
    trade on soft metals. The cemented waste, shortens the life of the wheel and
    wheels make an extra good wheel for impairs the finish. A few trials will
    fine finishing on small work. soon determine the best speed for any
    Felt Wheels are made of Mexican and particular operation. It is a good plan
    Spanish felt and are employed for fine to occasionally use a revolution counter
    finishing,especially on stove work and to make sure the speed is not varying
    cut glass work. on account of loose belts or other cause.
    Full NecTc Leather Wheels are very
    efficientfor oiling and finishing and are Strapping Belts
    well adapted for quick work and hard
    Strapping Belts are made of canvas,
    service. Disks of the required diameter rubber, and leather and are useful for
    are cut from oak-tanned bull neck leather
    polishing recesses which cannot be
    to %" thick and cemented together.
    reached with a polishing wheel. They
    Bull neck wheels are used for polishing
    are also used for finishing irregular sur-
    forgings, stove trimmings, brass goods,
    faces, particularly on brass work. The
    tools and similar work.
    belt runs over a pair of pulleys. The
    Walrus Wheels are made from the face is coated with glue and abrasive,
    thick hide of the walrus. Wheels up the same as that of a polishing wheel.
    to 1%" in thickness can be made with- For flat surfaces a rest underneath or
    out seams. Owing to the tough, resilient behind the working face is often pro-
    quality of walrus leather, it is partic- vided to help support the belt which is
    ularly adapted for fine finishing. For from 4" to 18" wide, according to the
    such work walrus wheels enjoy the high- size of the pieces to be finished. Belts
    est reputation. They are widely used supported in this way are used for sur-
    for finishing cutlery, guns, pistols, brass, facing parts of airtight stoves, flat irons,
    silverware, and wherever a fine polish is valves, etc. Strapping belts should be
    required on iron or steelt operated at about 2,800 feet per minute.
    436 POLISHES, ABRASIYES

    Automatic Polishing Machines to avoid premature cooling of the glue.


    Arecent development in polishing is For the same reason it is important to
    the automatic machine for flat work. preheat both the wheel and the grains
    In one such machine, several polishing to a temi3erature of about 120® F. The
    wheels are mounted above a revolving work should be done in a room arranged
    circular table which carries the work. for the purpose so that drafts cannot
    The latter is held in place hj magnetic strike the wheel and chill the glue. The
    chucks or mechanical fixtures. Bough- grains should be put in a trough (heated
    ing, dry fining, and finishing may all be where possible) and this should be long
    done on one revolution of the table. The enough to allow one complete revolution
    capacity is very large. For example, in of the wheel. This wdll help to get the
    the machine above referred to, as many grains on evenly. After coating, the
    as 600 flatiron bases can be polished in wheel should be dried.
    one hour with one operator. Other ma- On finishing wheels only one coat of
    chines of even larger capacity are avail- abrasive should be used, but on roughing
    able, but these employ more operators. wheels two or more coats may be applied
    to lengthen their period of service. In
    the latter case the wheel should be dried
    PBEPABINO AND SETTINO IIP between each coat.
    POLISHING WHEELS If all wheels are set up by one ex-
    It has long been customary to remove perienced man it will result in economy
    the glue and used grains from polishing of materials and increase in the efd-
    wheels by washing on water rollers. ciency of the polishing department.
    There are objections to this.
    serious
    Water is ruinous to leather and may Drying
    warp a wood wheel. It is much better Recent investigations have shown that
    to dry clean all polishing wheels with an most of the variation in performance of
    abrasive brick. This should be at least polishing wheels is directly due to faulty
    three numbers coarser than the grains drying. Glue develops its maximum
    on the wheels. Special wheel dressing strength when allowed to set slowly and
    machines also are available and are com- naturally. The dry room temperature
    ing into more general use. should not exceed 85® F. If drying is
    Where oil or grease has been used in hastened by using higher temperatures
    the polishing operations, be sure that the the glue will shrink away from the grains
    wheel is thoroughly cleaned and dried and fail to grip them strongly.
    before setting it up. Glue will not ad- Of equal or greater importance in
    here strongly to an oily surface. drying are atmospheric conditions. Too
    much moisture in the air will prevent the
    Balancing and Truing glue from setting and holding properly.
    must be kept in bal-
    Polislring wheels Wheels dried in a hot, moist atmosphere
    ance to give the best results. This can have a short life. In damp weather the
    readily be done on balancing ways made relative humidity of the air is high. This
    for the purpose. Small pieces of lead condition is likely to be most serious in
    should be nailed on the light side until plants located near the ocean or close
    the wheel will stand in any position. to lakes and rivers, but at times it may
    Some polishing wheels are provided with be a prolific source of trouble almost
    balancing holes and weights. anywhere. Tests show that with a dry
    After the wheel is balanced it may be room temperature of 75° to 85® F. ex-
    put on an arbor and speeded to see if it cellent results are obtained if the rela-
    runs true on the face; if not, it may be tive humidityis kept between 45% and
    trued by holding an old file against the 55%, Every plant should have an hy-
    face. The file should be supported on a grometer to determine the humidity and
    solid rest. A
    wheel trued in this way if the humidity is frequently low or high,
    will come in contact with the work an air conditioning cabinet should be in-
    throughout its entire periphery. stalled.
    Wheels should be thoroughly dry be-
    Setting Up fore they are used. Forty-eight (48)
    After and moisture have been
    all oil
    hours is necessary for glue to set. If
    removed from the polishing wheel, and used before the glue is thoroughly set,
    it has been made to run true, apply a the wheels will wear out too fast.
    sizing coat of glue and dry for four If 'production per polishing 'wheel falls
    hours. Then apply another coat and off} drying conditions should akoays he
    roll and pound the wheel in the abrasive cheched up first. If the relative hu-
    grains. The work should be done quickly 'midity is above 55 or the temperature
    POLISHES, ABRASIVES 437

    above 85° F, it u:i'l not he necessary to 2. Triethanolamine 2 kg.


    tools farther for the
    cause of the diffi- Water 125 kg.
    culty. 3. Naphtha 5 kg.
    4. Ammonia 2-3 kg.
    Using Synthetic Abrasive Wheels 5. Clay 1 kg.
    Tripoli 11 kg.
    Avoid using too much pressure. With
    Aluminum Oxide 77 kg.
    a dull abrasive such as emery, heavy
    pressure is often necessary. But syn-
    To the solution 1 add with good agita
    thetic abrasives are hard and sharp.
    tion the solution 2. When emulsified
    add 3, 4, and finally the mixture 5 to ge.
    On this account they work quickly, with
    Too much pressure tears a paste.
    less pressure.
    out the grains and shortens the life of
    the wheel.
    Liquid Abrasive Polish
    To break in afinishing wheel set up Methyl Cellulose
    Solution {!%) 20 oz.
    with synthetic abrasive rough out or dry
    fne a few pieces first to take off the
    Water 40 oz.
    Clay, Powdered 30
    harshness. Add a little grease or other oz.

    lubricant now and then. In finishing it is Emulphor 0 (I. G.) 0.5 oz.
    particularly important to avoid excessive
    Chromium Oxide 6 oz.
    To force the wdieel will make Oleic Acid 4 oz.
    pressure.
    cut deeper than necessary, and may Spindle Oil 4 oz.
    it
    and break Gasoline 5 oz.
    also cause it to heat out.
    If synthetic abrasives are used in the
    White Spirit 30 oz.
    Glass Dust 50 oz.
    way described and the foregoing sugges-
    Alcohol 5 oz.
    tions are follo^ved in regard to glue, set-
    ting up, and drying the wheels, one set-
    ting will last from 2 to 6 times as long Buffing Compound
    as emery and the work will be done faster U. S. Patent 2,078,876
    and better. Less abrasive grains and Formula No. 1
    fewer polishing wdieels will be needed, 100 lb. oleo-stearine and 20 lb. of
    more pieces can be polished per day, time double-pressed stearic acid is placed
    will be saved in setting up and changing in a kettle and melted by being brought
    wheels, and the finish will be better and to a temperature slightly above 130
    more uniform. degrees F.
    To this hot mixture, add five lb. of tri-
    Abrasive ethanolamine and allow the resultant mix-
    Russian Patent 45,412 ture to stand, while still hot, a suffi-
    Aluminum Oxide 97.75 oz. cient time for thorough commingling
    Antimony 1.50 oz. and to enable the chemical reaction of
    Wood
    1. Charcoal 0.75 oz. saponification to be completed.
    Porm then bake at about 1700° G. The above mixture is fed into a suit-
    able mixing machine, which has been
    Abrasive Polish Pastes previously heated, and there slowly com-
    Formula Ko. 1 mingled with 220 lb. of tripoli powder
    a. Paraffin Wax (50/52° C.) 5 g. and 180 lb. of powdered flint, this mix-
    Diglycol Stearate 16 g. ing operation generally requiring about
    h. Oleic Acid 25 g one and one-half hours. The compound
    c. Whiting 20 g. is transferred to suitable molds in which
    Magnesium Carbonate 30 g. it is allowed to solidify and harden into
    cakes of suitable size and shape for con-
    Melt a, add h, and at last c in small
    venience in application to buffing wheels.
    portions.
    No. 2
    'No. 2
    Ammonium Linoleate
    White Buffing Compound
    a. 20 g.
    Turpentine 15 50 pounds of stearic acid is melted and
    g.
    mixed thoroughly with 37% pounds of
    1. Alcohol 5 g.
    beef tallow. To this mixture is added
    e. Water 15 g.
    Whiting two pounds of triethanolamine, and the
    d. 45 g.
    resultant mass is allowed to stand till
    Dissolve a, add h, c, and ultimately d.
    completely commingled and saponified.
    Mix thoroughly.
    While maintaining the above mixture
    at 130 degrees F., 215 pounds of pow-
    Abrasive Emulsion Polish dered white silica is slowly added, as
    Naphtha 60 kg. before, and the compound placed in
    Oleic Acid, Distilled 5 kg. molds to solidify and harden.
    438 POLISHES, ABKASIVES
    No. 3 Sodium Thiosulphate
    White Stainless Buffing Compound 1 oz.
    Iron Oxide
    Stearic Acid 14 lb.
    % oz.
    Beef Tallow 9% lb.
    Triethanolamine 2 oz. Liquid Polish
    Malt Vinegar
    Warm
    and mix as above and add Alu-
    Lemon
    4 oz.
    Juice
    minum Oxide, White 72 lb. and mix as 1 oz.
    Paraffin Oil
    above. 1 oz.
    Kieselguhr
    1 oz.
    Powdered Bath Brick
    Diamond Dust Abrasive Lemon Oil
    V
    2 oz.
    German Patent 626,512 sufficient
    Diamond Dust 20-30 g.
    Iron Powder 80-70 g. Cutting Compound for Cellulose
    Heat until sintered and press into de- Lacquer
    sired shape. Any hard wax poHsh can be used as a
    base, and to this are added
    abrasive
    Dental Grinding Wheel Composition compounds such as silica, air-floated
    British Patent 466,065 tripoli powder, pumice flour,
    kieselguhr
    Sodium Silicate 15-30% etc. A suitable wax poHsh base is
    '

    Shellac 5% Beeswax 5 lb.


    Glass, Powdered to make 100% Caraauba Wax 6 lb.
    Mold and bake at a temperature high Xylol 10 lb.
    enough to burn-out^’ the organic ma- Benzine 20 lb.
    terial. Paraffin Oil
    Turpentine
    2% lb.
    61/2 lb.
    J eweler ^s Polishing Bar
    Refined Tallow <xwpaaj.vt5 will ae-
    8 oz.
    pend upon the type used and the
    Iron Oxide 2 oz. degree
    of cutting action required. The
    Oxalic Acid 1% dr.
    should be mixed with a proportion
    abrasive
    Powder the acid, mix with oxide and of
    the paraffin and turpentine
    mold with the tallow into bars like soap. to wet it
    thoroughly and is then mixed
    The oxide must be quite free from grit, thoroughly^
    into the wax base.
    or it may scratch
    valuable work. It
    may be prepared by
    calcining equal
    quantities of oxalic acid and iron sul- jriasmcs
    •Di r®
    Plastics having an albumin
    phate in a crucible for about fifteen base are
    minutes with a good draught. polished first with emery and
    then with
    kaobn and tripoli; asphalt base
    plasties
    White Polishing Paste with powdered glass, tin dust,
    and red
    Formula No. 1 iron oxide in the order given;
    phenol
    White Petrolatum plastics with micro-asbestos,
    9 oz. kieselguhr.
    Kieselguhr kaolin and red iron oxide.
    3 oz.*
    Paraffin Wax 1 oz.
    Whiting 1 oz! jTuiisn jrasie tor Galalith
    Sodium Thiosulphate 1 oz. (Synthetic Resin Polish)
    No. 2 Petrolatum
    Tallow as required
    9 oz. Emery 0000 50 g.
    White Petrolatum 5 oz. Sulphur, Flowers of
    Chalk g 5 g.
    Oz. Tin Oxide
    Levitigated Flint 1 oz.
    27 g.
    Powdered Pumice 1 oz.
    Oxalic Acid % oz. Bakelite-Polish
    Formula No. 1
    Polishing Powder Montan Wax 3 l^g.
    Formula No. 1 Tallow or Bone Fat 2
    Kieselguhr ^ oz.
    Diglycol Oleate 1
    Asbestos, Fine Fibres }S-
    Putty Powder 2 oz 12 ^g-
    Pipe Clay 2 oz.
    Tartaric Acid No. 2
    2 dr.
    ,

    Montan Wax 1.5 kg.


    No. 2
    '

    '

    Tallow or Bone Fat 1.5 kg.


    Kieselguhr 7 oz. Dlglyeol Stearate 2
    Powdered Pipe Clay kg.
    6 oz! Mineral Oil
    Flake White 12 kg.
    2 oz. Chalk, Vienna to suit
    POLISHES, ABEASIYES 439

    BurnisHng Clay sodium cyanide 0.5 kg., water 100 liters.


    Glue % 11). For aluminum: soap flakes 3 kg,, con-
    Water % lb. centrated ammonia solution 1 kg., and
    Warm in a double boiler and stir until water 100 liters is used. For copper and
    copper alloys the following solutions are
    smooth.
    suitable: (1) soap powder 3 kg., potash
    In a separate container put
    2 kg., sodium cyanide 1 kg., water 100
    Clay 1 lb.
    liters; or (2) grain soap 4 kg., tartar 1
    Water (Warm) IV2 lb.
    kg., sodium bisulphate 1 kg., water 100
    and mix thoroughly. liters.
    Addthe glue solution, a little at a Strongly profiled parts are best pol-
    time to the clay mixture, while stirring, ished by the ball-polishing method; the
    finally add balls should be very hard and of highly
    Denatured Alcohol 1 oz. polished chrome steel of 0.5 to 10 mm.
    diameter. The sizes should be well mixed
    according to the shape of the article so
    Marble or Wood Polish that the small balls can act in the re-
    French Patent 796,186 cesses. The drum rotates at 20 to 40
    Linseed Oil 200 g.
    rpm. The time required for fine polish
    Mineral Oil 200 g.
    varies between 1 hour and 3 hours ac-
    Fine Sawdust 1000 g.
    cording to material and shape.

    Tumbling Barrel Sawdust, for 1st Stage


    Abrasive Polishing in Drums Sawdust 60 lb.
    Polishing in drums is a method best Pumice, Powdered 13 lb.
    suitable for mass production on small Mineral Oil 1 lb.
    articles, especially those plated with
    copper, brass, nickel or cadmium chrome-;

    plated articles can not be polished in this Tumbling Barrel Polish


    manner. If the articles are very rusty Chalk, Precipitated 2 oz.
    or scaly they must first be scoured be- Turkelene 8 oz.
    fore polishing. This is usually done in Hydrogenated Castor Oil Wax 4 oz.
    cylindrical and watertight drums of hard Sawdust 56 oz.
    wood. The articles are placed in sand
    wetted with water or dilute sulphuric
    acid, the drum rotating at 30 to 60 rpm. Eazor-Strop Preparations
    Brass and bronze require 10 to 12 hours, Formula No. 1
    steel 20 to 30 hours, and cast parts 40 Tallow, Acidless 250 g.
    to 60 hours. Caput Mortuum 750 g.
    The polishing liquid must contain a
    slip agent which permits an easy rub- Melt the fat, and work in the iron
    bing of the parts against one another pigment.
    and permits wear without hindering the
    polishing action. The polishing liquid No. 2
    Emery, Finest Powder 30 g.
    mast be slightly pickling so that thin
    Tin Oxide
    oxide films are dissolved. A
    polishing
    Paris Bed
    15
    15
    g.
    solution for brass, bronze or nickel-silver
    Petrolatum, Natural 30 g.
    (German silver) consists of potash and
    Beeswax 30 g.
    sodium cyanide which can be used for 8
    hours without renewal. No. 3
    Amixture of 200 g. '^ISTekaP’ and Petrolatum, Natural 82 g.
    800 g. sodium bisulphate is applied for English Red (Iron Oxide) 18 g.
    iron and steel objects; 10 g. of the mix-
    For collapsible tubes. Run through a
    ture are used for 1 liter solution ; or also
    mill.
    a mixture of 500 g. tartar, 300 g. sodium
    bisulphate and 200 g. boric acid in 100
    liters of water. Razor Hone Paste
    For aluminum and its alloys: 500 g. Levigated or washed emery or carbo-
    acidic potassium fiuoride, 100 g. rundum powder 400-500 or 600 mesh, 6
    ‘^Nekal, 400 g. sodium bisulphate, in lb., beef suet (freshly rendered) 2 lb.
    100 liters of water is used. and yellow beeswax 1 lb. Melt the
    If soap is to be used to obtain a par- suet and the wax then incorporate the
    ^

    ticularly fine polish, a solution for iron emery or carborundum. Cool and cut
    and steel is: soap flakes 4 kg., soda 2 kg., into small bars.
    440 POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    Abrasive Polisb Ko, 2
    (For Tubes) a. Stearic Acid 10 lb.
    Methyl Cellulose Solution Japan Wax 10 lb.
    (10%) 30 oz. h. Oleic Acid 10 lb.
    Stearic Acid 1 oz. c. Pumice, Finely Powdered 60 lb.
    Oleic Acid 3 oz. Chrome Oxide 10 lb.
    Gasoline 10 oz. As in No. 1.
    White Spirit 25 oz.
    Ammonia 2 oz. No. 3
    Glass Dust 50 oz. a. ParafBn Wax (50/52° C.) 10 lb.
    Clay,Powdered 10 oz. Stearic Acid 10 lb.
    Chromium Oxide 5 oz. Japan Wax 8 lb.
    h. Pumice, Powdered 25 lb.
    Grinding Paste for Valves, etc. Kieselguhr 25 lb.
    Ammonium Linoleate 1 kg. Yellow Ochre 22 lb.
    Oleic Acid 0.1 kg.
    Stir the powders h into the melte..
    Water 5 kg.
    waxes a. Stir till the paste sets, anc^
    Silicon Carbide, Green 5 kg.
    pour into forms.
    Quartz, Powdered 1.5 kg.
    Keep wet while applying. No. 4
    Abrasive for Aluminum Surfaces
    a. Paraffin Wax (50/52° C.) 25 lb.

    Tripoli
    Mon tan Wax 10 lb.
    60 g.
    h. Whiting 40 lb.
    Puller ^s Earth 10 g. Emery 20 lb.
    Stearic Acid, Powdered 10 g.
    Carbon Black 5 lb.
    As in No. 3.
    Knife-Polishing Stones
    Formula No. 1
    a, Parafan Wax (50/52° G.) 10 lb.
    Copper Polishing Stone
    Ozokerite 5 lb.
    &. Diglycol Laurate 10 lb. Sodium Bisulphate, Powdered 30 lb.

    c. Pumice, Powdered 30 lb. Calcium Sulphate, (Gypsum) 10 lb.

    Emery 25 lb. Clay 20 lb.

    Lime Green 20 lb. Quartz, Powdered 40 lb.

    Melt a, add h, and stir in slowly Moisten with water just to make it
    c. Cool till the paste sets, and pour possible to press the material into blocks.
    into molds. Package in lead-foil.

    TABLE OP ABRASIVES COMMONLY USED ON METALS


    Metal or Surface Hardness Polishing Gutting Down Color Buffing

    Aluminum 2.9 Aluminum Oxide Tripoli Silica


    Brass 3 5 Aluminum Oxide
    . Tripoli Silica, Lime
    Copper 3 Emery Silica Lime
    Chromium Plate 9 Chromium Oxide Unfused Alumina
    Gold 2.5 Tripoli Rouge
    Hard Rubber Pumice Tripoli
    Monel Metal 4 5 Aluminum Oxide,
    . Tripoli Unfused Alumina
    Emery
    Molded Resins Tripoli Unfused Alumina
    Nickel 4 Aluminum Oxide, Tripoli Lime
    Emery
    Nickel Silver 4.2 Emery Tripoli Lime, Rouge
    Stainless Steel 7 Aluminum Oxide, Unfused Alumina, Chromium Oxide
    Silicon Carbide Emery
    Silver 2.7 ........... Hard Rouge Soft Rouge
    Steel 4-7* Aluminum Oxide, Emery Lime
    Silicon Carbide
    Tin 1.8 ............ Tin Oxide Crocus
    Zinc Die Cast 2.5 Aluminum Oxide, Tripoli Lime
    Emery
    * Depending upon carbon content and heat treatment.
    1

    POLISHES, ABRASIVES
    2
    ^
    cpi
    O O CO to IQ
    V
    I

    •rt (M Til
    ^ 5 th cjs OD lO c<j c^i tH iq iH oq 00 to
    ft jri CO CO Ti^ CO (>d id CO OQ (W 03 cd c4 05
    mO (^i

    j gla e-j §1.3 £?|h|


    H O O JZJ ^ ^ O in •rH C^3 f3

    BUFFING

    os cs* »q
    >0 0 3 rH IP) lo
    ftcda:>C0t0C0OCSb't>-03rHr-lC504
    AND

    POLISHING

    IN

    USED

    |kjS 00
    ^ <}
    03

    §-§§ 9"'i° §-9 9"9 9 i s


    ABBASIVES

    s
    CQ<!-=q-o oafiHO-a oQOQOO!!^U<i
    1 1

    OF

    TABLE
    S'Hgss'sl'igg'Hgggg
    I

    J
    g-355
    ro c3 cJ
    i g |55 ct3
    |5-g-S-2
    o3 ,03 o3 (33 ctl cd

    Saiz;l2;!z;SaSizi»z;l^|zi!2;|zi!zi

    3 H a<i
    3 'S ® -fl® Nsa
    ^;3-| S)i §£ g^g.
    3
    "s
    si§^'ag-fl.§.
    R ft rvft j c
    ft ft 05
    :

    PYROTECHNICS
    Safety Matelies in use. After cooling to about 40® 0.
    Aspen splints are immersed for 30-60 the gum is gently stirred into the glue
    seconds in tlie following solutions to pre- and the potassium dichromate added
    vent after-glow. with stirring until solution is complete.
    All the other finely ground chemicals with
    Formula No. 1
    the exception of the potassium chlorate
    Bi-Ammonium Pliosphate 1.4 oz.
    are well mixed in a ball mill and then
    or Phosplioric Acid (sp.
    added to the mixture. Finally, the
    gr. 1.5) 1.5 oz.
    potassium chlorate, damped with the re-
    "Water 99.5 oz.
    mainder of the water, is added and the
    Use cold.
    mixture thoroughly stirred. The com-
    No. 2 position is then ground in a flat plate
    Bi-Ammonium Phosphate 1.0 oz. mill until the desired smoothness is ob-
    or Phosphoric Acid (sp. tained. Throughout the mixing and
    gr. 1.5) 1.1 oz. manufacture of matches this paste has
    Water , 98 oz. to be kept at a temperature of 34® to
    Use at about 60-70® 40® C., and great care has to be taken to
    C.
    The splints are then dried, while ro- avoid loss of moisture due to evaporation.
    tating in a special drying oven.
    .
    Owing to the fact that the paste is mainly
    The dried splints are now polished by a suspension of insolubles, loss of mois-
    rotating in a large cylindrical drum, ture causes it to become lumpy and
    cleaned from wood flour and broken difficult to work.
    splints, and fed into the match-making Formula No. 1
    machine. The thoroughly dried splints Glue 5.0 lb.
    are passed over steam coils, which en- Gum Tragacanth 1.0 lb.
    sures the drying and prepares the splints Potassium Bichromate 3.5 lb.
    for the first dipping. This consists of Potassium Chlorate 37,0 lb.
    dipping the splints into molten paraffin Glass Powder 8.5 lb.
    wax (m. p. 45® C. to a depth of about Zinc Oxide 0.5 lb.
    7 mm. at a temperature of 110® 0. The Manganese Bioxide 4.7 lb.
    heating of the splints prior to dipping Sulphur 3.5 lb.
    helps and makes the absorption more Iron Oxide 3.8 lb.
    uniform. Kieselguhr 1.0 lb.
    After paraffining, the splints are cooled Water 31.5 lb.
    and dipped in a heading paste; a thick, No. 2
    sticky paste with the consistency of thick Glue 2.5 lb.
    honey. After dipping and during drying Gum Arabic 7.5 lb.
    the matches pass through the machine, Gum Tragacanth 0.6 lb.
    where they are inverted two or three Potassium Bichromate 2.5 lb.
    times at intervals of about five minutes, Potassium Chlorate 32.3 lb.
    to ensure the formation of well-shaped Glass Powder 8.7 lb.
    heads. The complete cycle of this ma- Kieselguhr 1.2 lb.
    chine takes forty-five minutes. Sulphur 5.0 lb.
    Chemicals used for safety match com- Manganese Bioxide 4.0 lb.
    positions are generally mixed in the Iron Oxide 1.0 lb.
    f ollowing proportions Water 34,7 lb.
    Binding Materials 6-10 lb.
    It will be noticed that the second
    Oxygen Providers 35-45 lb.
    formula contains considerably more ad-
    Fillers 15-20 lb.
    hesives than the first, mostly gum. Gum
    Water 25-35 lb.
    arabic, which is not such a strong ad-
    The glue and gum, previously soaked in hesive as glue, has replaced part of the
    the requisite amount of water, are cooked glue in order to obtain a smoother work-
    at that temperature and for that length ing paste and consequently better shaped
    of time found suitable for the adhesives heads on the matches.
    442
    —

    PYROTECHNICS 443

    Eed-lieaded book matches of the safety Glass Powder 1.8 lb.


    type are made from the following for- Asbestos Powder 3.1 lb.
    mula: Barium Chromate 1.3 lb.
    No. 3 Antimony Sulphide 37.0 lb.
    Glue 5.5 lb. Iron Oxide 1.0 lb.
    Gum Tragacanth 0.5 lb. No. 2
    Gum Senegal 2.5 lb. Red Phosphorus 49.5 lb.
    Potassium Dichromate 2.5 lb. Gum Arabic 20.9 lb.
    Potassium Chlorate 34.6 lb. Gum Tragacanth 0.8 lb.
    Sulphur 3.3 lb. Antimony Sulphide 27.6 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 7.2 lb. Formula 1, which appears to be un-
    Glass Powder 7.2 lb. necessarily complicated, is less sharp than
    Kieselguhr 1.2 lb. formula 2 and has been in use for several
    Rhodamine Color 0.5 lb. years in the production of a high-class
    Water 35.0 lb. Continental match.
    For Continental use yellow-headed
    safety matches are manufactured from Match Head Composition
    formulae similar to the one above, with Sulphur Powdered 1 lb.
    the omission of the rhodamine. The Manganese Dioxide 2 lb.
    large percentage of potassium dichromate Ferric Oxide lb.
    and sulphur, together with a large per- Glass, Powdered 1% lb.
    centage of good quality zinc oxide, pro- Glue, Powdered 1 lb.
    duces a very good yellow head. Potassium Bichromate 0.8 lb.
    Potassium Chlorate 6% lb.
    Paraffin Wax, Powdered 1 oz.
    Match Box Compositions This should be mixed with gre:
    Whereas heading compositions present caution as it is ex]Dlosive.
    the greatest troubles in manufacture and
    still more so in the working, box com-
    Match Box Striking Composition
    positions present no difficulties whatso-
    U. S. Patent 2,030,892
    ever. The analysis on the dry basis is
    Rosin 85
    usually of the order
    Shellac 3
    Binding materials 20 lb. Paraffin Wax 1
    Bed phosphorus 40 lb. Beeswax 1
    Fillers 40 lb. Gutta Percha 10
    The phosphorus content can be varied The above is melted together and
    to suit the manufacturer. If a sharper mixed until uniform. Grains of abrasive
    striking paste is required, the percentage are embedded in a coating of the above.
    of phosphorus is increased and vice
    versa. Generally speaking, owing to the Self Lighting Cigarette Tip
    high cost of phosphorus, it is the aim of
    IT. S. Patent 2,040,733
    the match manufacturers to use as little A composite sheet is used consisting ot
    as possible, with due regard to quality. a layer of following:
    This is the reason for grinding the com-
    Glass, Powdered 0.36 g.
    position as hue as possible and painting
    Potassium Dichromate 0.27 g.
    the boxes with the thinnest layer suffi-
    Manganese Dioxide 0.18 g.
    cient to strike 50 matches. In. this way Potassium Chlorate 3.60 g.
    it is possible to paint 150,000 to 250,000
    Sulphur d.75 g.
    boxes with 10 lb. of phosphorus.
    Cellulose Acetate Solution 2 cc.
    The preparation of the composition is united with a layer of
    similar to that for heading pastes. The Glass, Powdered 0.22 g.
    powdered chemicals, with the exception Potassium Dichromate 0.59 g.
    of the red phosphorus, are added to the
    Manganese Dioxide 0.13 g.
    prepared adhesives and stirred in. Potassium Chlorate 3.15 g.
    Finally, the phosphorus is carefully Hickory Wood, Powdered 3.60 g.
    added and well mixed in. The mix- Cellulose Acetate Solution 2 cc.
    ture is then ground in an eccentric mill
    or ball mill until the required fineness
    is obtained. Explosives
    German Patent 583,179
    Formula No. 1 Formula No. I
    Red Phosphorus 40.0 lb. Ammonium Nitrate 75 g.
    Gum Arabic 12.0 1b. Plant Meal 6 g.
    Gum Tragacanth 0.7 lb. Mineral Oil 4 g.
    Dextrin 3.1 lb. Nitroglycerin 15 g.
    6

    444 PYEOTECHNIGS
    No. 2 Blasting Cartridge
    Ammonium Nitrate 71 g. British Patent 432,850
    Plant Meal 6 g- Binder consists of
    Liquid Hydrocarbons 3 g. Orthoclase 55 lb.
    Nitrocellulose 0.2 g. Potassium Sulphate 35 lb.
    Nitroglycerin 19.8 g. Clay 10 lb.
    No. 3 The above is packed in a sleeve sur-
    Canadian Patent 364,079 rounding composition below or mixed
    Potassium Chlorate 10 lb. with it in proportion of 30% by weight.
    Sugar or Antimony 5 lb. Explosive.
    Sulphur lb. Nitroglycerin 11 lb.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 2 oz. Dinitrotoluene 1 lb.
    Salt 22 lb.
    Explosives for Shells Ammonium Nitrate 59 lb.
    French Patent 742,312 Cellulose 6.85 lb.
    Ethylene Diamine Nitrate 45 g. Lampblack 0.15 lb.
    Ammonium Nitrate 55 g.
    or
    Flashlight Cartridge Powder
    Ammonium Nitrate 60 g.
    XT. S. Patent 2,098,341
    Methylamine Nitrate 40 g.
    Magnesium, Powdered 120-140 oz.
    or
    Aluminum, Powdered 25- 32 oz.
    Ammonium Nitrate 55 g.
    Precipitated Chalk 45- 56 oz.
    Ethylene Diamine Nitrate 40 g.
    Silica,Powdered 18- 24 oz.
    Methylamine Nitrate 5 g.
    Magnesia 8- 12 oz.

    Granular Explosive
    IT. S. Patent 2,109,049 Black Powder
    Potassium Chlorate 35 F. S. Patent 2,030,096
    Sugar 35 Sodium Nitrate 60.0 lb.
    Finely Divided Cellulose 10 Sulphur 10.0 lb.

    Dinitrotoluene 12 Charcoal 17.9 lb.


    Toluene 6 Ammonium Nitrate 10.0 lb.
    Petrolatum 2 Calcium Carbonate 1.2 lb.
    Drea 1.0 lb.
    A method of making an explosive
    Eomprises heating dinitrotoluene, toluene
    and petrolatum to the boiling point, add- Priming Mixture
    ing a small quantity of nitric acid thereto Formula No. 1
    and continuing the boiling until the nitric D. S. Patent 1,918,920
    acid fumes have passed off, and adding Lead Sulphocyanide 30-50 oz.
    to the mixture finely divided cellulose Oxidants, like
    and a granulated powder made of potas- Potassium Chlorate 10-30 oz.
    sium chlorate and sugar, the granulated Nitrocellulose, or
    powder and the cellulose being taken in Smoke-Free Powder 30-40 oz.
    proportion that the total mixture results No. 2
    in. a granulated powder. Polish Patent 15,569
    Potassium Chlorate 85 g.
    Mining Explosive Asbestos Fibre 1.5 g.
    British Patent 435,588 Nitrotoluol 4.5 g.
    Ammonium Kitrate 90 lb. Petroleum 8.5 g.
    Aluminum Powder 6^ lb. Castor Oil 0.5 g.
    Manganese Dioxide 3 % lb.
    The above mixture is coated with
    a waterproofing material. Cartridge Priming Mixture
    Formula No. 1
    Improved Plasticity & Safety Explosive D. S. Patent 2,035,597
    British Patent 460,57 Potassium Chlorate 48 -53% oz.
    Nitroglycerin-Nitroglycol Potassium Ferro-
    Mixture 30.0 oz. cyanide 33%-36 oz.
    Nitro Cotton 1.3 oz. Glass, Powdered 13%-16 '
    '
    oz.
    Dinitrotoluene 3.0 oz. No,.' 2 .

    Bentonite 5.0 oz. D. S. Patent 2,009,556


    Ammonium Nitrate 45.7 oz. For Center-Fire Cartridges
    Sodium Nitrate
    Starch, Maize (Corn)
    10.0 oz.
    5.0 oz.
    Tetrazene 1- 4 %
    Diazonitrophenol 12-18%
    PTOOTECHNICS 445

    Barium Nitrate 25-40% Ferrosilicon 16 oz.


    Antimony Trisulphide 8-18% Linseed Oil 1 oz.
    Lead Peroxide 15-25%
    Calcium Silieide 8-20% Detonating Mixture
    No. 3 French Patent 41,470 (to 721,636)
    For Eim-Fire Cartridges Gum Arabic 30 g.
    Tetrazene 4- 7% Phosphorus Sulphide (P4S3) 15 g.
    Diazonitrophenol 15-20% Magnesium Carbonate 12 g*
    Basic Lead Azide 6-12% Calcium Carbonate 5 g.
    Barium Nitrate 20-30% Ochre 25 g-
    Lead Peroxide 12-20% Potassium Chlorate ^0 g.
    Ground Glass 20-28%
    No. 4 Detonator Igniter Powder
    For Eim-Fire Cartridges U. S. Patent 2,008,366
    U. S. Patent 2,001,212 Zirconium 20
    Lead Azide 20-25 oz. Mercury Fulminate 23.5
    Powdered Glass 20-25 oz. Potassium Chlorate 37.6
    Flake Aluminum 6- 8 oz. Nitrostarch 11.3
    Barium Nitrate 35-38.5 oz. Charcoal, Powdered 7.5
    Trinitrotoluol 0- 2.5 oz.
    Canada Balsam or Pyrotechnic Sparklers
    Cellulose Acetate 0- 2.5 oz.
    Formula No. 1
    m-Toluenesulphonethyl-
    Barium Nitrate 22 lb.
    amide 0- 1 oz.
    Iron Pilings 10 lb.
    No. 5 Aluminum Powder 2 lb.
    IT. S. Patent 2,027,825 Starch Flower 6 lb.
    Mercury Fulminate 20-50% Water, Boiling to form dough
    Barium Nitrate 10-45% No. 2
    Lead Chromate 2-20% Barium Nitrate 55 lb.
    Lead Sulphocyanide 3-25% Aluminum Powder 5 lb.
    Zirconium Powder 2-30% Iron Pilings 25 lb.
    Ground Glass 30% Dextrin 15 lb.
    Water to form a dough
    Explosive Primer No. 3
    French Patent 818,285 Powdered
    Iron, Coarsely 1.0 lb.
    Mercury Fulminate 65 g. Aluminum Powder 0.2 lb.
    Barium Nitrate 22 g. Barium Nitrate 2.2 lb.
    Antimony Sulphide 11 g. Starch 0.6 lb.
    Hexogene 15.5 g. Water to form dough
    Barium Carbonate 1.5 g.
    The materials are mixed, moistened
    with hot water to give a sticky, viscous
    Explosive Priming Mixture dough, and then put on to % of the
    Formula No. 1 the length of thin iron wires of 10-20
    IT. S. Patent 2,002,960 cm. length.
    Basic Lead Trinitro-
    resorcinol 27 oz.
    Non-Toxic, Non-Hygroscopic Pyrotechnic
    Lead Dinitrophenylazide 13 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,096,258
    Potassium Nitrate 30 oz.
    Antimony Trisulphide 7 oz.
    A non-toxic and non-hygroscopic hre-
    work composition adapted to produce
    Ground Glass 23 oz.
    successive detonations when ignited, con-
    No. 2 sists of
    French Patent 737,561
    Potassium Chlorate 45 oz.
    Mercury Fulminate 33 g.
    Magnesium Oxide (Heavy) 20 oz.
    Thallium Nitrate 40 g.
    Magnesium Oxide (Light) 11 oz.
    Cobalt Nitrate 10 g.
    Magnesium Sulphate (Hy-
    Antimony Tri-Sulphide 17 g.
    drated) 30 oz.
    Gum Arabic 4 oz.
    Betarder for Burning Primer Together with a solid solu-
    (For Shells) tion of:
    IT. S. Patent 1,877,127 Sesquisulphide of Phos-
    Lead Oxide 44 oz. pWus 12 oz.
    Lead Chromate 39 oz. Sulphur 2 oz.
    446 PYEOTECHNICS
    Chemical Snakes Bed Fusees
    Add an excess of red mereurie oxide Strontium Nitrate 71.1 oz.
    to 50 cc. concentrated nitric acid. Shake Potassium Perchlorate 13.1 oz.
    and let stand till saturated. Decant Sulphur 11.1 oz.
    solution. Add a 10% solution of am- Sawdust 4.2 oz.
    monium sulphocyanide until mercury is Charcoal 0.5 oz.
    completely precipated as mercury sulpho-
    Green Fusees
    cyanide. Filter and dry. Before en-
    tirely dry, it may he made into tablets
    Barium Nitrate 68.7 oz.
    or pills.
    Sawdust 9.2 oz.
    Potassium Perchlorate 8.4 oz.
    Sulphur 5.3 oz.
    White Pyrotechnic Light
    Bosin 4.6 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,035,509
    Barium Nitrate 38 oz.
    Kauri Gum 3.8 oz.
    Strontium Nitrate 7 oz. Yellow Fusees
    Magnesium, Powdered 52 oz. Barium Nitrate 47.4 oz.
    Paraffin Wax 3 oz. Strontium Nitrate 23.7 oz.
    Sulphur 12.1 oz.
    Signal Eocket Powder Potassium Perchlorate 9.0 oz.
    Sawdust 3.2 oz.
    Sodium Nitrate 5 g- Sodium Oxalate 3.2 oz.
    Sulphur, Powdered 4 g- Stearine 1.0 oz.
    Wood Charcoal, Powdered 3% g. Charcoal 0.4 oz.
    Make into a paste with alcohol and
    In red fusees color of the flame is nro-
    •y in forms.
    duced by strontium nitrate. Potassium
    perchlorate is the oxidizing agent upon
    Orange Smoke which the rate of burning depends. The
    U. S. Patent 1,975,785 amount is variable and therefore may be
    Lead Peroxide 50 g. increased or decreased if necessary to in-
    Potassium Dichromate 35 g. crease or decrease the time of burning.
    Magnesium 15 g. The sulphur serves to increase the ignita-
    bility of the mixture and the character
    Brown Smoke of the flux resulting from the burning.
    U. S. Patent 1,975,099 The sawdust is obtained from hard wood,
    Copper Oxide 50 g. maple preferably, and is used to give
    Lead Peroxide 25 g. structure to the composition. This re-
    Magnesium 15 g. quires it to be coarse, approaching what
    might be termed the chip stage. The
    Smoke Cloud charcoal of necessity must be fine and
    Zinc Dust 648 g. preferably low ash willow charcoal. It
    Hexachlorethane 864 g. serves as a fuel and the percentage used
    *Thermite 44 g. may be varied. An increase of one-half
    Ammonium Chloride 48 g. per cent enhances the rate of burning
    * ThermiteType Powder and adds materially to the vigorous dis-
    Aluminum Powder 23 g. posal of the flux formed from burning.
    Iron Oxide Powder 73 g.
    This point is essential since the forma-
    tion of flux, if it is not blown away, will
    Tracing Bullet, Smoke Colored cause a chemical chimney to be formed
    German Patent 629,803 which obscures the flame.
    To the usual tracer compositions is
    The addition of lithium carbonate to
    added 5% nitronaphthalene to get a green the extent of 2 to 5% greatly improves
    color or 2% nitro aniline and 3% acet-
    the color of red flares. Lithium carbon-
    anilide to get a red color.
    ate is non-hygroscopie and its price is
    not prohibitive due to the effect pro-
    Safety and Distress Signals duced by the addition of relatively small
    Bailroads have used for many years amounts. Flame coloration produced by
    red, yellow and green fusees as signals volatile strontium compounds contains o
    for various specified emergencies. The large percentage of green and orange,
    frequency of the trains and nature of the which are to a large extent neutralized
    existing emergency determine not only by the monochromatic red of lithium
    the color of the flare but also the burn- salts.
    ing interval of five or ten minutes. The Green fusees are produced by the sub-
    following are typical formulae for the stitution of barium nitrate for the cor-
    manufacture of railway fusees: responding strontium salt.
    PYROTECHNICS 447

    Yellow fusees are produced by combin- Military Signals


    mg barium and strontium nitrates with The most important type of military
    sodium salts. The proportions are set signal is the red and green star, three in
    forth in the formula for yellow fusees. number, which are attached to an as-
    The ingredients for the desired colors bestos string, suspended from a para-
    must be absolutely dry, of a standard chute. The United States Army fires this
    fineness and intimately mixed to secure signal into the air with a discharger at-
    a homogeneous mass. The composition tached to a Springfield rifle. The Navy
    is then carefully loaded mechanically in launches it under water from a submarine
    Kraft paper tubes of suitable diameters. with compressed air. It is buoyant, and
    as it reaches the surface, a grenade is
    shot into the air, releasing a parachute
    Marine Signals bearing a chain of three red or green
    Barium and strontium nitrates and stars. Typical formulae for each star
    non-hygroscopic lithium salts are chiefly are as follows:
    used for the production of emergency
    and distress signals in the various fields
    Red Star
    The red stars and flares Potassium Perchlorate 63.0 oz.
    of navigation.
    Strontium Nitrate 19.5 oz.
    of marine ship rockets depend solely on
    Shellac 15.5 oz.
    the use of strontium nitrate, strontium
    Rosin 2.0 oz.
    carbonate and non-hygroscopic salts of
    lithium for their red flame. The candle Green Star
    power is increased by the addition of Barium Nitrate 75.5 oz.
    fine aluminum or magnesium metal Aluminum 21.8 oz.
    powder. However, the candle power Sulphur 2.7 oz.
    when it exceeds 30,000 reduces the in-
    tensity and quality of the red. If a These formulae can be varied for bril-
    green flare is desired, barium nitrate is liancy of color and variation of burning
    generally used. Barium nitrate is also time.
    used to produce an intense white light in The general use of barium and stron-
    connection with different proportions of ^

    tium nitrates in the formulae given is


    metallic magnesium and aluminum. apparent. The preference is given to
    potassium perchlorate over the usual po-
    tassium chlorate. The perchlorates are
    Aviation Signals more stable and than the
    less sensitive
    United States Army and Navy aircraft, chlorates, even though they contain a
    as well as commercial aircraft, are pro- large percentage of oxygen. This is
    vided with emergency landing signals. natural when the nature of free chloric
    For these the following are used: Red and perchloric acid is taken into con-
    Star Parachute, White Star Parachute, sideration. Chloric acid is more unstable
    Aircraft Parachute Flare, Wind Flares than perchloric acid, and this instability
    and Floatlights for the aviator flying is reflected in its salts. Mixtures of per-
    over water. These flares are held in chlorates with reducing agents are not
    racks in the cockpit of the plane and a only less sensitive to shock, but in addi-
    pistol is provided to project the flare tion the free acid does not produce the
    well beyond the plane. same dangerous decomposition. Sulphur
    The small white star parachute is shot is omitted wherever it is possible, chiefly
    into space while reconnoitering at night. for the avoidance of potential manufac-
    The red star signal is used to indicate turing hazards. Screening of sulphur
    distress. The Aircraft parachute flare causes it to become statically charged
    is used for emergency landing. This and it is therefore preferable to use sub-
    flare produces a dazzling white light for stitutes.
    one minute with a candlepower in excess Presence of a chloride in the mixtures
    of 125,000. intended to produce a red or green flame
    The main ingredient in the small red coloration will accentuate color of the
    parachute flare is strontium nitrate, plus flame and produce the same beneficial
    an oxidizing agent, as for example, po- eflect in color obtained by use of barium
    tassium perchlorate, sulphur, aluminum chlorate and potassium chlorate. For
    and magnesium metal powders. The this purpose, the chlorides of strontium
    white flares are loaded with a composi- or barium are preferable. Uniform de-
    tion, chiefly barium nitrate, an additional grees of fineness, dryness and purity are
    oxidizing agent, and the metallic ele- most essential. Barium and strontium
    ments magnesium and aluminum sub- nitrates should be at least 99.5% pure
    jected to a pressure of five to ten tons. and virtually free from sodium.
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    Eubber Latex higher percentage on the weight of the
    Liquid latex is a natural emulsion or casein must be employed.
    suspension of rubber in water It is ob- Latex and casein solutions can be
    tained from the rubber tree chiefly the mixed together in almost any desired
    Heva brasiliensis. It is not the sap as proportions depending upon the effect
    many suppose but an excretion found be- desired. In the event that the casein
    tween the bark and the trunk of the tree. solution has been prepared by the use of
    Kormally, it exists as a white fluid con- borax, some ammonia should be added
    taining about 36% rubber and 64% and the latex solution stirred into it.
    water. A variety of other water soluble ma-
    Normal latex may, however, be con- terials may
    be substituted, or used with
    centrated by a variety of means such as casein. These include
    centrifugalization, evaporation, etc. Ammonium Alginate
    Such concentrated latices contain as high Dextrin
    as 60% to 70% rubber in the solution. Gum Tragacanth
    The consistency of such solutions varies Gum Arabic
    from that of a good grade of cream to Irish Moss
    somewhat pasty masses. Glue
    In most instances, a small amount of Gelatine
    ammonia is added to the solution, as a Diglycol Stearate
    stabilizing agent. In other instances, Substances of the above type may
    soaps are added for the same purpose. function simply as thickening agents or
    Tor most applications, the normal or may add other properties such as ad-
    36% latex will suffice. It is sometimes hesiveness, lustre, hardness, etc. to the
    desirable however, to employ heavier deposited coating.
    coatings, such as in the manufacture of Latex adhesives may be prepared for
    what is known as dipped goods ’ ' which
    ‘ ^
    several different purposes:
    include toy ballons, bathing caps, gloves,
    etc. and in such cases, the concentrated
    1. Simple adhesion — stickiness.

    varieties best serve the purpose.


    2. As a waterproof adhesive.
    Latex mixes well with most substances
    3. To adhere but peel readily.
    that are soluble in water or may be held Combinations for the first purpose have
    in water suspension provided that they been used for a considerable period for
    are of an alkaline nature. Some of them, the lamination of chair backs. Latex-
    however, have a tendency to thicken the casein mixtures adhere well to wood as
    resultant solution on standing. well as paper and other materials ordi-
    Latex solutions may be thickened ar- narily thought of in this connection.
    tificially by the addition of small amounts In other instances, a waterproof ad-
    of such clays as bentonite, gums such as hesive is desired. Certain types of wall
    tragacanth, arabic, and other substances paper for example are laminated, con-
    such as casein. sisting of the printed sneet with a blank
    Casein in particular is rather widely sheet pasted on the reverse side. The
    used in latex mixtures. It functions not laminated sheet is then put through en-
    only as a thickener but also increases the graved rollers and embossed while still
    adhesiveness and serves also to retain moist. The latex solution serves as a
    waterproof adhesive which is neces-
    pigments, if present, in suspension.
    sary as the embossing would disappear
    Casein solutions may be prepared by
    when the paste is applied when it is
    soaking casein overnight in water with pasted on the wall. Latex, casein, and
    about 1.5% of borax on the weight of the dextrin mixtures are being applied to
    casein and then heating with gentle stir- good advantage for this purpose,
    ring. Solutions of high concentration In other instances, such as the past-
    and consistency may be prepared in this ing of photographs in albums, prepara-
    manner. If desired, ammonia may be tion of business charts, etc., it is de-
    substituted for the borax but a somewhat sired to have good adherence and still
    permit the pasted subject to be removed paper on an inclined bed coating machine
    readily without tearing. In this instance or any other machine of a similar char
    such substances as casein, dextrin and acter.
    the like are kept to a minimum. In some instances, however, if the coat-
    Another useful compounding ingredi- ing is to be applied by means of a doctor
    ent for latex solutions is sodium silicate blade, the solution may be thickened by
    or what is odinarily known as water the addition of bentonite or similar sub-
    glass ’h Care must be used in employ- stances.
    ing this substance, however, as it has a
    decided tendency to thicken the solution Latex Compounding Hints
    when used in even small amounts. Some In compounding latex no dry materials
    grades of sodium silicate tend to cause should be added. The latter should be
    coagulation (clotting) of the latex. One dissolved or dispersed. Zinc oxide should
    of its functions is that it imparts some- always be added last.
    thing of a gloss to the surface when dry.
    Very closely allied to the field of ad- Latex Molding or Casting Compound
    hesives is the coating of paper and paper- Latex (60%) 100 oz.
    board. There are wide uses for water- Sulphur 5 oz.
    proof and greaseproof papers. These Castor Oil 6 oz.
    may vary from such simple purposes as to Ultra- Accelerator (B.Z.) 1 oz.
    stop the penetration of moisture on paper Zinc Oxide 5 oz.
    used for the wrapping of vegetables to Casein (10% Solution) 3 oz.
    proofing against such penetrating sub-
    stances as mineral, vegetable, and fish
    Butchers^ paper for example must
    Latex Mixing for Molding
    oils.
    be proof against both grease and blood.
    A typical mix for use in a process for
    The proofing of paperboard is of great
    making cast rubber shoes and other open
    hollow articles follows:
    importance, particularly those types ^
    which are used in the manufacture of Eevertex ' (Concentrated
    ^ ’

    food containers. In most instances, the Latex) 1,300 g.


    proofing must be directed against both Zinc Carbonate 150 g.
    grease and moisture and in some instances Sulphur 30 g.
    serve also to retain the moisture in the Zinc Diethyl Dithio-
    I)ackaged product. carbamate 10 g.
    Proofing of this type has not as yet Water 415 cc.
    found wide application due to the fact This mix is rendered unstable by the
    that the coating must be absolutely odor- addition of 230 cc. of a 30% ammonium
    less. The odor of rubber while not pro- nitrate solution, and the resultant mix-
    nounced ordinarily is readily absorbed ture is poured into a mold. To obtain
    by many substances particularly if al- the quick setting which is so desirable,
    lowed to remain at something above or- the mold should be heated to, for ex-
    dinary room temperatures. ample, 80 to 90^ C. (176 to 194° E.).
    For mixtures of this type, somewhat If, however, cold setting is desired, the
    different compositions are employed than proportion of the setting agent should
    in the case of adhesives. Emulsified be increased, for example, by taking 380
    waxes may be used to good advantage cc. of a 71% ammonium nitrate solution.
    with sodium silicate to give the desired
    surface effect.
    Stabilized Latex
    A typical mixture of this kind may be The stability of natural latex, for ship-
    prepared as follows: ment is greatly increased by the follow-
    Parafiln Wax Emulsion 800 g. ing additions:
    60% Latex 300 g. Formula No. 1
    Sodium Silicate Ammonia (28° Be) 0.1%
    (Water Glass) 100 g. Sodium Arsenite 0.3%
    The paraffin wax emulsion is prepared No. 2
    by emulsifying 150 g. of paraffin in 650 Ammonia (28° B5) 0.1%
    g. of water with the aid of heat, stirring, Sodium Arsenite
    I

    and emulsifying agents. When cool, the


    0.5%
    sodium silicate is stirred in the emulsion,
    I'
    made slightly alkaline with ammonia, and Adhesive Eubber Latex Coating
    the latex then added with mild stirring. British Patent 455,538
    A coating of the above type has a con- Adhesive latex compositions are made
    sistency not much greater than that of by compounding at 50-70° C, rubber
    water but may be readily applied to the latex, preferably of 60% rubber content^
    450 BUBBEE, BESIN-S, PLASTICS, WAXES
    witlia solution (50% or 60%) of resin- Water jO cc.
    ous matter in an organic solvent. The Benzine 10 ec!
    resinous matter may be rosin, ester gum,
    synthetic resin or resinified or oxidized
    rubber. When the latex is stabilized by Toy Balloon Dipping Compound
    casein, calcium hydroxide may be dis- Latex (60%) 100 oz.
    solved or dispersed in the resinous solu- Casein (10% Solution) % oz.
    tion in amount sufficient to convert the Caustic Potash oz.
    casein to insoluble calcium caseinate. Zinc Oxide % oz.
    Eubber compounding ingredients and Sulphur 2 oz.
    fillers may be added. If cork dust is Accelerator %" oz.
    added, the composition may form a lino- Mineral Oil 5 oz,
    leum cement. E.g., 21 lb. of ester gum Karaya Gum 1/10 oz^
    and 8 lb. of coumarone resin of m.p. Color 2-3 oz.
    125® C. are dissolved in 17 lb. of benzol
    and 17 of trichloretliylene and brought
    Ballon llibric Coating
    to an end wt. of 88 lb. Three lb. of the
    "Viscose 250 oz.
    solution are mixed with 3-4% of calcium
    hydroxide warmed to 60® G., and mixed
    Latex (40%) 30 oz.
    Sulphur 3 oz.
    with 8 lb. of 10-20% casein solution.
    Zinc Oxide 5 oz.
    During mixing the batch is warmed to
    60° G. The mixture may be thinned with Ultra-Accelerator (P.P.D.)
    Acetone
    % oz.
    2-4 lb. of warm water to a suitable con- 18 oz.

    sistency.
    Water 420 oz.
    Zinc Sulphate 4 oz.
    Ammonia (26° Be) 10 oz.
    Latex from Coagulated Eubber 1. Size fabric with glue.
    Drench Patent 794,787 2. Apply 6 thin coats drying each coat
    Artificial dispersions of coagulated at 55° C. and 40% relative humidity.
    rubber, gutta-percha, balata and resins 3. Pass fabric through 25% magnesium
    are obtained by using coagulated prod- sulphate solution to harden viscose.
    ucts obtained from a latex which before 4. Pass through a sodium bisulphite
    coagulation has had added to it all or solution to whiten coating.
    some of the dispersion and (or) protec- 5. Wash in water and finally dip in
    tion agents necessary for return to the
    dispersed state. Thus, to natural latex
    15% glycerine.
    is added oleic acid 6, caustic potash 2
    and glue 4 lb. for 100 lb. of rubber be- Cloth Proofing Compound
    fore coagulating. Latex (40%) 100 oz.
    Casein (10% Solution) 1 oz.
    Powdered Eubber Latex Caustic Potash 1 oz.
    Dutch Patent 37,343 Whiting 250 oz.
    Latex is mixed with a 20% solution of Gum Karaya (2% Solution) 4 oz.
    cassava starch and heated with an equal Sulphur 5 oz.
    volume of water containing 0.01-0.1% Zinc Oxide 3 oz.
    sulphuric acid and 5% phenol. It is Ultra-Accelerator (P.P.D.)
    Castor Oil
    % oz.
    then sprayed and dried at 100° C. 10 oz.

    Eubber Thread Combining Cloth Compound


    British Patent 442,304 Latex (60%) 100 oz.
    The following mixture is extruded onto Sulphur 3 oz.
    a moving belt for drying: Zinc Oxide 3 oz.

    Latex (70%) 145 g.


    Ultra-Accelerator (B.Z.)
    Mineral Oil
    %" oz.

    Zinc Oxide 10 oz.


    5 g.
    Clay 50 oz.
    Sulphur 2 g.
    Casein (10% Solution) 6 oz.
    Tetramethylthiuramdi-
    sulphide 0.2 g.
    Oleic Acid 0.5 g.
    Preservation of Crude Eubber Latex
    Light Mineral Oil 5 g.
    U. S. Patent 2,004,156
    To the above is added 10 cc, , of follow- Blienol 0.3-0.5 lb.
    ing mixture: Boap 0.1-0.5 lb.
    Sodium Silicate Solution Ammonia 0.1-0..3 lb.
    rd. 1-2V 10 cc. The above is used per 100 lb. latex,
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 451

    Plantation Latex Preservative The Alkali Digestion Process:


    A mixture of soda, paranitroplienol The method commonly used in the re-
    (PKP), and supMte of soda, is effective claiming of rubber is known as the al-
    and costs less than half as much as am- kali process. This process was patented
    monia to use. PNP gives great stability in 1899 and derives its name from the
    and prevents the formation of mold on fact that the fabric is removed from
    smoked sheet and dry crepe. It has the fabric bearing scrap, chiefly whole tire
    property of coloring acid latices yellow; scrap, by means of caustic soda.
    while it gives alkaline latices a deeper The scrap tires are received from the
    tint tending to orange. When a coagu- brokers in box cars and occasionally by
    lent is subsequently added, the latex be- truck. Beads are removed from the
    comes white again. Advantage is taken scrap tires by debeading machines of
    of this tendency to coloration to deter- which there are several types. The de-
    mine the correct strength of the solution beaded tire is then ground by passing it
    and the right amount to be added to the through cracker rolls and past rapidly
    latex in the field to correct the acidity. rotating knives in order to comminute the
    A solution consisting of 1.55 kilos of scrap so that it will be in a condition
    99% NaoH, 1.25 kilos of’ commercial suitable for digestion under pressure with
    PNP, and 10 kilos or 98% sulphite of caustic soda. The degree of fineness to
    soda in 100 liters of water is satisfac- which the scrap is ground influences to
    tory. The dose recommended is 100 cc. a large extent the thoroughness of tho
    for 10 liters of latex; this proportion subsequent heating and plasticizing op-
    may be increased as necessary, without eration, a uniformly ground and
    since
    harmful effect. a much greater sur-
    finer scrap will ofler
    face per unit weight. After the scrap is
    Artificial Eeclaimed Eubber ground, it is passed over magnetic sepa-
    Smoked Sheet Eubber 100 oz. rators which remove a large percentage
    Mineral Eubber 50 oz. of the magnetic metal, such as steel.
    Gilders Whiting 41 oz. The next step is the treatment of the
    Zinc Oxide 5 oz. scrap in autoclaves. These machines are
    Heptene Vb oz. steam- jacketed vessels equipped with
    stirring devices and having a capacity of
    Eeclaiming Eubber 2 to 4 tons of ground tire scrap. In the
    U. S. Patent 2,069,151 digestion, solutions of caustic soda of
    1,000 lb. of properly shredded waste from 4 to 8% strength are used together
    rubber stock are placed in a digestor with oils or swelling agents as required.
    with tSjOOO lb. of water and 150 lb. of The strength of the caustic soda solu-
    caustic soda. To
    the digestor 3 to 5 lb. tion is determined by the temperature,
    of ammonium persulphate crystals are pressure and duration of the heat treat-
    added. The digestor is sealed, and the ment.
    mass heated and agitated for 12 to 16 Different oils and swelling agents have
    hours at 370 to 390*^ F. The reclaimed specific effects on the final product and
    rubber mass is then discharged from the are chosen for these results. Generally
    digesters, washed, and dried. The proc- speaking, a neutral oil used at this point
    ess provides a reclaim which may be re- gives a flatter and less nervy final prod-
    fined in the usual way and is not markedly uct, whereas a saponifiable oil makes the
    elastic or resilient. product seem to have more body and
    nerve. This effect is due to the soap
    Eeclaiming Scrap Eubber
    formed during the digestion. The pres-
    The various types of scrap to be re-
    sures used may vary from 160 to 200
    claimed and also the type of product to
    lb. per sq. in., and the time from. 8 to 24
    be made will determine which of several
    methods shall be used as the manufac-
    hours. The longer times are used for
    bus or giant tires which are in general
    turing process. These processes may be
    less aged and consequently tougher and
    enumerated as:
    require a more drastic treatment.
    1. The alkali digestion process.
    2. The water digestion process.
    After the digestion, or ^ ^ devulcaniza-
    3. The acid process.
    tion as it is incorrectly called, is com-
    4. The open steam process. pleted, the scrap is blown under pressure
    5. The mechanical process. into wash tanks and thence over de-water-
    The alkali digestion process ’will be dis- ing screens in which process it is washed
    cussed and illustrated in some detail, free of residual caustic and dirt. A con-
    whereas in the remaining processes the siderable amount of fine partially hy-
    important operations will be only briefly drolyzed cellulose passes through the de-
    /ieseribed. watering screens. This material is thick-
    452 RUBBEE, EESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    ened continuously and tiiereafter filtered a fine screen to remove the non-magnetic
    on a rotating drum filter. After its re- metals such as brass and copper and the
    covery, it may be dried and used in spe- last traces of the steel. These screens
    cial products. The digested and ‘washed generally have openings of from .015 to
    scrap is then passed through a squeezing .025 in.
    press to remove as much water as possi- The final refining operation is then per-
    ble before it is dried. It is necessary to formed, giving a thin uniform sheet of
    control the -washing and de- watering rubber which is wound on a rotating
    operations in order to remove all foreign drum to a given thickness, after which it
    material and also to keep a uniform re- may be cut to form a square flat slab.
    sidual alkalinity. The effect of this al- These slabs are dusted with powder to
    kalinity will be discussed later. prevent them from adhering.
    The digesting operation is intermit-
    Occasionally after the last refining
    tent, a considerable quantity of material
    operation the slabs are passed through
    being discharged at one time, and it has
    a sheeting mill purely for the purpose of
    been found necessary to have storage bins
    blending and putting them in condition
    from which the digested and w^ashed scrap
    for shipment. The objection to this pro-
    is fed manually into the dryers. Auto-:
    cedure is that it covers up any roughness
    matie feeders have not been particularly
    which may have been present in the origi-
    successful. The dryers in common use
    nal slabs, whereas the slabs direct from
    are belt dryers utilizing temperatures of
    the refiner are very easily inspected.
    from 200° to 250° P. Depending upon
    The Water Digestion Process :
    its type, the scrap is usually dried to a
    In the processing of scrap which does
    moisture content of 3 to 5%.
    not contain fabric, such for example as
    The finishing operation in the reclaim-
    airbags, the same process may be ap-
    ing of rubber is one requiring careful at-
    plied as outlined above except that caus-
    tention. The dried scrap is first milled
    tic soda is not used and the washing
    either on an open roll mill or in an in-
    process may be minimized.
    ternal mixer for the purpose of further
    plasticizing. During this operation, it The Acid Process:
    In order to impart certain qualities of
    is sometimes desirable to add certain in-
    inertness and dryness to whole tire scrap
    gredients to give the reclaimed rubber
    specific properties. After the milling and boot and shoe scrap, it may be sub-
    eeted to wbat is commonly known as the
    operation, the massed slabs are given a
    first pass through a refiner. A
    refiner is
    “double process” or “acid process.”
    similar to a two-roll mill, the rolls usu-
    Two separate operations are involved for
    the removal of fibre and the plasticiza-
    ally being 30 to 36 inches long and
    capable of being squeezed together with
    tion. The scrap is prepared as usual but
    is first digested in sulphuric or hydro-
    enormous .pressure in order to compress
    chloric acid for the pur^jose of removing
    the particles of rubber into a very fine
    the cellulose. This operation is carried
    sheet. In order to produce a uniform
    out at low temperatures in open tanks
    sheet the refiner rolls have crowns cor-
    rectly determined by test and continually
    and after digestion, the acid is removed
    kept to specification. The roll surface by washing and neutralization, followed
    temperature should be between 180° and by further washing and riffling.
    210° P. for best results of quality and In riffling, the scrap plus wash water
    passes through a long trough equipped
    production.
    During the first refining operation, this with cross pieces or riffles which hold back
    sheet may have a thickness of .010 in., the dirt and metal during the passage of
    the scrap down the trough. This whole
    and in the final operation, it may be from
    .002 to .005 in. The refining operation operation of washing and riffling also re-
    derives its name from the fact that any
    moves the water-soluble materials, thereby
    hard, unsoftened pieces of scrap are left giving a product which offers greater re-
    behind in the ^^bite l^ of the rolls or are sistance to water absorption.
    passed out at the edges of the rolls, the If desired, the defiberized scrap may
    unrefined pieces being called ‘/tailings./’
    be ground and further washed. It is
    then dried and treated by the pan or
    These “tailings” are quite dry and hard
    open Steam process described below. Oc-
    and must be re-worked through the de- casionally the plasticized scrap is fur-
    vulcanization process.
    ther washed to remove any soluble soaps
    After the first refining, the scrap is formed during the steam treatment. The
    usually in condition to be strained ; that finishing, straining and refining opera-
    is, it is put into a machine equipped with tions are carried out in the same manner
    a barrel and screw, similar to a tubing as described for the alkali digestion pro-
    machine, which forces the scrap through cess."
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 453

    Tlie Open Steam Process: plants carry out this operation in order
    Tlie open steam (or pan) process is to utilize their overflow and defective
    used chiefly on inner tubes and acid- production. The operations consist only
    treated fabric scrap. In this procesSj the in grinding, screening and cooling, the
    scrap is commonly ground to about pea size of the ground particles being deter-
    size or flner, after which it is mixed with mined by the particular requirements.
    caustiC; swelling agents or oils, as de- The product thus obtained is used as a
    sired. This mixing is carried out in an filler. It has a low specific gravity, as-
    open internal mixer, the scrap then be- sists molding, and cuts down shrinkage.
    ing placed in containers such as open
    pans four to six in. deep. These pans Reclaimed Rubber in Tires
    are stacked on cars which are rolled into The use of reclaim in first-grade car-
    a cylindrical, horizontal heater into cass stocks for passenger cars tires is gen-
    which live steam may be passed. The erally considered when crude rubber
    material is subjected to this live steam prices are on a rising market. One com-
    treatment at pressures from 100 to 175 pound incorporating reclaim, consists of
    lb. for varying periods of time. After the following: 85 lb. smoked sheets, 30
    the treatment is finished, the biscuits’^ lb. high zinc oxide truck tire reclaim, 13.5
    as they are called, are removed, dried, lb. whiting (fine particle size, such as
    and are then ready for the mill room Calcene), 0.5 lb. stearic acid, 1.5 lb. palm
    operations as described above. oil, 0.3 lb. Accelerator 808, 3 lb. sulphur,
    The Mechanical Process: and 1 lb. Neozone D. 45 minutes of
    A great deal of scrap is partially re- optimum press cure at 274° P. for a thin
    claimed by what may be called a ^^me- sheet is used. The stock is suitable for
    chanical process, namely, grinding the the carcass of first-line passenger car
    scrap without previous heating. Many tires.

    Tire Tread
    A R C D JS F
    Rubber 100 100 100 100 100 100 lb.
    Whole Tire Reclaim 22 22 22 22 22 22 lb.
    Carbon Black 42 42 42 42 42 42 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 10 10 10 10 10 10 lb.
    Stearic Acid 2 2 2 2 2 2 lb.
    Mineral Rubber 6 6 6 6 6 6 lb.
    Pine Tar 2 2 2 2 2 2 Ib.
    Sulphur 3.875 3.875 3.875 3.875 3.875 3.875 lb.
    Monex 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.20 0.25 0.30 lb.
    DPG 0.60 0.75 0.90 lb.
    Trimene Base 0.30 0.375 0.45 lb.
    Cure at 30 lb. steam pressure.

    Tread Type Stock 1 Safex .75 lb.


    Rubber 100.000 lb. Sulphur 4.50 lb.
    Whole Tire Reclaim 22.000 lb. Cure 30 minutes at 25 lb.
    Carbon Black 42.000 lb. Rubber
    Zinc Oxide 10.000 lb. Red Molded Inner Tube:
    Stearic Acid 2.000 lb. 1st 2iid
    Mineral Rubber 6.000 lb. Qual. Qual.
    Pine Tar 2.000 lb. Rubber 100 00 100.00 lb.
    VGB 1.125 lb. Sulphur 2.00 2.00 lb.
    Safex 1.000 lb. ''808''
    Sulphur 3.875 lb. Accelerator 1.00 1.00 lb.
    Cure 30 minutes at 25 lb. Age Rite Resin ,75 1.00 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 10.00 5.00 lb.
    Tire Carcass Tvue Stock Blanc Fixe 25.00 60.00 lb.
    Rubber 100.00 lb.
    Mineral Oil 5.00 1.00 lb.
    Tube Reclaim 30.00 lb. Stearic Acid .50 ,";.75^ ib.

    Carcass Reclaim 40.00 lb. Gray Molded Inner Tube :

    Zinc Oxide 11.00 lb. 1st 2nd


    Mineral Oil 6.00 lb. Qual. Qual.
    Pine Tar 2.00 lb. Rubber 100.00 100.00 lb.
    VGB 2.00 lb. 1
    Sulphur 3.60 3.60 ]I>.
    :

    4H4 EUBBEE, EESIKS, PLASTICS, WAXES


    <<g 08 ^^
    Ethylene Glycol ( 50-80%) 2 gal.
    Accelerator .90 .90 lb. Water 2 gal.
    Age Eite Eesin 1.00 1.00 lb. Mix thoroughly and introduce into the
    Zinc Oxide 10.00 5.00 lb. tire tube, under pressure, while the tube
    Blanc Pixe 28.00 95.00 lb. is inflated.
    Mineral Oil 5.00 1.00 lb.
    Palm Oil .60 .30 lb.
    To Bleach White Side Wall Tires
    Unsightly white side wall tires may be
    Molded Truck Tube made completely black by painting with
    White Black a 10% solution of Typophor Black in
    Eubber 100.0 100.0 lb. toluene.
    Captax 2.0 2.0 lb.
    Sulphur 2.25 1.5 lb. Eed Force Cup Eubber
    Stearic Acid 1.5 1.5 lb. Eeclaim Eubber 60.0 lb.
    AgeEite Pale Crepe

    —
    1.0 1.5 lb. 30.0 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 65.0 5.0 lb. Iron Oxide 5.0 lb.
    P-33 40.0 lb. Zinc Oxide 2.0 lb.
    Cure for 5 minutes at 50 lb. stea Trimene 1.0 lb.
    pressure. Stearic Acid .5 lb.
    Sulphur 1.5 lb.

    Heat Eesisting Truck Tube Chocolate Eubber Stair Tread


    Smoked Skeet 100.000 lb.
    Eeclaim Eubber 32.000 lb.
    E. P. D. .567 lb.
    Whiting 24.625 lb.
    D. P. G. .567 lb.
    Mineral Eubber 12.000 lb.
    Sulphur 2.000 lb.
    Clay 24.000 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 10.000 lb.
    Iron Oxide 4.000 lb.
    Eed Iron Oxide 5.000 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 1.000 lb.
    Blanc Pixe 20,375 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 1.000 lb.
    Stearic Acid .500 lb,
    Stearic Acid .250 lb.
    Keozone 0 1.000 lb.
    Sulphur .875 lb.
    Cure iy2 minutes at 55 lb. steam pres* Mercaptobenzothiazole .250 lb.
    sure.

    Oil Proof Eubber


    Hon- Adhesive Tire Mold Liner Formula No. 1
    Pormula No. 1 Eubber 30 lb.
    A mixture of casein 45, glycerol 45, Accelerator A-16 4 lb.
    and kaolin 10 parts is moistened with Drying Oil 20 lb.
    water to the required consistency, ap- Sulphur 10 lb.
    plied 2—3 times on both sides of cotton Clay 40 lb.
    material, dried for 1~1.5 hr., and treated
    Cure at 325° F. for 40 minutes. Any
    with formaldehyde.
    drying oil such as linseed, tung, china-
    The following formulas are (g. per
    wood, perilla, etc, may be used.
    kg. of final product) No. 2 gelatin 75,
    ;

    tech, glycerol 85, talc 30, dye of any


    color 10, water 800, and No. 2 10% No, 2
    formaldehyde solution. The gelatin is Eubber, Smoked Sheets 100 kg.
    dissolved in water at 80°, and while stir- Whiting 112 kg.
    ‘ ^ ' ’
    ring the talc, glycerol and dye are added. Gastex Carbon Black 38 kg.
    The cotton is worked up with mixture 2 Glue 15 kg.
    from both sides and is dried; afterward Zinc Oxide 10 kg.
    the cotton material is worked into mix- Cotton Seed Oil 1 kg.
    ture 3, dried again and put through a Stearic Acid 1 kg.
    roller or calender. One thousand sq. Phenyl-p-Naphthylamine 2 kg.
    m. of cotton material requires (in kg.) Sulphur 6 kg.
    gelatin 37,5, glycerol (or polyglycol) Butyraldehyde- Aniline 1 kg.
    42.5, tale 15, dye 0.5 and formaldehyde
    25.0.
    Oil-Eesistent Duprene Eubber
    Buprene 100 kg.
    Tire Puncture Sealing Compound Whiting 85 kg.
    Canadian Patent 359,821 * ^
    Gastex ^ ’
    Carbon Black 28. 5 kg.
    Asbestos (Pine Fibers ) 25 lb. Glue 11.5 kg.
    Yellow Ocher 5 lb. Zinc Oxide 10 kg.
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    Magnesia 10 kg. Parafidn Oil 8.35 lb.
    Cotton Seed Oil 2 kg. Titanium Dioxide 2. lb.
    Wood Eosin 5 kg. Vulcan Bed 0.66 lb.
    Phenyl-j3“Naphtliylamme 2 kg. Vulcan Orange 0.40 lb.
    Sulphur 1.5 kg.
    Total 110.66 lb.
    Duprene Eubber Mixture Compound D
    of High Temperature Eesistance Compound 0 (above) 55 lb.
    Duprene 100 kg. Solution A
    (above) 35 oz.
    Zinc Oxide 50 kg. Ethyl Alcohol 13 oz.
    Magnesia 25 kg.
    Phenyl-p-Naplitkyl amine 5 kg. Method of Processing
    Colophony (Eosin) 5 kg. A sixteenby forty-two inch mill is
    used.
    Bnprene Eubber Compositions . —
    Compound JB The rubber is milled for
    Duprene Type D 100 kg. 30 minutes with the rolls set to form a
    Wood Eosin 5.0 kg. small rolling bank. Water is circulated
    Medium Process Oil 4.2 kg. through the rolls to keep the mill at
    Pine Tar 2.0 kg. ordinary milling temperatures (i. e.,
    Magnesia 10.0 kg. about 160° P.). At the end of the 30-
    Zinc Oxide 5.0 kg. minute mastication period, the compound-
    Carbon Black 114,0 kg. ing ingredients are added. The addi-
    tion of the compounding materials takes
    Thiokol Eubber Composition about 30 minutes, including the time
    Thiokol D 100 kg. to
    ^
    cross roll and cross cut, to insure
    ‘
    Gas
    ‘ (Gas Carbon) 55 kg. uniform dispersion. This is aged for
    Zinc Oxide 10 24 hours before use in compound C.
    Stearic Acid
    kg.
    0.5 kg. Compound C The milling of com-
    . —
    ‘^Altax^^ (Dibenzoyl- pound C is also in accordance with stand-
    ThiazybBisulphide) 0.3 kg.
    ard procedure, L e., the mill is cooled to
    the normal milling temperature of ap-
    proximately 160° P. and compound B is
    Duprene Eubber Mixture
    allowed to sheet to form a small rolling
    of High Friction Eesistance bank. As soon as the compound is sheet-
    Duprene kg. 100 ing smoothly, the compounding ingredi-
    Active Gas Carbon kg. 45 ents are added in the usual way and
    Zinc Oxide kg. 10
    cross cut and cross rolled to insure uni-
    Magnesia kg. 10
    form dispersion, after which the batch
    Colophony (Eosin) 5 kg. is slabbed off and allowed to cool thor-
    Cotton Seed Oil 3 kg.
    oughly before piling. This compound-
    PhenyPp-Haphthylamine 2 kg. ing operation takes about 20 minutes.
    Sulphur 1 kg.
    This mixture is to be vulcanized for
    Compound D For mixing this com-
    . —
    pound, the mill is cooled to as low a
    40 minutes at 60° C.
    temperature as possible. The rolls
    should, under no circumstances during
    PEODUCTIOH OP SPONGE EUBBEE the mixing operation, exceed a tempera-
    ture of 100° P. The roll opening is such
    Solution A that when compound C
    ' is sheeting it
    Water 25 gal. forms a small rolling bank. The gas-
    Ammonium Carbonate 50 lb. forming solutions are added as rapidly
    Compound B as the compound will absorb them and
    Pale Crepe Eubber 44. lb. the batch cross cut and cross rolled as
    Amber Petrolatum 1.75 lb, soon as all of the solutions are absorbed,
    Aldol Alpha Naphthylamine 0.5 lb. and the batch is slabbed off. The total
    Tuleacit D (D.P.G.) 0.15 lb. time for this operation should not ex-
    Paraf&n Wax 2.85 lb. ceed 8 minutes.

    Total 49.25 lb. Preparation for Curing


    Compound C The mill is cooled as for mixing com-
    Compound B (above) 49.25 lb. pound D, i e,, the roll temperature should
    Zinc Oxide 2.2 lb. not exceed 100° P. Twenty-two pounds
    Chalk 41.8 lb. of compound D are placed on the mill
    Magnesium Carbonate 3. lb. and allowed to form a sheet on the front
    Sulphur 3, lb. roll. The opening between the mill rolls
    456 EUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    is sucli that the sheet, when slabbed oft, structure of this truck are 38 inches wide
    will be approximately one inch thick. by 40 inches high by 130 inches long.
    The sheet is allowed to roll until free of The center and each of the end uprights
    blisterswhen the entire sheet is cut off of the rack are tied together by a tier
    from the mill roll and laid out on a ffat of ten round metal rods one-half inch
    table. As soon as initial rapid shrink- in diameter and spaced four inches apart
    age has stopped, sheets 22 x 22 inches vertically from center to center. In ad
    are cut out of the slab. The scrap from dition to stiffening the rack, these metal
    these sheets is mixed with sufficient ad- rods act as supports for the perforated
    ditional compound I) to make a total of metal sheets carrying the rubber sheet
    22 pounds to be sheeted out in the same during the process of vulcanization.
    manner and to be cut into sheets 22 Metal sheets about %-in. thick and
    inches square by one inch thick. 37 in. wide by 130 in. long are used for
    As rapidly as possible after sheeting, supporting the rubber sheets and metal
    these 22 X 22 inch by 1 inch thick sheets frames surrounding them during vulcani-
    of compound D. are placed in a metal zation. These metal plates are perfor-
    frame the same size as the sheet (i, e., ated with holes approximately one-
    22 X 22 inches inside dimensions x 1 inch quarter of an inch in diameter and
    thick). The frame and sheet are placed spaced approximately one-half inch apart
    between one-eighth inch thick metal on centers. The metal plate is laid on
    plates sufficiently large to completely a table and a sheet of light tissue paper
    cover the frame and rubber sheet. The laid over it to cover it completely. Three
    frame and rubber sheet and the metal metal frames, the inside dimensions of
    plates are dusted lightly with soapstone which are 36 x 42 inches, are spaced
    or mica before assembly. This assembly equally on the tissue over the metal plate.
    is placed in a press cooled with water This assembly is then lightly dusted
    at 70° P. for 10 to 15 minutes. The with mica or talc. Then a sheet of com-
    hydraulic pressure on a press with a pound D which has been prepared as
    fifteen-inch ram should be about 250 described above to a size of 22 inches
    pounds per square inch. square by 1 inch thick is centered in
    each of these metal frames on the dusted
    Vulcanization tissue which has been laid on a per-
    forated metal plate. The assembly is
    A horizontal cylindrical steam vulcan-
    then placed on the bottom set of hori-
    izer five feet in diameter by twelve feet
    zontal supporting rods in the wheeled
    long may be used for vulcanization. This
    rack described above. Niue more plates
    is equipped with tracks to carry the
    containing rubber sheets centered in
    truck containing the rubber sheets and
    metal frames are assembled as described
    frames.
    immediately above and placed in a tier
    A mixture of steam and air is used for
    to completely fill the movable rack.
    vulcanization. Both the steam and air
    lines are equipped with quick-acting
    The movable rack is wheeled into the
    pressure regulators so that the pressure vulcanizer and the door closed. The by-
    may be adjusted rapidly and accurately. pass around the steam trap on the outlet
    Also, the steam and air lines should be
    of the vulcanizer is opened. The regu-
    lators on the air and steam lines leading
    manifolded to one inlet to the vulcanizer
    to the manifold attached to the inlet of
    between the respective regulators and the
    vulcanizer. The size of the steam and the vulcanizer are set to 48 pounds per
    air inlet pipes leading to the manifold square inch pressure. The manifold
    are adjusted to furnish air and steam valve is then opened and the mixed air
    in the right proportions to uniformly and steam admitted to the vulcanizer at
    obtain the temperatures specified below such a rate that the temperature of the
    for curing. The outlet must be suffi- vulcanizer reaches 270° E. within ten
    ciently large so that the pressure may be minutes. In the meantime, as soon as
    reduced in the very short space of time relatively dry steam is flowing from the
    specified below in the description of the outlet, the by-pass is closed and the
    vulcanizing cycle. This outlet is, of outlet exhausted through the steam trap.
    course, by-passed around the steam trap The temperature of 270° E. is maintained
    — the steam trap being of the usual type. for 46 minutes.
    The timing of this next operation is
    An open rack, mounted on wheels to
    form a truck which may be rolled onto very important. The 'temperature must
    the tracks in the vulcanizer, is utilized be reduced from 270° E. to 256° E. in
    for supporting the sheets during the one minute. To accomplish this, the
    process of vulcanization. The inside di- regulators on the inlet steam and air
    mensions of the rack fotming the super lines leading to the manifold must be
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 457

    p.djusted to reduce the incoming pres- suitable container, and water added to
    sure from 48 pounds to 30 pounds and make the container two-thirds full. The
    the hy-pass on the outlet opened im- pail is placed on a small flame, just
    mediately and kept open until the tem- enough to melt the •wax and yet not hot
    perature in the vulcanizer drops to 256° enough to boil the -water.
    F, and the pressure from the previous A quart bottle with a smooth surface
    one of 48 pounds to 30 pounds per square is cleaned thoroughly. It is filled with
    inch. As soon as these new lower tem- cold water and the outside surface rinsed
    perature and pressure conditions are in a strong solution of soap and water.
    established in the vulcanizer, which The bottle is then dipped in the melted
    should be within one minute, the by-pass wax and immediately withdrawn. This
    on the outlet is again closed and the will deposit a thin smooth layer of wax
    vulcanizer maintained at a temperature on the bottle. After a wait of thirty
    of 256° F. for a period of 80 minutes seconds to one minute, for the wax on
    longer. The incoming steam and air the bottle to cool, the bottle is dipped
    are then turned off and the by-pass on again. This is continued until enough
    the outlet and the vents in the vulcanizer layers of wax have been built up to give
    are opened. the needed thickness.
    As soon as the pressure in the vulcan- If the wax does not pile up fast
    izer has reached zero the vulcanizer enough, it is because the wax in the
    is opened and emptied. The sheets pail is too hot, and instead of piling
    will be vulcanized and expanded from layer upon layer, it melts the wax al-
    an original size of 22 inches by 22 inches ready on the bottle. If the bottle is
    by 1 inch thick to a size of 42 inches by kept in the wax too long, or not enough
    36 inches square by 3 inches thick. The time is allowed to elapse between dip-
    original volume of the unvulcanized sheet pings, the wax may also fail to pile up.
    was 484 cubic inches while the volume If the wax piles up heavy and rough, the
    of the vulcanized sheet is 4560 cubic wax is too cold.
    inches, L e,, if the processing and vul- When the desired amount of wax has
    canization have been carried on under been built up, the bottle is chilled slightly
    carefully controlled conditions, the ex- under running cold water. However, the
    pansion of the vulcanized sheet is on wax should not be chilled too much as it
    the order of nine times that of the un- •'will become brittle and break. The bot-
    vulcanized sheet. The cell structure will tom and top edges of the wax are then
    be round and of a uniform diameter of cut around the bottle and a slit is made
    approximately 3/16ths of an inch lengthwise. If the bottle has been
    throughout the entire body of the sheet. soaped and chilled properly the wax
    sheet should peel off without difficulty.
    Non-Metallic Dies for Molding Bubber If the wax sticks to the bottle the soap
    solution may not have been strong enough
    The object that is to be molded in or the surface of the bottle may not have
    rubber is carved or shaped in wax and been clean.
    the plaster mold is cast from this wax The sheets of wax are laid flat and
    pattern. The molds are plastered in a cut to the size needed. If very long
    special metal flask, and the wax boiled
    strips are needed the wax is cut in a
    out. Eubber stock is packed in the spiral around the bottle. The scraps are
    mold and then vulcanized in an oven. thrown back in the pail and remelted.
    With a little practice wax can be When the wax has cooled to room tem-
    easily handled, and objects of any de- perature, it is tested, and if found too
    sired shape can be quickly carved or soft, more paraffine is added. If too
    modeled. It is true that making the hard, more beeswax is added. More
    wax pattern is an operation requiring carnauba wax will make the wax harder
    some degree of skill, but, on the other for fine detail carving. The wax can be
    hand, the operations to be described are colored by dissolving oil paint of any
    very simple and can be quickly and color in a small can containing hot wax,
    easily mastered.
    and then adding it to the wax in the
    The following formula is one that can
    pail. To form wax rods, a sheet of
    be varied so that the wax will not be
    too brittle in the winter or too soft in
    wax is heated over a Bunsen burner
    the summer. It can also be varied to flame and shaped by hand slightly -wider
    make a hard wax for sharp carving of than desired. It is then rolled between
    small objects, or soft for easy modeling two sheets of glass to the exact gauge.
    in big masses. One part paraffine, one Wherever possible full size drawings
    quarter part beeswax, and one fifth part should be made. A tracing of the draw-
    carnauba wax is placed in a pail, or other ing outlining the body of the object is
    rubber, resins, plastics, waxes
    then made. This, in turn, is traced on
    a sheet of Casting the Stone Mold
    wax which is then cut to
    shape. For the raised sides of the pat- A heavy sheet of wax is
    cut into
    a strip, and the plaster
    tern, strip of wax of the proper ffauffe mold with the wax
    w Tused to the base with a hot tool. pattern is boxed by fusing
    the strip of
    Eods of the proper dimensions are cut wax around the plaster.^
    The bSinJ
    to exact lengths and also fused should extend at least
    at the above the
    necessary places. The wax pattern wires of the pattern. The
    is plaster flange
    then chilled and holes drilled. Finally of
    it is sandpapered smoothly
    ^
    which has been diluted with
    shellac
    over rough one-thirl
    parts with a fine grade of sandpaper
    and
    alcohol. (A heavy coat of shellac
    not dry well and leaves does
    then polished by rubbing with a piece a rough surface ^
    of smooth silk. Whea the shellac coating!
    a?e
    Wherever possible rods (wires, round pughly dry, one coat of
    sandarae varnish
    or square) of aluminum, iron sandarae var-
    or steel
    can be used by fusing them in the wax plaster flange is rubbed
    pattern. These will subsequently ™il by a brush which has
    become been rubbed
    part of the plaster and stone mold. In on a piece of stearine wax.
    The
    this case, wires are inserted sandarae and stearine, properly shellac
    into the
    holes to extend 1/32" through the wiU assure a clean separation applied'
    base,
    the two halves of the between
    leaving exposed %” on the surface mold. The boxed
    of
    the pattern. The %"
    parts of exposed
    about ^15 minutes after
    wires will subsequently be embedded which it is
    in
    the mold. The wires, therefore, drained by turning it
    are upside down.
    notched to give them a better grip. The The second half of the mold
    is cast in
    shorter part of exposed wire on the base dental or artificial stone.
    IS cast against stone,
    When stone
    will make a notch in the opposite there is a tendency
    half for the two eastings
    of the mold in which it will fit when to fuse regardless
    the of how carefully the
    mold is closed. surface hfs been
    prepared. For this reason
    the whole
    Casting the Plaster Mold hal/of
    naif simpler
    of the mold being east
    The wax pattern in nlastpr
    Piaster
    is placed on a board, as described above.
    and, with artists^ plasteline, a flange To obtain a dense cast
    is in dental
    built around the pattern. This flange stone, It 18 necessary
    to vibrate the mix-
    determines where the mold will separate. ture vigorously while
    it is being poured
    The simpler, or least complicated surface othei wise the mold will
    of the pattern, is left exposed. be full of air
    This bubbles. The plaster
    simpler part is to be cast in plaster half of the mold
    and IS boxed to hold
    the stone in place while
    the other part in dental stone.
    The best place to separate the mold ®*one is mixed in
    a lieavier consistency and
    ^

    ISat a point where the subsequent for a longer


    trim- period than plaster. The
    ming of the surplus rubber will be most stone mixture
    .0“® siiie and allowed to
    convenient. The wires extending out at flowT®'i piaee while, at the same
    the side of the pattern are covered Tnni,i™ time, the
    with mold IS being vibrated
    vigorously. Den-
    a_ thick layer^ of plasteline in order
    to
    allow a sufficient thickness of stone ntes.At the end of that time it is im-
    to
    hold the wires in place. In addition, mersed in cold water and
    a allowed to S-
    piece of plaster or wood is shaped
    into another hour and a half
    a triangular cone and pressed
    into a becomes as hard as
    few places in the plasteline flange to stone
    form a notch which will act as a registry
    between both halves of the mold. mix A
    of plaster is then applied over the Elasking the Mold
    pat- _

    tern and the plasteline flange. bronze flask is


    Care needed for this work. It
    must be taken to break all air bubbles as is made in
    ,® A°**oai, an extension frame
    the plaster is applied.
    As
    the plaster jells, it is built
    an? a
    and s top +
    that
    1
    has three %" holes. Two
    up to guide pins are fixed to the
    about one-half inch. When the bottom part
    plaster is and run through the frame
    set hard, the entire mass is to the' top
    turned over, part of the flask. For very
    the plasteline is removed and, flat work
    thus, the the extension IS eliminated.
    wax pattern is left on the plaster half Molds for
    of the mold, l^ow the complex
    surface
    of the pattern which is to be
    cast in _The bottom of the flask
    dental stone is exposed. is filled flush
    with a plaster mix, and the
    plaster part
    EUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WANES 459

    of the mold is pressed into it. As the To make duplicates, the rubber object
    plaster jells, it is shaped even with the is treated in the same manner as was
    line of separation in the mold. When the wax pattern. Wires are inserted into
    the plaster in the flask is set hard, it is the holes and plasteline is formed into
    sandpapered smooth, the sides of the a flange around the rubber object. The
    flask scraped clean, and the plaster on plaster and then the stone halves of the
    the bottom of the flask only painted with mold are cast as previously described.
    a heavy coat of petrolatum. The frame When both halves of the mold are cast,
    extension and top of the flask is^ then the mold is separated and the rubber
    fitted over the bottom, and a mix of removed. As many molds are made from
    plaster poured through the holes. the original rubber object as are re-
    When the plaster is set hard, the flask quired. The molds are then closed and
    is placed in a pail of water and boiled sealed around the edge with wax. As
    ! for 15 minutes. This will soften the wax many molds are placed in the flask as
    in the mold. The flask is then separated the flask will hold. Objects of unlimited
    and boiling water poured over the mold size can be produced by this process.
    until all traces of wax have washed Before attempting the curing process,
    i

    away. The wax in the mold should not it is advisable to make a test with a
    1
    be washed by boiling the mold in water piece of rubber embedded in a flask filled
    •
    as this will carbonize the wax and make with plaster. After making a few tests,
    ; it more difiScult to clean. a routine process of vulcanization that
    gives uniform results can be developed.
    Backing the Rubber in the Mold
    While the flask is still hot the mold Hard Rubber Coating
    is packed with rubber stock which has IT. Patent 2,023,582
    S.
    been cut into pieces of different sizes. Smoked Sheet Rubber 500 lb.
    Some of the pieces should be small Sulphur 180 lb.
    enough so that they can be packed into Diphenylguanidine 2^^ lb.
    the deep and narrow parts of the mold. Thiobenzthiazol . 2% lb.
    The rubber is packed by means of smooth Benzine 2500 lb.
    wooden tools. When the deep recesses Mix until dissolved. This solution is
    in the mold have been packed, enough applied to form a coating which is then
    rubber placed in the mold to form a
    is vulcanized.
    surplus. is then closed and
    The mold
    !
    screwed tight with nuts and bolts. Resistant Coating for Rubber
    Canadian Patent 366,029
    i
    Vulcanizing the Rubber Rubber 100 lb.
    Vulcanizing is accomplished in an Carbon Black 150 lb.
    oven at a constant heat of 360® E. At Asphalt (High Melting) 50 lb.
    that heat in the oven the heat in the Sulphur '
    15-20
    lb.
    flask will not rise above 220° E. during Vulcanize on rubber surface to form
    the time it takes to vulcanize the rubber a semi-hard coating resistant to chalking
    and as long as the plaster is wet. A action of chlorine water.
    higher degree of heat will dry the plaster
    quickly and raise the heat in the flask
    so fast that control is impossible. The Improving Surface of Rubber Goods
    size flask used in the description re-
    Ereneh Patent 816,466
    quires one hour and forty minutes. We The suppleness and appearance of
    have, therefore, a slow steam vulcaniza-
    rubber goods is improved by dipping in
    tion that insures thorough curing of
    Glycerin 80 g.
    even heavy masses of rubber. The time
    ^
    Almond Oil 4 g.
    of vulcanization will, of course, vary
    Lavender Oil 4 g.
    with the size of the flask. Sugar 4 g-
    As soon as the time of vulcanization is Petrolatum 3 g.
    completed the flask is put under cold Lemon Peel, Powdered 2g.
    running water, and when cool enough it Lemon Juice 3 g.
    is opened. When vulcanizing the first
    Mix well continuously.
    few times, it is best, when in doubt, to
    under- vulcanize. When the flask is Gas Impervious Rubber Coating
    opened and the rubber is found to require British Patent 454,316
    additional curing the part of the flask Gelatin 16% oz.
    containing the rubber can be returned Poly glycerol 33% oz.
    to the oven and the curing continued in Water 50 oz.
    the open mold until completed. Warm and stir until uniform.
    460 K UBBEE, EESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    Pire-Besisting Eubber dyestuff will crystallize out and the
    Canadian Patent 358,696 crystals will slowly migrate to the sur-
    Raw Rubber 10 Ib. face of the rubber with the production
    Vulcanized Rubber 40 lb. of a dull brown bloom
    ^ ^
    (in the case
    Sulphur 21/2 lb. of Vulcafor Red III). Certain sub-
    Litharge 4 lb. stances, to which reference will be made
    Zinc Oxide 231/2 lb. later, tend to delay this crystallization
    Stearin Pitch 20 lb. but still more remarkable, certain sub-
    After vulcanization free stearin pitch stances which would be expected to be
    no longer present. quite inert in this respect tend to ac-
    celerate it; thus, if iron oxide is added
    to a mix containing Vulcafor Yellow I in
    Fire Resistant Rubber for Cables
    such concentration as to be perfectly
    British Patent 447,926
    stable under normal conditions, the Yel-
    Rubber 33 oz.
    low will soon commence to ^ bloom
    Carbon Black % oz.
    ‘

    from both uncured and cured rubber.


    out
    Sulphur % oz.
    The incorporation of these colors into
    Kaolin 5 oz.
    the rubber is often attended with diffi-
    Magnesium Carbonate 42 oz.
    culties due to the big difference in solu-
    Chlorinated Mineral
    bilities at milling and curing tempera-
    Rubber 14 oz.
    Chlorinated Naphthalene 2 oz.
    tures. A small speck of dyestuff may
    Selenium remain undissolved after the milling, but
    11/2 oz.
    during the curing will dissolve and pro-
    An antioxidant and accelerator may be duce a darker colored spot, which owing
    icluded.
    to diffusion may become a large blot.
    Various attempts have been made to
    Shock Resistant Rubber overcome this difficulty, such as pro-
    British Patent 469,269 longed grinding of the color with some
    Smoked Sheet Rubber 56 lb. white pigment, e. g., blanc fixe, but only
    Super Floss Silica 160 lb. with partial success. There is, however,
    Zinc Oxide 8 lb. a method by which not only can easy
    Gutta Percha, Deresinated 320 lb. incorporation be secured, but also a slight
    French Chalk 320 lb. decrease in the risk of blooming, viz.,
    Aromatic Oil 1 lb. first to convert these colors into their
    Turkey Red Oil 1 lb. stearates by melting them with about
    Mill, press between heated plates and twice their weight of crude stearic acid.
    chill. The fused mass on cooling may be
    roughly broken up and milled into the
    rubber into which it will pass with the
    Coloring Rubber
    Rubber colors can be divided into three greatest ease and perfect solubility. A
    mixture of stearic acid and common
    —
    main classes: (1) those soluble in rub-
    rosin has been suggested, but offers little,
    ber (2) an intermediate class slightly
    if any advantage,
    j

    soluble in rubber j (3) those insoluble in _


    over crude stearic
    rubber. The first two classes are purely
    acid. The ideal solution to this prob-
    organic dyestuffs, but the third class may
    lem would be to discover a protective
    colloid which would prevent the growth
    be divided into three groups: a inorganic
    of the color particles, but such protec-
    pigments; h organic pigments; and c
    tive colloids for substances which crys-
    lakes.
    tallize easily are difficult to find.
    The most common colors belonging to
    the class of rubber-soluble colors are the Rubber-soluble colors have great limi-
    tations in use, because they bleed from
    reds and yellows. Blues and violets are
    also found and are exceptionally fast to one piece of rubber to another, or into
    light, but they are rather too expensive paper placed in contact. They are not
    for everyday use. fast to naphtha or most organic solvents.
    As a class these colors have one great They are used for special purposes, e. g.,
    failing; not only do they dissolve in marking the position of valve patches.
    rubber but they crystallize from rubber.
    To use them successfully, therefore, it Colors Slightly Soluble in Rubber
    is necessary to determine their solubility The most characteristic members of
    at the ordinary temperature in the par- the small slightly rubber-soluble group
    ticular mix used, and not to exceed this are Vulcafor Yellow and Vulcafor Scar-
    concentration. In ordinary pale cr§pe let. These colors are not sufficiently sol-
    this figure is very low indeed, about 0.5 uble to bleed from one piece of cold
    per cent. If this figure is exceeded the rubber to .another, but when the rpbbor
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 461

    is liot tliej do show this tendency to a Jazz Effects


    slight degree. Under no conditions will In many of the early attempts to pro-
    j
    these colors bleed from rubber to packing duce marbled and jazz effects the colored
    I
    paper. pigment was simply dusted upon the mix
    For most purposes these colors are as it passed through the calender. The
    ;
    need not necessarily be
    ideal, since they result was neither pleasing nor practical.
    in a fine state of division in order to The best effects can only be obtained by
    I
    secure dispersion; they contain the maxi- the partial mixing of different portions
    i
    mum amount of dyestuff and the mini- of the basic rubber compound into which
    mum amount of filler. the various colored pigments have been
    properly incorporated.
    i
    Colors Insoluble in Rubber There are three important consider-
    j
    The rubber-insoluble class comprise in- ations to be kept in mind in the produc-
    organic and organic pigments, and the tion of these effects, (1) the colors em-
    lakes made from water-soluble organic ployed must be practically insoluble in
    colors. It is difficult to decide in some rubber, both in the cold and during the
    cases whether a given organic pigment cure. In steam-cured goods, the selec-
    should be classified as belonging to this tion of pigments is still further narrowed
    or the prior group. Generally speaking, down, since some colors which do not
    ^

    if it is possible to use an organic pig- bleed in press cures will do so in open


    ment as such, it will be found to be steam; (2) the various portions of
    j
    more easily dispersible in rubber than colored mix should be of the same plas-
    i
    the corresponding lake, although for ticity when put through the rolls, pro-
    t’ certain purposes the lake is to be pre- ducing the jazz effect; and (3) the degree
    I
    ferred. of mixing must be just sufficient to give
    1 In the case of open-air cures, with or the effect and no more, or dull patches
    without pressure, the straight pigments will result from the bleeding of com-
    are perfectly satisfactory, and the same plementary colors.
    remark applies to press-cures. A novel method of obtaining a far more
    natural marble pattern is to split the
    Transparent Rubber rubber as it leaves the calender upon
    The pale crgpe to be used for trans- which the jazz mixing has been effected
    parent rubber should be as free from (U.S,P. 255,017). From the aesthetic
    point of view a pleasing jazz will always
    j

    suspended matter as possible, and great


    care should be taken to ensure that the he found to contain a predominanaee of
    white, or some bright color, such as
    rubber and compounding ingredients are
    perfectly dry, or turbidity will result
    yellow. With regard to the most suitable
    accelerators for use in the curing of
    during the cure,
    I
    colored soft rubbers, in press-cured goods,
    j
    The accelerator and activator should a thiuram accelerator should be em-
    be selected with a view to perfect solubil- ployed, and for use in dry heat prefer-
    j

    ! ity in the rubber. Zinc or cadmium ably an accelerator of the type of zinc
    stearates are perhaps the safest activa- diethyl dithiocarbamate. Quite satisfac-
    tors, since there is less danger of undis- tory results can be obtained with most
    solved particles than when the oxides are of the slower accelerators, e. g., D.O.T.G.,
    employed. For coloring transparent rub- except in the case of one or two vat
    ber, the ideal color is one perfectly solu- colors, which appear under certain con-
    ble in the rubber, and used at such con- ditions to be partially reduced during
    centration that there is no fear of any the cure ; in such cases quite excellent
    separation or blooming on storage. Rub- results may be obtained by the sub-
    ber-soluble colors are, however, not ab- stitution of aldehyde- ammonia as the
    solutely essential, since certain colors accelerator. The only class of acceler-
    ators which should be definitely ruled
    given in rubber colloidal dispersions
    out in these effects is the resin type made
    which do not aggregate may be employed
    from aromatic amines, since these dis-
    with success.
    color the rubber.
    Another novel and interesting effect,
    which requires the same technique, is the
    Ebonite
    production of rubbers with metallic lus-
    In the coloring of ebonite there is the
    tres. These effects may be obtained by obvious difficulty of covering up its na-
    compounding aluminumpowder into tural brownish-black color; this involves
    white transparent rubber for a silver ef- the use of large proportions of color. If
    fect or into a transparent rubber colored this color is first covered by the use of a
    with Vulcafer Yellow I for a gold effect. white pigment such as lithopone, it is
    462 RUBBEE, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    necessary to overcome the hiding power of color during vulcanization, but they tend
    this, and furthermore the introduction of to cause evolution of hydrogen sulphide.
    ihe inorganic pigment tends to give rise In all cases the surface must be carefully
    to a stone-like ebonite. In most eases the protected against the action of live steam.
    brightest results can be obtained by the Unlike soft rubber, the surface of ebonite
    correct balance of white pigment and cannot be protected by mere cloth wrap-
    color, in fact in the case of the darker ping. Although this destructive action
    colors the use of white pigment is essen- is only a surface effect which can be
    tial, since at the necessary concentration removed in the final polishing, it is in
    these colors are in themselves very dark. most eases too deep seated to allow the
    With the paler colors, however, such as use of colors, e.g., Yulcafor Orange, in
    yellow or orange, quite bright products can the production of dental plates, which are
    be obtained in the absence of inorganic cured in open steam, since the plaster
    pigments with consequent improvement in mould is not steam-tight. Certain vat
    physical properties. colors, however, have been used success-
    In the successful production of colored fully in the coloring of dental ebonites.
    ebonite it is necessary to balance the Another method of manufacture is
    three factors of time, temperature, and press-moulding from ebonite dust. It is
    sulphur. It is unfortunate from the difficult to produce satisfactory colored
    point of view of colored ebonite that the ebonite by moulding a mixture of ordi-
    action of accelerators in its production nary ebonite moulding powder and color,
    differs fundamentally from their action but satisfactory results can be obtained
    in soft rubber, inasmuch as the acceler- when the moulding powder is made from
    ator has no effect upon the physical properly prepared colored ebonite dust.
    properties of the vuleanizate and hence
    the sulphur cannot be reduced. Acceler-
    ators merely speed up the inevitable re- Colored Powdered Rubber
    sult and the beneficial effect consists in
    U. S. Patent 2,053,530
    either reducing the temperature, or short- A colored, powdered rubber may be
    ening the time, of the cure. If power- prepared in accordance with the follow-
    ful accelerators are not used carefully
    ing procedure. About 60 pounds of a
    they do more harm than good in the 10% casein solution is added, with stir-
    production of colored hard rubber, since ring, to about 250 pounds of ammonia-
    under certain conditions they tend to preserved latex of 40% solids content.
    generate sulphuretted hydrogen, which, An aqueous suspension of coloring matter,
    apart from the harmful effect of the re- the particles of which are of colloidal
    fineness, is then added in desired amount
    sulting microporosity upon the ease of
    polishing the product, tends to destroy to the latex-casein mixture. The re-
    the colors by reduction. Since many of sulting colored mixture may, if desired,
    the best ebonite colors, especially the be diluted with water to a solids content
    vermilion substitutes, are vat dyes, this of about 20%. The mixture is then
    generation of a reducing gas is especially treated while being stirred with a solution
    harmful. It can, however, be avoided by prepared by dissolving five pounds of
    employing a well-regulated temperature zinc chloride and about one ounce of
    rise in curing. In thick layers or masses acetic acid in about 200 to 500 pounds
    of accelerated mix, this generation of gas of water. The mixture thus treated may
    may become sufficiently powerful and
    have a pH value of approximately eight.
    spontaneous to assume the character of It gradually thickens, and its solids con-
    an explosion, and cases are known where tent is finally resolved into a slurry of
    quite heavy presses have been completely rubber floes. The slurry of dyed rubber
    floes is then dewatered, as in a filter press,
    disrupted by this effect.
    A typical bright reddish-orange hard producing a cake of about 60% to 70%
    rubber, suitable for, e. g., fountain pen solids content which will crumble readily.
    stocks, may be made as follows: rubber
    It is preferably dusted with tale, zinc
    stearate, or other suitable dust and passed
    100, Yulcafor Orange 125, magnesia 4,
    sulphur 40, Yulcafor Resin 4. through a rotary cutter, that reduces it
    Generally speaking, the best ebonite to a powder of about 50 or finer mesh,
    after which it is dried.
    colors are insoluble colors, especially vat
    The colored powdered rubber can be
    dyestuffs, but these colors vary consider-
    readily worked in the desired amount into
    ably, probably depending upon their ease
    a rubber batch as it is being milled, the
    of reduction to the leuco compounds by dyed rubber particles tending to dis-
    hydrogen sulphide. The rubber soluble perse uniformly throughout the batch
    colors are on the whole unsuitable for and to color it substantially uniformly.
    ebonite, since not only do they change in Not only does this practice make possible
    RUBBER, RESINB, PLASTICS, WAXES 463

    increased capacity in a rubber mill and ing it onto the surface. The article, if
    a saving of power, but it enables the in the unvulcanized state when the mix-
    realization of maximum coloring effect ture is applied, is then vulcanized in the
    .
    in the resulting rubber compound through ordinary manner. If in the vulcanized
    the use of a given amount of coloring state when the mixture is applied, it may
    agent. be finished by merely drying the mixture,
    These principles apply to the com- or in addition the mixture may be treated
    pounding with rubber of other than color- with sulphur chloride or bromine to re-
    ing agents, for instance, vulcanizing move surface tack. The ink may con-
    \
    agents, accelerators of vulcanization, an- tain vulcanizing agents if desired.
    : tioxidants, etc., all of which have here- This process is applicable to a large
    i
    tofore presented to a greater or less variety of rubber articles such as bathing
    1
    degree the same compounding difficulties caps, toys, hot water bottles, bathing
    as have been experienced with coloring shoes, golf balls, gloves, aprons, bibs,
    agents. playing balls, raincoats, overshoes, etc.

    Rubber Color Finish Neutral Colored Rubber Mat


    U. Patent 1,940,315
    S. Reclaim Rubber 38.00 lb.
    Colored luster finish is imparted to the Smoked Sheets 4.00 lb.
    surface of a rubber article by applying Sulphur .75 lb.
    finely powdered aluminum and a solution Biphenylguanidine .25 lb.,
    of rubber in an organic solvent. The Zinc Oxide 1.00 lb.
    rubber solution is prepared by first de- Clay 27.00 lb.
    polymerizing the rubber either by milling Whiting 25.25 lb.
    it excessively or by heating it at high Medium Process Oil 3.00 lb.
    temperatures with the solvent. Such a Paraffin Wax .50 lb.
    solution is of low viscosity and adapted Stearic Acid .25 lb.
    to spraying operations. At the same
    time it contains sufficient rubber to em- Wire Insulation
    bed the aluminum powder in the layer Formula No. 1
    of rubber laid down from the solution. Reclaim Rubber 40.0 lb.
    To such a solution is added a coloring Smoked Sheets 10.0 lb.
    material as eosin lake. This mixture is Whiting 34.3 lb.
    considered as a rubber ink. Mineral Rubber 10.0 lb.
    The aluminum powder and rubber ink Zinc Oxide 2.5 lb.
    are mixed in various proportions accord- Paraffin Wax 1.5 lb.
    ing to the luster on the article desired. Stearic Acid .5 lb.
    Suitable proportions of the ingredients Sulphur 1.0 lb.
    follow: Captax .2 lb.
    Formula No. 1 No. 2
    Blue Ink 20 fl. oz. U. S. Patent 2,047,736
    Aluminum Powder 1 oz. Conductive cores such as metal wires
    Solvent 16 fl.. oz. are provided with a vulcanized insulation
    No. 2 formed of crude rubber 22, reclaimed
    Red Ink 12 fi[. oz. rubber 20, mineral rubber’^ 5, whiting
    Aluminum Powder 1 oz. 44.7, zinc oxide 2.5, antioxidant 1.5,
    Solvent 20 fl. oz. sulphur 1, pine tar oil 3 and ultra-
    No. 3 accelerator 0.3 lb. each.
    Green Ink 14 fl. oz. No. 3
    Aluminum Powder 1 oz. Canadian Patent 367,225
    Solvent 16 fl. oz. Reclaimed Rubber 30-45 lb.
    Vegetable Pitch or Blown
    The solvent is any of the naphtha
    solvents and is added to give the mixture
    Asphalt 50-45 lb.
    I

    the proper fluidity.


    Ground Silica or Asbestos
    \

    The aluminum and rubber ink are Fibers 20-10 lb.

    kept in intimate mixture by continual


    stirring or shaking which may be effected Splicing Large Rubber Belts
    as an additional operation in which the This method of connecting belts permits
    mixture is applied. an endless splice of an 8-inch belt in one
    Application may be by spraying the hour by the aid of the air-acetylene torch.
    mixture under air pressure, using the In making the splice the plies are cut out
    ordinary type of spray gun, by dipping out at an angle and in steps in each end
    the article into the mixture, or by brush- of the belt with the plies of one belt
    :

    464 EUBBEE, EESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES


    fitting into tlie plies of the other, as is Cotton Linters 30.0 lb.
    the customary practice in such splices. Zinc Oxide 5.0 lb.
    This gives a belt joint of the same thick- Stearic Acid 5.0 lb.
    ness as the original and as near maximum Sulphur 3.5 lb!
    strength as possible. About 28 inches Mercaptobenzothiazole 0.8 lb.
    extra is required for making the splice Aldol-Naphthylamine 2.0 lb.
    in an 8 -inch rubber belt. The cotton linters are milled before
    After separating and cutting the plies using. To the above batch is added
    to match, all excess rubber is carefully 15-17 lb. of following emulsion:
    removed from the surfaces of the fabric Sodium Bicarbonate 6 lb.
    so as not to injure the threads. Two Casein 5 lb.
    or three coatings of Balata gum cement Ammonium Hydroxide 3 lb.
    are then applied carefully to the fabric,
    Water 84 lb.
    allowing each coating to dry thoroughly.
    Excess gum should be removed from the Warm and stir until uniform and then
    corners of the cut because, if the gum mix in
    is not dry enough when heat is applied, Alizarin Oil 8 lb.
    gas pockets are created which result in Cure in steam at 3.5 atmospheres or
    ^
    ^bootlegging^’ or separation of the plies. in a press at 142® C.
    This is especially true with large belts. A mixture that may be used in place
    Two applications of cement are con- of the above emulsion is a paste con-
    sidered ample for 8-inch belts. sisting of:
    When the gum cement is dry the two Sodium Bicarbonate 60 lb.
    ends of the belt are joined carefully. ^^Agerite” 8 lb.
    The belt is then placed in a belt press Paraffin Wax 2 lb.
    and compressed until perfectly flat and Glue 12 lb.
    even. An air-acetylene torch is then ap-
    Liquid Petrolatum 18 lb.
    plied to the entire surface over the top
    joint which is heated thoroughly but care-
    fully to prevent burning or discoloring
    Water Dispersible Bubber
    the surface of the belt. This requires British Patent 445,542
    rapid movement of the torch over the To 100 lb. of finely divided spray or
    film dried rubber there is added
    surface of the belt. In the case of an
    8-inch belt the torch is used for ap- Oleic Acid 6 lb.
    proximately 5 minutes. Caustic Potash 2 lb.
    The heat draws the cement into the Clue 4 lb.
    fabric, thus creating a firm bond. Im- It is then plasticized on rolls and
    mediately after heating, the spliced sec- worked in an internal mixer with am-
    tion should again be placed in the belt monium hydroxide.
    press for a few minutes until the belt
    is reasonably cool. Eor an 8-ineh belt
    this requires about 5 minutes. Water ISTon-Tacky Eubber Goods
    may be used to hasten cooling. British Patent 445,534
    Eor large rubber belts the two ends of The form is dipped into latex con-
    the splice should be stitched to prevent taining following %ured on 100 lb. dry
    the ends opening. This is not considered rubber
    necessary on the lighter and smaller Piperidine penta methylene
    sizes. dithiocarbamate 1 lb.
    On completion of this work the belt is Zinc Oxide 1 lb.
    ready for use. With 8-ineh belts the Sulphur 2 lb.
    entire splice can be made in an hour or Condensation Product (pro-
    less depending upon the skill and speed duced by heating lecithin
    of the workman. This represents an im- (3) and oleic acid (1) at
    portant saving in time compared to 60® 0. for 45 minutes with
    splices made with cold cement, which stirring and dispersing in
    usually require a stoppage of 8 hours or dilute ammonia) 3 1b,
    more depending upon the size and num-
    ber of plies in the belt.
    Deodorized Vulcanized Bubber
    37% lb. pale crepe rubber
    ; 14 oz,
    Microporous Eubber Soles sul phur 2 ; %
    oz. Thionex 3 lb. zinc ;

    Base Formula oxide; 36 lb. whiting; 10 lb. barytes;


    Eubber 100.0 lb. and %
    oz. green color. To this is added
    Lampblack 50.0 lb. % lb. Para-Dor and the compound is
    Pine Tar 5.0 lb. cured at 56 pounds for 8 minutes,
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 465

    Non-Tarnisliing Rubber omitted. In this case a few lumps of


    Rubber 85.0 oz. coagulated rubber may appear, but this
    Gaptax 2.0 oz. does not affect the rest of the procedure.
    Zinc Oxide 2.0 oz.
    Stearic Acid 4.0 oz. Removing Bonded Rubber Prom Metal
    Sulpbur .4 oz.
    H. S. Patent 2,077,785
    Cure at 240° F. for 60 minutes. The process of removing rubber from
    metal which has been bonded thereto by
    Flexible Hardened Slip Finish For vulcanization, consists of immersing the
    Rubber Goods rubber and metal in a bath of lubricating
    H. S. Patent 2,057,717 oil, and maintaining bath of oil at a
    Surfaces of latex treated materials are temperature of approximately 250° to
    treated for a short time with 300° F. for a period of about 36 hours.
    Sulphuric Acid 5 oz.
    Glycerin 15 oz. Plastic Rubber
    H. S. Patent 2,041,,223
    Forming Rough Surface on Rubber Goods Crude Rubber 120 lb.
    British Patent 448,214 Rubber Solvent 78 gal.
    The following mixture is applied to Asbestos Fiber 200 lb.
    the surface of unvulcanized rubber goods: Portland Cement 200 lb.
    dried and vulcanized. Melt together rub* Carbon Black 12 lb.
    ber waste (100), colophony (200), and Rosin 10 lb.
    mineral pitch (400), treating this with Stearic Acid 3 lb.
    turpentine oil (200), and adding a mix- Sulphur 14 lb.
    ture of benzol (1000) and benzine (2000) Zinc Oxide 14 lb.
    all parts by weight. Denatured Alcohol 2 gal.
    Ground Rubber Tires 155 lb.

    Transparent Chlorinated Rubber Film This milled together to give a non-


    is
    Canadian Patent 358,457 sticky plastic, hardening without shrink-
    A solution of 7% of a partially age.
    '

    saturated rubber hydrochloride, e. g.,


    rubber hydrochloride containing 29- Rubber Display Figure Composition
    30,5% chlorine dissolved in benzol is French Patent 810,765
    I spread as a thin film on a smooth endless Latex (75%) 250 g.
    belt, and the benzol evaporated until the Casein (Ammonia Dis-
    solvent content is reduced to 5-15% of persion 10%) 40 g.
    the weight. The film is passed between Chalk 250 g.
    i
    polished pressure rollers, and the rest of Titanium Dioxide 50 g.
    the solvent evaporated. An operating Asbestos, Powdered 50 g.
    I temperature of 190-200° F. is preferred. Sulphur 5 g.
    Zinc Oxide 10 g.
    Accelerator, Rapid 2 g-
    Incorporating Glue in Rubber Acetic Acid 100 g.
    First 100 grams of strong glue are Water 40 g.
    allowed to swell 24 hours in 100 grams This is coagulated by drying.
    of water; then it is melted by heating
    over a hot water bath. With the mix-
    ture still over the hot bath, 10 cubic Softening Rubber Goods
    centimeters of ammonia at 22° Be. are Practically all rubber articles, may be
    added; then 166 grams of 60% latex are softened with little difficulty by a simple
    poured into the liquid glue while be- process. First cleanse the article by
    ing stirred. After a homogeneous mix- scrubbing thoroughly with a brush dipped
    ture is obtained, it is poured into a in warm water and place in a solution of
    shallow mold and allowed to cool. one part of ammonia to two parts of
    After unmolding and drying, a horny water, allowing it to remain an hour or
    product results which can easily be so until the ammonia has evaporated.
    incorporated into rubber on an ordi- Then rinse the articles with a dilute solu-
    nary mixer. Dispersion is excellent and tion of glycerin and water, wipe off and
    very easily effected. This process can, dry, and store in a cool spot away from
    of course, be modified so as to yield the light.
    a product with different proportions of
    rubber and glue. The above formula Calculating Equivalent Time of Cure
    gives a product with 50% of rubber and It is frequently necessary to change
    50% of glue. The ammonia may be the time (and therefore the temperature)
    466 RUBBER, BE SmS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    or the temperature (and therefore
    the minimum. After cooking, the comoo-
    nme) of^ cure of a rubber compound. sition IS cast in
    The relation is a complicated one but is molds of the proper sizp
    and cooled. ^

    easily determined by solving the


    _ ex-
    potential equation
    Bubber Dispersion
    Ma—zMi X 2 Where Mt and M«
    A
    mixture of smoked sheet 37
    re-
    claimed rubber 37, Eubberax
    16.2 6, rosin 10
    zinc oxide 3, oleic acid
    are given and required times in minutes 2, and wheat
    flour o is milled until very
    Ti and Ta are given and required tem- plastic and
    hydrophilic flllers were added
    peratures (° P.) The
    product is mixed with 2% aqueous
    caustic
    potash at 40-60°, the latter being
    added
    Bubber Storage Battery Separators gi’adually. As the water is increased
    there is a sudden reversal of
    Canadian Patent 370,360 phases and
    Smoked Sheet Bubber the rubber becomes the disperse
    100 lb phase.
    Sulphur 50 1b:
    StearicAcid 5 Synthetic Bubber Dispersions
    Porous Bubber Dust 24 lb* Two
    mixtures: (1) natural rubber
    Silica Gel 67
    226 lb! synthetic rubber 33, oleic acid
    12, dextrin
    10, kaolin 30, caustic soda 1.5,
    and ('2^
    synthetic rubber 100, oleic acid
    Synthetic Bubber Emulsion Cement 18, kaolin
    30, dextrm 18, caustic soda 2, are dis-
    [Water 40 oz.
    G.J Casein (Acid)
    rubber is milled at
    5.4 oz. 20 minutes, following which
    1 Ammonia 1.45 02’ are added oleic acid, synthetic
    (Oleic Acid rubber and
    0:34 oz.* the remaining ingredients except
    oAbynthetie Bubber 13.2
    caustic
    oz.
    (Gasoline caustic soda
    39.34 02! is^added very gradually. The mass
    Dissolve ingredients I and add slowly is
    mixed in a Werner-Pfleiderer mixer
    to C!> while mixing vigorously. rpre-
    35-50°), vulcanizing agents
    and the remaining caustic soda
    solution
    are added very gradually until
    Printers^ Boilers a change
    of phase takes place, and
    Me- the mass is
    Me- diluted with water to the
    dium dium required con-
    centration. Addition of 10%
    Hard Hard Soft dry casein
    Soft improves considerably the quality
    Glue 100 100 of the
    100 100 dispersion. The dispersion keeps for 2
    Glycerin 62 73 91 94 weeks; in hot weather a small
    Sorbitol proportion
    of phenol is added.
    ( 85 %) 45 63
    128 100
    Water 43 39
    28 33
    - — . acxci bu gross weignts of
    DolPs Head Composition
    IT. S. Patent 2,024,124
    materials as received. The range
    covers Broken down rubber 35
    all seasons. In practice, old remeltablo ]|)
    Goumarone Besin 35 pj*
    composition is generally added, as
    these Mineral Oil, Heavy
    compositions are remeltable; this 10-40 lb!
    for an economic advantage
    makes Gum Chicle 20-40 lb.
    over non-
    melt composition. To make the
    above
    mixture ‘/non-melt,” about 1 oz. of
    para-
    Rubber Printing Blanket Softener
    formaldehyde, or some similar Castor Oil 25 oz
    material
    may be added for each 100 lbs. of mix- ^^Cellosolve’^ 75 ^2]
    ture. Bub into blanket and allow it to soften.
    Tliese compositions give printers
    rollers Then wash out with dry cleaners^
    that have greater resistance to naphtha.
    humidity
    changes, greater toughness,
    increased heat
    resistance, greater resistance to ink Bubber Bottle Caps
    solvents and longer life than
    the straight 50 per cent Colloidal
    glue-glyeerin composition.
    Sulphur Paste 2
    The ingredients are mixed Colloidal Zinc Oxide
    oz.
    together 1
    and cooked for about 2 hours oz]
    in a steam Accelerator 0.5 oz*
    jacketed kettle at about 170°
    P. the 60 per cent Latex 96.5 oz*
    mixture being stirred constantly
    in^such In mixing, the zinc oxide and acceler-
    a way that a.^r bubbles are
    kept to a ator are moistened with distilled
    water.
    : .

    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 467

    or dilute ammonia, and ground witli the solution is being added, the mixture
    sulphur paste to a smooth cream. The thickens and is finally completely floc-
    latter is then added to the latex with culated. The flocculated rubber has a
    continual stirring till uniform dispersion pH value of about 8.2. The slurry of
    is effected. rubber floes is filter-pressed until a cake
    If carbon black is included, it can be of about 60% to 70% solids content is
    dispersed in potassium oleate solution, reached. The cake is characterized by
    or in casein solution. But in any case, its crumbliness and tends to fall apart
    if an appreciable quantity of filler is into a powder upon merely being rubbed
    used, it is advisable to use a mill or between the fingers. Upon removal of
    homogeniser to disperse it in water be- the cake from the press, it is preferably
    fore adding to the latex. dusted with tale, zinc stearate, or other
    suitable powder in the amount of prefer-
    ^ ^
    Preserver ^ ^ for Rubber Rugs ably only about 1 to 2%. The powde:
    Rubber, Crude, Cut 4 kg. facilitates the comminution of the cake
    Coumarone Resin 1 kg. into particles or granules of the desired
    Spindle Oil 100 kg. fineness and inhibits cohesion of the par-
    Camphorated Oil, or Spike ticles during handling, drying, and after-

    Oil to perfume wards; so they are possessed of a free-


    flowing quality. The dusted cake is
    Heat the rubber and the resin in the subjected to comminuting action in a.
    spindle oil until dissolved. Cool, and
    suitable machine, for instance, in an
    perfume (if desired)
    Abbe rotary cutter, equipped at its out-
    let with a screen permitting discharge
    Non-Blooming Rubber Flux from the machine of only rubber par-
    U. S. Patent 1,985,261 ticles or granules of the desired fineness,
    Coumarone Resin 8.65 lb. for instance, particles or granules of 20
    Stearic Acid 5.00 lb. to 50, or even finer mesh.
    Paraffin Wax 1.35 lb.
    The above is used in following pro-
    portions Mixtures of Phosphatides
    Rubber 25 lb. and Caoutchouc
    Above Flux 114 lb.
    German Patent 627,580
    Zinc Oxide 3 lb.
    a. Soybean Lecithin, contain-
    Sulphur 1% lb.
    ing 30-70% Oil 100 g.
    Acetone
    Accelerator % lb.
    5. 10% Rubber Solution in
    to extract
    Pigment 10 lb.
    Filler 60 lb Benzine 100 g.
    Extract all the oil from the lecithin.
    The remaining lecithin, containing some
    Granulated Rubber
    acetone, is miscible with the rubber-
    U. S. Patent 2,019,055
    solution b.
    A specific procedure cited by the in-
    ventor follows. To about 250 pounds of
    ammonia-preserved latex of about 40% Chicle Substitute
    solids content is added, with stirring, XT. S. Patent 2,078,078
    about 60 pounds of a 10% casein solu- Amyrin Acetate 26-31 lb.
    tion. The casein solution may be pre- Amyrin Caproate 40-50 lb.
    pared by swelling dry casein in water, Resenes 5- 8 lb.
    dissolving it with strong ammonia water Bepolymerized Rubber 15-20 lb.
    under heat to form ammonium caseinate, Cocoa Butter 0- 5 lb.
    and diluting with water to 10% casein The ingredients specified in the above
    strength. formula may be mixed in the kettle at a
    The latex-caseinate mixture is prefer- temperature up to 105 0., and the mix-
    ""

    ably, though not necessarily, diluted with ture stirred in the kettle until a homo-
    water so that its rubber content is less geneous mass is secured. It is best to
    than 20%, as such practice tends to reduce the viscosity of the rubber to a
    produce a smaller particle size in the predetermined point before combining it
    resulting granulafed rubber. To the with the major portion of the resins.
    mixture of latex and ammonium caseim This can be done by masticating the
    ate is then added with stirring a solution rubber with about 25% of its own weight
    prepared by dissolving about five pounds of resin or cocoa butter in a kettle at a
    of zinc chloride and about an ounce more temperature of 140-150'" C. until the
    or less of acetic acid in about 200 to 500 desired degree of depolymerization has
    pounds of water. As the zinc chloride been obtained. If rubber is used which
    468 EUBBER, EESmS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    liasbeen previously depolymerized, melt Floor Coverings
    the resins and to combine them with the German Patent 644,389
    rubber in a mixing kettle at a tem- Acomposition comprising a filler
    a
    perature preferably not exceeding 105° C. natural or synthetic resin, and
    an un-
    oxidized drying oil is streivn on
    Synthetic Molding Eesin
    The reaction product (11^ mols.) of
    Hydrogen sulphide and formalin in
    of fabric cardboard or like
    after rolling, is warmed to
    to effect oxidation of the
    a support
    material
    about 45= n’
    W
    oil. After
    aqueous solution at pH 4-7.5 is heated further rolling, the product
    is finally
    at 40-50° 0. with urea (1 mol.). The uiied at a temperature rising
    to 80°
    products can be molded or cast. A typical composition contains linseed
    oii
    100 colophony 11, wood meal
    60, cork
    Synthetic Resin Molding Composition meal 60, and ochre 45 parts by
    weight.
    U. S. Patent 2,038,113
    Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin 288 oz. Retarding Crystallization of
    Rosin
    Gluten 330 oz. IT. 8. Patent
    2,042,877
    Wood Flour 350 oz. 2-5% of a fatty acid soap is
    added
    Calcium Oxide 5 oz.
    to gum or wood rosin to prevent
    or re-
    Wax 4 oz.‘
    tard crystallization.
    Zinc Stearate 3 oz.
    Color 20 oz.* Testing for Different Resins
    Aquick test comprises heating
    a few
    Glass Like Synthetic Resin grams of the synthetic or natural
    resin-
    IT. S. Patent 2,019,453 shellac, for example—-with
    abont
    Formaldehyde 2-2.5 mols. gram of sulphur and soda for a half
    few
    Urea 1 j^ol. minutes in a porcelain dish while
    stirring
    Heat in a slightly acid solution (pH with a gkss rod during the
    melting
    5-6) and then make alkaline (pH 7-8) process. When completely melted the
    with triethanolamine and evaporate to a contents are allowed to cool and
    the color
    s;gup; add^ more urea and acidify to change is carefully noted.
    The test
    pH 3.5-5 with an alkyd resin and evap- originally devised for shellac,
    is equally
    orate. Pulverize to get molding powder. indicative for other gums.
    Resultant
    coJurs for specific resins are
    as follows:
    Shellac, green to deep green:
    Cotton Mill Roller Covering Rosin,
    brown; Dammar, yellowish brown:
    British Patent 457,937 Copal,
    yellowish brown; Sandarac, light
    Chloroprene brown;
    100
    ‘

    oz. Mastic, light green; Glyptals,


    Gas Black, Soft no color
    50 oz. change ; Colophony, yellow-brown.
    Magnesium Oxide 10 oz*
    Zinc Oxide 10 ol*
    Rosin Molding Compound
    5 02. Ethyl Cellulose 80 oz
    Phenyl-g-Naphthylamine % oz. Baker's Plasticizer P-6 20 oz.*
    Water Soluble ''Glyceryl Phthalate'' Rubbcr Mill and
    Hot Mold.
    Glycerin 92o g.
    Phthalic Anhydride 1480 g.
    Heat with stirring at 145-150° C. for Molding Composition
    five hours. Add Formula No. 1
    TJ. S. Patent 2,026,106
    Sodium Bisulphite 50 g. Wood Flour 60 oz.
    and stir until no more sulphur dioxide Sulphide Liquor Residue,
    is evolved. Neutralize with 40 oz.
    Caustic Potash (45% ^^ater to make a paste
    solution) 600 ec.
    Phenyl Chloride 12 oz.
    Heat to 200° C. for 3 hours and pulver-
    Vinyl Resin Insulation ^

    ize to get a black molding powder.


    British Patent 470,380
    Lead Oxide 5 qz No. 2'
    Carbon Black
    :

    5 oz* IT. S. Patent 2,054,243


    Polymerized Vinyl Chloride 52 oz* a. Coal Tar Pitch XO lb.
    Tncresyl Phosphate 38 oz* Cumarone Resin 10 lb*
    This composition has a low
    and power factor
    dieleetnc Rubber 10
    loss.
    b. Wood Four or Other Filler to suiti
    RUBBER, RESmS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    Mill a in a heated heavy duty mixer Cold Molding Composition
    until uniform and then mill in the filler Canadian Patent 362,451
    Cumarone Resin 7-10 oz.
    Rubber 8-10 oz.
    No. 3
    Coal Tar Pitch 9-14 oz.
    Austrian Patent 150,629
    Fillers to suit.
    Casein 50 kg.
    Calcium Oxide 5 kg.
    Molding Plastic
    Zinc White 15 kg.
    U. B. Patent 2,036,574
    Portland Cement 10 kg.
    Water 20 kg.
    Paraffin Wax 50 oz.
    Rosin 35 oz.
    Pour into molds and dry at 60° C. Sulphur 10 oz.
    Remove while warm and treat with 5% Carnauba Wax 5 oz.
    formaldehyde. Melt together and mix until uniform.

    SHELLAC MOLDING COMPOSITIONS


    Formula No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
    Shellac,
    Kaolin
    Powdered 30.0 g-
    —
    —
    32.5 g-
    32.5 g-
    ,

    30.0 g*
    — — —
    —
    30.0 g-

    — 30.0 g-
    32.5 g-
    No. 5
    30.0 g*
    No. 6
    30.0 g.

    Barytes
    Bone-Black
    —
    —
    5.0 g- 5.0 g*
    — — — —
    32.5 g*

    — —
    5.0 g- 5.0 g- 5.0 g* 5.0 g-
    Micro- Asbestos
    Wood Four
    Urea —
    65.0 g-

    — —
    65.0 g*
    1.8 g-
    65.0 g-

    1.8 g-
    65.0 g-
    1.8 g*

    Where urea is not present a mold temperature of 120° 0 with . ejection at 40° 0.
    is used. With urea, mold at 130-150° C. and eject at 80° C.

    Gasoline and Oil Resistant Plastic tion is to be used. Add 30 parts of con-
    U. S. Patent 2,096,662 centrated hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1.18)
    Chlorinated Rubber 100 oz, to 70 parts of furfurin-furfural solution
    Cumarone Resin (Low and stir vigorously. Pour this solution
    Melting) 5 oz. immediately into an acid resistant mold
    Magnesium Oxide 15 oz. (e.g. glass) and allow it to set for 24
    Mix in a heated rubber mill. hours. After removing the objects from
    the mold, place them in storage and al-
    Vase Decoration Plastic low them to dry for about a week at or-
    U. S. Patent 2,047,058 dinary room temperatures. The black
    Cement 35 lb. material formed is quite strong and has a
    Sand, Dry Bank 55 lb. lustrous finish. This method can be used
    Whiting 10 lb. only for small objects.
    Water 15 qt.
    Vinegar 5 qt. Molded Asbestos Plastic
    U. S. Patent 1,985,764
    Button & Buckle
    Composition A mixture of asbestos fibre 40, wood
    German Patent 655.989 fibre 60, and slaked lime 10 —
    15 oz. with
    Paper Pulp 45 oz. water is rolled into sheets; utensils are
    Rye Meal 45 oz. molded from the material, and stiffened
    Gypsum 10 oz. by immersion in sodium silicate (d.
    1-16)*
    Add water to suit. Mix well and press
    )jato forms.
    Powder for Casting Molds
    (to substitute for lycopodium powder)
    Cold-Molding Composition
    Calcspar, Finely Ground 100 g.
    for Small Objects
    Take 55 grams of hydrofuramide and Montan Wax, Coarsely
    heat it at 120° C. for 1 hour. This con- Powdered, Light, Refined 5 oz.

    verts it into furfur in. Take 50 grams of Heat together for 30 minutes at 110-
    this furfurin and dissolve it in 200 grams 120° 0- in an agitated kettle, until homo-
    of furfural (tech.) to make solution A. geneous. May be dyed with 0.1-0.2 per
    This solution will keep for an indefinite cent of oil-soluble dye, to match the
    length of time. To 45 parts by volume yellow color of the lycopodium.
    of solution A
    add 25 parts by volume of Cool, powder, sift.
    technical furfural j ust before the solu- Molds for Metal Casting are usuallv
    470 BUBBEB, RESINS, PLASTICS. WAXES
    dusted in” on iheir inside
    surfaces
    witn cliarcoal powder in a bag. issuitable for casting
    less steel and s stain-
    porcelain.

    Papier Mache Dental Impression


    Paper Powder 100 Composition
    u. S. Patent 2,077,418
    Zinc White 75 ij|;
    Barium Oxide Bolid Portion
    25 kg. Zme Oxide on
    Cellulose Acetate or Phenol Eosiu
    Pormalde-
    nyde Laquer (20%) to suit. Magnesium Chloride,
    Anhydrous
    2 d-
    Electrical Pesistance IVEolding In making up the solid
    formula tec
    Composition magnesium chloride is preferably
    British Patent 444,023 mth mixed
    4 parts of zinc oxide before add; '
    JSesin Base tipn to the balance of
    the ing edien^
    Novolak-Type Eesin 100 oz.
    Likewise the rosin is finely
    Pyndine ground and
    preferab y mixed with an
    g ^2. eqLl part “f
    Calcium Stearate 2 oz.*
    zinc oxide. A finely ground air floLd
    Calcium Hydroxide 10 oz*
    ,
    rosin _ia desirable although
    the air flota^
    Cure at 150-170® C. tion is not absolutely
    essential. Both
    the rosin and zinc oxide
    Molding Mixture should be in the
    Above Eesin Base form of Tery finely divided
    powder if the
    best results are to be
    (Poy^ered) 350 obtained, prefer-
    ^
    Glass
    oz. ab y of such fineness as to
    (Powdered) 645 oz pass through
    Montan Wax a 100 mesh screen. The
    2.1 oz." balance of the
    zinc oxide is then added
    Mold this cold and then under heat to the mixture
    and^ pressure until resin partially chloride and zinc oxide
    poly- and the rosin and zinc oxide
    merizes: then immerse in etching mixture is
    bath of mixed in thoroughly to obtain
    C9.ustic soda solution, washed, a uniform
    dried distribution of the magnesium
    and baked to complete polymerization. chloride
    throughout the powdered
    This composition can be painted material. Tho
    with mixing must be very carefully
    rollowing resistant paint: performed
    to ol^ain the necessary
    uniformity of
    Coating Mixture distribution of the magnesium
    chloride
    Above Eesin Base relatively small percentage
    (Powdered) 65 oz.
    of ThT
    the whole.f The mixing must be par-
    Carbon Black I7.5 done, if the ingredients^are
    Graphite all mixed in a single
    I7.5 step.
    Acetone 200 oz.
    Amyl Acetate Liquid Portion
    200 oz. Eugenol or Clove Oil
    This paint after application and lOO o-
    thor- Eosin on
    ough drying is heated to polymerize Olive Oil
    the 3Q
    resin.
    Linseed Oil 20
    Light Mineral Oil g.*
    Dentist's Molding Mass 20
    ^

    Manila Copal, Soft When the preparation is to be


    used, a
    30 g definite quantity of the
    Colophony, Light, Drench 30 solid formula i.s
    g measured out, as, for instance,
    Carnauba Wax, Eefined 10 a half-
    g. teaspoonful (approximately
    Stearin 5* 1 g.) and
    5
    Peruvian Balsam placed on a glass slab or the
    2.5 g.* like^, and
    then a definite quantity
    of the oil
    formula, such as 10 drops
    Dental Mold (approxi-
    British Patent 447,478
    mately 0.3 g.), is measured’^out
    slab and the oil and powder
    oX
    the
    Quartz, Powdered thoroughly
    60 g. mixed form a paste. Ho water is
    to
    Kaolin
    5 g. added, nor should any moisture or
    Grog watej-
    10 g. be present on the slab during
    Alumina the mixing
    15 g. process. After the paste
    Afagnesium Oxide has been pre-
    pared, itmay be allowed to stand
    Zinc Oxide for up-
    Mix 5 g. wards of an hour or longer without
    the above with set-
    ting. In case the humidity is very high
    Phosphoric Acid (25%)
    50 g. the setting occurs more rapidly.
    and _ The
    setting may be retarded
    Phosphoric Acid somewhat under
    these conditions by using a
    Water heated mix-
    40 g. ing slab.
    RUBBER, RESIN,S, PLASTICS, WAXES 471

    W'hen the paste is used in the mouth, Aeseulin 0.5- 5 oz.


    however, it sets into a relatively hard, “Cellosolve’^ 3 -10 oz.
    dense, coherent and somewhat flexible Ethyl Acetate 11 -30 oz.
    mass within a very short period, as for Blown Castor Oil 2-5 oz.
    instance, within 5 minutes. Lacquer Thinner 30 -70 oz.

    Technical Beeswax Substitute Preventing Adhesion of Cellophane and


    Japan Wax 20 g, Similar Materials
    Indene or Paracumarone 5 g. British Patent 459,344
    Glyceryl Tristearate 1 g. A coating lacquer is applied contain-
    Melt together and stir until quite ing :

    thick. Aluminum Steamte 0.03%


    or

    Asbestine —Modeling
    Talc
    ^or
    Clay
    40 oz.
    Ceresin 0.05%
    Whiting 15 oz. Transparent Cellulosic Film Wrapping
    Glucose 20 oz.
    Canadian Patent 356,860
    Magnesium Chloride oz. 10 Ethyl Cellulose 20 g.
    Water oz. 15 Paraffin Wax 1 g.
    The magnesium chloride is added to Chloroform 70 g.
    the water in which it dissolves quickly, Ligroin 30 g.
    and the glucose is then added to this Dissolve and east into forms and dry
    solution. If glucose is not available for 18 to 20 hours.
    sucrose may be used. The pigments are
    mixed and then incorporated with the
    viscous solution. The consistency can be Moisture-Proofing ‘ ‘
    Cellophane ^ ^
    varied by changing the ratio of the pig- Canadian Patent 359,729
    ments and the vehicle. Colored pig- The following solution is applied to
    ments may be added to vary the shade of the ‘
    Cellophane [ and the solvent is
    ‘ ^

    the clay. evaporated at a temperature just below


    the melting point of the waxes used:
    Moisture Proof Gelatin Carnauba Wax 4 oz.
    U. S. Patent 2,065,792 Paraffin Wax (m.p. 62° 0.) 4 oz.
    Amethod of making a transparent, Gandelilla Wax l^/^ oz.
    flexible, non-tacky and moistureproof Triethanolamine Oleate
    sheet material suitable for use as a Toluol 100 oz.
    wrapping tissue wherein the moisture-
    proof coating effectively adheres and is
    Synthetic Wool From Casein
    secured to the base, the steps which com-
    Casein is dissolved in 2% caustic soda
    prise treating the surface of a fllm of
    solution containing 2% carbon bisul-
    gelatin with an aqueous solution contain-
    phide and the solution is spun in a pre-
    ting 1 to 2%
    of acetic acid at a temper-
    cipitating bath of:
    ature of approximately between 50° to
    90° C. for approximately 1 to 10 min- Sulphuric Acid 120-420 g.
    utes to form a hydrolyzed gelatin surface Sodium Sulphate 240 g.
    to which a moistureproof composition Formaldehyde 40 g.
    will effectively adhere, and thereafter Water to make 1 1.

    applying to the hydrolyzed surface a Wash fibers alternately with water and
    moistureproofing composition comprising dilute formaldehyde.
    a cellulose derivative and a wax in pro-
    portions to produce a transparent, flexi-
    ble, adhering, non-tacky and moisture- Flexible Transparent Casein Film
    proof coating, whereby a moistureproof Casein 60 g.
    coating is effectively secured to the gela- Ammonia (26° Be.) 15 g.
    tin base sheet or film. Water 540 g.
    Moldex 1.3 g.
    Soak and warm to 40° 0. and stir until
    Light Protective ^
    ‘Cellophane ^ ^
    Type Wrappers
    smooth. Add
    U, S. Patent 2,058,786 Glycerin 60 g.
    Films of regenerated cellulose are Boil off water with good stirring. Al-
    coated with: low air bubbles to come out, keeping at
    Pyroxylin 3 oz. lowest fluid temperature. Pour on glass
    Amyl Acetuxe 5 —25 oz. or smooth, metal plates.
    BUBBEB, BESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    Flexible Casein Films
    sulfonamide
    XJ. 8. Patent 2,030,226 20 lb
    Acetone or Other Solvent
    Formula No. 1 100 gal
    Casein Lampblack or tale may be
    Ethyl Cellulose
    lO.oo ^ ated to reduce transparency.
    inoorpm-
    10 00 s*
    Ethyl Alcohol 50.00 I’
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 30.00 g. Gem Material
    Imitation
    The casein is dispersed in sulphonated^ Patent 2,012,411
    TJ. S.
    castor oil and part of the ethyl masses which may be cut
    alcohol1 and
    and then blended with the ethyl cellulose^ polished to resemble diamonds
    are ob
    dispersed in the remainder of the condensing urea (1 mol)
    ethyl1 and
    alcohol. formaldelyde (2.0-2.5 mol.) in
    presence
    The compositions illustrated in the fol- of activated silica gel or sodium
    silicate
    10.00
    lowing examples are prepared as in^ by boiling for about 35 min.,
    filter-
    Formula No. 1. ing, and concentrating.

    Casein 10.00 g. Leather Waste Plastic


    s.
    Ethyl Cellulose 10 £
    00 g.
    10.00 Russian Patent 35,754
    Butyl Alcohol 45*00 g.
    ^
    Plastic masses are prepared
    45.00 g from
    Sulphonated Olive Oil 35.00 g.
    I* leather waste ground to
    powder, mixed
    No. 3 with polyatomic alcohols or
    phenols or
    Casein 9 30 g.
    9.30 p* Jiiytnres, followed hy pressing
    Ethyl Cellulose &
    9.30 g.
    while hot. Formalin may be
    introduced
    Methyl Alcohol g*
    46.51 g.
    m the powder mixture or the
    pressed
    Sulphonated Castor Oil g*
    27.92 g. .tJ-eated with formalin.
    Diethylene Glycol 6.97 g.
    The following illustrations
    are cited:
    g!
    The diethylene glycol in this example (1) 100 kg. hnely ground leather
    powder
    xunctions to give films of increased are mixed with 10 kg.
    flexi- glycerin and
    bility. pressed in forms at 120'='
    0. and 250
    atm.; (2) 100 kg. finely ground
    ^ leather
    powder are mixed with 5 kg. of
    Casein 5.55 technical
    g. phenol and pressed at 150° C.
    Benzyl Cellulose 5.55
    and 300
    g. atm. The goods are then
    Benzyl Alcohol placed for 12
    27.75 g. hours in a 5% solution of
    Ethyl Alcohol 55.60
    formaldehyde
    g. and dried; (3) 100 kg. finely
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 5.55
    ground
    g. leather powder are mixed with
    3 kg. glyc-
    erin, 4 kg. tricresol and 3
    kg. (of 40%')
    Tear Eesis tan t Flexible Film
    Canadian Patent 366,072
    Chlorinated Rubber 90 o 7
    Butyl Stearate 10 oz.
    Woven Leather
    Artificial
    Phonograph Records Without Shellac French Patent 810,694
    Benzyl Cellulose Manila hemp paper is coated with
    29-32% Vinyl Acetate
    Tritolyl Phosphate 3-4% 20 g
    Cotton Linters Diethylphthalate 3
    3% Methanol
    feSte
    Rosin
    SS 29"
    are woven or knitted
    77 g
    dried and then cut up into strands
    which
    together.
    Charcoal, Powdered 9%
    2- 3 % Leather Substitute
    stearin IT. 8. Patent 2,098,789
    Asphalt .

    This process comprises impregnating


    a
    Press mixture into sheets square weave unnapped cotton
    lTn^ at 140-150°
    1 cr A o rs t-t _
    (Z-Srs
    _
    * fabric
    'n.m.) 0.
    . ,

    Heat to 155-165° weighing SYs ounces per linear


    yard of
    and press cold at 150-200 hg./sq. 38 inch Width with a gasoline
    cm. dispersion

    Formula No.
    ^

    1^^^^
    Wire Glass Substitute
    Rubber 4q p,
    Canadian Patent 353,940
    Wire Factice (White) i p,'
    is coated with following
    to give 10
    a clear flexible ^^glass’^: '

    15 11,;

    Cellulose Acetate
    ,

    Lithopone 30
    100 lb Magnesium Carbonate
    Ethyl-p-Toluene- 10 lb.*
    Pigment 1 iv*
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 473

    removing tlie gasoline, coating one face into a hot plastic layer, assembled with
    o£ the impregnated fabric with a disper- preheated craft paper, the prrduct
    sion of one part of cotton flock and three treated with heat and pressure uiitii the
    parts of a composition consisting of the plastic layer has permeated the paper to
    same above formula; calendering the form a coating on both sides, the treated
    coated, impregnated fabric, coating the paper embossed or decorated to imitate
    calendered, coated, impregnated fabric mcker or other fibrous substance, slit
    with a cement consisting of dispersing into strips, twisted into strands, and
    agent and above formula,* dusting the made into wicker-Hke furniture.
    coated, calendered, coated, impregnated
    fabric to avoid a tacky surface and vul- Wood Substitute
    caiiizing.
    Australian Patent 100,119
    No. 2 Wood Lust 20
    Rubber 100 lb. Casein 1
    Light Petroleum 175--200 lb. Sodium Silicate (9% Solution)
    1
    Leather Waste or Mix well until thoroughly homogene-
    Vegetable Fibres 120 lb. ous and press and air-dry.
    Lampblack 20 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 10 lb.
    Sulphur Neoprene Artificial Leather
    2 lb.
    Tirazh
    Neoprene 1 lb.
    2 lb.
    Benzol 214 lb.
    Pine Tar 6 lb.
    The mixture is rolled onto a fabric be-
    Lichloroethane 2% lb.
    Dissolve the above and work into it
    tween heated cylinders. Bosin 142 lb.
    No. 3 Coal Tar " 142 lb.
    Rubber, Finely Divided 100 lb. Carbon Black 154 lb.
    Rosin 19 lb. Zinc Oxide 60 Ib.
    Oleic Acid 5 lb. Magnesium Oxide 60 lb.
    Wheat Flour 15 lb. Chrome Fiber, Dry 1000 lb.
    Glue 5 lb.
    Kaolin 10 lb.
    Sulphur Asphalt Plastic Flooring
    5 lb.
    Mill together and vulcanize. Petroleum Asphalt 45-50 lb.
    Ferric Chloride 5 lb.
    No. 4 Heat for one hour at 300® C. and add
    Canadian Patent 358,833 Tung Oil 50 lb.
    The following composition is applied
    on a fabric base: (All parts are by
    weight.) Oilcloth Coating
    Cellulose acetate 100, triacetin 60,
    A typical coating for making oil cloth
    is 650 gallons of linseed oil heated to
    ethyl -p-toluenesulfonamide 40, triphenyl
    375® F. and 60 lbs. of litharge added,
    phosphate 30, latex (50% rubber con-
    the heating is then continued until the
    tent) 60, chrome green 80 parts, which is
    suspended in 500-600 parts water and temperature reaches 525® F. and held at
    this temperature for about nine hours or
    fed to a colloid mill.
    until the oil reaches the proper viscosity.
    It is then allowed to cool overnight to
    Shoe Sole Composition about 250° C. and is drawn off into stor-
    German Patent 648,254 age tanks in the morning where it is
    Water 5 kg. thinned to coating consistency. The oil
    Calcium Oxide 1 kg- is allowed to stand for some time before
    Casein 2 kg. use in order to allow the
    ."Rubber Solution
    break and
    2 kg. other impurities to settle out.
    Rubber Latex 30-40 kg.
    Rubber, Powdered
    Non-Inflammable Linoleum
    Other Filler 50-25 kg. British Patent 443,645
    5^6 parts of chlorinated paraffin wax

    (42 per cent chlorine) are thoroughly


    Synthetic Wicker or Fiber mixed in a steam-heated apparatus with
    Canadian Patent 364,775 17 parts of chlorinated rubber .When the
    A mixture of cellulose acetate 100, di- mass is uniform, additions are made of
    ethyl phthalate 25, ethyl p-toluenesul- 40 parts of cork powder and 17 parts of
    fonamide 15, tritolyl phosphate 10, iron oxide pigment. The mixer is used
    chrome green pigment 33, and rubber 50 for the first portions of the additives,
    oz. homogeneously compounded, is rolled but steam-.heated rollers finally become
    :

    474 KUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES


    necessary. A
    sheet, some %0 inch thick, No. 3
    is then produced and backed before cool- Kaolin 69%
    ing with a jute backing. If desired, the Beeswax s%
    mixture can be applied to the surface to Rubber 23%
    be coated directly without a backing The above is worked together in a
    material, pressure being employed to en- rubber mill. As a filler the following
    sure good adhesion and surfacing. may be added:
    Barium Carbonate 4%
    Plugging Composition Calcium Carbonate 1%
    (For imbedding
    filling holes or nails,
    screws, etc., in walls or other solids). Friction Brake Lining
    Mill Puff (Wood Flour) 26 oz. IT. S.Patent 2,081,578
    Petroleum Jelly 21 oz. Rubber 77 oz.
    Dextrin 29 oz. Asbestos Fiber 112 oz.
    Slate Powder 20 oz. Graphite 28 oz.
    Zinc Chromate 5 oz. Zinc Oxide 28 oz.
    Sulphur 42 oz.
    Screw Putty Gasoline 368 oz.

    Rosin 30 lb. Phenolic Resin, Powdered 22 oz.

    Spindle Oil 70 lb.


    Iron Oxide Red as desired Fireproof Film Container
    German Patent 601,571
    Packing for Fluid Seals A container is molded from the follow-
    XJ. S. Patent 2,027,389
    ing composition wetted with water
    Asbestos is steeped in following at Sawdust 25 g.
    200° F. then drained and cooled. Magnesite 25 g.
    Hydrogenated Castor Oil 78 oz. Magnesium Chloride 30 g.
    Sodium Stearate 10 oz. Potassium Alum 10 g.
    Graphite 12 oz. Asbestos Fiber 10 g.

    Acid Proof Composition (^^Haveg’^


    Gasket & PackingComposition
    T^e)
    IT. S.Patent 2,040,348
    Sand 80 lb.
    Asbestos millboard is impregnated
    Coal or Oil Bitumen 15 lb.
    with the following: Acid Resisting Mineral 5 lb.
    China Wood Oil 50-90 oz.
    Heat at 150-200° 0. and mold.
    Linseed Oil 5-25 oz.
    Turpentine 5-30 oz.
    Metallic Resinates 1~ 2 oz.
    Printing Matrix Compound
    U. S. Patent 1,974,714
    Cardboard or asbestos millboard is
    Packing Composition, High Temperature impregnated with a suspension of:
    U. S. Patent 1,987,109 Glue 200 oz.
    Asbestos 9 lb.
    Antimony 75 lb.
    Paraffin Wax 70 oz.
    Bronze Powder 100 oz.
    Graphite, Flake 10 lb.
    Nitric Acid (0.2%) 5000 oz.
    Palm Oil 2 lb.
    Rubber Solution 10-15 Then coat with a paste of
    (4%) lb.
    Bronze Powder 50 oz.
    Casein 35 oz.
    Packing for StufSng Boxes Mineral Powder 4000 oz.
    Formula No. 1 Paraffin Wax 10 oz.
    IT. S. Patent 2,099,241 Glycerin 10 oz.
    Asbestos 20-30% Nitric Acid 1% oz.
    Graphite 30-45% Alcohol 20 oz.
    Aluminum Powder 13-18% Water 500 oz.
    Lubricating Oil 3-10% An aluminum foil backing may be ap-
    Dispersed ^^ThiokoP^ 2-13% plied to the board.
    No. 2
    H. S. Patent 2,099,242 Revetment Mat
    Rubber (Vulcanized) 7 -12.5% H. Patent 2,051,578
    8.
    Lubricating Oil 5-10 % A flexible sheet is formed of asphalt
    Asbestos Fiber 25 -37 % 50-57.5, pulverized calciferous material
    Aluminum Powder 14.5-18.5% such as limestone dust 42-33,6% and
    Graphite 28 -44 % pulverized iron oxide.
    RUBBER, RESmS, PLASTICS, WAXES 475

    Preserving Cellulose Bottle Caps Paraffin Wax Soluble”)


    IT. S. Patent 2,013,739 a. Paraffin Wax 50 g.
    Eegenerated cellulose bottle caps are Stearic Acid 14 g.
    preserved in a solution of h. Trigamine 7 g.
    Glycerin 5.0 oz. Melt a to about 70° C. Turn off the
    Chlorinated Cresol 0.1 oz. heat and add b stirring thoroughly.
    Water 94.9 oz. Continue stirring till it begins to so-
    lidify. One part of the above disperses
    Eeinoving Dents Prom Celluloid Toys easily in two parts of hot water.
    Puncture with a sharp pin and blow
    into hole. The air pressure will force
    ^ut ail dents.
    Japan Wax (” Soluble”)
    a, Japan Wax 50 g.
    Drilling and Tapping Bakelite Stearic Acid 14 g.
    Machining — especially drilling and b. Trigamine 7 g.
    tapping —Bakelite products, is hard upon Procedure as for paraffin wax.
    Emulsion obtained by dispersing one
    milling cutters, drills, and taps. It is
    also difiS-Cult to get good threads, and part of above in eight parts of hot
    clean, small-sized holes. Drilling and water.
    tapping sheet and molded Bakelite is
    greatly facilitated when carbon tetra-
    Purifying Lignite, Ozokerite or Montan
    chloride is used as a cutting lubricant.
    It is possible to tap 8-32 holes in
    "W axes
    laminated stock at a relatively high
    Crude Wax 100 lb.
    Benzol 220 lb.
    speed without stripping threads or pro-
    ducing ragged edges, when the tap is Warm and stir until dissolved.
    kept moist with carbon tetrachloride. Add
    Tap wear is very greatly reduced when Alcohol 400-800 lb.
    this fluid is used. Filter and wash residue with
    Alcohol 1200 lb.
    Polyvinyl Acetate Solvents Benzol 300 lb.
    French Patent 44,809 Bleach by heating at 105-115° C. for
    Formula No. 1 7 hours using
    Methyl Alcohol 38 cc. Potassium Dichromate 1 lb.
    Benzene 62 cc. Sulphuric Acid (48%) 10 lb.
    No. 2 Nitric Acid (4%) 10 lb.
    Ethyl Alcohol 100 cc.
    Benzene 135 cc.
    Water 13 cc.
    High Melting ^^Wax”
    Iron Sulphide 1 lb.
    Soluble Waxes Zinc Sulphide 1 lb.

    The following formulae will give Lead Sulphide 1 lb.


    waxes which are readily dispersible in Sulphur 1 lb.
    hot water to form stable, white emulsions These should be melted together with
    of different viscosities. These are use- mechanical mixing and allowed to cool.
    ful in the textile industry for sizing, The result is a very tough grey com-
    flnishing, etc., in the polishing industries pound of specific gravity 3.4, and a
    for furniture, floor and automobile pol- melting point of about 160° C. On
    ishes, for leather finishing, paper sizing cooling it expands and fills every little
    and flnishing, etc. crevice, and will withstand the action of
    all acids, alkalis, and atmospheric con-

    Carnauba Wax Soluble’ ditions.

    a, Carnauba Wax 90 g.
    Oleic Acid 10 g. Master Eecord Wax
    Trigamine 10 g. British Patent 473,459
    h. Caustic Soda (50%) 6 g. Stearic Acid 632 g.
    Water 24 g. Montan Wax 140 g
    a is melted, h is mixed together and Heat to 175° 0.
    heated. It is added to a slowly with MixtureCSoda Ash 55 g.
    stirring and the whole stirred until it be- of Lead Carbonate 84 g.
    (Basic
    gins to solidify. One part of the After reaction has ceased, mix in a
    above disperses easily in five parts of plasticizer such as sperm oil or dimethyl
    boiling water. phthallate.
    476 EUBBER, EESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES

    Sealing Wax Dental Molding Wax


    Bleached, or Orange Shellac 35 kg. Pormula No. 1
    Heavy Turpentine 25 kg. Paraffin Wax 75 g.
    Turpentine 6 kg. Japan Wax 10 g-
    Magnesium Carbonate 20 kg. Beeswax 15 g.
    Cinnabar 25 kg. Thymol 0.05 g*
    Carmine 0.5 kg. Menthol 0.05 g«
    No. 2
    Wax Molds Carnauba Wax 5 g-
    Melt together Beeswax 40 g-
    Parafdn Wax 10 oz. Kauri Copal 15 g*
    Beeswax 2% oz. Ozokerite, 58/60° C. 10 g-
    Carnauba Wax 2 oz. Soft-Paraffin, 40/42° C. 30 g-
    Melt together and mix until uniform. This plastic mass softens at 55° C.
    Pour into a box or other form (the
    inside of which has been painted with No. 3
    a soap solution). When cool, tap out. Manila Copal 15 g.
    Cut out and engrave design desired. Dammar Eesin 15 g.
    With this plaster casts can be made. Stearin (53/54° C. Titer) 1 g.
    Ceresin (58/60° C.) 2 g.
    Peru Balsam 1 g.
    Parting Wax
    for Molding Work
    Barium Sulphate, Precipitated 20 g.
    TJ. Patent 2,103,527
    S.
    Carmine to color to suit
    [Paraffin Wax, Melted 1 pt.
    Gasoline 1 pt. Melt the first five ingredients to-
    Light Cylinder Oil 1 pt. gether, work in the barium sulphate, dye
    Kerosene % gal with some carmine, and stir down to
    Castor Oil % oz. very little above the solidification point,
    5’Rosin 1/6 lb. where plates can be poured without
    [Gasoline
    1 V2 pt. danger of separation of the barium sul-
    phate.
    Modelling Wax
    Pormula No. 1 Shoemaker’s Thread Wax
    Beeswax 10 g. Pormula No. 1
    Mastic 10 g. Eosin 76.5 oz.
    Ceresin 7.5 g. Tallow 8.5 oz.
    Paraffin Wax, Hard 15 g. Beeswax, Yellow 15.0 oz.
    Tallow 65 g. Melt and stir until uniform. Pour
    Sulphur (Flowers) 90 g. into containers at lowest possible tem-
    Calcium Sulphide 42.5 g. perature.
    Kaolin 120 g.
    No. 2
    Grind the powders into the melted Rosin 54 lb.
    waxes. A mineral pigment, e.g. Ar- Beeswax 6 lb.
    menian bolus, is added. (4%). Stir
    Melt and stir until uniform. Cool
    thoroughly and cool.
    to 150° P.and add
    No. 2
    Benzene 9y2 gal.
    Montan Wax, Bleached 10 g-
    Paraffin Wax (40-42° 0.) 20 g-
    Petrolatum, Yellow 2 g- Shoemaker’s Polishing Wax
    Wool Pat 15 g- Carnauba Wax Yellow 26-28 lb.
    Clay, Pine Powdered 50 g- Olein (Low titer) 10- 7 lb.
    Mineral Color 20 g* Abrasive (TripoH, Bole,
    Clay, etc.) 64-65 lb.
    Jewelers’ Molding Wax
    Cumar Resin 5 oz.
    Beeswax 20 oz.
    Shoemaker’s Brushing Wax
    Carnauba Wax, Yellow to
    Carnauba Wax 5 oz.
    Tan 63 lb.
    Diglyeol Stearate 5 oz.
    Lacquer Benzine (0.78-0.80) 37 lb.
    Montan Wax 35 oz.
    Ceresin Wax 30 oz.
    This wax gives sharper moldings and i

    Polishing Wax for Lacquered Heels


    is tough and sufficiently elastic . It Paraffin Wax (50/52° C.) 27.5 lb.
    burns out easily without leaving a Spindle Oil, Pale 13.5 1b.
    residue Chalk, Pinest Powder 59.0 lb.
    RUBBER, RESINS, PLASTICS, WAXES 477

    Filler Wax for Soles Fixed Electrical Condenser Wax


    Beeswax 25 lb. H. S. Patent 2,083,007
    Ozokerite or High Melting Chlorinated Naphthalene 25-40 oz.
    Petrolatum 40 lb. Gilsonite 20-30 oz.
    Bosin 35 lb. Montan Wax 30-35 oz.
    This gives a product of minimum
    Shoemaker ^s Pitch shrinkage.
    Formula No. 1
    Petroleum Pitch 40 g. Electrical Arc Resistant Insulation
    Bosin Pitch 45 g. IT. Patent 2,049,370
    S.
    Woolfat, Crude 15 g. A material suitable for panels con-
    No. 2 sists of asbestos board carrying through-
    Colophony 85 g. out its surface and interior a mixture of
    Bosin Oil, Blue 15 g. carnauba wax 2 and paraffin wax 1
    Color with lampblack, or with earth part.
    pigments.
    Cable Wax
    Tailor’s Wax Bosin 10 kg.
    Ozokerite 5 kg.
    Ceresin 15 kg.
    Ceresin 30 kg.
    Paraffin Wax 15 kg.
    Mon tan Wax
    Japan Wax 25 kg.
    10 kg.
    Stearin Pitch 15 kg.
    Beeswax 45 kg.
    Paraffin Wax 20 kg.

    Ironing Wax Wax Strings for Foundry Work


    Ceresin 10 kg.
    Montan Wax, Bleached 10
    Stearic Acid 30 kg.
    Beeswax 10
    Japan Wax 5 kg.
    Beeswax 5 kg.
    Paraffin Wax (40-42® C.) 20
    Wool Fat 5
    Nigrosine, Oil Soluble 0.5
    Bed Wax
    To Tighten Cover Cloths of
    die Wax, Imitation for Figures
    Feather Beds Montan Wax, Bleached 40
    Formula No. 1 Barium Sulphate 60
    Beeswax 10 kg. Bed Iron Oxide 0.5
    Bosin 1 kg.
    Oaustie Soda (30® Be.) 1.5 kg.
    Water, Hot 47.5 kg.
    Bottle Sealing Wax
    Bosin 5 kg.
    Melt first two ingredients, saponify, Ceresin 10 kg.
    and stir with the water to obtain a Paraffin Wax 5 kg.
    white, smooth cream. Japan Wax 10 kg.
    No. 2 Beeswax 30 kg.
    Bosin 2 kg. Turpentine, Venice 2 kg.
    Ceresin 3 kg.
    Paraf&n 20 kg. Hand Dipped Candles
    Japan Wax 5 kg. White
    Beeswax 20 kg. 135/137° F. Paraffin Wax 90 lb.
    Stearic Acid (Double
    Pressed) 10 lb.
    Wax Composition To Protect Parts of
    To make colored candles add any one
    Surface of Painted Tiles Against
    of the following amounts per 100 lb. of
    the Adhesion of Glaze
    above wliite composition.
    Colophony 10 g.
    Montan Wax, Bleached Ited
    20 g.
    Ozokerite, Soft 40 g. Oil Bed GRO National 1% oz.
    Paraffin, Soft, 48/50® G, JSose
    30 g.
    Oil Bed GRO National 3% g.
    Med. Green
    Engraver ^s Transfer Wax Quinolene Yellow Base 21 g.
    Beeswax 3 oz. Quinizarine Green Base 2% g.
    Tallow 3 oz. Yellow
    Balsam, Fir 1 oz. Quinolene Yellow Base IV2 oz.
    Olive Oil 1 oz. Jade Green
    Melt together and stir while cooling. Quinizarine Green Base 24 g.
    478 EUBBER, EESIISTS, PLASTICS, WAXES
    Quinolene Yellow Base 4 g. Candle Decoration Wax
    Sh. Green Paraffin 30 kg.
    Quinizanne Green Base 1 oz. Beeswax 40 kg.
    PinJc Turpentine, Venice 30 kg.
    CeTbos Pink 3% g,
    Candle Wick Impregnant
    Brilliant Orange
    Brown
    % g.
    Borax 4 oz.
    Oil Brown Potassium Chlorate 1 oz.
    114 oz.
    Violet Ammonium Chloride 1 oz.
    Violet Oil Soluble Base 31/2 g.
    Potassium Nitrate 1 oz.
    Orange Water 3 qt.
    Orange Oil #2B669 31/2 g.
    Soak wicks in above solution and dry
    BlacTc thoroughly.
    NTigrosine Oil Soluble 21 g.
    Violet Oil Soluble 21/2 g.
    Extraction of Sugar Cane Wax
    IT. Patent 2,009,522
    S.
    The filter cake obtained in clarifi-
    Colored Light —Candles cation of raw cane juice is dried and
    (German Patent 646,129) extracted with
    Red Light Alcohol 100 1.
    Paraformaldehyde 30 g- Ether 10 1.
    Paraffin Wax (Scale) 5 g* Methyl Alcohol 2 1.
    Lithium Chloride 0.1 g-
    Menthol 0.2
    De-Oiling Beeswax
    g-
    Coumarin 0.2
    10 lb. beeswax in 1 gal. water are
    g-
    Lithium Nitrate 0.025 g- melted over a direct flame. As soon as
    the melted beeswax begins to rise to the
    Blue Light surface 1 oz. potassium hydroxide dis-
    Paraformaldehyde 30 g* solved in a little water is added and
    Paraffin Wax
    (Seale) 3.5 g- the mixture stirred for 3 minutes. Hy-
    Copper Chloride 0.15 g*
    drochloric acid is then added until the
    Menthol 0.2 g* reaction to litmus is neutral, when heat-
    Coumarin 0.2 g- ing is interrupted and cold water stirred
    Green Light in with the object of forming an emul-
    Paraformaldehyde 30 g- sion with the oil which runs out through
    Paraffin Wax
    (Scale) 3 g- a strainer at the botton. The de-oiled
    Copper Chloride 0.05 g- wax is dried by spreading in thin layers
    Barium Nitrate 0.4 g- and is finally obtained in the form of
    Boric Acid 0.3 g- a somewhat gummy fawn powder.
    Menthol 0.2 g-
    Coumarin 0.2 g- Colored Liquid Wax-Emulsions
    The mixtures are press i into the Eormula No. 1
    shape of candles, without wicks.
    ks. Black
    The candles are wrapped in a thin Montan Wax, Crude 7 lb.
    cellulosic fiber foil, and covered with a Rosin, Dark 1 lb.
    thin coating of paraffin to give the im- Potash Carbonate 1 lb.
    pression of real candles. Water 120 lb.
    Nigrosine, Water-Soluble 4)lb.
    Candle Strings Water, 80-90° C. 12pb.
    Summer No. 2
    Paraffin Pitch, Pale (44/46° Carnauba Wax 10 lb.
    0.) 70 kg. Montan Wax, Bleached 5 lb.
    Woolf at 20 kg. Marseilles Soap 3 lb.
    Ozokerite, Yellow 5 kg. Potassium Carbonate 3 lb.
    Rosin, Pale 5 kg. Water 160 lb.
    Winter Nigrosin, Water-
    Paraffin Pitch (38/40° C.) kg.30 Soluble 0.1-- 0.4 lb.
    Paraffin Pitch (44/46® C.) kg.40 English Red 15 lb.
    Ozokerite, Second Quality kg. 5 Chrome Orange 6 lb.
    Woolf at, Crude kg.25 Emulsify the melted waxes with the
    The wicks are made from strings, un- alkali ( soap ) solution j in the former
    bleached yarn, cotton strings or jute. ease, the dye-solution is added last. In
    The production is easiest in winter the latter ease, the dye is dissolved in
    (quick, cheap cooling). Colors: Yellow the emulsification water. The pigments
    and black, .
    are then worked in on a pigment mill.
    SOAPS CLEANSERS
    Soaps Containing Silicates cate of soda may be helpful. Silicates
    A well-made cake of soap has a firm, of soda are made by melting together
    smooth texture. The use of silicates tend soda ash (sodium carbonate) and silica
    to harden the finished cake and keep it in furnaces that are heated over 2000°
    firm, even in a warm or hot climate. Fahrenheit. The resulting products are
    Silieated soaps, therefore, are not unduly combinations of sodium oxide (]Sra 20 )
    softened and wasted in hot water. They and silica (SiOg). As they come from
    ^ bloom
    ^
    than soaps
    are less likely to
    the furnace they resemble glass, but can
    made with other builders. Chips are
    be made to dissolve in water. Since the
    readily made from the silieated soaps.
    commercial silicates are not definite
    When silicate is used in fiake soaps the
    amount added must not be too great. chemical compounds, glasses containing
    Large quantities of silicate in soaps to different relative amounts of sodium ox-
    be flaked give white, crumpled flakes. If ide and silica may be produced. Special
    a clear, smooth flake is desired, the treatment is necessary to dissolve in
    amount of silicate used should not be too water the silicates that are used in soap
    great. However, by special procedures, making. The solutions are usually made
    the silicate content can be increased and as concentrated as possible in order to
    the smooth quality of the flakes still re- save freight. When the solid content is
    tained. too high, the more alkaline silicates be-
    Soaps made from some kinds of fat come very viscous (^Uili:e molasses in
    stocks become rancid on exposure to the
    January and the more siliceous ones
    air. The presence of silicate prevents
    become stiff jellies. Each brand of P.Q.
    this. For that reason, small quantities
    (2 to 4%) of ''N'' or Brand sili- silicate is made within
    fixed standards of
    cate are added to toilet soaps. ratio and
    concentration. The grades
    Grades of Silicates of Soda which are most likely to be of interest
    Perhaps some explanation of the difier- to the soapmaker are given in the fol-
    enee between the various grades of sili- lowing table.

    CiQff
    Brand
    Sodium Oxide (NasO) 8.9% 11.0% 13.8% 18.0%
    Silica (SiO,) 28.7% 31.2% 33.7% 36.0%
    Water 62.1% 67A% 52.0% 45.5%
    Eatio Na20 :Si 02 1:3.22 1:2.84 1:2.44 1:2.00
    Baum^ 41® 47® 52® 59®

    Soap makers who encounter difficulties corporated into the soap while it is being
    with the mottling of the crutched soap, made, the silicate will readily mix in.
    use more alkaliije silicates such as As the soap cools and stiffens, the sili-
    and Brands. Here again, if cate also stiffens up. The water which
    the concentration and alkalinity of the the silicate contains is combined with the
    mixture becomes too high, there may be water which is in the soap, so that when
    mottling. the soap dries out, the whole mass be-
    comes uniformly hardened. The silicate
    Mixing Soap and Silicate
    in the course of drying tends to become
    In the cold and semi-boiled processes,
    P.Q. silicate is added directly to the soap
    harder than the soap itself would natu-
    rally become. Therefore, as already
    batch. In the boiled process, it is mixed
    in a Crutcher with the settled soap from stated, the use of silicate makes the soap
    the kettle. The procedure sounds rela- firmer. It is this action that enables the
    tively simple, but actually it takes con- manufacturer to produce soap of satis-
    ,

    siderable skill to get smooth mixtures faetory working qualities from fats or
    which will give uniform bars. formulae that would otherwise make a
    If the silicate of soda is properly in- very soft soap.
    480 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    With, certaia stocks and with the cor- silicate mixed with the soap. The
    is
    rect moisture content, considerable quan- amount of added varies with
    caustic thus
    tities of / ^ N ^
    ' Brand or even ^^S’’ the character of the soap stock and the
    Brand silicate of soda may be mixed with judgment of the soapmaker. Por ex-
    the settled soap from the kettle and a ample, one may add 1.85 pounds of solid
    satisfactory uniform bar obtained. Un- caustic (containing 76% Na20 ) per hun-
    der carefully controlled conditions there dred pounds of Brand. This is
    will be no tendency to mottle. Some equivalent to 1.41 parts of NaaO and
    soapmakers however, as above noted, pre- makes a silicate solution of a ratio ap-
    fer to use a silicate of soda which is proximately 1:2.8, which would be similar
    N
    more alkaline than the ^ ^ ’ ^ Brand. to diluting the Brand already
    Because of a saving in cost most soap mentioned. Sometimes more caustic is
    makers prefer to buy Brand and used, but it is best not to exceed 5.85
    obtain the increased alkalinity by adding pounds per hundred pounds of ^ ^
    N
    caustic soda. Some of the additional Brand. The amount is equivalent to 4.45
    alkali may be supplied by having the pounds of ISTasO, making a silicate of
    grained soap from the kettles finished a ratio about 1:2.2. The caustic is
    strong Usually, however, a suitable added to the silicate in the form of a
    amount of caustic soda lye is added to lye solution varying from 30° to 36°
    the silicate at least 24 hours before the Baume.

    POUNDS OP CAUSTIC OR LYE REQUIRED TO GIVE THE INDICATED


    Na^O SiO, RATIO -WITH 100 POUNDS OF N BRAND
    :
    '
    '
    ^
    '

    Ratio Nao0;Si02 1:3.0 1:2,8 1:2.5 1 2.2


    :

    Solid Caustic (76% NaaO) 0.95 lb. 1.85 lb. 3.45 lb. 5.85 lb.
    Liquid Caustic’’ (38% NasO) 1.90 lb. 3.70 lb. 6.90 lb. 11.70 lb.
    36° Lye 3.07 lb. 5.98 lb. 11.23 lb. 17.93 lb.
    30° Lye 3.90 lb. 7.59 lb. 14.26 lb. 22.77 lb.

    The use of an already prepared alka- alkaliand the fatty acids combine to
    line silicate has several advantages. form soap and liberate glycerin. If the
    (1) The soapmaker saves the labor and boiled or settled soap process is used, the
    other costs necessary to make up the glycerin can be recovered. In the cold
    caustic solutions to be added to the sili- and semi-boiled processes the glycerin re-
    cate. mains in the soap and likewise all the
    (2) He also avoids a separate storage impurities from all the materials used are
    tank for causticized silicate. retained. In the settled process, how-
    (3) The proportions of NagO and Si02 ever, many of the impurities are removed
    of the prepared silicates are carefully during the changes”. Consequently
    controlled. To obtain equivalent control when using badly contaminated stocks,
    the soap manufacturer must analyze each the boiled process is preferable. Varia-
    mixture he makes and correct by the tions in the stock can be taken care of
    addition of one or the other solution if without any additional attention during
    necessary. the boiling process while only minor ad-
    (4) The reaction between the caustic justments are possible in the other proc-
    and the silicate is slow and a period of esses after they are once started. The
    at least 24 hours should elapse before manufacture of soap by the settled
    the mixture is used. No matter how method is better suited to the production
    carefully the caustic is added to the sili- of large quantities rather than small
    cate, under the conditions ordinarily pre- ones. The soapmaker ’s choice of the cor-
    vailing in soap plants, there is usually rect method must be based on the type
    some chance that complete reaction will of soap to be made, the capital or equip-
    not take place. Any silicate more sili- ment available, the kind of stock, the
    ceous than Na20:2Si02 (t^O” Brand) cost of recovery, the market for glycerin,
    will reduce the free alkali in the soap, etc.
    but causticized silicate which has not
    Silicates in Boiled
    Soaps
    fully reacted, may introduce free alkali.
    Free alkali might result in injury to the The following formula one which is
    has been used for boiled laundry soap.
    hands when packing the soap.
    It may be modified when other stocks or
    other proportions are used.
    Essentially the manufacture of soap Tallow 400 lb.
    consists in treating fats or oils with an Cottonseed Oil 120 lb.
    alkali under such conditions that the The first treatment with weak lye is
    .SOAPS, CLEANSERS 48'1

    called the killing change Melt the of soap to 100 pounds of silicate.
    stock with gentle heat, then add approxi- Larger amounts can be used in bar soaps.
    mately 25 gallons of 8° to 10° Banme However, as the proportion of silicate
    caustic soda lye and heat to boiling. increases, more attention must be paid
    Wlien the whole mass becomes homo- to details of temperature, moisture con-
    geneous, add 28° caustic soda lye if open tent, and general practice. Differences in
    steam is used or 8° lye if closed steam the stock used also affect the amount of
    is used at such a rate that the mixture silicate which can be incorporated.
    remains alkaline but not fast enough to In making cold-process and semi-boiled
    make the soap grain. Continue until the soaps, a suitable amount of additional
    soap becomes partially transparent and caustic is provided in the formulae for
    maintains a sharp taste on continued boil- the batches and none needs be added to
    ing, Then open with salt or brine and the silicate before using. If a more
    allow to settle. Then draw off the lower alkaline silicate is used, there should be
    aqueous layer from which the glycerin is a proportionate decrease in the amount
    recovered. of caustic.
    When rosin is added, the rosin change
    comes next. Add at least sufficient 18° Silicates in Cold Process Soap
    to 20° caustic soda lye to cover any In the cold process of soap making,
    closed steam pipes. Boil until the soap instead of prolonged boiling of the fats
    grains. Then gradually add the desired with weak lye, settling, reboiling, etc.,
    amount of rosin and sufficient additional as already outlined, the whole process is
    lye to keep the soap grained or
    ^ ‘
    open ^ \ carried out in a cruteher, in a single
    When all the rosin is in and saponified, operation and in a very short time. The
    add brine to improve the separation and exact quantities of fats, strong lye and
    then settle. other ingredients required are carefully
    Next the soap from the ‘^killing weighed and measured out, and every-
    change or if rosin is used from the thing that goes into the cruteher remains
    rosin change, is treated to be sure all
    in the soap. There is no spent lye to
    the stock is saponified. This is the drain off and the glycerin is retained
    *
    ^ strengthening change ’ ^ Add lye at in the soap. The equipment required for
    13° to 14° Baume if closed steam is used the cold process is much less than for
    or 20° to 22° if open steam. In the boiling, as no kettles are needed. It is
    former case the lye should cover the hard to make a good, uniform soap by
    steam pipes. Boil, adding fresh lye as the cold process. Unless the mixing is
    required. A ^Ciead’’ or foam will rise very thorough, there will be spots con-
    on the surface of the soap; continue taining excess alkali and others contain-
    boiling until the foam disappears and ing excess fats and oils.
    the soap settles to a smaller space in the Many formulae are in regular use, but
    kettle. The soap should be in a pea the following have been successfully used
    grain, and lye thrown up by the boiling for many years and may be taken as
    should settle down quickly through it. illustrations of the process.
    When the soap reaches this condition, it Formula No. 1
    has taken up all the strength with which Tallow 75 lb.
    it will combine. Add water and boil Gocoanut Oil 25 lb.
    with open steam. The soap grains will Caustic Soda Lye (35.5° Be.
    soften. Continue the dilution until the made of 76% Caustic) 75 lb.
    soap is in large soft curds from which '^N^^ Silicate of Soda 125 lb.
    the lye will separate on a paddle. Settle
    over night and draw off the lye into a Soap 300 lb.
    tank for future use. No. 2
    The soap should now contain approxi- Tallow 75 lb.
    mately 31% water. Melt it and run it Gocoanut Oil 25 lb.
    into the crutehers at about 185° to 200° Caustic Soda Lye (35.5° B6.
    E. While crutching, add the silicate, the made of 76% Caustic) 70 lb.
    temperature of which should be between ‘^N^' Silicate of Soda 100 lb.
    85° and 110° F. Crutch thoroughly and
    drop into the frames at about 140° E. Soap 270 lb.
    Usually the frames can be stripped after If the tallow contains connective tissue
    about forty-eight hours and the soap cut or other impurities, it should be boiled
    after another three days. on salt brine and allowed to settle in
    The amount of silicate added to the order to remove them.
    kettle soap varies. Acommon proportion Three weighing tanks are usually ar-
    for the erutcher charge is 200 pounds ranged.
    482 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    1. To supply tlie exact amount of of 8° to 10° Baum6 lye or of cocoanut


    grease stock. oil. When the materials have combined
    2. For the exact amount of lye. into a homegeneous mass, the soap is run
    3. For the silicate. into a frame or frames. Further mixing
    The whole amount of grease stock is here may be necessary to prevent the
    first run into the crutcher. Its tempera- formation of streaks. It is desirable to
    ture should be about 145° to 150° F. in reduce the temperature until the mixture
    cold weather and 125° to 130° F. in will just discharge from crutchers with-
    summer. The crutcher is started and out sticking. This will prevent separa-
    then the whole amount of the lye is tion in the frames.
    quickly run into the grease. This should Care is necessary to prevent erutching
    not take over two minutes. The mixture too much air into the soap in the semi
    is crutched rapidly until it begins to boiled process. The movement should be
    thicken. At this time considerable heat slow. In the center-well type of crutcher,
    is liberated by the reaction between the the tube should be covered with the soap
    stock and the caustic. The silicate is batch to avoid trapping air in the soap
    added quickly while the crutcher is run- thrown out by the screw.
    ning. At first the mixture becomes thin- Some soapmakers prefer to use some
    ner, but the crutching is continued and carbonate in their formulae. In semi-
    in a few minutes the whole mass will boiled soap the addition of pearl ash
    gradually turn creamy. The whole proc- (potassium carbonate), for example, 30
    ess is a quick one, taking from ten to lb. of 32° Baume lye in the above for-
    fifteen minutes. As soon as the soap mula, will make the soap more fluid and
    is thick enough for a mark made on it easier to work, due to the formation of
    to remain, it is quickly dropped into a some potassium soaps. It would be
    frame and the frame moved immediately preferable to replace part of the caustic
    to the spot where it is to stand to cool. soda with caustic potash to obtain this
    The formation of the soap goes on to result. Soaps in which sodium carbonate
    some extent in the frame while standing, (soda ash, etc.) is used are more likely
    and it is particularly important that the to effloresce or ^ ^ bloom ’h Since sodium
    frame should not be moved or shaken carbonate crystallizes with large amounts
    until the soap is cold. of water at temperatures below 95° F.,
    it will set the cake in the frame more
    Semi-Boiled Process rapidly. On the other hand, it has a
    The semi-boiled method is similar to salting-out tendency. In general, the
    the cold process except that a longer disadvantages of adding carbonates out-
    period at a high temperature is provided. weigh the advantages, particularly in
    A more uniform soap results with less boiled soaps.
    chance of incomplete saponification. No
    kettle is needed but the crutcher must Variations in Soap Stock
    be steam jacketed. There perhaps are
    more variations in the details of the The choice of fats and oils depends
    on the type of soap to be produced, the
    process than in the others. The follow-
    stocks available and the relative prices.
    ing formula illustrates the general prin-
    ciples.
    When other stocks are used, their saponi-
    fication numbers and behavior with lyes
    Tallow 315 lb. of different strengths must be considered.
    Cocoanut Oil 55 lb. The effect on the hardness and resistance
    Caustic Soda Lye (35° BA) 280 lb. to washing away will be influenced. For
    Silicate of Soda 185 lb. example, in the cold process formulae
    The stock is warmed to 140° F. and given above cottonseed oil can be sub-
    the lye and the silicate added, as de- stituted for part of the tallow. The re-
    scribed in the cold process. Some soap- sulting soap will take longer to harden
    makers prefer to mix the silicate with during the process, and the final product
    the lye and add them together. As soon will be softer. Packing house grease
    as the silicate or the silicate and lye is may be used in place of cottonseed oil.
    thoroughly mixed with the stock, the The amount of tallow which can be re-
    crutcher is stopped and the mixture al- placed will depend on the hardness of
    lowed to stand for one to one and a half the tallow itself and the titre of the fatty
    hours. The temperature should then be acids from the oil or grease. IJp to 50
    about 180° F. Steam is used to bring per cent of hard tallow can be replaced.
    up the temperature if necessaiy. The In the manufacture of boiled soap the
    crutcher is next started slowly. After melting point of the soap, which is di-
    ten or fifteen minutes, the alkalinity of rectly proportional to the titre of the
    the soap can be adjusted by the addition fatty acids, will control the temperatures
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 483

    in the Crutcher. Thus, if cocoauut oil The causticity is ^ ^ reduced ^ by the ’

    were substituted for cottonseed in the use of about 25 kg. potassium carbonate
    boiled soap formula above, the tempera- per 100 kg. of caustic potash.
    tures would be lower than those given.
    The solubility of the soap in water Patty Stock for Yellow Soft Soaps
    will affect the conditions of saponifica- For Summer
    tion and separation. The substitution of Pormula No. 1
    eocoanut oil for cottonseed as mentioned Cottonseed Oil 600 kg.
    in the preceding paragraph would also Tallow 300 kg.
    make it desirable to use salt in place Palm Oil, Crude 100 kg.
    of brine in the salting-out operation.
    With extremely soluble soaps, such as No. 2
    Cottonseed Oil 600 kg.
    those made from linseed oil, special pro-
    cedures are necessary to avoid the loss
    Neck Pat 300 kg.
    of too much soap in the lye.
    Palm Oil, Crude 100 kg.
    Pa, tty acids may be used in place of For Winter
    fats or oils. In making boiled soap from No. 3
    fatty acids, there is no separation of Cottonseed Oil 500 kg.
    glycerin, as the glycerin has already Peanut Oil 200 kg.
    been removed. But otherwise, the process Tallow 200 kg.
    A similar to that already described. Palm Oil, Crude 100 kg.
    8oda ash may be used instead of caustic
    No. 4
    soda lye, though care must then be taken
    Cottonseed Oil 600 kg.
    cO guard against excessive foaming from
    Peanut Oil 200 kg.
    the carbon dioxide of the soda ash.
    The ease of saponification is not de- Palm Kernel Oil 100 kg.
    pendent on the melting point of the
    Palm Oil, Crude 100 kg.

    stock. Tallow is much more readily The caustic lye used is as for white
    saponified than soya bean oil. Each soft soaps (see).
    stock has different characteristics and, in
    addition, of course, there are variations
    Soft Soaps
    between lots of the fats and oils. These
    For Summer
    facts simply emphasize the complexity
    Pormula No. 1
    of the subject.
    Linseed Oil 1000 g.
    Water 150 g.
    White Soft Soaps Potash Lye
    (Patty Stock Only) (25° Be.) about 850 g.
    For Summer Soda Lye
    Pormula No. 1 (25° Be.) about 350 g.
    Cottonseed Oil, Pale 700 kg.
    Tallow 300 kg. No, 2
    No. 2 Maize, Bean, or
    Cottonseed Oil, Pale 600 kg. Similar Oil 500 g.
    Colza, Peanut, or
    Pig Pat, Pale 300 kg.
    Palm Bleached
    Oil, 100 kg. Cottonseed Oil 500 g.
    Rosin 50 g.
    No. 3 Water 150 g.
    Cottonseed Oil, Pale 900 kg. Potash Lye
    Tallow 100 kg. (25° Be.) about 1000 g.
    For Winter Soda Lye
    No. 4 (25° B5.) about 240 g.
    Cottonseed Oil, Pale 800 kg.
    Pig Pat, Pale 200 kg. For Spring and Fall
    No. 5 No, 3
    700 kg. Linseed Oil 1000 g.
    Cottonseed Oil, Pale
    Tallow 200 kg. Water 150 g.

    Palm Oil, Bleached 100 kg. Potash Lye


    (25° Be.) about 950 g.
    No. 6 Soda Lye
    Cottonseed Oil, Pale 900 kg (25° B4) about 250 g.
    Tallow 100 kg.
    The caustic potash lye used for the For Winter
    saponification (50° B6,) is partially re- No. 4
    placed by caustic soda (10-30%) to Linseed Oil 1000 g.
    harden the soap and give it pearliness. Water 150 g.
    484 SOAPS, CLEANSERS
    (6)

    Potash Lye Eapid cooling of the liquid soap


    (25° Be.) about 1150 g. (by means of mechanical devices such as
    Soda Lye a cold-water cooling-frame) is essential
    (25° B4.) about 50 g. for maximum transparency.
    Important: The potash lye is a 50%
    commercial lye (or a 50° Be. lye, from Transparent Milled Soap
    solid potassium hydroxide), reduced’^ Formula No. 1
    with 15 per cent potassium carbonate. Saponify 60 kg. of tallow, 12 kg. of
    Then the alkali is diluted to a 25° Be. olive oil, 18 kg. of coconut oil and 10
    strength. kg. of castor oil with 46 kg. of 32.5%
    The ^^Soda Lye^^ is prepared corre- caustic soda. Eun the white soap at 90°
    spondingly. on to cooled cylinders. Dry and mill the
    transparent soap strips.

    Transparent Soap Novelties No. 2


    This transparent soap base has been Treat, as in No. 1, 60 kg. of tallow,
    specially made to withstand shrinkage
    12 kg. of olive oil, 10 kg. of castor oil,
    8 kg. of coconut oil, 10 kg. of palm-
    and to avoid the absorption of moisture
    '

    during the rainy season. The soap has kernel oil fatty acids, 2.5 kg. of glycerol.
    the following composition: A transparent soap is obtained which,
    with the addition of a small quantity of
    Stearine 35 lb.
    glycerol, is even clearer than that of
    Castor Oil 25 lb.
    No. 1.
    Coconut Oil 40 lb.
    Caustic Soda (37° B4) 50 lb. No. 3
    Sugar Syrup (24° Be.) 50 lb. Treat 68 kg. of tallow fatty acids, 20
    Glycerin 30 lb. kg. of palm-kernel oil fatty acids, and
    Alcohol 50 lb. 12 kg. of castor oil fatty acids with
    Spirit- Soluble Color caustic soda lye containing 16 kg. of
    (If Required) to suit 75% sugar solution.
    Perfume to suit
    Saponification is accomplished with Transparent Soft Soap
    caustic soda. The stearine, oil, etc., are For Summer
    warmed and remove suspended
    filtered to Formula No. 1
    impurities. The caustic soda solution is a. Soybean Oil 800 kg.
    mixed with 15 parts of alcohol and added Train Oil, Brown, Clear 200 kg.
    to the melted oil stock at intervals at a h. Caustic Potash
    temperature between 60° C. and 70° C. (50° Be.) 410 kg.
    The vessel is kept on a water-bath, where Soda Ash 80 kg.
    the desired temperature may be main- Potassium Chloride
    e. 20 kg.
    tained during, the operation. In order Water about 600 kg.
    to prevent evaporation of alcohol and d. Bleaching Lye (10~12°
    other volatile materials, the vessel must Be.) (not Hypo-
    have a lid that fits tightly —
    ^it being a chlorite Solution)
    300 kg.
    useful precaution in most cases to wrap
    If using sodium hypochlorite solution,
    a wet rag tightly round the lid, to stop
    as bleaching lye, no soda ash, but only
    any further leakage. The following pre-
    potash carbonate or potassium chloride
    cautions should be taken, both during
    (130-140 kg.) can be used.
    saponification and after:
    (1) Alcoholic caustic soda should be No. 2
    used for rapid saponification. Linseed Oil 300 kg.
    (2) The temperature of the hot soap Peanut Oil 500 kg.
    should not exceed 80° C. to 85° C. after Pig Fat, Light 200 kg.
    the whole of the rectified spirit has been Water 150 kg.
    added. Caustic Soda (36° B5.) 50 kg.
    (3) Two hours at least should be al- '

    lowed :^r saponification. , No. 3


    (4) The sugar solution and glycerin Soy Bean Oil 600 kg.
    should be added hot, after saponifica- Cottonseed Oil 250 kg.
    tion. Train Oil 150 kg.
    (5) Color, if added, should be dis- Water 150 kg.'
    solved in some of the alcohol and must Caustic Soda (25° Be.) 75 kg.
    be clearly soluble in the latter, leaving The soaps containing train can be oil
    no residue. The color solution w-wst be freed of the unpleasant odor by a chlor-
    filtered before use. ine bleaching.
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 485

    For Winter *Metliyl Cellulose Solution for IJse as


    (Only Soap Bases) Soap Filler
    a. Water 200 kg.
    No. 4 Caustic Lyef (38--39® B6.) 40 kg.
    Peanut Oil 500 kg. h. Methyl Cellulose 40 kg.
    300 <J. Vater, to make 1000 kg.
    Bean Oil kg.
    To the boiling a, h is added •with stirring.
    Rosin 150 kg. Let stand and swell for about hour. Stir in
    Rape Oil 40 kg. c, cold. Let stand over night, stir up again,
    Palm Oil 10 kg. t Soda for hard soaps, potash for soft soaps.
    Water 150 kg. Methyl Cellulose Transparent Soap
    No. 5 a, Patty Acid 1000 kg.
    Bean Oil 800 kg. Potassium Hydroxide/
    Cottonseed Oil 100 kg. about 370 kg.
    Train Oil 50 kg. h. Potassium Chloride
    Pig Fat 50 kg. (20° Be.) 54 kg.
    Water 150 kg. Potash Carbonate
    (36° Be.) 53 kg.
    d. Methyl Cellulose
    ^^Elaidine^’ Soaps Solution (as in pre-
    For Bummer ceding formula) 600 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Sodium 100 kg.
    d. Silicate (50%)
    Linseed Oil 300 kg. e. Potassium Hydroxide
    Cottonseed Oil 160 kg. 38° Be.) 53 kg.
    Pig Fat, Light 160 kg. Method as given above. Sodium sili-
    Palm Oil 30 kg. cate and methyl cellulose solutions are
    Tallow 350 added alternatively.
    No. 2 Soap resulting should have 30% fatty
    Soy Bean Oil 450 kg. acids.
    Beef Pat 200 kg.
    Palm Oil, Crude 20 kg. Soap-Stocks for Pearly Soft Soaps
    Tallow 330 kg. For Bummer
    Formula No. 1
    For Winter Tallow 1000 lb.
    No. 3 Mutton Tallow 500 lb.
    Bean Oil 500 kg. Light Bone Pat 500 lb.
    Train Oil 150 kg. No. 2
    Tallow 350 kg. Cotton Seed Oil 400 lb.

    No. 4 Mutton Tallow 300 lb.

    Bean Oil 300 kg. Palm Kernel Oil 100 lb.

    Linseed Oil 200 kg. Light Pork Pat 300 lb.

    Cottonseed Oil 100 kg. No. 3


    Bone Pat 40 kg. Mutton Tallow 500 lb.
    Tallow 360 kg. Light Pork Pat 500 lb.
    No. 4
    Tallow 200 lb.
    Methyl Cellulose Soft Soap Hard Pat 300 lb.
    a. Patty Acids 1000 kg. Light Bone Pat 200 lb.
    Potassium Hydroxide Light Pork Fat 300 lb.
    (50° B6.) 370 kg. For Winter
    Sodium Carbonate 42 kg. No. 5
    Sodium Hydroxide 24 kg. Cotton Seed Oil 600 lb.
    h. Potassium Chloride Peanut Oil 200 lb.
    (20° BA) 50 kg. Pork Pat 200 lb.
    Potassium Carbonate No. 6
    (36° Be.) 25 kg. Cotton Seed Oil 500 lb.
    0, Methyl Cellulose Soy Bean Oil, Bleached 200 lb.
    Solution* 500 kg. Tallow 300 lb.
    d. Sodium Hydroxide No. 7
    (38° Be.) 25 kg. Cotton Seed Oil 600 lb.
    Train Oil 150 lb.
    Make n in the usual fashion, adjust Palm Kernel Oil 100 lb.
    to 40% fatty acids, and treat with bleach Tallow 150 lb.
    lye. Add and to this, in alternutive No. 8
    small portions c and d. Soy Bean Oil, Bleached 500 lb.
    The soap resulting should have 32 to Neat^s Foot Oil 250 lb.
    .33% fatty acids. Pork Pat 250 lb.
    486 SOAPg> CLEANSERS

    Ho. 9 Heat a in the first kettle, and melt "b

    Cotton Seed Oil 300 lb. in the hot oil. Strain.


    Linseed Oil 100 lb. Heat c separately in
    a second kettle
    Tallow 150 lb. to a boil, and crutch it into the rosin-fat
    Pork Fat 250 lb. mixture in the other kettle. Caution is
    Soy Bean Oil 200 lb. necessary lest the soap boil over. When
    Ho. 10 the rising is over, the soap is finished,
    Soy Bean Oil, Bleached 300 lb.
    and should be solid when cooled (sample).
    Pork Fat 200 lb.
    If not solid enough, the soap can be
    Peanut Oil 200 lb.
    hardened by the addition of a soda ash
    Palm Kernel Oil 100 lb. solution (35° Be.).
    Tallow 200
    lb. Ho. 2
    The pure tallow soaps are usually made a. Rosin, Bark 250 kg.
    with potassium hydroxide. The other Palm Kernel Oil 180 kg.
    soaps, which are filled with starch, etc., Woolfat 70 kg.
    are made from sodium hydroxide, using b. Waterglass 50 kg.
    it together with a high amount of potas- Caustic Soda (39° Be.) 238 kg.
    sium carbonate solution. Water 30 kg.
    Ho. 3
    Soft Soap a. Palm Kernel Oil 525 kg.
    Cottonseed Oil 430 Palm Oil 225 kg.
    Bekanormal Solution of Rosin 150 kg.
    Potassium Hydroxide 100 ce. b. Caustic Soda (30° B6.) 1000 kg.
    Bekanormal Solution of Waterglass 375 kg.
    Sodium Hydroxide 50 cc. Water 100 kg
    Water, a sufficient quantity Ho. 4
    To make 1000 a. Palm Kernel Oil 110 kg.
    Mix the dekanormal solutions with the Rosin 30 kg.
    oil. Stir occasionally during the three Palm
    Oil 10 kg.
    hours, then set aside for twenty-four b. Caustic Soda (24° B4.) 132 kg.
    hours. Add warm water enough to make Water if desired
    the product weight 1000 g. c. Salt Water (20° B4.) 180 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate
    (20° Bd.) 160 kg.
    Transparent Rosin Soap
    a. Palm Kernel Oil 750 kg. Melt add the hot b with good
    Palm Oil, Lagos 250 kg. and thorough agitation. When the soap
    Rosin, Pale 100 kg. has a satisfactory consistency, run in c
    h. Water glass about 100 kg. and crutch tho whole thoroughly. Sam-
    c. Caustic Soda ples should now be sol “ and dry on cool-
    (30° Be.) as required ing. Let stand in the covered kettle, and
    Melt a slowly, strain. mold at 65° C.

    Heat the correct amount of o and add


    to a in little portions, with good agita- Rosin Soaps with Silicate Filler
    tion. When three quarters is added, the Formula Ho. 1
    soap will remain stable. The remaining a. Palm Kernel Oil 103 kg.
    caustic is added and mixed in thoroughly. Palm Oil, Red 2 kg.
    Add the hot h which perhaps has to be Rosin 120 kg.
    brought to the correct strength, according b. Soap-Stone, Very Finely
    to the alkalinity of the soap sample. Powdered 20 kg.
    Harden with a little salt solution. Pour c. Caustic Soda (38° B4.) 105 kg.
    at low temperature after thorough mix- Sodium Silicate 75 kg.
    ing. In the first kettle, the mixture a is
    Cool quickly in shallow molds. melted and well mixed, strained hot, and
    returned into the hot kettle, which should
    Rosin Soft Soaps be spacious enough to take in the hot
    Formula Ho. 1 —
    alkali c cheated to 60”70° C,—which has
    «. Palm Kernel or Coconut been prepared by evaporating it down in
    Oil 216 kg. a second kettle to 40-42° Be. concentra-
    Palm Oil '80 kg. tion.
    b. Rosin 60 kg. Before adding o, b is mixed with a in
    o. Caustic Soda (30° Bd.) 400 kg. the first kettle. "TOen o is added to the
    Waterglass X50 kg. first kettle, vigorous agitation is neces-
    "Watei 40 kg. sary, and precautions should be taken to
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 487

    spray cold water on the soap if it threat- Palm Oil, Crude 3 g.


    ens to boil over. Sodium Silicate 25 g.
    When heavy enough, pour into molds. Caustic Soda (40° Be.) 50 g.
    Cut quickly, because the soap hardens Preparation (m the ^ ‘ half -hot’ ^ way):
    very much when cold. Add the waterglass to the caustic soda
    No. 2 which has been calculated for the saponi-
    a. Bosin 250 kg. fication of the fats. Heat to 80-85° C,
    Palm Kernel Oil 180 kg. To this add the fat mixture with con-
    Woolfat 70 kg. tinuous stirring. The fats should be at
    b. Caustic Soda (39° Be.) 238 kg. the lowest temperature possible.
    Sodium Waterglass 50 kg. Keep covered for hour.
    Water 20-30 kg.
    No. 3
    Mottled Soap
    a, Bosin 150 kg.
    Formula No. 1
    Palm Kernel Oil 110 kg.
    Palm Kernel Oil 400 kg.
    Tallow 20 kg.
    Caustic Soda (20° B5.) 480 kg.
    Palm Oil, Bed 20 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate
    h. Caustic Soda (36° B4.) 152 kg.
    (30° Bk) 175 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate Salt Water (24° B5.) 350 kg.
    (30° B6.) 15 kg.
    Color with:
    Waterglass 10 kg.
    Frankfurt Black 200 g.
    No. 4 Ultramarine Blue 800 g.
    a, Bosin 60 kg. Sodium Silicate Solution 8000 g.
    Palm Kernel Oil 60 kg. Potassium Carbonate
    h. Caustic Soda (39° Be.) 57 kg. (20° Bd.) 4000 go
    c. Soap Yellow 35 g.
    Water, Boiling 3 kg. No. 2
    d. Waterglass to suit Palm Kernel Oil 50 kg.
    Caustic Soda (20° Be.) 60 kg.
    The procedure for Formulas 2, 3, 4
    Potassium Carbonate
    corresponds to that of No. 1, except (30° Be.) 50 kg.
    that the waterglass, at 80° 0., is added Salt Water (25° Be.) 70 kg.
    directly to the unsaponified rosin-fat be- Color:
    fore adding the caustics. As in No. 1.
    Fillers for Hard Soaps No. 3

    Formula No. 1
    Palm Kernel Oil 50 kg.
    Caustic Soda (20° Be.) 59 kg.
    Water 192 g.
    Potassium Carbonate
    Salt 22 g.
    (30° BL) o
    Potassium Carbonate 17 g.
    Salt Water (24° B4.) o
    Sugar 24 g.
    Color:
    Borax 3 g.
    Waterglass 2.5 kg.
    No. 2 Water 1.5 kg.
    Water 800 g. Caustic Soda (20° B4,) 1.25 kg.
    Sugar 200 g. Black or Blue Colors 100 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 100 g.
    Salt 100 g. The formation of the mottled soap is,

    Caustic Soda (38-40° B4.; in the main, due to the tendency of the
    used in dilution to 20- silicate to lump, as a result of lack of
    24° Be.) 40 alkali, because of the difference in specific
    g.
    gravity, and also because of the presence
    d CO
    of the salt.
    Sugar 30 g.
    Procedure: Saponify regularly with so-
    Potassium Carbonate 25 g.
    dium hydroxide and potassium carbonate,
    Salt 20 g.
    crutch in the salt solution. Allow to
    Water 160 g.
    clear. Skim off foam. Crutch in the
    Dissolve hot at 60-70° C. Cool and color solution at 75-80° C.
    thin the cold solution to 24° B^. with If the soap is white with large blue
    cold water. flames some caustic is lacking, and
    the mottles will settle out.
    Filled Hard Soap If a sample is blue throughout, there
    Palm Kernel Oil or is too much alkali in the soap.
    Fatty Acid 70 g. Cooled sample should show a very
    Soft Pat 27 g. slightly dyed white, that is, should have
    488 SOAPS, CLEANSEES

    a shade of blue. This soap will remain stirring and adding a preheated caustic
    mottled. soda solution, obtained by dissolving
    38.65 parts of flake caustic soda in 4C
    Bile Soaps
    parts of water and having a temperature
    of 90° to 92° C., discontinuing the stir-
    Formula No. 1
    100 kg. ring upon the thickening of the emulsion
    Coconut Oil
    Sodium Hydroxide and causing the spontaneous reaction to
    (38° Be.) 50 kg. proceed with the simultaneous generation
    Ox 3 kg. of heat until substantially complete, the
    Bile (Evaporated)
    generated heat bringing the soap mixture
    The be added as a solution
    bile is to
    to about 120° C. and the hot mixture
    in a little hot water, as soon as the lye
    being intermittently stirred to control
    and the oil are forming an emulsion. the reaction, again stirring the mixture
    No. 2 after the exothermic reaction has sub-
    Coconut Oil 50 kg. sided and adding to the hot soap mix-
    Palm Kernel Oil 50 kg. ture a preheated alkaline aqueous solu-
    Sodium Hydroxide tion of silicate, said solution of silicate
    (38° BA) 50 kg. being obtained by mixing together 8
    SoAlum Silicate 4 kg. parts of water, 5 parts of silicate and 1
    Bile (Evaporated) 5 kg. part of a caustic soda solution of the
    6 CO
    strength employed for saponification and
    Coconut Oil 100 kg. heating the silicate mixture to 90° 0.,
    Sodium Hydroxide the said silicate solution being gradually
    (38° Be.) 50 kg. added and the stirring being continued
    Bile (Evaporated) 2 kg. until the soap mixture has the desired
    Ammonia 4 kg. alkalinity, and recovering the soap so
    Turpentine 2 kg. produced.
    No. 4
    Coconut Oil 50 kg. Acid Soap
    Palm Kernel Oil 50 kg. French Patent 752,879
    Sodium Hydroxide Peanut Oil Patty Acid 40 kg.
    (38° Be.) 50 kg. Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 15 kg.
    Sodium Taurocholate 0.5 kg. Palm Oil Fatty Acid 15 kg.
    Green Bye
    Brilliant ) Soy Bean Oil, Snlphonated 30 kg.
    to suit
    Eosemary or Spike Oil j
    Sodium Carbonate,
    No. 5 Anhydrous 9 kg.
    Coconut Oil Patty Acid 50 kg. Mix the oils and the carbonate to gel
    Caustic Soda (38° Be.) 30.5 kg. a homogeneous mixture.
    Ox Bile Concentrate* 10 kg.
    Filler 28 kg. Soaps Containing Chlorinated
    * Made hy evaporating 63 kg. of fresh ox Hydrocarbons
    bile and adding 6.5% of ethyl acetate at 80'
    0. Take off foam. German Patent 639,733
    Formula No. 1
    a. Soft Soap 250 lb.
    Gnillaya Bark Soap b. Glycol Monobutyl Ether 40 lb.
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 kg. c. Carbon Tetrachloride 200 lb.
    ! Caustic Soda (38° BA) 30.5 kg. Mix a and h hot, cool to moderate tem-
    Filler 31.5 kg. perature and stir in c. This soap does
    Guillaya Bark 1.5 kg. not separate when dissolved in water.
    OxBile 5 kg. No. 2
    a. Hard Soap 50 lb.
    Controlled Alkalinity Soap Soft Soap 200 lb.
    U. S. Patent 2,087,267 5. Glycol Monomethyl
    In the manufacture of soaps having Ether 40 lb.
    a controlled alkalinity by cold processing c. Carbon Tetrachloride 200 lb.
    and producing a pink color when mois- Mix a thoroughly (hot), add b, and
    tened with phenolphthalein solution, the add in c with good mixing thereafter
    improvement comprises mixing together A stiff gel. Clearly water-soluble.
    200 parts of beef tallow and 50 parts of No.,,
    coconut oil, heating the mixture to be- Sodium Soap, Hnseparated 250 lb.
    tween 50® and 52® C., stirring the hot Glycol Monoethyl Ether 40 lb.
    mixture and adding 1.2 parts of hydro- Carbon Tetrachloride 200 lb.
    gen peroxide solution, continuing the A stiff paste, clearly soluble in water.
    SOAPS, CLEAKSERS

    Half’Boiled Soap Containing Glycerin Starch


    Coconut Oil' 80 g. Caustic Soda (93° Tw.°)
    Tallow 40 g. Soda (140° Tw.°)
    Silicate of
    Caustic Soda (38° B6.) 60 g. Water may be added up to
    pienol 3 g.
    The mixing process is carried out in
    The fat and lye are agitated together the same manner as for the toilet variety
    at 35° 0. until reaction is complete. and when the soap is properly formed,
    The phenol, dissolved in a little water, the silicate, mixed with the water (if
    is then introduced. The soap may be any) is added and well mixed in just
    perfumed with a small amount of clove, prior to removing the mass from the
    lavender, or rosemary. The soap wrap- mixer. After maturing it is milled and
    pings should be air-tight. plodded in the usual way.

    Saponified Starch Soap


    Salt Water Soap
    A little-known form of soap that finds
    Coconut Oil 282 lb.
    its uses in the cheaper market is the
    Caustic Soda (30° Be.) 282 lb.
    saponified starch soap which may be
    Caustic Potash (30° Be.) 85 lb.
    made either for toilet or household use. Sodium Silicate 281 lb.
    The ingredients are undried milling Water 70 lb.
    soap base, coconut oil fatty acids, maize
    starch and caustic soda of 93® Tw.
    The 62-63 per cent fatty acid milling Sea Water Soap
    base is framed or put through the cooler Formula No. 1
    in the usual manner and cut into bars; Coconut Oil or Fatty Acid 25 lb.
    then it is chipped as though it were Castor Oil Fatty Acid 3 lb.
    going to the drying room. Caustic Soda (38° B6.) 15 lb.
    Twenty pounds of the chipped base is 'VT'ater 10 lb.
    placed in a dough mixer with 44 lb. of Sodium Silicate (36° B6.) 25 lb.
    the acid oil and 32 lb. of fine maize Potassium Carbonate
    starch and the whole is thoroughly mixed (30° Bd.) 8 lb.
    for fifteen minutes and kneaded to a stiff
    paste. The strong caustic solution is now No. 2
    added in a thin stream. The mass be- Coconut Oil 50 lb.

    gins to thin out and become very hot. Caustic Soda (30° B6.) 60 lb.

    Mixing is continued until there is no Waterglass (38° Be.) 20 lb.

    longer a color reaction to phenolphthalein Turkey Red Oil 5 lb.

    solution and all lumps have been dis-. Potash Solution (30° Bd.) 15 lb.

    persed, the whole operation taking about


    half an hour.
    Oil (Fat) -Dissolving Soap
    The soap is now properly formed and 1 kg.
    Triethanolamine Oleate
    may be removed from the mixer. It is Lacquer Benzine (White
    then spread out on a clean wooden floor
    Spirit) or Turpentine,
    and left to mature for at least 24 hours
    Acetone, Xylol 2 kg.
    the longer the better, up to a week. 2-4 kg.
    Potash Soap Solution
    After maturation it is broken up into
    small pieces and is ready to be milled
    and plodded in the usual way of toilet Pure Vegetable Oil Soap
    soaps, adding colors and perfumes as one (4000 lb, batch)
    would do to ordinary milling base. The Cotton Seed Oil
    natural color of the soap is somewhat Fatty Acids 800 lb.
    creamy, so delicate shades are not at- F or G Wood Rosin 160 lb.
    tainable. Soda Ash 128 lb.
    If the neat soap is found to be too Caustic Soda 100 lb.
    coarse, it may be mixed in all proportions Ultramarine Blue 6 lb.
    with ordinary toilet millings but a
    reasonably good soap results if high- Melt fatty acids, add the soda ash and
    speed metal roller mills are used. heat until reaction subsides, now add the
    The household variety is produced on lye in water at 33° B4, and continue
    exactly the same principle throughout boiling until soap is clear solution, in-
    but the ingredients are not quite the troducing water as needed, then add the
    same. rosin and bring the volume up to 500
    The charge is as follows: gal., stir in the ultramarine which has
    Undried Milling Soap Base 15 lb. been previously well mixed with 2 gal
    Acid Oil 30 lb. of warm water.
    490 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    Quick, Lasting Lather Soap Casein Baste (To' Be Added to Soaps to


    U. S. Patent 2,055,581 Make Them Smoother)
    150 oz. of commereial triethanolamine o. Casein 16 lb.
    are warmed slightly and mixed with 125 Water 59 lb,
    oz. of benzoic acid. The heating and h. Borax 1,6 lb.
    agitation is continued until the acid dis- Water 8 lb.
    solves in the triethanolamine to a pale Preservative
    yellow semi-liquid mass which solidifies Mix a in the cold and let . soak over
    on cooling. night.
    This compound, namely the benzoic Take up h to a boil, and add into a
    acid salts of the alkylolamines which is with stirring. Heat all together to 70®
    more or less crystalline, is dissolved in C. on a waterbath for about 2 hours, un-
    warm water or in warm glycerinated til* all is- dispersed smoothly.
    water, that is water containing a small Add 5% to the (hard) soap.
    percentage of glycerin. The compound
    is then incorporated with soap in a pro-
    Preventing Soap Discoloration
    portion equal to about 20 times the
    If the total salt content does not
    weight of the alkylolamine salt, and the
    amount to more than 54 per cent, a
    compound may be added at any stage
    smooth, firm, pliable soap is obtained.
    during the manufacture of the soap.
    With a higher salt content, the soap be-r
    For instance, the agent can be added
    comes flaky and shows a tendency to
    during or soon after the boiling process
    crack. If a soap, for example, contains
    or it can be crutched-in or it can be
    0.4 per cent to 5 per cent salt and is to
    mixed with the soap chips or jflakes dnr-
    be treated with 0.2 per cent sodium thio-
    ing milling operations, or, again, it can
    sulphate, it is necessary to increase the
    be added to the perfume with wMch the
    pliability. This is best done by knead-
    soap is to be scented.
    ing -into the dry soap, before milling, 0.7
    Another example is the following: 205
    per cent of the following mixture
    oz. of potassium hydrogen phthalate are
    mixed with 150 oz. of triethanolamine Beeswax 300, anhydrous lanolin 400,
    liquid paraffin 390, water 300, borax 17,
    with the aid of heat if necessary until
    sodium thiosulphate 690, water 200.
    combination results.
    Melt together the wax, lanolin and
    paraffin oil; then dissolve the borax in
    Incorporating Borax into Toilet Soap 300 parts of water and pour this solu-
    To a suitable soap base (such as the tion in a thin jet into the hot mass of
    shaving soap type), the glycerin is added molten fats at a temperature of about
    as follows:
    95® C. Boil for a few minutes longer,
    then set aside and let cool to 50® G.,
    Borax Z kg. stirring frequently. Pour the hot solu-
    Glycerin 6 kg. tion of sodium thiosulphate in 200 g. of
    Water 4 kg.
    water into the fat-borax emulsion in a
    Superfatting Agent 5 kg. thin jet and stir until smooth. In some
    This emulsion paste (which is obtained cases, for example, when using an un-
    when adding the superfatting agent to usually large quantity of perfume, it is
    the borax solution) can be incorporated advisable to add 1 per cent of the follow-
    into the soap base. ing:
    ^
    Beeswax 200, anhydrons lanoRa 600,
    liquid paraffin 390, water 200, borax
    Anti-Eancidity Composition for Soaps
    17, sodium thiosulphate 690, water 200,
    a. White Beeswax 300 g. sodium silicate 450, granulated sugar
    Lanolin 400 g. 253.
    Mineral Oil, White 390 g. The use of sodium thiosulphate pre-
    b. Water 300 g. vents cracking as well as the formation
    Borax 17 g. of metallic sulphides, which are formed
    0. Sodium Thiosulphate 690 g. under certain conditions—-for example, in
    Water 200 g.
    iron frames-yand which cause decompo-
    Melt a to about 90® C., and add to it sition and discoloration.
    boiling h —
    cautiously, to prevent boiling
    over. Keep boiling for a couple of min- Liquid Soap
    utes, take off and let stand with occa- Formula No. 1
    sional stirring, c is now dissolved by Coconut Oil 12 lb.
    boiling and added to the emulsion in a Sesame, Sunflower, Light
    thin jet with good agitation. Soya Bean, Olive, or
    2% of this is added to the soap chips. Sulphur Olive OiJ 4 Ih
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 49l

    Caustic Potasli Potassium Carbonate 3 kg.


    (50° B6.) about 7.8 lb. Caustic Potash (50° B^.) 31.8 kg.
    Potassium CMoride 0.2 lb. Water, Distilled 304.8 kg.
    Water, Distilled 70 lb. No. 4
    Glycerin, or Alcohol 6 lb. Coconut Oil Patty Acid 45 kg.
    Keep the iinished soap for 1-2 weeks Oleic Acid, White 20 kg.
    at the lowest possible temperature, and Potassiuni Carbonate
    filter at this same temperature. or Chloride 3.5 kg.
    Caustic Potash (50° Be.) 33 kg.
    Ko. 2
    Water, Distilled 332.5 kg-
    Coconut Oil 16 lb.
    Caustic Potash 4 ^ lb. In all these soaps, the saponification
    JPine Oil 14 lb. has to be brought about by adding the
    Sodium Kaphthenate 5 lb. —
    fatty acids to the hot lye with very
    Water 60% lb. thorough mixing and in small portions,
    since the reaction is quite violent and the
    ISTo. 3
    soap will rise high in the kettle. Finally
    Coconut Oil 21.0 lb.
    put in the filler, to bring the soap down.
    Caustic Potash (50%) 9.5 lb.
    Sugar 12.0 lb.
    Borax 2.0 lb. Transparent Soap
    Water 55.5 lb. (Without Glycerin)
    Ko. 4 Coconut Oil Patty
    Acid, Light 20 kg.
    Soya Bean Oil 8.0 lb.
    Caustic Potash
    Tallow Patty Acid, Light 18 kg.
    (50%) 4.6 lb.
    Sugar 8.0 lb. Castor Oil Patty
    Glycerin 6.0 lb. Acid, Light 12 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 2.0 lb. Caustic Soda
    Water 71.4 lb. (38° B4.) about 26 kg.
    Sugar 10 kg.
    No. 5
    Alcohol 25 kg.
    Coconut Oil 6.0 lb.
    Water 15 kg.
    Soya Bean Oil 12.0 lb.
    Caustic Potash (50%) 9.6 The sugar should be added to the fin-
    Glycerin 12.0
    lb.
    lb. ished soap. —If the use of glycerin is
    Water 60.2 lb. possible, it is recommended
    to take
    Lavender Oil 0.1 lb. Glycerin 10 kg.
    Linalyl Acetate 0.1 lb. substituting it for the alcohol or the
    water, or for parts of both water and
    In the formulas 3-5 saponify by add- alcohol.
    ing the caustic alkali slowly to the oil
    which has been heated to 70° C. by an
    open steam coil. Near the end of the Vegetable Oil Liquid Soap
    saponification, water should be added to
    Coconut Oil 600 lb.
    prevent foaming.
    Soya Bean Oil 300 lb.
    After the saponification add the other Caustic Potash 211 lb.
    ingredients, such as sugar, glycerin, etc., Melt fats together, add the lye at 33°
    and finally the bulk of the water. Cool, B4.; heat with caution to control the
    and add perfumes and dye. saponification. Add water slowly on
    completion to bring volume to 620 gaL
    Age, filter or decant.
    Patty Acid Liquid Soaps
    Formula No. 1
    Coconut Oil Liquid Soap
    Coconut Oil Patty Acid 100 ig.
    Coconut Oil 100 lb.
    Caustic Potash (50° B4.) 55.3 kg.
    Caustic Potash 25.5 lb.
    Water, Distilled 509,7 kg.
    Water, to make 73.5 gal.
    No. 2
    Coconut Oil Patty Acid 30 kg. Liquid Soap Base
    Castor OiLPatty Acid 15 kg. Coconut Oil 100 lb.
    Potassium Carbonate 2.£ kg. Linseed Oil 100 lb.
    "5 kg.
    Sugar Caustic Potash 44.8 lb.
    Caustic Potash (50° B4.) 22.3 kg.s
    Water 168 lb.
    'Water, Distilled 224.4 kg.1

    No. 3 ;
    Green Soap (65%)
    *
    Coconut Oil Patty Acid 50 kg. Soya Bean Oil 350 lb.
    Boya Beaa Oil Patty Acid 10 kg. Com Oil Patty Acids
    .
    350 Ik
    :

    492 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    Soap Stock Base 75 lb. Citronellal 250 g.


    Caustic Potash 132.6 lb. Spike Lavender Oil 140 g.
    Water, to make 1350 lb. Rosemary Oil 100 g.
    Peppermint Oil 80 g.
    Liquid Soap for Dispensers Lavender Oil ^
    80
    Coconut Gil 16 oz. Sandal Wood Oil, Australian 80 g.
    Caustic Potash oz. Methyl Acetate 50 g.
    41A
    Pine Oil 14 oz. Vetivert Oil, Bourbon 45 g.
    Sodium Naphtlienate 5 oz. Tonkarol 40 g.
    Water 60^ oz.

    Mechanics Soap
    Pine Oil Jelly Soap Formula No. 1
    a. Red Oil 96 oz. Silica 175 lb.
    Caustic Soda 13 oz. Fine Sand 240 lb.
    Water 640 oz. Pure Vegetable Oil Soap 135 lb.
    h. Pine Oil 23 oz. Water 10 gal.
    ’ ’
    *
    Carbitol
    ‘ 11 oz.
    No. 2
    Mix a until uniform and then stir h Sand 525 lb.
    into it. Soap 160 lb.
    Water to secure desired consistency.
    Stilf Soap Gels No. 3
    German Patent 639,583 A popular grit soap in which the grit
    Formula No. 1 is 200-mesh feldspar, is as follows:
    a. Linseed Oil 240 g. Soap 8 lb.
    Monoethyl Ether of Feldspar 92 lb.
    Polyethylene Glycol 100 g.
    h. Caustic Potash 54
    The hot soap solution is put into a dough
    g.
    mixer, and the requisite amount of feld-
    Water 81 g.
    Carbon Tetrachloride spar added. These are mixed until a stiff
    e. 180 g.
    dough is produced. It is sometimes
    Mix saponify hot with h. Add o
    a,
    necessary to blow open steam directly
    with thorough stirring. The product is into the mixer so as to plasticize the mix
    a very heavy gel. without the use of an excessive amount
    No. 2 of water: The soap is then dropped into
    Ethyl Ether of frames. When cool it is cut into bars
    Polyethylene Glycol 100 g. and racked off for a month or more to
    Hard Soap 200 g. harden.
    Product is a solid gel.
    No. 4
    No. 3 Moisture 0.68 lb.
    o. Soft Soap 400 g. Soap 24.45 lb.
    Polyethylene Glycol Soda Ash 0.32 lb.
    Ethyl Ether 100 g. Mineral Grit 74.02 lb.
    h, Tetrahydronaphthalene 150 g.
    No. 5
    Dissolve a in the hot. Add h to the Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 kg.
    clear solution, to give a heavy gel. Caustic Soda (38® B§.) 30.5 kg.
    ?

    No. 4 Fillers and Builders 13 kg.


    o. Soft Soap 400 g. Pumice, Finely Powdered 25 kg.
    Polyethylene Glycol
    Ethyl Ether 100 g.
    h. Toluol 150 g.
    Pumice Soaps
    Formula No. 1
    Dissolve a hot, till clear, and add b to
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 kg.
    give a very hea'^^ gel.
    Caustic Soda (38® Be.) 30.6 kg.
    ;

    Sand, Finest 15 kg.


    Soap, Palm and Olive Pumice Powder 10 kg.
    Tallow, Best, Fresh 50 lb. Filler or Builder 13 kg.
    Palm Oil, Bleached 30 lb.
    10 lb.
    No. 2
    Coconut Oil, Cochin
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 kg.
    Sulphur-Olive Oil 10 lb.
    Caustic Soda (38° Be.) 30.5 kg.
    f

    JPerfume for this soap (use lb. on Pumice Powder 20 kg.


    100 lb. of soap) Filler 3 kg.
    Citronal 400 g. Tetralin, Benzine and
    Geranium Oil, Bourbon 400 g. Turpentine (1 :1 :2) 15 kg.
    :

    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 49S

    No. 3 Turpentine 1 g.
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 kg. Petrolatum 1 g-
    Caustic Soda (38® BA) 30.5 kg. Citronella Oil 3 g-
    Sodium Silicate Solution 5 kg. No. 3
    Pumice Powder 10 kg. a. Oleic Acid 11 kg.
    Pine Oil 10 kg. Triethanolamine 5 kg.
    Sand 5 kg. Mineral Oil 34 kg.
    Filler 8 kg. Kerosene 50 kg.
    b. Saw Dust 1 feg.
    Sand Soap Pumice, Powdered 3 kg.
    (Type Abrador^O Mix a till clear; stir in b to get a
    Coconut or Palm Kernel paste.
    Oil, Ceylon 50 kg.
    Caustic Soda (38® Be.) 26 kg.
    Waterless Hand Cleanser
    Water 4 kg.
    French Patent 653,584
    Sand, Very Fine, or Pumice,
    Water 3 1.
    Finely Powdered, or Neu-
    Tallow Soap 450 g.
    burg Okalk 30 kg.
    Agar-Agar, Alkalized 4- 5 g.
    Ferfume Saw Dust up to 17%
    Spike Oil 150 g.
    Rosemary Oil 100 g.
    Medicated Soaps
    Caraway Oil 30 g.
    Mostmedical works refer only to
    Peppermint Oil g. 25 liquid and paste soaps, but medicated
    •Tke perfume should be added to the solid soaps can be made just as well.
    melted fats, since the soap gets heavy Precautions in the latter ease are to keep
    too rapidly. the amount of free alkali low, limit the
    F^e: Ultramarine Blue.
    salt content to a maximum of 0.2 per
    cent, and also keep the water content
    Powdered Hand Soap down. Before crutching, the water con-
    Soda Ash 5 lb. tent should be 10-11 per cent. If the
    Powdered Soap (88%) 20 lb. soap should be drier than this and the
    Pumicite 75 lb. ^dded material is of a hygroscopic na-
    ture, the latter is best treated with an
    Hand Cleansing Powder equal amount of water and allowed to
    a. Saw Dust 40 kg. stand for a few hours before addition
    Pumice, Finely to the soap. It is then mixed into the
    Powdered 20 kg. soap and the whole allowed to stand cov-
    h. Wool Fat 5 kg. ered overnight. The following is a gen-
    Pine Oil 10 kg. eral formula:
    c. Hard Soap, Powdered 10 kg. Caustic Soda 120 1b.
    Sodium Carbonate 10 kg. Lard 50 lb.
    Sodium Metaphosphate 5 kg. Olive on 40 1b.
    The fine powder a is wetted with the Alcohol 12 lb.
    solution b, and to this, the powders c are Sodium Chloride 25 lb.
    added. Soda Ash 3 lb.
    Mix thoroughly. Water 280 lb.
    The lye is heated on a water bath and
    the melted lard and olive oil mixed into
    Hand Cleanser
    it and heated with stirring for a half
    Formula No. 1 hour. The alcohol is added and then 200
    a. Soft Soap 40 lb.
    parts of water in small portions with
    Water 20 lb.
    continued warming, until a homogeneous
    Alcohol 20 lb.
    mass is obtained. A sample portion of
    b. Triethanolamine Oleate 8 lb.
    this should give a completely clear solu-
    Decalin or Heavy Benzine 12 lb. tion in hot distilled water. If this is
    c. Saw Dust to make paste
    the case, a filtered solution of the salt
    Dissolve a, add b; mix—until homo- and soda in 80 parts of water is added
    geneous and pasty—with c. '
    and the heating continued until the soap
    separated out. The cooled soap, sepa-
    '

    ''No. 2 is
    Austrian Patent 147,024 rated from the salt liquor, is washed
    Potassium Soap 120 g. several times with water, pressed, cut into
    Marble Dust 70 g. cakes and dried in a warm place.
    Clycerin 3 g. Medicinal soap so prepared is tested
    494 SOAPS, CLEAFSEES

    “by dissolving 1 gram in 10 cc. of alcohol. Tar Soap


    It should not turn red on addition of Soap Base 100 kg.
    phenolphthalein or form a precipitate on Anthrasol 5- 7 kg.
    addition of hydrogen sulphide. The soap Tar- Sulphur Soap
    is generally powdered before use. Vari- Anthrasol 5 kg.
    ous combinations of fats can be used in Sulphur 5 kg.
    place of those given for sapo medicatus, Fine Sand 20 kg.
    based on the experience of the soap- Soap Base . 70 kg.
    boiler. A soap paste used in making soap
    Suitable additions for medicinal soap plastersand in other such products may
    are as follows: be prepared from the following:
    Thymol Soap Soybean or Linseed Oil 30 kg.
    Thymol 1.5 kg. Caustic Potash (17® Be.) 40 kg.
    Soap Base 48.5 kg. Alcohol 3 kg.
    Tannin Soap
    Tannin 2.5 kg.
    Germicidal Soap
    Soap Base 47.5 kg.
    Sodium Silicate 3 g.
    Camphor Soap Dry Sodium Abietate 15 g.
    Camphor 2.5 kg. Sodium Hexametaphosphate 13 g.
    Soap Base 47.5 kg. Soda Ash 15^ g.
    Waphthol Soap Sodium Chloro-o-phenyl-
    E-Naphthol 2.5 kg. phenolate 1 g.
    Soap Base 47.5 kg. Use 1 of above per 100 ce. water
    g.
    Formaldehyde Soap at 45® C. for best results.
    Soap Base and 1% Formalin
    Iodide Soap
    Surgical Soap
    Soap Base and 1% Potassium Iodide
    Corn Oil 700 lb.
    Menthol Soap Soap Stock Base 75 lb.
    Menthol 1 kg. Caustic Potash 132,6 lb.
    Soap Base 49 kg. Water, to make 1340 lb.
    Naphthalene Soap
    Naphthalene 4 kg.
    Soap Base 46 kg. Medicinal Potash Soap
    (For Dental Soaps)
    One of the oldest medicaments is sul- Linseed Oil 43 g.
    phur. The action of free sulphur is Caustic Potash
    weakljr reducing and antiparasitic, so (50® BA) about 17 g.
    that it Imds use in such skin ailments Alcohol 5 g.
    as acne, seborrhea, etc. Although amor-
    Heat the oil in a double boiler to about
    phous and crystalline sulphur are used, 70® C. To it add the caustic potash
    colloidal sulphur is more effective on
    which has been thinned with some dis-
    account of its greater surface area.
    tilledwater and with the alcohol. There
    Sulphur Soaps are two possibilities of further treat-
    Formula No. 1 ment:
    Colloidal Sulphur 5 kg. 1. Leave alone as soon as a good emul-
    Soap Base 45 kg. sion is formed, until saponified.
    No. 2 2. Speed up the saponification by blow-
    8-Naphthol 2.5 kg. ing hot .steam into the mixture, stir.
    Ichthyol 5 kg. Caution is necessary to prevent boiling
    Soap Base 42.5 kg. over.
    No. 3
    Sulphur 3 kg. Medicinal Sodium Soap
    Potassium Iodide 1 kg. (For Dental Soaps)
    Soap Base 46 kg. Tallow, Best, Non- Acidic 7000 g.
    Tar soaps are doubtless among the Caustic Soda (38° B4.) 3250 g.
    more popular medicated soaps. Tar soap Caustic Potash (20® BA) 600 g.
    may be a hard white soap, for whicn Melt the tallow, take up to 75° 0.,
    anthrasol is mostly used. Anthrasol is a and stir in slowly the mixture of soda
    light yellow oil obtained from pitch or and potash (35-40® C.). After hour %
    coal tar. Tar soap may be combined of agitation let stand to finish saponifica-
    with sulphur soap. tion. Stir up every hour.
    SOAPS. CLEANSERS 495

    Dental Soap Transparent Tooth Soap


    Formula No. 1 English Patent 453,995
    . Sodium Soap, as above 10,750 g. Cocoa Butter 20 kg.
    1, Yellow Ochre 500 g. Glycerin 70 kg.
    timber, Brown 125 g. Water 6.9 kg.
    Calcium Carbonate, Thymol 0.5 kg.
    Precipitated 1,500 g. Menthol 2.6 kg.
    Water 2,000 g,
    . Peppermint Oil 150 g. Carbolic (Phenol) Soap
    Clove Oil 25 g. Formula No. 1
    Coconut Oil 80 lb.
    Make the soap a as given above. Add
    Tallow 40 lb.
    to it the suspension h, and perfume with
    Caustic Soda (38® B6.) 60 lb.
    c. Keep stirring all the time, making
    homogeneous before each addition. Phenol 3 lb.
    Stir the fat and the lye together at
    No. 2 35® C. until the reaction is complete.
    Glycerin, Hot ^
    6 g.
    Add the phenol (in a little water).
    Magnesium Oxide 0.5 g.
    Perfume : Glove, lavender, or rosemary.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 4 g.
    Medicinal Soap 30 No. 2
    Peppermint Oil 1 g. Bone Fat 150 g.
    Bosin 150 g.
    Mix and sodium bi-
    glycerin, magnesia,
    Phenol 25 g.
    carbonate thoroughly, and mix in the Caustic Soda (37° B6.) 150 g.
    peppermint oil.
    and add Bring the mixture of fat and rosin to
    Heat up soap until liquid,
    75® C., add the phenol and agitate. Add
    the mixture of the other ingredients to it.
    gradually to the lye, wanning until the
    Mix thoroughly. Cool with agitation.
    reaction is complete. Cool and cut into
    No. 3 bars.
    Soap Powder (60%) 250 g. No. 3
    Calcium Carbonate 500 g. Bone Fat 150 lb.
    Glycerin 50 g. Bosin 150 lb.
    Alcohol (50%) 150 g. Phenol 25 lb.
    Peppermint Oil 10 g. Caustic Soda Lye (37° B6.) 150
    lb.
    Tale 15 g. Bring the mixture of fat and rosin to
    Water SO g. 75® C., add the phenol and agitate. Add
    Make a solution of the soap powder in gradually to the lye, warming until the
    the alcohol and perfume, warming as reaction is complete. Cool and cut into
    little as possible. To this solution add bars of the usual size. The presence of
    all the other ingredients with thorough phenol in this type of soap lends it a
    mixing. rather refreshing odor, which masks the
    undesirable odor of the cheap bone fat.
    As to the actual antiseptic value of such
    Liquid Dental Soap a soap, it must be admitted that soap
    Olive Oil 70 g. chemists are aware of the fact that it
    Caustic Potash is relatively small.
    (38® Bd.) about 35 g A half -boiled soap containing glycerin
    Alcohol 280 g can be made from the following for-
    Glycerin 230 g mula;
    Water 350 g Coconut Oil 80 lb.
    Perfume 35 g. TaUow 40 lb.
    Caustic Soda Lye- (38® B6.) 60 lb.
    Saponify the oil with the caustic potash
    Phenol 3 lb.
    which is dissolved in about an equal
    weight of the alcohol The fat and lye are agitated together
    To the soap formed add the water and at 35® C. until reaction is complete. The.
    the glycerin with good agitation, both phenol, dissolved in a little water, is then
    introduced. The soap may be perfumed
    ^

    being warmed up before the addition.


    Let stand for some time in the kettle, with a small amount of clove, lavender,
    to cool. or rosemary. The soap wrappings should
    Add the rest of the alcohol and the be air-tight.
    perfume with good agitation. Gresols can be used in place of phenols.
    Let settle for days in smaller They have the advantages of being less ,

    vessels. FUter, corrosive and somewhat less expensive^


    496 SOAPS, CLEAN'SERS

    Iodine Soap Dry Cleaning Soap


    The antiseptic action of iodine is well Formula No. 1
    known but this action is not very great Carbon Tetrachloride 10 oz.
    when the iodine is in the form of its Cyclohexanol 10 oz.
    derivatives. The most active form is in Sodium Naphthenate 10 oz.
    solution in alcohol or potassium iodide. No. 2
    Iodine can not be used in this form in Liquid Soap (15%) 40 lb.
    soap as it is unstable. The best method Hydrocarbon Solvent 10 lb.
    of introducing it into soap is in the form Turkey Bed Oil or
    of a compound with an unsaturated acid Other Emulsiher 25 lb.
    such as oleic acid. The procedure is to Alcohol (Methyl Glycol,
    add 6 to 7 per cent of potassium iodide Ethanol, etc.) 25 lb.
    dissolved in a small quantity of warm
    No. S
    water to the liquid soap, at the same OleicAcid
    <3. 10 g.
    time adding 0.5 per cent of sodium bi-
    Trigamine 4 g.
    sulphate.
    h. Carbon Tetrachloride 17 g.
    Solvent Naphtha 69 g.
    Liquid Soap (Antiseptic) Heat a to about 50® C. Turn off the
    CoconutX Oil 16 oz. heat and add h with high speed stirring.
    Caustic Potash oz. This gives a very efficient soap which
    Pine Oil 14 oz. does not build up on filters.
    Sodium Naphthenate 5 oz.
    No. 4
    Biglycol Laurate 1 oz.
    Oleic Acid 7 lb.
    Water, to make 100 oz.
    Hexalin 4 lb.
    Caustic Potash 1% lb.
    ^'Formobor,'’ for Sterilizing Instruments Water 8% lb.
    An aqueous solution containing 4 per No. 5
    cent of formaldehyde, and 1.5 per cent H. S. Patent 2,070,908
    of borax. Sodium Oleate 1.08 lb.
    Trichlorethylene 1,47 lb.
    Textile Scouring Soap Triethylene Glycol 7.00 lb.
    Soft Soap 84 oz. 1 lb. of the above is used per 99 lb.

    Hexalin 6 oz. trichlorethylene.


    Tetralin 10 oz.
    BugCleaners Soap
    Formula No. 1
    Textile Spot- Wash a. Oleic Acid 35 g.
    (For removing oil spots picked up Trigamine 15 g.
    in mill)
    Water 125 g.
    Castile Soap 10 lb.
    h. Butyl Cellosolve 5 g.
    Chloroform lb.
    Ethylene Bichloride 13 g.
    Ammonia (26° Bd.) 3 lb.
    c. Biethylene Glycol 15 g.
    Water, to make 300 lb.
    Isopropyl Alcohol 20 g.
    Mix a and add h with high speed agi-
    Textile Soap tation. Add c slowly. Continue stirring.
    French Patent 685,412 This gives a clear liquid which readily
    Marseille Soap 200 g* emulsifies in water. It is an energetic
    Tallow-Soap, Powdered 95 g- cleaner which does not affect color or
    Soda Ash 20 g- harshen the fiber.
    Borax 10 g* No. 2
    Turpentine 25 g- Sodium Naphthenate 30 oz.
    'Potassium Hydroxide 20 Trisodium Phosphate 65 oz.
    Water 30 Triethanolamine 5 oz.
    Use 40 pts. in 1000 pts. of water for
    the washing of fabrics.
    Rug and Carpet Cleaners Soap
    Formula No. 1
    Bry Gleaning Soap Concentrate Trisodium Phosphate 23 oz.
    Stoddard’ Solvent
    ^
    2 gal. Borax 27 oz.
    Biglycol Laurate 15 lb. Sodium Metasilicate 3 oz.
    Alcohol gal.^ Soda Soap 30 oz.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 1 pt. Soda Ash 8 oz.
    Anamonia % pt. Para-dichlorbenzene 3 oz.
    498 SOAPS, CLEANSERS
    Ethyl Acetate 10 lb. Mix
    Benzine
    till dissolved and add
    5 lb. Acetic Acid, Glacial
    Amyl Acetate 5 lb.
    % fl.
    This should always be made up
    No. 4 fresh
    before use.
    Methylene Chloride 30 lb.
    Carbon Tetrachloride or No. 6
    Trichlorethylene
    Sodium Bisulphite 1 02
    30 lb.
    Toluol Water
    20 lb. 1 pt.'
    Xylene 20 lb.
    No. 5 Benzene Jelly
    Carbon Tetrachloride or (For Dry Cleaning)
    Trichlorethylene 75
    , Bark
    Quillaya 9 ib
    lb.
    Xylene Water g-lO lb.’
    15 lb.
    Ethyl Ether 10 lb.
    Soak cold for several hours, take up to
    boil for % hour, strain, cool,
    No. 6 and use for
    Carbon Tetrachloride or . Quillaya Extract
    1 gal
    Trichlorethylene 75 Benzine
    lb. 3 gaL
    Methyl Acetate
    Ethyl Alcohol
    10
    10
    lb.
    lb.
    Shake this for about %
    hour, or stir
    by a mixer. Let stand for a day,
    Amyl Acetate and
    5 lb. remove the water.
    No. 7 The benzine should gel.
    Carbon Tetrachloride or Perfume may be added.
    Trichlorethylene 80 lb.
    Acetone 15 ib Benzine Emulsion Paste
    Toluol 5 Ibi Benzine 37 jb.
    JmportaTit; Perfume with citronella oil Oleic Acid
    or similar substances, if amyl acetate is 5 ib!
    5. Ammonia 1 2b.*
    not included. Triethanolamine 4 lb*
    c.Water, Distilled 50-60 lb!
    Dry Gleaners^ Pre-Spotting Fluid Mix a and h at slightly elevated tem-
    Oleic Acid perature (caution!). Add water
    3 pt. c of
    Carbon Tetrachloride 1 qt! same temperature. Stir tiU cooled suf-
    Hexalin 1 qt. nciently.
    Mix together and add slowly with vig-
    orous stirring Oil-Spot Remover for Fine Textiles
    Ammonia (28%) pt Formula No. 1
    To this add slowly with strong mixing Carbon Tetrachloride 60 kg
    Water pt. Trichlorethylene 10 kg
    Xylene 15
    Alcohol 10 kg.
    Dry Cleaners' Spot Bleaches Ethylene Bichloride 5 kg!
    Formula No. 1
    Oxalic Acid No. 2
    1 oz Carbon Tetrachloride
    Water 60 kg

    Oxalic Acid
    No. 2
    1 pt.* Hydroterpin
    15 k|.
    g
    1 oz
    Alcohol 10 kg.
    1 pt.* Do not keep these cleaners in metallic
    No. 3 vessels!
    a. fOxalie Acid 1 oz.
    [Water 1 pt
    &. fSodium Bisulphite 1 oz.
    Rust Remover — For Textiles and Paper
    [Water
    Ammonium Bifluoride 25 oz
    1 pt Citric Acid
    Mix a and h in equal parts before use. 1 oz
    Distilled Water
    74 oz!
    No. 4 The remover is applied to the rust spots
    Water ±l by a swab or brush made of pure
    cotton ;
    Alcohcl
    Acetic Acid, Glacial
    1 pt the spots are then rinsed with
    pure water.
    1 oz'
    Oxalic Acid 1 oz
    Scouring Solution for Piece Goods
    ^0. 5
    '

    Tnsodium Phosphate
    .

    : :

    Sodium Bisulphite 1 oz,


    W.M.S Agent
    Water
    ^
    SOAPS, CLEAITSERS 499

    Textile Scouring Emulsion addition to being oil soaked, the dirt


    Oleic Acid 10 g. usually loosens and settles to the bottom.
    Pine Oil 87 g. The dirt that does not loosen and settle
    Trigamine 3 g. can generally be removed with ease by
    Water 100 g. brushing or scraping. To hasten drying
    the belt may be run through an ordinary
    Mix 30 grams of tlie.pine oil with, the
    washing wringer, provided the belt is not
    trigamine, and oleic acid and stir thor-
    too wide. If too wide for a wringer, dry
    oughly. Then add slowly 35 grams of
    with a cloth.
    water and stir till a smooth thick emul-
    sion is formed. Then add the remainder A putty knife or similar broad scrap-
    ing device having rounded corners is a
    of the oil with high speed agitation and
    good tool for scraping leather belts. Fi-
    finally the rest of the water.
    bers of a belt, whether leather or substi-
    tute, must never be injured.
    Cleaning Tarnished Metal Fabrics Place dry sawdust on the belt after
    Eub the cloth with a weak solution
    (1) laying the belt flat on the floor and clean
    of ammonia followed by dilute acetic with a stiff broom. Then turn, the belt
    acid, using a soft clean cloth. and do the same to the other side. After
    (2) Polish with jeweler rouge, just
    this pack the belt in powdered chalk.
    as you would table silver, only handling Fuller’s earth, or fine sawdust and keep
    the fabric more carefully. it in a warm place. The warmth improves
    capillary attraction and will aid the ma-
    Spotting Heavy Pile Fabrics terial in absorbing the oil. After the
    A successfid formula for spotting vel- belt is dry lubricate it with a suitable
    vet, plush, corduroy or any goods having dressing.
    a heavy pile: Mix one-half pint each of
    acetone, denatured alcohol and water. Cleaning Suede Gloves
    This mixture is used in the same way Dissolve neatsfoot oil in benzol in the
    that plain water would be and for the proportion of one part of the oil to four
    same kinds of stains. Cannot be used parts of benzol. Apply the mixture by
    on cellulose acetates or mixtures. dipping a piece of cheesecloth into it and
    rubbing lightly over the entire glove. As
    Cleaning Upholstery each glove is treated, lay it aside. The
    Make a warm soapsuds of ordinary benzol will evaporate, leaving the oil in
    strength and sponge the surface of the the leather, so ’it makes no difference
    upholstery with this. If necessary use a whether the rinsing is done immediately
    scrub brush to assist in removing the dirt. following the completion of the first
    When the dirt is softened sponge the sur- treatment or any time later. There will
    face with clear water to thoroughly rinse be no appreciable effect on the color.
    it. When dry you will find the surface The oil solution may be applied quickly
    well cleaned. with a soft-bristle brush.
    The next procedure is to rinse the
    Soapless Bug Shampoo or Cleaner gloves, one at a time, in dry cleaning
    Monoethanolamine 1 g- solvent and squeeze out well, or roll up
    Sulfatate 4 g- in a cloth, to dispose of the excess sol-
    Wetanol 20 g. vent, then hang to dry at ordinary tem-
    Isopropyl Alcohol 18 g. perature. The idea is to make quick work
    Water 500 g. of the rinsing and so reduce loss of color
    Allow to stand
    to a minimum. Do not allow the glove
    Stir until dissolved.
    to lie in the solvent, nor should it be
    overnight in a cool place. Filter. This
    brushed. Simply rub and squeeze in the
    is an excellent cleaner which does not
    hands to remove the oil, and with the oil
    affect colors or ^^feel”.
    the soil that can be removed, in that way.

    Carpet Cleaner Glae4 Kid Benovator


    Alcohol 1
    Vinegar 5
    lb.
    lb.
    A renovator is made from 1 lb. shellac,

    Sulfatate % oz.
    2 oz. castor oil to 5 % pints of spirit,
    stained with the appropriate dyestuff,
    spirit soluble nigrosine for black, and a
    spirit soluble tan for browns.
    Immerse the loosely wound coil, on
    edge, in the liquid, and allow to soak Cleaning Straw and Panama Hats
    overnight. Then stand on the other edge A simple wet process for cleaning and
    for 10 hoars. If the belt is dirty in bleaching straws is to go over the hat
    500 SOAPS, CLEAKSERS

    'with,sponge dipped in soapy water, then them in the bath about 12 hours, wring-
    rinsing under a water tap. The hat is ing and rinsing in cold water.
    then wiped nearly dry with a soft cloth,
    after which a solution of oxalic acid Modified or ISTcutral Laundry Sodas
    (one-half ounce in one quart of water) Formula No. 1 2 3
    is applied and allowed a few minutes Sodium Bicarbonate 27 50 64 lb.
    time. Then rinse under a water tap. Sodium Carbonate 60 37 27 lb.
    This method, though used by many, is
    not recommendedj since it may cause ten- Poison Gases, Washing Off
    dering of the straw if not well rinsed For the removal of chlorine, phosgene,
    out. chlorpicritt and ehloroacetophenone from
    Panamas are usually cleaned by plac- objects, air for 1 hour then rub with
    ing on a block and sponging or brushing 10% sodium carbonate solution. Dichlor
    over with soap and water, rinsing and arsine is neutralized with a 5% solution
    allowing to dry. If greasy around the of calcium chloride or chloramine.
    band, the hat should first be brushed with Metal parts should be rubbed 'with oil
    dry cleaning solvent. The main thing in after washing and drying to prevent rust-
    cleaning a panama is to remove all the ing. Yperite is removed by a 10% solu-
    old sulphur dressing. tion of chloramine and airing for two
    A fairly simple and satisfactory finish hours.
    or dressing for panamas is to make up
    a solution of gum arabic by dissolving Mildew Removal
    a rounding tablespoonful in one quart of Mildew on white goods is rather difd-
    water and letting stand overnight. This cult to remove. Above all it is important
    is used with lac sulphur by having a dish not to use such strong chemicals that the
    of the sulphur at hand and lightly squeez- spots will be changed into holes. The
    ing a sponge out of the gum arabic solu- mildewed part should be first rubbed
    tion, then dipping it into the sulphur and lightly -with soap paste, then washed and
    applying to the hat. This should be done dried. Sometimes the spots are bleached
    evenly and the hat allowed to dry. ‘When out by this process alone. For further
    dry, the hat is brushed over well with treatment use a solution of 2 to 5 parts
    the dry sulphur, then the excess sulphur of citric acid in 100 parts of water, or
    is brushed off and the hat rubbed over a mixture of 30 parts of commercial
    with a soft cloth to finish. hydrogen peroxide, 5 parts of ammonia
    Some hatters prefer to use the gum water, and 125 parts of water. Moisten
    arabic solution in mixture with the lac the spots frequently with this and then
    sulphur in proper proportions to make a rinse in plain water. In extreme cases
    creamy paste which is applied to the hat even this method will fail, for sometimes
    and allowed to dry. When dry the hat the structure of the material itself is
    is brushed over with the dry sulphur, changed. In any event the spots will not
    which is then brushed off and the hat be removed by friction, that is by heavy
    rubbed with a soft cloth. pounding in the wheel.
    Still another method is to make up a
    creamy solution by mixing lac (precipi- Enzyme-Containing Detergents
    tated) sulphur with either full strength S’wiss Patent 176,622
    hydrogen peroxide or a solution of per- Formula No, 1
    borate, as above, which is applied evenly Sodium Alginate 15 g.
    to the hat and allowed to dry. When Salt 5 g.
    dry the loose powder is brushed off. This Sodium Carbonate 75 g.
    gives some bleaching effect, but since the Pancreatin 5 g.
    proper application of sulphur with a gum No. 2
    arabic solution (as above) has covering Sulphonated Fatty Alcohol 20 g.
    power, the matter of bleaching becomes Salt 5 g.
    of less significance. Sodium Carbonate 70 g.
    Pancreatin 5 g.
    Washing Clothes Without Boiling
    British Patent 443,615 REMOVAL OF MILL SPOTS IN
    CJothes are washed without boiling by TEXTILE PLANTS
    introdueing them into a bath at about It is hoped that the publication of some
    80® containing per 100 1. of water and problems and their respective answers of
    addition of a clear solution in 1-2 1. of one textile chemist wiU not only give aid
    water of 60 grams of sodium peroxide to the chemists now in the industry, but
    and a further addition of 250 g. of liquid offer hints to the newly initiated mem-
    waterglass at 34-38° B6., maintaining bers of the profession.
    SOAPS. CLEANSERS 501

    The most important problems cannot cent by volume sulphonated castor oil,
    be enumerated, but we all agree that the and 5 per cent by volume water. Pull the
    successful elimination of mineral oil spots goods from the kier through a hot wash
    from textile fabrics is a mutual ground and then to the finishing wash mill and
    on wMcii we may begin a discussion. process as originally planned.

    Bemoval of Mineral Oil Bemoval of Graphite and Other Stains


    Many effective solvents and emulsifiers It is a too frequent occurrence for some
    are available. A spot remover, which
    weaving^ mills to get the griege goods
    ‘
    leaves the least trace of a ' spot-washed’
    ^
    soiled with graphite and loom oil stains.
    place, is the chief factor which governs
    There is also another type of stain which
    one in. the choice of the solvent or emul- is caused when a broken warp end is re-
    sifier. Now consider the removal of min- tied by a weaver. A long black stain is
    eral oil or grease spots from grey goods.
    usually left after the broken end is tied.
    These spots probably came from the loom, This consists of perspiration mixed with
    though oil has been known to get on yarn the soil and grime from the weaver’s
    in the spinning and winding departments.
    hands. It is practically impossible to
    The chief problem is to remove the oil entirely remove all traces of these stains.
    and not take out the natural fats, waxes However, some can be completely removed
    or color of the fiber. A
    solution of 100
    and others can be made so much lighter
    cc. of methyl alcohol in which is dissolved
    that the stains are no longer noticeable.
    50 g. of neutral soap in 100 cc. water An inexpensive means of treating such
    will remove the oil if the spot is rubbed
    stains consists of passing the cloth
    lightly with a glass rod. After the oil through a two roll mangle containing the
    or grease is sufficiently loose, wipe it following solution
    with a damp cloth and absorb the re-
    maining moisture with a dry cloth or Hexalin 2 qt
    paper towel. The precaution of absorb- Pine Oil 4 qt.
    ing the moisture is taken to prevent a Soap Solution (1%) 3 gaL
    subsequent mold or mildew growth.
    The method of ‘^spot washing” is ac- These are mixed together to form a
    complished by rubbing the spot with a fairly stable emulsion. Hot water is
    glass rod 4 to 6 inches long. It is ad- added while stirring constantly until the
    visable to heat each end of the rod in a emulsion is diluted to 50 gallons.
    Bunsen fiiame and form a knob by press- After passing the cloth through this
    ing the heated end against a flat surface. mixture the batclied-up goods are left
    A dressed pine board free of knots forms rolled up on the shell overnight. If time
    a good surface on which to rub the oil does not permit, the cloth is held at least
    or grease spot. three hours before further processing.
    An oil wMeh is light in color such as The fabric is now treated like any other
    lubricating mineral oil, S.A.E. 20 or 30, griege goods. It will be found after
    will not usually be hard to remove, but boil-off that this preliminary treatment
    the hot oils and grease from the dry has helped to remove practically all the
    cans or tenter frame penetrate the fiber objectionable oil and graphite stains.
    and it is difficult to remove the spots
    caused by hot oil or grease. An effective
    solution which has been found to readily
    Soft Transparent Laundering Soap
    emulsify these spots and effect their re-
    Coconut Oil 90 g.
    moval is prepared as follows in the order
    Tallow or Hard Fat 10 g.
    given
    Caustic Potash (40® Be.) 50 g.
    Tetralin 280 cc.
    TJse cold way of saponification to ob-
    Hexalin 200 cc.
    tain light-colored soaps.
    Sulphonated Castor or
    Seal against air, since the high content
    Olive Oil 100 cc.
    of coconut oil makes the soap hygro-
    Neutral Soap Dissolved in
    scopic.
    50 cc. Water 4 g*
    The addition of 75 cc. carbon tetra-
    chloride is optional.
    Perborate Laundry Soap
    Bemoval of Paint British Patent 435,710
    Treat the goods in Her under 4 pounds Sodium Hexametaphosphate 15 lb.
    pressure for 5 hours, using 2 per cent of Sal Soda 10 1b.
    the weight of the goods of the following Sodium Perborate 10 lb.
    solution: 50 per cent by volume tetralin, Magnesium Silicate 1 lb.
    35 per cent by volume hexalin, 10 per Soap, Powdered 50 lb.
    502 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    Polisliing Soap Soap Powder 90


    Pormula No. 1 Sodium Bicarbonate 300
    Coconut Oil Patty Acid 50 kg. 6-Naphthol 10
    Caustic Soda (38° Be.) 30.5 kg. No. 4
    Filler 15 kg. Soap Powder 650
    Whiting, Finest 15 kg. Trisodium Phosphate 250
    Talcum 3 kg. Sodium Bicarbonate 70
    No. 2 Boric Acid 30
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid 50 kg. No. 5
    Caustic Soda (38° Be.) 30.5 kg. Soap Powder 700
    Tripoli 8 kg. Sodium Bicarbonate 280
    Pumice, Finest Powder 5 kg. Chinosol 20
    Neuburg Chalk 25 kg. No. 6
    Soap Powder 550
    Sodium Biborate 430
    Saddle Soap
    Chloramine 20
    a. Palm Oil, Lagos 14 kg.
    Rosin, Light 1 kg.
    Liquid Bog Soap
    Caustic Soda, 38° Be. 7 kg. /Ml
    a. Coconut Oil 10 kg.
    o. Water 35-40 kg.
    h. Caustic Potash
    Glycerin, 30° Be.,
    (50° Be.) 5.3 kg.
    Light 5 kg.
    Water 3 kg.
    d. Talcum 0.2 kg.
    Potassium Carbonate 1
    c. kg.
    Melt a and saponify in the usual man- Calcium Chloride 1 kg.
    gier withto the desired consistency;
    h, Sugar 10 kg.
    add 0, iinally d. Let cool in molds. Water 46 kg.
    Some of these soaps contain 1-2% bees- d. Liquefied Phenol 4 kg.
    wax.
    Melt to 50° C., add h and keep hot
    fij

    till the saponification is finished. Must


    Bog Soap be just alkaline to phenolphthalein; Add
    a. Potassium Hydroxide 4.05 kg.
    d, and the hot solution c. Mix thor-
    Water 6.15 kg.
    oughly. CooL Filter through glass-
    Z>. Linseed Oil 18 kg.
    wooL
    0 . Alcohol to clear
    d, Cresol 1.55 kg.
    Bulk Paste Soap
    Mix a and add o. Let stand at Tallow 50 kg.
    room temperature, shaking intermittently, Hard Fat 50 kg.
    until saponified. Add d. Mix until dis- Caustic Soda (25° BA) 100 kg.
    solved. Water 600 kg.
    Agar-Agar Solution
    Shampoo for Young Puppies (%-l%) 100 kg.
    Starch, Be-greased 75 lb.
    The
    fats (other fats can be taken) are
    Silica Gel 10 lb.
    saponified with the soda, after thinning
    Borax, or Bicarbonate 10 lb.
    the latter with a part of the water to
    Pyrethrum Powder or
    Paradichlorbenzene 5 lb.
    10-12° BA The remainder of the water
    is added hot to the finished soap, and
    Perfume* 1 lb.
    * Consisting: of: the whole is mixed with the agar muci-
    Thymol 10 oz. lage in the crutcher. Fill into barrels.
    Laurel Oil 15 oz.
    Eucalyptus 0x1 10 oz.
    Oritless Soap Paste
    Bog Bath Powders Soap Chips 8 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Soda Ash 4 lb.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 200 g.
    Borax 1 lb.
    Sodium Chloride 750 g-
    Water 80 lb.
    Soap Powder 30 g- Sassafras Oil 3 lb. '

    Chloramine 20 g- Bissolve soap, soda ash and borax in


    No. 2 half the water under slow heat, add oil
    Trisodium Phosphate 350 g- and rest of water, let boil 10 min.
    Sodium Biborate 200 g-
    Sodium Chloride 120 g* White, Cheap Paste Soap
    Boric Acid 30 g- a. Hard Soap, Chips 100 kg.
    No. 3 Water (90° 0.) 650 kg.
    Sodium Chloride 500 g* h. Agar-Agar 1- 2 kg.
    Sodium Perborate 100 g- Water: 80-100 kg.
    SOAPS, CLEAKSEES 503

    Cleanser Paste Scouring Powder


    Hard Soap, Powdered 5 kg. Formula No. 1
    Sodium Carbonate 10 kg. Soap Powder 7 lb.
    Pumice Powder, Pine 60 kg. Powdered
    Silica, 93 lb.
    Sea Sand 25 kg. Mix thoroughly.
    Olycerin-Water
    No.'
    (5-10%) to paste
    Silica 100 lb.
    Neutral Soda 10 lb.
    Soap Powder
    Pormnla No. 1 Detergent Powder
    Soap 42 g. Silica 30 lb.
    Soda Ask 42 g. Soap Powder 10 lb.
    Borax, Powdered 15 g. Neutral Soda 65 lb.
    Salt 1 g.
    No, 2 Detergent Soap Powder
    Coconut or Palm Kernel Soap Powder 140 lb.
    Oil Patty Acid 20 lb. Neutral Soda 315 lb.
    Tallow or Bleached Palm SiUca 245 lb.
    Oil, or Pale Bone Pat
    Patty Acid 20 lb.
    Caustic Soda (38® B^.) 20 lb.
    Powder Cleanser
    Sodium Carbonate 22 lb.
    Formula No. 1
    Sodium Silicate (36-38® B4.) 4 lb.
    Trisodium Phosphate 15 lb.

    Water 20 lb.
    Sal Soda, Powdered 85 lb.

    Mix the thus obtained, finished pow- No. 2


    dered soap with sodium perborate, 9:1. Soda Ash 95 oz.
    Ammonium Sulphate 5 oz.
    No. 3 Some tricalcium phosphate or dried
    Soap Stock Base 400 lb.
    starch may be added if desired, to obvi'
    Soda Ash 350 lb.
    ate caking.
    Neutral Soda 700 lb.
    No. 3
    No. 4 TJ. S. Patent 2,041,744
    Soap Stock Base 480 1b.
    Soda Ash 350 lb. Free (30-150 Mesh) 65-90 oz.
    Neutral Soda 250 lb. Soap, Powdered 2-10 oz.

    No. 5 Soda Ash 30 oz.

    <^PersiP' Type
    Palm Kernel Oil Floor and Tile Grit Cleansers
    Patty Acid 15-17 kg. Formula No. 1
    Tallow- or Hard Fat Moisture 6.74 lb.
    Patty Acid 17-15 kg. Volcanic Ash 66.28 lb.
    Caustic Soda (38® B^.) 17 kg. Soda Ash 20.01 lb.
    Sodium Silicate (38® B6.) 8 kg. Anhydrous Soap 7.14 lb.
    Sodium Carbonate 20 kg.
    No. 2
    Water 23 kg.
    Soap 5 lb.
    To the Soda Ash 10 lb.
    Finished Powder 90 kg.
    Volcanic Ash 85 lb.
    add The fineness called for is that not moi
    Sodium Perborate 10 kg. than 5 per cent shall be retained on the
    20-mesh screen, 70 per cent shall pass
    through a 60-mesh screen, and 25 per
    Soap Chip®
    cent shall be retained on the 100-mesh.
    Soap from the Kettle 1000 kg.
    Borax, Powdered 130 kg.
    A variation of 10 per cent in any of the
    above shall not be considered sufficient
    Caustic Soda (40%) 23 kg.
    cause for rejection. The volchnic ash
    Perfume to suit
    shall be free from any hard particles that
    ^

    will scratch glass under 12 lb. pressure.


    Scrubbing Powder The soap used shall be true anhydrous
    Abrasi?© Powder M lb. soap of either animal or vegetable origin,
    Soda Ash 15 lb. excluding fish oil soaps.
    Trisodium Phosphate 10 lb. The soap employed in such a powder
    Sodium Meta Phosphate 5 lb. should be of relatively low titre, so that
    504 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    specks of soap shall not stick to the sur- Cleaning Dairy Equipment
    face being cleaned. Metal equipment is more effectively
    The Pennsylvania R.R. furnishes the freed from bacteria by 5% trisodium
    following specifications for ‘^soap pow- phosphate solution than by customary
    der ^ ^ for cleaning painted and varnished chlorine solutions. The corrosive action
    surfaces: of the alkaline solution is eliminated by
    The powder shall be a mixture contain- addition of 3% of sodium chromate to
    ing 30 per cent of neutral soap, the re- the dry crystals.
    mainder being a siliceous abrasive ma-
    terial consisting of pulverized pumice,
    Floor and Wall Soap
    tripoli, quartz, or feldspar. The abrasive
    Pure vegetable oil soap (see index)
    used must be of such fineness and char-
    without ultramarine blue while still hot
    acter that it wiU not scratch varnish.
    This railroad also uses a scouring pow-
    and fluid when made is diluted with an
    equal volume of water. Product is a
    der for marble, tile, and generally where
    soap jelly of fine texture.
    painted surfaces are not involved. It is
    a mixture of soap 5 per cent, soda ash
    2 to 8 per cent, and siliceous abrasive 90 Soap Bubble Composition
    per cent. In either of these powders the Coconut Potash Soap
    abrasive must pass 90 per cent through (Anhydrous Basis) 15.0 oz.
    the 200-mesh sieve. Gum Arabic 2.0 oz.
    A product which has been found a very Glycerol 6.0 oz.
    effective garage floor cleaner consists of Dye, Basic, to color, about 0.3 oz.
    12 per cent low titre soap and 88 per Water 76.7 oz.
    cent sodium metasilicate. This composition is used to prepare
    very large soap bubbles of lasting value.
    Gritty Powdered Cleansers If warm air is blown into same they will
    The purpose of cleansers containing rise rapidly. This has been used for ad-
    water-insoluble substances is to assist the vertising purposes and for spectacular
    cleansing operation by means of their effects, mostly indoors. It is usable out-
    abrasive properties. The most common doors if there is not a high wind. Dyes
    of these are the household cleansers used may be omitted and a very small amount
    for pots and pans, bath tubs, tile, etc. of petroleum oil added when an irri-
    The average composition is: descent effect upon the surface is pro-
    Anhydrous Soap 5 lb. duced. The percentages may be varied
    Soda Ash 10 Ib^ widely which applies particularly to the
    Silica 85 lb. glycerol content. This value wiU have to
    In practice, such a product is made by be increased if the relative humidity that
    noixing powdered soap with the requisite day is low. The gum arable may be
    amount of alkali and silex, of about 140 increased if it is desired to increase the
    mesh, in a horizontal mixer. longevity of the balloons or bubbles,
    though it will substantially diminish their
    Floor Scrubbing Powder size. While any kind of a soap may be
    Pumice, Powdered 85 lb. used, coconut potash usually produces
    Soda Ash 10 lb. the best suds.
    Soap, Powdered 5 lb.

    Scouring Powder for Kitchen and


    Garage Floor Cleaner
    Household
    Soap, Powdered 12 lb.
    Hard Soap, Powdered 7 g.
    Sodium Metasilicate 86 lb.
    Sodium Metaphosphate 5 g.
    Sodium Carbonate 8 g.
    Floor Cleaner Trisodium Phosphate
    Carbon Tetrachloride 5 g.
    60 oz.
    Neuburg Chalk (or partially
    Gasoline 40 oz.
    substituted by Edeselguhr
    Amyl Acetate 0.5 oz.
    or Pumice) 75 g.
    Mopping Powder Mix powders thoroughly. Use ingre-
    dients of equal particle size to get a
    Silica 100 lb.
    Soap Powder 20 lb.
    homogeneous product.
    Neutral Soda 10 lb.
    Household Cleaner
    Washing Powder for Dairies Soap 25 Ib.
    Soda Ash 60 lb. Trisodium Phosphate 10 lb.
    Trisodium Phosphate 40 lb. Silica, Powdered 65 lb.
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 505

    Paste Detergent, Household Bathtub Cleaners


    Water 19.88 lb. Suitable bathtub cleansers may be
    Silica 71.42 lb. made with the following ingredients:
    Boap ^‘04 lb. Formula No. 1
    The silica used is about 140 mesh. Trisodium Phosphate 25 oz.
    The soap is made of tallow and coconut Soap, Powdered 25 oz.
    oil. To produce such a product the soap Fine Abrasive (Chalk) 50 oz.
    is dissolved in the requisite amount of No. 2
    hot water, then cooled to about 150® F., Trisodium Phosphate 10 oz.
    and the sUica is added and mixed in. Soap, Powdered 20 oz.
    The mixture is filed into cans before it Pine Abrasive (Chalk) 70 oz.
    starts to gel, so that the sand has not These give efficient mechanical and de-
    sufficient time to settle out. tergent action.

    ^Pipe and Sink Cleanser Bath Tub and Porcelain Cleanser


    German Patent 527,293 Trisodium Phosphate 250 g.
    Bodium Hydroxide, Solid 80 lb. Soap Powder 250 g.
    Sodium Carbonate 10 lb. Whiting 500 g.
    Aluminum Filings 7 lb.
    Zinc Pilings 3 lb. Toilet Cleanser
    Muriatic Acid 27 lb.
    (Beer-, Milk-) Pipe Cleaning Compound Water 2 gaL
    Formula No. 1 Water-soluble red color is added if
    Soda Ash 25 lb. desired.
    Sodium Perborate 75 lb.
    No. 2 Lavatory Cleaner
    Soda Ash 320 lb.
    Sodium Hydrogen Sulphate 6 lb.
    Sodium Hydroxide, Alum (Powdered) 3 lb.
    Powdered 64 lb. Salt 1 lb.

    Potassium Chlorate, The powdered ingredients are well


    Powdered 40 lb. mixed and kept away from air.
    Caution; Do not grind or press in mix-
    ing. Glass Windshield Cleaners
    Formula No. 1
    No. 3 Trisodium Phosphate 4
    oz.
    Caustic Soda Lye, Water 96
    oz.
    Technical 4 lb.
    Green Dye to suit
    Chlorine Solution, No. 2
    Concentrated 1 lb.
    Caustic Soda 3 oz.
    Must be diluted for use. Sodium Metasilicate 1 oz.
    Green Dye ) .

    Benzaldehyde f
    Enamel Cleanser No. 3
    Soap Powder 10 kg.
    Sodium Metasilicate 1 oz.
    Sodium Carbonate 15 kg.
    Water 99 oz.
    Sodium Metaphosphate 5 kg.
    Dye to suit
    Pumice, Fmest Powder 70 kg.
    No. 4
    Denatured Alcohol 20 oz.

    Sink Cleanser Water 80 oz.


    German Patent 527,293 Perfume and Color to suit
    Caustic Soda, No. 5
    Powder or Scale 80 kg. Denatured Alcohol 35 oz.

    Soda Ash 10 kg. Ethylene Glycol 1 oz.


    Aluminum Filings 7 kg. No. 6
    Zinc Filings 3 kg. Kerosene 100 oz.
    Paraffin Wax % oz.
    No. 7
    To Clean Sinks and Basins Kerosene 65 oz.
    A paraffin oil on a clean rag or
    little Carbon Tetrachloride 35 oz*
    cloth will easily clean the dirtiest wash No. 8
    basin or sink. The paraffin smell may be Light Petroleum Oil 40 oz.
    removed by rinsing with cold water. Dipentene 60 oz.
    506 SOAPS, CLEANSEES

    TSTo. 9 For Beer Jars, Etc,


    TrietHanolamine Oleate 2 oz. Trisodium Phosphate 20 g.
    Kerosene 15 oz. Whiting 40 g-
    Beeswax 4 oz. Kieselguhr, Calcined 40 g-
    Carnauba Wax 1 oz.
    For All Glassware
    Celite (Light Abrasive) 16 oz.
    Sodium Metasilicato 30 g.
    Sodium Carbonate 20 g.
    Window-Glass Spray Cleaner Trisodium Phosphate 50 g*
    A glass spray cleaner consists of an
    The first" two powders are wetted with
    approximately 5%
    water solution of some
    water or alcohol and thus smeared on the
    organic solvent which, like soap, greatly
    glass. When they are dried there, the
    reduces the surface tension of water, but
    powder is wiped off with dry paper or
    which is also volatile, thus excelling soap
    rags.
    for the purpose. The liquid thus spreads
    The following two powders (which
    quietly over the glass and does not sepa-
    should be packed in parchment bags) are
    rate in droplets. The solvent is usually used suspended in water. They "should
    one which is only slightly soluble in
    be rinsed out at once with clear water.
    water. Of the following examples, the
    The last powder is water-soluble (1:10
    second is somewhat cheaper, but of in boiling water). Wash the glass in
    slightly more offensive smell. Perfumes this solution, and rinse out with clear
    and identifying dyes may of course be water.
    added,
    Pormula Ko. 1 Glass Cleaner
    Cellosolve Acetate 1 pt. Formula No. 1
    Sulfatate (Wetting Agent) 10 g. Formalin 1 OZ-
    Water 19 pt Alcohol 1 gal.
    Ko. 2 Glycerin 2 oz.
    n-Butyl Alcohol 1 pt No. 2
    Sulfatate (Wetting Agent) 10 g. Olive Oil 14 kg.
    Water 19 pt Ammonia about 7 kg.
    Water 8 kg.
    Window
    Cleanser
    No. 3
    Pormula No. 1
    French Patent 802,615
    o. Quillaya Bark,
    Chlorbenzol 60 g.
    Powdered 1.5 kg.
    p-Dichlorbenzol 5 g.
    Water, Boiling about 100 1,
    Turpentine 6 g.
    h. Sulphuric Acid
    Sawdust 19 g.
    (66® BA) 5 1.
    Fullers Earth
    Copper Sulphate 10 g.
    20 g.
    c. Kleselguhr to make paste
    Scrubbing Powder for Glass
    No. 2
    (Bon Ami Type)
    Cologne Chalk (Whiting) 60 g. Powdered Soap (90%) 5 lb.
    Tripoli 30 g. Silica (200 Mesh) 90 lb.
    Bolus 15 g.
    Apply with a linen cloth, to the
    moistened glass. Cleaner for Glass Molds
    H. S. Patent 2,116,034
    Glass Cleanser Powders
    Tartaric Acid
    Stannous Chloride
    % oz.
    5 lb.
    For Windows, Etc, Water
    Hard Soap, Powdered 1 gal.
    15 g.
    Whiting 50 g.
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 25 g. Cleanser for Dishes
    Bole, White 10 g. Pumice Powder, Fine 60 g.
    For Windows, Etc, Soap Powder (30%) 30 g,
    Whiting 30 Trisodium Phosphate 10 g.
    g.
    Calcium Carbonate,
    Precipitated 50 g. Hard Water Dish Cleaner
    Kieselguhr, Calcined 20 g. U. S. Patent 2,035,652
    For Beer Glasses, Etc, Sodium Hexametaphosphate 40 oz.
    Lime Hydrate, Screened 25 g. Sodium Metasilicate 40 oz.
    Whiting 50 g. Trisodium Phosphate 15 oz*
    Pumice Flour 25 g. Caustic Soda 5 oz«
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 507

    Dish Washing Powder Ultramarine 0.5 g.


    Neutral Soda 70 lb. Perfume 1 g*
    Soap Powder 80 lb. Make a dough of ® and bake it. Dry
    completely, grind, and mix with h.
    Dish Cleaner and Disinfectant Paste with water for use.
    Trisodium Phosphate 15 oz. No. 3
    Sodium Hexametaphosphate 40 oz. Wheat Starch, Powdered 300 g.
    Sodium Silicate 40 oz. Sodium Chloride,
    Caustic Soda 5 oz. Saturated Solution 650 g.

    Use 1 of above mixture to 99 oz.


    oz. Heat on steam-bath, stirring continu-
    ally.
    of water at 60° C. Rinse with water
    at 75° C. No. 4
    Potato Flour 20 lb.

    Bottle Washing
    Solutions Pumice Powder 4 lb.

    For soak tanks, 1-2% caustic soda so- Ammonia a little

    lution is the most economical, but for Water to give paste


    soaker washers 1 pt. of sodium phosphate Heat to 60° C. for some time to get
    or metasilicate, sodium silicate or triso- a viscous paste.
    dium phosphate to 4 pts. of caustic soda No. 5
    is advisable. The caustic soda-metasili- a. Bran 500 g.
    cate combination gives a more brilliant h. Waterglass 2 g.
    bottle and is further enhanced by small Water 330 g.
    additions of metaphosphate. The sludge c.Petroleum a little ^

    formed by trisodium phosphate is objec- Add a to a boiling solution h. Stir


    tionable. till cold, add c.

    No. 6
    Cleaning Cloth for Glass, Metal and a. Wheat Starch 10 kg.
    Furniture Water 10 kg.
    U. S. Patent 2,051,435 h. Copper Sulphate 1 kg.
    A cloth of cotton or wool is' impreg- Sodium Carbonate,
    nated with Crystals 0.5 kg.
    Ammonium Hydroxide 1 fi. oz. Alum 0.3 kg.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 29 fl. oz. Water, to make concentrated
    Ammonium Citrate solution
    (20% Solution) 70 fi. oz. To the starch paste made by gentle
    warming add the concentrated solution
    Lens Cleaning Fluid (Lens of salts.

    Use isopropyl alcohol (98-99%). No. 7


    a. Copper Sulphate 40 g.
    Sodium Carbonate,
    Dishwashing Water Softener
    French Patent 811,602
    Crystallized 4 g.
    Water lOOO cc.
    Sodium Fluoride 100 g.
    Ammonia a few drops
    hi
    Soda Ash 50 g.
    c. TOeat Flour 1000 g. ^

    To* the solution a add b, and work in


    Wall Paper Cleaners c while boiling.
    Formula No. 1 Knead the product thoroughly, ahd
    a. Wheat Starch 500 g. apply like a rubber eraser. Make up
    Water 500 g. freshly each day.
    h. Copper Sulphate 80 g.
    Soda Ash, Crystallized 20 g.
    Cleanser for Natural and Artificial
    Alum 10 g. Stones
    Heat a to obtain a (stiU viscous) Caustic Soda 30 g.
    starch solution. Trisodium Phosphate 20 g.
    Make a concentrate of the salts h, Sodium Carbonate, Calcined 10 g,
    and work it into a, Whiting 20 g.
    'No.:, 2,
    Wood Flour 20 g.
    a. Water
    '
    20 §•
    Use a 10% aqueous dilution.
    Wheat Flour 65 g*
    Yeast 1.5 g- Cleaning Stone Work
    b. Alum 5 g* A
    mixture consisting of one gallon
    Borax 5 g* good soft soap, two pounds nnely pow-
    Clay 2 g- dered pumice stone and one pint clear
    508 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    ammonia solution usually works satisfac- a good household scrubbing brush, to


    torily on both glazed and unglazed stone. loosen the dirt. Have plenty of warm
    First remove the soot and dust from the water ready, and rinse the surface down,
    surface, then apply a liberal coating of using a large sponge or a hose. This
    the soap-pumice-ammonia mixture. Let will effectively remove smoke stains and
    it stand a half hour or so, then with a dirt. If you have no soft soap, and
    stiff brush or stubby broom, scrub the cannot obtain any, linseed oil soap may
    mixture well into the surface. Follow- be used, or you can make a soft soap
    ing this, rinse the stone thoroughly with by shaving high-grade laundry soap in
    dean water. If one treatment fails to hot water and heating on a stove until
    do the work, a second should do a com- the soap is dissolved. As a rule one
    plete job. large bar of good laundry soap will make
    one gallon of soft soap. The soft soap
    must not be thinner than a fairly heavy
    Tile Cleanser for S’lvimming Pools
    paste, however, after it is cold.
    Soap Powder (30%) 25 lb.
    Sodium Carbonate 50 lb.
    Trisodium Phosphate 20 lb. Efficient Cleanser for Hands
    Sodium Metaphosphate 5 lb. a. Cottonseed Oil Fatty Acid 6 g.
    Coconut or Balm Kernel
    Oil Fatty Acid 6 g.
    Cleaning Sandstone Buildings Lanolin 1 g.
    If the surface is begrimed with smoke Castor Oil Fatty Acid 3 g.
    and dirt, a strong solution of caustic b. Alcohol, Denatured 6 g.
    soda or pearlash, applied with a long- Camphorated Oil, Light 6 g.
    handled hbre brush and left to work for 0 Caustic Potash (50® BA)
    .
    5 g.
    fifteen minutes will usually accomplish Water 6 g.
    the desired results. The surface should d. Ammonia (10%) 5 g.
    then be washed and rinsed several times Triethanolamine Oleate 5 g.
    with clear water and a stiff brush or Cananga Oil 10 g.
    broom to remove the last trace of the Turpentine Oil 5 g.
    caustic solution. TJse rubber gloves while e» Bolus, White 1 g.
    handling or applying the solution, and Pumice, Fine, 9^000 4 g.
    be sure not to get any of the solution Perfume (Citronella OH,
    on the face nor in the eyes. If possible, Spike Oil or Sassa-
    use a hose in washing the solution off fras Oil)
    the surface, but if a hose is not avail-
    Dissolve a in b on waterbath, saponify
    able then use plenty of water and a large,
    with c until a sample dissolves clearly in
    soft sponge. If the surface is not per-
    water, add the mixture d. Work in e
    fectly clean when it becomes dry, scrub
    again with a stiff fibre brush, using a
    until pasty. Perfume if desirei
    mixture of soft soap, concentrated lye
    and fine sand. Allow this to remain on Hand Cleanser Paste for AutomobiHsts
    the surface until nearly dry, then remove Vegetable Oil Fatty Acid 6 lb.
    the cleansing material by brushing hard Coconut or Palm Kernel
    with a stiff fibre brush and plenty of Oil Fatty Acid 6 lb.
    cold water. The hands should also be Castor Oil Fatty Acid 3 lb.
    protected by rubber gloves while handling Turpentine 6 lb.
    the soap, lye and sand mixture. A sand- Alcohol 6 lb.
    blast outfit will also prove effective in Caustic Potash (50® BA) 5 lb.
    removing dirt and grime from sandstone Water 6 lb.
    surfaces. Tombstones and grave vaults Pumice, Finely Ground to form
    of sandstone may be cleaned the same paste
    IT
    as buildings. Citronella or Spike Oil as perfume

    Cfleaning Terra Cotta Buildings Metal Cleaner


    To one gallon of soft soap add two Formula No. 1
    pounds of powdered pumice stone and Trisodium Phosphate 15 lb.
    one pint of household ammonia and beat Soda Ash 60 lb.
    the mixture to a soft, smooth batter. Neutral Soda 25 lb.
    After sweeping and dusting the surface .No.'2
    ^

    fbe batter with a fiat fibre brush H. S. Patent 1,967,394


    or a whitev/ash brush. Let the material Formula No. 1
    remain on the surface from twenty to Amyl Alcohol 1 lb.
    thirty minutes* then rub the surface with Cyclohexanol 1 lb.
    SOAPS. CLEANSERS 509

    No. 2 ,
    Block Cleanser for Aluminum
    Trisodium Phosphate 4 lb. Diglycol Stearate 10 g.
    Organic Wetting Out Agent 0.4 lb. Stearic Acid 20 g.
    Oyelohexanol 1 lb. Tripoli 200 g.
    No. 3 Mix hot very thoroughly, strain. The
    U. S. Patent 2,062,038 fatty powder which results can be pressed
    into bricks.
    A dry metal cleaning and brightening
    composition consists essentially of 2
    parts by weight of phthalic anhydride, Cleaner for Tin, Zinc and Aluminum
    5 parts of sodium sulphate, 5 parts of U. S. Patent 2,037,566
    soap, and 5 parts of soap bark, adapted Trisodium Phosphate 63 oz.
    to be dissolved in water for removing Sodium Borate 10 oz.
    deposits and stains on metals, and pre- Sodium Silicate 25 oz.
    venting tarnishing. Magnesium Sulphate 2 oz.

    No. 4
    Hungarian Patent 115,327 Tin Ware Cleanser
    Chalk, Precipitated 120 g. British Patent 451,025
    Oleic Acid 10 g. Sal Soda 10 lb.
    Ammonium Carbonate 8 g. Sodium Sulphite 1 lb.
    Soda Ash 12 g.
    Oxalic Acid 11 g. Tin Equipment Cleaner
    The above is applied with a wet cloth. The following cleaners have a minimum
    corrosive effect on tin.
    Formula No. 1
    Aluminum Cleansers Sodium Sulphite 1 lb.
    Formula No. 1 Sal Soda 10 lb.
    Magnesium Oxide 30 lb. No. 2
    Whiting^ 30 lb. Sodium Sulphite 1 lb.
    Iron Oxide Red 40 lb. Sal Soda 4 lb.

    No. 2
    Vienna Chalk 50 lb. Silver Cleanser
    Infusorial Earth, Calcined 30 lb. Viennese Chalk 20 g.
    Red Bole 20 lb. Emery, Finely Powdered 15 g.
    Iron Oxide Red 15 g.
    No. 3
    Powdered Soap 20 g.
    Tartaric Acid, Powdered 5 lb.
    Triethanolamine Oleate
    Magnesium Oxide 30 lb.
    (10% Solution) to make paste
    Calcium Carbonate,
    Precipitated 40 lb.
    White Kleselguhr, Calcined 30 lb. Cleaning Corroded or Discolored Coppei’
    First wash with 5% ammonium hy-
    No. 4 droxide; then with an oxalic acid solu-
    Neuburg Chalk, Finest 60 lb.
    tion; then with water.
    Clay 20 lb.
    Magnesium Carbonate 10 lb.
    Tartaric Acid 10 lb.
    Cleaner for Auto Radiators and
    1 lb.
    Cooling System
    Dextrin
    JJ. S. Patent 2,036,848
    Water 15 lb.
    Diglycol Stearate 1 lb.
    Kerosene 4 oz.
    Ortho-diehlorbenzol 7 oz.
    All formulae can be made up into Oleic Acid 1 oz.*
    pastes by using dextrin solution as in Add the above to water (while cir-
    No. 4.
    culating). This deposits on and softens
    No. 3 and No. 4 are for fine-polishing. dirt and grease. Then add 2 oz. caustic
    No. 5 soda and circulate to saponify grease and
    Caustic Soda, Powdered 6 lb. oil. Wash out with water.
    Soda Ash, Light 56 lb.
    Trisodium Phosphate, Automobile Radiator Cleaner
    Powdered ,
    30 lb.
    D. S. Patent 2,104,385
    Sodium Metasilieate 3 lb.
    Kerosene 50 oz..
    No. 6 Sodium Metasilicate 50 oz.
    Soap Chips 15 lb. Sodium Dichromate %"' 2 oz.
    TripoE 85 lb. Water 20-60gaL
    510 SOAPS, CLEAISrSERS

    Auto Degreaser This makes an excellent fast working


    Trisodium Phospliate, non-inflammable cleaner.
    Powdered 7 lb.
    Sodium Carbonate 2 lb. Rust Remover
    Sodium Metasilicate 1 lb. U. S.Patent 1,988,823
    Ammonium Chloride 100 lb.
    Cleanser for Electrical Collectors* Ammonium Acetate 50 lb.
    a. Solar Oil (Mineral Oil) 12 kg. Sugar 18 Ib.
    Oleic Acid 10 kg. Glue 18 lb.
    Benzene 45 kg. Pyrogallol 1 lb.
    5, Ammonia 3 kg. Water 100 gal.
    Alcobol 2 kg.
    0. Neuburg Chalk 28 kg. Cleaners for Printing Rolls
    Decahydro Naphthalene 50
    Mix a, and stir in b. Fse of the ^ Turpentine or White Spirits 30
    lb.
    lb.
    emulsion to mix with o, then add the
    other half to thin the suspension. Benzol 20 lb.

    Benzene can also be replaced by an-


    other solvent, such as carbon tetra- Cleaner Emulsion for Printing Rolls
    chloride, etc. a. Oleic Acid 45.5 lb.

    * Of motors and generators.


    Caustic Soda ^5 lb.
    Water 26.5 lb.
    b. Alcohol 45.5 lb.
    Drain Pipe Cleaner c. Trichlorethylene 900.0 lb.
    Sodium Hydroxide 99 g.
    Aluminum Filings Saponify a to give a clear soap gel
    1 g.
    Dissolve by working in b; stir steadily
    and add c slowly, until completely mixed.
    Cleanser for Beer Piping
    Gives an emulsion with water, valuable
    Formula Ho, 1
    Caustic Soda 10-25 g.
    for cleaning the rolls of printing ma
    chines, etc.
    Soda Ash 10-25 g.
    Water 1 1.
    Abrasive Cleaner
    No. 2 c. Scale Wax (50/52® C.) Sr lb.
    German Patent 628,795 Ceresin 5 lb.
    Aluminum Sulphate 25 g. Oleic Acid 8 lb.
    Water 75 cc. Spindle Oil 5 lb.
    Kieselguhr 5 g- Petroleum 3 lb.
    Mix thoroughly and force through b. Heuburg Chalk 25 lb.
    )ipes under pressure. Bitter Almond Oil,
    Artificial 0.1 lb.
    Milk Utensil Antiseptic Melt a, and mix thoroughly with b.
    Sodium Sulphate 1.3 kg. Pill into cans, while hot.
    Sodium Bisulphate 3.7 kg.
    Aluminium Sulphate 1.4 kg. Paint Cleaner
    Sodium Rhodanide 3.6 kg. Formula Ho. 1
    Water, to make 100 kg. Dry Soap, Powdered 10 oz.
    Trisodium Phosphate 20 oz.
    Geanser for Printing Machinery Soda Ash 40 oz.
    Pure Vegetable Oil Soap 16 lb. Air-Blown Silica 5 oz.
    Soda Ash, Light 4 lb. Finely Powdered Kaolin 5 oz.
    Petrolatum 4.5 lb. Water 20 02.
    Kerosene 3 lb. Gtronella Oil 0.15 oz.
    Melt soap and petrolatum, stir in soda All ingredients should be mixed and
    ash then kerosene, continue slow agitation well ground and milled. A
    trace of color
    until cold. may be added.
    Ho. 2
    Type Cleaner Soap, Powdered 10 lb.
    Trichlorethylene 80 lb. Caustic Soda 5 lb.
    Dichlorbehzene 10 lb. Trisodium Phosphate 85 lb.
    Decahydronaphthalene 10 lb. Sulfatate lb. 1
    Dissolve 1 lb. in 10 gal hot water.
    Typewriter Type Geaner Ho. 3
    Diglycol Oleata
    ^^CarbitoP^
    18 oz, a. Naphtha % gal
    82 oz. Diglyeol Stearate 1 Ih.
    ;

    SOAPS. CLEANSERS 511

    Trisoditim Phosphate
    &. 4 oz. Carbon Tetrachloride 1-85 to 8 lb.
    Water 3 qt. Water 15 to 30 lb.

    Heat <2 on a water bath and stir until An alkali from


    the
    dissolved. Heat & to a boil and run into group consisting of
    a slowly while mixing vigor ously. sodium hydroxide, so-
    dium carbonate and
    mixtures thereof ap-
    Removing Blood Stains from Paint
    proximately .75 to 3.5 lb.
    Apply lukewarm water to the stained
    places repeatedly until the dried blood
    is dissolved, then wash the surface clean
    Removing Ink from Hands
    with lukew'arm water. Do not have the U. S. Patent 2,056,916
    water hot, or it will be likely to ^^set^’ Titanium Trichloride 1 oz.
    the blood, but lukewarm water should Glycerin 1 oz.
    gradually soften and remove the blood Alcohol 3 oz.
    and dissolve it. If a little liquid ammo-
    nia is added to the water this will help Removers for Iodine Stains
    to dissolve and remove the blood, but Pormula No. 1
    great care must be exercised to avoid a. Potassium Iodide (10% Solution)
    getting enough ammonia in the water to 5. Sodium Thiosulphate (10% Solu-
    injure the paint. Just keep rubbing the tion)
    surface with a sponge wet in the luke- 0 , Water.
    warm water until the blood is all removed. Apply in the order given, a may not
    A little mild soap added to the water be necessary.
    will also assist in removing the blood.
    No. 2
    If any stains persist in remaining on the Ammonia (Sp. gr. 0.960)
    surface, a rag wet with peroxide of hy- No. 3
    drogen and passed over the surface a few Sodium Bicarbonate, Powdered.
    times, followed by the lukewarm water Apply on the moistened stains.
    or water-ammonia solution, should remove
    every tra'ce of the blood.
    Removers for Silver Nitrate Stains
    Pormula No. 1
    Removing Picric Acid Stains from Skin a. Copper Chloride (20% Solution)
    Dust with powdered potassium sulphate h. Sodium Thiosulphate (10% Solu-
    wet slightly; rub into skin and wash of? tion).
    with soap and water. Treat with a, and afterwards with 5.
    Rinse thoroughly.
    Lacquer Remover for Hands No. 2
    U. S. Patent 2,056,916 a. Copper Sulphate 8 g.
    Butyl Acetate 13 oz.
    Hydrochloric Acid 2 g.
    Soap 15 oz.
    Water 90 g.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 7 oz.
    5. As in No. 1.
    Glycerin 7 oz.
    Diatomaeeous Earth 14 oz. No. 3
    Sand 19 oz.
    a. Potassium Permanganate So. (5%
    lution)
    Water 25 oz.
    5. Sodium Thiosulphate (10% Solu-
    tion)
    Removing Lacquer from Skin Diluted Hydrochloric Acid (1 to
    c.
    H. S. Patent 2,064,725
    2, or 1 to 4)
    A relatively harmless, water rinsible d. Rinse thoroughly.
    detergent composition for the removal of
    cellulose lacquer and stains from the skin
    No. 4
    consists essentially of:
    a. LugoPs Solution (Iodine-Potas-
    sium Iodide)
    A highly volatile cellulose lacquer solvent
    Ammonia.
    h.
    capable of loosening cellulose lacquer Always use in the order given.
    from the skin and selected from the
    group consisting of ethyl acetate, butyl
    acetate, pentyl acetate, ethyl propion- Cleaning Upholstery
    ate, ethylene-glycol-mono-ethyl-ether —
    Candy- ^Rub the spot with a cloth wet
    acetate, ethylene-glycol-mono-butyl- with very hot water. If necessary, fol-
    ether acetate and mixtures thereof, ap- low by sponging the spot after drying,
    proximately 10 to 20 lb. with a cloth dampened with approved
    Soap 8 to 20 lb. cleaner or carbon tetrachloride.
    Glycerin 5.5 to 16 lb. Chewing Gum—-W et the spot with
    .

    512 SOAPS, CLEANSEES

    cleaner or carbon tetrachloride and work No. 4


    the gum off with a dull table knife while Hydrogen Peroxide (2<%) 50 kg.
    moist. Ammonia 60 kg.
    Fruits—-Wet with very hot water, For fruit juice and wine stains.
    scraping any pulp from the fabric. An No. 5
    extreme case may make it necessary to Soft Soap, Unfilled 25 g.
    pour very hot water, boiling if necessary, Triethanolamine Oleate 5 g.
    directly on the spot before scraping. Water 30 g.
    This works, too, for wine or liquor stains. Alcohol 20 g.
    —
    Grease and Oil Clean and rub spots Acetone 10 g.
    with a clean cloth wet with approved Talcum 10 g.
    cleaner or with carbon tetrachloride. Shake before use.
    Ice Cream —Eub with a cloth wet with Let dry on stain, and remove by brush-
    warm soap suds and clean with a cloth ing.
    wet with cold water. After drying,
    cleaning fluid may be used to clear up Preventing Zinc Stains on Linens
    any last traces. French Patent 817,828
    —
    Lipstick Apply a small amount of To prevent zinc stains on linen boiled
    cleaning fluid or tetrachloride directly to in zinc containers, add 3% of sodium
    the stain and immediately press a blotter thiosulphate to solution.
    flrmly on the spot. Eepeat this until the
    stain is removed. Ink Eemover
    —
    Water Spots Dampen the entire Oxalic Acid 8 kg.
    panel showing the stain with a clean cloth Sodium Hyposulphite 2 kg.
    wet with cold water. Allow to dry and Water 90 kg.
    sponge the spot with cloth wet with clean-
    ing fluid. Eemoval of Ink Stains
    Spot Polish and Dressings ^After — If all other methods fail try a solution
    the polish has become thoroughly dry of potassium permanganate followed by
    brush vigorously. If necessary, moisten a solution of sodium tliiosulphate and
    the spot with cold water, allow to dry, citric acid. Then wash with clear water.
    and again repeat the brushing operation.
    Glycerin as a Stain Eemover
    Stain Eemovers Glycerin applied warm to stains made
    (Ink, Bust, Fruit Juice, Wine etc.) by mustard, coffee, cocoa, and so on, on
    Formula No. 1 delicately colored fabrics is efficient in
    a. Chloride ofLime 6 kg. removing them without damaging the
    Water 72 kg. color or the fabric. After application
    h. Sodium Carbonate, it is allowed to stand for a few minutes

    Crystallized 12 kg. and then rinsed off with water.


    Water 24 kg. For removing grease and other stains,
    Add the solution h to the suspension a,
    a cleaner made by mixing glycerin (1
    ounce), alcohol (1 ounce), ether (1
    let stand and settle.
    ounce), ammonia (4 ounces), and eastile
    Syphon off the supernatant solution,
    soap (1 ounce) mixed and stirred into
    Alter it, and
    All it into brown bottles.
    enough water to make two quarts, has
    Seal corks with paraffin.
    been recommended.
    Use this way, or in aqueous dilution;
    on dyed cloth; test out the resistance of Eust and ink spots can be removed by
    using a solution of two ounces of potas-
    the dye against the bleaching action of
    the preparation.
    sium binoxalate in 88 ounces of water,
    to which 11 ounces of glycerin have been
    This solution is know as Bau de La-
    harraque (Sodium Hypochlorite Solu- added. In use, the rust or ink spot is
    tion).
    moistened with this solution and rinsed
    out carefully after three hours. Lipstick
    No, 2 stains are said to yield to a mixture of
    Eau de Laharraque glycerin (1 part), glacial acetic acid (1
    (See No. 1) 90 kg. part ) , and methyl alcohol (3 parts )
    Oxalic Acid 10 kg. Although this is not unfailing, it is said
    Special for ink and rust stains. to be highly efficient.
    No. 3 ^

    Oxalic Acid 10 k g. Eemoving Oil Stains from Fabrics


    Sodium Thiosulphate 3 kg. Aniline Oil 1 oz.
    Water 87 kg. Powdered Soap 1 oz.
    For ink or rust stains. Water 10 oz.
    : —

    SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    The stained portion of the goods should Cleanser for Milk Vessels
    be allowed to remain in the solution for Ammonium Carbonate
    some time and then be well washed with Caustic Soda, Powdered
    water. Sodium Meta Phosphate
    Sodium Meta Silicate
    Removal of Bust Stains TriSodium Phosphate
    Use a solution of Potassium Acid Oxa- Sodium Sulphite*
    late. * Anti-corrosive.

    Removing Nail Polish Stains from


    ^^Celanese^’ Composition to Clean Wooden Surfaces
    Two ounces of amyl acetate ; one ounce Montan Wax, Double Bleached 4 g.
    of benzol and one -half ounce of denatured Paraffin Wax (50/52^ C.) 6 g.
    alcohol. Soap, Castile 1 g.
    Since nail polishes are of different com- Water 68 g.
    position, this formula may not apply to Methyl Alcohol 20 g.
    all of them, but only to the cellulose Ammonia (Concentrated) 1 g.
    nitrate polishes, which are the most com- Color with any water soluble color.
    mon.

    Removing Automobile Grease Stains Cleaning Light Oak Desks


    First rub lard or white petrolatum on
    Make up a wash of 8 ounces of soda
    ash in a gallon of warm water and scrub
    the spot on the wrong side. Use a clean
    with a soft bristle brush. Follow this
    rag to remove this, with as much of the
    with a wash of warm water and then dry
    black grease as possible, lay the spot face
    with a cloth.
    down on a clean pad, apply carbon tetra-
    chloride on the wrong side, to push the
    dirt out, rather than rub it in from the Washing Butter Churns
    right side. Brush lightly or feather’^
    A small quantity, not to exceed 35 or
    the edge of the spot, so there will be no 40 gallons, of hot water is added to the
    ring. churn as a first wash. This first water
    should be added to the churn as quickly
    To Remove Mold-Stains from (White) as possible, the churn placed in high gear
    Laundry and permitted to operate for 8 or 10
    1. Pre-spot with soft soap by rubbing revolutions. The water is then removed
    it in gently; wash out in clear water. as quickly as possible. This procedure
    Dry. eliminates the fat that is adhering to the
    2. Bleach with walls of the churn and assists in prevent-
    W'ater 100 cc.
    ing the churn from becoming oil-soaked.
    Citric Acid 2-5 g- Following the first washing, the churn
    or should be washed with a hot water (water
    Hydrogen Peroxide 50 g* at about 200® F.) which may contain
    Ammonia 5 g- (occasionally) a small amount (not more
    Water, Distilled 125 g* than 1,4 per cent) of such washing pow-
    Wet the repeatedly with the
    stains der as may be employed in the plant.
    lution, and then wash with clear water. Following the washing of the churn
    with a second washing, a third -washing
    Dried Milk Stain Cleaner is given with clear hot water as a rinse.
    Ammonium Carbonate 50 g. If it is desired to add a solution contain-
    Trisodium Phosphate 40 g. ing chlorine, itmay be added with this
    Sodium Metasilicate 10 g. last rinsing. When the churn is ready
    Sodium Meta Phosphate 5-10 g. for use, it should be rinsed with cold
    water, A chlorine solution may be ‘used
    Chewing Gum Remover if desired, followed by a cold water rinse.
    Carbon tetrachloride or its emulsion is
    used.
    Cleaning Piano Keys
    Cleaner for Carbon Paper, Ink and Use a soft rag dipped in alcohol in
    Typewriter Ribbon Stains which a small piece of camphor has been
    dissolved.
    U. S. Patent 2,091,220
    Titanium Trichloride
    (20% Solution) 1 oz. Cleaning Gilded Surfaces
    Glycerin 1 oz. Slake two ounces of quick lime in a
    Alcohol 3 oz. little hot water, then gradually add two
    514 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    and one-half pints of boiling water to Stir this mixture vigorously with the
    form a milk of lime. In another vessel mop in a pail, and rinse in water.
    dissolve four ounces of pearlash in three
    and three-fourths pints of boiling water,
    Shoe Cleaner
    and mix the two solutions, keeping the
    Carbon Tetrachloride 70 oz.
    vessel containing the mixture covered for
    Gasoline 30 oz.
    one hour, shaking occasionally. When
    Amyl Acetate 0.5 oz.
    cool pour the clear liquid off and apply
    it to the gilded surface with a soft sponge
    until all dirt and tarnish are removed, Feed Water Heater Cleaning
    and wash the surface with plenty of clear U. S. Patent 2,057,189
    water. Another preparation that is used The process of removing the gummy
    for cleaning gilded surfaces is made by coating formed by the deposit of burned
    dissolving seven ounces of bicarbonate of and carbonized lubricating oil from ex-
    soda, seven ounces of chloride of lime haust steam, resulting from the high
    and two ounces of table salt in one and temperature of the exhaust steam in ex-
    one-half pints of distilled water. This haust steam heated feed water heaters,
    solution is to be kept in a well-stoppered and the like, comprises immersing the
    glass bottle for use. Apply the solution heater in a composition comprising 00 to
    to the gilded surface with a soft sponge 85 per cent paraffin oil distilled off di-
    and rub lightly. Repeat the operation rectly above gas oil having a Saybolt
    until all dirt and tarnish are loosened, viscosity at 100° F. of about 50 to 200
    wipe loose material off with a clean rag, and a flash point of about 265° F. to
    then wipe the surface of the cross with 410° F., and 15 to 40 per cent coal oil at
    a clean rag wet with denatured alcohol. a temperature substantially between 150°
    If neither of the foregoing solutions re- F. and 250° F., the proportions being by
    move the dirt and tarnish, apply a solu- volume.
    tion of one-half ounce of cyanide of
    potassium in one pint of distilled water.
    Let this solution dry on the surface, and Cleaning Surgical and Dental
    brush off with prepared chalk. Cyanide Instruments
    of potassium is one of the most deadly Formula No. 1
    poisons known. Wear rubber gloves, and Sulfuric Acid 1 g.
    exercise the greatest possible caution both Alcohol 50 g.
    while handling the material and in keep- Pour the acid gradually into the al-
    ing it where no one else will be able to cohol.
    get hold of it. Mark all vessels contain- Place the instruments in the liquid for
    ing the cyanide solution DEADLY POI- 10 minutes, then remove, wash in hot
    SON. water and dry in clean sawdust.
    No. 2
    Cleanser of Wax-Polished Surfaces Prepared Chalk 2 oz.
    Tetralin 50 lb. Ammonia 2 oz.
    Hydroterpin 30 lb. Alcohol 2 oz.
    Sangajol, Terlitol, or Terapin
    Water 4 oz.
    (Turpentine Oil Substi-
    tutes) 20 lb.
    Rub the instruments with a cloth satu-
    rated with this mixture and then wipe
    them with a dry cloth.
    Cleanser for Rubber Rugs
    Oleic Acid 8 kg. No. 3
    Triethanolamine 3 kg. Ammonium Carbonate 30 S*
    Water 30 kg. Water 120 g-
    Spindle Oil 40 kg. Dissolve and add
    Precipitated Chalk 480 g-
    The cleanser should not be left on the
    rubber for too lon^ because it has a Spread the paste upon the instruments
    softening action on it. and then rub them flrst with soft flannel
    and lastly with chamois.

    Cleansing Greasy Household Mops


    Trisodium Phosphate 2 oz. Washing Compound for Canning
    Hot, Strong Soap Solution Industry
    (enough soap to make Caustic Soda 28 oz.
    good suds) 2 gal. Soap 2 oz.
    Cleaning Solvent or Other Sodium Silicate 141 oz.
    Light Petroleum Solvent Ai pt. Sodium Hypochlorite 48 oz.
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    Removing Insects from Windshields of an ounce of oleic acid. Bring to a


    Diglycol Lanrate 2 boil and stir to dissolve all lumps. While
    Sulf atate 2 solution is still hot (above 160° F.), pour
    Soda Ash 1 in one gallon of 16 degree Baumd aqua
    Water 95^ ammonia. Stir vigorously until the mix-
    Apply to windshield; allow to soak in ture becomes uniformly milky. There
    gind wipe off with a wet cloth. should then be no lumps or solid matter
    remaining. If for any reason, there does
    Cleanser Similar to the of Henkel remain any solid matter, strain it out
    Trisodium Phosphate 60 g. with a cloth or absorbent cotton filter.
    Sodium Carbonate, Calcined 20 g. This stock solution is then added to
    Waterglass, 38° Be. 20 g. solutions of ammonia and water until the
    Mix, allow to solidify, grind. desired cloud is made. The usual con-
    centration will be the entire above batch
    to fifty gallons of ammonia solution.
    Watch Cleaning Eluid
    Solution #1. Boil 1 oz. oleic acid in No. 2
    Heat one and one-half ounces of stearic
    1 quart of w'ater. Keep hot until ready
    acid to melting and pour into three
    to use.
    Solution #2. Boil 4 oz. household am- ounces of oleic acid. Pour this mixture,
    monia (6%) with 1 quart of water. Add while w’arm, into one and one-half pints
    2 oz. of acetone and bring to boiling. of hot w'ater. Then slowly add o’ne-half
    Slowly mix solutions one and two and pint of 26 degree Baume aqua ammonia
    stir until uniform. with vigorous stirring. A creamy white
    liquid will result. Dissolve three ounces
    Warren’s Bust Cleaning Compound of powdered castile soap in one quart of
    Sift sawdust (that is, not line sawdust
    hot water and when completely dissolved
    but the kind preferably which comes
    add it slowly to the oleic acid and stearic
    from a lathe. Take 150 lb. calcium chlo- acid mixture. Mix w^ell and make up to
    and heat up with 6 pails water in one gallon by adding hot water, this is
    ride
    the stock solution (f). Mix ammonia
    an iron kettle. Considerable time is
    taken for all the calcium chloride to go
    and water to the desired concentration
    Take out 1 pail hot cal- for the final product and to every gallon
    into solution.
    of this ammonia solution (h), add one-
    cium chloride solution and add 1 lb. red
    Stir this in when it will go into
    half ounce of clear lime water. Stir w^ell.
    dye.
    solution. Then -pour this pail of red so- To each 200 parts of ammonia and
    water, already containing lime water (h),
    lution slowly into an electric dough mixer
    with the sawdust. After 5 or 10 minutes
    add slowly one part of the stock solution
    (f).
    mixing pour in another pail, etc., until
    it comes to the fffth pail. In this dis- Stir while adding. The cloud will form
    slowly.
    solve one-fourth lb. dye again and pour
    in. Finally pour in sixth pail of calcium Milky Ammonia
    chloride solution and let mix for 20 min- Into a two gallon iron container, pour
    utes. Then barrel while warm. Add a three pints of water and add two ounces
    safrol or pine oil (as perfume) as
    little of stearic acid. Bring to a boil and stir
    soon as last pail calcium chloride has vigorously to break up any lumps.
    been poured in. WTiile solution is still hot (above 160®
    F.) pour in while stirring, one gallon of
    Sweeping Compound 16° Baume aqua ammonia. Continue
    Formula No. 1 :
    stirring until the mixture becomes uni-
    formly milky. When cool dilute with
    Sand
    Sawdust
    Paraffin Oil
    100
    :

    40
    3
    lb.
    lb.
    gal.
    more 16° Baumd aqua ammonia or bottle
    without dilution. The product will re-
    main permanently milky with only slight
    ^
    1

    Venetian Bed or
    Chrome Green sediment formation, for a period of years.
    No. 2 If a sediment is formed when ammonia
    Sand 100 lb. and water are mixed, it is usually caused
    Salt 15 lb. by the use of a very bard water or the
    Sawdust 40 lb. presence of alum or rust in the water.
    Alum is commonly used in the treatment
    Cloudy: Ammonia ,
    of municipal water supplies, which would
    Formula No. 1
    . , ,
    account for its presence in ordinary tap
    Into a two gallon iron container, pour water. Bust is generally picked up in
    three pints of water and then add two pipe lines.
    ounces of stearic acid and three-quarters If cloudy ammonia containing lime
    I*'-
    :

    516 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    water curdles, add less lime water or cut or a quart) of boiling water in an earth-
    it out entirely. If city water itself is enware or glass vessel, and add, a little
    hard, tile addition of more lime may ag- at a time, while stirring, oxalic crystals
    gravate any curdling tendency. Trouble until no more will dissolve. Apply this
    can usually be expected when using lime solution with a brush, and leave it on
    water. overnight, if possible. The next day re-
    If cloudy ammonia made from soap move the acid by washing, first with
    curdles and the. curd floats, it is a sign warm water, then several times with cold.
    that during preparation the stearic and When the surface becomes dry it will be
    oleic acids were mixed with too little found to be beautifully bleached, and
    ammonia or at too low a temperature. ready for repainting or varnishing. Ox-
    Add the ammonia while stearic acid and alic acid is a deadly poison and the occu-
    oleic acid are hotter. Stir more vigor- pants of the building must be warned
    ously. Be sure you are adding ammonia that no one must be permitted to go near
    to hot acid and not hot acid to ammonia. the windows while the white coating
    If the curd settles to the bottom, try formed by the acid is on the surface.
    using less stock solution thus forming a Leftover acid must be destroyed just as
    light cloud that will be less likely to soon as the application is completed, and
    curdle. must not, under any circumstances, be
    No. 3 left standing for a single instant where
    Powdered Borax 2 dr. children or pets can get at it.

    Water 6 oz.
    Ammonia Water (30%) 5 oz.
    Removing Wax from Woodwork
    Oleic Acid 2 dr.
    If the woodwork was filled with a paste
    Cologne Water 4 dr. filler and varnished before the wax was
    Dissolve the borax in the water; add applied, heat a quantity of turpentine
    the ammonia water, and then the oleic by placing some in a tin vessel and
    acid previously mixed with the cologne placing this in a pail of hot water. Let
    water. the turpentine stand in the hot water,
    Instead of the oleic acid, 4 drams of and apply it to the surface of the wood-
    soft soap may be used. work with a* stub of a brush, scrubbing
    The cologne water used has the follow- the surface with the hot turpentine. As
    ing formula soon as the wax has been melted, wash
    COLOGNE WATER. the surface with a clean rag or bunch of
    Bergamot Oil 10 ce. cotton waste dipped in gasoline. This
    Orange Oil, Sweet 10 cc. should remove every trace of the wax and
    fit the surface to receive paint. If the
    Neroli Oil 2 cc.
    Lemon Oil 2 cc. surface has not been filled with paste
    filler, but the wax has found its way
    Cologne Spirit 1000 cc.
    Stronger Orange Flower into the pores of the wood, the problem
    Water is more complicated. In such a case it
    to suit
    will be better to apply hot solutions of
    The oils are dissolved in the spirit and
    ;
    one of the new dry powder floor cleaners.
    enough orange flower water is added to
    This treatment will remove the wax com-
    cause a slight opalescence. The liquid is
    pletely, if enough applications of the hot
    allowed to age as much as possible before
    solution are put on. Wash the surface
    flltration.
    thoroughly after the hot cleaner has done
    No 4 .
    its work, and when dry the surface will
    Castile Soap 2 oz. be both clean and beautifully bleached.
    Ammonia (0.880) 2 pt. Before applying any paint, fill the sur-
    Slaked Lime 5 g. face with paste wood filler, and when the
    Oil of Lavender 2 1. dr. filler is thoroughly dry sandpaper lightly
    Water,to make 1 gal. with fine sandpaper. After a good dust-
    Dissolve the soap in 5 pints of water, ing the surface will be ready to receive
    then add the liquid ammonia and stir in the first coat of undercoater. It is as-
    the oil of lavender. Dissolve the calcium sumed, of course, that the surplus filler
    hydroxide in the remainder of the water will be wiped in the usual way before
    and mix all together. the filler dries.

    Removing Stains from Window Sash Bleaching Powder


    Sandpaper the discolored surface, then Patent 2,075,913
    XT. S.
    ^Pplj the oxalic acid solution, made as Calcium Hypochlorite 10 oz.
    foUows; Place a small quantity (a pint Monocalcium Phosphate 10 oz.
    SOAPS, CLEANSERS 517

    Laundry Bleacli Sodium Silicofluoride 1 oz.


    (For use in water containing iron) Sodium Bifluoride 1 oz.
    French Patent 46,658 No. 8
    tr. S. Patent 1,989,312
    Sodium Perborate 17 g.
    Sodium Bifluoride 50 g.
    Soda Ash 34 g.
    Ammonium Silicofluoride
    _

    30 g.
    Ammonium Dihydrogen
    Bleaching Agent Phosphate 20 g.
    French Patent 792,904 Water lb
    Sodium Perborate 1 kg.
    Soap 2-6 kg. Laundry Gloss
    Tetra Sodium Pyro- Gloss preparations to be used with
    phosphate 1-3 kg. starch are widely employed in the laun-
    Soda Ash 1-3 kg. dry, not only to lend a flne smooth flnish,
    This does not give a precipitate in but also to prevent scorching and stick-
    water containing iron. ing of the iron. The following is a
    typical formula:
    Laundry Sours Acacia, Gum 1 oz.
    Laundry sours are used to neutralize Borax 2 oz.
    any alkali which may remain in the fab- Glycerin 1 oz.
    rics after washing. Ammonium silico Water 32 oz.
    fluoride 98 per cent is used for neutraliz- Soak the acacia in the water for six
    ing only. Ammonium bi-fluoride (93 per hours, add the borax, then heat to a boil
    cent minimum for use with iron bearing and add the glycerin, let cool and strain.
    water supplies) is used alone or in con- To use, add two ounces of this prepara-
    junction with ammonium silico fluoride tion to 3 quarts of the usual starch solu-
    as a neutral sour and as an aid in ^pre- tion.
    vention of discoloration caused by iron-
    bearing water. This material being more Laundry Starch Solution
    soluble than sodium bifluoride is suitable British Patent 450,192
    for souring to a pH as low as 4.2. The following gives a better penetrat-
    Formula No. 1 ing starch and yields a more uniform
    Sodium Bifluoride 25 oz. and glossier flnish.
    Sodium Silico Fluoride 75 oz.
    Sodium Hexametaphosphate
    No. 2 (25% Solution) 1 qt.
    Sodium Bifluoride 50 oz. Prepared Starch Solution 25 gal.
    ^

    Sodium Silico Fluoride 50 oz.

    No. 3
    Collar Glaze for Laundries
    Ammonium Bifluoride ^ 25 oz.
    Stearic Acid, Powdered,
    Ammonium Silicofluoride 75 oz.
    75 kg.
    Double Pressed
    No. 4 Borax, Powdered, Finest
    ^

    25 kg.
    Ammonium Bifluoride^ 50 oz.
    Wheat Starch, Finest 100^ kg.
    Ammonium Silicofluoride 50 oz.
    Ultramarine Blue a little
    Another authority recommends the fol-
    lowing typo of laundry sour because it
    removes iron stains, by virtue of the Starch Wax
    ^

    formation of complex iron oxalate anions. Formula, No. 1


    Three pounds of oxalic acid dissolved in Stearic Acid 2 kg.
    three of hot water, and when
    gallons Caustic Soda
    cool, 844 pounds of acetic acid (56 per (10% Solution) 0.2 kg.
    cent) added. One pint of this sour is Water, Hot 10 kg.
    used per 200 pounds of goods. Starch, Moistened 50 kg.
    '

    No. 5 Saponify the stearic acid with the


    Sodium Silicofluoride 3.4 oz. soda, then thin with the water, and mix
    Sodium Bifluoride 1.0 oz. in the wetted starch. Mix thoroughly,
    dry.
    No. 6
    Sodium Silicofluoride 78 oz. ..
    '

    ,
    No. 2
    Sodium Bifluoride 10 oz. Use a stearic acid solution in petroleum
    Gelatin 0.85 oz. ether instead of making a soap solution.
    No. 7 To such starch is added and
    solution,
    ;
    .

    Acetic Acid 4 oz. mixed thoroughly to a paste. This is


    Oxalic Acid 1 oz. dried by spreading in the air.
    518 SOAPS, CLEANSERS

    Preventing Water Marks Sodium Pyrophosphate 30 oz.


    Saturate the stain and the fabric for Sodium Perborate 30 oz.
    some space around the stain with naphtha, Aluminium Hydroxide 10 oz»
    then use the water solution on the stain
    immediately. When the stain has been
    dissolved, take up the moisture by wiping
    Dairy Detergent
    over the treated section lightly with a Soda Ash 40 kg.
    soft cotton cloth.
    Trisodium Phosphate 35 kg.
    Waterglass 10 kg.
    Caustic Soda, Powdered 5 kg.
    Detergent Block Sodium Sulphite 7 kg,
    D. S. Patent 1,992,692 Chloramin (Aktivin) 3 kg.
    A mixture of trisodium phosphate
    ^

    (90), water-glass (5), vegetable oil soap


    (2iy^), and paraffin oil containing
    5% of
    aluminum stearate (2Vi%) is softened a. Sodium Bisulphite,
    by heat, kneaded into granules, and com- Ground 7 kg.
    pressed into blocks under 30,000-40,000 h. Zine Dust 1.35 kg.
    Ib./sq.in. c. Sulphuric Acid, Diluted
    1:2.5, and Cooled 7 kg.
    Stable Perborate Detergents d. Water, Cold 60 kg.
    British Patent 436,235 Put the water d into a handy con-
    Formula JSTo. 1 tainer, which can be emptied at once into
    Soap 57 oz. the kettle of soap, or oil. Dissolve a in
    Sodium Pyrophosphate 12 oz. the water with good agitation, add the
    Sodium Perborate 12 oz. 1:2.5 diluted acid c which ought to be
    Soda Ash 14 oz. prepared several hours before to be com-
    Aluminium Hydroxide 5 oz. pletely cold. Add right after it the zinc
    Ko. 2 dust &, stir thoroughly, and empty the
    Soda Ash 30 oz. container into the kettle with the soap.
    ;

    TEXTILES, FIBRES
    Clearing Processing Spots on Textiles rinse, soap, rinse and dry. For the po-
    One of the hardest tasks to undertake, tassiiun ferricyanide wnth caustic soda
    in a dyeing or printing plant, is the re- treatment, it is necessary to run through
    moval of spots. There are so many ways a hot bath, spy and follow with a warm
    that spots will occur that the cause of rinse, hot soap and cold rinse and dry.
    this trouble is often undetermined. In all the above mentioned treatments,
    If the spot is simply dirt, then a good it is necessary to vary the quantity of
    soaping will clear this up. If it is ingredients in every case in order to re-
    grease, there are two ways of removal. move various types of _spots. A trial
    The first method is usually used for light should be run on all the above mentioned
    grease spots and consists of running the remedies before the cloth is actually run.
    cloth in a jig with a soap, soda and car- This prevents any poor work and will
    bon tetrachloride bath at a low tempera- often solve the problem where otherwise
    ture. The second method is to spot the the cloth is ruined.
    blot with ordinary Bed oil and then run
    into a hot caustic soda bath. Color spots
    Bemoval of Ink Stains from Cloth
    are usually quite hard to get rid of.
    Ink stains are best removed by first
    Sometimes the remedy will spoil the rest
    applying a dilute oxalic acid solution
    of the pattern or color and this is un-
    avoidable.
    (2%). Dab the spot with this and allow
    the cloth to stand 1-2 minutes, mean-
    There are two general methods of re-
    while having a cotton cloth pad under-
    moval, namely the oxidation and the
    neath the spot. Then gently apply a
    reduction method. The oxidation method
    includes the use of chlorine water, hy-
    dilute chemic solution to 1 %avail-
    able chlorine). Wiien the spot is re-
    drogen peroxide and potassium perman-
    moved, spot well with water followed by
    ganate followed by sodium bisulphite.
    a very weak acetic acid solution and,
    The reduction method uses sodium hydro-
    subsequently more water, then dry.
    sulphite, sodium sulf oxalate-formalde-
    hyde, sodium bisulphite, potassium ferri-
    cyanide with caustic soda. The Cleaning and Bleaching of Linen
    In the oxidation method using chlorine The pieces to be treated must be
    water, it is best to run at a weak con- singed, de-sized and boiled out. The best
    centration into luke warm water and known de-sizing processes are the follow-
    after immersion to spy for a short period ing:
    of time followed by a warm rinse, dilute 1. The goods are placed in a cold sul-
    acetic acid and another rinse. Hydrogen phuric acid bath, of from 1 to 2° BA,
    peroxide is run about the same way but preferably overnight;
    the concentration may be increased. 2. They are placed for several days
    When using the permanganate method it in warm water, when the sizing ferments,
    is best to pad with a weak solution of whereupon they are thoroughly rinsed
    potassium permanganate and then dry. 3. They are ti’eated with a malt or
    Hollow this up with a passage through —
    diastafor solution 2 to 4 g. malt or
    a weak hot sodium bisulphite bath and diastafor to 1 1. of bath-—and placed in
    subsequently rinse well. the de-sizing bath at 50° C., preferably
    In the reduction method using sodium overnight.
    hydrosulphite and caustic soda, it is best After the de-sizing, the goods are
    to run at a uniform speed through a boiled for five or six hours under pressure
    controlled reduced bath at a tempera- or on the jigger, or if necessary on the
    ture not exceeding 130° H,, spy for a few reel, for which there are used per 100 kg.
    seconds and follow with a run through of goods from 2 to 2.5 kg. of caustic
    warm water, hot soap then cold water. soda, 0.75 to 1 kg. of calcined soda, 0.3
    When using sodium sulfoxalate formalde- to 0,4 kg. of Marseille soap, and from
    hyde, it is best to pad at a weak con- 100 to 200 cc. bisulphite, 38° BA When
    centration and dry. Then run the goods the goods are well rinsed, the bleaching
    through a rapid ager and subsequently follows.
    520 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Chloride of lime is almost exclusively to each article washed in usual suds.


    used for the bleaching, the goods being Colored goods can be bleached clear in
    turned several times in a cold chloride tone without damage to colors provided
    of lime solution, of from 0.5° to 1° Be. they are first of all fast to soap and
    They are then soaked several hours or water.
    overnight, afterwards rinsed, slightly Caution: Never use Javelle Water,
    acidified with hydrochloric acid, and well which sodium hypochlorite, on wool,
    is
    rinsed again. If the goods are not suffi- silk or any fine fabric. Javelle Water is
    ciently bleached the treatment is re- suitable only for cottons, linens and ray-
    peated. The chloride of lime solution ons which are white. Never use Javelle
    needed for the bleaching is made by Water on colored goods of any descrip-
    grinding chloride of lime as fine as pos- tion.
    sible in a wooden or earthen vessel, stir-
    ring it in a quantity of water, and Bleaching (Angora) Babbit Wool
    allowing it to settle. The clear liquid is The material hasto be lightly scoured
    then poured through a cloth into the before bleaching or dyeing it. Soap and
    bleaching bath, which is prepared in a ammonia, with or without an addition
    wooden tub, whereupon the liquor is di- of a proportion of one of the proprietary
    luted to the proper strength. scouring assistants, are the usual deter-
    After bleaching and acidifying, in gents employed. Scouring is carried out
    order to obviate later undesirable action at a temperature of about 106° F. The
    of the chlorine, the goods are passed small amount of natural fatty substance
    several times through a bath in which in the fibre is easily saponified by the
    100 g. of sodium thiosulphate per 100 1. use of very little alkali in the scouring
    of water are dissolved, and afterwards bath. Scouring is usually performed in
    rinsed. In place of chloride of lime, apparatus of similar type to that used
    hypochlorite of soda can be used. It for cleansing sheep’s wool.
    is prepared by stirring 1 kg. of chloride Bleaching of raw Angora rabbit wool
    of lime to a paste, as above described, is preferably done with peroxide of hy-
    to which is added a solution of 600 g. drogen, as this agent yields a purer white
    calcined soda dissolved in 3 1. of boiling than is obtainable by the use of bisul-
    water. The whole is then stirred for 15 phite of soda bleach. Furthermore, the
    or 20 minutes. After being allowed to material handles softer owing to the non-
    settle, the bleaching bath prepared from acid character of the peroxide bleaching
    this should also be from 0.5 to 1° B5. process. To carry out the peroxide
    Hydrogen peroxide and sodium per- bleach, the bath is prepared with 8 pt.
    oxide can also be used for bleaching of peroxide of hydrogen (12 volumes)
    linen, but are, in practice, more expensive per 100 lb, of material. The liquor
    than chlorine. should be made faintly alkaline before
    entering the rabbit wool. A small pro-
    Bleaching White Woolens, Silks and portion of sodium silicate may be em-
    Other Fine Fabrics ployed in making the bath, after which
    Formula No. 1 the temperature should be Raised during
    Water (Not Over 100° F.) 5 gal. one hour to 100° F. The batch may be
    Soap, Neutral %
    lb. then left to steep several hours in the
    Modified Soda ^
    oz. cooling bath. The material should be
    Sodium Perborate 1 oz. finally given a thorough rinsing in cold
    No. 2 water to free the fiber from sodium sili-
    Water (Not Over 100° F.) 5 gal. cate, since the presence of this harshens
    Hydrogen Peroxide the handle.
    (100 vol.) 1 pt.
    Sodium Bicarbonate 10-20 g. Bleaching Tussah Silk
    Soap, Neutral %
    lb. For 50lb. of tussah silk a bath is pre-
    Soak for fou? or five hours, and al- pared containing 30 lb. of magnesium
    though the baths are not expended at the sulphate dissolved in 110 gal. of water.
    end of this time they must be strength- The silk after being well boiled-off and
    ened by adding half of the above quanti- washed, is thoroughly impregnated with
    tiesbefore entering each new batch. this liquor and then lifted from the bath,
    Work must be carried out in wood or while 6 lb., 10 oz. of sodium peroxide is
    enamel, earthenware or stainless steel. carefully added in three portions during
    Iron, brass or copper should be avoided. 45 minutes, working the silk in the bath
    When the goods do not require a full after each addition. It is important not
    bleach the solutions can be added to the to neglect to first impregnate the silk
    ordinary washing process about gal. with the magnesinm sulphate solution,^
    TEXTILES. FIBRES 521

    otherwise the luster of the fiber would be Formic Acid, 8 per cent (4 times the
    impaired by the strongly alkaliue solution usual amount but determined as
    of sodium peroxide acting on the silk. the most effective).
    After the final addition of the sodium Bring to boil in one-half hour; boil
    peroxide, the bath is heated during 45 one-half hour.
    minutes to 190° F. Dilute sulphuric acid Rinse.
    is then added to clear the
    liquor which Ammonia, 5 per cent.
    will have become milky through the pre- Bring to boil in one-half hour; boil
    cipitation of magnesium hydrate. The 10 minutes.
    silk is then given two or three turns in Rinse.
    this liquor, wmshed and worked for 30 Dye.
    minutes in a bath containing 30 per cent Results : —Sulphur black threads are all
    of soap for the purpose of restoring and stripped. Cloth is about the
    tendered
    increasing the luster ; it is finally washed same as in Formula No. 1. The shade is
    and brightened. a little dull due to the fact that the
    shoddy is not stripped quite thoroughly.
    Stripping Shoddy Materials Further stripping will probably have
    Boil for V2 -%
    hour with tendered the fabric too much.
    Potassium Bichromate 3-6% In both of the above procedures a
    Sulphuric Acid 6-12% sulphonated alcohol is used as a wetting-
    adding to advantage also out agent in the permanganate bath.
    Oxalic Acid 3-6%
    After stripping, rinse well, neutralize
    Dye Stripper
    if necessary, and rinse.
    U. S. Patent 2,046,317
    Mono Calcium Phosphate 3 lb.
    Stripping in Presence of Wool Zinc Sulphoxylate-
    Formula No. 1 formaldehyde 8 lb.

    20 yards Shoddy-Wool Cloth fin- j


    Sodium Hyposulphite 8 lb.
    ished weight 18 oz. Sodium Sulphite 6 lb.
    Potassium Permanganate, 2 lb, per
    100 gal.
    1 hour cold.
    Bleaching Gray Goods
    Drain and rinse. The gray goods, after being steeped in
    Sodium Bisulphite, 7 lb. per 100 gal. a dilute solution of soda ash or sulphuric
    acid in order to hydrolyze the starchy
    Sulphuric Acid, pt. % impurities added during weaving, should
    1 hour cold.
    Wash thoroughly. be thoroughly washed in a plentiful sup-
    Kequired per cent of Sodium Sul- ply of water and then directly led into
    foxylate Formaldehyde to strip the pressure kierand boiled for 8-10
    the shoddy. hours with about 30-35 lb. pressure in
    Formic Acid, 2 per cent. the following:
    Bring to boil in one-half hour; boil Soda Ash 2 lb.
    one-half hour. Caustic Soda 3.. lb.
    Rinse. Soap % lb.
    Ammonia, 5 per cent (to neutralize Water 95 lb.
    formic acid thus making it easier Of course, the above proportions which
    to dye cotton specks). are to be calculated on the weight of the
    Bring to boil in one-half hour; boil cloth would vary considerably with the
    10 minutes. variation in the nature of the materials
    Wash. to be treated. However, it should be
    Dye. pointed out that the above will give quite
    Results: —
    ^All the sulphur black dyed satisfactory results with heavy goods
    threads are stripped. The cloth may be woven with 20s to 30s yarn.
    tendered more than desired. After boiling, the cloth is well washed
    No. 2 on an ordinary washing machine and then
    treated for five to six hours with the
    15 yards Shoddy-Wool Cloth ; fin-
    ished weight 18oz. following bleaching liquor at 90° C. to
    lb, per
    95° C.:
    Permanganate of Potash, 2
    100 gal. Hydrogen Peroxide
    1 hour cold. (40% by Volume) 1% lb.
    Drain and wash. Silicate of Soda 1 lb.
    Usual per cent of Sodium Bulfoxy- Soda Ash % lb.

    late Formaldehyde, Water 97 lb.


    ::

    522 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    At
    the end of the treatment, the cloth chloric acid per 1. Then with hydrogen
    iswashed for half an hour in the kier peroxide (3 g, active oxygen per 100 g.
    and then on the washing machine. By flax in 0.2% sodium silicate and 0.7%
    this method, the cloth acquires the neces- caustic soda) for 90 minutes at 90 ° G,
    sary whiteness and there is no need of Finally treat with diluted sulphuric acid
    any further treatment. The goods, after for 10 minutes.
    washing, can be directly taken up for the
    finishing operations. Bleach for Hair and Feathers
    German Patent 636,258
    Peroxide Bleaching of Bhoties Hydrogen Peroxide (30%) 100 g.
    cloth, after being de-sized and
    The Ammonium Persulphate SO g.
    washed, should be fed into the kier con- Alcohol 20- 30 g.
    taining : Water 1000 cc.
    Soda
    Silicate of 1.0 % Immerse in above bath for a few hours
    Turkey Red Oil 0.2 % until bleached.
    Soap 1.0 %
    Caustic Soda 0.17% Fur Bleaching Bath
    Hydrogen Peroxide TJ. S, Patent 2,092,746
    (40% by Volume) 0.2 % Water 100 gal.
    and the whole should be boiled for 8-10 Hydrogen Peroxide
    hours. After washing, the kier is refilled (100 Vol.) 5 gal.
    with the material. The bleaching liquor Sodium Silicate 12 lb.
    should consist of the following: Sodium Oxalate 2 lb.
    Silicate of Soda 0.75%
    Hydrogen Peroxide Bleaching of Natural Sponges
    (40% by Volume) 0.75% Bath a
    Soda Ash 0.3 % Potassium Permanganate 5 g.
    Turkey Red Oil 0.2 % Water 100 g.
    The liquor should be heated to 160’ Bath 5
    P. and kept at that temperature for five Sodium Thiosulphate 100 g.
    to six hours. This treatment leaves a Water 1000 g.
    slight yellowish tinge' which can be re- Bath c:
    moved by treating the goods with a Hydrochloric Acid
    Tw. bleaching powder for three to four (Free of Arsenic) 25 g.
    hours. The whiteness in this case is also Water 1000 g.
    satisfactory but the processes are longer. Remove sand and other impurities, then
    In the case of dhoties, no trouble is ex- dip into the baths a, 6, c for 5-10 min-
    perienced in bleaching by the peroxide utes each; the solutions should be pressed
    method. out from the sponges before changing to
    the next bath. After bath c wash with
    Bleaching Hemp clean water until neutral.
    For string and light ropes a rough Dry with air-blower.
    bleach sometimes employed. For this
    is
    purpose the goods are first boiled for Protecting Iron Bleaching Kiers
    half an hour in a solution of 10 kg. sili- The kier, after being well scraped off
    cate of soda at 70° Tw. in 500 1. water. with an iron brush, should be coated with
    They are then boiled in water alone, a mixture of portland cement and lime.
    after which they are rinsed and steeped This coating must be uniform and so de-
    for 24 hours in a solution of 10 kg. posited that the surface is not too brittle.
    bleaching-powder in 1,500 1. water. The consistency of the cement-lime mix-
    After being allowed to drain they are ture and also the thickness of the film
    hydro-extracted and soured in hydro- play an essential role. After the first
    chloric acid (11. commercial hydrochloric
    coating, the surface is allowed to dry for
    acid in 1,000 1. water). They are then 24 hours. If the coat is not found to
    wen washed in water and dried. bet- A be^ completely dried and set even after
    ter white is obtained by repeating these
    this period, it should be kept longer.
    processes.
    After the coating has been weE dried,
    the kier should be filled with water con-
    Bleaching Flax taining the following:
    Flax treated with boiling
    is 1%
    sodium Silicate of Soda 40 lb.
    silicate solution in 1%
    caustic soda for Caustic Soda 10 lb.
    45 minutes. Then with a bleach eontain- Lime 5 lb.
    iag 3 g. active chlorine and 6 g. hydro- Magnesium Oxide 5 lb.
    TEXTILES, FIBRES

    and the solution circulated at or near Textile Fibers from Plants


    the boil for eight hours. It
    at least British Patent 452,082^
    should then he allowed to cool. The kier Flax, hemp, jute, etc. is^ boiled with
    should then be kept overnight in order agitation in 1%
    soap solution, drained,
    to allow the thin film of the above mix- and similarly treated several times with
    ture to set in. This process would also 1% trisodium phosphate. It is then
    give a good and efficient initial lining rinsed several times and finally treated
    to the circulating pump. with a solution containing 1%
    of soap
    Another effective method of coating an and 0.1% of calcium chloride, and dried.
    iron kier is to make a paste of the fol- The fibres are drained after each treat-
    lowing materials; ment and rinsed.
    Portland Cement 4 Ib.
    Lime 1 lb. Purifying Bast Fibres
    •Magnesium Oxide 1 lb. U. S. Patent 2,054,779
    Paste up the above ingredients with a Hemp, flax, ramie, etc., is boiled at
    20® Tw. silicate of soda and apply it 30-90 Ib./sq. in. for 2-6 hr. with 15-
    to the kier with a brush. Allow the coat 40% sodium sulphite solution. The pulp
    and dry. is then rinsed, digested with ammonium
    to set
    oleate solution at 30 Ib./sq. in. for 4 hr.
    Stabilizing Peroxide Bleaching Baths and then washed.
    The comparatively rapid decomposition
    of peroxide baths depends very largely Textile Finishing
    upon the general working conditions. The materials used in finishing may be
    Catalytic action of iron or copper may classified as follows:
    cause rapid decomposition in alkaline 1. Stiffening Materials
    baths, but not in acid baths. Even at Starches and Gums
    higher temperatures an acidified hydrogen 2. Binders
    peroxide bath remains fairly stable. In Casein, Glue, ^^TragasoF’, Rosin
    a certain sense the fibers of the fabric 3. Fillers
    also have a catalytic action, since in their China Clay, Talc, Pigments
    presence the bleaching bath decomjjoses 4. Softening Agents
    much more rapidly. It remains an open Sulphonated Tallows
    question whether the fibers themselves Soluble Oils
    have this action, or whether it may be Waxes
    attributed to the impurities contained in 5. Luster Producing Materials
    the fibers. In the case of catalytic de- Waxes
    composition of the peroxide, it is char- 6. Weighting Materials
    acteristic that a very small quantity of Glucose
    catalytic substance will decompose a con- 7. Hygroscopic Materials
    siderable part of the peroxide. The fact Glycerin
    that it has been ascertained that germs 8. Waterproofing Agents
    and enzymes can act as catalyzers points | Aluminum Stearate
    to the possibility of eliminating this ac- |
    Paraffin
    tion by adding sterilizing agents. For
    On dark shades for stiffening agents,
    this purpose hypochlorite has been found
    it isbest to use potato or tapioca starch
    effective for vegetable fibers, and hydro-
    and not com starch. The latter is too
    fluorie acid, hydrosulphites and siif ox-
    white and not transparent enough so that
    alates for animal fibers.
    the shade is affected more.
    To produce ordinary luster, a sbriner
    Carbonizing Wool Bags
    calender is used. For high luster, a fric-
    Woolen rags or
    loose wool are immersed
    tion calender wiB produce excellent re-
    for 2 to 12 hours in dilute sulphuric
    sults. To avoid luster, pass through a
    acid at from 2® to 8® Tw., the duration
    rup of a cold steel cylinder.
    of the immersion depending upon the
    Most by running
    finishes are produced
    strength of the acid. After the excess
    through a hot solution of the finishing
    of acid has been removed in hydro-
    agents and then drying. This is fol-
    extractors, the rags are carefully dried,
    lowed in turn by a calendering operatiom
    first at a temperature of 30® to 45° F.
    which is raised after two to three hours
    to 70° to 80° F., at which temperature Textile Finishing Compound
    the vegetable fiber is carbonized. The Calcium Chloride 58 kg.
    material is now taken out, and the vege- Water 42 kg.
    table fiber, which crumbles to dust by Magnesium Chloride 57 kg.
    friction, is mechanically removed^ Water 43 kg.
    : ; 2

    524 TEXTILES, FIBRES


    G. Galcium CMoride Water 120 1.
    Solution (a) 68 kg. Solubilized Starch 10 - 8 kg.
    Magnesium GUoride Magnesium 'Sulphate 10 - 8
    Solution (6) 18 kg. Glycerin 0.5 kg.
    Potato Flour 22 kg. Sulphonated Patty
    Water to make paste Alcohol 1 kg.
    . No. 7
    Finisliing Batlis for Linen Fabrics Water 400 1.
    Pine, bleached articles of mixed fabric Starch 15 kg.
    are finished in a bath- like the following: Gelatin 5 kg.
    Formula No. 1 Solubilized Starch 8 kg.
    Water 100 1. Sodium Sulphoricinoleate 1.5 kg.
    Starch 7kg. The tickings are dried on frames,
    Solubilized Starch '3 kg. dampened, and^ pressed in a calender.
    Talc 2.5 kg.
    White Soap .
    '1 kg.
    or Linen Damask Finish Solution
    Patty Alcohol Sulphonate '

    0.3.,kg. a. Senegal Gum 36 lb.

    The pieces are dried while spread, Cream Gloss Softener 40 lb.

    sprayed with water, run through a * * beat- Starch, Wheat 20 Ib.

    ing-machine ^ ^ (to soften and stretch the Starch, Potato 20 lb.

    fabric), and folded. Water 13 gal.


    Strain to remove lumps.
    No. 2 b. Zinc Sulphate 1 lb.
    For ihin JianSketoMef-fabrics the fol- Ammonia (28%) 1 lb.
    lowing bath gives a sizing effect and Water 27 gal.
    pleasant touch c. Glycerin IVs lb.
    Water 200 1, China Clay 5 lb.
    Laundry Starch 16 kg. Water 150 gab
    Swelling Starch 1 kg.
    '

    ,
    Talc,.. .
    6 kg.
    Mix solutions of a, h and c vigorously
    :
    Softener 2 kg.-
    and bring to a boil.

    For fine bandlcerckiefs the following


    two baths will give a particularly fine Cotton Dress Goods Finish
    touch: Corn Starch 25 lb.
    '

    Water 100 '

    1. ;
    Potato Starch 25 Ib.
    Laundry Stareli 10 .kg, Tapioca Starch 25 1b,
    ;Talc
    '

    1.5 kg. ^Cotton Softener A 40 lb.


    Alabaster 10 kg. Water, to make 140 gal.
    Soft Soap 0.25 kg. Heat and mix until proper consistency
    Cocoa Butter ' ^-25 kg. is gotten.
    Ultramarine 0.02 kg.
    * Cotton Softener A
    No. 4 Stearic Actd 15 Ih.
    Soft Water 100 1. Paraffin Wax 5 lb.
    Water 100-400 lb.
    Starch 12 kg. Ammonia 1 lb.
    Laundry Starch 3 kg. Melt the stearic acid wax and water and
    White Soap 0.5 kg. while agitating vigorously run in the ammonia
    in a thm stream.
    5,'
    No.
    Table-Cloths are dipped into a finishing
    bath of: Black Latex for Textiles
    Water 250 1.
    The following mixture
    after grinding
    Laupdry Starch 8 kg. in a ball mill for 3 hours produces a rich
    Solubilized Starch 8 kg. black flexible film when- added to the
    Talc '

    15 kg. latex:
    B.orax, 0.5 kg. Carbon Black ‘
    25 lb,
    .Marseilles Soap 0.75 kg. Sulfatate or Other Wetting
    '

    Ultramarine 0.0075 kg.


    '

    ,
    Out, Agent lb.
    Dry on frames, spray with water to /Water ;
    ^

    10. gal.
    dampen, and press in a calender.'

    '
    Three parts of this dispersion is added
    No. 6 to five parts of normal latex made al-
    Mattress-Tickings are sized and fin- kaline with one-half part of 1% sodium
    ished in a bath of hydroxide solution.
    TEXTILES. FIBRES 525

    Decreasing Luster of Cellulose For a medium stiff effect:


    Acetate Rayon Starch Solution 50 1.

    Impregnate clotli for 5-10 minutes Glycerin 11 .

    with: Water 100 1.

    Isobutyl Alcohol 30— 40 g*


    For a stiff effect:
    Soap 2- 3 g. 100 1.
    Starch Solution
    Water 950 ec. Glycerin 1 L
    then treat at 95® for 5-10 minutes with; Water 100 i
    Soap 3-4 g.
    Water 1 L
    Rayon Finish
    Finishing Deluster for Rayon a. Starch 8 kg.
    This is’ an excellent practical working Water 60 I
    deluster for toning down the highly lus- Aktavin-S 120 g.
    terous sheen that rayon ordinarily has. Glycerin 800 g.
    h. Finishing Oil 1 kg.
    Fullers’ Earth 50 1b.
    Titanium Dioxide 40 lb. The solubilizing is obtained by % hour
    Sulphonated Castor OE boiling of a. After h is added and the
    (30%) 150 lb. solution cooled down, use it diluted with
    Stearic-Tallow Softener. 10 to 12 parts of water of about 30® 0.
    (28%) 15 lb.
    Mix the fullers’ earth and titanium di-
    oxide well and wet out with the sulphon- Rayon Lubricants and Finishes
    ated castor oil. Finally add the softener U. S. Patent 2,079,108
    and grind Use varying amounts
    well. Formula No. 1
    together with other assistants in f nishing Diethylene Glycol 50 lb.
    to obtain the desired delustered effects. Glycerin Mono-Oleate 50 lb.

    Before use both of these materials are


    Partially Saponifying Celanese stabilized as to the atmosphere, that is
    Celanese is sometimes partially saponi- they are permitted to absorb as much
    fied for direct and uniform dyeing with moisture as they can.
    certain dyes such as direct colors. This The above mixture is applied to an
    is done by padding with the .following acetone-soluble cellulose acetate yam, by
    and then drying; causing such yarn to pass over wicks,
    '

    Soda Ash 30 lb. rollers or other suitable devices for ap-


    Glycerin 2 gal. plying such mixture, in their transit to a
    Water, to make 50 gal. winding machine. The amount of finish
    After drying steam for 4 minutes in a
    applied is 10% of the weight of the yarn.
    The yarn so treated is more pliable, knits
    rapid ager. Then rinse well and dye
    with lessdistortion and irregularities,
    with any direct dyestuff.
    takes high twists more smoothly and gen-
    erally exhibits improved properties from
    Restoration of Luster to Celanese a textile manipulation point* of view.
    Sometimes celanese is delustered by Fabrics en greige comprising this yarn
    soap at a high temperature. This may scour oil-free very readily and also wet
    be restored by padding with 28% acetic out rapidly.
    acid. Enter and dry under tension. If instead of employing the above mix-
    Then rinse well and re-dry. ture, glycerin mono-oleate alone is ap-
    plied in amounts of about 10% of the
    weight of the yarn, similar benefits are
    Starch Finishing of Rayon obtained,
    Starch Solution:
    Water 100 I.
    No. 2
    Starch 10 kg.
    The process of Formula No. 1 is re-
    peated, with the exception that the finish
    Aktavin-B® 250 g.
    also contains 2 parts by weight of soaps
    Boil %
    hour^ ,.
    such as^ thO oleate of sodium, potassium
    '

    Of this, uses or triethanolamine. Similar improved re-


    For U' soft: e'^eci: sults are obtained. The fabrics, yarns
    Starch Solution 10 1. and the like so treated scour, and wet out
    Soft Soap 3 kg. with remarkable ease, the finish diffusing
    Water 100 L from the yam quite readily, even in cold
    * *‘A preparation to solnhilize starch.” water.
    526 TEXTILES, EIBEES
    No. 3
    ,
    Tallow Emulsion for Textile
    spinning solution is pre- Softeninv
    pared Formula No, 1 ®
    Cellulose Acetate Water ry ,,
    25 pj
    Acetone 3 K
    72 lb! TaUow
    vV^8,ti©r
    g 2jl^
    I
    Glycerin Mono-Oleate ^
    1.25 lb' m ^
    Tallow
    thorougUy auxed and 200
    Bltered and then is forced Caustic Potash (45%)
    through ori- 30 lb
    “ spinneret into a warm evapora-
    o+
    tiTe atmosphere Artificial Chamois Finishes
    where the aeetone^and
    substmtially evaporated off. Ihe treatment of cotton
    The
    Thfl and other
    filaments ttas formed cellulosie fibers to give
    are twisted a water resistant
    7^® y®™ so formed is ^ leather-Hke finish may
    vAi in!
    operations
    volve b^h mechanical and chemical nrot
    and. bas the improved properti^ of tho esses. First, tke knit cotton
    dry, is teazled, carded matSw
    preceding examples. or ground
    Thfi^ ^ property of de-
    to raise
    either one Sde
    lustenng or assuming or on both. It is then
    a subdued luster steeped in a nyri-
    when scoured or dyed in aqueous baths ^ne solution of stearic acid chloride
    at at
    temperatures beloV boiljg,
    ^t suc“ w • gains in
    I'®^ ®®”^*- fatty
    the hydro^l groups of
    the cellulose and,
    mnXte «^®
    as a result, the treated
    fabric acquires a
    handle somewhat like deer
    skin o?
    chamois leather. Eyeing may
    either nre-
    Aimonium
    Oiling Viscose Tam cede or follow the chei&calVr^"
    Oleate (Contain- Stearic acid chloride is
    formed when
    Al“ohof~^‘’^”“®“^“^> ffo"-
    A 1% emulsion of the above in
    water
    la applied at 40» 0. for 25-30

    Lubricant f or Synthetic
    Textile Mbers
    British Patent 450,420
    ^utes.
    of pyridine. There should be no
    ®*teriflcation, hence
    the need for drying the
    fabric before
    S
    Formula No. 1 tieatment. AH other dressing
    . and filling
    Tnethanolamine Oleate ingredients in the cloth
    1 Th should be re^
    Biethylene Glycol o i-u’
    moved too. Esterification should not
    be
    Fugitive Color
    tra^g fabric should' be maintained
    No. 2 in motion
    .

    Tnethanolamine Stearate
    ^ meanwhtie. To neutralize any
    10 Ib free acid
    :^'CarbitoP^
    45 iP- ^®™®A divided alkaU cSonSe
    oo suspended in the reaction
    Diethylene Glycol
    H Jb! fnr^^ tte esterification, the
    mix-
    fabric
    sho^d '*’.® “I warm soap and soda,
    Textile Emulsion ailllo
    ^^® iiaWe to decom-
    -fapanese Patent 110,729 o
    pose and liberate hydrochloric acid
    Lecithin i tn r.. increase in weight of 15
    to 25 per
    the feel of the fabric,
    S
    if only 2 per cent is Lt
    oOO-lOOO oz. taken -up. water re-
    Wafer pellent qualities are
    1000 OZ. acquired.^
    and entirely different method
    Thread and Yarn Lubricant of getting a chamois
    finish on. a fabric
    British Patent 446 A04 "^oven fabric is
    Pass through a bath of ^ersed in a ^lut© ^^solution^^
    of aoft-
    urelatin «
    4. gasoline containing
    Dextrin k compatible with
    Glycerin o f*
    milM ® gnm rubber Is
    Olive OH lA 1 f* ^ softener, a filer and glyc-
    Hexylresorcin ^ ia% f*
    erol, pr glycol, taken up in gasoline
    Wafer
    .

    aaomng the yam to take up


    100 T fabrie^dip^d!

    weight of solid materials. 5% of its dried dipped again several times


    A^itr
    over. After dusting the rubbered
    fabric
    -I
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 627

    witli tale, it isvulcanized witk sulpliur basis is 12%%on viscose and 5%on
    i
    chloride in the usual manner. Certain acetate rayon.
    '
    inorganic hygroscopic agents are suitable In testing size, it is best to dry out
    besides glycerol, namely, sodium lactate, on a glass plate and then note trans-
    ammonium, zinc or sodium acetate. parency, flexibility and strength. The
    viscosity of the size should not be greater
    String Impregnations than an ordinary printing paste. _It
    Waxing should not be too ^ ^ short, due to in-
    I Formula No, 1 sufficient adhesiveness. Potato and tapi-
    ! Full the string through melted paraffin
    oca starch are good for adhesiveness.
    and rub off with leather when cooled, For a given yarn to be sized, viscosity
    should be maintained constant. In using
    j

    No. 2
    potato starch, in order to obtain the
    Turpentine, Venice 500 g. maximum value, it should be brought to
    Was, Vegetable 400 g. the boiling point and boiled at least 10
    Ozokerite 300 g.
    ^ minutes. Then run at a temperature of
    Spermaceti 250 g. 180-190® F. Corn starch is not as af-
    Tanning fected as potato starch is by excessive
    Dip the string into a decoction of oak boiling but neither should be boiled
    bark, to which some cutch has been more than 10 minutes.
    added, dry, wipe over with an oiled rag. Acetate size is usually composed of a
    good grade of gelatin, manufactured by
    I
    Fulling Oil cooking with water and jellying. In us-
    a. Turkey Red Oil, 100%, ing this size, dilute with one part water
    Commercial 80 kg. and bring to 140® F.
    Cyclonol 3 kg.
    Methyl Cyclo Hexanol 12 kg. Cotton Sizings
    h. Caustic Soda to neutralize The following mixtures are suitable for
    The mixture a is neutralized until it light sizing. They can be made to giro
    eolors phenolphthalein weakly. greater or less percentage, according to
    the density of the mixture.
    Soapy Fulling Oil Formula No. 1
    I
    a. Oleic Acid 70 kg. Wheat Flour 91 lb.
    Methyl Cyclo Hexanol 5 kg. Tallow 9 lb.
    Carbon Tetrachloride 20 kg. No. 2
    I
    h. Caustic Potash (50® B4.) Sago 31 lb.
    To a add enough i to just neutralize Farina 59 lb.
    I
    to phenolphthalein. Tallow 8 lb.
    Soap 2' lb.
    Rope-Makers Grease A mixture which may be used for fine
    Formula No. 1 counts is:
    Petrolatum, Yellow 5 g. No. 3
    Linseed Oil Varnish, Hot 15 g. Farina 79 lb.
    Tallow 80 g. Wax 12 lb.
    No. 2 Tallow 9 lb.
    Rosin, Dark 10 g. 1 gah of Water to 1 lb. of Farina
    Soft Soap, YeHow 24 g. For adding weight to the cloth china
    Woolfat, Neutral 25 g. clay is the chief ingredient used, because
    linseed Oil, Crude 30 g. of its easy assimilation with other ingre-
    dients, and its smoothness. French chalk
    Sizing Cotton Materials is better in color, but is not so heavy and
    The' requirements of a good sizing is more costly. Sulphate of magnesia
    .

    agent are flexibility, low frictional sur- and sulphate of soda are chiefly used for
    face, cohesion of the fllaments- and ability weighting yams which are intended for
    to wash out. bleaching or dyeing.
    The materials used vary with the For what
    is termed medium sizing, that
    count. For cotton and viscose, starches is,adding about 30 to 50 per cent to the
    and dextrins are mostly used. For ace-
    .
    weight of the cloth, the following ingre-
    tate yarns, animal proteins such as gela- dients are used in various proportions,
    tin are em^ployed. For hygroscopic the proportion given being an example.
    agents, glycerin and waxes in small quan- Flour 66% per 150 lb.
    tities are used. The percentage of size Clay 26% per 150 lb.
    i

    put on varies, but ordinarily on an airdj^ Tallow 8% per 150 Ik '

    .
    .

    528 TEXTILES, FIBRES


    Chloride of Magnesium* 1 gal. Medium Cotton Warp Size
    Chloride of Zinc* % .gaL Talc 400 g.
    Farina 550 kg.
    For heavy sizing the proportions of
    Caragheen Moss 4 kg.
    clay and mineral ingredients are in-
    Copper Sulphate 100 g.
    creased. In some cases over 100 per cent
    Water 300 I
    is added to the weight of the yarn. The
    adhesive ingredient most used is wheat
    Non-Mildewing Rayon Size
    flour, as it carries the added ingredients
    British Patent 446,404
    better than farina or sago. Sometimes
    Gelatin 40 oz.
    two parts clay to one of flour is used for Dextrin 50 oz.
    very heavy sizing.
    Glycerin 20 oz.
    For 100 per cent sizing the following Olive Oil 5-10 oz.
    proportions are given as an example:
    Hexylresorcinol % oz.
    Flour 37%
    per 250 lb. Water sufficient
    Clay 56%
    per 250 lb.
    TaUow 7% per 250 lb. Bayon Warp Size
    , Chloride of Magnesium* 514 gal. Water 50 gal.
    Chloride of Zinc* 214 gal. Gelatin 20 lb.

    It will be noticed that chloride of mag-


    Sorbitol (85%) 7 lb.

    nesium and chloride of zinc are intro-


    Penetrant % lb.

    duced along with china clay. Chloride


    Wool and Hair Setting Compound
    of magnesium is a powerful softener as
    British Patent 443,359
    well as a weighting material, and one of
    Sodium Cetyl Sulphate 50 lb.
    its uses is to prevent the gritty feel
    Sodium Sulphite 40 lb.
    which the addition of clay alone would
    Borax 40 lb.
    give to the cloth.
    Water 2600 gal.
    * Both chloride of magnesium and chloride Worsted or other fiber is steeped in
    of zinc are commercially sold in the liquid
    form. The percentage
    of the chloride varying
    above solution at 60® C. for 20 minutes.
    from as low as 30% in some cases to as high
    as 45%. The above recipe is based upon a Drapery and Suiting Size
    product approximating 40-45% of the content. Formula No. 1
    Drapery (1.50 yd./lb.)
    Avitex 0 15 lb.
    Cotton Corset Filling Composition
    Glucose 170 lb.
    Formula No. 1
    Dextrin 20 lb:
    Com Starch 56 lb.
    Paraffin
    China Clay
    Wax Emulsion m
    5
    gal.
    lb.
    Water
    No. 2
    100 gal.

    Clycerin 8 lb. Drapery (2.00 yd,/lb.)


    Water 100 gal. Avitex 0 10 Ib.
    Bluing to suit Dextrin 100 lb.
    Water 100 gal
    No. 2
    No. 3
    Com Starcli 35 lb.
    Suiting
    Dextrin, White 12 lb.
    Avitex C 25 lb.
    Paraffin Wax Emulsion 8 lb.
    Tapioca Starch 5 lb.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 4 lb.
    Water 100 gal
    Water, to make 65 gab
    No. 3 Size for Transparent Velvet
    Com Starch 25 lb. Canadian Patent 365,468
    Dextrin, White 4 lb. Thiourea 10 lb.
    Paraffin Wax Emulsion 8 lb. Brea 60 Ib.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 8 lb. Formaldehyde 140 lb.
    Water, to make 80 gal. Ammonia (26® BA) 14 lb,

    No, 4 Water 160 lb.

    Borax Diammonima. Hydrogen'


    5 oz.
    Phosphate 0.5 1b.
    Farina 35 lb.
    Water, to make 100 gal
    Ammonium Sulphate ;
    0.5 1b.

    Dextrin, Yeflow
    ms 65 lb.
    Latex Backing for Rugs
    Tapioca Flour 55 ,1b.
    BodaAsh 3 oz. cooked in
    Water, to make 80 gal Water 128 gaL
    TEXTILES. FIBRES 529

    made alkaline and added to Caustic Soda 3.00 oz.


    Normal Latex 26 gal. Soluble Olive Oil 3.00 oz.
    in wHeli are dispersed
    Clay 90 Ib. Textile Printing Standard Thickener
    WMting 90 lb. Starch 6 lb.
    Zinc Oxide 3 lb. British Gum (80%
    Snlpbiir 1 lb. Soluble Com) 6 lb.
    Accelerator No. 552 1 lb. Soda Ash 13% lb.
    Agerite WMte Anti-Oxidant 7 oz. Sulfoxy^late 12 lb.
    Glycerin 6 lb.
    Dry Cleaners ^ Sizing Water 56% lb.
    TMs is used to restore stiffness and Procedure: The cooking is started with
    luster to garments that have been dry the starch, British Gum and water.
    cleaned. When the starch has thickened (about
    Put 1 lb. flax seed in a muslin bag 175° F. with corn starch), the soda ash
    and suspend in 1 gal. water. Cook until is added and the cooking continued for
    seeds burst and stop when a brown oil the specified time at a temperature of
    begins coming ont. Squeeze the rest of 205° P. to 210° F. Boiling water is
    liquid from bag into rest of solution and added every half hour to replace that
    dilute with water if too thick. Then add which has evaporated so that there are
    % oz. Wetanol to preserve and make only slight changes in concentration dur-
    solution spread more easily. ing the preparation. At the end of the
    cooking time, the heaters are removed.
    Thinning Starch ^ ‘ Solutions ^ ^ Stirring is continued until the samples
    It is desirable in some cases to reduce arfe cooled to room temperature, the sul-
    stiffness’^ of a starch paste or to re- foxylate and glycerin being added at
    duce ‘^heaviness’’ of the starch syrup, about 150° F.
    without making the solution or paste
    alkaline.
    Crimping Cotton
    Addition of small amount (3-5%) of
    Beautiful effects may be obtained by
    gelatin solution to the starch solution,
    printing on a gum resist and then pass-
    will substantially decrease the stiffness
    ing the cloth through a strong caustic
    of the paste or increase the fluidity of
    soda solution. The dry content of the
    the syrup.
    gum used is very important. A
    very
    highly converted British gum is usually
    Cold Swelling Starch
    used and the strength will run 3-4
    British Patent 447,810
    pounds per gallon. The greater the dry
    Starch 60-25 lb.
    content of a gum resist, the more effec-
    Sodium Silicate, tive is its power to resist the caustic
    Powdered 40-75 lb.
    soda. The latter will vary in strength
    from 25-30% according to the length of
    Laundry Starch time the cloth is let lie after immersing
    B. S. Patent 2,014,794 and squeezing and prior to washing out.
    Bice Starch 99 oz. For best results it is advisable to select
    Sulphated Higher Fatty a light weight cotton cloth and print a
    Alcohol 1 oz. design that is largely composed of lines
    If tablets are desired mix with 2 oz. running parallel to the selvage of the
    glucose and form. cloth. The reason for this is that the
    shrinkage, for the most ^art, takes place
    Gelatin Sizing Compound in the warp. After printing, run the
    Water 80.25 oz. cloth through the strong caustic soda in
    Oleic Acid 2.56 oz. a pad box and let set 1-2 minutes. Fin-
    Triethanolamine 1.33 oz.
    ally rinse well wdth cold and hot water,
    Gelatin 6.25 oz.
    hydro-extract and dry in a crepe dryer.
    Benzoate of Soda 0.31 oz. dyeing grounds for this type of work
    it is best to select colors that will not be
    Coconut Gil 9.25 oz.
    affected^ by the caustic soda. If crepe
    dyeing is possible then beautiful two-
    Wax Sizing Compound toned effects may be obtained by dyeing
    Water 59.60 oz. the cloth after crimping. In dyeing the
    Beeswax 9.40 oz. latter the dyestuff will have much more
    Japan Wax .
    '

    11.00 oz. affinity for that part of the cloth that


    Stearic Acid 11.00 oz. has been attacked by the caustic and as
    Oleic Acid 3.00 oz. a lesult this portion will come out much
    ,
    530 TEXTILES, FIBRES
    Feavier, Other effects may be obtained
    Dressing for Prepared Yarns
    by selecting printing colors that will of
    de- Upholstery Cottons
    velop in a steaming operation and
    that Montan Wax, Double
    yml work well with a gum resist. These
    Bleached 10
    colors are printed on with the
    gum re- Stearic Acid
    sist and then steamed,
    padded with 15
    Soap 2
    the caustic and finished as above. The .

    Gelatin
    final result is a crimp in
    the colored
    2 .

    Soda Ash 0
    or printed parts of the cloth. By .
    se- Starch
    lecting dyed grounds that may 10
    be dis- Water
    charged, it is possible to obtain 400
    a
    of the cloth.
    A discharge is made up with the gum Artificially Crinkled Fibers
    resist and upon printing and
    steam-
    /fa synthetic resin is fully formed
    ing the color is discharged at the within a fiber while this is in a
    printed deformed
    part. After running through the caustic condition, particularly while
    crinkled
    soda and finishing as mentioned above, this deformation is permanently ^ ^
    set ^ ^ •

    itjpll be noted that the crimp is in the It is even highly resistant


    to washing
    w^te portion of the cloth whereas the and other wet processes to which it
    may
    colored portion is uncrimped. be desu-able to subject the fibers
    after-
    wards.
    The most useful synthetic resins for
    Lacquer Printing of Cloth with Metallic ^plication to textiles are those
    and Pigment Colors from urea and formaldehyde since
    made
    ^

    This type of work is largely being these


    are white and not easily
    earned out on silk, rayon and Celanese discolored by
    reaction with other chemicals.
    where excessive handling is to be avoided. Hence it
    is a resin of this
    The advantage of this type of printing type which is recom-
    mended for givmg fibers a permanent
    is in the fact that finished
    goods may be cn^le, and the following examples
    printed, dried and shipped without il-
    any lustrate how this can be
    carried out
    mtermediate process of steaming, wash- satisfactorily.
    ing, etc. The colors are really, in a For treating viscose rayon it is
    sense, painted on the cloth and the first
    secret prepare a resin preparation
    of success of this type of printing thus^^^^
    lies
    cmeny in the softness of the resultant 50 grams of urea and 200 cc. of
    prmt Formerly bronze and pigment 40%
    formaldehyde solution are boiled together
    prmts were extremely harsh when printed. for 3 mnutes and then
    Bronze or metallic prints are not nearly cooled. Then
    ^ solution of tartaric acid
    as fast as the pigment class of colors. are added and the mixture
    They tend to go dull on standing and further boiled
    lor 10 to 15 minutes,* it is
    Will wash out in. time. Pigment then diluted
    colors with about one-half its volume
    are extremely fast and will even stand of water.
    Viscose rayon yam is impregnated
    a good rubbing. In order to do a with
    the above bquor and squeezed
    perfect job the engraver, printer so that it
    and retains about its own weight
    of the liquor
    colorist must work together. The en- and then dried at 60° to 80°
    paving is very important as to shal- O. The
    yarn is then passed between fluted
    low a depth rollers
    will make
    the color stick-in. to deform it so that the
    The colorist must have the proper amounts individual fibers
    become crinkled. It is preferable
    of solvents in his printing paste so that that
    the rollers be hot enough
    th^paste will not dry too fast in the to cause hard-
    ening and insolubilization of the
    engraving. The printer must run at resin
    a in yarn j but if not, the yarn should
    uniform speed so that the paste as be further heated to a high
    worked out by the colorist will give even temperature
    (say, ^50° 0.) for a few
    results. Too fast a drying paste will seconds to com-
    plete this hardening process.
    make the color stick-in whereas too slow Instead of the resin liquor described
    a drying paste, will not dry fast enough _
    above, it is also satisfactory
    to use one
    over the dry cans. A
    nitrocellulose lac- prepared by boiling together for
    3 min-'
    quer of cellulose acetate can be made in utes the following mixture:
    accordance with formulae given in sec-
    tion on lacquers. In using pigment
    Urea 5q «
    pastes Formaldehyde (40%)
    IS advisable to have them lOO cc.
    ^
    finely ground in a solvent such
    extremely Ammonia (0.880 sp. gr.) 4.5 g>.
    as acetone followed by cooling and the addition
    together with castor oil. A
    paint or
    of
    ^ o cc. of a 33% solution of
    ointment mill is necessary for srood re- tartaric acid,
    and finally diluting the whole
    sults. with an
    equal amount of water.
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 531

    The crinkled yarns may be nntwisted formed. In this treatment there is lost
    and then twisted in the reverse direction per 100 lb. of air dry wool, gallons
    before incorporating them in the pile of of white spirit and not more than 10 lb.
    carpets where they tend to untwist and of sulphuryl chloride.
    so give a special attractive appearance. It is also possible to use the vapor of
    sulphuryl chloride instead of a solution
    Cnpro-Ammonium Rayon of this substance. In this case, the wool
    j

    U. S. Patent 204,766 is placed in a closed chamber and the air


    I

    Mix one hundred fifty (150) pounds evacuated by means of an air pump.
    I

    of copper hydroxide, three hundred (300) The sulphuryl chloride is then admitted
    pounds of cotton linters and nine hun- in sufficient amount to make the wool
    dred (900) pounds of 26° (Baume) am- unshrinkable (under low pressures and
    monia water j abstract by vacuum one a moderately high temperature the sul-
    I

    hundred fifty (150) pounds of anhydrous phuryl chloride readily volatilizes). Fi-
    ammonia and then ^lute with water to nally the vapor of the sulphuryl chloride
    secure a concentration of about 4 per is blown out of the wool with a current
    cent of cellulose in the solution to be of warm air and it is then thoroughly
    spun. washed and neutralized.
    No. 2
    Anti-Statie Agents for Rayon British Patent 475,422
    Mixtures may be made from diethylene Wool which has been scoured is impreg'
    glycol, water, magnesium chloride or
    ; nated with foUovdng solution:
    triethanolamine oleate or triethanolamine
    stearate with a trace of free triethanol-
    Formaldehyde 19 oz.
    Boric Acid 4 oz.
    amine. The amount to apply is 2 to 10
    Glycerin 3 oz.
    per cent on the basis of 100 diethylene
    glycol to 30 water and 6, 7, or 10 of the
    Urea 10 oz.

    other ingredients.
    Water 95 oz.

    Anti-static materials which also have The wool materialis then dried almost
    lubricating properties are used up to 2 bone dry (the moisture content should
    per cent and include emulsions of oil, not then exceed 2 %) so that the urea-
    water, and such substances as triethanol- formaldehyde resin is formed. Excess of
    amine lactate, tartrate, citrate or borate chemicals is then removed by a light
    or similar salts of ethylene diamin or scouring in a soap liquor and the wool
    similar amines; also solutions of alkylo- is left soft and unshrinkable.
    lamine salts of fatty acids, like oleic, in
    glycols or other polyhydrie alcohols.
    Imitation Chamois
    U. a Patent 2,075,967
    Filling Soaking for Rayon A napped woven cotton fabric base is
    Gelatin 1% lb. impregnated with a rubber dispersion
    Dextrin lb. containing in proportion 40 lb. of raw
    Sulphonated Coconut and pale crepe rubber, 10 lb. of white factice,
    Olive Oil 18 lb. 10 lb. of glycerine, 31 lb. of pigment,
    Water to make 55 gal. and 33 lb. of filler, this compound being
    The above is used for 110 lb. of yarn. dispersed in 49 gal. of gasoline passing
    the fabric through squeeze rolls, repeat-
    ing the impregnating and squeezing until
    Wool, Unshrinkable the desired amount of rubber compound
    Formula Ko. 1 has been deposited in the fabric, drying,
    The process consists essentially of dusting both sides of the fabric with
    steeping the wool material for about one tale, vulcanizing by means of sulphur
    hour at room temperature in a 2% solu- chloride and then subjecting the treated
    tion of sulphuryl chloride in white spirit fabric to an atmosphere of ammonia.
    (carbon tetrachloride and trichloroethy-
    lene are also cited as suitable alternative
    organic solvents which can take the place Translucent Tracing Cloth
    of white spirit but which have the is- British Patent 464,280
    advantage of being more costly). At the Translucent waterproof tracing cloths
    end of this steeping the wool is un- are made by treating thin opaque cloth
    shrinkable and thereafter it is simply with
    necessary to remove excess of the solution Formula No. 1
    by hydroextraction followed by thorough Nitrocellulose
    washing with water and neutralization of (Low Viscosity) 20 « lb.
    the hydrochloric and sulphuric acids Alcohol 10 lb.
    :

    532 TEXTILES, FIBRES


    Tritolyl Phosphate 17 lb. so that 5 to 10% of latex on the weight
    Carbitol 5,6 gal. of the material is finally taken up. After
    No. 2 this the goods are dried by hot air, out
    Chlorinated Rubber 40 lb. of contact with metallic surfaces. Next,
    Poppyseed Oil 20 lb. the goods are immersed for three and
    Xylene 100 lb. one-half hours in a boiling, aqueous dis-
    Cyclohexanol 10 lb. persion of sulphur and accelerator, as
    follows
    Mercering Wetting Agents Formula No. 1
    Formula No. 1 Colloidal
    Cresol 90-75% Sulphur 24% on wt. of rubber
    Oleic Acid 1-11% Zinc Oxide 2% on wt. of rubber
    Pine Oil 9-14% Accelerator 2% on wt. of rubber
    2% of the above is used in mercerizing The bath contains 10 volumes of water
    bath. to 1 of fabric. At the expiration of the
    time period the bath is generally ex-
    Ko. 2
    hausted; the goods are then rinsed, dried
    Xylenol 80 lb.
    Rosin
    and treated in a chamber for 15 to 45
    18 lb.
    minutes at 115° C. Tests conducted on
    Diethylene Glycol and
    fabrics made by this process are said to
    Butyl Ether 2 lb.
    have shown a 92% recovery from creas-
    ing in two minutes.
    'Anti-Slip and Non-Wrinkling Backing
    for Rugs No. 2
    U. S. Patent 2,073,831 Viscose rayon fabric is impregnated
    Wheat Flour 1 lb. with a solution of colophony in tetra-
    Magnesium Chloride (36® B4.) 3 lb. hydrofurfuralcohol (1 part dissolved in
    Apply to back of rug and imbed in it 20 parts). The fabric is then squeezed
    powdered silica, sawdust or burlap. uniformly and entered into a 5% solution
    of formaldehyde containing i/^% of
    acetic acid, the period of immersion be-
    Non- Curling Rug Backing ing about 2 minutes. The fabric is
    A filler that will both prevent the rug again squeezed and then dried and heated
    from curling and leave it flexible may at 150° C. for 20 minutes. After this
    be prepared by mixing three parts, by treatment the fabric can be hard scrum-
    weight, of laundry starch, and five parts, pled yet it will regain its uncreased con-
    by weight, of chemically pure glycerin. dition quickly.
    Make a batter of the starch by adding When paraffin wax is used, trichloro-
    cold water and beating until all lumps e^ylene can be used as a cheap and
    have been dissolved, then add the glyc- suitable solvent. For example,, a cotton-
    erin and water, a little at a time, stirring linen mixture fabric which readily creases
    constantly until the size is of a consist- can be impregnated within about 5 min-
    ency to be spread easily. Apply with utes by a 5% solution of paraffin wax
    a soft sponge, smoothing the material all (melting point about 63° C.) in trichloro-
    over the back of the rug. When dry the ethylene (this solvent is non-inflamma-
    rug will be ready for use. ble). After squeezing out excess of so-
    Another size, that will make the rugs lution, the fabric is then saturated with
    stifler, is made by mixing seven and one-
    half parts, by weight, of gypsum and
    a solution containing 5%
    of formalde-
    thirteen and one-half parts, by weight,
    hyde and %% of acetic acid; it is then
    dried and heated at 150° C. for 20 min-
    of china clay in suflicient water to make utes.
    a ^soft batter. Add three parts, by It is possible to vary the order of
    weight, of chemically pure glycerin as a
    procedure and this is illustrated by an ex-
    binder. Apply with a soft brush, and
    ample dealing with knitted viscose rayon
    when* dry brush smooth with a stifl
    fabric. This is first impregnated with the
    brush.
    solution containing 5% of formaldehyde
    and %% of acetic acid, and then im-
    Crease-Resistant Textiles pregnated with a 5% solution of sper-
    In this process, during which the nat- maceti in trichloroethylene. The fabric
    ural feel and wetting-out properties of is then squeezed uniformly, and heated
    the fabric are not affected, impregnation for 20 minutes at 150° G*
    rather than coating is employed, while 'No.. 3
    vulcanization takes place in two separate British Patent 447,651
    stages. ’The cotton goods are treated with Treat fabric at 60° C. with an emul-
    latex and squeezed through heavy rolls sipa of
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 533

    Hydrogenated Sperm Oil 50 g. while heating to about 120° F. then add


    Olive Oil Soap 10 g. the dissolved color and proceed with the
    Glue, Pearl Hide 5 g. regular dyeing operation. In this man-
    Water 1 1. ner you have no need to give a prelim-
    Squeeze out excess from fabric and inary scour thus scouring and dyeing in
    treat with one operation.
    Formaldehyde ^
    5 g.
    Acetic Acid, Glacial 5 g. Dyeing Hosiery
    Alum 5 g. Frequently a dyer produces some bath
    Water 100 ce. which has unevenly penetrated due to
    Dry at 150° P. for 20 minutes. the papers plugging the openings in the
    Ho. 4 —
    impeller or to uneven winding or too —
    Rayon or cotton is impregnated with —
    rapid an addition of salt or failure to
    Urea 10 kg. properly operate the shift lever. Simply
    Water, Cold 60 1. put the batch back (if dyed with Direct
    Dissolve and mix with Colors) add pyridine (4 oz. per 100 gal.)
    Succinic Acid 500 g. bring to a sufficiently high temperature
    Ammonium Chloride 75 g. to start the color, then add approximately
    Just before use add ten per cent more of the color or colors
    Formaldehyde 30 1. and proceed as though starting a new
    Impregnate squeeze and stretch fabric.
    ;
    —
    dyeing salting on reaching a boil.
    No. 5 Denatured alcohol is used most effec-
    tively in wetting out raw stock (simply
    Cellulosic material, especially rayon
    (not cellulose acetate), is freed from size
    adding the ’water in the machine)
    it to

    and stiffening agents, and impregnated in vacuum dyeing machines


    prior to their
    dyeing with vat colors.
    with a non-resinous vitreous or (semi-)
    transparent (not ffnely-divided or dis-
    persed) metallic salt of an inorganic or Hosiery Composed of Rayon, Mercerized
    organic acid (excepting salicylic acid, or Cotton Top-heal and Toe, with Dye
    acids which polymerise to form resins), Resist Spun Silk Clockings
    e.g.f silicic, boric, lactic, or citric acid. This is a difficult combination to dye
    Small amounts of non-aeidic substances uniformly and leave the C.R. spun silk
    that cannot form, or are present in such a clear especially where white is used in
    small amount as to be incapable of form- the clocfang.
    ing, a synthetic resin (polyhydric alco- After scouring (use no alkali for it
    hols, lactic acid, etc.) may be included. has a disastrous effect upon D.R silk)
    Heating to 100-150° improves the effect. add one per cent of either Katanol W
    B.g., The fabric is impregnated with 5% or Thiotan RS or similar product to the
    aqueous calcium lactate containing 0.5- dye bath, then the color, then heat slowly
    1.0% of glycerol, squeezed, dried, steeped taking at the least twenty minutes in
    in 5-10% sodium silicate containing 0.5- bringing the bath to temperature depend-
    1.0% of glycerol, dried in hot air, and ent upon the color dyed ; then add Glau-
    calendered at 100-150°. bers salt (or for dark shades, common
    salt), in portions, and run at the proper
    temperature for at least %hr. Some
    DYEING PENETRANTS, SOFTEN- sample formulae are given below:
    ERS, AND LEVELERS
    Slate
    Denatured alcohol and pyridine are the
    100 lb. goods
    cheapest and most useful.
    Direct Fast Gray 2 G 0.45 1b.
    Pyridine is a solvent with a boiling
    Pontamine Yellow NNL 0.12 lb.
    point of 116° C. and is an excellent dye-
    Diphenyl Red B 0.18 lb.
    ing assistant and wetting out agent. The
    Glaubers Salt Crystals 115 lb.
    great objection to its use is its odor but
    this is a minor fault because of its great One of Katanol
    lb. W
    or Thiotan RS
    efSciency. added to bath before the color. Dye at
    In the dyeing of Franklin yarns or in 160° F. for 45 minutes. Rinse at 120°
    any package or raw stock machine an F., lukewarm, then cold.
    addition of 2-4 oz. per 100 gallons will Maroon
    insure level dyeings and clean shades. Pontamine Fast Scarlet
    In dyeing cotton or mercerized yarns 4BS 2.2 lb.
    in the package, after tilling the machine Pontamine Fast Scarlet
    add 2-4 oz. per 100 gallons dependent 8BS 0,4 lb.
    upon the depth of shade or the winding Pontamine Diazo Black
    —
    of the package circulate both ways BHSW .52 lb.
    :

    534 TEXTILES, FIBRES


    Glaubers Salt 35 Hi). bronze appearance and the
    Dye at 160° P. for 45 min. worsted will
    show through, imparting a sort
    Katanol W
    or TMotanRS 1 lb. cast when viewed overhand.
    of snowy
    ^
    Good Grade Sulplionated
    Red Oil or Castor Oil eliminates these bad
    2 lb. tu^s^*^ fea-
    * dark shades the castor
    better results.
    oil insures 100 lb. Stock
    Erie Black KRX .50 lb.
    Navy Erie Yellow WB
    100 goods
    lb. .05 lb.
    Trisulphon Brown BT
    Pontamine Diazo Black .02 1b.
    Burol Black B
    BHSW 31/2 lb. Glaubers Salt 20
    .04 lb,
    Sulphonated Oil TT lb.
    2 lb.
    .
    Up in 20 min.~boil 30—steep
    Glaubers Salt 30.
    30 lb* it no worsted is present
    use
    Temp. 170° P. for 45 min. Erie Black NRX 06 Ih
    The above color being a silk wliite Erie Yellow WB [06 lb*
    color requires no Thiotan or Katanol and Trisulphon Brown BT *24 lb*
    the same happens to be true where the Common Salt 25*
    lb*
    black is dyed.
    Black ^
    Light Gunmetal
    ^
    Pontamine Past Black GCW 5 lb. excellent combination
    for
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb! ^losiery and requires
    Salt at 160° P. for 45 min. 20 lb.*
    no changT^^^^^^
    Nigger Pont. East Black LX 03 lb
    100 lb. goods Trisulphon Brown BT 09 lb*
    Pontamine P. Orange EG 1.81 lb. Pont. Caled 3G
    06 h
    Pontamine P. Scarlet 1.7 lb. Durol Black B 03 lb
    Direct Past Gray 2G 3 lb. Glaubers Salt 10*
    lb*
    Katanol or Thiotan 1 lb.* Up to a boil in
    hour, add Glaubwa 1/2
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb! and dye cooking 14 hour.
    Salt at 160° P, for 45 min. 25 lb!
    Bark Green* Bleaching
    Ami dine Green ST .
    „
    31^^ Ib.
    Katanol or Thiotan
    Sulphonated Oil
    1 lb. AlW
    2 lb! Silicate of Soda
    Salt at 170° P. for 45 min. 30 lb!
    Irrespective of the hosiery
    2%%
    *
    In dyeing a dark green nearly all greens construction
    ,

    impart a yellowish tinge to the white B.R.


    topun biik--the above color was prepared must be W.W. (water-white)
    espe- and iron
    cially for leaving the white B.R.
    Spun Silk
    Clear.
    Note: Sometin^s immunized cotton is used
    AM silicate to the bleach bath and
    nave water at about 90-100°
    to i^place the D.R. Spun Silk but this is for
    a cheaper grade stocking.
    P add
    Where immunized
    cotton replaces the B.R. Spun Silk it
    is un cotton or cotton rayon
    necessary to use Thiotan or Katanol. «
    temperature
    /I
    Dyeing 50% Merino Dnderhose 45 min,, rinse thoroughly
    first hot, then lukewarm,
    Flesh Shade then cold
    100 lb. Stock combinations, heat gradually
    fn
    Diamine Orange P then raise to 125°
    , T? for
    Pontamine Past Orange sj 13
    fi. one hr. give two warm rinses,
    g- then
    Erie Past Orange A a bath containing 114-2 lb
    Diamine Orange B of Blankit I per gallon and
    16% g. run at 115°
    Polar Red RS Cone.
    Glaubers Salt
    9% g. give an acidu-
    5 g. P^-^ts per 1000
    start dyeing at 120“ S', bring to parts of sulphuric acid).
    _ boU
    an ^2 hour and boil 10 min.
    the
    Wng out the white to
    fullest, for otherwise the worsted

    A
    Gunmetals
    gumnetal shade on hosiery partieu-
    WM® Of course the
    best bleaches are those made
    by allowing
    larly hosiery made up of rayon
    the goods to lie overnight
    face- but the fo^
    worsted back and mercerized heel mulae submitted here are given
    and for the
    toe IS a difficult shade unless purpose of obtaining the maximum
    done with result
    proper selection of colors for the in a minimum of time.
    tend- .After blea,ching some dyers
    ency IS for the rayon to have wish to
    a shiny give a special white effect.
    This is done
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 535

    by blueing in the final rinsing bath. If Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.


    the dyer finds it difficult to secure uni- Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    form can overcome this diffi-
    results he Dyed as above.
    culty by doing it in a slightly frothy Navy /Muscadine
    soap bath. Diphenyl Fast Blue 2GL
    For this purpose there are a number of Cone. 3 lb.
    colors to choose from. Diphenyl Direct Gray 2G .85 lb.
    Alizarine Sky Blue B Setacyl Direct Orange 2B
    Acid Yiolet 4BN and GBE" Powder .14 lb.
    Any Methyl Violet or Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS
    Crystal Violet crystals Powder .05 lb.
    and where an extremely fast blue white Setacyl Direct Violet R
    is required it would be advisable to use Powder .12 lb.
    a vat blue such as Indanthrene Blue EZ Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    powder. This product is stirred well in Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    water and added to the bath by allowing Dyed as above.
    to filter through a linen bag.
    Never use a combination of Methyl or Navy/Burgundy
    100 lb. Goods
    Crystal Violet with any of the acid
    colors, though they alone or together are
    Diphenyl Fast Blue 4GL 3 Ih.
    Direct Gray 2G .85 lb.
    suitable for blueing.
    Setacyl Violet B 2.2 lb.
    Setacyl Orange 2R .8 lb.
    Fancy Half Hose Containing (Celanese) Setacyl Blue 2GS .7 lb.
    Acetate Silk Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Construction: Mercerized cotton top Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    36/2 ply Dyed as previous.
    125 Celanese )leg.
    Steel Gray /White
    125 Mercerized C.P. Yarn 3
    Pontamine Fast Black LN .16 lb.
    Single 80/1 Mercerized CP in H.S. and Trisulphon Brown BP .08 lb.
    2 ends 60/2 ply mercerized Heel and Toe. Pontamine Yellow NNL .01 lb.
    Blach/White Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    100 lb. Goods Glaubers Salt 20 lb.
    Pontamine Fast Black GCW 5 lb. Dyed as above.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.. Steel Gray /Gold
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    Pontamine Past Black LN .16 lb.
    Dyed at 120-175° F. for 45 min.- 1 hr. Trisulphon Brown BP .08 lb.
    Blade /Maroon Pontamine Yellow NNL .01 lb.
    Black GCW 5 lb. Setacyl Direct Orange 2B
    Setacyl Orange 2E Powder .15 lb. Powder .48 lb.
    Setacyl Blue 2GS Powder .06 lb. Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS .03 lb.
    Setacyl Violet B Powder .07 lb. .Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. Glaubers Salt 20 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    Smohe/Bust
    Dyed as above. lb. Goods
    100
    Blade/ Must Pontamine Fast Black FP .5 lb.
    100 lb. Goods Diphenyl Cateehine B .05 lb.
    Black GCW 5 lb.
    Diphenyl Bed B .01Mb.
    Setacyl Direct Orange 2R Setacyl Direct Orange 2R 1 lb.
    Powder 1 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Bed B
    Setacyl Direct Bed B Powder .8 lb.
    Powder 0.8 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS .16 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Powder 0.16 lb. Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Dyed as previous.
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb,
    Dyed as previous shades. Cocoa/Whiie
    Navy/Iris Diphenyl Cateehine B 1 lb.

    2GL Direct Gray 2G .1 lb.


    Diphenyl Fast Blue 2
    Sulphonated Oil lb.
    Cone. 3 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 20 lb.
    Direct Gray 2G 85 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS .09 lb. Medium Brown /White
    Setacyl Direct Violet B .07 lb. Diphenyl Cateehine B 1.2 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Orange 2B ,01 lb. Diphenyl Cateehine BB .06 lb.
    536 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. Gun Gray/White


    Glaubers Salt 30 lb. 100 lb. Goods
    Chestnut f White Erie Black NRX .6 lb.

    Trisulphon Brown BP 1¥2 lb. Erie Yellow WB .06 lb.


    Biphenyl Catechine BB % lb. Trisulphon Brown BP .24 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.

    Glaubers Salt 30 lb. Common Salt 15 lb.

    Chestnut/Bust
    Pastels
    .100 lb. Goods
    Trisulphon Brown BP 1.5 lb.
    French Blue /White
    Biphenyl Catechine BB .5 lb. Pyrazol Fast Blue BS .04 lb.

    Setacyl Direct Orange 2R 1 lb. Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.

    Setacyl Direct Red B. Bun 20 min.


    Powder .8 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 10 lb.

    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS Bun 30 min.


    Powder .16 lb. Maise /White
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. Pontamine Yellow CH .15 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb. Diphenyl Red B .01 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Pastel Shades Run 10 min.
    Green/ White Glaubers Salt 10 lb.
    100 lb. Goods Run 35 min.
    Direct Gray 2G .15 lb. Light Gray /White
    Diphenyl Blue 2GL Cone. .075 lb. Pontamine Fast Black LX .042 lb.
    Pontamine Yellow NNL .12 lb. Diphenyl Catechine G .03 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. Diphenyl Bed B .003 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 20 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Tan /White Run 10 min.
    Diphenyl Catechine .42 lb. Glaubers Salt 10 lb.
    Pontamine Fast Bed 8BLX .05 lb. Run 15 min.
    Direct Gray 2G .05 lb. Salt 5 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. Run 20 min.
    Glaubers Salt 20 lb. Nile Green /White
    Blue/ Chin g or Coyenl agen Tastusol Green LBB .2 lb.
    100 lb. Goods Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Direct Gray2G .15 lb. Run 20 min.
    Diphenyl Blue 2GL .06 lb. Salt 5 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS Run 30 min.
    Powder .15 lb. Black/Bed
    Setacyl Direct Yellow 2G Pontamine Fast Black
    Powder .1 lb.
    GCW 5 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Artisil Direct F. Bed
    Glaubers Salt 30 lb. BP Con. 2 lb.
    Black /Baric Bed Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Pontamine Fast Black Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    GCW 5 lb.
    Brown/Champagne
    Setacyl Direct Red B Trisulphon Brown BP 2.5 lb.
    Powder 5 lb.
    Diphenyl Past Blue 4 G1 .25 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS Celanthrene Scarlet G .025 lb.
    Powder 1 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    Navy/Bark Blue Bark Cordovan Nigger/Blue
    Pontamine Diazo Black Benzochrome Brown 2.5 lb.
    BHSW 3.2 lb. Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS 2 lb.
    Setacyl Direct Blue 2GS Glaubers Salt 40 lb.
    Powder 1 lb. Sulphonated Oil 2 lb.
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. All above dyeings except the pastels
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb. are dyed between 170-175° F. for 45
    Cordovan/White min.-lhr. and the Glaubers salt added
    Benzochrome Brown B 2.5 lb. in portions after reaching that tempera-
    Sulphonated Oil 2 lb. ture.
    Glaubers Salt 40 lb. The Celanese or Acetate colors are first
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 537

    pasted witK the sulphonated oil then Soda Ash 1 %


    added to the bath. Salt 25 %
    at 140° F. —30 min.
    Hosiery Dyeing Mix well —diazotize as for Oxford,
    In the dyeing of hosiery, frequently, Develop using
    there is a demand for oxford gray Beta Naphthol 1%
    heather yarn for ingrains. The custom- Caustic Soda 1%
    ary method has been for the manufac- Cold—10° F.
    turer to purchase a merino blend and
    Brown Heather
    knit up the half hose from this yarn. A Diazo Orange 3G 2.5%
    formula has been developed whereby it Diazo Bordeaux 7B 1.3%
    is only necessary to purchase 70 cot-
    ton/30 or 60 cotton/40 white merino yarn
    Diazo Black BHSW .5%
    and produce at a low cost a very fast (Dyed as for Navy)
    dyeing oxford gray. For the production of very lark cor~ <

    After the usual scour the bath is given dovan heather with reasonable fastness
    1% sodium carbonate and run with just and at a niinimum of cost:
    the chill off the water for ten minutes Diamine Brown M 31/2 %
    — then 3% Developed Black (any stand- Direct Brown D3G 11/2 %
    ard diazo black BH
    type) is added to
    may be used and although they are ordi-
    the bath (previously dissolved) and run nary direct (or substantive) colors they
    a few minutes, the steam is turned on are capable of being diazotized and de-
    and the temperature brought to 140° F. veloped and produce w^hen dyed a very
    —then add slowly and in portions 30% fine Cordovan Heather at a minimum
    common salt and run at 140° F, for at
    cost.
    least 30 minutes. The dyeing procedure is identical with
    Rinse well and diazotize cold for 20 that for the Navy Heather and Brown
    minutes using Heather.
    Sodium Nitrite 3 %
    Muriatic or 5% Sulphuric
    Textile Printing Pastes
    Acid 7.5% China Blue (Bleu Fayence)
    Rinse thoroughly and develop, using —
    10 gal. hot water 50 lb. green cop-
    Metatoluenediamine
    Beta Naphthol
    .2%
    .8%
    —
    peras 25 lb. acetate of leadj dissolve
    and let settle; thicken the clear with gum
    Caustic Soda .8% Senegal very thick. Indigo, 1 lb. ground
    and run cold for 10-15 minutes. up well, with 3 qt. of the acetate of iron
    It is extremely important to use the
    mixed developers as stated for this rea-
    above— lb. crystals of tin —
    1 gal. of
    the thickened acetate of iron.
    son. If M.T.D. and soda ash alone are Process of fixing (1)— lime— (2) cop-
    used the animal fibers take on a yellow peras liquor 6 lb. per 10 gal. (3) — Strong
    to golden stain (due no doubt to forma- —
    lime vat- (4) copperas liquor at 11 lb.
    tion of chrysoidine). —
    per 10 gal. (5) caustic soda or potash
    If beta naphthol and caustic alone are
    used the animal fibers will be clear but
    14° Tw.
    Tw.
    —
    (6) sulphuric acid at 4° or 5°

    there will be a blueness to the cotton China Blue


    present. 1 lb. indigo, best quality 1 lb. sul-—
    This formula has ben used on thou-
    sands of dozens of half hose in produc-
    phate of iron (green copperas) 1 qt. —
    water. Grind well together and add 4 lb.
    tion of English rib and plain merino
    clocked numbers and in the Franklin
    iron liquor at 14° Tw. —
    pt. water;
    heat gently up to 140° F. and thicken
    machines. with gum.
    It is not necessary to use any of the
    many products for resisting animal fibers
    —
    Process of fixing. There are four vats.

    to replace the soda ash and no destruc-


    (1) lime —
    (2) sulphate of iron at 10°

    tive action has been evident nor have


    —
    Tw. (3) caustic potash or soda (4)
    sulphuric acid at 4° Tw. Three dips al-
    —
    the results been improved by such change. ternately in the first and second vats of
    To produce a good Navy in a similar fifteen minutes each; thirty minutes in
    manner for heather effect the following No. 3 vat and fifteen minutes in No. 4.
    is. used:
    BarTc China Blue
    Navy Eeather —
    12 lb. indigo 2^/^ gal. iron liquor at
    Diazo Black BHSW 1.5% 12° Tw.; heat to 212° F. and leave to
    Diazo Blue BB 1.5% steep—12 lb. green copperas 3 lb. crpi-—
    Diazo Violet BL .5% ment; grind all together perfectly, and
    538 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    add 1 gal. iron liquor at 12® Tw. I lb. — A


    Textile Resist
    copperas-lime vat containing ap-
    Barbary or Senegal ; grind all together.
    For darkest color and standard add 4 proximately 800 gal. of liquor consists
    gal. iron liquor at 12® Tw. thickened with of roughly the following proportions of
    16 lb, gum. Reduce for lighter shades ingredients:
    with iron Hquor at 12® Tw. thickened Ground Indigo 36 lb.
    with gum. Ferrous Sulphate or
    The colors having been printed, the Copperas 60 lb.
    prints are allowed to age for some time Slaked Lime 85 lb.
    prior to further processing.

    Textile Printing Resist White


    Textile Printing Paste
    Starch-British Gum
    German Patent 601,860 Thickening 3 gal.
    Sirius Yellow 20 g. Soft Soap 4 lb.
    Urea 50 g. Zinc Sulphate 10 lb.
    Phenol 25 g. Nitrate of Copper
    Furfural Alcohol 1 pt
    10 g. Bulk to
    Glycol 15 g. Print Paste 5 gaL
    Water 230 cc.
    Gum Tragacanth Thickening 650 g.
    Vat Printing Pastes
    Textile Printing Paste Formula No. 1
    Starch-Tragacanth or Com Starch 55 lb.
    Starch-British Gum Dark Burnt British Gum 220 lb.
    Thickening 4-5 pt.
    Potash, Calcined 220 lb.
    Dyestuff in Paste Form 1 lb.
    Hydrosulphite, Lump 160 lb.
    Lactic Acid 8 oz.
    Glycerin 5 gal.
    Tartaric Acid 4 oz.
    Hydrocarbon Oil 2 gaL
    Water, to make 100 gal.
    Glycerin % giU
    Ferrous Sulphate (1:2) pt. No. 2
    Bulk to Corn Starch 60 lb.
    Print Paste 1 gaL light Burnt British Gum 180 lb.
    Potash, Calcined 220 lb.
    Textile Resist for China Blue Hydrosulphite, Lump 160 lb.
    Water 1 gal. Glycerin 5 gal.
    Sulphate of Copper 2 lb. Textile Gum 5 gaL
    Sugar of Lead 2 lb. Hydrocarbon Oil 2 gaL
    Flour 2^ lb. Water, to make 100 gaL
    Boil, and when nearly cool, add No. 3
    Hitrate of Copper Crystals 5 lb. Wheat Starch 40 lb.
    Strong Lime Juice 1 qt. Gum Tragacanth
    Paste (6%) 30 gaL
    Textile Resist Glycerin 8 gaL
    Stock Vat with Ferrous Sulphate Soda Ash 160 lb.
    and Tin Crystals Hydrosulphite, Lumps 125 lb.
    Vat Dyestuff Paste 10 lb. Water, to make 100 gal.
    Caustic Soda (70® Tw.) 4 gal.
    Add Steaming Recipe for Soluble Vat Dyes
    Ferrous Sulphate 13 lb. Soluble Vat Dyestuff 50 g.
    dissolved in dissolved in
    Water 3~ 4 gaL Water 2 pt.
    and and added to
    Tin Crystals 2% lb. Neutral Starch-
    dissolved in
    Water 1 gal. Add
    Tragacanth % gal.

    Bulk to 10 gaL Chlorate of Soda,


    Stir wen —
    cover and allow to stand for 4 lb. per gal. % pt
    ^ hour. If kept covered this solution and just before use
    ,

    will be stable for several days. The Ammonium Vanadate


    foregoing proportions are, of course,
    only set forth in a general way to illus-
    Solution (1%)
    Ammonia (25%)
    % glass

    trate the preparation of a stock vat of Bulk to


    % glass

    this type. Print Paste gaL


    1

    1
    Non-Caking Starch Paste at 8® Tw. and again allowed to lie over-
    French Patent 811,598 night in the wet state. The cloth is
    Starch 97-95 g. subsequently treated at the boil in a bath
    Lecithin 3- 5 g. containing 10% burnt lime. Great care
    The above will swell without caking in
    must be taken in ensuring that the lime
    is boiling and remains alkaline at the
    cold water.
    end of the operation so that complete
    fixation of the iron salt is obtained. The
    Zinc Dust Color Discharge Paste cloth is then given four ends through
    Basic Dyestuff 4 oz.
    cold water and dyed with the following
    pasted up with mixing
    Acetin %
    gill
    For 100 lb. Material.
    Aniline %
    gill
    Hematine Crystals 2A 5 lb.
    Glycerin gm% Bark Extract 4 lb.
    and dissolved in
    Hot Water 1 pt.
    30 gaL
    Add this solution to
    8 ends at the boil.
    British Gum Thickening 3-4 pt.
    Zinc Dust 2 lb.
    Precautions During Dyeing and Washing
    Formaldehyde ^4"- % gill
    The pieces are finally washed-off very
    Sodium Bisulphite
    (71° Tw.) 1% pt. well in cold water and are ready for
    Tannin- Acetic Acid (1:1) % pt. mangling and drying. It should be noted
    that the myrabolam extract is best added
    Print Paste 1 gal. in two portions, i.e., one half at the
    beginning of the first and second ends,
    Steam Black Dyeing of Cotton and also the same remarks apply as far
    as the Hematine crystals are concerned.
    Steam Black is produced by padding
    There is no question however of this be-
    the cotton pieces with a solution contain-
    ing necessary with the iron liquor or lime
    ing aniline salt, sodium chlorate and yel-
    solution.
    low prussiate of potash. This is followed
    It is important to take care that the
    by steaming in a rapid ager of the
    Mather-Platt type for about 2 minutes
    myrabolam is at the boil during the
    whole run through, in order to ensure a
    and by chroming for about 1 minute in
    a solution of potassium bichromate (5 lb.
    complete saturation of the cotton. A
    very important operation is the washing-
    per 100 gal.) at 122® F.
    The following padding solution is
    off after liming, and to obtain a clean
    black, the loose iron salt must be com-
    recommended: 40 lb. aniline salt, dis-
    pletely removed before the goods enter
    solved in 6 gal. of water, 26 lb. yellow
    the dye liquor. Finally the dyestuff
    prussiate, dissolved in 15 gal. of water,
    must be thoroughly dissolved before add-
    and 15 lb. of sodium chlorate, dissolved
    ing to the jig and the liquor kept well
    in 3 gal. of water.
    stirred until the solution is complete.
    For very thin, light goods, it is ad-
    The shade of logwood black is not fully
    visable to make the padding liquor
    produced for some time after dyeing and
    slightly alkaline by the addition of a
    .

    results cannot be judged on the tone


    small quantity of ammonia.
    immediately the pieces leave the drying
    cylinders. There is no question with log-
    DYEING PROCEDURE WITH wood blacks of taking out patterns, be-
    LOGWOOD BLACK cause the process is more of a chemical
    Logwood black is produced on cotton one and depends mainly upon the correct
    piece goods by mordanting the cotton proportions of the various products. If
    first with a metal hydrate and after- I
    the right quantities and conditions pre-
    wards treating with logwood. The fol- vail each time, the shade will more or
    lowing is a procedure which may be less automatically come up the same sub-
    adopted The goods are first given two
    :
    sequently. There is a tendency however
    ends in warm water, which removes any for the black sometimes to come up on
    loose six© that may be present and might the purple side, and this can be rectified
    in the course of time interfere with the by the addition of a little fustic or bark
    myrabolam liquor. The goods are then extract to the starch.
    g^ven two ends boiling in a 10% solution
    of myrabolam extract, and allowed to lie Beetling^' to Obtain Finish
    overnight. Next day, the pieces are and Luster
    mangled, and treated on a padding ma- After drying and conditioning, black
    chine or ordinary mangle with iron liquor silesias are lighly damped and stretched
    540 TEXTILES, FIBEES

    to about 38%". They are thea trans- Standard Logwood Black 3 pt.
    ferred to the beetles for a slabbing/’ When add
    cold
    ranging from 16-48 hours, according to
    the nature of the cloth and the required
    Tannic Acid Standard % gal

    degree of luster. Very low qualities of Bulk to 6 gal


    blacks are rarely beetled longer than 16 After printing, the goods are steamed
    hours, but some of the old-time heavy for half an hour in a cottage steamer at
    weights will stand as long as 64 hours about 40 lbs. pressure. In some cases,
    beetling before the best results are ob- to cheapen the process, this latter pro-
    tained. This initial beetling or ^ ^ slab- cedure is omitted, though inferior fast-
    bing'” serves not only for luster, but to ness obviously results.
    give a closeness of fabric unobtainable
    by any other means. Beetling is prefer-
    Cotton Yarn Brightener
    ably carried out on metal beams with
    Brightening with an emulsion of oil
    the heavy type of wooden fallers; the
    is applied chiefly for blacks the dyeings
    pieces will be changed round every four j

    not only gain thereby considerably in


    hours or so.
    fullness and depth of shade, but also
    acquire a much softer handle.
    Application of Colored Starch
    This brightening is also useful if the
    After beetling, the goods are starched shades have been dyed too deep and
    once or twice with a mixing similar to thereby appear bronzy in such cases
    j
    the following: 1^-3 oz. glue previously soaked in cold
    For 25 pcs. Blk. Silesias. Weight water are added to the bath in addition
    18 lb./70 yd. to the following weights.
    Sago Flour 90 lb. The ingredients per 10 gal liquor are
    Bextrine 100 lb. approximately
    Oleine Oil (50%) % gal. Xeutral Soap 3 -8 oz,
    Direct Black B 4 oz. Olive Oil 1%-41^ oz.
    Soda Ash %-l% oz.
    60 gal. To commence with, they are boiled
    The above mixing serves for this par- well for 20 or 30 minutes with 1-2 gal
    ticular weight of cloth, but the quantity of water as free from lime as possible,
    of filling must obviously be regulated and are then added to the bath for which
    according to the weight of the pieces as soft water as possible should also be
    being dealt with. Eoughly speaking the used.
    heavier the cloth, then the less filling is In this bath the yarns are treated for
    required. 15 to 20 minutes, whereupon they are
    whizzed without rinsing, and dried.

    Viscose-Cotton Mixture Dyeings


    Turquoise Shade Vat Color Printing Paste for Shirtings
    Turquoise Blue GGrS 5^4 oz* Dyestuff Pastes 2 pt.
    Victoria Blue B oz, % Starch-Tragacanth
    Tartaric Acid (1-1)
    4-5 pt.
    dissolved in y> pt.
    Acetic Acid (40%) Glucose (1-1) U pt.
    (210° F.) gal. % Tin Crystals (1-1)
    Ferrous Sulphate
    3^^^ pt.
    Wheat Starch Standard li^ lb.
    (1 Ib./l gal) 5 gal Water 2 pt.
    Color Oil 2 pt.
    Wlien cold add
    Tannic Acid Solution Dyeing Cotton and Bayon,--^Leaving
    Eayon White
    (4 1b./l gal) gal % Dye at 120—130° F. using sodium
    stannate (based on total weight of dye
    Bulk to 6 gal
    •liquor).
    Chocolate Shade
    Bismark Brown B 8 oz.
    Auramine O 1 oz. Preliminary to Dyeing of Spun Bayous
    dissolved in Treat for two hours at 70-75° C. in a
    Acetic Acid (40%) bath of
    (180° F.) gal Hydrogen Peroxide
    Wheat Starch Standard (30%) 1 I 4 cc.
    (1 Ib./l gal) 4 gal Sodium Silicate 6.0 g.
    Color Oil 2 pt. Caustic Soda 0.5 g!
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 541

    Sodium Pjropliospliate 5.0 g. per 1, at 20-70° C. depending upon the


    Wetting Out Agent color used. After developing, the goods
    (Sulfatate Type) 1~2 g. are thoroughly rinsed and neutralized in
    Then
    treat for one hour at room tem- a warm
    soda ash solution (2-3 g. per 1.)
    .

    perature with 1 g. active chlorine per 1. Dyestuff which has been dissolved in
    Rinse and treat for two hours at 70-75® hot water (no direct steam)
    C. with Soda Ash
    Hydrogen Peroxide Gum Tragacanth (8 oz.
    (30%)
    Sodium Silicate
    1 L 1 cc. Paste)
    Nekal BX or Other Wetting
    5 %
    6 g.
    Caustic Soda 0.5 g. Out Agent i^o%
    Wetting Out Agent 1-2 g. Sodium Nitrite 1 %
    Al’ chemicals are dissolved and added
    Mordanting Rayon to the padding bath. The addition of
    In mordanting either viscose or cu- Sodium Hydrosulphite N.P. concentrated
    is also advantageous, ranging from %-i
    prammonium silks for the basic dyes,
    lb. per 100 gal. depending upon the color
    the rayon should remain for 2-3 hours in
    a bath containing 2-5% of tannin and used. Temperature of padding bath 40-
    60° C.
    1% of hydrochloric acid, on the weight of
    The goods are padded on the nip pass-
    the goods, at, 50° C. (122° F.). The
    material is then removed, the excess of ing through the liquor before it hits the
    liquor removed (but not rinsed), and
    nip which insures better penetration.
    ^

    treated for about 20 minutes in a fresh After padding, the goods are batched up
    cold bath containing 1-2.5%, or about and developed wet in 20 cc. sulphuric
    half of the percentage of tannin used, of acid per 1. at a temperature from 40-60°
    0. for 5 seconds, then skyed for 20 sec
    tartar emetic. More even shades are ob-
    tained on viscose mordanted with Kata- onds, rinsed, neutralized, soaped and
    nol than on tannin-antimony mordanted
    rinsed. All this is done continuously in
    the open.
    viscose. If particularly fast dyeings are
    wanted, such as for cross-dyeing, the
    basic dyes should also have a top mordant The Printing of Rayons, Both Lustrous
    by repeating the above process after dye- and Delustered with Indigosols and
    ing. Basic dyes are often used to top Pharmasols
    the substantive dyes on rayons, thus The Indigosols and Pharmasols are
    brightening the shade. particularly interesting for printing
    rayons, both lustrous and delustered, by
    the various processes given herewith.
    INDIGOSOL DYEING ON RAYON Exceptionally bright colorings are obtain-
    The indigosols, acid ester salts of able possessing excellent all around fast-
    vat colors are especially adapted for ness properties.
    the production of fast colors in light
    shades on rayons. Any of the rayons, Printing LustrousEayon with Indigosols
    lustrous or delustered, excepting the ace- There are 3 methods of printing Indi-
    tates, can be dyed either on the jig, or gosols on rayon:
    padded. Clear, even shades are obtained, (a) Steam process.
    and bar or weave marks are eliminated. (b) Nitrite process.
    The color is dissolved in hot water; (c) Nitrite and Chromate combination
    (do not boil or heat with live steam as process.
    that will destroy the color). An adtoion
    All 3 give good results and the method
    of 1% Nekal BX is recommended. used depends largely upon the equipment
    Glauber ^s salt is required, about 25-
    available.
    50 g. per 1. depending upon the depth
    of shade dyed. The dyeing is started
    at a temperature of 40-60° C., using
    a. Steam Process
    about % the required amount of color. The colors are made up as follows:
    Bun 1 end, then add the remainder of the C^olor 1 oz.
    color and run another end. Add %
    required amount of Glauber ^s salt, run
    the Urea
    '
    1 oz.
    Cellosolve V’
    ' 2 oz.
    2 more ends, add remainder of Glauber ^s V/ater ")

    salt and run 2 or 4 more ends to shade. Gum Tragacanth 90 cc.


    J
    Then without rinsing or drying give 2 Sodium Chlorate (1:3) 6 cc.
    ^
    ends in a developing bath containing 20 Ammonium Vanadate (1:100) 1 cc.
    cc, sulphuric acid and 1 g. sodium nitrite Ammonia (26%) 1 ce.
    542 TEXTILES, FIBEES

    Print, dry, and steam -^nthont pressure Gum Tragacanth Thickening 20 Ib.
    20 minutes. Einse and soap. Pine Oil Mixture A 20 Ib.
    Pine oil mixture A consists of the fol-
    b. Nitrite Process lowing ingredients
    Color 1 oz.
    Pine Oil 70 1b.
    Urea 1 oz.
    Monopole Oil (or Turkey
    ^^Cellosolve’’ 2 oz.
    Water )
    Bed Oil) 15 lb.
    96 cc. Caustic Soda 15 lb.
    Gum Tragacanth j
    Sodium Nitrite 1 oz. The cellulose acetate fabric is printed
    with the above described paste, then
    Print, dry Then
    and age 8 minutes. dried, and steamed for 30 minutes at 100°
    develop with 2% sulphuric acid by vol- C. Under these conditions the printed
    ume 5 seconds at 60-70^ 0. Sky 20 portions acquire an opaque chalky ap-
    seconds, rinse and neutralize with warm
    pearance which is in distinct contrast to
    soda ash solution (2-3 g. per 1.). Binse the surrounding lustrous fabric.
    and If aged in acetic acid fumes
    soap.
    It may be remarked that cellulose ace-
    the nitrite is omitted in the print paste
    tate rayon fabrics may also be uniformly
    and 1 g. per 1. is added to the develop- delustered all-over by boiling in a soap
    ing bath to oxidize the Indigosols. liquor containing pine oil. If the liquor
    is maintained at 99 to 150° 0. this de-
    Dyeing Eayon Black lustering occurs quite rapidly, but if the
    Aniline Hydrochloride 80 oz. temperature reaches only 95° C. then de-
    Aniline 5 oz. lust ering is slow and may require at’ least
    Sodium Chlorate 50 oz. 1^ hours to complete it. It will therefore
    Copper Sulphate 5 oz. be concluded that delustering in a winch
    Methylethyl Acetone 173 oz. machine is likely to be slow since it is
    Diethylene Glycol 86 oz. difficult, because of the large surface of
    Water 600 oz. the liquor which allows evaporation, to
    secure a temperature of more than 95° 0.
    For the most rapid delustering it is ad-
    Acetate Eayon Printing Paste
    visable to hang the acetate rayon material
    Anthraquinone Dye in a pine oil liquor heated by means of
    Powder 1- 8 oz.
    closed steam coils placed at the bottom
    paste up with
    of the vessel; this enables a temperature
    Sulfonated Olive Oil,
    of 100° 0. to be obtained with certainty.
    Glycerin, or Glycol, etc. 2—16 oz.
    By means of the printing process de-
    CIU.U.
    scribed above it is possible to secure some
    Boiling Water 2 qt.
    very pleasing luster patterns, but it
    strain into
    should be noted that the delustered parts
    Textile Gum 2 qt. regain their luster if hot ironed at too
    high a temperature.
    Black Printing Paste for Acetate Eayon
    Diphenyl Black Base I oz. Crepe Dye Liquor Baths
    dissolved in Formula No. 1
    Lactic Acid (Tech.) 12 oz. Olive Oil Soap 8 lb.
    Formic Acid (90%) 12 oz. ^^GardinoP' WA 12 oz.
    add to Soda Ash 1 lb.
    Starch-Tragacanth No. 2
    Thickening 2% qt. Olive Oil Soap 6 lb.
    Add when cold Sulphonated Castor Oil 3 lb.
    Sodium Chlorate (25%) 12 oz. Brilliant ^‘AviroP^ L-144 8 oz.
    Aluminum Chloride Sodium Hexametaphosphate 1 lb.
    Crystals 4 oz.
    dissolved in Anti-Static Cellulose Acetate Dyeing
    Water 12 oz. British 'Patent 452,160
    Ammonium Vanadate Olyeol 100 oz.
    (1 to 500) 1 oz. Magnesium Chloride 30 oz.
    Dye (Fugitive) 1 oz.
    Water 10 oz.
    Printing Delustered Designs on Acetate
    Eayon Dyeing Cellulose Esters
    D, S. Patent 1,989,209 British Patent 468,863
    Starch 15 1b. Water 300 1.
    Wate 45 lb. Olive Oil Soap 300 g.
    TEXTILES. FIBRES 543

    Calcimn Sulphate 3000 g. C., for processing at, or too near, the
    l-Ainino-4-Hydroxy- boil prevents development of a rich, deep
    authraquinoiie 25 g. shade of blue or navy.
    Fse at 70 - 75 ° C. for 45-50 min. while Logwood extract may be used as foun-
    blowing warm air through solution. dation dyestuff for processing inexpensive
    navy on half -bleached jute, or jute in an
    unbleached condition, where the amount
    Translucent Printing Ink for Cellulosie
    of yellowish-brown natural coloring mat-
    Fabrics
    ter in the fiber is insufficient to seriously
    German Patent 639,186
    flatten the shade of logwood blue. Bril-
    Calcium Thiocyanate 710 g.
    liant-toned acid violet dyes are used to
    Water 106 cc.
    enliven logwood blue on bast fiber; two
    Viscose Waste 22 g.
    methods of processing these compound
    Formaldehyde (40%) 162 g.
    blues will now be given. The cleanest
    The patterns are developed by treating dyeings are secured first by mordanting
    printed fabrics with steam or calcium the stock and then coloring it with log-
    chloride solution. wood extract in a fresh bath; the mor-
    danting process is as follows The kettle
    :

    Silk Brightening is prepared with 5% copperas, 2% potash


    Boil with open steam 3-6% olive oil alum and 2% of acid violet similar to
    with about one*half this amount of soda Pontacyl Violet C 4JB or Wool Violet 4
    ash and three times the quantity of soft BN. The load is entered in the dry con-
    water to form an emulsion; add this dition in the boiling kettle, about fifteen
    emulsion to the brightening bath previ- minutes processing at boiling temperature
    ously heated to about 30° C. (85° F.), being allowed; steam is then turned off,
    and immediately enter the silk. Give the processing being continued in the cooling
    silk a few quick turns in this liquor, then liquor for a further half-hour. The load
    acidify the bath with an organic acid, is then raised out of the kettle and trans-
    adding with advantage at the same time ferred to another apparatus for rinsing
    one of the protective agents, sulphocya- in cold water. The dye-kettle is then
    nides, thiourea or hydroxylamine (wliich prepared with 2% or more of dry log-
    are patented as protective agents), then wood extract, the stock being entered
    turn the silk again a few times, and into the lukewarm liquor. Absorption of
    finish it off in the customary manner. the hematine is rapid, even at a lukewarm
    Olive oil and potassium hydrate emulsions temperature. Care should be taken to
    are used for the same purpose. slowly heat the kettle, for if the hematine
    is absorbed in an irregular manner, it
    will be necessary to boil the bath to
    Dyeing Bleached Jute and Coir-
    rectify the unlevelness; if boiling is re-
    For 100 lb. stock, processed in a bath
    sorted to, a good deal of the acid violet
    of 300 gal. Sulfocyanine Navy type, 1%
    leaves the bast fiber and is not re-ab-
    Ib.j Direct Black BH type, 3 lb.; Sulfo-
    sorbed entirely, even if processing with-
    cyanine Black type, 12 oz. ; Eoccelline or
    out steam is continued until the liquor
    Fast Bed A type, 1 oz.; Direct Black E
    has cooled to a lukewarm condition. It is
    type, 5 oz.; common salt, 5 lb.; ground
    therefore advisable to process logwood
    potash alum, 1 lb. The load should be
    blue at little more than half boil.
    entered into the dyebath at about half-
    boil, the salt and the alum being omitted.
    When the stock is properly saturated, the Color Printing on Wool
    common salt may be put in the kettle, Firstly, the wool must be clean and in
    this then being raised to 90° 0. during the right condition for the process. A
    about one-half hour; the alum may next mixture of 15 lb. sodium bisulphite liquor
    be used, preferably in solution with about of 35° B4. and 85 lb. of water is made
    a pailful of hot water. It is advisable up and a small piece of wool placed on
    to add the alum solution slowly to the the surface of this solution. If the skein
    kettle because its effect is to encourage sinks in 30 to 50 seconds, that wool is
    the fiber to take up both the acid dye suitable for printing, but if not, if sink-
    and the substantive color; should the ing takes longer, the goods must be given
    latter be absorbed in an irregular manner, a boil in dilute vitriol containing a little
    the unlevelness cannot readily be rectified wetting-out agent.
    by vigorously boiling the kettle, as is The dyestuff paste is made up. of dye-
    the case when it is desired to level-out stuff, 60 lb.; British gum, 400 lb.; 50
    acid color. Wherever possible, dyeing per cent Monopole soap, 50 lb., and
    should be completed without raising the water, 500 lb.
    temperature of the kettle over about 90° A paste for printing purposes may be
    :

    544 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    made up from tlie foregoing color paste bloomy than if oxalic acid had been em-
    as follows ployed. When it is perceived that the
    Color Paste (as abo^e) 540 IK liquor has assumed the proper yellowish-
    Gum Tragacantli (6%) 335 IK brown hue, the goods may be entered
    Sodium Bisulphite (35® Be.) 125 IK into the boiling bath, for the color usu-
    ally levels very well. If the fabric is of
    After applying the paste on the drums,
    a densely milled and rather thick variety,
    the yarn is dried but only just, and then
    it is better to enter the batch at about
    steamed for one hour without pressure,
    half -boil. Hematine crystals, if used in-
    after which it may be washed.
    stead of hematone red paste, should be
    well dissolved before adding them to the
    solution of the sulphates. It is best in
    Logwood Dyeing of Wool such a case to boil up the hematine
    The method adopted for carrying out
    crystals iq,. the bath, in a large volume
    the one-dip process with logwood proceeds
    of water, before adding the well dissolved
    on the following lines. When the goods
    copper and iron sulphates.
    are entered into the hot prepared dye-
    bath, the wool almost immediately begins
    One factor influencing the tone of the
    black produced by the one-dip process is
    to attract some of the metal salts con-
    the relative proportions of copper sul-
    tained in the solubilized color lake and
    phate and iron sulphate. If an excess
    the fiber becomes gradually mordanted
    of the iron salt is employed, the resultant
    as a result of the process. The fiber is
    black shade possesses a more brownish
    then in a condition to attract the hema-
    tone than a black processed with a lesser
    tine simultaneously liberated from the
    proportion of iron sulphate. It is, in
    combination with the metal salts as the
    fact, quite feasible to omit the ferrous
    color lake commences to dissociate, and
    sulphate in a formula for one-dip log-
    provided no excess of oxalic acid is pres-
    ent in the bath, a certain amount of an
    wood black; in this event, the shade is
    frequently less rich than one processed
    insoluble black color lake is gradually
    in the presence of iron sulphate. The
    deposited within the wool fiber. It is
    following formula for one-dip black is
    thus perceived that the goods are now
    used for 180 lb. of worsted piecegoods;
    colored a black of an intensity commen-
    surate with the amounts of logwood, etc., Formula No. 1
    that have been employed. One bath method
    A sure guide to the proper condition Ferrous Sulphate 1 lb.
    of a one-dip logwood black bath before Copper Sulj&ate 21/2 IK
    entering the goods is the color of the Hematone Red Paste 50 IK
    solution. This should be a golden brown Oxalic Acid 1 lb.
    shortly after the oxalic acid has been put No. 2
    in. If the liquor is black or greenish, Two bath method
    it is a sign of the existence of un dissolved
    Potassium Bichromate 4 IK
    color lake, hence a little more oxalic acid Brown Tartar Crystals 3 IK
    should be added, A method of stuffing Hematone Bed Paste 42 IK
    the bath for one-dip black consists in
    boiling up the requisite amounts of
    No. 3
    ferrous sulphate and copper sulphate in
    One bath method
    a volume of water practically equivalent
    Ferrous Sulphate % lb.

    to that which constitutes the normal


    Copper Sulphate 1 % lb.

    working amount for a certain batch Hematone Red Paste 27 IK


    Oxalic Acid 1 Ib.
    of goods. When the metal salts have
    been dissolved, an appropriate amount Acid Black 4B 8 lb.

    of heniatone red paste is stirred into


    the bath and the liquor is then well Multi-Color Effects on Skein Wool
    raked. The liquor will then be found to The goods are passed through a cold
    have turned black, and if a little is bath of about 300 liters of water, five
    poured on to a piece of blotting paper, liters of hypochlorite of soda solution
    a black deposit of color lake will be left 5®^ Be. and 2 liters of 66° Be. sulphuric
    behind. Finally, the oxalic acid may be acid. They are then rinsed. This chlo-
    put in the bath, the crystals being added rinating has of course certain disadvan-
    just as they are, since they readily dis- tages as far as the wool is concerned.
    solve. Alternatively, a slightly increased The spinning and fulling capacity is al-
    amount of brown tartar crystals may be ways more or less affected, and there is
    used in place of oxalic acid. In this also the possibility of weakening the fiber.
    event, the black color produced on the Therefore, as a substitute for chlorina-
    goods will be a little bluer and more tion, tin can be used for bottoming. In
    TEXTILES. FIBRES 545

    this case the -wool is treated in a 3-6® After steaming, the pieces are treated
    Be. solution of sodium stannate, allowed for a few minutes in a lukewarm bath
    to remain in the solution for several charged with 12 oz. of tartar emetic per
    hours, passed through a sulphuric acid 10 gallons of water. This operation is
    hath of 10° Be., thoroughly rinsed, and commonly performed in a star machine
    dried. This tin treatment can also be but it may also be carried out in a winch
    combined with the chlorine treatment, in apparatus where the more robust velvets
    which case it precedes the chlorinating. are being dealt with. After being treated
    In the case of combed silver which is with tartar emetic, the batch is given a
    very delicate, it is better to omit the light rinse in cold wafer, after which the
    chlorinating altogether. For the printing pieces are hydro-extracted.
    paste any of the various dyestuff classes The following basic colors may be used
    can be used. Yarns intended for men^s for printing upon acetate rayon velvet:
    wear are printed if possible with mordant Magenta Crystals; Victoria Blue B, B;
    dyestuffs, for the sake of greater fast- Safranine T; Rhodamine 6G and B;
    ness, while for women fabrics ordinary Methyl Violet, all brands Bismarck
    ;

    acid, basic, anddirect dyestuffs suffice. Brown; Aeronol Yellow TS; Acridine
    The following is an example for a print- Orange; Nigrosine, etc.
    ing paste:
    No. 4
    One-Dip Chrome Blue 50 g. Paste Vat Color 10 lb.
    Water 515 g. Glycerin, Brown 31/2 lb.
    British Gum 250 g. Potassium Carbonate 14 lb.
    Oxalic Acid 30 g. Hydrosulphite Reducer
    Sodium Chlorate 5 g. (Formosul) 7 lb.
    Acetic Acid (7° Be.) 30 g. British Gum Thickening 7 gal.
    Chromium Fluoride 50 g.
    No. 5
    (in 50 g. Water)
    Diphenyl Brown BBN
    Glycerin 20 g.
    Extra 8 oz.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil 10 g.
    Direct Orange G 3 oz.
    A formula for ordinary acid dyestuffs Chrysophenine G 8 oz.
    is: British Gum, Dry 8 oz.
    Dyestuff 30 g. Glycerin 10 oz.
    Water 600 g. Trisodium Phosphate 12 oz.
    British Gum 250 g. Water, Coudensed 1 gal.
    Oxalic Acid 25 g.
    Glycerin 60 g.
    Coloring Plush Brown
    AcetiC'Acid (7° B4) 50 g.
    Permanganate of Potash 8 oz.
    After the printing, the wool is not Epsom Salts 6 oz.
    dried, but is steamed immediately twice, Gray China Clay 4 lb.
    each time for one hour and a half, and Boiling Water 6 pt.
    washed.
    When cold the is ready for use.
    mixture
    No steaming required to fix this
    is
    Rayon Plush and Velvet Dye Bath color, and after printing, the plush is
    Formula No. 1 simply rinsed in cold water. In the pro-
    Substantive Dyestuff 2 lb. duction of discharge styles, the tips of
    Glycerin, Brown 4 lb. the pile are brushed over with a cutting
    Water, Condensed 2 gal. liquor made up as follows:
    British Gum Thickening 6 gal.
    Hydrogen Peroxide
    Caustic Soda (75° Tw.) 1 gal.
    (12 vol.) 1 gal.
    No. 2 Acetic Acid (30%) % pt.
    Basic Color
    Acetic Acid (30%)
    1
    20
    lb.
    lb.
    Oxalic Acid (20%) % pt.
    In some instances, the brown and white
    British Gum Thickening 8 gal.
    color is subsequently changed into black
    - No. 3 and white by treating the material for a
    Basie Color 2 lb. few minutes in a bath containing aniline
    Acetic Acid (30%) 15
    Acetone
    ''''Water'
    m
    5
    lb.
    lb.
    gal.
    salt and a little sulphuric acid.

    British Gum 18 lb. Blotch Printing Paste for Pile Fabrics


    Tannic Acid ) ^ 5 lb. Acid Dyestuff 1% lb.
    Water ( 5 lb.
    British Gum, Powdered 25 oz.
    * This solution Glycerin 6 oz.
    is only added when color solu-
    tion is cold. Sodium Chlorate 2 oz.
    1

    546 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Ammomiim Oxalate 10 oz. Dyeing Sponges


    Ammonia % pt. The natural dark brown coloring mat-
    Water 2% gal. ter is first bleached by immersion of the
    This recipe will also serve for nse in sponges for %
    hr. in 0.25 per cent po-
    printing substantive dyestuffs upon ani- tassium permanganate solution. Excess
    mal fiber. solution is removed by squeezing and the
    Where union materials are to be printed sponges then treated in one per cent so-
    with substantive colors, an addition of dium hydrosulphite solution. Finally, they
    phosphate of soda is made to the print are rinsed well in cold water, soaped in
    color, the acid developing salt being fre- a one per cent soap solution, and dyed
    quently omitted. The f (Slowing is an ex- with caledon and Durindone dyes. Caus-
    ample of a print color for wool, cotton, tic soda cannot be used in the preparation
    silk union: of the vats, but reduction in presence of
    Substantive Color 6 part sodium phosphate yields dye baths wMch
    Sodium Phosphate 3 lb. are quite satisfactory. After dyeing, the
    Brown Glycerin 1% part sponges are allowed to oxidize for 15
    min., and then scoured in warm very
    Thickening according to requirement.
    dilute acetic acid. Finally, they are
    In certain instances, chrome dyestuffs
    rinsed well in cold water and soaped for
    are employed in the preparation of color
    10 min. in a one per cent hot soap solu-
    pastes for stencil printing on pile fabrics.
    tion.
    The following recipe represents a typical
    chrome print color:
    Chrome Dyestuff, 20% Paste 4 lb.
    Coloring Cellophane ’ ’
    Chromium Acetate 2^ Ih.
    Ammonium Oxalate lb. 2^ The following salt solutions in 1-2%
    The foregoing substances are brought strength are nsed, the ^ ^ Cellophane ' ^ be-
    into solution and suitably thickened. ing dipped in one first, drained and then
    in the other.

    Logwood Black Overprint Color f Ferric Chloride ) jg,


    (A) Thickening (Potassium Ferrocyanide J
    iron Liquor (32® Tw.) 5 gal Cadmium Sulphate)
    Tapioca 15 lb. Sodium Sulphide
    Com Starch 7% lb. 'Potassium Anti-
    (B) Logwood Standard ]
    mony Tartrate Orange Yellow
    Hematine Paste 10 gal. Hydrogen SulphideJ
    Acetic Acid (30%) 2 gaL
    'Uranium Nitrate)
    Sulphate of Iron 22% lb.
    Potassium Ferri- 1 Burnt Orange
    Nitrite of Soda 4% lb.
    cyanide
    Bisulphite of Soda J
    (72® Tw.) 11 pt. f Ferric Chloride)
    ' To use, mix one part
    Water, Boilmg ]
    of thickening (A)
    with two parts of Logwood Standard (B). Potassium Permanganate )
    After printing and lightly drying the Soda Ash I
    fabric, steaming is done in the ordinary (Gold Chloride )
    manner for wool prints. iTannin \
    (Silver Nitrate )

    Dyeing Casein Buttons iTannin f


    Sharp edges are removed by barrelling 'Copper Sulphate 1
    and the buttons well polished, preferably Potassium Ferricya- i Eed-Brown
    by hand-buffing, with or without pretreat- nide J
    ment with sodium hypochlorite or *^dip^’ 'Cobalt Chloride 1 •»

    polish. They are then treated with am- Light P^^ple


    Potassium Ferroey- I
    monia (0.5% of cone, solution) at 80- anide
    90® O. for 5-10 min., rinsed with water, J

    and immersed in a dye bath, at 80-90®, Potassium Dichro-


    using organic dyes of the acud type, in I
    mate ’
    • Light Green
    presence of a diluted organie acid, e.g., [Sulphur Dioxide
    0.1 vol.-% of formic acid (£*ied, and finafly Lead Acetate )
    polished. Unsatisfactory dyes can be Potassium Dichro- • Yellow
    removed by hot dilute ammonia solution. mate
    Two-color effects may be obtained by f Nickel Chloride )
    ornamentation after dyeing.
    Pink
    (Dimethylglyoxime j
    TEXTILES. FIBRES 547

    Bleacliers Blue Cotton Padding Liquor


    Ultramarine Blue 2% lb. In the preparation of a padding liquor
    Make a paste with
    into it will be found that the following liquor
    Monoethanolamine 1 pt. will give good results, but it is capable
    Sulphonated Castor Oil of slight modification to suit local cir-
    (30%) 1 pt. cumstances :
    Water to make 2 % gaL •^iliae 35 lb.
    Hydrochloric Acid (28 Tw.) 35 lb.
    Testing Colors for Fastness to Drj Yellow Prussiate 31 lb.
    Cleaning Sodium Chlorate 23 lb.
    Place dyed swatch in beaker and cover
    Water to make the whole to a total
    with dry cleaning solvent. If the solvent volume of 50 gallons.
    is colored on standing the dye is not fast.
    It will be seen that a liquor made as
    indicated above contains about 7 per cent
    Discharging Celanese Ground Shade of aniline, and although a certain amount
    White of this may be lost during the steaming
    Print with process, most of this aniline is converted
    British Gum (Solution of into aniline black pigment, so that the
    3 lb. per gal.) 5 gal. dyed fabric will contain this percentage
    Sodium Sulphoxylate of pigment.
    (4 per gal.)
    lb. 2 gal.
    Diethylene Glycol 1 gaL
    Potassium Sulphocyanide 8 lb. Eayon Padding Liquor
    After printing, age for 5 minutes in a Aniline Hydrochloride 80 oz.
    rapid ager and then rinse well and dry. Aniline 5 oz.
    Formic Acid 300 oz.
    Potassium Ferrocyanide 70 oz.
    Colored Discharges on Celanese Ground Sodium Chlorate 26 oz.
    Sodium Sulphoxalate Formal- Water 518 oz.
    dehyde (4 lb. per gaL) 1 pt.
    Anthraquinone 4 ozu
    Diethylene Glycol 1 pt. Hosiery Black Dye Padding Liquor
    Potassium Sulphocyanide 1 lb. Aniline Hydrochloride 80 oz.
    Aniline 5 oz.
    Discharging Indigoid Vat Colors. Formic Acid 300 oz.
    Print with Potassium Ferrocyanide 70 oz.
    British Gum 40 lb. Sodium Chlorate 20 oz.
    Water 11 lb. Water 518 oz.
    Glycerin 4 lb. The acetate rayon is padded with the
    Zinc Oxide 10 lb. above liquor and dried at a moderate
    Leucotrope W 15 lb. temperature and the full black shade is*
    Sodium Sulphoxalate developed on subsequent chroming and
    Formaldehyde 10 lb. soaping.
    Potassium Carbonate 10 lb.
    After printing, age for 5 minutes in a
    rapid ager and then run into a bath con- Vanadium Aniline Black for Textile
    taining 2 oz. sodium silicate per gaL Printing
    Finally soap at the boil to clear whites. 1 lb. wheat starch is boiled with
    5 pt, water
    6 oz. Chlorate of Soda are added while
    Delustering a Ground Shade
    the mixture is hot. Cool and add
    Print with
    Sodium Tungstate 1% lb. Aniline Salt dissolved in.
    1^ lb. 1 pt. Water. Bulk to
    Water 1 g^L 1 gallon and just before use add
    Dsiiig starch-tragacanth thickening.
    After printing and drying pass through
    % glass Vanadium Chloride Solution
    (1 : 1000 ).
    a cold barium chToride solution (8 oz. per
    gaL) and then rinse cold and dry, It will be noticed that the addition of
    the vanadate is recommended to be made
    just immediately prior to printing, and
    Delustering Compound for Fabrics also when the color is quite cold. The
    Titanium Pigment 32 1b. reason for these precautions is fairly
    ’

    Clay :

    8 lb. obvious in that the object is to prevent


    Glue and Binders 10 lb. premature oxidation of the black in the
    Water ,
    50 lb. print color.
    548 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Aniline Black Padding Liquors cc. of above to 10 gallon tub of aniline


    Tragacanth TMckening black.
    (60:1000) 500 lb.
    Aniline Salt 900 lb.
    Aniline Black Dyeing
    Aniline Oil 50 lb.
    Prepare in adequately cooled apparatus
    Water 2500 lb.
    a mixture of the following proportions;
    Yellow Prussiate of Potash 500 lb.
    Aniline OU 275 lb.
    Water 2500 lb.
    Muriatic Acid (32° Tw.) 300 lb.
    Sodium Chlorate 300 lb.
    Water 355 lb.
    Water 1200 lb.
    The amount of aniline oil specified is
    Use on a pad with the lower
    two-roller
    about 10 per cent in excess of theoretical
    roller wrapped.The three above solu- and is desirable for the best results in
    tions are mixed before use and made up developing an ungreenable Aniline Black.
    to 10,000 lb.
    Any quantity desired may be made up.
    The goods are immediately dried on A wooden tank of suitable size is used-
    the drying cylinders, steamed neutral for
    This is provided with a hood and draft
    3-5 minutes, treated at 100® P. with
    to carry away the fumes. The acid is
    2 lb. bichromate of potash and 5 lb. soda reduced in strength to 14° Tw. with
    ash per 100 gallons, rinsed thoroughly, water. This can be done in a barrel
    soaped at the boil for 10 minutes, rinsed provided with a stoneware faucet which
    and dried.
    delivers the 14° acid through a lead pipe
    to the oil. The lead pipe extends below
    Dyeing with Aniline Black the surface of the aniline oil to reduce
    Water 12 lb.
    the fumes evolved. After adding the
    Hydrochloric Acid acid the solution is allowed to stand for
    (20° Be.) 12 lb.
    some time until cooled off, and is then
    Aniline 10 lb.
    brought to 16° Tw. or such other strength
    Formic Acid 1.3 lb.
    as desired. Before bringing to strength,
    Sodium Nitrite 0.05 lb. the solution should be tested for neutral-
    ity with a very weak solution of Methyl
    Sal-Ammoniac 1.2 lb.
    Potassium Ferrocyanide, Violet. If on the oil side the dyestuff
    dissolved in 30 lb. Water 10.2 lb. solution wiU remain red violet ; if strictly
    Sodium Chlorate, dissolved neutral it will turn blue ; while if on the
    in 20 lb, of Water 4.76 lb. acid side it will turn green. It is usually
    desirable to have the solution on the oil
    The whole diluted to 185 lb.
    is
    side. After testing, more oil or more
    The same bath, without the nitrite,
    acid may be added
    to bring the solution
    cannot exceed 145 to 148 parts, to attain to whatever condition is desired. For
    the same depth of tone. best results either for printing or dyeing,
    The bath must be acid to Congo paper a 10 per cent excess of oil is desirable
    before addition of the nitrite solution, to insure a non-greening black after oxi-
    wMch latter should be added at about dation.
    40° 0., which temperature must be main- The most widely dyed Aniline Blacks
    tained until the cerise-red color formed
    are of the Prussiate type and properly
    has reached its maximum. operated conform to the three essentials:
    A single short passage through the
    1. Hon-greenable
    Mather-Platt gives a good black, while
    with the ordinary bath (without nitrite, 2. Minimum tendering of the fabric
    and 20 per cent stronger) would give in 3. Deep pleasing tone of shade
    that time only a dirty green. It will be
    seen that, with such rapid development Pad Liquor Solid Blacks Solid Blacks
    of the color, the loss and danger from ‘Unmercerised Mercerised
    escape of aniline vapor is greatly less. Muriate of
    Aniline
    (16° Tw.) 20 gal. 20 gal.
    Aniline Black Printing Oxidation
    Prussiate
    Catalyst Liquor 44 gal 37 gal.
    Vanadate of Ammonia 10 g. Acetic Acid
    Glycerin 7 g.
    Hydrochloric Acid (32° Tw.) 70 ce.
    (56%)
    Aniline Oil
    % gal %gal.
    1 gal. 1 gal
    Water 300 cc. Gum Traga-
    Heat until color of solution has become canth (6 oz.
    pure blue and reduction is complete. per gal.) 2% gal. 2% gal.
    Make up to 10,000 cc. volume. Add 150 Water .32 gal. 39 gaL
    TEXTILES, FIBRES
    Prussiate Liquor Boil up in a steam jacketed copper
    '
    Sodium Chlorate 80 lb. kettle, cool and add:
    Yellow Prussiate of Potash 140 lb. Calcozine Violet Ex. (C.I.
    Water 50 gaL 680) (4 oz. Solution) 3 pt.
    Bulk to 100 gal.
    Bun the cloth through the pad liquor,
    —
    Yellow Prussiate Paste
    Water 40 gal.
    then through the squeeze rolls, and di- Cornstarch 60 lb.
    rectly on to the dry cans. British Gum 30 lb.
    Por heavier cloths or unscoured or Stearic Acid lb.
    only partially scoured cloths a double dip
    Boil up in a steam jacketed copper
    and double squeeze or even more may be
    kettle and add
    required to insure penetration and the
    depth of' shade desired. A
    three bowl Sodium Chlorate 35 lb.
    mangle is used for the purpose, or two Yellow Prussiate of Potash 70 lb.
    padders may be used. Por deeper blacks Corn Oil 1 gal.
    of greater solidity, a double dip is pre- Cool and bulk to 50 gal.
    ferable. Mix ^^A’^ and ^^B^^ in equal propor-
    Scouring and bleaching should be tions and add such quantities of reduc-
    carried only to the point where sufficient tion paste as may be desired. Print,
    absorbency to wet out readily is attained, dry moderately on dry cans, age one
    and maximum strength preserved. Mer- minute in the rapid aniline ager, or
    cerized fabrics require about 10 per cent four minutes in the vat ager if printed.
    weaker pad liquors than unmercerized. * 70 lb. aniline salt dissolved in 15 gal. of
    After padding, the goods are dried on water, may be substituted.

    dry cans and should come off slightly


    greenish in shade, and after running in Thread Dressing Composition
    the rapid aniline ager for one minute U. S. Patent 2,017,242
    they should come out a green black. Mineral Oil 75
    Passage through hot soda ash solution to Olive Oil 20
    neutralize the acidity, together with hot Kerosene 3
    sodium dichromate to develop the oxida- Lecithin 2
    tion to the ungreenable black, and a good
    soaping completes the processing. Com-
    mon practice is to utilize the open range, Shrinking Loosely Woven Rayon Taffeta
    but a rope soaper is more thorough in Canadian Patent 370,720
    washing effectively. Treat for 1 second in following bath
    Black and white resists employ a thin- at 88° O.:
    ner liquor: Water 4 gal.
    Muriate of Aniline Alcohol 1 gal.
    (16° Tw.) 12 gal.
    Yellow Prussiate Liquor 30 gal.
    Acetic Acid (56%) % gal. Shrinking Cellulose Acetate Fabrics
    Aniline Oil % gal. British Patent 444,300
    Gum Tragacanth Immerse for 1 second at 88° in a bath
    (6 oz. per gal.) 18 gal. of:
    Water 39 gal.
    Water 40 lb.
    and are run face up through the nip
    Alcohol 10 lb.
    only in order to preserve the whites as
    Squeeze and dry.
    much as possible. A
    full bleached cloth
    is best employed for this style as the A shrinkage of 17% in warp and 11%
    cloth is more absorbent and the liquor is in weft direction results.
    taken up more readily.
    White resists are not run through
    chrome as this treatment tends to yellow Reducing Shrinkage of Fabrics
    British Patent 445,891
    the whites. Soap converts the green
    black to a denser or bluer black which Cotton or other fabric is impregnated
    while not ungreenable, does meet trade with a 20% aqueous solution of a partly
    requirements. formed synthetic resin (e.g., urea
    thiourea +
    formaldehyde) or a natural
    Prussiate Aniline Black resin, then stentered and thereby
    A —
    * '
    ^Muriate of Aniline Paste stretched as required, heated at 120-140°,
    Water 32 gal. washed in water, and again stentered.
    Cornstarch 50 lb. The ordinary washing-shrinkage of cot-
    Muriate of Aniline ton-voile fabric is thereby reduced from
    (16° Tw.)* 20 gaL 7-9%' to 0.09-1.8%.
    : :

    550 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Storing Dyestuffs the yield, the last batch of the barrel


    To obtain a color true to sample, tbe willbe quite the same as the first.
    necessary requirement is the use of an
    absolutely reliable dyestuff. Unpleasant
    surprises can be bad as regards the shade Waterproofing for Textiles
    and depth of the color, when a dyestuff Formula No. 1
    is used that, owing to careless treatment U. S. Patent 2,057,960
    during storage, may no longer be con- Paraffin Wax 100 oz.
    sidered quite true to type. Dyestuffs are Tetralin 15 oz.
    standardized by their producers, as to Hexalin 15 oz.
    shade* and the regulation intensity, with Warm and mix till clear. Add to fol-
    meticulous precision. And it is the con- lowing brought to a boil:
    sumer ’s duty to see to it by careful treat-
    Casein 70 oz.
    ment and handling that the quality of Aluminum Formate 30 oz.
    the dyestuff does not deteriorate. "When-
    Water 600 oz.
    ever possible, the tins or barrels of dye-
    stuff should be stored in a room separate No. 2
    from the dyehouse, for instance, the German Patent 626,730
    sample room, in order to prevent the Textiles are impregnated in following
    steam and fumes of the dyehouse from solution at 90° C.:
    affecting the dyestuff. The temperature Aluminum Chloride
    in the storage room should be low and Solution (30%) 33 kg.
    as even as feasible, and the danger of Soda Ash Solution (90%) 8 kg.
    freezing should be obviated as far as Water 100 kg.
    possible. The conducting of steam pipes
    through the room is likewise undesirable,
    No. 3
    since this also causes changes in the at- British Patent 463,187
    mospheric humidity. Increasing humid- Water 15 gal.
    ity will make powdered dyestuffs pasty, Caustic Soda 15 lb.
    and too dry an atmosphere will dry out Dissolve by heating and bring to a
    dyestuffs in paste form. In the latter boil. Then add following melted mixture
    case, it is difficult to recondition the slowly while mixing vigorously.
    finely and evenly dispersed dyestuff paste. Rosin 180 lb.
    The same is also true should the paste Paraffin Wax 20 lb.
    be frozen in cold weather, as, when it is
    Keep boiling and mixing until uni-
    melted, a homogeneous preparation is
    formly emulsified.
    not readily obtained, since freezing fre-
    The finished emulsion may be diluted
    quently causes formation of sediment
    with water as desired.
    and disintegration. The best thing to do
    is to melt the paste gradually by apply-
    ing mild heat, and to stir it well before
    use. Coated Waterproof Fabrics
    Dyestuffs in powder form should be Formula No. 1
    stored in closed tins, that is, the lids British Patent 451,669
    should be kept on. It is a regrettable Fabric is impregnated with
    fact that dyestuffs that are used often, Cellulose Nitrate 3 oz.
    especially those needed for shading, are Ceresin 3- 4 oz.
    frequently allowed to stand open. It Heavy Mineral Oil 3- 9 oz.
    should be considered that some types not Volatile Solvents 81-84 oz.
    only dust very easily, but at the same After drying the reverse side is coated
    time they tend to absorb atmospheric with
    moisture and therefore to coagulate. Cellulose Nitrate 32-39 oa.
    Such hygroscopic dyestuffs are the cause Softener 44-46 oz.
    of difficulties in dissolving and weighing. Pigment 15-24 oz.
    It is advisable to store paste dyestuffs Volatile Solvent to make plastic
    separate from the powder kind. To pre-
    vent their drying up, the usual procedure
    Boll and dry at 150-200® F.
    is to spread a damp cloth over the top .
    •

    ,;no. 2 :V'
    of the barrel and then to put the cover Patent 2,082,592
    U. S.
    over the cloth. "Whenever dyestuff paste A process for producing a flexible,
    is weighed, the entire content must be waterproof material comprises impreg-
    thoroughly stirred to make sure that the nating a suitable textile fabric with a
    required quantity will be homogeneous. composition having the approximate for-
    This offers a guarantee that^ as regards mula by weight;
    :

    TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Cellulose Nitrate 3.05 rollers iron out the wrinkles in the fabric.
    Pibutyl Phtlialate 6.00 After rolling, the fabric is hung over
    Ceresiu Wax 4.05 lines to dry, care being taken to avoid
    Paraffin Oil 3.00 any contact between two layers of fabric
    Ethyl Acetate 22.60 to prevent their adhering to each other
    Ethyl Alcohol 32.60 and also to accelerate drying of the com-
    Toluene 28.70 pound.
    applying to one face of impregnated fab- After allowing the treated, fabric to
    dry for 18 hours, each one of four dif-
    ric a continuous film of a composition of
    ferent pieces may be given a different
    the approximate formula by weight
    finish. One may be sprayed with alumi-
    Cellulose Nitrate 32.0
    44.0
    num varnish; one wutli navy gray
    Softener enamel; one with aluminum lacquer, and
    Pigment 24.0
    one with navy gray lacquer. All coats
    dispersed in an organic dispersing agent, are sprayed in a full wet coat. A
    slight
    the amount of the impregnating composi- raise in the nap of the fabric occurs,
    tion applied to the fabric being insuffi- but there is no lifting or poor adhesion
    cient to destroy the fabric weave on the noticed.
    face of the finished material. Brush coats are applied with better ap-
    pearing results, but two spray coats give
    Waterproof Coated Book Cloth a wonderful appearance.
    British Patent 464,280 With a paint, varnish or enamel top
    Medium cotton cambric is treated with coat, this fabric remains wonderfully
    a ^^dope’’ of the following composition: flexible; it can be creased, folded and

    Low Viscosity wrinkled but will not crack. It can be


    Nitrocellulose 20 lb. machine-sewn or hand stitched after
    Alcohol 10 lb. coating and has the advantage of not
    ^
    Cellosolve
    ^
    ’ ^ 5.6 gal- being greasy or oily to handle.
    Tritolyl Phosphate ' 17 lb. When lacquer is applied as a finish
    coat it is advisable to only use this ma-
    Cloth passed through this dope and
    is
    terial on flat surfaces as it is slightly less
    rolled up without drying. Allow to re-
    flexible than when coated with oil-base
    main for one hour and dry in drying top coats.
    chamber; then pass through a calender.
    Then coat twice on each side with same Waterproof Mattress Coating
    ^^dope’’ and dry. U. S. Patent 2,082,592
    Cellulose Nitrate 3.05 lb.
    Waterproofing Cotton Goods I

    Dibutyl Phthallate 6.00 lb.


    Pad the cloth with a 2® Tw. aluminum Ceresin 4.05 lb.
    acetate and dry. Then immerse the cloth Paraffin Oil 3.00 lb.
    in a 5% solution of sodium stearate at Ethyl Acetate 22.60 lb.
    120® F. Einse well and dry. Alcohol 32.60 lb.
    Toluene 28.70 lb.

    Waterproofing of Canvas and Duck


    U. S. Navy Material C47-0 Waterproofing Canvas Gun Cases
    a. Gelatin 6 oz.
    Three gallons of soya-bean oil com- ^
    Eain Water 300 oz.
    pound is poured into an ordinary tub
    and to this is added 114 gallons of toluol. h. Alum 10 oz.
    Water 300 oz.
    (The reduction of course, controlled
    is,
    by the viscosity of the soya-bean oil com- 0 . Eosin Soap 5 oz.
    Hot Water 300 oz.
    pound.) This mixture is stirred thor-
    Mix equal portions of a, h and o, and
    oughly and the fabric is placed into the
    mixture, care being taken to avoid ex- apply with a soft brush.
    cessive wrinkling. The fabric is allowed
    to soak two hours.
    Canvas Waterproofing
    Aluminum Gleate 2- 3 kg.
    Two 4-in. rollers of wood are used in
    Paraffin Wax 7- 8 kg.
    '

    the manner of an ordinary clothes


    Linseed Oil Varnish 100 kg.
    wringer;, the fabric,, is, carefully run be-
    tween these rollers so that all excess
    :
    Apply by brush from both sides of the
    compound is removed. In the case of the canvas.
    12-oz. material it is necessary to run this
    through the roller three times, increasing Waterproofing for Tarpaulins
    the tension after each run. In addition Crude Fuel Oil 60 oz.
    to removing the excess compound these Paraffin Wax, Hard 20 02*
    552 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    Paraffin ^Vax, Soft 5 oz. Olie^s method of applying cutch and


    Montan Ti'ax 10 oz. ammoniacal copper sulphate (every four
    Wood Pitch 10 oz. months) gives very good results with
    The hardness of the coating may be cotton. It is better than cutch alone or
    varied by changing the relative propor- cutch and chrome.
    tions of the first three ingredients. Copper soaps are used for such pur-
    poses and the best is claimed to be cop-
    per naplithenate (Cuprinol). The effect
    Waterproofing of Tent Cloth
    of such soap is improved by the addition
    a. Glue, Light 10 hg.
    of tar or benzol.
    Water 50. kg.
    Cotton and flax fish lines can also be
    Glycerin 10 kg.
    preserved by a solution of copper naph-
    h. Formalin 100 kg.
    thenate and tar in gasoline or by copper
    Water 900 kg.
    oleate or resinate with but little or no
    Apply glue solution a on both sides of tar.
    the cloth, let dry and harden in a bath Manila rope when kept under sea
    of the composition h. Dry. water for 10 months had only 13% of
    its original strength but it retained over
    Fish Ket Preservative 70% wlien properly treated. Suitable
    Formula No, 1 agents are copper naphthenate containing
    Copper Naphthenate 30 oz. tar, 10% copper oleate in light coal tar,
    Benzol 50 oz.. 10% copper resinate in creosote oil or
    Mineral Spirits 20 oz. 10% of copper oleate and 20% coal tar
    Antioxidant 0.5 oz. in a light tar oil (coalite).
    Copper resinate at the rate of 10% in
    The copper naphthenate is dissolved in
    light tar oil kept sisal rope at 80-97%
    the benzol and then the mineral spirits
    of its initial strength for a year's im-
    added v'ith stirring. The antioxidant is
    mersion.
    dissolved in a small portion of the above
    Coal tars are superior to wood tars
    solution, and this mixture added to the
    •when used alone but all are improved by
    •whole. The antioxidant is a complex
    amine and substantially increases the 10% of copper oleate or resinate.
    longevity of the nets treated "with same.
    Preserving Vegetable Fibers
    No. 2
    Hemlock Bark U. S. Patent 2,119,525
    a. Oak or 12 oz.
    Water 88 oz.
    The art of preserving cordage com-
    prises the, soaking thereof in an aqueous
    h. Potassium Bichromate 0.4 oz.
    solution of approximately 6% of catechu
    Water 99.6 oz.
    extract at approximately 210® F. for ap-
    The above bark is boiled with water proximately twelve hours, boiling the
    for about a half hour with continued material for approximately 15 minutes
    stirring. The net is placed in the boiling in an aqueous solution of approximately
    solution and allowed to remain for 15 to
    20 minutes. It is then removed and
    %% of potassium diehromate, rinsing
    in water and drying the material thus
    placed in solution h, which has been pre- treated, and thereafter immersing the
    viously prepared and also brought to a dried material for approximately 3 mim
    boil. The net is allowed to remain in utes in coal tar at a temperature of
    this solution for 15 minutes, removed and
    approximately 200® F.
    hung in the shade to dry.
    No. 3 Waterproofing for Jute
    Coal Tar for Fish Nets 50 oz.
    British Patent 437,083
    Tar Base Oil 10 oz. Bubber Latex 10- 20 oz.
    Benzol oz. 30 Linseed Oil 5 oz.
    Kerosene oz. 10 Casein 2 oz.
    This type of coal tar is heated and the Water 160 oz.
    tar base oil added to reduce the body of
    the same. When
    cooled off, the benzol
    is added and finally the kerosene.
    Waterproofing Bristles
    H. S. Patent 2,055,321
    Formula No. 1
    Preservation of Bopes and Nets The bristles to be treated are bleached
    The preservation of ropes and nets by any suitable method and then soaked
    against the effects of alternate wettings in a solution containing from 1-3% by
    ;n sea water and drying has always been weight of a dissolved 'aluminum salt, such
    a problem. as aluminum acetate. After soaking the

    \
    TEXTILES, FIBRES 553

    thoroughly
    bristles in this solution until Awning Fireproofing and Waterproofing
    impregnated, they are transferred to a French Patent 796,827
    solution of any suitable soap, such as a Chlorinated Rubber 100 g.
    4% solution of a castile soap in water. Sodium Tritolyl Phosphate 100 g.
    The bristles are removed, drained and Toluol 200 g.
    dried. Allow to swell and mix until dissolved.
    No. 2
    1600 parts by weight of aluminum Rayon Fireproofing
    palmitate are dissolved, with the aid of Sodium Tungstate 20 lb.
    gentle heat, in about 7200 parts by Disodium Hydrogen
    weight of cyclohexanol (hexohydro phe- Phosphate 4 lb.
    nol). Water 7 6 lb.
    In a separate step, 800 parts by weight
    of white ceresin wax are melted and Fireproofing Canvas Belting
    added to 5400 parts by weight of carbon Sodium Boro-Phosphate
    tetrachloride. The aluminum palmitate
    (Abopon) 15 lb.
    solution in cyclohexanol is then added
    Water 85 lb.
    to the ceresin wax solution, together with
    20,000 parts by weight of carbon tetra-
    Heat to 75° C. and dip belting into
    chloride and 7,000 parts by weight of it for %-2 minutes. Remove and dry.
    y. M. & P. naphtha. The mixed solu-
    tions are heated on a steam bath or Fireproofing Straw for Packing
    steam plate with continuous stirring Straw can be satisfactorily fireproofed
    until a fairly thin solution results. This by immersion in a solution of 45 g. of
    solution may be advantageously left over- boric acid and 65 g. of borax per 1.
    night or for an equivalent period before Another fireproofing treatment consists in
    using. Upon standing, the solution be- immersing the straw in a solution of 50
    comes more fluid and therefore more g. of ammonium phosphate, 25 g, of am-
    satisfactory for impregnating purposes. monium sulphate, and 25 g. of ammonium
    In treating bristles with the foregoing chloride per 1. A
    further treatment con-
    solution of aluminum palmitate and cere- sists in the use of a solution containing
    sin wax, bundles of the bristles are im- (per 1.) 75 g. of sodium acetate, 75 g. of
    mersed and soaked in the solution for trisodium phosphate, and 20 cc. of pale
    approximately 30 minutes. The bundles neutral 28® Be. glycerin. This last-
    of bristles are then removed and drained mentioned method of treatment has been
    for not over 5 minutes and subsequently employed for fireproofing the 'straw pack-
    are whirled very slightly in a centrifugal ing for carboys of nitric acid in Ger-
    extractor. They are then removed to a many.
    drier and dried at between 100 and 110®
    F. for 4 or 5 hours. Fireproofing for Electric Heating Pads
    British Patent 435,240
    ,

    This fabric is impregnated with a 20-


    Sizing and yTaterproofing Emulsion
    40% aqueous solution of:
    Paraffin Wax 40 g.
    Oleic Acid 5 g.
    Ammonium Sulphate 5 -10 oz.

    Trigamine 3 g.
    Ammonium Chloride 1-4 oz.

    Water 112 cc. Boric Acid 2-5 oz.

    The trigamine is dissolved in the water


    Borax 1-3 oz.

    and the oleic acid is added, stirring thor-


    U rea-Formaldehyde
    Resin 0,4- 0.8 oz.
    oughly until completely homogeneous.
    This is then heated to 65-70® C. and the
    wax, previously melted, added with rapid Moth-Proofing Fabrics
    agitation. Stirring is continued until the A
    simple process has been developed
    emulsion is cold. This emulsion can be for moth-proofing fabrics by the use of
    diluted readily with warm water.
    chromium and antimony fluorides, while
    at the same time it affords considerable
    protection against the growth of fungi.
    Colloidal Copper Fungicide for Mildew Woolens so treated are said to have no
    200 g. of copper sulphate and 50 g. harmful effects on the skin.
    of citric acid are dissolved in 100 1. of The process is carried out by simple
    water. Solution is then treated with immersion. For example, 100 lb. of cow
    ferric chloride and Anally with soda, hair are placed in a vessel containing
    until its reaction is neutral, or at the water at 180® F., in which 3 lb. oi
    most, only very slightly acid. chromium fluoride have been dissolved.
    554 TEXTILES, FIBRES

    just sufficient water being employed to at which temperature the antimony is


    cover the materials to be treated. The also precipitated and this double precipi-
    hair is agitated for 20 minutes to ensure tate is sufficient to nullify the pale green
    complete saturation. It is then removed tint of the chromium oxides.
    from the solution, allowed to drain and
    is then hydro-extracted and dried in a Textile Moth-Proofing
    hot air chamber at 150’'^ F. In the case Sodium Silico-Fluoride 0.60 g.
    of woolen or felted material, this is Potash Alum 0.30 g.
    passed at full width through a wooden Oxalic Acid 0.03 g.
    box fitted with suitable rollers to guide Water 99.07 g.
    the materials and to keep them at full
    width. The padding box contains a solu-
    Moth-Proofing
    tion of chromium fluoride, ly^ lb. dis-
    British Patent 467,701
    solved in 160 lb. of water at 80° F. On
    The following solution is applied by
    issuing from the machine, the thoroughly
    brushing, dipping or spraying:
    saturated material passes between two
    Thianthrene 20 g.
    squeezing rollers, the pressure on which
    Alcohol 980 g.
    is so arranged that 12 parts by weight
    of material retain 10 parts by weight of
    the solution. The treated and squeezed Gas-Proofing for Fabrics
    material is then dried in a hot air cham- A resin is made by mixing glyc-
    ber or on a tentering* machine at a tem- erol 9 triethanolamine 30 g., phthalic
    g.,
    perature of 155° F. After complete anhydride 50 g., and adipic acid 25 g.,
    drying, the treated material contains heating for %
    hour at 180° G. and for
    0.65% of the chromium compounds per- 25 minutes at 210°, and dissolving in 114
    manently fixed in the fibers. g. glycerol at 220°. When cool, the
    It is known that chromium oxides are product is mixed with a solution of 114
    valuable mordants for dyestuffs and in g. gelatin and 456 g. water.
    some small measure such combinations
    do act as deterrents to the larvae of Proofing Cloth Against Poison Gases
    moths, but it has been found that the French Patent 802,816
    amount of chromium requires to be Sodium Bulphoricinoleate 100 g.
    greater than that necessary for mor- Blood Albumen 60 g.
    danting and if the equivalent of 0.65% Water to make a paste
    of chromium fluoride is introduced into The above coating when dry is covered
    the fibers in the way set out there will with a flexible varnish or lacquer.
    be fixed in the fibers, partly combined
    with the constituents of the fiber, basic
    chromium compounds, free oxides and Rot-Proofing Canvas
    fluorides, which will render the fibers (Wiliesden Type)
    proof against spoliation by -moth larvae. The principle of the production of
    It has been found that the slightly Wiliesden canvas and similar goods lies
    greenish tint of the chromium oxide af- in the solubility of cellulose (paper, cot-
    fects delicate shades and it is therefore ton, etc.) in cuprammonium solutions.
    proposed to minimize or neutralize its Wlien fabrics are immersed in the latter,
    influence by precipitating a certain their surfaces only become effected by
    amount of hydrated antimony oxide along solvent action, and re-precipitation can
    with chromium oxide. produce a continuous surface of relatively
    In this process, woolen and felted ma- good water impermeability. By treating
    terials are treated on a padding machine, the fabric in a second solution contain-
    being passed at full width through a ing, for example, caustic soda, copper as
    solution of chromium fluoride plus an hydroxide can be precipitated and re-
    amount of antimony fluoride, in the pro- tained in the fiber, which aids resistance
    portion of 4:1, at 80° F. The fabric is to deterioration other than that caused
    then passed between two suitable rollers, by water or moisture. A
    typical pro-
    the pressure of which is so arranged that cedure for this type of treatment is given
    12^ lbs. of woolen material will retain
    below:
    1 imperial gallon of the solution.
    •
    The Cuprammonium solution
    squeezed material is dried in a hot air The fabric is thoroughly steeped in a
    chamber or on a tentering machine at a cuprammonium solution (cupric sulphate
    temperature of 155° F. The drying tem- solution with sufficient ammonia added
    perature should never fall below 150° F., to re-dissolve all hydroxide)
    of specific
    in order to obtain the complete fixation gravity about 1.075 at 80-100 °F. The
    of the chromium compounds in the fiber, fabric after draining is treated in a
    —

    TEXTILES, FIBRES 555

    solution of caustic soda, sp. gr, 1.01 to Starch 33 oz.


    1.015, and dried. A
    solution of alumi- Alum Solution (5%) 5 oz.
    num sulpliate can substitute tbe caustic Finally, a modern efficient type of
    soda with advantage. formulation intended for a one-bath
    Another type of treatment involves process includes alum and lead acetate
    soaking in solutions containing alumi- as the source of aluminum hydroxide for
    num compounds, the general object being waterproofing, paraffin wax for softening
    to precipitate aluminum hydroxide in or providing pliability, soap as emulsifier,
    the pores for water resistance. and gum to improve wetting properties.
    2. Aluminum acetate solution The following formula is quoted from
    Immerse in aluminum acetate (sp. gr. British Patent 382,073;
    1.04) for 12 hours, drain, dry, and evap-
    Alum 2 lb.
    orate at 140 to 150° F.
    Lead Acetate 2.5 lb.
    The acetate solution can be followed
    by immersion in 5%
    hard soap solution,
    Paraffin Wax 6.5 oz.
    Hard Soap 4 oz.
    then by 2% alum solution, and finally
    Gum Tragacanth 4 oz.
    by air drying.
    Water 67 lb.
    The aluminum acetate can be pro-
    duced from mixtures of lead acetate and
    aluminum sulphate, or purchased as such Rot-Proofing Jute
    in aqueous solution. British Patent 462,306
    A
    -third class of proofing utilizes glue The material is first boiled in a 3.3%
    or gelatin in one solution, and a fixative aqueous solution of cuteh for three hours,
    in a second, €*g . and then boiled in a 1.5% solution of
    3. Gelatin treatment potassium bichromate for twenty minutes,
    Soak in a 7% solution of 1% gelatin after which it is washed free from bi-
    at 100 to 110° F. and after drying pass chromate and dried.
    through a 4% solution of alum. Fry,
    rinse in water, and re-dry. Mildew Proofing Wetting Agent
    Some heavy fabrics are treated by ap- TJ. S. Patent 2,110,074
    plying the following composition by Isopropyl Naphthalene
    means of rollers: Sodium Sulphonate 10.0 g'
    4. Wax composition Orthophenyl Phenol 2.2 g*
    Japan Wax 28 oz. Water 71.5 g-
    Paraffin Wax 22 oz. Ethylene Chlorhydrin 6.0 g-
    Rosin Soap 12 oz. Alcohol 10.0 g*
    MISCELLANEOUS
    Swimming Pool Maintenance able chlorine | furthermore, an alkaline
    (a) Vacuum clean the bottom of the medium is unfavorable for the multi-
    pool daily, •watching especially for any plication of many bacteria. This degree
    materials which may have been dropped of alkalinity, on the other hand, is not
    in the water. hard on the eyes.
    (h) Wash the high-water mark off the If a comparator is at hand, the
    tiles before adding the fresh water to amount of residual chlorine may also be
    replace that removed by the suction. determined. This should not go below
    This also furnishes an opportunity to 0.2 p.p.m., nor above 0.5 p.p.m. Less
    clean the scum gutter thoroughly. residual chlorine is inadequate for prop-
    (c) Befill pool, wanning when neces- erly protecting the water from pollu-
    sary to maintain a satisfactory water tion, and more results in body and eye
    temperature. irritation. If no comparator is at hand,
    (d) Circulate water through a sand the problem becomes largely one of
    filter from six to eight hours during the try and see what happens. Potassium
    day and while the pool is in use. Only iodide, starch, and hydrochloric acid will
    four times during five years is it neces- give the starch-iodide blue if excess
    sary to use the alum pot which is pro- hypochlorite is present.
    vided as part of the filter equipment. Again, in actual practice, it has been
    (e) Daily (and this is important) found that from two to three quarts per
    check the pH of the pool, adding soda day of a commercial solution of sodium
    ash to correct for any acidity, and at hypochlorite of nine per cent strength
    the same time add sodium hypochlorite has usually proved adequate, though, of
    solution to the water. If the pH of the course, in this as in the use of soda ash,
    water is kept between 7.8 and 8,2, no the amount needed depends on the ex-
    free chlorine is liberated from the hy- tent to which the pool is used.
    pochlorite, thus avoiding odors in thO
    room and the water, and serving to re- Water Purification
    tain a residual available chlorine content
    30% sodium aluminate is in
    liquid
    in the water which is not only desirable general use as a coagulent in water
    but also absolutely essential if the water treatment in ice-plants, swimming-pools,
    is to remain practically sterile. It is etc. The use of the extra-soluble pow-
    of interest to note that in the spring dered sodium aluminate now available
    of the year an odor does develop, caused on the market, is equally efficient, and
    by the chlorination of phenolic com- will effect a 60% saving. The pow-
    pounds probably coming from surface or dered material is 90%, and usually sells
    swamp drainage in the water supply, at about the same price per cwt. as does
    but even at this time no free chlorine the 30% liquid.
    is present.
    In aetuar practice, on a seven-day-a-
    week treatment, soda ash in the form of Purifying Small Amounts of Water
    two-pound fused bricks is dropped in To 200 1. water, containing clay, is

    the pool at the deepest point where added:


    the outlet to the filter is located. It Water 1 1.

    usually takes one or two of these Soda Ash 5 g*


    bricks each day, the number being Water 5 1.

    regulated by a determination of the Perric Chloride


    pH. If no comparator is at hand, (45® Be.) 1 cc.
    four drops of a 0.5 per cent solution Water 1 1
    of phenolphthalein indicator added to Disodium Hydrogen
    a test-tube of the pool water and Phosphate 18 g-
    turning a good clear pink approximates Calcium Oxychloride 0.6 g*
    the desired pH. This careful control Stir vigorously and let stand for 30
    of the pH is most important, as it minutes. The bottom five litres is re-
    allows the retention of residual avail-
    MISCELLANEOUS- 557

    Water De-Ohlorinating Agent Boiler Scale Preventives


    Calcium SulpMte 74.93 IT. S.Navy Specification 13 C 3 G
    Calcium Oxide 2.00 Anhydrous Sodium
    Calcium Sulpliate 4.00 Carbonate 44 lb.
    Carbon, Activated 19.07 Anhydrous Disodium
    Phosphate 47 lb.
    Ba^e Exclianger (Water Softening) Corn Starch 9 lb.
    British Patent 450,574 TJ. Dept, of Commerce
    S.
    Lignite,Powder 100 lb. Lighthouse Service Spec. No. 542
    Sulphuric Acid 400 lb. Calcined Sodium
    Heat to 150° C.; filter off excess acid Carbonate 68-70 lb.
    and wash the residue until neutral. Trisodium Phosphate 19-22 lb.
    Dextrine or Starch 1-2 lb.
    Boiler Compounds Tannic Acid 4 lb.
    Many commercial boiler-compounds City of N. Y. Boiler Comp. Spec. 5-C-l
    contain sodium silicates. Besides hav- Anhydrous Sodium
    ing a tendency to carry over and stick Carbonate 76 lb.
    valves, this material leaves a lot to be Trisodium Phosphate 10 lb.
    desired with any water, and is entirely Starch 1 lb.
    valueless with some. Sodium aluminate Cut eh (to yield 2% Tannic
    is better by far; but is higher-priced. Acid) — lb.
    While lime-soda or zeolite softening is al-
    ways to be preferred, the following are Elimination of Seale Formation in
    recommended for use as boiler com- (Glycerol) Concentration.
    pounds: Experiments in the concentration of
    For water with very high pH Mono- — glycerol solutions show that on the addi-
    tion of graphite (0.005%) based on the
    sodium Phosphate.
    For water with low pH value Tri- — weight of the evaporated water the scale
    formation on the pipes is eliminated.
    sodium Phosphate.
    For water containing sulphates--'So- The coarse-grained aggregates of the
    dium Metasilicate. salts formed are deposited at the bot-
    Any of the above may be used in con- tom of the evaporator and are easily re-
    junction with tannic acid or similar moved and separated from the glycerol.
    material, to advantage. By this method the time required for
    evaporation is reduced 50%. The or-
    Boiler Compound ganic and inorganic residues in the
    crude glycerols obtained by evaporation
    Formula No. 1
    witii and without the addition of graph-
    Hungarian Patent 116,686
    ite are 4.9 and 5.26% respectively.
    To a 25 kg. catechu in 7 kg. water,
    add 10 kg. ammonia soda, 7 kg. borax
    Alcohol Gasoline Fuels
    and 5 kg. tri-sodium phosphate in 16
    kg. water. A greasy product is formed, Formula No. 1
    Gasoline 7
    70 gal.
    750 g, of which is generally required for
    Alcohol 3
    30 gal.
    1 cu. m. of water.
    Isoamyl Alcohol 6 gal.
    No. 2 No. 2
    Canadian Patent 366,214 Heavy Motor Gasoline
    Pulverized Iron 30 oz.
    (sp. gr. 0,735-0.775)
    Carbon, Powdered 50 oz.
    Alcohol,Anhydrous
    Starch 20 oz.
    No. 3
    No. 3 Contardi^s Motor Fuel
    Canadian Patent 368,212 Methanol
    Soda Ash 44 1b.
    Acetal
    Bisodium Hydrogen Gasoline
    Phosphate (Anhydrous) 47 lb.
    Starch 9 lb.
    Stabilized ^^EthyP' Gasoline
    No. 4'

    British Patent 464,055


    U. S. Patent 2,097,649 Lecithin 7.5-22.5 lb.
    Trisodium Phosphate 75 oz. Ethyl Gasoline 1000 barrels
    Soda Ash 20 oz.
    Starch 5 oz. Anti-Knock Gasoline
    The above used to give a concen-
    is U. S. Patent 2,088,997
    tration of not less than 7 ounces starch 0.2% of mercuric salt of cobalt car-
    per pound of calcium in water. bonyl hydride is added to gasoline.
    558 MISCELLANEOUS
    Non-Corrosive Powdered Writing Ink
    No, 9 '

    U. 8. Patent 2,088,006 Alcohol, Ethyl


    Gallic Acid 72 1.
    10 oz. Methanol (96.4%)
    Ferrous Sulphate 10 1 .
    15 oz. Treated Medium Tar Oil
    Tartaric Acid 15 1.
    1 oz. Nitrogen Peroxide 2 I
    Anti-Knock Motor Fuel
    IT. 8. Patent 2,021,088
    Non-Gumming Motor Fuel
    Ethylene diamine to the extent of U. 8. Patent 2,071,0*64
    0.5-1% is added to decrease Gum formation in motor fuels is in-
    knock-
    ing.^'
    hibited by the addition of 0.002-0 003%
    p-hydroxy-N-phenyl morpholine.
    Anti-Knock Alcohol Blend Fuel
    Formula No. 1 Fuel Oil
    French Patent 794,829 ^'Mineral Colza" Oil
    Gasoline 75 lb. [Heavy Petroleum, sp.g. 0.84-0.85 at
    Alcohol 22 lb.
    ^ 750 g.
    Hydrogen Peroxide 3 lb. Colza Oil, Eefined 250 g.
    No. 2
    Benzene 30 lb. Fuel Combustion Catalyst
    Alcohol 65 lb. British Patent 440,224
    Hydrogen Peroxide 5 lb. Manganese Dioxide 32.1 g.
    Charcoal 2.5 g.
    Alcohol Blend Motor Fuel Salt 27.7 g.
    Alcohol 40 gal. Sodium Chlorate 37.7 g.
    Benzol 40 gal. One to two kilograms of
    Gasoline the above
    20 gal. mixture is used per ton of fueL

    Automobile Racing Fuels


    Formula No. 1 Activated Motor Gasoline
    Alcohol, Anhydrous U. 8. Patent 2,088,000
    90.8 1.
    Benzine 8.2 L
    1% of following solution is added to
    gasoline to improve its acceleration:
    No. 2
    Alcohol, Ethyl 36.3 1.
    Naphthalene i «
    Alcohol, Methyl 26.0 L Alcohol 5
    Benzine 37.7 1.
    Acetone 10 g]
    No. 3
    Alcohol, Methyl 93.74 1.
    Motor Fuel Energizer
    Water 6.24 1.
    British Patent 448,446
    Castor Oil 0.02 1, A mixture of paraldehyde (20-50 pts.
    No. 4 ^ polycyclic hydrocarbon
    Alcohol, Methyl 99.98 1. (50-80), e,^., tetrahydronaphthalene,
    Castor Oil 0.02 1. with or without a thin lubricating oil
    No. 5 as upper-cylinder lubricant, is added
    Alcohol, Anhydrous to
    83.295 1. liquid fuels for internal-combustion
    Water en-
    13.877 1. gines in order to assist in initiating or
    Denaturants 2.820 1. promoting combustion of the fuel. An
    No. 6 amine, aniline, or prefer-
    Benzene 10 1. ably aminoeymene, may also be present.
    Alcohol, Ethyl 85 1. Normally 0.5% of the composition is
    Naphthalene 3.0 kg. added to gasoline and 1% to diesel
    Petroleum Ether 1.6 kg. fuels.
    Castor Oil 0.3 kg.
    Phenol 1.0 kg.
    No. 7 Anti-Yapor Lock Compound
    Benzine U. S.^ Patent 2,067,384
    30
    Alcohol, Anhydrous 43
    1.

    1.
    A composition to be added in small
    Methanol (96.4%) amounts to hydrocarbon internal com-
    10 1;
    bustion engine fuel for eliminating
    Treated Medium Tar Oil 15 1.
    Nitrogen Peroxide vapor lock conditions in internal com-
    2'L bustion engines consists of the following
    No. 8 ingredients taken in the appended ap-
    Alcohol, Ethyl 90 1. proximate proportions for the produc-
    Acetylene 20 L- tion of a fifty gallon batch;
    MISCELLANEOUS 659

    Kerosene 27 gal. 44 oz. 10,000. Proper use eliminates need of


    Mirbane Oil 5 gal. 60 oz. acid treatment of distillate from crack-
    Creosote Oil ing stills and subsequent redistillation,
    (U.S.P.) 10 gal. 120 oz. and the corresponding 5% loss.
    Turpentine 2 gal. 44 oz.
    No. 2
    Cedar Wood Oil 2 gal. 44 oz.
    IT. S. Patent 2,053,511
    Camphorated Oil 1 gal. 72 OS,
    About 6.01% 5-benzylamino-2-cresol or
    5-amino-2-hyfiroxytoluene is added to
    Stabilizing Color in Motor Fuels gasoline.
    U. S. Patent 2,052,193 No. 3
    0.005--0.1% of cobalt or manganese Patent 2,070,304
    XT. S.
    oleate or napbthenate is dissolved in tbe Add 2-5 lb. benzamide or phthala-
    fuel to prevent color from fading when mide to 100 barrels of cracked gaso-
    exposed' to sunlight. line.
    No. 4
    Gasoline Fuel Improver U. S. Patent 2,034,283
    U. S. Patent 2,055,503 0.005-0.025% of any of the following
    Basie Cadmium Nitrate 16 g. is added:
    Isopropyl Alcohol 500 cc. Glyceryl Monostearate
    Benzol 500 cc. Glyceryl Monoacetate
    Potassium Bromide 4 g. Glyceryl Monobenzoate
    Potassium Hydroxide 4 g. No. 5
    The above is mixed to give a uniform IT. S. Patent 1,999,830
    suspension and 2-4 cc. of it is added to The gum formation during storage is
    each gal. of
    gasoline. Corrosion and prevented by the addition of 0.1% of a
    gum formation is lessened and cornbus- dihydroxyanisole.
    tion is improved.
    Eemoving Gum Forming Materials
    Stabilizing Cracked^’ Gasoline From Naphtha
    Naphthol (0.014%) and a wood-tar IT. S. Patent 2,062,377
    fraction b. 260-90° (0.07-0.14%) in- The process of treating naphtha for
    hibit gum formation in gasoline for 6 the production of gasoline of improved
    months. Stable gasolines are obtained color and reduced sulphur content and
    by rectifying a distillate with the above gum-forming tendency comprises agitat-
    inhibitors. Acracked gasoline of low ing the naphtha with a treating agent .

    b. p., purified with 1% sulphuric acid belonging to the class consisting of


    and stabilized with 0.013% naphthol is boron fluoride and boron fluoride dis-
    stable for 11 months. solved in sulphuric acid in the absence
    of other treating agents of acid nature,
    Preventing Turbidity in Gasoline the boron fluoride being employed in an
    To eliminate turbidity in gasoline add
    amount ranging from 0.06 to 0.15 lb.
    per barrel of naphtha, and separating
    one gal. of completely denatured alcohol,
    the sludge formed from the naphtha.
    188 proof, to 30 or 40 thousand gal. of
    gasoline. Before using alcohol for
    clarification, it was noted that certain Engine Carbon Eemover
    gasoline turned to a milky-white color British Patent 470,322
    when exposed to light for four or five Benzol or Edelenean Ex-
    minutes. When this small percentage tract 41.5 gal.
    of denatured alcohol is added, gasoline Lubricating Oil 40.0 gal.
    does not become turbid until exposed to Soap 4.0 gal.
    light for four or five hours. Secondary Butyl Alcohol 12.0 gal.
    Water 2.5 gal.
    Gasoline Gum Inhibitors
    Formula No. 1 Fuel Briquettes
    Gum inhibitors, intended to inhibit Formula No. 1
    oxidation of cracked gasoline are alpha- U. S. Patent 1,990,948
    naphthol, mono-benzyl, di-benzyl, or Coal is briquetted under pressure, us-
    similar para-amino-phenols, dissolved ing as binder (60 to 75 lb. per ton of
    preferably in benzol, but occasionally in fuel) a mixture of hydraulic cement
    solvent No. 1 alcohol. Successful appli- 75 to 99.6% pitch or asphalt 0.2 to 10%,
    cation implies total absence of moisture, calcium chloride 0.1 to 10%, sodium di-
    and addition of an adequate amount of chromate 0.5 to 5%. The binder is
    the material| i.e., 1^-2^ gallons per finely ground and the binder coal mix-
    560 MISCELLANEOUS
    ture is suitably moistened before Solidified Benzine
    briquetting. German Patent 630,280
    No. 2 a. Beeswax, Yellow, Crude 3 g.
    U. S. Patent 2,036,642 Benzine 100 g.
    Amixture of petroleum-eoke fines b. Caustic Soda (.33%)
    Ammonium Stearate
    0.5 g.
    88.5, crude cruslied rosin 4.42, fuel oil
    e. 1-2 g.
    (d 1.07—1.16) 5.31, and slaked lime To
    the solution a add b, heat to
    1.77 lb. is passed into a beated space saponify the beeswax, and add c while
    wberein further mixing takes place, hot. Let cool.
    partly cooled, water-sprayed, and then
    molded wet. Activated Coal
    British Patent 414,361
    No. 3
    U. S. Patent 2,040,609 The combustion properties of coal are
    . Comminuted carbonaceous material, improved by the addition of of
    borax or calcium borate with or without
    %%
    e,g,, coal,briquetted by first mixing
    is
    with a 5% solution of molasses to a a similar amount of salt.
    slushy mass, then cooking until white
    steam ceases to be evolved, and carbon- Improving Bituminous Coal
    ising in molds at 340-370° 0. U. S. Patent 2,059,388
    Aprocess of treating ordinary coal
    No. 4 comprises mixing with 1 gallon of water,
    U. S. Patent 2,066,457 14 fluid ounces of sodium silicate having
    Bituminous Coal 66% lb. a ratio of sodium oxide to silicon diox-
    Wood Pulp Paper 20% lb. ide of about one to three, respectively,
    Asphalt 12% lb. 8% ounces of sodium silicate having a
    Grind in water; squeeze; dry and ratio of sodium oxide to silicon dioxide
    compress. of about one to two, respectively, 1%
    No. 5 pounds of salt, and applying the same
    British Patent 437,870 evenly to the mass of coal to form a
    Powdered Coking Coal 30 lb. thin coating thereon.
    Starch, Powdered 1.8 lb.
    Anthracite Fines 68.2 lb. Coal Combustion Improver
    Mix well and heat to 80-100° C. and British Patent 469,241
    briquette; then heat rapidly to 550-600° Manganese Dioxide 26 lb.
    C. and bake at this temperature for an Iron Oxide 8 lb.
    hour. Salt 24 lb.
    Sodium Chlorate 23 lb.
    Briquetting Coal Potassium Chlorate 5 lb.
    German Patent 648,714 Potassium Dichromate 3 lb.
    Coal Dust 94 lb. Barium Hydroxide 8 lb.
    Peat Fiber, Dry 3 lb. Wood Charcoal 3 lb.
    Pitch, Hard 3 lb.
    The above issprinkled on coal in ratio
    Heat to 70° C. and press at 120 at- of 2-2% lb. per ton of coal.
    mospheres.
    Illuminating Gas Purifleation
    Waste Wood Fuel Briquettes
    XT. S. Patent 2,019,468
    Canadian Patent 358,647
    Hydrogen sulphide is removed by
    Sawdust 50, wood powder 28 and scrubbing the gas containing oxygen,
    slivery sticks 22% by vol. are dried un-
    0.5 lb. per sq. in. under pressure (85-
    der controlled heat to eliminate moisture
    125 lb. per sq. in.) with 1-5% soda ash
    and leave the resins, compressed while
    or caustic soda solution containing 0.01-
    hot into briquettes, and dipped into a
    parafifin bath to seal the surface against
    4% nickel, manganese, copper, iron or
    zinc salt.
    moisture absorption.

    Saw Dust Briquettes Dustproofing Coke


    Rosin Waste 20 kg. Coke is sprayed with refined petro-
    Montan Wax Pitch 20 kg. leum oil (d. 0.905) at rate of 0.2 gal.
    Montan Grease 60 kg. per ton of coke.
    Saw Dust to suit
    Melt the binders in a kettle and mix Soot Remover
    thoroughly with the saw dust. Cool in Throwing a piece of zinc on a hot fire
    ^
    cast-iron molds, or press into shape in a is said to be an excellent way to loosen
    hydraulic soap-press. chimney soot.
    MISCELLAFEOUS 561

    Tlie same result may be secured by Electrolytic Condenser Electrolyte


    throwing an old -wliite truck inner tube Formula No. 1
    on the fire, about a square foot at a IT. S. Patent 1,999,408
    time. These tubes contain a high per- Potassium or Ammonium
    centage of zinc oxide which is the effec- Tartrate 1 oz.
    tive agent obtained by burning zinc. Gum Arabic .24 oz.
    If the fire is hot and the draft good, Glycerin e.p. 104 oz.
    no odor of burning rubber will penetrate No. 2
    into the house. If the odor comes up U. S. Patent 2,028,775
    through the registers from a hot air Agar-agar 1 oz.
    furnace, it is a sure sign the furnace Potato Starch 7 oz.
    needs resetting. Ammonium Borate 56 oz.
    Glycerin 36 oz.
    No. 3
    Flue Soot Removers H. S. Patent 2,036,669
    Formula No. 1 Diethylamine Borate 80 g.
    Salt 54 g. Ethylene Glycol 1 1.
    iJineOxide 33 g. No. 4
    Zinc Sulphate 3 g. British Patent 448,830
    Manganese Dioxide 10 g. Sorbitol 50 g.
    No. 2 Boric Acid 100 g.
    Salt 99 g.
    Ammonia (d. 0.88) 20 cc.
    Manganese Dioxide 99 g.
    Heat until boiling point reaches 115°
    ^

    No. 3
    Salt 50
    No. 5
    g.
    British Patent 449,947
    Zinc Oxide 50 g.
    Ethylene Glycol 90-10 oz.
    No. 4 Ammonium Citrate 10-90 oz.
    Salt 90 g. Heat together to 120° C.
    Zinc, Powdered 10 g.
    No. 5 Electrolytic Condensers
    Salt 50 g. British Patent 449,947
    Zinc, Powdered 50 g. Aluminum strip is etched eleetrolyti-
    cally using a carbon cathode by passing
    a bath of aqueous sodium chloride or a
    Fire Lighters mixture of hydrochloric acid (d. 1.16)
    Convenient fire limiters may be pre- 8cc. and nitric acid (d. 1.42) 1.4ce. and
    pared for picnic or camping by using a sulphuric acid (d. 1.84) 0.7 cc. per liter
    heat vulcanizing rubber cement. This at 70° C. Oxide is removed by a bath
    usually comes in two cans. Mix the of aqueous caustic soda or potash (2%)
    contents and pour into the original con-
    tainers. After two or three days the
    at 70° C. Then pass through 5
    phuric acid and clean in glycerin at
    sul- %
    cement will have vulcanized into a firm 100° C.
    mass. Pieces the size of one^s thumb
    will start a quick hot flame which will Rectifier Electrode
    ignite wood or coal with ease. IT. S. Patent 2,017,842
    The bulk and mass of this composi- A
    copper plate is heated in a furnace
    tion may
    be increased by adding about to 1060° C. until a good oxide coating is
    one pound of sawdust per quart of ce- formed. Cool to 600° C. and quench in
    ment. The blaze is not so fierce but a bath of heavy mineral oil heated to
    lasts longer. 70° C. and then cool to room temper-
    ature in a bath of relatively thin min-
    eral oil.
    Plastic Cable Insulation
    French Patent 809,261 Beck Effect Arc Electrode
    Yinyl Chloride 70 g. British Patent 456,040
    Vinyl Formate 30 g. Hon 11 oz.
    Ethylene Diehloride 50 g. Cerium Fluoride 41 oz.
    Benzoyl Peroxide 0.4 g. Carbon 48 oz.
    Heat together until reaction is over.
    Above product 100 g. Blectrie Discharge Tube Cathodes
    Di-Isobuty Phthalate 25 g. British Patent 459,163
    Graphite 50 g. The following mixtures are pressed
    Mix until uniform. and heated at 1300° C.
    562 MISCELLANEOUS
    Formula No. 1 Transmission Material for Hydraulic
    40 "Pl'pcqpq
    Barium Oxide oz.
    Tungsten Carbide 20 oz. H. S. Patent 1,977,012
    Zirconium 10 oz. A semi-fluid material is used compris-
    Zirconium Oxide 30 oz. ing asphalt 60-90 oz. and a greasy fi.uid
    such as oil or paraffin 10-40 oz.
    No. 2
    Barium Hydroxide 50 oz.
    Tungsten Oxide 20 oz. Hydraulic Brake Fluid
    Graphite 5 oz. Formula No. 1
    Thorium Oxide 25 oz. U. S. Patent 2,020,543
    Ethyl Acetate 3 oz.
    Castor Oil 2 oz.
    Electrical Conducting Hydrogenation No. .2
    Catalyst German Patent 645,939
    French Patent 807,157 Castor Oil 80 lb.

    Iron, Powdered 60 Cyclohexanone- Glycerin 50 lb.

    Tin Hydroxide 30 No. 3


    Boric Acid 10 Glycerin 50 lb,.

    Aluminum Hydroxide 20 Biacetone-Erytliritol 50 lb.


    Phosphoric Acid 5 No. 4
    Graphite 5 Glycerin 65 lb.

    The above mixed with any aqueous


    is
    Acetone-Mannitol 35 lb.

    solution of stannous chloride, aluminum No. 5


    chloride, zinc bromide and chromium Acetone-Glycerine Cetyl
    duoride to form a p)lastic mass which is Ether 45 lb.
    molded and dried. Castor Oil 55 lb.
    No. 6
    Ethylene Glycol Mono Ethyl
    Brake Lining Ether 30 lb.
    Cycl 0 pen tan on e- Glycerin
    H. S. Patent 2,026,767
    Plithalate 70 lb.
    Thoroughly mix 18 parts of drying
    vegetable oil and 2.7 parts sulphur with
    25 parts finely divided pyrobituminous Hydraulic Shock Absorber Fluid
    material and 65 parts of short fiber as- Formula No. 1
    bestos, form mixture into shapes, and IT. S. Patent 2,0(50,110
    then cure shapes in a baking oven with- Glucose 5-20 lb.
    out pressure for four to five hours at Glycerin 20- 5 lb.
    approximately 125® F. and then for five Alcohol 37.5 lb.
    to six hours at approximately 300® F. to Water 37.5 lb.
    set the oil by sulphiiration to bond the
    No. 2
    ingredients of the element.
    U. S. Patent 2,084,404
    Fusel Oil 75 oz.
    Triethanolamine 25 oz.
    Brake Lining Treatment
    U. S. Patent 2,037,189
    The is dipped at 90®, baked at
    lining Automobile Anti-Freeze Solution
    190®, and calendered while hot; after U. S. Patent 2,071,482
    drying and ageing, it is treated with 1:1 Formula No. 1
    thiuner-eastor oil mixture for 10 min. Glycerin 85 g.
    and again calendered. Alcohol 1 g.
    The dipping solution consists of Water 14 g.
    Urea 4 g.
    Castor Oil 0.5 lb. Flaxseed 5 g.
    Eosin 2.0 lb. Tertiary Butyl Phenol 4 g.
    Gilsonite 16.0 lb. goda Ash 1 g.
    Minium 1.5 lb. Dye to suit
    Carbon Black 0.5 lb.
    Tung Oil 5.0 lb.
    Linseed Oil 2.5 lb.
    German Patent 641,156
    a. Di Potassium
    These heated together at 230^
    are Phosphate 70 g.
    before mineral thinner and pigment! Mono Potassium
    (72%) are added. Phosphate 21 g.
    MISCELLANEOUS
    No. 4
    to make 100 cc.
    Flaxseed Meal
    h. Potassium Carbonate 5 & Powdered Aluminum
    Sodium Pyrophosphate 2 g* Sodium Silicate, Dry
    Boric Acid 1.5 g* Casein
    Potassium Hydroxide 2.8 g-
    No. 5
    To the solution a add h. The : freez-
    Linseed Meal
    ing point is -37° C.
    Lampblack
    Umber Brown
    Non-Corrosive Anti-Freeze Solution Water
    Canadian Patent 360^963
    No. 6
    A noncorrosive antifreeze compound White Lead
    is prepared by adding to commercial de-
    Lard
    natured absolute ethyl alcohol sufficient Tallow
    40% aqueous sodium nitrite solution to Soap
    introduce 0.25 g. of the salt/100 cc. of Caustic Soda
    alcoholic kerosene in the proportion of Linseed Oil
    3 ce./lOO cc. of alcohol and 0.09 g. soap/ Cinnamon
    too g, alcohol.
    No. 7
    Powdered Aluminum
    Preventing Leakage of Glycol Corn Meal
    Anti-Freeze Sodium Carbonate
    U. S. Patent 2,042,830 Boap
    Lard Oil 0.25 Sodium Phosphate
    Mineral Oil 3.00
    Triethanolamine 0.75
    No. 8
    4 fluid oz. of above is used to 96 fluid
    Lampblack
    Ground Linseed
    oz. anti-freeze mixture.
    Oatmeal
    Sodium Carbonate
    Preventing Corrosion of Anti-Freeze Flour
    Alcohol Camphor
    French Patent 785,117 No. 9
    0.03% ethyl or diethylamine is added Powdered Aluminum
    to alcohol to prevent corrosion of steel Nitrocellulose
    and attacking of copper. Butyl Acetate
    Alcohol
    Radiator Seale Preventing Compound
    No. 10
    French Patent 810,744 Graphite
    Trisodium Phosphate 10 g. Tannin
    Sodium Silicate 30 g. Gum Guaiae
    Irish Moss
    Radiator Stop Leak Compounds Caustic Soda
    Formula No. Cutch
    Iron Filings Red Oak Bark Extract
    Ferrous Sulphate No. 11
    Rye Meal Flour
    Graphite Lime
    Red Lead Sulphur
    Asbestos (Powder) Gum Arabic
    No. 2 No. 12
    Graphite Powdered Aluminum
    Molasses Flaxseed Meal
    Phenol Sulphur
    Sodium Bisulphate Soap
    Water No. 13
    No. 3 Powdered Aluminum
    Asbestos (Powder) Sodium Silicate, Dry
    Dry Pa]3er Pulp Flaxseed Meal
    Wheat Paste Sodium Phosphate
    Salicylic Acid No. 14
    Gum Arabic Powdered Aluminum
    Rosin Soap
    564: MISCELLANEOUS
    Linseed Meal 60.00 Sulphation Preventive for Storage
    Ammonium Carbonate 8.00 Batteries
    No. 15 Britisli Patent 461j836
    Powdered Aluminum 12.00 Tartaric Acid 40 g.
    Corn Meal 60.00 Magnesium Sulpliate 40 g.
    Soap 18.00 Water 2000 ee.
    Borax 10.00
    Liquid Primary Battery Fluids
    U. S. Patent 1,988,139
    Storage Battery Plates
    The carbon electrode is surrounded by
    Formula No. 1
    following depolarizer:
    U. S. Patent 2,035,315
    Sodium Dichromate 30 g.
    Positive Plate
    Magnesium Chloride 18 g.
    Litharge 65 oz.
    Sulphuric Acid 72 g.
    Eed Lead 35 oz.
    The zinc electrode is surrounded by
    Water containing 0.05 part Zinc Chloride 10 g.
    of Sodium Borophosphate 10 oz.
    Sodium Sulphate 30 g.
    Sulphuric Acid 1.250 sp. gr. 8 oz.
    Sulphuric Acid 5 g.
    No. 2
    Negative Plate
    Litharge 100.0 oz, Pocket Lamp Battery Compositions
    Blanc Fixe 1.0 oz. Formula No. 1
    Lampblack 0.2 oz.
    a. Pyrolusite 75 g.
    Water containing 0.05 part Graphite Powder 25 g,
    Sodium Borophospliate 8.0 oz.
    1). Ammonium Chloride as Electro-
    Sulphuric Acid 1.250 lyte Solution.
    sp. gr. 10.0 oz.
    No. 2
    No. 3 a. Pyrolusite 64 g.
    Litharge 100.0 oz.
    Manganese Dioxide, Syn-
    Cellulose or Other Organic
    thetic 11 g.
    Agent 0.5 oz.
    Graphite Powder
    Blanc Fixe 0.5 oz.
    25 g.
    1. Ammonium Chloride as Electro-
    Lampblack 0.2 oz.
    lyte Solution.
    Water containing 0.10 part
    Sodium Borophosphate 8.0 oz. No. 3
    Sulphuric Acid 1.250 Pyrolusite 60 g.
    sp. gr. 10.0 oz.
    Manganese Dioxide,
    The prepared active material is pasted Synthetic 12 g.
    in the plates in conventional manner Graphite Powder 18 g.
    and dried in an oven under controlled Acetylene Soot 3 g.
    humidity conditions bonding to an elec- Ammonium Chloride 7 g.
    trode of excellent physical strength. Pure Zinc Metal and Good Coal Elec-
    Excellent results are gotten with these trodes are necessary.
    electrodes when dried at a speed of thirty Mectrolyte
    minutes or more total treating and dry- Ammonium Chloride 20 g.
    ing time. In those cases where the total Magnesium Chloride 10 g.
    treating and drying time is less than Calcium Chloride 6 g.
    thirty minutes the results achieved are Zinc Chloride 5 g]
    not as satisfactory as in those eases of Water g*
    100
    thirty minutes or more. Plates so made Slaked Lime, to neutralize
    are entirely sound and of uniform struc- exactly about 2 g.
    ture throughout, a result very much to
    No. 4
    be desired. Infusorial Earth or Paper
    Mp 100 kg.
    Cleaning Sulphated Storage Battery Magnesium Sulphate 20 kg.
    Ammonium Chloride 60 kg.
    French Patent 793,677 Zinc Chloride 50 kg.
    Pass a current of less than 15 amperes Hydrochloric Acid 5 kg.
    for one half hour through plates im- Water to suit
    mersed in following solution:
    Trisodium Phosphate 160 g. Non-Blackening Discharge Lamp
    Lead Oxide, Powdered 24 g. British Patent 431,651
    Malachite Green 1 g. A double wall tube isused; the spac<
    Water 1 1, between tubes is filled with oxygen, aii
    : :

    MISCELLANEOUS 565

    carbon dioxide or nitrogen. The glass The rubber pad containing above is
    has following composition prepa;red^ for therapeutic use by plac-
    Silica 54 lb. ing it in boiling water and boiling
    Calcium Oxide 15 lb. it for more than ten minutes.
    not
    Boron Oxide 8 lb. After the element will be found
    this,
    Aluminum Oxide 21 lb. to be partially liquefied and during
    Sodium Oxide 1 lb. recrystallization will give off heat at
    Barium Oxide Vs lb. a comparatively even temperature for
    approximately one hour, after which
    White Insulating Tape the element will have solidified com-
    U. S. Patent 2,044,175 pletely. The temperature will range
    Asbestos tape is soaked in from approximately 114 F. down to ap-
    Boric Acid 5 ]b. proximately 108 F.
    Water 95 lb. The pad cannot be used until boiled,
    for 10-18 hr. to take up 3-4% by so it is necessarily sterilized before each
    weight ; drained and dried at 100° C. application.

    Chemical Heating Pad Fillers Activated (Adsorbent) Carbon


    Formula No. 1 Formula No.
    1
    Iron Powder 1 kg. Anactive carbon suitable for use in
    Potassium Chlorate 1 kg. respirators has been prepared, under
    both experimental and large-scale con-
    1 kg. of this mixture yields 1000
    ^
    ditions, by carbonising a coal of low
    Seat-Units, that is 3 times as much caking power (durain) at 480° C. or
    as obtained with burned lime.
    650° C. and subsequently activating
    No. 2 the coke in a current of steam at about
    Sodium Acetate is used which is 950° 0. The yield of carbon is 26-32%
    melted inside a rubber bag by dipping of the coke. It compares favorably in
    the bag into hot water, and which keeps activity with a carbon produced from a
    heat for hours. briquetted coal, but the latter has the
    No. 3 lower friability. Choice of the coal is
    ^
    U. S. Patent 2,040,406 an important factor in the process.
    Aluminum, Powdered 2 oz. No. 2
    Copper Carbonate 4 oz. IT. S. Patent 2,056,854
    Oxalic Acid 3 oz. Shells of cocoa beans are impregnated
    Barium Chloride 3 oz. with a sodium sulphide
    On addition of water, heat
    solution and
    is gener- then heated to 500° 0.
    ated.

    Regenerating Spent Carbide’^


    Heating Pad Chemicals Spent Calcium Carbide 850 kg.
    British Patent 474,249
    (Containing less than 75%
    Iron Filings 8 oz. water)
    Ammonium Chloride 1 oz. Powdered Coke 600 kg
    Wet well and mix thoroughly. Then Heat at 550° C.
    disintegrate the mass and add 1/16 oz.
    of the following mixture
    Recovering Gas Works Sulphur
    Manganese Oxide 10 oz. Gasworks sulphide paste, containing
    Calcium Chloride 1 oz. about 50% of water is heated in an
    Iodine or Thymol .005 oz. autoclave at 154°/4— 5 atm., whereby
    molten sulphur separates as the lower
    Heat Producing (Thermophoric) layer, leaving the soluble impurities in
    Composition the upper aqueous layer, and the in-
    U S. Patenf 2,118,586 soluble ones as a slag at the phase
    Manganous Chloride, Tetra- interface.
    hydrate 3.3 oz.
    Sodium Acetate, Trihydrate 94.0 oz. Regeneration of Fat Hydrogenation
    Ethylene Glycol 2.7 oz.
    Catalyst
    The method consists in first treating
    Heating Pad Powder, Safe the used catalyst with a boiling solution
    Sodium Acetate 135.1 g. of caustic (8° Bd.) sufficient in quantity
    Glycerin 4.5 g. to saponify half the fat contained on
    Sodium Sulphate Crystals 3.0 g. the catalyst; on the formation of an
    Sodium Sulphate Anhydrous 6.7 g. emulsion additional caustic ( 3 ° B4. ) is
    :

    56a MISCELLANEOUS
    (5)

    added, sufficient to saponify the remain- Wash three times with boiling
    ing half of the fat, and boiling is water and dry. It is impossible to
    continued for a couple of hours. The give exact figures, but one sample of
    next stage is to add to the mixture a linseed oil worked out as follows:
    solution of hypochlorite (containing 1,4 Linseed Oil 881 lb.
    per cent of available chlorine) in a Caustic Soda 120 lb.
    quantity approximately equal to that of Barium Chloride Crystals 244 lb.
    the catalyst being treated, followed by
    an equal weight of water; the mixture
    is then further heated at 60* C. for an Triphenyl and Tricresyl Phosphates
    hour. At the end of this period the U. S. Patent 1,983,588
    solution is diluted with 3~4 times its a. Phenol or Oresol 15 mols.
    bulk of water and boiled for a few T). Phosphorous Penta-
    hours, the supernatant emulsion of fat ehlorlde 3 mols.
    and foreign matter is then decanted off c. Phosphorous Pentoxide 1 mol.
    and the catalyst washed with boiling
    water (acidified with sulphuric acid) Add a h at less than 90° C. and
    to
    placed in a filter press, and washed till when add to c. Heat for three
    clear
    free from any reaction for sulphate; it
    hours at 210-215° C. If a catalyst
    is then dried and is ready for use. The such as aluminum chloride is used the
    loss of nickel by the above method of
    reaction proceeds at 150° C.
    regeneration is 6-10 per cent, which
    compares favorably with losses of 40 Stable Calcium Hypochlorite Pellets
    per cent and more that are experienced U. S. Patent 2,023,459
    when it is sought to recover the metal Bleaching Powder (65%
    in the form of one of its salts.
    Available Chlorine) 60 lb.
    Plaster of Paris 30 lb.
    Sulphuric Acid Catalyst Water 40 lb.
    Sulphuric Acid contact catalysts are Mix well and form into pellets and
    prepared as follows : magnesium sulphate
    crystallized with 1 molecule of water
    dry. Finished product contains 36%
    available chlorine.
    (prepared by dehydration at 100 to
    120° C. of the fully hydrated salt) is
    powdered, mixed with half its weight Coarsely Crystalline Ammonium
    of water to a paste and evaporated to Sulphate
    dryness with vigorous stirring. After U. S. Patent 2,021,093
    final calcination in an electric furnace at A solution of the following is allowed
    600° C., product in the form of granules to crystallize:
    (2.5 to 3.5 mm. diameter) is platinized Ammonium Sulphate 100 lb.
    in platinum chloride solution, concen-
    Water 100 lb.
    tration of which is equivalent to 0.1%
    Urea 2-8 lb.
    platinum. After dehydration in the air
    at 350° C., catalyst is activated at the The crystals contain
    urea.
    less than %%
    same temperature with a gas containing
    2% sulphur dioxide.
    Stabilizer for Carbon Tetrachloride
    Barium Linoleate U. S. Patent 2,094,367 & 2,094,368
    This metallic soap useful as a fungi-
    is
    The addition of 0.34% naphtliylamine
    cide and preservative for fish nets. It
    or diphenylamine stabilizes and inhibits
    is also used in compounding greases.
    corrosive properties of carbon tetra-
    In brief, the method of preparation chloride.
    of barium linoleate may be described as
    follows
    (1) Determine the saponification Protecting Calcium Carbide
    value of the linseed oil to be used. U. 8. Patent 2,048,962
    (2) Add just under the amount of Calcium carbide is sprayed with 4%
    caustic soda required to neutralize. of its weight of gasoline or kerosene to
    Boil. protect it against atmospheric moisture.
    (3) Add more dilute caustic until the
    soap just
    is a faint pink to phenol-
    phthalein. Antioxidants for Decalin
    (4) Add barium chloride solution at Autoxidation of decalin can be
    the boil until precipitation is complete greatly retarded by 0.001-0.01% of
    and boil for a few minutes. pyrogallolj hydroquinone or a naplithol.
    MISCELLANEOUS 567

    Salt Benaturants Air Conditioning Behumidifier Solution


    For 100 kg. of salt use U. S. Patent 2,091,983
    Formula No. 1 Lithium Chloride 1-31 oz.
    Mineral Oil 0.25 kg. Lithium Bromide 99-69 oz.
    No. 2
    Iron Oxide 0.25 kg. Gas Warning Odorant
    No. 3 U. S. Patent 2,068,614
    Soap Powder or Flakes 1 kg. Mercaptan 0.5 lb.

    No. 4 Alkylnitrosoamine 0.1 lb.


    Sudan III Bye 0.75 lb.
    Soda 2 kg.
    Gasoline 1 gal.
    Heliotropin 20 g.
    Chicago Blue 6B 0.5 g. The above solution will odorize 500,-
    000 cu. ft. of gas.
    Alumina
    The charge used is Carbon Bioxide Absorbent
    Bauxite 49 kg. British Patent 473,913
    Calcium Carbonate 28 kg. Slaked Lime 10 kg.
    Soda Ash 23 kg. Sodium Acetate (125 g./l.) 4 1.
    Aftex’ calcining the alumina is ex-
    Mix together & granulate. Bry at
    110° C. and calcine in a rotary furnace
    tracted with aqueous sodium carbonate
    at 350-380° C. for iy2-2 hr. Then mois-
    at 70° C.
    ten granules with 1 1. aqueous caustic
    soda (d. 1.33).
    Artificial Perspiration
    Fresh
    Salt 10 g. Preventing Spontaneous Explosion of
    Lactic Acid 1 g. Ether
    Sodium Bihydrogen Phosphate 1 g. Ether should be kept in an amber
    Water 1 1. bottle with a piece of copper wire (#20
    Old gage) extending to surface of liquid to
    Salt 10 g. prevent formation of explosive ether
    Ammonium Carbonate 4 g. peroxides. The copper does not dis-
    Bisodium Hydrogen Phosphate 1 g. solve.
    Water 1 1.

    Gettering ’ ^ Vacuum Tubes


    ^ ^

    Brying Agents for Gases British Patent 471,636


    Commercial operations on a large Barium vapor is produced in vacuum
    scale in many industries require dry tubes to remove harmful gases, by
    gases. The most efficient methods of electrically heating to 1200° C. a tung-
    water removal depending on either phys- sten wire coated with an equimolecular
    ical or chemical action are listed below. mixture of barium and strontium oxides.
    Physical
    Silica Gel Eire Extinguisher
    Charcoal (Active) Formula No. 1
    Kieselguhr An excellent fire-extinguishing powder
    Clay, Porcelain, Alumina can be made by incorporating 1-2%
    (Low temperature fired) iodine crystals with bicarbonate of soda.
    Asbestos
    Glass Wool No. 2
    Refrigeration U. S. Patent 2,010,729
    Sodium Bicarbonate 32 oz.
    Chemical Potassium Acid Tartrate 3 oz.
    Phosphoric Anhydride Boron Oxide 8 oz.
    Magnesium Perchlorate (Anhydrous) Borax 1 oz.
    Magnesium Perchlorate Trihydrate The above are finely powdered and
    (^^Behydrite^O mixed together.
    Barium Oxide
    Calcium Sulifiiate Hemihydrate (^^ Anhy-
    drite^^) Fireproofing Composition
    Sulphuric Acid, Cone. Canadian Patent 368,886
    Fused Potassium Hydroxide Ammonium Sulphate 14 oz.
    Magnesium Oxide Borax 2 oz.
    Barium Perchlorate (^^Besicchlora^^) Boric Acid y
    j oz.
    Copper Sulphate (Anhydrous) Water 100 oz.
    —

    568 MISCELLANEOUS
    Einger printing Method Chemical ^ ^
    Barometer ’ ^

    Make print of cleaned finger on white A glass tube, 10 in. long and 1 in.
    cardboard and dust a basic dye (e.g. in diameter, is sealed at one end, the
    Victoria Blue BS) oyer the print. To other end being drawn to a fine neck
    fix dye hold card for a few minutes about 8 in. from the sealed end. For
    over 30% boiling acetic acid to obtain this the quantities required are:
    a positive which can be photographed. Camphor ya oz.
    Eor photographing prints on colored Hitre (Powdered) y, oz.
    objects the same method is used with a
    suitable shade of any basic dye.
    Sal Ammoniac (Powdered) % oz.
    Eectified Spirits, or Com-
    mercial Alcohol 4 oz.
    Finger Prints, Developing Latent The equipment required includes
    a
    Latent fingerprints can be rendered small double saucepan, a Fahrenheit
    visible by applying iodine to the sus- thermometer, a glass funnel, a 12-oz.
    pected surface and then making an im- glass bottle, glass wool, a cork to fit
    pression upon a specially coated white the barometer tube and carrying a
    paper. The iodine can be applied by bent glass tube of sufficient length to
    placing a petri dish containing a fused reach the bottom of the bottle, a Bun-
    iodine crystal over the area under ex- sen burner, and a mouth blow-pipe.
    amination or by directing a current of The nitre and sal ammoniac are placed
    air upon it from a wash bottle con-
    taining a few iodine crystals. The
    in the saucepan, and %
    oz. of water
    added. By direct heat and stirring as
    coating solution for the paper consists complete a solution as possible is ob-
    of 1 gram starch, 0.3 gram thymol and tained, and the saucepan is then placed
    2 grams potassium iodide dissolved in in its water jacket, which must contain
    20 cc. water. After the imprint has water at 110° F. The camphor,
    been made it can be protected against crushed, is then added, and the tem-
    injury by coating with a 3 per cent perature of the mixture brought to
    solution of dammar resin in benzene. approximately 100° F. The alcohol is
    gradually added, with stirring, until a
    Finger-Printing Powder complete solution is obtained at 100° F.
    U. S. Patent 2,099,028 Great care should be exercised not to
    Hydroquinone 8 oz. add excess alcohol, and to keep the
    Gum Acacia, Powdered 1 oz. bath gently heated at the required tem-
    perature. The funnel, containing a
    Finger Prints on Metal wad of glass wool, is warmed, and the
    U. B. Patent 1,993,920 solution filtered into the warm bottle,
    Gelatin 1.5 g. the temperature being carefully main-
    Sodium Chloride 28.4 g. tained, as crystallisation during this
    Copper Sulphate 35,5 g. operation must be avoided.
    Water 113.6ee. The bottle is then corked and placed
    in hot water. The tube of the barom-
    Loosening Glass Stoppers eter is now warmed until just bearable
    Formula Ho. 1 to the hand, and a small quantity of the
    When glass stoppers in bottles are prepared solution coaxed into it through
    stuck, they can often be loosened by the narrow neck. The fitted cork is
    letting a few drops of glycerin soak then inserted in the mouth of the tube,
    down the inside edges. and the narrow tube inserted in the
    Ho. 2 bottle of solution. By boiling the alco-
    holic solution in the tube, all the air
    Glass which have become
    stoppers
    fixed can easily be loosened without heat
    can be expelled, and on cooling the
    stock liquid is drawn into the tube.
    by allowing a few drops of the follow-
    ing solution to soak in between the Surplus liquid is removed from the top
    portion of the wide tube, and the latter
    neck of the bottle and the stopper:
    sealed by means of the Bunsen fLame
    Chloral Hydrate 10 g.
    Glycerin
    and blowpipe. A small air space at
    5 g. the top of the tube is of no great conse-
    Water 5g. quence. The finished tube may be
    Hydrochloric Acid (25 per mounted in a perpendicular position in
    cent) 3 Sr
    "
    a wooden frame, and a scale, dividing
    Ho^ 3 the length of the tube into three, and
    Quickly heat the neck of the bottle marked ^^Fair,^^ Change^' and
    so that it expands before the heat -^^Btorm’’ may be affixed, ^^Fair,” sf
    reaches the stopper. course, being the lowest division.
    MISCELLANEOUS 569

    The reactions of the harometer are If the windshield is wiped occasion-


    merely a function of temperature. The ally -with the cloth prepared as directed
    tube being hermetically sealed, neither below the glass will not fog.
    atmospheric pressure nor humidity can Water
    I
    5 qt.
    have any effect, nor can electrical condi- Glycerin 1 oz.
    ?
    tions affect precipitation in any marked Sodium Oleate 1 oz.
    degree. Temperature changes, however, Boil together for five minutes, then
    are definitely related to other conditions immerse the cloth (usually flannel) in
    of weather.
    the Anti-cyclonic condi-
    i

    the boiling solution for ten minutes.


    '

    tions during the summer are generally


    accompanied by settled periods of high
    1 temperature and clear skies, and in such Mist- & Rainproofing Windshields
    ‘

    /’ircumstances the tube shows a precip- Apply the following lightly but thor-
    itate level in the ‘^S’air’^ section and oughly:
    a clear liquid above. On the approach Glycerine 100 g. pipBC
    of cyclonic conditions the usual warm Glycol Bori-borate
    of the disturbance is reflected
    40 g.
    front Water 10 g. ij 3S[Jt
    in the fall of the separation line, while
    the arrival of the colder
    ‘ ^
    centre ’ ’ iioqijiA!
    causes a rapid precipitation with cloud- Anti-fogging Composition for Glass
    ing of the liquid, and a rise of the Windows ]U0S9f
    dividing line into the ^ Storm
    ^
    section
    forecasting the windy ’weather associ- Glycerin
    IT, S. Patent 2,107,361
    1 gal.
    J pm
    ated with the passage of a depression. Camphor 4 oz. 3?aBnb
    In winter the glass usually prophe-
    ‘
    ^
    Turpentine pt.
    sies
    ^ ^
    Change. ^ ^
    Potassium Oxalate 1 lb. s;uaA9
    Oxalic Acid 4 oz.
    Solution for Blowing Strong Soap
    Bubbles
    Eye-Glass Mist Preventer Pencil
    Any convenient weight of triethanol-
    I

    amine is thoroughly stirred with a little


    a. Glycerin-Soap 65 g. :;
    09J oj
    j
    h. Glycerin 30 g.
    less than twice its weight of oleic acid in ,SBA9p
    I

    Turpentine 5 g.
    a flask (no heating’ necessary). The
    ;

    0 White Bole
    . to desired
    flask is stoppered and set aside for r
    ;

    twenty-four hours. consistency

    I
    A thirty-gram portion of the result-
    ing soap is mixed with about a liter of
    Melt the soap on a water-bath, add
    the glycerin and turpentine, and work in
    8-ddeq
    „
    ’
    I

    distilled water, in which it slowly dis- enough of the bole to form a moldable
    I

    f
    solves. Solution is hastened by oc- material. Make pencils while hot. ^isira i

    f
    easional shaking. Finally, it is allowed
    to settle for twenty-four hours. (It r
    becomes translucent but never clear.) INTon-Cracking Ice
    The lower, light-gray layer is siphoned
    i : >
    9q;
    There are many processes on the
    I off and mixed well with three- tenths of market designed to prevent cracking, 'pIAip
    its volume of glycerin. The solution is checking, and shattering of ice frozen !
    stored in the dark, and the bottle in from raw-water at low temperatures. ’.AP'Bri
    i
    which it is kept is well-stoppered to All are based upon lowering the pH.
    I protect it f romT the air. After aging Ammonium chloride, used 5 gms, per
    for twenty-four hours it is ready for 300 lb. cake, will buffer the down pH
    use. to the proper value, regardless of in-
    itialpH, within any reasonable limits,
    Foam
    Inhibitors Cracking in distilled’ water ice, is usu-
    ally due to too low pH values, and can
    IT. a
    Patent 2,074,380
    be remedied by raising pH to 7-7.2.
    The addition of of triamyl-
    amine or other liquid, substantially
    water insoluble amine reduces or elim-
    inates foam formation. Refrigerating Medium
    H. S. Patent 2,058,924
    A hold-over brine or cold aecumulatox
    Frost Formation Preventer fluid consists of
    Salt 1 oz. Propyl Alcohol 17 -25 lb.
    Glycerin 16 oz. Water 83 -75 lb.
    Water 8 oz. Sodium Chromate 0.1- 0.2 lb.
    570 MISCELLANEOUB
    Freezing Mixtures ference is probably due to the presence
    Formula No. 1 —especially in old slides— of a small
    Ammonium Chloride 1 oz. amount of moisture in the mounting
    Potassium Nitrate 1 oz. medium around the margin of the cover
    Water 3 oz. glass. Such moisture would offer a
    Eeduetion of temperature about 40® barrier to thepenetration of pure
    F.
    xylene, but notto xylene containing
    No. 2, n-butyl alcohol; for the latter is mis-
    cible with small amounts of water, as
    Ammonium Nitrate 1 oz.
    Sodium Carbonate 1 oz. well as with xylene, balsam and damar.
    It should be remembered that butyl al-
    Water 1 oz.
    cohol is a solvent of the aniline dyes, and
    Reduction of temperature about 60®
    so material stained with these sub-
    F. stances will be destained in this xylene-
    butyl alcohol mixture.
    Artificial Ice for Skating Rink
    Formula No. 1 Removing Flesh From Skulls
    British Patent 466,908 XJnfieshed of small animals,
    skulls
    Carnauba Wax 100 lb. kept overnight in a screened bait box
    Naphthalene 70- 90 lb. containing a dozen or more crawfish, will
    Montan Wax 20 lb. be cleaned of every particle of flesh.
    Melt together and apply hot. Spread The voracious crawfish devour the tis-
    with heated rollers. When cool coat sues, leaving the skull odorless and
    glycerin with or without a small amount snowy white, in excellent condition to
    of soap solution as a lubricant. be stored indefinitely. The usual
    No. 2
    method of boiling the skulls has a
    tendency to soften the jaw hinges, mak-
    IT. S. Patent 2,057,906
    ing it necessary to wire the lower jaw
    IG Wax 100 lb.
    to the skull. Crawfish are unable to
    (Esterified Montan Wax)
    40-100 lb. loosen the jaws from their sockets be-
    Naphthalene
    cause the tough gristle forming the
    Melt together j mix well and pour on hinges is located beyond reach.
    an even surface. After this composition
    has hardened it is made smooth by Low Cost Giemsa Stain
    scraping and hot irons. For reducing
    friction, the surface is moistened with
    Azur II —Eosin 3.0 g,
    Azur II 0.8 g.
    glycerin.
    Glycerin (C.P.) 250.0 g.
    Any of the IG waxes may be used in
    Methyl Alcohol, Absolute
    the above with or without carnauba (Neutral), Acetone Free 250.0 g.
    wax.
    Dissolve the Azur II and Azur II

    Permanent Aqueous Microscopic Slide


    — eosin in the methyl alcohol in an
    Erlenmeyer flask. Shake well for fif-
    Mount
    teen minutes, add the glycerin, shake
    Lanolin Anhydrous 80 g.
    for ten minutes and filter through a
    Rosin 20 g.
    moderately fine grade of filter paper.
    Melt together and stir until uniform. Collect the filtered stain in a bottle and
    Dry the slide and cover glass before discard the undissolved residue.
    application and apply melted. There is generally quite a bit of stain
    that does not dissolve. This, however,
    Removing Cover Glasses of Microscope seems to make very little difference in
    Slides the character of the resultant stained
    It is often necessary in cytological work blood films. Results have been equally
    to remove the cover glass of a slide, in satisfactory with human blood and
    order to replace a broken cover glass avian blood. Malarial parasites are
    or restain the sections underneath. For brought out sharply, with distinct dif-
    this purpose most workers use xylene. ferentiation of chromatin and cyto-
    It has been found, however, that a mix- plasm.
    ture of 90 parts of xylene and 10 parts
    of n-butyl alcohol acts much more Algae Growing Food
    rapidly. The hard and brittle balsam Potassium nitrate, Ig., calcium sul-
    or damar of old slides, which would re- phate, 0.5 g., magnesium sulphate, 0.5
    quire an immersion of several days in g., ferrous phosphate, 0.10 g,, tri-
    pure xylene, is usually dissolved by this calcium phosphate, 0.25 g., distilled
    mixture in a few hours. This time dif- water LOOO cc.
    MISCELLANEOUS 571

    Fish Bait Rock-Salt in Small Crystals 20 lb.


    U. S. Patent 2^02,052 Mineral or Spindle Oil
    1. A method of making artificial fish (3-^° Engler/20° C.) 10 lb.
    bait includes cutting a piece from a Oil-Soluble Green Dye to suit
    slab of pork rind and forming it to a Pine Needle Oil, etc. to suit
    shape suitable for artificial bait, wash-
    ing it in warm water to remove im-
    purities, impregnating it with a sodium Pouring Small Amounts
    alkyl sulphate, dehydrating it with a
    ^
    A discarded lens from a hand flash-
    nolyhydric alcohol maintained at a con- light is excellent for use on a bottle
    centration in excess of 50% by weight, when pouring solution. By moving the
    and mechanically kneading it to render lens, as much or as little solution as you
    it pliable. desire will be released.

    Decorative Spangles
    Starch 10 oz. Imitation Iced Tea Display
    ^

    Sodium Perborate 0.5 oz. a glass three quarters full with


    Fill
    Sodium Salicylate 2.5 oz. water, colored with a little water soluble
    Water 87 oz. brown dye. Crumple some clear Cello-

    The sodium perborate is dissolved in phane'^ and stuff in top of glass. It


    will look like ice.
    the water and then the starch added.
    This mixture is then heated in a water
    jacket with continued stirring to the
    bursting of the starch granules, and
    Denicotinized Tobacco Products
    heating continued until the mass is
    Patent 2,048,624
    IT. S.

    clarified. The sodium salicylate is


    A process of producing denicoiinised
    tobacco, consists in moistening the to-
    mixed in a small amount of water and
    bacco, then subjecting the moistened
    added to the mixture thoroughly stir-
    tobacco to the action of an organic
    ring the same, A smooth highly pol-
    nicotine solvent, (e.g. formaldehyde and
    ished metallic surface is coated with a
    carbon tetrachloride), then treating the
    very thin film of oil or wax and the
    tobacco with warm air for the purpose
    above solution spread out upon this sur-
    of removing the solvent, again moisten-
    face in a thin layer. It is then dried
    ing the tobacco, again subjecting the
    in an oven at about 180° F., after which
    tobacco to treatment with warm air, and
    it is easily removed from this surface
    finally heating the tobacco to remove
    with a knife or razor blade. These
    the remaining moisture.
    fiiakes can be crushed in a mortar to the
    desired fineness. They scintillate like
    mica. If the starch plastic is colored
    with water soluble dyes, or colored pig-
    Denieotinizing Cigarette Smoke
    Put some cotton wool in the mouth-
    ments added including powdered alu-
    piece of the cigarette or cigarette
    minum or bronze, very attractive and
    holder. This will absorb 93% of the
    varied novelty effects are obtained. If
    nicotine in the smoke.
    a sign, or design is made on any sur-
    face with an adhesive drying material,
    and while same is still tacky the above
    Glycerin Substitute
    flakes are dusted on same, a very
    decorative effect is produced.
    a. Magnesium Chloride,
    Crystallized 4 kg.
    Water 1.5 kg.
    Removing Silver From Mirror h. Glucose 4 kg.
    Muriatic Acid 1 oz. Water 3.5 kg.
    Nitric Acid 1 oz.
    Water 5 oz. Prepare solutions a and b, mix.
    Dip the screened mirror in this solution Settle, or filter if necessary. Adjust
    for about three to five seconds and the to a specific gravity of 1.23 (28° Bd).
    silvering and copper back will be com-
    pletely removed. Next rinse glass in
    an acid-neutralizing bath of cyanide of Preparation of Zein
    potassium ( 10 %
    solution) , Then rinse U. S. Patent 2,044,769
    with running water and dry. Gluten meal (from corn) is extracted
    with a 4:1 mixture of alcohol and water.
    Sweeping Aid’’ Adjust pH to 6.5~*12 and add 2 volumes
    Wood Meal, Dry, Sifted 40 lb. of water below 37° C, This is added
    Sand, White, Fine 30 lb. first slowly, Tvith stirring, then rapidly.
    572 MISCELLANEOUS
    Wasli precipitate with water below 49° All materials should be ground to 325
    0. and dry below 65° C. mesh.

    Heavy Petroleum Drilling Mud


    Galena 35 lb. Eevivifying Spent Oil-Decolorizing Clay
    Hematite 35 lb. XT. S. Patent 2A13,310
    Bentonite 1.2 lb. Heat clay to at least 1600° P. for
    Water 28.8 lb. 4-5 seconds.
    REFERENCES & ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
    Abrasive & Cleaning Methods Drug & Cosmetic Industry
    Agr. Gaz. N. B. Wales Druggists Circular
    Alig. Oes. V, Gettzeitung Drugs, Oils, & Paints
    Aluminum Co. of Amer.
    Amer. Druggist Eastman Kodak Co.
    Amer. Dyestuff Eeporter Electric Journal
    Amer. Electrop. Society
    Amer. Paint Jol. Parbe v. Lacke
    Amer. Perfumer Parben Zeitung
    Amer. Pliotograpliy Parming S. Africa
    Amer. Wool & Cotton Eeporter Pein Mechanic v. Prazision
    Analyst
    Pettchem, Umschan
    Anal. Pis. Quim.
    Pils .& Tissus
    Ault & Wiborg Varnisli Wks. Handbook Plavours
    Focus
    Baker ^s Helper Pood Manufacture
    Bakers Eeview Fruit Products Jol.
    Baker ^s Weekly
    Behr Manning Corp.
    Gelatin, Leim, Klebstoffe
    Better Enameling
    General Abrasive Co.
    Boonton Molding Co.
    Glass Industry
    Bottler & Packer
    Boyce Thompson Inst.
    Brewers^ Tech. Eeview Hawaiian Planters^ Eecord
    Brick & Clay Eecord Hercules Powder Co.
    Br. Jol. Dent. Science Hide & Leather
    Brit. J ol. of Photography
    Brit. Medical Jol. Ice Cream Eeview
    Bull. Imp. Hyg. Lab. India Eubber World
    Bulletin of Imperial Institute Indian Lae Eesearch Inst.
    Bull. Soc. Erane. Phot. Indian Soap Jol.
    Indiana Acad, of Sciences
    Camera Industrial Chemist
    Camera (Luzern) Industrial Finishing
    Canadian Textile Jol. Instruments
    Canner Intern T Salt Co.
    Cement & Cement Mfr. IntT Tin Ees. & Dev. Council
    Ceramic Age Iowa State College Bull.
    Chemical Abstracts
    Chemical Analyst Jol. Amer. Dental Assn.
    Chemical Industries Jol. Amer, Medical Assn.
    Chemical Weekblad Jol. Chem. Eng.
    Chem. Zent. Jol. Chinese Chem. Soc.
    Chemist Druggist Jol. Federation Curriers
    Chr. Hansen ^s Lab. Jol. Federation Light Leather Tanners
    Cleaning & Dying World Jol. Ind. & Eng. Chemistry
    Combustion J. Ees. Hat. Bur. Standards
    Confectioner's Jol. Jol. Eubber Industry
    Cramer/s Manual J. Euss. Eubber Ind.
    Jol. Soc. Leather Trades
    Dairy World Jol. Soc. Eubber Ind. Japan
    Damsk. Tids. Harm Job Tech. Physics
    Dental Items
    Dental Lab ^y Eeview Keram Steklo
    Devt, Part. Zeitung Khimstroi
    574 REFERENCES & ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
    KozEevenna-Obuvnaya Prom. Physics
    Kunstdunger, Uad Leim Phytopathology
    Pix
    Lakotras^ lad. Plater ^s Guide Book
    Leather Trades Review Portland Cement Assn.
    Les Mat. Grasses Power
    Lithographic Tech. Foimdation Practical Druggist
    Practical Everyday Chemistry
    Malayan Agric. Jol. Printing Industry
    Manufacturing Chemist Prob. Edelmetalle
    Meat Process Engr. Mo.
    Meat Merchandising Proc. World Petroleum Congress
    Melliand
    Metal Industry Rayon & Mell. Tex. Monthly
    Metall und Erz Refiner & Nat. Gas Mfr.
    Metallurg Rev. Aluminum
    Metallurgist Rev. Amer. Electro Society
    Metals &j Alloys Rock Products
    Mich. Agric. Exp. Sta.
    Monatschr. TextilTnd.
    Science
    Munie. Eng. San. Record
    Sharpless Solvents Corp.
    Shoe and Leather Journal
    NatT Butter & Cheese Jol.
    Soap
    NatT Provisioner
    Soap Gazette & Perfumer
    Nickelsworth
    Solvent News
    Nitrocellulose
    Sovet-Sakhar
    Spirits
    Ober Elachen Tech. Steel
    Oil & Color Trades Jol.
    Synthetic & Applied Finishes
    Oil & Soap
    Textile Colorist
    Pacific Rural Press
    Textile Mfr.
    Paint Technology
    Textile Recorder
    Paper Trade Jol.
    Parfum Mod.
    Peinture, Pigments, Vernis Univ. Nebr. Agric. Coll. Bull.
    Phar. Acta Helva U. S. Department of Agriculture
    Pharmaceutical Jol. IT. S. Bureau of Mines
    Phot. Abstracts U. S. Bureau of Standards
    Phot. Ind.
    Phot. Korr. Veneers and Plywood
    Photog. Kronik
    Phot. Rev. Z, Elektrochem.
    Photo Rundschau Zeit. Unters. Lebensm.
    TRADE NAMED CHEMICALS
    During the past few years, the practice of marketing raw materials,
    under names which in themselves are not descriptive chemically of the
    products they represent, has become very prevalent. No modern book
    of formulae could justify its claims either to completeness or modernity
    without numerous formulae containing these so-called Trade Names/'
    ‘Without wishing to enter into any discussion regarding the justifica-
    tion of Trade Names," the Editors recognize the tremendous service
    rendered to commercial chemistry by manufacturers of Trade Name"
    products, both in the physical data supplied and the formulation sug-
    gested.
    Deprived of the protection afforded their products by this system of
    nomenclature, these manufacturers would have been forced to stand
    helplessly by while the fruits of their labor were being filched from them
    by competitors who, unhampered by expenses of research, experimenta-
    tion and promotion, would be able to produce something ‘‘just as good"
    at prices far below those of the original producers.
    That these competitive products were “just as good" solely in the
    minds of the imitators would only be evidenced in costly experimental
    work on the part of the purchaser and, in the meantime irreparable
    damage would have been done, to the truly ethical product. It is ob-
    vious, of course, that under these circumstances, there would be no
    incentive for manufacturers to develop new materials.
    Because of this, and also because the “Chemical Formulary" is pri-
    marily concerned with the physical results of compounding rather than
    with the chemistry involved, the Editors felt that the inclusion of for-
    mulae containing various trade name products would be of definite value
    to the producer of finished chemical materials. If they had been left out
    many ideas and processes would have been automatically eliminated. m
    As a further service a list of the better known “trade name" products
    is appended together with the suppliers of these materials. The number i
    after each trade name refers to the supplier given below with the corre-
    sponding number.

    57f
    .. . ,.
    .

    TEADB NAME CHEMICALS


    A Amidine
    Aminostearin
    .

    . 99
    .39

    A-Syrup 171 Ancboracel 2p . 13


    Aacagum 99 Anhydrone 24
    Abalyn
    Abopon
    113
    99
    Aasol
    Antidoloria
    — .

    .229
    . 83
    Accelerator 808 ,
    71 ApcotMnner .14
    Accelerator 833 ,
    71 Aqualoid .125
    94 Aqualube 99.

    Acelose 6 Aquamel 99.

    1 Aquapel .165
    Acetoia ....... 138 Aquaplex .181
    Acetol ........184 Aquaresin . 99
    Acidolene ..... .145 Aquarome . 77
    Acimul 99 Aquasol 10.

    Aerolite ....... 63 Arapali .187


    Aerxyeol ...181 Araskleen ,.151
    Acrysol ....... 187 Archer-Baniels No. 635 . . . 16
    Acto .......... 213 Arclier-Daniels-Midland Oil . 16
    Adbeso "Wax . 99 Aridex . 71
    A.D.M. No. 100 Oil 16 Arocblor ..218
    Aerogel ....... 151 Arosol .. 89

    Agerite Powder 232 Artisil ..194


    Akeoeene 10 Asbestine ..123
    Albaeer 99 Ascarite ..224
    Alba-Ploc 228 Aseptex .. 99
    Albasol ....... ........156 Astrinite .. 94
    Albatex 55 Astrulan .. 10
    Alberit 197 Atrapol ..164
    Albertol * 197 Aurosal .. 22
    Albinol 196 Avitex .. 71
    Albolit 19 Avonae ..155
    Albolith ...... ..160
    Albone C 71 B
    Albusol ...142
    Aldebol 128 Badex ,.215
    Aldol Bakelite .. 21
    Aldydal ........119 Bakers Plasticizer .. 23
    Alftalate 134 Bar dal . 26 .

    Alkanol ....... 71 Barretan .. 26


    Alloxaa ...... 32 Bartyl .. 97
    Aloxite ....... 44 Beckacite .. 27
    Alpbasol ...... ........ 10 Beekolin .. 27 ,

    Altax 232 Beckosol .. 27


    Alagel ........ 154 Bellapban ..127
    Alvar ........ ........200 Bensapol ........ ..... . ..247
    Amandol ...... ........ 71 Beutene ..158
    Amberette . . . 219 Blandol ....... . .... . . . . ..204
    Amberlac . . . , ........181 Blendene . ... . . ... .
    . . . . ..99
    Amberol . . .... ....... asi Blndtan ...... .......
    . , , . 49
    Ambreno ...... ........ 71 Bordow . . .... .... ....... .. 69
    Amco Acetate . ........129 Borol ................... ..70
    Amerine ........ 11 Bresin .......... ....... . ..113
    Amerith, ...... ......... 47 ..178
    Ameroid . . . . ........ 12 Broseo .................. ..195
    576
    TRADE FAME CHEMICALS 577

    Butalycle 60 Diafoam 181


    = IV.’-.

    Butyl Garb it ol 42 Diakonn ...120


    Butyl Cellosolve 42 Diamond K Linseed Oil 206
    Diastafor 210
    Digestase 143
    c Dilecto 63
    Cadalyte 103 Dionin 148 i • pi''
    GadmolitK 52 Discolite 189
    Calagiim 99 Disperse ..245
    Calcoloid 38 Distoline 246
    Calcene 59 Drierite 108
    Calgon 35 Duolith 132 I :% Bipc
    Calorite 211 Dulux 71
    Gaptax 235 Dupanol 71
    Duphax 207
    r/j-'
    Garbasol 43
    Carbitol 42 Duphonol 71 l-f:-

    DuPont Rubber Red 71 as [11


    Garbolae 37
    Duprene 71
    '
    4
    Garboxide 42
    Duraplex 181 *^'.vioq;TA
    Casco 45
    Catalpo 152 Durez 95
    Durite 216 i; jUOSSl
    CGH 146
    Celascour 4 Durophene
    Dynax
    197
    71
    [;’ i pm
    Celeron 63
    Celite 124
    Cellit 119 E [;i?;u9Aa
    Cellon 72
    Cellosolve 42 Eastman Products 73 i-
    isipjg
    Censteric 48 Elaine V 6
    Ceraflux 99 Emulphor 90
    Cercon 62 Emulsifier L83A 99
    Cerelose 64 Emulsone 99
    Gereps 240 Emulsone B 99 !
    'ST3A9P
    Geresalt 74 Erinoid 12
    Cetamin 99 Erio Chrome Dyes 86 PJOIJB
    Cetec 91 Esterol ....166
    CMorex 42 Estersol 229
    qon?
    Cblorasol 42 Ethox 233 ddeq'
    Chremnitz White 78 Ethyl Parasept 115
    Cinchophen 38 Ethyl Protol 68 I
    • t.qsitu
    Cinelin 56 Eulan 90
    Clovel 99 Euresol 29 f,
    piTB:
    Coblac 30
    Cocoa Butter Oxanhydride 20
    i.
    >
    9q;
    Codite 63 F i-purp
    Color L34 99
    Cominol Fabroil 91
    61
    CondCnsite Factolac 117
    21
    Convertit .162
    Falba Absorption Base 170 fjiqo
    Feectol 190 \' b
    Coppercide 122 io
    Cosmic Black Per-ox ..245
    226
    Cresophan Perrisul 151
    104
    Gromodine Ferrox 214
    7
    Cryptone Fiberlon 79
    160
    Cumar Filac .........118
    26
    Filtrol .. 80
    Curgon ......................... ,197
    Fixalt ....151 iojd
    Cyclamal ........................ 89
    Cyeline . . , . . .... , . . .... .
    . .. ..151 . . .
    Fixtan
    Flavine ..... ..
    103
    .... .250
    — 'f

    Oymanol . . . ... . . . . . . ..... .121


    . . . . . . .
    . .

    Fleetol ..... .............. 190


    Flexoresitt .......... ............. 99 ;P«i9:t
    D Foamapin 99
    Formica 81
    Darco 65 Formvar ............ . ... ..... 200
    Daxad 67 Freon .130
    Deramin ........ . . . . . . . . . . ....... 99 Fjrex .... . .. .. . . . ........... 236
    .
    .

    578 TRADE J7AME CHEMICALS


    G Isomerpin
    Isopkan
    71
    46
    Galagum 99
    Gardinol . 71 j
    Gastex , 87
    Gelowax 99 Jasmogene ......... 235
    Gelozone 243 Joint ex 99
    Gelva 200
    Gel va Resin 200 K
    Gilsonite 25
    Halite ,232
    Glassheen 99
    Glucarine
    Karo 64
    99
    Kellogg Kuo 206
    Glumide 99
    Kellogg Varnish. Oil 206
    Glycerawax 99
    Kerol 34
    Glycolac 133
    Glyeomel Ketanol ,71
    99
    Glyeomine Kilfoam 8
    99
    Kolineuni ,131
    Glycopon 99
    Glycoride ......
    Kopol ,
    27
    99
    Glycosterin
    Koreon 153
    99
    Kryocide 169
    Glyco Wax A 99
    Glyco Wax B 99
    Glyptal 92 L
    Glutrin 186 Lactoid 33
    Guai-a-phene 58 Lactol Spirits 52
    Gnantal 190 Lacquer Blue ...... 15
    Lanette Wax ...... 71
    H Laurex 158
    LauriC'Ol 98
    Halex , 33 Lavekol 90
    Halo wax 107 Lavene 97
    Harcol , 99 Leeivit 125
    Harveg ,111 Lemenone 99
    Harvite 202 Lemonal 231
    Haskelite 110 Leonil 10
    Hercolyn 113 Le Page Cement . 191
    Hereusol 113 Leptyne 172
    Herkolite ,91 Lerbinia 77
    Heveatex .114 Lethane 187
    Hexone 42 Leueosol 71
    W
    ,

    Hydralite C 90 Leucotrope 247


    Hydristear 244 Leukanol 187
    Hydromalin ........ , 99 Leukonin 109
    Hydromel 99 Lewisol 136
    Hydronol , 71 Lindol 47
    Hydroresin ........ 99 Lingasan 113
    Hydrowax ..... , 99 Litex 221
    Hygropon 99 Lithoform 7
    Lognite 249
    Lobrinol 99
    I Lorinol 31
    Lorol 71
    Idalol ............ 112 Lubrisol 204
    IG Wax 90 Lucidol 138
    IG Wax O ......... 90 Lufax 187
    Igepon 90 Lumarith .......... 47
    Ignex 99 Luminol . 73
    Indian Red ....... 30 Luxene ............ 21
    Indigisols ..... 41 Lynsol ............ 113
    Indur 180 Lysol ..... . . 135
    Indusoil 121
    Invadine 55
    Isoliol 99
    M
    Isolene 157 Mabelite 10
    Isoline 246 Mafos .......... . . 146
    . .

    TEADE FAME CHEMICALS 579

    Makalot
    Manganar
    141
    71
    o
    Hanoi 201 Oildag 2
    Hanox 144 Oil Boot Beer C ....198
    Hapieo 30 Oilsolate 181
    Hapxomin ....185 Olate .176
    Hapromol 185 Ondnlum 99
    Marcol 208 Opal Wax 71
    Harlite 176 Oroco 188
    Mazola 64 Orthosil .,169
    Mellittis 97 Osmo-Kaolin 82
    Merpentine 71 Oxynone 190
    Mersol 151
    Mertanol 151
    Merusol 212 P
    Methalate 0 85
    Methasol 120 Parachol *. 99
    MetMeol 96 Paracide .116
    Methox .233 Para-dor 69
    Methyl Cellosolve 42 Para-flux 106
    Methyl Parasept 115 Paralae 120
    Methylanol 71 Paramet 166
    Methylate 85 Paranol 166
    Metro-Nite 149 Parasept .115
    Metso 171 Paris Black 30
    Micoid 150 Paris White 205
    Migasol 55 Paroil 8
    Milcol 99 Peachol 99
    Milk Gloss 99 Peerless Clay 232
    Mirasol 43 Pegopren ....100
    Pentrol 128
    Moldex 99
    Pentasol 199
    Moldslip 99
    Perehloron ...169
    Monex 158
    Permosalt 99
    Monolite 91
    Permosalt A 99
    Montan Color 99 231
    Perrol
    Mowilith ..119 Perspex ...120
    Mulsene 99 Petr ex 113
    Petrobenzol 14
    N Petrohol .209
    Pharmasol 41
    Naccon 155 Phenac 10
    Faccolene 155 Phobophene 241
    Naeeonol 155 Plaskon 173
    Napoleum Spirits . . . 66 Plastaeele 71
    Narobin 99 Plastogen 232
    National Oil Bed 155 Plastopal 119
    Nekal 90 Plexignm 187
    Nelgin 99 Plexite .187
    Neolan 55 Plextol .197
    Plioform 102
    Neomerpin 71
    120 Pliolite ......102
    Neoprene
    Pollopas 175
    Nentroleiim .................. 85
    Polycol 99
    Neville Besin 159
    Polyrin 99
    Nevindene .... .............. .109
    Nevinol — 1S9
    193
    Ponolith
    Pontalite
    ...132
    71
    Nipabenzyl Pontol 71
    Nipagen ... .... ........... .101
    . . . . . .
    Prague Powder ...... ......
    , .105 . . .

    Nipasol .193 Proflex ..................... .... 99 .

    Nitramon . ...... 71 Proofit .......... ... ... .. .. 99


    . . . . .

    Novolak 21 Protectoid ...... ........... ..... 47


    Nn-Ghar 121 Provatol ••••••• 75 •

    Nnlomoline .162 Proxate ........ ...... .137


    . .

    Nnodex . . 163 Prystal 5


    580 TBADE NAME CHEMICALS
    Puerine 145 Sulphoricinol
    . , . 28
    Pyiain Bed ........ .178 Sunoco Spirits .217
    Pyrax .232 Surf ex .177
    Pyrefume .167 Suspendite ... , 99
    Pyrethol .... .147 Suspensone .. 99
    Syncroiite . . 125
    Syntex 57
    Synthane .... 220
    Quakersol

    R Tamol .187
    Tanax 10
    Eancidex 09
    .
    • •
    Teglac 10
    Bapidase 239
    .
    , .
    Tegof an .197
    Bauzene
    TeUoy
    Bayox Ill
    ..232 Tenex
    .232
    Bedmanol 93.
    • • Tenite .222
    Beogen ..^32 Tergitol 42
    Besin BA 1 99
    ..

    . .
    Thionex 71
    Besin B-H-35 .. 71
    .

    Timonex .223
    Besinox ..182 Tintite 99
    Besoglaz ^
    .

    • •
    Titanox .225
    Bevertex ...... -.183 Ti-Tone .132
    Bezidel •• 99 Tonsil .192
    Bezinel 99
    . .
    Tornesit .113
    Bezyl
    T^iclene 71
    Bodo ’*oQo ,

    • •
    Trigamine 99
    Boseol ..140
    ,

    Trigamine Stearate
    Bosoap A •• 09 Trikalin
    99
    99
    Troluoii 14
    s Tuads 232
    Tunguran A 3
    Savolin 0Q Turkelene 99
    Santieizers ’*151 Turkerol 99
    Sapamine !.*
    55 Typaphor Black 88
    Schultz Silica ..50
    Sellatan A ..86
    Serinol ..126
    "
    U
    ^
    Serrasol .......
    Sherpetco *201 Lformite 181
    SicapoE 99
    ’
    mtrasene 18
    Silex .242 intravon 55
    Silvatol 55 Unilith 227
    Soligen 3 tTayte
    ! 173
    Solozone 7X TJreka G
    .
    190
    Soluesso .213 Prsulin 10
    Solwax .180 Xlversol 3
    SperoE . 37
    SBA Black . 4
    ^^S^^ Syrup ......... .171 V
    Staccol . 99
    Stearacol 99 Valex .............
    Stearite
    .
    .36
    .245 Vandex .232
    Stearol .174 Vanillal
    Stearorieinol ........ .203
    - 99 Vanzyme .......... .232
    Stoddard Solvent .... . 66 Varcrex ...... 4e
    Stripolite 189
    .

    . Varcum .... . . , . . .
    .234
    Stripper T. S. . . .
    .17
    . . .
    Varnolene ......... .213
    Sulfatate 99
    . Vaseline .....
    Sulfo Turk A
    ,

    . .
    54 '

    .99 Vaso ..............


    Sulfo Turk B ....... ,237
    • 99 Vatsol .......
    Sulfo Turk G ... 10
    • 99 Victron ......... .
    23G
    TRADE ram:
    Vinapas
    Vinsoi .

    Vinylite
    Virif oam
    Yiscogum
    Viscoloid
    Vistanex
    Volclay .

    Vultex .

    Wax L33
    Wetanol
    Wyo-Jel
    SUPPLIERS OE TRADE NAME CHEMICi^LS
    1. Acetate Products Corp., London, England
    2. Acheson Graphite Corp., ISTiagara Fails, IST. Y.
    3. Advance Solvents & Chem. Corp., New York City
    4. American Aniline Products, Inc., New York City
    5. American Catalin Corp., New York City
    6. American Cellulose Co., Indianapolis, Ind.
    7. American Chemical Paint Co., Eochester, N. Y.
    8. American Chemical Products Co., Eochester, N. Y.
    9. American Colloid Co., Chicago, 111.
    10. American Cyanamid & Chem. Co., New York City
    11. American Insulator Corp., New Freedom, Pa.
    12. American Plastics Corp., New York City
    13. Anchor Chemical Co., Manchester, England
    14. Anderson Prichard Oil Corp., Oklahoma City, Okla.
    15. Ansbacher-Siegie Corp., Eosebank, N. Y.
    16. Archer-Daniels-Midland Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
    17. Arkansas Co., New York City
    18. Atlantic Eefining Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    19. Augsburger, Kunst Fabrik, Augsburg, Germany
    20. Autoxygen, Inc., New York City
    21. Bakelite Corp., New York City
    22. Baker & Co., Inc., Newark, N. J.
    23. Baker Castor Oil Co., Jersey City, N. J.
    24. Baker, J. T. Chem. Co., Philipsburg, N. J.
    25. Barber Asphalt Co,, Philadelphia, Pa.
    26. Barrett Co., New York City
    27. Beck, Koller & Co., Detroit, Mich.
    28. Bick & Co., Inc., Eeading, Pa.
    29. Bilhuber-Knoll Corp., New York City
    30. Binney & Smith, New York City
    31. Bohme A. G., H. Th.,. Chemnitz, Germany
    32. British Drug Houses, Ltd., London, England
    33. British Xylonite Co., London, England
    34. Bud Aromatic Chemical Co,, Inc., New York City
    35. Buromin Corp., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    36. Bush, W. J. & Co., Inc., New York City
    37. Cabot, Godfrey L., Inc., Boston, Mass.
    38. Calco Chemical Co., Bound Brook, N. J.
    39. Campbell, John & Co., New York, N. Y.
    40. Campbell, Bex & Co., London, England
    41. Carbic Color & Chemical Co., New York City
    42. Carbide & Carbon Chemical Corp., New York City
    43. Carbogen Chemical Co., Garwood, N. J.
    44. Carborundum Co., Niagara Falls, N. Y.
    45. Casein Mfg. Go., New York City
    46. Cellonwerke, Chaxiottenburg, Germany
    47. Celluloid Corp., Newark, N. J.
    48. Century Stearic Acid & Candle Works, New York City
    49. Champion Fibre Co., Canton, N. Car.
    50. Chaplin-Bibbo, New York City
    51. Chemical & Pigment Co., Baltimore, Md.
    52. Chemical & Pigment Go., Inc., Scranton, Pa.
    53. Chemical Solvents, Inc., New York City
    54. Cheeseborough Mfg. Co., New York City
    65. Ciba Co., Inc., New York City
    582
    SUPPLIERS OF TRADE NAME CHEMICALS 583

    56. Cinelin Co., Indianapolis, Ind.


    57. Colgate-Palmolive-Peet Co., Jersey City, N. J,
    58. Colledge, E. W., Inc., Cleveland, OMo
    59. Columbia Alkali Corp., New York City
    60. Commercial Solvents Corp., Terre Haute, Ind.
    61. Commonwealth Color & Chem. Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    62. Gonewango Refining Co., Warren, Pa.
    63. Continental Diamond Fibre Co., Bridgeport, Pa.
    64. Corn Products Refining Co., New York City
    65. Darco Sales Corp., New York City
    66. Deep Rock Oil Corp., Chicago, 111.
    67. Dewey & Almy Chem. Co., Boston, Mass.
    68. Dodge & Olcott Co., New York City
    69. Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich.
    70. Ducas, B. P. Co., New York City
    71. DuPont, B. I., de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, Del.
    72. Dynamit A. G-., Troisdorf, Germany
    73. Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester, N. Y.
    74. Economic Materials Co., Chicago, 111.
    75. Eft*Laboratories, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
    76. Emery Industries, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
    77. Felton Chemical Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    78. Fezandi4 & Sperrle, Inc., New York City
    79. Fiberloid Corp., Indian Orchard, Mass.
    80. Filtrol Co., Los Angeles, Calif.
    81. Formica Insulation Co., Cincinnati, Ohio
    82. Fougera, E. & Co., New York City
    83. Franco-American Chemical Works, Carlstadt, N. J.
    84. Fries Bros., New York City
    85. Fritzchie Bros., New York City
    86. Geigy Co., Inc., New York City
    87. General Atlas Carbon Co., New York City
    88. General Chemical Co., New York City
    89. General Drug Co,, New York City
    90. Genera] Dyestuffs Corp., New York City
    91. GeneralElectric Co., Pittsfield, Mass.
    92. GeneralElectric Co., Schenectady, N. Y.
    93. GeneralNaval Stores Co., New York City
    94. GeneralPlasties Corp., London, England
    95. GeneralPlastics, Ine., No. Tonawanda, N. Y,
    96. Girdler Corp., Louisville, Ky.
    97. Givaudan-Delawanna, Inc., New York City
    98. Glidden Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    99. Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York City
    100. Goldschmidt, A. G., Th., Essen, Ruhr
    101. Goldschmidt Corp., New York City
    102. Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co., Akron, Ohio
    103. Grasselli Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    104. Greef, R. W. & Co., New York City
    105. Griffith Laboratories, Chicago, HI.
    106. Hall, C. P. & Co., Akron, Ohio
    107. Halowax Corp., New York City *
    108. Hammond, W. A., Yellow Springs, Ohio
    109. Harshaw Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    110. Haskelite Mfg. Corp., Chicago, 111.
    111. Haveg Corp., Newark, Dei.
    112. Heine & Co., New York City '

    ^
    113. Hercules Powd-er Go., Wilmington, Del.
    114. He veatex Corp., Melrose, Mass.
    115. Hey den Chemical Works, New York City
    310. Hooker Electro-Chemical Co., New York City
    117. Hopkins, J. L. & Co., New York City
    118. Horn, Jeff erys & Go., Burbank, Calif.
    684 SUPPLIERS, OF TRADE KAMI CHEMICALS
    119. I. G. Farbenindustrie, Frankfurt, Gerniany
    120. Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd., London, Eng.
    121. Industrial Chemical Sales Co., New York City
    122. Innis, Speiden & Co., New York City
    123. International Pulp Corp., New York City
    124. JohnS'Manville Corp., New York City
    125. Jungmann & Co., New York City
    126. Kali Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    127. Kalle & Co., Wiesbaden-Bierieh, Germany
    128. Kay-Fries Chemicals, Inc., New York City
    129. Kessler Chemical Corp., New York City
    130. Kinetic Chemicals, Ine., Wilmington, Del,
    131. Koppers Products Co., Pittsburgh, Pa,
    132. Krebs Pigment & Color Corp., Newark, N. J.
    133. Kuhlman, Eta bis., Paris, France
    134. Kurt, Albert G. M. B. H, Amoneburg, Germany
    135. Lehn & Fink Corp., New York City
    136. Lewis, John D., Inc., Providence, R. 1.
    137. Liquid Carbonic Corp., Chicago, 111.
    138. Lueidol Corp., Buffalo, N. Y.
    139. Magnetic Pigment Co., New York City
    140. Magnus, Mabee & Reynard, Inc., New York City
    141. Makalot Corp., Boston, Mass.
    142. Mallinckrodt Chemical Works, St, Louis, Mo.
    143. Malt Diastase Co., New York City
    144. Manchester Oxide Co., Manchester, England
    145. Martin, Dennis Co., Newark, N. J.
    146. Mathieson Alkali Co., New York City
    147. McCormick & Co., Baltimore, Md,
    148. Merck & Go., New York City
    149. Metro-Nite Go., Milwaukee, Wis.
    150. Mica Insulator Co., New York City
    151. Monsanto Chemical Works, St. Louis, Mo.
    152. Moore-Munger, New York City
    153. Mutual Chemical Co. of America, Newark, N. J,
    154. National Aluminate Corp., Chicago, HI.
    155. National Aniline & Chemical Co., Buffalo, N. Y.
    156. National Oil Products Co., Harrison, N. J.
    157. National Rosin Oil & Size Co., New York City
    158. Naugatuck Chemical Co., New York City
    159. Neville Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    160. New Jersey Zinc Sales Co., New York City
    161. Niacet Chemical Corp., Niagara Falls, N. Y.
    162. Nulomoliue Co., New York City
    163. Nuodex Products, Inc., Newark, N. J.
    164. Onyx Oil & Chemical Co., Passaic, N. J.
    165. Papermakers Chemical Corp., Wilmington, Del.
    160, Paramet Chemical Corp., Long Island City, N. Y.
    167. Penick, S. B. & Co., New York City
    168. Penn. Alcohol Corp., Philadelphia, Pa.
    169. Penn. Salt Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, Pa,
    170. Pfaltz & Bauer, Inc., New York Cityi»
    171. Philadelphia Quartz Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    172. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
    173. Plaskon Corp., Toledo, Ohio
    174. Plymouth Organic Labs., New York City
    175. Pollopas, Ltd., London, England
    176. Fleeter & Gamble, Cincinnati, Ohio
    177. Pure Calcium Products Co., Gainesville, Ohio
    178. Pylam Products Co., New York City
    179. Ranh, Robert, Ine,, Newark, N. J.
    180. Reilly Tar & Chemical Corp., Indianapolis, Ind.
    181. Resinous Products ^ Chemical Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    SUPPLIERS OF TRADE NAME CHEMICALS
    182. Eesinox Corp.^ New York City
    183. Eevertex Corp.^ New York City
    184. Ehone-Poulenc, 8oc., Paris, Prance
    185. Pickards Chemical Work, Jersey City, N. »T,
    186. Eobeson Process Co., New York City
    187. Eohni-Hass Chemical Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    188. Eoss-Eowe, Inc., New York City
    189. Eoyce Chemical Co., Carlton Hills, N. J,
    190. Eubber Service Labs. Co., Akron, Ohio
    191. Eussia Cement Co., Gloucester, Mass.
    192. Salomon, L. A. & Bro,, New York City
    193. Sanmelson & Co., P., London, England
    194. Sandoz Chemical Works, New Y^ork City
    195. Scholler Bros., Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
    196. Schliemann Co., Inc., New York City
    197. Scott, Bader & Co., London, England
    198. Seeley & Co., New York City
    199. Sharpies Solvents Corp., Philadelphia, Pa.
    200. Shawinigan, Ltd., New York City
    201. vSherwood Petroleum Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    202. Siemon Co., Bridgeport, Conn,
    203. Silver, Geo., Import Co., New Y'ork ^ty
    204. Sonneborn, L. Sons, New Y'ork City ^
    205. Southwark Mfg. Co., Camden, N. J.
    206. Spence r-Kellogg Co., New York City
    207. Stamford Eubber Supply Co., Stamford, Conn.
    208. Stance Distributors, Bay way, N. J.
    209. Stance, Inc., New "York City
    210. Standard Brands, Inc,, New York City
    211. Standard Oil Co. of Calif., San Prancisco, Calif.
    212. Standard Oil Co. of Indiana, Chicago, 111. T
    213. Standard Oil Co. of N. J., New
    York City
    214. Stauffer Chemical Co., New York City HAapi
    215. Stein-Hall & Co., Inc.,New York City
    OJOJfB
    216. Stokes & Smith Co., Philadelphia, Pa. ^

    217. Sun Oil Co., Philadelphia, Pa.


    218. Swann Chemical Corp., Birmingham, Ala.
    219. Synfleur Scientific Labs., Monticello, N. Y.
    220. Synthane Corp., Oaks, Pa.
    221. Tannin Corp., New York City
    222. Tennessee Eastman Corp., Kingsport, Tenn.
    223. Texas Mining & Smelting Co., Laredo, Texas
    224. Thomas, Arthur H., Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    225. Titanium Pigments Co., New York City
    226. Hhlich, Paul Co., New York City
    227. United Color & Pigment Co., Inc., Newark, N. J.
    228. United States Gypsum Co., Chicago, 111.
    229. United States Industrial Chemical Co., Inc., New York City
    230. U. S. Eubber Products, Inc., New York City
    231. Van-Ameringen Haebler, Inc., New York City
    232. Tanderbilt, E. T. Co., Inc., New
    York City
    233. Van Schaack Bros. Chemical Co., Chicago, 111.
    234. Varcum Chemical Corp., Niagara Palls, N. Y.
    235. Verley, Albert & Co., Chicago, 111.
    236. Victor Chemical Works, Chicago, 111.
    237. Virginia Smelting Co., W. Norfolk, Va.
    238. Vultex Corp. of America, Cambridge, Mass.
    239. Wallerstein Co., Inc., New York City
    240. Welch, Holme & Clark Co., Inc., New
    York City
    241. Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co., East Pittsburgh, Pa.
    242. Whittaker, Clark & Daniels, Inc., New
    York City
    243. Wiffen & Co, Sons, Ltd., London, England
    244. Will & Baumer Candle Co., New York City
    586 SUPPLIERS OP TRADE ^-AME CHEMICALS
    245. Wislinick-Tumpeer, Inc.; New York City
    246. Woburn Degreasing Co. of N. J., Harrison, N. J.
    247. Wolf, Jacques & Co., Passaic, N. J.
    248. Wyodak Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    249. Young, J. S., Baltimore, Md.
    250. Young, J. S. & Co., Hanover, ra-
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Ahietic Acid
    Hercules Powder Co., New York, N. Y.
    Accelerators j Vulcanization
    Rubber Service Labs., luc., Akron, O.
    Acetamide
    Amer. Chemical Products Co., Rochester, N. Y.
    Acetic Acid
    The Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Acetic Anhydride
    American-British Chemical Supplies, Inc., New York, N. Y.

    W. S. Gray Co., New York, N. Y.


    Acetphenetidin
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    Acetyl Salicylic Acid
    Monsanto Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    AcidSj Fatty
    Arthur C. Trask Co., Chicago, 111.
    A criflavine
    Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, 111.
    Agar
    American Agar Co., Inc., San Diego, Calif.
    Albumen
    Stein, Hall & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Alcohol, Denatured
    Rogers & McClellan, Boston, Mass.
    L. R. Van Allen & Co., Chicago, 111.
    Alcohol, Pure
    IT. S. Industrial Alcohol Co., New York, N. Y*
    Alkalies
    Columbia Alkali Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Alkaloids
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.

    J. L. Hopkins & Co., New York, N. Y.


    Almond Oil
    Magnus, Mabee & Reynard, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Aloes
    Peck & Velsor, New York, N. Y.
    Alpha Naphthol
    Hord Color Products, Sandusky, 0.
    Alumina
    Aluminum Co. of America, Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Aluminum
    Aluminum Co. of America, Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Aluminum My dr ate
    Ceramic Color & Chem. Mfg. Co., New Brighton, Pa.
    Alums
    The Grasselli Chemical Co., Cleveland, O.
    Aluminum Acetate
    Niaeet Chemicals Corp., Niagara Palls, N. Y.
    Aluminum Bronze Powder
    XT. S. Bronze Powder Works, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Aluminum Chloride (Solution, Crystals and Anhydrous)
    The Calco Chemical Co,, Bound Brook, N. J.
    Aluminum Stearate
    Pranks Chemical Products Co., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y-
    § 87 .
    588
    ^WHERE TO BUT CHEMICALS
    ^minostearin
    Grijco Products
    Ammoma
    Co., Inc., New York N Y
    Nat a_ Ammonia Co., Ine., PhiiadelpUa,
    Ammonium Bifluoride '
    Pa
    Tke liarskaw Chemical
    Ammonium
    Co., Cleveland, O
    Carbonate ‘

    Wishnick'Tumpeer, Inc., New


    Ammonium Chloride
    York,> N Y •

    Garrigues, Stewart &


    Ammonium Oleate
    Davies, Ine., New York '
    N V
    Gljeo Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y
    Ammonium JPersulphate
    Buffalo Electro Chemical
    Ammonium Phosphate
    Co., Inc., ‘^unaio,
    Buffalo N Yy.
    in .

    Swann Chemical
    Ammonium Sulphate
    Co., New York N Y *
    '

    H. J. Baker & New York


    Ammonium
    Bro.,
    j N Y
    • •

    Stearate

    N. Y.
    or*®'’'

    c. Tennant & Sons Co. of N. Y.,


    Antimony Chloride
    New York N V
    Seldner & Enequist, Ine., Brooklyn, N Vx.
    rN.
    o'",
    Antimony Oxide
    O. Hommel Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Antimony Sulphide

    N. Y.

    defining Co., New York, N. Y.

    Woodlawn, Baltimore, Md.


    aIZu'^""
    PMIadelphia, Pa.
    Aaptifr®'
    Batam N. Y.

    BanWoLI®^’ ^•

    Charleston, W. Va.
    BarS Y
    MZ-Z7^df ^•

    B W. Va.
    C. P. Be Lore Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    Barium Sulphide
    & OhemieaJ Co., Blue Island,
    BaS«^° III.

    Bradley Baker, New York N. Y.


    Nat ’1 Pigments A Okemioal Co.’
    St Louis, Mo.
    ;
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS 58S
    i==- - .
    - '
    " '
    '

    BoMo Colors
    Amor. Aniline Products, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bayherry Wax
    The W. H. Bowdlear Go., Syracuse, N. Y.
    Beeswax
    A. C. Drury & Co., Inc., Chicago, 111.
    Theodor Leonhard Wax Co., Inc., lialedon, Paterson, N. J.
    Bentonite
    I
    Amer. Colloid Co., Chicago, 111.
    SilicaProducts Co., Kansas City, Mo.
    The Wyodak Chemical Go., Cleveland, Ohio
    j

    I Bensaldehyde
    Heyden Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Benzidine
    General Aniline Works, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bendne
    Amer. Mineral Spirits Co., New York, N. Y.
    Bemsocaine
    Abbott Laboratories, No. Chicago, 111.
    Bensoic Acid
    Cams Chemical Co., Inc., La Salle, 111.
    Benzol
    The Barrett Co., New York, N. Y.
    Benzoyl Berozide
    Lucidol Corp., Buffalo, N. Y.
    Benzyl Cellulose
    Advance Solvents & Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Bergamot Oil
    Orbis Products Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Beryllium
    Belmont Smelting & Refining Wks., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y,
    Beryllium and Its Salts
    Beryllium Corp. of America, New York, N. Y.
    Beta Naphtliol
    The Calco Chemical Co., Bound Brook, N. J.
    Bismuth
    Cerro de Pasco Copper Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Bismuth Subnitrate
    The New York Quinine & Chemical Wks., Ine., Brooklyn, N. Y«,
    Blane Fixe
    Adolph Hurst & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bleaching Powder
    Electro Bleaching Gas Co., New York, N. Y.
    Blood Albumen
    Morningstar, Nicol, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bone Ash
    Denver Fire Clay Co., Denver, Colorado
    Bone BlacJc
    Siemon Colors, Inc., Newark, N. J.
    Bone Glue
    Darling & Co., Chicago, 111.
    Bone Oil
    Texas Chemical Co,, Houston, Texas
    Borax
    American Potash & Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y«
    Bordeaux Mixture
    Mechling Bros. Chem. Co., Camden, N. J.
    '
    Boric Acid '

    Borax Union, Inc., San Francisco, Calif.


    Botanical Products
    S. B. Penick & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Bromine
    J. Q. Dickinson & Co., Malden, W. Ya,
    590 WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Bromo-Fluoreseem
    Glyco Products Co., Ine., New York, N. Y.
    Bronse Bowder
    B. K Drakenfeld & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Burgundy Bitch
    Geo. H. Lincks, New York, N. Y.
    Butyl Acetate
    Commercial Solvents Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Publicker, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Butyl Aldehyde
    Commercial Solvents Corp., Terre Haute, Ind.
    Butyl Alcohol (Normal)
    Publicker, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Butyl Bropionate
    C. P. Chemical Solvents, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Butyric Ether
    The Northwestern Chemical Co., Wauwatosa, Wisconsin
    Butyl Stearate
    Kessler Chem. Corp,, New York, N. Y.
    Cadmium
    U. S. Smelting, Refining & Mining Co., New York, N. Y.
    Cajuput Oil
    D. W. Hutchinson & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Calcium Arsenate
    Bowker Chemical Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Chipman Chemical Co., Inc., Bound Brook, N. J.
    Calcium Carbonate
    Limestone Products Corp. of Amer., Newton, N. J.
    Calcium Carbonate (Precipitated)
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    Calcium Chloride
    Michigan Alkali Co., New York, N. Y.
    Saginaw Salt Products Co., Saginaw, Mich.
    Calcium Chloride (Anhydrous)
    Pales Chemical Co., Inc., Cornwall Landing, N. Y.
    Calcium Bhosphate
    Provident Chemical Wks., St. Louis, Mo.
    Calcium Sulphide (Luminous)
    Amer. Luminous Products Co., Huntington Park, Calif,
    Calcium Stearate
    The Synthetic Products Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Camphor
    E. J. Barry, New York, N. Y.
    Camphor Oil
    Magnus, Mabee & Reynard, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Candelilla Wax
    Innis, Speiden & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Caramel Color
    Alex Pries & Bro., Cincinnati, Ohio
    Caraway Oil
    Geo. Lueders & Co,, New York, N. Y.
    Carbolic Oil
    Reilly Tar 8c Chemical Corp,, New York, N. Y,
    Carbon, Activated
    The Jennison-Wright Co., Toledo, Ohio
    Carbon Bisulphide
    J. T. Baker Chemical Co., Phillipsburg, N. J,
    Carbon Blach
    United Carbon Co., Charleston, W. Ya,
    Binney 8c Smith, New York, N. Y,
    Carbon, jDeoolorimng
    Barco Sales Corp., New York, N, Yo
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS 501

    Carl) on Tetrachloride
    I
    Niagara Smelting Gorp., Niagara Falls, N. Y.
    Cardamom Seed
    Newmann-Buslee & Wolfe, Inc., Chicago, 111.
    Carnauha Wax
    Frank B. Ross Co., Ine., New York, N. Y.
    Casein
    The Casein Mfg. Co. of America, Inc., New York, N. Yo
    CastileSoap
    Conti Products Corp., New York, N. Y.
    i

    *: Castor Oil
    I
    The Baker Castor Oil Co., New York, N. Y.
    Castor Oil, Sulphonated
    Jacques Wolf &i Co., Passaic, N. J.
    ,
    Celluloid
    Celluloid Corp., New York, N. Y.
    . Celluloid Scrap
    i
    Moses Serinsky Co., Indianapolis, Ind.
    :
    Cellulose Acetate
    Celanese Corp. of America, New York, N. Y.
    ; Cellulose Nitrate
    Merrimac Chemical Co., Everett, Mass.
    ‘

    Ceresin Wax
    Sherwood Petroleum Co., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    Cetyl Alcohol
    Hummel Chemical Co., Inc., 90 West St., New York, N. Y.
    ChaVhf Precipitated
    Charles B. Chrystal Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Charcoal
    Chas. L. Read & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Western Charcoal Co., Chicago, 111.
    China Clay
    Taintor Trading Co., New York, N. Y.
    China Wood Oil
    Balfour, Guthrie & Co., Ltd., New York, N. Y.
    Chloramine
    Abbott Laboratories, No. Chicago, 111.
    Chlorine (Liquid)
    Electro Bleaching Gas Co., 9 E. 41st St., New York, N. Y.
    Chloroform
    The Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Michigan
    Chlorophyll
    Amer. Chlorophyll, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Pylam Products Co., New York, N. Y.
    Cholesterin
    Digestive Ferments Co., Detroit, Michigan
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    Chrome Green
    Kentucky Color & Chem. Co., Louisville, Ky.
    Chrome Yellow
    Ansbacher-Siegle Corp., Rosebank, N. Y.
    Chromic Acid
    Mutual Chemical Co. of America, New York, N. Y.
    Chromium Oxide
    0. Hommel Co., Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Oitral
    Givaudan-Delawanna, Inc., New York, N, Y.
    CitricAcid
    Chas. Pfizer «&? Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Citronella Oil
    H. C. Ryland, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Clay
    Kentucky Clay Mining Co., Mayfield, Ky.
    Olive Branch Minerals Co., Cairo, HL
    592 WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Coal Tar
    Cawley Tar Products Co., New York, N. Y.
    Coal Tar Colors
    H. Kohustamm & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Cohalt Acetate
    Pred L. Brooke Co., Chicago, 111.
    Cohalt Driers
    The McGean Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Cohalt Linoleate
    The McGean Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Cocoa Butter ,

    Alpha Lux Co., Inc., New York, N Y


    Thomas J. Shields Co., New York, N Y
    Coconut Butter
    Procter & Gamble Co., Cincinnati, Ohio
    Coconut Oil
    Pranklin Baker Co., Hoboken, N. J.
    Coconut Oil Fatty Acid
    Acme Oil Corp., Chicago, 111.
    Cod Liver Oil
    Posen thal & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y,
    n
    Collodion ^

    Charles Cooper & Co., New York, N. Y.


    Colors, Dry
    Holland Aniline Dye Co., Holland, Mich.
    Colors, Oil Soluble
    Commonwealth Color & Chem.
    Copper Carbonate
    Co., Brooklyn,’ N. Y
    Chas. Copper & Co., New York, N. Y
    Jungmann & Co., Inc., New York, N Y
    Copper Cyanide
    Charles Hardy, New
    Copper Oxides
    Inc., York, N. Y
    fourth Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    CoSl.
    ^ Kansas City, Mo.
    C^n^Oi^
    American Maize Products
    Corn Sugar
    Co., New York y N Y >

    Staley Sales Corp., Decatur, 111,


    Corn Syrup
    Clinton Co., Clinton, la.
    Corn Products Beliniug Co., New
    Cottonseed Oil (Crude)
    York ? NY • •

    Battleboro Oil Co., Battleboro,N C


    Welch, Holme Su Clark Co., New
    York, N Y
    x.
    Coumann ,
    .

    Maywood Chem. Works, Maywood, N. J


    Coumarone Mesin
    Barrett Co., New York, N. Y
    Neville Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Cream of Tartar
    ^J^^^®Harshaw Chemical Co., Oleveland, Ohio
    Products, Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.

    Co^shohooken, Pa.
    Eeilly Tar & Chemical Corp., New York N Y
    Cresylic Acid ’
    ^

    The Barrett Co., New York, N Y


    Cryolite
    Vitro Mfg. Co., Pittsburgh,
    Pa.
    Cyclohexanol
    E. 1. Du Pont de Nemours
    Co., Wilmington. Del.
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Damar Gum
    Geo. H. Lincks, Hew York, H, T.
    Begras
    I
    Amer. Laiiolin Corp., Lawrence, Mass.
    Berris Extract
    Seacoast Laboratories, Hew York, H. Y.
    ; Berris Moot
    W. Benkert & Co., Inc., Hew York, H., Y.
    Bcxtrins
    i
    Morniiigstar, Hicol, Ine., Hew York, H. Y.
    :
    Biastase
    1
    Takamine Laboratory, Inc., Clifton, H. J.
    Biatomaceous Earth
    Diealite Co., Hew York, H„ Y.
    Bihutylphthalate
    The Kessler Chemical Corp., Hew York, H. Y.
    BiehlorhenBol
    Hooker Electro Chemical Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    ''

    Biethylene glycol
    Carbide & Carbon Chemicals Corp., Hew York, H. Y
    Biethylphthalate
    Van Byk & Co., Inc., Jersey City, H. J.
    Biglycol Oleate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., Hew York, H. Y.
    Biglycol Laurate
    Glyco Products Inc., Hew York, H. Y.
    Biglycol Stearate
    Glyco Products Co,, Inc., Hew York, H„ Y,
    ^N ! :;f u
    Bioxan
    Carbide Carbon Chem. Corp., Hew York, H Y,
    Bipentene
    Hercules Powder Co., Wilmington, Bel.
    Biphenyl
    Swann Chemical Co., Hew York, H, Y,
    Drop Blach
    Wilckes-Martin-Wilckes Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Byestuffs
    national Aniline & Chemical Co., Inc., Hew York, H. Y.
    Egg, Bried
    W. P. Pray, Hew York, H. Y,
    Egg YolTc
    Stein, Hall & Co., Hew York, H„ Y«
    Ephedrine
    Abbott Laboratories, Ho. Chicago, 111.
    Epsom Salt
    General Chemical Co., Hew York, H. Y^
    Essential Oils
    Compagnie Buval, Hew York, H. Y.
    Ester Gum
    John B, Lewis, Inc., Providence, B. I.
    Paramet Chemical Corp., Long Island City, H. Y.
    Ether
    Carbide & Carbon Chemicals Corp., Hew York, H. Y,
    Ethyl Acetate
    Merrimac Chemical Co,, Boston, Mass.
    Ethyl Cellulose
    Advance Solvents & Chem, Corp., Hew York, H. Y.
    Ethylamine
    P. C. Bersworth Labs., Framingham, Mass.
    Ethyl Lactate
    American Cyanamid Chemical Corp., Hew York, H, Y.
    Ethylene Biamine
    F. 0. Bersworth Labs,, Framingham, Mass.
    594 WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Mhylene Dichloride
    Low Chemical Co., Midland, Mieh.
    Ethyleneglycol
    Carbide & Carbon Chemicals Corp., New York, N.
    Eucalyptus Oil
    Chas. Lislibeek Co.. New York, N. Y.
    Feldspar
    Consolidated Eeldspar Gorp., Trenton, N. L
    Fillers
    C. K. Williams & Co., Easton, Pa.
    Film Scrap
    Horn- Jeff erys & Co., Burbank, Calif.
    Fish Glue
    a B. Hewitt & Bro., New York, N. Y.
    Fish Oil
    Falk & Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Flaxseed
    Bisbee Linseed Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Fluorspar
    Hillside Fluor Spar Mines, Chicago, 111.
    Formic Acid
    Victor Chem. Works, Chicago, 111.
    Formaldehyde
    Heyden Chemical Gorp., New York, N. Y.
    Fuller^ a Earth
    L. A. Salmon & Bro., New York, N. Y.
    Sinclair Refining Co., Olmstead, 111.
    Fusel Oil
    Empire Distilling Corp., New York, N. Y.
    GaUic Acid
    Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester, N. Y.
    Gamboge
    Prank B. Ross Co., New York, N. Y.
    Gelatin
    Atlantic Gelatine Co., Woburn, Mass.
    Geraniol
    Kay- Pries Chem., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Geranium LaTce
    Interstate Color Co., Inc., New York, N. Y
    R. P. Revson Co., New York, N. Y.
    Geranium Oil
    Schimmel & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Qilsonite
    George H. Lincks, New York, N. Y.
    Utah Gilsonite Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    Ginseng
    C. H. Lewis & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Glandular Products
    The Wilson Laboratories, Chicago, 111.
    Glauber Salt
    Iowa Soda Products Co., Council Bluffs, la.
    Glue
    Cudahy Packing Co., Chicago, lU.
    Glycerin
    Colgate-Palmolive-Peet Co., Chicago, 111.
    Glyceryl Mono Stearate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Glyceryl Phthalate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc.*, New York, N, Y.
    Glyceryl Stearate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y,
    Glycol Oleate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS 595

    Glycol Plithalate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Glycol Stearate
    Glyco Products New York, N. Y.
    Co., Inc.,
    Gold Chloride
    Mallinckrodt Chemical Works, St. Louis, Mo.
    Graphite
    Adolphe Hurst & Co., Inc., New York, N, Y.
    I
    Asbury Graphite Mills, Asbury Park, N. J.
    Gtm Aralio
    T. M. Buche & Sons, New York, N. y.
    Gum Benzoin
    Peek & Velsor, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Gum Copal
    I
    George H. Lincks, New York, N. Y.
    Gum Damar
    Thurston & Braidieh, New York, N. Y.
    Gum Karaya
    Prank- Yliet Go., Inc., New York, N, Y.
    Gum, Locust Bean
    Innis, Speiden Co., New York, N. Y.
    Gum Manila
    Stroock & Wittenberg Corp., New York, N. Y*
    Gum Tragacanth
    E. Meer & Go., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    J. L. Hopkins & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Gypsum
    IT. S. Phosphoric Prod. Corp., New York, N. Y.
    MemlocTs Baric
    Tanners Supply Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.
    Eenna Leaves
    S, B. Penick & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Eerls
    John Clarke & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Eexamethylenetetr amine
    Heyden Chemical Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Eydrochlorie Acid
    General Chemical Co., New York, N. Y.
    Eydrogen Feroxide
    The Warner Chemical Co,, New York, N. Y,
    Eydroquinone
    Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester, N. Y.
    Ichthyol
    Merck & Co., Rahway, N. J.
    Indigo
    L. E. Ransom Co., New York, N, Y.
    Indium
    Belmont Smelting & Refining Works, Brooklyn, N, Y.
    Invert Sugar
    Nulomoline Co., New York, N. Y.
    Iodine
    New York Quinine & Chemical Wks., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    Iridium
    Baker & Co., Inc., Newark, N. J.
    IrishMoss
    S. B. Penick & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Iron Ammonium Citrate
    Schuykill Chem. Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Iron Chloride
    Chicago Copper Ss Chem. Co., Blue Island, 111.

    Binney & Smith Co., New York, N. Y.


    Isopropyl Acetate
    A. K. Hamilton, New York, N. Y
    .

    WHEEE TO BUY CHEMICALS


    Isopropyl Alcohol
    Carbide & Carbon Chemicals Corp., Uew York.
    ^
    Insect Wax, Chinese
    Frank B. Ross Co., Inc., Hew York, H. Y '
    ^
    Inory Blach
    Binney So Smith Co., New York, N. Y
    Japan, Wax
    Smith & Nichols, Inc., New York, N. Y
    Kerosene
    Colonial Beacon Oil Co., Everett, Mass.
    Kerosene, Deodorized
    Sherwood Petroleum Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    Laboratory Equipment
    Central Scientific Co., Chicago, 111
    Chemical PubL Co. of N. Y., Inc., New
    York, I
    Chicago Apparatus Co., Chicago, 111.
    Elmer & Amend, New York, N. Y
    Experimenter ’s Supply Co., New York, N. Y.
    Fisher Scientific Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    N._ J. Labwatory Supply Co., Newark, N. J.
    fceientifie Glass Apparatus Co., Bioomfield, N.
    Lacquers
    J
    v. ?

    Maas & Waldstein, Newark, N. J.


    Lactic Acid
    Apex Chemical Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Lamp BlacTc
    Binney & Smith Co., New York, N.
    L. Martin Co., New York, N.
    Y
    Y.
    Lanolin
    American Lanolin Corp., Lawrence, Mass.
    ^rck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    Praltz & Bauer, New York, N Y
    Lard Oil
    Enterprise Animal Oil Co., Philadelphia,
    Pa.
    Lauryl Alcohol and Sulphonate

    ''^f“/“eriiigen-Haehler, Inc., New York, N. Y


    T
    Lead Acetate
    National Lead Co., New York N.
    Lead Arsenate
    Y ’

    Barada & Page, Inc., Kansas City,


    Mo.
    General Chemical Co.,
    Lead and Its Oxides
    New York, N Y
    Otic
    American Lecithin Corp., New York N. Y.
    Lemon Juice, Concentrated ^
    Froducts Co., Anaheim, Calif.
    Lemon^M^^^^^^
    B. W, Hutchinson &
    Licorice
    Co.,, Inc.,j New York N Y
    x, ,

    MacAndrews & Forbes Co., New York N Y


    X .
    Lime ,

    3. E. Baker Co., York, Pa.


    Chazy Marble Lime Co., Inc., Chazy,
    Limestone ’
    N Y
    F. E. Schundler & Co., Joliet,
    III.
    Linoleic Acid
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New
    Linseed Oil
    York,^ N. Y
    Bisbee Linseed Co., Philadelphia,
    Pa.
    Litharge
    The Eagle-Pieher Lead Co., Cincinnati, Ohio
    '

    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS


    Lithopone
    Krebs Pigment & Color Corp., Newark, N. J.
    Marshall Dill Go., San Pranciseo, Calif.
    Locust Bean Powder
    T, M. Duche & Sons, New York, N. Y.
    Logwood Extract
    American Dyewood Go., New York, N. Y.
    Lycopodium
    McKesson & Bobbins, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Magnesia
    Philip Carey Co., Dockland, O.
    Magnesite
    General Magnesite & Magnesia Go., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Magnesium Carbonate
    Merck & Co., Inc., Bahway, N. J.
    Magnesium Chloride
    Wishnick-Tumpeer, Inc., New York, N. Y,
    Magnesium Powder
    Belmont Smelting & Befining Wks., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y«
    Maleic Acid
    Natl Aniline & Cliem. Wks., New York, N. Y.
    Manganese
    Ajax Metal Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Marble Bust
    Hammil & Gillespie, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Manganese Dioxide
    B. P. Drakenfeld & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Menhaden Oil
    Bobert Badcock & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Menthol
    Chas L. Huisking & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Mercury
    Chas. L. Hnisking & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    George XJhe Co., New York, N. Y.
    Methanol
    Wm. S. Gray Co., New York, N. Y.
    Methyl Acetate
    Carbide & Carbon Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y
    Methyl Acetone
    Delta Chem. & Iron Co., Wells, Mich.
    Methyl Anthranilate
    Plorasynth Laboratories, New York, N. Y.
    Methyl pSydroxybenzoate
    Heyden Chemical Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Methyl Salicylate
    Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Michigan
    Mica
    Southern Mica Co., Franklin, N. C.
    MilTc Sugar
    Mallinckrodt Chemical Wks., St. Louis, Mo.
    Mineral Mubber
    Barber Asphalt Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Mineral Spirits
    Amer. Mineral Spirit Co., New York, N. Y,
    Montan Wax
    Strahl & Pitsch, New York, N. Y.
    Naphtha
    Deep Bock Oil Corp., Chicago, 111.
    Naphthalene
    The Barrett Go., New York, N. Y.
    Napthenic Acid
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Neatsfoot OH
    National Oil Products Co., Harrison, N. J.
    598 WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    NicJcel Chloride
    Chas. Cooper & Go., Hew York, H. Y.
    Nickel Sulphate
    The Harshaw Chemi'sal Co., Cleveland, O.
    Nicotine
    Tobacco By-Products & Chemical Corp., Louisville, Ky.
    Nicotine Sulphate
    Lattimer-Goodwiu Ohomical Co., Grand Junction, Colo,
    Nitre Cake
    Trojan Powder Oo., Allentown, Pa,
    Nitric Acid
    Monsanto Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    Nitrohemol
    Calco Chem, Co., Bound Brook, N. J.
    Nitrocellulose
    E. I. Du Pent de Hemours & Co., Inc., Parlin, H. J.
    Ochres
    Smith Chemical & Color Co., Brooklyn, H. Y.
    Oilf Citronella
    D. W. Hutchinson & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    OiljMineral
    Standard Oil Co. of California, San Eraneisco, Calif.
    Oil, Olive
    Leghorn Trading Co., Inc., New York, N, Y.
    Oiticica Oil
    L. N. Jackson & Go., New York, N. Y.
    Olein
    Century Stearic Acid Wks., New York, N. Y.
    Oleoresins
    Seeley & Go., New York, N. Y.
    Olive Oil, Sulphonated
    Eoyce Chem. Co., Carlton Hill, N. J.
    Orange Oil
    Bodge & Olcott Co., New York, N, Y.
    Ortho Dichlorhensene
    Hooker Electrochemical Co., New York, N. Y.
    Oxalic Acid
    Mutual Chemical Co. of America. New York, N. Y.
    Oxgall
    Wilson Labs., Chicago, lU.
    Oxygen
    Cheney Chemical Co., Cleveland, 0.
    Oxyguinoline Sulphate
    Benzol Products Co., Newark, N. J.
    OBokerite Wax
    Strohmeyer & Arpe Co., New York, N. Y,
    Naim Kernel Oil
    Franklin Baker Co., Hoboken, N. J.
    Naim Oil
    Wishnick'Tumpeer, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Naraffin Oils
    S. Schwabacher & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y,
    Narajfin Wax
    New York, N. Y.
    Oil States Petroleum Co.,
    Naraldehyde
    Heyden Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Nara Aminophenol
    Verona Chem. Co., Newark, N, J.
    Nara-Nhenylenediamine
    Amido Products Co., New York, N. Y.
    Paris White
    Southwark Mfg. Co., Camden, N. J.
    Peanut Oil
    Elbert & Co., New York, N. Y.
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS 599

    Pearl Essence
    Mearl Corp., New York, K Y
    Pectin
    CaliL Fruit Growers’ Exchange, Ontario, Calif.
    Peppermint Oil
    Magnus, Mabee & Eeynard, Ine., New York, N, Y.
    The Spaiiiawk Co., Sparkhill, N. Y.
    Perilla Oil
    S. L. Jones & Co., San Francisco, Calif.
    Petrolatum
    Pennsylvania Refining Co., Butler, Pa.
    Petroleum Jelly
    L. Sonneborn Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Petroleum Spirits
    Sun Oil Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Phenol
    American-British Chemical Supplies, Ine., New Ycrk, N. Y.
    PhenohEormaldehyde Pesins
    Durite Plasties, Philadelphia, Pa.
    Phosphoric Acid
    j
    Victor Chemical Works, Chicago, 111.
    Phorphorus
    ! International Selling Corp., New York. N. Y.
    Phthalic Anhydride
    I
    Monsanto Chem. Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    Pine Oil
    General Naval Stores Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    j

    , Pine Tar
    Southern Pine Chem. Co., Jacksonville, Fla.
    Pitch
    Robert Ranh, Inc., Newark, N. J.
    Plaster of Paris
    Whittaker, Clark & Daniels, Ine., New York, N. Y.
    Potash, Caustic
    Niagara Alkali Co., New York, N. Y.
    Potassium Carbonate
    Joseph Turner & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Potassium Chlorate
    Joseph Turner & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Potassium Ey dr oxide
    Merck So Co., Ine., Rahway, N. J.
    Potassium Iodide
    New York Quinine So Chemical Wks., Ine., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    Potassium Oleate
    Glyeo Products Co., Ine., New York, N. Y.
    Carl F. Miller & Co., Seattle, Washington
    Potassium Permanganate
    Cams Chemical Co., Inc., La Salle, 111.
    Potassium Silicate
    Philadelphia Quartz Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Prussian Blue
    Kentucky Color & Chem. Co., Louisville, Ky.
    Pumice
    Charles B. Crystal Co., New York, N. Y,
    Psyllium Seeds
    Laxseed Co., New York, N. Y.
    Pyrethrum Extract
    McLaughlin, Gormley, King & Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
    Pyrethrum
    ,
    S. B. Penick & Uo., New York, N. Y.
    PyrogaUio Acid
    Zinsser So Co., Ine., Hastings-on-Hudson, N. Y,
    Pyroxylin Solutions
    Egyotian Lacquer, Kearney, N. J,
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Quince Seed
    J. L. Hopkins & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Quinine Bisulphate
    B. W. Greef & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bapeseed Oil
    Balfour, Guthries & Co., Ltd., New York, N. Y.
    Bed Oil
    Century Stearic Acid Candle Wks., New York, N. Y.
    BesinSy Synthetic
    Beck, Holier & Co., Inc., Detroit, Mich.
    Marshall Dill, San Francisco, Calif.
    Besorcin
    Penn. Coal Products Co,, Petrolia, Pa.
    Bhodium
    Baker & Co., Inc., Newark, N. J.
    Bochelle Salts
    Chas. Pfizer & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bose Water
    Geo. Lueders & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Bosin
    General Naval Stores Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Bosin Oil
    National Bosin Oil & Size Co., New York, N. Y.
    Botenone
    Thoroeide, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
    Butler
    Earle Bros., New York, N. Y.
    Butter Latex
    Littlejohn & Co., Inc,, New York, N. Y,
    Saccharine
    Heyden Chemical Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Salicylic Acid
    The Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich.
    Sal Soda
    Church & Dwight Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Salt
    Morton Salt Co., Chicago, 111,
    Salt CaTce
    Amer. Cyanamid & Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y*
    Saltpetre
    Croton Chem. Corp., Brooklyn, N. Y.
    Saponin
    Experimenters Supply Co.,New York, N. Y.
    Jungmann & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Selenium
    Amer. Metal Co., New York, N. Y.
    Shellac
    Wm. Zinsser & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Shellac Wax
    Adolphe Hurst & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Siennas
    Eezandie & Sperrie, Inc., New York, N. Y,
    Silica
    Barnsdall Tripoli Corp., Seneca, Mo.
    Silver
    Handy & Harman, New York, N. Y.
    Silver Cyanide
    Chas. Cooper & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Silver Nitrate
    Eastman Kodak Co., Bochester, N. Y
    Soda Ash
    Diamond Alkali Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Soda, Caustic
    Mathieson Alkali "W orks, Inc., N ew York, N. Y.
    WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS eol

    SodOjj Sal/
    Consolidated Gliem, Sales Corp., Newark, N, J.
    Sodium Aluminate
    National Aluminate Corp., Chicago, 111.
    Sodium Arsenite
    Harrison Mfg, Co., Ealiway, N. J.
    Sodium Benzoate
    Hooker Electrochemical Co., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Bicarlfonate
    Church & Dwight Go., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Bichromate
    Prior Cliem. Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Bisulphite
    The Grasselli Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Sodium Carhonate
    Solvaj Sales Corporation, New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Choleate
    Difco Laboratories, Inc., Detroit, Mich.
    Sodium Cyanide
    E. I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co,, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
    Sodium Fluoride
    American Cyanamid & Chemical Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Sydrosulphite
    Eoyce Chemical Co., Carlton Hill, N. J.
    Sodium Hydroxide
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    Sodium Hypochlorite
    Delta Chemical Mfg. Co., Baltimore, Md,
    Mathieson Alkali Wks., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Hypochlorite Liqmd
    Riverside Chemical Co., No. Tonawanda, N. Y.
    Sodium Hyposulphite
    The Grasselli Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Sodium Metaphosphate
    Buromin Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Sodium Metasilicate
    Philadelphia Quartz Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Sodium Nitrate
    Battelle & Eenwick, New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Nitrite
    Solvay Sales Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Pert or ate
    E. I, Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc., Wilmington, Del,
    Sodium Phosphate
    Swann Chemical Co., New York, N. Y.
    Sodium Besinate
    Paper Makers Chem. Corp., Wilmington, Del.
    Sodium Silicate
    Mechling Bros. Chemical Co., Camden, N. J.
    Philadelphia Quartz Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
    Standard Silicate Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Sodium Silico Fluoride
    The Grasselli Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Sodium Sulphate
    General Chem. Co., Ne-w York, N. Y.
    Sodium Stannate
    Harshaw Chem. Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Sodium Sulphite
    Mechling Bros. Chemical Co., Camden, N. J.
    Sodium Tungstate
    J. T. Baker Chem. Co., Phillipsburgh, N. J.
    Solvent Naphtha
    Barrett Co., New York, N. Y.
    602 WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Sor'bitol
    Atlas Powder Co., Wilmington, Del
    JSoyhean Oil
    Speneer Kellog & Sons Sales Corp., Buffalo, N. Y.
    Arthur G. Trask Co., Chicago, 111.
    Sperm Oil
    Cook Swan Co., Inc., Hew York, N. Y.
    Spermaceti
    Strahl 8s Pitsch, Hew York, H. Y.
    Squill
    S. B. Peniek & Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Starch
    Starch Products Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Stearic Acid
    Century Stearic Acid Candle Wks., Hew York, H. Y.
    Stearin
    M. Work Co., Cincinnati, Ohio
    Stearin Pitch
    A. Gross & Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Strontium Nitrate
    Grasselli Chem. Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Strychnine
    Chas. Pfizer & Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Sulphonated Castor Oil
    Burkard-Schier Chem. Co., Chattanooga, Tenn.
    Sulphonated Olive Oil
    Jacques Wolf & Co., Passaic, H. J.
    Sulphur
    Stauffer Chemical Co. of Texas, Preeport, Tex.
    Sulphur Dioxide
    Virginia Smelting Co., Boston, Mass.
    Sulphuric Acid
    Merrimac Chemical Co., Everett Sta., Boston, Mass.
    Talc
    Charles B. Crystal Co., Inc., Hew York, H. Y.
    Tallow
    Welch, Holme & Clark Co., Inc,, Hew York, H. Y.
    Tartaric Acid
    R. W. Greeff & Co., Inc., Hew York, H. Y.
    Tar Acid Oil
    Barrett Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Tartar Emetic
    Apex Chem. Co., Hew York, IN. Y.
    Tea Seed Oil
    Lundt & Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Terpineol
    D. W. Hutchinson & Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Tetrachlor ethane
    Bow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich.
    Tetrachlor ethylene
    E. I. Bu Pont de Hemours & Co., Wilmington, BeL
    Thallium Sulphate
    Jungmann & Co., Inc., Hew York, H. Y.
    Thiocarhamilid
    Monsanto Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    Thiourea
    Jungmann & Co., Hew York, H. Y.
    Thymol
    Sherka Chemical Co., Inc., Bloomfield. H. J.
    Tin
    Union Smelting & Refining Co., Inc., Hewark, H. Ja
    Tin Chloride
    Seldner & Enequist, Inc., Brooklyn, H. Y.
    WHEEE TO BUY CHEMICALS f^03

    Tin Oxide
    The McGean Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Tinctures
    Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich.
    Titanium Dioxide
    Marshall Dill, San Francisco, Calif.
    E. T. Vanderbilt Co., New York, N. Y.
    Toluol
    Jones & Daughlin Steel Corp., Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Triacetin
    Macet Chemicals Corp., Niagara Palls, N. Y.
    Tricresyl Phosphate
    E. W. Greeff & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y,
    Triethanolamine
    Experimenter's Supply Co. (small lots). New York, N. Y.
    Carbide & Carbon Chem. Co. (large lots). New York, N. Y.
    Triethanolamine Oleate
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Marshall Dill Co., San Francisco, Calif.
    Triethanolamine Stearate
    Glyeo Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Carl F. Miller & Co., Seattle, Washington
    Triphenylguanidine
    E. I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, Del.
    Triphenylphosphate
    Monsanto Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.
    Tripoli
    Tamms Silica Co., Chicago, 111.
    Tungsten
    Fansteel Products Co., No. Chicago, 111.
    Turlcey Bed Oil
    National Oil Products Co., Inc., Harrison, N. J.
    Turpentine
    Antwerp Naval Stores Co., Inc., Boston, Mass.
    General Naval Stores Co., New York, N. Y.
    Turpentine Siibstitute
    Anderson-Prichard Oil Corp., Oklahoma City, Okla.
    Turpentine (Venice)
    National Bosin Oil & Size Co., New York, N. Y.
    Turtle Oil
    Edwin Seebach Co., New York, N. Y.
    Ultramarine Blue
    Standard Ultramarine Co., Huntington, W. Va.
    Umbers
    Fezandi^ & Sperrle, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Uranium Nitrate
    Harshaw Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio
    Urea
    Sherka Chemical Co., Inc., Bloomfield, N, J.
    Vanilla Beans
    Thurston & Braidich, New York, N. Y.
    Vanillin
    Seeley & Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Van Ameringen-Haebler, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Varnish Gums and Besins
    Amer. Cyanamid & Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Vat Colors
    Amer. Aniline Products, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Vegetable Colors
    L. E. Eansom Co., New York, N. Y.
    Vermiculite
    Hill Bros. Chem. Co., Los Angeles, Calif.
    Vermilion
    Fezandi^ & Sperrl4, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    604 WHERE TO BUY CHEMICALS
    Vinyl Acetate
    Niagara Chemicals Corp., Niagara Falls, N. Y.
    Vinyl Chloride
    Carbide & Carbon Chem. Corp., New York, N. Y,
    Wax, Synthetic
    Glyco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Wetting Out Agents
    Gljco Products Co., Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Whiting
    Columbia Alkali Corp., New York, N. Y.
    Limestone Products Corp. of America, Newton, N.
    Witch Sasel Extract
    E. E. Dickinson Co., Essex, Conn.
    White Arsenic
    H. H. Rosenthal Co.. New York, N. Y.
    White Lead
    National Lead Co., New York, N. Y.
    Wood Flour
    D. H. Litter Co., New York, N. Y.
    Wood Flour, Inc., Manchester, N. H.
    Xylol
    The Barrett Co., New York, N. Y.
    Yeast
    Standard Brands, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Zinc
    Hegeler Zinc Co., Danville, 111.
    Zmo Carhonate
    Wishnick-Tumpeer, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Zinc Chloride
    Wishnick-Tumpeer, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Zinc Chromate
    E. M. & F. Waldo, Inc., Muirkirk, Md.
    Zinc Oxide
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    N. J. Zinc Co., New York, N. Y.
    Zinc Stearate
    Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N. J.
    Wishnick-Tumpeer, Inc., New York, N. Y.
    Zinc Sulphate
    W. R. Russell & Co., New York, N. Y.
    Virginia Smelting Co., West Norfolk, Va.
    Zirconium Oxide
    Foote Mineral Co., Philadelphia; Pa,,
    ^

    ^ j ^
    - -/T. -'-.
    _ ^ 1 iwi ,
    I 11
    mm u.« I II

    , ,.,
    i
    .uju

    INDEX
    INDEX
    Advice, Technical 5
    Air-bubbles, Prevention of 380
    AlbrasiveWheel Temporary Binder B'r Air-conditioning, Dehumidifier for ........567
    Abrasive Wheels 434-7 Airplane Alloys, Painting 310
    Abrasives 259, 433, 437-8 Dope 336
    Table of 440 Albumin, Castor Bean 33
    Absorbent, Carbon Dioxide .567 Insolubilizing 343
    Absorption Bases ... 51 Soya Bean 33
    Acetylene Welding 247 Vegetable 33
    Acid Proof Cement 28 Motor Fuel
    Alcohol, 557
    Plastic 474 Rubbing Cream 93
    Proofing Masonry 22 j Ale, Non-clouding 44
    Proofing Wood 3^iS Algae Nutrient .570
    Eesisting Lining 242 Alginate Water Paint 297
    Acoustic Plaster 221 Alkali Proofing Masonry 226
    Adhesion, Increasing Latex 448 Alloy, Austenitic 244
    Adhesion, Steel to Rubber 293 Bearing .235
    Adhesive 11, 16 Brazing 235
    Aluminum to Paper 17 Contact Point 234
    Bakelite 17 Dental Plate 238-9
    Belt 21 Die Casting 235
    Blood- Albumin 33 Electrical Contact 236
    Bookbinders 17 Ferritic ...245
    Casein 32 Frictional 238
    “Cellophane” to Gauze 23 Fusible 24
    Cellulose 18, 23 Heat Treatment of 239
    Acetate to Paper 23 Hot Caustic Resistant ...238
    Coating, Peelable 313 Lead 235
    Compact Powder 70 Lead-in Wire 237
    Cork 20 Low-expansion 237
    Envelope 18 Low-freezing Mercury 236
    Fireproof 81 Low Melting 230
    Floor Covering 20 Martensitic 246
    Glass 18 Pattern 235
    Glassine Paper Laminating 16 Pen Nib 236
    Glazed Paper 16 Watch Spring 236
    Heat-sealing 31 Wood’s .....231
    Heel-lining 21 Alloys, Bronze 232
    Inner-sole 21 Hot Working Copper .234
    Label 16 Low Melting 230
    Latex 448—9 P ainting Airplane 310
    Leather 20-22 All-purpose Cream 52
    Library 18 Almond Extract 39
    Linoleum 20 Imitation 39
    Museum 32 Almond Flavor, Imitation - 41
    Office 18 Alum Cream 54
    Oiled or Inked Surface 32 Alumina 567
    Paper 18 Aluminum, Abrasive for 440
    Paper Board 17 Alloy, Seawater Resistant ..235
    Plastic 20, 81 Anodic Oxidation of 264
    Postage Stamp 19 Anodic Treatment of 393
    Preservation of 33 Baking Enamel 298
    Pressure Sealing 31 Black Coating on 394
    Rubber 22 Brazing Alloy 235
    Rubber Casein 23 Brightening 264
    Rubber to Metal 22 Castings, Non-blistering 235
    Self-sealing Envelope 19, 23 Coating Iron with .....267
    Shoe Sole 21 Coloring .395
    Silicate .31—2 Corrosion Proofing 286
    Special 26 Cleaner 509
    Strong 33 Copper Plating Anodized 395
    Tape ...... 33 Drawing Compound 202
    Tape Loosener 94 Electrolytic Polishing of 393
    Tape, Mentholated 86 Flux 272
    Tape, Removing 87 Gas-free . 269
    Tile ............................ 20 Hard Strong . .235
    Tortoise Shell ......................... 17 Impregnating .289
    Universal ........ ’18 Low Thermal Expansion .... 235
    Wall Paper 17 Oxide, Removing 270
    Water-insoluble 32 Paint .305-7
    Waterless 31 Polish 411
    Waterproof 17, 32-33 Powder .288
    Water-soluble ..... 32 Pre-treatment * , . 267
    Waxed Paper ........................ . 16 Primer ............. • -307
    Wood ................................. 18 Protective Coatin g for ..... . ...... . ... 267
    .
    608 INDEX
    Ahiminum
    Reflectors
    —Continued 393
    Bait, Pish
    Pox Lure
    571
    121
    Resistant to Hydrogen Peroxide '

    . . . 86 Oil, Fish 121


    Silver Plating 395 Bakelite Adhesive 17
    to Copper Solder 273 Drilling . 475
    to Paper Adhesive 17 Polish 438
    Turnings, Melting 235 Bakers’ Shortening 124
    Amalgam, Hental 238 Baking Finishes 350
    Retarding Setting of 292 Powder 8, 123-4
    Ambergris, Test for 69 Vehicle 347
    Use of 69 Ball Bearing Grease 192
    Ammonia, Cloudy 515 Balloon Compound, Latex 450
    Ammonium Sulphate, Coarse Crystal ....566 Fabric Coating .450
    Aniline Black Printing 548 Ink for .142
    Animal Peed, Laboratory 114 Banana Flavor, Imitation 41
    Anise Syrup 82 Powdered 136
    Annealing 253 Spray, Insecticidal ...103
    Files 242 Banding Compositions, Caterpillar ..102
    Saw Blades 242 Barbecue Relish 134
    Anode, Zinc Plating 401 Barium Carbonate 315
    Anodic Oxidation 264 Linoleate 566
    Treatment, Aluminum 393 Barometer, Chemical 568
    Ant Poison 8, 109 Barrel Cement 25
    Spray 104 Base, Absorption 51
    Anti-foam for Glue 34 Exchanger, Water Softening 557
    Anti-fogging, Windshield 569 Bast Fibers, Purifying . .523
    Anti-freeze 15, 562-3 Bath Lotion, Astringent 58
    Non-corrosive .563 Oil 48
    Preventing Leakage of 563 Preparations 47
    Antimony Surface Hardening ....... 243 Salt, Efferescent 47-8
    Anti-oxidant, Decalin .....566 Salts 47
    Antique Coloring 265 Tablet 47
    Antiseptic Dairy 510 Tub Cleaner .......504
    Oil 59 Bating 156
    Ointment 2 Battery, Plash Light ..564
    Photographic Developer 356 Fluid, Primary 564
    Suppositories, Foaming 82 Plates, Cleaning Sulphated 564
    Surgical Instrument 92 Plates, Storage 564
    Tissue Cream 50 Separators, Rubber Storage 466
    Aphid, Killing Root 105 Terminal Coating 313
    Apparatus 3 Bead Oil 36
    Apple Chutney 123 Beading Compound 36
    Flavor, Imitation 41 Bearing^ Alloy, Bronze 232
    A.prieot Cordial 36 Housing Joining .292
    Flavor, Imitation 41 Jfetal 235. 276
    Juice 35 Self Lubricating .293
    Aquarium Cement 12 Bed S'ore, Treatment 94
    Arc Welding Electrode 275 Bedbug Exterminator . 8
    Artists’ Crayons 1 50 Bee Sting Treatment 77
    Asbestos, Molded Plastic 469 Beer Can Coating 308
    Putty 28 Non-clouding 44
    Asphalt Emulsion 97 Pipe Cleaner 411, 510
    Flooring Plastic 473 Beeswax, Artificial 471
    Flux Oil Emulsion 96 De-oiling 473
    Molasses Road 225 Beetle Poison 109
    Non-sticking 349 Belt Adhesion Compound ..... .189
    Pavement 225 Adhesive 2i
    Sealer 337 Dressing, Non-static V. . . , 189
    Sheeting 225 189
    Asphaltum Paint ...329 Lubricant I89
    Washout, Lithographic ,...374 Non-slipping V .186 .

    Aspirin Tablets 87 Splicing Rubber .463


    Astbma Inhalant 80 Strapping ..435
    59 Belting, Cleaning
    Astringent, Facial
    Lotion
    Powder
    — 58
    71
    Fireproofing
    Jelly
    Canvas
    Leather . . . ^499
    553
    ..... .498
    Athlete’s Foot Remedies 78 _ Solidified .......560
    Auto Enamel Base ... ........ ... .298 Bermuda Grass Eradicant ......106
    Top Dressing .312 Beryllium ........ . 232
    Degreaser 510 Bronze ; \2S2
    Beverage Colors
    Polish
    Radiator Cleaner
    Aviation Flares
    — ......... 509
    .447
    10
    Bibliography .

    Bichromate Relief Photographs


    . . , . .

    .
    . , . .
    33
    .573-4
    375
    .

    Avocado Cleansing Cream ....... 49 Billiard Chalk .........152


    Tissue Cream 50 Binder, Cork ’ ' 20
    Awnings, Fireproofing .................. .553 Gum Arabic .... ’
    ’
    *
    295
    Waterproofing ...... . . .553 Leather ] .135
    Axle Grease .196 Non-organic 217
    Porcelain Enamel Frit .217 1

    Sand Paper 18
    Strong Silicate . . ................... 34
    Temporary .27
    Babbitt Metal ..236 Bird Pood, Canary 9
    Spraying ..236 Biscuit Flavor 42
    Baby Powder 72 Bitumen Emulsion 97
    . . .

    INDEX
    Bituminous Emulsion
    Surface Paint
    96
    325
    —
    Brass Continued
    Gold (Imitation) Plating ,396
    Blackberry Cordial 36 Ink for 144
    Juice 35 Melting So Pouring ..231
    Blackhead Cream 49 Oxidizing Finish for .266, 384
    Blasting Cartridge 444 Plating .384, 400
    Bleach, Angora Wool 520 Polish 411
    Bhotie 522 Red 236
    Dry Cleaners’ Spot 498 tuning 284
    Fat 518 Welding Rod .276
    Feather 522 Brazing ,253
    Fur 522 Alloy .235
    Gray Goods 521 Flux 270
    Hair 522 Solder 270
    Hemp 522 Bread, Retarding Staling of 124
    Hosiery 533 Breath Lozenge 92
    Laundry 13, 512, 517 Brewers’ Pitch 321
    Leather ,...174 Brick, Building 224
    Linen 519 Waterproofing 345
    Liquid 512 Bright Dip, Bronze 266
    Nail 62 Brilliantine . 66
    Brine, Acid Meat Pickling 132
    Ham 132
    Perborate 517 “Brine,” Hold Over 569
    Peroxide .521—2 Brine, Tongue Pickling 132
    Photographic 370 Briquette, Lubricating 195
    Powdered 517 Waste Wood 560
    Babbit Fur 520 Briquetting, Coal 560
    Shoe-bottom 184 Bristles,Degreasing 155
    Silk ....520 Waterproofing 552
    Skin 56 Brom Etching, Photographic 372 .

    Soap .518 Bronze Alloys 332


    Sponge 522 Beryllium ......232
    Tussah Silk 520 Bright Dip for 266
    Wood Floor 12 Finish 383
    Wool 520 Fire Scale, Removing .269
    Bleaching Blue 547 Melting & Pouring 231
    Cream 52 Tablets 232
    Figs, 135 Tinning 284
    Pur 186 Bronzing Copper 265
    Half-stuff 352 Lacquer 332
    Leather ..155 Liquids .335
    Maraschino Cherries 135 Brown Patch, Curing Lawn 106
    Paper 352 Brush Bristle Cement 24
    Powder 516 Brushes, Care of 342
    Shellac 325 Cleaning 342
    Walnuts 135 Brushless Shaving Cream 73
    Wax 475 Bubbles, Prevention of Air- 380
    Wood 348 Soap 504, 569
    Bleeding, Stopping 86 Buffing 259
    Blood Albumin Adhesive 33 Compound .411, 437-8
    Albumin Solution 178 Stick, Tripoli 411
    Stains, Removing 511 Wheels 260
    Substitute 86 Building Slab, Artificial 224
    Test for 86 Bulbs, Frosting Inside of . .212
    Bloom, Improving Lubricating Oil ..... .210 Bullet, Tracer .446
    Blue, Bleachers’ 547 Bunting Alloys 232
    Blue Print Developer 361 Burlap, Flameproofing 229
    Sensitizer 371 Burnishing, Ball 386
    Bluing, Laundry IS Clay ,.439
    Boar Odor, Removing 182 Electrolytic 401
    Body Powder 72 Iron 401
    Boiler Cement 25 Butter Churns, Washing 513
    Compound 15, 657 Coloring 128
    Insulation 222 Flavor 128
    Scale Preventive ,557 Flavor, Imitation 42
    Bonding Cement 27 Soybean .131
    Book Cloth, Waterproof ................ .551 Tub Coating 303
    Edges, Marble Coloring ........... .354 Buttermilk, Thickened . 45
    Bookbinding Glue 17 Butterscotch Flavor 42-3
    Boring BMuid 202, 207 Button Composition 469
    Bottle Caps, Preserving Cellulose ......475 Buttons, Dyeing Casein 546
    Rubber 466 Buying Chemicals 5, 587
    Bottlers’ Extract 40
    Bourbon Oil 85
    Box Board, Counting Laminated ........ 354
    Brake Fluid, Hydraulic 562 Cable Coating . 313
    Brake Lining 474, 562 Sheath Alloy ...... .235
    Treatment ..... . ,562
    . Cadmium, Coloring .265, 393
    Oil, Hydraulic .203 . Flux .276
    Brandy Flavor 42 Purifying . .... . .269
    French 36 Refining Flux .276
    Brass, Coloring ... ..265, 384 Oaffein-free Coffee .................... 46
    Corrosion Resistant ... ......... .286 . . . Calcium Carbide, Protecting .......... ,566
    Drawing Emulsion .... .... .202 . . . • . . . Calculations ................. ... 2 . . . .

    Finishing . ... . , , . , . ........ , .... ... . . . .385 Calf, Tanning ..... . , .... . , ... . ,158
    . , , . .
    . .

    lOTEX
    Calfskin Tanning
    Calsomine, Painting Over
    .161
    299
    Cellulose —
    Continued
    to Paper Adhesive 23
    Camphor Pace Lotion 67 Varnish ..324
    Canary Bird Pood 9 Cellulose Adhesive .18, 23
    Candelilla "Wax Emulsion 96 Esters, Dyeing 542
    Candle Strings 478 Film Wrapping 471
    Wick Impregnant 478 Lacquer ....327
    Candles 11 Printing Ink .543
    Coating 314 Transparent 353
    Colored .477 Varnish 318
    Colored Flame 478 Cement, Acid-proof ....28, 31, 218
    Hand Dipped 477 Aquarium 12
    Candy ...122 Artificial Latex 23
    Glaze 333 Asbestos, Hardening Surface of ......218
    Stains, Removing 611 Barrel 25
    Canoe Finishing 311 Boiler 25
    Canvas, Fireproofing 15 Bonding 27
    Rot-proof 554 Brush Bristle 24
    Waterproofing 14, 551 Caulking 27
    Capsules, Gelatin 27 Cellular 218
    Carbide, Regenerating Used 565 De Khotinsky 20
    Carbon, Adsorbent .565 Film 19
    Activated .565 ® Floor Hardener .12
    Black, Dispersible 315 Gasket 25
    Black Dispersion 524 Glass 25
    Coating on Iron 286 Hard Stoi^ping 32
    Dioxide, Absorbent for .567 Heat Resisting ...218
    Dioxide Bath Tablets 48 Household 218
    Paper 148 Iron 25
    Paper Coating 148 Knife Handle 25
    Remover, Engine 559 Laboratory - 19
    Tetrachloride, Stabilizing 566 Leather 22
    Carbonizing Wool Rags 523 Linoleum 20
    Cardboard Paste 17 Litharge 24
    Carnauba Wax, Soluble 475 Magnesium Oxychloride 218
    Carriage Grease 196 Metal 22, 24
    Carroting, Fur 186 Paraffin 26
    Case Hardening Castings 242 Porcelain 27
    Casein Adhesive 32 Porcelain or Glass to Metal 27
    Buttons, Dyeing 546 Pressure Sealing 23
    Paint 295-6 Reducing Viscosity of Rubber 23
    Solution ..ITS, 352 Rubber 21-2
    Transparent Flexible .471 Self-vulcanizing 22
    Waterproofing 343-4 Setting, Accelerator of 219
    Wool 471 Shoe 22
    Cast Iron, Blackening 266 S'lag 218
    Enamel ..267 Sole 22
    Malleable 243 Steel 25
    Solder 272 Stoneware 27
    Tinning 276 Surface Coloring 219
    Casting Compound, Latex .449 Synthetic Rubber 466
    Crack Filler 25 Temporary Binding 27
    Mold Powder ..469 Tile 25
    Castings, Case Hardening ....242 Toughened 219
    Tumbling 288 Turners’ 25
    Castor Bean Albumin 33 Upholstery 24
    Castor Oil, Disguised 81 Waterproof 23
    Mineral Oil Soluble ...209 Waterproof Silicate . . , 32
    Cat Flea Spray 115 Waterproofing 14, 225
    Catalyst, Hj^drogenation 562 White 22
    Regeneration of
    Sulphuric Acid
    565
    566
    — Wood
    Cementation Bath, Steel
    25
    242
    Catarrh Inhalant 80 Cementing Iron .243
    Caterpillar Banding Compositions ....... .102 Centigrade Scale 3
    Catching Glue 26 Ceramic Glaze .......215
    Cathode, Electric Discharge Tube 561 High-strength 215
    Catsup . 133 Kieselguhr 215
    Cattle, Crayon for 142 Overglaze . .218
    Cattle Spray .115 Ceramics, Ink for .....144
    Caulking Cement 27 Chain Lubricant 200
    Compound .349 Chalk, Billiard .152
    Cautions 5 Crayon .152
    Cedar Perfume - 69 Dustless 152
    Celanese, Partially Saponifying ......... .525 Marking 152
    Relustering .....525 Chamois, Artificial 526
    Celery Salt ..133 Imitation 531
    Cell, Dry .664 Chartreuse Essence ......
    . . . 37 . . . . . . . . .

    “Cellophane” Adhesive . . ......


    , .16 Cheese Coloring ......... .... . 128 . . . . . . ,

    Coloring . 546 Hot Pack Cream ...... ... .... . 130 , . ,

    Light Protecting ... . .471 Rapid Curing of ........ . ..... 129 . . .

    Moisture-proofing .343-4, 471 St. Louis Cream ......129


    Non-adhering . . .471 Tilsiter .........129
    Celluloid Dents, Removing . . .475 Wax Coating for ..................130
    Ink for 142 Chemicals, Special ............ .575 . . . . . .

    Cellulose Acetate Coating 313 Trade Name .... ...... .... ... .575
    . . . .

    Shrinking ..,....,.....,649 Where to Buy ..................... 5


    .

    INDEX 611

    Chemiluminescenee
    Cherries, Bemoving Spray Besidue
    .380
    103
    Cleaner
    Bubber
    —Continued .514
    Flavor, Imitation 42 Bust ...285-6
    Juice 35 Sandstone .508
    Chest- rub 7, 8 Silver 509
    Chewing G-um 122 Sink 505
    Bemovin^ 511, 513 Spray 506
    Chicken Diarrhea Treatment 114 Stick Leather 424
    Tattooing Ink 149 Stone 507
    Chickweed Eliminator 106 Stove 417
    Chicle, Aritificial 467 Straw Hat 13, 499
    Chilblains Remedy 78 Surgical Instrument 514
    China, Chromium Plating 392 Swimming Pool Tile ,.508
    Chiropodists’ Paste 78 Telephone Disinfectant 92
    Chlorinated Bubber Emulsion 98 Terra Cotta ...508
    Chocolate Milk 45, 126 Tile 508
    Syrup 44 Tin 509
    Chrome Glue 32 Tin Ware 509
    Green .315 Tobacco Pipe 92
    Tanning 169 Toilet 505 ill
    Tanning Liquor 163, 167 Type ....510
    Yellow 315 Typewriter 510
    Chromium Iron, Testing for 290 Upholstery 497, 499
    Plate Lacquer .329 Wall Paper 13, 507
    Plating 386, 392-3 Watch 515
    Plating, Black .378 Waxed Surface 514
    Polish 411, 412 White Shoe 425-8
    Steel, Testing for 290 Window 13
    Chromometer Oil 203 Windshield 505, 515
    Chutney, Apple 123 Wood 513
    Cigarette Paper Adhesive 17 Zinc 509
    Smoke, Denicotinizing 571 Cleansing Cream ... 5 49
    ,
    Tip, Self Lighting 443 Cream, Avocado 49
    Citrus Decay, Preventing 119 Pad Lotion 57
    Frost Protection 103 Clearing Bath, Photographic 372
    Clarification 4 Cloth, Cleaning 507
    Fruit Juice 43 Coatings 313
    Clay, Burnishing 439 Combining 450
    lYoth Flotation Cleaning 288 Printing, Metallic 530
    Modelling 215 Proofing 450
    Eeviving Oil Decolorizing 572 Coal, Activated 560
    Cleaner 12 Briquettes 560
    Abrasive 504, 506, 510 Improved Bituminous 560
    Aluminum 509 Tar Emulsion 96
    Artificial Teeth , 90 Coatings, Cellulose Acetate 313
    Auto 406 Cobalt Drier 314
    Bathtub 505 Nickel Plating .387
    Beer Pipe 411, 505, 510 Plating 400
    Bottle 507 Copper, Antique 9
    Building 508 Cocoa Beverage 46
    Canning Equipment 514 Malt Powder 9
    Carpet 499 Powder 9
    Copper 509 Coconut Milk, Synthetic 45
    Dairy Utensil 513 Oil Shampoo 65
    Dental Instrument .514 Cod Liver Oil, Disguised 81
    Dish 506-7 Emulsion 114—5
    Dog 118 Codfish Skins, I’anning ....162
    Drain Pipe 510 Coffee, Caffein-frce 46
    Electrical Collector .510 Improving Flavor of 129
    Enamel 505 Cog Lubricant 200
    Feed Water Pleater 514 Cognac Essence 37
    Gilded Surface 513 Coir, Dyeing 543
    Glass 505 Coke, Dust Proofing 560
    Glass Ware .506 Cold Accumulator .569
    Hand .493 Cold Cream 5, 6
    Hard Water Dish 506 Greaseless 48
    Hbusehold 13, 604-5 Greasy 48
    Lavatory 505 Pearly 48
    Leather 185 Cold Inhalant - 80
    Lens 607 Light 380
    Light Oak Desk .513 Top Enamel, Photograpers’ 375
    Machinery 510 Cologne Water 516
    Metal .... .264, 411, 508 Color, Beverage 38
    Mold 506 Blue Transfer 148
    Mop 514 Egg 38
    Paint ... 510
    Paint Brnsh ..... ...
    Fastness, Testing 547
    .13, 343
    '

    'Paste" .503 Food .........38, 39, 126-7


    Photographic Tray ...... .380 . . .
    Photography Solution .... - 377
    Piano Key ... ................. .613 Plates, Intensification ................ ..369
    Pipe . . .............. ....
    . . . .... .505 .
    Plates, Reducer .371
    Porcelain .505 Plates, Varnishing 377
    Powdered 503 Water .153, 295
    Printers’ ...... .510 Whiskey 37
    Printers’ Boiler .610 Colored Gasoline, Stabilized ..... .559
    Badiator , .509 Glass ....................213
    612 INDEX
    Coloring:,
    Brass
    Antique 265
    265
    Cotton —
    Continued
    Finishing .524
    Butter 128 Plameproofing .......229
    Cadmium ...393 Padding Liquor 547
    Candles 477 Sizings 527
    “Cellophane” 546 Softener 524
    Cement Surface 219 Spraying 0.1 188
    Cheese 128 Steam Black Dyeing of . ....... 539
    Concrete 219 Waterproofing 551
    Copper 9 Yarn Briglitener ... 540
    Easter Eggs 128 Cough Mixture 80
    G-ouda Cheese 130 Crack Filler ...25, 302
    Gun Metal 266 Crayon, Artists’ ...150
    Leather 180, 182-3 Cattle Marking 142
    Metals ...265, 383-4, 393-5, 401 Chalk 152
    Oak 37 Fluorescent 150
    Pigskin 183 Hard Wax ... .150-1
    Rubber 460, 463 Hot Metal 144
    Steel 9 Luminous ...... .150
    Wax 477 Marking 9
    Colors, Carbon Printing 144 Munsel Type . ..151
    . .. .

    Discharging 539, 547 Shoe Repair . ...150


    . ..
    Lake 316 Textile Marking 142
    Tempering 240-1 Uncured Rubber .......143
    Combustion Improver, Coal 560 Water 150
    Compact Pace Powder Cream, All-purpose
    Concrete, Colored
    Gas-proof
    — 219
    220
    70
    Alum
    Antiseptic Tissue
    .......
    52
    54
    50
    Hardening 220 Artificial 131
    Heavy 220 Avocado Tissue 50
    Light Weight 219 Black Head 49
    Porous 219 Bleaching ....... 52
    Sealing 219 Brushless Shaving 7, 73
    Waterproofing 225 Cleansing 5, 49'
    Condenser Dielectric 292 Cold 5, 6
    Electrolyte 561 Cuticle 67
    Wax 477 Deodorant 52
    Condiment 133 Devonshire 130
    Condition Powder 115 Finishing 52
    Dog .....117 Foot 78
    Confectionery Glaze 333 Frost-bite 51
    Contact Point Alloy 234 Greaseless Cold 48
    Containers, Mixing 3 Hormone 53
    Copal Putty 28 Ice 125
    Copper Alloy, Hotworking 234 Jewish Type Sour 130
    Alloy, Machinable 234 Lime Hair 66
    Alloy, Non-staining 234 Liquefying 5
    Bronzing 265 Lotion 54
    Cleaning Corroded 509 Massage Liquefying . . . . 51
    Coloring 9* 383 Nail ....... 67
    Enamel for 267 Neutral Cleansing 2
    Etching 268 Non-Greasy 6
    Hardening Nourishing 52
    Mold Dressing 287 Oxy cholesterol 53
    Polish -411 Peroxide 52
    Polishing Stone .441 Perspiration ....... 53
    Plating .383, 395 Pore 49
    Tinning .. .278 Powder ....... 71
    to Aluminum Solder 273 Preserving 133
    Copper-iron Alloy Electrical ,..,..234 Grease-proof Finish ....... 530
    Copper-nickel Plating 389 Cream, Protective Hand . 49
    Copying Paper ...148 Rouge 54
    Cordials Shaving ......72-3
    Corduroy, Plameproofing 229 Sour .,130
    Core Oil - 204 Sports 53
    N on- crystallizing
    Cork Adhesive
    Binder
    — • .
    205
    20
    20
    Stearate
    Tissue
    53
    50
    '*“* Triethanolamine Stearate 53
    Dip-seal 0 ?^
    347 Turtle Oil .... ...... 51
    .
    Impregnating
    Vanishing .. ...e, 48
    Paint -308
    Waterproofing ...... 226 Vegetable Tissue ....... 50
    Corn Plaster * • • • 85 Vegetable Vanishing . . 48
    Remover 85 Crease-resistant Textiles . .. .. .531-2
    Salve 84 Cresol Disinfectant ...... 8, 91, 112
    Corpse Disinfecting Powder 77 Solution, Compound ..... 91
    Drying Powder Crinkled Fibers, Artificially 530
    ’"“’coX
    *522 Cucumber Face Milk 59
    Corrosion, Preventing .... * -

    Preventive Coating .,,,......,...268 Cumarone Lacquers 333


    Cosmetic Base ••• 49 Cup Grease 200
    Cosmetics 47 Cuprammonium Solution . 554
    Costs, Calculating 5 Curacao Essence 37
    *•'*** Cure, Calculating Time of 465
    Cottolene
    .....529
    'Hi Curing Salt, Meat 132
    Cotton, Crimping
    Dyeing -^89 Curled Prints, Preventing . 380
    Pilling •••• 527—8 Custard, Frozen 124^
    8 —

    INDEX
    CuticleCream 67 Developer Continued
    Remover 68 Fixing 361
    Cutlery Polish. 412 Glyein 364
    Cutting: Compound, Lacquir 438 High Contrast 364
    Oil 96 Paper 365-6
    Stimulant. Plant 119 Paraformaldehyde 364
    Cutworms, Killing 107 Photographic 15, 356-60
    Cyanide Stock Solution 376 Photostat ...360
    Preservative 356
    Reprolith 364
    Soft Working Pine Grain 361
    Dairy Antiseptic 510 Tank 362—3
    Detergent 518 Tropical 364
    Utensil Cleaner 513 Universal 365
    Utensils, Cleaning 504 X-ray 362
    Washing Powder 504 Developing Dot-etching Positives 361
    Damask, Flameproofing 229 Dewaxing Oil 210
    Damping-off Composition 106 Dextrin Binder 295
    Dandelion Killer 106 Diabetic Baking Powder 124
    Dandruff Lotion 67 Ice Cream 126
    Dark Boom Light 380 Diamond Dust Abrasive 438
    Decalcomania 350 Imitation 472
    Decalin, Anti-oxidant for 566 Diarrhea Remedy 83
    Decolorizing 4 Die Casting Alloy 235
    Olay, Reviving Oil ...572 Castings, Plating 384
    Class 214 Non-metallic Rubber 457
    Gums 63 Dielectric, Ceramic 292
    Deer Chaser 102 Discharge Lamp, Non-blackening 564
    Defoamer for Glue 34 Disinfectant 91
    Defoaming 100, 354, 569 Block 90
    Degreaser, Auto 510 Cresol 8, 112
    Degreasing Bristles 155 Pine Oil 90-1
    Horse-hair 155 Seed 120-1
    Metals 280 Strong Smelling 112
    Dehumidifier 567 Telephone 91
    De Khotinsky Cement 20 Toilet 92
    Deliming Skins 155 Disinfection, Skin 77
    Delustermg 547 Dispersing Agent 99
    Rayon 525 Oil for Pigments 147
    Demulsifier 99, 100 Dispersion, Rubber 466
    Denaturant, Salt ...567 Display Figure, Rubber 465
    Denicotinized Tobacco 571 Imitation Iced 571
    Dental Amalgam 238 Dissolving 4
    Disclosing Solution 90 Distress Signal 446
    Filling Alloy 239 Dog Bath Powder 502
    Impression Mixture 470 Cleaner .,..118
    Mold 470 Deterrent 118
    Molding Wax 476 Eczema Ointment 115
    Pain Killer 84 Flea Spray 115
    Pin Alloy 238 Food 114
    Plaster Accelerator 219 Remedies 115
    Plate Alloy 238-9 Rid ...118
    Plates, Casting Gold 292 Shampoo 118
    Dentifrice 89, 90 Soap .502
    Dents, Removing 475 Doll’s Head Composition 466
    Denture Cleaner 90 Dot Etching, Rehalogenization in 375
    Deodorant Cream 52 Douche, Vaginal 83
    Lotion 58 Draperies, Flameproofing 229
    Spray .8, 92 Drawing Lubricant 202
    Tohacco Pipe 92 Stainless Steel 255
    Toilet 92 • Drier, Enamel . 297
    Deodorizer, Paint 343 Paint .314
    Telephone Booth 92 Drilling Fluid 202
    Powder 58 Mud, Petroleum 572
    Printing Ink 145 Stainless Steel 255
    Soap Solution 58 Drums, Coating Inside of 312
    Depilatory .60—1 Repainting 309
    Hide ...... ..154 Dry Cleaners’ Sizing 529
    Depitter, Nickel Plating 385 Cleaning Fluid 12
    Derris Emulsion .108 Dry Rot Control 348
    Root Extract 108 Drying, Gas ,.,..567
    De-scaling, Stainless Steel .269 Duck, Waterproofing 551
    Desensitizer, Dental * 84 Duplicating Ink - . . . 146
    Photographic .369 Paper ...148
    Desk Cleaner, Light Oak 513 Duprene Composition . 454
    Detergent Block 518 Rubber Mix .455
    Deodorizing 58 Duralumin, Pickling 262
    Enzyme — 500 Solder
    Dust Elimination, Road ................ 224
    ..273
    Perborate
    Detonator
    Developer, Aero
    — 365
    51
    .445 Layer
    Layer, Road ......224
    106
    Alkali Free 360 Proofing, Coke .560
    Color Photographic .358, 360 Dye Bath, Crepe .542
    Direct Brown-hlack . .865 Hair 62
    Duplicating Film .358 Leather 179, 182-3
    Fine Grain 359, 361-2 OU , , , , VV.V. V. vv » . V. . . . . . . . .... 31
    .. .

    614 INDEX
    ’Dyer—Gontinued
    Penetrant ..533
    Emulsion
    Derris
    —Continued 108
    Photographic Screening 377 Dry Cleaners’ 497
    Polish ......429 Esparto Wax 96
    Soluble Vat 538 Fatty Oil 95
    Storing 550 Fish Oil 242
    Stripper ......521 Hydrogenated Sperm Oil 533
    Dyeing, Aniline Black . . 548 Japan Wax 96
    Bleached Jute 543 Lacquer 97
    Button 546 Lard Oil .202
    Cellulose Ester 542 Lecithin 99
    Coir 543 Lubricant ...2X0
    Furs .155 Mineral Oil 93
    Hosiery 533-7 Montan Wax 96, 326, 530
    Ivory 290 Naphtha 510
    Dye Leveler 533 Non-foaming Oil 95
    Dyeing, Logwood Black . 539 Oil ..403, 405, 407
    Logwood Wool 544 Olive Oil 187
    Multi-color Wool 544 Opal Wax 96
    Plush Rayon 545 Paraffin Wax 96, 553
    Rabbit Skins ......155 Pine Oil ....499
    Rayon ......542 Pitch 97
    Rayon-Cotton 540 Pyrethrum 107
    Sponge 546 Quenching .242
    Steam, Black Cotton . 539 Rubber 466
    Velvet Rayon 545 Rubber- Asphalt 97
    Viscose-Cotton 540 Sesame Oil 95
    Wood 345 Sizing 553
    Spindle Oil ...187, 403
    E Steel Spring Quenching 242
    Synthetic Resin 7 99
    Ear Irrigant 79 Synthetic Rubber 466
    Earache Remedy 79 Tallow 526
    Easter Eggs, Coloring 128 “Teglac” 99
    Eau De Cologne, Solid 69 Tetralin 526
    Eau De La Barraque 512 Textile 526
    Ebonite, Coloring 461 Textile Scouring ,499
    Efflorescence, Preventing Silicate 218 Tri chlorethylene 510
    Egg Color 38 Water-in-oil 210 95,
    Preserving 133 Waterproofing 553
    Production Powder, Increased 114 Wax ..96, 188, 403-6, 415. 418-20, 431-3,
    Stamping Ink 141 478, 529, 532
    White, Dried 133 Wool Lubricating 187
    White, Thinning 133 Emulsions 95
    Yolk Substitute 131 Enamel, Acid-proof Vitreous ..217
    Electric Shaver Lotion 72 Aluminum 298
    Tools, Cleaning Water Soaked . 264 Oan ..299
    Electrical Contact Alloy 234,236-7 Cold Top ...375
    Insulating Tape Coating 313 Baking 297
    Electrode, Arc Welding 275 Deck 299
    Beck Effect Arc 561 Furniture 299
    Discharge Lamp .......237 Gasoline Pump 323
    Flux Welding 270 Gloss White 297
    Hot Cathode 237 Lacquer 297
    Rectifier 561 Odorless White 298
    Electrolyte, Condenser 561 Oiticica .....320
    Electro-rubbing, Plating by 400 Porch ...299
    Embalmers’ Cavity Fluid 76 Refrigerator .298
    Cosmetic Spray 76 Removing Porcelain .217
    Covering Cream 76 Semi-flat 297
    Deodorant Spray 77 Urea Resin 297
    Liquefying Cream 76 Vehicle .....297
    Tissue Filler 76 Vitreous .215-7
    Vanishing Cream 76 White 267
    Embalming Fluid 75 Enamelling Iron ...267
    Embossing Ink .......349 Enamelware, Testing ..215
    Emulsifier 99 Engine Cylinder Putty 28
    Kaolin 95 Grease ....196
    Water-in-oil 95 Engravers’ Wax
    99 .477
    Emulsifying Agent Enteric Coating
    Emulsion, Abrasive 437 88
    97 Envelope Adhesive 18
    Asphalt
    Benzine ..498 Enzyme Detergent .500
    Bituminous 96-7 Equipment 3
    Brass Drawing 202 Esparto Wax Emulsion ]. 96
    Breaking ...99, 100 Essences 35
    Gandelilla Wax ....... 96 Essential Oil Germicides . ........ ...
    . . . 91. .

    Carnauba Wax . . .418-20 Etching, Copper ... .... .268


    . . . . .

    Castor Oil ....... 81 Glass ........................ .....10, 212


    Chlorinated Rubber .......... ....... 98 Half Tone Positive ................ ..375
    Cleaner .......... 510 Metallographic .268
    Cloudy Orange 45 Micrographic 2 68
    Coal Tar 96 Molybdenum .268
    Cod Liver Oil ....114-5 Mordant for Metal .268
    Colored Wax 478 Photographic 372
    Creosote ..... ... . , . . ..... . . . 112 Printing Plate .............. .iw, ..... .263
    —

    INDEX 615

    Etching
    Stainless
    -Continued
    Steel .....268
    Fire —
    Continued
    Kindler 15
    Lead 268 Lighters .561
    Ether, Preventing Deterioration of 86 Fireproof Paint 312
    Preventing Explosion of 567 Fireproofing 226, 343, 567
    Ethyl Gasoline, Stabilized 557 Canvas 15
    Silicate Binder 27 Canvas Belting 553
    Eucalyptus Oil Disinfectant 91 Cloth 553
    Extract, Emit 35 Electric Heating Pad 553
    Extracts 39-41 Leather 185
    Eye-Glass, Preventing Mist on 569 Paper . .14, 354
    Exciters, Fluorescent 381-2 Rayon 553
    Explosive, Mining 444 Straw .553
    Safety 444 Wood 223
    Shell 444 Fire-Scale, Removing Bronze 269
    Explosives .443, 444 Fireworks 445-7
    Eye Drops 79 Fish Bait 571
    Wash 79 Bait Oil 121
    Eyebrow Pencil 67 Canning, Improvement in 136
    Fertilizer 102
    Keeping Fresh 136
    Liver Oils 207
    Net Preservative ..552
    Fabric, Coated Waterproof .550-2 Fish-Glue Substitute 26
    Fireproofing 15 Fishing Flies, Varnish for ...317
    Face Lotion 57 Fixer,Non-Hardening Photographic 367
    Milk, Cucumber 59 Photographic Hardening 367
    Powder 70-1 Flameproofing 226-7
    Facial Astringent 59 Wood 223
    Fahrenheit Scale 3 Flares 446
    Fake, Shoe 184 Flash Lamp, Activated Photographic 379
    Pat, Bleaching 518 Flashlight Cartridge .444
    Liquors 159, 160, 165, 174, 190 Powder ...379
    Feather Bleach 522 Flavor, Butter 128
    Peed, Laboratory Animal 114 Fruit 35
    Pelt. Chroming 186 Improver, Liquor 36
    Felting, Pre- 186 Liquor 35-6
    Pence Pole Preservative 223 Removing 131
    Perro-Chromium 238 Tooth Paste 89
    Fertilizer 101 Vanilla 9
    Citrus .102 Whiskey 35—6
    Pish Meal 102 Flavors 89
    Humus 101 Flax Paper Pulp .,355
    Insecticidal 102 Flea Beetle Spray, Tobacco 104
    Poultry Manure 102 Spray 115
    Shark-Meal 102 Floor Cleaner 503-4
    Fiber, Artificial 473 Covering Adhesive ..... 20
    Board, Greaseproofing Id-
    Covering, Impermeable 224
    Board, Oilproofing 14 Coverings 468
    Board, Eotproof 223 Hardener, Cement 12
    Board, Waterproofing 14 Hardening Concrete 220
    Fibers, Preserving Vegetable 552 Oil 321
    Figs, Bleaching 135 Varnish 321
    Figuring 2 Flooring, Asphalt Plastic 473
    Filaments, Tungsten 237 Flotation Agent 100
    Piles, Annealing 242 Compound, Froth ..288
    Filler 313 Flour Mill Fumigant .112
    Crack .....25, 302 Flower Pots, Growth Stimulating ..120
    Expansion Joint 25 Flowers, Preserving Cut 120
    Furniture .314 Flue Soot Cleaners 560—1
    Highway Joint 32 Fluorescent Crayon ,.150
    Hole 474 Oil Coloring 210
    Metal 24 Paint ...317
    Metal Crack 24-5 Screen Materials 381
    Plastic Wood 25 Flushing Oil ,...203
    Wax 477 Flux,Aluminum 272
    Film Adhesive 19
    Cabinet Humidifier 380 Aluminum Welding 275
    Cement 19 Brazing ......270
    Chlorinated Bubber ....465 Cadmium 276
    Container Fireproof 474 Galvanizing ....270
    Flexible Casein 471—2 Metal Melting .276
    Hardener ....370 Non-Corrosive 15
    Ink for Photographic 142 Soldering ..15, 271-2
    Beversal ...372 Stainless Steel .272
    Storing ........380 Welding .,275
    Tear- Resistant ..472 Welding Rod .270
    Washing .............. ... ........... ,380 . Fly Catcher Composition .............. . . 110
    Wrapping, Cellulose .471 Chaser ...........110
    Filtering . . . . ... . 4 Paper 8
    Fingerprint Photography 379 Poisons ,.110
    Fingerprinting 568 Spray ......... 8
    Fingerprints, Developing Latent .,,......568 Foam Bath Salt 47
    Finishing Cream 62 Breaking 100, 354
    Fire Bronze Coloring ......384 Inhibitor . . .569
    Extinguisher ................. t ... .15, 567 Producer ..... .............. 36
    616 INDEX
    Fodder, Modified Animal
    Fog Preventer, Photographic 356
    ...114 Gasoline —Continued
    Stabilizing Cracked 559
    Foil, Transparent 353 Stable Colored 559
    Food Colors 88-9, 126-7 Gasometer Lubricant 202
    Quick Freezing of 136 Gas-Proof Rubber 459
    Soybean Breakfast ‘....129 Gas-Proofing, Fabric .......554
    Foods .122 Gastric Juice, Artificial 93
    Foot Bath Powder, Frost 78 Gauze to “Cellophane” Adhesive 23
    Bath Salt 48 Gear Grease ...198
    Cream 78 Gelatin Capsules 27
    Ease Lotion 78 Capsules, Sealing 93
    Ftmgiis Treatment 78 Moisture-Proof ...471
    Powder 7, 72, 78 Preventing Mold in 86
    Foreign Suppliers of Chemicals 605 Sizing 529
    Foundry Core 286 W aterproofing 3 44
    Mold Facings 244 Gems, Imitation 472
    String Wax 477 Germicides, Essential Oil 91
    Fountain Pen Barrel, Ink Eesistant 312 “Getter,” Vacuum Tube ..567
    Fox Trap Bait Lure 121 Giemsa Stain 570
    Freckle “Preventive” 66 Ginger Ale Essence 37
    Freezing Mixture ....570 Extract 39
    Frit Binder 217 Ginger Essence 37
    Frost Preventer,^ Window ...569 Extract 39
    Protection, Citrus 103 Glac5 Kid Renovator .,.,..499
    Frost-Bite Cream 51 Gland Extracts 83
    Frosting Class 311 Glass, Cellular 214
    .

    Froth Flotation Agent 288 Cement 25


    Prevention .354 Chromium Plating 392
    Frozen Custard 124 Cleaner 505
    Fruit, Crystallized 123 Colored 213
    Decay, Preventing of 119 Copper Plating 383
    Essence 37 Decolorizing 214
    Fly Spray 104 Decorating 213
    Juice 35, 43 Etching 10, 212
    Juice, Clarification of 43 Fiber, Oil Coating for 215
    Juice, Sterilization of 43 Frosting 212, 311
    Salts 45 Ink for 2, 143
    Fudge, Hot 44 Laminated *.214
    Fuel, Canned 15 Low Expansion 214
    Combustion Catalyst 558 Luminescent 214
    Lubricating Motor 199 Painting .....311
    Motor 557-9 Photoluminescent 214
    Oil 558 Safety 214
    Solidified 15 Silvering ...213
    Solidified Canned 560 Stoppers, Loosening 568
    Fulling Oil ...527 Substitute, Wire 472
    Fumigant, Flour Mill 112 Telescope Mirror 214
    Fungicide 106, 666 Tempering 213
    Soil 106 to Metal Cement 27
    Fur Bleach 522 X-Ray Absorption 214
    Bleaching 186 “Glassine” Paper 14
    Oarroting 186 Glaze, Ceramic .215
    Dyeing 155 Collar .517
    Mordanting 155 Confectionery 333
    Furnace Brick, Refractory 220 Insulator 218
    Lining, Surface 292 Meat 132
    Furniture Defects, Hiding 222 Paint 349
    Fuses 446 Paper 352
    Fusible Alloy 24 Wall 339
    Metal Models, Pouring ...238 Glove Leather 165
    Gloves, Cleaning Suede ,499
    0 Glue and Casein, Testing For 26
    Backing 16
    Galalith Polish 438 Bookbinding ..17
    Galvanized Iron, Ink for ...144 Caterpillar Catching 26
    Iron Wash 347 Chrome 32
    Sheet, Coloring 266 Defoamer for 34
    Galvanizing Flux 270 Flexible .2, 16, 17
    Gambier Tannage ...158 Magazine Backing ..................... 16
    Garage Floor Cleaner 504 Painters’ ............. 26
    Gargle 79 Paints .303
    Garlic Flavor, Removing ....131 Photoengravers’ 19
    Gas, Drying 567 Rubber Containing ........465
    Purification, Illuminating 560 Substitute, Fish- 26
    Warning, Odorant for 567 Veneer 32
    Gasket .474 Waterproof ......... 26
    Non- Seizing .263 Gluing Hints 26
    Paste 25 Glycerin, Recovery of .... ......146
    Gas-Mask Carbon .,..565 Stain Remover .572
    .

    571

    — —
    Gasoline, Activated ............ . . .558 .
    Substitute
    Blended . .557-8 . Glycerin-Litharge Cement 24
    Gum Inhibitor .. .. .. .....559
    . . Glycerite of Starch 54
    Improver ...... .559
    ^ Glyceryl Phthalate, Water “Soluble” ....46&
    Preventing Turbidity in .559 “Glyptal” Type Varnish ^21
    Solidified Id Goat Lice Control Tl5
    mDEX 617

    0old, Colloidal 99 Hard Water Soluble Oil 95


    Green 395 Hardener, Acid Fixing .369
    Imitation 236 Hardening Bath, Chrome Alum ... .367
    Leaf, Applying 339 Harness Dressing 189
    Plating 395 Stain 183
    Plating Imitation 395 Hat Finishing ...338
    Size 339 Heat Insulation 221
    Slimes, Settling 292 Producer, Chemical 04, 565
    Sol 99 Treating Bath 242
    Oouda Cheese, Coloring 130 Treatment of Metals .....239
    Grafting Wax 11 Heating 3
    Grape Flavor, Imitation 42 Pad, Chemical ..565
    Juice 44 Hectograph Composition 149
    Graphite Grease 11 Ink 146
    Lubricant 202 Paper 353
    Paint 313 Hedge Rejuvenator 119
    Stain, Eemoval of 501 Hielograph Printing Ink 147
    Graphite-Silicon Carbide Refractory 220 Hemostatic, Local 86
    Grasshopper Control 109 Hemp Bleach 522
    Grease, Axle 196 Lubricant .ISG
    Ball Bearing ...,192 Paper Pulp 355
    Carriage 196 Henna Brilliantine 66
    Cold-Roller 195 Herb Extract 132
    Cup 200 Herbicide 106
    Drilling Tube Coupling 202 Hercose 0 Coatings 334
    Engine 196 Hiccough Remedy 80
    Gear 198 Hide Depilatory 154
    Graphite 11 Moth Proofing ......185
    Horse-Shoe 203 Preserving 184
    Hot-Roller 194 Soaking Dried ....175
    Leather Stuffing .188 Tanning 15S, 159, 160
    Lubricating 191 Hoary Cress Eradicant 106
    Remover 13 Honey, Artificial 43
    Rope Mahers’ 527 Combs, Artificial 135
    Valve Cock 195—6 Perfume 68
    Proofing Barrels .293 Hormone, Corpus Luteum 83
    Proofing Paper 14, 354 Cream 53
    Grinding 4 Horse-Hair, Degreasing 155
    Compound, Valve 298 Horse-Shoe Grease 203
    Paste, Valve 440 Hosiery, Dyeing 533, 534, 535, 536, 537
    Wheel, Dental 438 Humidifier, Film Cabinet 380
    Wheel Temporary Binder 27 Hydraulic Fluid 562
    Wheels 260 Hydrogen Peroxide Bleaching 533
    Grub Killer 106-7 Peroxide, Storing 86
    Gum Arabic Binder 295 Hydrogenation Catalyst 562
    Candy 122 Catalyst, Regeneration of 565
    Chewing 122 Hypo Eliminator 380
    Inhibitor, Gasoline 559 Hypochlorite Pellets, Stable Calcium ....566
    Gums, Decolorizing 63
    Preventing lumping of 64
    Gun Case, Waterproofing 185
    Case, Waterproofing Canvas 551
    Lubricant 11 Ice, Artificial 570
    Metal Coloring ... .266 Ice Cream 125
    Stock, Oil Finishing 347 Mix 125
    Gut Leaders, Staining 317 Powder 125
    Gypsum Plaster Retarder .224 Stabilizer 126
    Thickener 126
    Ice, Non-Cracking 569
    Iced Tea, Imitation 571
    Incense Cone 92
    Hair Bleach. 62, 522 Pastille .. 93
    Cream 66 Inconel, Testing for 290
    Darkening Pomade 62 Indelible Copying Pencil ,149
    Dyes 62 Ink 9
    Fixative ........ 63 Infra Red Dark Room Light 3S0
    Lotion ...66—7 Ingot Mold Coating 243
    Milk 63 Ingots, Preventing Cavities in .243
    Oil ...62, 66 Inhibitor, Pickling 243, 263
    Pomade 66 Ink 137
    Remover 60, 61 Acid-Proof 138,139
    Setting Compound 528 Alkali Resistant .139
    ...
    Straightener 65 Balloon .......142
    Tonic 66 Base .137
    Cinch Bub, Control of 107 Black 188
    Waving Preparations 63 Brass ... 144
    Tone Positives, Etching ... ...375 Burnishing ................ ....... . . . . .183
    Ham Brine 132 Celluloid . ..... .... ..... ..... .143
    . . . . . . . . .

    Hand Cleaner 493, 508 Ceramic ............... .. . ..... ..... . . .144


    Cream, Protective 49 Chicken Tattooing ........... ... ...... .149
    Lotion 6, 55 Concentrated ......137
    Lotion, Milky 6 Deodorizing Printing .145
    Lubricant, Milkers’ 50 Document 138
    Protection, Painters’ 349 Drawing .140
    Salve 6 Dry 139
    Whitener 56 Duplicating 146
    618 INDEX
    —
    Ink Continued
    Eggs Stamping 141
    Intestinal Juice, Artificial
    Invar, Stable
    ,

    .293
    93
    Embossing 349 Invisible Ink .139
    Fabric Paste 142 Iodine Stain Eemover .511
    Fountain-Pen 137 Stock Solution .376
    Gralvanized Iron 144 Iron, Aluminum Coating ,267
    G-lass Marking 2, 143 Iron and Steel, Differentiating , .289
    €rloss .137 Iron, Black Protective Coating on ,40<!)
    Green .138 Blue Coloring 265
    Hectograpb 146 Bluing ,400
    Heliograph Printing 147 Bronzing 265
    Indelible 9, 138 Burnishing .401
    Invisible .....139 Carbon Coating on 286
    Iron 144 Cement , 25
    Kymograph 147 Cementing
    Laundry 9, 141 Coloring
    Leather Stamping 142 Cores, Ferro-Magnetic 292
    Linen Marking 141 Enamelling ,267
    Lithoprraphic Bubbing-up 374 Ink for 144
    Machine Line-Drawing 147 Lead Plating .400
    Marking 138 Pickling .262
    Meat Stamping .........141 Polish 412
    Multigraph “Ide Eustproofing ,400
    Non-Corrosive 137, 558 Soldering Flux 272
    Offset Printing .145 Stain, Black ,285
    Oil Stamp 141 Testing for 290
    Package Marking 138, 139 Wear Resistant ,270
    Permanent 1B8 Zincplating .401
    Photo Album 142 Ivory, Dyeing ,290
    Photographic Film 142
    Porcelain 143 J
    Powdered 139, 558
    Printing 144 Jamaica Ginger Extract . . . 39
    Eecording 137 Japan Wax Emulsion . 96
    Beducer for Printing 145 Wax, Soluble .475
    Eemover 13, 511-12 Japanese Beetle Spray . . . .104
    Eubber 142 Japanese Beetles, Trapping .109
    Eubber Shoe 142 Jaundice Fluid, Embalmers’ . 75
    Sheep Marking .142 Javelle Water . 13
    Shoe Edge 150 Jewelers’ Cleaning Fluid . .515
    Show Card 140 Jewelry Plating .395
    Stamp Pad 137 Joint Filler, Expansion . . . . 25
    Stamping 141-2 Highway . 32
    Steel Marking 144 Joint Sealer .219
    Stencil 140 Journal Lubricant, Driving .201
    Tablets 139 Juice, Sweeted Fruit ...... . 43
    Temperature Indicating .149 Jute, Dyeing .543
    Transfer 149 Lubricant .188
    Translucent Printing 543 Eotproofing .555
    Transparent 140 Waterproofing .552
    Typewriter Eibbon 148
    Waterproof Stamping 142 K
    White 142
    Writing 9, 137 Kerosene, Soluble .207
    Zinc 144 Ketchup .133
    Insect Bite Anodyne 77 Kettle Putty . 28
    Eepellant 8 Kid, Glace .170
    Insecticidal Fertilizer 102 Kier Protection .522
    Insecticide 107 Kieselguhr Ceramic . . . .215
    Hide 185 Knife-Handle Cement . . 25
    Spray 107 Knife Polishing Stones .441
    Insectifuge, Plant 103 Kola Syrup . 44
    Insomnia Eemedy 80 Konfyt .123
    Instructions, Manufacturing 1 Kymograph Ink .147
    Insulating Oil 211
    Tape Coating 813 L
    White 565
    Insulation, Arc-Besistant .477 Label Adhesive 16
    Boiler 222 Label Adhesive, Tin . . . .....18
    Cable 222 Paste ...18, 19
    Dynamo 222 Laboratory Cement ...... 19
    Electric 222 Stop Cock Lubricant 204
    Heat and Sound ....221 Lacquer, Airplane ...... 336
    Plastic Cable .561 Aluminum ............ 329
    PlasticHeat .222 Asphaltum ........... ......329
    Transformer Plate 222 Auto Base ........... .....329
    Vinyl Eesin .468 Auto Cylinder . . .... . .....329
    Waterproof ..... .. .345 Base ................. .....327
    Wire ....463 Beer Can .....329
    Insulator Glaze ........................ .218 Black-Board ....... . .....331
    Sound .220 Bottle Sealing . . . . . . . .....331
    Spark Plug 222 Bronze .............. 332
    -nsulin,Preventing Deterioration of ......86 Brushing ............. 324, 328
    Chromium ,,368 Cardboard
    ''ntensifier,
    Mercury — ...367
    Monckhoven’s ......................... 368
    Cellulose Acetate .....
    Cellulose Acetobutyrate
    .....333
    .....334
    334
    INDEX 619

    Lacquer —Continued Latex —Continued


    Chips, Colored
    Chocolate
    Chromium Plate
    , — ..333
    332

    829
    Stabilizers
    Thickening
    Laundry Bleach
    448
    448
    13
    Clear .....327 Blue 13
    Cloth Coating 330, 334 Gloss . . .517.
    Colored Master Batch 332 jDk 9, 141, 142
    Confectionery 333 Sour 517
    Cork Tile 335 gtarch 517, 529
    Crystallizing 329 Wax 477
    Cumarone 333 Lawn Brown Patch, Curing 106
    Dental Model 333 Lawns, Destroying Worms in .109
    Dipping 334 Grub-Proofing 107
    Dull 332 Killing Ants in 109
    Electric Bulb 331 Laxative Emulsion 81
    Electric Cable 330 Jelly
    , 81
    Emulsion 97 Lead Alloy, Cable Sheath 235
    Enamel 297 Anode 238
    Finish Rejuvenator 332 Brass Plating ...400
    Flat 327 Chromate 315
    Flexible Plard 324 Chromium Plating 386
    Floor .....327 Coating 236
    Furniture 327-8 Coating on Zinc 401
    “Gelva” 328 Etching 268
    Glassine Paper 331 Nickel Plating 386
    Gloss 827 Lead-in Wire Alloy 237
    Insulating Cable 330 Lead, Plastic 243
    Leather 177, 179, 180, 334 Removing Calcium from 270
    Lithographic Plate 374 Sweat, Preventing 238
    Luminous 328, 329 Leather 154
    Marbleizing 332 Adhesive 20, 21, 22
    Metal 298, 329, 335 Artificial 177, 185, 472-3
    Metal Foil 330 Artificial Woven 472
    Nitrocellulose 327 Binder 185
    Non-Inflammable Film 334 Bleaching 155, 174
    Oil Proof .327 Cleaner 185
    Paper Coating 331 Coloring 180, 182, 183
    Polish 406 Brying 175, 176
    Polish for 332 Bye 179, 182, 183
    Polyvinyl Acetate 328 Embossing Ink for Artificial 349
    Primer 337 Finishing 157, 178-9, 182
    Printing 530 Fireproofing 185
    Putty ..331 Glove 165
    Remover 13, 339-41, 511 Hard 175
    Roller 324 Hardening Sole 176
    Rubber 330 Ink for .142
    Rubbing 330 Loading 175
    Sealing 331, 336 Morocco 162
    Shellac 328, 330 Oil 174, 185
    Shoe Tip 330 Oiling-Off 177
    Ski 328 Patent 172
    Solvent 374 Pigskin 164
    Spraying 334 Lead Plating 400
    Steering Wheel 329 Pliable 161
    Stencil Correcting 331 Polish 424
    Stove 329, 418 Preservative 10
    Suede Finish 330 Preserving 184
    Textile.... 336 Roller 171
    Thinner 337 Shark
    Tin Foil 330 168
    Stain 178, 182, 183
    Undercoat .333
    Vinyl Resin 329 Strap 172
    Wall Paper 333 Stuffing 175, 190
    Wax .828 Stuffing Grease 188
    Wire 334 Suede 163
    Wood 327 Translucent Waterproofing for 345
    Lake Colors .316 Waste Plastic 472
    Lakes, Basic 316 Waterproofing 185
    Lamb Skin, Fat-Liquor for 191 Willow .162
    Pickling .155 Leatherette Coating 17
    Laminating Adhesive 20 Lecithin Emulsion 99
    Lapping 433 Mixing Rubber with 467
    Lar^ Imitation ......131 Lemon Essence 40
    Larvacide, Mosquito .110 Extract 9, 40
    Latex, Artificial 23, 450 Flavor .....40, 41
    Black ..,.524 Peel, Candied ,122
    Compounding ......................... .449 Preserve. 123
    Dope .................... . . . .330 Soda 45
    Drums, Coating Inside of ........... .312 . Squash 43 .40,
    Molding Compound ...................449 Lens Cleaner .507
    Powdered .450 Library Adhesive 18
    Preserving .450, 451 Lice Control, Goat 115
    Rubber ... ........ . ........ .448
    . . . Powder. Poultry ..IkS
    Rug Backing ........................ .528 Light, Cold ..380
    Slip-Finish ......... ............. .465 Lignite Wax, Purifying ............... ..475
    Stabilized .............. .. . . ........ . . .449 Lime Flavor. Imitation ............... . . 42
    1

    INDEX
    Lime- Plaster, ‘Waterproofing for
    Liming Leather
    225
    .165
    Lubricant —Continued
    Wire-Drawing .202
    Linen, Bleaching 519 Worsted .187
    Cleaning .519 Yarn 526
    Furnishing 524 Lubricating Briquette 195,
    Ink for 141 Crease 191
    Paper Pulp 355 Adherent 191
    Liniment 7 Anti-Freeze ..191
    Linoleum Adhesive 20 Gasoline-Proof 191
    Cement 20 Non-Separating 191
    Non-Inflammahle 473 Lubricating Oil, Recovering Used 210
    Linseed Oil, Artificial .....347 Lumber Defects, Hiding ..222
    Lip Make-Up 54, 55 Luminescent Glass 214
    Lipowitz’s Alloy 231 Materials 381
    Lipsticks 54 Luminous Crayon 150
    Liqueurs 35, 36 Lacquer 328, 329
    Liquor Flavors 35, 36 Paints ...316
    Litharge Cement 24 Lute, Acid Resisting 28
    Putty 28
    Lithograph Paste 18 M
    Lithographed Can La'bel Paste 18
    Lithographic Ink, Ruhbing-Up .374 Machine Parts Bluing 267
    Plate, Lacquer for 374 Machining, Stainless Steel 255
    Plate Resist 145 Magnesium Alloys, Hardening 234
    Washout 374 Magnesium, Anode Coating of 267
    Lithoplate Coating 374 Cutting Oil
    375 207
    Stripping Impregnating
    Liver Extract 83 289
    Oxychloride Cement 218
    Log Ca'bin, Paint for 302
    Protective Coating for 400
    Logwood Black Dyeing 539 Magnet^ Permanent
    Lotion, After-Shaving 75 292
    Magnetic Iron Cores 292
    Astringent 58 Make-Ready, Relief Printing
    Astringent Hand 56 146
    Make-up Remover 52
    Cleansing Pad 57 Malted Milk Powder
    Deodorant 58 8
    62
    Manganese Steel, Heat Treatment of 241
    Depilatory Mange Remedy
    Electric Razor Pre-Shaving 72 115
    Manufacturing Hints 1
    Face 57 Maple Flavor, Imitation
    Foot Ease 78 43
    66-7 Syrup, Concentrated 44
    Hair Maraschino Cherries, Bleaching
    Hair Wave 63 135
    Marble, Artificial 215
    Hand 6, 55-6
    Polish 439
    Pearly Hand 55
    Skin 56
    Marbleizing, Book Edge 364
    Margarine 131
    Skin Cleaning 57 Marine Flares
    Sting 77 .447
    Marking Composition .313
    Sun Tan 60 Marmalade, Bitter Orange 123
    Vinegar Pace 3
    Seville .123
    Vitamin F 59 Marshmallow
    Lubricant 11 124
    Masonry, Acidproofing 226
    Anti-Oxidant .210
    Alkaliproofing 226
    Ball Bearing 192 Waterproofing for
    Bodied 210 226
    Massage Skin ‘‘Food” 51
    Castor Oil 209 Mastic Varnish
    Ceramic Mold .205 332
    Mat, Revetment 474
    Chain ..200 Match Box Composition
    Cog 200 443
    Head Composition 443
    Cold Drawing 202 Matches, Safety
    202 .442
    Drawing Matrix Coating 314
    Driving Journal .201
    Emulsion • - .... .210
    Printers' 474
    Mattress Coating, Waterproofing ...551
    Q-asometer .202 Mayonnaise .133
    dear 198 Measuring
    202 4
    Oraphite Meat Curing Salt
    High Pressure ...194 ,...,132
    Glaze for .........132
    High Temperature 1 94
    Pickling Brine for
    Hot Bearing .....193 132
    Stamp Ink for 141
    Machine Tool .203
    Wrapping Sterilization
    Metal Drawing .202 132
    Mechanics' hand Soap Paste 13
    Molding Press 205 Soap
    Motor Cylinder .203 492
    Mercerizing Wetting Agent 532
    Plastic Molding .205 Mercury Alloy, Low Freezing
    Rayon . .525 236
    Metal, Abrasives for 440, 441
    Rock Drill .207 Brightener
    Roller Bearing 193 264, 41
    Buffings for 440, 441
    Rubber Bearing . .192
    , . .
    Cement 22, 24
    Spring ,..,...,....,......*,,,..^..200 Cleaner 264, 508
    Stop Cock .204 Coating, Stripping 263
    Synthetic Resin Bearing 193
    '

    Coloring 265, 383-4, 394-5, 401


    Textile . .187, 526 Crack Filler 24, 25
    Thread .626 Degreasing 280
    Top-Cylinder .199 Drawing Lubricant 202
    Trolley Cable ...................... ...200 Etching 268
    Upper Cylinder ...................... .203 Etching Mordant 268
    Wire Rope ,202 Fabrics, Cleaning 499
    INDEX 621

    Metal
    Filler
    —Continued 24
    Mosquito
    Oil
    —Continued
    . *
    8
    G-reen Coloring of 265 Salve 77
    Heat Treating of Light .. 242 ess, Removing 347
    Lacquer 29'8 Moth Balls 93
    Non-Oil-Wetting 289 Cards .113
    Phonographs on 378 Spray ...113
    Pickling 262 Mothproof Paper 354
    Polish ...10, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412 Mothproofing 113, 553, 554
    Spraying 236 Fluid 8
    Surface Hardening 243 Hides ..185
    to Glass Oenient 27 Motor Cleaner 510
    Metallic Paint Pigments 315 Cylinder Lubricant 203
    Metallizing Baby Shoes 401 Motor Fuel, Alcohol 557
    Paper 312 Anti-Knock .558
    Metallographic Etching 268 Energizer 558
    Polish 411 Non-Gumming 558
    Metallurgical Scavenger .....292 Racing 558
    Methyl Cellulose Soap 485 Motor Sealing Compound 349
    Metol Poisoning Salve 77 Windings, Cleaning 264
    Mica Paint .305 Moustache Pomade 66
    Micrographic Etching .268 Mouth Wash 7
    Microscope Cover Glasses, Removing ....570 Movie Film Hardener 370
    Slide Mount .570 Multigraph Ink 146
    Midge Bite Preventive 77 Muscle Oil 59
    Mildew, Preventing Paint 348 Museum Adhesive 32
    Proofing 555 Mushroom Extract 132
    Removal .500 Mustard Gas Treatment 78
    Military Flares 447 Myristyl Alcohol Cream 54
    Milk, Chocolate 45, 126 Myrobalan Tannage 158
    Odor, Removing 131
    of Magnesia 80
    Milk-Yeast Beverage 45 N
    Mimeograph Roll Moistener ...146
    Nail Bleach
    Mineral Oil Emulsion 93 62
    Soluble 187 Brittleness, Preventing 67
    95, Cream
    Mirror Protective Paint 311 67
    Weather-Proof 402
    Polish Remover 67
    Mirrors, Desilvering 571
    Naphtha, Removing Gum from 559
    Nasal Irrigant 79
    Mistproofing, Glass 569 Neatsfoot Oil 208
    Mixing 4 Negative Stain, Remover of 372
    Model Coating, Dental 312 Neoprene, Artificial Leather from 473
    Modeling Clay 215, 471 Newspaper, Bleaching 852
    Wax .....476
    Picture Transfer Fluid 145
    Models, Pouring Fusible Metal 238
    Moisture-Proofing 343
    Nickel Casting Pacing 287
    Cathodes, Carbonizing 241
    Wood 845
    Cobalt Plating 887
    Molasses Road Binder .224
    Mold, Coating for Sand- 244
    Coloring 883
    Foundry Copper Plating 389
    Coating, 287 Dip 891
    Coating Ingot .243 Nickel Plating 385, 386
    Dental 470 Black 385
    Dressing 244 Solutions 392
    Dressing, Copper 287 Nickel Polish .411, 412
    Liner, Non- Adhesive 454 Silver, Testing for .290
    Plaster 458 Testing for 290
    Powder 244 Nicotine Spray Spreader 105
    Precision Casting .287 Nitrite, Arresting Formation of 132
    Preventing 86 Nitro Cellulose Lacquer 327
    Removing 513 Non-Slip Bug Composition 23
    Rubber .457 Nose Jelly, Germicidal 79
    Roofing Tile 214, 220 Nourishing Cream 52
    Wash, Foundry .287 Nutrient Salts, Plant 101
    Wax 476
    Molding Composition 11
    Compound .468, 469 O
    Compound, Latex 449
    Sand, Regenerating ..287 Oak Coloring 37
    Moldings, Cold ,469 Odor Improvement 129
    Mole Control ........................... .Ill Removing .132
    Moles, Removing 85 Odorant Gas Warning 567
    Molybdenum, Etching 268 Offset Compound 145
    Monel Brazing ,.,.270 Preventing .144
    Testing for ...290 Printing Ink 145
    Montan Wax Emulsion 96 Oil, Anti-Corrosion ,204
    Wax, Purifying .475 Anti- Rust .................. ... ....... .207
    Mop Cleaner 514 Baking Fornx Greasing 209
    Mopping Powder 504
    Mordant, Purs 155 BleaclSng ..518
    Rayon ...541 Chronometer .203
    Morocco Leather, Preparing .162 Coating, Glass Fiber 215
    Morpholine Polish .418 Core .204
    Mortar, Gas-Proof 220 Cotton Spraying 188
    Wall 224 Cutting 96, 206—7
    Mosquito Deterrent 77, 110 Demulsifier ....................... .99, 100
    Larvicide .....110 Dewaxing .210
    — .

    622 INDEX
    Oil — Continued Paint -Continued
    Auto Refinishing 309
    Emiusifiable
    * Auto Top 312
    *
    *187 garn
    Emulsion !!!.*!!!* ok ;:;;;;302
    ,Noii-Orawling .*.*!!*****
    '349 Beer Can
    Pish Liver 308
    Floor .*.295^296
    11 321 421 Cedar
    Fluorescenl} Color for .,’ ’
    .302
    *.
    210 Cleaner .[[[[510
    Pulling ?2? Cold Water 296, 297
    go^c^ete ....308
    Insulating .*!!.*!!!!.*!**.*’* ‘211
    Leather
    Cork
    274 *18^**100 302
    Lemon Floor il? ’
    Deodorizing
    Metal Protecting ,.343
    ii;.*
    Modified Turkey Bed 207
    Mop * •• Pender 309
    42{
    Neatsfoot on« Fireproof 312
    Paint I?? Fluorescent 317
    Parting 209
    Penetrating 1 i
    ' 349
    205_fi Glue 3Aq
    Preventing Sludge in 210 Graphite
    Becovering Used ‘
    *210 313
    Hardening, Preventing '
    309
    Bendering o^o Imitation Marble
    * *
    '
    *303
    Industrial ***309
    Insulation qnq
    lhatp:o°^!“!!!.
    Lamp Shade qii
    Log Cabin .**..*.’!!.**.*
    302
    Shark “’onft Luminous
    Silk Throwine:
    .!.*!.* *316
    **lQq Machine 322
    *“** Karine 1 !!
    .*!.*.*.*;.*
    !309
    Solidifying !;.*!.*
    2in Masking q-n
    Soluble 95 *i87**2nfi Mica :..!.’:.*::;::;‘305
    Soluble Tbread I?! MHdew, Preventing
    Spinning .*!!!!!*!!! *188
    348
    *
    Mirror Protective .*
    .*

    *311
    Spots, Bemoval of *.i*3 *501 Non-Condensing Pipe .*.*.*.*.*
    Ststnd ^
    Qon .308
    .*.'.*.**” Non-Inflammable 312
    Tank Lining 347 Oil for
    Transformer 011 ”347
    Olive Drab .*
    .*305
    Watch
    .*
    ! . . !
    ***9n3 Outside House *'*299
    Water Soluble *2nfi ^

    Phosphorescent
    *

    Oilcloth Coating
    i

    470
    ’
    316
    Pitch *308
    Oilproofing Paper !!!!!.’ **14* *353 Plastic ;

    Ointment, Antiseptic * ’
    296
    2 Plastic Oil ;
    309
    Mosquito ••••.. 77 Primer for *.'!![***
    Sulphur <
    302
    Protection, Hand
    Oitieica Stand Oil qon Quick Drying !.*.*.* !.*.*!.' .*299
    Varnish y .
    [‘.’.320 Redwood
    1

    Old Masterpieces, Imitation of ,..*.***'*.** . 302


    3 78 *. .12,*
    'is*; *340-41
    Olives, Creek Type '
    134
    Preparing Green lol Rubber-Casein 296
    Onion Flavor, Removing iqi Semi-Gloss
    I
    *299
    Opncifier, White Enamel
    *** 291
    !
    Shellac ..].*!’*: 325
    Opal Wax Emulsion .*.'.'**
    96
    Orange, Cloudy ...!!!!!! 45 Ship Pipe
    Essence, Imitation 07
    Sole
    Extract f®®
    41
    Peel Essence, Bitter .,.!!!!*.*
    37 spot Removal .*'*.*.*.**!.'*!!
    ••.*•
    Preserve 190 ^
    '*307
    501
    Steel *
    Squash 43 Stone qnq
    Worm Spray *‘*io4 Tablets ;
    fnt
    Orthodichlorbenzol Soluble Oil 95 Toxic *“’*309
    Oxidation, Anodic .*’|[
    264
    *****262
    Oxide Film, Remonng
    Oxide Removal ............. ’
    Wound ::::::;;::?o3
    254
    Oxychloride Cement 218 *

    Oxy cholesterol Cream Ultra- vfoiet !


    ’.
    !
    *.
    !
    *.
    317
    53 Underground Pipe
    Oxygenevolving Composition ...*.*.*!:’.*.*.*.*; i.*
    .*308
    Oysters, SelfOpening 86
    136
    Ozokerite, Purifying
    Ozone Proof Cable Coating *313 Wood Priming [[[[[’ 299
    S i z©
    •***••••• ••iio
    Padding Liquors Painting^ Airplane' Alloy
    K40 ^

    Packing, “.‘*‘**474 \7X3fSS


    Fluid Seal .... 311
    High Temperature * *
    *

    ’471
    Over Calsomine “099
    .*
    I
    Pretreatment ... . ... .,....’****“"** *
    * * 30a
    Paint, Acid_ Proof “ * *
    * „ Stained Shingles ... .
    ‘.’
    *300 *301 . . . ,
    * * ’

    3 J3 Panama Hat Cleaner .. .......


    Alginate Water ........ ’297 “ 499 * * ’ * ’ '
    ’
    *
    Aluminum ’‘'‘"’qak 17
    Paper, Absorbent ... *35? . . . . . .
    * *
    Anti-Fouling Adhesive for Waxed ..... 16
    Antiseptic . .... ......*
    .*’.**”**“ *
    “ Argentine ............... ..****’*”*' ‘qi?
    qno Autograph ...............
    Artificial Stone ******“’**onq "54
    Asbestos Pipe Bed Sheets of Tissue ” S53
    ‘

    308 for ;..;:::;.:;::::353


    INDEX 623

    Panama
    Bleaching
    —
    Continued
    352
    Photoengravers’ Glue
    Photoengraving Solutions, Caring for
    19
    373
    Carbon 148 Photographers’ Cold Top Enamel ...375
    Carton Coating 352 Photographic Developer 15
    Cigarette 353 Film Adhesive 19
    Copying 148 Film, Recovering 380
    Curling, Preventing 380 Filters, Colored 377
    Dielectric 353 Fixer 15
    Duplicating 148 Fog, Eliminating Line 380
    Filler 351 Hardener 15
    Fireproofing 14, 354 Hints 356, 357, 358, 359, 860
    “Glassine” 14 Varnish 377
    Glaze for 352 Photographing on Rubber 379
    Greaseproofing 14, 354 Photographs on Metal 378
    Hectograph 353 Relief 375
    Metallizing 312 Photoluminescent Glass 214
    Mothproof 354 Photostat Developer 360
    Non-Curling Gummed 16 Piano Keys, Cleaning 513
    Oilproofing 14, 353 Pickle, Green Tomato 134
    Playing Card 353 Pickling Inhibitor 243, 263
    Pulp, Linen 355 Leather .165
    Pulp, Straw 354 Metal 262
    Eecovered Waste 353 Skins 155
    Silver 352 Solution, Recovering 263
    Sizing 351 Stainless Steel 254
    Stiffening Shoe 351 Picric Acid Stain Remover 372
    Tissue 352 Picture Transfer Fluid 145
    Translucent Waterproofing 345 Pigments 30
    Transparent 353 Dispersing Oil for 147
    Varnish 318 Metallic 315
    Waterproofing 14 Pigskin, Coloring 183
    Wax Proofing 354 Leather 164
    Paperhangers’ Paste 12 Pile Fabrics, Removing Spots from ......499
    Papier MachS 470 Pill Coating, Enteric 88
    Paraffin Cement 26 * 8^
    Wax Emulsion 96 Pine Oil Disinfectant 9*0, 91
    Wax, Soluble 475 Pineapple Syrup 82
    Parasite Spray 104 Pine-needle Bath Tablet 47
    Paste, Cardboard 17 Piper Seal 337
    Cold 17 Pipes, Protecting Underground 308, 313
    Gasket 25 Piston Rings, Case Hardening 243
    Label 1918, Pistons, Freeing Frozen 289
    Paperhangers’ 12 Pitch, Brewers’ 321
    Quick-Binder 17 Emulsion 97
    Tin 18 Shoemakers’ 477
    Toe Cap 351 Shoemakers’ Sewing ..185
    Pasture Seed 120 Plant Food 101
    Patent Leather 172, 177 Growth Promoting Pots 120
    Pattern Alloy 235 Growth Stimulant 119
    Paving Composition 225 Insectifuge ...103
    Pea Planting ..120 Spray 104
    Peach Cordial 36 Textile Fibers 523
    Essence, Imitation 37 Planting Peas 120
    Flavor, Imitation 42 Plaster Accelerator, Dental ...219
    Juice 35 Accoustic 221
    Pectin, Changing Setting Kate of ...123 Bandage, Elastic Ill
    Peel, Candied 122 Gasoline Proof 224
    Peelable Adhesive Coating 313 of Paris Accelerator 219
    Pen Nib Alloy 236 of Paris, Slow Setting 219
    Pencil, Eyebrow 67 Patching 11
    Indelible Copying 149 Retarder 224
    Penetrant, Dye ..533 Wall .......224
    Peppermint Extract 41 Plastic, Acid Proof 474
    Percentage Proportions 2 Asbestos Molded 469
    Perfume, Bath Salt 47 Asphalt 473
    Cedar 69 Composition 466, 469
    Depilatory 62 Electric Resistance 470
    Honey 68 Gasoline and Oil Resistant 469
    Polish 69 Lead .243
    Soap 68, 69 Leather Waste 472
    Solid 69 Mold Lubricant ...205
    Permanent Wave Solution .......... .63, 64 . Paint, Oil . ,309
    ,

    Milky 64 Polish for 438


    Peroxide Bleach .521, 522 Synthetic Resin 468, 469
    Cream ................................ 52 Vase Decoration 469
    Stabilizing , , . . . . . ...
    . . . . ........
    . .523
    . . . . Wood Dough 12
    Perspiration, Artificial .567 Wood Filler 25
    Cream ....... ......... ................ 53 Plasticizer 566
    Preventive ............................ 58 Plating ..383
    Petroleum Drilling Mud .572 Black Chrome ....................... .378 .

    Phenol-Formaldehyde Baking Finish ..... 350 Brass .384, 400


    Phonograph Eecord .................... .472 Brush ...400
    “Phospatizing” .285 Chromium .386, 392, 393
    Phosphorescent Materials ...... . .... ™ .381 . . Cobalt ..400
    Paints • . ......... .............. ..... . .316 Copper 388, 395
    624 INDEX
    Plating —
    Continued
    Electro-rubbing 400
    ^‘Polish” Suede
    Polish, Tumbling Barrel
    ...179
    .. ..439
    Gold 395 Water-resistant Floor 418
    Jewelry 395 Wax .....403, 404, 405, 406, 432-3
    Lead 400 Wax-solvent 406
    Nickel 385, 386 White Shoe 425, 426, 427, 428
    Nickel-cobalt 387 Window .424
    Non-electric Tin 399 Wood 439
    Platinum 396 Polishing, Abrasive .433, 439
    Ebodium ....401 Bar, Jewelers’ 438
    Salts, Metal Content of 402 Barrel ...439
    Silver 395, 397 Cloth, Metal .410
    Stripping 391 Cloth, Silver .414
    Zinc 401 Wheels 434, 435
    Platinum Plating 396 Polyvinyl Acetate Solvents .475
    Vessels, Care of ....287 Pomade, Hair 66
    Playing Cards 353 Hair Darkening 62
    Plucking Depilatory 61 Moustache 66
    Plugging Composition 474 Popcorn Coating 122
    Plum Flavor, Imitation 42 Porcelain Cement 27
    Plusb, Dyeing Rayon 545 Ink for 143
    Flameproofing 229 Removing .217
    Poison Gas Proof Cloth 554 to Metal Cement
    78 27
    Gas Treatment Pore Cream 49
    Gas, Washing off 500 Postage Stamp Adhesive
    Ivy, Eradicating 106 19
    Poster Colors 295
    Polish .403 Potato See Dip
    440 120, 121
    Abrasive ..403, 405, 406, 408, 437, Potatoes, Powdered
    Aluminum 411 136
    Storing 135
    Antiseptic 420 Pottery Bedding 225
    Auto 10, 403, 404, 405, 406, 423 Saggers
    Bakelite 438 215
    Poultry Constipation Treatment 114
    Ballroom 421
    Lice Powder 115
    Brass 411, 413
    Bright Drying .418, 419, 420
    Pound Cake Flavor 43
    406 Pouring Small Amounts 571
    Buffer
    Powder, After-shaving 75
    Cake Metal 408 Astringent
    Chromium 411—13 71
    Cleaner and 403, 405, 406, 408, 411
    Baby 72
    411 Black .444
    Copper Cream
    412 71
    Cutlery
    Dance Floor 421 Body 72
    Disinfecting 112
    Dry Bright 418, 419, 420
    Dyes for 429 Drying 112
    Face 70, 71
    Emulsion 403, 404, 405, 406, 407
    Foot 78
    Floor 10, 321, 327, 418-21, 429
    French 422 Talcum 72
    Furniture 11, 405, 420, 422-3
    Toilet 72
    Galalith 438 Tooth 90
    “Globol” Type .409 Witch Hazel 71
    ^‘Globus” Type 409 Preservative, Adhesive 33
    Developer 356
    Insecticidal .420
    Iron 412 Pence Pole 223
    .............412 Leather 10, 184
    Kettle
    Lacquer Soapstone Table Top 215
    .332, 406, 476 Wood
    Leather 424 222
    Preserves 123
    Marble 439
    Metal .,10, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412 Preserving Cream ...131
    Metallographic 411 Eggs .....133
    Nickel 411-13 Pre-spotting Fluid 498
    Non-inflammable 408, 416 Primer, Cartridge .444, 445
    Non-rubbing 418, 419, 420 Explosive 444, 445
    Non-scratching 406 Lacquer 337
    Non-slippery 419 Paint .815
    Oil ..405, 406, 423 Retarder for Explosive .445
    Oil and Wax 11 Wall ..318
    Oven .412, 414, 417 Wet Wall..... 299
    Paste 405, 408 White Baking .298
    Perfume for 69 Wood .... 807
    Piano Key ...423 Printers’ Cleaner ...510
    Plastic .438 Matrix .474
    Powdered .438 Roller ..................146, 466
    Powdered Floor ..................... ,421 Roller Cleaner ....................... .510
    Removing Wax ..,..,.516 Printing, Aniline Black 548
    Rubber i...*.. 420 Blanket Softener, Rubber 466
    Rubless ............418, 419, 420 Ink, Translucent 543
    Shoe ..10, 429, 430, 431, 432 Lacquer 530
    Shoemakers’ 476 Make-ready for Relief 146
    “Sidol” Type ................... i .408 Metallic Lacquer 530
    Silver .413 Paste, Textile 537, 538
    Silver Plating ...413 Paste, Vat 538, 640
    Soap . . , .502
    ........ ... Paste, Vafc Color 540
    Sted ..412 Plate Etching 268
    Stick ..,.424 Plate Treatment, Mercury 146
    6-tove .,,,,,,,,.,..,,,,,,,,,,414 415, 416 Rayon 541
    INDEX 62fc

    Printing
    Eesist,
    —Continued
    Textile 538
    Refrigerator Enamel .298
    Wool, Color 543
    Prints, Luster 378 Remover, Cuticle ... 68
    Spotting C-lossy 378 Lacquer 339, 340, 341
    Protective Coating, Temporary 312 Make-up .. .

    Protein, Soya Bean 33


    Vegetable 571 Oil-spot 498
    Prune Essence, Imitation 38
    Juice 35 Spot 501
    Prussiate Aniline Black 549
    Pulverizing 4
    Putty 12 Varnish 339, 340, 341
    Acid Eesisting 28 Wall Paper 18
    Black 28
    Enamelling 28 Resin, Increasing Yield of 120
    Engine Cylinder 28
    High Temperature 28 Synthetic 530
    Kettle 28 Synthetic Molding 468
    Screw 474 Resist, Glass Etching 212
    Pyrethrin Insecticide 107 Lithographic Plate 145
    Pyrethnim Spray 104 Resistance, Plastic 470
    Pyrogallol Stain Remover ..372 Retort Lining, Petroleum ..220
    Pyrotechnic Detonator 445 Revetment Mat 292
    Flare 446 Rhodium Plating 401
    Light 446
    Smoke 446 Rifle, Cleaning Rusted 264
    Snakes 446
    Sparkler 445
    Stars 447 Roach Powder .112
    Pyroxylin Finishes 180 Spray ...112
    Road Aggregates, Conditioning 225
    Q Binder, Non-aging 224
    Covering, Impermeable 224
    Dust Layer 224
    Quebrach Tannage 158 Rocket, Signal
    Quenching 240 .446
    Roller Covering, Cotton-mill 468
    Emulsion 242 Printing
    Quick Freezing of Foods 136 146
    Rejuvenating Typewriter 146
    Roof Coating 300
    R Paint 300
    Waterproofing 345
    Rabbit Fur, Carroting 186 Roofing Granules, Colored 218
    Rabbit-skins, Dyeing 155 Root Growth Stimulant 119
    Radiator Anti-freeze 15, 562—3 Rope Grease 527
    Cleaner, Auto 509 Lubricant 188
    Scale, Preventing 563 Preserving 552
    Seal 337 Rosa Bng f^prp.y . . . _ 1 Aft
    Raisin Essence, Imitation 38 Rosin, Non-crystallizing 468
    Rancidity, Preventive .490 Stimulating Yield of ....120
    Raspberry Essence, Imitation 38 Rotenone Insecticides 108
    Flavor, Imitation 42 Rot-proofing ...554, 555
    Rat Poison Ill Rouge 54, 55
    .Rayon Anti-static ...531 Cream 54
    Oupro-ammonium 531 Resins, Testing for Different ...468
    Delustering .525 Rubberj Artificial Reclaimed 451
    Dyeing ...542 Bearing, Grease for 192
    Filling ...531 Belt Dressing 189
    Rireproofing ....553 BottleCaps 466
    Indigisol Dyeing 541 Cement 21, 22
    Dubricant 525 Cement, Synthetic ......466
    IMordantirig 541 ClAftTlAT ^
    ... P\’\ d.

    Padding Liquor ...547 Colored Powdered 462


    Preliminary to Dyeing ..,.540 Coloring .......460, 463
    Printing .541 Cup 454
    Spinning Solution .....526 Curing 455
    iStarch Finishing 525 Deodorized Vulcanized 464
    Rayon-cotton, Dyeing 540 Dispersed 466
    Radiator Stop Leak 563 Display Figure 465
    Radium Protection Sheathing ,...267 Fire-resistant 460
    Rayon, Flameproofing .229 Flux, Non-blooming 467
    Razor Hone Paste 439 Gas Impervious 459
    Strop Coating .439 Glue in 465
    Reclaiming Oil 210 Granulated 467
    Record Composition .472 Hard ..459
    Wax, Master .475 Improving Appearance of 459
    Reducer, Flattening . .371 Rubber, Ink for 142
    Oas Light Paper ,.,.....371 Lacquer 330
    Photographic Flattening . ....... .367 Latex ......... ...... 448
    References . .573, 574 “Tjtqiiid” - * - - - -448
    Reflectors, Aluminum .893 Marbleized 461
    Stabilizing Aluminum .292 Marking IJncured 143
    Refractory .220 Mat 463
    Caustic Resistant .....220 Mieroporous 464
    Refrigerant Liquid .569 Mixing Lecithin with 467
    2 —

    626
    INDEX
    ^'^her’-~Continued
    Noil-tacky ...... Seal Continued
    Non-tarnishing *! 464 Badiator ...
    i
    Oilproof
    •
    465 Bcfrigerator 'joint* * ‘ * * •

    Water ‘ ’
    32
    *.*.*.*.*'*
    Sealer, Asphalt
    " •••••••
    Joint
    • • • •
    'jU Sanding ... ...219
    gough Surface f Tin Can
    Rng Preserver Sealing Compound, Barrel'.’ **.'*
    q?J
    I'eparating Metal Stuck ‘to Compound, Tin Can .
    465 Concrete 24
    Shoe Sole Mass * * • • -219
    Slip-finish ....... Wax .*.’.*!.* *

    oo**
    ' *
    Seasoning ......28, 476
    Softening
    Soles Wood ..
    *
    ....43, 133
    Sponge jii
    Stair Tread

    I&
    Time ofCuring
    ’
    Separa‘tirs
    *
    .*
    .'
    .’.*
    * .* .*

    !
    * * * *
    ‘
    !
    .*
    .’
    .*
    ! ! ! ! ; [fet
    ff
    Pasture
    Potato Dip ...
    Self Lighting Cig'ar'e'tte 'Tip' *.

    ‘.
    ““ * *
    *....120

    to Metal Adhesive Envelope Adhesive


    to Steel Adhesion Sesame Emulsion
    Oil
    .'.‘i
    on? .’
    *

    Transparent ^N,emoving Meat * ,* *


    .*

    Transparent Chlorinated Shampoo, Coconut Oil . ; •••.....132


    T

    Using Eeclaimed . ! ! Jeg Dog • * • •

    Non-lathering ... 118, 502


    Tarnish for Oil f. 65
    Vulcanizing ... *
    Bug 65
    Water Dispersible* *.*. *.*.*. *.
    Soapless
    gubber-asphalt Emulsion .464
    ...“i 97 ®
    gubber-casein Paint .
    L^fhe?!’. isl
    .296 ;:.••::::;;;
    Alcohol, Cream no
    Bug Backing, Latex rnf ihS'“on ; ; ; ; : ; ;lol
    Backing, Non-slip .* Sharpening Stone's ?9?
    Non-wrinkling Shaving Cream
    *’'•***
    Noms^’ . . ! i*. ;; I*. ’.fsl Brushless 72, 73
    Shampoo Non-blade-rusting «... .7, 73
    Bum Essence
    .!!.*!.*.*!*.*.**.*
    aH Non-foaming 73
    22 . .

    Pearly
    • • • • • ••.285: -211 ••.».
    pLvimoT S43
    Soap Base 73
    Bemover Soap Binder 74
    Soap, Liquid .
    73
    Soap, Solid '!
    ^^Soap, Transparent .***’
    nW
    Sheep Foot Rot Wash
    Oil Ink for . .
    35 Sheepskins, Pickling*.';
    Freparing ® 155
    .
    S Tanning ... 170
    Shellac, Bleaching * .'..* * •
    *
    ^99
    Saccharin Tablets Compound
    88 ..
    Saddle Soap .... Molding
    Safety Class ..... 502 Solution 139
    Signal Substitute
    Sealing Compound,* .’

    * Water
    *Ti‘re* 'Punctuie* til Sherry Base 338
    Salami, Coating for
    Salt, Bath .........
    i:; * P““«“s'ove;'s:ainea':::;::s6b: -a!!
    Denaturing *.*.*[.*.*.* *
    Al Hydr'a'niic '

    HI
    Salts, Emit .... ! ;

    gaive. White Bofe* *.*.*;;!.*;;’** Shoe Bottom Filler .*.....521


    Bottom Stiffener '*.*.* *
    419
    Sandpaper Binder .255 Cement .. 176
    Sandstone Cleaner .*.*'****”*’**“ Cleaner * • * 22
    coa ...514
    Sarsaparilla Beer ... .
    * * *
    Cream .

    Satin, Plameproofing * *
    Dreeing ’mite ....431, 432
    cAl
    Sauce, Worcestershire ...... ??2 Edge Ink 10, 435-8
    for Fake .... 150
    ill Polish .. ......184
    !
    SawdusC TumbiiSr'Bfrrd ’ Protecting 'Film,' gh •
    • • • •
    10. 429-32
    '"itl Bepair Crayon ... •/;; .184
    Sole Grease ,150
    •'*"***•**•*••••• .190
    Metaiinrgieai Sole Paint .. .

    Scot/‘h Whiskey Base .........292 .’


    *
    S^ole, Rubber .* .* .*

    ..*"*'***"*
    * * * * •

    Sco^irmg Solution, Textile .y***-


    .
    Tip, Stiffener ..473
    Scrap Rubber, Beclaiming ...***** Waterproofing 176
    Screen, Fluorescent ...... 4H* *4?9
    ......451, 452 Shoemakers’ Pitch *
    * '*•••**• • • • • • •
    ;10
    •
    . . .
    Projection oS? Shortening . .47';’
    Bakers’ .,,***
    * ' ’ * *
    Bear-projection . . . .
    ' * *
    *•*•**•**••.... .131
    .

    Scrubbing Powder ....... ’*****/****fI2


    :: ;
    •'
    : :36l
    Gasoline * 4i7
    ••••••.. .............337
    Motor
    Oil ...349
    ••*•••••••••••..........337 *’**‘*”'’“***•*’••••^'^5*
    Signal Rocket ..
    '“'“’'***•*••••*••.....440
    IKDEX 627

    Silicate
    Binder,
    Adhesive
    Strong
    .31, 32
    34
    Soap —
    Continued
    Patty Acid 491
    Silicates in Soap ,.480 Filled 487
    Silk Brightening 543 Filler for ,487
    Flameproofing 229 Formaldehyde ,.494
    Screen Stencil Filler ...314 Germicidal 494
    Throwing Oil 188 Grease Dissolving 489
    Silver, Anti-tarnish Bags for 286 Green 491
    Braze 270 Half Boiled 489
    Cleaner - 509 Hand 493
    Cyanide 397 Hospital 494
    Nitrate Stain, Kemoving 372, 511 Iodide 494
    Non-hlackening ..239 Iodine 495
    Plating 395, 397 Jelly 492, 498
    Polish 413 Laundry 480, 501
    Recovei’y of Photographio 379 Linseed 494
    Slimes, Settling 292 Liquid 12, 490-92, 495-6
    Soldering 253 Mechanics’ 492
    Tarnish Inhibitor ,...286 Medicated 493
    Silvering Fluid 397 Menthol 494
    Class 213 Metallic 566
    Sizing, Cotton 527 Methyl Cellulose 485
    Drapery 528 Milled 484
    Dry Gleaners’ 529 Mottled .487
    Celatin .....529 Naphthalene 494
    Gold 339 Naphthol 494
    Hat 337, 338 Non-Rancid 490
    Size, Painters’ 18 Palm and Olive ....492
    Sizing,Paper 351 Paste ..502, 505
    Paper Hangers’ 17 Paste, Gritless 502
    Rayon 528 Paste, Mechanics’ Hand 13
    Stone 339 Perborate ..,501
    Suiting 528 Perfume 68, 69
    Transparent Velvet .528 “Persil” 503
    Warp 528 Phenol 495
    Water Paint .....296 Pine Oil 492
    Wax 529 Polishing 501
    Skating Rink, Iceless .....570 Potash 494
    Ski Lacquer 328 Powder 503
    Wax 423, 424 Powder, Hand 493
    Skim Milk, Defoaming 100 Pumice .492
    Skin Bleach 56 Quick Lathering 490
    Cleanser 57 Quillaya Bark » .488
    Discoloration, Removal of 56 Rosin 481
    Disinfection
    “Pood,”
    Lotion
    Orange 51
    56
    77 Rosin in
    Rug
    Saddle
    Cleaners’ —
    12,
    481
    496
    502
    Milk 59 Salt Water 489
    Oil 56 Sand .493
    Tonic 58, 59 Scouring 496
    Skins, Deliming 155 Scouring Powder 503
    Pickling 155 Scrubbing Powder 504
    ..503,
    Preserving 184 Sea Water 489
    Soaking Dried 175 Semi-boiled 482
    Tanning 158, 159, 160 Silicate 479
    Skulls, Removing Flesh from 570 Sodium Perborate 503
    Slate, Paint for 303 Soft 483, 484, 485, 486
    Slivowitz Base 36 Solid Shaving 73, 74
    Sludge, Preventing Oil 210 Solvent ..488, 496, 497, 498
    Smoke, Colored 446 Soybean 494
    Snake, Chemical 446 Starch .....489
    Skins, Tanning 171 Stock, Variations in 482
    Soap 12 Sulphur 494
    Acid 488 Surgical ....494
    Antiseptic 496 Tannin .494
    Base .... 485 Tar .494
    Base, Liquid 491 Textile 496
    Bile 488 Thymol ...494
    Binder 73 Tooth 495
    Bleaching ... 518 Transparent 74, 484-6, 491
    Boiled 480 Vegetable Oil 489, 491
    Borax .490 Wall ..504
    Bubbles 504, 569 Waterless .....493
    Camphor
    Carbolic
    Carpet Cleaning ..............
    494
    495
    496
    Soapstone Preservative
    Soda, Laundry
    Modified
    —
    .................. 215
    ,....500
    .500
    Chip 503 Neutral ....500
    Coconut Oil . . . ........
    . . ......... .491
    . . . . Water - . - 45
    Cold Process ........ .... ... ..... .
    . . .481 . . Water Flavor 40
    Controlled Alkalinity .488 Soda-mint Tablets 88
    Dental ....494, 495 Sodium Hypochlorite Solution .......... . .512
    Discoloration, Preventing ......... .490 Softener, Textile 526
    Dog .............................118, 502 Soil Conditioner .119
    Dry Cleaners’ . . .488, 496, 497, 498 Fungicide 106
    Elaidine ^ . . . . .. .... ......... .485
    . Soiless Growth Plant Food ............. .101
    INDEX
    Sol, Gold 99 Stain —
    Continued
    Solder 231, 273 Shingle 326
    Brazing 270 Wax 326
    Low Tin .273 Stainless Steel 244
    Monel 273 Black Chrome on .379
    Quick 273, 274 Etch 268
    Silver 273 Finishing 250, 261
    Soft 231, 273 Mold for Casting 287
    Weak 273 Soldering ..252
    Soldering Fluid 274 Testing for 290
    Flux 15, 271-2 Stains,Removing 501, 519
    Iron Tip 273 Removing Blood .511
    Paste ....274 Removing Carbon Paper 513
    Removing Fruit 512
    Silver
    Stainless Steel
    Sole Filler, Wax
    .253
    252
    477
    Removing Grease
    Removing Ink
    — 512, 513
    ..513
    Soluble Oil 95 Removing Lipstick 512
    Antiseptic 59 Removing Milk .513
    Base 187, 207 Removing Mold 513
    Sea-water Stable 95 Removing Nail Polish 53
    Solvent, Dry Cleaning .497 Removing Negative and Print .....372
    Lacquer 337, 374 Removing Oil 512
    Nitrocellulose 337 Removing Photographic .372
    Polyvinyl Acetate 475 Removing Picric Acid 372, 511
    Soot Remover 560, 561 Removing Pile Fabric 499
    Sorbitol Composition Rollers 466 Removing Polish 512
    Sound Insulating Coating ,...313 Removing Pyrogallol 372
    Insulator 220 Removing Rust 498, 512, 513
    Sound-movie Screen 379 Removing Silver Nitrate 372, 511
    Soup Powder 129 Removing Textile Processing 519
    Sour, Laundry .517 Removing Typewriter Ribbon .513
    Soybean, Breakfast Food 129 Removing Water 512
    Butter 131 Removing Window Sash .516
    Improving Odor of 129 Removing Wine .512
    Improving Taste of 129 Stamp Pad Ink 137
    Oil Varnish 319 Stand Oil 320, 347
    Protein 33 Starch Binder 295
    Spray Spreader 106 Cold Swelling 529
    Spangles, Decorative 571 Colored ..540
    Spark Ping, Binder for 291 Finish, Rayon 525
    Insulator 222 Gloss 517
    Spice Extracts 41 Glycerite of 54
    Oil 38 Laundry 517, 529
    Spindle Oil Emulsion .....187 Non-caking 539
    Spinning Stainless Steel 255 Soap 489
    Split Leather, Tanning 157 Thinning 529
    Spoilage 4 Wax, Laundry 517
    Sponge Bleach .....522 Static, Preventing ..531
    Dyeing 546 Stearate Cream 53
    Rubber ......455 Steel,Bluing 9, 266-7
    Sports Cream 53 Bronzing 265
    Spot Remover 13, 501 Case Hardening .242, 243
    Spots, Removal of Mill .500 Cement 25
    Spray, Ant 104 Cementation Bath for 242
    Cattle 115 Coloring 9
    Deodorant 8, 92 Dephosphorizing .269
    Flea 115 Dephosphorizing Flux 276
    Fly 8 Desulphurizing^ Flux 276
    Fruit Fly 104 Drawing Lubricant 202
    Insecticidal Oil 105 Hardening 242
    Insecticide 107 Heat Tempering Colors of ............ 241
    Japanese Beetle ......... .104 Ink for 144
    Moth 113 Marking ,144
    Orange Worm 104 Pickling Inhibitor for ............... .243
    Palargonium Rust ... 104 Plating Imitation Gold on ............ 395
    Parasite ....... 104 Polish .412
    Pyrethrum 104 Soldering Flux .272
    Residue Removal .103 Splice Bars, Reconditioning ....... 289
    Rose Bug ......103 Spring .238
    Spreader ...105 Stainless 244
    Theatre 92 Tempering Powder .242
    Tobacco Plea Beetle .104 Testing for ,.290
    Tree 104 Tinning 399
    Spreader, Nicotine Spray ........ 105 to Rubber Adhesion 293
    Spring Lubricant 200 Stencil Lacquer 331
    Springs, Heat Treatment of 289 Moistening Fluid 149
    Squash 43 Sheet 149
    Stabilizer, Ice Cream .126 Stereotypes, Nickel Plating’ 386
    Stabilizing Sour Cream .130 Sterilization, Pigs 135
    Stain, Emulsion 326 Fruit Juice 43
    Furniture i . .826 Meat Wrapping 132
    Giemsa ...... 570 Sticking of Prints to Glass, Preventing ..380
    Gut Leader 317 19
    Harness
    Leather . ^
    .

    —
    . . ,

    .
    .

    .
    .

    .183
    .178
    Preventing
    Stiffener,
    Sting Treatment
    Hat 337, 338
    77
    INDEX 629
    I 221
    Stone, Artificial Telephone Booth Deodorizer 92
    Binder .... 27 Disinfectant ....91. 92
    I Hardener .... 27 Telescope Mirror Glass . .214
    j, Paint for 303 Temperature Indicating Ink . .149
    preservative .... 27 Measurement . 3
    Trydymite 215 Tempering .239
    Stoneware Cement .... 27 Copper .242
    Stopcock Lulbricant 204 Glass .213
    Stop-leak, Eadiator • ....563 Powders .242
    Stop-off Paste 270 Tennis Court Dressing . . .224, 294
    Storage Battery Anode ...238
    . Tents, Waterproofing . . . .552
    Straw, Fireproofing ....553 Termite Control .223
    Straw Hat Cleaning 13, 499 Termites, Killing .105, 109
    Straw, Paper Pulp from ....354 Termite Proofing Oil .104
    Strawberry Essence, Imitation 38 Textile Finishing ........ .523
    Flavor, Imitation 42 Lubricant .187, 526
    Stripper, Dye ....521 Printing ,547, 548
    Lithoplate 375 Printing Paste .537, 538
    Stripping Metal Coatings ......... ....263 Printing Resist .538
    Shoddy ....521 Printing Thickener . . . .529
    Solution - . . . .... 18 Soap ,496
    Stuffing, Leather ..i .l75 Softener .526
    Styptic Pencil .... 86 Textiles, Crease-resistant . .531, 532
    Suede Dressing ....179 Fireproofing .226
    Finish, Lacquer for ........... 330 Metal Coating .312
    Gloves, Cleaning ..... ....499 Mothproofing .554
    Leather ....163 Waterproof Insulating . .345
    Sugar Cane Wax 478 Waterproofing ........ .550, 55i 552, 553
    Sulphated Battery Plates, Gleaning ....564 Theatre Spray . 92
    Sulphur, Colloidal 105 Thermal Insulation ...... .221
    Ointment .... 77 Thermometer Alloy, Low Freezing .236
    Eecovering Gas Works 565 Use of . 3
    Sunburn Preparations .... 60 Thermophoric Composition .565
    Sun Tan Lotions .... 60 Thickener, Ice Cream . .126
    Suppliers, Chemical Specialty ....582 Latex .448
    Suppositories, Foaming Antiseptic . .... 82 Textile Printing .529
    Glycerin .... 82 Lacquer .337
    \
    Suppository Base .... 82 Printing Ink .145
    Non-staining ...... ....82 Thiokol Rubber Mix .455
    Surgical Instrument Antiseptic ... ....92 Thread Dressing .549
    Sweeping Aid ....571 Rubber .450
    Compound ....515 Wax .185
    Swimming Pool Maintenance ...... ....556 Threads, Non-seizing .203
    Synthetic Resin Emulsion .... 99 Throwing Oil, Silk . . . .188
    Syrup, Anise .... 82 Tick Control .121
    I Chocolate .... 44 Ticking, Flameproofing . . .229
    Pineapple . ... 82 Tile Adhesive . 20
    I
    Pleasant Tasting .... 82 Binder for .291
    .'
    Sugarless .... 82 Building .214
    I

    Cement w . 25
    T Cleaner .503
    f
    Mold, Roofing .214, 220
    Table Top, Acid Proofing 302 Wax .477
    Cleaner 423 Tilsiter Cheese .129
    Eefinishing .302 Tin Adhesive . 18
    Waterproofing .302 Black Coating on .400
    Tablet Coating, Enteric 88 Cleaner ........ .509
    Making 87 Coating .398
    Tablets, Aspirin 87 Dross Recovery of .... .288
    Medicinal 87 Plating, Recovering Tin from .288
    Taffeta, Shrinking 549 Plating, Non-electric ... .399
    Tailor’s Wax ...477 Scrap, Recovering . . , . .288
    Talcum Powder 72 Wash .399
    Tanners’ Grease 190 Tinning Brass . . .284
    Tanning, Alum .......159 Bronze .284
    Chrome ..169 Cast Iron 276, 278, 283
    .Extract 158, 159 Copper .278
    Liquor, Chrome 163, 167 Copper Tubes .281
    Shark Skins ..... . ....... ........168 Copper Wire - .282
    Sheep Skins ......169 Hot 27^ 280, 398
    Snake Skins .171 Milk Cans .279
    Sole ,156 Milk Churns .......... .282
    Tape, Adhesive .....33, 34 Steel ........A. .281
    Adhesive Medicated .....86 Steel Wire .28?
    Non-curling Gummed 16 Tableware .279
    Tar Oil Varnish ....... . . . 319 . Tinplate, Testing ........ .279
    Tarnish, Bags for Preventing Silver- ....286 Tire Carcass .453
    Cleaning Textile ..................... .499 Paint ....... ... ... .454
    Removing Silver ......414 Puncture Seal . . .... . .454
    Tarpaulins, Waterproofing .651 Trfiail ... . . . .453
    Taste Improvement 129 ‘453’, 454
    Tube
    Removing .......131 TissueCream . 50
    Tattoo Marks, Removing . .. 85
    . . Toadstools, Eradicating .107
    Tattooing, Ink for Chicken .....149 Tobacco, Artificial Sundrying of . .120
    “Teglac” Emulsion 99 Den icotinized ,571
    .. . .

    630 INDEX
    Tobacco— Oonfinw^id Valve Grinding Compound ...... .....293
    Drying 120 Grinding Paste 440
    Extract Insecticide 108 Vanadium Aniline Black Printing 547
    Insects, Control of ........... .....103 Vanilla Extract 41
    Pipe Gleaner 92 Flavor, Artificial ...... 9
    Preventing Downy Mildew on 103 Imitation ...... 41
    Toe Nail Softener 78 Vanishing Cream 6 ,
    48
    Toilet Deodorant ..... 92 Vapor Lock Compound, Anti- . . 558
    Disinfectant 92 Varnish, Boat 320 ,
    321
    Milk 59 Brick ......318
    Powder ..... 72 Cellulose ......318
    "Vinegar .....57 Cellulose Acetate 324
    Toillete “Vaseline” 49 Crystal ... ...321
    Toisson’s Solution ..... 86 “El” .322
    Tomato Ketchup 133 Ethyl Cellulose 324
    Pickle, Green 134 Exterior 320 , 321
    Bemoving Spray Residue from 103 (Fifteen Gal. Oil) .. ....319
    Toner, Brown .....371 Fishing Ply 317
    Hypo-alum 368 (Five Gal. Oil) ......318
    Sepia ... .....368 Floor 321
    Tongue Pickling Brine 132 Gasoline Pump ......323
    Tonic Beverage ................. ..... 44 “Glyptal” Type ............... ......321
    Tool Lubricant, Machine ....... .....203 Industrial ....... .. .320
    . . .

    Tooth Paste, Bleaching ........ ..... 89 Keg ......321


    Tooth-paste, Kaolin ..... 89 Leather ......173
    Tooth Paste, Magnesia ..... 89 Machine ......322
    Paste, Non -foaming ..... 89 Mastic 322
    Paste, Pepsin 89 Medium Long .. ....319
    Powder ... 7 90 , Oiticica ... 320
    Powder, Oxygen ..... 90 Paper ...... ......318
    Stains, Removing 90 Patent Leather ............. 173
    Straightening Metal Alloy . . 239 Photographic ............. ,377
    Tincture ..... 90 Poster 318
    "Wash ....... 90 Quick-drying 321
    Toothache Remedy 84 Remover ......339
    Top Dressing, Auto ... ...... 312 Rubber .318
    Tortoise Shell Adhesive ..... ..... 17 Soybean .319
    Tracing Bullet 446 Spar ,320 321 ,

    Cloth .....149 Spirit 322


    Cloth, Translucent .....531 Stove-pipe ......323
    Trade Name Chemicals .....575 Tar Oil ... 319
    Transfer, Color for 148 (Ten Gal. Oil) ......319
    Pluid, Picture .....145 'Tough ,323 324 ,
    .....149 Undercoat ,321
    Transformer Oil .... . . . ..... .....211 Vinsol . 324 ,
    325
    Steel,Heat Treating ..... .....241 Water 317
    Transmission Pluid, Power . .....562 Wrinkle Finish .............. 321
    Tree Protection Against Deer .....102 Vat Dyes, Soluble ......538
    Spray 104 Printing Paste . 538 ,
    540
    Wax 103 Vegetable Concentrate .133
    Wound Dressing ... .....103 Extract 133
    Wound Paint .....103 Velour, Plameproofing 229
    Tricresyl Phosphate ......... 566 Velvet, Dyeing Rayon ..545
    Triphenyl Phosphate 566 Plameproofing 229
    Tripoli Compound .......... .....411 Veneer Glue 32
    Trydymite Stcne .....215 Vermicide ......108
    Tumbling 433 ,
    439 Vignette Paste ...... 18
    Castings • 288 Vinegar, Toilet .... 57
    Tungsten Wire .....237 Vinyl Lacquer, Solvent for .. . , . ......337
    Turkey Red Oil, Modified . 207 Resin Insulation ............. .468
    Turners’ Cement ............ ..... 25 Resin Lacquer .329
    Turtle Oil Cream ..... 51 Viscose, Oiling ................ ......526
    Type Cleaner .....510 Viscose-cotton, Dyeing ......540
    Metal Dross, Reducing .... .....238 Viscosity, Reducing ..... ... 23
    Typewriter Cleaner 510 Vitamin A Concentrate ...... 84
    Ribbon Ink .....148 A, Stabilization of 84
    Ribbon, Renewing ....... .....148 F Skin Lotion ...... 5S
    Rollers, Rejuvenating .... 146 Vitreous Enamel ......215
    Volume Proportions ...... 2
    .
    V Vulcanizing Rubber ... ...... . 456 459 ,

    Ultra Violet Paint ....... ...........317 '


    Unhairing ... ............ ...........156 'W'
    Hides and Skins ....... 154
    Units 2 Wall Board, Acoustic ....221
    Board, Insulating ....222
    Unshrinkable Wool ...... . ...........531
    Upholstery Cement . . . . .......... 24 Covering, Impermeable ... ... 224
    Cleaning ...........
    . .

    497 499 511


    ,
    , ,
    Paper Adhesive ... .17
    Urea Formaldehyde Resin ...........530 Paper Cleaner 13 507 ,

    Resin Enamel ......... ...........297 Paper Lacquer ..,.333


    91 Paper Stripping Solution .... 18
    Urinal Drip Fluid ...... .... .

    Paper, Varnishing ....318


    ; Y Size, Paper Hangers’ . . ... 17
    Walls, Waterproofing ....345
    Vacuum Tube “Getter” . . ,567 Walnut Essence, Imitation .. .. 38
    Vaginal Douche , 83 Walnuts, Bleaching ....135
    . 6 8

    INDEX 631
    Warts, Eemoving
    Washing, Cold Water 500
    85 Wax —Continued
    Tree A
    Wasp Sting Treatment 77 Waxing, String !.’.*!!.*”*
    .103
    Wasps, Destroying 104 * ' 507
    Waxproofing Paper ’ ’ ocl
    Watch Cleaning Fluid .... 515 Weather Indicator, Chemical * .*

    Oil 203 5e
    Spring Alloy 236 Weighing
    Water Colors 295 Weight Proportions .*.*.*.’

    Dechlorinating 557 t
    Wdding, Acetylene *04.7
    Logged Devices, Cleaning ....264
    Pipe Condensation, Preventing 348 Electric Resistance 248
    Purification 556 Electrode
    Softening 507, 557
    Stains,Preventing 518 IlS?
    Watermark Fluid
    Imitation
    Waterproofing
    147
    147
    343
    Ills f«T»eh
    Hydrogen (Atomic) 250
    m
    Cement 225
    Cork 226 Rod, Brass 07ft
    Leather 185 Rod, Iron ’

    Liquid 14
    1 ] ! ! ! 276
    ****9
    Scale, Removing ....... rq
    Masonry ....226 Spot
    Paper Ifo
    14 Stainless Steel
    Root 345 Wetting Agent
    Shoe qq i no
    10 Mercerizing
    Textiles 550 Wetting-out Agent ’99* *100
    Wave Set, Hair 63 Where to Buy Chemicals
    Wax, Auto 10
    ’
    534
    Bed Cloth ....447 Whiskey Coloring .*
    *

    07
    Belt ...425 Flavors '.*.'.'.*.**.**
    Bleaching 475 35 36
    Whitewash, Mold Resistant *

    Bottle Sealing 477 Whooping Cough Remedy “ ’34ft


    Cable
    * *
    qa
    477 Wick Impregnant, Candle
    Candle Decoration 478 i 478
    Wicker, Artificial ”*473
    Coating, Cheese 130 Window Cleanser
    Colored 477 iq
    Condenser 477
    Crayons, Hard 150 Windshield Cleaner
    Dental Molding ...476 515
    Frost Preventer Kna
    Deposits, Preventing 210 Wine, Clarifier for 37
    Deposits, Removing 210 Wintergreen Extract !!!.’!.”**’ 41
    Displajr Figure 477 Wire .*.'.*].*!*”
    Cable, Cutting *989
    Emulsions 188, 403-6, 478, 529, 553 Glass Substitute
    Engravers’ !!!!!!!! *472
    477 Rope Lubricant .*!.*.*!***
    *202
    Finish 326 Wood, Acidproofing
    *

    040
    Floor 10 Alcohol, Testing for *
    .*
    '

    35
    Foundry String 477 Artificial
    Grafting
    473
    11 Bleaching
    High Melting 475 iisi ‘348
    Imitation 477 Dyeing . *345
    Ironing 477 Finishing
    .

    Jewelers’ 476 [ 3I5


    Fireproofing [223
    Lacquer 328 Flameproofing
    Laundry 477 *.'.'.**.’.*.*’*
    2^3
    Moistureproofing 345
    Laundry Starch 517 Preservative .*.**.*.***
    *222
    Liquid ll Seasoning !!.*!!.*!] ]289
    Liquid Floor 420 Termite Control in .* 223
    Master Record 475 Tick Control ]!”!,*121
    Modelling 476, 477 Wood-worm Insecticide
    Mold Parting *108
    476 Wool, Color Printing
    Molds ...476 Flameproofing
    ...!.* . ’
    543 T
    ”..*]] 229
    Non-adhering 477 Logwood Dyeing of
    *

    *544
    ^
    Non-slippery Linoleum ............... .421 Lubricant
    Orchard ........103 ’!!l87
    Rags, Carbonizing .523
    Parting 476 Setting Compound
    * *

    *523
    Paste 10 Synthetic ’471
    Paste Cleaner, Auto 405 Unshrinkable .'.*!.*!.*!
    Polishing 11, 476
    i i 531
    Worcestershire Sauce !!.'*!
    Purifying 475 Worm Poison *!.*'*"!l33
    Remover for 109
    514 Remedy, Dog ..”.*! !ll
    Removing ....516 Worsted Lubricant
    Sealing 137
    .28, 29, 476
    30, Wrinkle-proof Finish ..'..V.lsso
    Shoe Defect Covering 184
    Shoemakers’ ........432, 476
    Shoemakers’ Sewing 185
    Sizing
    Ski
    .... 529
    ..423, 424
    X-my Absorption Glass
    Developer
    — .............. .214
    362
    Sole. Filler .477 Photography
    '

    3 79
    Soluble 475
    Stain .326
    Sugar Cane ........478
    Tailor’s ............ . .477 Yarn Dressii^
    Thread
    .
    .. 188 530
    .185, 476 Yeast Milk Beverage
    ,

    45
    Tile Protective .477 '

    Nutrient .124
    Transfer'' ..... ...... 477 Yellow Jackets. Destroviner
    .
    . . . . . ... . . . . . J0 4
    —

    632 IOT)EX

    z Zinc Continued
    Ink for 144-
    Zein ....571 Lead Coating on .401
    Zinc, Black Finish on 401 Nickel Plating 386, 387
    Gleaner 509 Plating 401
    Cyanide 401 Plating Anode 401
    Die Castings, Plating 384 Stains,Preventing 512
    Btching ....268 Welding Flux 270

    You might also like